HOME

Mini Shell 1.0

Current File : /home/researchtrend.net/www/pdf_upload.sql

-- phpMyAdmin SQL Dump
-- version 5.2.0
-- https://www.phpmyadmin.net/
--
-- Host: 127.0.0.1
-- Generation Time: Sep 08, 2022 at 12:40 PM
-- Server version: 10.4.24-MariaDB
-- PHP Version: 8.1.6

SET SQL_MODE = "NO_AUTO_VALUE_ON_ZERO";
START TRANSACTION;
SET time_zone = "+00:00";

/*!40101 SET @OLD_CHARACTER_SET_CLIENT=@@CHARACTER_SET_CLIENT */;
/*!40101 SET @OLD_CHARACTER_SET_RESULTS=@@CHARACTER_SET_RESULTS */;
/*!40101 SET @OLD_COLLATION_CONNECTION=@@COLLATION_CONNECTION */;
/*!40101 SET NAMES utf8mb4 */;

--
-- Database: `research`
--

-- --------------------------------------------------------

--
-- Table structure for table `pdf_upload`
--

--
-- Dumping data for table `pdf_upload`
--

UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5173, '134', 'test', 'tst', 'test', NULL, 1, 'test', 'test', 'test', 'test', 'test'),
(5174, '134', 'Assessment of Genetic variability and Character Association for Morpho-physiological Attributes and Seed Yield in Sesame', 'Abu Saleh Nizamuddin Ahmed*, Subrat Das, Daizi Durba Saharia, Manoj Kumar Sarma, Manash Protim Nath and Jugal Chandra Talukdar', '69 Assessment of Genetic variability and Character Association for Morpho-physiological Attributes and Seed Yield in Sesame Abu Saleh Nizamuddin Ahmed.pdf', '', 1, 'In Assam Sesame (Sesamum indicum L.) is grown as a minor oilseed crop and it occupies only 3.8 % of the total area under oilseed crops in the state. Considering the enormous gap between the potential and realized yields, there is ample scope for enhancement of its productivity through breeding efforts. Therefore, a study was carried out to assess the genetic variability and character association for twelve morpho-physiological traits including seed yield in 32 sesame genotypes of Assam, India. Genotypic and phenotypic coefficient of variation (GCV & PCV) was recorded highest for biological yield and capsules per plant. All other traits under study except days to maturity, harvest indexand relative leaf water content exhibited moderate values of GCV and PCV. Heritability estimates were observed above 80 per cent for all the traits except seed yield, plant height and primary branches per plant. Seed yield per plant exhibited a lower magnitude of GCV, heritability and genetic advance. Comparatively a higher magnitude of GCV coupled with higher heritability and genetic advance as per cent of mean was observed for harvest index, biological yield and capsules per plant. Selection for these traits would, therefore, be meaningful. Correlation estimate revealed that the characters viz., days to maturity, plant height, number of primary branches per plant, number of capsules per plant, leaf area index, relative leaf water content, chlorophyll content and harvest index exhibited a significant positive correlation with seed yield. Path coefficient analysis revealed that the characters viz., days to maturity, plant height, number of primary branches per plant, number of capsules per plant, leaf area index, relative leaf water content, total chlorophyll content, biological yield and harvest index had a positive direct effect on seed yield, while days to 50 per cent flowering and 1000- seed weight showed a negative direct effect. Hence, direct selection for the traits showing a positive direct effect would bring about improvement in seed yield in sesame.', 'Genetic variability, Genetic diversity, character association, morpho-physiological traits, Sesame', 'From the above discussion, it is clear that considerable genetic variability existed among the genotypes under study and hence, there is ample scope for the selection of promising lines that could be used as parents in further crossing programmes. The information on the nature and magnitude of genetic parameters indicated the effectiveness of the selection of the traits under study. Further, the findings from the character association revealed the selection criteria to be adopted for improving seed yield and also to adopt recombination breeding to break the undesirable negative associations. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSesame (Sesamum indicum L.) is the oldest oilseed crop known to man. It is regarded as the “Queen of oilseeds” because of its excellent quality of edible oil (Biswas et al., 2018). Sesame is extensively cultivated in tropical to temperate regions in the world. It is the fifth most important edible oilseed crop in India. Even though the crop originated in Africa, India is considered to be the major centre of genetic diversity (Maiti et al., 2012). In India sesame is cultivated in an area of 17.30 lakh hectares with a productivity of 431 kg/ha and production of 7.46 lakh MT (FAOSTAT, 2018). Sesame seed contains 50 % oil, 23 % protein and 15 % carbohydrate along with a high amount of calcium, phosphorous and oxalic acid (Abhijatha et al., 2017). Sesame oil is very stable due to the presence of powerful antioxidants viz., sesamin, sesamolin and sesamol which confer resistance to the oxidative deterioration(Pathak et al., 2014). Amongst all the edible oils, the antioxidant content is reported to be highest in sesame oil (Cheung et al., 2007). Despite having the largest area under cultivation and being one of the largest producers in the world, its production is still very low in India. The crop is grown marginally in the state of Assam and therefore, very less attempt for improvement has been made in sesame in this region despite having indigenous landraces throughout the region. The study of variability and character association for yield and yield contributing traits is the prerequisite for any crop improvement programme. Thus, to understand the nature and magnitude of genetic variance and character association the present study was undertaken in a set of 32 sesame accessions considering 12 morpho-physiological traits associated with seed yield in sesame.\r\n\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe experiment material for the present investigation consisted of 32 sesame genotypes collected from Regional Agricultural Research Station, Shillongani, Assam. The investigation was carried out during the Kharif season 2019 at the experimental field and laboratory of the Department of Plant Breeding and Genetics and the Institutional Biotech Hub, Biswanath College of Agriculture, AAU, Biswanath Chariali. The experimental site lies in the North Bank Plain Zone of Assam at a latitude and longitude of 2642N and 9330E, respectively along with a mean altitude of 105 m above mean sea level. The soil of the experimental site was sandy loam with a pH of 5.5. The sesame genotypes were sown in a Randomized Complete Block Design (RCBD) with three replications. Each plot consisted of three rows of three metersin length with a spacing of 15 cm between plants and 30 cm between rows. The observations were recorded on days to 50 per cent flowering, days to maturity, plant height (cm), number of primary branches/plant, number of capsules/plant, 1000- seed weight (g), leaf area index, relative leaf water content (%), total chlorophyll content (mg/g fresh wt.), biological yield (g), harvest index and seed yield/plant (g). The data obtained were subjected to analysis of variance following the standard protocol given by Panse and Sukhatme (1967). Estimation of genetic parameters of variation was estimated as per Singh & Choudhury (1988). The standard methods of Burton and Devane (1953), Lush (1945) and Johnson et al., (1955) were used to estimate the variability parameters, heritability and genetic advance. Both genotypic and phenotypic coefficients of correlation between all pairs of characters were determined by using variance and covariance components as suggested by Al-Jibouri et al. (1958). Path coefficients were calculated as suggested by Wright (1921); Dewey and Lu (1959).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe analysis of variance revealed significant differences among the genotypes for all the characters under study which indicated that the genotypes under study had considerable variability and of worthwhile for carrying out further crop improvement attempts. The genetic parameters of variation for the 12 traits under study are presented in Table 1, Fig 1, 2. In the present study, the phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV) was observed higher than the corresponding genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV) with a narrow difference for all the traits. This indicated that the variability amongst these traits was mostly contributed by genetic factors. Similar results were also reported by Revathi et al. (2012); Abate and Mekbib (2015); Meenakumari and Ganesamurthy (2015); Bamrotiya et al. (2016). It also indicates that there is scope for improvement of this character (Kiruthika et al., 2017). Moderate to higher magnitude of genotypic (GCV) and phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV) were recorded for all the characters under study except days to maturity and relative leaf water content. These results corroborate with the findings of Abhijatha et al. (2017); Bharathi et al. (2014); Singh et al. (2018) for number of capsules per plant; Hika et al. (2015) for biological yield.\r\nManjeet et al. (2020) for harvest index. This information on the coefficient of variation suggested the presence of sufficient variability among the genotypes evaluated under the present study, which can be utilized for the genetic improvement of sesame through selection. \r\nThe mere presence of genetic variation is not useful unless the heritable fraction of genetic variation is not known. Johnson et al. (1955) suggested that heritability and genetic advance calculated together are more useful for predicting the outcome of selection for superior individuals rather than information on heritability and genetic advance calculated alone. Thus, for selection to be effective, the high heritability of a character should be accompanied by a high genetic advance (as per cent mean). \r\nIn this investigation, high heritability estimates (> 80%) were observed for all the traits under study except seed yield, plant height and primary branches per (Kiruthika et al., 2018). High heritability coupled with moderate to high genetic advance was observed for all the traits except days to maturity, plant height,primary branches per plant, relative leaf water content and seed yield which demonstrates the presence of additive gene effect indicating the effectiveness of selection for improvement of these traits. Seed yield per plant exhibited a lower magnitude of GCV and heritability (Bedawy et al., 2018). This may be due to the higher influence of the environment on the expression of yield and the complex nature of it being influenced by many other component traits. Overall it appeared that harvest index, biological yield and capsules per plant had a higher magnitude of GCV, heritability and genetic advance as per cent of the mean, which indicated selection will be most effective for obtaining genetic gain for these traits (Mustafa et al., 2015).\r\nYield of any crop is a complex trait which is influenced by many component traits (Yol et al., 2012). Although the parameters of variation indicate the selection efficiency of the individual traits, to bring about improvement in yield, the nature of the influence of individual traits on the seed yield needs to be understood. Character association studies reveal the nature and magnitude of the inter se association of the component traits as well as their association with seed yield.This information on the magnitude and direction of association of the component characters with seed yield and also inter association among them would prove to be very useful in formulating an effective breeding programme for improvement of seed yield (Jogdhande et al., 2017; Manisha et al., 2018).\r\nSuch studies are required for simultaneous improvement of many characters or a single complex characterlike the yield on the assumption of correlated response to selection. An attempt was, therefore, made to estimate the genotypic and phenotypic correlation coefficients between seed yield and the component characters and also amongst the components to acquire adequate information on this aspect.\r\nSeed yield per plant exhibited a highly significant association in the positive direction with days to maturity, plant height, number of primary branches per plant, number of capsules per plant, 1000-seed weight, leaf area index, relative leaf water content, total chlorophyll content and harvest index (Table 2). Similar results were also reported by Sikarwar (2002); Lal et al. (2016) in the case of days to maturity; Singh et al. (2018); Pawar et al. (2002) in the case of plant height; Teklu et al. (2017); Satankar et al. (2019) in case of number of primary branches per plant; Manjeet et al. (2019); Saxena and Bisen (2016) in case of number of capsules per plant; Satankar et al. (2019); Manjeet et al. (2019) in case of 1000 seed weight; Kumar et al. (2013); Panda (2017) in case of leaf area index; Panda (2017) in case of relative leaf water content and total chlorophyll content; Bamrotiya et al. (2016); Manjeet et al. (2019) in case of harvest index. In the present study, a highly significant negative correlation was observed for seed yield per plant with days to 50 per cent flowering. The results conform with those reported by Satankar et al. (2019); Manjeet et al. (2019).\r\nInter se correlation coefficients among the component characters revealed that those characters that were positively correlated with seed yield per plant, also showed positive association among themselves, and the character, days to 50 per cent flowering which was negatively correlated with seed yield per plant, also showed a negative association with the characters positively associated with seed yield. Interestingly, days to flowering exhibited a negative association with days to maturity. It was because the plants which started flowering earlier continued to flower much longer time being indeterminate in nature (Uzun et al., 2013). These observations indicated that plants with early flowering and later in maturity are likely to produce more plant height, more number of primary branches per plant, more number of capsules per plant, high 1000 seed weight, high leaf area index, high relative leaf water content, high total chlorophyll content and high harvest index. This indicated, that longer flowering duration is associated with higher yield and yield attributes. These findings are supported by the works of Yol et al. (2010); Vanishee et al. (2011); Hika et al. (2014). Therefore, selection based on these characters could result in further yield improvement.\r\nSimple correlation indicates the association between two traits. Yield being a complex trait being governed by many other independent traits, it would be more meaningful to partition the simple correlation into its direct and indirect components through path analysis. Path coefficient analysis devised by Wright (1921) is a convenient way to carry out the partitioning of the total correlation coefficients into their direct and indirect effects.\r\nThe phenotypic path matrix is presented in Table 3. The path analysis revealed that the characters, days to maturity, plant height, number of primary branches per plant, number of capsules per plant, leaf area index, relative leaf water content, total chlorophyll content, biological yield and harvest index had a positive direct effect on seed yield, while days to 50 per cent flowering and 1000- seed weight showed a negative direct effect. Similar results were reported by Singh et al. (2018) in case of plant height; Manjeet et al. (2019) in case of biological yield and harvest index; Kehie et al. (2020) in case of days to 50 per cent flowering and 1000- seed weight. Thus character showing a positive direct effect on seed yield may be expected to show yield promising results from direct selection (Abate et al., 2021). Negative associations shown by the traits on seed yield may be broken by recombination breeding through hybridization followed by segregation and selection.\r\n', 'Abu Saleh Nizamuddin Ahmed, Subrat Das, Daizi Durba Saharia, Manoj Kumar Sarma, Manash Protim Nath and Jugal Chandra Talukdar (2022). Assessment of Genetic variability and Character Association for Morpho-physiological Attributes and Seed Yield in Sesame. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 425-430.'),
(5175, '134', 'The Role and Analysis of Women from Ancient to Modern Times in India', 'Preeti*, Kavita Dua and Poonam Yadav', '70 The Role and Analysis of Women from Ancient to Modern Times in India Preeti.pdf', '', 1, 'The world history has been bestowed upon the historical evidence and scripts. In the world of different cultures, India has a special place which has a rich and famous history of cultural glory and heritage. Although, our country caries rich cultural diversity on its shoulders, the roles and positions of women has been a roller –coaster for India. The Indian society has always been a patriarchal one which is why women participation and roles in the human civilization has always been a matter of social evil. The power of women has always been regarded as menace by the male dominant society. The journey of Indian women from ancient to modern times has been shifted steadily. From The sacred position granted to women to found themselves in shattered position to the steady decay with the time has led women towards disrespect and injustice. The Early Vedic Period was the finest hour of women empowerment. Women were dignified with a respectable status in Early Rig Vedic civilization. Women were provided the opportunity to attend higher education, to take part in high intellectual and spiritual conferences, also, Women’s freedom to participate in political activities, self-defense exercises, educational activities, decision-making has portrayed the nature of women’s status in the social canvas during the early Vedic period. In later Vedic Periods, they were given unconditional economic freedom and enjoyed higher roles and responsibility in wars and were given respectable positions, the freedom of political decisions and education were taken away from them. The dark era of women started in medieval times when the basic human rights and fundamental freedom started dented along with; which took together the restrictions from attending spiritual and political affairs and were fenced behind the bars of the house. Introduction of sati and purdah partha, polygamy and child marriage further deteriorated the position of the women in the society. Although, in modern times, Indian women enjoys a much higher respect and status then medieval times with the introduction of modernization, globalization and liberalization, the understanding of civilization and behavior and nature for the women is still obsessed with menace mentality. The sex ratio, women empowerment and equality with men is still an illusion of reality. Women are potentially victimized of various social evils and social dilemma which needs to get notified and society has to be civilized to give women a respectable position which can be commended with the inclusive growth and better social prospectus. The paper highlights the roles and responsibility connected to them. The position, freedom and respect are still a long way apart. This research paper is based on the ancient documents of Indian history which includes Vedas, Upanishads, historical evidence of Mughal era and the inclusiveness of women after independence.', 'Women Participation; Vedic Periods; Historical evidence; Fundamental Freedom; Human Rights; Empowerment; Equality; Inclusiveness', 'Women liberation has crossed many milestones and society has certainly sailed long from the past. Although women have faced multi-difficulties in the last few centuries, but they have been able to successfully establish their own identities. Today\'s women are adorned with patience, helping them reach the heights of success. Despite the old times when women were only seen as housewives who cooked, cleaned and cared for their families but in today’s world women are not only involved in household chores, but are also involved in service industries such as banks, hospitals, airlines, schools, and are beginning to show an interest in entrepreneurship. Women are more focused, having the potential to upheld their own identity in decision-making power in the most focused approach, even at the highest levels, and may be in a better position than men. Needless to say, women have achieved excellent results in each field. Personalities such as PV Sindhu and Saina Nehwal, Nirmala Sitharaman, Falguni Nayyar, Kiran Majumdar Shaw, Indira Gandhi, Sushma Swaraj and Lata Mangeshkar are idols. Women should not be limited into the roles of housewives or mothers but they should be encouraged to explore different fields of the modern world that could change the social evils which are sublimed in the patriarchy mindsets. The other side is also a harsh reality that their efforts are overlooked and are never praised for what they are doing. People accept household chores as only women’s duty and consider them free servants. This view needs to be changed, people need to understand that she may need work help, what she does is only of their caring nature.\r\n Finally, women should be encouraged to do social experiments in terms of good deed which in turn will help them to a dignified identity and if women want to work in the office to earn their income, no one should stop them. One should always have his own individual identity and must have complete freedom to do whatever they want to pursue in life as their glorified roles have always been underneath of male dominant society which should be hanged out and women must enjoy their status and move out from the social stigma.\r\n', 'INTRODUCTION\r\n \r\nWomen are the backbone for any progressing nation. Ancient literature like Vedas, Brahmana, Upanishad, Grihya Sutra, Dharma sastra and Epics, Smritis and Puranas have placed ¬women with utmost respect and integrity. Earlier civilization evidence emphasized the status of women were at par with the men. Women were educated, participated in war, learned various activities like dancing, fencing, painting and were actively involved in intellectual debates and were socially active and were respected. With the passage of time, the position of women started getting deteriorated. From enjoying free and esteemed positions in the Rig-Vedic society, women started being discriminated against since the Later-Vedic period indication and other rights and facilities (Nandal and Rajnish 2014).\r\nThe Indian males always find their rights to dominate the social, political and economic life of people in the country. Women were and are never encouraged in any field since the mindset indulged in society after the medieval period. In modern times also, Indian women are not empowered to explore the opportunities in different sectors and socially dif¬ferentiated. One of the main types of evidence of this metamorphose is Gender based differentiation (Shettar and Rajeswari 2015). Demographically also, women constitute similar population as me and they also seek equal importance and rights with their male counterparts. Most males are not ready to accept that women also play an important identity and they should not seek approval of men. The roles and responsibilities of women in the society is as vital as men. There is no doubt that we are in the midst of a great revolution in the history of women. The evidence is everywhere; the voice of women is increasingly heard in Parliament, courts and in the streets Mishra (2006). Women have proved themselves in every aspect of the society in earlier as well as in the modern times as they are politically active, economically productive and independent. This economical and fundamental freedom not only give women the equal opportunities but also provide them self-respect, esteem and integrity to be a pillar of the society with inclusive growth (Chattopadhyay, 1983).\r\nAncient times:\r\nIn its long-standing history of India, women always catered key roles in the history of mankind. The ancient era when Women were dignified with a respectable status in early Vedic civilization. They were also honored by their participation in all the socio-cultural activities of early Indian civilization (Bader, 2013). Women’s freedom to participate in war, gymnastics, archery, horse riding, public activities like religious ceremonies, educational activities, decision making, and debate participation has portrayed the nature of women’s status in the social canvas during ancient times (Altekar, 1938). Women were highly skilled in their fields, were having economic freedom and social life. Later Vedic Period depicted women as the root of dharma, pleasure and prosperity. Traditionally, the life and characters of Savitri, Sita, Anusuya, Damayanti, and Arundhati have been widely celebrated as pativratas in the Ramayana and Mahabharata (Kang, 2015). However, in the Later-Vedic period there were outrage in education and other rights and facilities investigated by (Nandal and Rajnish 2014). After the Vedic Period, the era of Jainism and Buddhism introduced the emphasis of education. Panini mentioned of female students’ studying Vedas. Katyana called female teachers Upadhyaya or Upadhyayi. Ashoka got his daughter Sangha Mitra, inducted into preaching Buddhism are some examples of great women scholars. Women did write Sanskrit plays and verses, excelled in music, painting and other fine arts. However, during the Buddhism, there were low economic and political status were given to nuns compared to monks (Pikachu, 2015). However the gender equity and focus on education were the key aspects. Moreover, the age of Dharma shastra and Manusmirti were the initialization of the women status with the education prohibition, child marriage and polygamy resulted in low profile of women In Vedic society, women enjoyed marriage as well as social and domestic life except the later ancient times (Manusmriti, 2009).\r\nThe medieval period begin with the entry of Muslim invaders in India and the span was around 500 years from the era of Delhi sultanate to Mughal era. During the medieval period, the position of women faced its worst phases. Women were considered a burden in the families; the Mughal left no stone unturned of barring women from all social representations and pushed them in the mud of pity fall where they were forced of child marriage and widow re-marriage was not allowed. Education was a daydream for women. They were excluded from public gathering or any intellectual deliberation. Sati paratha, polygamy and Parda(veil) became part and parcel of social life in India (Status of Women in Medieval India 2022).\r\n Restrictions on rights and privileges of women were imposed. The major problems faced by the women were discriminatory treatment (Nitisha, n.d.). Male members were believed to the assets of the family. Birth of female child was not appreciated. The girls were considered as liabilities. Women were not meant to take any decisions as all decisions will be taken by the male members of the family. Women were compelled to stay inside the house and were deprived of their rights to equity with men. The other social issues rose that time were child marriage, deprivation from education, Jauhar paratha in which Rajput women immolated themselves by mass suicide where their sainik husband is sure of going to die in the hands of the enemy and restriction on widow remarriage. However, it has been speculated that though there were lots of social barriers for the women which made women conditions to them most worsen positions, the restrictions were subjected to the Hindus only, the Buddhists, Jains and Christians women enjoyed far more freedom (Kaur, 1968). There society was more liberal and they promoted the culture of education and self-confidence. These religions emphasized equality for all and there should be no discrimination against any gender. These religions were also focused on the approach of determination of achieving success with the God’s faith and that the savior of all is God. In Buddhists theories, during the rule of Samrat Ashoka, women constantly took parts in the religious preaching. According to Hien Tsang, the famous traveler of that time, Rajyashri, the sister of Harshvardhan was a distinguished scholar of her time, but the irony is that it affected the Hindu culture in the worst manner and it can be said that Medieval period as the darkest era of the women civilization. Throughout the medieval times, the women had no identities and they were miserly behaved and were not tolerated to break any rules of the Mughal people, they were treated as things which is to be used. They were either held to be completely untruthful, sexual, innocent, or incompetent, but they can never be a human.\r\nLater Medieval and Colonial Times: With the passage of times the position of women becomes more and more miserable and by the eighteenth century, they were behaved badly and men were considered superior to women. Women of all societies and religions were forced to locked inside the four walls of their homes. Their duties and rights were interpreted and women were considered only house servant whose only identity was to do household chores and to do upbringing and caring of child. However, despite these deadly conditions where women were exempted of even basic living rules, there were some exceptional women also who became prominent in the field of politics, literature, education, administration and religion. Some famous personalities of this period were Rani Durgawati, Rani Karunawati, Kurma Devi, Rani Laxmi Bai, Jijabai, Razia Sultana, Nur Jahan, Jahanara and Zebunnisa (Altekar, 1962). In colonial India anti-imperialist women’s movement. Women of India played a significant role in Indian freedom struggle. Gandhi led “Civil Disobedience Movement” of the 1930s, and “Quit India Move¬ment” was highly remarkable which resulted in equal and active participation of women (Jaiswal, 2019). Some of the greatest female freedom fighters like Sarojini Naidu, Kasturba Gandhi, Kamala Nehru, Sucheita Kriplani, Bhikaji Cama, Amrita Kaur, Nel Sengupta, Captain Laxmi Saigal, Aruna Asaf Ali to name a few changed the conception about women and were given equal emphasis with men. During the 19th and 20th centuries, efforts were made by some famous philanthropists, social reformers, humanists, and some British administrators to eradicate the social evils merged into the mind set of Indians and to improve the condition of the women. The “Sati pratha” and child marriage was abolished, the widow remarriage act was passed and the right to education were given to women with the active participations of Savitribai Phule, Tarabai Shinde & Ramabai Ranade. There are certain men who took the cause of women in India. There have been social reformers like Raja Ram Mohan Roy, Ishwar Chandra Vidyasagar, Swami Vivekananda, Swami Dayananda Sarasvati who helped the women to gain their old charisma in the society by removing various restrictions to have their own identity. However, in all; the status of women, at the dawn of the British rule in India, reached the lowest level in the society. Women in the households were extremely in pity positions and were lived on the mercifulness of the male members of the house. The literacy among women was almost negligible and only a handful out of millions of women were educated. There were no roles positions or responsibilities were given to women except raising the kids and doing household chores.\r\nModern times: In the era of globalization when civilization has reached into the 21st century and the status of the women is still been defined by patriarchy society of India (Status of Women in India 1974). The women are still finding to have a place in the society. There are various roadblocks that women still in modern India do face on daily basis these includes Malnutrition, Poor Health, Maternal Mortality, Lack of Education, Mistreatment, Child Marriage etc. Women in India are still fighting for their rights. The obvious biological difference does not shortfall them of being not be equal contributor for self and for the country, The responsibility of raising child and doing household duties is still lying on the shoulders of the women. The patriarchal society represents the hollow and innocent face of the women in the system who is miserable and dependent. The literacy level in most parts of the country is still very low. The literacy statistics does not even match the fundamental educational level. There are around 48.04 percent or 665 million females are residing in the country and share of female in higher education is less than 23 percent. The modern women have to fight for their rights in befitting manner. Shamefully, the maternal mortality rank is 103, every third child bride is an Indian, families associate social evils like dowry with women, ranked at 4th of female infanticide. Women working in the offices also have to take care of kids and to do household work which increase stress and workload, lack of power and poor health. Mostly rural women do eat whatever is left after the family has eaten, thus did not take proper nutrition and results into malnutrition. The basic rights and amenities are reach out of the hands of the women of India and this is the harsh reality. \r\nThere are various rights that has been given for women empowerment and equity but these constitutional fundamental rights do not imply in the mindset of Indian society. Some of these rights are:\r\n— (Article 14), no discrimination by the State\r\n— (Article 15(1)), equality of opportunity \r\n— (Article 16), equal pay for equal work \r\n— (Article 39(d)), it allows special provisions to be made by the State in favor of women and children \r\n— (Article 15(3)), renounces practices derogatory to the dignity of women—\r\n— (Article 51(A) (e)), and also allows for provisions to be made by the State for securing just and humane conditions of work and for maternity relief.\r\n— (Article 42), All these are fundamental rights. Therefore, a woman can go to the court if one is subjected to any discrimination. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Education-inIndia\r\n', 'Preeti, Kavita Dua and Poonam Yadav (2022). The Role and Analysis of Women from Ancient to Modern Times in India. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 431-434.'),
(5176, '134', 'Physiological Growth Parameters of linseed (Linum usitatissimum L.) as Influenced by different Irrigation Scheduling and Fertility Levels', 'Anamika Jain Badkul*, P.B. Sharma, Amrita Badkul, Lalita Bhayal and R.P. Sahu', '71 Physiological Growth Parameters of linseed _Linum usitatissimum L._ as Influenced by different Irrigation Scheduling and Fertility Levels Anamika Jain Badkul.pdf', '', 1, 'A field experiment was conducted during Rabi season of 2020-21 and 2021-22 at Research farm, College of Agriculture, JNKVV, Jabalpur to assess response of linseed to different various irrigation schedules and fertility levels on sandy loam soil. The treatments comprised of three irrigation levels i.e. no irrigation (I0), 0.6 IW/CPE ratio (I1) and 0.8 IW/CPE ratio (I2) and four fertility levels i.e. N: P: K: S @ 30:20:10:00 (N1), 30:20:10:20 (N2), 60: 40: 20: 00 (N3) and 60: 40: 20: 20 (N4) kg ha-1 tested in split plot design with three replications. The Leaf Area Index, Leaf Area Duration, Crop Growth Rate and Relative Growth Rate were recorded highest under the irrigation schedule with 0.8 IW/CPE ratio which was at par with the value under 0.6 IW/CPE ratio over the no irrigation (I0). As regards to fertility levels, LAI was recorded significantly higher with NPKS@ 60:40:20:20 kg ha-1 as compared to other fertility levels. However, all the physiological indicators i.e. LAI, LAD, CGR, RGR was found highest in I2 and N4 treatment.', 'Linseed, leaf area index, leaf area duration, crop growth rate, relative growth rate', 'The irrigation schedule at 0.8 IW/CPE ratio proved to be superior in terms of higher physiological parameters followed by 0.6 IW/CPE ratio and no irrigation condition. Among all physiological stages sowing of linseed under the treatment NPKS @ 60:40:20:20 kg ha-1 was found advantageous in recording more LAI, LAD, CGR and RGR. However, these results are of two year mean. Hence, further experimentation is required to get the standard irrigation scheduling and recommended dose of nutrients for linseed for a particular locality.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nIndia is one of the leading oilseeds growing country in the world and fourth largest vegetable oil economy next to USA, China and Brazil. Linseed (Linum usitatissimum L.) is India\'s most important oilseed crop, ranking second after to rapeseed-mustard in terms of acreage and production. It is important industrial, edible oil, and fibre crop on account of the oil derived from its seed and the stem fibre. It is high in oil (41%), protein (20%), and dietary fibre (28%), (Morris, 2005). \r\nLinseed is an important Rabi crop chiefly grown under rainfed (63%), utera (25%) and irrigated (12%) conditions (Dash et al., 2017). Among the different agronomic practices, irrigation and essential plant nutrients play a vital role in achieving higher levels of yield of linseed. Seed yield of linseed is directly affected by Nitrogen availability especially when grown under irrigated condition (Patel et al., 2017). Beside nitrogen, sulphur is very crucial for good oilseed yield (Aravind et al., 2009). Research evidences show that linseed yield is determined by the ability of plants to accumulate dry matter during the vegetative period (Aufhammer et al., 2000; Hassan and Leitch 2000). The dynamics of dry matter distribution to various plant organs, their yielding and productivity in Linseed may be characterized by using various indices of growth analysis i.e. LAI, LAD, CGR, and RGR (Aufhammer et al., 2000). Thus the study was carried out to study the physiological growth parameters of linseed as influenced by different irrigation scheduling and fertility levels.\r\nMETHODOLOGY\r\nThe experiment was conducted at instructional research farm of Jawaharlal Nehru Krishi Vishwa Vidyalaya, Jabalpur (M.P.) during Rabi season of 2020-21 and 2021-22. The climate of this region is sub-tropical with cool winter and hot summers and mean annual rainfall of Jabalpur is 1350 mm. Jabalpur belongs to “Kymore plateau and Satpura Hills” agro-climatic zone as per norms of National Agricultural Research Programme. The experiment comprised of three irrigation levels i.e. no irrigation (I0), 0.6 IW/CPE ratio (I1) and 0.8 IW/CPE ratio (I2) and four fertility levels i.e N: P: K: S @ 30:20:10:00 (N1), 30:20:10:20 (N2), 60: 40: 20: 00 (N3) and 60: 40: 20: 20 (N4) kg ha-1 tested in split plot design with three replications. The physiological parameter was recorded at different time intervals as detailed below:\r\nLeaf area index (LAI). LAI is the ratio of leaf area (A) over a certain ground area (P). It was worked out at 3 stages i.e.30, 60 and 90 DAS. It was calculated by using the formula given by Watson (1952). \r\n \r\nLeaf area duration (LAD): LAD was estimated according to the formula: \r\n \r\nWhere, LAI1 and LAI2 were the leaf area indices at time T1 and T2, respectively. Cumulative LAD was calculated by adding all the LAD values attained at different stages (30-60, 60-90 DAS).\r\nCrop growth rate (CGR): The crop growth rate was computed by using the following formula:\r\n \r\nWhere, P = Ground area, W1 = Dry weight of plant m-2 recorded at time t1, W2 = Dry weight of plant m-2 recorded at time.\r\nRelative growth rate (RGR): RGR given by Watson (1952) Where,\r\n \r\nW1 = Dry weight of plant m-2 at time T1, W2 = Dry weight of plant m-2 at time T2, ln = Natural log\r\nThe data recorded on these aspects were subjected to ‘F’ test of variances and results are interpreted on the basis of mean values.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nLeaf area index (LAI): The data on mean LAI as influenced by different treatments revealed that (Table 1 and Fig. 1) irrigation at 0.8 IW/CPE ratio gave significantly higher values as compared to 0.6 IW/CPE ratio and no irrigation condition at 60 and 90 DAS. Linseed crop is responsive to irrigation (Rana et al., 2000). Irrigation at 0.8 IW/CPE ratio could be able to supply sufficient moisture for the optimum growth of linseed which in turn resulted in increased leaf size, area and ultimately leaf area index.\r\nAmong different fertility levels LAI was recorded significantly highest in NPKS @ 60:40:20:20 kg ha-1 as compared to all the treatments. At the level of nutrients, particularly the nitrogen in combination with sulphur give birth to more number of leaves with increase in size and resulted in vigorous plant growth. NPK @ 30:20:10 kg ha-1 recorded lowest LAI at all the stage. The reason for lowered number of leaves and reduced leaf size at other fertility levels might be due to lower dose of nutrients Tanwar et al. (2011).\r\nLeaf area duration (LAD): The data depicted that (Table 1 and Fig. 2) the increase in leaf area duration was more pronounced in 30-60 and 60-90 DAS. However, LAD was observed significantly higher in 0.8 IW/CPE ratio than 0.6 IW/CPE and no irrigation. However, No irrigation was observed to be significantly lower leaf area duration at all growth stages.\r\nThe crop sown in treatment NPKS @ 60:40:20:20 kg ha-1 reported a remarkable increase particularly during both stages. It might be due to more number of leaves produced per unit area. The lowest leaf area duration was recorded under NPK @ 30:20:10 kg ha-1. \r\n\r\nCrop growth rate (CGR): The data on mean crop growth rate (g day-1 m-2) are presented in Table 2 and Fig. 3. The increased rate of per day dry matter production resulted in higher CGR in 0.8 IW/CPE ratio which was at par with 0.6 IW/CPE ratio but lower in treatment no irrigation. Irrigation was a dire necessity especially at the time of critical stages. \r\nCrop growth rate significantly affected at stages through all fertility levels. Among all numerically superior CGR recorded under NPKS @ 60:40:20:20 kg ha-1 followed by NPK @ 60:40:20 kg ha-1. CGR increased might be due to active contribution of leaves in photosynthesis at this period. Similar result was also given by Ramesh and Ram Prasad (2013). Minimum crop growth rate recorded under both NPK @30:20:10 kg ha-1 and NPKS @ 30:20:10:20 kg ha-1 which was statistically at par each other. The significant increase in dry matter might be due to availability of nutrient with sulphur to the crop at appropriate vegetative stage, resulted in increase in plant growth and it also might have improvement in photosynthetic area of plant that cumulatively contributed to higher dry matter accumulation which directly influenced crop growth rate. These results are in accordance with (Kumari et al., 2021) in linseed.\r\nRelative growth rate (RGR): The data (Table 2 and Fig. 4) clearly showed that during 30-60 and 60-90 DAS, 0.8 IW/CPE ratio reported the highest RGR (0.030 and 0.022 gg-1day-1 respectively) closely followed by 0.6 IW/CPE ratio (0.028 and 0.021 g g-1 day-1) whereas, significantly superior over No irrigation (I0). This was mainly because these irrigated condition showed vigorous growth ability and attained relatively higher biomass accumulation than rainfed condition (Awasthi et al., 2011).\r\nThe mean relative growth rate was not affected significantly by fertility levels at 30-60 DAS. An increase in relative growth rate in NPKS @60:40:20:20 kg ha-1 at 60-90 DAS may be due to sulphur application (Saha and Mandal 2000). NPK @ 60:40:20 kg ha-1 treatment recorded similar result with NPKS @ 60:40:20:20 kg ha-1 at 60-90 DAS.\r\n', 'Anamika Jain Badkul, P.B. Sharma, Amrita Badkul, Lalita bhayal and R.P. Sahu (2022). Physiological Growth Parameters of linseed (Linum usitatissimum L.) as Influenced by different Irrigation Scheduling and Fertility Levels. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 435-439.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5177, '134', 'Yield and Economics of Pigeonpea [Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp.] as Influenced by adoption of Technological Intervention under CFLDs in Eastern UP', 'R.K. Singh, Rudra P. Singh, Randhir Nayak, A.K. Yadav and D.K. Singh', '72 Yield and Economics of Pigeonpea [Cajanus cajan _L._ Millsp.] as Influenced by adoption of Technological Intervention under CFLDs in Eastern UP Manoj Kumar 2855.pdf', '', 1, 'The cluster frontline demonstration on pigeonpea was conducted three consecutive years during kharif seasons of 2018-19 to 2020-21 at farmers’ field in participatory mode at different villages of district Azamgarh (U.P.). Despite of proven technologies and high yielding resistant varieties are evolved and also adopted by the pulse growers resulting lower yield and wide technological gaps. Productivity of pigeonpea is still quit lower in U.P. in comparison to several states of country. Considering the facts of low yield of pulses due to technological gap and various other constraints the Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Azamgarh-I (Acharya Narendra Deva University of Agriculture & Technology, Ayodhya) U.P. has conducted technological intervention in three consequently years with proven agricultural technologies of pigeonpea. An area of 40.0 ha covered in nine cluster villages and others of 123 farm families in the district. Among the three years of demonstration, the highest yield was recorded during 2018-19 under both the plots (19.6 & 14.5 q/ha) than remaining years. However, yield obtained during year 2019-20 to 2020-21 was almost similar and far away from the yield of 2018-19. Mean data of grain yield also depicted that demo yield (14.7 q/ha) was found 37.3% superior over control. Variation in the per cent increase in the yield was found due to variation in agro-climatic parameters under rainfed condition. Technology gap analysis reveals that initial year 2018-19 registered markedly narrower gap in comparison to remaining years. A descending trend of technology gap reflects the farmers’ cooperation in carrying out such demonstrations. Benefit: cost ratio (BCR) under demonstrations was proved most remunerative and economically feasible against traditional production system.', 'Cluster frontline demonstration, Pigeonpea, Technological gaps, Economics', 'On the basis of above technological interventions, it can be concluded that raised bed planting of pigeonpea and implementation of scientific production & protection technologies certainly enhanced pigeonpea production and also minimizing the emerging food safety risk in developing countries with their trade in national market. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nAmong the pulses pigeonpea [Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp.] is one of the important pulse crop in India. It’s having an ability to produce potential yield under limited moisture condition by adoption of proven interventions of pulse production and makes significant crop of rainfed agro ecosystem. The total pulse production in the country in 2018-19 was 3.32 million tons from an acreage of 4.55 million hectare with average yield of 729 kg/ha. In order to make the nation self sufficient in pulses, productivity levels of pulses need to be increased substantially from 598 kg/ha to 1200 kg/ha by 2020 (Ali and Kumar 2005). India is a largest producer & consumer of pulses in the world. However, country is facing shortage of per capita requirement of pulses due to wide gap between demand and production. Uttar Pradesh is also a highly populated state and requirement of pulses is quite higher than remaining states of India. Despite of several biotic & abiotic constraints of pigeonpea production reflects positive indication that productivity of pulses in U.P. is gradually increased after passing of years to reached the level of 1084 kg/ha from 0.25 million hectare area with 0.27 million tons production (Agricultural Statistics at a Glance 2020). The low yield of pigeonpea is not only due to its cultivation on marginal land, but also because of inadequate and imbalanced fertilization, uneven plant population, severe infestation of seasonal and perennial weeds, no adoption of intercultural operations, plant protection measures and climatic variability are predominant reasons to limiting the potential yield of pigeonpea. Therefore, it is imperative to study the performance of technological interventions on pigeonpea under cluster frontline demonstration conducted at farmers’ field for obtaining higher yield under rainfed conditions of eastern Uttar Pradesh. The raised bed planting of pigeonpea and implementation of scientific production & protection technologies certainly enhanced pigeonpea production and also minimizing the emerging food safety risk in developing countries with their trade in national market. \r\nMETHODS AND MATERIALS\r\nThe cluster frontline demonstration was conducted during Kharif season of 2018-19, 2019-20 and 2020-21 at selected farmers field in different blocks of Azamgarh district. District located in the VIII eastern plain zone with MSL 77.65 m at 82°40’ - 83°52E, locally equipped with 8 Tahsil, 22 Blocks and around 3721 villages. The average annual precipitation is 1031mm while temperature ranges in between 45.1°C to 5.8°C during summer and winter. In general the soils under study were sandy loam to sandy clay loam in texture with neutral in reaction (7.2 to7.6 pH). The soil test report shows fertility status like available nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium were low to medium only and also deficient in sulphur status. Proven technological interventions were implemented at farmers’ field in participatory mode by Krishi Vigyan Kendra (Acharya Narendra Deva University of Agriculture & Technology) Azamgarh (U.P.). A list of farmers was prepared on basis of group meeting and specific skill training was imparted to the selected farmers regarding various aspects on proven technologies. A total of 123 farmers of village Lasra Kala, Sikraur, Sohouli (block Martinganj), Hafizpur, Kishundaspur, Chandeshwar (block Palhani) and Devapar, Harakhpur, Manpur belong to Bilariyaganj block and many other villages were associated under this programme during three years of demonstration. The component demonstration of frontline technology in pigeonpea conducted on improved variety Narendra Arhar -2 with raised bed planting technique keeping 60 x 30 cm plant geometry with the help of planter/manual sowing and thinning which is done manually at 60 days after sowing to maintain intra spacing between plants. A balanced dose of fertilizer was applied @ of 22 kg Nitrogen + 60 kg P2O5 per hectare during last planking in the form of diammoniam phosphate along with 20 kg sulphur through zypsum. Use of bio-fertilizer as per method prescribed like PSB, Rhizobium & biopesticide Trichoderma @ 20, 20 & 10 g/kg of seed as seed treatment were sown in an area of 0.25 to 0.40 ha of each farmer. A sum of 40 hectares area was covered in three consecutive years. Each demonstration were consisting control plot (check) for comparison and also kept where existing farmers practices was carried out (Table 1) by the beneficiaries. All the essential production and protection technologies other than interventions were applied in similar manner in the demonstrated as well as in farmer’s practices. Each & every demonstrations were monitored by scientist at different stages of crop growth period to harvest stage. \r\nThese visits are also utilized to collect feedback information for further improvement in research and extension activities. Similarly, relevant production and protection technologies are comprised in Table 2. The data on yield was collected from both plots at farmers’ field by random crop cutting method and analyzed with suitable statistical tools to compare the influence of technological interventions. The minimum support price is used for economic (BCR) calculation purpose. Finally, the recorded data were computed and analyzed for different parameters using following formula (Samui et al., 2000) as mentioned hereunder: \r\nPercent increase yield = \r\n \r\n \r\nTechnology gap = Potential yield - Demonstrated yield \r\nExtension gap = Demonstrated yield – Yield under check \r\nTechnology index =\r\n \r\nAdditional cost of demonstration = Cost of demonstration – Cost of check\r\nAdditional returns = Net return in demonstration – Net return in check\r\nEffective gain = Additional return of demonstration – Additional cost of demonstration \r\nIndia during the period from 2011-12, 2012-13, 2013-14 and 2014-15 in seven villages viz. Awunti, Akma, Sikraur, Gopalpur, Chak Khairulla, Pandri and Kotwa covering six block of district Azamgarh. Polybag (disposed plastic glass) technique used for raising of seedlings with an objective to maintain optimum crop geometry by planting of same aged seedlings. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nGrain yield analysis. It is evident from the pool data of three years (Table 3) that grain yield under cluster frontline demonstration is drastically fluctuated over the years of demonstration in comparison to traditional production technologies. None of the year is found quit superior in favour of potential yield produced during the evaluation period. Among the three years of demonstration, the highest yield was recorded during 2018-19 under both the plots (19.6 & 14.5 q/ha) than remaining years. However, yield obtained during year 2019-20 to 2020-21 was almost similar and far away from the yield of 2018-19. Mean data of three years of grain yield also depicted that demo yield (14.7 q/ha) was 37.3 per cent superior over conventional production system. The yield reduction during last two years is might be due to heavy rain during last month of September caused prolong stagnation of water and it severely affect plant population which caused yield reduction under both plots. The lowest demo yield (11.4 q/ha) was observed during 2020-21 while change in yield shows highest 45.7% than previous years because it is the function of severe yield loss under control plots which caused by various factors when compared to demo yield on per cent basis. Cumulative effects of all production parameters like improved variety, sowing technique, use of balanced dose of fertilizer, seed treatment with Rhizobium, Phosphorus Solublizing Bacteria (PSB) & Trichoderma, and adoption of proper plant protection measures effectively enhanced the yield over farmers. The above results are in conformity with the findings of Singh (2002); Singh and Yadav (2008); Mahetele and Kushwaha (2011).\r\nYield gap analysis. Determination of yield gaps and other indices carried out with an objective to educate the farming communities regarding production losses of pulses from national pulse baskets due to ignorance of technological interventions evolved for pigeonpea. Analysis of extension yield gap showed contrary result viz., wider gap 5.10q/ha to during 2018-19 which recorded maximum pigeonpea yield. The wider extension gap was obtained due to positive influence of proven technologies and more conducive years for better pulse production under both practices harnessed growth resources efficiently thereafter resulting higher yield. Drastically lower yield gap under succeeding year indicates that uneven rain pattern equally damaged the plant population resulting lesser yield gap in both plots. Wider extension gap emphasized the need to educate the farmers through various means for the adoption of proven production and protection technologies to minimize the extension gap. Pulse producer should prefer quick adoption of technological interventions developed from research organizations especially for pulses. This result is in conformity with finding of Singh et al. (2014).\r\nThe technological gap analysis observed to be more informative in respect to demonstration yield subtracting from potential yield expressed real gap in between execution of technologies at farmers’ field by the expert and researchers. The analysis on this parameter reveals that only year 2018-19 has recorded markedly narrower technology gap 8.40q/ha than remaining years of demonstration. Mean value analysis of this gap (13.3q/ha) also not much differ from last two year gaps while lower technological gap is associated with previous year. A descending trend of technology gap reflects the farmers’ cooperation in carrying out such demonstrations. The technology gap may be attributed to variability & heterogeneity in soil and its fertility status, micro climatic situations, varietal suitability and keenly adoption of latest interventions etc. Technological gap imply researchable issue for realization of potential yield, while the extension gap imply what can be achieved by the transfer of existing technologies. Dwivedi et al. (2014) also reported similar trend on chickpea under frontline demonstration. \r\n Technology index showed the feasibility of the evolved technology at the farmer’s fields. However, higher technology index reflected the insufficient extension services in respect of technology transfer. The lower value of technology index shows the efficacy of good performance of implemented technological interventions. As per the calculation of index indicates half index (%) values were registered (during 2019-20 & 2020-21) in comparison to remaining previous year. This variation indicates that results differ according to soil fertility status, weather conditions, improper intercultural operations and pest management etc. \r\nEconomics. The economic evaluation of technological interventions under cluster frontline demonstrations on various parameters of pigeon pea is depicted in Table 4. In general, it is evident from the calculation that all kind of incurred expanses and returns, both are always higher under demonstration and it also fluctuated independently over the years in of evaluations. By and large, the average gross income generated by adoption of technological interventions was Rs. 85203/ha in comparison to income under farmer practices (check) Rs 62403/ha. As for as the farmers benefits are concern that year 2018-19 is found quit profitable to receive more income (Rs. 91230/ha) due to favorable environment for pulse production. Similarly, the additional net return Rs. 27192/ha (incremental benefits) on per hectare basis was also higher on initial year of on farm demonstration. The economic analysis on net returns reflects that implementation of proven technologies are always registered higher benefits during three years of activities over dominant locally existing practices. It is clear from economic comparison in between additional cost & returns are quite encouraging & clearly reflect by increasing unit cost in pigeonpea production gave up to eight folds more benefits. The additional cost incurred under technological intervention is varied from Rs. 1750 to 2930/ha, while additional net return was positively influenced from Rs. 18550 to 27192/ha. Effective gain on per hectare basis was obtained by subtracting additional cost from additional net return and it was observed highly appreciating (Rs. 25442/ha) in year 2018-19. The benefit: cost ration (BCR) was also higher under technological interventions and traditional practices during initial year than remaining years of pigeonpea production. These findings are in conformity with results obtained by Chaudhary and Thakur (2005).\r\n \r\n', 'R.K. Singh, Rudra P. Singh, Randhir Nayak, A.K. Yadav and D.K. Singh (2022). Yield and Economics of Pigeonpea [Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp.] as Influenced by adoption of Technological Intervention under CFLDs in Eastern UP. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 440-444.'),
(5178, '134', 'Effect of Sowing Methods and Irrigation Scheduling on Production and Productivity of Wheat Crop', 'Mohd Shah Alam*, R.K. Naresh, Vivek, Satendra Kumar and H.L. Singh', '73 Effect of Sowing Methods and Irrigation Scheduling on Production and Productivity of Wheat Crop Akhtar Rasool.pdf', '', 1, 'Due to the late harvesting of rice and sugarcane, wheat is frequently grown late in the western region of Uttar Pradesh. Poor crop establishment, inconsistent use of available irrigation water is a contributing factor to reduced wheat yield. For optimal wheat yield, ideal planting geometry is critical for better and efficient exploitation of plant resources. It is also a well-known premise that water management is one of the most important variables in getting a higher crop harvest. Bed planting, being a proven technology, can increase crop yields and save irrigation water to improve water productivity. A field experiment for wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) was handled at the Crop Research Centre of Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel University of Agriculture & Technology, Meerut (U.P.) during two consecutive rabi season of the years 2020-21 to 2021-22 to explore appropriate irrigation regimes and planting patterns in this area. The purpose of the research was to assess the influence of tillage techniques on growth and yield attributes of wheat crop under semi-arid climatic conditions in the years of the research. The following factors were tested: main plots; five tillage crop establishment methods were used: (T1) Reduced tillage with rotavator line sowing, (T2) Reduced tillage with conventional tool line sowing, (T3) Furrow Irrigated Raised Bed, (T4) Conventional tillage with broadcast, and (T5) Conventional tillage with line sowing, and four irrigation scheduling methods were used: (I1) Irrigation at critical stages (CRI), (I2) CRI + IW/CPE 0.8, (I3) CRI + IW/CPE 1.0, and (I4) CRI + IW/CPE 1.2 were assigned to sub-plots and replicated thrice in split-plot design. The results showed that wheat sown on FIRB had significantly higher plant height (cm), dry matter accumulation (g m-2), spike length (cm), spikelet per spike, grains per spike, and test weight (g) than all other tillage practices. Irrigation scheduling with CRI + IW/CPE= 1.0 evidenced to have significantly higher growth and yield parameter as compared to 0.8 and 1.2 IW/CPE ratio. The FIRBS planting and irrigation at CRI stage + IW/CPE 1.0 registered significantly highest growth attributes, yield attributes, grain yield, straw yield and harvest index. ', 'Wheat, FIRB, Roto-tillage, Reduce tillage, Conventional tillage, Productivity, Irrigation scheduling', 'The study highlights the importance of irrigation scheduling supplemented with sowing method for improving yield and water savings of wheat crop. The study concluded that adoption of bed planting (FIRBS) performed best with highest yield attributes and yield of 46.9 & 49.5q ha-1 followed by reduced tillage. FIRBS (Bed) planting of wheat was found to be of the most effective and promising resource conservation practices in semi-arid climatic situations. Among the moisture regimes, applying irrigation at CRI + IW: CPE = 1.0 considerably increased growth and yield. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nWheat (Triticum aestivum L.) is a major food crop in the world, which plays an important role in ensuring food security. In the year of 2021-22, globally wheat was grown in an area of about 222.62 million hectares, producing 779 million metric tons and productivity of 3.49 Metric tons per hectare (Anonymous 2021-22). Water is the scarcest input which has substantial impact on the efficiency of applied inputs and individual factor productivity particularly under semi-arid conditions. Rabi crops are irrigated by surface irrigation methods where the irrigation efficiency to be as low as 30–40% because of higher non-beneficial evapotranspiration (Rajanna et al., 2016). The irrigated wheat systems contribute over 40% of wheat production in the developing world (Rajaram et al., 2007).In general, yield and water-use efficiency (WUE) of wheat is found to be affected by deficit irrigation (Galavi and Moghaddam 2012). Moreover, the scheduling of irrigation is a key to water Management. Irrigation missing at some critical growth stage sometime drastically reduces grain yield (Kumar et al., 2014) due to lower test weight. Efficient water management, being one of the good agronomic management practices, it not only leads to improve crop productivity but also minimize susceptibility from disease and insect pest under favorable environment for flourishing these biotic stresses (Singh et al., 2012).\r\nFurrow-irrigated raised-bed planting system (FIRBs) is a form of tillage wherein sowing is done on raised beds, this optimizes tillage operation, saves water, and reduces lodging, Monsefia et al. (2016). The bed planting wheat is one of novel techniques to save water and enhancing the productivity of other input applied. Typical irrigation savings under FIRBS ranged from 18 to 35% in wheat (Hobbs and Gupta 2003). Researchers revealed that better or equal yields under FIRBS as compared to conventional tillage. The FIRB planting systems have number of advantages like better irrigation management, better crop establishment, better weed management, less soil compaction (Karunakaran and Behera 2013) and higher N, P and K uptake (Idnani and Kumar 2013). The water-saving (50.73%) and water productivity (54.37%) of the wheat crop were higher under a raised-bed irrigation system. The raised-bed irrigation system obtained a 24.65% higher yield compared to the conventional irrigation system Soomro et al. (2017). Bakhsh et al. (2016) also reported better crop and water productivity of major crops under bed planting.\r\nTillage plays a key role in changing the hydro-physical properties. Conventional tillage involves intensive soil manipulation, wastage of energy resources, lacks sustainability and results from environmental hazards (Wang et al., 2012). To overcome such problems adaptation of reduced tillage techniques can result in timely sowing of wheat and may help in saving energy units at the farm level. Bogunovic et al. (2020) reported that the soils treated with reduced tillage had the lowest values of bulk density and penetration resistance at 0–10 and 10–20 cm. Crittenden et al. (2015) also found greater soil penetration resistance under conservation tillage than conventional tillage although conservation tillage resulted in better soil fertility. We hypothesized that irrigation and tillage operation could interactively affect wheat growth and yield, particularly under water stress condition. Hence, the objective of our study was to assess the sole and combined effect of irrigation and tillage management on crop growth, yield attributes and yield of wheat in rice-wheat cropping system. \r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nA field experiment was conducted during the Rabi (winter) seasons of 2020-21 and 2021-22, to evaluate the outcome of irrigation schedules and crop establishment techniques on physiological parameters, and yield attribute of wheat (Triticum aestivum (L.) on sandy loam soils at the Crop Research Centre (CRC) of Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel University of Agriculture & Technology, Meerut, Uttar Pradesh, India. The rainfall pattern of the experimental site was relatively variable during the two years of study. There were 20 treatment combinations consisting of 5 main plots of crop establishment methods, i.e. (T1) Reduced tillage with rotavator line sowing, (T2) Reduced tillage with conventional tool line sowing, (T3) Furrow Irrigated Raised Bed, (T4) Conventional tillage with broadcast, and (T5) Conventional tillage with line sowing, and sub plots consisting of four irrigation scheduling methods (I1) Irrigation at critical stages (CRI), (I2) CRI + IW/CPE 0.8, (I3) CRI + IW/CPE 1.0, and (I4) CRI + IW/CPE 1.2. The experiment was laid out in split plot design with 3 replications. The gross and net plot sizes were 4.00 m × 10 m and 2.50 m × 8 m respectively. Wheat (WB-02) was grown during the winter season (2nd week of November to 4th week of April in 2020-21 and 2021-22). Crop based fertilizers doses (N: P2O5: K2O) were applied in different crops @ 150:60:60 kg ha-1 for wheat, respectively. In all the treatments, half dose N and full dose of P2O5 and K2O doses were applied at sowing in wheat. Rest 50 % N was applied at first irrigation in wheat. The observations on growth (plant height, dry matter production m-2) and yield components viz., number of effective tillers per metre row length, number of grains per ear, test weight was recorded from randomly selected plants from the net plot. Two years data was pooled and statistically analyzed.\r\nA. Measurement of Crop Parameters\r\nData were recorded on spikes m−2, grains spike−1, 1000 grain weight, biological yield, grain yield and straw yield. Number of spikes in one meter long row at four different places were counted in each subplot and converted into number of spikes m−2. Number of grains spike−1 was recorded by counting the number of grains of 10 randomly selected spikes from each subplot and average number of grains spike−1 was calculated. A random sample of 1000 grains from each treatment was collected and weighed with digital balance for 1000-grain weight. For biological yield, each sub- plot was harvested and weighed into kg•ha−1. For grain yield, the biomass of each subplot was sun dried, threshed, cleaned, and grains were weighed into kg•ha−1. Soil moisture content was measured at seeding, and before and after irrigation on the top of the ridge and furrow in furrow irrigated raised bed planting system, between the 2 rows in conventional flatbed planting by gravimetric method. Water saving (WS) was calculated as:\r\nWS = (QF – QB)/QF × 100,\r\nWhere, QF and QB are quantity of water applied in flat planting and furrow irrigated raised bed planting system, respectively. The soil moisture data will be utilized to calculate the consumptive use.\r\nB. Statistical Analysis\r\nData for each parameter over two year period was subjected to analysis of variance using a spilt plot block design with split plot arrangement according to OPSTAT. Treatment means were compared using least significant difference test at P ≤ 0.05.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe ANOVA revealed that crop establishment and irrigation scheduling had significant treatment impact on wheat development and production parameters across two years (2020-2021, 2021-2022). The results of two years of data revealed that wheat grain production was considerably (P<0.05) greater in conservation tillage than in conventional tillage.\r\nA. Growth attributes \r\n(i) Plant height. A perusal of the data revealed that conservation tillage based crop establishment methods resulted in significant increases in plant height at all growth stages. Plant height increased rapidly as the plants grew older and peaked at harvest under T3 in both years. During the experiment period, treatment T2 and T5 were considerably comparable to T3. T1 (ROT) and T4 (CTB) had the shortest plant heights during the trial. I3 treatments were taller than rest of the treatments when it came to water regimens. During the experimental years, the pattern of plant height at different stages between irrigation water was IW/CPE 1.0 (I3) >IW/CPE 0.8 (I2) > IW/CPE 1.2 (I4)>CRI (I1).Similar result was found by Jakhar et al. (2005); Idnani and Kumar (2012). \r\n(ii) Dry matter accumulation (g m-2). The amount of dry matter accumulated by a crop is a significant aspect of the crop\'s photosynthetic efficiency, and when photosynthesis exceeds respiration, the plant\'s growth and development is sustained; conversely, the development process is slowed. As a result, it is the most accurate indicator of crop growth. A careful appraisal of the data in Table 3 revealed that dry matter accumulation m-2 continued to accumulate as the growth phase progressed until crop maturity throughout the research period in both years. Differences due to tillage treatments were found to be significant. In general, dry matter accumulation kept on increasing with age and reached maximum in both the years of study. Wheat sown on FIRB (T1) produced maximum dry matter accumulation (g) and was significantly at par with T2Reduced tillage with conventional tool line sowing. Treatment T4 recorded least dry matter produced during 2020-21 and 2021-22, respectively. Similar result was found by Atikullah et al. (2014); Idnani and Kumar (2012).\r\nWheat produced statistically higher dry matter at all the growth stages during the years of study with application of water at IW/CPE 1.0, respectively. I3 (1.0 IW/CPE) resulted in significantly higher dry matter accumulation (g m-2) than the rest of the irrigation scheduling treatments during the years of study at all the crop growth stages of crop. Irrigation scheduling at 1.0 IW/CPE (I3) treatment had resulted significantly higher dry matter accumulation (g m-2) then 1.2 IW/CPE(I4) at 90, 120 DAS and at harvest stage during the both years of experimentation. Irrigation scheduling at CRI (I1) treatment resulted lowest amount of dry matter accumulation (g m-2) during 2020-21 and 2021-22. Sarel et al. (2015) noticed higher dry matter accumulation of wheat with IW/CPE ratio of 1.0 over IW/CPE ratios of 0.25, 0.50 and 0.75. Narolia et al. (2016) observed that significantly increased dry-matter accumulation (894.2 g/m2) with irrigation scheduling at IW/CPE ratio of 1.0 than other treatments.\r\nB. Yield attribute \r\nThe wheat spike contains a variable number of around 24 to 28 spikelets, each with several florets. Grains can differ in terms of developmental stage, weight, number and fruiting efficiency when compared among different spikelets and even within individual spikelets. The middle spikelets have more and heavier grains than the basal and top spikelets. Spikelet numbers, grain weight and grain numbers per spikelet have also a significant effect on thousand grain weight (TGW) and grain number per spike. The degree and rate of filling of the grains in individual spikelets varies highly by their position at the spike.\r\n(i) Spike length. Spike length is proportional to the number of spikelets and grains spike-1, making it a crucial factor in grain production. Spike length might likewise be used as a criterion for determining grain production in cereal crops. The scrutiny of data as presented in (Table 4) revealed that T3 (FIRB) treatment significantly increased spike length over (13.6 & 14.3) treatments but at par with T2(RCT) treatment during the year of study. However, T4 treatment produced lowest spike length (7.7 & 8.5), respectively. During the 2020-21 and 2021-22 growing seasons, the (I3) IW/CPE 1.0 treatment considerably enhanced spike length over the other treatments, as shown in Table 4. During both years of the trial, treatment I2 and I4 were statistically equivalent in terms of spike length. When several irrigation management techniques were evaluated, all of them produced considerably longer spike lengths than irrigation provided solely at CRI (I4). Similar report was found by Hariram et al. (2013).\r\n(ii) Number of Spikelet’s spike-1. Table 4 gives data on how different treatments impacted the number of spikelets with spike-1. The maximum number of spikelet\'s spike-1 was considerably higher in T3 (FIRB) therapy than in all other treatments, with the exception of T2 (ROT), which was comparable in both years of the research. However, compared to the other treatments, this had a much higher number of spikelets. T3 and T5 were likewise comparable, with T4 recording the lowest number of spikelets spike-1 (12.1 and 13.3) in 2020-21 and 2021-22. Differences in irrigation management were also shown to be important in terms of the average number of spikelet\'s spike-1.During 2020-21 and 2021-22, I1 and I4 generated considerably less average spikelet spike-1 (8.57 & 9.4, 14.8 & 15.3) than the other irrigation schedule treatments. In both years of the research, I3 generated considerably more spikelet spike-1 (17.5 & 18.3) than all other treatments except I2 (16.2 & 17.9). \r\n(iii) Grains spike-1. The more number of grains per spike were because of significant increase in spike length and number of spikelet per spike. The spike of a cereal plant is the grain-bearing organ whose morphological properties are proxy measures of grain yield. Table 4 shows the data with concerning the effects of different crop establishment technique and irrigation scheduling on number grains spike-1 of wheat. Result shows that sowing of wheat on FIRB (T3) planting techniques produced significantly more grains spike-1 during the years of study over all other treatments but was statistically at par with sowing of wheat on reduced tillage with conventional tool line sowing (T2), respectively. The differences in number of grains spike-1 among the treatments T1 and T5 were non-significant but significantly superior over T4 in both the years. Treatment T4 had the lowest grain per spikes (CTB). Decrease in the number of grains per spike was directly reflected in the grain yield and yield gap. It can be seen from the data that all irrigation levels significantly increased number of grains spike-1 over irrigation applied only at CRI stage (I1). However; among all the treatments of irrigation scheduling I2 (CRI+ IW/CPE 1.0) was found superior but I2 (CRI + IW/CPE 0.8) was statistically at par during both the year of experimentation. Similar trends were found by Fahong et al. (2011); Tanwar et al. (2014).\r\n(iv) Test weight. The amount of wheat that can be contained in a standard volume is measured in test weight. Table 4 show the results of 1000-grain test weight as a function of several crop establishment methods and irrigation scheduling in wheat in the rice-wheat system. T3 (FIRB) treatment of sowing techniques considerably increased 1000 grain weight above all other treatments during the year of study, but was statistically at par with T2 treatment during the year. The finding of experiment indicated that the test weight (Table 4) was 21.3 % higher in raised beds than conventional tillage. However, T5 treatment produced significantly higher grain weight as compared to T1 and T4 respectively. The results support those of Sepat et al. (2010); Mollah et al. (2009).\r\nDuring both years of research, irrigation scheduling in wheat failed to reach statistical significance on 1000 grain test weight. However, when compared to irrigation supplied at treatment T3 CRI + 1.0 IW/CPE, optimal amounts of irrigation application to wheat considerably raised thousand grain weights. Although, test weight was increase in following order (I3) IW/CPE=1.0 followed by I2) IW/CPE=0.8> (1.2) IW/CPE=0.12> CRI. \r\nC. Yield\r\nThe most essential criterion for measuring the effect of administered treatments is grain yield. Crop yields refer to the amount of grain or other crops produced, as well as the efficiency with which land is used to generate food or agricultural goods. Grain yield is determined by a number of factors, including crop dry matter accumulation, number of tillers, number of grains spike-1, and test weight.\r\n(i) Grain yield (q ha-1). Tillage-management practices caused significant variation in grain yield. The pertaining data to grain yield as influenced by crop establishment methods and irrigation scheduling are shown in Table 5. Yield of grain was slightly higher during second year as compared to first year of experimentation. During both study years, the variance in grain yield due to diverse treatment effects was statistically significant. Amongst the crop establishment methods, T3 (FIRB) produced maximum grain yield which was remained at par to T2 (RTC). The reduction in grain yield due to more tillage i.e. traditional practices with was 5.15%, 11.13% and 20.25 %compared to T1 (ROT), T2 (RTC) and T5 (CT) practices, respectively. There was yield improvement due to lesser tillage operation in FIRB and reduced tillage, respectively over conventional tillage. Similar trends were observed during 2020-21. These findings for yield increase under bed planting are in close agreement with the works of Chauhdary et al. (2016), who reported 13% more yield under bed planting in comparison to that under conventional flat sowing. Similar result was found by Bakhsh et al. (2018); Rajanna et al. (2019); Iqbal et al. (2021).\r\nIrrigation exerted a significant positive influence on wheat yield and it increased with increasing frequency of irrigation (Table 5). The maximum grain yield was obtained with irrigation with IW: CPE 1.0 which remained statistically at par with IW: CPE 0.8. The superiority of this treatment might be owing to better availability of water and nutrient, improved vegetative growth (Rajanna et al., 2019). However, under limited irrigation, the extent of yield reduction due to restricted water availability depends on the degree, duration and timing of the imposed soil-moisture deficit (Dar et al., 2019). Irrigation only at CRI stage recorded minimum grain yield during the years of study, respectively. The results support those of Bandyopadhyay et al. (2021); Goswami et al. (2020). \r\n(ii) Straw yield (q ha-1). Table 5 clearly showed that average straw yield was higher during the second year as compared to that in first year. It is evident from the data that the major effect of different modes of tillage and interaction effect of irrigation water was significant for straw. During 2020-21, the significantly highest straw yield (63.6 & 65.8 q ha-1) was recorded due to moisture retention along with wheat sown on FIRB (T3) over remaining treatments except wheat sown on (T2). The differences in the straw yield due to conservation tillage treatments proved significant. The straw yield increased significantly with the every successive increase in moisture supply by moisture retention and bed configuration. T5 and T1 were at par with each other, however, they recorded significantly higher straw yield over conventional tillage with broadcasting. Treatment T4 (conventional tillage) recorded minimum straw yield 54.5 & 55.2 qha-1 during 2020-21 and 2021-22, respectively.\r\nIn both growing seasons, irrigation treatments had a considerable impact on straw yield. In both seasons, the highest straw yield was obtained with the IW: CPE 1.0, whereas the lowest yield was obtained with the IW: CPE 0.8, as shown in Table 5. The increase in straw production could be related to increased irrigation water availability, which boosts yield components. Similar trend were found by Gupta et al. (2016); Narolia et al. (2016).\r\n(iii) Biological yield (q ha-1). The biological yield refers to the total dry matter accumulation of a plant system. Improved harvest index represents increased physiological capacity to mobilize photosynthates and translocate them into organs having economic yield (Table 5). Wheat sown on FIRB (T3) being at par with wheat sown on reduced tillage with rotavator line sowing (T2) in biomass production during both the year. Whereas, wheat sown by conventional method (T5) and wheat sown by rotavator tillage (T1) in second year produced significant increase in biological yield over conventional tillage with broadcast technique (T4), respectively. Table 5 clearly showed that the differences among the irrigation levels were obtained to be significant. Highest biological yield of wheat was produced with CRI+IW/CPE 1.0(I3) irrigations with 5 irrigations (113.6 &116.4q ha-1) which were higher as compared to I1, I2 and I4 during first and second year, respectively.\r\n(iv) Harvest index (%). Harvest index is an important parameter indicating the efficiency in partitioning of dry matter to the economic part of crop. Higher harvest index, means higher is the economic return of the crop. The data regarding harvest index have been presented in (Table 5). Wheat sown on FIRB produced significant higher harvest index which was at par with reduced tillage with rotavator line sowing. However, the lowest harvest index found in conventional tillage with broadcast sowing. Among all the irrigation scheduling treatments, all the treatments proved higher than solo irrigation at CRI stage (I1) during the years of study but all treatments were at par with each other, respectively. However, the highest harvest index was obtained under I3 (IW/CPE=1.0) which was at par with I2 (IW/CPE=0.8) and lowest under I1 (CRI stage) treatment during the years of study. Harvest index remained highest with irrigations at IW: CPE 1.0; however, it was statistically at par with the harvest index obtained with irrigations at IW: CPE 0.8. Our results confirm the report of Galavi and Moghaddam (2012); Nayak et al. (2015).\r\nProduction technologies such as scheduling irrigation and planting techniques leading to higher productivity per unit of water use need to be developed. The present investigation was carried out to find out performance of wheat in terms of growth, yield, physiology, and water use under different crop establishment techniques and irrigation schedules because the behaviour of water distribution in the root zone soil and its use by the crops, and thereby the irrigation schedule under different crop establishment techniques, is likely to be different than the normal tillage practices and individual crops.', 'Mohd Shah Alam, R.K. Naresh, Vivek, Satendra Kumar and H.L. Singh (2022). Effect of Sowing Methods and Irrigation Scheduling on Production and Productivity of Wheat Crop. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 445-452.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5179, '134', 'Comparative Evaluation of Bait Materials and Bait Stations for Subterranean Termites', 'S. Sathyapritha*, K. Premalatha, P.S. Shanmugam, S. Harish, S.V. Krishnamoorthy', '74 Comparative Evaluation of Bait Materials and Bait Stations for Subterranean Termites S. Sathyapritha.pdf', '', 1, 'The baiting tactics for the management of subterranean termites had variable outcomes in the past depending on several characteristics of the bait such as moisture retention, termite attraction, durability and so on. The subterranean termites avoid tunnelling within dry bait, potentially reducing bait infestation and its consumption. Hence it is necessary to standardise the bait material which retains optimum moisture content without rendering its potential to attract the termites. The various combinations of bait materials and bait stations were evaluated based on moisture content and termite attraction, under laboratory condition. The coconut leaf bait in the plastic container retained higher moisture of 50.61%, fifteen days after placement (DAP). In field study, the attractiveness of baits were studied based on the population of termites at different intervals 3, 9, 15, 21 DAP and its feeding percent. The mean population of termites and feeding percent were higher upto 15 DAP in the order, coconut leaf bait > combination bait > paddy straw bait > cut bait. Hence coconut leaf bait in the plastic container would be further used for the field studies.', 'Termite, Bait material, Bait station, Moisture content, Foraging activity', 'From the comparative evaluation, plastic bait station with the coconut leaf bait was standardised for further field studies. The coconut leaf bait in the plastic container retained comparatively higher moisture content at 15 DAP and higher attractiveness for termites in field conditions. The high cellulose content (45.58%) and high moisture retention capacity distinguishes plastic container along with coconut leaf bait. The bait can be replaced after 15 days for long term control.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nTermites are decomposers of dead woods and dead plant materials which contribute to the soil nutrient recycling. But their active search for the cellulose results in substantial harm to crops, perennial trees, buildings, wooden structures etc. They are found in a wide range of ecosystems, including tropical and subtropical climates, low and high altitude forests, agricultural farms, pastures, wooden structures & buildings, libraries and also in urbanised areas justifying its omnipresent nature (Rasib and Wright 2018). Approximately 3107 termite species are known world-wide, in which 80 species are considered to be serious pests (Kuswanto et al., 2015). The global economic impact of termites is estimated to be USD 40 billion per year, with subterranean termites accounting for over 80% of the entire economic impact (Oi, 2022) which entails to control these cryptic species in an effective and ecologically sound methods. As far as India is considered out of 337 species recorded, 92 species are wood despoilers (Shanbhag and Sundararaj 2013). Application of any management measures are restricted to a very small portion of the tunnel system that are obvious. The hidden network of the open tunnel may contain a colony with millions of termites inhabiting in it. Any ideal method of control should disseminate the active ingredient from the exposed workers to their hidden nestmates (Rust and Su 2012).\r\nFor decades, soil termiticides were the standard treatment method, but concerns about human and environmental health, less transfer efficiency between the nestmates prompted the development of alternatives. Baits are an excellent method to control, since they take advantage of their foraging habits and social interactions viz. trophallaxis and grooming for the horizontal transfer of residual pesticide deposits between nestmates. The horizontal spread of bait throughout the colony is facilitated due to the delayed action and non repellant qualities of the active component used in bait rather than the rapid acting chemical used as termiticides. In addition to the active ingredient, the efficacy of the bait depends on its moisture content, palatability, diet source and its attractiveness (Rasib and Wright, 2018). Hence the following studies were conducted to evaluate and standardise the bait sources and bait stations based on the moisture content and its duration of attractiveness for termite foraging. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experiments were conducted at Department of Agricultural Entomology, TNAU, Coimbatore.\r\nA. Studies on laboratory evaluation of moisture content in combinations of bait materials and bait stations\r\nBait preparation. Bait sources viz., coconut leaves, paddy straw were collected, shade dried, cut into small pieces and grinded to fine powder. The food baits were prepared by mixing the respective bait constituents as in Table 1 with 0.50 grams of dextrose (binding agent). Based on the need water was added to the ingredients and hand moulded to compact discs (Fig. 1). For cut baits, the dried coconut leaves were chopped to about 5-7 cm length, and directly used as bait without adding other ingredients. \r\nBait stations. To protect the food baits, suitable bait stations were selected viz., mud pot, plastic container, plastic sachet and 5-6 holes were made in the selected bait stations to facilitate the termite movement, foraging, tunnelling activities and for air circulation (Fig. 2).\r\nBased on the bait and bait stations the following treatment combinations were formulated.\r\nTreatment details:\r\nField simulation and moisture estimation. Soil was collected from the fields before irrigation and filled in the polypropylene trays. The bait along with bait stations as per the treatment details were placed to simulate the field condition for moisture estimation. Initial weight of the bait before placement and the weight at 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th, 11th, 15th day after placement (DAP) were measured using the analytical weighing balance. Dry weight of the baits were measured after placing the baits in the hot air oven at 105°C until the constant weight is measured for three consecutive times. The moisture content of the baits were calculated on the wet basis using the formula, \r\nMoisture % =\r\n \r\nB. Studies on field evaluation of bait materials\r\nCoconut leaf bait, paddy straw bait, combination bait and cut bait were prepared as mentioned above and placed in the termite active coconut gardens which constitutes 4 treatments viz., T1 – Coconut leaf bait, T2 – Paddy straw bait, T3 – Combination bait, T4 – Cut bait. Plastic containers were used as the bait station in all the treatments. Each treatment was replicated five times. The termite population was recorded on 3rd, 9th, 15th and 21st DAP. The initial weight of the bait before placement and the final weight of the bait at 21 DAP were measured for calculating the feeding percent.\r\nFeeding percent = \r\n \r\nStatistical Analyses. Percent data and population numbers were subjected to arcsine and square root transformation respectively prior to analysis to stabilise the error variance. Complete randomised design (CRD) was used to analyse data from the lab experiment (Moisture content estimation) and randomised block design (RBD) was used to analyse data from the field experiment. The data were subjected to one way ANOVA and means were separated using Duncans Multiple Range Test (DMRT) in the SPSS Software (Gomez and Gomez 1984).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Studies on laboratory evaluation of moisture content in combinations of bait materials and bait stations\r\nAmong the different bait and bait station combinations, coconut leaf bait retained higher moisture content followed by paddy straw, combination and cut baits (Table 2). The coconut leaf bait placed in plastic sachet had 52.12% moisture comparatively higher than that of those placed in plastic container 50.61%.\r\nIt was evident that the tunnelling activity of termites was mostly reliant on soil moisture (Kushwanto et al., 2015). The results from laboratory investigations of Su and Puche (2003), demonstrated that the presence of sound wood had little effect on tunnelling activity and on the other hand positive moisture gradient boosted up the tunnelling activity of the termites. Higher the moisture content, increases the foraging activity of termites.\r\nCompactness, less aeration and more water droplets were recorded on baits placed in the plastic sachet. The water droplets in the sachet may affect the tunnelling of termites which in turn would affects its reunion with their nestmates. This concept is in line with the studies of Xie et al. (2019), that the tunnelling and feeding behaviours of the termites were restricted in the more water saturated condition. Hence the coconut leaf bait with plastic container retaining 50.61% moisture content used for field evaluation. Webb (2017), observed better foraging activity in field installed plastic bait stations. The plastic stations would be durable and maintains an undisturbed microenvironment for the termites (Quarles, 2003).\r\nB. Studies on field evaluation of bait materials\r\nAmong the food baits in the plastic bait station, the highest number of termites (Odontotermes sp.) 843.4 were recorded in coconut leaf bait (T1) on 15th DAP followed by combination bait (T3), paddy straw bait (T2) and cut bait (T4). Feeding percentage of the baits also followed the similar trend, T1 (73.99) > T3 (68.26) > T2 (69.46) > T4 (31.37). Termite population was highest at 15 DAP, after which it started to decrease gradually (Table 3). The foraging activity of termites on coconut leaf and paddy straw bait is due to the presence of cellulose as its main constituent. The paddy straw and coconut leaf let constitutes approximately 36 % and 45.58% cellulose respectively (Bakker et al., 2013; Rajendra, 2019).\r\nThe result corroborated with the findings of Lenz et al. (2009), wherein the presence of more cellulose supply was critical for termites to consume more matrix especially when alternative sources were available. Sandeep Singh (2020), revealed that the termite foraging activity is attributable to the presence of cellulose content. Among the wood constituents, cellulose is particularly attacked by the termites with the co-efficient of utilization ranging from 74% to 97% (Seifert and Becker, 1966). The present study also gains the support of Krishna and Weesmer (1969), who reviewed that the termites get their energy primarily from cellulose. The nutritional regime of termites has not changed significantly over time yet, it primarily constitutes the higher cellulosic materials.\r\n \r\n', 'S. Sathyapritha, K. Premalatha, P.S. Shanmugam, S. Harish, S.V. Krishnamoorthy (2022). Comparative Evaluation of Bait Materials and Bait Stations for Subterranean Termites. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 453-457.'),
(5180, '134', 'Influence of Tillage Practices on Growth and Growth indices of Rice (Oryza sativa L.) varieties under Mid Hills of Himachal Pradesh', 'Ankit, Sandeep Manuja*, Suresh Kumar, Anil Kumar, R.P. Sharma, R.G. Upadhyay and Vijay Rana', '75 Influence of Tillage Practices on Growth and Growth indices of Rice _Oryza sativa L._ varieties under Mid Hills of Himachal Pradesh Ankit.pdf', '', 1, 'Popularizing direct seeded rice technology is the need of the hour as the rice production under transplanted conditions have treated havoc in the water economy of the country. Conservation tillage practices also play an important role in ensuring higher productivity with minimal and verse impact in the environment. There is a lack of information about of the influence of cultivation practices on the performance of different rice varieties raised under direct seeded conditions. Additionally, little research has been done on the effect of residue incorporation on the growth and growth indices of direct seeded rice. Therefore the present investigation “Influence of tillage practices on growth and growth indices of rice (Oryza sativa L.) varieties under mid hills of Himachal Pradesh was conducted during kharif seasons 2020 and 2021 at two locations, at the Experimental Farms of the Department of Agronomy, CSK Himachal Pradesh Krishi Vishvavidyalaya, Palampur and Rice and Wheat Research center, Malan (H.P.). Treatments comprised of four tillage practices viz., reduced tillage, zero tillage, conventional tillage and natural farming treatment which were tested with three rice varieties viz., Sukara Dhan 1 (HPR 1156), Him Palam Dhan 1 (HPR 2656) and Him Palam Lal Dhan 1 (HPR 2795). The study was conducted in split plot design and was replicated three times. The texture of the soil at both the locations was silty clay loam. Results revealed that conventional tillage recorded significantly taller plants and higher dry matter accumulation at both the locations (Palampur and Malan) which was followed by reduced tillage while significantly lower plant height and dry matter accumulation was recorded in natural farming. Among the varieties tested Him Palam Lal Dhan 1 (HPR 2795) produced significantly taller plants and recorded significantly higher dry matter accumulation which was followed by Sukara Dhan 1 (HPR 1156). Higher value of AGR, CGR and RGR were recorded in conventional tillage and among the varieties, Him Palam Lal Dhan 1 (HPR 2795) resulted in higher values of different growth indices at both the locations (Palampur and Malan).', 'Growth, Natural farming, Residue, Rice, Tillage and Varieties', 'From the present study it can be concluded that conventional tillage resulted in higher growth and growth indices of rice as compared to other tillage practices and natural farming. Among different rice varieties Him Palam Lal Dhan1, a new red rice variety, gave better results under direct seeded upland conditions.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRice (Oryza sativa L.) is the staple food of our country and its cultivation is the primary economic activity and main source of income for many Indians rural households involved is rice farming. In order to meet the requirement of burgeoning population the demand for rice is expected to grow by 25% between 2001 and 2025. Due to the scarcity of suitable varieties and means for applying fertilizer in rainfed environments, the acreage of upland rice is decreasing. To meet the increasing demands for rice with the limited resources available, it is vital to enhance yield per unit area while using less water. Due to competition among agricultural, industrial, and domestic uses, a water crisis is on the horizon. In Asia, rice consumes almost half of the water used in agriculture sector (Gohain 2014).Upland rice, where the crop is not flooded at all during the complete life cycle, is an effective way to save water and to reduce the methane emissions produced by flooded rice (Tung et al., 2005). In India, this crop ranks first in both area and production where it is cultivated on an area of 43.78 million hectare with the total production of 118.43 million tonnes with the average productivity of 27.05 q/ha (Anonymous, 2020a) Also in the state of Himachal Pradesh rice is one of the most important Kharif crop (second only to maize) which was cultivated on an area about 71.81 thousand hectares with the production of 114.9 thousand tonnes and productivity of about 16.0 q/ha (Anonymous, 2020b).\r\nTraditional tillage methods are easy to use and maintain a clean cropping environment. They have been used to produce a variety of crops, including rice for long time although they are considered to be labour and fuel intensive. Erosion is a major hazard in conventional tillage where it completely inverts the soil and buries crop residue/waste, exposing the land to erosive natural factors such as wind and water. In the long run, erosion has an impact on land production. Conservation agriculture methods provide a solution to all of these problems (Mathew et al., 2012). \r\nFarmers have tried to reduce the variable component of total cost of cultivation in which a large portion of energy (25–30%) is consumed for field preparation and crop establishment; therefore, conservation agriculture practices have gained popularity in recent years. In some cases the tillage operations cannot be completely avoided and under such conditions the intensity of tillage operations is lowered by only doing primary tillage and avoiding secondary tillage operations. The zero-tillage approach is more cost effective, energy efficient, and ecologically beneficial than traditional sowing methods/ transplanting (Filipovic et al., 2006). By using residual moisture in the soil, minimum and zero tillage techniques can aid in timely planting and successful germination. However there are conflicting reports about the success of this tillage option, thereby indicating the need to conduct research on this aspect.\r\nAlso the performance of rice genotypes can vary depending on a variety of factors including tillage patterns used and the effect of changes in microclimate owing to the adoption of conservation agriculture practices. Specific genotypes are also recommended for no till farming around the world. However there has been very little work done in India to identify rice varieties for conservation agriculture. Thus, it is important to test this concept in one of the most important cereal crop grown in the state. Keeping the above facts in view, the present study was carried out to study the performance of rice varieties under different tillage practices.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nA two years field experiment was conducted at two location’s representing the mid hill sub humid zone of Himachal Pradesh (Palampur and Malan), at the Experimental Farms of Department of Agronomy, CSK Himachal Pradesh Krishi Vishwavidyalaya, Palampur and Rice and Wheat Research Centre (RWRC), Malan during kharif seasons of 2020 and 2021.\r\nExperimental site (Palampur). The Experimental Farm of Department of Agronomy is located at 32°09\' N latitude, 76°54\'E longitude, at an altitude of 1290 m above mean sea level. The farm is located in the mid-hills sub-humid zone of Himachal Pradesh which is characterized by mild summers and cold winters. The region receives a lot of rain, ranging from 2000 to 2500 mm per year, with 80 percent of it falling between June and September, when the monsoon season is in full swing. The soil at the test site a silty clay loam texture, was acidic in reaction, and contained a medium quantity of available nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium.\r\nDuring the rice growing season (June to October, kharif), the mean weekly maximum temperature ranged between 24.3 to 30.5°C and 22.1 to 31.1°C during 2020 and 2021, respectively while mean weekly minimum temperature fluctuated between 8.9 to 20.1°C and 9.3 to 20.8°C during 2020 and 2021, respectively. The crop experienced well distributed rainfall of 226.8 and 559.0 mm in the first and second season, respectively. The average relative humidity during the cropping seasons of first and second season was between 51.8 to 92.0 per cent and 59.7 to 94.3 per cent. (Anonymous, 2021, Crop weather outlook).\r\nExperimental site (Malan). The Experimental Farm of RWRC, Malan is located at 32o07\' N latitude, 76°23′ E longitude, 950 m above mean sea level and also falls under sub-humid mid hill zone of Himachal Pradesh. The soil at the test site had a silty clay loam texture, was acidic in reaction, and was rated a medium in available nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium.\r\nDuring the rice growing season (June to October, Kharif), the mean weekly maximum temperature as recorded in the Meteorological Observatory of RWRC, Malan ranged between 28.8 to 33.9°C and 28.5 to 33.2°C during 2019-20 and 2020-21, respectively. While mean weekly minimum temperature fluctuated between 10.1 to 18.1°C and 12.7 to 18.1°C during 2020 and 2021, respectively. The crop experienced well distributed rainfall of 300.2 and 249.8 mm in the first and second year, respectively. The average relative humidity during the cropping seasons of first and second year was between 65.0to 79.5 per cent and 73.8 to 79.1 per cent. (Anonymous, 2021, Crop weather outlook).\r\nThe field Experiment comprised of four cultivation practices in the main plot(reduced tillage with residue, zero tillage, conventional tillage and natural farming) and three varieties rice (Sukara Dhan 1 (HPR 1156), Him Palam Dhan 1 (HPR 2656) and Him Palam Lal Dhan 1(HPR 2795)) in sub plot. With the experiment being laid out in split plot design with three replications. \r\nThe crop of rice at both the locations was planted on normal dates of sowing. The recommended dose of fertilizers for rice (60 kg N, 30 kg P and 30 kg K ha-1)was applied using urea (46 % N), single super phosphate (16 % P2O5), and muriate of potash (60 % K2O) (Package of practices, kharif, 2020 HP). The entire quantity of phosphorus and potassium was applied at the time of planting, whereas nitrogen was applied in two equal splits at the time of sowing and at three-week later. Wheat straw @ 3t/ha was applied on the reduced tillage treatment. All the practices of natural farming were also adopted to raise the rice crop.\r\nData was recorded on plant height and dry matter accumulation at periodic interval and was used to estimate different growth indices at both the location.\r\nThe following formulae were used to determine various growth indices:\r\nAbsolute growth rate was determined by using the formula given by (Radford, 1967).\r\nAGR (cm/day)= (h_2-h_1)/(t_2 - t_1 )\r\nCrop growth rate was determined by using the formula given by (Watson, 1956).\r\nCGR (g/m2/day)= (w_2-w_1)/(P × (t_2 - t_1))\r\nRelative growth rate was determined by using the formula given by (Blackman, 1919).\r\nRGR (mg/g/day)= ((loge_w2-loge_w1))/(t_2 - t_1 )× 1000\r\nWhere \r\nH1& H2: Plant height (cm) of plant at time t1 and t2, respectively\r\nW1& W2: Whole plant dry weight at time t1 and t2, respectively\r\nP is the ground area on which W1& W2 are recorded\r\nThe data obtained was statistically analyzed using the analysis of variance technique as outlined by Gomez and Gomez (1984). The critical difference (CD) was estimated for parameters with significant impacts at the 5% probability level.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nPlant height: The data on plant height of rice recorded at periodic intervals and at harvest, at both the locations has been given in Table 1. A perusal of data revealed that the plant height was significantly influenced at all the stages of observation by cultivation practices. Irrespective of treatments, consistent increase in plant height with advancement in crop age was recorded in both the years. At 30 DAS significantly taller plants were recorded in conventional tillage which was at par with reduced tillage which in turn was at par with zero tillage while significantly shorter plants were recorded in natural farming at both the locations though this treatment was also at par with the zero tillage. Similar results were recorded at 60 DAS, 90 DAS and at harvest where significantly higher plant height was recorded with conventional tillage though this treatment was at par with reduced tillage which in turn was at par with zero tillage. Only difference between plant height at 30 DAS and remaining stages was that the difference between zero tillage and natural farming was not significant at 30 DAS while it was significant at all the later stages. Higher plant height in case of conventional tillage might be due to more vigorous and healthy seedlings at initial growth period of crop. Hazarika and Sarmah (2017) have also reported that conventional tillage improves the physical condition by manipulating and pulverizing the soil which not only provides suitable environment to the germinating seed and emerging seedlings but also supplies free oxygen, ensures availability of higher moisture and essential nutrients to plants and ultimately improves the growth of plant. Significantly shorter plants were recorded in natural farming treatment. This could be attributed to the inadequate supply of nutrients to the rice crop, particularly during initial stage of plant growth which resulted in poor growth of the crop. Also, the practices of natural farming adopted during the life cycle of rice crop was not able to meet the nutritional requirement of rice resulting in poor and reduced plant height. Similar results have also been reported by Seth et al. (2019); Pandey and Tanka (2020); Ankit et al. (2022).\r\nThe rice varieties exhibited significant differences in plant height at all the stages except at 30 DAS at Palampur. At 60 DAS, 90 DAS and at harvest significantly taller plants were recorded from Him Palam Lal Dhan 1 (HPR 2795) while the other two varieties were at par with each other. The differences in plant height amongst the varieties could be attributed to the genetic make up of these varieties. Similar trend was also observed in the trial conducted at RWRC, Malan at all the stages of observation.\r\nThe interaction between the cultivation practices and varieties was found to be non-significant for plant height at both the locations.\r\nDry matter accumulation: The data pertaining to the effect of cultivation practices and varieties on dry matter accumulation of rice crop at periodic intervals at both the locations has been presented in Table 2. At Palampur significantly higher dry matter accumulation at all the stages of observation was recorded in the conventional tillage practice followed by reduced tillage and zero tillage practices which were at par with each other while significantly lower dry matter accumulation was recorded in natural farming treatment. Almost similar result was observed at Malan also though the dry matter accumulation in conventional tillage at 30 DAS was at par with the reduced tillage treatment. Higher dry matter accumulation recorded in conventional tillage at all the stages of observation was due to better physical condition of soil owing to primary tillage, better root penetration and better nutrient availability to crop which resulted in better root growth and penetration allowing roots to extract nutrients from a wider soil profile which improved the photosynthetic efficiency and hence higher dry matter accumulation. In reduced tillage also the land is exposed to primary tillage which improves the physical condition of the soil. The use of residue also results in a better moisture regime resulting in better root growth and higher dry matter accumulation. Further significantly lowest dry matter accumulation in natural farming was due to the inadequate supply of all the primary elements to the crop which could have resulted in poor root and shoot growth and ultimately resulted in poor dry matter accumulation. Similar results have also been reported by Seth et al. (2019); Ankit et al. (2022). \r\nSignificant differences were also observed between different varieties for dry matter accumulation at periodic intervals at Palampur with Him Palam Lal Dhan 1(HPR 2795) accumulating significantly higher dry matter at all the stages of observation (30, 60, 90 DAS and at harvest) while the other two varieties namely Sukara Dhan 1 (HPR 1156) and Him Palam Dhan 1 (HPR 2656) were at par with each other. Similar trend was observed for this parameter at Malan with the exception that the difference between Him Palam Lal Dhan 1 (HPR 2795) and Sukara Dhan 1 (HPR 1156) for dry matter accumulation at 30 DAS was not significant. The higher dry matter accumulation recorded in Him Palam Lal Dhan 1 may be due to rapid initial growth (as indicated by plant height), more tillering, higher leaf area which resulted in higher photosynthetic efficiency leading to higher dry matter accumulation. Similar trend was also followed at RWRC, Malan at all the stages of observation. \r\nThe interaction between the cultivation practices and varieties was found to be non-significant for dry matter accumulation at both the locations.\r\nAbsolute Growth Rate: Absolute Growth Rate (AGR) showed significant differences with respect to cultivation practices and varieties (Table 3 & 4) At Palampur significantly higher Absolute Growth Rate between 30-60 DAS was recorded in conventional tillage which was at par with reduced tillage and latter in turn was at par with zero tillage while significantly lower value of AGR between 30-60 DAS was recorded in natural farming treatment. Between at 60-90 DAS significantly higher value of AGR at Palampur was recorded in conventional tillage which was at par with both reduced tillage and zero tillage while significantly lower value of AGR between 60-90 DAS was recorded in natural farming treatment. \r\nThe better physical condition of soil achieved as a result of conventional tillage resulted in more robust and taller plants which was reflected in the higher value of this parameter at all the stages. Also, higher value of AGR recorded between 30-60 DAS as compared to 60-90 DAS may be due to the reason that height of rice usually increases till the initiation of flowering after which there is only slight increase in height. Similar trend was also observed for Absolute Growth rate at periodic stages at Malan also with conventional and reduced tillage recording higher AGR between 30-60 DAS and 60-90 DAS while significantly lower values were recorded in natural farming treatment. \r\nSignificant differences were observed among varieties for Absolute Growth Rate between 30-60 DAS and 60-90 DAS at both the locations. Significantly higher value of AGR between 30-60 DAS was recorded in Him Palam Lal Dhan 1 while the other two varieties Sukara Dhan 1 and Him Palam Dhan 1 were at par with each other at both Palampur and Malan. The Absolute Growth Rate between 60-90 DAS also followed the similar trend with HPLD 1 recording significantly higher value at both Palampur and Malan. Similar results, have also been reported by Ankit et al. (2022). \r\nCrop growth Rate: Crop Growth Rate (CGR) is the rate of daily increment in dry matter accumulation by the particular crop. A perusal of data revealed that CGR at both the stages was significantly influenced by cultivation practices as well as by rice varieties at both the locations. At 30-60 DAS conventional tillage had considerably higher value of CGR at both the locations followed by reduced tillage and zero tillage in that order, both the latter treatments being at par with each other while the natural farming recorded significantly lowest CGR between at 30-60 DAS. Similar trend w.r.t. the CGR between 60-90 DAS was observed at both Palampur and Malan with conventional tillage logging higher CGR while significantly lowest value recorded in natural farming Higher CGR value may be due to higher production of dry matter owing to greater LAI and higher light interception. \r\nAmong the varieties tested, at both 30-60 DAS and 60-90 DAS significantly higher value of CGR was recorded in Him Palam Lal Dhan 1 (HPR 2795) at Palampur which was followed by variety Sukara Dhan 1 (HPR 1156) while lowest value of CGR was recorded in case of Him Palam Dhan 1 (HPR 2656) differences between the latter two varieties could not breach the level of significance. Similar results were also obtained for this parameter at Malan.\r\nRelative Growth Rate: Relative Growth Rate is the rate of accumulation of new dry mass per unit of existing dry mass and plays an important role in determining the plant competitiveness for various resources. The data on RGR, as influenced by tillage practices and varieties, recorded between different stages (30-60 DAS and 60-90 DAS) at Palampur and Malan (Table 3 and 4) revealed that this parameter was not significantly impacted by rice varieties while the effect of tillage was significant only between 60-90 DAS. Significantly higher RGR between 60-90 DAS was recorded from conventional tillage though this treatment was at par with reduced tillage as well as zero tillage while significantly lower value of RGR at this stage was recorded in natural farming treatment. \r\n', 'Ankit, Sandeep Manuja, Suresh Kumar, Anil Kumar, R.P. Sharma, R.G. Upadhyay and Vijay Rana (2022). Influence of Tillage Practices on Growth and Growth indices of Rice (Oryza sativa L.) varieties under Mid Hills of Himachal Pradesh. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 458-464.'),
(5181, '134', 'Abundance and Diversity of Natural Enemies Associated with Tuta absoluta (Meyrick) in Udaipur District of Southern Rajasthan', 'Akhilesh Kokkula*, Manoj Kumar Mahla, S. Ramesh Babu, Sheenam Bhateja, Krishnaveni Kondoor and Sachin', '76 Abundance and Diversity of Natural Enemies Associated with Tuta absoluta _Meyrick_ in Udaipur District of Southern Rajasthan Akhilesh Kokkula.pdf', '', 1, 'The South American tomato leafminer Tuta absoluta (Meyrick) (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae) is a major global threat to the tomato crop. It was firstly reported in India in 2014 and since then, the crop has sustained extensive damage. Several initiatives were attempted including the use of neem although pesticides were mostly employed to manage the pest. In this regard, a survey of natural enemies associated with T. absoluta spontaneously was carried out in five blocks of Rajasthan\'s Udaipur district (Sarada, Mavli, Girwa, Gogunda, and Vallabhnagar). To estimate diversity indices, the randomly picked plants were observed for natural enemies. The natural enemies of Tuta absoluta recorded during survey falls into two orders: Hemiptera and Hymenoptera, comprising 5 families, which includes Nesidiocoris tenuis, Bracon sp., Trichogramma sp., Neochrysocharis formosa and Goniozus sp. During the investigation, it was recorded that among the several natural enemies, Nesidiocoris tenuis had the highest relative density. The Mavli block had the most diversity, with a Simpson index of 1.10 and a Shannon index of 0.23.', 'Tuta absoluta, natural enemies, diversity indices', 'From the current study, it can be inferred that the Mavli block had the highest diversity index value, which denotes the highest species richness and quantity of natural enemies. It was observed that the diversity varied depending on the region. However, Nesidiocoris tenuis populations dominated all of the Udaipur district\'s localities in southern Rajasthan.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe tomato (Solanum lycopersicum Mills.) is a commercially important horticultural crop in the Solanaceae family. It is a vital vegetable that is used in the production of medicine in addition to its fruits, leaves, and vines (Bhowmik et al., 2012). Tomatoes are widely grown by smallholder farmers as a high-value horticultural product for home consumption, processing, and export. However, tomato yields are poor averaging 5 tonnes per hectare, much below the global average of 34 tonnes per hectare (Anonymous, 2020). This poor yield can be attributable to both biotic and abiotic stresses. Among the biotic stresses, an alien pest, Tuta absoluta (Meyrick) (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae) has recently caused yield losses of up to 100% in the absence of biological and other management techniques (Desneux et al., 2010). The fast distribution and proliferation of this moth may have been aided by the lack of co-evolved natural adversaries in newly invaded areas. Chemicals have been employed to manage the pest, but they are costly and dangerous to the environment (Luna et al., 2012). In this situation, biological control may be a cost-effective and ecologically friendly method of controlling T. absoluta (Chailleux et al., 2012).\r\nIn this sense, it is necessary to perform a survey of natural enemies associated with Tuta absoluta. Species richness and abundance are calculated using several diversity indices. Diversity may be increased by having a vast number of species. Similarly, improving the uniformity of individual distribution within species will enhance variety. The biodiversity studies will help researchers to understand the number and species richness of pest-associated natural enemies. It provides a quantitative assessment of the relationship between insect pests and their natural opponents. This information aids in the understanding of insect ecology and hence serves as a guide for building area-specific management techniques that reduce pest damage effectively.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe survey was carried out during Rabi 2021-2022, with the purpose of determining the natural enemies of tomato pinworm. Natural enemy populations were counted at 25 different locations across five Udaipur district blocks (Sarada, Mavli, Girwa, Gogunda, and Vallabhnagar) with five villages selected from each block. Natural enemy observations were collected at 15-day intervals from 10 randomly selected tomato plants using the visual-count technique. Different stages such as eggs, larvae and pupae were collected and marked separately in the field. Based on the availability of the stages at the field visit, a known number of infected Tuta absoluta early and late instar larvae were collected. The samples together with the tainted leaves and fruits were brought to the laboratory unharmed and grown to test for parasitoids or diseases. Predators were collected using an aspirator or a direct approach and the collected predators and parasitiods were stored in alcohol and labeled. The specimens were identified at the National Bureau of Agricultural Insect Resources (NBAIR) in Bengaluru.\r\nThe following mathematical analyses have been done: \r\n(a) Mean density: \r\nMean density = Σ 𝑋𝑖/𝑁\r\nWhere, Xi = No. of natural enemies in ith sample\r\nN = Total No. of plants sampled\r\n(b) Relative density: \r\nRelative density (RD %) \r\n= \r\n(c) Diversity indices:\r\nSuitable alpha-diversity indices used as per the recorded data: \r\n Shannon Diversity Index: - Σpi ln(pi)\r\n Simpson’s Diversity Index as D: 1/ Σ(pi)2\r\nWhere, pi = the decimal fraction of individuals belonging to ith species.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe mean density and relative density of natural enemies associated with pest at different locations recorded in Udaipur district of Rajasthan during Rabi 2021-2022 were represented in the Table 2.\r\nAs there is scarcity of literature available on abundance and diversity of natural enemies associated with Tuta absoluta much discussion could not be possible, related literature have been discussed below.\r\nThe natural enemies of Tuta absoluta were represented as five families in two orders of Class Insecta (Table 1) (Fig. 1). These natural enemies were also recorded by Ballal et al. (2016) during surveys in southern India. At all locations Nesidiocoris tenuis was observed to be the highest relative density among the all natural enemies (Table 2). Our findings are in agreement with earlier reports by Arno et al. (2009); Zappala et al. (2013) indicating N. tenuis was a predator of Tuta absoluta. Other reports have shown that N. tenuis aids in the management of pests such as lepidoptera, thrips, white flies and a variety of other pests in greenhouses by Hughes et al., (2009); Gavkare and Sharma (2016). Our findings also agreed with Al-Jboory et al. (2012) who recorded that N. tenuis, Orius sp. and Brocon sp. as natural enemies on Tuta absoluta in tomato ecosystem, of which N. tenuis and Bracon sp., also recorded in our investigation; while there was no record of Orius sp. in our study. The current findings are consistent with those of Luna et al. (2011); Biondi et al. (2013) who claimed to have discovered Neochrysocharis formosa parasitizing T. absoluta larvae in tomato fields in Northern Buenos Aires region, Argentina and Italy, respectively. Desneux et al., 2010 stated that Bracon concolorans (Marshall) was discovered as a larval parasitoid of T. absoluta in Jordan, Cyprus, Egypt, France, Italy, and Spain, which validates our findings.\r\nAccording to the data enumerated in (Table 3) for the diversity of natural enemies associated with Tuta absoluta, was observed that Mavli block had the highest Simpson indices value (1.10) followed by at Vallabhnagar (1.04), Girwa (1.03), Gogunda (1.02); while, at Sarada block this value was lowest (1.01). Correspondingly the highest Shannon index value was noted at Mavli (0.23) followed by Vallabhnagar (0.11), Girwa (0.08), Gogunda (0.06); while it was lowest at Sarada (0.05) (Table 3). The current study found that in the Udaipur district, Mavli block had the most species diversity and Sarada block had the lowest species diversity (Fig. 2).\r\n', 'Akhilesh Kokkula, Manoj Kumar Mahla, S. Ramesh Babu, Sheenam Bhateja, Krishnaveni Kondoor and Sachin (2022). Abundance and Diversity of Natural Enemies Associated with Tuta absoluta (Meyrick) in Udaipur District of Southern Rajasthan. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 465-468.'),
(5182, '33', 'Historical Perspective on Emergence of Eco-Critical Theory: A Review', 'Saurabh Kumar', '44 Historical Perspective on Emergence of Eco-Critical Theory A Review Saurabh Kumar.pdf', '', 1, 'Many novels in English literature revolve around a plot in where Nature plays an important and dominant role. As far as ecocritical belief is concerned, the existence of humans is confined within the periphery of natural world. This is the reason why man remains a life-long wanderer. This fact raises the ecocritical notion that answers the question: “Why we are always acknowledged with the acquainted physical and cultural atmosphere?” In such novels, the novelists have approached their themes in a variety of ways and various methods. In current scenario, we look at nature for our personal identity and to discover our ancestries. All this is in jeopardy, as the end of 20th century has clearly showcased that we all have to do something if we want to help the earth survive. The last decade of 20th century has made the entire humanity aware of the fact that the 21st century will be in the midst of the grave danger pertaining to the survival of the earth. Thus, in the course of this research paper, the following notions of ecocriticism are studied: “How is nature symbolized in the novels?”, “What role does physical background play in these works?”, “Does these novels yielding to the values consistent with ecological understanding?”, “How the metaphors are used to amalgamate with Nature?” and “How the idea of wild has have changed the course of narrative?”. ', 'Ecocriticism, Nature Writing, Difference between Ecocriticism and other literary theories, Relationship between Nature and Culture, Important Notion in Ecocriticism', '-', '-', '-');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5183, '134', 'Nutrient Uptake, Yield Attributes and Yield of Maize (Zea mays L.) as Influenced by Efficacy of Different Post emergence Herbicides Applied under varied Qualities of Spray Fluids', 'K. Bhavitha*, K. Suresh, T. Ram Prakash and M. Madhavi', '77 Nutrient Uptake, Yield Attributes and Yield of Maize _Zea mays L._ as Influenced by Efficacy of Different Post emergence Herbicides Applied under varied Qualities of Spray Fluids K. Bhavitha.pdf', '', 1, 'Herbicide application is the most economical method of weed control due to shortage of labour and costly intercultivation. For optimum performance of the herbicides applied, quality of water plays a major role as it is a primary herbicide carrier solvent. In Telangana state, as far as irrigation suitability of groundwater is concerned it is found that most of the areas and 63.3% of water samples fall under C3S1 type (high salinity low sodium hazard) and 7.1% of samples fall under C3S2 type (high salinity and medium sodium). Based on the above problem, twenty treatments namely tank mix application of atrazine with 4 hydroxy-phenyl pyruvate dioxygenase (4-HPPD) and acetolactase acid synthase inhibiting herbicides (tembotrione and halosulfuron methyl respectively), 2,4-D-Dimethyl amine with and without adjuvant were sprayed as post-emergence (PoE) at 21 DAS with C3S1 (EC–0.75 to 2.25 dS m-1; SAR–0 to 10) class, C3S2(EC–0.75 to 2.25 dS m-1; SAR–10 to 18) class waters and distilled water as spray fluids, hand weeding at 20 and 40 DAS and unweeded check were evaluated in afield investigation conducted during 2020-21 of rabi season under factorial randomized block design to determine the nutrient uptake, yield attributes of maize and soil chemical properties. Tank mix application of halosulfuron methyl @ 67.5 g ha-1 + atrazine @ 0.5 kg ha-1 with 2% ammonium sulphate as PoE with C3S1 class water as spray fluid recorded higher yield attributes, yield and nutrient uptake in maize in comparison to other saline water treatment combinations next to tank mix application of halosulfuron methyl @ 67.5 g ha-1 + atrazine @ 0.5 kg ha-1 with 2% ammonium sulphate as PoE with distilled water as spray fluid.', 'Nutrient uptake, Post-emergence herbicides, Saline waters, Soil chemical properties, Yield attributes', 'It was concluded from the field investigation conducted during rabi 2020-21 that the herbicide efficacy can be improved when saline waters (C3S1 class water) were used as spray fluids with tank mix application of halosulfuron methyl @ 67.5 g ha-1 + atrazine @ 0.5kg ha-1along with 2% ammonium sulphate as PoE and efficient weed control in maize can be obtained without any phytotoxic effect in areas where there is shortage of labour and high cost of labour for manual weeding. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nMaize stands first in production among cereals in the world and is named as “Miracle crop” and “queen of cereals” due to its versatile nature and highest genetic potential (Arockia Infant et al., 2020) and has wider adaptability to diverse agro-climatic conditions. In India, maize ranks 5th in area and 3rd in production. In Telangana state, the total cultivated area under maize is 5.6 lakh ha with total production and productivity of 20.3 lakh tons and 36.58 q ha-1 respectively during the year 2018-19 (Agricultural Statistics at a Glance, 2019). About 15 million farmers in India are engaged in cultivation of maize. Weeds pose severe problem in maize in contrast to several agronomic constraints and results in low productivity. Weeding after critical period of crop weed competition can reduce yield upto 65-83% (Anwesh Rai et al., 2018). Herbicide application is most economical weed control method in comparison to manual weeding due to labour shortage; hence, herbicide efficacy plays an important role in yield expression. There are very few herbicide options available for weed control in maize in India. At present, herbicides used for weed control in maize involves pre-emergence application of atrazine, alachlor, simazine, pendimethalin and post-emergence (PoE) application of 2, 4-D, atrazine. Post-emergence herbicides offer a long season control till critical period of crop-weed competition. To achieve efficient weed control, spray carrier quality plays a major role. Water is the primary herbicide carrier solvent and is a critical component for herbicide applications. Quality of groundwater is determined in terms of pH, electrical conductivity (EC), SAR respectively. Presence of dissolved cations in water like Ca+2, Mg+2, Fe+2, Al+3, Mn+2, Na+, K+ and Cesium can influence herbicide efficacy by the process of inactivation, breakdown or precipitation. Very hard water (greater than 1000ppm) can also affect surfactants and oils, and will change their properties of wetting, emulsification and dispersion. An adjuvant is any compound that is added to a herbicide formulation or tank mix to facilitate the mixing, application, or effectiveness of that herbicide. Ammonium sulphate (AMS) as adjuvant reduces the antagonist effect of hard water cations and enhance herbicides efficacy by reacting with the dissolved cations to form insoluble sulfates that will not react with the herbicide.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nAfield trial was laid out at College Farm, College of Agriculture, Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University, Rajendranagar, Hyderabad during rabi season of 2020-21 in randomized block design with two factors (herbicides + adjuvant and quality of spray fluids) and two external controls replicated thrice. Six levels of herbicides + adjuvant combinations (factor 1) included were H1: tank mix application of tembotrione 34.4% SC 120 g ha-1 + atrazine 50% WP 0.5 kg ha-1 without adjuvant as PoE, H2: tank mix application of tembotrione 34.4% SC 120 g ha-1 + atrazine 50% WP 0.5 kg ha-1+ ammonium sulphate @ 2% as adjuvant as PoE, H3: 2,4-D-Dimethyl amine 58% SL 0.5 kg ha-1 without adjuvant as PoE, H4: 2,4-D-Dimethyl amine 58% SL 0.5 kg ha-1 + ammonium sulphate @ 2% as adjuvant as PoE, H5: tank mix application of halosulfuron methyl 75% WDG 67.5 g ha-1 + atrazine 50% WP 0.5 kg ha-1 without adjuvant as PoE and H6: tank mix application of halosulfuron methyl 75% WDG 67.5 g ha-1 + atrazine 50% WP 0.5 kg ha-1 + ammonium sulphate @ 2% as adjuvant as PoE and three levels of quality of spray fluids (factor 2) namely i.e., W1: C3S1 class (EC–0.75 to 2.25 dS m-1; SAR–0 to 10), W2: C3S2 class (EC–0.75 to 2.25 dS m-1; SAR–10 to 18) and W3: distilled water and two external controls, C1: unweeded control and C2: weed free plot (hand weeding at 20 and 40 DAS). The values of NPK contents for grain and stover were recorded treatment wise and then N, P and K uptakes were determined. It was evaluated by multiplying the nutrient content (%) with corresponding dry matter produced and expressed in kg ha-1. The data recorded during the experiment was analysed statistically.\r\nNutrient uptake = \r\n=(Dry matter produced (kg ha^(-1)×nutrient content (%))/100\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nYield and yield attributes. Significantly higher number of cobs plant-1 (1.68) and cob length (18.94 cm) were recorded with tank mix application of halosulfuron methyl @ 67.5 g ha-1 + atrazine @ 0.5 kg ha-1 + AMS @ 2% as PoE among herbicides + adjuvant combinations. The above results were in agreement with findings of Tesfay et al. (2014); Quddus et al. (2012). Likewise, Shinde et al. (2001) also recorded significantly improved yield and related yield attributes in plots where weeds were below economic threshold level. Among different quality of spray carriers, significantly maximum no. of cobs plant-1 (1.43) was recorded with use of distilled water as spray carrier. Data recorded on no. of rows cob-1 indicated that herbicides + adjuvant treatments and quality of spray carriers used did not significantly influence the parameters. Data on test weight (g) indicated that HW at 20 and 40 DAS (control 2) resulted in maximum test weight (26.10 g) and similar results were reported by Sapna Bhagat et al. (2019); Puscal et al. (2018); Skrzypczak et al. (2011); Abbas et al. (2018). Effect of herbicides + adjuvant treatments and quality of spray carriers did not influence test weight (g) significantly (Table 1).\r\nNumber of grains cob-1 and grain weight cob-1 (Table 2) were significantly influenced by different herbicides + adjuvant treatments and quality of spray fluids and their interactions. Significantly highest no. of grains cob-1 (481.00) and grain weight cob-1 (125.05 g) were recorded with tank mix application of halosulfuron methyl @ 67.5 g ha-1 + atrazine @ 0.5 kg ha-1 + AMS @ 2% at 21 DAS with distilled water as spray fluid and the above results might be attributed to higher weed control efficiency because of application of adjuvant with herbicide combination and use of distilled water as spray fluid increased the transfer of herbicide to the target site within the plant system and increased toxicity to the weeds which resulted in lower weed dry weight and better translocation of assimilates to the cobs and ultimately showed increase in no. of grains cob-1 and grain weight cob-1. Improved penetration and enhanced phytotoxicity of herbicides improved weed control when herbicides used in combination with urea (as adjuvant) solution (Singh and Singh 2003; Bunting et al., 2004). \r\nAmong herbicides + adjuvant and saline waters combinations, tank mix application of halosulfuron methyl @ 67.5 g ha-1 + atrazine @ 0.5 kg ha-1 + AMS @ 2% at 21 DAS with C3S1 saline water as spray fluid recorded significantly higher no. of grains cob-1 and grain weight cob-1 (458.33 and 116.32 g respectively) compared to other saline water combinations.\r\nSignificant influence on maize yield was observed with different herbicides + adjuvant and quality of spray fluid treatments and are presented in (Table 3). Harvest index (HI), is the proportion of percentage of grain yield to total biomass, and this can be used as a measure of reproductive efficiency. Therefore, HI is considered as novel trait to target for increasing yield potentials. Among herbicides + adjuvant combinations (Table 4), tank mix application of halosulfuron methyl @ 67.5 g ha-1 + atrazine @ 0.5 kg ha-1 + AMS @ 2% at 21 DAS and tank mix application of halosulfuron methyl @ 67.5 g ha-1 + atrazine @ 0.5 kg ha-1 alone at 21 DAS resulted in highest HI (38.32% and 37.37% respectively). Among the quality of spray carriers, use of distilled water as spray carrier resulted in significantly maximum HI (35.80%). The interactions between different herbicides + adjuvants and quality of spray carriers were non-significant with reference to harvest index.\r\nNutrient uptake. The data on nutrient uptake by grain and stover (N, P and K) were recorded after harvest of maize by multiplying the nutrient content with grain and stover yield respectively (Table 3).\r\n(a) Nutrient uptake by grain. Among different herbicides + adjuvant and quality of spray carriers combinations (Table 5), significantly higher N, P and K uptake by grain (75.11 kg ha-1, 12.34 kg ha-1 and 54.06 kg ha-1 respectively) was recorded with halosulfuron methyl @ 67.5 g ha-1 + atrazine @ 0.5 kg ha-1 + AMS @ 2% at 21 DAS with distilled water as spray fluid and on par with halosulfuron methyl @ 67.5 g ha-1 + atrazine @ 0.5 kg ha-1 at 21 DAS with distilled water as spray fluid and was statistically significant over other treatment combinations which could be due to the effective weed control provided a competition free environment and improved physical, biological condition of the soil, which led to increased growth of crop and thereby increase in nutrient uptake by increasing the grain yield of maize. The results are inconformity with those reported by Birendra Kumar et al. (2017).\r\n(b) Nutrient uptake by stover. The results showed (Table 6) that nutrient uptake by stover was significantly influenced by different herbicides + adjuvants and quality of spray carriers. Among different herbicides+ adjuvant and quality of spray carriers combinations, halosulfuron methyl @ 67.5 g ha-1 + atrazine @ 0.5 kg ha-1 + AMS @ 2% at 21 DAS with distilled water as spray fluid recorded significantly higher N, P and K uptake (74.97 kg ha-1, 9.42 kg ha-1and 84.04 kg ha-1) and on par with halosulfuron methyl @ 67.5 g ha-1 + atrazine @ 0.5 kg ha-1 at 21 DAS with distilled water as spray fluid and was statistically significant over other treatment combinations. \r\nIn addition, halosulfuron methyl @ 67.5 g ha-1 + atrazine @ 0.5 kg ha-1 + AMS @ 2% at 21 DAS with C3S1water as spray fluid resulted in higher nutrient uptake in grain and stover compared to other herbicides combinations with saline waters. When unweeded check (control 1) versus other treatments was considered, nutrient uptake (N, P and K) in maize was significantly lowest. The lowest nutrient uptake in unweeded control was due to poor dry matter yield and grain yield of crop and reduced nutrient uptake because of heavy weed competition (Shravan Kumar et al., 2019).\r\nSoil chemical properties. Soil analysis was done after the harvest of the crop and the data are presented in Table 7. The data indicated that the soil chemical parameters after harvest of crop did not differ much and thus failed to show significant difference among different herbicides + adjuvant treatments and quality of spray fluids used and between their treatment combinations. However, the values of pH, EC, OC, available N, P and K ranged from 7.75 to 8.13, 0.47 to 0.57 dS m-1, 0.46 to 0.56%, 184.68 to 217.80 kg ha-1, 7.28 to 9.10 kg ha-1 and 202.08 to 236.65 kg ha-1 respectively.\r\n', 'K. Bhavitha, K. Suresh, T. Ram Prakash and M. Madhavi (2022). Nutrient Uptake, Yield Attributes and Yield of Maize (Zea mays L.) as Influenced by Efficacy of Different Post emergence Herbicides Applied under varied Qualities of Spray Fluids. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 469-474.'),
(5184, '134', 'Effects of Humic Acid, Vermiwash, and Biofertilizer on Seedling Growth of Soursop (Annona muricata L)', 'Fetrat A. Noory, S.V. Patil*, Venkat Rao, Manjunath Ramanna, Gundappa G. Kadalli and Swetha B.S.', '78 Effects of Humic Acid, Vermiwash, and Biofertilizer on Seedling Growth of Soursop _Annona muricata L_ S.V. Patil.pdf', '', 1, 'The study on effect of humic acid, vermiwash and biofertilizer on growth and establishment of soursop was conducted under open condition during 2020-21 at College of Horticulture, Dept. of Fruit Science, Bengaluru. Seedlings were raised in polythene bags of 12 × 24cm, then single seed was sown into every polybags containing media mixtures of Soil, FYM (1:1) treated with humic acid, vermiwash and biofertilizers as per treatment and these bags were kept under open condition. A total of twelve treatments were tested in three replications. The results showed that the inoculation of combination of humic acid (3%), vermiwash (1%) and three bio-fertilizers; Azospirillum, spp. Pseudomonas fluorescence and AM fungi (2g/ seedling) had produced significantly highest seedling height (39.00 cm), seedling girth (5.98 mm), number of leaves (25.20 no.), leaf area (49.00 cm2), fresh and dry Weight of shoot (30.66 and 8.10 g respectively) in T12 treatment the findings are similar with that of Peters et al., 2001.The maximum fresh and dry weight of root (19.40 and 2.80 g), number of primary roots (33.00), length of primary root (25.00 cm) and root volume (5.20 cm3) was also recorded in the T12 treatment at the end of 120 days in the nursery.', 'Soursop, humic acid and vermiwash, biofertilizer, Annona muricata', 'Humic acid is a naturally occurring mixture of organic macromolecular molecules that can be found in all soils. It\'s an organically charged bio-stimulant that boosts crop output by influencing plant growth and development owing to their distinct physiological characteristics, it has been thoroughly studied (Quaggiotti et al., 2004). Vermiwash is a rich source of vitamins, hormones, enzymes, macronutrients and micronutrients when applied to plants help in efficient growth Nath et al, (2009). Bio-fertilizers are microbial preparations containing living cells of different microorganisms which have the ability to mobilize plant nutrients in soil from unusable to usable form through biological process and they are environmental friendly and play significant role in crop production. Azospirillum is a non-symbiotic micro aerophilic bacterium commonly found in association with roots of horticultural crops. Pseudomonas fluorescens is a ubiquitous bacterium that help in the maintenance of soil health and are metabolically and functionally most diverse. The treatment (T12) was found best with respect to the parameters like Seedling height, Seedling girth, Number of leaves, Leaf area, Fresh weight of shoot, Dry weight of shoot, Fresh weight of root, Dry weight of root, Number of primary roots, Length of primary root and Root volume over other treatments.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSoursop/Lakshman Phal (Annona muricata) belongs to the family Annonaceae, having diploid chromosome number 2n=14. It is wide spread in the tropics and frost free subtropics of the world (Samson, 1980). The soursop plant is cultivated mainly in home gardens. The eachtree yields up to 10 tons/ha with average each fruit weighs 0.5 to 2 kg. The fruit is compound in and covered with reticulated, leathery appearing but tender, inedible bitter skin from which protrude few or many stubby, or more elongated and curved soft, pliable “spines”. The skin is dark-green in the immature fruit, becoming slightly yellowish-green before the mature fruit is soft to the touch. In aroma, the pulp is somewhat pineapple-like, but its musky, subacid to acid flavor is unique (Schultes and Raffauf 1990). It is indigenous to most of the warmest tropical areas in South and North America including Amazon, it has become naturalized in many countries, and now has a wide distribution throughout tropical and subtropical parts of the world. The fruit makes an excellent drink or ice cream after straining. All parts of the tree are used in natural medicine in the tropics including the bark, leaves, root and fruit-seeds. The crushed seeds are used as an anthelmintic against internal and external parasitic worms. The bark leaves and roots are considered sedative, antispasmodic, hypoglycemic, hypotensive, smooth muscle relaxant and nervine and a tea is made for various disorders for those purposes (Holdsworth, 1990). Many bioactive compounds and phytochemicals have been found in plants and its various uses in natural medicine have been scientifically validated by many researchers (Heinrich, 1992; Sundarrao, 1993). Generally, the fruit and fruit juice is taken for worms and parasites, to cool fevers, to increase mother’s milk after childbirth (lactagogue), and as an astringent for diarrhea and dysentery. Soursop contains antibacterial, antiviral and antifungal properties. So this is a good source of medicine the juice of ripe fruit is said to be a diuretic, while a decoction of powdered immature fruits is used for dysentery remedy.\r\nIn India, the average productivity of soursop is roughly 25-40 kg per plant. Soursop is only grown in small scale in the southern Indian states of Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh, and Kerala. Soursop has a high economic value, it is widely cultivated and consumed as edible food. White fibrous juicy segments surround an extended receptacle in the fruit pulp. It could be used as a raw material for purees, juices, jams, jellies, powdered fruit bars, and flakes. The pulp can be used to make nectar (Peters et al., 2001). Soursop contains antibacterial, antiviral and antifungal properties. So this is a good source of medicine. The juice of ripe fruit is said to be a diuretic, while a decoction of powdered immature fruits is used for dysentery remedy.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe present study on effect of humic acid, vermiwash and biofertilizer on growth and establishment of soursop was conducted under open condition during 2020-21 at Fruit Science Dept. College of Horticulture, Bengaluru. Seedlings were raised in polythene bags of 12 × 24 cm, then single seed was sown into every polybags containing media mixtures of Soil, FYM (1:1) ratio treated with humic acid, vermiwash and biofertilizers per treatment and these bags were kept under open condition. The design RBD was used for the experiment, there were twelve treatments with three replications.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe results showed that the inoculation of combination of humic acid, vermiwash and three bio-fertilizers; Azospirillum, spp. Pseudomonas fluorescence and AM fungi had produced significantly highest seedling height (39.00 cm), seedling girth (5.98 mm), number of leaves (25.20 no.), leaf area (49.00 cm2), fresh and dry Weight of shoot (30.66 and 8.10 g respectively) in the treatment T12: [Humic Acid (3%) + Vermiwash (1%) + Azospirillum spp ( 2g / seedling) + Pseudomonas fluorescence (2g / seedling) + AM Fungi (2g / seedling)]. And the maximum fresh and dry weight of root (19.40 and 2.80 g), number of primary roots (33.00), length of primary root (25.00 cm) and root volume (5.20 cm3) was also recorded in the treatment T12: [Humic Acid (3%) + Vermiwash (1%) + Azospirillum spp (2g / seedling) + Pseudomonas fluorescence (2g / seedling) + AM Fungi (2g / seedling)] at the end of 120 days in nursery.\r\n', 'Fetrat A. Noory, S.V. Patil, Venkat Rao, Manjunath Ramanna, Gundappa G. Kadalli and Swetha B.S. (2022). Effects of Humic Acid, Vermiwash, and Biofertilizer on Seedling Growth of Soursop (Annona muricata L). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 475-477.'),
(5185, '134', 'Effect of Hormones on Oil Yield and Nutrient Uptake of Mustard under Southern Telangana Agro-Climatic conditions', 'Ganta Harshitha*, Ch. Bharat Bhushan Rao, T. Ram Prakash and S.A. Hussain', '79 Effect of Hormones on Oil Yield and Nutrient Uptake of Mustard under Southern Telangana Agro-Climatic conditions Ganta Harshitha.pdf', '', 1, 'Plant hormones are substances present in smaller proportions that regulate plant growth and development, as well as responses to changing environmental conditions. By modifying the production, distribution of these hormones, plants are able to regulate and coordinate both growth and stress tolerance to promote survival or escape from environmental stress. The role of the growth hormones in reducing the shattering losses in mustard is prominent. In this contextan experiment was carried out at student farm, College of Agriculture, Rajendranagar, Hyderabad, Telangana, in sandy loam soils during rabi 2020 to study the effect of hormones on growth and yield of mustard under Southern Telangana Agro-climatic conditions. The experiment was laid out in randomized block design with ten treatments. The treatments comprised were : T1-Control (RDF60:40:40N, P2O5,K2O kg ha-1), T2(RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at flowering), T3 (RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at pod development), T4 (RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at flowering and pod development), T5 (RDF + foliar spray of humic acid @ 1.5% at flowering), T6 (RDF + foliar spray of humic acid @ 1.5% at pod development), T7 (RDF + foliar spray of humic acid @ 1.5% at flowering and pod development), T8 (RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering), T9 (RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at pod development) and T10 (RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development). Results indicated that, application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10) and application only at flowering (T8) gave the similar and higher oil yield and nutrient uptake, while the oil content and nutrient contents were not effected significantly by the application of hormones.', 'Flowering, Foliar application, GA3, Humic acid, Mustard, Pod development', '— It was found that quality parameters like oil content and nutrient content (N, P, K) at 30, 60 DAS and harvest were not influenced significantly the spray of GA3 and humic acid. But nutrient uptake (N, P, K) at 60 DAS and at harvest (grain and stover) and oil yield were significantly influenced by the spray of GA3 and humic acid. \r\n— The highest oil yield and nutrient uptake were observed with the application of T10 (RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development) and this was on par with the application of T8 (RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering).\r\n', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRapeseed-mustard (Brassica spp.) is one of the most important oilseed crops of the world where India ranks third in area and production in the world (DRMR, 2015). Among the seven edible oilseeds cultivated in India, rapeseed-mustard contributes 28.6% in the total oilseeds production and ranks second after groundnut sharing 27.8% in the India’s oilseed economy. Its seed contains 37 to 49% edible oil. Demand of edible oil has increased with increasing population and improvement in the living standard of the people, resulting thereby in short supply of edible oils which is being met with imports of edible oil worth 44,000 crores per annum. Thus, there is need to boost the oilseed production through area expansion and productivity enhancement. In India, rapeseed-mustard occupy 6.23 million ha area with production and productivity of 9.34 million tonnes and 1499 kg ha-1 respectively (India stat 2019-20). It is a major rabi crop. Cultivation of mustard is taken up between October-November and February-March.\r\nGibberellic acid is a phytohormone that is needed in small quantities at low concentration so as to accelerate the plant growth and development. Because, favourable conditions may be induced by applying growth regulator exogenously in proper concentration at a proper time in a specific crop. It is a diterpenoid carboxylic acid that belongs to the family gibberellins and acts as a natural plant growth hormone, which can manipulate a variety of growth and development phenomena in various crops. GA3 enhances growth activities of plant, stimulates stem elongation (Deotale et al., 1998). It is applied to crops, orchards, and ornamental plants, where it plays a role in seed germination, response to abiotic stress, stem elongation, flowering and other physiological effects that occur in its interaction with other phytohormones (Hedden and Sponsel 2015). \r\nHumic acid is an organically charged bio-stimulant that significantly affects plant growth and development and increases crop yield. It has been extensively investigated that humic acid improves physical, chemical and biological properties of soils (Nardi et al., 2004). Humic acid-based fertilizers increase crop yield, stimulate plant hormones and improve soil fertility ecologically and environmentally. Many studies highlighted the positive benefits of humic acid application on higher plants. Humic acids also reduce toxic effects of salts on monocots (Masciandaro et al., 2002) and dicots (Ferrara et al., 2001), including rapeseed. Enhanced nutrient uptake by plants as a result of humic acid application is also well established. Likewise, the increased yield is also observed in many crops due to its application, including potato, brassica, tomato, onions and other leafy vegetables.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present experiment was conducted at student farm, College of Agriculture, Rajendranagar, Hyderabad, Telangana, India during rabi 2020. The soil of experimental plot was sandy loamy and slightly alkaline (pH 7.6), with available nitrogen (128 kgha-1), phosphorus (61.6 kgha-1) and potassium (414 kgha-1) content. Geographically it is situated between 17º1918.39N latitude and 78º2538.67E longitude and its mean height above sea level is 534 m. The total rainfall received during the crop growth period was 363.4 mm in 11 rainy days. To study the effect of hormones on growth and yield of mustard (Brassica nigra L.) under Southern Telangana Agro-climatic conditions, randomized block design was used with ten treatments replicated thrice. The experimental field was laid out in 30unit plots, each plot measuring 21.6 m2 (5.4m × 4.0m). There were thirteen rows of mustard crop in each plot and forty plants in each row. One row of crop from both sides of length and also both sides of breadth were left as guard rows. The net plot consisted of eleven rows with thirty-eight plants per row (4.6m x 3.8m). Seeds of mustard variety Pusa-Agrani were sown @ 5 kgha-1 (250000 plants ha-1), on 9th October 2020 with the spacing of 40 cm between the rows and 10 cm between the plants. A fertilizer dose of 60 kg N, 40 kg P2O5 and 40 kg K2O per ha through urea, single super phosphate and muriate of potash was applied at the time of sowing (basal application) to all the plots.\r\nFoliar application of gibberellic acid and humic acid was done as per the treatments. For the foliar application of gibberellic acid a solution of 45 ppm was prepared by using 45 mg of gibberellic acid along with premix (solvent) dissolved in distilled water and made the volume to 1000ml using volumetric flask. It was utilized for foliar application in the plots which are selected for gibberellic acid spray. For the foliar application of humic acid 15 ml of the solvent was mixed in water and made up to 1000 ml to get 1.5% solution of humic acid. This was sprayed in the plots selected for HA application. Timely recommended plant protection measures for mustard crop were followed to save the crop from pests and diseases. The mustard crop was harvested manually. Different growth and yield components were recorded periodically. Data obtained from various parameters under study were analyzed by the method of analysis of variance (ANOVA) as described by Gomez and Gomez (1984). The level of significance used in the “F” test was given at 5 per cent.\r\nThe seed samples from the net plot were oven dried at 105°C till constant weight was obtained. The sample was fed to NMR (Nuclear Magnetic resonance spectroscopy). The instrument was standardised with equal quantity of seed sample and the readings obtained were noted as oil per cent.\r\nFor estimating nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium content in plants, well dried samples were collected for dry matter accumulation. Samples from each of the plot were collected oven dried, powdered and used for analysis of nitrogen by micro-kjeldahl method (Piper, 1966), Phosphorus by vanado-molybdo phosphoric acid method (Jackson, 1973) using spectrophotometer and potassium by using flame photometer (Jackson, 1967).\r\nThe total uptake of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium at harvest by mustard was calculated by multiplying the biomass yield with the corresponding percentage of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium and expressed as kg ha-1 (Jackson, 1973). \r\n Nutrient uptake (kg ha-1) =\r\n \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nOil content (%) and oil yield (kg ha-1). The results of oil content and oil yield in mustard as influenced by GA3 and humic acid spray are presented in Table 1.\r\nStudy of the data revealed that oil content (%) was not influenced significantly by the spray of hormones. Highest oil content (36.37) was observed with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10). This was found to be on par with all other treatments.\r\nScrutiny of the data revealed that oil yield (kg ha-1) was significantly influenced by the spray of hormones. Highest oil yield (593 kg ha-1) was observed with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10) which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering (T8) (568 kg ha-1). Lowest oil yield (390 kg ha-1) was observed with the application of RDF (60:40:40 N, P2O5,K2O ha-1) (T1) which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at pod development (T3) (409 kg ha-1). There was increase of 52.1% in the oil yield observed with RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10) as compared to control (T1).\r\nThe highest oil yield was recorded with the application of GA3 and humic acid at flowering and pod development. Improvement in seed oil composition can be credited to the activation of the synthesis of various enzymes which are involved in the fatty acids metabolism (Talaat and Gamal 2007; Dar et al., 2015), thus increasing seed oil contents. Application of GA3 prompted a similar pattern of response, with the oil yield plant per plant being enhanced noticeably. Humic acid application resulted in an increase in oil percentage and oil yield per plant in comparison with control plants. These results are in agreement with the report of Rajpar et al. (2011) which showed that application of humic acid had noteworthy effect on oil yield. \r\nNutrient content (%). The data revealed that nutrient content (%) of the plant was not influenced significantly by the spray of hormones. Highest nutrient content (N, P and K) was observed with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10). This was found to be on par with all other treatments.\r\nNitrogen uptake (kg ha-1). The results of Nitrogen uptake (kg ha-1) of mustard plants as influenced by GA3 and humic acid spray are presented in Table 2.\r\nData on the nitrogen uptake revealed that at 30 DAS, there is no significant influence of GA3 and humic acid spray on the N uptake. Highest N uptake (2.2) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at pod development (T3). This was found to be on par with all other treatments.\r\nAt 60 DAS highest value of N uptake (75.9) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10), which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering (T8) (73.7). Lowest value of N uptake (53.2) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at pod development (T9), which was on par with RDF (60:40:40 N, P2O5,K2O kg ha-1) (T1), RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at pod development (T3) and RDF + foliar spray of humic acid @ 1.5% at pod development (T6) and (53.6, 54.1 and 53.6). \r\nAt harvest, the highest value of seed nitrogen uptake (58.2) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10), which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering(T8) and RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at pod development (T9) (54.6 and 52.8). Lowest value of N uptake in grain (36.7) was recorded with the application of RDF (60:40:40 N, P2O5,K2O kg ha-1) (T1), which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at flowering (T2) and RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at pod development (T3) (41.8 and 39.6). \r\nData on the nitrogen uptake by stover revealed that, the highest value of nitrogen uptake (42.7) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10), which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering (T8) (40.0). Lowest value of N uptake in stover (26.1) was recorded with the application of RDF (60:40:40 N, P2O5, K2O kg ha-1) (T1). \r\nThe highest value of total nitrogen uptake at harvest (100.8) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10), which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering (T8) and RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering (T9) (94.6 and 92.5). Lowest value of total N uptake (62.8) was recorded with the application of RDF (60:40:40 N, P2O5,K2O kgha-1) (T1), which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at flowering (T2) and RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at pod development (T3) (71.5 and 68.2). \r\nPhosphorous uptake (kg ha-1). The results of Phosphorous uptake (kg ha-1) of mustard plants as influenced by GA3 and humic acid spray are presented in Table 3.\r\nData on the phosphorous uptake revealed that, at 30 DAS there is no significant influence of GA3 and humic acid spray on the P uptake. Highest P uptake (0.56) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at flowering (T2). This was found to be on par with all other treatments.\r\nAt 60 DAS highest value of P uptake (16.6) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10), which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering (T8) (15.8). Lowest value of P uptake (10.3) was recorded with the application of RDF (60:40:40 N, P2O5, K2O kg ha-1) (T1) which was on par with application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at pod development (T3), RDF + foliar spray of humic acid @ 1.5% at pod development (T6) and RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at pod development (T9) (10.6, 10.5 and 10.4). \r\nAt harvest, the highest value of seed phosphorous uptake (7.3) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10), which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering (T8) and RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval atpod development (T9) (6.7 and 6.5). Lowest value of P uptake in seed (4.3) was recorded with the application of RDF (60:40:40 N, P2O5, K2O kg ha-1) (T1), which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at flowering (T2) and RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at pod development (T3) (4.8 and 4.6). \r\nData on the phosphorous uptake by stover revealed that, the highest value of phosphorous uptake (12.6) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10) which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering (T8) (12.0). Lowest value of P uptake in stover (6.7) was recorded with the application of RDF (60:40:40 N, P2O5, K2O kg ha-1) (T1).\r\nThe highest value of total phosphorous uptake at harvest (19.8) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10) which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering (T8) (18.7). Lowest value of total P uptake (10.9) was recorded with the application of RDF (60:40:40 N, P2O5, K2O kgha-1) (T1) which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3@ 45 ppm at flowering (T2) and RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at pod development (T3) (12.2 and 12.1). \r\nPotassium uptake (kg ha-1). The results of potassium uptake (kg ha-1) of mustard plants as influenced by GA3 and humic acid spray are presented in Table 4.\r\n \r\nData on the potassium uptake revealed that, at 30 DAS there is no significant influence of GA3 and humic acid spray on the K uptake. Highest K uptake (1.91) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at pod development (T3). This was found to be on par with all other treatments.\r\nAt 60 DAS highest value of K uptake (70.8) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10), which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering (T8) (69.1). Lowest value of K uptake (45.9) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at pod development (T9) which was on par with application of RDF (60:40:40 N, P2O5,K2O kg ha-1) (T1), RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at pod development (T3) and RDF + foliar spray of humic acid @ 1.5% at pod development (T6) (47.2, 46.3 and 47.1). \r\nAt harvest, the highest value of seed potassium uptake (14.8) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10) which was on par with application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering (T8) and RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval atpod development (T9) (13.8 and 13.3). Lowest value of K uptake in seed (9.3) was recorded with the application of RDF (60:40:40 N, P2O5, K2O kg ha-1) (T1), which was on par with the application of - RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at flowering (T2) RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at pod development (T3) and RDF + foliar spray of humic acid @ 1.5% at pod development (T6) (10.4, 9.8 and 11.1). \r\nThe highest value of potassium uptake in stover (61.9) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10), which was on par with application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering (T8) and RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval atpod development (T9) (58.7 and 58.2). Lowest value of K uptake in straw (38.8) was recorded with the application RDF (60:40:40 N, P2O5, K2O kg ha-1) (T1) which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at pod development (T3) (42.2).\r\nThe highest value of total potassium uptake (76.6) was recorded with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering and pod development (T10) which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm fb humic acid @ 1.5% with 2 days interval at flowering (T8) (72.4). Lowest value of total K uptake (48.1) was recorded with the application of RDF (60:40:40 N, P2O5,K2O kg ha-1) (T1) which was on par with the application of RDF + foliar spray of GA3 @ 45 ppm at pod development (T3) (52.0). \r\nOn the whole the highest values of N, P and K uptake were recorded with the application of GA3 and humic acid at flowering and pod development which was on par with the application of GA3 and humic acid at only flowering.\r\nThe enhancing effect of humic acid on N, P and K uptake may be due to better development root systems (David et al., 1994) and increased the permeability of plant membranes (Ulukan, 2008). Furthermore, humic constituents are known to interact with the phospho-lipid structures of cell membranes and acts as carriers of nutrients, that allows to pass through them. These results are in accordance with those obtained by El-Ghamry et al. (2009) who reported that the foliar spray of humic acid caused significant increases in N, P and K contents of bean seeds. When applying humic acid substances to plants some of the humic acid also got sprayed on to the soil. It is assumed that, this also created a synergetic effect during uptake of nutrients by plants from soil (Bakry et al., 2013). \r\nGA3 is known to promote growth through increased absorption of nutrients (Singh et al., 2005) and nitrogen use efficiency (Khan et al., 2002). Due to increase in the growth rate, the GA3 sprayed plants exhibited more nutrient uptake. An increase in membrane permeability due to application of GA3would facilitate absorption and utilization of mineral nutrients and transportation of assimilates. This would also contribute towards increasing the capacity of the treated plants to improve the leaf NPK content. Combination of GA3with fertilizer dose may be attributed to their ameliorative effect on the primary growth potential and activities of nitrate reductase and carbonic anhydrase enzymes. Thereby, the available nutrients in the growth medium might have been absorbed more swiftly as reflected by increased leaf N, P and K contents which have perhaps led to maximum utilization of absorbed nutrients because of enhancement of vegetative growth and development of more number of pods. These results are agreed with the findings of Field and Mooney (1986); Connor et al. (1993).\r\n', 'Ganta Harshitha, Ch. Bharat Bhushan Rao, T. Ram Prakash and S.A. Hussain (2022). Effect of Hormones on Oil Yield and Nutrient Uptake of Mustard under Southern Telangana Agro-Climatic conditions. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 478-485.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5186, '134', 'Genetic variability and Correlation Studies for Vegetative and yield Attributing Traits in Hybrid Seedlings of Peach [Prunus persica (L.) Batsch]', 'Pushpendra Rajput*, Anirudh Thakur, Harminder Singh and Poonam', '80 Genetic variability and Correlation Studies for Vegetative and yield Attributing Traits in Hybrid Seedlings of Peach [Prunus persica _L._ Batsch] Pushpendra Rajput.pdf', '', 1, 'The experiment was conducted at Fruit Research Farm at Punjab Agricultural University, Ludhiana. The challenges in the experiment are that fruit set % of different cross combinations and survival of F-1 hybrid seedlings is very low in case of Kala Amritsari × Flordaguard. There is not a single hybrid seedlings are surviving in case of Kala Amritsari × Flordaguard. At 120 days after germination, highest seed germination was recorded in Flordaguard (97.78%) which did not different with Sharbati × Flordaguard (89.69%), highest plant height and petiole length were recorded in hybrid seedlings of Sharbati × Flordaguard 30.48 cm and 6.13mm, respectively. Similarly, leaf number and internodal length in seedlings of Flordaguard × Sharbati. The maximum leaf blade length and width at 120 days after germination were recorded in Sharbati fallowed by Sharbati × Flordaguard. Maximum leaf area was recorded in Sharbati (14.53 cm²) followed by hybrid seedlings of Sharbati × Flordaguard and Flordaguard × Sharbati (13.59 cm2 and 12.16 cm2, respectably). Chlorophyll levels in terms of SPAD unit maximum were recorded in the leaves from Flordaguard × Sharbati (42.87) followed by Sharbati Flordaguard (37.40) which did not differ significantly from Sharbati and Flordaguard. In all traits, high phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV) were noted than the genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV), it was recorded higher in leaf size, leaf area, Fresh shoot weight, Fresh root weight, shoot length, leaf bled length, leaf number and plant height. The genotypic and phenotypic variance were higher in case of Seed germination (%), Shoot length, chlorophyll level (SPAD Units), leaf size, leaf number, leaf area and plant height. Ranges of Heritability in all traits from 11.87 to 94.75, of which most of showed very high heritability, except some traits such as Leaf Blade Ratio and seedlings girth. Traits like shoot length, leaf size, leaf bled length, leaf area, Fresh shoot weight, Fresh root weight and chlorophyll level showed more value of heritability along with high to moderate genetic advance pointing additive gene action, so the selection may be effective for these traits. Plant height was positively correlated with leaf number, seedlings girth, leaf area, root and shoot length, internodal length, petiole length and chlorophyll SPAD value. Seedlings girth was positively associated with all studied traits.', 'Hybridization, variability, heritability, genetic advance, correlation and rootstock breeding', 'On the basis of beyond argumentation, it is understandable that use the seedlings of Sharbati × Flordaguard as a rootstock purpose in peach as compare to Sharbati, Flordaguard and Flordaguard × Sharbati seedlings. Since Sharbati × Flordaguard seedlings have higher seedling height, girth, root and shoot length. Traits like seed germination % and shoot length were found effective for selection because having higher value of genotypic and phenotypic variance which show presence of inherent genetic variance. High extent of GCV and PCV revealed that presence of broad level of genetic variability in traits like leaf size, area, and number, leaf bled length, and plant height, so level of improvement is higher. Range of the high heritability in the traits like shoots length, leaf size, seed germination %, leaf blade length, leaf area, fresh shoot and root wt. is due to presence of additive gene effect. The genotypic correlation coefficients of vegetative and yield traits were more than phenotypic correlation coefficients in almost all samples. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRootstock has an important effect on performance of the peach scion cultivars, which includes growth rate, tree size, productivity, nutrient uptake, time of defoliation, bloom time, tree survival, nematode infestation and resistance to canker and PTSL Picolotto et al. (2009), Ye et al. (2009); Beckman et al. (2002). The biotic and abiotic factors mostly determine by rootstocks and play main role in performance of plants. No one rootstock can be rated as an ideal rootstock for all situations. Sharbati variety of peach is used as rootstock in sub-tropical regions of India, because of its wide adaptability to warm climatic conditions, but poor graft compatibility and rooting ability and susceptibility to root-knot nematode. In crop improvement programs, germplasm collection, confirmation of genetic variability and association of traits are very important steps. The presence of high genetic variability and heritability in plats population have more chances to selection and develop a line.\r\nThe heritability along with genetic advance over means (GAM) is more fruitful for see the outcome of the selection Ramanjinappa et al. (2011). The studies of the correlation are help in for the detect the degree of interaction in various traits and develop breeding method for crop improvement. The selection of a character as a measure to improve one more character depends on the proportion of relationships among them and these relationships are depending on genotypic and phenotypic correlation Imtiyaz et al. (2012). For the further improvement an important objective is develop a superior cultivar with improved yield and good fruit quality. Hence, peach breeding programs are working to provide efficient alternative rootstocks for peach with best rooting capacity, graft harmony, resistance to root-knot nematode, canker, PTS, better adaptation to chlorosis, drought and water logging. The main purpose of this experiment was to assess the variability, heritability and correlations in 16 vegetative and reproductive traits of peach. The obtained information can be useful for select the best genotypes as better rootstocks.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experiment was conducted from 2016 to 2018 at the Fruit Research Farm of the Punjab Agricultural University in Ludhiana. The average maximum temperature is 12.9 to 33.9° C and the average minimum temperature is 5.7 to 26.9 °C. The average annual rainfall in this area is about 885 mm. Of these, 75% is the monsoon season, from July to September. The experiment was set up with a randomized block design with 5 replications. The research material consists of two parents and two F1 hybrid peaches, namely Sharbati, Flordaguard, Sharbati × Flordaguard and Flordaguard × Sharbati, are maintained at Fruit Research Farm of the Punjab Agricultural University, Ludhiana.\r\nStratified seeds were sown in portrays in the month of May to June and seed germination % are workout. After establishment of seedlings of parents and F1 hybrids in portrays were transplanted under field conditions and 15 uniform healthy seedlings were maintained for each genotype. The plants were raised as per the recommended package and practices for peach cultivation in lower hills or sub-tropical conditions. A total number of 16 observations were recorded from each treatment. Chlorophyll level was measured as SPAD value taken by a chlorophyll meter (SPAD 502 plus Konica Minolta Sensing, Europe B.V.). Morphological characters of the parents and hybrid seedlings were recorded based on Descriptors for Peach. Leaf area (cm2) of hybrid seedlings was measured by using Leaf Area Meter (CI-203 Area Meter). Growth parameters like plant height (cm), internodal length (cm), leaf blade length and width (cm) carried out with help of scale. Plant girth was worked out in the millimeter with the help of Digital Vernier’s Calliper (MitutoyoInc, Japan). \r\nThe data obtained from different traits were analyzed statistically by using ‘F’ test and the significance of difference of means was estimated by LSD test at 5% level of probability Gomez and Gomez, (1984). The data were analyzed by using OP Stat software (http://hau.ernet.in/about/opstat.php) Sheoran et al. (1998). Genotypic variance and phenotypic variance, GCV and PCV were workout accordingly method suggested by Burton (1952) and the expected genetic advance for various characters under selection was carried out according to Allard (1960). Al-Jibouri et al. (1958) suggest the method for the workout of phenotypic and genotypic correlation coefficients.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nBreeding programs for qualitative and quantitative traits require comprehensive information on the extent and type of genotypic variation available. Higher levels of genetic variation were observed in peaches due to the predominance of cross-pollination and exclusive seed reproduction. The data shown in Table 1 revealed that there are significant differences between parents and hybrids for all 16 nutritional and yield-related traits. Parental interactions in hybrids showed significant differences for some traits. Results of experiments revealed that parents and their hybrids have higher genetic variation in different traits.\r\nThe data pertaining to the plant growth parameters of the hybrids and the parents were given in Table 1. Maximum height of plant at 120 days after germination was recorded in hybrid seedlings of Sharbati × Flordaguard followed by Flordaguard × Sharbati. Maximum leaf number was recorded in the seedlings of Flordaguard × Sharbati which did not differ significantly with the leaf number in seedlings of Sharbati × Flordaguard. It was closely followed by leaf number in Flordaguard. There were no significant differences in plant girth of seedlings of the parents and hybrids. Internodal length of seedlings showed significant differences, maximum internodal length was recorded in the seedlings of Flordaguard × Sharbati followed by Sharbati × Flordaguard. Length of petiole maximum was recorded in Sharbati × Flordaguard followed by Flordaguard and Flordaguard × Sharbati. Significant difference was found in Leaf blade length and width; maximum was recorded in Sharbati followed by Sharbati × Flordaguard. Leaf blade ratio showed no significant difference only at 120 days after seed germination. The maximum leaf size was recorded in Sharbati followed by hybrid seedlings of Sharbati × Flordaguard and Flordaguard × Sharbati respectively. Similarly, Singh et al. (2017) also recorded variation in the plant growth parameters of hybrid seedlings. Highest plant height (160.0 cm) and number of branches (13) after 11 months of planting was recorded in hybrid of FlordaGlo × Tropic Sweet. Parents with low chilling requirement and maximum fruit development period showed maximum seedling growth. Likewise, in almond and peach hybrid seedlings, Shaltout et al. (2015) recorded variation in seedling height, stem girth and number of leaves. Maximum leaf area was recorded in Sharbati followed by hybrid seedlings of Sharbati × Flordaguard and Flordaguard × Sharbati respectably. The higher leaf area value in Sharbati and Sharbati × Flordaguard in comparison to Flordaguard might be due to the genotypic effects. Singh et al. (2005) also found variation among peach varieties for leaf area with maximum leaf area in Shan-i-Punjab peach followed by Early Grand, Florda Prince and Sharbati.\r\nThe chlorophyll level in terms of SPAD units was recorded highest in the leaves of seedlings from Flordaguard × Sharbati which was at par with the Sharbati × Flordaguard. The SPAD value in Sharbati × Flordaguard did not differ significantly from the SPAD values in Sharbati and Flordaguard seedlings. The higher SPAD units in Flordaguard × Sharbati may be due to darker green colour leaves. The lower SPAD units in hybrid seedlings of Sharbati seedlings may also be due to the lighter green colour. Guler and Buyuk (2004) and Shaaban and El-Bendary (1999) recorded that nitrogen level in the leaf of cucumber was proportional to SPAD meter reading. The chlorophyll concentration in tomatoes cv. Santa Clara varies from 43.8 to 45.5 SPAD units Guimaraes et al. (1999).\r\nThe highest seed germination was recorded in Flordaguard (97.78%) than Sharbati × Flordaguard (89.69%). followed by seed germination in Flordaguard × Sharbati (85.44%) and Sharbati (80.07%). The seeds of early maturing low chill peach and nectarine are immature at fruit maturity and show very poor seed germination. Shaltout et al. (2015) recorded high seed germination %age (68 to 74%) in peach rootstock hybrids from Om El-Fahm × Okinawa and M. Dalet × Okinawa; and also in parents following self-pollination. Similarly, Singh et al. (2017) also recorded high germination percent in hybrid seeds from FlordaGlo × Tropic Sweet (81.5%), Tropic Beauty × Flordagrand (80.3%) and Flordagrand × Tropic Beauty (68.0 %). The higher germination %ages in the hybrids and the parents in the present studies might be due to higher fruit development period (>100 days) of the seed parent. Fruit development period is a common index for embryo maturity used by peach breeders. The peach varieties which have a fruit developmental period of <80 days need embryo rescue for successful seed germination while, the varieties having a fruit development period of more than >100 days can be germinated after stratification before the drying of the seeds Bacon and Byrne, (2005). The stratification requirement of seed is positively correlated with the seed parents chilling requirements Perez (1990).\r\nThe highest root and shoot length was recorded in Sharbati × Flordaguard (17.57 cm and 49.0 cm, respectively) followed by Sharbati (17.44 cm and 47.01 cm, respectively) and Flordaguard (16.49 cm and 42.51 cm). Maximum fresh root weight was recorded in Sharbati (5.86 g) which was followed by fresh root weight in Flordaguard × Sharbati (5.19g). The maximum fresh shoot weight was found in Sharbati × Flordaguard (13.20g) which were at par with other genotypes. The highest shoot dry weight was noted in Sharbati × Flordaguard (7.60g) and it did not differ significantly from shoot dry weight in other genotypes.\r\nGenotypic and phenotypic coefficient of variation, heritability, genetic advance (GA) and associated coefficients are important in disclosing and understanding a clear picture of existing demographic differences and the recruitment of an appropriate developmental approach. Complex traits like yield is influenced by reproductive, vegetative and crop characteristics, as well as environment. Therefore, the diversity of these factors is the sum total of the genetic effects of the affected genes and the influence of the environment. Therefore, it is very important to separate the complete diversity into heritable and non-heritable components because only heritable variations can be used in selection. Genotypic coefficient of variation coupled with heritability estimates and GA give the better picture of the expected value of genetic gain to be obtained from phenotypic selection Burton (1952). Heritability associated with genetic gain to be more useful than heritability values only as it allows predicting the outcome of selecting each of the best genotypes Johnson et al. (1955).\r\nVariability level of genotypes was evaluated in the form of genotypic and phenotypic variance, GCV, PCV, heritability, genetic advance and genetic advance mean as indicated in Table 2. Highest genotypic and phenotypic variance were noted in Seed germination % (54.09 and 63.17) fallowed by shoot length (49.32 and 52.05) and SPAD units (13.37 and 18.67) respectably, and moderate in leaf size, leaf number and leaf area and lower level in remaining traits. Level of GCV is slightly lower in all traits than PCV. The range of GCV and PCV were recorded higher in traits like leaf size and leaf area while moderate in fresh shoot and root weight, shoot length, leaf number and plant height. Range of heritability was noted highest for the shoot length (94.75) than leaf size (92.36) and seed germination % (85.62), traits like leaf blade length (81.41), leaf area (80.68) and fresh shoot and root weight (79.14 and 79.18) showed lower % of heritability. GA was recorded higher in shoot length (14.09) fallowed by seed germination % (14.02), leaf size and SPAD units (8.20) whereas GAM% was observed highest for leaf size (70.01), leaf area (61.56) followed by leaf blade length, shoot and root length and fresh root weight (36.15, 34.54, 32.00 and 31.41) respectably. Heritability along with GA recorded higher in Leaf size and leaf area while moderate in leaf blade length, fresh shoot and root weight and fresh shoot length. Traits like shoot length and seed germination % were showed maximum heritability coupled with maximum GA while higher heritability with moderate GA recorded for leaf size and SPAD units.\r\nTraits like seed germination % and shoot length were found effective for selection because having higher value of genotypic and phenotypic variance which show presence of inherent genetic variance. According to the result the estimated level of PCV more than level of GCV, which revealed that there is rarer effect of environment on the traits. High extent of GCV and PCV revealed that presence of broad level of genetic variability in traits like leaf size, area, and number, leaf bled length, and plant height, so level of improvement is higher. Range of the high heritability in the traits like shoots length, leaf size, seed germination %, leaf blade length, leaf area, fresh shoot and root wt. is due to presence of additive gene effect, which revealed that these traits are beast for direct selection. Similarly, vegetative, reproductive and fruit yield traits in papaya, strawberry and agro-morphological traits of Gossypium herbaceum and horsegram with high GCV, PCV, heritability and GA was reported by Singh et al. (2018); Davamani et al. (2013); Mishra et al. (2015); Kumar et al. (2021); Priyanka et al. (2021) respectably. Maximum range of GCV with maximum heritability in leaf area and size, fresh shoot and root weight and shoot length was suggesting that selection is more fruitful for improvement of traits. Moderate or low level of heritability estimates with low to medium GA were noted in leaf blade ratio, width and seedling is due to presence of non-additive gene actions. Traits, leaf size and area exhibit higher and leaf blade length, shoot length and fresh shoot and root wt. showed common ranges of heritability with maximum range of GAM, so presence of predominance of additive gene action in these traits are good for selection and further improvement.\r\nGenotypic (Table 3) and Phenotypic (Table 4), correlation matrix showed outstanding positive relationship for traits like plant height with leaf number, root length, petiole length and internodal length. Leaf number is highly positively associated with plant height and internodal length, but plant girth is positively associated with length of petiole and shoot, leaf blade width, chlorophyll content and fresh shoot and root weight. A positive outstanding correlation of internodal length was observed with plant height, leaf number and root length, while petiole length is associated with plant height, plant girth, internodal, root and shoot length at phenotypic and genotypic level. Most of leaf traits like leaf blade length, width, and ratio, leaf size and leaf area were positively and significant associated with chlorophyll level, root and shoot length, fresh shoot and root weight and within each trait. In case of chlorophyll content level, a positive significant genotypic and phenotypic correlation was observed in traits like plant girth, leaf blade length, width and ratio, leaf size, leaf area root and shoot length, fresh shoot and root weight. Traits such as root and shoot length positively associated with plant height, plant girth, length of internodal, leaf blade and petiole, leaf blade width and ratio, leaf size, leaf area and chlorophyll content level. Fresh shoot and root weight showed positive significant phenotypic and genotypic correlation with plant girth leaf blade length, leaf blade width, leaf blade ratio, leaf size, leaf area, chlorophyll content level and within each other. Genotypic and phenotypic positive correlation association of plant height, leaf number and girth was observed with internodal length, petiole length, shoot and root length and fresh shoot weight. Positive association of internodal length and petiole length was observed with height of plant, leaf number, root length and height of plant, girth, internodal length and root and shoot length respectably both at phenotypic and genotypic level. Height of the plant was found positively and significantly agree with traits like number of leaf (0.875), internodal length (0.962), petiole length (0.873) and root length (0.703) while, girth of the stem was recorded positively and significantly correlated along with petiole length (0.572), leaf blade width (0.729), chlorophyll content (0.922), shoot length (0.975), fresh shoot weight (0.966) and fresh root weight (0.481) respectably at genotypic level. Leaf number (0.570), internodal length (0.679), petiole length (0.542) and root length (0.630) had positive significant with plant height while, shoot length (0.500) and fresh shoot weight (0.500) had positive significant with plant girth respectably at phenotypic level.\r\nThe genotypic correlation coefficients of vegetative and yield traits were more than phenotypic correlation coefficients in almost all samples, found that effect of environment repress the phenotypic association between these characters. In pomegranate, Mir et al. (2009) noted positive and significant correlations for yield per plant along the traits likewise plant height, fruit dia., weight and fruits per plant. In same trend Singh et al. (2018) in case of papaya yield per plant noted positive and significant correlations along yield traits like height of plant at flower initiation and at first fruit maturity, length of petiole, inflorescence and leaf, days to flowering and fruit maturity, number of fruits/ plant, fruit weight, dia., length and fruit cavity index and stem dia., fruit yield per plant in strawberry was confidently and significantly correlated with yield allocated traits at both phenotypic and genotypic level Mishra et al. (2015). \r\nOn the basis of beyond argumentation, it is understandable that use the seedlings of Sharbati × Flordaguard as a rootstock purpose in peach as compare to Sharbati, Flordaguard and Flordaguard × Sharbati seedlings. Since Sharbati × Flordaguard seedlings have higher seedling height, girth, root and shoot length. Traits like seed germination % and shoot length were found effective for selection because having higher value of genotypic and phenotypic variance which show presence of inherent genetic variance. High extent of GCV and PCV revealed that presence of broad level of genetic variability in traits like leaf size, area, and number, leaf bled length, and plant height, so level of improvement is higher. Range of the high heritability in the traits like shoots length, leaf size, seed germination %, leaf blade length, leaf area, fresh shoot and root wt. is due to presence of additive gene effect. The genotypic correlation coefficients of vegetative and yield traits were more than phenotypic correlation coefficients in almost all samples. These traits are important for direct selection of hybrid seedlings for the further use in peach breeding programme as a rootstock and for the evaluation in next generation for check the performance of hybrid seedlings and select the better one for future use.\r\n', 'Pushpendra Rajput, Anirudh Thakur, Harminder Singh and Poonam (2022). Genetic variability and Correlation Studies for Vegetative and yield Attributing Traits in Hybrid Seedlings of Peach [Prunus persica (L.) Batsch]. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 486-492.'),
(5187, '135', 'Effect of Water Soluble Fertilizer, Micronutrients, Humic Acid and Seaweed extract on Growth and Yield of Rice', 'J. Sivakamipriya*, S. Suresh, K. Manikandan and P.T. Ramesh', '81 Effect of Water Soluble Fertilizer, Micronutrients, Humic Acid and Seaweed extract on Growth and Yield of Rice J. Sivakamipriya.pdf', '', 4, 'A field experiment was undertaken at Agricultural College and Research Institute, Killikulam during late pishanam season (Dec 2021 - Apr 2022) to determine the effect of water soluble fertilizer, micronutrients, humic acid and seaweed extract (Sargassum wightii) on growth and yield of rice (var.ASD 16). The experiment was laid out in a randomized block design with 10 treatment combinations and 3 replications. The results revealed that the soil application of STCR-NPK with humic acid @ 10kg/ha along with foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF (19:19:19), and seaweed extract @2.5 ml/l (T10) thrice at 15, 30, 50 DAT recorded significantly highest growth attributes such as plant height (108), number of tillers per m2 (376), number of productive tillers per m2 (345), grain yield (6123 kg ha-1) and straw yield (7242 kg ha-1) of rice followed by STCR- NPK with foliar application of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF, (19:19:19), 1% humic acid and seaweed extract @ 2.5 ml/l thrice with grain yield of 6098 kg ha-1 and straw yield of 7125 kg ha-1. The grain yield was 9.84% higher than the STCR- NPK treatment. The highest uptake of N (85.2 kg ha-1), P (10.83 kg ha-1), K (108.2 kg ha-1), Cu (8.05 g ha-1), Mn (32.1 g ha-1), Fe (77.3 g ha-1), Zn (48.3 g ha-1) and highest agronomic efficiency of N, P, K (18.9, 53.2, 133) respectively were recorded in the same treatment. However the highest net return (Rs. 71401 ha-1) and B:C ratio (2.21) was recorded by the latter treatment viz. soil application of STCR- NPK with foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF (19:19:19), 1% and humic acid and seaweed extract @ 2.5 ml/l thrice and could be recommended to get higher grain yield and economic returns of rice cultivation in Tamiraparani command area.', 'Water soluble fertilizer (19:19:19), Micronutrients, Humic acid, Seaweed extract (Sargassum wightii)', 'The study found that the application of STCR-NPK along with foliar sprays of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF, 1% humic acid, and 2% SWE @ 2.5 ml/l (T8) at all crucial stages had boosted rice\'s growth, yield parameters and yield (9.59% over STCR-NPK control). This method of fertilizer management for farmer fields was determined to be economically viable.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRice is the most significant and dominant cereal food crop in India with one-fourth of the total area under cultivation. It can be grown successfully in a hot, humid area as a main food crop. India is among the top ten producers of rice. In India, 122 million metric tonnes of rice were produced, (Anonymous 2021), with more than 11.0 percent of the global production share. India is the second-largest producer of rice after China. To meet the global requirement of rice, efficient nutrient management should be practiced. \r\nThe water-soluble fertilizers (19:19:19) (WSF) supply to crops with the ideal rates of nutrients throughout the growth cycle in the most efficient way possible without endangering soil and water resources. They do this by being highly soluble, having a low salt index, and having a high concentration of primary nutrients. Foliar nutrition of WSF provides effective nutrition for correcting deficiencies, especially in short-duration crops, and aids in the resolution of problems including nutrient immobilisation, fixation, and leaching (Bharaani et al., 2020). Nutritional deficits in plants can be quickly recovered by foliar nutrition. It encourages a number of processes that influence crop output potential, including nitrogen metabolism, protein consumption, chlorophyll formation, carbonic-anhydrase activity, stress tolerance, and oxidative damage prevention (Kulhare et al., 2017).\r\nHumic acid augments the physical, chemical and biological properties of the soil and influences plant growth by inducing the growth of roots. Initiation of root enhancement and increased root growth may be observed by the application of humic acids and fulvic acids to the soil (Pettit, 2004). Nutrient elements are bound to humic acid molecules in a form that can be readily utilized by various living organisms. As a result humic acids (HAs) function as important ion exchange and metal complexing (chelating) systems thus improve the nutrient uptake by plants. The study is focused on the management of nutrient application by progressively adding STCR- NPK, humic acid and sea-weed granules as soil application and water soluble fertilizer, liquid micronutrient, humic acid and sea-weed extract as foliar spray.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe field experiment was conducted at B block of central farm, Agricultural College and Research Institute, Killikulam using the test crop of paddy (ASD 16) during late Pishanam season (Dec – April, 2022). The experimental field was located at 8º42´06.8´´N 77º51´27.1´´E. The soil of the experimental site belonged to Manakkarai series and according to USDA soil taxanomy it was classified as sandy clay loam, fine non-arid kaolinitic isomegathermic family of Typic Haplustalf. Soil samples were collected from experimental site and initial physical and chemical characters were analysed. The soil pH was 7.04 with normal EC (0.23 dS m-1). The available NPK was low (238 kg ha-1), medium (19 kg ha-1) and high (492 kg ha-1) respectively. The experiment was laid out in a randomized block design with 10 treatment combinations and 3 replications. The treatment details were T1- Absolute control; T2- STCR- NPK; T3- STCR- NPK + Humic acid @10 kg ha-1; T4- STCR- NPK + Sea weed granules @ 15 kg ha-1; T5-STCR- NPK + Humic acid @ 10 kg ha-1 + Sea weed granules @ 15 kg ha-1; T6 - STCR- NPK + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients + 1% WSF + 1% Humic acid; T7- STCR- NPK + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients +1%WSF + SWE @ 2.5ml/l; T8- STCR-NPK + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients + 1%WSF + 1%Humic acid + SWE @ 2.5ml/l; T9- STCR- NPK + Sea weed granules @ 15 kg ha-1 + foliar spray of 1% liquid Micronutrients + 1% WSF + 1% Humic acid; and T10- STCR- NPK + Humic acid @ 10 kg ha-1 + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients +1% WSF + SWE @ 2.5ml/l;\r\nThe STCR-NPK suggested dose of NPK (175:62.5:25) was administered according to schedule to the experimental plots. Urea, SSP, and MOP were the respective sources of N, P, and K. SSP was used as the basal application, whereas urea and MOP were applied in four equal splits at Basal, Active Tillering (AT), Panicle Initiation (PI), and Heading. Humic acid and seaweed extract (Sargassum wightii) were added to the soil during critical rice growth stages viz. Basal, AT, PI, Heading stages at 15, 30, and 50 DAT respectively for each treatment. The foliar applications of water-soluble fertilizer, liquid micronutrient, humic acid, and seaweed extract were made at all the three critical growth stages. The plant height, SPAD value, the number of productive tillers m-2, 1000 grain weight, grain and straw yield were recorded. The outcomes of the study such as soil characteristics, biometric observations and the yield data were statistically examined (Snedecor and Cochran 1967). The curves and diagrams were produced using Microsoft Office Word and Excel. The gathered data were subjected to an analysis of variances using the AGRES software to determine the statistical significance of the effect of treatments.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Growth Parameters\r\nAnalyzing the data in Table 1 revealed that the application of humic acid, seaweed extract and other fertilizers in soil and as foliar spray significantly influenced the plant height, SPAD value, number of tillers m-2 over STCR-NPK control. The treatment STCR-NPK with soil application of humic acid @10 kg ha-1 and foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF and SWE @ 2.5ml/l (T10) showed highest plant height (40.3, 65.3, 108.3 cm), number of tillers m-2 (243, 313, 376), SPAD value (42.1, 42.9, 45.2) at three critical stages of active tillering (15 DAT), PI (30 DAT) and Heading (50 DAT) stages respectively. It was on par with treatment STCR-NPK, foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1%WSF, 1% Humic acid and SWE @ 2.5ml/l (T8).\r\nThe foliar micronutrient spraying greatly boosted plant height, which could be attributed to a sufficient supply of nutrients to sink and thereby accelerated plant metabolism of auxin and enzymatic activity (Sudha and Stalin 2015). It is due to the enhanced photosynthetic rate, induced root development, cell division, and cell enlargement, which led to an increase in plant height and the number of tillers hill-1. These findings concur with Rasool et al., (2015) conclusion .The application of humic acid along with micronutrient mixture recorded the significantly higher plant height, no.of tillers m-2 of transplanted rice was also reported by Vinod Kumar et al., (2019). The foliar application throughout the critical growth stages enhanced the supply of essential nutrients impacting the production of chlorophyll pigments which appeared to increase the chlorophyll content of rice, accelerated the light absorption and speed up the photosynthetic processes. In a related study, Zayed and his associates found that absorption of sufficient nutrients considerably improved the chlorophyll content (SPAD index) as compared to control (Zayed et al., 2011). \r\nB. Yield Parameters\r\nA significant increase in straw and grain yield was observed with the application of fertilizers, humic acid and sea weed extract (table 2). The highest number of productive tillers m-2 (345), 1000 grain weight (24.8 g), straw (7242 kg ha-1) and grain (6123 kg ha-1) yields were recorded in the treatment by the application of STCR-NPK and humic acid @10 kg ha-1 in soil along with foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF and SWE @ 2.5ml/l (T10). This was followed by (T8). The grain yield of rice in treatment STCR-NPK and humic acid @10 kg ha-1 + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrient + 1%WSF + SWE @ 2.5ml/l (T10) was 9.84% higher than the STCR-NPK control (T2).\r\nBharaani Sri et al. (2020) reported that foliar spray of 1% TNAU Liquid Micronutrient + 2% TNAU water-soluble fertilizers (19:19:19) along with a recommended dose of fertilizers at active tillering, panicle initiation and 50% flowering showed the maximum growth, LAI, SPAD value and straw and grain yield. According to Rathore et al. (2009), foliar spray of 15 percent seaweed extract treatment resulted in the highest yield of soybean. Addagarla et al., (2022), stated that bio-stimulants such as humic acid and seaweed extract substantially improve the quality and yield parameters in rice by enhanced enzyme activity, photosynthetic rate. The study conducted by Rahmatullah Khan et al. (2006) showed that direct application of micronutrient significantly influenced the grain yield of wheat and rice crop. The number of spikes m-2, number of spikes per plant, spike length, plant height and 1000 grain weight of wheat and rice were significantly increased over control. Saha et al., (2013) showed that the positive trend of humic acid and poultry manure in rice cultivar BRRI dhan 39. The highest grain yield was obtained by the application of humic acid along with poultry manure.\r\nOn the basis of above findings, it could be concluded that for obtaining higher grain yield, number of productive tillers m-2, other growth and yield attributes, the treatment STCR-NPK with soil application of humic acid @10 kg ha-1 and foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF and SWE @ 2.5ml/l (T10) was found to be the best.\r\nT1- Absolute control; T2- STCR-NPK; T3- STCR-NPK + Humic acid @10 kg ha-1; T4- STCR-NPK + Sea weed granules @ 15 kg ha-1; T5-STCR-NPK + Humic acid @ 10 kg ha-1+ Sea weed granules @ 15 kg ha-1; T6 - STCR-NPK + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients +1% WSF + 1% Humic acid; T7- STCR-NPK + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients +1%WSF + SWE @ 2.5ml/l; T8- STCR-NPK + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients +1%WSF + 1%Humic acid +SWE @ 2.5ml/l; T9- STCR-NPK+ Sea weed granules @ 15 kg ha-1 + foliar spray of 1% liquid Micronutrients +1%WSF+ 1% Humic acid; T10- STCR-NPK +Humic acid @10 kg ha-1 + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients + 1% WSF + SWE @2.5ml/l.\r\nC. Nutrient uptake\r\nThe increased uptake of NPK and micronutrients with the application of water soluble fertilizers, micronutrients, humic acid and seaweed extract at harvest stage were depicted in Table 3 and Fig 1. Significant increase in NPK uptake (85.2, 10.83, 108.2 kg ha-1) and micronutrients uptake viz., Fe, Mn, Cu and Zn (77.3, 32.1, 8.05, 48.3 g ha-1) were observed on STCR-NPK with soil application of humic acid @10 kg ha-1 and foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF and SWE @2.5ml/l (T10). This was followed by T8.\r\nSeaweed extract treatments were found to improve uptake of N, P, K, and S (Rathore et al., 2009). Significant amount of N, P and K uptake were recorded with the application of humic acid as foliar spray and soil application (Paramasivan, 2015). Vahap Katkat et al., (2009) investigated the effects of humic material applications in the soil and on the uptake of dry matter yield and nutrient absorption in wheat grown in calcareous soils. The application of 1 g kg-1 humic acid treatment resulted in the maximum dry weight and nutrient absorption. The uptake of Mg, Fe, and Mn was statistically significant after foliar application of humic acid. According to Mahmut Yıldıztekin et al. (2018) brown sea weed extract and humic acid significantly enhanced the enzyme activity viz., peroxidase (POD), catalase (CAT) superoxide dismutase (SOD), in the plant thereby increased macro and micronutrients uptake.\r\nAgronomic efficiency of NPK. The agronomic efficiency of NPK ranged from 13.3-18.9, 37.1-53.2, 92.8-132.9 respectively (Table 4). The higher agronomic efficiency of NPK (18.9, 53.2, 132.9) were recorded in STCR-NPK, soil application of humic acid@10 kg ha-1 along with foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF and SWE @ 2.5ml/l T(10). This was on par with STCR-NPK + 1% liquid micronutrient + 1% WSF + 1% Humic acid + SWE @ 2.5ml/l (18.3, 51.3, 128.3) respectively (T8).Economics. Utilizing the rice yield and the market price in effect at the time of harvest, the economics reflecting the gross return in rupees per hectare was calculated. The maximum net return was recorded with STCR-NPK + 1% liquid micronutrient + 1% WSF + 1% humic acid + SWE @ 2.5ml/l (T8), as shown in Table 5. (Rs.71401). The afore mentioned treatment, recorded the highest B:C ratio (2.21).', 'J. Sivakamipriya, S. Suresh, K. Manikandan and P.T. Ramesh (2022). Effect of Water Soluble Fertilizer, Micronutrients, Humic Acid and Seaweed extract on Growth and Yield of Rice. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 493-498.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5188, '135', 'Effect of Nano Urea vs Conventional Urea on the Nutrient Content, Uptake and Economics of Black Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) along with Biofertilizers', 'Kannoj, J. Choudhary*, Devendera Jain, Manish Tomar, Ritesh Patidar and Ruchika Choudhary', '82 Effect of Nano Urea vs Conventional Urea on the Nutrient Content, Uptake and Economics of Black Wheat _Triticum aestivum L._ along with Biofertilizers Dr. J. Choudhary.pdf', '', 4, 'To study the effect of nitrogen sources and biofertilizers on the nutrient content, uptake and economics of black wheat, a field research experiment in factorial randomized block design was performed at Instructional Farm, Department of Agronomy, Rajasthan College of Agriculture, Udaipur (Rajasthan). The experiment comprised of five levels of nitrogen sources i.e., N1 (100 % Conventional urea fertilizer), N2 (75 % Conventional urea + 25 % of Nano urea fertilizer), N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer), N4 (25 % Conventional urea + 75 % of Nano urea fertilizer) and N5 (100 % of Nano urea fertilizer) and four levels of biofertilizers i.e., (B1: No biofertilizer, B2: Azotobacter, B3: PSB and B4: Azotobacter + PSB) which were replicated thrice. The maximum N, P, K, Fe and Zn content and uptake in grain and straw were recorded under N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer) as compared to the remaining treatments. The utmost net return (109637 ` ha-1) and benefit-cost ratio (2.37) were also obtained under N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer). Inoculation of seed with conglomerated mixture of Azotobacter + PSB (B4) appreciably increases the N, P, K, Fe and Zn content and uptake in grain and straw. It also leads to significant enhancement in net return (105367 ` ha-1) and benefit-cost ratio (2.27) as compared to all other treatments of biofertilizer. But under the diverse treatment combination of both these factors, there was no any significant variation reported for anthocyanin content in black wheat grain. So nanofertilizer application proved more practical and efficient in improving nutrient content, uptake and economics of black wheat as compared to conventional fertilizer.', 'Nano urea, Black wheat, Biofertilizer, Azotobacter, PSB', 'Based on the above cited results of the experiment it could be concluded that nano urea spray in combination with application of conventional urea fertilizer i.e., treatment N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer) significantly increased the nutrient content and uptake of the black wheat crop and also improve the economic return. Similarly, seed inoculation of black wheat with conglomerated mixture of Azotobacter and PSB (B4) considerably improved the nutrient content, uptake, net return and benefit-cost of the crop. So, both of these factors can be used in combination to improve the nutrient content, uptake and economics of the black wheat.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nWheat (Triticum aestivum L.) is the most important and widely grown cereal crop of the globe which is grown since pre-historic times and according to De Candole, it had originated in the Valley of Euphrates and Tigris. It is a self-pollinated crop having chromosome number (2n = 42) belongs to the family Poaceae. Wheat plays a significant role in increasing the economic growth of the nation and ensuring food as well as nutrition security. It is grown on an area of 215.9 million hectares, producing 765.8 million metric tonnes of wheat in the world (FAO, 2020). China is ranked first which is followed by India and Russia and together they contribute 41 per cent of the global production. In India, wheat is the second most important cereal crop next to rice. Among winter cereals, it contributes about 49 per cent of total food grain production. India had 31.45 million of hectares area, production 107.86 million tonnes with productivity of 3.42 tonnes hectare-1 (Pocket Book of Agricultural Statistics, 2020). Rajasthan state stands on fifth position in terms of wheat production after Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana and Madhya Pradesh. Rajasthan produced 10.57 million tonnes from 29.32 lakh hectares area with the average productivity of 3.46 tonnes hectare-1 (Government of Rajasthan, 2021).\r\nIt has lots of nutritive value in the form of carbohydrates (70 %), protein (10-12 %), fat (2.0 %), minerals (1.8 %) crude fibers (2.2 %) vitamins viz., thiamin, riboflavin, niacin and small amounts of vitamin A, but during the milling process most of the nutrients get eliminated with the bran and germ (Britannica, 2021). It is also a good source of fiber, manganese and magnesium in an unrefined state (Yadav et al., 2013). Now a day’s consumers changed his demands and they prefer a balanced nutrient profile instead of energy providing diets, which provides metabolic, physiological and functional health benefits. At present, a large population of the world is suffering from various diseases and health issues because of inadequate quantities of protein, vitamins, essential macro and micro nutrients including Fe and Zn in daily dietary (Balyan et al., 2013), to overcome such problems scientists worked on biofortification of wheat resulted, black wheat came in existence. Black wheat contains all the nutrients and minerals which are important for human dietary needs, it’s coloured pigment i.e., anthocyanins and other phytochemicals are getting popular around the world owing to the associated health benefits. Coloured wheat has proven to be helpful in preventing and fighting against various chronic diseases like cancer, cardio vascular disease (CVD), diabetes, inflammation, obesity and aging (Garg et al., 2016).\r\nUrea contributes about 82 per cent of the total fertilizer consumption in India and about 55 per cent of the total fertilizer nitrogen consumed in the world. Around 30-40 per cent of nitrogen from urea is utilized by plants and the rest gets wasted due to quick chemical transformation as a result of leaching, volatilization, denitrification and run off, thereby low use efficiency. Whereas, nano urea has high nitrogen use efficiency and also it is environment friendly. This fertilizer is popularly known as “smart fertilizer” because it reduces the emission of nitrous oxide which is primarily responsible for contaminating soil, air and water bodies and also helps in reduction of global warming. These properties make it a promising alternative over conventional urea. Micro-organism plays a vital role in fixing, solubilizing, mobilizing, recycling of macro and micro nutrients in an agricultural eco-system. Although, they are occurring naturally in soil but their population is generally insufficient to bring about the desired level of nutrient mobilization (Welbaun et al., 2004). Azotobacter and Azospirillum biofertilizer inoculant are used in non-leguminous crops like wheat, rice, maize and barley etc. They fix atmospheric nitrogen in soil and helps in saving 15-20 kg N ha-1.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThis field experiment was conducted at Instructional Farm, Department of Agronomy, Rajasthan College of Agriculture, Udaipur (Rajasthan) during the rabi season of 2021-22. The region of the experimental site falls under the agro-climatic zone IVa (Sub-Humid Southern Plains and Aravalli Hills) of Rajasthan and soil of the experimental field was clay loam in texture, slightly alkaline (pH 7.75) in reaction, low in organic carbon (0.66 %), nitrogen (286.50 kg ha-1) and medium in available phosphorus (21.60 kg ha-1) but high in potassium (369.70 kg ha-1). The experiment consisted of 20 treatment combination which comprises of five levels of nitrogen sources i.e., N1 (100 % Conventional urea fertilizer), N2 (75 % Conventional urea + 25 % of Nano urea fertilizer), N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer), N4 (25 % Conventional urea + 75 % of Nano urea fertilizer) and N5 (100 % of Nano urea fertilizer) and four levels of biofertilizers i.e., (B1: No biofertilizer, B2: Azotobacter, B3: PSB and B4: Azotobacter + PSB) which were laid out in a factorial randomized block design (FRBD) and replicated thrice. Black wheat crop was sown on 28th November, 2021, for optimizing plant stands 100 kg seed rate was used and seed was sown at 4-5 cm depth with 20 cm row spacing. After pre-sowing irrigation, total 5 irrigations were applied during the whole growing period. Recommended dose of phosphorous and potassium i.e., 60 and 40 kg ha-1 were applied through SSP and MOP. But the total recommended dose of nitrogen i.e., 120 kg ha-1 was provided through the combination of two sources i.e., nano urea and conventional urea according to the treatment. Nano urea was applied in the form of spray solution. As one bottle of nano urea (500 ml) is equal to one bag of conventional urea so according to the total urea dose required in wheat crop in one hectare, a total of 2604 ml nano urea is required ha-1. First spray of nano urea was given at tillering stage and second at jointing stage. The microbiological fertilizers i.e., Azotobacter and PSB were used in the form of liquid equally for seed treatment of black wheat. A recommended dose of liquid biofertilizers were used for seed inoculation of black wheat. \r\nNutrient content and uptake estimation. For estimation of N, P, K, Fe, Zn and anthocyanin contents, the plant samples were collected at the time of harvest and oven dried at 70ºC for 72 hours to obtain constant weight. Fully dried samples were grinded to fine powder and nutrient content in grain and straw were estimated as per the following method.\r\n \r\n\r\nTotal N, P, K, Fe and Zn uptake in grain and straw samples were calculated by multiplying per cent nutrient content with their respective dry matter accumulation as per the formula given below:\r\nNutrient uptake ((kg ha-1) = \r\n \r\nNet return and B-C ratio. Gross return was calculated by multiplying the total grain and straw yield with prevalent market prices of the items and then presented on per hectare basis as per treatments. Net return was computed by deducting the total cost of cultivation from the gross return as per treatments.\r\nNet return (` ha-1) = Gross return (` ha-1) – Cost of cultivation (` ha-1).\r\n \r\nTreatment-wise benefit-cost ratio was calculated to analyze and determine the economic viability of the treatments by using the formula:\r\n \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Effect of Nitrogen Sources\r\nNutrient content and uptake. Application of nano urea along with conventional urea leads to elevated amount of nitrogen, phosphorous, potassium, iron and zinc content in gain and straw as well as their uptake by grain, straw and total under the treatment N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer) as compared to other treatments of nitrogen sources (Table 1). Data elucidated in Table 1 clearly demonstrates that there was significant improvement in the nitrogen (2.02 and 0.48 %), phosphorous (0.47 and 0.17 %), potassium (0.51 and 2.31 %), iron (66.11 and 128.41 ppm) and zinc (58.74 and 54.22 ppm) content in gain and straw, respectively under the treatment N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer) was recorded and this was found statistically analogous to effect of treatment N2(75 % Conventional urea + 25 % of Nano urea fertilizer) however, found significantly superior over rest all of the treatments of nitrogen sources. But there wasn’t any significant variation noticed in anthocyanin content of grain among various treatments of nitrogen sources. Furthermore, results showed that amount of N, P, K, Fe and Zn contentin grain under the treatment N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer) increased with the tune of 4.45, 2.12, 5.88, 14.83 and 17.79 per cent over the treatment N1 (100 % Conventional urea fertilizer).\r\nSimilarly, the uptake of N, P, K, Fe and Zn by grain, straw and total also showed the similar kind of trend as shown by nutrient content (Table 2). There was appreciably utmost amount of nutrient uptake of these nutrients i.e., N, P, K, Fe and Zn by grain (85.08, 19.96, 21.36, 0.28 and 0.25 kg ha-1), straw (40.72, 14.07, 195.39, 1.09 and 0.46 kg ha-1) and total (125.80, 34.03, 216.75, 1.36 and 0.71 kg ha-1) noticed under the application N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer). Uptake of N, P, K and Fe by straw under N3 was found statistically equivalent to the uptake under N2 (75 % Conventional urea + 25 % Nano urea fertilizer) but superior over rest of all. Again, the total uptake of potassium under N3 was found at par with the treatment N2 (75 % Conventional urea + 25 % of Nano urea fertilizer) but superior over others. Total nutrient uptake of N, P, K, Fe and Zn increased by means of 11.69, 10.40, 10.62, 19.11 and 23.94 per cent over the treatment N1 (100 % Conventional urea fertilizer).\r\nNutrient content and uptake were significantly improved under the treatment N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer). Nano fertilizers have large surface area and particle size smaller than the pore size of plant leaves, allowing for greater penetration into plant tissues from the applied surface and improved absorption and nutrient use efficiency. The pore diameter of plant cell wall ranging from 5 to 50 nm. Hence, only nanoparticles or nanoparticle aggregates with diameter less than the pore diameter of the plant cell wall could easily pass through and reach the plasma membrane. Nanoparticles with having the size less than 5 nm go through the cuticular pathway, whereas those with larger sizes travel through the stomatal pathway before arriving to the conducting system, where they aid in the rapid and simple absorption of nutrients by leaves (Dimkpa et al., 2015; Qureshi et al., 2018). Moreover, coating of nano and sub nano-composites are capable of regulating the release of nutrients from the fertilizer capsule and nano particles have both positive and negative charged binding site that adsorbed available nitrogen in soil and curtail different type of losses resulted in increased uptake of nitrogen by crop Nanoparticles triggered metabolic activity in plants which results in increased exudation and acidity. Subsequently, release of PO4 may occur as a result of a ligand exchange reaction triggered by plant root exudation, potentially disrupting the adsorption-desorption equilibrium and releasing P into the soil solution where it is easily available for uptake. Application of nano particles improves carbon balance in crops, accelerates plant growth, leads to increase in the efficiency of micro and macronutrients of plants and reducing the use of chemical fertilizers per unit area which causes environmental problems. These results are in correlation with results of Junrungrean et al. (2002); Aljabri (2010); Junejo et al. (2012); Soliman et al. (2016); Shrivastava et al. (2017); Togas et al. (2017); Mahil and Kumar (2019); Hasan and Saad (2020).\r\nEconomics. A careful evaluation of the information decoded from Table 3 uncovers that the maximum net return (` 109637) and benefit-cost ratio (2.37) was obtained under the application of N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer) which was statistically analogous to N2 (75 % Conventional urea + 25 % of Nano urea fertilizer) with net return of ` 102044 and benefit-cost ratio of 2.20 howbeit, net return and benefit-cost ratio under N3 were found significant over the other treatments and net return was greater than by 10.54, 15.79 and 22.90 per cent over N1 (100 % Conventional urea fertilizer), N4 (25 % Conventional urea + 75 % of Nano urea fertilizer) and N5 (100 % of Nano urea fertilizer), respectively. Greater net return was fetched as a consequence of lower cultivation costs due to reduced urea application and effective use of foliar nano fertilizers, which resulted in higher grain and straw yield and as a result, higher net return. These findings were in accordance with Mehta and Bharat (2019); Manikandan et al. (2016); Kumar et al. (2020).\r\nB. Effect of Biofertilizers\r\nNutrient content and uptake. In the present study data explicated that nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, iron and zinc content and uptake by grain and straw of wheat appreciably improved by inoculation of seed with different biofertilizers. The highest same nutrient was reported with cumulative inoculation of seed with Azotobacter + PSB over control and single inoculation. The N, P, K, Fe and Zn content increased by 2.55, 6.38, 2.04, 7.73 and 8.95 per cent in grain and 4.25, 2.98, 2.66, 8.71 and 9.81 per cent in straw, respectively with combine inoculation of seed with Azotobacter + PSB over control i.e., B1 (No biofertilizer), respectively. Whereas, the uptake was found to increase more significantly with combine inoculation of Azotobacter + PSB. Considerably the loftiest amount of nutrient uptake of N, P, K, Fe and Zn by grain (79.46, 19.15, 19.87, 0.24 and 0.21 kg ha-1), straw (39.68, 13.54, 189.13, 0.98 and 0.39 kg ha-1) and total (119.14, 32.69, 209.00, 1.22 and 0.60 kg ha-1) was recorded when seed of the black wheat was inoculated with the conglomerated mixture of Azotobacter + PSB and statistically it was found superior over rest all of the biofertilizers treatment. But only in case of P and K uptake by straw under B2 (Azotobacter) was found at par with uptake under B4 (Azotobacter + PSB).\r\nThrough biological processes, biofertilizers are capable of transforming essential nutritional components in the soil from non-usable to usable form for crop plants. Azotobacter inoculated seeds facilitated the efficient uptake of N, P, and micronutrients like Fe and Zn in wheat. Mineralization of organic nitrogen and phosphorus enhances nitrogen and phosphorus availability in soil, resulting in increased nutrient absorption by plants via inoculation of nitrogen and phosphorus fixing bacteria. Azotobacter promoted the activity of nitrogenase and nitrate reductase enzymes in soil for higher nitrogen fixation. The nutrient content and uptake by plants appreciably improved when seeds were inoculated with Azotobacter and PSB prior to sowing because Azotobacter can be attributed to enhanced specific activities of iso citric and malic dehydrogenase enzyme, the source of electrons during nitrogen fixation, resulting in a more favourable nutritional environment (Kurtz and Larue, 1975) and PSB solubilize both natural and added phosphorus (Singh et al., 2012). Hameeda et al. (2008) reported that PSB solubilizes insoluble inorganic phosphate compounds in soil, such as tricalcium phosphate and dicalcium phosphate, by the excretion of various organic acids from root exudates. Potassium absorption from soil also rises when N and P availability increased. Thus, synergistic effect of biofertilizers enhanced the content and uptake of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium in grain and straw. These results are in accordance with the Abbasi and Yousra (2012); Singh et al. (2018); Moradgholi et al. (2021); Radwan et al. (2021).\r\nEconomics. The results revealed that the utmost net return i.e. `105367 was recorded under seed treatment with B4 (Azotobacter + PSB) which was statistically significant over the all-remaining treatments and it was higher with the tune of 13.23, 7.93 and 9.37 per cent over B1 (No biofertilzer), B2 (Azotobacter) and B3 (PSB), respectively. Similarly, when seeds were inoculated with amalgamated mixture of Azotobacter and PSB (B4) then highest B-C ratio (2.27) was fetched and this was statistically superior over all other treatments of biofertilizer.\r\nSo, the results showed that bio-fertilizers inoculation significantly affected the net return and benefit-cost ratio. The highest amount of net return and benefit- cost ratio was fetched with dual inoculation of Azotobacter + PSB (Table 3). The use of effective strains of bio-fertilizers is an environmentally benign, low-cost agricultural input that plays an essential role in enhancing nutrient availability to crops while also lowering production costs (Kumar, 2013). These non-traditional fertilizer sources not only save money, but they also boost soil and crop output dramatically. These observations complement the findings of Ram and Mir (2006); Davari et al. (2012).\r\n', 'Kannoj, J. Choudhary, Devendera Jain, Manish Tomar, Ritesh Patidar and Ruchika Choudhary (2022). Effect of Nano Urea vs Conventional Urea on the Nutrient Content, Uptake and Economics of Black Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) along with Biofertilizers. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 499-504.'),
(5189, '134', 'Effect of Water Soluble Fertilizer, Micronutrients, Humic Acid and Seaweed extract on Growth and Yield of Rice', 'J. Sivakamipriya*, S. Suresh, K. Manikandan and P.T. Ramesh', '81 Effect of Water Soluble Fertilizer, Micronutrients, Humic Acid and Seaweed extract on Growth and Yield of Rice J. Sivakamipriya.pdf', '', 1, 'A field experiment was undertaken at Agricultural College and Research Institute, Killikulam during late pishanam season (Dec 2021 - Apr 2022) to determine the effect of water soluble fertilizer, micronutrients, humic acid and seaweed extract (Sargassum wightii) on growth and yield of rice (var.ASD 16). The experiment was laid out in a randomized block design with 10 treatment combinations and 3 replications. The results revealed that the soil application of STCR-NPK with humic acid @ 10kg/ha along with foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF (19:19:19), and seaweed extract @2.5 ml/l (T10) thrice at 15, 30, 50 DAT recorded significantly highest growth attributes such as plant height (108), number of tillers per m2 (376), number of productive tillers per m2 (345), grain yield (6123 kg ha-1) and straw yield (7242 kg ha-1) of rice followed by STCR- NPK with foliar application of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF, (19:19:19), 1% humic acid and seaweed extract @ 2.5 ml/l thrice with grain yield of 6098 kg ha-1 and straw yield of 7125 kg ha-1. The grain yield was 9.84% higher than the STCR- NPK treatment. The highest uptake of N (85.2 kg ha-1), P (10.83 kg ha-1), K (108.2 kg ha-1), Cu (8.05 g ha-1), Mn (32.1 g ha-1), Fe (77.3 g ha-1), Zn (48.3 g ha-1) and highest agronomic efficiency of N, P, K (18.9, 53.2, 133) respectively were recorded in the same treatment. However the highest net return (Rs. 71401 ha-1) and B:C ratio (2.21) was recorded by the latter treatment viz. soil application of STCR- NPK with foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF (19:19:19), 1% and humic acid and seaweed extract @ 2.5 ml/l thrice and could be recommended to get higher grain yield and economic returns of rice cultivation in Tamiraparani command area.', 'Water soluble fertilizer (19:19:19), Micronutrients, Humic acid, Seaweed extract (Sargassum wightii)', 'The study found that the application of STCR-NPK along with foliar sprays of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF, 1% humic acid, and 2% SWE @ 2.5 ml/l (T8) at all crucial stages had boosted rice\'s growth, yield parameters and yield (9.59% over STCR-NPK control). This method of fertilizer management for farmer fields was determined to be economically viable.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRice is the most significant and dominant cereal food crop in India with one-fourth of the total area under cultivation. It can be grown successfully in a hot, humid area as a main food crop. India is among the top ten producers of rice. In India, 122 million metric tonnes of rice were produced, (Anonymous 2021), with more than 11.0 percent of the global production share. India is the second-largest producer of rice after China. To meet the global requirement of rice, efficient nutrient management should be practiced. \r\nThe water-soluble fertilizers (19:19:19) (WSF) supply to crops with the ideal rates of nutrients throughout the growth cycle in the most efficient way possible without endangering soil and water resources. They do this by being highly soluble, having a low salt index, and having a high concentration of primary nutrients. Foliar nutrition of WSF provides effective nutrition for correcting deficiencies, especially in short-duration crops, and aids in the resolution of problems including nutrient immobilisation, fixation, and leaching (Bharaani et al., 2020). Nutritional deficits in plants can be quickly recovered by foliar nutrition. It encourages a number of processes that influence crop output potential, including nitrogen metabolism, protein consumption, chlorophyll formation, carbonic-anhydrase activity, stress tolerance, and oxidative damage prevention (Kulhare et al., 2017).\r\nHumic acid augments the physical, chemical and biological properties of the soil and influences plant growth by inducing the growth of roots. Initiation of root enhancement and increased root growth may be observed by the application of humic acids and fulvic acids to the soil (Pettit, 2004). Nutrient elements are bound to humic acid molecules in a form that can be readily utilized by various living organisms. As a result humic acids (HAs) function as important ion exchange and metal complexing (chelating) systems thus improve the nutrient uptake by plants. The study is focused on the management of nutrient application by progressively adding STCR- NPK, humic acid and sea-weed granules as soil application and water soluble fertilizer, liquid micronutrient, humic acid and sea-weed extract as foliar spray.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe field experiment was conducted at B block of central farm, Agricultural College and Research Institute, Killikulam using the test crop of paddy (ASD 16) during late Pishanam season (Dec – April, 2022). The experimental field was located at 8º42´06.8´´N 77º51´27.1´´E. The soil of the experimental site belonged to Manakkarai series and according to USDA soil taxanomy it was classified as sandy clay loam, fine non-arid kaolinitic isomegathermic family of Typic Haplustalf. Soil samples were collected from experimental site and initial physical and chemical characters were analysed. The soil pH was 7.04 with normal EC (0.23 dS m-1). The available NPK was low (238 kg ha-1), medium (19 kg ha-1) and high (492 kg ha-1) respectively. The experiment was laid out in a randomized block design with 10 treatment combinations and 3 replications. The treatment details were T1- Absolute control; T2- STCR- NPK; T3- STCR- NPK + Humic acid @10 kg ha-1; T4- STCR- NPK + Sea weed granules @ 15 kg ha-1; T5-STCR- NPK + Humic acid @ 10 kg ha-1 + Sea weed granules @ 15 kg ha-1; T6 - STCR- NPK + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients + 1% WSF + 1% Humic acid; T7- STCR- NPK + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients +1%WSF + SWE @ 2.5ml/l; T8- STCR-NPK + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients + 1%WSF + 1%Humic acid + SWE @ 2.5ml/l; T9- STCR- NPK + Sea weed granules @ 15 kg ha-1 + foliar spray of 1% liquid Micronutrients + 1% WSF + 1% Humic acid; and T10- STCR- NPK + Humic acid @ 10 kg ha-1 + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients +1% WSF + SWE @ 2.5ml/l;\r\nThe STCR-NPK suggested dose of NPK (175:62.5:25) was administered according to schedule to the experimental plots. Urea, SSP, and MOP were the respective sources of N, P, and K. SSP was used as the basal application, whereas urea and MOP were applied in four equal splits at Basal, Active Tillering (AT), Panicle Initiation (PI), and Heading. Humic acid and seaweed extract (Sargassum wightii) were added to the soil during critical rice growth stages viz. Basal, AT, PI, Heading stages at 15, 30, and 50 DAT respectively for each treatment. The foliar applications of water-soluble fertilizer, liquid micronutrient, humic acid, and seaweed extract were made at all the three critical growth stages. The plant height, SPAD value, the number of productive tillers m-2, 1000 grain weight, grain and straw yield were recorded. The outcomes of the study such as soil characteristics, biometric observations and the yield data were statistically examined (Snedecor and Cochran 1967). The curves and diagrams were produced using Microsoft Office Word and Excel. The gathered data were subjected to an analysis of variances using the AGRES software to determine the statistical significance of the effect of treatments.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Growth Parameters\r\nAnalyzing the data in Table 1 revealed that the application of humic acid, seaweed extract and other fertilizers in soil and as foliar spray significantly influenced the plant height, SPAD value, number of tillers m-2 over STCR-NPK control. The treatment STCR-NPK with soil application of humic acid @10 kg ha-1 and foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF and SWE @ 2.5ml/l (T10) showed highest plant height (40.3, 65.3, 108.3 cm), number of tillers m-2 (243, 313, 376), SPAD value (42.1, 42.9, 45.2) at three critical stages of active tillering (15 DAT), PI (30 DAT) and Heading (50 DAT) stages respectively. It was on par with treatment STCR-NPK, foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1%WSF, 1% Humic acid and SWE @ 2.5ml/l (T8).\r\nThe foliar micronutrient spraying greatly boosted plant height, which could be attributed to a sufficient supply of nutrients to sink and thereby accelerated plant metabolism of auxin and enzymatic activity (Sudha and Stalin 2015). It is due to the enhanced photosynthetic rate, induced root development, cell division, and cell enlargement, which led to an increase in plant height and the number of tillers hill-1. These findings concur with Rasool et al., (2015) conclusion .The application of humic acid along with micronutrient mixture recorded the significantly higher plant height, no.of tillers m-2 of transplanted rice was also reported by Vinod Kumar et al., (2019). The foliar application throughout the critical growth stages enhanced the supply of essential nutrients impacting the production of chlorophyll pigments which appeared to increase the chlorophyll content of rice, accelerated the light absorption and speed up the photosynthetic processes. In a related study, Zayed and his associates found that absorption of sufficient nutrients considerably improved the chlorophyll content (SPAD index) as compared to control (Zayed et al., 2011). \r\nB. Yield Parameters\r\nA significant increase in straw and grain yield was observed with the application of fertilizers, humic acid and sea weed extract (table 2). The highest number of productive tillers m-2 (345), 1000 grain weight (24.8 g), straw (7242 kg ha-1) and grain (6123 kg ha-1) yields were recorded in the treatment by the application of STCR-NPK and humic acid @10 kg ha-1 in soil along with foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF and SWE @ 2.5ml/l (T10). This was followed by (T8). The grain yield of rice in treatment STCR-NPK and humic acid @10 kg ha-1 + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrient + 1%WSF + SWE @ 2.5ml/l (T10) was 9.84% higher than the STCR-NPK control (T2).\r\nBharaani Sri et al. (2020) reported that foliar spray of 1% TNAU Liquid Micronutrient + 2% TNAU water-soluble fertilizers (19:19:19) along with a recommended dose of fertilizers at active tillering, panicle initiation and 50% flowering showed the maximum growth, LAI, SPAD value and straw and grain yield. According to Rathore et al. (2009), foliar spray of 15 percent seaweed extract treatment resulted in the highest yield of soybean. Addagarla et al., (2022), stated that bio-stimulants such as humic acid and seaweed extract substantially improve the quality and yield parameters in rice by enhanced enzyme activity, photosynthetic rate. The study conducted by Rahmatullah Khan et al. (2006) showed that direct application of micronutrient significantly influenced the grain yield of wheat and rice crop. The number of spikes m-2, number of spikes per plant, spike length, plant height and 1000 grain weight of wheat and rice were significantly increased over control. Saha et al., (2013) showed that the positive trend of humic acid and poultry manure in rice cultivar BRRI dhan 39. The highest grain yield was obtained by the application of humic acid along with poultry manure.\r\nOn the basis of above findings, it could be concluded that for obtaining higher grain yield, number of productive tillers m-2, other growth and yield attributes, the treatment STCR-NPK with soil application of humic acid @10 kg ha-1 and foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF and SWE @ 2.5ml/l (T10) was found to be the best.\r\nT1- Absolute control; T2- STCR-NPK; T3- STCR-NPK + Humic acid @10 kg ha-1; T4- STCR-NPK + Sea weed granules @ 15 kg ha-1; T5-STCR-NPK + Humic acid @ 10 kg ha-1+ Sea weed granules @ 15 kg ha-1; T6 - STCR-NPK + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients +1% WSF + 1% Humic acid; T7- STCR-NPK + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients +1%WSF + SWE @ 2.5ml/l; T8- STCR-NPK + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients +1%WSF + 1%Humic acid +SWE @ 2.5ml/l; T9- STCR-NPK+ Sea weed granules @ 15 kg ha-1 + foliar spray of 1% liquid Micronutrients +1%WSF+ 1% Humic acid; T10- STCR-NPK +Humic acid @10 kg ha-1 + foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients + 1% WSF + SWE @2.5ml/l.\r\n. Nutrient uptake\r\nThe increased uptake of NPK and micronutrients with the application of water soluble fertilizers, micronutrients, humic acid and seaweed extract at harvest stage were depicted in Table 3 and Fig 1. Significant increase in NPK uptake (85.2, 10.83, 108.2 kg ha-1) and micronutrients uptake viz., Fe, Mn, Cu and Zn (77.3, 32.1, 8.05, 48.3 g ha-1) were observed on STCR-NPK with soil application of humic acid @10 kg ha-1 and foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF and SWE @2.5ml/l (T10). This was followed by T8.\r\nSeaweed extract treatments were found to improve uptake of N, P, K, and S (Rathore et al., 2009). Significant amount of N, P and K uptake were recorded with the application of humic acid as foliar spray and soil application (Paramasivan, 2015). Vahap Katkat et al., (2009) investigated the effects of humic material applications in the soil and on the uptake of dry matter yield and nutrient absorption in wheat grown in calcareous soils. The application of 1 g kg-1 humic acid treatment resulted in the maximum dry weight and nutrient absorption. The uptake of Mg, Fe, and Mn was statistically significant after foliar application of humic acid. According to Mahmut Yıldıztekin et al. (2018) brown sea weed extract and humic acid significantly enhanced the enzyme activity viz., peroxidase (POD), catalase (CAT) superoxide dismutase (SOD), in the plant thereby increased macro and micronutrients uptake.\r\nAgronomic efficiency of NPK. The agronomic efficiency of NPK ranged from 13.3-18.9, 37.1-53.2, 92.8-132.9 respectively (Table 4). The higher agronomic efficiency of NPK (18.9, 53.2, 132.9) were recorded in STCR-NPK, soil application of humic acid@10 kg ha-1 along with foliar spray of 1% liquid micronutrients, 1% WSF and SWE @ 2.5ml/l T(10). This was on par with STCR-NPK + 1% liquid micronutrient + 1% WSF + 1% Humic acid + SWE @ 2.5ml/l (18.3, 51.3, 128.3) respectively (T8).\r\nEconomics. Utilizing the rice yield and the market price in effect at the time of harvest, the economics reflecting the gross return in rupees per hectare was calculated. The maximum net return was recorded with STCR-NPK + 1% liquid micronutrient + 1% WSF + 1% humic acid + SWE @ 2.5ml/l (T8), as shown in Table 5. (Rs.71401). The afore mentioned treatment, recorded the highest B:C ratio (2.21).\r\n', 'J. Sivakamipriya, S. Suresh, K. Manikandan and P.T. Ramesh (2022). Effect of Water Soluble Fertilizer, Micronutrients, Humic Acid and Seaweed extract on Growth and Yield of Rice. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 493-498.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5190, '134', 'Effect of Nano Urea vs Conventional Urea on the Nutrient Content, Uptake and Economics of Black Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) along with Biofertilizers', 'Kannoj, J. Choudhary*, Devendera Jain, Manish Tomar, Ritesh Patidar and Ruchika Choudhary', '82 Effect of Nano Urea vs Conventional Urea on the Nutrient Content, Uptake and Economics of Black Wheat _Triticum aestivum L._ along with Biofertilizers Dr. J. Choudhary.pdf', '', 1, 'To study the effect of nitrogen sources and biofertilizers on the nutrient content, uptake and economics of black wheat, a field research experiment in factorial randomized block design was performed at Instructional Farm, Department of Agronomy, Rajasthan College of Agriculture, Udaipur (Rajasthan). The experiment comprised of five levels of nitrogen sources i.e., N1 (100 % Conventional urea fertilizer), N2 (75 % Conventional urea + 25 % of Nano urea fertilizer), N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer), N4 (25 % Conventional urea + 75 % of Nano urea fertilizer) and N5 (100 % of Nano urea fertilizer) and four levels of biofertilizers i.e., (B1: No biofertilizer, B2: Azotobacter, B3: PSB and B4: Azotobacter + PSB) which were replicated thrice. The maximum N, P, K, Fe and Zn content and uptake in grain and straw were recorded under N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer) as compared to the remaining treatments. The utmost net return (109637 ` ha-1) and benefit-cost ratio (2.37) were also obtained under N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer). Inoculation of seed with conglomerated mixture of Azotobacter + PSB (B4) appreciably increases the N, P, K, Fe and Zn content and uptake in grain and straw. It also leads to significant enhancement in net return (105367 ` ha-1) and benefit-cost ratio (2.27) as compared to all other treatments of biofertilizer. But under the diverse treatment combination of both these factors, there was no any significant variation reported for anthocyanin content in black wheat grain. So nanofertilizer application proved more practical and efficient in improving nutrient content, uptake and economics of black wheat as compared to conventional fertilizer.', 'Nano urea, Black wheat, Biofertilizer, Azotobacter, PSB', 'Based on the above cited results of the experiment it could be concluded that nano urea spray in combination with application of conventional urea fertilizer i.e., treatment N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer) significantly increased the nutrient content and uptake of the black wheat crop and also improve the economic return. Similarly, seed inoculation of black wheat with conglomerated mixture of Azotobacter and PSB (B4) considerably improved the nutrient content, uptake, net return and benefit-cost of the crop. So, both of these factors can be used in combination to improve the nutrient content, uptake and economics of the black wheat.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nWheat (Triticum aestivum L.) is the most important and widely grown cereal crop of the globe which is grown since pre-historic times and according to De Candole, it had originated in the Valley of Euphrates and Tigris. It is a self-pollinated crop having chromosome number (2n = 42) belongs to the family Poaceae. Wheat plays a significant role in increasing the economic growth of the nation and ensuring food as well as nutrition security. It is grown on an area of 215.9 million hectares, producing 765.8 million metric tonnes of wheat in the world (FAO, 2020). China is ranked first which is followed by India and Russia and together they contribute 41 per cent of the global production. In India, wheat is the second most important cereal crop next to rice. Among winter cereals, it contributes about 49 per cent of total food grain production. India had 31.45 million of hectares area, production 107.86 million tonnes with productivity of 3.42 tonnes hectare-1 (Pocket Book of Agricultural Statistics, 2020). Rajasthan state stands on fifth position in terms of wheat production after Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana and Madhya Pradesh. Rajasthan produced 10.57 million tonnes from 29.32 lakh hectares area with the average productivity of 3.46 tonnes hectare-1 (Government of Rajasthan, 2021).\r\nIt has lots of nutritive value in the form of carbohydrates (70 %), protein (10-12 %), fat (2.0 %), minerals (1.8 %) crude fibers (2.2 %) vitamins viz., thiamin, riboflavin, niacin and small amounts of vitamin A, but during the milling process most of the nutrients get eliminated with the bran and germ (Britannica, 2021). It is also a good source of fiber, manganese and magnesium in an unrefined state (Yadav et al., 2013). Now a day’s consumers changed his demands and they prefer a balanced nutrient profile instead of energy providing diets, which provides metabolic, physiological and functional health benefits. At present, a large population of the world is suffering from various diseases and health issues because of inadequate quantities of protein, vitamins, essential macro and micro nutrients including Fe and Zn in daily dietary (Balyan et al., 2013), to overcome such problems scientists worked on biofortification of wheat resulted, black wheat came in existence. Black wheat contains all the nutrients and minerals which are important for human dietary needs, it’s coloured pigment i.e., anthocyanins and other phytochemicals are getting popular around the world owing to the associated health benefits. Coloured wheat has proven to be helpful in preventing and fighting against various chronic diseases like cancer, cardio vascular disease (CVD), diabetes, inflammation, obesity and aging (Garg et al., 2016).\r\nUrea contributes about 82 per cent of the total fertilizer consumption in India and about 55 per cent of the total fertilizer nitrogen consumed in the world. Around 30-40 per cent of nitrogen from urea is utilized by plants and the rest gets wasted due to quick chemical transformation as a result of leaching, volatilization, denitrification and run off, thereby low use efficiency. Whereas, nano urea has high nitrogen use efficiency and also it is environment friendly. This fertilizer is popularly known as “smart fertilizer” because it reduces the emission of nitrous oxide which is primarily responsible for contaminating soil, air and water bodies and also helps in reduction of global warming. These properties make it a promising alternative over conventional urea. Micro-organism plays a vital role in fixing, solubilizing, mobilizing, recycling of macro and micro nutrients in an agricultural eco-system. Although, they are occurring naturally in soil but their population is generally insufficient to bring about the desired level of nutrient mobilization (Welbaun et al., 2004). Azotobacter and Azospirillum biofertilizer inoculant are used in non-leguminous crops like wheat, rice, maize and barley etc. They fix atmospheric nitrogen in soil and helps in saving 15-20 kg N ha-1.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThis field experiment was conducted at Instructional Farm, Department of Agronomy, Rajasthan College of Agriculture, Udaipur (Rajasthan) during the rabi season of 2021-22. The region of the experimental site falls under the agro-climatic zone IVa (Sub-Humid Southern Plains and Aravalli Hills) of Rajasthan and soil of the experimental field was clay loam in texture, slightly alkaline (pH 7.75) in reaction, low in organic carbon (0.66 %), nitrogen (286.50 kg ha-1) and medium in available phosphorus (21.60 kg ha-1) but high in potassium (369.70 kg ha-1). The experiment consisted of 20 treatment combination which comprises of five levels of nitrogen sources i.e., N1 (100 % Conventional urea fertilizer), N2 (75 % Conventional urea + 25 % of Nano urea fertilizer), N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer), N4 (25 % Conventional urea + 75 % of Nano urea fertilizer) and N5 (100 % of Nano urea fertilizer) and four levels of biofertilizers i.e., (B1: No biofertilizer, B2: Azotobacter, B3: PSB and B4: Azotobacter + PSB) which were laid out in a factorial randomized block design (FRBD) and replicated thrice. Black wheat crop was sown on 28th November, 2021, for optimizing plant stands 100 kg seed rate was used and seed was sown at 4-5 cm depth with 20 cm row spacing. After pre-sowing irrigation, total 5 irrigations were applied during the whole growing period. Recommended dose of phosphorous and potassium i.e., 60 and 40 kg ha-1 were applied through SSP and MOP. But the total recommended dose of nitrogen i.e., 120 kg ha-1 was provided through the combination of two sources i.e., nano urea and conventional urea according to the treatment. Nano urea was applied in the form of spray solution. As one bottle of nano urea (500 ml) is equal to one bag of conventional urea so according to the total urea dose required in wheat crop in one hectare, a total of 2604 ml nano urea is required ha-1. First spray of nano urea was given at tillering stage and second at jointing stage. The microbiological fertilizers i.e., Azotobacter and PSB were used in the form of liquid equally for seed treatment of black wheat. A recommended dose of liquid biofertilizers were used for seed inoculation of black wheat. \r\nNutrient content and uptake estimation. For estimation of N, P, K, Fe, Zn and anthocyanin contents, the plant samples were collected at the time of harvest and oven dried at 70ºC for 72 hours to obtain constant weight. Fully dried samples were grinded to fine powder and nutrient content in grain and straw were estimated as per the following method.\r\nTotal N, P, K, Fe and Zn uptake in grain and straw samples were calculated by multiplying per cent nutrient content with their respective dry matter accumulation as per the formula given below:\r\nNutrient uptake ((kg ha-1) = \r\n \r\nNet return and B-C ratio. Gross return was calculated by multiplying the total grain and straw yield with prevalent market prices of the items and then presented on per hectare basis as per treatments. Net return was computed by deducting the total cost of cultivation from the gross return as per treatments.\r\nNet return (` ha-1) = Gross return (` ha-1) – Cost of cultivation (` ha-1).\r\n \r\nTreatment-wise benefit-cost ratio was calculated to analyze and determine the economic viability of the treatments by using the formula:\r\n \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Effect of Nitrogen Sources\r\nNutrient content and uptake. Application of nano urea along with conventional urea leads to elevated amount of nitrogen, phosphorous, potassium, iron and zinc content in gain and straw as well as their uptake by grain, straw and total under the treatment N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer) as compared to other treatments of nitrogen sources (Table 1). Data elucidated in Table 1 clearly demonstrates that there was significant improvement in the nitrogen (2.02 and 0.48 %), phosphorous (0.47 and 0.17 %), potassium (0.51 and 2.31 %), iron (66.11 and 128.41 ppm) and zinc (58.74 and 54.22 ppm) content in gain and straw, respectively under the treatment N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer) was recorded and this was found statistically analogous to effect of treatment N2(75 % Conventional urea + 25 % of Nano urea fertilizer) however, found significantly superior over rest all of the treatments of nitrogen sources. But there wasn’t any significant variation noticed in anthocyanin content of grain among various treatments of nitrogen sources. Furthermore, results showed that amount of N, P, K, Fe and Zn contentin grain under the treatment N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer) increased with the tune of 4.45, 2.12, 5.88, 14.83 and 17.79 per cent over the treatment N1 (100 % Conventional urea fertilizer).\r\nSimilarly, the uptake of N, P, K, Fe and Zn by grain, straw and total also showed the similar kind of trend as shown by nutrient content (Table 2). There was appreciably utmost amount of nutrient uptake of these nutrients i.e., N, P, K, Fe and Zn by grain (85.08, 19.96, 21.36, 0.28 and 0.25 kg ha-1), straw (40.72, 14.07, 195.39, 1.09 and 0.46 kg ha-1) and total (125.80, 34.03, 216.75, 1.36 and 0.71 kg ha-1) noticed under the application N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer). Uptake of N, P, K and Fe by straw under N3 was found statistically equivalent to the uptake under N2 (75 % Conventional urea + 25 % Nano urea fertilizer) but superior over rest of all. Again, the total uptake of potassium under N3 was found at par with the treatment N2 (75 % Conventional urea + 25 % of Nano urea fertilizer) but superior over others. Total nutrient uptake of N, P, K, Fe and Zn increased by means of 11.69, 10.40, 10.62, 19.11 and 23.94 per cent over the treatment N1 (100 % Conventional urea fertilizer).\r\nNutrient content and uptake were significantly improved under the treatment N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer). Nano fertilizers have large surface area and particle size smaller than the pore size of plant leaves, allowing for greater penetration into plant tissues from the applied surface and improved absorption and nutrient use efficiency. The pore diameter of plant cell wall ranging from 5 to 50 nm. Hence, only nanoparticles or nanoparticle aggregates with diameter less than the pore diameter of the plant cell wall could easily pass through and reach the plasma membrane. Nanoparticles with having the size less than 5 nm go through the cuticular pathway, whereas those with larger sizes travel through the stomatal pathway before arriving to the conducting system, where they aid in the rapid and simple absorption of nutrients by leaves (Dimkpa et al., 2015; Qureshi et al., 2018). Moreover, coating of nano and sub nano-composites are capable of regulating the release of nutrients from the fertilizer capsule and nano particles have both positive and negative charged binding site that adsorbed available nitrogen in soil and curtail different type of losses resulted in increased uptake of nitrogen by crop Nanoparticles triggered metabolic activity in plants which results in increased exudation and acidity. Subsequently, release of PO4 may occur as a result of a ligand exchange reaction triggered by plant root exudation, potentially disrupting the adsorption-desorption equilibrium and releasing P into the soil solution where it is easily available for uptake. Application of nano particles improves carbon balance in crops, accelerates plant growth, leads to increase in the efficiency of micro and macronutrients of plants and reducing the use of chemical fertilizers per unit area which causes environmental problems. These results are in correlation with results of Junrungrean et al. (2002); Aljabri (2010); Junejo et al. (2012); Soliman et al. (2016); Shrivastava et al. (2017); Togas et al. (2017); Mahil and Kumar (2019); Hasan and Saad (2020).\r\nEconomics. A careful evaluation of the information decoded from Table 3 uncovers that the maximum net return (` 109637) and benefit-cost ratio (2.37) was obtained under the application of N3 (50 % Conventional urea + 50 % of Nano urea fertilizer) which was statistically analogous to N2 (75 % Conventional urea + 25 % of Nano urea fertilizer) with net return of ` 102044 and benefit-cost ratio of 2.20 howbeit, net return and benefit-cost ratio under N3 were found significant over the other treatments and net return was greater than by 10.54, 15.79 and 22.90 per cent over N1 (100 % Conventional urea fertilizer), N4 (25 % Conventional urea + 75 % of Nano urea fertilizer) and N5 (100 % of Nano urea fertilizer), respectively. Greater net return was fetched as a consequence of lower cultivation costs due to reduced urea application and effective use of foliar nano fertilizers, which resulted in higher grain and straw yield and as a result, higher net return. These findings were in accordance with Mehta and Bharat (2019); Manikandan et al. (2016); Kumar et al. (2020).\r\nB. Effect of Biofertilizers\r\nNutrient content and uptake. In the present study data explicated that nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium, iron and zinc content and uptake by grain and straw of wheat appreciably improved by inoculation of seed with different biofertilizers. The highest same nutrient was reported with cumulative inoculation of seed with Azotobacter + PSB over control and single inoculation. The N, P, K, Fe and Zn content increased by 2.55, 6.38, 2.04, 7.73 and 8.95 per cent in grain and 4.25, 2.98, 2.66, 8.71 and 9.81 per cent in straw, respectively with combine inoculation of seed with Azotobacter + PSB over control i.e., B1 (No biofertilizer), respectively. Whereas, the uptake was found to increase more significantly with combine inoculation of Azotobacter + PSB. Considerably the loftiest amount of nutrient uptake of N, P, K, Fe and Zn by grain (79.46, 19.15, 19.87, 0.24 and 0.21 kg ha-1), straw (39.68, 13.54, 189.13, 0.98 and 0.39 kg ha-1) and total (119.14, 32.69, 209.00, 1.22 and 0.60 kg ha-1) was recorded when seed of the black wheat was inoculated with the conglomerated mixture of Azotobacter + PSB and statistically it was found superior over rest all of the biofertilizers treatment. But only in case of P and K uptake by straw under B2 (Azotobacter) was found at par with uptake under B4 (Azotobacter + PSB).\r\nThrough biological processes, biofertilizers are capable of transforming essential nutritional components in the soil from non-usable to usable form for crop plants. Azotobacter inoculated seeds facilitated the efficient uptake of N, P, and micronutrients like Fe and Zn in wheat. Mineralization of organic nitrogen and phosphorus enhances nitrogen and phosphorus availability in soil, resulting in increased nutrient absorption by plants via inoculation of nitrogen and phosphorus fixing bacteria. Azotobacter promoted the activity of nitrogenase and nitrate reductase enzymes in soil for higher nitrogen fixation. The nutrient content and uptake by plants appreciably improved when seeds were inoculated with Azotobacter and PSB prior to sowing because Azotobacter can be attributed to enhanced specific activities of iso citric and malic dehydrogenase enzyme, the source of electrons during nitrogen fixation, resulting in a more favourable nutritional environment (Kurtz and Larue, 1975) and PSB solubilize both natural and added phosphorus (Singh et al., 2012). Hameeda et al. (2008) reported that PSB solubilizes insoluble inorganic phosphate compounds in soil, such as tricalcium phosphate and dicalcium phosphate, by the excretion of various organic acids from root exudates. Potassium absorption from soil also rises when N and P availability increased. Thus, synergistic effect of biofertilizers enhanced the content and uptake of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium in grain and straw. These results are in accordance with the Abbasi and Yousra (2012); Singh et al. (2018); Moradgholi et al. (2021); Radwan et al. (2021).\r\nEconomics. The results revealed that the utmost net return i.e. `105367 was recorded under seed treatment with B4 (Azotobacter + PSB) which was statistically significant over the all-remaining treatments and it was higher with the tune of 13.23, 7.93 and 9.37 per cent over B1 (No biofertilzer), B2 (Azotobacter) and B3 (PSB), respectively. Similarly, when seeds were inoculated with amalgamated mixture of Azotobacter and PSB (B4) then highest B-C ratio (2.27) was fetched and this was statistically superior over all other treatments of biofertilizer.\r\nSo, the results showed that bio-fertilizers inoculation significantly affected the net return and benefit-cost ratio. The highest amount of net return and benefit- cost ratio was fetched with dual inoculation of Azotobacter + PSB (Table 3). The use of effective strains of bio-fertilizers is an environmentally benign, low-cost agricultural input that plays an essential role in enhancing nutrient availability to crops while also lowering production costs (Kumar, 2013). These non-traditional fertilizer sources not only save money, but they also boost soil and crop output dramatically. These observations complement the findings of Ram and Mir (2006); Davari et al. (2012).\r\n\r\n', 'Kannoj, J. Choudhary, Devendera Jain, Manish Tomar, Ritesh Patidar and Ruchika Choudhary (2022). Effect of Nano Urea vs Conventional Urea on the Nutrient Content, Uptake and Economics of Black Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) along with Biofertilizers. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 499-504.'),
(5191, '134', 'Physico-chemical properties and Nutritional Composition of Watermelon (Citrullus lanatus) and its Rind Flour', 'Ashoka S.*, Shamshad Begum S. and K.G. Vijayalaxmi', '83 Physico-chemical properties and Nutritional Composition of Watermelon _Citrullus lanatus_ and its Rind Flour Ashoka S.pdf', '', 1, 'Recently, it has taken a boom the use of fruit and vegetable waste to reduce environmental pollution. Inline, watermelon contains a large amount of polysaccharides, these carbohydrates might play an important role in the health benefits. The aim of this work was to evaluate proximate, chemical and nutritional profiles of freshly procured watermelon and its rind flour. The physical characteristics of the watermelon such as fruit weight, bulk density, length, breadth, TSS and pH were recorded. The watermelon had an average weight (4.49 kg), bulk density (1.03 g/ml), length (31.50 cm), breadth (24.56 cm), TSS (2.0°Brix) and pH (5.36) respectively. The dehydration parameters of the watermelon rind were also studied. The watermelon rind was dried at 60°C, up to 12 hours where the dehydration ratio was 5.6 per cent. The nutrient composition of dehydrated watermelon rind flour indicates that the moisture, carbohydrate, fat, protein, crude fibre and ash were 12.17 per cent, 46.02 g, 2.37 g, 10.18 g, 17.44 g and11.82 g respectively. The mineral composition of the rind flour was 254.25mg of calcium, 268.28mg of phosphorous, 345.48mg of magnesium and 12.76mg of iron respectively. Standardization of different processing methods helps to boost its nutritional value, increase the bioavailability of nutrients and may enhance sensory perception.', 'Watermelon, Physico-chemical Properties, Proximate composition, minerals, rind, pulp, dehydration', 'It can be concluded that watermelon rind is a rich source of ascorbic acid and other nutrients like fibre, protein, calcium, iron, phosphorous etc., therefore it can be utilised in the form of value-added products. Also, utilisation of watermelon rind helps in minimizing the environmental pollution.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nFruits and vegetables are perishable in nature and incur deterioration at various phases of their harvesting, handling, transit, storage, marketing, processing. The utilization of wastes of fruit and vegetable processing as a source of functional ingredients is a promising field (Schieber et al., 2001). The ruined produce is not fit for marketing and are a virtual loss. Some fruits do not find much compatibility for processing and are usually used for direct eating, one such fruit is watermelon (Bhatnagar, 1991).\r\nWatermelon belongs Cucurbitaceae family member with a big, oval, round, or oblong shape. Watermelon cultivation has expanded greatly beyond the historically constrained riverbeds of the Yamuna, Ganges, and Narmada in the north, and Godavari, Krishnaand Kaveri in the south, due to inflation of demand for watermelon and its juice in both External (international) and internal (domestic) markets (Aguilo-Aguayo et al., 2010). Half of a watermelon fruit is edible while the other half, consisting of about 35% rind and 15% peel goes to waste (US Department of Agriculture, 2004). Watermelon flesh ranges in colour from pink to red, with some fruits having yellow flesh as well. Sugar Baby, Improved Shipper, Arka Jyoti, Arka Manik, Kiran, Melody, and other varieties of watermelon fruits are primarily found in India. Watermelon is divided into three parts: the flesh, the seed, and the rind. The outer layer of the fruit is smooth and has dark or light green stripes which turns to pale yellowish green when ripe.\r\nWatermelon has been considered favourite among the individuals during the hot, dry summer because of its cool, refreshing taste and appealing red colour. Iron, potassium, magnesium, and phosphorus, as well as other minerals and vitamins, are all abundant in watermelon. Besides vitamins (A, B, C and E), mineral salts (K, Mg, Ca and Fe), and specific amino acids (citrulline and arginine), watermelon provides a wide variety of dietary antioxidants such as carotenoids and phenolics (Perkins-Veazie et al., 2002; 2007). Also, rind of the watermelon possesses a good amount of total phenol contents (0.248 mg/ml) and high free radical scavenging ability (hydroxyl radical scavenger) (Oseni and Okoye 2013). In addition, watermelon contained citrulline compound, which was non-essential amino acid first identified from the juice of watermelon. Citrulline is used in the nitric oxide system in humans and has potential antioxidant and vasodilatation roles (Rimando and Perkins-Veazie, 2005). Even though the watermelon rind is also edible and nutritious, when the juice has been extracted, the remaining rind, seeds, and peel are typically either composted or dumped in open spaces, which causes environmental issues.\r\nFruit waste, which consists primarily of core, seeds, pomace, and peels, contains a high concentration of water and is in a moist and highly fermentable state. If not further processed, these agrowastes produce odour, soil pollution, insect habitat, and can cause major environmental pollution (Shalini and Gupta 2010).\r\nPhysical properties of agricultural commodities are those morphological characteristics that, when studied, are relevant to the design and development of harvesting, handling, processing, and storage equipment for that specific commodity. Mass, size, form, surface area, volume, aspect ratio, sphericity, true density, bulk density, porosity, and angle of repose are among these properties. These characteristics are measurable and characterise the physical state of the materials at any specific point and circumstance. Sorting, grading, and other separation activities require mass, size, and shape. Bulk density, actual density, and porosity are all useful parameters in storage, transportation, and separation systems (Burubai and Amber 2014).\r\nThere is dearth of literature availability on physico-chemical properties and nutritional composition of watermelon. In order to explore the physical-chemical characteristics and nutritional composition of watermelon (Citrullus lanatus) and its rind flour, the current research was carried out.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present study on “Physico-chemical properties and nutritional composition of watermelon (Citrullus lanatus) and its rind flour” was carried out at the Department of Food Science and Nutrition, University of Agricultural Sciences, Bangalore during the year 2019.\r\nA. Materials\r\nSelection and Collection of Sample\r\nThe watermelon fruits were freshly procured from the neighbourhood market in Bangalore, Karnataka, India, when they were fully grown.\r\nB. Methods\r\nPhysico-chemical properties of watermelon. An average of five fruits were chosen at random to represent all the fruits.The mature and ripened fruits of watermelon were used for analysing the physical properties such as weight, volume, length, breadth, width, bulk density, and circumference. The colour and shape of the selected fruitswas observed from its physical/visual appearance.\r\nThe digital balance was used to weigh five randomly chosen fruits; the average was then calculated and expressed in kilos (kg). The volume of five fruits was determined by water displacement method and the average was represented in millilitre (mL). Bulk density of the fruits was calculated by the readings of weight and volume of the fruits and the readings expressed in (g/ml). Length, Breadth, and Width of the watermelon were measured by placing fruit at resting position and by using the scale, the above components were estimated using proper methods and expressed in centimetres (cm). Length-wise circumference and width-wise circumference of the watermelon was measured by passing a thread around the lower, middle and upper part of the fruit. The average of the three measurements was then computed and represented in centimetres (cm).\r\nProcessing of watermelon. The watermelon melons were cleaned with a clean dry cloth after being thoroughly washed under gently running tap water. All of the watermelons were peeled separately using a peeler, the pulp was extracted from the rind with a knife, and the remaining seeds were separated by cutting the pulp into little cubes. Various sections of the fruit were depicted in (Fig. 1). Following the previous methods, the amounts of pulp, rind, seeds, and peel were recorded with a digital electronic balance and percentages determined.\r\nTotal edible waste of watermelon. The fruits total edible waste was calculated using the following formula. The percent of edible waste was also calculated.\r\nTotal edible waste = Weight of seed + Weight of rind\r\nEdible waste generated (%)=(Weight of edible waste)/(Weight of whole fruit)×100\r\nTotal waste generated from watermelon\r\nTotal waste generated from watermelon fruits was calculated using the following formula and percentage was calculated.\r\nTotal waste generated = Weight of the peel + Seed + Rind\r\nTotal waste generated (%)= (weight of the total waste)/(weight of whole fruit) ×100\r\nPulp and rind ratio. The weight of the pulp and rind was taken separately. Then the pulp to rind ratio was calculated by using the following formula.\r\nPulp to rind ratio=(Weight of the pulp)/(Weight of the rind)\r\nDehydration of watermelon rind. The watermelon rind was weighed and dried at 60 °C until it dried completely (Fig. 2). Using an electric grinder, the dehydrated rind was ground into powder and sieved using a scientific sieve. The dried flour was then packed and used for another purpose.\r\nDehydration Ratio. Dehydrated samples were weighed and per cent dry matter was calculated (Ranganna 1986).\r\nDehydration ratio =(weight of dehydrated sample)/(Weight of fresh sample)\r\nChemical Parameters of watermelon rind. By using the oven drying method, the moisture content of fresh watermelon was identified. In order to get a constant weight as well as calculate percentages, the rind was dried in a hot air oven at a temperature of 60 °C. A hand refractometer was used to analyse the watermelon rind\'s Total Soluble Solids (TSS). A pocket pH metre was used to measure the pH of the watermelon rind (LMPH-10 Upgraded Model).\r\nProximate and mineral composition. The proximate composition of the watermelon rind flour samples was determined using standard AOAC methods. The watermelon rind flour moisture content was determined using oven drying method. Fat content was determined by Soxhlet extraction method (AOAC 1980). Protein content was determined by the micro Kjeldahl distillation method (AOAC). Crude fibre was analysed by acid and subsequent alkali treatment method (AOAC 1980). Ashing was completed in a muffle furnace (AOAC 1980). Carbohydrate content was calculated by the differential method. Energy also calculated by computation method and all results were expressed as % w/w, based on dry weight basis.\r\nCHO (g/100g) = 100- [Protein(g) + Fat(g) + Fiber(g) + Ash(g) + Moisture(g)]\r\nEnergy (kcal) = [Protein (g) × 4] + [Carbohydrate (g) × 4] + [Fat (g) × 9].\r\nVitamin C (ascorbic acid) estimation was done by a titrimetric method using Iodate Solution (Ranganna, 1996).\r\nThe AOAC 1980 method was used to analyse the mineral composition. 5 ml of a 1:1 solution of distilled water and fuming HCl were added to the resulting ash. After drying the mixture over a water bath, another 5 ml of the solution was added. The crucible was removed at this stage and its contents were filtered using Whatman No. 1 filter paper into a ml volumetric flask and diluted. It was then heated further over the water bath until it began to fume. The crucible and filter paper were thoroughly rinsed before the volume was filled with distilled water to the appropriate level. For the estimate of all the minerals in this investigation, aliquots of this mineral solution were obtained.\r\nBy titrating against a standard (EDTA) until the colour changes from pink to violet, the calcium was calculated (AOAC 1980). By titrating against a standard (EDTA) until the colour changes from pink to blue, the amount of magnesium was calculated (AOAC 1980). By measuring calorimetrically, the blue colour that results from the ash solution\'s treatment with ammonium molybdate, which reduces the amount of phosphomolybdate that forms, phosphorus was estimated (AOAC 1980). Using an atomic absorption spectrophotometer, the iron content of the sample was calculated, and the results are given in milligrams per 100 grammes of the sample (AOAC 1980).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS:\r\nA. Physico-chemical Properties of watermelon rind\r\nThe physical characteristics of the watermelon such as fruit weight, volume, bulk density, length, breadth, and circumference were recorded and indicated in Table 1. The average weight of the whole watermelon was around 4.49 kg, whereas volume, bulk density, length, and breadth were 4625 ml, 1.03 g/ml, 31.50 cm and 24.56 cm, respectively. The other physical properties like length-wise and width-wise circumference were 71.96 cm and 53.36 cm respectively.\r\nThe weight, length, breadth, and length-wise circumference of watermelon in this study indicated that it had higher values than the study reported by Deepa, (2015) which was 3.34 kg, 23.38 cm, 17.93 cm and 62.02 cm respectively whereas width-wise circumference was about 54.92 cm which is higher than the present study respectively. Similar results are observed for the weight of the fruit reported by El-Badry et al. (2014). The pulp, seeds, peel, and rind are the four basic components of a watermelon that make up its biomass. Approximate percentages of the fruit\'s weight that were made up of the pulp, seeds, peel and rind were 66.16 %, 1.04 %, 3.35 %, and 29.43 percent, respectively (Fig. 3).\r\nIt was found that the total amount of waste generated from fresh cut watermelon was around 33.38 percent it includes the weight of the peel, rind, and seeds. Out of this 33.38 per cent of total waste, the edible waste generated was about 30.48 percent it contains the weight of the seeds and weight of the rind (Fig. 4). Similar results are observed by the study El-Badry et al. (2014). The pulp to rind ratio was 2.23. Almost similar results were reported by Kumar (1985); Deepa (2015) wherein the weight of the pulp, seeds, and rind and the results revealed that 68 %, 2 %, 30 % and 60.18 %, 2.10 % and 29.94 % of the total weight of the fruit respectively. The seeds and rind weight were lower and rind weight was varying compared to the above-mentioned studies it might be due to different size and variety of the fruit as well.\r\nIt was observed that the chemical properties like moisture, pH, and TSS of the rind were found to be 94.40, 5.36 and 2.00 respectively. The results were on par with the study conducted by Deepa (2015) reported that chemical parameters of watermelon rind pH and TSS was 4.71 and 3.02 respectively.\r\n\r\nB. Processing of watermelon\r\nDehydration\r\nThe dehydration parameters of the watermelon rind were indicated in Table 2. The rind was subjected to dehydration in an oven at 60°C up to 12 hours. It was observed that there is high moisture loss and the dehydrated ratio was found to be 5.59.\r\nC. Proximate composition of watermelon rind flour\r\nThe proximates like protein, fat, crude fibre, total ash, carbohydrates, ascorbic acid, and minerals were analysed and the results are presented in Table 3.\r\nThe nutrient composition of watermelon rind flour has a moisture 12.17 per cent, protein 10.18 g, fat 2.37 g, crude fibre 17.44 g, ash 11.82 g and carbohydrates 46.02 g respectively. Ascorbic acid was found to be 10.25 mg. The mineral composition of the rind flour was found to be 254.25 mg of calcium, 268.28 mg of phosphorous, 345.48 mg of magnesium and 12.76 mg of iron respectively.\r\nThe moisture content of watermelon rind flour of the present study was found higher than the results reported by Hoque and Iqbal (2015) as 10.72 %, the other proximate such as protein, fat, ash and carbohydrates were lower than with values being 11.21 %, 2.38 %, 12.61 %, and 73.18 % respectively. Also, the present results are in line with the study conducted by Badr (2015); Hassan et al. (2017).\r\nHowever, the moisture, ash, fat, protein crude fibre and carbohydrates of watermelon rind flour were 10.61 %, 13.09 %, 2.44 %, 11.17 %, 17.28 %, and 56.02 % as per Al-Sayed and Ahmed, (2013) which is almost similar to the present study.\r\nEl-Badry et al. (2014) studied the nutritional composition of watermelon rind flour and the results revealed that it had 11.25 % moisture, 8.70 % protein, 2.21 % fat, 12.93 % ash, 16.8 % crude fibre and 76.16 % carbohydrates, whereas minerals such as calcium, phosphorus, magnesium, and iron which was found to be 276.22 mg, 273.28 mg, 346.61 mg, and 13.5 mg respectively. The observed minerals of this study were slightly lower than El-Badry et al. (2014) which might be due to a difference in a variety of fruit, drying condition and climatic conditions.\r\n', 'Ashoka S., Shamshad Begum S. and K.G. Vijayalaxmi (2022). Physico-chemical properties and Nutritional Composition of Watermelon (Citrullus lanatus) and its Rind Flour. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 505-510.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5192, '136', 'Isolation and Identification of Pyricularia sp. the Incitant of Pearl Millet Blast in Tamil Nadu', 'B. Kushmitha, I. Johnson*, K. Mahendra, R. Anandham, N. Saranya and S. Nakkeeran', '1 Isolation and Identification of Pyricularia sp. the Incitant of Pearl Millet Blast in Tamil Nadu I. Johnson.pdf', '', 1, 'Pearl millet (Pennisetum glaucum), often called as Bajra which is cultivated mostly in marginal agricultural regions with unpredictable annual rainfall. Though it is cultivated in larger areas its production is hampered due to many foliar diseases among which leaf blast disease caused by Magnaporthe grisea is one of the most significant foliar diseases causing grain and forage yield losses. A total of four isolates of Magnaporthe grisea were isolated from the infected samples of pearl millet collected from eight districts of Tamil Nadu, India. The varied symptoms including spindle shaped lesions, eye shaped spots which had greyish centre with brown borders were taken for the isolation of the pathogen. The main aim of this particular research was to look at the various morphological traits in the culture media, pathogenicity assay to identify the virulent isolate, isolate confirmation using molecular level and generate phylogenetic analysis. Morphological characters like colony appearance and colour, mycelial characters, conidia structure, shape, growth pattern and virulence assay were evaluated both in vitro as well as in pot culture studies. The universal primers ITS 1 and ITS 4 have been used for amplification of the internal transcriber spacer and the isolates were amplified at 560bp (appx.). The findings revealed that all isolates are Pyricularia spp. and phylogenetic analysis done comparing eight ITS sequences of reference Pyricularia isolates indicated that the nucleotide sequences of the collected isolates showed sequence similarity with Pyricularia grisea and Pyricularia pennisetigena which have been deposited in NCBI Genbank database (Pyricularia grisea -OM883863 and Pyricularia pennisetigena ON116174). The main course of the research was to isolate and characterize the blast pathogen, Pyricularia grisea infecting the pearl millet crop.', 'Pearl millet, blast, Pyricularia grisea, isolation, characterization, phylogenetic tree', 'The findings of this study validated the symptomatology, isolation, morphological characterization and molecular characterization of the Pyricularia isolates collected from 8 districts of Tamil Nadu. Species level confirmation of virulent isolates and submission of the sequences in NCBI GenBank database and acquisition of accession number were obtained. Phylogenetic tree was constructed to know the closely related species in relation to the isolate.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPearl millet (Pennisetum glaucum (L.) R. Br.) is one of the most widely grown arid and semi-arid crops in India and African sub-continents after rice, wheat and sorghum. It has a good energy source of carbohydrate, fats(5-7%), protein (9-13%), fibre (1.2 g/100 g)and contains antioxidant such as coumaric acids which helps in better digestion (Patni and Agrawal 2017). Pearl millet blast which was originally documented in 1942 from Kanpur, UP, India (Mehta et al., 1952) has become a serious threat in the last decade causing rampant in India\'s pearl millet-growing areas. In India, the incidence of Pearl millet blast (Magnaporthe grisea) disease, which was once considered a minor disease, but now it has been increased at an alarming rate, primarily on commercial hybrids, in numerous states (Thakur et al., 2009). Severe outbreaks of Pyricularia leaf spot known as blast disease was reported in major pearl millet producing states, including Gujarat, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Karnataka and Delhi were shown an upsurge in the occurrence of this disease both inpearl millet leaves and grains (Timper et al., 2002). The forage production of pearl millet (cumbu) causing chronic reductions in the last few years (Wilson and Gates 1993). The quality and productivity of the pearl millet crop are impacted by Magnaporthe blast, which has been found to be negatively connected with green-plot yields, dry matter production and digestion dry matter yield. The severity of the blast disease is exacerbated by humid weather conditions and dense plant stands. The fungus may infect plants at any stage of development, from seedling to adult, lowering grain and forage yields in varying degrees with occasionally dramatic negative consequences. The symptoms of Magnaporthe blast in pearl millet are most generally known as grey leaf spot. Initially, the symptoms appear as minute lesions or specks that expand and develop, necrotic elliptical greyish brown lesions, leading to extensive chlorosis and premature drying of leaves. The typical symptoms of the plants infected by Pyricularia pennisetigena showed small, brown, pinpoint, elliptical lesions with greying of the center in the later stages (Martinez et al., 2021). The M. grisea group is specific in its host range, but it is highly versatile in its ability to adapt to new environments. Molecular identification of the pathogen, which has shown to be a solid alternative to older approaches, is one of the rapid and easy ways for detecting the species diversity of fungal communities. To distinguish between the isolates, morphological characters and molecular by through internal transcribed spacer sequencing by using primers ITS 1 and ITS 4 were performed. The main intention of this research was to analyse different morphological characters of the fungi and confirming the pathogen using both morpho and molecular methods. Since, infectivity of the pathogen Pyricularia pennisetigena on pearl millet is not reported in Southern parts of India, this study paved a way for better understanding of the pathogen characters. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nCollection and Isolation of the blast pathogen: Leaves with typical spindle shaped lesions, associated with blast disease were collected from the pearl millet field from 8 districts of Tamil Nadu which were designated with the code as PMBT (Tirupur), CO-10 (Coimbatore), DP1 (Dharmapuri), KR2 (Krishnagiri), ERT (Erode), ALR (Ariyalur), SLM (Salem),and TVM (Thindivanam). The pathogen was isolated on potato dextrose agar medium. Infected leaves were washed using sterile water and the infected leaf portions were cut into small bits using sterile scalpel blade. Then the leaf bits were sterilized using 1% sodium hypochlorite solution for about 30 seconds followed by washing in sterile distilled water for three times and placed in Whatman no. 40 filter paper. Using sterile forceps the leaf bits were placed in petri plates containing sterilized PDA medium which was amended with streptomycin (50μg/ml) under aseptic conditions. The plates were incubated at room temperature (25oC). After initiation of growth is observed in the petri plates, single hyphal tip was transferred into new petri plate containing 15ml of sterilized PDA medium to obtain the pure culture of the fungi. For sporulating the fungus, the stem of the main host were cut into small bits (3-5 cm) and added to conical flasks, sterilized in an autoclave at 121oC for 20 minutes at 15 lbs pressure. The mycelial disc (9mm) of 7 days old culture was added to each flask. After 15 days the stem bits were taken out under sterile conditions and added to eppendorf tube containing distilled water, shaked vigorously to dislodge the spores and the conidial morphology was observed under the light microscope (Vanaraj et al., 2013). For additional research, the culture was maintained on PDA slants at 4 °C and stored at -20 °C for medium to long term preservation.\r\nExamination of cultural and morphological characteristics. Pearl millet blast infected isolates were grown at 25°C for 7 days on PDA medium, following which mycelium discs were transferred to the middle of a fresh PDA medium, within 10-14 days, fungal mycelium had covered the whole plate. All of the isolates on PDA media were evaluated daily for 5 to 10 days for their colony shape (morphology), texture and colour. The mycelial characters, colour and septations were observed.\r\nPathogenicity assessment under in vitro and glasshouse conditions. Fresh leaves were collected and washed under running tap water. The leaves were then surface sterilized with 1% sodium hypochlorite and subsequently washed with sterilized distilled water for three times and placed on sterilized tissue paper for drying. The leaves were placed in petri plates which has been basally layered with cotton on which 4-5 drops of sterile water was added to maintain humidity, the leaves were placed on blotter paper placed above the cotton which was cut to fit the shape of the petri plate. A 9 mm actively growing mycelial disc was placed on the centre of the leaf. The plates were covered and incubated at a temperature of 22-24o C. After 7-10 days, the lesions were developed on the region around the disc. For conducting the pathogenicity assay under glass house conditions, Pearl millet seeds were sown in plastic pots filled with a combination of three parts soil to one part farmyard manure. The isolates grown on PDA plates with actively growing fungal mycelia were flooded with 10-15 ml of sterile water and fungal mass containing mycelia were scrapped with sterile scalpel blade. It was filtered through a muslin cloth and concentration of spores were adjusted using haemocytometer to 5 × 104 conidia/ml. Tween 20 (0.02%) was added as an adhesive agent to spore suspension before inoculation. Inoculation was performed on test seedlings at the three to four leaf stages (about 15 days old plants) by spraying the inoculum till run-off under glass house conditions. Polythene bags were placed over the infected plants for 24 hours. Following the incubation phase, the test plants were watered on a daily basis to maintain high humidity levels favourable for disease development (>90% RH). Symptoms occurred 5-7 days post-inoculation. \r\nIsolation and quantification of genomic DNA. Total DNA was extracted by using modified CTAB method. Isolates PMBT and CO-10 were cultured in PDA plates and 5 days after the cultures were transferred to potato dextrose broth (100 ml). The fungal mycelia (100-150 mg)were collected and ground to fine powder in a pestle and mortar by using liquid nitrogen. The ground and powdered mycelium was transferred to an Eppendorf tube (2 ml) which consists of a mixture of 1 ml of extraction buffer consisting of (2% CTAB buffer, 4M NaCl, 0.5M EDTA, 1M Tris-Cl, 0.02% β-Mercapto- ethanol). After 1 hour of incubation at 65°C, an equal amount of phenol, chloroform, and isoamyl alcohol (25:24:1) was added and the mixture was centrifuged at 12000 rpm for 10 minutes. After mixing well, the clear supernatant was put into an Eppendorf tube and an equal amount of chloroform and isoamyl alcohol (24:1) was added. This mixture was mixed and the tube was spun at 12000 rpm for 10 minutes. Then, ice cold isopropanol was added into the supernatant, mixed thoroughly and refrigerated at -20°C for overnight. After centrifugation the supernatant was discarded and the DNA pellet was washed with 100% ethanol, air dried after centrifugation again and resuspended in 100 μl sterile distilled water. The quality and amount of fungal DNA were determined using gel electrophoresis and the Nanodrop Spectrophotometer. For use in the PCR process, the DNA samples were diluted to a concentration of 30-50 ng/μl after nanodrop quantification. (Amplification via polymerase chain reaction and documentation) (Doyle et al., 1990).\r\nAmplification via polymerase chain reaction and gel documentation. With the help of fungal universal primers, the ITS region of rDNA was successfully amplified using ITS 1 ((5\'-TCCGTAGGTGAACCTGCGG-3\') and ITS 4 (5\'-TCCTCCGTTGATATGC-3\') primers (White et al., 1990). Amplification of genomic DNA was carried out using a thermocycler (Master Eppendorf) using the following PCR conditions. The reaction mixture consisting of 10 μl of master mix, 4 μl of sterile water, each 2 μl of forward and reverse primers and genomic DNA 2 μl was used for the amplification process. The PCR was performed by initial denaturation at 94°C for 5 min which is followed by denaturation at 94°C for 60 sec, annealing at 58°C for 60 sec, extension at 72°C for 60 sec followed by a final extension at 72°C for 10 min for over 35 cycles (White et al., 1990). Agarose gel prepared at a concentration of 1.2 percent of agarose in TAE (tris acetic acid) buffer containing ethidium bromide at a concentration of 2μl/100 ml and allowed to solidified to form agel with place of comb to form a well. The amplified PCR products were loaded in the wells and run by electrophoresis at a voltage of 80 for 1 hour followed by documentation and assessment using a gel documentation Transilluminator system (GelDoc, BIO-RAD, Canada). The PCR product size was compared to the standard 1kb ladder. The DNA got amplified around the region of 560 bp. \r\nITS region sequencing and phylogenetic tree construction. The PCR results were subsequently sequenced to authenticate the species. The resulting nucleotide sequences were analysed by using BLAST. Accession numbers were obtained after depositing the isolates in Gen Bank. Mega X Software was used to align the sequences of the isolates, and similar ITS1-ITS4 sequences were obtained from the NCBI gen bank in order to discriminate between the isolates. The neighbour-joining technique was used in the construction of a phylogenetic tree (Kumar et al., 2016). The resilience of clades was assessed using a 1000 bootstrap replication.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS\r\nCollection and Isolation of Magnaporthe grisea. Blast infected pearl millet leaf samples were collected from eight districts of Tamil Nadu among which the virulent isolates were pertaining to the samples collected from Tirupur and Coimbatore district (Table 1) (Fig. 1). The samples were collected based on the symptoms such as typical eye shaped lesion with dark brown borders (Yi et al., 2022). The leaf blast prevalent in hot western arid regions of Rajasthan were found to belong to the species Pyricularia pennisetigena which was validated from multiple sequence alignment verified from the deposited sequences in USA (Solanki et al., 2022). The host physical stimulus and hydration plays a key role in appressorium development of the pathogen (Sharma et al., 2019). The diseased leaf samples were isolated on PDA medium and incubated at 25oC (Fig. 2). The pure culture of the pathogen was obtained by single hyphal tip method. For sporulating the pathogen, stem bits of the host were autoclaved and the mycelial discs of the pathogen were inoculated. After 2 weeks the conidia were observed on the surface of the stem bits (Fig. 3). Magnoporthe grisea infects leaves with spores, the pathogen\'s most crucial stage for disease emergence, which tend to germinate on a hydrophobic leaf surface. After adhering firmly to the plant\'s surface, the fungus produces immense pressure within the melanized appressorium and enters the leaf\'s epidermal cell using a small penetration peg (Heath et al., 1992). The culture was kept on PDA slants and stored at 4 °C and -20 °C, respectively, for the course of the experiment.\r\nExamination of cultural and morphological characteristics. The mycelial characters of the fungi including the colour, colony characters and morphology (pattern) on PDA medium were observed. The radial growth and texture of the colony varied substantially for the isolates. The growth and colour of the mycelia ranged from greyish white to blackish grey in colour on PDA medium (Table 2). On potato dextrose agar, blast fungus had greyish colonies with smooth circular margins and concentric rings (Sonah et al., 2009). The pathogen was found to be Magnaporthe based on its conidial structures and colony characteristics (Ou, et al., 1985). The fungal pathogen identified as M. grisea in this investigation was based on the main morphological and cultural features described by (Bourett et al., 1990). The morphology of pathogenic cultures varied from one culture to others and based on medium also. The quantity of aerial mycelium varies greatly, ranging from a thin to a dense cottony mass. The cultural and morphological differences revealed among the pearl millet blast pathogen isolates matched prior results on P. grisea made by other researchers investigating on the same topic (Srivastava et al., 2014). The spores were examined under the microscope. The shape, presence of septation, hilum etc. were observed.\r\nThe isolate\'s conidiophores were discovered to be thin and straight, containing clusters of conidia that were generally pyriform or obclavate and 2-3 septate (Getachew et al., 2014). The pyriform shape of the conidia indicates that Pyricularia grisea is an asexual anamorph of the Magnaporthe isolate.\r\nPathogenicity assessment under in vitro and glasshouse conditions. The virulent isolate among the two was finalized as virulent based on the assay conducted under in vitro in which fresh untreated leaves of the host were taken. The leaves were surface sterilized using 1% sodium hypochlorite solution followed by washing with sterile distilled water 3 times. The 9mm mycelial disc of 7 days old culture was placed in the leaf surface. The lesions were formed around the mycelial disc after a week (Fig. 4). The pathogen becomes necrotrophic at 48 hours after inoculation by producing thin-invasive hyphae which is followed by the development of peg which differentiates into lobed- bulbous infectious hyphae that will expand intracellularly and intercellularly causing blast lesions (Howard et al., 1996). For conducting the pathogenicity test under glass house conditions, seeds were sown in pots containing mixture of FYM and soil. The spore suspension was sprayed at a rate of 5 × 104 conidia/ml with tween 20 (0.02%) which was used as an adhesive (Fig. 5). Based on the symptom development the isolates PMBT and CO-10 showed virulent nature compare to other isolates. In accordance with Koch\'s postulate, pathogens were determined to be related with disease at all stages of crop development and were able to produce disease when re-inoculated into the same host. Hence study was conducted by testing the pathogenicity of the detected field strain on the same pearl millet variety from which the organism was obtained. The re-isolation of the pathogen was done and it was found to be the same kind as the previously isolated one. Thus, Koch\'s postulate was demonstrated.\r\nMolecular characterization of the pathogen:\r\nAmplification via polymerase chain reaction and gel documentation. DNA extraction, PCR amplification using ITS PCR primers, and Sanger sequencing were used to identify and validate the molecular identity of the field sample. ITS rDNA sequencing and molecular analysis were done. Two isolates viz., PMBT and CO-10 which were virulent among others were opted for performing molecular approaches. Molecular detection of Pyricularia grisea and Pyricularia pennisetigena using the primers ITS 1 and ITS 4 for amplification of isolates were done (Fig. 6). The amplification values were found to be approximately 560bp which was similar to our experiments (Chuwa et al., 2013). The amplicon of size 520 bp was observed in course of amplifying, Magnaporthe oryzae isolates from Eastern India using universal primers ITS 1 and ITS 4 (Priyanka et al., 2021). To confirm the pathogen at species level, the PCR products were purified up and sequenced.\r\nITS region sequencing and phylogenetic tree construction. Phylogenetic relationship of the isolates with other nucleotides available in NCBI are done to know the category in which the isolates are genetically related with (Fig. 7) Isolates of Pyricularia infecting different hosts were taken for phylogenetic analysis (Klaubaf et al., 2014). The Pyricularia grisea isolate showed 98.90% and Pyricularia pennisetigena isolate showed 100% identity when compared with sequences available in NCBI and these isolates sequenced were deposited NCBI genbank (Accession number- Pyricularia grisea -OM883863 and Pyricularia pennisetigena ON116174) (Table 3). Phylogenetic tree constructed by using MEGA X software revealed that the isolate Pyricularia grisea showed 26% similarity and Pyricularia pennisetigena showed 91% similarity with the isolates in various clades taken for phylogenetic tree construction. \r\n', 'B. Kushmitha, I. Johnson, K. Mahendra, R. Anandham, N. Saranya and S. Nakkeeran (2022). Isolation and Identification of Pyricularia sp., the Incitant of Pearl Millet Blast in Tamil Nadu. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 01-07.'),
(5193, '136', 'Genetic Diversity Studies in Soybean (Glycine max (L.) Merrill) Germplasm Lines Based on Mahalanobis D2 Distance', 'Kavuri Sharon Roja*, M. Rajendar Reddy, M. Sreedhar and K. Lakshmi Prasanna', '2 Genetic Diversity Studies in Soybean _Glycine max _L._ Merrill_ Germplasm Lines Based on Mahalanobis D2 Distance Kavuri Sharon Roja.pdf', '', 1, 'Genetic divergence analysis is very helpful to compute the nature and extent of genetic diversity in a group of germplasm. The analysis helps in the identification of genetically diverse genotypes for hybridization programs to obtain desirable recombinants or transgressive segregants. Hence the present investigation was carried out to assess the genetic diversity present among 55 soybean germplasm lines along with 5 checks for 16 different quantitative traits. All the genotypes were grouped into 14 clusters by performing Tocher’s clustering method using Mahalanobis D2 distance. Cluster I was the largest, comprising of 32 genotypes, followed by Cluster II with 16 genotypes. The maximum genetic distance (D2) was observed between cluster VII and XIII (858.60), followed by clusters IX and XIV (807.51), clusters VII and X (794.75), clusters VII and IX (755.77) and clusters IV and X (697.77). Cluster XIV had the highest means for branches per plant (7.80) and clusters per plant (29.00). The results revealed that the highest contribution of seed yield per plant (31.26%) towards total diversity, followed by harvest index (21.18%), plant height (12.76%) and seed germination rate (10.00%). The soybean genotypes belonging to the clusters VII and XIII were found to be the most divergent, hence can be utilised in the recombination breeding programmes to exploit maximum heterosis.', 'Soybean; Genetic diversity; Mahalanobis D2 statistics, cluster', 'The current investigation\'s findings shows that the selected soybean lines are highly diverse and are formed into a total of 14 clusters. The accessions belong to the most distant clusters, namely (VII and XIII), (IX and XIV), (VII and X). These might be used directly or as parents in the soybean hybridization programme for yield improvement.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSoybean (Glycine max L. Merrill) is a high-nutritional oilseed crop grown in India and around the world. It is a member of the Papilionaceae family and has the chromosome number 2n=40. It is known as the \"miracle bean\" or \"golden bean\" because of its properties such as protein content (40-42%) and 20% edible oil, in addition to minerals and vitamins. Soybean protein contains all of the essential amino acids, along with cardio-friendly oil that meets 30% of the world\'s vegetable oil requirements (Khan et al., 2022). Therefore, soybean could be regarded as an ideal food crop for the people of poor and developing countries as it contains high quality protein and reasonable quantity of oil as a source of energy (Kumar et al., 2018).\r\nThe first and most important step in any crop improvement programme is genetic diversity analysis. There are several important applications for genetic diversity among genotypes in crop improvement. Estimates of genetic divergence provide the extent of diversity existed within the available germplasm and moreover, evaluation of genetic diversity is important to know the sources of genes for a particular trait (Meena et al., 2017). This diversity analysis information can be used to classify germplasm for cultivar identification, assist in parent selection for hybridization, and reduce the number of genotypes required to sample a wide range of genetic variability. A genetically diverse parent is required to increase the likelihood of selecting better seggregants for various characters (Adsul and Monpara 2014). Multivariate analysis, such as Mahalanobis D2 statistics, is extensively used in genetic divergence research findings to group genotypes so that more diverse genotypes are grouped into the most distant clusters. It is also useful in determining the relative contribution of each trait to total divergence (Swar et al., 2021).\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe present investigation was carried out at the research farm, Agricultural Research Station (Adilabad) and PJTS Agricultural University, Hyderabad during 2021. The experimental material comprised of 55 soybean germplasm lines with five checks viz., JS 93-05, JS 335, KDS-753, AISb-50 and Basara. Basara is the local check of Telangana. All the entries were evaluated in Randomised Complete Block Design (RCBD) in three replications by keeping inter and intra-row spacing of 45 and 10 cm respectively.\r\nThe observations were recorded on whole plot basis for days to 1st flowering, days to 50 % flowering, days to 1st pod initiation, days to maturity, biomass and germination % whereas, data were recorded for plant height (cm), number of nodes on main stem of plant, number of branches plant-1, number of clusters plant-1, number of pods plant-1, 100 seed weight (g), seed yield plant-1 (g) and harvest index (%) traits based on five randomly selected plants of each entry per replication and protein content (%) and oil content (%) were estimated as per protocols of AOAC (1990). The recorded data was subjected to analysis of variance and Mahalanobis D2 statistics were used for genetic divergence analysis. Analysis of variance for Randomised Complete Block Design (RCBD) was performed as per the method suggested by Panse and sukhatme (1978). The genotypes were clustered by using Tocher\'s method. The intra- and inter-cluster distances were calculated and were used to describe the genotype relationship with the help of the formula proposed by Singh and Chaudhary (1977). The dissimilarity coefficient between genotypes was organised into a reasonable hierarchical system and estimated using the D value proposed by Sneathe and Sokal (1973). All the above mentioned analyses were performed using WINDOWSTAT software.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Grouping of Accessions into Various Clusters \r\nThe Tocher\'s method was used to group 60 soybean germplasm lines based on D2 values. A total of 14 clusters were formed, within which two clusters contained multiple genotypes and the remaining 12 clusters contained only one genotype, indicating that genotypes are highly diverse in nature. The lines viz., KDS 1175, Z-5, PS 1682, Z-P1, Z-3, DLSb 3, KDS 1169, JS 20-03, PS 1675, Asb-62, KDS 1187, Z-16 belongs to clusters III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII and cluster XIV respectively which resembles that their distinct genotypic composition from the remaining genotypes. Cluster I was found to be the largest comprising of 32 genotypes followed by cluster II with 16 genotypes (Table 1, Fig. 1). Similar results are observed in findings of Pawar et al. (2015), Naik et al. (2016).\r\nB. Average Inter and Intra-cluster Distances \r\nThe intra-cluster D2 values ranged between zero and 113.86. Cluster II (113.86) had the greatest intra-cluster distance among the 14 clusters, followed by Cluster I (84.44), indicating the presence of some amount of genetic divergence in the genotypes belonging to these clusters. The genotypes carefully selected from these clusters may be used in future recombination breeding programmes. The remaining ten clusters had zero intra-cluster distance as they each had a single genotype (Table 2).\r\nThe inter-cluster distance ranged from 56.34 to 858.60. Clusters VII and XIII had the longest and best inter-cluster distance (858.60), followed by clusters IX and XIV (807.51), clusters VII and X (794.75), clusters VII and IX (755.77), and clusters IV and X (697.77). Similarly, the relatively short inter-cluster distance was observed between clusters V and VIII (56.34), followed by clusters IV and VII (95.97), clusters III and V (97.94), clusters X and XIII (110.47) and clusters I and III (120.67) (Table 2).\r\nThe greater the distance (D2) between clusters, the greater will be the genetic divergence between accessions belonging to that cluster (Ramyashree et al., 2016). Crossing between genotypes from different clusters increases the variability of the gene pool. Soybean germplasm lines from clusters VII (Z-3) and XIII (KDS 1187) were found to be the most divergent, and thus may be used in recombination breeding programmes to maximise heterosis.\r\n\r\nC. Cluster Means of the Characters\r\nA considerable difference was noticed among the cluster means for all the characters. The genotypes in cluster IX had minimum mean performance for days to 1st flowering (23.00), days to 50% flowering (29.00), days to 1st pod initiation (36.00), days to maturity (86.00), plant height (40.00 cm), and germination percentage (71.67%). The genotypes in cluster VI had a maximum mean for days to 1st flowering (44.00), days to 50% flowering (47.00), days to 1st pod initiation (66.00) and days to maturity (115.00). Cluster XIV had the highest means for branches per plant (7.80), clusters per plant (29.00) and nodes per plant (30.47), but it had the lowest mean for oil content (15.63).Cluster X had the lowest mean performance for branches per plant (3.20), clusters per plant (9.20), pods per plant (23.00), single plant yield (11.20) and biomass (388.45) and it had the highest value for 100 seed weight (15.33). For nodes per plant cluster, VIII recorded a minimum value of 10.93 and for 100 seed weight, XII (11.23) had a minimum value. Cluster VII had the highest mean for both seed germination percentage (87.00) and pods per plant (88.87). Cluster III had the lowest value for protein content (37.87). The traits like yield (25.40) and biomass (8054.37) showed maximum mean in cluster IV. For the harvest index, clusters XI (44.50) and XIII (35.07) recorded maximum and minimum mean values. Cluster XI had the highest mean for protein content (43.93), whereas cluster XIII had the highest mean for oil content (22.10) (Table 3).\r\nD. The Contribution of each Traits towards Total Divergence\r\nEach trait\'s contribution to total diversity is calculated based on the number of times the character appears in the first rank. The seed yield per plant appeared 560 times in the first rank, indicating the greatest contribution to total diversity. Biomass, on the other hand, appeared once in the first rank, indicating a lower contribution to total diversity. The relative contribution of each traits towards total divergence is mentioned in Table 4 and Fig. 2.\r\nThe results revealed the highest contribution of seed yield per plant (31.26%) towards total diversity, followed by harvest index (21.18%), plant height (12.76%), seed germination rate (10.00%), while other traits like oil content (0.16%) were noticed as the lowest contribution towards diversity, followed by pods per plant (0.33%), biomass (0.5%) and days to 1st pod initiation (1.46%).\r\nThe result suggests that the soybean accession selected for the present study are mostly divergent for seed yield per plant, harvest index, plant height and seed germination rate as these four characters contributed 75.2 % to the total diversity. The present findings are in agreement with the results obtained by Chandel et al. (2013) for harvest index and pods per plant, Manav and Arora (2018) for seed yield per plant and Kachadia et al, (2014). \r\n', 'Kavuri Sharon Roja, M. Rajendar Reddy, M. Sreedhar and K. Lakshmi Prasanna (2022). Genetic Diversity Studies in Soybean (Glycine max (L.) Merrill) Germplasm Lines Based on Mahalanobis D2 Distance. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 08-13.'),
(5194, '136', 'Survey-Based Study on Farmers Knowledge and Pattern of using Pesticides in Cardamom in Tamil Nadu', 'G. Manusha, K. Bhuvaneswari*, A. Suganthi and S. Raghul', '3 Survey-Based Study on Farmers Knowledge and Pattern of using Pesticides in Cardamom in Tamil Nadu G. Manusha.pdf', '', 1, 'A detailed survey was undertaken among cardamom growing farmers in three districts of Tamil Nadu viz., Theni, Nilgiris and Namakkal. Pests recorded in the cardamom ecosystem were shoot and capsule borer, thrips, white fly, red-spotted spider mite and hairy caterpillars. The insecticides, Chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC and Chlorpyrifos 20% EC were the most common insecticides used to control borers and profenophos 50% EC and imidacloprid 17.8% SL were used against sucking pests. Farmers mainly used pesticides belonging to organophosphorus and newer molecules as per the recommendations of pesticide dealers. Central Insecticide Board and Registration Committee (CIB & RC) approved four insecticides - quinolphos 25% EC, Monocrotophos 36% SL, lambda-cyhalothrin 4.9% CS and diafenthiuron 50 % WP and two fungicides - copper oxychloride 50% WP and fosetyl-AL 80% WP for management of pest in cardamom. Farmers’ knowledge of pesticide risk improved and was shown by the use of stick to mix pesticides in spray tanks, use of measuring caps, avoiding reuse of pesticide containers for household purposes and adhering to pre-harvest intervals. Farmers understanding of prescribed pesticides, dosage, label claims and personnel protection during spray activities, on the other hand, was deficient.', 'Cardamom, survey, pesticides, Farmer knowledge', 'Cardamom was attacked by various pests like shoot and capsule borer, thrips, whiteflies, spotted red spider mite and hairy caterpillars. In the changing scenerio, thrips, shoot and capsule borer became the most prevalent pest. Farmers mainly used pesticides belonging to organophosphorus and newer molecules as per the recommendations of pesticide dealers. Farmers\' knowledge of pesticide risk as evident from the use of stick to mix pesticides, use of measuring caps, avoiding reusing of pesticide containers for household reasons and adhering to waiting periods. On the other hand, farmers\' understanding of prescribed pesticides, dosage, label claims, and personnel protection during spray activities, were deficient. As a result, farmers must be educated on pesticide choices, the importance of adopting the recommended dosage, and pesticide hazards on the environment and individuals.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSmall cardamom, Elettaria cardamomum (Maton), the “Queen of Spices” enjoys a unique position in the international spice market. It belongs to the family Zingiberaceae and it is native to the hills of Western Ghats of Kerala (Beevi et al., 2014). India is the leading producer of small cardamom occupying an area of 45,17,000 ha. producing around 38,000 MT in 2016, followed by Guatemala where the production is around 35,000 MT in the same period (International cardamom association ICA, 2019). In India, small cardamom is grown in the states of Karnataka, Kerala and Tamil Nadu. In Tamil Nadu, cardamom is grown over 4,03,000 hectares with a production of 37,000 tonnes (INDIASTAT, 2022). Despite the fact that India has the most cardamom growing land, productivity is low, owing to insect attack at all stages of the crop (George et al., 2015). Pest and disease incidence is high in cardamom which becomes a major challenge because of the absence of sufficient population of natural enemies of pests in the cardamom hills ecosystem and also complexities in the use of biological control methods and products (Murugan et al., 2017). Chemical control is the sole approach to pest management for the reasons stated above. However, pesticides used in excess and on a regular basis can leave residues in plants and soil (George et al., 2015). Gulf countries such as Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates (UAE) are the major importers of cardamom. Unfortunately, due to excessive levels of pesticide residues, India\'s cardamom exports have fallen by 80 per cent (Beevi et al., 2014). Cardamom, while being a valuable export spice, has not been well investigated in terms of insect pest dynamics and pest management strategies. With this background, the present study was conducted to investigate the insect pests that attack the cardamom crop, as well as the use of pesticides and pesticide usage patterns in major cardamom growing districts of Tamil Nadu.\r\n \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nIn the cardamom growing districts of Tamil Nadu, a detailed survey was undertaken. The survey was carried out in the districts of Nilgiris, Theni and Namakkal during February and March, 2022. Data on several aspects of pesticide usage such as source of information, type of pesticide usage, dose, frequency, safety precautions, knowledge on dosage recommendation, waiting period, type of disposal of empty pesticide containers and socio-economic status is collected from each district and documented.\r\nDetails of the study area. To understand the pest status and pesticide usage pattern in the cardamom ecosystem in Tamil Nadu, a comprehensive survey was undertaken. The Theni, Nilgiris and Namakkal Districts (Fig. 1) were purposively selected based on the extent of cultivation (1351, 900 and 51 ha, respectively) and the survey details are presented in Table 1.\r\nNature and source of data. The information on pest status and pesticide usage patterns was collected randomly from selected farmers from each district. Using a proper questionnaire format, information from 40 farmers were gathered for this investigation. Information from the farmers was collected individually in the study area using the prepared questionnaire. The questionnaire consisted of three major parts. \r\nPart 1: General information about the farmers (Farmer’s name, age, education details, family details).\r\nPart 2: Crop production information (Size of holding, crop-related data, the previous crop grown). \r\nPart 3: Crop protection information (Pest status, pesticide usage pattern which includes pesticides used, source of information on recommended pesticides, awareness about label information, pesticide application details, safety precautions, spray count, spray intervals, waiting period). The interview was conducted from February 2022 to March 2022. The questions were asked in order, from first to last, to give participants enough time to think about the question and respond appropriately. The respondents were completely volunteers and had complete discretion over whether or not to provide responses in the event of an explanation. However, no farmers refused to participate in the interview.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Selected socio-economic factors of the farmers\r\nAccording to the socio-economic condition of the data obtained, majority of cardamom growers (72 per cent) were male, whereas female was low (28 per cent). Similarly, comparable findings have been reported by (Tyagi et al., 2015). The respondents were an average age, farm experience and family size of 46.17 years, 10-25years and 5.04 members (Table 2). Despite the fact that the majority of the farmers were literate, knowledge of scientific pest management approaches was found to be lacking. This was in agreement with earlier report (Prakash et al., 2021).\r\nB. Information regarding cardamom cultivation\r\nCardamom is a perennial herbaceous crop. All the farmers are practicing a monocropping system. The most common varieties are Nallani, Vazzhukka and Mysore are cultivated under red loamy and clay loamy soils. The majority of farmers follow drip irrigation and few farmers use sprinkler irrigation.\r\nC. Pest Status in the cardamom ecosystem\r\nThe survey results depicted that shoot/capsule borer, Conogethis punctiferalis (Guenee) caused more damage (85.42 %) followed by thrips Sciothrips cardamom (Ramakrishna) (79.85 %), whitefly, Kanakarajiella cardamomi (David and Subramaniam) (43.03 %), hairy caterpillars, Eupterote cardamom (Reng.) (31.85 %), spotted red spider mites, Dolyhotetranychus floridanus (Banks) (19.43 %) and shoot fly, Formosina flaviceps (Mall). similar results were recorded by (Murugan et al., 2017, Vijayan et al., 2018) shown in Fig. 1. In Theni district thrips incidence was high while in Nilgiris and Namakkal incidence of shoot/capsule borer was high. Shoot fly infestation was more in Theni (25%) whereas in Nilgiris and Namakkal infestation was about 16.6 and 18.05 per cent respectively. The various insect pests infesting the cardamom ecosystem are shown in Table 3.\r\nD. Pesticides used in the cardamom ecosystem \r\nSurvey revealed that on an average 19 pesticides are most frequently used by the farmers in the cardamom ecosystem (Table 4). The pesticides include profenophos 50% EC, quinolphos 25% EC, monocrotophos 36% SL, imidacloprid 17.80% SL, cypermethrin 5% EC, lamda cyhalothrin 5% EC, acetamiprid 20% SP, emamectin benzoate 5% SG, chlorantraniliprole 18.50% SC, fipronile 5%SC, flubendiamide 39.35% SC, chloropyriphos 20.00% EC, flonicamid 50.00% WG and spirotetramat 24 % SC. Among the pesticides, profenophos was most commonly used by the farmers (78.5 %) followed by lambda-cyhalothrin 5% EC (65.3 %). Farmers were also used insecticide mixtures like cypermethrin 5% EC + chloropyriphos 50 % EC and acephate 50% WP + buprofezin 20% WP. Shoot and capsule borer consumed more insecticide sprays (Conogethes functiferalis Guen.) followed by thrips (Sciothrips cardamomi Ramk.), leaf feeders and whiteflies (Basilepta fulvicorne Jacoby) in order (Murugan et al., 2014). Cardamom is also attacked by diseases like capsule rots (Azhukal disease) and rhizome rot. To manage these diseases farmers sprayed fungicides like copper oxychloride 50% WP and tebuconazole. Central Insecticide Board and Registration Committee (CIB & RC) approved four insecticides - quinolphos 25% EC, Monocrotophos 36% SL, lambda-cyhalothrinn 4.9% CS and diafenthiuron 50 % WP and two fungicides - copper oxychloride 50% WP and fosetyl-AL 80% WP for management of pest in cardamom. However, the rest of pesticides registered and recommended for the control of pest in other crops.\r\nE. General Awareness on Handling of Pesticides by Farmers\r\nDetailed pesticide usage pattern followed by the cardamom growing farmers depicts (Table 5.) that the majority of the farmers got the source of information on pesticide recommendations from pesticide retail shop (74.4 %) followed by fellow farmers (16 %) and horticulture officer (16 %). (Meenambigai et al., 2017; Prakash et al., 2021; Ramakrishnan et al., 2015; Anjali et al., 2018; Ngowi et al., 2007; Biradar et al., 2021). Earlier reports also shown the similar result on the source of information on pesticide recommendations. Only 25.5 per cent of farmers followed recommended dosage of pesticides and the rest of the farmers don’t have knowledge of the recommended dosage for the cardamom pest management. (Gaikwad et al., 2016; Abunyuwah et al., 2019). While spraying pesticides 78.5 per cent of farmers used bottle caps for measurement of pesticides and most of them (91.7 %) used sticks for mixing pesticides in the spray tank. Based on time of application, 37.5 per cent of farmers spray in the morning and 75 per cent of farmers sprayed in the evening. (Jamali et al., 2014). It is unfortunate to state that 72.2 per cent of farmers are not following safety measures during the handling of pesticides (Devi, 2009; Balasha et al., 2019). Before beginning spraying, 41 per cent of farmers paid attention to the label, 52.5 per cent of farmers sprayed pesticides at fortnight intervals while 79.2 per cent of farmers sprayed pesticides based on pest infestation. The waiting period, which they observed as a pre-harvest gap of seven days, was followed by all farmers. \r\nOnly a few farmers practiced good agricultural practices for disposal of used pesticide containers by burying them in the ground, while the majority of farmers (96.5 %) dumped empty pesticide containers in their own fields or in open space (Ntow et al., 2006; Ali et al., 2022). The present survey concluded that pesticide use and consumption patterns, frequent interventions are required to encourage the safer use of insecticides in the cardamom crop.\r\n', 'G. Manusha, K. Bhuvaneswari, A. Suganthi and S. Raghul (2022). Survey-Based Study on Farmers Knowledge and Pattern of using Pesticides in Cardamom in Tamil Nadu. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 14-20.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5195, '134', 'Efficacy of Bio Pesticides against Castor Semilooper Achaea janata (Lepidoptera: Erebidae)', 'K. Divija*, M. Anuradha, O. Shaila and V. Divya Rani', '84 Efficacy of Bio Pesticides against Castor Semilooper Achaea janata _Lepidoptera Erebidae_ K. Divija.pdf', '', 1, 'Field studies were conducted to evaluate the efficacy of four microbials, two botanicals and one chemical insecticide along with untreated control against castor semilooper in castor hybrid, PCH-111 during Rabi, 2021 at RARS, Palem in RBD replicated thrice. Profenophos 50EC @ 1ml L-1 was found best by showing highest reduction over control of semilooper larvae in both first (82.78%) and second spray (80.68%). Among biopesticides, mortality of the semilooper larvae was high in Btk treated plots as the per cent reduction over control was highest in both first (71.30%) and second spray (69.64%) followed by B. bassiana (63.10% after first spray and 64.12% after second spray). After 10 days of second spray the defoliation by the larvae was observed to be less than 10% in all the treated plots compared to 33.33% in untreated plot. Larval parasitization by S. maculipennis was very high in larvae from azadirachtin (56.67%, 53.33%) and pongamia oil (53.33%, 50.00%) compared to chemical insecticide (16.67%, 13.33%) treated plots in both first and second spray respectively. Because of the high cost of manufacture, low storage stability, susceptibility to environmental conditions, efficacy issues and other factors, the use of bio pesticides is currently limited compared to synthetic chemical pesticides. Some of these issues can be addressed by altering the formulation, which has proven to be effective in boosting and maintaining the activity of various botanicals and microbials. Bio-pesticides clearly have a vital role to play in the development of future integrated pest management strategies.', 'Castor, Achaea janata, Defoliation, biopesticides, Profenophos, Snellenius maculipennis, Parasitization', 'Spraying of profenophos was found to be most effective in controlling the castor pests. Among the microbials tested, Btk and B. bassiana are found effective from 5DAS and resulted in appreciable yield over untreated control and M. anisopliae was least effective as compared to other bio pesticides. In case of botanicals, azadirachtin was superior over pongamia oil against the A. janata. Botanicals were least effective to control the pest as compared to microbial pesticides. The results revealed that the bio pesticides has led to least reduction of parasitization by S. maculipennis contrary to the chemical insecticide, they are regarded as safer to the natural enemies. So, based on the efficacy and safety to natural enemies, microbials and azadirachtin can be recommended among which Btk is the best.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nCastor (Ricinus communis) is a non-edible oilseed crop of Euphorbiaceae family. The crop is predominantly grown in rainfed areas. India is the world\'s leading producer and exporter of castor beans. According to the government\'s third advance estimates, total castor production in India is 17.74 lakh tonnes in 2020-21.According to the 4th advance estimates of the Telangana State Government, castor productivity is 355 kg ha-1. (www.agri.telangana.gov.in). Excessive damage produced by lepidopteran pests, such as the castor semilooper, Achaea janata (Noctuidae: Lepidoptera), tobacco caterpillar, Spodoptera litura (Noctuidae: Lepidoptera), and capsule borer, Conogethes punctiferalis (Noctuidae: Lepidoptera) is one of the major constraints that limits the castor productivity. Semilooper and tobacco caterpillar are active during the vegetative stage and causes over 50% defoliation. Estimates of seed yield loss range from 35 to 50 percent, depending on the crop\'s growth stage and the insect attack. Natural enemies in the castor ecosystem include the parasitoids, Trichogramma chilonis, Microplitis maculipennis Szepligeti and insect predators such as spiders, and insectivorous birds. One of the methods for controlling the pests is conservation of these natural enemies. Until now, the most common method of controlling these pests is to employ synthetic insecticides. Although they have proven to be effective at reducing pest populations, they have detrimental consequences for the ecosystem and the crops themselves. Snellenius (Microplitis) maculipennis, a semilooper larval parasitoid that parasitizes more than 75% of larvae in the field, is greatly affected by the synthetic insecticides (Basappa and Lingappa 2005). Biopesticides have been proved to be a viable alternative to chemical pesticides. Microbial and botanical insecticides may offer an environmentally beneficial approach to control these insect pests while preserving natural enemies (Vanlaldiki et al., 2013; Dhingra et al., 2012; Lakshminarayana, 2010). \r\nAs a result, research has been carried out with the goal of identifying the most effective biopesticides for controlling defoliators in the castor crop while remaining compatible with natural enemies, as well as determining the economics of various treatments.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nField studies were conducted to evaluate the efficacy of biopesticides and a chemical pesticide against A. janata in castor hybrid PCH-111 during Rabi, 2021 at the research farm of RARS, Palem, PJTSAU, Telanagana. Experiment was laid out in Randomized Block Design (RBD) with eight treatments replicated thrice. Plot size of each treatment is 5m × 7m (35m2) with a spacing of 120cm × 45cm. All the agronomic practices were followed as per the recommendations. Bioefficacy of biopesticides, Beauveria bassiana (2 × 108 CFU g-1) @ 5g l-1, Metarhizium anisopliae (2×108 CFU g-1)@5g l-1 Bacillus thuringiensis.var.kursatki@1g l-1 Metarhizium rileyi (1.5 × 1013 spores ml-1)@5g l-1, Azadirachtin (1500ppm)@5ml l-1, Pongamia oil @ 2 ml l-1 was tested against A. janata in comparison with profenophos 50EC @ 1ml l-1 and untreated control. The treatments were imposed twice with an interval of 10 days during first and third week of December after observing a defoliation of greater than 25%. Observations were recorded on larval population/plant from five randomly selected plants from each replication in each treatment at one day before and 5, 7 and 10 days after spraying. The mean larvae/plant and per cent reduction over control was worked out. The defoliation per cent was recorded as per cent leaf area infested/plant. The per cent parasitization of semilooper larvae by S. maculipennis was also recorded. Results were analyzed by following appropriate statistical methods (RBD) and subjected to ANOVA in simple RBD analysis as per the procedures suggested by Gomez and Gomez (1984). Data on larval population was transformed using √(x+0.5) and percentages were transformed using arcsine transformations by using OPSTAT, Central Agricultural University, Hisar. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS\r\nThe mean semilooper larval population in the plots before and at different intervals after first spray are presented in Table 1. The pre treatment count of the larvae for first spray ranged from 2.33 to 2.87 larvae/plant. A significantly lower infestation of semilooper (0.33 larvae/plant) was recorded in profenophos treated plot after 10 days of first spray. This is in concurrence with the previous reports (Rajabaskar and Regupathy 2013). Higher toxicity of profenophos is due to its ability to inactivate acetylcholine esterase and affecting the pest’s nervous system. Among the biopesticides, the significantly similar Btk and B. bassiana treated plots were found to have a population of 0.67 and 0.80 larvae/plant after 10 days of first spray followed by M. rileyi (1.00 larvae/plant) and M. anisopliae which are on par with each other. The significant effect of entomopathogenic fungi in reducing the larval population superior to botanicals is in line with the work of Vanlaldiki et al. (2013).\r\nThe results from the pooled mean data after spray revealed that among the biopesticides, Btk and B. bassiana were superior by causing 71.30% and 63.10% reduction over control respectively followed by M. rileyi (55.72%) and M. anisopliae (50.80%). Higher larval mortality of A. janata recorded in Bt treated plots is in correspondence with the work of Kulshrestha et al. (1965) who reported 79.9% field mortality of A. janata larvae due to Bt. The botanicals, azadirachtin and pongamia oil caused 40.96% and 34.40% reduction over control respectively. The larvae from the plots treated with azadirachtin showed reduced feeding behavior. This is in agreement with the earlier work of Nath and Singh (2011); Roy and Saraf (2006) done on S. litura. The same trend of efficacy as in first spray was observed in the second spray presented in Table 2. The profenophos completely reduced the population of the semilooper larvae after 10 days of second spray. In biopesticides, the highest per cent reduction over control for second spray was caused by Btk (69.64%), B.bassiana (64.12%) followed by M. rileyi (56.76%) whereas least was due to pongamia oil (33.76%) (Fig. 1). The least efficacy of pongamia oil in the research is in accordance to the research work of Duraimuragan et al. (2015) whereas, Deshmukh and Borle (1976) mentioned that karanja oil has some limits for use at the farmer’s level due to its aqueous nature.\r\nLower defoliation (4.00%) was recorded in profenophos treated plot after 10 days of first spray. In the bio pesticides, Btk and B. bassiana treated plots a defoliation of 5.34% and 7.00% was recorded after 10 days of first spray followed by M. rileyi (9.67%) and M. anisopliae (10.67%) which are on par with each other. The superiority of B. bassiana among the entomopathogens tested reported in the present study also mentioned in the work of Purwar and Sachan (2005). The results from the pooled mean data after first spray revealed that among the bio pesticides, Btk and B. bassiana by causing 74.89% and 66.52% reduction over control respectively in defoliation are considered to be superior followed by M. rileyi (59.08%) and M. anisopliae (54.43%). The botanicals, azadirachtin and pongamia oil caused 46.06% and 39.55% reduction over control in defoliation respectively (Table 3, Fig. 1). The efficacy of the treatments in reducing the defoliation in second spray presented in Table 4 was found to be similar to the first spray. The per cent reduction over control of defoliation in the second spray was higher by profenophos (81.28%) followed by Btk (72.16%), B. bassiana (68.32%) and M. rileyi (60.64%) whereas least was caused by pongamia oil (36.64%) (Table 4, Fig. 2). The level of toxicity of the bio pesticides has decreased with time indicated by the higher efficacy of the pesticides upto 5 days after spraying and gradual decrease from 7 days to 10 days after treatment application in our present study. This is similar to the findings of Vimala Devi et al. (1996) where it was mentioned that the maximum mortality of the larvae was observed at 5 days of treatment.\r\nThe effect of treatments on the larval parasitization by S. maculipennis was observed in the two sprays mentioned in Table 5. It revealed that all the botanicals and microbials were safer to the parasitoid compared to the profenophos. Next to the untreated plots, the larval parasitization was very high in larvae collected from azadirachtin in both first (56.67%) and second spray (53.33%) followed by pongamia oil and M. anisopliae. The parasitization of larvae from chemical insecticide treated plot is 16.67% during first spray and 13.33% during second spray. This indicated the harmful and negative effect of the chemical insecticides and the safety of the bio pesticides towards the natural enemies. This safety of bio pesticides to semilooper larval parasitoid, S. maculipennis over profenophos under field conditions are in consistent with the findings of Basappa and Lingappa (2005). The significant similarity existed between all the microbials and the botanicals were on par with each other.\r\n', 'K. Divija, M. Anuradha, O. Shaila and V. Divya Rani (2022). Efficacy of Bio Pesticides Against Castor Semilooper Achaea janata (Lepidoptera: Erebidae). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 511-516.'),
(5196, '134', 'Effect of Saline and Sodic Water Irrigation on Physico-Chemical Properties of Inceptisols', 'P. Dayana Lakshmi*, K. Manikandan, D. Leninraja, M. Joseph and A. Kavitha Pushpam', '85 Effect of Saline and Sodic Water Irrigation on Physico-Chemical Properties of Inceptisols P Dayana Lakshmi.pdf', '', 1, 'The impact of saline and sodic water irrigation on the physico-chemical properties of inceptisol was studied at Agricultural College and Research Institute, Killikulam, Tamil Nadu, India during 2022. Pots filled with red soil collected from college farm that belongs to Inceptisols. Talinum fruitcosum was used as test crop for pot experimentation. Saline and sodic water were used in the experiment. Six levels of salinity and nine levels of sodicity were artificially created in irrigation water and used for irrigating soil. Saline and sodic water significantly influenced the soil properties. Increasing salinity and alkalinity increased the salinity and sodicity hazards of soil. ', 'Saline water, Sodic water, pH, EC', 'The current investigation found that irrigation with saline and sodic water considerably changed the physico-chemical characteristics of the Inceptisol. Under irrigation with saline water, soil pH marginally dropped as irrigation water salinity increased, but soil pH increased as irrigation water sodicity increased. Both saline and sodic water irrigation enhanced inceptisol\'s electrical conductivity. The amount of EC growth accelerates when irrigation water\'s salinity and sodicity hazards increases. According to the study\'s findings, using saline water that has a larger percentage of soluble calcium together with chloride and sulphate is helpful for lowering soil alkalinity.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSalinity and sodicity is considered as one of the major environmental hazard at global level and it affected as more than 25% of the total land and 33% of the irrigated land (Mohanavelu et al., 2021). In India, 6.73 million ha of land has been degraded due to salinity and sodicity. Approximately 25% of the land world-wide is affected by high salt concentration which renders the land productivity significantly (Bennett 2009; Rengasamy, 2016; Shahid et al., 2018). \r\nPoor quality irrigation water especially salinity and alkalinity are injurious to soil and crop health. Introduction of irrigation is considered as the prime factor for increasing salinity in western parts of India (Singh, 2009). Saline water refers to the concentration of salts in the irrigation water that is sufficiently high to adversely affect crop yield or crop quality. Salty irrigation water usually contains higher salts that accumulate in soil with the progressive application of irrigation water over time and resulting in adverse changes in soil properties (Huang et al., 2011), inhibition of plant growth (Hussain et al., 2015), reduction of yield and decreasing produce quality (Li et al., 2019). Salty water lowers osmotic potential of the soil solution (Manchanda and Garg 2008) and renders the plant ability to absorb water from soil (Rengasamy and Olsson 1993). The higher concentrations of specific ions (Cl, Na, CO3, HCO3, etc.) injure the crop (Lauchli and Epstein 1990) resulting in reduction of plant growth and yield. \r\nSodicity, on the other hand, is related to the higher proportion of Na in the irrigation water in comparison to calcium and magnesium. Sodic water contributes to the deterioration of soil physical properties (Choudhary and Mavi 2019), which can indirectly affect plants via crusting (Sumner et al., 1998), reduced infiltration (Kaur et al., 2008), increased soil strength (Peng et al., 2005), and reduced aeration (De Pascale and Barbieri 1995). Irrigation with sodic waters having higher carbonates and bicarbonates, leads to increase in soil pH and sodium (Na) saturation of soils, aeration and permeability problems due to clay dispersion, crusting, and clay migration leading to clogging of pores (Grattan and Oster 2003; Levy et al., 2003; Oster, 2004) thereby adversely affecting crop productivity (Josan et al., 1998; Choudhary et al., 2004, 2006; Sharma and Minhas 2005; Minhas et al., 2007). \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe study was conducted at Agricultural College and Research Institute, Killikulam, Tamil Nadu, India during 2022 with the goal of assessing the effect of saline and sodic water on the physico-chemical properties of Inceptisol. The experiment was conducted in pot filled with red soil by adopting completely randomized block design. Two types of water viz., saline and sodic water with varying level of intensity were used for irrigation. Six levels of salinity viz., EC value of < 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 dS m-1 were artificially created by adding salts and utilised for irrigation, separately. EC of the irrigation water is artificially stimulated by considering the relationship between EC and total dissolved salt i.e., TDS (mg/L) = EC × 640. Salt mixture of CaCl2-MgCl2-NaCl in the proportion of 4:2:1 was utilized for preparing saline water of desirable EC.\r\nSodic water with eight levels of soluble sodium percentage (SSP; < 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70 and 80) was artificially established using sodium carbonate in consideration with the initial sodium content in the irrigation water. Bore well water is considered as control for both salinity and sodicity as it has an EC and SSP values of < 1 dS/m and < 10, respectively. The treatment details were T1 - EC <1 dS m-1 & SSP<10; T2 - EC 2 dS m-1; T3- EC 4 dS m-1; T4- EC 6 dS m-1; T5- EC 8 dS m-1; T6 - EC 10 dS m-1; T7 - SSP 20; T8 - SSP 30; T9 - SSP 40; T10 - SSP 50; T11 - SSP 60; T12 - SSP 70; T13 - SSP 80.\r\nRed soil (Inceptisol) was collected from the B block of Agricultural College and Research Institute, Killikulam. The bulk soil was collected and the pots were filled equally with 12 kg soil and the initial characteristics of collected soil were mentioned in Table 1.\r\nStatistical analysis. The data collected from the pot experiment were subjected to statistical analysis based on one way analysis of variance (ANOVA) and least square significance test for p < 0.05 was studied. The statistical analysis was carried out using AGRES software version 7.0.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nPhysico-chemical characteristics of soil. The physico-chemical properties of Inceptisol differed significantly under the influence of saline and sodic water irrigation.\r\n(a) pH. Soil properties were significantly altered by the added irrigation water (Fig. 1). Saline water irrigation decreased the soil reaction slightly. Irrigation with saline water having EC of 10 dS/m resulted in the decreased soil reaction (pH 7.03) to the tune of 0.17 unit compared to control (pH 7.20). The proportion of soluble ions determines the direction of pH change with the addition of saline irrigation. The predominance of soluble calcium in association with chloride and sulphate decreases the soil pH (Tavakkoli et al., 2015; Al-Busaidi and Cookson 2003). Similar negative relationship between salinity and pH was reported by Choudhary et al. (2004).\r\nSodic water considerably increased the soil reaction compared to saline water irrigation. Increasing sodicity hazard in terms of increasing SSP sequentially increased the soil pH and the highest pH of 8.07 was observed in soils irrigated with water having SSP of 80 (T13) and the lowest pH value of 7.20was noticed in soils irrigated with water having SSP of < 10 (T1; Table 2). The carbonate and bicarbonate ions dissociation from the sodic water (de Andrade et al., 2018) might be prime reason for the increasing soil pH. Increasing sodicity hazard in irrigation water positively increases the soil pH significantly (Yaduvanshi and Sharma 2008).\r\n(b) Electrical Conductivity. EC of neutral soil significantly increased with increased irrigation with saline and sodic water (Fig. 2). The soils irrigated with water having EC < 1dS/m (T1) observed for the lowest EC value of 0.16dS/m, while the maximum EC of 0.27 dS/m was detected in soils irrigated with water having EC of 10 dS/m (T6). The soils irrigated with SSP 80 (T13) had the greatest EC value of 0.44, while the lowest EC value of 0.20 was detected in soils irrigated with SSP 20 (T7). Saline water significantly increased the electrical conductivity of the soil (Ahmed et al., 2010) owing to the addition of soluble salts both cations (Ghallab and Usman 2007) and anions (Ragab et al., 2008) by the salty irrigation water (Doneen, 1954).\r\n \r\n', 'P. Dayana Lakshmi, K. Manikandan, D. Leninraja, M. Joseph and A. Kavitha Pushpam (2022). Effect of Saline and Sodic Water Irrigation on Physico-Chemical Properties of Inceptisols. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 517-520.'),
(5197, '136', 'Evaluation of Carrier Materials for the Development of \r\nActinoalloteichus cyanogriseus Bio-formulation with better Shelf-life\r\n', 'L. Suresh, K. Angappan*, M. Saratha, G. Thiribhuvanamala and S. Marimuthu', '4 Evaluation of carrier materials for the development of K. Angappan.pdf', '', 1, 'Unlike other diseases of crops, biocontrol agents could provide better control of soil borne diseases than chemicals. One of the constraints in employing the biocontrol agent is their shelf-life of the product. For the better shelf-life of bioformulations, best compatible carrier has to be identified and utilized for formulation development. In this study physico-chemical properties of four carrier materials and their effect on black gram seed germination, seedling vigour were analysed. In addition, the carrier materials viz., rice husk ash, saw dust, rice husk and talc were used to study the shelf-life of the potential antagonistic actinobacterial strain Actinoalloteichus cyanogriseus at 30 days interval up to 150 days. Among all, rice husk ash (RHA) showed better physico-chemical properties and maintained higher colony count (95 × 107 CFU) even after 150 days. Also, the seeds treated with RHA showed the higher germination percentage (94% and 90%) and seedling vigour (2705 and 1823) in the roll towel and protray studies, respectively. ', 'Carrier material, seedling vigour, actinobacteria, shelf-life', 'Among the carrier materials tested rice husk ash enhanced the biometric parameters of black gram seedlings and the shelf-life of antagonistic actinobacterial strain. It had better physico-chemical properties especially WHC and the seeds treated with rice husk ash in the roll towel method and protray studies showed the higher germination percentage and seedling vigour. RHA maintained higher population of M12 strain even after 150 days and found as suitable carrier.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe chemical method of plant disease management is widely adopted across the world, because it provided better results in short term. But due to the residual effect of chemicals in both soil and plant, it caused more ecological problem and health hazards to humans (Pandya et al., 2011). Soil borne pathogens have wide range of hosts and survive in soil for many years by resisting the adverse climatic conditions, fungicidal effect, etc. with the help of resting structures. Moreover, the chemical method achieved only certain degree of control against soil-borne pathogens, hence the biological method has been preferred now-a-days (Amin et al., 2010). Biological method of combating plant diseases using antagonistic organisms provided a powerful and eco-friendly alternative instead of using synthetic chemicals (Emmert and Handelsman 1999). \r\nActinobacteria considered as an important source of many known antibiotics, secondary metabolites and reported as potential agent for managing many phytopathogens under in vitro condition (Khanna et al., 2011) and most of them could not be effectively employed under field condition due to lacuna in bioformulation development. However, any good bioformulation must be easy for handling, transport, shelf life, storage and application to the target site (Gopalakrishnan et al., 2016). The efficacy and shelf-life of these antagonistic microorganism based bioformulations are largely depending on various factors such as carrier material, storage conditions etc. The selection of carrier material should focus on improving the shelf-life of biocontrol agent and retaining their antagonistic activity for longer time. They should provide suitable micro environment to prevent sudden decline of microbial population. Carrier materials normally used were talc, peat, farm yard manure, vermicompost, lignite, compost and bagasse (Kumar, 2014). One of the delivery methods of bioformulation to combat soil-borne pathogens is seed treatment, therefore the carrier material should support both the microorganism and seed germination. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nBiocontrol agent. Actinobacterial strain Actinoalloteichus cyanogriseus - M12 has been obtained from the Microbial Type Culture collection, Department of Plant Pathology, TNAU, Coimbatore and maintained in Starch Casein Agar (SCA) at 30 ± 2 ˚C.\r\nCarrier materials. Carrier materials used viz., rice husk (RH), rice husk ash (RHA), saw dust (SR), talc (T) were procured from different sources. Physico-chemical characteristics of the carriers like pH, particle size, colour, organic matter, water holding capacity (WHC) were analysed (Jayasudha et al., 2017; Nelson et al., 1974; Hariz et al., 2015).\r\nEffect of carrier material on seed germination. To analyse the effect of carrier material on seed germination, black gram seeds (VBN 8) were used. Seeds were evenly coated with carrier materials viz., rice husk (RH), rice husk ash (RHA), saw dust (SD), talc (T) @10 g per kg of seeds using the binding agent carboxy methyl cellulose (CMC @ 10g per kg of carrier material). Germination test was carried out using roll towel method (ISTA, 1993) and also in the protray (Desai et al., 2020).\r\nRoll towel studies. Black gram seeds coated with different carrier materials was placed on the germination paper (25 seeds/ paper) with four replications. Rolled germination paper was kept in standing position with the seeds at topside in a beaker. Beaker was half-filled with water and covered by polythene sheet to avoid drying. After incubation for seven days at 28˚C germination paper was unrolled to calculate germination per cent and seedling vigour (Jambhulkar et al., 2013). The germination per cent and seedling vigour were calculated using the formula.\r\nGermination percentage = \r\nSeedling vigour = (shoot length + root length) × Germination %\r\nProtray studies. Black gram seeds coated with different carrier materials were sown in sterilized soil at the rate of one seed/ well (4.5 cm × 4.5 cm × 4 cm) in a protray. For each treatment, four replications were maintained with 10 seeds/ replication in protrays at glass house condition. Germination per cent and seedling vigour were measured at 7th and 14th day after sowing (DAS) respectively using the above formula.\r\nBioformulation preparation. A. cyanogriseus M12 strain was grown in Starch Caesin Broth (SCB) for 14 days at 30±2˚ C. The broth containing more than 50 × 107 CFU/ ml was used for bioformulation preparation using different carriers. For 100 g of carrier material 40 ml of broth, 1g of CMC was added. It was packed in polythene bag with moisture content less than 20 % and stored at room temperature (28±2˚ C) for shelf-life studies (Vidhyasekaran and Muthamilan 1999).\r\nShelf-life estimation. Shelf-life was estimated using serial dilution and pour plate technique (Patil et al., 2021). One gram of bioformulation was added to 10 ml of sterilized distilled water (10-1 dilution), vigorously mixed and serially diluted up to 10-8 dilution. From this, 1 ml of suspension was added to Petri dish, 15 ml of SCA medium poured over. Replicated thrice and incubated at 30 ± 2 ˚C for 14 days. The number of colonies were counted and the procedure was repeated at 30 days interval up to 150 days. Fresh sample was drawn each time and analysed (Jayasudha et al., 2017).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe potential antagonistic Actinoalloteichus cyanogriseus M12 strain used was isolated from mulberry plants, and found to be effective against pathogens like Macrophomina phaseolina, Lasiodiplodia theobromae, Athelia rolfsii, Fusarium sp and Rhizoctonia solani (Saratha et al., 2022). \r\nAgricultural by-products are available in huge quantities at low cost and now, these were utilized for promoting soil and plant health. The physico-chemical characters analysed (Table 1) for different carrier materials showed that SD and RHA had higher water holding capacity. These agro industry wastes have good organic matter content than conventionally used inert talc carrier material. Sarin and Riddech (2018) also studied the effect of various agricultural residues viz., rice husk ash, rice straw, cane leaves, coconut fibre as carriers for bio-fertilizer production and tomato growth promotion. Among the seeds treated with different carrier materials in the roll towel and protray studies, rice husk ash (RHA) showed higher germination (94 % and 90 %) on par with saw dust (92 % and 90 %) (Table 2 & 3).\r\n \r\nHowever, RHA showed significantly higher seedling vigour (2705 and 1823) in both tests. Comparatively, control seeds showed lower germination of 86 per cent in roll towel and 60 per cent in protray. Similarly, in case of seedling vigour, control showed lowest value in both roll towel (2389) and protray (507). The above results showed that RHA treated seeds had increased germination per cent and seedling vigour of black gram seeds by 9.3% and 48.4% respectively was corroborated with previous report by Lu et al. (2015). They reported that tomato seeds treated with nano silica powder prepared from RHA showed 22 per cent increase in germination and 92 per cent vigour index over control. \r\nPresetya et al. (2018) reported that higher silica content (90%) in RHA helped in maintaining moisture in the seeds which could enable higher germination of black gram seeds. Similar results were reported by Tsakaldimi (2006) that addition of RHA with peat to the growth medium, Pinus halepensis showed higher shoot length and dry weight than control growth medium. Rice husk ash increased resistance to paddy against Xanthomonas oryzae pv. oryzae and showed significant difference in plant height, improved photosynthesis. Due to presence of silica in RHA, it alleviated water stress, salinity stress, nutrient deficiency and improved erectness of leaves, there by increased rice yield and mitigated abiotic stress (Medrano et al., 2021). Rice husk ash application improved the yield of wheat about 24 % in mean grain yield. \r\nThe shelf-life studies showed M12 strain found to have longer survival ability (Table 4) in almost all carriers used. However, among four carrier materials tested, RHA had significantly better results for shelf-life and maintained higher colony count (95 × 107 CFU g-1) even after 5 months (Table 4). RHA found to have suitable properties for growth of antagonistic M12 strain like alkaline pH, with minerals and nutrients (Table 1). Previously, Saratha et al. (2022) found that M12 strain could survive at wide temperature and pH range. Durham and Simonton (1985) reported pH of RHA was about 8.4 and had high silica content, supported the better survival of actinobacteria.\r\nSimilar results were reported by Sarin and Riddech (2018) that RHA as best carrier, which showed the highest growth and survival of rhizobacteria at wide temperature regions (30- 50˚C), maximum number of rhizobacteria colonies was recorded (109 –1010 CFU g-1) on 15th day of incubation at 30˚C. They also mentioned RHA as suitable for microbial immobilization and tomato growth promotion. Silica content in rice husk ash was used by actinobacteria for their growth (Mezan et al., 2020). Ratna et al. (1996) reported that RHA increased the soil microbial activity.\r\n', 'L. Suresh, K. Angappan, M. Saratha, G. Thiribhuvanamala and S. Marimuthu (2022). Evaluation of carrier materials for the development of Actinoalloteichus cyanogriseus bio-formulation with better shelf-life. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 21-25.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5198, '134', 'Estimation of Price Cointegration across Major Potato Markets of India – An Application of the Vector Error Correction Model', 'Divyacrotu Majumder*, S. Selvam, T. Samsai and S. Gurunathan', '86 Estimation of Price Cointegration across Major Potato Markets of India – An Application of the Vector Error Correction Model Divyacrotu Majumder.pdf', '', 1, 'The present study analyzed the price cointegration between Delhi, Agra, Ahmedabad, Indore, Patna, Kolkata, Burdwan, Coochbehar, Guwahati and Chennai potato markets from January 2015 to December 2021. To identify the presence of long run cointegrating relationship the Johansen cointegration methodology was used. It was found that long-run equilibrium existed between the prices of the selected markets. The short-run price movements were identified through the Vector Error Correction Model (VECM) which revealed that Agra market was the quickest to reestablish equilibrium after any price shock, followed by Burdwan, Chennai and Coochbehar markets. Delhi, Chennai and Coochbehar markets on the other hand were found to be the more efficient in transferring price signals. It was concluded that any relevant policy initiative administered through these markets would perform better in the long run. Also, any effort to influence the price of potato artificially would be void due to the high degree of long run price cointegration across the country. There were evidences of inter-state price transmissions between potato wholesale markets which would also help formulate effective price policies.', 'Cointegration, Vector Error Correction Model, Potato, Price linkage, VECM, Market integration', 'In India, Potato is a political commodity and it is known for high price volatility which seriously affects the profitability of the farmers. This study was conducted to better understand the price relationship amongst selected key potato markets in the country. The empirical results of the study reported that there was cointegration in the weekly prices that concluded a high degree of market integration in major Potato markets. This is consistent with the view that Potato markets in India are quite competitive. Hence, any effort to artificially influence the price would be void in the long run. In the short run, there were deviations from the equilibrium which are corrected at various speeds denoted by the error correction terms (ECTs). Agra and Burdwan markets were quicker to return to long-run equilibria from short-run deviations because of the higher speed of adjustments. Coochbehar, Chennai and Delhi markets are cointegrated with more markets leading to the conclusion that these markets were more efficient in transferring price signals. Guwahati market was influenced by Coochbehar, Burdwan and Patna markets, exhibiting a significant case of inter-state potato price linkage. The study concluded that policies regarding potato marketing administered in West Bengal may have a significant effect on Assam state’s potato price after a lag period of two weeks. Results of this study recommended that any policy initiatives on potato-related infrastructure like cold storage, value addition and food parks etc be implemented through these markets to be more effective on a larger scale. Developing a robust potato price information dissemination system using the core principle of cointegration analysis with forecasting methods was found to be effective in short-run price fluctuations in these potato markets.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe unprecedented population pressure and the associated demand for food pose a challenge to today’s food systems globally. FAO forecasts 70% more demand for food in view of global population growth up to 9.7 billion people by the year 2050 (FAO et al., 2017). Potato emerges as a promising crop to feed this expanded population sustainably and nutritiously while also providing livelihood to farmers across the globe. The production of potato is highly climate-specific and is concentrated in the temperate regions of the northern hemisphere of the globe (Devaux et al., 2020). China and India have experienced a steady, almost linear growth in potato production over the last 50 years (Devaux et al., 2020). India has produced over fifty-four million metric tons of potato in 2020-2021, the bulk of the production is concentrated in northern India wherein the states Uttar Pradesh and Gujrat stand highest in area and productivity respectively, West Bengal being a close second in both the parameters (Agricultural statistics at a glance, 2021).\r\nFresh potato is a thinly traded commodity in global markets and is absent in major international commodity exchanges. It is therefore subject to less price volatility on a global scale (FAO, 2009). However, the price of potato is far more volatile on a national scale as a result of production uncertainties and demand shifts (Katoch and Singh 2020). Recently, horizontal and vertical price linkages are important areas of research in the food markets. The extent to which a price shock at one market/level of value chain affects a price in other markets/value chain level provides an assessment of the functioning of markets. The number of studies on horizontal price linkages in the food markets in the developed world has increased recently; however, it is hard to find studies on how the price transmission mechanism takes place in potato vegetable markets in developing countries. Hence this paper attempts to assess the price transmission mechanism of spatially separated wholesale potato markets in India. Results of this study will assist producers and consumers to realize the gains from long-term comparative advantage and also help governments in developing trade policy.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHOD\r\nGiven two or more series are non-stationary at level, if there exists a stationary linear combination between them, the series are called cointegrated (Gujarati, 2012). To estimate the market integration through price transmission, this study uses the weekly wholesale price data from 2015 to 2021 of potato markets. The selection of the market was based on three factorsi) production catchments of potato (area in hectare) ii) unique market profile characteristics (number of sellers concentration) and iii) non-stationarity of price series. Based on these factors, ten major markets were selected for investigation, i.e., Agra (Uttar Pradesh), Ahmedabad (Gujarat), Chennai (Tamil Nadu), Delhi, Guwahati (Assam), Indore (Madhya Pradesh), Kolkata, Burdwan, Coochbehar (West Bengal) and Patna (Bihar). The time series weekly wholesale price data were collected from the market database of the National Horticultural Research and Development Foundation (NHRDF) pertaining to the year 2015 to 2021. The weekly price data for the selected markets is depicted in the form of a line-graph in Fig 1 for better visual representation.\r\nTest for unit root. A time series is called stationary when the mean and variance of the series are time-invariant and the autocorrelation is a function of the distance between two time periods and not the actual periods concerned (Gujarati, 2012). Any cointegration test assumes the non-stationarity of time series. Hence, it is instrumental to check for a unit root in level and the first difference before we can proceed further. For this, this study employed the Phillips Perron test (PP test) for stationarity due to its non-parametric estimation and does not require specifying the level of serial correlation as in ADF.\r\nJohansen test. The cointegration test is based on the truism that for two or more series to be non-stationary, they must possess the same intertemporal characteristics. In this analysis, the Johansen, Juselius Maximum Likelihood method was employed due to its simultaneously handling multiple series while other methods such as Engle-Granger are objectively bi-variate models. It also addresses the endogeneity and simultaneity problems better than a bi-variate framework (Johansen and Juselius, 1990).\r\nVector Error Correction Model (VECM)\r\nThe Johansen cointegration model indicates any long-run relationship between the time series. From the perspective of policy prescription, short-run price linkages between markets are as important as the long-run relationships. Having established a long-run relationship, it is also of critical importance to observe the short-run behaviour of the series concerned, as they drift apart and recalibrate to the long-run equilibrium. The speed of this adjustment has serious implications on the level of efficiency and information mobility across markets. For these reasons, Vector Error Correction Model was built on the data. The short-run cointegrating equations for each cointegrating relationship pertain to the general form of-\r\nWhere ECT is the error correction term and Y, X and R, are cointegrated time series variables of different periods indicated by their suffixes. λ is the error correction coefficient that measures the speed of adjustment. Negative and significant values of λ indicate the speed of restoring previous equilibrium while zero or positive values of the term indicated explosive or divergent behaviour from the equilibrium (Saxena and Chand 2017).\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nResults of the unit root test. Phillips Perron test was performed for the presence of unit root at level and first difference. The PP test is built upon the alternative hypothesis of stationarity. Thus, any p-value less than 0.05 signifies a stationary series. The results of the PP test are presented in Table 1. From the results, it was inferred that all the selected series are integrated of degree one.\r\nJohansen Cointegration test results. To determine the number of cointegrating equations in the data, the Johansen cointegration test was employed through trace statistics and the maximum eigenvalue method. Johansen\'s cointegration methodology is based on the sequencing of the tests to determine the rank of the matrix formulated on a group of non-stationary series. The null hypothesis of at most r cointegrating vectors with an alternative hypothesis of (r +1) cointegrating vectors are tested at each stage starting with r = 0.\r\nFrom Table 2 it was depicted that the trace statistics associated with the null hypothesis r = 0, r ≤ 1, and r ≤ 2 are higher than the corresponding 5% critical values leading to the conclusion that there are four cointegrating relationships between the variables concerned.\r\nTable 3 depicted the results of the maximum eigenvalue rank test of the Johansen cointegration method and indicated that there are three cointegrating vectors based on the MacKinnon-Haug-Michelis p-values obtained for the test statistic.\r\nThe trace test and the maximum eigenvalue test conclude different results. It is to note that both the tests are likelihood-ratio type tests but they employ different assumptions for the deterministic part of the data generating process (DGP). Hubrich et al., have noted that the trace test tends to exhibit more distorted sizes compared to the other (Hubrich et al., 2001). Lütkepohl et al. (2004) have suggested the use of the trace test over the maximum eigenvalue test in a small sample simulation. Accordingly, this study concluded that among the selected series there are four cointegrating equations and this leads to the conclusion of stable price cointegration across the selected potato markets in the long run.\r\nVector Error Correction Model (VECM). The VECM model was built to analyze the short-run behaviour of the selected potato markets concerned with ensuring the presence of long-run cointegration. The results of this model are presented in Table 4 wherein the error correction terms and coefficients of cointegrating equations along with corresponding standard errors and t-statistics are provided.\r\nThe concerned discussion is divided into two parts. The first part discussed the error correction term which revealed the speed of adjustment from short-run deviations. Later we formed the short-run cointegrating equations under VECM framework for each market. This illustrated the cointegration and price transmission across the selected markets.\r\nThe error correction term. The Error Correction Term (ECT) for Agra, Burdwan, Coochbehar, Chennai and Patna are all negative and significant, which indicates that the series will return to its previous long-run equilibrium. The coefficient of the error correction term, which signifies the speed of adjustment, was highest in Agra and Burdwan markets, respectively 15.9% and 15.37% followed by Chennai and Coochbehar and Patna markets at 14.37%, 13.07% and 9% respectively.\r\nShort-run cointegrating equations \r\nAgra Market. The current week’s price of Agra market was influenced by one and two weeks lagged price of its own, of Ahmedabad market as well as of Coochbehar market and Kolkata market’s weekly price from two weeks ago. The concerned short-run equation under the VECM framework was-\r\nΔ〖AGRA〗_t= -0.15 〖ECT〗_(t-1)+0.25〖AGRA〗_(t-1)-0.01〖AGRA〗_(t-2)+0.05〖AHMEDABAD〗_(t-1)+0.05〖AHMEDABAD〗_(t-2)+0.2〖COOCHBEHAR〗_(t-1)-0.09〖COOCHBEHAR〗_(t-2)-0.1〖KOLKATA〗_(t-2)\r\nAhmedabad market. The current weekly price of the Ahmedabad market was influenced by one week lagged price of itself, the one and two-week lagged price of the Kolkata market and one week lagged price of the Patna market. The concerned short-run equation under the VECM framework was-\r\nΔ〖AHMEDABAD〗_t =-0.32〖AHMEDABAD〗_(t-1)+0.31〖KOLKATA〗_(t-1)+0.24〖KOLKATA〗_(t-2)+0.22〖PAT〗_(t-1)\r\nBurdwan Market. Current potato weekly price in Burdwan market was influenced by one week lagged price of Guwahati market, one and two weeks lagged price of Indore market and two weeks lagged price of Kolkata market. The market showed a high exogenous influence on the determination of price as it consists of no lagged values of its own as an explanatory variable. The concerned short-run equation under the VECM framework was-\r\nΔ〖BURDWAN〗_t=-0.15〖ECT〗_(t-1)+0.17〖GUWAHATI〗_(t-2)-0.15〖INDORE〗_(t-1)-0.12〖KOLKATA〗_(t-2)\r\nCoochbehar Market. Current weekly potato price in Coochbehar market was influenced by both one and two weeks lagged price of itself, one week lagged price of Agra market, two weeks lagged price of Ahmedabad market, two weeks lagged price of Guwahati market and both one and two weeks lagged price of Patna market. It is to note that the Coochbehar market was cointegrated with 4 other markets which proved it to be more effective and wider in range for price signal transmissions. The concerned short-run equation under the VECM framework was-\r\nΔCOOCHBEHAR = -0.13〖ECT〗_(t-1)+0.22〖AGRA〗_(t-1)+0.07〖AHMEDABAD〗_(t-2)+0.19〖COOCHBEHAR〗_(t-1)-0.16〖COOCHBEHAR〗_(t-2)+0.15〖GUWAHATI〗_(t-2)+0.13〖PATNA〗_(t-1)-0.19〖PATNA〗_(t-2)\r\nChennai market. Current potato weekly price in Chennai market was influenced by two weeks lagged weekly price of Agra market, two weeks lagged weekly price of Burdwan market, two weeks lagged weekly price of Delhi market, and both one and two weeks lagged weekly price of Kolkata market. Here also we can observe an exogenous influence on price determination. Another observation was that three out of four markets which significantly affect the price in the Chennai market appear in two weeks\' lagged price and leading to the conclusion of slower price transmission across the selected markets. The concerned short-run equation under the VECM framework was-\r\nΔ〖CHENNAI〗_t= -0.14〖ECT〗_(t-1)+0.23〖AGRA〗_(t-1)+0.18〖BURDWAN〗_(t-2)-0.13〖DELHI〗_(t-2)-0.27〖KOLKATA〗_(t-1)-0.23〖KOLKATA〗_(t-2)\r\nDelhi market. Current potato weekly price in Delhi market was influenced by one week lagged price of itself, one week lagged price of Agra market, both one and two weeks lagged price of Coochbehar market, one week lagged price of Indore market and two weeks lagged price of Patna market. The concerned short-run equation under the VECM framework was-\r\nΔ〖DELHI〗_t=0.5〖AGRA〗_(t-1)+0.2〖COOCHBEHAR〗_(t-1)-0.14〖COOCHBEHAR〗_(t-2)-0.17〖DELHI〗_(t-1)+0.18〖INDORE〗_(t-1)-0.17〖PATNA〗_(t-2)\r\nGuwahati market. The current potato weekly price of Guwahati market was influenced by one week lagged price of Burdwan market, two weeks lagged price of Coochbehar market and the one-week lagged price of Patna market. The concerned short-run equation under the VECM framework was-\r\nΔ〖GUWAHATI〗_t=0.8〖BURDWAN〗_(t-2)+0.9〖COOCHBEHAR〗_(t-2)+0.12〖PATNA〗_(t-1)\r\nIndore market. The current potato weekly price of Indore market was influenced by one week lagged price of Burdwan market, two weeks lagged price of Delhi market and the one-week lagged price of Patna market. We can observe a high exogenous influence overall on the price determination. The concerned short-run equation under the VECM framework was-\r\nΔ〖INDORE〗_t= 0.13〖BURDWAN〗_(t-1)-0.9〖DELHI〗_(t-2)+0.17〖PATNA〗_(t-1)\r\nKolkata market. The current potato weekly price of the Kolkata market was significantly influenced by one week lagged price of Agra market, both one and two weeks lagged prices of Burdwan market and two weeks lagged prices of Guwahati market. Here also we can observe a high exogenous influence overall on the price determination. The concerned short-run equation under the VECM framework was-\r\nΔ〖KOLKATA〗_t=0.12〖AGRA〗_(t-1)+0.13〖BURDWAN〗_(t-1)+0.15〖BURDWAN〗_(t-2)+0.16〖GUWAHATI〗_(t-2)\r\nPatna market. The current potato weekly price of the Patna market was significantly influenced by one week lagged price of itself only which was indicative of both the strongest endogeneity in the price determination among the selected markets and weak cointegration with other markets in the short run. It also indicates that any short-run price shock was absorbed by the market which is indicative of a flexible supply mechanism. The concerned short-run equation under the VECM framework was-\r\nΔ〖PATNA〗_t=-0.09〖ECT〗_(t-1)-0.14〖PATNA〗_(t-1)\r\nwe enumerate the mutual effects amongst the selected markets in Table 5.\r\n', 'Divyacrotu Majumder, S. Selvam, T. Samsai and S. Gurunathan (2022). Estimation of Price Cointegration Across Major Potato Markets of India – An Application of the Vector Error Correction Model. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 521-527.'),
(5199, '134', 'Comparing the Efficiency of Field and Glass House Screening Techniques for Promotion of Sorghum Downy Mildew Infection in Maize', 'S. Arulselvi* and B. Selvi', '87 Comparing the Efficiency of Field and Glass House Screening Techniques for Promotion of Sorghum Downy Mildew Infection in Maize S. Arulselvi.pdf', '', 1, 'Sorghum Downy Mildew (SDM) is one of the most devastating diseases affecting maize which causes yield losses even up to 100 per cent under favourable disease epiphytotic conditions. A sound screening method is essential to identify the resistant sources which constitutes the first step in any plant breeding programme. In the present investigation, field and glass house screening techniques were compared for promotion of SDM infection in maize. Level of infection recorded in glass house trial was slightly higher than recorded in sick plot trials. Hence, screening of maize genotypes under glass house against SDM infection was found to be the most efficient technique in inducing severe SDM infection in maize. The highly susceptible sorghum genotype, DMS 652 showed resistance in response to SDM both in sick plot and glass house trials which indicated the prevalence of maize race in maize sick plot which is one of the races of P. sorghi. Of nine maize inbred lines, UMI 936(w) was highly resistant to infection by SDM pathogen followed by UMI 102 and UMI 285. These inbreds can be used in future for crop improvement programme to evolve a SDM resistant composites and hybrids.', 'Maize, Sorghum Downy Mildew, Screening methods, resistance', '-', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nMaize is one of the four prime crops of the world. It is mainly utilized as food in the developing countries and as livestock feed in the developed countries. Because of its’ utilization for variety of value-added products maize becomes an important crop in recent years. However, increasing incidence of pest and diseases is one of the main factors limiting productivity in maize. Of these, Sorghum Downy Mildew (SDM) caused by Peronosclerospora sorghi is one of the most devastating diseases and has the ability for epiphytotics on susceptible genotypes under favorable environmental conditions. Although P. sorghi usually infects both maize and sorghum (named as the sorghum strain), there are some strains that infect only maize (named as the maize strain) (Bock et al., 2000). The effective and cheapest method of controlling SDM disease is the development of resistant varieties / hybrids in maize. In any breeding programme for disease resistance, the initial step is to screen all the available germplasm against disease pathogen. Anahosur and Hegde (1979) compared the five different techniques for screening sorghum genotypes against SDM in the field and revealed that ‘Infector row’ planting was the most reliable technique for assured screening. Schmitt and Freytag (1974) also reported that conidial spray inoculation at seedling stage was most efficient in inducing severe downy mildew infection in corn and sorghum. Narayana and his coworkers (1995) compared six inoculation techniques for artificial promotion of SDM in green house for screening sorghum genotypes. Among the six inoculation method evaluated in the green house they obtained maximum downy mildew incidence of 100 percent when seedlings at the first leaf stage were spray-inoculated. Cardwell et al. (1997 & 2006) have developed ‘Direct seed inoculation’ method for screening maize genotypes against SDM and they identified direct inoculation of pre-germinated seeds of spreader rows as a consistent method in promoting SDM infection in susceptible maize lines. A sound screening technique forms the platform for identification of resistant sources for disease resistance breeding programme. Therefore, an attempt was made to compare field and glass house screening techniques for promotion of sorghum downy mildew infection in maize and also to identify the strain of P. sorghi prevailing in sickplot of Department of Millets, TNAU, Coimbatore based on pathogenicity to sorghum and maize. \r\n \r\n\r\n\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe maize genotypes selected for the present research programme consisted of nine maize inbred lines maintained by sib mating at Maize unit, Department of Millets, Centre for Plant Breeding and Genetics, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore. SDM disease susceptible checks viz, CM 500 (maize genotype) and DMS 652 (sorghum genotype) are also included for pathogenicity test. The source and details of the maize inbred lines are given in Table 1.\r\n \r\nScreening of maize genotypes against SDM. Nine maize inbred lines were screened against SDM infection during September, 2005 and September, 2006 in the sick plot by spreader row technique and also in the glass house by seedling spray inoculation technique during February, 2007. The procedures adopted for the above two screening methods are as follows.\r\nSpreader row technique followed in the sick plot for screening maize genotypes against SDM. Disease screening against SDM was carried out during September to November, 2005 and 2006 by taking advantage of monsoon season, which was conducive for pathogen development. Artificial epiphytotic conditions were created by planting spreader rows of a susceptible maize genotype, CM500 (Shetty and Ahmand, 1980; Krishnappa et al., 1995; Setty et al., 2001; George et al., 2003; Nair et al., 2004; Yen et al., 2004; Nair et al., 2005; Nagabhushan et al., 2014) 30 days prior to sowing of test entries. Spreader row technique (Craig et al., 1977) was followed for screening the maize inbred lines against SDM in the field.\r\nSick plot has been maintained in New Area, Department of Millets, Centre for Plant Breeding and Genetics, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore. Every year mono-cropping of downy mildew susceptible maize entries would be followed in the sick plot and at the end of growing season, infected leaf debris containing oospores of P. sorghi would be incorporated in the soil by ploughing. This regular operation would increase the oospore content of the soil. In sick plot, ridges were formed in 3m length with 60cm space between ridges. The seeds of highly susceptible maize inbred line (CM500) were sown in sick plot in every 6th row leaving 5 rows in between in order to accommodate test entries 30 days later and also on all the four sides of sick plot in order to increase the disease inoculam. This time gap (thirty days) between sowing of spreader row entry (CM500) and test entries allowed disease development in spreader row entry and hence sufficient disease inoculum will be available for test entries for effective screening. \r\nSince P. sorghi is an obligate parasite, conidia of P. sorghi were harvested from fresh and infected plants for inoculations. The method of conidial inoculum preparation used in the present study was followed from Cardwell et al., (1994) and by utilizing the natural spore producing cycle of the fungus, which involved conidial spraying operation in the middle of the night (Siradhana et al., 1976; Renfro et al. (1979)). Conidia were collected from three week old systemically infected maize leaves. Maize leaves infected with P. sorghi showing white visible conidial growth were obtained from the infected field in the previous day evening. The abaxial surface of infected leaves were wiped with wet absorbent cotton to remove aged and matured downy mildew conidia produced previously and they were wiped again using tissue paper to remove moisture from the leaf surface. These SDM infected leaves were spread in a single layer over a tray lined with moist blotting paper in such a way that lower leaf surface faced upwards. Another tray lined with moist blotting paper was used to close the tray containing infected leaf materials in order to enhance relative humidity. These trays were incubated at 20°C in the dark for six to seven hours for sporulation, until 3.00 AM. At this time, conidia were harvested by washing the sporulated leaves in chilled distilled water (5°C) using a camel hairbrush. The conidial suspension was filtered through a double layered of muslin cloth to remove conidiophores and other leaf particles. The conidial concentration was adjusted to 6x105 per ml using a hemacytometer. The resulting spore suspension was placed into backpack sprayers and taken to the field. The spraying of conidial suspension was taken in the field from 3.30 to 4.30 AM onto ten days old spreader row (CM500) plants. This screening method utilizes the natural spore producing cycle of disease causing pathogen. \r\nThe nine maize inbred lines and DMS 652 were planted after confirming hundred per cent disease establishment in the spreader rows in three replications. Hence, the test entries were exposed to infection by both oospores from the soil and conidia from spreader rows. \r\nSeedling spray inoculation technique in the glass house for screening the maize genotypes against SDM. Jones (1970), Schmitt and Freytag (1974) and Craig (1976) developed conidial spray inoculation of seedlings to evaluate responses of maize genotypes to SDM in the glass house. Procedure adopted for seedling spray inoculation method is as follows.\r\nTransparent, UV (Ultra-violet) stabilized Silpaulin plastic sheets were used to cover in side the glass house in order to allow sun light to pass and also to maintain relative humidity created inside the glass house mainly to provide favorable environmental conditions (warm and humid) for downy mildew pathogen development. Screening of maize genotypes against SDM disease was carried out in the glass house available at Department of Cotton, Centre for Plant Breeding and Genetics, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore during February, 2007. Seeds were sown in trays containing soil from sick plot and allowed to germinate. At the plumule emergence stage when the first leaf was in the whorl (6 days after sowing) test entries were sprayed with conidial suspension adjusted to approximately 6 × 105 per ml of water and applied at a rate equivalent to approximately 1ml per plant using atomizer. In this similar way, conidial suspension spray was given for three consecutive days. Conidial suspension of SDM pathogen was prepared daily as described by Cardwell et al. (1994).\r\nDisease assessment in maize genotypes against SDM. The downy mildew disease reaction was scored at 30 days after plant emergence of test entries in spreader row technique (under sick plot) and 21 days after seedling emergence of test entries in seedling spray inoculation technique (under glass house). The number of systemically infected plants and total number of plants in each test row were recorded. Per cent downy mildew incidence was calculated as per standard procedure (Lal and Singh, 1984) both in field and glass house trials. Per cent downy mildew incidence = \r\n \r\nThe rating scale was followed as below.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nSorghum downy mildew infection caused by P. sorghi is one of the significant devastating diseases of maize. Of various mean of disease management, host plant resistance is the most practical, eco-friendly and efficient method. For the development of host plant resistance in any crop, screening of available germplasm forms the platform for identification of resistance sources. Therefore, in the present study, the field (Sick plot method) and glass house (Seedling spray inoculation method) screening methods were compared to identify the reliable method in inducing SDM incidence in maize. \r\nThe susceptible check, CM 500 showed 100 per cent incidence (Table 2) during September, 2006. Among the test entries, sorghum downy mildew incidence ranged from zero (UMI 936(w)) to 88.13 per cent (UMI 79) over two years under sick plot conditions. On the basis of results obtained in two consecutive rabi seasons under sick plot method, the maximum downy mildew incidence was recorded by UMI 79 (88.13 per cent) which followed by UMI 432 (84.53 per cent) and UMI 467 (49.73 per cent). UMI 936(w) showed strong immune (0 per cent) response in both seasons under sick plot condition. The genotypes UMI 936(w) (0 per cent), UMI 102 (6.16 per cent) and UMI 285 (9.87 per cent) were resistant to infection by SDM pathogen, whereas, UMI 13 (12.99 per cent), UMI 176 (22.93 per cent) and UMI 57 (18.80 per cent) showed moderate resistant reaction to SDM pathogen in both seasons. Percentage downy mildew incidence under glass house ranged from 2.62 per cent (UMI 936(w)) to 100 per cent (UMI 79). \r\nThe positive correlation (r = 0.99) between the sorghum downy mildew infection in glass house and field screening methods indicated that the reactions of seedlings to sorghum downy mildew were similar under both conditions. This indicated the reliability of glass house trial for screening the maize genotypes against sorghum downy mildew. More over Seedling spray inoculation of nine maize inbred lines under glass house screening method resulted in increased level of infection (Table 2), whereas the same genotypes under field screening using the infector row method had shown slightly lower level of infection.\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n This is mainly because the production of disease inoculum is often determined by temperature and humidity, which may not always be favorable for sporulation and infection, leading to disease escape under field condition. Hence, screening under glass house against sorghum downy mildew was the most efficient method in inducing severe sorghum downy mildew infection in maize. This was in accordance with the findings of Craig (1976 and 1980); Schmitt et al. (1979); Narayana et al. (1995).\r\nA sorghum genotype namely DMS 652 reported to be highly susceptible to sorghum downy mildew by many workers (Anahosur and Hegde 1979; Siradhana et al., 1980; Narayana et al., 1995) showed 0 per cent infection (resistance response) to SDM under both sick plot and glass house conditions. From these observations, it can be concluded that the race prevalent in maize sick plot was maize race, which is one of the races of P. sorghi which affects only maize but sorghum genotype. This was well supported by Kothari et al. (1980) from their observation that nowhere the disease has been recorded on any of the sorghum genotypes grown near maize fields having the sorghum downy mildew disease and they indicated the predominance of maize race which is one of the races of P. sorghi attacking maize only. Variability existing for pathogenicity in P. sorghi enhanced the potential for damage from sorghum downy mildew disease. So it is necessary to diversify the resistant sources against sorghum downy mildew in order to reduce the vulnerability of maize genotypes.\r\nThe screening carried out both under sick plot over seasons and glass house showed that out of nine maize inbreds, UMI 936(w) was highly resistant to infection by pathogen followed by UMI 102 and UMI 285. Maize inbred lines, UMI 79, UMI 432 and UMI 467 were highly susceptible to infection by SDM pathogen while UMI 176, UMI 13 and UMI 57 showed moderate reaction to the disease. Even though the maize inbred line, UMI 936 (w) recorded highly resistant reaction to SDM, it could not be directly used in the development of resistant maize hybrids as it segregates for seed colour in the F1 harvested seeds. However, SDM disease resistant gene present in UMI 936(w) can be transferred to any yellow seeded maize genotype (recipient & recurrent parent) through repeated backcross breeding programme. These findings were supported by Hooda et al. (2012).\r\n', 'S. Arulselvi and B. Selvi (2022). Comparing the Efficiency of Field and Glass House Screening Techniques for Promotion of Sorghum Downy Mildew Infection in Maize. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 528-532.'),
(5200, '134', 'Water Soluble Formulation of Nematode Antagonistic Bacterium, Pasteuria penetrans for the Management of Root-knot Nematode, Meloidogyne incognita in Tuberose', 'M. Janani*, N. Swarnakumari, A. Shanthi and M. Gnanachitra', '88 Water Soluble Formulation of Nematode Antagonistic Bacterium, Pasteuria penetrans for the Management of Root-knot Nematode, Meloidogyne incognita in Tuberose M. Janani.pdf', '', 1, 'Root-knot nematode, Meloidogyne incognita is a serious damage causing nematode in both sub-tropical and tropical regions. It causes global crop losses in agricultural and horticultural crops. Recent reports indicate that this nematode become an issue to farmers due to its parasitism. Pasteuria penetrans is a potential hyperparasitic bacterium against M. incognita. Though it is a successful biocontrol agent against nematodes, mass production and commercial formulation of P. penetrans is still unavailable. Based on these information, a water soluble formulation of P. penetrans was prepared using emulsifiers and surfactants. This formulation was tested against M. incognita in tuberose under pot culture condition. Different concentrations of the formulation viz., 0.5ml, 1ml, 2ml and 2.5ml were prepared and tested its efficacy against M. incognita. Results showed that the formulation 2ml per plant recorded with highest reduction in number of gall (5.1/plant) as well as egg masses production (3.1/plant; 82% reduction over control). The same treatment showed highest plant growth parameters in terms of shoot weight as well as number of tubers. The outcome of this study showed that the formulation 2ml/plant possesses highest potential in suppressing nematode infestation in tuberose. Hence, this treatment was further were forwarded for field study. ', 'Meloidogyne incognita, Pasteuria penetrans, water soluble formulation; Shelf-life, Parasitization, Tuberose, Pot culture study', 'P. penetrans is a successful and potential biocontrol agent which is very effective in controlling the most damage causing root-knot nematode M. incognita in tuberose plants. Water soluble formulation of P. penetrans was developed and tested against M. incognita in tuberose. Application of this formulation at the rate of 2ml / plant showed highest reduction in nematode infestation that was below economic thresh hold level. Hence this formulation may be further refined and tested in other crops in future.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRoot-knot nematode, Meloidogyne sp. is one of the most devastating pests of many field and horticultural crops (Khan, 2015). They exist in soil in areas with hot climates or short winters (Khan et al. 2021). About 2000 plants worldwide are susceptible to infection caused by root-knot nematodes and they contribute approximately 5% of global crop loss (Saha et al., 2016). If root-knot nematodes become established in deep-rooted, perennial crops, control is difficult and options will be limited. Bio-control potential of P. penetrans against Meloidogyne incognita was documented (Mukhtar et al., 2013). Tuberose (Polianthes tuberose L) is one of the most important tropical ornamental bulbous flowering plants cultivated for production of long lasting flower spikes. It is popularly known as Rajanigandha or Nishigandha. It belongs to the family Amaryllidaceae and it is native of Mexico. Tuberose can successfully be grown in pots, borders, beds and commercially cultivated for various uses (Johnson 1970). It\'s spikes produce about 20 fragrant white florets. Nowadays, root-knot nematode infestation that is particularly M. incognita in tuberose is a challenging one for farmers (Gowda and Chawla 2013). It is the most economically damaging genera of plant parasitic nematodes (Grace et al., 2019). Root-knot nematode infection has been reported from all tuberose growing areas in India (Sellaperumal et al., 2015). Most of the commercially grown varieties of tuberose have been reported to be susceptible to M. incognita (Chawla and Singh, 2006). Understanding the interaction between an obligate hyperparasitic bacterium, P. penetrans and its obligate plant‐parasitic nematode host, Meloidogyne spp (Davies, 2009). So in such way, a biocontrol agent can be used to control its infestation and the disease caused by them (Abdullah, 2012; Grace et al., 2019). \r\nP. penetrans is a potential biocontrol agent and studied by several authors (Chen and Dickson 1998; Swarnakumari and Sivakumar 2005). It is a good bacterial parasite of nematode. It was first described as P. romosa a parasite of water fleas, Daphina magna (Skerman et al., 1980) followed by many scientists renamed differently, finally it was reported as Pasteuria penetrans (Sayre and Starr 1985). Juvenile of Meloidogyne nematode hatch from eggs and have a short-free living second stage (J2 stage) in soil after which they invade the rhizosphere and attach to host-plants. The form galls around developing juveniles where they complete their life cycle (Danlei et al. 2004). A study by Chen and Dickson (1997) developed binomial sampling plans to estimate P. penetrans endospore attachment to J2 M. arenaria. Ayanaba (1993) invented the slow-release bio-degradable granules containing endospores of P. penetrans in order to suppress nematode reproduction. Swarnakumari (2021) have entrapped P. penetrans endospores in alginate beads and tested its efficacy in cucumber. EC formulation of this bacterium was developed and tested by Srishalini et al. (2021). In the current study a water soluble formulation was developed and tested in tuberose. The methodology adopted and results obtained are described in this paper.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nPure culture maintenance of P. penetrans on root-knot nematode Meloidogyne incognita. Pure culture of P. penetrans was maintained in bhendi (variety Co 4) plants. Egg masses of M. incognita were collected from the infected field (Fig. 1) and incubated at room temperature (27±2 ℃) in water for hatching. After egg hatching endospores of P. penetrans were added to the suspension containing J2 of M. incognita and incubated for 3 days for spore attachment. Then the endospore attached J2 were inoculated into the bhendi plants and maintained in the sterile pot mixture (sand 1: redsoil 2: FYM 2). These plants were pulled out 30 days after inoculation to confirm the multiplication of P. penetrans (Fig. 2). These cultures were used for experimental purpose. After that bhendi plants were uprooted and infested gravid female of M. incognita were dissected to record the presence of endospores.\r\nPreparation of water soluble formulation of P. penetrans. Endospores of P. penetrans were collected and stored in sterile microfuge tubes containing sterile water (2ml) by crushing infected female nematodes manually. Water soluble formulation was prepared by using lecithin (Van Nieuwenhuyzen, 1976), Triton –X, tween 80, glycerol, tween 20. Lecithin (1ml) was added to the hot water and mixed thoroughly. Tween 80 (3ml), glycerol (1ml) Triton- X (3ml) and tween 20 (3ml) were added to this prepared mixture (Fig.3). Finally 1 ml of endospore suspension (1 × 106/ml) was added to this mixture and stored in a glass vial at room temperature (27±2 ℃). \r\nAssessment of shelf-life of the formulation. The formulation was transferred into sterilized microfuge tubes and stored in room temperature (27±2 ℃). Observations on viability of endospores and condition of the formulation were recorded on 30th and 50th day after inoculation (DAI). \r\nTesting the efficacy of water soluble formulation of P. penetrans against M. incognita in tuberose. Seed tubers of tuberose plant were planted in pots filled with sterile pot mixture (sand : vermicompost: red soil - 2:1:1). Various concentrations of each formulation viz., 0.5ml, 1ml, 2ml and 2.5ml were inoculated separately to pots. A chemical check was maintained with Nimitz (1.5g/plant) and the fungal bioagent, Pochonia chlamydosporia (1ml/plant) as positive check. One set of pots were maintained without any treatment as untreated (Control) for comparison. Three replications were maintained for each treatment. Healthy J2 of M. incognita were collected from freshly hatched eggs and were inoculated into the pots (100 J2/pot). Observations were taken on nematode infestation in soil and root and plant biometric characters were also recorded.\r\nStatistical analysis. The data obtained from various experiments described above were analyzed using ANOVA DMRT (Panse and Sukhatme 1954) and analyzed using AGRES statistical software.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nProperties of the formulation. The physical characters of the formulation showed that the formulation was dull white in colour and was stable upto 2 months. The formulation was also water soluble. It contained an average of 1.5 × 106 spores/1.5ml (Table 1). Endospores retained their shape and were intact in the formulation. Findings of Raut et al. (2012) also revealed that the formulation was more effective and consistent. Zhou et al. (2010) confirmed that the role of lecithin in formulation preparation and they have a synthesized a lecithin-based nanoemulsion and measured particle size, viscosity, stability and skin hydration. Swarnakumari (2021) have entrapped P. penetrans endospores in alginate beads and tested its efficacy in cucumber. EC formulation of this bacterium was developed and tested by Srishalini et al. (2021). These findings were in agreement with the current observations. Results of these experiments confirmed that the water soluble formulation was effective against M. incognita in tuberose.\r\nShelf- life assessment. Viability of endospores in the formulation was observed on 30 and 60 days after storage. There was no change in the physical condition of the formulation for 2 months (60 days). The parasitization potential of P. penetrans on J2 of M. incognita was normal on 30 and 60 days after storage at room temperature.\r\nPot culture. Water soluble formulation of P. penetrans with different concentrations was applied to tuberose plants. A check of an untreated control was also maintained for comparison. The whole plants were uprooted 45 days after planting (Fig. 6). Growth parameters with each treatment were observed and recorded (Table 3, Fig. 5) This was in accordance with Weibelzahl-Fulton et al. (1996) who tested the efficacy of P. penetrans against M. incognita and M. javanica in tobacco plant. Application of water soluble formulation with concentration of 2ml /plant recorded the lowest gall formation that was 66% reduction over control. The same treatment was on par with P. chlamydosporia (49.3% reduction over control) followed by Nimitz (48.3%). Whereas, formulation at 1ml and 2.5ml / plant was on par with each other and reduced the gall formation by 46% when compared to control. Highest reduction of egg masses was recorded in 2.5ml (3 egg masses /plant that is 82.3% reduction over control). Application of P. chlamydosporia recorded 4 egg masses / plant that was 76.4% reduction over control followed by Nimitz (Table 2, Fig. 4). Highest reduction of J2 population in soil was observed in pots received 2ml of the formulation followed by P. chlamydosporia. Number of infested females was higher in plants applied with the formulation 2ml followed by 2.5ml. Tzortzakakis et al. (1997) conducted the interaction study between P. penetrans and M. incognita under pot culture condition. The spore load was sufficient in females and successfully controlled the M. incognita.\r\n \r\n', 'M. Janani, N. Swarnakumari, A. Shanthi and M. Gnanachitra (2022). Water Soluble Formulation of Nematode Antagonistic Bacterium, Pasteuria penetrans for the Management of Root-knot Nematode, Meloidogyne incognita in Tuberose. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 533-538.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5201, '133', 'Effect of Integrated Weed Management Practices on Weed Parameters in Direct Seeded Aerobic Rice', 'Kotresh D.J., S. Radhamani*, P. Murali Arthanari, V. Ravichandran, C. Bharathi and Sangothari A.', '89 Effect of Integrated Weed Management Practices on Weed Parameters in Direct Seeded Aerobic Rice Kotresh D.J.pdf', '', 4, 'Weeds are the major constraints in aerobic rice cultivation, which offer stronger competition for essential growth factors. The weeds like Echinocloacolona and E. crus-galli affect the crop majorly. The yield loss may result in complete failure for crop. Even after development of several weed management strategies, no single method had proven fully effective. But the integrated approach that combines the advantages of various method can reduce the weed menace in aerobic rice cultivation. Different integrated weed management treatments were evaluated at Wetland farm, Department of Agronomy, TNAU, Coimbatore, to find the best performing integrated management practice during summer (March-July) 2022. Results showed that grassy weeds dominated in the aerobic rice field followed by broad leaved weeds. The integrated treatment, application of pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence (3 DAS)fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence (12 DAS)fb one mechanical weeding (45 DAS) recorded higher weed control with decreased weed density (21.3/m2) and weed dry weight (15.55 g/m2)and the higher weed control efficiency (92.5%) at 60 DAS and was on par with the application of pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) as pre-emergence (3 DAS) fb two hand weeding (25 and 45 DAS).', 'Aerobic rice, Bispyribac sodium, Pyrazosulfuron ethyl, Weed Control Efficiency, Weed Control index, Weed Persistence index', 'From the above results, it could be concluded that the treatment pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6)gave broader spectrum control of weeds and reduced the weed density and weed dry matter and was comparable with the standard check of pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb two hand weeding (T1), in terms of weed density and weed dry matter production. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nAerobic rice production is a newly evolved concept to get higher yields with less water. In comparison with cultivation of lowland transplanted rice, the aerobic rice saves nearly half of water by reducing the water requirements for land preparation and nursery raising and also due to absence of standing water. According to Castaneda et al., (2002), compared to lowland rice, water requirements in aerobic rice were 50per cent lower (470 mm—650 mm) and witnessed an increment of 64–88per cent in water productivity and a reduction in labor use by 55per cent. The reduction is also witnessed in seed rate, transplanting costs and labor wages (Kumar et al., 2020).\r\nIn aerobic rice fields, the crop and weeds emerge together and weeds have comparative growth advantage. They compete for all the essential growth factors like light, space, nutrients and water. Weed competition is too severe that even within a single crop life cycle there may be three generations or flushes of weeds competing with them (Nagargade et al., 2018). The yield of aerobic rice will reduce to a greater extent if left un-weeded. The extent of loss in yields due to improper weed management ranges between 62.2 to 91.7 per cent (Sunil, 2018). The weed competition may rise up to the extent that rice crop will get killed and no grain yield can be obtained (Bhullar et al., 2016). This loss in yield can be overcome by efficient and integrated weed management practices. There are different methods of weed management, of which some are proven effective, some are economical and some others time saving.\r\nHand weeding is the primitive method of weed management that stands best even today. Though hand weeding is considered as a standard, in direct-seeded aerobic rice it is time and labor consuming. Also, hand weeding is at least five times more cost intense than herbicides, especially under limited and expensive labour situations (Rao et al., 2017). Mechanical weeding helps in easy weeding than manual method, but it is confined to inter-row weeds, leaving the intra-row unattended. Singh et al. (2016) reported that in comparison with weed free condition, there was a reduction of 14-27 per cent rice grain yield in the plots treated with pendimethalin fb bispyribac sodium, which was due to the weeds that escaped herbicide applications, indicating the emerging ability of weeds even after chemical spray. Hence, studies have been made to evaluate the integrated approach of weed management. Munnoli et al. (2018) reported that higher growth and yield of aerobic rice in integrated weed management can be achieved by early control of initial flush of weeds by pre-emergence or early post-emergence and subsequent control of further weed growth by either manual or some herbicide application, that ensures necessary weed free conditions for better crop growth. Present study was taken up with different weed management methods like manual, mechanical and chemical methods, that are put together in different combinations and evaluated for efficient integrated weed management practice in aerobic rice. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nField experiment was carriedout at Wetland Farms, Department of Agronomy, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore during Summer (March-June) 2022. The soil of the experimental field was neutral in reaction (pH:7.7), low in available N (238.3 kg/ha) and medium in available P (12.1 kg/ha) and high in available K (408.7 kg/ha). The experiment was laid in randomised block design, with nine treatments replicated thrice. The treatment details are furnished in Table 1. The different herbicides used in the experimental study were pendimethalin, pyrazosulfuron ethyl and bispyribac-sodium. The mechanical weeding was carried out using rotary weeder. The treatment of pendimethalin with two hand weeding was taken as standard check for comparision of other integrated weed management treatments.\r\nRice variety CO-53 was used in the experiment. The field was ploughed thoroughly and fine tilth was obtained to facilitate easy sowing. The gross plot size was 5m × 3m and net plot was 4.6m × 2.6m. Sowing was done manually on March second week with the seed rate of 75kg/ha, spacing of 20cm × 10cm and was irrigated immediately. Recommended dose of fertilisers (150:50:50 kg/ha of N, P and K) was given in split doses, along with basal micro-nutrient application of Zinc sulphate (25 kg/ha) and iron sulphate (25 kg/ha). The pre-emergence and early post-emergence herbicides were sprayed at 3 DAS and 12 DAS, respectively. Hand weeding and mechanical weeding operations were carried out as per the treatment schedule on 25 DAS and 45 DAS.\r\nWeed density and weed biomass of grasses and broadleaved weeds were recorded separately using 0.25m2 quadrat. The quadrat was placed in four random spots within each plot and weed count and weed biomass were taken for per square meter area. The observations were recorded at 30, 60 and 90 DAS. The weed samples were sun dried and oven dried for 24-48 hours at 65°C and weed dry matter was recorded. \r\nWeed control efficiency, weed control index and weed persistence index for all the treatments were calculated using the formula (Mani et al., 1973; Misra and Tosh, 1979; Mishra and Misra, 1997).\r\nWeed Control Efficiency \r\n= \r\nWeed Control Index \r\n= \r\nWeed Persistence Index \r\n= \r\nWhere, WD = Weed density, WDM = Weed dry matter\r\nThe weed data were statistically analysed according to the procedure given by Gomez and Gomez (1984) to find the significant difference (at five per cent probability level) and superior among the nine treatments. The data on weed density and weed dry matter is subjected to square root transformation (√(x+0.5)).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nComposition of weed flora in experimental field. Being sown in upland condition and receiving alternate wetting and drying method of irrigation, in the absence of standing water, aerobic rice recorded several species of weeds, that included mainly grasses and broadleaved weeds (Table 2). Weeds clearly showed periodicity of germination, as several weeds were seen after a month of sowing and few weeds made their presence even at flowering stage of crop. But the diversity of weed flora was restricted, as the experimental field was subjected to puddling in previous crop, which was also reasonable for absence of sedge weeds during entire period of crop growth (Munnoli et al., 2018).\r\nWeed density. Among the treatments, significant difference was recorded in weed densities in all the treated plots. At 30 DAS, the treatment application pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb two hand weeding (T1) recorded significant superiority in controlling weed density (10.7/m2). This was on par with two hand weeding at 25th and 45th days (T7) (11.0/m2) andthe treatment of pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30ga.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6) (12.3/m2). The decreased weed density in these treatments indicated the efficient control of weeds with the pre-emergence application of pendimethalin and pyrazosulfuron ethyl at 3 DAS. Similar observations for pre-emergence application of herbicides were recorded by Awan et al. (2016); Singh et al. (2016). However, the control plot (T9) without any weed control measure recorded the highest weed density of 266.0/m2 (Table 3).\r\nThe total weed density at 60 DAS was significantly reduced in the treatment, pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb two hand weeding (T1) (20.3/m2), that was comparable with pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6) (21.3/m2), while unweeded control plot (T9) recorded highest weed density (282.7/m2). The decreased weed density was attributed to the sequential application of pre-emergence and early post-emergence herbicides in the former treatment. Similar findings were also recorded by Hemalatha and Singh (2018); Kumar et al.(2020).\r\nAt 90 DAS, the treatment of pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb two hand weeding (T1) recorded significantly lower weed density (22.7/m2) and was followed by the application of pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6) (23.0/m2) and application of early post-emergence bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) fb one hand weeding (T4) (24.0/m2). The weed control with decreased weed densities reflected the benefit of integration of early post-emergence application of bispyribac sodium that either followed pre-emergence application of pyrazosulfuron ethyl or as alone fb one hand weeding (Rana et al., 2016; Patil et al., 2020; Kumari et al., 2016). The control of multiple flushes of weeds that germinate periodically was reason for better reduction in weed density. \r\nWeed dry matter. During early stage of crop growth, at 30 DAS, the treatments that combined the pre-emergence application of either pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) or pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) with hand weeding or early post-emergence spray of bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha)achieved significantly lower weed dry matter than other treatments. The weed dry matter in pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) applied as pre-emergence herbicide fb two hand weeding (T1) was 1.72g/m2, that was comparable with other two treatments, viz., pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence that followed bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergencefb one mechanical weeding (T6) (1.76 g/m2) and two hand weeding (T7) (1.80g/m2). The results were in accordance with Saravanane et al. (2016), where the pre-emergence herbicides have effectively controlled the initial flush of weeds by suppressing the germination and also by killing the emerging weeds. \r\nThe treatment with pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6) achieved significantly lower values for weed dry weight (15.55g/m2) at 60 DAS and was on par with pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb two hand weeding (17.07g/m2) and bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one hand weeding (T4) (17.81g/m2). The results were in accordance with Sar and Duary(2022). The highest weed dry weight was recorded in control plot (T9) without any treatment application (195.90g/m2). The weed dry weight reduction is clearly due to the efficient control of weeds by the application of early-post emergence bispyribac sodium(Kumar et al., 2013; Singh et al., 2016). The similar trend of observation was noticed at 90 DAS, where pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6)recorded significantly lower values for weed dry weight (25.96g/m2). But the highest weed dry matter was seen in control (T9) (un-weeded check) (236.26g/m2).\r\nWeed control efficiency. Weed control efficiency varied between the treatments. Among the treatments, pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb two hand weeding (T1) recorded highest per cent of weed control efficiency at 30, 60 and 90 DAS (96.0%, 92.8% and 91.3%, respectively). Similar recordings were also observed by Verma et al. (2017). The application of pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6) was recorded the next best treatment at 60 and 90 DAS (92.5% and 91.2%, respectively). This indicated the broad-spectrum and longer period control of weeds by sequential application of herbicides and integrated management of weeds combined with mechanical weeding. Similar observation was also noted by Pinjari et al. (2016) and Soujanya et al. (2020). Two times hand weeded plots (T7)recorded better weed control efficiency at 30 DAS (95.9%), followed by the plots with sequential application of pyrazosulfuron ethyl, bispyribac sodium and mechanical weeding in order (T6) (95.5%). \r\nWeed control index. The weed control index was higher in the treatment of pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6), at 30, 60 and 90 DAS with values of 95.8, 92.1 and 89.0, respectively. This was followed by the treatment, pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb two hand weeding (T1) (95.9, 91.3 and 87.8, respectively). With these values, it was clear that the treatment of sequential application of herbicides with mechanical weeding had reduced the weed dry weight efficiently over the control plots (un-weeded check) Singh et al.(2018) also recorded similar observations. Among the treatments, two times mechanically weeded plots (T8) recorded very low weed control index at all the observations. \r\nWeed persistence index. Weed persistence index is a measure of persistence/resistance of the weeds that escaped the applied treatment, whose higher value indicates greater persistence and lower indicating less (Garko et al., 2020).The treatment of pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6) had recorded lowest weed persistence values at 30 and 60 DAS (0.91 and 1.06, respectively) and at 90 DAS, the value was 1.25, which was similar to two hand weeding treatment. This indicated the lower persistence of weeds in these treatments. The results were in line with Mishra et al.(2016). \r\n', 'Kotresh D.J., S. Radhamani, P. Murali Arthanari, V. Ravichandran, C. Bharathi and Sangothari A. (2022). Effect of Integrated Weed Management Practices on Weed Parameters in Direct Seeded Aerobic Rice. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 539-544.'),
(5202, '133', 'Evaluation of Consortium of Fungal and Bacterial Bio-control agents for Management of Rice Sheath Blight caused by Rhizoctonia solani', 'Sapna*, Roopali Sharma and Saurabh Dubey', '90 Evaluation of Consortium of Fungal and Bacterial bio-controlagents for Management of Rice Sheath Blight caused by Rhizoctonia solani Sapna.pdf', '', 4, 'Rice is one of the most important and staple food crop of world. India occupies an important place in the world and shares about 21% of global rice production. In spite of all the efforts of breeding for disease resistance, this crop is found prone to many diseases caused by fungi, bacteria, viruses, and nematodes have been reported out of them Sheath blight of rice caused by Rhizoctonia solani causes heavy losses ranges between 4-50%. To overcome the problem different management strategies are applied. Due to the side effects of chemical pesticides, sustainable crop production through eco-friendly management is essentially required in the current scenario. In biological control, genus Trichoderma and Pseudomonas serves as one of the best bioagents, which is found to be effective against a wide range of soil-borne, the present investigation has carried out to study the combining effect of fungal and bacterial biocontrol agents’ consortia as well as chemicals for reduction of rice sheath blight. Current study reveals that consortium is almost effective as carbendazim in sheath blight disease reduction as well as it promotes plant growth. ', 'Rice, Consortium, Sheath Blight, bioagents', 'The intensive investigation of field studies using potential fungal and bacterial biocontrol agents revealed that performance of consortia of (Trichoderma asperellum) + (Pseudomonas fluorescence) is better over using single isolate of biocontrol agent. Further, the studies also revealed that when the results were compared with the fungicide carbendazim which is being used by the farmers for the control of sheath blight, Consortium of biocontrol agents gave better performance in regard of plant vigour and yield or they were significantly at par with each other.\r\nThe experiment concluded that soil application, seed treatment, foliar spray, seedling dip all were effective in field condition. Application of the biocontrol agents by these methods proved that the maximum plant growth promotion and minimum disease severity percentage was observed in consortium. Therefore, it can be recommended that the use of potential consortia of biocontrol agents against sheath blight can be practiced at farmer’s field successfully. It is very important that the use of biocontrol agents is only successful when the product is having viable counts of spores as per recommendation and application methods are followed properly. Further, future studies can be taken up for the use of consortium of more than two isolates of fungal and bacterial biocontrol agents.\r\n', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRice (Oryza sativa) belongs to the genus Oryza (Family: Poaceae) which includes two cultivated and more than 25 wild species. Rice (Oryza sativa L.) is one of the most important cereal crops for 70% of the world population. Over 90% of world’s rice is produced and consumed in the Asian region (Yadav and Singh 2006). India is the second largest producer and consumer of rice in the world and India shares around 21 per cent of global rice production from about 28 per cent of rice area. The area under rice cultivation in India accounts for 437.89 lakh hectare with an average production 112.91 MT and productivity of 2578 kg ha-1 (Department of Agriculture, Cooperation & Farmers Welfare 2017-18). In Uttarakhand, the annual rice production is around 5.5 lakh tonnes from an area of about 2.80 lakh hectares. Rice is cultivated in all the 13 districts of the Uttarakhand. Among the 13 districts, Udham Singh Nagar has maximum area (33%) and production about 48% of the total rice produced annually in the state (Rice knowledge Management Portal, D. R. R, 2013).\r\nDiseases are the major factors for reduction in crop yield of rice, among them sheath blight disease is major concern and it causes considerable losses in rice field. The estimation of losses due to sheath blight of rice in India has been reported to be up to 54.3% (Chahal et al., 2003). However, the yield losses ranging from 4-50% have been reported depending on the crop stage at the time of infection, severity of the disease and environmental conditions (Singh et al. 2004; Zheng et al. 2013; Bhukal et al. 2015). Richa et al. (2016) also reported that up to 50% of rice yield reduction was done by the sheath blight pathogen during favourable environmental condition. Different management strategies are applied for reduction of the sheath blight disease and among all strategies chemical control still performs better in disease reduction, but chemical control of sheath blight is expensive and non-sustainable. In the absence of suitable and effective management through chemicals, bio control agents may be exploited for the management of rice sheath blight. Disease management through eco-friendly fungal and bacterial antagonists are the need of today. In the present study, two bio control agents fungal and bacterial namely, Trichoderma spp. and Pseudomonas spp. which were earlier proved to be very effective to manage the disease in different parts of the country, were tested under field condition as soil and seed treatment with foliar spray and simultaneously compared with the effective chemicals to manage sheath blight disease.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nTo find out the effectiveness of consortium of biocontrol agents against sheath blight of rice, this experiment was conducted at Crop Research Centre (NEB-CRC) of G.B. Pant University of Agriculture and Technology, Pantnagar during 2019-2020. In this experiments, susceptible rice variety against sheath blight of rice Pant Dhan 4 was sown in randomized block design (RBD) with eleven treatments and three replications. The crop was raised in plots of 3 × 2 m2 area, keeping row to row and plant-to-plant distance of 30 cm × 10 cm. \r\nThe field experiment was conducted to evaluate the effect of four potential biocontrol agents in single and in consortium along with one standard check PBAT3 and one fungicide carbendazim in field condition. Formulation of Trichoderma asperellum and Pseudomonas fluorescence were applied in field in single and in consortium to study the effect of potential fungal and bacterial antagonist against the sheath blight disease of rice. The Field experiment was conducted with following treatments to test the efficacy of these treatments against rice sheath blight.\r\n\r\nMode of application of biocontrol agent isolates in single and in consortium was applied according to treatment in field. The different mode of application was: 1) Seed treatment with biocontrol agents in single and in consortium was done by mixing 10gm of biocontrol agents in 1kg of seeds before 24 hours of seed sowing 2) soil was treated with the biocontrol agents \r\n@10gm were mixed with vermicompost @100gm applied in each plot before15 days of transplanting soil, 3) In Seedling dip method the freshly uprooted seedlings were dipped in biocontrol agent suspension @ 10gm in 1 litre of water before 20-30 minutes of transplanting. 4) Foliar spray of biocontrol agents was done at three times; first spray of biocontrol agent was done at 30 days after sowing; the 2nd and 3rd spray was done at 45 days of interval.\r\nIn context to treated seeds with biocontrol agent in field conditions observation was recorded in term of both growth promotion and disease reduction. The disease severity and disease reduction percentage, increase in Plant vigor and Yield were recorded in field condition at 90-120 days after sowing.\r\nThe disease severity and disease reduction percentage were measured by given formula:\r\n\r\nDisease severity = (Lesion height )/(Total plant height)×100\r\nDisease reduction % = \r\n(Disease severity in control-Disease severity in treatment)/(Disease severity in control)×100\r\nThe statistical study of field experiment data was examined by RBD (randomized block design) with the help of OPSTAT software. The data found by OPSTAT were compared by means of critical difference at 5% level of significance.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe present investigations were carried out on sheath blight disease of rice to test the effect of fungal and bacterial biocontrol agent formulations against sheath blight in rice, the experiment was conducted under field conditions at Crop Research Centre (CRC), Pantnagar. To test these biocontrol agents formulations, randomly block design RBD) was implemented in field condition on the area of 6 square meter (Plate 1). Total number of 11 treatments and each treatment having 3 replications were used in RBD. The rice variety Pant Dhan 4 which was suceptible for the disease was used to know the effect of consortium of biocontrol agents on disease reduction and plant growth promotion.\r\nIn recent years, similar attempts were also made to use a consortium of biological control of plant pathogens by Chakrabarti et al. (2018); Mishra et al. (2011); Singh et. al. (2010).\r\nEffect of biocontrol agents consortia on rice plant vigour. As these natural antagonist helps in disease management as well as plant growth promotion. The observation of the field experiment shows that the different biocontrol agents of fungal and bacterial isolates were effective in increasing number of tillers per plant and plant height.As the result shows that among all the treatments, biocontrol agents which were used in combination/consortia were more effective than the control and carbendazim. The experiment showed that the height of plant after 90 days of transplanting were maximum in case of consortia of PBAT3 (63.20cm), followed by Th17 + Psf173 (63.06cm), Th17 + Psf2 (63.00cm) and Th14 + Psf2 (61.95cm) which were significantly better than carbendazim (59.80cm) and control (57.94cm) (Table 1). Maximum number of tillers per plant after 90 days of transplanting was observed in the treatment of PBAT3 (18.66 tillers/hill), followed by Th17 + Psf173 (17.66 tillers/hill), Th17 + Psf2 (16.86 tillers/hill) and Th14 + Psf2 (16.86 tillers/hill) which were better than carbendazim (15.33 tillers/hill) and control (14.66 tillers/hill) (Table 1). Roy et al. (2015) also conducted a field experiment to assess the integrated management of M. phaseolina by application of three bioagents through seed treatment or soil application either single or in consortium with seed treating fungicide and found the similar results in context to increase in yield and reduction of disaese.\r\nEffect of biocontrol agents consortia on yield parameter of rice plant. Sheath blight is important disease as it reduces the yield of rice and also affects the quality of the grain. The experiment was conducted to know the effect of consortium of biocontrol agents on yield parameters. The observations showed in the (Table 2), the maximum yield per hactare was found in the PBAT3 (53.83q/ha), followed by Th17 + Psf173 (53.50q/ha), Th17 + Psf2 (53.33q/ha) and Th14 + Psf2 (53.33q/ha) which were significantly better than the carbendazim (50.00q/hac) and control (41q/hac). Biocontrol agents were also helpful for increasing test weight of the grain (1000grain weight). In the field experiment, data has been taken on test weight of grain and the maximum test weight was found in consortium of PBAT3 (28.51g), followed by Th17 + Psf173 (28.50g), Th17 + Psf2 (28.41g) and Th14 + Psf2 (28.29) which were significantly superior than the carbendazim (25.93g) and control (21.41g) (Table 2). The results of the consortium of biocontrol agents showed better performance over control and carbendazim. \r\nThis result is close confirmity with Khan and Sinha, (2007). The optimum dose of the bioagent was found to enhance the qualitative parameters such as number of tillers, plant hieght and grain yield reported by Doni et al. (2014); Khan and Sinha (2007); (Mathivanan et al. (2005).\r\nEffect of biocontrol agents consortia in single or in combination on disease severity and disease reduction percentage of rice plant. During the rice season the disease sheath blight was the major problem in rice field (Plate 1). The effect of the fungal and bacterial biocontrol agents on disease reduction percentage and disease severity percentage is showed in Table 3. The minimum disease severity percentage was recorded in the fungicide carbendazim (30.30%), followed by the consortium of PBAT3 (30.58%), Th17 + Psf173 (31.00%) and Th17 + Psf2 (31.29%) and Th14 + Psf2 (32.95%) which were significantly better than control (37.30%). The result of the disease reduction percentage was maximum in the fungicide carbendazim (18.76%), followed by the consortium of PBAT3 (18.00%), Th17 + Psf173 (16.89%), Th17 + Psf2 (16.11%) and Th14 + Psf2 (11.66). However, all the treatments were found superior as compared to control. The result showed that the fungal or bacterial isolates used in consortium or in alone were found as effective as carbendazim. Singh et al. (2010); Chakrabarti et al. (2018); Mathivanan et al. (2006) have also observed the similar finding earlier.\r\n', 'Sapna, Roopali Sharma and Saurabh Dubey (2022). Evaluation of Consortium of Fungal and Bacterial bio-control agents for Management of Rice Sheath Blight caused by Rhizoctonia solani. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 545-549.'),
(5203, '134', 'Effect of Integrated Weed Management Practices on Weed Parameters in Direct Seeded Aerobic Rice', 'Kotresh D.J., S. Radhamani*, P. Murali Arthanari, V. Ravichandran, C. Bharathi and Sangothari A.', '89 Effect of Integrated Weed Management Practices on Weed Parameters in Direct Seeded Aerobic Rice Kotresh D.J.pdf', '', 1, 'Weeds are the major constraints in aerobic rice cultivation, which offer stronger competition for essential growth factors. The weeds like Echinocloacolona and E. crus-galli affect the crop majorly. The yield loss may result in complete failure for crop. Even after development of several weed management strategies, no single method had proven fully effective. But the integrated approach that combines the advantages of various method can reduce the weed menace in aerobic rice cultivation. Different integrated weed management treatments were evaluated at Wetland farm, Department of Agronomy, TNAU, Coimbatore, to find the best performing integrated management practice during summer (March-July) 2022. Results showed that grassy weeds dominated in the aerobic rice field followed by broad leaved weeds. The integrated treatment, application of pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence (3 DAS)fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence (12 DAS)fb one mechanical weeding (45 DAS) recorded higher weed control with decreased weed density (21.3/m2) and weed dry weight (15.55 g/m2)and the higher weed control efficiency (92.5%) at 60 DAS and was on par with the application of pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) as pre-emergence (3 DAS) fb two hand weeding (25 and 45 DAS).', 'Aerobic rice, Bispyribac sodium, Pyrazosulfuron ethyl, Weed Control Efficiency, Weed Control index, Weed Persistence index', 'From the above results, it could be concluded that the treatment pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6)gave broader spectrum control of weeds and reduced the weed density and weed dry matter and was comparable with the standard check of pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb two hand weeding (T1), in terms of weed density and weed dry matter production. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nAerobic rice production is a newly evolved concept to get higher yields with less water. In comparison with cultivation of lowland transplanted rice, the aerobic rice saves nearly half of water by reducing the water requirements for land preparation and nursery raising and also due to absence of standing water. According to Castaneda et al., (2002), compared to lowland rice, water requirements in aerobic rice were 50per cent lower (470 mm—650 mm) and witnessed an increment of 64–88per cent in water productivity and a reduction in labor use by 55per cent. The reduction is also witnessed in seed rate, transplanting costs and labor wages (Kumar et al., 2020).\r\nIn aerobic rice fields, the crop and weeds emerge together and weeds have comparative growth advantage. They compete for all the essential growth factors like light, space, nutrients and water. Weed competition is too severe that even within a single crop life cycle there may be three generations or flushes of weeds competing with them (Nagargade et al., 2018). The yield of aerobic rice will reduce to a greater extent if left un-weeded. The extent of loss in yields due to improper weed management ranges between 62.2 to 91.7 per cent (Sunil, 2018). The weed competition may rise up to the extent that rice crop will get killed and no grain yield can be obtained (Bhullar et al., 2016). This loss in yield can be overcome by efficient and integrated weed management practices. There are different methods of weed management, of which some are proven effective, some are economical and some others time saving.\r\nHand weeding is the primitive method of weed management that stands best even today. Though hand weeding is considered as a standard, in direct-seeded aerobic rice it is time and labor consuming. Also, hand weeding is at least five times more cost intense than herbicides, especially under limited and expensive labour situations (Rao et al., 2017). Mechanical weeding helps in easy weeding than manual method, but it is confined to inter-row weeds, leaving the intra-row unattended. Singh et al. (2016) reported that in comparison with weed free condition, there was a reduction of 14-27 per cent rice grain yield in the plots treated with pendimethalin fb bispyribac sodium, which was due to the weeds that escaped herbicide applications, indicating the emerging ability of weeds even after chemical spray. Hence, studies have been made to evaluate the integrated approach of weed management. Munnoli et al. (2018) reported that higher growth and yield of aerobic rice in integrated weed management can be achieved by early control of initial flush of weeds by pre-emergence or early post-emergence and subsequent control of further weed growth by either manual or some herbicide application, that ensures necessary weed free conditions for better crop growth. Present study was taken up with different weed management methods like manual, mechanical and chemical methods, that are put together in different combinations and evaluated for efficient integrated weed management practice in aerobic rice. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nField experiment was carriedout at Wetland Farms, Department of Agronomy, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore during Summer (March-June) 2022. The soil of the experimental field was neutral in reaction (pH:7.7), low in available N (238.3 kg/ha) and medium in available P (12.1 kg/ha) and high in available K (408.7 kg/ha). The experiment was laid in randomised block design, with nine treatments replicated thrice. The treatment details are furnished in Table 1. The different herbicides used in the experimental study were pendimethalin, pyrazosulfuron ethyl and bispyribac-sodium. The mechanical weeding was carried out using rotary weeder. The treatment of pendimethalin with two hand weeding was taken as standard check for comparision of other integrated weed management treatments.\r\nRice variety CO-53 was used in the experiment. The field was ploughed thoroughly and fine tilth was obtained to facilitate easy sowing. The gross plot size was 5m × 3m and net plot was 4.6m × 2.6m. Sowing was done manually on March second week with the seed rate of 75kg/ha, spacing of 20cm × 10cm and was irrigated immediately. Recommended dose of fertilisers (150:50:50 kg/ha of N, P and K) was given in split doses, along with basal micro-nutrient application of Zinc sulphate (25 kg/ha) and iron sulphate (25 kg/ha). The pre-emergence and early post-emergence herbicides were sprayed at 3 DAS and 12 DAS, respectively. Hand weeding and mechanical weeding operations were carried out as per the treatment schedule on 25 DAS and 45 DAS.\r\nWeed density and weed biomass of grasses and broadleaved weeds were recorded separately using 0.25m2 quadrat. The quadrat was placed in four random spots within each plot and weed count and weed biomass were taken for per square meter area. The observations were recorded at 30, 60 and 90 DAS. The weed samples were sun dried and oven dried for 24-48 hours at 65°C and weed dry matter was recorded. \r\nWeed control efficiency, weed control index and weed persistence index for all the treatments were calculated using the formula (Mani et al., 1973; Misra and Tosh, 1979; Mishra and Misra, 1997).\r\nWeed Control Efficiency \r\n= \r\nWeed Control Index \r\n= \r\nWeed Persistence Index \r\n= \r\nWhere, WD = Weed density, WDM = Weed dry matter\r\nThe weed data were statistically analysed according to the procedure given by Gomez and Gomez (1984) to find the significant difference (at five per cent probability level) and superior among the nine treatments. The data on weed density and weed dry matter is subjected to square root transformation (√(x+0.5)).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nComposition of weed flora in experimental field. Being sown in upland condition and receiving alternate wetting and drying method of irrigation, in the absence of standing water, aerobic rice recorded several species of weeds, that included mainly grasses and broadleaved weeds (Table 2). Weeds clearly showed periodicity of germination, as several weeds were seen after a month of sowing and few weeds made their presence even at flowering stage of crop. But the diversity of weed flora was restricted, as the experimental field was subjected to puddling in previous crop, which was also reasonable for absence of sedge weeds during entire period of crop growth (Munnoli et al., 2018).\r\nWeed density. Among the treatments, significant difference was recorded in weed densities in all the treated plots. At 30 DAS, the treatment application pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb two hand weeding (T1) recorded significant superiority in controlling weed density (10.7/m2). This was on par with two hand weeding at 25th and 45th days (T7) (11.0/m2) andthe treatment of pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30ga.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6) (12.3/m2). The decreased weed density in these treatments indicated the efficient control of weeds with the pre-emergence application of pendimethalin and pyrazosulfuron ethyl at 3 DAS. Similar observations for pre-emergence application of herbicides were recorded by Awan et al. (2016); Singh et al. (2016). However, the control plot (T9) without any weed control measure recorded the highest weed density of 266.0/m2 (Table 3).\r\nThe total weed density at 60 DAS was significantly reduced in the treatment, pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb two hand weeding (T1) (20.3/m2), that was comparable with pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6) (21.3/m2), while unweeded control plot (T9) recorded highest weed density (282.7/m2). The decreased weed density was attributed to the sequential application of pre-emergence and early post-emergence herbicides in the former treatment. Similar findings were also recorded by Hemalatha and Singh (2018); Kumar et al.(2020).\r\nAt 90 DAS, the treatment of pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb two hand weeding (T1) recorded significantly lower weed density (22.7/m2) and was followed by the application of pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6) (23.0/m2) and application of early post-emergence bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) fb one hand weeding (T4) (24.0/m2). The weed control with decreased weed densities reflected the benefit of integration of early post-emergence application of bispyribac sodium that either followed pre-emergence application of pyrazosulfuron ethyl or as alone fb one hand weeding (Rana et al., 2016; Patil et al., 2020; Kumari et al., 2016). The control of multiple flushes of weeds that germinate periodically was reason for better reduction in weed density. \r\nWeed dry matter. During early stage of crop growth, at 30 DAS, the treatments that combined the pre-emergence application of either pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) or pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) with hand weeding or early post-emergence spray of bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha)achieved significantly lower weed dry matter than other treatments. The weed dry matter in pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) applied as pre-emergence herbicide fb two hand weeding (T1) was 1.72g/m2, that was comparable with other two treatments, viz., pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence that followed bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergencefb one mechanical weeding (T6) (1.76 g/m2) and two hand weeding (T7) (1.80g/m2). The results were in accordance with Saravanane et al. (2016), where the pre-emergence herbicides have effectively controlled the initial flush of weeds by suppressing the germination and also by killing the emerging weeds. \r\nThe treatment with pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6) achieved significantly lower values for weed dry weight (15.55g/m2) at 60 DAS and was on par with pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb two hand weeding (17.07g/m2) and bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one hand weeding (T4) (17.81g/m2). The results were in accordance with Sar and Duary(2022). The highest weed dry weight was recorded in control plot (T9) without any treatment application (195.90g/m2). The weed dry weight reduction is clearly due to the efficient control of weeds by the application of early-post emergence bispyribac sodium(Kumar et al., 2013; Singh et al., 2016). The similar trend of observation was noticed at 90 DAS, where pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6)recorded significantly lower values for weed dry weight (25.96g/m2). But the highest weed dry matter was seen in control (T9) (un-weeded check) (236.26g/m2).\r\nWeed control efficiency. Weed control efficiency varied between the treatments. Among the treatments, pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb two hand weeding (T1) recorded highest per cent of weed control efficiency at 30, 60 and 90 DAS (96.0%, 92.8% and 91.3%, respectively). Similar recordings were also observed by Verma et al. (2017). The application of pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6) was recorded the next best treatment at 60 and 90 DAS (92.5% and 91.2%, respectively). This indicated the broad-spectrum and longer period control of weeds by sequential application of herbicides and integrated management of weeds combined with mechanical weeding. Similar observation was also noted by Pinjari et al. (2016) and Soujanya et al. (2020). Two times hand weeded plots (T7)recorded better weed control efficiency at 30 DAS (95.9%), followed by the plots with sequential application of pyrazosulfuron ethyl, bispyribac sodium and mechanical weeding in order (T6) (95.5%). \r\nWeed control index. The weed control index was higher in the treatment of pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6), at 30, 60 and 90 DAS with values of 95.8, 92.1 and 89.0, respectively. This was followed by the treatment, pendimethalin (1kg a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb two hand weeding (T1) (95.9, 91.3 and 87.8, respectively). With these values, it was clear that the treatment of sequential application of herbicides with mechanical weeding had reduced the weed dry weight efficiently over the control plots (un-weeded check) Singh et al.(2018) also recorded similar observations. Among the treatments, two times mechanically weeded plots (T8) recorded very low weed control index at all the observations. \r\nWeed persistence index. Weed persistence index is a measure of persistence/resistance of the weeds that escaped the applied treatment, whose higher value indicates greater persistence and lower indicating less (Garko et al., 2020).The treatment of pyrazosulfuron ethyl (30g a.i./ha) as pre-emergence fb bispyribac sodium (40g a.i./ha) as early post-emergence fb one mechanical weeding (T6) had recorded lowest weed persistence values at 30 and 60 DAS (0.91 and 1.06, respectively) and at 90 DAS, the value was 1.25, which was similar to two hand weeding treatment. This indicated the lower persistence of weeds in these treatments. The results were in line with Mishra et al.(2016). \r\n', 'Kotresh D.J., S. Radhamani, P. Murali Arthanari, V. Ravichandran, C. Bharathi and Sangothari A. (2022). Effect of Integrated Weed Management Practices on Weed Parameters in Direct Seeded Aerobic Rice. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 539-544.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5204, '134', 'Evaluation of Consortium of Fungal and Bacterial Bio-control agents for Management of Rice Sheath Blight caused by Rhizoctonia solani', 'Sapna*, Roopali Sharma and Saurabh Dubey', '90 Evaluation of Consortium of Fungal and Bacterial bio-controlagents for Management of Rice Sheath Blight caused by Rhizoctonia solani Sapna.pdf', '', 1, 'Rice is one of the most important and staple food crop of world. India occupies an important place in the world and shares about 21% of global rice production. In spite of all the efforts of breeding for disease resistance, this crop is found prone to many diseases caused by fungi, bacteria, viruses, and nematodes have been reported out of them Sheath blight of rice caused by Rhizoctonia solani causes heavy losses ranges between 4-50%. To overcome the problem different management strategies are applied. Due to the side effects of chemical pesticides, sustainable crop production through eco-friendly management is essentially required in the current scenario. In biological control, genus Trichoderma and Pseudomonas serves as one of the best bioagents, which is found to be effective against a wide range of soil-borne, the present investigation has carried out to study the combining effect of fungal and bacterial biocontrol agents’ consortia as well as chemicals for reduction of rice sheath blight. Current study reveals that consortium is almost effective as carbendazim in sheath blight disease reduction as well as it promotes plant growth. ', 'Rice, Consortium, Sheath Blight, bioagents', 'The intensive investigation of field studies using potential fungal and bacterial biocontrol agents revealed that performance of consortia of (Trichoderma asperellum) + (Pseudomonas fluorescence) is better over using single isolate of biocontrol agent. Further, the studies also revealed that when the results were compared with the fungicide carbendazim which is being used by the farmers for the control of sheath blight, Consortium of biocontrol agents gave better performance in regard of plant vigour and yield or they were significantly at par with each other.\r\nThe experiment concluded that soil application, seed treatment, foliar spray, seedling dip all were effective in field condition. Application of the biocontrol agents by these methods proved that the maximum plant growth promotion and minimum disease severity percentage was observed in consortium. Therefore, it can be recommended that the use of potential consortia of biocontrol agents against sheath blight can be practiced at farmer’s field successfully. It is very important that the use of biocontrol agents is only successful when the product is having viable counts of spores as per recommendation and application methods are followed properly. Further, future studies can be taken up for the use of consortium of more than two isolates of fungal and bacterial biocontrol agents.\r\n', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRice (Oryza sativa) belongs to the genus Oryza (Family: Poaceae) which includes two cultivated and more than 25 wild species. Rice (Oryza sativa L.) is one of the most important cereal crops for 70% of the world population. Over 90% of world’s rice is produced and consumed in the Asian region (Yadav and Singh 2006). India is the second largest producer and consumer of rice in the world and India shares around 21 per cent of global rice production from about 28 per cent of rice area. The area under rice cultivation in India accounts for 437.89 lakh hectare with an average production 112.91 MT and productivity of 2578 kg ha-1 (Department of Agriculture, Cooperation & Farmers Welfare 2017-18). In Uttarakhand, the annual rice production is around 5.5 lakh tonnes from an area of about 2.80 lakh hectares. Rice is cultivated in all the 13 districts of the Uttarakhand. Among the 13 districts, Udham Singh Nagar has maximum area (33%) and production about 48% of the total rice produced annually in the state (Rice knowledge Management Portal, D. R. R, 2013).\r\nDiseases are the major factors for reduction in crop yield of rice, among them sheath blight disease is major concern and it causes considerable losses in rice field. The estimation of losses due to sheath blight of rice in India has been reported to be up to 54.3% (Chahal et al., 2003). However, the yield losses ranging from 4-50% have been reported depending on the crop stage at the time of infection, severity of the disease and environmental conditions (Singh et al. 2004; Zheng et al. 2013; Bhukal et al. 2015). Richa et al. (2016) also reported that up to 50% of rice yield reduction was done by the sheath blight pathogen during favourable environmental condition. Different management strategies are applied for reduction of the sheath blight disease and among all strategies chemical control still performs better in disease reduction, but chemical control of sheath blight is expensive and non-sustainable. In the absence of suitable and effective management through chemicals, bio control agents may be exploited for the management of rice sheath blight. Disease management through eco-friendly fungal and bacterial antagonists are the need of today. In the present study, two bio control agents fungal and bacterial namely, Trichoderma spp. and Pseudomonas spp. which were earlier proved to be very effective to manage the disease in different parts of the country, were tested under field condition as soil and seed treatment with foliar spray and simultaneously compared with the effective chemicals to manage sheath blight disease.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nTo find out the effectiveness of consortium of biocontrol agents against sheath blight of rice, this experiment was conducted at Crop Research Centre (NEB-CRC) of G.B. Pant University of Agriculture and Technology, Pantnagar during 2019-2020. In this experiments, susceptible rice variety against sheath blight of rice Pant Dhan 4 was sown in randomized block design (RBD) with eleven treatments and three replications. The crop was raised in plots of 3 × 2 m2 area, keeping row to row and plant-to-plant distance of 30 cm × 10 cm. \r\nThe field experiment was conducted to evaluate the effect of four potential biocontrol agents in single and in consortium along with one standard check PBAT3 and one fungicide carbendazim in field condition. Formulation of Trichoderma asperellum and Pseudomonas fluorescence were applied in field in single and in consortium to study the effect of potential fungal and bacterial antagonist against the sheath blight disease of rice. The Field experiment was conducted with following treatments to test the efficacy of these treatments against rice sheath blight.\r\n\r\nMode of application of biocontrol agent isolates in single and in consortium was applied according to treatment in field. The different mode of application was: 1) Seed treatment with biocontrol agents in single and in consortium was done by mixing 10gm of biocontrol agents in 1kg of seeds before 24 hours of seed sowing 2) soil was treated with the biocontrol agents \r\n@10gm were mixed with vermicompost @100gm applied in each plot before15 days of transplanting soil, 3) In Seedling dip method the freshly uprooted seedlings were dipped in biocontrol agent suspension @ 10gm in 1 litre of water before 20-30 minutes of transplanting. 4) Foliar spray of biocontrol agents was done at three times; first spray of biocontrol agent was done at 30 days after sowing; the 2nd and 3rd spray was done at 45 days of interval.\r\nIn context to treated seeds with biocontrol agent in field conditions observation was recorded in term of both growth promotion and disease reduction. The disease severity and disease reduction percentage, increase in Plant vigor and Yield were recorded in field condition at 90-120 days after sowing.\r\nThe disease severity and disease reduction percentage were measured by given formula:\r\n\r\nDisease severity = (Lesion height )/(Total plant height)×100\r\nDisease reduction % = \r\n(Disease severity in control-Disease severity in treatment)/(Disease severity in control)×100\r\nThe statistical study of field experiment data was examined by RBD (randomized block design) with the help of OPSTAT software. The data found by OPSTAT were compared by means of critical difference at 5% level of significance.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe present investigations were carried out on sheath blight disease of rice to test the effect of fungal and bacterial biocontrol agent formulations against sheath blight in rice, the experiment was conducted under field conditions at Crop Research Centre (CRC), Pantnagar. To test these biocontrol agents formulations, randomly block design RBD) was implemented in field condition on the area of 6 square meter (Plate 1). Total number of 11 treatments and each treatment having 3 replications were used in RBD. The rice variety Pant Dhan 4 which was suceptible for the disease was used to know the effect of consortium of biocontrol agents on disease reduction and plant growth promotion.\r\nIn recent years, similar attempts were also made to use a consortium of biological control of plant pathogens by Chakrabarti et al. (2018); Mishra et al. (2011); Singh et. al. (2010).\r\nEffect of biocontrol agents consortia on rice plant vigour. As these natural antagonist helps in disease management as well as plant growth promotion. The observation of the field experiment shows that the different biocontrol agents of fungal and bacterial isolates were effective in increasing number of tillers per plant and plant height.As the result shows that among all the treatments, biocontrol agents which were used in combination/consortia were more effective than the control and carbendazim. The experiment showed that the height of plant after 90 days of transplanting were maximum in case of consortia of PBAT3 (63.20cm), followed by Th17 + Psf173 (63.06cm), Th17 + Psf2 (63.00cm) and Th14 + Psf2 (61.95cm) which were significantly better than carbendazim (59.80cm) and control (57.94cm) (Table 1). Maximum number of tillers per plant after 90 days of transplanting was observed in the treatment of PBAT3 (18.66 tillers/hill), followed by Th17 + Psf173 (17.66 tillers/hill), Th17 + Psf2 (16.86 tillers/hill) and Th14 + Psf2 (16.86 tillers/hill) which were better than carbendazim (15.33 tillers/hill) and control (14.66 tillers/hill) (Table 1). Roy et al. (2015) also conducted a field experiment to assess the integrated management of M. phaseolina by application of three bioagents through seed treatment or soil application either single or in consortium with seed treating fungicide and found the similar results in context to increase in yield and reduction of disaese.\r\nEffect of biocontrol agents consortia on yield parameter of rice plant. Sheath blight is important disease as it reduces the yield of rice and also affects the quality of the grain. The experiment was conducted to know the effect of consortium of biocontrol agents on yield parameters. The observations showed in the (Table 2), the maximum yield per hactare was found in the PBAT3 (53.83q/ha), followed by Th17 + Psf173 (53.50q/ha), Th17 + Psf2 (53.33q/ha) and Th14 + Psf2 (53.33q/ha) which were significantly better than the carbendazim (50.00q/hac) and control (41q/hac). Biocontrol agents were also helpful for increasing test weight of the grain (1000grain weight). In the field experiment, data has been taken on test weight of grain and the maximum test weight was found in consortium of PBAT3 (28.51g), followed by Th17 + Psf173 (28.50g), Th17 + Psf2 (28.41g) and Th14 + Psf2 (28.29) which were significantly superior than the carbendazim (25.93g) and control (21.41g) (Table 2). The results of the consortium of biocontrol agents showed better performance over control and carbendazim. \r\nThis result is close confirmity with Khan and Sinha, (2007). The optimum dose of the bioagent was found to enhance the qualitative parameters such as number of tillers, plant hieght and grain yield reported by Doni et al. (2014); Khan and Sinha (2007); (Mathivanan et al. (2005).\r\nEffect of biocontrol agents consortia in single or in combination on disease severity and disease reduction percentage of rice plant. During the rice season the disease sheath blight was the major problem in rice field (Plate 1). The effect of the fungal and bacterial biocontrol agents on disease reduction percentage and disease severity percentage is showed in Table 3. The minimum disease severity percentage was recorded in the fungicide carbendazim (30.30%), followed by the consortium of PBAT3 (30.58%), Th17 + Psf173 (31.00%) and Th17 + Psf2 (31.29%) and Th14 + Psf2 (32.95%) which were significantly better than control (37.30%). The result of the disease reduction percentage was maximum in the fungicide carbendazim (18.76%), followed by the consortium of PBAT3 (18.00%), Th17 + Psf173 (16.89%), Th17 + Psf2 (16.11%) and Th14 + Psf2 (11.66). However, all the treatments were found superior as compared to control. The result showed that the fungal or bacterial isolates used in consortium or in alone were found as effective as carbendazim. Singh et al. (2010); Chakrabarti et al. (2018); Mathivanan et al. (2006) have also observed the similar finding earlier.\r\n', 'Sapna, Roopali Sharma and Saurabh Dubey (2022). Evaluation of Consortium of Fungal and Bacterial bio-control agents for Management of Rice Sheath Blight caused by Rhizoctonia solani. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 545-549.'),
(5205, '134', 'Estimation of Heterosis for Yield and Yield Contributing Characters in Cowpea (Vigna ungiculata L.)', 'Shirisha K.*, N. Sandhyakishore, C.V. Sameer Kumar and M. Pallavi', '91 Estimation of Heterosis for Yield and Yield Contributing Characters in Cowpea _Vigna ungiculata L._ Shirisha K.pdf', '', 1, 'The present study was conducted by crossing nine divergent parents in Line × Tester mating design constituting of five lines and four testers to generate twenty F1 hybrids of cowpea. These hybrids were evaluated in randomised block design with three replications along with parents and two standard checks to estimate the extent of heterosis. The potency of heterosis breeding is enormous in terms of increasing the productivity of crops and could be used as indicative of crosses which are likely to generate productive cultivars. Heterosis was observed for all the traits viz., days to 50% flowering, days to maturity, plant height, number of branches per plant, No. of pods per plant, pod length, No. of seeds per pod, test weight and grain yield per plant were studied during the course of investigation. Appreciable magnitude of heterosis was expressed in hybrids for yield and yield related traits. The cross combinations viz.,WCP-1 × PMCP-1016; WCP-1 × VCP-18-032, CPD-311 × PMCP-1016, CPD-311 × KBC-12, CPD-311 × PMCP-1131, CPD-311 × VCP-18-032, CPD-313 × PMCP-1131, CPD-313 × VCP-18-032, PCP-1124 × PMCP-1016, PCP-1124 × KBC-12 for grain yield recorded significant positive standard heterosis. Thus these crosses can be exploited to obtain desirable transgressive segregants for yield and yield contributing traits which will pave the way for selection of individual progenies with optimal traits in further generations and ultimately for identification of high yielding genotypes in cowpea. Heterosis in yield attributes had a significant additive influence on seed yield per plant. It is mainly due to complementary combination of component traits viz., branches per plant, seeds per pod and 100 seed weight and seed yield per plant. ', 'Cowpea, Heterosis, Line × Tester mating design, economic heterosis', 'Thus from the present study it can be concluded that most of the hybrids exhibited significant heterosis for different traits along with grain yield over better parent / standard checks. The characters branches per plant, plant height, pod length, pods per plant, seeds per pod, pods per cluster and 100 seed weight largely define the seed yield of cowpea and hence should be prioritized in selection programmes in order to develop high yielding varieties and hybrids. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nCowpea (Vigna ungiculata L.) is a highly self pollinated multipurpose grain legume belonging to the family Papilionaceae with a chromosome number of 2n=22 and is native of central Africa. Its role as a crucial component of cropping systems in the world’s tropical and subtropical areas and its importance in being a nourishment legume can never be overemphasized (Fatokun et al., 2002; Sanchez-Navarro et al., 2019). Cowpea contains 20 to 25% protein content, which makes it attractive as a source of quality nourishment for both the rural and urban poor people (Fatokun et al., 2002; Uarrota, 2010; Ajayi et al., 2014). Because of its high protein content cowpea is referred to as “vegetable meat” and contains high grain and biological value on a dry weight basis. Cowpea is economically grown throughout India and is used for a variety of purposes such as pulse crop and for long green pods, fodder for the cattle, green manure and as a cover crop. Cowpea grows fast, curbs erosion, fixes atmospheric nitrogen (Ajayi & Adesoye 2013) and fertilizes the soil with its decaying residues after harvest (Singh et al., 2002). The nutrient rich Cowpea grains comprises of 23.4 per cent protein, 60.3 per cent carbohydrates, 1.8 per cent fat and is a good source of vitamins and phosphorus(Venkatesan et al., 2003). Cowpea is also valued for its low-fat content and high fibre content. \r\nHeterosis or hybrid vigour may be defined as the superiority of a F1 hybrid over both the parents in terms of yield and some other character (Shull, 1914). It is firstly reported in plants by Koelreuter (1766) in Nicotiana spp. Heterotic response for seed yield per plant was mainly due to high heterotic desirable effects for the yield attributing traits like plant height, branches per plant, pods per cluster, pods per plant, pod length and seed yield. The, information on heterosis estimates can be utilized to identify crosses that can result in superior transgressive segregants in the segregating generation. Heterosis for yield and other characters in grain legumes were first reported by Pal (1945).\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe present experimental study was carried out in two seasons in which kharif, 2021 for crossing and Rabi, 2021-2022 for evaluation at the Regional Agricultural Research Station, Warangal. The experimental materials comprised of twenty hybrids generated from five high yielding lines viz., WCP-6, WCP-1, CDP-311, CDP-313, PCP-1124 and four broad based testers PMCP-1016, KBA-12, PMCP-1131 and VCP-18-032 which were crossed in Line x Tester mating design (5 lines x 4 testers) by conventional method of hybridization. The experimental design used was randomised block design design as suggested by (Nadarajan and Gunasekaran 2005) with three replications, while, L×T analysis of heterosis was performed as per Kempthorne (1957). Two standard check varieties (TPTC-29 & DC-15) were included in the experimental material to estimate standard heterosis. Heterosis was estimated by using the following formulae.\r\nHeterosis (%) (h1) = \r\nHeterobeltiosis (%) (h2) = \r\nStandard heterosis (%) (h3) = \r\nWhere, F1 = Mean performance of the F1 hybrid\r\n = Mean value of the parents (P1 and P2) of a hybrid\r\n = Mean value of better parent.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe analysis of variance (Table 3) deciphered substantial variations among the genotypes for all the characters studied, demonstrating the presence of variability in the material under study. All the characters studied exhibited considerable mid parent and better parent heterosis, either alone or in combination (Table 4).\r\nIn the present study, the heterosis for days to 50 % flowering ranged from -32.20% to 8.93% and -34.07% to 5.59% over mid parent and better parent, respectively, while for standard heterosis it ranged from -23.08% to 21.15% and -29.41% to 11.18% over both the checks. The cross PCP-1124 × PMCP-1131 exhibited superior negative significant heterosis over mid parent (-32.20%) and PCP-1124 × PMCP-1131 for better parent (-34.07%), while the cross PCP-1124 × PMCP-1131 exhibited negative significant standard heterosis over both the checks (-23.08% to -29.41%) respectively. Similar results were obtained by Ushakumari et al. (2010); Kadam et al. (2013); Anitha et al. (2016); Mukati et al. (2016).\r\nThe heterosis for days to maturity ranged from -21.60 to 4.81% over mid parent, whereas over better parent, it ranged from to 3.30% and standard heterosis from -16.92% to 10.00% and -20.59% to 5.15% over both checks respectively. Significant negative heterosis in desired direction over mid parent was observed in 15 crosses. The hybrid PCP-1124 × PMCP-1131 (-21.60 %) exhibited the highest significant negative heterosis over mid parent. Sixteen crosses exhibited significant negative heterosis over better parent. Negative heterosis for days to maturity were in agreement with Sharma et al. (2010 ); Ajayi et al. (2014); Mukati et al. (2016) for early maturity.\r\nThe heterosis for plant height ranged from – 19.44 to 45.83 per cent and -20.56 to 28.05 per cent over mid and better parents, respectively. Three crosses showed significant negative heterosis over mid parent, while five crosses over better parent. The cross, PCP-1124 × VCP-18-032 (-19.44) exhibited the lowest significant heterosis over mid parent. Standard heterosis ranged from -17.58% to 27.27% and -20.00 to 23.53% over both the checks. Standard heterosis was significant and positive in the cross combinations CPD-313 ×PMCP-1016 , CPD-313 × PMCP-1131, PCP-1124 × KBC-12&PCP-1124 × VCP-18-032 over the check TPTC-29 andWCP-6 × KBC-12 CPD-313 × PMCP-1016, CPD-313 × PMCP-1131, PCP-1124 × KBC-12 and PCP-1124 × VCP-18-032 over the check DC-15 Similar results were reported by Sharma et al.(2010); Katariya et al. 2016; Sanchez-Navarro et al.(2019).\r\nThe range of heterosis for branches per plant was from -30.71 to 69.97 per cent and -46.99 to 54.65 per cent over mid and better parents, respectively. Eleven and four crosses manifested significant positive heterosis over both mid and better parents. The cross WCP-1 × PMCP-1131(69.977 %) and (54.65 %) manifested the maximum significant positive relative heterosis and heterobeltiosis, respectively. Standard heterosis ranged from -30.88% to 33.33% (CPD-311 × PMCP-1016) Over both the checks ( TPTC-29 & DC-15)Similar results were reported by Bhusana et al.(2000); Mehta (2000); Hira Lal et al. (2007); Patel et al. (2009); Sharma et al.(2010).\r\nThe pods per plant is an important yield contributing character for which the heterosis ranged from -15.50 to 96.60 per cent and -32.35 to 88.14 per cent over mid and better parents, respectively. Significant positive heterosis over midparent was recorded for 12 crosses and over better parents was recorded for nine crosses. The crosses, CPD-311 × PMCP-1016 (96.60 %) and CPD-313 × KBC-12 (88.14 %) showed maximum significant positive relative heterosis and heterobeltiosis, respectively. Standard heterosis ranged from -20.59% (WCP-6 × KBC-12) to 126.47% and -25.00% (WCP-6 × KBC-12) to 113.89% over both the checks. Bhushana et al. (2000); Yadav et al. (2010); Chaudhari et al. (2013; Katariya et al. (2016); Sarath et al. (2017) also reported similar results.\r\nThe crosses WCP-1 × KBC-12 (24.87 %) and PCP-1124 × VCP-18-032 (18.99 %) manifested significant positive relative heterosis and heterobeltiosis, respectively for pod length and range for this trait was -28.71 to 24.87 per cent and -40.49 to 18.99 per cent over mid and better parents, respectively. Heterosis over mid parent was significant and positive in 6 hybrids, heterobeltiosis in only one hybrid WCP-1 × KBC-12 and standard heterosis in 8 and 10 hybrids crosses (TPTC-29 & DC-15). The range of heterosis was from -24.37 to 41.19 per cent and -30.10 to 35.48 per cent over mid and better parents, respectively for number of seeds per pod. Ten crosses manifested significant positive heterosis over mid parent and seven crosses over better parent for number of seeds per pod. Maximum significant positive heterosis was recorded by WCP-1 × PMCP-1016 i.e. 41.19 % and 35.48 % over mid and better parent respectively for this trait and standard heterosis ranged from -13.87% to 64.45% and -28.71 % to 36.12 % over both the checks. \r\nThe heterosis for number of pods per cluster ranged from -40.19% to 105.79% over mid parent, While, heterobeltiosis ranged from -53.03% to 93.02% and standard heterosis ranged from -25.60% to 99.20% over TPTC-29 and -21.85% to 109.24% over DC-15 . The cross CPD-311 × PMCP-1016manifested the maximum significant positive relative heterosis and heterobeltiosis of 105.79% and 93.02 % respectively. Similar results were reported by Yadav et al. (2010); Sharma et al. (2013); Kadam et al. (2013).\r\n For 100 seed weight relative heterosis ranged from -13.92% to 100.96%, heterobeltiosis from -26.20 to 77.92% and standard heterosis from 0.55% to 61.43% and -9.17 to 45.83% for this trait. Twelve crosses exhibited significant positive heterosis over mid parent and 8 over better parent. Among which cross WCP-1 × PMCP-1016 (100.96% and 77.92%) recorded maximum positive heterosis and heterobeltiosis. Similar observations were made by Bhushana et al. (2000); Patel et al. (2009); Kadam et al. (2013); Sanchez-Navarro et al. (2019).\r\nFor grain yield per plant twelve crosses expressed significant positive heterobeltiosis and eleven hybrids were found promising on both the standard checks with significant positive standard heterosis. The cross combinations are WCP-1 × PMCP-1016; WCP-1 × VCP-18-032, CPD-311 × PMCP-1016, CPD-311 × KBC-12, CPD-311 × PMCP-1131, CPD-311 × VCP-18-032, CPD-313 × PMCP-1131, CPD-313 × VCP-18-032, PCP-1124 × PMCP-1016, PCP-1124 × KBC-12.Thus from the present study it can be concluded that most of the hybrids exhibited significant heterosis for different traits along with grain yield over better parent / standard checks. The genotypes viz., WCP-1, CPD-311, CPD-313, PCP-1124 among lines and PMCP-1016, VCP 18-032, PMCP-1016 and KBC-12 among the testers as one of the parents will provide the basic material for breeding programme for further improvement in yield and yield contributing traits in cowpea. Thus these crosses may offer higher frequency of productive derivatives in their later generations.\r\n \r\n', 'Shirisha K., N. Sandhyakishore, C.V. Sameer Kumar and M. Pallavi (2022). Estimation of Heterosis for Yield and Yield Contributing Characters in Cowpea (Vigna ungiculata L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 550-556.'),
(5206, '134', 'Characterization of Soybean [Glycine max (L.) Merrill] Genotypes based on DUS Traits', 'R.C. Sivabharathi*, A. Muthuswamy, K. Anandhi and L. Karthiba', '92 Characterization of Soybean [Glycine max _L._ Merrill] Genotypes based on DUS Traits K. Anandhi.pdf', '', 1, 'The challenge in the present study is to characterize the sixty-nine soybean genotypes based on the DUS test given by PPV&FR for the fourteen qualitative and four quantitative traits. The qualitative traits include anthocyanin pigmentation on hypocotyl, plant growth type, leaf shape, leaf colour, plant growth habit, flower colour, pod pubescence colour, pod colour, seed shape, seed colour, seed lustre, seed hilum colour, presence and absence pod pubescence and seed cotyledon colour and the quantitative traits are days to 50% flowering, plant height, days to maturity and seed size. Pod pubescence and seed cotyledon were found to be a monomorphic trait for all the sixty-nine genotypes. The study revealed that flower colour and hypocotyl pigmentation were found to be directly linked. JS 95-60 and MACS 29 were two genotypes observed as late flowering. PK 1024 was the only genotype with lancealote leaf shape. Cluster analysis depicted that the 69 genotypes could be grouped into four major clusters each with two sub clusters. The similarity coefficient ranges from 0.75 to 0.77. The genotypes in cluster I and IV were observed to have wide variation. Thus, the contribution of this research will help the researchers to utilize the genotypes in cluster I and cluster IV for the crop improvement programmes.', 'Cluster, Dendrogram, Descriptors, DUS, Qualitative traits', 'Among the 69 soybean genotypes studied, the genotypes CO 2, NRC 147, MAUS 71-07, MACS 1259, MACS 985, JS 20-01, NRC 2007-K-7-2, JS 20-09, MACS 1281, WC 67, PK 768, MAUS 52-1, JS (SH) 8554, MAUS 417, VLS 70, NRC 78 and PK 1303 from cluster I grouped under sub cluster I and the genotypes NRC 132, NRC 2007-G-1-13 and PK 257 in cluster IV in both the sub clusters were found to have wide variation. This study also revealed that traits viz., flower colour, hypocotyl colour, presence and absence of pod pubescence and seed cotyledon colour were found to be reliable. The remaining traits can be focused for the distinctness of the genotypes. Thus, the present study could be used for the selection of reference varieties for DUS testing of new soybean genotypes. In addition, genotypes with wide variation can be used as parent for crop improvement programmes.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSoybean [Glycine max (L.) Merrill] is called “Miracle crop” or “Golden bean” because it contributes significantly as both oilseed and leguminous crop in terms of total production and international trade (Chung and Singh 2008). It belongs to the family Fabaceae and subfamily Papilionaceae. World soybean production in 2021 – 22 is estimated as 385.527 million tonnes. Brazil ranks first in soybean production with 144 million tonnes followed by the United States, Argentina, China and India (Anonymous, 2022a). Production in India accounts 12.90 million tonnes cultivated under 12.81 million hectares with the productivity of 1007 kg/ha in 2020-21 (Anonymous, 2021). Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra contributes 89 per cent of soybean production in India. In 2021-22, the world production volume of soybean oil amounted to 60.27 million metric tonnes (Anonymous, 2022b). This demonstrates that soybean oil production is rising quickly around the world as a result of its high nutritional value as a food source for both people and livestock, as well as its importance as a source of edible oil with industrial applications. Soy seeds contain 38–43 per cent protein, while 17–19 per cent oil (Chung and Singh 2008). Furthermore, 100g of soybeans had 432 calories, 10.5g of fat, and 426mg of vitamins (A, B, and D). In addition to this, soybean also contains 240mg of calcium, 690mg of phosphorus, and 11.5mg of iron (Nagraj, 1995). \r\nThe characterization based on distinctness, uniformity, stability and novelty is prerequisite. The varietal characterization of a genotype should be precisely explained, accepted and should have standard method of observation. In addition, it should be least or less affected by the environment (Raut, 2003). Emphasis on characterization, varietal identification and genetic purity assessment of soybean genotypes is very important to the field functionaries, certification officers, seed production officers and seed growers for regulating quality of the seed. It is also favorable for plant breeder to assess relationship between yield and its various components, which will facilitate selection of desirable characteristics (Jain et al., 2015). Identification of genotypes based on morphological characteristics is the most extensively used method. In case of no variation observed among the genotypes with qualitative traits, quantitative traits can be taken into observation to get precise results (Raut, 2003). Therefore, the present study is focused on the characterization of soybean genotypes for both qualitative and quantitative traits. The quantitative and qualitative data were analyzed by GGT 2.0 Software (Kujane et al., 2019). The dendrogram was constructed using UPGMA tree clustering (Ramteke et al., 2015). In this aspect, genotypes with similar traits were grouped into single cluster based on qualitative and quantitative traits which can be used for the selection of genotypes with wide variation for the future breeding programmes.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present study was carried out at the Department of Pulses, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore during rabi, 2021-22 using augmented block design II. The experimental plot was at the latitude of 11.0232 °N, the longitude of 76.9293 °E and the altitude at 426.72m above MSL. Each genotype was raised in 3m length with spacing of 30 × 10cm. The experiment was carried out with 69 genotypes enlisted in Table 1, including five check varieties viz., NRC 132, NRC 142, NRC 147, MACS 1460 and CO (Soy) 3. Observations were recorded for fourteen qualitative traits and four quantitative traits. The qualitative traits were anthocyanin pigmentation on hypocotyls, plant growth type, leaf shape, leaf colour, plant growth habit, flower colour, pod pubescence colour, pod colour, seed shape, seed colour, seed lustre, seed hilum colour, presence and absence of pod pubescence and seed cotyledon colour and the quantitative traits were days to 50 per cent flowering, plant height, days to maturity and seed size (Table 2). The genotypes were evaluated for each trait based on note values of the DUS characters as per the Protection of Plant Varieties and Farmers Rights, 2001 (Table 3). The eighteen traits of 69 genotypes were subjected to cluster analysis using GGT 2.0 software (Kujane et al., 2019).\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nDUS characterization: Based on DUS guidelines as per PPV&FR (2001), fourteen qualitative and four quantitative traits were visually scored for 69 genotypes. Among eighteen traits, two were monomorphic viz., seed cotyledon colour and pod pubescence and showed no variation for all the 69 genotypes. Eight traits were dimorphic and remaining eight were polymorphic in nature. Dhaliwal et al. (2020) also reported that out of 19 traits observed in soybean, only one trait viz., plant growth type was monomorphic, nine traits were dimorphic and remaining nine traits were polymorphic. In the present study, flower colour and hypocotyl pigmentation were found to be correlated. Gupta et al. (2010) also observed correlation with flower colour and anthocyanin pigmentation in soybean. All the non-pigmented hypocotyls exhibited white flowers whereas all the pigmented hypocotyls exhibited purple flowers. In contrast, bronze band pigmentation on hypocotyls with certain white flowers when grown on continuous light was observed in soybean by Payne and Sundermeyer (1977). Studies on quantitative traits were also made by Karnwal and Singh (2009); Ramteke et al. (2012). The eighteen traits were observed at six different stages viz., cotyledon stage, flowering stage (about 50 percent plants have at least one opened flower), pod setting stage (about 70 percent of pods attained full length 30-50 mm), advance ripening stage (about 50 percent of pods are ripe), full maturity stage (about 90 per cent pods are ripe) and post harvesting stage. \r\nFloral characters: All the genotypes except NRC 2006-M-6, NRC 2007-G-1-13, NRC 79, PK 257, JS 97-52, JS 98-68, MACS 1188, NRC 132 and MACS 1460 bore white flowers and had no pigmentation in hypocotyl and remaining genotypes bore purple flowers and had pigmentation in hypocotyl (Fig. 1, 2). Six gene controls flower colour while two genes control pubescence colour in soybean was reported by Palmer et al. (2004); Takahashi et al. (2008). \r\nGrowth characters: Erect type was displayed in most of the genotypes, except CO 2, JS 20-09, JS 98-68, MACS 1188, NRC 2007-G-1-13, NRC 2007-K-7-2, NRC 78, NRC 79, PK 1303, NRC 142, NRC 147 and MACS 1460 that had semi-erect type growth habit (Fig. 3). Singh et al. (2021) grouped all the seven released soybean varieties of Himachal Pradesh used in his study under tall stature category. But in our present study, there is a variation in the plant height among the 69 genotypes. Out of 69 genotypes, only one genotype JS 98-61 was observed as tall statured, 29 were noted as medium statured and 39 genotypes were of short stature. Plant growth type is classified into 3 categories viz., determinate, semi-determinate and indeterminate. Determinate type was found in 15 genotypes, semi-determinate in 24 genotypes and indeterminate in 30 genotypes. Days to 50 per cent flowering was observed to be dimorphic. MACS 1460 exhibited early flowering, 66 genotypes were with medium type of flowering and remaining two genotypes viz., JS 95-60 and MACS 629 were observed as late. Early maturing type was observed in 50 genotypes, medium maturing was observed in 18 genotypes and CSB 0811 was the only genotype categorized as late maturing type. Cober and Morrison (2010) reported that days to maturity and time to flowering is controlled by eight loci each with two alleles in soybean.\r\nLeaf characters: Leaf shape was observed to be polymorphic trait. PK 1024 was the only genotype with lancealote leaf shape, 59 genotypes had pointed-ovate shape and nine genotypes had rounded ovate leaf shape. \r\nThis shows that the variation in the leaf shape was mainly observed between rounded ovate and pointed ovate leaf (Fig. 4). Similar observation in leaf shape of soybean was found by Gupta et al. (2010). Green leaf colour was displayed by majority of the genotypes except MACS 1188, MAUS 417, NRC 78, NRC 79, WC 67, PK 1303 and CO (Soy) 3 which were with dark green coloured leaves.\r\nPod characters: Pod pubescence was found to be monomorphic and all the genotypes were observed with pubescence. Almost 50 genotypes had brown pod colour, 13 genotypes had yellow pod colour and the remaining genotypes viz., VLS 69, MAUS 60, MAUS 61, VLS 70, PK 1038 and MACS 1460 had black pod colour. Majority of the genotypes had tawny pod pubescence colour except CO 2, JS 20-09, JS 98-68, MACS 1188, MACS 1259, MACS 1281, MACS 985, NRC 78, NRC 79, PK 1303 and MACS 1460 which were with grey pubescence.\r\nSeed characters: Seed traits are crucial for DUS characterization as these are less influenced by the environment and are thus stable. Across the varying climatic zones, hair colour, flower colour and seed colour in soybean were reported to be the most stable characters by Satyavathi et al. (2004). Five seed traits viz., seed size, seed shape, seed coat colour, seed lustre and seed cotyledon colour were noted in the present study and these traits were observed at post harvesting stage. Among the seed traits, seed size and seed hilum colour were polymorphic; seed shape, seed coat colour and seed lustre were dimorphic; and seed cotyledon colour was monomorphic in nature. Seed size was computed on the basis of hundred seed weight. Large-sized seed was observed in only one genotype viz., PK 257, medium sized seed was observed in 30 genotypes and small-sized seed was observed in 38 genotypes. Forty-one genotypes exhibited spherical shaped seeds and the remaining genotypes exhibited elliptical shaped seeds. EC 18736 was the only genotype with black seed coat and remaining 68 genotypes exhibited yellow seed coat (Fig. 5). Ramteke et al. (2012) also observed the same type of variation in seed coat of soybean. Difference in seed coat within a species can usually be linked to variation in chromosome number or some aspect of gross morphology in soybean (Newell and Hymowitz, 1978). Seed hilum colour is highly stable and in the present study, three out of five designated classes of hilum colour were observed. MACS 1259, NRC 78, NRC 79, PK 1303 and MACS 1460 were the genotypes with grey hilum, 50 genotypes had brown hilum and fourteen genotypes had black hilum (Fig. 6). Yadav and Sharma (2001) also reported the variation in hilum colour in soybean. Morphological observations for seed lustre were observed to be shiny for all the soybean cultivars reported by Pawale et al. (2019). But in this study shiny seeds were observed in 45 genotypes and dull seeds were observed 24 genotypes.\r\nCluster analysis: Among the genotypes studied, few genotypes were distinct as they could be classified based on a single trait while majority of the genotypes were closely related. The similarity coefficient ranged from 0.81 to 0.82. Ranjani and Jayamani (2021) grouped 68 pigeonpea genotypes at an average similarity of 80%. The 69 genotypes were grouped into four clusters using UPGMA dendrogram in GGT 2.0 software (Fig. 7). Dhaliwal et al. (2020) also reported four clusters in grouping 22 soybean lines for 19 characters. The trait contributing for first grouping was anthocyanin pigmentation and flower colour. The first cluster had 39 genotypes that were subdivided into two sub clusters. The first sub cluster had 17 genotypes and these genotypes were very similar to each other for eight traits and varied for ten traits. The second sub cluster had 22 genotypes were found to be similar to each other for ten traits and showed variation for eight traits.\r\nThe second cluster had 21 genotypes that were subdivided into two sub clusters. The first sub cluster had only one genotype EC 18736. The second sub cluster had 20 genotypes and was very similar to each other for seven traits and showed variation for eleven other traits. The third cluster had two sub clusters. The first sub cluster had JS 97-52 and NRC 2007-G-1-13 and had 13 similar traits and varied for five traits. The second sub cluster had JS 98-68, MACS 1188, NRC 79 and MACS 1460 and had 12 similar traits and differed for six traits. The fourth cluster had three genotypes that were further divided into two subcultures. Sub cluster I had two genotypes viz., NRC 132 and NRC 2007-G-1-13 and these two genotypes had thirteen similar traits and varied for five traits. The sub cluster II had one genotype viz., PK 257. \r\n\r\n', 'R.C. Sivabharathi, A. Muthuswamy, K. Anandhi and L. Karthiba (2022). Characterization of Soybean [Glycine max (L.) Merrill] Genotypes based on DUS Traits. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 557-564.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5207, '134', 'Characterization of Soybean [Glycine max (L.) Merrill] Genotypes based on DUS Traits', 'R.C. Sivabharathi*, A. Muthuswamy, K. Anandhi and L. Karthiba', '92 Characterization of Soybean [Glycine max _L._ Merrill] Genotypes based on DUS Traits K. Anandhi.pdf', '', 4, 'The challenge in the present study is to characterize the sixty-nine soybean genotypes based on the DUS test given by PPV&FR for the fourteen qualitative and four quantitative traits. The qualitative traits include anthocyanin pigmentation on hypocotyl, plant growth type, leaf shape, leaf colour, plant growth habit, flower colour, pod pubescence colour, pod colour, seed shape, seed colour, seed lustre, seed hilum colour, presence and absence pod pubescence and seed cotyledon colour and the quantitative traits are days to 50% flowering, plant height, days to maturity and seed size. Pod pubescence and seed cotyledon were found to be a monomorphic trait for all the sixty-nine genotypes. The study revealed that flower colour and hypocotyl pigmentation were found to be directly linked. JS 95-60 and MACS 29 were two genotypes observed as late flowering. PK 1024 was the only genotype with lancealote leaf shape. Cluster analysis depicted that the 69 genotypes could be grouped into four major clusters each with two sub clusters. The similarity coefficient ranges from 0.75 to 0.77. The genotypes in cluster I and IV were observed to have wide variation. Thus, the contribution of this research will help the researchers to utilize the genotypes in cluster I and cluster IV for the crop improvement programmes.', 'Cluster, Dendrogram, Descriptors, DUS, Qualitative traits', 'Among the 69 soybean genotypes studied, the genotypes CO 2, NRC 147, MAUS 71-07, MACS 1259, MACS 985, JS 20-01, NRC 2007-K-7-2, JS 20-09, MACS 1281, WC 67, PK 768, MAUS 52-1, JS (SH) 8554, MAUS 417, VLS 70, NRC 78 and PK 1303 from cluster I grouped under sub cluster I and the genotypes NRC 132, NRC 2007-G-1-13 and PK 257 in cluster IV in both the sub clusters were found to have wide variation. This study also revealed that traits viz., flower colour, hypocotyl colour, presence and absence of pod pubescence and seed cotyledon colour were found to be reliable. The remaining traits can be focused for the distinctness of the genotypes. Thus, the present study could be used for the selection of reference varieties for DUS testing of new soybean genotypes. In addition, genotypes with wide variation can be used as parent for crop improvement programmes.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSoybean [Glycine max (L.) Merrill] is called “Miracle crop” or “Golden bean” because it contributes significantly as both oilseed and leguminous crop in terms of total production and international trade (Chung and Singh 2008). It belongs to the family Fabaceae and subfamily Papilionaceae. World soybean production in 2021 – 22 is estimated as 385.527 million tonnes. Brazil ranks first in soybean production with 144 million tonnes followed by the United States, Argentina, China and India (Anonymous, 2022a). Production in India accounts 12.90 million tonnes cultivated under 12.81 million hectares with the productivity of 1007 kg/ha in 2020-21 (Anonymous, 2021). Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra contributes 89 per cent of soybean production in India. In 2021-22, the world production volume of soybean oil amounted to 60.27 million metric tonnes (Anonymous, 2022b). This demonstrates that soybean oil production is rising quickly around the world as a result of its high nutritional value as a food source for both people and livestock, as well as its importance as a source of edible oil with industrial applications. Soy seeds contain 38–43 per cent protein, while 17–19 per cent oil (Chung and Singh 2008). Furthermore, 100g of soybeans had 432 calories, 10.5g of fat, and 426mg of vitamins (A, B, and D). In addition to this, soybean also contains 240mg of calcium, 690mg of phosphorus, and 11.5mg of iron (Nagraj, 1995). \r\nThe characterization based on distinctness, uniformity, stability and novelty is prerequisite. The varietal characterization of a genotype should be precisely explained, accepted and should have standard method of observation. In addition, it should be least or less affected by the environment (Raut, 2003). Emphasis on characterization, varietal identification and genetic purity assessment of soybean genotypes is very important to the field functionaries, certification officers, seed production officers and seed growers for regulating quality of the seed. It is also favorable for plant breeder to assess relationship between yield and its various components, which will facilitate selection of desirable characteristics (Jain et al., 2015). Identification of genotypes based on morphological characteristics is the most extensively used method. In case of no variation observed among the genotypes with qualitative traits, quantitative traits can be taken into observation to get precise results (Raut, 2003). Therefore, the present study is focused on the characterization of soybean genotypes for both qualitative and quantitative traits. The quantitative and qualitative data were analyzed by GGT 2.0 Software (Kujane et al., 2019). The dendrogram was constructed using UPGMA tree clustering (Ramteke et al., 2015). In this aspect, genotypes with similar traits were grouped into single cluster based on qualitative and quantitative traits which can be used for the selection of genotypes with wide variation for the future breeding programmes.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present study was carried out at the Department of Pulses, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore during rabi, 2021-22 using augmented block design II. The experimental plot was at the latitude of 11.0232 °N, the longitude of 76.9293 °E and the altitude at 426.72m above MSL. Each genotype was raised in 3m length with spacing of 30 × 10cm. The experiment was carried out with 69 genotypes enlisted in Table 1, including five check varieties viz., NRC 132, NRC 142, NRC 147, MACS 1460 and CO (Soy) 3. Observations were recorded for fourteen qualitative traits and four quantitative traits. The qualitative traits were anthocyanin pigmentation on hypocotyls, plant growth type, leaf shape, leaf colour, plant growth habit, flower colour, pod pubescence colour, pod colour, seed shape, seed colour, seed lustre, seed hilum colour, presence and absence of pod pubescence and seed cotyledon colour and the quantitative traits were days to 50 per cent flowering, plant height, days to maturity and seed size (Table 2). The genotypes were evaluated for each trait based on note values of the DUS characters as per the Protection of Plant Varieties and Farmers Rights, 2001 (Table 3). The eighteen traits of 69 genotypes were subjected to cluster analysis using GGT 2.0 software (Kujane et al., 2019).\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nDUS characterization: Based on DUS guidelines as per PPV&FR (2001), fourteen qualitative and four quantitative traits were visually scored for 69 genotypes. Among eighteen traits, two were monomorphic viz., seed cotyledon colour and pod pubescence and showed no variation for all the 69 genotypes. Eight traits were dimorphic and remaining eight were polymorphic in nature. Dhaliwal et al. (2020) also reported that out of 19 traits observed in soybean, only one trait viz., plant growth type was monomorphic, nine traits were dimorphic and remaining nine traits were polymorphic. In the present study, flower colour and hypocotyl pigmentation were found to be correlated. Gupta et al. (2010) also observed correlation with flower colour and anthocyanin pigmentation in soybean. All the non-pigmented hypocotyls exhibited white flowers whereas all the pigmented hypocotyls exhibited purple flowers. In contrast, bronze band pigmentation on hypocotyls with certain white flowers when grown on continuous light was observed in soybean by Payne and Sundermeyer (1977). Studies on quantitative traits were also made by Karnwal and Singh (2009); Ramteke et al. (2012). The eighteen traits were observed at six different stages viz., cotyledon stage, flowering stage (about 50 percent plants have at least one opened flower), pod setting stage (about 70 percent of pods attained full length 30-50 mm), advance ripening stage (about 50 percent of pods are ripe), full maturity stage (about 90 per cent pods are ripe) and post harvesting stage. \r\nFloral characters: All the genotypes except NRC 2006-M-6, NRC 2007-G-1-13, NRC 79, PK 257, JS 97-52, JS 98-68, MACS 1188, NRC 132 and MACS 1460 bore white flowers and had no pigmentation in hypocotyl and remaining genotypes bore purple flowers and had pigmentation in hypocotyl (Fig. 1, 2). Six gene controls flower colour while two genes control pubescence colour in soybean was reported by Palmer et al. (2004); Takahashi et al. (2008). \r\nGrowth characters: Erect type was displayed in most of the genotypes, except CO 2, JS 20-09, JS 98-68, MACS 1188, NRC 2007-G-1-13, NRC 2007-K-7-2, NRC 78, NRC 79, PK 1303, NRC 142, NRC 147 and MACS 1460 that had semi-erect type growth habit (Fig. 3). Singh et al. (2021) grouped all the seven released soybean varieties of Himachal Pradesh used in his study under tall stature category. But in our present study, there is a variation in the plant height among the 69 genotypes. Out of 69 genotypes, only one genotype JS 98-61 was observed as tall statured, 29 were noted as medium statured and 39 genotypes were of short stature. Plant growth type is classified into 3 categories viz., determinate, semi-determinate and indeterminate. Determinate type was found in 15 genotypes, semi-determinate in 24 genotypes and indeterminate in 30 genotypes. Days to 50 per cent flowering was observed to be dimorphic. MACS 1460 exhibited early flowering, 66 genotypes were with medium type of flowering and remaining two genotypes viz., JS 95-60 and MACS 629 were observed as late. Early maturing type was observed in 50 genotypes, medium maturing was observed in 18 genotypes and CSB 0811 was the only genotype categorized as late maturing type. Cober and Morrison (2010) reported that days to maturity and time to flowering is controlled by eight loci each with two alleles in soybean.\r\nLeaf characters: Leaf shape was observed to be polymorphic trait. PK 1024 was the only genotype with lancealote leaf shape, 59 genotypes had pointed-ovate shape and nine genotypes had rounded ovate leaf shape. \r\nThis shows that the variation in the leaf shape was mainly observed between rounded ovate and pointed ovate leaf (Fig. 4). Similar observation in leaf shape of soybean was found by Gupta et al. (2010). Green leaf colour was displayed by majority of the genotypes except MACS 1188, MAUS 417, NRC 78, NRC 79, WC 67, PK 1303 and CO (Soy) 3 which were with dark green coloured leaves.\r\nPod characters: Pod pubescence was found to be monomorphic and all the genotypes were observed with pubescence. Almost 50 genotypes had brown pod colour, 13 genotypes had yellow pod colour and the remaining genotypes viz., VLS 69, MAUS 60, MAUS 61, VLS 70, PK 1038 and MACS 1460 had black pod colour. Majority of the genotypes had tawny pod pubescence colour except CO 2, JS 20-09, JS 98-68, MACS 1188, MACS 1259, MACS 1281, MACS 985, NRC 78, NRC 79, PK 1303 and MACS 1460 which were with grey pubescence.\r\nSeed characters: Seed traits are crucial for DUS characterization as these are less influenced by the environment and are thus stable. Across the varying climatic zones, hair colour, flower colour and seed colour in soybean were reported to be the most stable characters by Satyavathi et al. (2004). Five seed traits viz., seed size, seed shape, seed coat colour, seed lustre and seed cotyledon colour were noted in the present study and these traits were observed at post harvesting stage. Among the seed traits, seed size and seed hilum colour were polymorphic; seed shape, seed coat colour and seed lustre were dimorphic; and seed cotyledon colour was monomorphic in nature. Seed size was computed on the basis of hundred seed weight. Large-sized seed was observed in only one genotype viz., PK 257, medium sized seed was observed in 30 genotypes and small-sized seed was observed in 38 genotypes. Forty-one genotypes exhibited spherical shaped seeds and the remaining genotypes exhibited elliptical shaped seeds. EC 18736 was the only genotype with black seed coat and remaining 68 genotypes exhibited yellow seed coat (Fig. 5). Ramteke et al. (2012) also observed the same type of variation in seed coat of soybean. Difference in seed coat within a species can usually be linked to variation in chromosome number or some aspect of gross morphology in soybean (Newell and Hymowitz, 1978). Seed hilum colour is highly stable and in the present study, three out of five designated classes of hilum colour were observed. MACS 1259, NRC 78, NRC 79, PK 1303 and MACS 1460 were the genotypes with grey hilum, 50 genotypes had brown hilum and fourteen genotypes had black hilum (Fig. 6). Yadav and Sharma (2001) also reported the variation in hilum colour in soybean. Morphological observations for seed lustre were observed to be shiny for all the soybean cultivars reported by Pawale et al. (2019). But in this study shiny seeds were observed in 45 genotypes and dull seeds were observed 24 genotypes.\r\nCluster analysis: Among the genotypes studied, few genotypes were distinct as they could be classified based on a single trait while majority of the genotypes were closely related. The similarity coefficient ranged from 0.81 to 0.82. Ranjani and Jayamani (2021) grouped 68 pigeonpea genotypes at an average similarity of 80%. The 69 genotypes were grouped into four clusters using UPGMA dendrogram in GGT 2.0 software (Fig. 7). Dhaliwal et al. (2020) also reported four clusters in grouping 22 soybean lines for 19 characters. The trait contributing for first grouping was anthocyanin pigmentation and flower colour. The first cluster had 39 genotypes that were subdivided into two sub clusters. The first sub cluster had 17 genotypes and these genotypes were very similar to each other for eight traits and varied for ten traits. The second sub cluster had 22 genotypes were found to be similar to each other for ten traits and showed variation for eight traits.\r\nThe second cluster had 21 genotypes that were subdivided into two sub clusters. The first sub cluster had only one genotype EC 18736. The second sub cluster had 20 genotypes and was very similar to each other for seven traits and showed variation for eleven other traits. The third cluster had two sub clusters. The first sub cluster had JS 97-52 and NRC 2007-G-1-13 and had 13 similar traits and varied for five traits. The second sub cluster had JS 98-68, MACS 1188, NRC 79 and MACS 1460 and had 12 similar traits and differed for six traits. The fourth cluster had three genotypes that were further divided into two subcultures. Sub cluster I had two genotypes viz., NRC 132 and NRC 2007-G-1-13 and these two genotypes had thirteen similar traits and varied for five traits. The sub cluster II had one genotype viz., PK 257. \r\n\r\n', 'R.C. Sivabharathi, A. Muthuswamy, K. Anandhi and L. Karthiba (2022). Characterization of Soybean [Glycine max (L.) Merrill] Genotypes based on DUS Traits. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 557-564.'),
(5208, '134', 'Characterization of Soybean [Glycine max (L.) Merrill] Genotypes based on DUS Traits', 'R.C. Sivabharathi*, A. Muthuswamy, K. Anandhi and L. Karthiba', '92 Characterization of Soybean [Glycine max _L._ Merrill] Genotypes based on DUS Traits K. Anandhi.pdf', '', 4, 'The challenge in the present study is to characterize the sixty-nine soybean genotypes based on the DUS test given by PPV&FR for the fourteen qualitative and four quantitative traits. The qualitative traits include anthocyanin pigmentation on hypocotyl, plant growth type, leaf shape, leaf colour, plant growth habit, flower colour, pod pubescence colour, pod colour, seed shape, seed colour, seed lustre, seed hilum colour, presence and absence pod pubescence and seed cotyledon colour and the quantitative traits are days to 50% flowering, plant height, days to maturity and seed size. Pod pubescence and seed cotyledon were found to be a monomorphic trait for all the sixty-nine genotypes. The study revealed that flower colour and hypocotyl pigmentation were found to be directly linked. JS 95-60 and MACS 29 were two genotypes observed as late flowering. PK 1024 was the only genotype with lancealote leaf shape. Cluster analysis depicted that the 69 genotypes could be grouped into four major clusters each with two sub clusters. The similarity coefficient ranges from 0.75 to 0.77. The genotypes in cluster I and IV were observed to have wide variation. Thus, the contribution of this research will help the researchers to utilize the genotypes in cluster I and cluster IV for the crop improvement programmes.', 'Cluster, Dendrogram, Descriptors, DUS, Qualitative traits', 'Among the 69 soybean genotypes studied, the genotypes CO 2, NRC 147, MAUS 71-07, MACS 1259, MACS 985, JS 20-01, NRC 2007-K-7-2, JS 20-09, MACS 1281, WC 67, PK 768, MAUS 52-1, JS (SH) 8554, MAUS 417, VLS 70, NRC 78 and PK 1303 from cluster I grouped under sub cluster I and the genotypes NRC 132, NRC 2007-G-1-13 and PK 257 in cluster IV in both the sub clusters were found to have wide variation. This study also revealed that traits viz., flower colour, hypocotyl colour, presence and absence of pod pubescence and seed cotyledon colour were found to be reliable. The remaining traits can be focused for the distinctness of the genotypes. Thus, the present study could be used for the selection of reference varieties for DUS testing of new soybean genotypes. In addition, genotypes with wide variation can be used as parent for crop improvement programmes.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSoybean [Glycine max (L.) Merrill] is called “Miracle crop” or “Golden bean” because it contributes significantly as both oilseed and leguminous crop in terms of total production and international trade (Chung and Singh 2008). It belongs to the family Fabaceae and subfamily Papilionaceae. World soybean production in 2021 – 22 is estimated as 385.527 million tonnes. Brazil ranks first in soybean production with 144 million tonnes followed by the United States, Argentina, China and India (Anonymous, 2022a). Production in India accounts 12.90 million tonnes cultivated under 12.81 million hectares with the productivity of 1007 kg/ha in 2020-21 (Anonymous, 2021). Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra contributes 89 per cent of soybean production in India. In 2021-22, the world production volume of soybean oil amounted to 60.27 million metric tonnes (Anonymous, 2022b). This demonstrates that soybean oil production is rising quickly around the world as a result of its high nutritional value as a food source for both people and livestock, as well as its importance as a source of edible oil with industrial applications. Soy seeds contain 38–43 per cent protein, while 17–19 per cent oil (Chung and Singh 2008). Furthermore, 100g of soybeans had 432 calories, 10.5g of fat, and 426mg of vitamins (A, B, and D). In addition to this, soybean also contains 240mg of calcium, 690mg of phosphorus, and 11.5mg of iron (Nagraj, 1995). \r\nThe characterization based on distinctness, uniformity, stability and novelty is prerequisite. The varietal characterization of a genotype should be precisely explained, accepted and should have standard method of observation. In addition, it should be least or less affected by the environment (Raut, 2003). Emphasis on characterization, varietal identification and genetic purity assessment of soybean genotypes is very important to the field functionaries, certification officers, seed production officers and seed growers for regulating quality of the seed. It is also favorable for plant breeder to assess relationship between yield and its various components, which will facilitate selection of desirable characteristics (Jain et al., 2015). Identification of genotypes based on morphological characteristics is the most extensively used method. In case of no variation observed among the genotypes with qualitative traits, quantitative traits can be taken into observation to get precise results (Raut, 2003). Therefore, the present study is focused on the characterization of soybean genotypes for both qualitative and quantitative traits. The quantitative and qualitative data were analyzed by GGT 2.0 Software (Kujane et al., 2019). The dendrogram was constructed using UPGMA tree clustering (Ramteke et al., 2015). In this aspect, genotypes with similar traits were grouped into single cluster based on qualitative and quantitative traits which can be used for the selection of genotypes with wide variation for the future breeding programmes.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present study was carried out at the Department of Pulses, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore during rabi, 2021-22 using augmented block design II. The experimental plot was at the latitude of 11.0232 °N, the longitude of 76.9293 °E and the altitude at 426.72m above MSL. Each genotype was raised in 3m length with spacing of 30 × 10cm. The experiment was carried out with 69 genotypes enlisted in Table 1, including five check varieties viz., NRC 132, NRC 142, NRC 147, MACS 1460 and CO (Soy) 3. Observations were recorded for fourteen qualitative traits and four quantitative traits. The qualitative traits were anthocyanin pigmentation on hypocotyls, plant growth type, leaf shape, leaf colour, plant growth habit, flower colour, pod pubescence colour, pod colour, seed shape, seed colour, seed lustre, seed hilum colour, presence and absence of pod pubescence and seed cotyledon colour and the quantitative traits were days to 50 per cent flowering, plant height, days to maturity and seed size (Table 2). The genotypes were evaluated for each trait based on note values of the DUS characters as per the Protection of Plant Varieties and Farmers Rights, 2001 (Table 3). The eighteen traits of 69 genotypes were subjected to cluster analysis using GGT 2.0 software (Kujane et al., 2019).\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nDUS characterization: Based on DUS guidelines as per PPV&FR (2001), fourteen qualitative and four quantitative traits were visually scored for 69 genotypes. Among eighteen traits, two were monomorphic viz., seed cotyledon colour and pod pubescence and showed no variation for all the 69 genotypes. Eight traits were dimorphic and remaining eight were polymorphic in nature. Dhaliwal et al. (2020) also reported that out of 19 traits observed in soybean, only one trait viz., plant growth type was monomorphic, nine traits were dimorphic and remaining nine traits were polymorphic. In the present study, flower colour and hypocotyl pigmentation were found to be correlated. Gupta et al. (2010) also observed correlation with flower colour and anthocyanin pigmentation in soybean. All the non-pigmented hypocotyls exhibited white flowers whereas all the pigmented hypocotyls exhibited purple flowers. In contrast, bronze band pigmentation on hypocotyls with certain white flowers when grown on continuous light was observed in soybean by Payne and Sundermeyer (1977). Studies on quantitative traits were also made by Karnwal and Singh (2009); Ramteke et al. (2012). The eighteen traits were observed at six different stages viz., cotyledon stage, flowering stage (about 50 percent plants have at least one opened flower), pod setting stage (about 70 percent of pods attained full length 30-50 mm), advance ripening stage (about 50 percent of pods are ripe), full maturity stage (about 90 per cent pods are ripe) and post harvesting stage. \r\nFloral characters: All the genotypes except NRC 2006-M-6, NRC 2007-G-1-13, NRC 79, PK 257, JS 97-52, JS 98-68, MACS 1188, NRC 132 and MACS 1460 bore white flowers and had no pigmentation in hypocotyl and remaining genotypes bore purple flowers and had pigmentation in hypocotyl (Fig. 1, 2). Six gene controls flower colour while two genes control pubescence colour in soybean was reported by Palmer et al. (2004); Takahashi et al. (2008). \r\nGrowth characters: Erect type was displayed in most of the genotypes, except CO 2, JS 20-09, JS 98-68, MACS 1188, NRC 2007-G-1-13, NRC 2007-K-7-2, NRC 78, NRC 79, PK 1303, NRC 142, NRC 147 and MACS 1460 that had semi-erect type growth habit (Fig. 3). Singh et al. (2021) grouped all the seven released soybean varieties of Himachal Pradesh used in his study under tall stature category. But in our present study, there is a variation in the plant height among the 69 genotypes. Out of 69 genotypes, only one genotype JS 98-61 was observed as tall statured, 29 were noted as medium statured and 39 genotypes were of short stature. Plant growth type is classified into 3 categories viz., determinate, semi-determinate and indeterminate. Determinate type was found in 15 genotypes, semi-determinate in 24 genotypes and indeterminate in 30 genotypes. Days to 50 per cent flowering was observed to be dimorphic. MACS 1460 exhibited early flowering, 66 genotypes were with medium type of flowering and remaining two genotypes viz., JS 95-60 and MACS 629 were observed as late. Early maturing type was observed in 50 genotypes, medium maturing was observed in 18 genotypes and CSB 0811 was the only genotype categorized as late maturing type. Cober and Morrison (2010) reported that days to maturity and time to flowering is controlled by eight loci each with two alleles in soybean.\r\nLeaf characters: Leaf shape was observed to be polymorphic trait. PK 1024 was the only genotype with lancealote leaf shape, 59 genotypes had pointed-ovate shape and nine genotypes had rounded ovate leaf shape. \r\nThis shows that the variation in the leaf shape was mainly observed between rounded ovate and pointed ovate leaf (Fig. 4). Similar observation in leaf shape of soybean was found by Gupta et al. (2010). Green leaf colour was displayed by majority of the genotypes except MACS 1188, MAUS 417, NRC 78, NRC 79, WC 67, PK 1303 and CO (Soy) 3 which were with dark green coloured leaves.\r\nPod characters: Pod pubescence was found to be monomorphic and all the genotypes were observed with pubescence. Almost 50 genotypes had brown pod colour, 13 genotypes had yellow pod colour and the remaining genotypes viz., VLS 69, MAUS 60, MAUS 61, VLS 70, PK 1038 and MACS 1460 had black pod colour. Majority of the genotypes had tawny pod pubescence colour except CO 2, JS 20-09, JS 98-68, MACS 1188, MACS 1259, MACS 1281, MACS 985, NRC 78, NRC 79, PK 1303 and MACS 1460 which were with grey pubescence.\r\nSeed characters: Seed traits are crucial for DUS characterization as these are less influenced by the environment and are thus stable. Across the varying climatic zones, hair colour, flower colour and seed colour in soybean were reported to be the most stable characters by Satyavathi et al. (2004). Five seed traits viz., seed size, seed shape, seed coat colour, seed lustre and seed cotyledon colour were noted in the present study and these traits were observed at post harvesting stage. Among the seed traits, seed size and seed hilum colour were polymorphic; seed shape, seed coat colour and seed lustre were dimorphic; and seed cotyledon colour was monomorphic in nature. Seed size was computed on the basis of hundred seed weight. Large-sized seed was observed in only one genotype viz., PK 257, medium sized seed was observed in 30 genotypes and small-sized seed was observed in 38 genotypes. Forty-one genotypes exhibited spherical shaped seeds and the remaining genotypes exhibited elliptical shaped seeds. EC 18736 was the only genotype with black seed coat and remaining 68 genotypes exhibited yellow seed coat (Fig. 5). Ramteke et al. (2012) also observed the same type of variation in seed coat of soybean. Difference in seed coat within a species can usually be linked to variation in chromosome number or some aspect of gross morphology in soybean (Newell and Hymowitz, 1978). Seed hilum colour is highly stable and in the present study, three out of five designated classes of hilum colour were observed. MACS 1259, NRC 78, NRC 79, PK 1303 and MACS 1460 were the genotypes with grey hilum, 50 genotypes had brown hilum and fourteen genotypes had black hilum (Fig. 6). Yadav and Sharma (2001) also reported the variation in hilum colour in soybean. Morphological observations for seed lustre were observed to be shiny for all the soybean cultivars reported by Pawale et al. (2019). But in this study shiny seeds were observed in 45 genotypes and dull seeds were observed 24 genotypes.\r\nCluster analysis: Among the genotypes studied, few genotypes were distinct as they could be classified based on a single trait while majority of the genotypes were closely related. The similarity coefficient ranged from 0.81 to 0.82. Ranjani and Jayamani (2021) grouped 68 pigeonpea genotypes at an average similarity of 80%. The 69 genotypes were grouped into four clusters using UPGMA dendrogram in GGT 2.0 software (Fig. 7). Dhaliwal et al. (2020) also reported four clusters in grouping 22 soybean lines for 19 characters. The trait contributing for first grouping was anthocyanin pigmentation and flower colour. The first cluster had 39 genotypes that were subdivided into two sub clusters. The first sub cluster had 17 genotypes and these genotypes were very similar to each other for eight traits and varied for ten traits. The second sub cluster had 22 genotypes were found to be similar to each other for ten traits and showed variation for eight traits.\r\nThe second cluster had 21 genotypes that were subdivided into two sub clusters. The first sub cluster had only one genotype EC 18736. The second sub cluster had 20 genotypes and was very similar to each other for seven traits and showed variation for eleven other traits. The third cluster had two sub clusters. The first sub cluster had JS 97-52 and NRC 2007-G-1-13 and had 13 similar traits and varied for five traits. The second sub cluster had JS 98-68, MACS 1188, NRC 79 and MACS 1460 and had 12 similar traits and differed for six traits. The fourth cluster had three genotypes that were further divided into two subcultures. Sub cluster I had two genotypes viz., NRC 132 and NRC 2007-G-1-13 and these two genotypes had thirteen similar traits and varied for five traits. The sub cluster II had one genotype viz., PK 257. \r\n\r\n', 'R.C. Sivabharathi, A. Muthuswamy, K. Anandhi and L. Karthiba (2022). Characterization of Soybean [Glycine max (L.) Merrill] Genotypes based on DUS Traits. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 557-564.'),
(5209, '134', 'PEG a Humectant for Increasing Bait Longevity in Food Baited Female Melon Fruit Fly Trap', 'S. Kaviya*, T. Elaiyabharathi, T. Srinivasan and V.P. Santhanakrishnan', '93 PEG a Humectant for Increasing Bait Longevity in Food Baited Female Melon Fruit Fly Trap Kaviya S.pdf', '', 1, 'The bait longevity study of food baited trap in field condition for the attraction of female melon fruit fly, Zeugodacus cucurbitae (Coq.) (Diptera: Tephritidae) was evaluated in snake gourd ecosystem (Trichosanthes anguina L.) at Coimbatore district, Tamil Nadu during the year 2021-2022. Two different humectants, poly-ethylene glycol and glycerol (PEG) at different concentrations was added to the base bait mixture and tested to improve the shelf life of the bait in field condition. The results indicated that the attractiveness of base baits with 1% poly-ethylene glycol lasted longer (up to 1 week) than that of bait without any humectants (2–3 days). The number of adult female flies trapped at first three days was also high and gradually decreased in successive days and found low at seventh day (6.8 female flies/trap/day). Thus, base bait + 1% poly-ethylene glycol serves to extend the life of bait material for a week in field condition. ', 'Poly-ethylene glycol, glycerol, humectant, longevity, melon fruit fly', 'From the result of the above study, it is concluded that poly-ethylene glycol at 1% added to the food bait can be used for IPM concepts under field conditions to trap female melon fruit fly in the gourds ecosystem.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nFruit flies (Tephritidae: Diptera) are one among the most fascinating species of creepy crawlies, also known as \"peacock flies\" due to their propensity to flail and swagger, and they are among the most serious pests in green harvests worldwide (Gopaul et al., 2001; Kapoor, 1993). The subgenus melon fruit fly, Zeugodacus cucurbitae is considered as an economically important species within the genus Bactrocera (Verghese et al., 2006; Biswas et al., 2007) and it is also regarded as a federal quarantine pest in India and many other Nations, where the majority of them inflict extensive damage to various fruits and vegetables, particularly cucurbitaceous crops. They have been reported as a major stumbling block to high yields and good quality of cucurbits (Mir et al., 2014). Extent of losses ranges from 30 to 100 percent, depending on the season of attack and the host species. Fruit flies prefer to lay their eggs on green fruits, penetrating the tissue with their ovipositor and depositing the eggs inside. Inside the fruit, the eggs hatch into maggots, which begin to feed on the flesh and form tunnels. Young fruits rot and wither as a result of this, while older fruits may become distorted, lowering the economic value (Dhillon et al., 2005). Due to their concealed egg laying and feeding behaviour makes them difficult to control using insecticidal sprays. The requirement for good management in the gourd’s ecosystem is necessitated by these various deleterious effects. The majority of fruit fly management attempts have concentrated on capturing adults using cue-lure baited traps. Though these traps were used for mass trapping in the field, they are employed for male annihilation (Sohrab and Prasad 2018) and females are not attracted in common. These Para-pheromones are also synthetic, which impede biodegradation, (Sankaram, 1999) and are not accessible to farmers due to their high cost or unavailability (Sookar et al., 2002). Nevertheless, low-cost, eco-friendly and effective food bait combination for the management of fruit flies, using locally available food-based materials was developed by Abinaya et al. (2020). It consists of guava, muskmelon and some additives including yeast, cane sugar and food graded alcohol. The tested food bait has low shelf life in field condition and dries within 2-3 days due to high temperature. Therefore, the present study aims at addition of some humectants viz., poly-ethylene glycol and glycerol to base bait. Hence, the current research intends to improve the bait longevity by addition of two different humectants and studying the bait efficacy in attracting the female melon fruit fly under field condition in gourds eco-system.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nExperimental sites. The present field screening experiments to extend the shelf life of food baited traps was conducted at Thennampalayam, Annur (11.22°N & 77.10°E) Coimbatore district, Tamil Nadu with snake gourd ecosystem (Trichosanthes anguina L.) during 2021-2022.\r\n \r\nTrap. For the field study, trap designed by Pujar et al. (2018) with further modification made by Abinaya et al. (2020) was utilized.\r\nPreparation of food baits\r\nBase bait. The food bait combinations with a focus on trapping female fruit flies developed by Abinaya et al. (2020) was used in longevity study. The food bait combination includes guava (20 g) + muskmelon (20 g) + cane Sugar (4 g) + yeast (0.4 g) + food grade alcohol (10 ml). Fully ripened fruits and bait additives were purchased from the local market. The fruits were washed, peeled, and finely grinded to pulp. Bait additives such as cane sugar, yeast and food grade alcohol were added in correct proportions to the pureed pulp, and fermentation was allowed for 48 hours.\r\nAddition of humectants. The bait material placed in the traps dries out within 2–3 days due to changes in weather conditions. To extend the bait\'s shelf life, comparison experiments were conducted by addition of two different humectants, polyethylene glycol and glycerol, at different concentrations. Poly-ethylene glycol and glycerol were procured from Sigma Aldrich, India and added at different proportions to the base bait mixture. The treatment combination is presented in Table 1.\r\nTrap count. The experimental design was randomised block with 10 replications per humectant. The fermented bait materials, along with the two different humectants, were placed inside the bottle trap with a spoon through the foldable window in the trap. The traps were hung 1.2m above ground from the grid support for the snakegourd vines. The baits were placed in the bait chamber of the trap at 0600h. The trapped flies were killed with ethyl acetate dipped in a cotton and UPDATEed into the trap. The dead flies were then counted and sexed. The trap-wise counts were made daily after 1800h.\r\nStatistical analysis. Field data on fruit fly catches was analysed using Analysis of Variance (ANOVA). The data collected from randomized block design were subjected to appropriate transformations before analysis and the Sample means were separated using Tukey’s HSD test. The analyses were performed in the statistical package, IBMSPSS Statistics 22.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe experiment conducted in snake gourd field at Coimbatore showed the comparison between the efficiency of two different humectants used in the food baited traps in extending the shelf life and also attraction of female melon fruit flies (Fig. 1). The bait in traps typically dries in 2-3 days because of the weather factors (Taneja et al., 1986). The fermentation process reduces gradually as the moisture content drops and the production of volatile chemicals from the baits is minimal. Consequently, the baits show less attraction even on the third day when the temperature is high (Bharathi et al., 2004). The attractiveness of baits decreased significantly each day and the humectants helped in sustaining the shelf life and the attractiveness of the base bait material by 7 days (Table 2). \r\nPolyethylene glycol showed to reduce evaporation of bait material when added to aqueous bait (Mangan and Thomas 2014; Epsky et al., 2014b) in addition they also function as a dispersant (Moreno et al., 2001). Addition of glycerol also reduces the loss of moisture and act as a potential humectant (Mckibben et al., 1971). Hardee et al. (1972) increased the bait’s longevity by 7 days by adding poly-ethylene glycol and glycerol in their formulation. It was proved that T2 -base bait + polyethylene glycol at 1% was able to sustain the attractiveness of the baits with highest catch of fruit flies (25.8 female flies/trap) which is in accordance with Moreno and Mangan 2002. This is followed by T1- base bait + poly-ethylene glycol at 0.5% with fly catch of 17.2 female flies/trap and T6 – base bait + glycerol at 1% with a fly catch of 15.2 female flies/trap. The effect of glycerol was comparatively lower than that of poly-ethylene glycol. On the first day, the attractiveness of the control bait mixture, i.e., base bait alone (23.2 female flies/ trap / day) was as high as that of base bait + poly-ethylene glycol at 1% (27.4 female flies/trap/day) and Base bait + glycerol at 1% (19.4 female flies/trap/day), while the attraction of base bait mixture with other humectant combination was less attractive (9.4 – 18 female flies/trap/day). On the second day and third day, the base bait containing 1% poly-ethylene glycol attracted greater number of flies 40.8 female flies/trap/day, 51.4 female flies/trap/day respectively when compared to other combinations. The control bait lost its capability of attraction rapidly and by day four there was no attraction, whereas in the base bait containing 1% poly-ethylene glycol the attractiveness lasted up to seven days with gradual decrease in the fly catch from 26 female flies/trap/day to 6.8 female flies/trap/day.\r\n', 'S. Kaviya, T. Elaiyabharathi, T. Srinivasan and V.P. Santhanakrishnan (2022 Peg a Humectant for Increasing Bait Longevity in Food Baited Female Melon Fruit Fly Trap. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 565-568.'),
(5210, '134', 'Entrepreneurial Behaviour of Women Agripreneurs in Coastal Odisha', 'Debasmita Nayak*, R. Radhashyam Panigrahi and Angelina Patro', '94 Entrepreneurial Behaviour of Women Agripreneurs in Coastal Odisha Debasmita Nayak.pdf', '', 1, 'The development of women agripreneurship is the most important part of human resource development. It makes the women financially independent and enhances the self esteem of them. The present research work has been conducted to know the entrepreneurial behavior of women agripreneurs of Coastal Odisha as women empowerment is the main focus of the decade and women agriprenership is one of the best mean for women empowerment. The study has been conducted in two coastal districts of Odisha that are Balasore and Jagatsinghpur. Total 210 women agripreneurs were included in the study. Result shows that 46.75% of women agripreneurs belong to medium level of entrepreneurial behaviour category followed by 41.25% low and 12 % belong to high entrepreneurial behavior category. ', 'Agripreneurship, Entrepreneurial behavior, Women agripreneurs', 'In the research area, most of the respondents having medium level of risk bearing ability, level of aspiration, manageability, achievement motivation, decision making ability and self determinism followed by low level of all the stated entrepreneurial behavior. So training programmes should be arranged for enhancing their entrepreneurial behavior which will be more helpful to promote agripreneurship in the area.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nEntrepreneurial behaviour is described as the set of behaviour of an individual which makes them to innovate and to improve the existing ideas to market a product or service effectively. It can be defined as the magnitude of the individuals to identify opportunities in the market and to turn them into profitable businesses.\r\nThese behavior includes risk taking ability, level of aspiration, manageability, decision making ability, leadership quality, self determinism, achievement motivation etc. An women agripreneur must have the following qualities to run her business smoothly and efficiently.\r\n Entrepreneurial behavior consists of innovativeness, risk orientation, achievement motivation, decision making ability, market orientation, information seeking behavior, cosmopoliteness, managerial assistance. (Subramaneswari et al., 2007) 75% of rural women were focused in medium category of entrepreneurial behavior followed by low (15%) and high (9.5%) (Gupta and Pandey 2012).\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS:\r\nThe research study was conducted to analyse the entrepreneurial behavior of women agripreneurs. The study was conducted in two district viz., Balasore and Jagatsighpur of Odisha. 210 women from the above two coastal districts were selected for the study.\r\n Purposive sampling method was used in the study as it is a commodity based research and ex-post facto research design has been followed here.\r\nData were collected through personal interview method using semi structured interview schedule\r\nMeasurement of variables. Dependent variable i.e. entrepreneurial behavior was measured using the scale described in the Table 1. The responses of the respondents were obtained using the respective scales against each statements in terms of agreement and disagreement on a five point continuum scale.\r\nThe statements were scored 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 ranging from strongly agree, agree, undecided, disagree and strongly disagree. Based on the total score given by the respondents in all the components of entrepreneurial behavior, the respondents were classified into three categories, Low level having score < (mean- SD), medium level having score between (mean –SD) to (mean+SD) high level having score >(mean + SD). \r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nRisk bearing ability. It is defined as the degree to which the respondents are ready to take risk and uncertainty in their respective enterprises. From the above Table 2, it was observed that most of the respondents (43.34%) were having medium risk bearing ability, whereas 40.95% were having low risk bearing ability and 15.71% were having high risk bearing ability. The findings are in line with the findings of Porchezhian et al. (2017); Raina et al. (2016).\r\nManageability. It is described as the ability of the individuals to manage all the things in their enterprises. In the research area majority of the respondents i.e. 48.09% were having medium manageability, whereas 36.19 % were having low manageability and 15.72% were having manageability. The findings are in line with the findings of Porchezhian (2017) and Gamit et al. (2015).\r\nLevel of aspiration. Most of the respondents (43.34%) were having medium level of aspiration, whereas 41.90% were having low level and 14.76% were having high level of level of aspiration \r\nAchievement Motivation. It refers to the desire of the individuals for excellence to attain a sense of personal accomplishment. Most of the respondents (53.34%) were having medium level of achievement motivation, whereas 24.76% were having high level of achievement motivation and 21.90% were having low level of achievement motivation.\r\nThe findings are in line with the findings of Porchezhian et al. (2017); Chaurasia (2015) and Shah, and Gupta (2010).\r\nDecision making ability. It is denoted as the ability of agripreneurs to select a course of action among the several alternative options Majority of the respondents (50%) were having medium decision making ability, whereas 40.48% were having low decision making ability and 9.52 % were having high decision making ability. The findings are in line with the findings of Chaurasia (2015); Ahuja et al. (2015) and Avhad et al. (2015).\r\nSelf Determinism. It is the degree to which the individual is satisfied with his/her work and do the work with own interest. Most of the respondents i.e. 44.29% were having medium self determinism, whereas 36.67% were having low self determinism and 19.04% were having high self determinism. The findings are in line with the findings of Ahuja (2015) and Chaudhari et al. (2007).', 'Debasmita Nayak and R. Radhashyam Panigrahi (2022). Entrepreneurial Behaviour of Women Agripreneurs in Coastal Odisha. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 569-571.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5211, '134', 'Effect of Pulsed Electric Field on Physicochemical Parameters and Nutrient Content of Mother’s Milk', 'A. Shivani Indumathi, G. Sujatha*, V. Appa Rao, Rita Narayanan, C.N. Kamalarathnam, V. Perasiriyan A. and Serma Saravana Pandian', '95 Effect of Pulsed Electric Field on Physicochemical Parameters and Nutrient Content of Mother’s Milk G. Sujatha.pdf', '', 1, 'Mother’s own milk is considered as the first choice for newborns when mother’s own milk is unavailable; donor mother’s milk from human milk bank can be used as an alternative. Holder pasteurisation method is frequently utilised in human milk bank. During holder pasteurisation macronutrients present in the milk are not fully retained due to thermal deterioration. Pulsed electric field (PEF) a novel non thermal processing can be as an alternative method to process the donor mother’s milk. In the present study the mother’s milk samples were exposed to high voltage gradient of 25kV/cm and 30kV/cm by varying the number of pulses and treatment time. pH, dornic acidity, fat, protein, lactose and ascorbic acid content were analysed immediately after PEF processing and compared with holder pasteurized and raw mother’s milk. When raw mother\'s milk samples compared with PEF processed mother’s milk and holder pasteurized mother’s milk it was found that there was no noticeable difference in pH, dornic acidity and macronutrients (except protein) immediately after processing. When holder pasteurised mother\'s milk samples compared to PEF processed samples showed highly significant difference in ascorbic acid level. Holder pasteurised milk retained only 43% of ascorbic acid whereas, PEF processed mother\'s milk retained 90% of ascorbic acid content. Thus, PEF processing maintains the quality of milk without compromising the nutritional content of mother’s milk.', 'Holder pasteurization, Pulsed electric field, ascorbic acid, mother’s milk', 'In the current study no discernible variation in any physicochemical parameters and macronutrients with the exception of protein was observed immediately after PEF processing and holder pasteurization compared to raw mother’s milk. In contrast, holder pasteurised mother\'s milk had a highly significant difference in ascorbic acid level when compared to PEF processed samples and raw mother\'s samples in micronutrient analysis. Because ascorbic acid is unstable to heat holder pasteurised mother\'s milk has retained 43% ascorbic acid than unpasteurized milk. Therefore, mother\'s milk samples can be processed using a pulsed electric system without compromising the nutritional content of mother\'s milk\'s.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nHuman milk banks facilitate the collection, processing and storage of the mother’s milk from the donor mothers. When newborns cannot be fed with their own mother\'s milk due to preterm birth or low milk volume, in such cases donor mother’s milk is the best alternative since it contains immunological components which are not found in commercial infant formula (Wight et al., 2001). Holder pasteurisation method ensures the microbial safety of the mother’s milk which is most often method used in human milk bank. Holder pasteurization involves heating milk at a low temperature (62.5°C) for an extended period of time (30 min). During holder pasteurisation immunoglobulin and macronutrients present in the milk are not fully retained due to thermal degradation (Buffin et al., 2018).\r\nTo overcome these thermal degradation technologists are looking for new alternatives to traditional thermal processing to minimize the negative effects of heat on food quality (Aguirre et al., 2011). Some of the emerging innovative technologies such as high hydrostatic pressure, pulsed electric ﬁeld (PEF), ultrasound, irradiation or ultraviolet are widely used to meet the increasing consumer demands for better retention of the nutritional value, sensory attributes, and longer shelf stability of processed foods such as milk, beverages (Chugh et al., 2014).\r\nIn recent years there is a considerable interest in pulsed electric field technology. Pulsed electric fields (PEF) is one of the most enticing developing non thermal technologies due to its short treatment times and less heating effects compared to other methods. PEF is a non thermal food preservation technique that involves the discharge of high voltage electric pulses 10-80kV/cm into a food product held between two electrodes for a few microseconds (Sujatha et al., 2021). In liquid media, a sequence of short, high-voltage pulses breaches the cell membranes of vegetative bacteria by expanding or forming new pores (electroporation). Pore creation can be reversible or irreversible, depending on factors such as the intensity of the electric field, the duration of the pulses, and the number of pulses (Keerthi et al., 2013)\r\nThis present study was envisaged to process the mother’s milk using PEF technology by varying the voltage, number of pulses and treatment time and to assess the pH, dornic acidity, fat, protein and lactose content immediately after PEF processing.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHOD\r\nA. Collection of mother’s milk\r\nThe mother’s milk was collected from the donor mothers in and around Koduveli village and from human milk bank attached to Institute of child health and Hospital for children. The mother’s milk from the donors were collected in sterile environment in stainless steel containers and stored at refrigerated temperature until PEF processing. The HoP milk and raw mother’s milk was used as control samples.\r\nB. PEF processing of mother’s milk\r\nPEF processing system is composed of PEF treatment chambers and pulse generator. Coaxial PEF treatment chambers are currently widely used due to their simplicity in structure. The coaxial chamber with the capacity of 200mL was used to process mother’s milk. The chamber was made up of acrylic material and SS 304 stainless steel rings (electrodes). The base of the chamber is made up of acrylic material and two hollow stainless steel rings (electrodes) was placed concentrically over the base. The distance between two concentric hollow rings was fixed to 1cm for processing 200mL of milk sample by applying a voltage gradient. PEF system consists of Pulse forming network (PFN) which produced square pulses of 2.5 µs pulse width. Different voltage gradients (25kV/cm and 30kV/cm) were applied to the milk samples at different treatment time and different number of pulses. The milk was subjected to different voltage, number of pulses and time combination as given below.\r\nAfter PEF processing the mother’s milk samples were collected in sterile condition using storage vials physicochemical parameters (pH, acidity) and nutrient content (fat, protein lactose content and ascorbic acid content) were analysed immediately after PEF processing. The PEF processed milk samples were compared with holder pasteurized and raw mother’s milk samples.\r\nC. Determination physicochemical parameters of mother’s milk\r\npH was determined with a digital pH meter at room temperature. The pH meter was calibrated using pH buffer of 4.0, 7.0 and 9.2. The dornic acidity in mother’s milk was estimated by titration method using 0.1N NaOH solution and 1 % phenolphthalein as an indicator. The titratable acidity was expressed in Dornic degrees (˚ D). The end point was determined by change in color from white to pale pink. Each 1mL of 0.1N NaOH required for the sample to change color accounts for 1˚ of Dornic acidity (˚D) (Sanchaya et al., 2021).\r\nD. Determination of macronutrients and micronutrients of mother’s milk\r\nThe nutrient content (Fat, protein, lactose, ascorbic acid) in mother’s milk was determined using kjedhal method, Gerber method, titration with Fehling\'s solutions (A and B) method (Sanchaya et al., 2021).\r\nE. Statistical Analysis \r\nStatistical analysis was performed using SPSS and the descriptive data were reported as mean and standard error.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Physicochemical parameters of raw, holder pasteurized and PEF processed mother’s milk\r\nPhysicochemical parameters such as pH and dornic acidity of holder pasteurized and PEF processed mother’s milk samples is shown in table 1. It was observed that there was no significant difference in pH and dornic acidity immediately after Holder pasteurization and in all treatments of PEF processing compared to raw mother’s milk. Similar results were obtained by Sanchaya et al. (2021) who observed no change in pH and dornic acidity immediately after PEF processing. Dornic acidity did not differ significantly immediately after holder pasteurization (Roman et al., 2016). \r\nB. Nutrient content of raw, holder pasteurized and PEF processed mother’s milk\r\nThe changes in macronutrient and micronutrients of PEF processed and holder pasteurized mother’s milk samples compared to raw mother’s milk is summarized in Table 2. When comparing pasteurised mother\'s milk to raw mother\'s milk immediately after PEF treatment (T1-T6) no appreciable variation in fat or lactose content was seen. This outcome is consistent with that of (Pitino et al., 2018) who found that there was no discernible difference in the amount of fat and protein present immediately after UV-C irradiation (250 nm, 25 min) and HHP (500 MPa, 8 min). After holding pasteurisation of mother\'s milk in comparison with raw mother\'s milk, no significant variation in carbohydrate content and a significant difference in fat content were found (Kim et al., 2022). Table 2 shows that there was a substantial difference in protein content between raw mother\'s milk and milk that had undergone PEF treatment and holder pasteurisation. Sanchaya et al., 2020 who found a substantial variation in protein immediately after PEF processing reported similar findings. The decrease in protein concentration during PEF processing may be caused by milk materials electrodepositing in the electrodes. Proteins may potentially unfurl or be oriented in the direction of the applied electric field during PEF processing which would result in a decrease in protein content (Sharma et al., 2014).\r\nThe ascorbic acid content in the PEF processed mother’s milk is shown in Table 2. It was observed that there was highly significant difference in ascorbic acid content in holder pasteurized mother’s milk compared to raw and PEF processed mother’s milk. Fast heat pasteurisation (100°C 5 mins) and slow heat pasteurisation (62.5°C 30 mins) both resulted in reduction of ascorbic acid in breast milk about 29 and 41%, respectively. Because ascorbic acid is heat-sensitive thermal pasteurisation has caused ascorbic acid to change into dehydroascorbic acid which has resulted in a drop in ascorbic acid levels (Nadal et al., 2008).', 'A. Shivani Indumathi, G. Sujatha, V. Appa Rao, Rita Narayanan, C.N. Kamalarathnam, V. Perasiriyan A. and Serma Saravana Pandian (2022). Effect of Pulsed Electric Field on Physicochemical Parameters and Nutrient Content of Mother’s Milk. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 572-575.'),
(5212, '134', 'Effect of Chemical Pretreatments on the Chemical Characteristics of Dehydrated Onion Slices', 'Srujana Eda*, V. Sudha Vani, R.V. Sujatha and D.R. Salomi Suneetha', '96 Effect of Chemical Pretreatments on the Chemical Characteristics of Dehydrated Onion Slices Akhtar Rasool.pdf', '', 1, 'The present investigation was carried out in Department of Post Harvest Technology at College of Horticulture, Dr. Y.S.R. Horticultural University, Venkataramannagudem, West Godavari District of Andhra Pradesh during 2017 and 2018 with an objective to study the effect of different pretreatments on chemical characteristics of onion slices. Dehydration of onion is required to provide a way for utilization during off-season and pretreatments are used to improve the quality attributes of onion slices. In preparation of dehydrated onion slices, four pre-treatments viz., 0.5% potassium metabisulfite (KMS), 2% calcium chloride (CaCl2), 2% Sodium chloride (NaCl) and control with two varieties viz., Agrifound Dark Red and Phule Safed were used. The experiment was conducted in completely randomized factorial design with the above two factors at unequal levels and replicated thrice. Pungency was more in Agrifound Dark Red variety pretreated with 0.5% KMS (6.20 µ mol pyruvic acid/g). Maximum total soluble solids were recorded in Phule Safed pretreated with 0.5% KMS (13.79 ºBrix). Reducing sugars were recorded high in Phule Safed variety pretreated with 0.5% KMS (19.19%). Phule Safed variety pretreated with 0.5% KMS (38.35%) recorded maximum total sugars. Among the pretreatments, the highest non reducing sugars were recorded in the onion slices pretreated with 2% NaCl (18.99%). Among the varieties, highest non reducing sugars were recorded in Phule Safed (18.95%). Ascorbic acid was recorded maximum in Agrifound Dark Red variety pretreated with 0.5% KMS (35.94 mg 100 g-1). Among the pretreatments, the maximum titrable acidity was recorded in the onion slices pretreated with 2 % NaCl (3.57%). Among the varieties, maximum titrable acidity was recorded in Agrifound Dark Red (3.49%). ', 'Chemical characteristics, pretreatments, Agrifound Dark Red, Phule Safed, onion slices', 'The results obtained from this investigation clearly concluded that different chemical pretreatments marked significant influence on the chemical characteristics of onion slices. The study concluded that pungency, ascorbic acid and titrable acidity showed decreasing trend and total soluble solids, reducing sugars, total sugars and non reducing sugars showed increasing trend during storage. As stated in results, onion slices prepared from Phule Safed pretreated with 0.5% KMS showed better retention of total soluble solids, reducing sugars and total sugars whereas, pungency, ascorbic acid retained better with onion slices prepared from Agrifound Dark Red pretreated with 0.5% KMS. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe most widely cultivated species of the genus Allium which belongs to the family Alliaceae is onion (Allium cepa L), also known as bulb onion or common onion (Brewster, 2008). It is necessary to employ modern preservation techniques to extend storage life for better distribution and to preserve them for utilization in the off-season. Onions stored for long periods are subject to storage rot, sprouting, rooting, and loss of water (Akbari and Patel 2003). The storage losses of onion in India ranges from 30 to 60% due to various factors such as physiological loss in weight (25-30%), rotting due to fungal diseases (10-15%) and sprouting of bulbs (10-15%) (Pramod et al., 2014). Dehydrated onions are simple to use and have more shelf life than fresh ones. Dehydration of onion is necessary for consumption, storage and utility of onion in off-season. By dehydrating the produce, the bulkiness of the fresh produce is reduced which in turn reduces the transportation cost and is easy to handle. Dried onions are of considerable importance in world trade and made in several forms viz., flaked, minced, chopped and powdered. Pre-treatments play an important role in permeabilisation, enzyme inactivation, oxidation, and acceleration of drying rate in many fruits and vegetables (Tiwari et al., 2021). Dehydrated onion is also used as a flavouring additive in several products in food industries such as meat products, sauces, soups, salad dressings, pickles and other snack items (Lewicki et al., 1998). In dehydration of onion, the moisture content is reduced to a safe storage level without destroying its texture, colour, flavour and nutritive value under controlled conditions (Adarsh et al., 2014). Various dehydration techniques have been reported by several workers to improve the quality of dehydrated onions (Pawar et al., 1988; Singh and Sodhi 2000; Kalra and Bharadwaj 1981; Sagar, 2001). Pretreatments are common in most drying processes to improve product quality or process efficiency. Potassium metabisulphite is used as a stable source of sulphur dioxide. Calcium chloride was reported to be a possible inhibitor of browning. Its inhibitory effect is due to the chelation of calcium with amino acids. Sodium chloride kills or limits the growth of food borne pathogens and spoilage organisms by decreasing water activity. The aim of this experiment is to find the effect of chemical pretreatments on chemical characteristics of dehydrated onion slices.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nA. Raw material collection and Sample preparation\r\nThe varieties \'Agrifound Dark Red\' and \'Phule Safed\' were procured from two completely different production catchments specifically Kurnool and Nasik. The bulbs of \'Agrifound dark red\' are dark red in colour, globular in shape with tight skin and moderately pungent, and \'Phule Safed\' bulbs are also globular in shape with tight skin but with silvery attractive white colour and good keeping quality.\r\nCare was taken to choose good quality onion by considering significant factors like size, shape and freedom from physical damage. The onion bulbs were then thoroughly cleansed to rid of any dirt or dust particles attached to the surface.\r\nB. Preparation of onions for pretreatments\r\nThe cleaned onions were peeled manually by removing the skin and therefore the first layer. After peeling, they were washed thoroughly with water and then trimmed so as toavoid leaching of pungency. Onions were sliced to 2 to 5 mm thickness by using a sharp stainless steel knife in the direction perpendicular to the vertical axis.\r\nC. Pretreatment method\r\nChemicals used for pre-treatment were 0.5% KMS, 2% CaCl2 and 2% NaCl. 0.5 % KMS is prepared by dissolving 5 grams of KMS in one litre of distilled water. 2% CaCl2 and 2% NaCl solutions were prepared by dissolving 20 grams of CaCl2 and 20 grams of NaCl each in one litre of distilled water. Bulbs were soaked in these pretreatments for ten minutes. The constant ratio of pre-treatment solution to sample is 4 litres per 1 kg of onion slices i.e., 4:1 at room temperature. \r\nD. Dehydration and preparation of onion powder\r\nThe drying experiments were conducted in the laboratory using tray drier. A known weight of untreated and pretreated onion slices were spread uniformly in thin layer on aluminum trays and air dried to remove water adhered on the surfaces of strained slices. Onion slices were then thoroughly dried at 50-60 oC temperature till they reached the desired product quality and moisture content i.e., 4-7%. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS\r\nThe fresh Agrifound Dark Red onion contained5.11 µ mol pyruvic acid and 3.32 µ mol pyruvic acid in Phule Safed variety. Decreasing trend of pungency was observed during the storage of onion slices (Table 2). Among the pretreatments, 0.5% KMS treated onion slices recorded maximum pungency (5.39 µ mol pyruvic acid/g) which is followed by 2% CaCl2 (5.29 µ mol pyruvic acid/g) whereas, control samples recorded minimum pungency (5.01 µ mol pyruvic acid/g)where as among varieties, maximum pungency was recorded in Agrifound Dark Red (6.08 µ mol pyruvic acid/g) and Phule Safed recorded minimum pungency (4.31 µ mol pyruvic acid/g). On all days of storage (initial, 15, 30, 45 and 60 days) Agrifound Dark Red variety pretreated with 0.5% KMS recorded maximum pungency of 6.20, 6.19, 6.16, 6.12 and 6.09 µ mol pyruvic acid/g and minimum content of pungency of 4.05, 4.03, 4.00, 3.94 and 3.89 µ mol pyruvic acid/g were recorded in untreated Phule Safed onion slices on all days of storage i.e., initial, 15th, 30th, 45th and 60th day of storage. The reduction in pungency might be attributed to hydrolysis of polysaccharides and non reducing sugars where acid is utilized for converting them to hexose sugars and degradation of pungency constituents in onion. Similar results were also reported by Shock et al. (2004), who concluded that, there was a correlation between increase in total sugar and decrease in pyruvic acid.\r\nThe results regarding total soluble solids showed that, there was significant difference among all the treatments and total soluble solids increased from initial to 60th day of storage in both the varieties (Table 3). Maximum total soluble solids was recorded in onion slices pretreated with 0.5% KMS from the initial day of storage (13.33 ºBrix) whereas, minimum total soluble solids was recorded in untreated onion slices from the initial day of storage (12.97 ºBrix) and increases further on the progress of days. Among the varieties, maximum total soluble solids was recorded in Phule Safed from the initial day of storage (13.6 ºBrix) to final day of storage (19.33 ºBrix) and minimum total soluble solids was recorded in Agrifound Dark Red from initial (12.69 ºBrix) to final day of storage (18.73 ºBrix). On the initial, 15th and 30th day of storage, onion slices of Phule Safed pretreated with 0.5% KMS recorded maximum total soluble solids i.e., 13.79, 14.82 and 15.66 ºBrix respectively whereas, minimum total soluble solids was recorded in untreated Agrifound Dark Red variety i.e., 12.52, 13.45 and 14.36 ºBrix on initial, 15th and 30th day of storage. The interaction effect on 45th day of storage, the maximum total soluble solids was recorded in Phule Safed pretreated with 0.5% KMS (17.43 ºBrix) and minimum was recorded in untreated Agrifound Dark Red (16.01 ºBrix) but on 60th day of storage, maximum total soluble solids was recorded in Phule Safed pretreated with 2% CaCl2 (19.71 ºBrix). The increase in TSS with the increase in storage period might also be attributed to the conversion of polysaccharides into soluble forms of sugars (Singh and Dhankhar 1992). These findings are in agreement with the findings of Dabhi et al. (2008).\r\nReducing sugars increased significantly with the increase in storage period from initial day of storage to 60th day of storage and there was significant difference among all the treatments (Table 4). There was an increase in sugar content after dehydration which may be due to removal of moisture. Among the pretreatments, highest reducing sugars was recorded in the onion slices pretreated with 0.5% KMS from the initial day of storage (18.72%) to 60th day of storage (26.14%) whereas, lowest reducing sugars was recorded in untreated onion slices from initial (16.90%) to the final day of storage (24.13%). Among the varieties, highest reducing sugars was recorded in Phule Safed from initial (18.05%) to 60th day of storage (25.08%) and lowest reducing sugars was recorded in Agrifound Dark Red from initial (17.24%) to the final day of storage (24.93%). Similar result was reported by Dev et al., (2006). Ghavidel and Davoodi (2010) reported that CaCl2 along with KMS pretreated samples showed higher sugar content followed by samples pretreated with CaCl2 and NaCl and also stated that changes in sugar content may be related to two reasons i.e., non-enzymatic browning which was found to be more in control samples and other is dipping duration. It is suggested that degradation of reducing sugar during storage is attributed to the formation of browning compounds resulting by the reaction of sugars and amino acids (Kyung et al., 2012). Wani (2015) reported that, irrespective of pretreatments and drying methods, there was a decrease of reducing sugars during storage.\r\nTotal sugars increased from initial to final day of storage. From table 5 there was significant difference among all treatments and changes in total sugar content during storage might be related to the non-enzymatic reaction (Ghavidel and Davoodi 2010). Increase in total sugar content during storage period might be due to accelerated hydrolysis of insoluble polysaccharides and other carbohydrate polymers and increased degree of inversion of sugar. Among the pretreatments, 0.5% KMS pretreated onion slices recorded highest total sugars from initial day (37.28%) to the final day of storage (44.66) whereas, lowest total sugars was recorded in untreated onion slices (34.19%). Among the varieties, Phule Safed recorded highest total sugars from initial (37.00%) to the final day of storage (44.58%) and lowest total sugars was recorded in Agrifound Dark Red from the initial day (34.43%) to 60th day of storage (40.57%). During storage period, there was a considerable increase in reducing sugars level and corresponding decline in non-reducing sugars. This could be due to the inversion of non-reducing sugars to reducing sugars caused by acid present in dehydrated product (Table 6).\r\nThe results showed that there was a significant difference among all the treatments. Ascorbic acid content decreased significantly with the increase in storage period from the initial day of storage to 60 days after processing (Table 7). Among the pretreatments, better retention of ascorbic acid was recorded in the onion slices pretreated with 0.5% KMS from the initial day (35.40 mg 100 g-1) to 60th day of storage (30.03 mg 100 g-1) whereas, minimum retention of ascorbic acid was recorded in untreated onion slices from the initial day of processing (33.45 mg 100 g-1) to the final day of storage (28.71 mg 100 g-1). Among the varieties, Agrifound Dark Red variety recorded better retention of ascorbic acid from the initial day of processing (34.75 mg 100 g-1) to 60th day of storage (29.60 mg 100 g-1) and minimum retention of ascorbic acid was observed in Phule Safed from initial (34.11 mg 100 g-1) to the final day of storage (29.02 mg 100 g-1). There was more retention of ascorbic acid content in dehydrated onions which were pretreated with KMS. The entire phenomenon is not readily explicable. Similar findings with slight variations were reported earlier by Teaotia et al., (1987). A decreasing trend in ascorbic acid content of onion bulbs with increase in storage period was noticed by Singh and Dhankhar (1992). The changes in the titrable acidity during storage might be due to the reaction of basic amines to form compounds of lower basicity and degradation of sugars into acids as a result of maillard reaction. Pretreatment of onion slices with NaCl samples showed slightly more acidity as compared to the untreated samples. Similar findings were reported in tomato by Ghavidel and Davoodi (2010). There is decreasing trend in titrable acidity with increase in storage period. Among the pretreatments, the maximum titrable acidity was observed in the onion slices pretreated with 2% NaCl from the initial day (3.57%) to 60th day of storage (1.97%) which is followed by 0.5% KMS from initial (3.20%) to final day of storage (1.65%), whereas, minimum titrable acidity was registered in onion slices pretreated with 2% CaCl2 from initial day of storage (2.45%) to final day of storage (1.01).\r\nAmong the varieties, maximum titrable acidity was recorded in Agrifound Dark Red onion slices from the initial day (3.49%) to 60th day of storage (1.65%) and minimum titrable acidity was registered in Phule Safed on the initial day (2.58%) to the final day of storage (1.33%). The interaction effect between pretreatments and varieties was found to be non significant (Table 8).\r\n \r\n', 'Srujana Eda, V. Sudha Vani, R.V. Sujatha and D.R. Salomi Suneetha (2022). Effect of Chemical Pretreatments on the Chemical Characteristics of Dehydrated Onion Slices. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 576-582.'),
(5213, '134', 'Genetic Variability, Heritability and Genetic Advance in Blackgram (Vigna mungo L.)', 'K. Sai Deekshith*, V. Venkanna, K. Rukmini Devi, D. Saida Naik and C.V. Sameer Kumar', '97 Genetic Variability, Heritability and Genetic Advance in Blackgram _Vigna mungo L._ Sai Deekshith.pdf', '', 1, 'Blackgram is a self-pollinated crop, hence there is less varition. So in order to obtain high yielding varieties there is a need to know about diversity between parents. To know the diversity between parents, the present study of genetic variability was carried out. The present investigation was carried out in Agricultural Research Station, Madhira Telangana (State) to estimate genetic variability, heritability and genetic advance in blackgram. Analysis of variance was studied for 12 yield and yield attributing traits revealed highly significant differences among the genotypes for all the characters indicating the presence of appreciable amount of genetic variation for all the traits. The genotype MBG-1080 × LBG-17 found to be higher yield per plant followed by TU-94-2 × LBG-17, TBG-104 × TU-40 and remaining genotypes found to be lesser yield. The genotypes, GBG-1 × LBG-20, TU-94-2 × IPU-02-43 and TBG-104 × IPU-02-43 were found to be early maturing in nature. The genotype MBG-1080 × LBG-17 found to be had greater plant height, more number of clusters and pods, higher biological yield and pod yield per plant than the remaining genotypes. Moderate estimates of GCV and PCV were observed for number of clusters per plant, number of seeds per pod and 100 seed weight. Hence simple selection would be beneficial in increasing these traits.100 seed weight had high heritability along with high genetic advance as a percent of mean, indicating additive gene action and thus phenotypic selection would be more effective for improving these characters. For harvest index, number of pods per plant, seed yield per plant, biological yield per plant, plant height, pod yield per plant and high heritability coupled with moderate genetic advance percent of mean and suggested that presence of non additive gene action.', 'GCV, Heritability, PCV, Vigna mungo, Variability', 'High heritability estimates were found for the traits viz., plant height, number of pods per plant, pod length, harvest index, biological yield per plant, 100 seed weight, pod yield per plant and seed yield per plant showing that the environment has the least impact on these traits.100 seed weight was the trait with high heritability and high genetic advance as percent of mean. As a result, direct selection for the trait mentioned above would be useful in future breeding programmes to increase yield. For harvest index, number of pods per plant, seed yield per plant, biological yield per plant, plant height, pod yield per plant and high heritability coupled with moderate genetic advance percent of mean and suggested that presence of non additive gene action.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPulses also known as “grain legumes” which are rich in proteins, fibres and vitamins as well as amino acids. They are most popular in underdeveloped nations, but they are gradually becoming recognized around the world as a good portion of a balanced diet. Pulse crops can continue to be a great alternative for farmers in the developing world with the introduction of new varieties and the promotion of better management practices. One of India\'s most cherished pulses is Blackgram (Vigna mungo L. Hepper), popularly known as urdbean in India, is an important short duration pulse crop and self pollinating diploid (2n = 22) with a small genome size estimated to be 0.56pg/1C (574 Mbp) (Gupta et al., 2006). Blackgram is an excellent source of all nutrients including proteins (25-26%), carbohydrates (60%), fat (1.5%), minerals, amino acids and vitamins. In terms of dietary protein content, it is second next to soybean. It contains high amounts of thiamine, riboflavin, niacin, vitamin A and C. It has a nitrogen content of 78 to 80 per cent in the form of albumin as well as globulin. The dried seeds are a good source of phosphorus and have a good caloric value (100 g of blackgram has 347 calories). \r\nThe lack of high-yielding varieties that can withstand environmental changes to a significant degree is the main problem restricting the production and productivity of pulses. Therefore, it is imperative to create HYV resistant varieties of various pulse crops, such as mung bean, that are resilient to abiotic stresses, particularly drought conditions. Hence the present study was taken up aiming to ascertain the variability heritability and genetic advance among the genotypes for traits related and for framing the effective breeding programme. \r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe field experiment was laid out in medium black soil under irrigated conditions at Agricultural Research Station, Madhira during Rabi 2021-22. The experiment site is located on latitude 16°92N and longitude 80°36S and at an altitude of 38 m from mean sea level. The experimental material consisted of 34 genotypes (Table 1) were grown in “Randomised Block Design” in three replications. Each genotype was sown in 3 rows of 4m length with the spacing of 30 × 10 cm. As per the recommended packaging practices, all cultural operations were followed to raise a good crop.\r\nObservations on quantitative features were recorded from five randomly selected competitive plants in each genotype from each replication. On a plot basis, days to 50% flowering and days to maturity were recorded. The observations like Plant height, Number of clusters per plant, number of pods per plant, pod length, number of seeds per pod, pod yield per plant, biological yield per plant, 100 seed weight, harvest index and yield per plant recorded from five randomly selected plants. From statistical analysis, mean value of each character was taken. Analysis of variance was estimated by following the standard procedures. The PCV and GCV were calculated as per the method suggested by Burton (1952), whereas heritability and expected genetic advance were estimated according to Johnson et al. (1955); Allard (1960). Heritability in broad sense (h2b) was calculated as per Burton and Devane (1953).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nTo determine the effectiveness of selection in any crop improvement programme, knowledge of genetic variability is essential. Its existence is essential for broad adaptability and biotic and abiotic stress resistance. The analysis of variance carried out for 12 yield and yield component traits revealed highly significant (at 0.01%) differences among the genotypes for the characters viz., days to 50% flowering, days to maturity, plant height, number of clusters per plant, number of pods per plant, pod length, number of seeds per pod, 100 seed weight, pod yield per plant, biological yield per plant, harvest index and yield per plant (Table 2). These results indicated the presence of considerable amount of genetic variation for all the 12 traits in the experimental material.\r\nThe genotype MBG-1080 × LBG-17 found to be higher yield per plant followed by TU-94-2 × LBG-17, TBG-104 × TU-40 and remaining genotypes found to be lesser yield. In case of early flowering, the genotypes, GBG-1 × LBG-20, TU-94-2 × IPU-02-43 and TBG-104 × IPU-02-43 were found. The genotypes, GBG-1 × LBG-20, TU-94-2 × IPU-02-43 and TBG-104 × IPU-02-43 were found to be early maturing in nature. In case of plant height, MBG-1080 × LBG-17, MBG-207 × LBG-17 and MBG-1080 × TU-40 found to be had long stature. For number of clusters per plant the genotypes, MBG-1080 × LBG-17, TU-94-2 and MBG-1080 were found to be higher than the other genotypes. The genotypes MBG-1080 × LBG-17, MBG-1080 × TU-40 and GBG-1 × TU-40 found to be had more number of pods per plant. For greater pod length, MBG-207, TU-94-2 and LBG-20 genotypes found to be desirable. For number of seeds per pod, PU-31, TU-94-2 and TU-94-2 × IPU-02-43 found to be desirable. For 100 seed weight, TU-94-2 × LBG-20, GBG-1 × TU-40 and TBG-104 genotypes found to be desirable. The genotypes MBG-1080 × LBG-17, TU-94-2 × LBG-17 and TBG-104 × TU-40 found to be had highest pod yield per plant than the other genotypes. The genotypes GBG-1 × LBG-20, MBG-1080 × LBG-17 and PU-31 × TU-40 recorded maximum biological yield. The genotypes TU-94-2 × LBG-17, LBG-17 and TBG-104 × TU-40 recorded higher harvest index than the other genotypes. The results of mean performance were given in Table 3.\r\nKnowing the genetic variation inherent in a specific crop species for a particular trait under development is critical for the success of any breeding programme. The coefficient of variation is used to calculate how much variation there is in a crop species. Estimates of heritability provide information on the amount of transmissible genetic variation among total variation, which defines its responsiveness to selection and the scope of genetic advance in the new population over the original population. If a character is governed by non-additive gene action, it may have a high heritability but a low genetic advance, whereas if it is governed by additive gene action, it will have a high heritability (above 60%) and a high genetic advance, with a lot of potential for improvement. As a result, increasing these characteristics through selection is the most important technique for making genetic gains over generations. The genotypic and phenotypic coefficients of variation, heritability, genetic advance, and genetic advance as a percent of the mean for the genotypes were calculated and given in Table 4.\r\nFor all of the traits investigated, the phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV) was larger than the genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV), indicating that they were governed by non-additive gene action. Similar results have been recorded by Muthuswamy et al. (2019); Sushmitharaj et al. (2018); Govardhan et al. (2018); Moderate estimates of GCV and PCV were observed for number of clusters per plant (GCV:11.44%, PCV:15.99%), number of seeds per pod (GCV:11.30%, PCV:17.86%) and 100 seed weight (GCV:11.57%, PCV:12.25%). Similar findings for moderate GCV and PCV for number of clusters per plant Tambe et al. (2018); Tank et al. (2018); Rehman et al. (2021). For 100 seed weight similar results for moderate GCV and PCV were obtained earlier by Tank et al. (2018); Panwar et al. (2019); Sathees et al. (2019); Veni et al. (2019); Priya et al. (2021). For number of seeds per pod similar results for moderate GCV and PCV were found earlier by Panigrahi et al. (2015); Sathees et al. (2019). Number of pods per plant (GCV:9.61%, PCV:10.91%) shows moderate PCV with low GCV. Similar line of findings were given by Tambe et al. (2018); Chaitanya et al. (2019).\r\nEstimates of high heritability were found for plant height (73.1%), number of pods per plant (73%), pod length (64.6%), harvest index (81.5%), biological yield per plant (90.3%), 100 seed weight (89.2%), pod yield per plant (78.9) and seed yield per plant (85.1%) showing that the environment has the least impact on these traits. 100 seed weight (h2b=89.2%, GAM=22.51%) had high heritability along with high genetic advance as a percent of mean, indicating additive gene action and thus phenotypic selection would be more effective for improving these characters. High heritability combined with high genetic advance as per cent of mean for100 seed weight was earlier reported by Tank et al. (2018); Sathees et al. (2019); Veni et al. (2019); Umesh and Bharti (2022). For harvest index (h2b = 81.5%, GAM = 12.5%), number of pods per plant (h2b = 73%, GAM = 13.4%), seed yield per plant (h2b = 85.1%, GAM = 14.13%), biological yield per plant (h2b = 90.3%, GAM =15.3%), plant height (h2b = 73.1%, GAM =14.37%), pod yield per plant (h2b =78.9%, GAM =13.08%) and high heritability coupled with moderate genetic advance percent of mean and suggested that presence of non additive gene action. Similar results were observed by Dharmendra et al. (2017) for harvest index. Similar results were observed for plant height by Panda et al. (2017), Bandi et al. (2018), Reddy et al. (2018); Tank et al. (2018); Rehman et al. (2021); for number of pods per plant by Nagmi and Lal (2017); Chauhan et al. (2018); Tambe et al. (2018); Chaithanya et al. (2019); for seed yield per plant by Nagmi and Lal (2017); Chaithanya et al. (2019); for biological yield per plant and harvest index by Rolaniya et al. (2017).\r\nHigh heritability combined with low genetic advance as per cent of mean was recorded for pod length (h2b = 64.6%, GAM = 9.18%). Similar line of findings were observed by Nagmi and Lal (2017); Reddy et al. (2018); Rehman et al. (2021).\r\n', 'K. Sai Deekshith, V. Venkanna, K. Rukmini Devi, D. Saida Naik and C. V. Sameer Kumar (2022). Genetic Variability, Heritability and Genetic Advance in Blackgram (Vigna mungo L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 583-588.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5214, '134', 'Effect of different Dates of Sowing on Growth, Yield and Quality of Coriander (Coriandrum sativum L.)', 'Monika Thakur, Puja Rattan*, A.H. Reddy and Anju Pathania', '98 Effect of different Dates of Sowing on Growth, Yield and Quality of Coriander _Coriandrum sativum L._ Puja Rattan.pdf', '', 1, 'The Present investigation was conducted during winter season, 2020 at DAV University, Jalandhar to determine the most suitable sowing date and variety for optimum production of coriander in Jalandhar region. Since very little work on the agronomic manipulation of the crop involving sowing time has been done, therefore the present study was planned and executed. The treatment consisted of three sowing dates (15 October, 30 October, 15 November) and three varieties viz., Bharat Kaveri, Punjab Sugandh and Split Seed. The experiment was laid in Factorial Randomized Complete Block design with three replications. Characters studied were days to germination initiation, days to complete germination, plant height (cm), number of leaves per plant, foliage weight (g), days to 50% flowering, number of primary branches, number of secondary branches, number of umbel per plant, number of umbellets per umbel, number of seeds per umbel, days to harvesting, seed yield per plot (g), 1000 seed weight and TSS. Results obtained revealed that sowing dates and varieties has played outstanding role in deciding the yield and yield contributing traits of coriander. Among the sowing dates and varieties studied in the present investigation 15 October and Bharat Kaveri performed superior for most of the characteristics under observation. The maximum plant height, number of leaves per plant, foliage weight, number of primary branches, number of secondary branches, number of umbel per plant, number of umbellets per umbel, number of seeds per umbel, seed yield per plot, 1000 seed weight were witnessed when Bharat Kaveri sown on 15 October.', 'Date of sowing, coriander, Coriandrum sativum L., seed yield, seed quality', 'It may be concluded that yield attributing traits like number of leaves per plant, foliage weight, number of primary branches, number of secondary branches, number of umbels per plant, number of umbellets per umbel, number of seeds per umbel, seed yield per plot and 1000 seed weight were observed maximum when Bharat Kaveri was sown on 15 October. However, days to 50% flowering and days to harvesting were observed minimum when Punjab Sugandh sown on 15 November.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nCoriander (Coriandrum sativum) is an annual aromatic herb, grown for its green fresh leaves, seed, essential oil and oleoresin. Coriander, also known as cilantro and Chinese parsley, is a member of family Apiaceae (Umbelliferae). It is commonly known as “Dhania” or “Dhana”. It is a dual purpose crop, grown for fresh leaf as well as for seed for use as a spice. It is probably one of the earliest seed spices known to humankind (Pruthi, 1976). The dried ground fruits are major ingredient of curry powder. Whole or ground seeds are also used for flavouring various preparations like pickles, sausage and confectionery items. It is a frequent ingredient in the preparation of Ayurvedic medicines (Said et al., 1996). \r\nIndia is the world’s largest producer, consumer and exporter of the spices. It is also known as “home of the spices” from very ancient times. coriander (Coriandrum sativum) seed is one of the most important spices. Approx. 80% of the world total coriander seed is produced in our country. In India, coriander is mainly cultivated in Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh and Southern States like Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka and Tamil Nadu. The country\'s annual production of coriander seeds in 2021 was over 822 thousand metric tons (Anonymous, 2021). There is a limited scope of increasing the area under this crop because of competition with food grain crops. The only way to increase the production is to increase its productivity through sound crop production technology. The coriander is a cool season crop and can be successfully cultivated in rabi season on black cotton or other type of heavy soils which have better water retention capacity. Coriander plants are highly sensitive to the abrupt variations in climatic parameters as it is delicate in nature. Coriander exploits the environment most favourably when it is sown at optimum time (Kuri et al., 2015) since sowing date significantly affects the photoperiodic response of plants and determines yields and qualities (Rasam et al., 2007). \r\nIt is an established fact that a crop when sown at optimum time, it is able to exploit the environmental factors (e.g. sunlight, rainfall, day length etc.) most efficiently. It is the temperature as mediated by solar radiation alone that can make significant differences not only on the process of dry matter accumulation in vegetative phase but dry mater allocation for yield, is also favoured by optimum cardinal temperature. Besides this, in a crop like coriander too early sowing may lead to poor crop establishment due to heat shock and resultantly restricted seed germination. Furthermore, flowering and/ or seed formation stage may coincide with frost attacking period (Bhati et al., 1989). Whereas, the late sown crop may face high temperature during seed filling, which will adversely affect the economic yield due to shortening of net seed filling period and the consequent forced maturity. The proper date of sowing will also take the advantages of the absence of the pest or avoid susceptible stage of the crop. It should synchronise with the most inactive period or lowest pest population. In Punjab region the optimum period of sowing of coriander for green leaves is first week of October and for seed last week of October to the first week of November. However, it can be continued up to last week of December. However, very little work on the agronomic manipulation of the crop involving these factors has been done. Therefore, it was deemed imperative to carry out the present study with the objective of finding out the most effective date of sowing for optimum growth yield and quality of coriander.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present experiment was laid out in Randomized Block Design and three replications. Total nine treatments consisting of different combination of three different sowing dates (15 October, 30 October and 15 November) and three varieties (Bharat Kaveri, Punjab Sugandh and Split Seed) viz., D1V1 (15 October × Bharat Kaveri), D1V2 (15 October × Punjab Sugandh), D1V3 (15 October × Split Seed), D2V1 (30 October × Bharat Kaveri), D2 V2 (30 October × Punjab Sugandh), D2V3 (30 October × Split Seed), D3V1 (15 November × Bharat Kaveri), D3V2 (15 November × Punjab Sugandh) and D3V3 (15 November × Split Seed).Observations on growth, yield and quality parameters viz., days to germination initiation, days to complete germination, plant height (cm), number of leaves per plant, foliage weight per plant, days to 50% flowering, number of primary branches per plant, number of secondary branches per plant, umbels per plant, umbellets per umbel, seed per umbel, days to harvesting, seed yield per plot, 1000 seed weight and total soluble solids (° brix) were recorded. The statistical analysis of data recorded during the course of investigation for all the characters was done by analysis of variance method for factorial randomized block design described by Panse and Sukhatme (1985).\r\n RESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nAnalysis of variance for the different growth, yield and quality traits in coriander is presented in Table 1 . Significant differences were observed among all the characters for date of sowing and varieties. Interaction effect of date of sowing and varieties resulted significance differences for all characters under study except for days to germination initiation, days to complete germination, plant height and TSS.\r\nA. Days to germination initiation\r\nSignificantly minimum days to germination initiation (7.47) were recorded in D1 (15 October) than all other sowing dates while, D3 (15 November) revealed significantly maximum days to germination initiation (10.47). Among varieties, significantly minimum days to germination (8.77) were recorded in V3 (Split Seed) and maximum days to germination initiation (9.48) were observed in variety V1 (Bharat Kaveri). Interaction effect of dates of sowing and varieties was found non significant for days to germination initiation. (Table 2)\r\nIn the present study minimum days of germination was observed when sowing was done on 15 October. The present findings are in line with the findings of earlier researchers namely Guha et al. (2014); Karetha et al. (2014); Ali et al. (2015); Lal et al. (2017) in coriander who also observed significant influence of date of sowing on germination in coriander.\r\nB. Days to complete germination\r\nPerusal of data (Table 2) revealed that minimum days to complete germination (13.43 days) were observed when seeds were sown on D1 ( 15 October) which was significantly minimum than all other date of sowing. Maximum days to complete germination (15.40) were recorded in D3 (15 November ) which was significantly maximum than all other date of sowing. Among varieties, V3 (Split Seed) took minimum days to complete germination (14.06 days) which was statistically lowest than all other varieties. Maximum days to complete germination (14.80) was observed in variety V1 (Bharat Kaveri) which was significantly higher than all other varieties under study.\r\nThe interaction of date of sowing and varieties were found non significant for days to complete germination. The results obtained on days to complete germination were similar to those obtained for days to germination initiation which indicated that sowing done on 15 October provided suitable environmental conditions for coriander seeds to germinate. Findings are in accordance with the reports of earlier researchers namely, Guha et al. (2014); Lal et al. (2017) who observed early seed germination at early sowing in coriander. Varieties also influenced complete germination significantly which were also found in the findings of Latye et al. (2016) in fenugreek, Lal et al. (2017); Duwal et al. (2019) in coriander.\r\nC. Plant height (cm)\r\nPlant height was significantly influenced by dates of sowing and varieties. Maximum plant height (32.00 cm) was observed when plants were sown on D1 (15 October) which was significantly tallest among all other dates of sowing. Minimum plant height (28.56 cm) was observed in D3 (15 November) which was statistically at par with plants height observed in D2 (30 October) (28.67cm). Among varieties, maximum plant height (33.44cm) was observed in V1 (Bharat Kaveri) which was significantly highest than other varieties. Significantly minimum plant height (27.89 cm) was observed in varieties V2 (Punjab Sugandh) and V3 (Split Seed) (Table 2).\r\nInteraction effect of dates of sowing and varieties was found non significant for plant height. Significant decrease in plant height in late sowing can be related with higher temperature at the time of harvesting. Similar results were obtained by Ghobadi and Ghobadi (2012); Moniruzzaman et al. (2013); Sharangi and Roychowdhury (2014); Mohonalakshmi et al. (2019) in coriander, Abed and Shebl (2016) in spinach and Dhillon et al. (2019) in fennel.\r\nDifferences in plant height among varieties were observed in the present investigations. The finding corroborate the findings of Kauim et al. (2015); Eltyeb (2015); Latye et al. (2016); Bajad et al. (2017); Mahajan et al. (2017); Pujari et al. (2019); Gandepalli and Prasad (2020) in coriander and Anitha et al. (2018) in fenugreek.\r\nD. Number of leaves per plant\r\nPerusal of data (Table 2) revealed that maximum number of leaves per plant (15.72) were observed in D1 (15 October) which was significantly highest than number of leaves per plant observed in other sowing dates. Minimum number of leaves per plant (14.00) were recorded in D3 (15 November) which was significantly lowest than number of leaves per plant observed in all other sowing dates. Among varieties, maximum number of leaves per plant (15.49) were recorded in V1 (Bharat Kaveri) which was significantly highest than number of leaves per plant observed in all other varieties. Minimum number of leaves per plant (14.39) were observed in V3 (Split seed) which was significantly lowest than number of leaves per plant observed in other varieties. \r\nPerusal of data pertaining to interaction effect of date of sowing and cultivars on number of leaves per plant (Table 3) depicted that maximum number of leaves per plant (16.52) was observed in D2 × V1 (30 October × Bharat Kaveri) which was statistically at par with D1 × V2 (15 October × Punjab Sugandh) and D1 × V1 (15 October × Bharat Kaveri) which resulted in number of leaves per plant to the tune of 16.48 and 16.02, respectively. Minimum number of leaves per plant (13.69) was observed in D3 × V3 (15 November × Split Seed) which was statistically at par with all the treatment except D1 × V1 (15 October × Bharat Kaveri) and D1 × V2 (15 November × Punjab Sugandh) resulting in 16.02 and 16.48 leaves per plant, respectively. Maximum number of leaves per plant were obtained in 15th October sowing and subsequent decrease in number of leaves per plant in delayed sowing emphasis on the fact that early sowing promotes the vegetative growth. These findings were also reported by Wassem and Nadeem (2001); Meena and Malhotra (2006); Moniruzzaman et al. (2013); Mohanalakshmi et al. (2019) in coriander and Abed and Shebl (2016) in spinach.\r\nE. Days to 50% flowering\r\nPerusal of data (Table 2) revealed that D3 (15 November) resulted in minimum days to 50% flowering (96.52) which was significantly lowest than all other sowing dates. Maximum days to 50% flowering (102.40) was observed in D1 (15 October) which was significantly highest than days to 50% flowering observed in all other sowing dates. Among varieties, minimum number of days to 50% flowering (98.36) were recorded in V2 (Punjab Sugandh) which was statistically lowest than other varieties. Maximum number of days to 50% flowering (100.16) was observed in V1 (Bharat Kaveri) which were statistically highest than all other varieties. \r\nData presentation (Table 3) showed interaction effect of dates of sowing and cultivars on days to 50% flowering was significant. It depicted that maximum days to 50% flowering (103.78) observed in D1 × V1 (15 October × Bharat Kaveri) which was statistically higher than other interaction effects. Minimum days to 50% flowering (95.30) were observed in D3 × V2 (15 November × Punjab Sugandh) which was statistically lowest among all other interaction effects.\r\nSowing date greatly affected the flower bud development. It was earliest in the plants sown on 15 November. This suggests that delay in sowing of coriander resulted in earlier flowering. Interaction effects revealed that Punjab Sugandh when sown on 15 November resulted in minimum days to flowering initiation. Early flowering in late planting had also been reported by Rameeh (2012) in mustard.\r\nVarieties varied significantly for days to flowering initiation. The findings are in line with the findings of Anitha et al. (2018) who also observed significant variation among varieties for days to 50% flowering in fenugreek. Our findings are in line with the findings of Bajad et al. (2017); Duwal et al. (2019); Gandepalli and Prasad (2020) in coriander.\r\nF. Number of primary branches \r\nIt can be observed that D1 (15 October) resulted in maximum number of primary branches (12.15) which was significantly highest than number of primary branches observed in all other sowing dates. Minimum number of primary branches (6.35) were observed in D3 (15 November) which was significantly lowest than number of primary branches observed in all other sowing dates. Among varieties, maximum number of primary branches (10.54) were observed in V1 (Bharat Kaveri) which was significantly highest than number of primary branches observed in all other varieties. Minimum number of primary branches (8.70) was reported in V3 (Split Seed) which were significantly lowest than number of primary branches observed in all other varieties (Table 2).\r\nData pertaining to interaction effects of dates of sowing and varieties on number of primary branches is presented in Table 3. It depicted that maximum number of primary branches (13.55) was recorded in D2 × V1 (30 October × Bharat Kaveri) which was statistically at par with D1 × V2 (15 October × Punjab Sugandh), D1 × V3 (15 October × Split Seed) and D1 × V1 (15 October × Bharat Kaveri) which produced in 13.38, 11.72 and 11.35 branches, respectively. Minimum number of primary branches (5.80) were observed in D3 × V3 (15 November × Split Seed) which was statistically at par with D2× V2 (30 October × Punjab Sugandh), D3 × V1 (15 November × Bharat Kaveri) and D3 × V2 (15 November × Punjab Sugandh) producing 8.25, 6.71 and 6.54 branches, respectively (Table 4). Similar findings were obtained by earlier researcher namely, Sharangi and Roychowdhary (2014); Mohanalakshmi et al. (2019) in coriander, Mengistu and Yomoah (2010) in carrot and Bhutia et al. (2017) in fenugreek. \r\nG. Number of secondary branches\r\nPerusal of data (Table 2) revealed that D1 (15 October) resulted in maximum number of secondary branches (21.07) which was significantly highest than number of secondary branches observed in all other sowing dates. Minimum number of secondary branches (17.29) were recorded in D2 (30 October) which was significantly lowest than number of secondary branches observed in all other sowing dates. Among varieties, V1 (Bharat Kaveri) produced maximum number of secondary branches (20.78) which was significantly highest than number of secondary branches observed in all other varieties. Variety, V3 (Split Seed) produced minimum number of secondary branches (17.22) which was significantly lowest than number of secondary branches observed in all other varieties.\r\nInteraction effects of date of sowing and varieties significant for number of secondary branches and are presented in Table 4. It depicted that maximum number of secondary branches (27.27) were recorded in D1×V1(15 October × Bharat Kaveri) which was significantly highest than all other interactions. Minimum number of secondary branches (16.87) were recorded in D2 × V3 (30 November × Split Seed) which was statistically at par with all the treatment except D1 × V1 (15 October × Bharat Kaveri).\r\nMaximum number of secondary branches were observed when Bharat Kaveri was sown on 15 October indicating effect of sowing dates on different varieties for number of secondary branches. Similar results were obtained by Yousaf et al. (2002) who also observed significant effect of sowing dates on growth and yield of canola variety (sarson), Kaium et al. (2015) in coriander, Sowmya et al. (2017); Tamboli et al. (2020) in fennel.\r\nH. Days to harvesting\r\nPerusal of data representing effect of dates of sowing and varieties on days to harvesting, revealed that minimum number of days to harvesting (151.40) were observed in D3 (15th November) which was significantly highest than all other sowing dates. Maximum number of days to harvesting (175.78) were observed in D1 (15th October) which was significantly highest than number of days to harvesting observed in all other sowing dates. Among Varieties, minimum number of days to harvesting (165.04) was observed in V2 (Punjab Sugandh) which was significantly lowest than all other varieties. Maximum number of days to harvesting (166.86) reported in V1 (Bharat Kaveri) which was significantly highest than days to harvest all other varieties (Table 2).\r\nIn case of early planting late physiological maturity indicates a prolonged vegetative phase which could have resulted in better seed yield as indicated in seed yield per plot. The results corroborate the findings of early researches namely Sultana et al. (2016); Bhutia et al. (2017) who observed that fenugreek plants sown late took least time to attain maturity. Guha et al. (2014) also observed the similar results in coriander.\r\nVarieties varied significantly for harvest duration Punjab Sugandh showed minimum days to harvest. The significant difference for harvest duration among varieties might be due to difference in their growth habits. These results have close conformity with results obtained by Bajad et al. (2017); Mahajan et al. (2017); Pujari et al. (2019) in coriander.\r\nI. Foliage weight (g)\r\nFoliage weight was observed at 60 DAS and the data depicted that maximum foliage weight (5.29 g) was observed in D1 (15 October) which was significantly highest than foliage weight observed in plants sown at other sowing dates. Lowest foliage weight (4.36 g) was observed in D3 (15 November) which was significantly lowest than foliage weight of plants sown at other sowing dates. Among varieties, highest foliage weight (5.30g) was observed in V1 (Bharat Kaveri) which was significantly highest than foliage weight observed in all other varieties. Lowest foliage weight (4.48 g) was observed in V3 (Split Seed) which was significantly lowest than foliage weight of all other varieties (Table 5).\r\nInteraction effects of dates of sowing and varieties on foliage weight was significant and presented in Table 6. Data revealed that maximum foliage weight (5.70 g) was observed in D1 × V1 (15 October × Bharat Kaveri) which was statistically at par with D1 × V3 (15 October × Split Seed), D2 × V1 (30 October × Bharat Kaveri) and resulted in 5.58 g, 5.53 g and 4.87 g foliage weight, respectively. Minimum foliage weight (3.73 g) was observed in D2 × V3 (30 October × Split Seed) which was statistically at par with D3 × V1 (15 November × Bharat Kaveri), D1 ×V2 (15 October × Punjab Sugandh) and D3 × V3 (15 November × Split Seed) which resulted in foliage weight to the tune of 4.68 g, 4.61 g and 4.36 g, respectively. Similar results of significant differences in foliage weight due to dates of sowing were also reported by Chaudhari et al. (2009); Karetha et al. (2014); Sharangi and Roy chowdhury (2014); Mohanalakshmi et al. (2019) in coriander and Abed and Shebl (2016) in spinach. Foliage yield was varied significantly among the varieties. It was maximum in Bharat Kaveri which also showed maximum germination percentage, plant height, number of leaves per plant etc. Significant effect of varieties on leaf yield per plant was also observed by Ibrahim and Heyduck et al. (2019) in spinach, Duwal et al. (2019); Gandepalli and Prasad (2020) in coriander, Narayan et al. (2018) in palak.\r\nJ. Number of umbel per plant\r\nEffects of dates of sowing and varieties on number of umbels per plant reveals that maximum number of umbels (21.07) were reported in D1 (15 October) which was significantly highest than number of umbels observed in all other dates of sowing. Minimum number of umbels per plant (17.29) was recorded in D2 (30 October) which was significantly lowest than number of umbel observed in all other sowing dates. Among varieties, V1 (Bharat Kaveri) resulted in maximum number of umbels per plant (20.78) which was significantly highest than number of umbels observed in all other varieties. However, minimum number of umbels (17.22) were reported in V3 (Split Seed) which was statistically lowest than number of umbels observed in all other varieties (Table 5).\r\nInteraction effects of dates of sowing and cultivars on number of umbels per plant is presented in Table 6. Data depicted maximum number of umbels per plant (27.27) in D1 × V1 (15 October × Bharat Kaveri) which was significantly highest than all other interaction effects. Minimum number of umbels (16.88) was observed in D2× V3 (30 November × Split Seed) which was statistically at par with all the treatments except D1 × V1 (15 October × Bharat Kaveri).\r\nIt was observed that there was decrease in number of umbels per plant with delay in sowing. The findings are in line with the findings of Eltyeb (2015) who also advocated the decrease in number of umbels per plant with delayed sowing in coriander. Singh and Singh (2013); Katiyar et al. (2014); Kaium et al. (2015); Bajad et al. (2017); Pujari et al. (2019) also suggested variation among varieties for yield contribution traits such as umbels per plant in coriander and Dhillon et al. (2019) in fennel.\r\nK. Number of umbellets per umbel\r\nPerusal of data (Table 5) revealed that D1 (15 October) showed maximum number of umbellets per umbel (6.07) which was significantly highest than number of umbellets per umbel observed in all other sowing dates. Minimum number of umbellets per umbel (5.31) were recorded in D3 (15 November) which was significantly lowest than all other sowing dates. Among varieties, maximum number of umbellets per umbel (6.06) were observed in V1 (Bharat Kaveri) which was statistically highest than all other varieties. Minimum number of umbellets per umbel (5.25) were recorded in V3 (Split Seed) which was significantly lowest than number of umbellets per umbel observed in other varieties. \r\nInteraction effects of dates of sowing and varieties on number of umbellets per umbel is presented in Table 6. Data depicted that maximum number of umbellets per umbel (6.40) were recorded in D2 × V1 (30 October × Bharat Kaveri) which was statistically at par with all the treatments except D3× V3 (15 November × Split Seed) and D2 × V3 (30 October × Split Seed) which produced 5.25 and 4.33 umbellets per umbel, respectively. Minimum number of umbellets per umbel (4.33) were observed in D2 × V3 (30 October × Split Seed) which was statistically at par with D3 × V3 (15 November × Split Seed). The findings of Mengistu and Yomoah (2010) also revealed decrease in number of umbellets per umbel with delayed sowing in carrot and Sharangi and Roychowdhary (2014) reported similar results in coriander. Varieties also showed significant differences for number of umbellets per plant. The findings are in line with the finding of Singh and Singh (2013); Kaium et al., (2015); Bajad et al. (2017); Gandepalli and Prasad (2020) who also observed significant differences for number of umbellets per umbel in different varieties of coriander.\r\nL. Number of seeds per umbel\r\nPerusal of data (Table 5) revealed that D1 (15th October) showed maximum number of seeds per umbel (27.21) which was significantly highest than number of seeds per umbel observed in all other sowing dates. Minimum number of seeds per umbel (17.67) were observed in D3 (15th November) which was significantly lowest than all other sowing dates. Among the varieties, V1 (Bharat Kaveri) produced maximum number of seeds per umbel (24.26) which was significantly highest than number of seeds per umbel observed in all other varieties. However, variety V3 (Split seed) produced minimum number of seeds per umbel (21.20) which was significantly lowest than all other varieties.\r\nInteraction effects of dates of sowing and varieties on number of seeds per umbel are presented in Table 6. It revealed that D1 × V2 (15th October × Punjab Sugandh) produced maximum number of seeds per umbel (28.60) which was statistically at par with D2 × V1 (30th October × Bharat Kaveri) D1 × V3 (15th October × Split Seed) and D1 × V1 (15th October × Bharat Kaveri), which resulted in number of seeds per umbel to tune of 28.00, 26.67 and 28.37, respectively. Minimum number of seeds per umbel (17.07) were observed in D3 × V3 (15th November × Split Seed) which was statistically at par with D3 × V2 ( 15th November × Punjab Sugandh) and D3 × V1 (15th November × Bharat Kaveri) which resulted in number of seeds per umbel to tune of 17.53, 18.40, respectively.\r\nNumber of seeds per umbel varied significantly with varieties. Similar results were obtained by Meena and Malhotra (2006); Singh and Singh (2013); Kaium et al. (2015); Bajad et al. (2017) in coriander.\r\nM. Seed yield per plot (g)\r\nEffects of dates of sowing and varieties on seed yield per plot revealed that maximum seed yield per plot (708.33 g) was observed in D1 (15th October) which was significantly highest than all other sowing dates. Minimum seed yield (530.56 g) was reported in D3 (15th November) which was significantly lowest than seed yield per plot observed in all other sowing dates. Among varieties, V1 (Bharat Kaveri) resulted maximum seed yield per plot (691.67 g) which was significantly highest than all other varieties. Minimum seed yield (583.33 g) was observed in V3 (Split Seed) which was significantly lowest than seed yield per plot observed in all other varieties (Table 5).\r\nInteraction effects of dates of sowing and cultivars on seed yield per plot (Table 6) revealed that maximum seed yield per plot (750.33 g) was observed in D1 × V3 (15th October × Split seed) which was statistically at par with D1 × V1 (15th October × Bharat Kaveri), D2 × V1 (30th October × Bharat Kaveri) and D2 × V2 (30th October × Punjab Sugandh) which produced seed yield per plot to the tune of 725.00 g, 725.00 g and 691.67 g, respectively. Minimum seed yield per plot (475.00 g) was observed in D3 × V3 (15th November × Split Seed) which was statistically at par with D2 × V3 (30th October × Split Seed) and D3 × V2 ( 15th November × Punjab Sugandh) which resulted in seed yield per plot to the tune of 525.0 g and 491.7 g, respectively \r\nDelayed sowing resulted in reduction in seed yield per plot as revealed from the results. The lower seed yield could be due to shorter growth period of the plants in late sowing which hinder them to make full use of the available resources resulting in lower yield. Similar results were obtained by earlier researcher namely Ayub et al. (2008) in fennel and Sharangi and Roychowdhury (2014). Eltyeb et al. (2015); Mohanalakhshmi et al. (2019) in coriander. Rawal et al., (2015) reported same results in cumin and Bhutia et al., (2017) also observed same results in fenugreek. Significant variation in seed yield per plot among varieties could be due to their genetic makeup. Similar findings were also observed by earlier researcher namely Kaium et al. (2015); Bajad et al. (2017); Mahajan et al. (2017); Pujari et al. (2019) in coriander and Anitha et al. (2018) in fenugreek.\r\nN. 1000 Seed weight (g)\r\nPerusal of data revealed that maximum 1000 seed weight (12.55 g) was observed in D1 (15th October) which was significantly highest than other sowing dates. Minimum 1000 weight (10.47 g) was observed in D3 (15th November) which was significantly lowest than 1000 seed weight observed in all other sowing dates. Among varieties, maximum 1000 seed weight (11.83 g) was observed in V1 (Bharat Kaveri) which was statistically highest than 1000 seed weight observed in all other varieties. Minimum 1000 seed weight (11.29 g) was observed in V2 (Punjab Sugandh) which was statistically lowest than 1000 seed weight observed in all other sowing dates (Table 5).\r\nAmong interaction effects (Table 7), the variety Bharat Kaveri which surpassed other varieties in most of the phenological and yield attributes produced maximum 1000 seed weight when sown on 15thOctober. This suggests that best time to the sow Bharat Kaveri is 15th October and there is greater influence of sowing time on 1000 seed weight. The results are in conformity with the findings of early researchers (Anitha et al., 2016) in fenugreek.\r\n1000 seed weight is one of the important yield component which plays important role in determining the seed yield. It varied significant for different dates of sowing and maximum 1000 seed weight was observed in treatments which were sown on 15th October. This could be due to availability of favourable climatic conditions and prolonged growth period helping in completing all physiological processes leading to increased 1000 seed weight. These findings are in line with the findings of earlier researchers namely Chaudhari et al. (2009) in amaranth, Anitha et al. (2016); Bhutia et al. (2017) in fenugreek, Sharangi and Roychowdhury (2014); Eltyeb (2015) in coriander and Raj et al. (2016) in fennel.\r\nO. Total soluble solids (TSS)\r\nEffects of dates of sowing, varieties and their interactions on total soluble solids (TSS) revealed that maximum TSS (5.37° brix ) was observed in D1 (15th October) which was significantly highest than all other sowing dates. Minimum TSS (4.40° brix) was observed in D3 (15th November) which was significantly lowest than TSS observed in all other sowing dates. Among varieties, maximum total soluble solids (5.44° brix ) were observed in V1 (Bharat Kaveri) which was significantly highest than TSS observed in all other varieties. Minimum TSS (4.79° brix ) was observed in V3 (Split Seed) which was significantly lowest than total soluble solids observed in all other varieties (Table 5).\r\nTSS was found to be greatly influenced by dates of sowing. It was found gradually decreasing with delay in sowing. The results are in close conformity with the findings of Karetha et al. (2014) in coriander.\r\nTSS was significantly varied with the varieties. The finding are in line with findings of earier researchers namely Gandepalli and Prasad (2020) in coriander.\r\n', 'Monika Thakur, Puja Rattan, A.H. Reddy and Anju Pathania (2022). Effect of different Dates of Sowing on Growth, Yield and Quality of Coriander (Coriandrum sativum L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 589-597.'),
(5215, '134', 'Agro-Morphological Characterization of Pigeonpea (Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp.) germplasm', 'Patel P.R.*, Padhiyar B.M., Sharma Manish, Padmavati G. Gore and Patel M.P.', '99 Agro-Morphological Characterization of Pigeonpea _Cajanus cajan _L._ Millsp._ germplasm PATEL P.pdf', '', 1, 'Genetic variability is prerequisite for any crop improvement programme and phenotypic characterization of crop genetic resources generates important information for plant breeders, therefore the present investigation was undertaken in which three hundred five pigeonpea accessions were evaluated and morphological characterization was carried out during kharif 2021 at Pulses Research Station, SDAU Sardarkrushinagar (Gujarat) under Consortium Research Platform on Agro-biodiversity. Out of three hundred five accession one accessions did not germinate. Majority of the accessions showed very good early plant vigour (212 acc.), semi spreading plant growth habit (292 acc.), indeterminate plant type (304 acc.), yellow flower colour (275acc.), green stem colour (300 acc.), glabrous leaf pubescence (304acc.), sparse streak (198 acc.), glabrous pod pubescence (304 acc.), cylindrical pod shape (304 acc.), green and purple pod colour (293 acc.), very large seeded (19 acc.), plain seed colour pattern (283acc.), medium seed eye width (40 acc.), orange base seed colour (96acc.), globular seed shape (38 acc.) and very low biotic stress susceptibility (4 acc.). Wide range of variability was observed for days to ﬂowering, primary branches, days to maturity and 100 seed weight (9.0-14.0g). Considering the wide range of variability for qualitative and quantitative characters, germplasm has high potential which can be utilized in future pigeonpea improvement programmes. This study thus provides a foundation for the selection of parental material for genetic improvement.', 'Pigeonpea, Agro-biodiversity, Characterization, Germplasm.', 'Information on genetic variability among the existing pigeonpea genotypes will increase the efficiency of crop genetic improvement. The present study affirmed that characterization and evaluation of 305 accessions of pigeonpea for agronomic traits are important in discerning genetic variability that can be exploited in plant breeding. The phenotypic traits therefore provide a useful measure of genetic distances among the pigeonpea genotypes and will enable the identification of potential parental materials for future breeding efforts especially in identifying donors for economic traits.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPigeonpea [Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp.] is the second most important pulse crop of India after chickpea, commonly known as arhar, red gram and tur.It is an important crop for millions of people living in dry regions of the world as it is a multipurpose crop that integrates crop and livestock production, thus contributing to food security (Ayenan, 2017). It is a rich source of protein, carbohydrate, vitamins, lipids and certain minerals. Compared to other food legumes, breeding in pigeonpea has been more challenging due to various crop specific traits and highly sensitive nature to biotic and abiotic stresses. Germplasm is vital resource in generating new plant types having desired traits that help in increasing crop production with quality and thus improve the level of human nutrition. The search for diversity in a germplasm collection is a way of identifying desirable genes for future utilization in breeding, where the diversity in crop species usually depends on mutation, recombination, selection and genetic drift (Bhandari et al., 2017). Germplasm characterization and documentation are important activities in plant genetic resources management and it eases the data retrieval and short listing of accessions for the genetic improvement. Germplasm utilization is increased if detailed characterization of data is obtained for individual accessions, which should include qualitative and quantitative phenotypic traits, genotypic data and responses to biotic and abiotic stresses. Detailed characterization of data is lacking in pigeonpea collections, which emphasizes the need for further data collection and characterization which are the pre-requisite for the utilization of available diversity in the pigeonpea improvement programme. Plant genetic resources are invaluable source of genes and gene complexes for yield and several biotic and abiotic factors and provide raw materials for further genetic improvement (Patel et al., 2021). Therefore, the collection of pigeon pea germplasm and its proper characterization, evaluation, conservation and utilization in improvement programmes assume great significance, especially in view of climate change. Genetic diversity in a crop species can be studied using different methods including morphological and/or phenotypic, biochemical and molecular markers (Mehmood et al., 2007). In the past, morphological traits, both qualitative and quantitative have been successfully used to study genetic diversity in pigeonpea (Kallihal et al., 2016; Navneet et al., 2017; Zavinon et al., 2019). A positive association between two desirable traits makes the job of the plant breeder easy for improving both traits at a time. The present investigation was carried out to analyze the genetic divergence existing in the crop. This information is highly useful for breeders in the selection of parents and breeding material for the development of high yielding varieties of pigeonpea. Hence, the present study was under taken at Pulses Research Station, Sardarkrushinagar Dantiwada Agriculture University, Sardarkrushinagar through the All India Coordinated Research Project on Pigeonpea under Consortium Research Platform on Agro biodiversity to characterize 305 accessions of pigeonpea germplasm (Table 1) during kharif 2021.This study aims to assess the morphological diversity in a collection of pigeon pea accessions with the objective of evaluating the phenotypic variations.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe trial was conducted in Augmented Block Design (ABD) during Kharif 2021 at Pulses Research Station, Sardarkrushinagar Dantiwada Agricultural University, Sardarkrushinagar, Gujarat which is located at 72.12 º E longitude, 24.9 º latitude and 154.5 m altitude above MSL. These accessions were divided into eight blocks and each block consisted of 50 accessions with two check varieties viz., BDN 711 and GT 101. The soil of the ﬁeld was sandy loam in texture with pH value of 7.7 to 8.00 having good physical and chemical properties (Organic Carbon = 0.07, K2O = 234.0 kg/ha and P2O5 = 56.0 kg/ha).\r\nThe experimental unit was a two-row plot of 4.0 m long, spaced at 0.60 m apart. Fertilizer dose of 25:50:00 (NPK) were applied as basal. Plots were thinned down after two weeks of crop emergence and plant-to-plant distance of 0.20 m was maintained. The experimental year showed different temperature regimes, humidity, rainfall and sunshine hours during the crop duration (Table 2). All the other recommended agronomical packages and practices were followed to raise a good crop. Data was collected based on the minimal descriptors released by NBPGR, New Delhi (Mahajan et al., 2000) and the list of pigeonpea descriptor released(Anonymous,2020). Five representative plants in each accession were tagged for recording the qualitative and quantitative traits (Anonymous, 2020). Plant protection measures were taken as and when required to raise a good crop.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nGenetic diversity analysis in pigeonpea is crucial for effective breeding and germplasm conservation. Previous studies examined the genetic diversity of the crop using morphological and agronomic traits (Manyasa et al., 2008). The preliminary characterization of 305 accessions of pigeonpea germplasm were worked out for 20 agro-morphological characters viz., early plant vigour, plant growth habit, plant habit, days to flowering, base flower colour, stem colour, leaf pubescence, streaks pattern, pod pubescence, pod shape, pod colour, days to 80% maturity, 100 seed weight (g), seed colour pattern, seed eye width, base seed colour, seed shape, biotic stress susceptibility, plant height and pod size. Wide range of variability in both quantitative and qualitative characters was observed (Patel et al., 2020). The range of variability and frequency observed in qualitative characters are given in Table 3. Majority of the accessions showed very good early plant vigour (212 acc.), semi spreading plant growth habit (292 acc.), indeterminate plant habit (304 acc.), medium days to flowering (69 acc.), late days to flowering (228 acc.), yellow flower colour (275acc.), green stem colour (300 acc.), glabrous leaf pubescence (304acc.), sparse streak (198 acc.), uniform streak pattern (20 acc.), glabrous pod pubescence (304 acc.), cylindrical pod shape (304 acc.), green and purple pod colour (293 acc.), mid early maturing (30 acc.), medium maturity (119 acc.), very large seed (19 acc.), plain seed colour pattern (283 acc.), medium seed eye width (40 acc.), orange base seed colour (96acc.), globular seed shape (38acc.) and very low biotic stress susceptibility (300 acc.), such germplasm with resistance or tolerance to biotic stress can be an asset to plant breeder in developing resistant cultivar.\r\nThe wide range of variation was observed for early plant vigour (Good to Very good), plant growth habit (Erect & compact to semi spreading), plant habit (Indeterminate), plant height (199-226 cm), days to ﬂowering (125-168 days), base flower colour (Yellow to orange yellow), primary branches (7.0-10.0), days to maturity (175-218 days), stem colour (Green), leaf pubescence (Glabrous), streak pattern (Sparse streak to uniform coverage of second colour), pod pubescence (Glabrous), pod shape (Cylindrical), pod colour (Green to green & purple), pod size (Short to long), 100 seed weight (9.0-14.0g), seed colour pattern (Plain to Speckled), seed eye width (Narrow), base seed colour (White to dark purple), seed shape (Oval to elongate), pods per plant (84-178), pod length (4.0-6.0 cm) and seeds per pod (4.0-5.0) showed wider ranges. The preliminary characterization and descriptive statistics revealed that seed yield, plant height, 100 seed weight, pod length, days to 50% ﬂowering and seeds per pod were the most variable characters. Earlier reports by Kimaro et al. (2021); Ramesh (2017); Sahu et al. (2018); Rupika and Kannan (2014); Upadhyaya et al. (2007); Upadhyaya et al. (2005) have also exhibited the presence of variation for different characters in pigeonpea germplasm accessions.\r\nMean data revealed that some of the accessions showed outstanding performance for different agro-morphological traits viz., plant height IC525757 (162.0 cm) and IC527696 (255.0 cm), primary branches per plant IC261341 (5.2) and IC468389 (13), pods per plant IC525303 (31.4) and IC298609 (225), pod length IC498473 (2.92 cm) and IC525757 (6.54 cm), seeds per pod IC468472 (3.2) and bold seed IC343916. These accessions with potential for different agro-morphological traits may be utilized in crop improvement program through hybridization and selection for developing superior genotypes for yield as well as for biotic and abiotic resistance.\r\n', 'Patel P.R., Padhiyar B.M., Sharma Manish, Padmavati G. Gore And Patel M.P. (2022). Agro-Morphological Characterization of Pigeonpea (Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp.) germplasm. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 598-602.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5216, '134', 'Biology of Pod Borer, Helicoverpa armigera (Hubner) on Chickpea Leaves and pods under Laboratory conditions', 'Pawan Kumar*, D.N. Mishra, D.V. Singh, Sushant Kumar, Ravi Shanker and Aditya Patel', '100 Biology of Pod Borer, Helicoverpa armigera _Hubner_ on Chickpea Leaves and pods under Laboratory Conditions Pawan Kumar.pdf', '', 1, 'The biology of gram pod borer Helicoverpa armigera (Hubner) was studied in the biological control laboratory of SVPUA&T, Meerut on chickpea leaves and pods as a food source. The observation on biology of pod borer recorded the average pre-oviposition, oviposition and post oviposition on chickpea leaves and pods lasted 2.60 ± 0.08, 5.00 ± 0.15 and 1.40 ± 0.04, respectively. The pod borer female lays on an average 409.20 ± 12.28 eggs. The incubation periods of eggs were ranges 3.60 ± 0.11 days. The average time duration of first, second, third, fourth, fifth and sixth instars varied 2.60 ± 0.08, 3.40 ± 0.10, 4.40 ± 0.13, 3.80 ± 0.11, 4.40 ± 0.13 and 5.40 ± 0.16 days, respectively. The average pre-pupal and pupal duration ranged 1.80 ± 0.05 and 13.60 ± 0.41 days, respectively. The average male and female adult period ranged 10.40 ± 0.31 and 12.40 ± 0.37 days, respectively. The average length and breadth of eggs ranged 0.47 ± 0.01 and 0.50 ± 0.02 mm, respectively. The average length of first, second, third, fourth, fifth and sixth instars was ranged 1.53 ± 0.05, 3.42 ± 0.10, 10.04 ± 0.30, 22.13 ± 0.66, 30.82 ± 0.92 and 40.95 ± 1.23 mm, respectively. The average breadth of first, second, third, fourth, fifth and sixth instars was ranged 0.50 ± 0.02, 0.72 ± 0.02, 2.76 ± 0.08, 3.23 ± 0.10, 5.04 ± 0.15 and 6.04 ± 0.18 mm, respectively. The mean length and breadth of pre-pupa was ranged 24.75 ± 0.74 mm and 6.25 ± 0.19mm, respectively. The average male and female length ranged 21.86 ± 0.66, 22.50 ± 0.67 mm and breadth ranged 7.06 ± 0.21, 7.37 ± 0.22 mm, respectively. The average length of adult male and female ranged 19.34 ± 0.58, 22.66 ± 0.68 mm and breadth was ranged 35.62 ± 1.07, 40.00 ± 1.20 mm, respectively.', 'Biology, instars, duration, length and breadth and pod borer', 'The identification of the pest and its treatment are aided by observations of lifecycle factors. The findings of these investigations could be useful in estimating the field population of H. armigera. The current study of H. armigera biological features provides extensive information on development, survival, and reproduction/fecundity, which is a necessary first step in implementing any control measures. This allows us to identify the venerable stages of H. armigera as well as build chemical, biological, and integrated chickpea control methods.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nChickpea (Cicer arietinum L.) is an important pulse crop of India and also known as king of pulses. Chickpea belongs to Fabaceae family. It is native to India, Afghanistan and Ethopia. It is also called as Ceci bean, Bengal gram, Garbanzo bean, Chana and Sanagalu bean. Pulses are the main source of protein among the food crops grown in India. India is the largest producer and consumer of pulses and is considered as “poor man’s meat” because they are the cheapest source of protein, which constitutes about 27 per cent of Indian diet. It is most important pulse crop of the world, cultivated in an area of 13.84 million hectares with a production of 13.65 million tonnes. In India chickpea, is grown in an area of 9.85 million hectares with production of 11.99 million tonnes. In India, Rajasthan is the largest chickpea growing state with an area of 2.46 million hectares with production of 2.66 million tonnes followed by Maharashtra and Madhya Pradesh. Uttar Pradesh is the 4th largest producer with an area of 0.62 million hectares with production of 0.85 million tonnes (Anonymous, 2021).\r\nChickpea pods in raw form are consumed as both whole fried or boiled and salted. It is made into split pulse (Chana dal) which is cooked and eaten and as flour (Besan) out of which a variety of dishes like snacks and sweets are made. Fresh green leaves and grains are used as vegetables (Chhole). It is being used increasingly as a substitute for animal protein. The straw of chickpea is an excellent source of fodder for cattle besides both husk and bits of the \'Dal\' serve as valuable cattle feed. Chickpea seed contains 18.22 per cent protein, 16-62 per cent total carbohydrate, 47 per cent starch, 5 per cent fat, 6 per cent crud fibre, 6 per cent soluble sugar and 3 per cent ash (Jukanti et al., 2012). Although pulses have been consumed for thousands of years for their nutritional qualities (Kerem et al., 2007). Besides being rich in protein, its ability to enrich the soil fertility by fixing large quantities of atmospheric nitrogen with the help of symbiotic bacteria mainly Rhizobium species is economically sounder and environmentally acceptable which are capable of fixing 40 kg nitrogen per hectare and reduce the requirement of other synthetic chemical fertilizer. The adult moths of Gram pod borer, Helicoverpa armigera are typically dull light brown in color with a wing expanse of 30-45 mm. Fore wings of the moth are with a series of irregular, a pale band near the margin. Hind wings are pale with a dark broad outer margin with a pale patch in it. Lifecycle of H. armigera take 4-6 weeks from egg to adult in summer and 8-12 weeks in spring or autumn. The Helicoverpa armigera lifecycle stages are egg, larva, pupa and adult. The female moths lay eggs on tender parts of the plant, a single moth can lay up to 500-890 eggs. The freshly laid eggs of H. armigera are yellowish-white in colour. The apical area of egg is smooth and the rest of the surface sculptured in the form of longitudinal ribs. Larva of H. armigera had six distinct instars in chickpea (Ali et al., 2009).\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nRearing of Helicoverpa armigera was managed in Biological Control Laboratory, Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel University of Agriculture and Technology, Meerut.\r\nRearing of H. Armigera. Pod borer larvae were gathered in great numbers from the chickpea crop in order to research the biology of the H. armigera. To prevent cannibalism, each larva was raised separately in a plastic jar at ambient temperature. The larvae were given fresh chickpea leaves or pods to eat. Muslin fabric served as the cover for each plastic container. The plastic jar\'s third section was filled with moist sand, which creates the ideal environment for pupation. In the plastic jar, the mature larvae pupated. In order to capture the eggs, the newly emerging moths were released in pairs. A piece of muslin cloth secured with a rubber band kept the top of the jar closed. For egg laying, fresh chickpea leaves or pods were employed. Adults were given nourishment in the form of a 10% honey solution that was applied to cotton swabs. The female moths placed their eggs on muslin fabric, foliage, or seed pods. Using a wet camel comb, these eggs were gently retrieved.\r\nFecundity: Each mated female moth was housed in a plastic jar to evaluate the fecundity. To encourage egg laying, chickpea leaves or pods were placed in each jar. Fresh leaves or pods were added daily to replace the old ones containing the eggs. Every day, the eggs on each leaf or pod were counted. This practice was carried out till the female passed away. Eggs were occasionally placed on the muslin fabric and the jar\'s walls. In such circumstances, these will be directly numbered without being taken off of these surfaces.\r\nDuration of larval instars: Larvae between 0 and 24 hours old were used to calculate the length of the six larval instars. Individual larvae were raised in plastic jars. The muslin cloth served to keep each jar closed. Every day, fresh leaves or pods from the field were brought in to replenish the food in each jar. By using an ocular micrometre, daily observations were made of things like length, breadth, the length of the larval instar, and moulting. The last instar\'s exuviae were visible to the naked eye. As a result, the length and width of various larval instars were noted.\r\nPre-pupal and pupal duration: Pre-pupal and pupal durations, which measure the intervals between the last larval skin being shed and the end of eating, were calculated. We collected the freshly emerged larvae for investigation.\r\nAdult. When the moths emerged, their size and colour were evaluated. The difference between male and female moths was based on whether the female had a tuft of hairs at the end of its abdomen while the male did not. To examine the pre-oviposition, oviposition, and post-oviposition periods as well as adult longevity and fecundity, five male and female moths of the same age group were paired independently in an oviposition cage. With the use of an ocular micrometre, their length and width with spread wings were also measured. \r\nPre-oviposition, oviposition, post-oviposition period and fecundity. The pre-oviposition period was calculated from the day the female became an adult to the day the egg-laying process started. Similar to this, the time from the beginning of egg laying to the end of egg laying was referred to as the oviposition period, and the time from the end of egg laying to the death of the female was referred to as the post-oviposition period.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe biology of gram pod borer Helicoverpa armigera (Hubner) was studied in the biological control laboratory on chickpea leaves and pods as a food source from January to February during Rabi, 2021. The biology studied of Helicoverpa armigera were carried out with five sets of plastic jar 1/3 filled with soil. The average maximum and minimum temperature during the study period was 23.46 ± 0.70°C and 8.76 ± 0.26°C, morning and evening relative humidity was 86.76 ± 2.60 and 54.4 ± 1.63 percent, respectively. The obtained results are obtained as follows.\r\nEgg. Before hatching, the freshly placed eggs of H. armigera were sculptured yellowish-white and shimmering at first. The eggs\' incubation time was 3.60 ± 0.11 days, and their sizes ranged from 0.47 ± 0.01 mm in length to 0.50 ± 0.02 mm in breadth (Tables 1 and 2). Infertile eggs were those that did not hatch after four to five days and were discarded. After 3 – 4 days, the infertile eggs went from being yellow to being more yellow and shrivelled. The findings made it clear that the incubation time was between three and four days.\r\nLarvae. The newly hatched larvae of H. armigera were raised on chickpea leaves and pods in order to evaluate the size, shape, colour, and duration of several larval instars. Six larval instars were discovered throughout the current study. The observations regarding the larval instars are shown in Table 1. Larvae underwent five moults throughout that time.\r\nFirst instar. The colour and form of first instar larvae were not significantly different over the Rabi seasons. The newly hatched larva was semi-translucent, yellowish white in colour, and had longitudinal lines that were orange-yellow on its dorsal side. First instar larvae were found to have an average body size of 1.53 ± 0.05 mm and 0.50 ± 0.02 mm, respectively (Table 1).\r\nThe information in Table 2 showed that during the Rabi season, the initial instar\'s development lasted between two and four days, with a mean time of 2.60 ± 0.08 days.\r\nSecond instar. The second instar larvae were seen to grow in size, change colour to a brownish yellow, have black thoracic legs, and had very fine hairy structures on their body surfaces. According to the findings (Table 1), second instar larvae had average body length and breadth measurements of 3.42 ± 0.10 and 0.72 ± 0.02 mm, respectively.\r\nLarvae in their second instar developed on average for 3.40 days with a standard deviation of 0.10 days (Table 2).\r\nThird instar. Larvae in their second instar moulted into their third instar, which is longer than the first instar and has longitudinal lines on its body and a brownish head. The outcomes followed a similar pattern, and during the study period, average body length and breadth of 10.04 ± 0.30 and 2.76 ± 0.08 mm, respectively, were noted (Table 1).\r\nThe third instar larvae had a mean developmental time of 4.40 ± 0.13 days, according to Table 2\'s data.\r\nFourth instar. The fourth instar larvae showed no discernible alteration. The larvae showed, however, differ in terms of colour and the amount of longitudinal stripes. Larvae in their fourth instar were measured, and their average body length and breadth were 22.13 ± 0.66 and 3.23 ± 0.10 mm, respectively (Table 1).\r\nThe fourth instar\'s developmental stage lasted between three and five days. A fourth instar larval phase of 3.80 ± 0.11 days on average was noted.\r\nFifth instar. The fifth instar larva\'s colour and form were described as being light brown with continuous dorsal stripes and brown lateral stripes. The head was a rusty brown colour. The average body length and breadth of fifth instar larvae were 30.82 ± 0.92 and 5.04 ± 0.15 mm, respectively, according to the results shown in Table 1. \r\nThe information in Table 2 showed that it typically took 4-5 days for fifth instar larvae to mature into sixth instar larvae.\r\nSixth instar. Larvae in the sixth instar had small hairs scattered here and there on their pale green and greenish yellow bodies. The thoracic and anal shields, as well as the thoracic legs, were all brown in colour, yet the larvae\'s reddish brown head was visible. The sixth instar larva has a convex dorsal form but a flattened ventral shape. Larvae in their sixth instar were measured and found to have an average size of 40.95 ± 1.23 mm and 6.04 ± 0.18 mm (Table 1). The information in Table 2 makes it evident that larval development followed a similar pattern, with the minimum developmental duration of the sixth instar being reported as 5–6 days and the average developmental period being 5.40 ±0.16 days.\r\nPre-pupa. After being fully nourished, the sixth instar larvae stopped feeding, stopped moving, changed colour, crumpled, and slenderized their bodies. Before the pupa formed, the colour later became darker. Pre-pupae had an average length and breadth of 24.75 ± 0.74 and 6.25 ± 0.19 mm, respectively (Table 1).\r\nThe information in Table 2 showed that H. armigera pre-pupal period ranged from one to three days. The average number of days in the pre-pupal phase was 1.80 ± 0.05, it was found.\r\nPupa. The pupae were clearly visible to be widely spherical internally but tapering posteriorly. Within 24 hours, the freshly formed yellowish green pupa turned light brown and then darkened even more before the moth emerged. The information in Table 1 demonstrated that there were differences in the measurements of male and female pupae. Female pupae measured 22.50 ± 0.67 mm in length and 7.37 ± 0.22 mm in width. Similar to female pupae, male pupae measured 21.86 ± 0.66 mm in length and 7.06 ± 0.21 mm in width (Table 1).\r\nAccording to results on pupal period (Table 2), the pupal period spans from 12 to 16 days. 13.60 ± 0.41 days on average were needed to emerge as adults.\r\nAdult. The forewings of the medium-sized adults were yellowish brown with rows of dots along the edge. Each forewing\'s underside bore a black mark in the shape of a kidney. The apical portion of each of the light-colored hind wings had a black colour patch. Male and female morphologically resembled one other quite closely, with the exception of the female\'s tuft of hairs on the tip of the abdomen. In terms of body length and breadth, it was found that females were larger than males. But the average body length and breadth of male and female moths were measured to be 19.34 ± 0.58 mm and 35.62 ± 1.07 mm and 22.26 ± 0.68 mm and 40.00 ± 1.20 mm (Table 1), respectively. The average time period for male and female was recorded as 10.40 ± 0.31 and 12.40 ± 0.37 days, respectively. The adult period of male and female ranged from 10–11 days in male and 12–13 days in female (Table 2).\r\nPre-Oviposition. According to the information in Table 3, the female had a pre-oviposition period of two to four days. The average pre-oviposition period, however, was noted to be 2.60 ± 0.08 days.\r\nOviposition. Table 3 clearly shows that females oviposited for 4–6 days. However, it was noted that the mean oviposition period was 5.00 ± 0.15 days.\r\n Post-Oviposition. After finishing egg laying, female moths were found to live for one to two days. The average post-oviposition period was 1.40 ± 0.04 days (Table 3).\r\nFecundity. Table 3 makes obvious that there were significant variations in the amount of eggs laid by females raised throughout the seasons. The average fecundity was 409.20 ± 12.28 eggs.\r\nThe present result is in agreement with the finding of Dahegaonkar and Mohite (2014). The present finding is almost similar to the finding by Raberi et al. (2017) because the measurement of the immature stages are generally same, the average egg length and breadth was recorded 0.51 ± 0.02 mm. The length and breadth of larval instar, pre-pupa, pupa and adult are generally more or less same. The finding are in accordance with Herald and Tayde (2018) they reported that the fecundity of female moth ranges 405-420 eggs with the average fecundity 412.00 ± 5.24. The finding is according to Sharma et al. (2019) reported that the egg, larval and pupal duration are almost similar. The duration of larval instar and total larval period ranges 20-26 with an average mean of 23.20 ± 1.73.\r\nDifferent stages of pod borer\r\n', 'Pawan Kumar, D.N. Mishra, D.V. Singh, Sushant Kumar, Ravi Shanker and Aditya Patel (2022). Biology of Pod Borer, Helicoverpa armigera (Hubner) on Chickpea Leaves and pods under Laboratory Conditions. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 603-607.'),
(5217, '114', 'An Exploration on Feminization of Agriculture and their Involvement in Agricultural Workforce: Perceptivity Analysis on unseen Partners', 'Pragati Shukla, Sudhanand Prasad Lal* and Bhanita Baruah', '10 An Exploration on Feminization of Agriculture and their Involvement in Agricultural Workforce Perceptivity Analysis on unseen Partners Sudhanand Prasad Lal.pdf', '', 1, 'The present manuscript investigates on empowerment of farm women and their involvement in agricultural workforce, who has long been a part as unseen partners. Women are the pillar of agrarian sector in India. Feminization is the increase in the farm related activities carried out by women, but is increment in feminization of agriculture reason for women empowerment? Feminization and empowerment are not positively correlated to each other, especially in the case of paid employment. There are lots of schemes for women farmers offered by the Department of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare (DA & FW), Ministry of Agriculture & Farmers Welfare that encourage 30% expenditure on women with the help of State and other implementing agencies. But, alarmingly Gender Pay Gap in terms of gross median wage per hour of Rs. 30.3 (22.35%) was found at pan-India level. In furtherance, Agriculture women’s workers as share of all workers (%) were analyzed and it was found that top 10 states where women involvement in farm related activities was least were Haryana (13.23%, ranked 1st from the bottom), Assam, Tripura, Dadar & Nagar Haveli, J&K, Uttar Pradesh, Gujarat, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka and Bihar (20.82%, ranked 10th from the bottom). Thus, the research suggests that after doing the perceptivity analysis men and women (particularly men) in these 10 lagging states should be sensitized in order to boost the women participation in agricultural workforce. ', 'Economic survey, Feminization, Empowerment, Perceptivity Analysis, Women Farmers', 'Migration of male workforce is the main cause of feminization. Though we cannot say it is feminization of agriculture because empowerment and feminization are not positively correlated because women\'s workforce is always underpaid. For the improvement of farm women’s situation on agricultural activities government are now emphasis on gender budgeting and also developing new technologies for women which will be suitable for farm women. In the New India, rural women are key stakeholders in the agricultural sector. In order to improve agriculture productivity and build an empowered nation, rural farm women (unseen partners) should be acknowledged and mainstreamed by ensuring access to resources, education, health facilities, ownership rights, and skill development.', 'I. INTRODUCTION\r\nResearchers across the globe recognize that agriculture is gendered in developing countries. It is widely recognized that agriculture\'s increasing reliance on women\'s labour might be referred to as \"feminization of agriculture\". However, there are other ways to understand the term, and scholars express concern about its meaning. Feminization of agriculture, in other words, women have capacity to do household chores with farm related activities because of the multitude of activities they undertake in their traditional and gendered roles [9, 34]. Feminism in agriculture can mean many things. The increase in female share can be attributed to either a higher female rate of activity or a decrease in the participation rate of men in agriculture or self-employment or as waged agricultural workers. Farmer suicides, declining land-holdings, food price inflation, relative increase in farm incomes, and inflation of production cost are some of the issues facing Indian farming etc [7, 8, 16, 22, 28]. As a result of these agricultural crises, rural men had to seek other livelihood opportunities, causing them to migrate to urban areas in search of jobs, leaving women to do agricultural work [2, 36]. Consequently, rural women are becoming more involved in agriculture, and this has made us curious about how women are balancing agricultural and household activities and how women enjoy the autonomy in their households and communities is affected by their participation [31]. It has been proven that feminization changes property relations, including the increase in female ownership. Further, it is manifested that feminization offers women the ability to control their own work, and to take up leadership roles, as well as enhancing their awareness of their activities, needs, and aspirations [1, 6, 18]. Bridging the gender gap and empowering women with updated technology and knowledge is a difficult challenge, particularly in light of socioeconomic and climate change conditions [26]. Farm women faced a variety of problems, including distributing fertilizers and having inadequate capital [35]. \r\nIn spite of this, we cannot say that feminization and empowerment are positively correlated to each other, especially in the case of paid employment [14]. Currently, the growing number of women employed has small and menial amounts of pay, which does not entitle them to all rights to empowerment. Despite having land in their names, women might not actually have control over that land, men decide on cropping patterns, the sale of land and the mortgage, or the purchase of equipment and instruments of production. In our society, land inequality is one of the most crucial areas of inequality for rural women due to unequal access to opportunities like credit, skills, and other inputs. This goes a long way towards greater socio-economic inequality for rural women in India. Only a small part of the wage gap can be explained by differences in characteristics and endowments. In general, the geographic variation in wages is essentially unexplained, since it is dominated by the unexplained component. Rural societies in Asia are characterized by unequal distribution of unpaid care (e.g., looking after children, the sick, and the elderly) and reproduction (e.g., cooking, cleaning, fetching water, collecting fuel) work [10, 11, 19] due to patriarchal gender norms. Unpaid work associated with household and care activities are performed by women 2.5 times more frequently than by men. The gender gap is much greater in Asia. Several Asian countries have statistics showing that women spend as much as 10 times as much time on household chores as men do (e.g., Pakistan, India and Combodia). The prime reason why women are less likely to participate in paid work than men is reproductive and caring work. \r\nNeed for Feminization of Agriculture Sector. Farm livelihoods are headed by females in about 20 per cent of cases due to widowhood, desertion or male emigration.\r\n— The majority of women-headed households cannot access extension services, farmers’ assistance institutions, and other production assets like seeds, water, credits, subsidies, etc. female farm workers generally earn less than their male counterparts.\r\nAgencies promoting the Women Farmers. There are lots of schemes for women farmers of the Department of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare (DA & FW), Ministry of Agriculuture & Farmers Welfare [23] that encourages 30% expenditure on women with the help of State and other implementing agencies. These schemes are helpful for promoting awareness on mass media, extension programmes for extension reforms and mechanization. A scheme “Mahila Kisan Sahaktikaran Pariyojana (MKSP)” as a sub scheme of Deen Dayal Antrodaay Yojana- National Rural Livelihood Mission (NRLM) initiated from The Department of Rural Development. Main aim of this scheme is to increase the participation and productivity of farm women by providing additional support over and above the male farmers.\r\nIn India, various research done on farm women found that there is a greater involvement of women in different agricultural operations. They estimated that policy action could increase the involvement of women to as high as 70% in actual farm work. Furthermore, they find that land ownership, age and family income have a major impact on women’s involvement in agriculture [5]. Women’s involvement in agrarian sector is very important. Conventionally, they prepared food for her family. Women bear a heavier workload in food processing, but earn lower returns for their work due to gender discrimination. Women’s multiple roles contribute to a major contribution to the efficient structure in real terms. But it is unfortunate that her position in the male dominated culture is not adequately recognized and her contribution is not properly trained. In dairy farming, the maximum role and participation of rural women is granted. The study showed that women\'s involvement in the treatment of pregnant animals was the highest (91.66 percent). The research also found that 90% of women were actively involved in the process of milking the animals [29]. Shukla et al., (2022) [33] reviewed rural Women and ICT Use in Uganda and pointed out that community participation increased due to the intervention.\r\nThe majority of the rural population relies entirely on farming, which is considered as a career that is strongly male dominated. The \'unseen partners\' in agriculture in Punjab have long been women. Their position was limited to daughters or farmwives. With changing times, however, women are getting out of traditional roles and freely taking ownership of the state\'s farmland. Women are now operating farms in the state that welcomed the Green Revolution during the 1960s, determining crop patterns, finding marketing avenues and setting new and creative strategies in the food technology industry. A List of awards bagged by women is an indicator of the changing agricultural situation in the state. They are no longer only known as farmers’ wives or daughters and they no longer limit themselves to tiny field work. More and more women are boldly operating farm operations in Punjab today to receive rich returns. Women from rural communities are now making their presence known in different jobs and occupations with the expansion of education and knowledge, and consequently contributing to the economic wellbeing of their families. But with respect to the conventional and most popular occupation of rural Punjab citizens, i.e. Agriculture is concerned and continues to dent its position. In general, women from farming families are not viewed as contributing to agriculture. Even if they are employees, they\'re never regarded as earners. In the case of housewives, this applies even more [30].\r\nIncome and household expenses and possessions show elements of income instability and provide an additional indicator of inequality [21]. Women have shown on different occasions that they can step up farm machineries but contribution is less recognized [32]. Despite of greater agricultural economics patterns role of women in farming and raising animals do not differ substantially. Though role of women in farm related activities was high but their involvement in decision making are not substantial [27]. Around 52% workers were involved in agriculture and allied sectors. Agricultural workers were rural groups such as small, marginal farmers, sharecroppers, the unemployed and the landless. They receive very less wages, wage disparities between men and women, a non-standard and nonfunctioning working day and a lack of dignity [13]. The Economic Survey 2017-18 cites a study by the OECD revealed that the share of women work participation had decreased gradually over year, from 36 per cent to 24 per cent in a decade, indicating a decrease of 33.3 percent in Female Labour Force Participation (FLFP) in 10 years [15, 24]. Female workers are also the most insecure of the workforce, as the Survey Report states, as they are employed in the least stable, informal, unskilled occupations, involved in low productivity and low-paying jobs. \r\nAs evident in the Table 1 one can observe that gender gap had been changed from 26.1 per cent to 27.8 per cent from 2001 to 2011. While, gross median wage per hour in INR for ‘Agriculture, forestry and fishing’ occupation for men and women was Rs. 135.6 and Rs. 105.3 respectively thus denoting Gender Pay Gap of Rs. 30.3 (22.35%) [37] where, n=78 denotes the sample size for Gender Pay Gap (GPG) having 62 Males & 16 females (Table 1).\r\nAs evident from Table 2 the involvement of women in various farm-related activities varies from one region to another region. Top 5 states where women involvement in farm related activities was very least were Haryana (13.23 per cent), Assam (14 per cent), Tripura (14.05 per cent), Jammu & Kasmir (14.17 per cent) and Uttar Pradesh (14.70 per cent).\r\nIt was also the part of the investigation that what was Agriculture women’s workers as share of all workers (%) so it was analyzed and it was found that top 10 states where women involvement in farm related activities was least were Haryana (13.23%, ranked 1st from the bottom), Assam, Tripura, Dadar & Nagar Haveli, J&K, Uttar Pradesh, Gujarat, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka and Bihar (20.82%, ranked 10th from the bottom) (Fig. 1). \r\n', '-'),
(5218, '136', 'Diversity of Praying Mantis in Gardenland Ecosystems of Coimbatore\r\n', 'Ragasruthi M., R. Arulprakash*, N. Chitra and K. Sivasubramanian', '5 Diversity of Praying Mantis in Gardenland Ecosystems of Coimbatore Ragasruthi M.pdf', '', 1, 'Study on mantid diversity in gardenland crop ecosystems of Coimbatore district, Tamil Nadu revealed the occurrence of 16 species belonging to 13 genera under 7 families. Among the families, Gonypetidae was represented by four species; Eremiaphilidae, Hymenopodidae and Mantidae represented by three species each and Amophoscelidae, Toxoderidae and Empusidae by one species each. Euantissa pulchra was abundant and observed in many crop ecosystems of gardenland followed by Humbertiella similis, Humbertiella nigrospinosa and Elmantis tricomaliae. Coconut ecosystem harboured maximum number of individuals as well as mantid species followed by forage crops. Elmantis tricomaliae was recorded in maximum numbers of locations followed by Humbertiella nigrospinosa. Higher and lower species richness and diversity was observed in Periyanayakkanpalayam and Anaimalai blocks respectively. ', 'Praying mantis, species richness, diversity, gardenland ecosystem, Coimbatore', 'This study has provided fundamental information on the diversity of mantid fauna in the gardenland crop ecosystem of Coimbatore district, Tamil Nadu. A total of sixteen species of mantids were recorded in the study. Euantissa pulchra, Humbertiella similis, Humbertiella nigrospinosa and Elmantis tricomaliae were abundant. Mantid species richness and diversity were higher in Periyanayakkanpalayam block yielding more than thirty percent of the total specimen count. Six months study revealed the occurrence of 16 mantid species, intensive study could exhibit the presence of more number of species, even occurrence of new species. Further, this is the first report on the mantid diversity from Coimbatore district of Tamil Nadu. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPraying mantis are attractive, cryptic and solitary insects occur in tropical and subtropical climatic conditions (Schultz, 2018). Both nymphs and adult are ambush predators in terrestrial ecosystem and play a vital role in natural control of insect pests (Svenson and Whiting 2004). Mantids snatch the prey using its raptorial forelegs, adults devour larger insects like grasshoppers, beetles, crickets while nymphs predate on aphids, leafhoppers, caterpillars and other soft bodied insects (Loxton and Nicholl 1979). They also serve as bio-indicators of environmental loss (Battiston et al., 2020). Globally over 2300 species of mantids under 436 genera and 15 families were reported (Schwarz and Roy 2019). In India, the number of mantid species reported are 184 under 73 genera and 11 families which includes 44 species belonging to 36 genera and 9 families from Tamil Nadu (Ghate et al., 2019). Reports in Tamil Nadu includes those of Chandra and Sharma (2009); Vyjayandi et al. (2010); Srikumar et al. (2018); Meeran et al. (2021).\r\nConsidering their importance as predators in cultivated ecosystem, the present work was conducted to inventorize the diversity of mantids in gardenland crop ecosystems of Coimbatore.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nExploratory surveys were made from November 2021 to April 2022 to study the diversity of praying mantis in garden land ecosystem of Coimbatore district (Table 1). Sampling of mantids was done by visual inspection (Brannoch et al., 2017). The morphological characters were observed using Leica S8APO stereo microscope; photographed with Leica M205C microscope and Nikon D3100 DSLR camera. Species identification was done by following the keys of Mukherjee et al. (1995); Vyjayandi (2007). \r\nRelative abundance of sampled data was computed by the following Yu and Yoo (2015). Biodiversity indices viz., Margalef species richness index (α) (Margalef, 1958), Simpson\'s diversity index (D) (Simpson, 1949), Peilou\'s evenness index (J\') (Pielou, 1966) and Berger-Parker Dominance index (May, 1975) were computed using online freeware biodiversity calculator to reveal the species richness, diversity, evenness and dominance of mantid species in different blocks of Coimbatore district. \r\n \r\n\r\n\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA total of 227 mantids were collected during the exploratory survey conducted for a period of six months from 10 blocks of Coimbatore district. Morphological characterization revealed the occurrence of 16 species of mantids belonging to 13 genera under 7 families. Among the families, Gonypetidae was dominant and represented by four species followed by Eremiaphilidae, Hymenopodidae, Mantidae (three species each), Amophoscelidae, Toxoderidae and Empusidae (One species each). Among the species, Euantis sapulchra Fabricius (Family: Hymenopodidae) (21.1 %) was abundant followed by Humbertiella similis Giglio-Tos (19.8 %), Humbertiella nigrospinosa Sjostedt (17.6 %) and Elmantis tricomaliae Saussure (13.2 %) (Family: Gonypetidae). Above results are in accordance with the findings of Hiral et al. (2018); Dwari & Amal (2018); Patel et al. (2018). They reported the dominance of Mantidae and Hymenopodidae in terrestrial ecosystems. Srikumar et al. (2018) reported occurrence of eight species of mantis from the tea plantations of Tamil Nadu. However, in the present study no mantid species was observed in the tea plantations of Anaimalai block of Coimbatore district. This may be because of the use of pesticides or alterations in the climatic conditions (Battiston and Fontana 2010).\r\nThe mantid species, Euantissa pulchra was noticed in crops like paddy, sorghum, pulses, cotton, sugarcane, coconut, banana, citrus, curry leaf and ornamental plants. Whereas, some species were observed only in specific crop ecosystems like Cheddikulama straminea in ornamental plants; Didymocorypha lanceolata, Schizocephala bicornis and Parathespis humbertiana in forage crops; Humbertiella indica in mango and Gongylus gongylodes in medicinal plants. According to Soomro et al. (2013), Humbertiella indica resemble bark and prefers to colonize trees. Similarly, Schizocephala bicornis mimics like stick and prefers grassland ecosystem (Mukherjee et al., 1995). From the above observations it is evident that a particular species inhabits specific microhabitat because of its camouflage ability to protect itself from their enemies. \r\nAmong the garden land crops surveyed, maximum number of species was recorded in coconut (6 species) followed by forage crops (4), sorghum (3), cotton (3), sugarcane (3), mango (3), banana (3), ornamental plants (3) and teak (3). In crops like maize, cocoa, arecanut, papaya, jack, amla, curry leaf, jasmine and medicinal plants occurrence of only one species was observed. Abundance of mantids was higher in coconut ecosystem (57 Nos.) followed by mango, cotton (21 each), ornamentals (17) and teak (16) which reveals that majority of praying mantis prefer unaltered ecosystems viz., trees, ornamental plants and organic field conditions.\r\nElmantis tricomaliae was observed in nine out of 10 locations surveyed followed by Humbertiella nigrospinosa, Humbertiella similis (8 locations) and Euantissa pulchra (5). Maximum number of mantid species was recorded in Perianayakkanpalayam (PPM) (13 species) (Margalef Index (MI) = 2.77) followed by Thondamuthur (TDM) (7 species) (MI = 1.91), Annur (ANR) (MI = 1.2) and Kinathukadavu (KKD) (MI = 1.2) (5 species in each location). In Anaimalai (ANA), only two species of mantids were recorded. Simpson\'s diversity index varies from 0 to 1. Increase in the value of index indicates decrease in diversity and vice-versa of species. Simpson\'s index indicated higher mantid diversity in PPM (0.154) and TDM (0.13) and lower in ANA (0.43). According to Berger-Parker index of dominance, Humbertiella similis was dominant in ANA, KRA, MDU, POL; Humbertiella nigrospinosa dominant in ANR, KKD; Euantissa pulchra in PPM, TDM and Elmantis tricomaliae in PRU. Peilou\'s evenness index showed higher species evenness in Anamalai (0.99) and lower in Madukkaraiblock (0.82).\r\n \r\n', 'Ragasruthi M., R. Arulprakash, N. Chitra and K. Sivasubramanian (2022). Diversity of Praying Mantis in Gardenland Ecosystems of Coimbatore. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 26-31.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5219, '136', 'Evaluation of Biotic Inducers on Sesame Growth and Defense Enzyme Activity', 'M. Kowsalya, D. Durgadevi, R. Kavitha, L. Karthiba, S. Varanavasiappan, L. Rajendran* and G. Karthikeyan', '6 Evaluation of Biotic Inducers on Sesame Growth and Defense Enzyme Activity M. Kowsalya.pdf', '', 1, 'This study aimed to evaluate the efficacy of biotic inducers for assessing growth promotion in sesame, as well as chlorophyll, biochemical changes (phenol) and antioxidant enzyme activity. The experiments were developed with the biotic inducers Salicylic acid (SA) (50ppm, 100ppm, 150ppm), Methyl jasmonate (MeJA) (50ppm, 100ppm, 150ppm) and Beta amino butyric acid (BABA) (50ppm, 100ppm, 150ppm) as well as with the PGPR Bacillus subtilis and Methyl dematon 25EC as insecticidal control. Leaf samples were collected 30th day after the treatments to determine antioxidant assays. Concerning biotic inducers, primed sesame seedling of SA 50ppm showed maximum germination percentage (86%), and SA 150ppm promotes maximum shoot length (87.63cm/plant) and maximum number of capsules (54 capsules /plant) were observed in the primed seedlings of MeJA 150ppm. The defense enzyme activity was found to be higher in SA 50ppm primed seedlings followed by SA 100ppm. These results showed that SA pre-seed treatment and exogenous application at 30th, 45th & 60th DAS resulted in higher biomass production of sesame plants and added significant value by increasing defense enzyme activity (PO, PPO, PAL and SOD).', 'Sesame, Salicylic acid, Jasmonic acid, Beta amino butyric acid', 'Based on the above results, it could be concluded that the application of biotic inducers could be a useful technique to enhance the growth promotion of sesame. As a result, the SA 50ppm treatment had a more effect on growth attributes and activating defense enzymes. On the other hand, maximum number of capsules were observed in MeJA 150ppm primed sesame seedlings when compared to other treatments and control. Thus, this study represents the SA 50ppm is comparably best among the treatments to increase plant growth and activation of defense enzymes.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSesame (Sesamum indicum L.) is an ancient oil seed crop which is originated from Africa and grown in many parts of the world. Because of the superior qualities of the seed, oil, and meal, it is referred to as the “Queen of oil seeds”. It also has the highest nutritional energy (6355 kcal/kg) and oil content (46–64%). Despite its economic and nutritional importance and high concentration of lipid-soluble lignans, mainly sesamol, sesamin, and sesamolin, which protect it from oxidative rancidity and lengthens its shelf life, sesame is regarded as a “orphan crop” because science has paid it very little attention (Rizki et al., 2015). Global use of sesame oil is predicted to reach 100 MMT by 2030 (Troncoso-Ponce et al., 2011). However, the exposure of the crops to multiple biotic and abiotic stresses is largely responsible for the current decline in sesame farming. Low yields from a lack of production techniques often place a limit on the amount of sesame that can be grown. \r\nThe plant defense inducers/biotic inducers used for this study are Salicylic acid (SA), Methyl jasmonate (MeJA), Beta amino butyric acid (BABA). Salicylic acid, a naturally occurring phenolic molecule found in many plants, is crucial for the signal transduction pathway and has a role in both local and systemic pathogen resistance (Delaney et al., 1995; Maleck et al., 2000). Nemeth et al. (2002) showed that foliar SA treatments may be responsible for the stimulating effect of plant growth and tomato yield. MeJA are a class of oxylipins that are produced naturally in a variety of higher plants by the lipoxygenase-dependent oxidation of fatty acids (Creelman & Mullet 1997). Under the short soybean season field conditions. Mabood et al. (2006) showed that treatment with MeJA at 50 μM promoted growth, dry matter accumulation, and grain production. According to Jisha et al. (2016), BABA seed-priming promoted seedling growth in rice under both unstressed and stressed conditions. Many reports shows that the plant defense inducers induce resistance against many pathogens/biotic stress by activating some of the defense enzymes like Peroxidase (PO), polyphenol oxidase (PPO), superoxide dismutase (SOD), Phenylalanine ammonia lyase (PAL) etc. But, few reports were attempted in the growth promotion activities using biotic inducers. In this present study, we investigate the growth promotion, yield attributes of sesame plants and the activation of defense enzymes under glasshouse were studied.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS \r\nSource of seed material\r\nThe study was carried out using a sesame seed variety (CO 1). The seed was purchased from the Tamil Nadu Agricultural University (TNAU), Department of Oilseeds, Coimbatore. The seeds were cleaned, dried, and stored in airtight polythene bags with a moisture content of 6%.\r\nSource of biotic inducers\r\nBlotter paper method. To study the growth promotion effect of biotic inducers. Sesame seeds (0.5g) were treated with required concentrations of Salicylic acid, Methyl jasmonate, beta amino butyric acid each at 50ppm, 100ppm, 150ppm respectively and the untreated as control. Further the seeds were subjected to hot water treatment for 55°C for 10min. The treated seeds were blot dried and placed in a petriplates. Incubate the plates at 25± 2°C for 3 days to analyze seed germination.\r\nRoll towel method. Seed germination ability biotic inducers (Salicylic acid, Methyl jasmonate, beta amino butyric acid) were tested using roll paper towel method at different ppm concentrations i.e., 50ppm, 100ppm, 150ppm. Seeds were treated with required concentrations of biotic inducers and the seeds are subjected to hot water treatment and then 25 seeds were placed in germination paper and incubated at 25± 2°C for 10 days. Untreated seeds were used as control. At tenth day, germination percentage, root length, and shoot length, vigour index were measured for each treatment. The vigour index (VI) of sesame seedlings was calculated by using the below mentioned formula described by Agrawal and Agrawal (2013).\r\nVI=Germination% × Mean total length of seedling (root length + shoot length)\r\nStudy of efficacy of biotic inducers under glasshouse condition. Seeds are primed with biotic inducers each at different concentrations (50ppm, 100ppm & 150ppm) for 30 mins. Further, primed seeds were subjected to soaking for 15 minutes which allowing the biotic inducers to absorb into the seeds and then the seeds were air dried (Fig. 1). The experiment were conducted at PL-480 glasshouse, TNAU, Coimbatore. Soaked sesame seeds were planted in pots containing red soil, sand and farm yard manure in the ratio of 2:1:1. The soil was autoclaved for two hours to sterilize it prior to seeding. Three uniform and healthy seedlings were kept in each pot after being thinned five days after germination. The Foliar application of SA (ppm of 50,100,150), MeJA (ppm of 50,100,150), BABA (ppm of 50,100,150), and combined (50ppm of SA+ MeJA+BABA) on 30th, 45th & 60th days after planting. Methyl dematon 25 EC and Bacillus subtilis Bbv 57 were used as treatments as part of farmers\' practice. Respective control was also maintained. The experiment was a completely randomized design (CRD) with 13 treatments with 3 replications. The treatment details are as follows (Table 1).\r\nGrowth parameters assessment under glasshouse condition. After spraying under glasshouse conditions, Plant growth parameters including germination percentage, shoot length, number of branches, no. of capsules, girth and width were measured and calculated.\r\nBiochemical analysis\r\nChlorophyll content. Using a chlorophyll concentration meter, the amount of chlorophyll was determined. The fourth leaf from the top of the plant was chosen to measure chlorophyll. The chlorophyll content (mg/m2) of the leaf was measured by simply placing it between the sensors of the chlorophyll concentration meter (SPAD 502 Plus Chlorophyll meter).\r\nTotal phenol content. The Folin Ciocalteu assay, with minor modifications, was used to gauge the amount of phenolic chemicals present in the plant extracts. In a summary, the extract was diluted to a concentration of 1 mg/ml, and aliquots of 100μl of a standard solution of gallic acid (20, 40, 60, 80, and 100 mg/l) were combined with 500μl of Folin Ciocalteu reagent (previously diluted 10-fold with distilled water), 400μl of Na2 CO3 and 400μl of (7 %). The absorbance at 760 nm was measured using a spectrophotometer against a blank sample following 40 min of incubation at room temperature (23 2°C). Using a calibration curve for gallic acid (R2 = 0.998), the total phenolic content was determined. Gallic acid equivalent per gram of dry weight of extract (mg of GAE/g of extract) was used to express the results. Each sample was examined three times (Abdelhakim et al., 2016).\r\n \r\n\r\nAssay for defense enzymes activities\r\nEnzyme extraction. Extract 1g of fresh plant tissue in 3ml of 0.1 M phosphate buffer pH 7.0 by grinding in a pre-cooled pestle and mortar. Centrifuge the homogenate for 15 minutes at 18,000 rpm at 5°C. Within two to four hours, use the supernatant as an enzyme source. Until the assay is completed, keep on ice.\r\nPeroxidase assay (PO). Peroxidase activity was analyzed as described by (Hammerschmidt et al., 1982). The cuvette was filled with 1.5ml of 0.05 M pyrogallol and 0.1ml of enzyme extract. 1% hydrogen peroxide was added to 0.5 ml to start the reaction. After one second of incubation at room temperature, the change in absorbance was measured at 420 nm every 30 seconds for three minutes. Change in absorbance/min/g of fresh tissue was used to express the results. \r\nPolyphenol oxidase (PPO). Polyphenol oxidase activity was analyzed as described by (Mayer et al., 1966). The reaction mixture consisted of 1.5ml of 0.1 M sodium phosphate buffer pH 6.5 with 0.1ml of enzyme extract. To start the reaction, 0.2ml of 0.01 M catechol was added. The results were expressed as change in absorbance /min/g of fresh tissue and the absorbance change was measured at 495 nm. \r\nPhenylalanine ammonia lyase (PAL). The method outlined by (Ngadze et al., 2012) was used to measure phenylalanine ammonia lyase (PAL). 0.25g of the seedlings from the homogenized tissue were added to 5 ml of buffer containing 50 mM of 2-mercaptoethanol and 5% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone. The homogenate was centrifuged at 13000 rpm for 4 minutes at 4°C after being filtered through four layers of cheesecloth. The sample was incubated at 30°C for an hour after 1 ml of the supernatant was added to a solution containing 2 ml of 0.05M borate buffer (pH 8.8) and 1 ml of 0.02M L phenylalanine. 0.2 ml of 6M trichloroacetic acid was added to the test tube to terminate the reaction. For spectrophotometer readings at 290 nm absorbance, this solution was divided into three sections.\r\nSuper oxide dismutase (SOD). SOD activity was measured as its capacity to prevent the photochemical reduction by NBT using the supernatant as an enzyme source (Giannopolitis and Ries 1977). The assay mixture (3 ml) contains 100 ml of the enzyme extract, 50 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 7.8), 13 mM methionine, 75 mM NBT, 2 mM riboflavin, 0.1 mM EDTA, and the riboflavin was added at the end. Tubes were shaken and placed under a 40-W fluorescent lamp at 25°C. The reaction was initiated and terminated by turning the light on and off respectively. In parallel with the sample tubes for the blank, the absorbance at 560 nm was measured against identical, non-illuminated samples. The percentage inhibition of NBT photo-reduction was calculated by subtracting each extract from the blank, dividing mathematical differences by the blank, and multiplying the result by 100.The SOD activity was expressed in SOD units mg/tissue (50% NBT inhibition=1unit).\r\nStatistical analysis. The results of germination percentage and plant growth and yield parameters of sesame under glasshouse conditions were subjected to analysis of variance (ANOVA) using the SPSS programme, and the treatment means were compared using the Duncan\'s multiple range test (DMRT).\r\n\r\n\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nGrowth promotion assay. Growth promotion study of blotter paper assay (Fig. 2, Table 2) showed that SA 50ppm enhanced the germination percentage of sesame seedlings up to 85%, followed by SA 100ppm (83%), MeJA 150ppm (83%) and BABA 50ppm (82%) when compared to control (68%) and similar report has been accounted that, SA 50ppm enhanced the vigour index of sesame seedlings up to 1405.05, followed by BABA 50ppm (1291.50), MeJA 150ppm (1272.00) and SA 100ppm (1162.40) when compared to control (771.28) through roll towel method (Fig. 3, Table 3). \r\nThe treatment SA 50ppm also recorded high germination percentage (85%) with increase root length (8.58 cm) and shoot length (7.95 cm) and the shoot length of (6.37 cm), root length of (6.07 cm) with low germination percentage (62%) has been recorded in the control. Although salicylic acid is a growth stimulator for plant germination, the dose that is utilized for priming must be restricted, and salicylic acid at large concentrations not only doesn\'t improve germination conditions, but also has negative impacts on them (Salehi et al., 2015).\r\nEffect of biotic inducers on plant growth under glasshouse conditions. The measured growth attributes are shoot length, no. of branches and grith length (Table 4). In this study, Primed & foliar sprayed SA 150ppm seedlings showed maximum Shoot length (87.63 cm/plant), followed by SA 100ppm (83.93 cm/plant), Bacillus subtilis Bbv57 (73.7cm/plant), Methyl dematon 25 EC (66.3 cm/plant) compared with control (64cm/plant) on 90th day after planting (Fig. 4). Similar results showed that, In C. officinalis, exogenous SA (1 and 2 mM) treatment increased shoot, root, and total plant dry weight while promoted early blooming and a high number of floral buds per plant (Bayat et al., 2012). Other treatments were also had significant effect on shoot length of sesame plants. Same number of branches were observed in all treatments. The maximum grith length was observed in the treatment of SA 100ppm (3.87cm/plant) compared to control (3.14cm/plant).\r\nEffect of biotic inducers on yield attributes. The inducers primed plants enhance the yield parameters of sesame seedlings. The maximum number of capsules were observed in the plants sprayed with MeJA 150ppm (54 capsules /plant) followed by MeJA 50ppm & MeJA 100ppm (44.66 capsules/plant), Bacillus subtilis Bbv57 (30.33 capsules/plant), Methyl dematon 25 EC (27.66capsules/plant) while control has recorded minimum number of capsules (21.33 capsules/plant). Similarly, preharvest concentrations of 0.01 and 0.1 mmol L-1 In the \'Magenta\' and \'Crimson\' table grape varieties, MeJA treatments enhanced berry size and overall yield (García-Pastor et al., 2019). All other treatments were also observed to significantly increasing the number of capsules per plant after 60 days when compared to control.\r\nBiochemical analysis\r\nChlorophyll content. The assessment of chlorophyll content (Fig. 5) in primed sesame seedlings showed that SA 50ppm increased the chlorophyll activity of sesame seedlings up to 99.46, followed by MeJA 150ppm (98.22 mg/m2), MeJA 100ppm (97.22 mg/m2) and MeJA 50ppm (97.02 mg/m2) when compared to control (64.68 mg/m2) and there is an increased chlorophyll content was observed in treatments compared to control. Hence, our study correlates with the reports of SA application consistently improved the chlorophyll content of plant leaves, as reported by Moharekar et al. (2003) in wheat and Yildirim et al. (2008) in cucumber. However, their combination treatment (SA + JA) was unquestionably more effective in reducing the negative effects of salinity on total chlorophylls and carotenoids in lemon balm. Application of SA and JA against salt-stressed plant exhibited dramatically enhanced chlorophyll concentrations (Pazoki, 2015).\r\nTotal phenol content. Phenol content analysis (Fig. 6) in primed seedlings of sesame accounted that SA 50ppm increased the phenolic activity of sesame seedlings up to 1.93, followed by SA 100ppm (1.89 min-1 g-1), SA 150ppm (1.76 min-1 g-1) and BABA 50ppm (1.72 min-1 g-1) compared to control (1.31 min-1 g-1). Similar studies reported that, SA treatment significantly increased the amount of total phenols in broccoli sprouts (Balibrea et al., 2011).\r\nPlant defense enzyme assay. The defence enzyme analysis of peroxidase (PO) showed that SA 100ppm increased the enzyme activity of sesame seedlings up to 2.87 min-1 g-1 at 52 hrs, followed by SA 150ppm (2.84 min-1 g-1), SA 50ppm (2.82 min-1 g-1) and MeJA 100ppm (2.78 min-1 g-1) when compared to control (2.39 min-1 g-1) and there is an decreased enzyme activity was observed after 76hrs in the primed sesame seedlings (Fig. 7). Similar reports were revealed that peroxidase enzyme activity is increased by the treatments with salicylate increased one peroxidase isoform\'s activity in the leaves of Quercus rubra L. seedlings (Steven and Jack 2004).\r\nPolyphenol oxidase (PPO) analysis showed similar results like PO that SA 50ppm increased the enzyme activity of primed sesame seedlings up to 2.9 min-1 g-1 at 52 hrs, followed by SA 100ppm (2.42 min-1 g-1), BABA 50ppm (2.39 min-1 g-1) and BABA 150ppm (2.39 min-1 g-1) when compared to control (2.26 min-1 g-1) and the enzyme activity was decrease after 76hrs of spraying (Fig. 8). According to Szepsi et al. (2005), pre-treating tomato plants with SA prior to salt stress increased antioxidant enzyme activity (PPO), boosting the plants\' capacity to withstand stress was reported similarly. In addition to, this methyl jasmonate-induced expression was also confirmed by Koussevitzky et al. (2004), showing that pre-treatment with methyl jasmonate enhanced tomato PPO import and processing into chloroplasts.\r\nThe results Phenylalanine ammonia lyase (PAL) showed that enzyme activity of primed sesame seedlings was maximum in SA 100ppm (1.88 min-1 g-1) at 52 hrs after spraying (Fig. 9), followed by SA 50ppm (1.83 min-1 g-1), SA 150ppm (1.81 min-1 g-1) and MeJA 150ppm (1.68 min-1 g-1) when compared to control (1.42 min-1 g-1) and our study correlated with the reports of Zeng et al. (2006), treatment with salicylic acid (SA) can increase the activities of PAL which are crucial for the disease resistance of mango fruit.\r\nThe enzyme analysis of super oxide disumutase (SOD) showed that SA 50ppm increased the enzyme activity of primed sesame seedlings up to 1.98 min-1 g-1 at 52 hrs, followed by SA 100ppm (1.85 min-1 g-1), SA 150ppm (1.80 min-1 g-1) and MeJA 50ppm (1.74 min-1 g-1) when compared to control (1.30 min-1 g-1) and reduction in enzyme activity was observed after 76hrs of spraying (Fig. 10). similar reports shows that CAT, GR, and SOD activity are induced by salicylic acid have also been documented by Clark et al. (2002) and Molina et al. (2002). It was found that SA treatment of wheat plants cultivated in ideal temperature conditions increased SOD and APX activity (Agarwal et al., 2005).\r\n', 'M. Kowsalya, D. Durgadevi, R. Kavitha, L. Karthiba, S. Varanavasiappan, L. Rajendran and G. Karthikeyan (2022). Evaluation of Biotic Inducers on Sesame Growth and Defense Enzyme Activity. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 32-41.'),
(5220, '136', 'Effect of Potassium and Foliar Nutrition on Yield and Economics of Kodo Millet under Irrigated condition', 'Surya K.*, Sanbagavalli S., Somasundaram E., Renukadevi A. and Panneerselvam S.', '7 Effect of Potassium and Foliar Nutrition on Yield and Economics of Kodo Millet under Irrigated Condition Surya K.pdf', '', 1, 'The field experiment was conducted during summer 2021-22 at Eastern block, Department of Agronomy, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore. The field experiment was laid out in Randomized Block Design (RBD) which consists of eight treatments which are replicated thrice to study the effect of nutrient management techniques on yield, yield attributes and economics of kodo millet under irrigated condition. The results showed that maximum number of productive tillers, number of grains per panicle, length of earhead were obtained with the application of 33 kg K ha-1 + foliar application of FeSO4 @1% and ZnSO4 @0.5% compared to all other treatments. The higher grain yield (2028 kg ha-1) and straw yield (6822 kg ha-1), net return (Rs.52559) and B:C ratio (2.43) were recorded with the application of 33 kg K ha-1 + foliar application of FeSO4 @1% and ZnSO4 @0.5% over the other treatments.', 'Foliar application, Iron, Kodo millet, MN mixture, Potassium, Zinc', 'From the above research, it could be concluded that recommended dose of fertilizers (RDF) + 33 kg K ha-1 + Foliar spray of ZnSO4 @ 0.5% and FeSO4 @ 1% at active tillering and flower initiation stage was recommended to obtain higher yield in kodo millet under irrigated condition.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nKodo millet (Paspalum scrobiculatum L.) is one of the important nutri cereal crop, which is mainly cultivated in India. Millets are mainly cultivated in low fertile soils of India for the purpose of food and fodder. The kodo millet is also known as ditch millet, rice grass, cowgrass, varagu, and Kodra. It is highly drought tolerant crop and suitable for low rainfall regions (Dubey, 1991). Millets are mainly used as an alternative to cereals because they have a good nutritional profile and we can cultivate with low input levels (Shahidi & Chandrasekara, 2013). In our country, the minor millets are cultivated over 4.58 lakh hectares and the production of small millets was 3.70 lakh tonners with the average productivity of 809kg ha-1. The important small millet cultivating states are Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Uttarakhand, Karnataka, Maharashtra and Tamilnadu.\r\nThe millet cultivation was gradually decreased due to green revolution; lower the productivity and less preference among the farming community. The consumption pattern of food is continuously changing due to the high cultivation and production of cereals and pulses over the millets. In recent days, the consumer preference is changing towards the millets because of diabetic prevalence in world. The continuous intake of kodo millet prevents from cardiovascular diseases and reducing the blood pressure and high cholesterol (Bunkar et al., 2021). The productivity of millets was very low due to improper nutrient management, cultivation under dry land conditions and less number of improved varieties. So the foliar fertilization of micro nutrients and adequate supply of macro nutrients are the important nutrient management practices followed to encourage the productivity in millets. The potassium application was not recommended for most of the minor millets in India. But the application of enough quantity of potassium recorded positive results in yield and productivity of millets (Sundaresh & Basavaraja 2017). In this regard, the experiment was conducted with different nutrient sources to check the yield and economics of kodo millet under irrigated condition.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe field experiment was conducted at Eastern block, Department of Agronomy, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore during summer2021-22. The experimental farm was located in western agro climatic zone of Tamil Nadu at 11°08N latitude, 76°97E longitude with an altitude of 426 m above MSL. The experiment was laid out in a Randomized Block Design with three replication and eight treatments. The treatment consists of: T1 : RDF + MN Mixture @ 12.5 kg ha-1, T2 : RDF + Foliar spray of ZnSO4 @ 0.5% and FeSO4 @ 1% at AT & FI, T3 : RDF + 22 kg K ha-1 + MN Mixture @ 12.5 kg ha-1, T4 : RDF + 22 kg K ha-1 + Foliar spray of ZnSO4 @ 0.5% and FeSO4 @ 1% at AT & FI, T5 : RDF + 33 kg K ha-1 + MN Mixture @ 12.5 kg ha-1, T6 : RDF + 33 kg K ha-1 + Foliar spray of ZnSO4 @ 0.5% and FeSO4 @ 1% at AT & FI, T7 : RDF (44:22:0 kg NPK ha-1), T8 : Absolute Control. The sowing was taken at the first week of January and it was harvested at third week of May. The sources for N, P and K are urea, single super phosphate (SSP) and muriate of potash (MOP). In fertilizer application 50% of N, 100% P and K were applied as a basal dose with micro nutrient mixture (MN mixture). The micro nutrient mixture for small millets was purchased from Central Control Laboratory, Kudumiyanmalai. The foliar application of FeSO4 @1%, ZnSO4 @0.5% was given at active tillering and flower initiation stage. The observations on yield attributes, grain yield, straw yield and harvest index were recorded and analysed through ANOVA for Randomized Block Design (RBD) as per the procedure given by Gomez and Gomez (1984). The significant difference values were computed for 5% probability of error. When the variance ratio (F value) was found significant, critical difference (CD) values were computed for the comparison.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nYield attributes. Data illustrated in Table 1 reveal that the yield contributing characters viz., number of productive tillers, number of grains per panicle, earhead length (cm), and test weight (g) were significantly influenced by the different nutrient management practices. The highest number of productive tillers (13.7), number of grains per panicle (209) and earhead length (14.5) were recorded by the application of RDF + 33 kg K ha-1 + Foliar spray of ZnSO4 @ 0.5% and FeSO4 @ 1% at active tillering and flower initiation stages of kodo millet which is due to enhanced nutrition of crop. The application of zinc and iron plays major role in vigorous growth due to cellular growth, differentiation and metabolic changes in plants and it was attributed with high yield attributes and grain yield in pearl millet (Ram et al., 2021). Sundaresh and Basavaraja (2017) reported similar results with the application of 125% K recorded higher productive tillers (4.47) in finger millet. The other yield attributes like earhead length (14.5 cm), number of grains per panicle (209) and 1000 grains weight (4.58 g) were recorded similar trend with RDF + 33 kg K ha-1 + Foliar spray of ZnSO4 @ 0.5% and FeSO4 @ 1% at AT & FI. Similar results were observed by(Patel et al., 2019) for pearl millet where maximum number of productive tillers and earhead length were recorded with foliar application of water soluble fertilizer (19:19:19) and ZnSO4 @ 0.5%. Similarly Sundaresh and Basavaraja (2017)reported application of potassium enhanced the root growth, translocation of photosynthates and increased photosynthetic activity in finger millet.\r\nYield of kodo millet. The grain and straw yields of kodo millet as influenced by different nutrient management techniques are presented in Table 2. The maximum grain yield (2028 kg ha-1), straw yield (6822 kg ha-1) and harvest index (0.30) were recorded with the application of RDF + 33 kg K ha-1 + Foliar spray of ZnSO4 @ 0.5% and FeSO4 @ 1% at active tillering and flower initiation stage. T6 has recorded significantly higher yields over all other treatments and the lowest yield was recorded in absolute control (1379 kg ha-1) and it was on par with RDF + 33 kg K ha-1 + MN Mixture @ 12.5 kg ha-1. The increased grain and straw yields with RDF + 33 kg K ha-1 + Foliar spray of ZnSO4 @ 0.5% and FeSO4 @ 1% at AT & FI stage was mainly due to the enhanced fertilization which improves vegetative growth and yield attributing characters in kodo millet. \r\nThe results confirm the findings of Srinivasa et al. (2019) has recorded higher grain yield (2266 kg ha-1) and straw yield (3814 kg ha-1) with the application of recommended dose of N, P2O5 + 40 kg K2O. Fulpagare et al. (2018) recorded similar results of higher grain yield (40 q ha-1) and stover yield (72.6 q ha-1) in pearl millet with RDF (60:30:25 NPK kg ha-1 + FYM @ 5t ha-1) + Foliar application of 0.1% chelated iron + 0.1 % chelated zinc.\r\nThe application of potassium improved meristematic activity like cell enlargement elongation and it involves in root development, translocation of photosynthates and grain filling process (Charate et al., 2018). Application of zinc as a foliar spray was involved in IAA synthesis and metabolic process of plants (Ram et al., 2021) and iron promoting the early vigour and growth through enhancing the uptake of nutrients resulting in higher photosynthesis rate, metabolic and physiological process in plants (Babar et al., 2021).\r\nEconomics. Highest gross (Rs. 89313) and net returns (Rs. 52559) and B:C ratio (2.43) were recorded with application of RDF + 33 kg K ha-1 + Foliar spray of ZnSO4 @ 0.5% and FeSO4 @ 1% at active tillering and flower initiation stage. The maximum cost of cultivation (Rs. 37174/ha) was recorded in T5 (RDF + 33 kg K ha-1 + MN Mixture @ 12.5 kg ha-1). This was mainly due to sufficient application of potassium and foliar nutrition of FeSO4 and ZnSO4 at active tillering and flowering initiation. The basal application of potassium produced higher grain and straw yield over other treatments.\r\n', 'Surya K., Sanbagavalli S., Somasundaram E., Renukadevi A. and Panneerselvam S. (2022). Effect of Potassium and Foliar Nutrition on Yield and Economics of Kodo Millet under Irrigated Condition. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 42-46.'),
(5221, '136', 'Biochemical Changes in Coconut Leaves infested by exotic Whitefly Species (Aleyrodidae: Hemiptera)', 'S. Vishnupriya*, T. Elaiyabharathi, T. Srinivasan, P. Meenakshi and N. Sritharan', '8 Biochemical Changes in Coconut Leaves infested by exotic Whitefly Species (Aleyrodidae Hemiptera) S. Vishnupriya.pdf', '', 1, 'Invasive white flies of neotropical origin is an emerging problem in coconut ecosystem. Whitefly infestation impacts the host biochemical components. However, information regarding changes occurring in biochemical constituents after infestation of whiteflies in coconut remain limited. Hence, the present study was focused on analysing the changes in photosynthetic pigments, total soluble sugars, total proteins, total phenols and proline content in healthy and infested leaves of three coconut cultivars viz., COD, WCT and T × D Hybrid. The findings indicated that the photosynthetic pigments including Chla, Chl b and total Chlorophyll were significantly declined in all the cultivars after infestation. The other metabolic compounds analysed were significantly increased in all the tested cultivars. The buildup of various metabolites like protein, phenols, soluble sugars and proline content may play a role in coconut cultivars against the whitefly species infestation. ', 'Whitefly species, chlorophyll, biochemical components, Coconut', 'The attack of exotic whiteflies on coconut leaves has been shown to cause imbalances in the biochemical and photosynthetic pigments. The growth of black sooty mould on the upper surface of the coconut leaves driven by whitefly infestation had a negligible direct effect. But it also affects the host leaves metabolism and photosynthetic properties indirectly. The accumulation of several metabolites caused by the infestation implies that the host defence mechanisms were activated. According to this study, sooty mould and whitefly infestations indirectly slow down photosynthesis.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nThe Coconut palm, Cocos nucifera L. is a major cash crop cultivated throughout the tropical and subtropical zones of India. Coconut cultivation makes a considerable contribution to the Indian economy with 19% production share (Mahapatro, 2015). However, because of vulnerability of coconut palm to multiple biotic stressors like pests and diseases, the production of coconut is considerably declining. There are almost 900 pest species are known to infest on coconut palms. Of these, exotic whiteflies of neotropical origin have emerged as the most devastating pest in recent years in major coconut growing areas of Tamil Nadu. \r\nThe incidence of exotic rugose spiralling whitefly, Aleurodicus rugioperculatus Martin was reported on coconut palms from Pollachi, Tamil Nadu and Palakkad, Kerala during 2016 (Srinivasan et al., 2016; Sundararaj and Selvaraj, 2017) followed by two species of nesting whitefly, Paraleyrodes bondari and Paraleyrodes minei were reported during 2018 (Chandrika et al., 2019). In South India, it is currently observed that all the three exotic whiteflies are coexist on coconut. These types of whiteflies cause damage to the host plant by draining sap from leaves and by producing sticky, sugary and colourless honeydew, that adheres the lower surface of leaves and facilitates the development of sooty mould fungus. If sooty mould grows on the upper surface of a leaf, might potentially hinder a plant\'s ability to synthesise oxygen through photosynthesis.\r\nThe physiological activities of the plants, particularly the rate of photosynthesis may be harmed as a result of whitefly species infestation (Hossain et al., 2019). It is still unclear that how the whitefly infestation in coconut influences the host physiology and the biochemical components that are involved in it. Hence, the objective of the current investigation was intended to ascertain the biochemical changes triggered by the infestation of exotic whiteflies in coconut leaves. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nPlant samples. The healthy and whitefly infested leaflets of different coconut cultivars viz., Tall (WCT), Dwarf (COD) and Hybrid (T×D) were collected from TNAU Coconut nursery, Coimbatore district of Tamil Nadu. The collected leaflets were brought to the laboratory and using tissue paper the fly’s secretion and dark mycelia present in infested leaves were whipped out and further biochemical analysis was conducted.\r\n\r\n\r\nAnalysis of photosynthetic pigments\r\nChlorophyll. Chlorophyll contents as chlorophyll a, chlorophyll b and total chlorophyll was analysed as per the method followed by Arnon (1949). From each cultivars of coconut, 100 mg fresh leaf samples were macerated with 10 ml of 80% acetone. After maceration, the samples were centrifuged at 5000 rpm for 10 min. The supernatant was collected in test tubes, and using a spectrophotometer the concentrations of chlorophyll a, b, and total chlorophyll were determined by measuring the intensity of the green colour at 645 nm, 663 nm, and 652 nm, respectively.\r\nAnalysis of biochemical parameters\r\nTotal soluble sugars. The method suggested by Hedge et al. (1962) was used to estimate the total soluble sugar in coconut leaves. About 500 mg fresh leaf samples from each cultivars were crushed in 5 - 10 ml of 80% ethanol. The supernatant was collected in test tubes after that the homogenate mixture was centrifuged at 8000 rpm for 10 minutes at 4°C. Aliquots of 0.1 ml of each sample were pipetted out separately in different test tubes and the volume was made upto 1 ml by adding distilled water. The test tubes were heated in a boiling water bath after 4 ml of Anthrone reagent had been added to each tubes using a burette after one minute. After eight minutes, the tubes were removed and cooled under running tap water. A blank test was run without the sample, following the other steps and at 630 nm the absorbance of dark green coloured solution was measured. Glucose solution was used as working standard. The amount of sugar present in the sample was determined with the help of standard graph and expressed as mg of sugars/g fresh wt of sample.\r\nTotal protein. The approach proposed by Lowry et al. (1951) was used to assess the total protein content of the coconut leaves. 500 mg of leaf tissue from each coconut cultivars were taken and homogenized with 5-10 ml of 0.1 M phosphate buffer (pH 7). The supernatant was obtained after centrifuging the homogenate at 10,000 rpm for 10 minutes at 4°C. Each sample was divided into aliquots of 0.2 ml and pipetted out separately into various test tubes. The volume made up to 1 ml using distilled water and the tube with 1 ml of distilled water alone was taken as blank. After that, 5 ml of freshly prepared Alkaline copper solution was added to each tube including blank and allowed to stand for 10 minutes. After 10 minutes, 0.5 ml of FCR was added and left undisturbed at room temperature in the dark for 30 minutes. After 30 minutes, the intensity of blue colour was measured at 660 nm. The standard curve was plotted using different concentration of Bovine serum albumin.\r\nTotal phenols. According to the procedure followed by Malik and Singh (1980), the total phenol content in coconut leaves was estimated. From each cultivars of coconut, 500 mg of leaf tissue was taken and blended with 10 ml of 80% ethanol and centrifuged at 10,000 rpm for 20 min and the supernatant was then collected. The residue was once again re-extracted and the supernatants were pooled and the volume made upto 15 ml. Aliquots of 0.1 ml of each sample were pipetted out separately in different test tubes and the volume was then adjusted to 6 ml using distilled water and the tube containing only 6 ml of distilled water was used as blank. After that, 0.5 ml of Folin Ciocalteau reagent was added to each tube including blank and the tubes were allowed to stand for 3 mins. After 3 minutes, 2 ml of 20% Sodium carbonate solution was added and stirred. The concentration of phenol was measured at 650 nm against blank. Pyrocatechol was used at various concentrations to create a standard curve. The amount of phenols in the leaf samples were calculated from the standard curve and given as mg phenols/g of sample.\r\nProline. The Bates et al. (1973) protocol was followed for the analysis of proline content in leaves of different coconut cultivars. In 10 ml of 3%aqueous sulfosalicylic acid 500 mg of coconut leaf tissue was homogenized. The homogenate was centrifuged at 1500 rpm for 10 min and the supernatant was filtered through Whatmann No. 2 filter paper. Following filtration, 2 ml of the filtrate was placed in each test tube, along with 2 ml of glacial acetic acid and 2 ml of acid ninhydrin. For one hr the test tubes were heated in boiling water bath. After one hour, the tubes were transferred to ice bath. After termination of reaction, 4 ml of toluene was added to each tubes and stirred well for 20-30 sec. Toluene layer was separated and the intensity of red colour was measured at 520 nm. The standard curve was created using various concentration of Proline. \r\nStatistical analysis. For each parameter the data collected from the experiments were analysed separately. To determine the degree of significance between the parameters of control and infested plants, SPSS software (IBM SPSS version 22) was used. The Tukey\'s HSD test was performed to separate the sample means.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe impact of plant biochemical constituents of different coconut cultivars against invasive whitefly species was studied and presented. All biochemical components (total proteins, total soluble sugars, total phenols and Proline) and photosynthetic pigments (total chlorophyll, chlorophyll a, chlorophyll b) showed a variation in whitefly infested coconut leaves compared to healthy leaves.\r\nPhotosynthetic pigments. The photosynthetic pigments content decreased in the infested leaves as compared to the healthy leaves (Fig. 1). The amount of total chlorophyll decreased most (62.11%) and least (45.91%) in the leaves of the Tall and Dwarf types, respectively. The total chlorophyll content in the whitefly infested leaves of Dwarf cultivar was 0.671 mg/g whereas healthy leaf contained 1.771 mg/g. The Tall, Dwarf and hybrid cultivars with whitefly infestation had lower chlorophyll-a content than healthy leaves by 45.22%, 63.02% and 54.83% respectively. The amount of chlorophyll-b was decreased in the range of 47.29% to 60.26% in whitefly infested leaves compared to healthy leaves. There is no significant difference between COD and Hybrid cultivars. Coconut leaves with spiralling whitefly infestations showed a 25% decline in the total chlorophyll content (Arun et al., 2021). Similarly, Reduced levels of photosynthetic pigments were observed in okra plants infected by whitefly and yellow vein mosaic virus (Amiteye et al., 2021). The amount of light available for the pigments to absorb was decreased by the fungal cover over the leaves. Chlorophyll pigments in the affected plants may have degraded and the biosynthesis of photosynthetic pigments is impacted by the reduction of light(Hudson et al., 1993). The sooty mould causes serious harm to the coconut leaves when it infects for an extended period of time because it prevents photosynthesis, kills the cells, and finally causes the leaves to dry up too soon. \r\nBiochemical parameters\r\nTotal soluble sugars. The soluble sugars in leaves of coconut was increased after infestation by whitefly. The soluble sugar content was increased in whitefly infested leaves by 18.84%, 12.17% and 17.82% in Tall, Dwarf and hybrid cultivars respectively (Fig. 2). Tall cultivar recorded more total sugars of 32.96 mg/g and it is increased to 39.18 mg/g after infestation. There is no significant difference in the per cent increase of sugar content in tall and Hybrid cultivars after infestation. According to studies, the soluble sugars in the spiralling whitefly infested leaves of mulberry V1 variety increased by 3.03 % (Mahadeva, 2016). Manzoor et al. (2022) recorded the increase of sugar contents in Red Palm Weevil infested date palms over healthy leaves. The accumulation of sugars in the infected leaves may have a function in signalling but may not have any impact on the development of osmaticum because the rise in sugar content was not as similar as in the case of abiotic stress. \r\nTotal protein. The overall protein content in all the three coconut cultivars increased after whitefly infestations. It was minimum (34.42%) in Dwarf cultivar and maximum (47. 61%) in the leaves of Tall cultivar (Fig. 2). The total protein content of whitefly infested Tall variety is 66.60 mg/g whereas the healthy leaves had 45.12 mg/g. The protein content of infested Dwarf variety is 49.45 mg/g whereas the control leaves had 36.8 mg/g. From the present study it is evident that, the tall coconut cultivar accumulated more proteins than Dwarf and Hybrid cultivars as a form of defence against the whitefly and sooty mould infection. The results are in accordance with Vasquez et al. (2016) observed that protein content increased in Jamaican Tall, Malayan Yellow Dwarf, and a hybrid JT × MYD coconut cultivars, in response to Raoiella indica feeding. According to earlier reports, the plants can able to grow under various adverse conditions by increased protein levels (Agastian et al., 2000; Ferreira et al., 2007). The increased soluble protein content may contribute to the production of several antioxidant enzymes, which can reduce the oxidative stress brought on by the infestation. \r\nTotal phenols. The total phenols estimated in the leaves of different coconut cultivars showed considerable differences among the cultivars (Fig. 2). In all the cultivars, total phenols content was increased in the infected leaves over that of healthy leaves. In the leaves of west coast tall the increase was highest (53.25%) and in chowg hat orange dwarf it was minimum (37.87%). In the current investigation, the total phenols of healthy plants from all three cultivars varied significantly. However, in whitefly infested leaves total phenols were considerably greater in leaves of WCT but there was no noticeable difference in the total phenols of Dwarf and hybrid cultivars. \r\nPhenolic compounds are considered to have a role in the defense in plants and their greater accumulation following an infestation may be connected to the host\'s defence mechanism (Nicholson et al., 1992). In the present study, all the evaluated cultivars acquired more phenolics in the host, but among the three WCT showed highest accumulation of phenols which confer resistance to the tall varieties. The whitefly that feeds on phloem sap may have caused the coconut trees to produce large amounts of phenolics to stop the further spread of infection. \r\nProline. Whitefly infestation and sooty mould development increased the accumulation of Proline in leaves. In the present study, there was significant difference in the Proline content of healthy and infested plants of all three cultivars (Fig. 3). The increase in proline content was maximum in WCT (64.77%) and minimum in COD (44.46%). Similar increase in the proline content was observed in coconut leaves infested by spiralling whitefly (Arun et al., 2021). Pest infestation and other unfavourable abiotic conditions have been linked to the accumulation of proline, an amino acid that denotes stress in plants (Palliyath and Puthur, 2018). Stress related accumulation of Proline inside the cellfacilitates to maintain the cell\'s ideal water potential and ion homeostasis (Szabados and Savoure 2010).\r\n', 'S. Vishnupriya, T. Elaiyabharathi, T. Srinivasan, P. Meenakshi and N. Sritharan (2022). Biochemical Changes in Coconut Leaves infested by exotic Whitefly Species (Aleyrodidae: Hemiptera). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 47-51.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5222, '136', 'Impact of Biostimulants on Floral Induction and Yield Attributing Traits of Pitaya (Hylocereus undatus L.)', 'B. Kavinmukil, J. Rajangam*, S. Muthuramalingam and K.M. Sellamuthu', '9 Impact of Biostimulants on Floral Induction and Yield Attributing Traits of Pitaya (Hylocereus undatus L.) B. Kavinmukil.pdf', '', 1, 'The focus of this research was to investigate the synergistic effect of biostimulants on floral induction and yield of dragon fruit (Hylocereus undatus L.) and also to tackle the obstacles of insufficient nutrient availability to the plants that results in poor fruit set and decreased crop output. The experimental trial was taken up in a farmer’s orchard in Seelayampatti, Theni district during the year 2021-2022. The cumulative imposition of various biostimulants consisting of Seaweed extract (0.5 per cent + Panchagavya (2 per cent) + CPPU 100 ppm foliar spray + Paclobutrazol 0.75 g active ingredient per meter of canopy diameter soil drenching (T13) significantly influenced flowering (number of days required for floral bud initiation, number of floral buds per pole, number of flowers per pole) and fruit yield contributing features among 14 treatments. As a result, the treatment viz., Seaweed extract (0.5 %) + Panchagavya (2 %) + CPPU 100 ppm foliar spray + Paclobutrazol 0.75 g soil drenching (T13) combination is indeed the best option for improving pitaya’s early floral commencement and yield traits.', 'Dragon fruit, biostimulants, floral induction, yield, synergistic effect', 'From the progress of the contemporary research, it can be asserted that the treatment T13 comprising of Seaweed extract 0.5 % + CPPU 100 ppm + Panchagavya 2% foliar application + Paclobutrazol 0.75 g active ingredient per meter of canopy range soil drenching resulted with an outcome of maximum blooming and yield related attributes which was followed by treatment T12 (Seaweed extract 0.5 % + CPPU 100 ppm + Panchagavya 2% foliar application + Humic acid 7.5 per cent soil drenching). Early stimulation of flowering with qualitative fruit production was assisted by the synergic effect of biostimulants which hastened pitaya fruits harvest and put out for economic market utilization, offering significant returns to the farming sector. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nDragon fruit, a tropical climbing epiphytic cactus species that has evolved in Latin America, is expanding as a tremendous commodity even in outlying areas mainly attributed to its medicinal and health virtues globally. Hylocereus bears a striking resemblance to the cactaceae family and is a dicotyledonous floral shrub (Spichiger et al., 2000 and Gunasena et al., 2007). Because of its spectacular nocturnal flowers, dragon fruit is recognized as the “Queen of the Night” and “Noble Woman”. Strawberry Pear, Night Blooming Cereus, Pithaya, and Belle of the Night are just a few of the fruit\'s nicknames. Vietnam, Indonesia, and China produce over 93% of the world\'s dragon fruit. According to recent statistics in India, dragon fruit is cultivated on an area of 3000 hectares with an estimated average output of 13.5 metric tonnes ha-1. The huge rise in production and cropped land is mostly ascribed to states such as Gujarat, Karnataka, and Maharashtra, which together contribute 70% of total output. Pitaya is diversified on an area around 100.40 hectares in Tamil Nadu, with an average output of 12.10 metric tonnes per hectare (Wakchaure et al., 2020).\r\nPitaya fruit has an intense complexion and a delightful, juicy pulp with black palatable seeds lodged in it with excellent nutritional values. Dragon fruit is notable for its high calcium and phosphorus content, as well as its antioxidant composition. The red pulped pitaya is enriched with betalains, which meets the expanding market need for antioxidants and natural food colorants with antiradical qualities (Perween et al., 2018). Dragon fruit offers antioxidants, anti-microbial, anti-diabetics, anti-carcinogenic, and cardiovascular protective properties. \r\nInadequate nutrition availability leads to reduced fruit set and crop output. As an outcome, appropriate dietary supply is essential for efficient dragon fruit production.Plant biostimulants are a novel class of chemicals, mostly exploited in sustainable fruit production, that attempt to accelerate plant development even after a stressful crisis has elapsed and have physiological effects akin to phytohormones (Patrick Du Jardin, 2015). Fruit trees benefit from the utilization of triazole plant hormones, particularly Paclobutrazol, which restricts vegetative growth and promotes blooming. According to Krishna et al. (2017), paclobutrazol has been shown to boost flowering and fruit set in mango cv. “Banganapalli”. By stimulating extensive and early flowering, CPPU (Forchlorfenuron) enhances fruit size and efficacy. Following the application of CPPU, Parson (2019) noted that the floral buds in dragon fruit developed into tiny flowers and started to open up between 4 to 7 days. The impact of forchlorfenuron (CPPU) pre harvest treatment on the red fleshed cv. \"Fu Kwai Hong\" pitaya fruit under storage at 5°C was investigated by Jiang et al. (2020). The bracts were doused with 100 mg L-1 CPPU at blooming time, with water serving as the control. Fruit that had undergone CPPU treatment had considerably thicker bracts, a lower fruit index and a lower cracking ratio in both winter and summer seasons.Several scholars had explored the utilization of biostimulants in order to improve flowering and yield attributes in mango (Gopu et al., 2017); dragon fruit by Chang (2021); pomegranate (Hussein et al., 2021). Nonetheless, there appears to be very little evidence concerning the usage of biostimulants on blooming and yield contributing features of dragon fruit, hence the current study was undertaken to seek a substitute for solely inorganic fertilization.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experimental field study was conducted at the six years old dragon fruit field during the academic year 2021 – 22 which is situated at 9° 52N latitude and 77° 23E longitude with an elevation of 296 m Mean Sea Level of Seelayampatti village, Theni district under the dominion of Department of Fruit Science, Horticultural College and Research Institute, Periyakulam. The trial was set up in a Randomized Block Design (RBD) featuring 14 treatments as well as 3 replications with 15 plants for each treatment.\r\n', 'B. Kavinmukil, J. Rajangam, S. Muthuramalingam and K.M. Sellamuthu (2022). Impact of Biostimulants on Floral Induction and Yield Attributing Traits of Pitaya (Hylocereus undatus L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 52-57.'),
(5223, '136', 'Impact of Organic, Inorganic and Biofertilizers on Growth and Yield Attributes of cabbage (Brassica oleracea var. capitata L.) in Bastar, Chhattisgarh', 'Mukta Rajput*, Beena Singh and Nisha Jangre', '10 Impact of Organic, Inorganic and Biofertilizers on Growth and Yield Attributes of cabbage (Brassica oleracea var. capitata L.) in Bastar, Chhattisgarh Mukta Rajput.pdf', '', 1, 'The present experiment was conducted during the Rabi season of the year 2021-22 at the Instructional cum Research Farm at S.G. College of Agriculture and Research Station, Jagdalpur (C.G.) to study the impact of organic, inorganic and biofertilizers on growth and yield attributes of cabbage (Brassica oleracea var. capitata L.). The results revealed that the application of 50% NPK ha-1 + Vermicompost + Azospirillum + Azotobacter + PSB recorded the maximum plant height (27.13 cm), leaf width (18.97 cm), stem diameter (22.87 cm), head diameter (45.17 cm), number of non-wrapper leaves (20.73) and yield ha-1 (384.91 q) in cabbage and also for the maximum nitrogen (299.81 kg ha-1), phosphorus (21.25 kg ha-1) and potassium (367.15 kg ha-1) content in soil after harvest of crop. However, the application of 50% NPK ha-1 + FYM + Azospirillum + Azotobacter + PSB recorded the minimum number of days for head maturity (77.03) and leaf length (21.60 cm).', 'Cabbage, Vermicompost, Azospirillum, Azotobacter, PSB, FYM', 'In light of the experimental findings summarized above, it may be concluded that the application of N, P, K and biofertilizers enhanced the growth, yield and quality attributes in cabbage. The comparison of various treatments taken for study revealed that the application of T11 (50% NPK ha-1 + Vermicompost + Azospirillum + Azotobacter+ PSB) showed better response with respect to the plant height, leaf length, leaf width, number of non-wrapper leaves, diameter of cabbage head and yield plot-1 which are closely followed by the treatment T5(50% NPK ha-1 + FYM + Azospirillum + Azotobacter + PSB) and T10 (50% NPK ha-1 + Vermicompost + Azospirillum + PSB). T11 recorded the maximum nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium content in soil after crop harvest. Likewise, the B: C ratio was the highest in the treatment combination T11 (50% NPK ha-1 + Vermicompost + Azospirillum + Azotobacter + PSB).', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nCabbage (Brassica oleracea var. capitata L.) is an important member of the ‘Cruciferous’ family and belongs to the genus “Brassica” and has chromosome number 2n=2x=18. The word \"crucifer\" comes from the Latin word for \"cross\" and alludes to the fact that this plant family has four petals that are all the same size and form. The prefix \"Brassica\" is also taken from the Latin word meaning \"cabbage.\"\r\nSeveral authors have noted the significance of organic and inorganic fertilizer on the productivity and nutritional values of cabbage. Furthermore, according to Obi and Ofonduro (1997); Moyin-Jesu (2007), issues with ongoing usage of chemical fertilizers include nutritional imbalance, increasing soil acidity, deterioration of the physical qualities of the soil and loss of organic matter. However, organic manure can be applied or used in conjunction with inorganic fertiliser to satisfy the nutrients that plants need. The control of organic and inorganic nutrients has a significant impact on the growth and yield of these vegetable crops. \r\nThe presence of organic matter in a given soil determines its fertility; consequently, organic matter needs to be restored in the soil, either by feeding nutrients from organic sources or through residue management. The response of crops to organic manures is initially slow even though they contain all the necessary plant nutrients. This is because it takes time for them to transform the inaccessible nutrients into available forms following application. However, the application of organic manures has to be encouraged because of the lasting and positive impacts on soil characteristics. Combining the use of organic and inorganic fertilisers can improve yields and protect the environment (Hsieh et al., 1995; Moyin-Jesu, 2007).\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe present study was laid out in randomized block design with fifteen treatments which were replicated thrice during the Rabi Season of 2021-22 at Instructional cum Research Farm at S.G. College of Agriculture and Research Station, Jagdalpur (C.G.).The region has a sub-tropical monsoon climate with three distinct seasons i.e. summer, monsoon and winter. Rainfall is the major source of ground water recharge in the area and receives maximum (85%) rainfall during the southwest monsoon season. The winter rainfall is meagre (10-15%). \r\nThe land of the experimental site was irrigated prior to sowing for optimum moisture level. Seedlings were transplanted at a spacing of 60 x 45 cm. The recommended package and practice methods were followed during the experiment to maintain a healthy population of crop. The results of various observations recorded during the experiment were statistically analyzed in order to find out the significance of different treatments. The treatments consisted viz., T1-50% NPK ha-1 + FYM, T2- 50% NPK ha-1 + FYM + Azospirillum, T3- 50% NPK ha-1 + FYM + Azotobacter, T4-50% NPK ha-1 + FYM + PSB, T5- 50% NPK ha-1 + FYM + Azospirillum + Azotobacter + PSB, T6- 50% NPK ha-1 + Vermicompost, T7- 50% NPK ha-1 + Vermicompost + Azospirillum, T8-50% NPK ha-1 + Vermicompost +Azotobacter, T9-50% NPK ha-1 + Vermicompost + PSB, T10-50% NPK ha-1 + Vermicompost + Azospirillum + PSB, T11-50% NPK ha-1 + Vermicompost + Azospirillum + Azotobacter+ PSB, T12-Organic manures (FYM + Vermicompost), T13-Biofertilizers (Azospirillum + Azotobacter + PSB), T14- Inorganic fertilizers (recommended dose of NPK @160:75:80 kg ha-1) and T15-Control.\r\nRESULTS\r\nThe perusal of data revealed that the fertilizers (organic and inorganic) along with biofertilizers alone or in combination were found to have significant effect on the growth and yield of cabbage as compared to the control (Table 1).\r\nThe plant height of cabbage was recorded at 30, 45 and 60 days after transplanting and at harvest. The maximum plant height (27.13 cm) of cabbage at harvest was recoded in treatment T11 which was statistically at par with T5 and T10 (26.73 and 26.07 cm respectively). According to Negi et al. (2017); Jaiswal et al. (2020), plants have the ability to photosynthesize more efficiently and produce more auxin when fertility levels are higher. NPK may induce plants to grow more quickly, which could boost the absorption of carbohydrates (Powar and Barkule 2017). \r\nThe leaf width was recorded to be the highest in T11 (18.97 cm) at harvest which was at par with the treatments T5, T10 and T7 (17.67, 17.67 and 17.07 cm respectively). It was observed that the leaf length of cabbage significantly increased by the different doses of N, P, K and biofertilizers and was the maximum in treatment T5 (21.60 cm) which was closely followed by the treatment T11 (21.50 cm) and T10 (20.50 cm). However; the minimum leaf length at all the growth stages was observed in T15 (11.63, 13.70, 16.30 and 18.70 cm respectively). According to Powar and Barkule (2017) higher vegetative growth of plants may be associated to greater growth and elongation of leaves. \r\nThe varieties having the minimum days to head maturity are mostly preferred by the farmers and growers as early yields may provide huge profits. The application of 50% NPK ha-1 + FYM + Azospirillum + Azotobacter + PSB recorded the minimum number of days for head maturity in cabbage (77.03) whereas T9 and T6 took the maximum days for head maturity (84.53 and 83.07 respectively). This may be attributed to the fact that nutrients like nitrogen, phosphate and potassium are more readily available and biofertilizers work by contributing significantly to the production of protein and chlorophyll, which promotes early head development. Negi et al. (2017); Sharma and Arya (2001) observed quite similar results from their study. \r\nThe maximum head diameter in cabbage was recorded in the treatment T11 (45.17 cm) which was at par with the treatment T6, T10 and T12 (43.53, 43.10 and 41.83 cm respectively) and was closely followed by the treatment T13 (40.10 cm). The combination of N, P, K, and biofertilizers provides greater nutrients and improved growth characteristics to the plants which lead to a larger head diameter. According to Singh et al. (2018); Narayan et al. (2018) both 50 percent NPK and biofertilizer application had a substantial impact on cabbage growth and yield contributing features. With regard to the non-wrapper leaves in cabbage T11 (20.73) recorded the maximum value at harvest and was at par with the treatment T10 and T5 (19.83 and 19.57 respectively). The solubilizing effect of organic acids created by the decomposition of organic manures, which improves soil phosphorus availability, may be responsible for the rise in phosphorus concentration. The results are in agreement with the results of Choudhary et al. (2018); Mohapatra et al. (2013); Sharma and Arya (2001) who reported that integrated approach was found to be superior in comparison to any individual treatment.\r\nThe maximum yield plot-1 was recorded in the treatment T11 (27.10 kg) followed by T5 and T10 with (26.53 and 26.17 kg respectively). This could be attributed to higher nitrogen and biofertilizer application yields, as well as higher nitrogen availability from direct addition and soil nutrient solubility. Differently rising nitrogen levels favours large nutrient uptake and efficient nutrient utilisation for increased carbohydrate metabolism and synthesis, greater vegetative growth, and subsequent partitioning and translocation from the leaf (source) to the head (sink). As per the results of Kumar et al. (2017); Narayan et al. (2018) the nutrients also encourages the release of energy-rich organic compounds by biofertilizers, which may have been caused by increased auxin activities, growth and activity of microbial saprophytes and phosphates activity which ultimately influenced the yield and yield attributes. \r\nTable 2 shows the data regarding the effect of various treatments on N, P and K residual content in the soil after crop harvest. The available N, P and K in soil were recorded after crop harvest and results indicate that the available nitrogen was recorded to be the maximum in the treatment T11 (299.81 kg ha-1) which was statistically at par with the treatments T14, T5, and T8 (293.73, 290.46 and 290.04 kg ha-1 respectively). Nitrogen availability and absorption by the plants as a chemical fertilizer is comparatively higher and quick in most of the plants. With respect to the phosphorus content, T11 (21.25 kg ha-1) recorded the maximum value followed by T4, T10 and T13 by (20.36, 19.75 and 19.39 kg ha-1 respectively). According to the solubilizing impact of organic acids may have enhanced soil phosphorus availability, which could account for the rise in phosphorus levels. With regard to potassium, T11 (367.15 kg ha-1) recorded the maximum content in soil which was at par with the treatments T5 and T14 (353.62 and 353.39 kg ha-1 respectively). Jha et al. (2017) reported that the availability of K in plants and soil is caused by the synthesis of organic acids and other chemicals that promote plant growth and mineral uptake. \r\n', 'Mukta Rajput, Beena Singh and Nisha Jangre (2022). Impact of Organic, Inorganic and Biofertilizers on Growth and Yield Attributes of cabbage (Brassica oleracea var. capitata L.) in Bastar, Chhattisgarh. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 58-61.'),
(5224, '136', 'Combining Ability Studies for Growth, Yield and its Related Traits in Okra [Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench]', 'Brijesh Kumar Maurya, Neetu*, Satya Vart Dwivedi, Devendra Pratap Singh and Shravan Kumar Maurya', '11 Combining Ability Studies for Growth, Yield and its Related Traits in Okra [Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench] Brijesh Kumar Maurya.pdf', '', 1, 'An experiment was conducted on okra crop with ten genotypes and their 45 F1’s obtained from diallel excluding reciprocal during 2020. The experiment was sown in randomized block design with three replications at vegetable research farm, BUAT, Banda to estimate the combining ability of various economically importance traits for genetic improvement and their effects in the population. Both general combining ability (GCA) and specific combining ability (SCA) variances were highly significant for most of the characters indicating the importance of both additive and non-additive gene actions. The parents P6, P7 and P2 were identified as good GCA for node at first flower appear, fruit diameter, 50% flowering, seed weight/fruit, 100- seed weight, seed yield and fruit length. The parent P10 was found good GCA for fruit weight and plant height (cm) and the parent P8 was identified as good general combiner for fruit yield/plant and fruit yield q/ha-1. The crosses were identified as good SCA effects P5 x P¬6 for days to first flowering, P1 × P¬10 for node at first flower appear, P¬¬5 × P7 for days to edible fruit maturity showed significant positive effect for more than one traits recommended their value in speed up of breeding programme. The best parents and their matings are used for breeding to improve the yield component.', 'ANOVA, Combining ability, Diallel, GCA, SCA', 'It was concluded that highly significant variances were observed for both general and specific combining ability for all the eighteen characters studied. Highly significant GCA and SCA variances revealed that both additive and non additive gene actions were important in the expression of all the traits under studied. Considering higher number of fruits and fruit yield per plant along with earliness parents P8, P2, P6 and P7 was found as good general combiner. The three best F1 hybrids showing significant and desirable SCA effects for fruit yield per plant in order of merit were P¬¬4 v P6, P¬¬2 × P8 and P6 × P7. It was noted that the best F1 hybrids which expressed higher per se performance for a particular trait also exhibited desirable significant SCA effect for that trait but this trend was not always true i.e. the best specific cross might or might not have the parent with high per se performance. It is suggested that breeding techniques that can accumulate detectable genetic effects while maintaining substantial heterozygosity to take advantage of dominant gene effects have proven to be most beneficial for improving the population studied. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nOkra (Abelmoschus esculentus L. (Moench) is an economically important vegetable crop grown in the tropical and sub-tropical parts of the world. which have chromosome number 2n=2x=130 (Patil et al., 2015). It is native of Tropical Africa (Yawalkar, 1980 and Benchasri, 2012). The immature green seed pods are the edible part of this plant which are consumed as cooked vegetable, mostly fresh but sometimes sun-dried (Liu et al., 2021). Okra is gaining importance with regard to its nutritional, medicinal and industrial value. Apart from nutritional and health importance, okra plays an important role in income generation and subsistence among rural farmers in developing countries like India. Okra is commercially grown in the Indian states of Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, Maharashtra, Karnataka and Tamil Nadu (Raikar et al., 2020). It represents 13% of the total fresh vegetable exports and having potential to earn foreign currency. Commercial exploitation of hybrid vigour in okra is simple due to its ease emasculation; high fruit set rate and huge amount of seeds per fruit (Varmu et al., 2011). Being an often cross-pollinated crop, out crossing to an extent of 5 to 9% by insects is reported which renders considerable genetic diversity (Duggi et al., 2013). Hence, the first step in okra improvement should involved evaluation of the germplasm for genetic variability. As a second step, it is required to generate crosses employing a suitable mating design to know the extent of heterosis for various economic traits and inheritance pattern of desired characters, which in turn, would help in deciding the breeding strategies as well as identifying potential parents and crosses for further use in breeding programme (Singh and Singh 2012). Combining ability helps to assess the genetic value, selection of suitable parents for hybridization and identification of good hybrid cross combinations that can be utilized for commercial exploitation of heterosis (Das et al., 2020).\r\nThe prominent position of okra among Indian vegetables can be due to its easy cultivation, dependable and regular yield, wider adaptability and year round cultivation. In spite of its importance, no major breakthrough has been made in this crop and the farmers are still growing their own local varieties or open pollinated varieties. Hence, there is a need for restructuring this vegetable crop for increasing the productivity. Therefore, the present investigation was undertaken to obtain the information on combining ability and mode of gene action in okra genotypes for yield and quality parameters. \r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS \r\nThe present investigation on combining ability studies in okra was carried out at the Vegetable Research Farm, Department of Vegetable Science, Banda University of Agriculture and Technology, Banda, Uttar Pradesh during rabi season by providing good agronomic practices to keep the crop in good condition. The material for experimentation comprised of 10 distinct genotypes [Arka Anamika (P1), Kashi Pragati (P2), Hisar Naveen (P3), Hisar Unnat (P4), Punjab-8 (P5), Pusa A-4 (P6), Varsha Uphar (P7), Akola Bahar (P8), Phule Vimukta (P9) and Punjab Suhavani (P10)] collected from different research Institutes & SAUs and maintained in department of vegetable science. These 10 lines were crossed in all the possible combination in diallel technique, excluding reciprocals crosses to derive all possible 45 F1 hybrids and seeds were collected under study purpose. The parents were also maintained through selfing. All the 45 F1s seeds along with 10 parents were sown in randomized block design (RBD) with three replications during kharif season. Each treatment or a genotype in each replication was represented by one row each accommodating 10 plants at a row to row spacing of 60cm and 30cm from plant to plant. The observations were recorded on randomly selected five plants in each replication of F1s and their parents. The selected plants were tagged and properly labeled before flowering for taking observations, viz. Days to first flowering, Days to 50% flowering, Plant height (cm), Number of branches per plant, Node at which first flower Appear, Internodal length (cm), Number of nodes per plant, Number of fruits per plant, Fruit yield per plant (g), Fruit yield (q ha-1), Fruit length (cm), Fruit diameter (cm), Fruit weight (g), Days to edible fruit maturity, Number of seeds per fruit, Seed weight per fruit, 100-Seed weight and Seed yield per plant. The combining ability analysis was carried out by the procedure suggested by Griffing (1956a&b) and Robinson (1996) was taken up for the material under study.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS\r\nGeneral Combining Ability (GCA). During experimentation, variance due to general combining ability (GCA) and specific combining ability (SCA) are presented in (Table 1). It is evident from the table that mean squares due to GCA were highly significant for all the characters except days to edible fruit maturity and fruit diameter (cm). Were SCA had also highly significant for all the eighteen characters studied. The estimation of GCA effects of the parents for all the eighteen characters are presented in (Table 1). \r\nFor days to first flowering, number of seed per fruit and other maturity traits general combiners with negative values are desirable. The general combiners with negative value are usually desirable for the character days taken to first flowering. Out of ten parental lines, one parent namely P7 (-0.817) showed significant and negative GCA estimates and they were classified as good general combiners (Table 2). Out of ten parental lines, one lines viz., P6 (-0.828) showed significant and negative GCA effect in desirable direction for days to 50 % flowering (Table 2). During study, node at which first flower appears, general combiners with negative values are usually desirable. Out of ten parental lines two expressed the negative significant GCA effects. The most desirable parental lines was P2 (-0.177) and P10 (-0.153) both are valuable because this showed highly negative significant GCA effects (Table 2). Earliness for days to edible fruit maturity is most important character in okra. None of the parents showed significant GCA effects in desirable direction (Table 2). Two parental lines viz., P7 (1.230) and P5 (0.733) showed positive significant GCA effect for number of node per plant. However, 2 lines were poor general combiners in which P1 exhibited significant GCA effects with a higher value (-0.932) followed by P4 (-0.677) (Table 2).\r\nFor Internodal length, estimates of negative GCA effects values are considered desirable. Two potential lines P2 (-0.524) and P1 (-0.434) expressed this trends and were classified as the good general combiners (Table 2). Three parental line viz., P3 (0.220) followed by P10 (0.205) and P1 (0.092) were best general combiner as they showed significant GCA effect in desirable direction for this trait. On the other hand, parent P7 (-0.289), P2 (-0.181) and P5 (-0.107) exhibited significant and negative GCA effect was considered as poor general combiner for this trait. Rest of the parents were considered as average as average combiners due to non-significant GCA effects. In order to merit, five parents lines were found to be positively significant GCA effects, in which P10 (5.183) followed by P9 (5.148) and P5 (4.534) were identified as good combiners for plant height which is desirable in okra. On the other hand, four parents were found to be negatively significant GCA effects, in which P2 (-7.392) followed by P8 (-4.859) and P1 (-4.738) were proved to be poor general combiners since they exhibited significant and negative GCA effects. The rests of the parents were average combiner for this trait as they showed non-significant GCA effects. A critical examination of (Table 2) reveled that only two parents viz., P7 (1.614) and P8 (0.881) exhibited significant and positive GCA effect and hence, it was depicted as good general combiner for this trait. On the other hand, two parent viz., P1 (-1.593) and P4 (-1.053) exhibited significant and negative GCA effects and were considered as poor general combiner due to non-significant GCA effects. Significant and positive GCA effects for 10-fruits weight were observed in three parents viz., P10 (0.900) followed by P8 (0.704) and P2 (0.630). Thus, they were registered as good general combiners for fruit weight (gm). On other hand, three parents viz., P1 (-1.752) followed by P3 (-0.937) and P9¬ (-0.643) exhibited significant and negative GCA effects, hence they were proved as poor general combiner for this trait. The rest of the parents were average combiner for this trait as they showed non-significant GCA effects. Estimates of GCA effects revealed that one parent viz., P7 (0.559) was considered as good combiner for fruit length as it had exerted significant and positive GCA effect, on other hand, one parents viz., P2 (-0.353) exhibited significant and negative GCA effects. While rest of the parents were average combiner for this trait as they showed non-significant GCA effects. A critical examination of Table 3 revealed that only one parent i.e. P2 (0.062) showed good combiners as they had significant effect in desirable direction for fruit diameter. On the other hand no any parents exhibited significant and negative GCA effects and were considered as poor general combiners for this trait. Rests of the parents were considered as negative combiners due to non- significant GCA effects. In order of merit, P4 (-1.803) followed by P1 (-1.701), P3 (-1.322) and P9 (-1.106) exhibited significant and negative GCA effects which is desirable in okra hence, expressed as good combiners for number of seeds per fruit. On the other hand, parent P10 (2.259) and P5 (1.162) was proved to be poor general combiner since it exhibited significant and positive GCA effect for this trait, while rest of the parents were average combiner for this traits as they showed non-significant GCA effects. In seed weight per fruit, two parental lines viz., P6 (0.340) and P1¬ (0.251) shows valuable positive significant GCA effects and found to be good combiners for this trait. On the other hand, three parents viz., P4 (-0.253), P7 (-0.179) and P8 (-0.139) exhibited significant and negative GCA effects and were considered as poor general combiners for this trait. The rests of the parents were considered as average combiners due to non-significant GCA effects. In 100-seed weight only three parents viz., P6 (0.459) followed by P3 (0.194) and P7 (0.163) were considered as good combiners for 100-Seed weight as they had exerted significant positive GCA effects. On other hand, parent P2 (-0.289), P4 (-0.226) and P1 (-0.166) exhibited significant and negative GCA effects suggested that poor general combiners for this trait (Table 3). The rests of the parents were considered as average combiners due to non-significant GCA effects. In seed yield per plant, only one parent line i.e. P¬6 (4.056) were found for positive significant GCA effects, this is desirable for okra. On the other hand, two parents viz., P¬8 (-3.862) and P10 (-3.291) exhibited significant and negative GCA effects and were poor general combiner for this trait. The rests of the parents were considered as average combiners due to non- significant GCA effects. For fruit yield per plant two parents P¬8 (30.719) and P¬3 (29.156) showed significant positive GCA effects whereas, five parental lines were poor general combiner, with negative GCA effects (Table 3).\r\nParents P8 the best general combiner for fruit yield per plant was also found as the best general combiner for fruit yield per plant. Estimates of GCA effects reveled that two parents viz., P8 (17.066) and P3 (16.198) were considered as good general combiners for fruit yield q/ha-1 as they had exerted significant and positive GCA effects which is considered as desirable traits in okra. On the other hand, parent P10 (-10.554) followed by P5 (-9.737) and P4 (-5.921) exhibited significant and negative GCA effect suggested that poor general combiner for this trait. Remaining parents were considered as average combiners due to non-significant GCA effects. Similar result were found by Similar correspondence between these parameters was observed by Gill and Kumar (1988) in water melon, Musmade and Kale (1986) in cucumber, Jindal and ghai (2005); Rai et al. (2011); Singh et al. (2012); Vachhani et al. (2012); Nimbalkar (2017); Ivin et al. (2022) in okra.\r\nSpecific Combining Ability (SCA). The estimates of SCA effects (Sij) of 45 F1s crosses and their standard errors of different comparisons were studied for eighteen metric traits and the results have been presented in (Table 4). The SCA effects in negative directions was considered desirable for maturity traits viz., days to first flowering, days to 50 per cent flowering and days to edible fruit maturity. Out of 45 F¬1 hybrids, three showed significant and negative SCA effects in desirable direction for days to first flowering. The highest, significant and negative SCA effect was observed in cross P5 × P¬6 (-4.328) followed by P2 × P¬10 (-3.578) and P4 × P7 (-3.578). Five crosses had found significant and positive SCA effects for late flowering (Table 4). Estimates of specific combining ability for earliness in respect of days to 50 % flowering were significantly negative and desirable in five hybrids. The crosses P5 × P¬7 (-3.854) followed by P2 × P¬10 (-3.659) and P3 × P5 (-2.826) were found as the best three specific combiners (Table 4). Eight crosses had found significant and positive SCA effects for late flowering. The significant negative SCA effects for earliness for node at which first flower appear were observed in 9 hybrids. The best three promising crosses in order of performance for earliness were P1 × P¬10 (-1.014) exhibits maximum negative SCA effects followed by P1 × P¬5 (-0.983) and P1 × P4 (-0.911) were identified as good specific combiner for this trait (Table 4). On the other hand, 13 crosses showed positively significant which is not desirable for this trait (Table 4). The magnitude of SCA effects in hybrids varied from -4.337 (P¬¬5 × P7) to 9.671 (P7 × P9). Out of 45 crosses, one cross combinations showed significant and negative SCA effects for days to edible fruit maturity. The highest SCA effect was exhibited by the cross P¬¬5 × P7 (-4.337) (Table 4). The spectrum of variation for SCA effects in hybrids was from -5.786 (P¬¬5 × P6) to 3.461 (P3 × P10) (Table 4).\r\nOut of 45 crosses, eight are showed significant and positive SCA effects for number of node per plant. The highest, significant and positive SCA effect was observed in cross P3 × P10 (3.461) followed by P6 × P8 (3.302) and P2 × P6 (3.288) which is desirable good specific combiners for this trait. Out of 45 crosses, eight crosses exhibits significant and negative SCA effects for less Internodal length which is desirable trait. The highest, significant and negative SCA effect was observed in cross P2 × P5 (-1.575) followed by P1 × P9 (-1.224) and P8 × P9 (-1.001) (Table 4). Ten crosses had found significant and positive SCA effects for more Internodal length. The significant variation of specific combining ability effects in hybrids ranged from -0.663 (P¬¬1 × P4) to 0.702 (P1 × P8) (Table 4). Out of 45 crosses, thirteen hybrids showed significant and positive SCA effects, therefore, they were considered as good specific combinations for more number of branches per plant. While twelve crosses noted as poor specific cross combinations as they noted significant and negative SCA effects. The magnitude of SCA effects in hybrids varied from -30.123 (P¬¬3 × P4) to 32.350 (P2 × P8) (Table 4). Out of 45 crosses, fourteen hybrids exhibited significant and positive SCA effects for this trait. The crosses P¬¬2 × P8 (32.350) rank first trailed by P¬¬1 × P6 (21.947) and P3 × P5 (20.551) (Table 4) for this trait. Among the 45 crosses producing significant SCA effects, twelve crosses were in desired direction.\r\nThe cross P¬¬6 × P8 (5.794) ranked first followed by P¬¬5 × P6 (5.417) and P2 x P5 (5.227) (Table 4). While nine hybrids depicted as the poor specific cross combinations for this trait. The magnitude of SCA effects for fruit weight in hybrids varied from -6.327 (P¬¬5 × P6) to 8.918 (P5 × P7) (Table 5). Out of 45 crosses, Seventeen hybrids exhibited significant and desirable (positive) SCA effects for this trait. The cross P¬¬5 × P7 (8.918) rank first trailed by P¬¬2 × P9 (7.077) and P2 x P6 (6.638) (Table 5) for this trait. The spectrum of variation for SCA effects in hybrids was ranged from -1.031 (P¬¬2 × P5) to 1.817 (P4 × P6) (Table 5). Out of 45 crosses, three crosses showed significant and positive SCA effects for fruit length. The maximum fruit length was observed in cross P¬¬4 × P6 (1.817) followed by P¬¬3 × P7 (1.153) and P2 × P10 (1.097) (Table 5) which is positively significant and considered for good specific combiners for fruit length. The ranged of SCA effects in hybrids varied from -0.299 (P¬¬7 × P9) to 0.274 (P3 × P10) (Table 5). Out of 45 crosses, Four hybrids cross combinations showed significant and positive SCA effects for high fruit diameter with highest SCA effects in P¬¬3 × P10 (0.274) followed by P¬¬2 × P5 (0.201) and P1 × P3 (0.186) (Table 4.7). On the other hand, P¬¬7 × P9 (-0.299), P8 × P10 (-0.229), P¬¬3 × P4 (-0.219) and P5 × P7 (-0.216) occupied the poor specific cross combinations for fruit diameter. In case of crosses only seven were showed positive significant SCA effects. The most promising three crosses were P¬¬3 × P9 (8.105) followed by P¬¬2 × P9 (7.673) and P6 × P9 (6.048) (Table 5) displayed highest positive significant SCA effects. Whereas P¬¬5 × P9 (-10.479) followed by P¬¬1 × P9 (-10.219) and P2 × P3 (-9.788) (Table 5) expressed high negative significant SCA effects. The combined result showed that P¬¬3 × P9 (8.105) and P¬¬2 × P9 (7.673) were the good specific combinations. Among 45 crosses, only eight were expressed valuable positive significant SCA effects. The most promising three cross were P¬¬2 × P7 (1.283), P¬¬6 × P10 (0.827) and P7 × P8 (0.703) (Table 5) showed positively significant effects. Whereas P¬¬2 × P4 (-1.019) showed highest negative significant SCA effect followed by P¬¬2 × P10 (-0.991) and P4 × P8 (-0.995) (Table 5). While the cross considering the Estimates of SCA effects and per se performance of the crosses P¬¬2 x P7 Was good cross combinations for this trait. In respect of crosses seventeen were expressed positive significant SCA effects. The most promising three crosses were P¬¬2 × P7 (1.801) showed positive significant SCA effects followed by P¬¬3 × P6 (1.249) and P¬¬4 × P10 (1.095) (Table 5). While the crosses P¬¬2 × P4 (-1.497), P¬¬2 × P10 (-1.482) and P¬¬5 × P5 (-1.317) showed negative significant SCA effects. Considering the estimates of SCA effects and per se performance of the crosses P¬¬2 × P7 and P¬¬3 × P6 were good cross combination for this trait. Among 45 cross combinations, the SCA effects revealed that only five crosses displayed positive significant effects. Best three cross combinations, P¬¬4 x P10 (11.778), P¬¬4 × P7 (10.625) and P¬¬4 × P5 (10.084) (Table 5) were most promising specific combiners. Highest negative SCA estimates were observed in cross P¬¬2 × P4 (-24.964), P¬¬9 × P10 (-16.634) and P¬¬7 × P9 (-14.687) (Table 5). Considering the estimates of SCA effects and per se Performance of the crosses, P¬¬4 × P10 was best combiners for this trait. Twelve cross combinations showed significant and positive SCA effect for higher fruit yield per plant with highest SCA effects in P¬¬4 × P6 (56.651) followed by P¬¬2 ×P8 (56.530), P6 × P7 (55.878) and P¬¬5 × P8 (53.988) (Table 5). While seventeen cross combinations showed significant and negative SCA effects for fruit yield per plant. Out of 45 F1 hybrids, twelve displayed positive significant SCA effects. Crosses P¬¬4 × P6 (31.473) followed by P¬¬2 × P8 (31.405), P6 × P7 (31.043) and P¬¬5 × P8 (29.993) were the most promising combinations for fruit yield per plant (Table 5). On the other hand, seventeen crosses showed negative estimates of SCA effect with significant values. The seventeen highest negative estimates of SCA effects was observed in cross P3 × P8 (-42.177). Similar results have also been reported by Shwetha et al. (2018); Tiwari et al. (2016); Nagesh et al. (2014).', 'Brijesh Kumar Maurya, Neetu, Satya Vart Dwivedi, Devendra Pratap Singh and Shravan Kumar Maurya (2022). Combining Ability Studies for Growth, Yield and its Related Traits in Okra [Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench]. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 62-69.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5225, '136', 'Amminocyclopropane-1-carboxylate (ACC) Utilization and Indole-3-acetic Acid (IAA) Production by Sesbania rostrata rhizobial isolates', 'Kuldeep Singh*, Rajesh Gera, Nidhi Sharma, Jagdish Parshad and Sushil Kumar Singh', '12 Amminocyclopropane-1-carboxylate (ACC) Utilization and Indole-3-acetic Acid (IAA) Production by Sesbania rostrata rhizobial isolates Kuldeep Singh.pdf', '', 1, 'In present ere agriculture is facing challenges due to low nitrogen availability therefore high amount of chemical fertilizers are used. Symbiotic association occurs by Rhizobium that causes the growth of shoots and roots nodules in legumes and nitrogen fixation for improving fertility of soil. Therefore, selection of the appropriate strain is significant for enhancing biological nitrogen fixation. The current study was intended to isolate and characterize rhizobial strain from root and shoot nodule of Sesbania rostrata plants on selective yeast extract mannitol agar (YEMA) medium. On the basis of morphological properties, 26 isolates were recognized as rhizobia. These possessed a smooth texture and convex slope and were spherical, milky white, mucoid in shape. All microbial isolates were identified as Gram-negative, rod-shaped, and motile upon microscopic analysis. Biochemical depiction of rhizobia showed that all rhizobia were able to produce IAA however, 65% of rhizobial isolates could utilize ACC. These rhizobia have plant growth promoting traits so used as a biofertilizer and use of chemical fertilizer is reduced.', 'ACC, Symbiotic, Rhizobia, Sesbania rostrata, Indole-3-acetic acid (IAA)', 'All Sesbania rostrata rhizobial isolates were able to produce IAA and however, 65% of rhizobial isolates could utilize ACC (1-aminocyclopropane-1-carboxylate). So, these isolates have plant growth promoting traits which is useful for present as well as upcoming crops for improving nitrogen.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nFor sustainable agricultural practices symbiotic associations between legume and rhizobia are very essential. In this view, the phytohormone ethylene plays a vital function in inhibiting the nodulation process during nodule formation (Schaller, 2012). In addition it also influences several other plant developmental cues, together with a variety of stress responses that prevent plant growth. Gaseous plant hormone ethylene formed endogenously by every bigger plants and is known being among the best crucial molecules for regulating plant development (Bleecker and Kende, 2000 and Lin et al., 2009). Ethylene is produced from the ACC present in the root exudates by the enzyme ACC oxidase. It is key phytohormone, however more formed ethylene in stressful situation can effect in the inhibition of plant growth or death, particularly for seedlings. When ethylene is produced in the high concentration produces defoliation and other cellular activities, resulting in a decline in crop performance (Bhattacharyya and Jha, 2012). It is involved in a number of phases of symbiosis too, together with the early reaction to nodule development, bacterial nod factors, abscission and senescence (Csukasi et al., 2009 and Patrick et al., 2009). Though, a number of bacteria can reduce harmful effect of ethylene levels through act of the enzyme ACC deaminase, which degrades ACC to ammonia and α-ketobutyrate, both of which the microbe or the plant can metabolize (Glick, 2014). ACC deaminase not acting an essential function in the nodulation procedure however can adapt the persistence of nodules (Nascimento et al., 2016). An inducible enzyme, ACC deaminase\'s synthesis, is stimulated by the presence of its substrate (Singh et al., 2015). Adding of ethylene precursor ACC to plant roots barren nodulation in Medicago truncatula (Penmesta and Cook, 1997), whilst the adding of the ethylene inhibitor AVG (L-α-aminoethoxyvinyl-glycine) improved the quantity of nodules in pea (Nukui et al., 2000). Bacteria exhibiting 1-aminocyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid (ACC) deaminase activity, which inhibits the biosynthesis of ethylene in higher plants, promote plant growth through the degradation of ethylene precursors, such as ACC (Sarapat et al., 2020). The ACC deaminase bacteria offer drought tolerance by adaptable plant ethylene levels. In addition to plant adaption mechanisms, plant growth-promoting rhizobacteria (PGPR) can enhance salt tolerance in plants via ion homeostasis, production of antioxidants, ACC deaminase, phytohormones, extracellular polymeric substance (EPS), volatile organic compounds, accumulation of osmolytes, activation of plant antioxidative enzymes, and increase of nutrients uptake (Riseh et al., 2021). \r\nGrowth phytohormone indole-3-acetic acid (IAA) being considered the most significant agent of auxin class (Ludwig-Muller et al., 1993 and Serban et al., 2017). Tryptophan and indole derivatives are familiar precursors for usual biosynthetic pathways. The rhizosphere region isolated microorganisms of different crops have capability to generate IAA as minor metabolites because of plentiful supply of substrates. As a regulator of many biochemical functions, such as cell division, elongation, selectivity and tropic responses, fruit maturity, and senescence, IAA plays a critical role in the development and proliferation of plants. They can also prevent abscission of leaves, flowers and fruits. IAA synthesis by microorganism has been recognized from prolonged period. IAA produced by bacteria contributes to circumvent the host defense by derepressing the IAA signaling in the plant. IAA in addition has a straight consequence on bacterial survival and its resistance to plant defense (Spaepen et al., 2007). Eighty percent of the microbes from various crops\' rhizosphere can synthesize and produce auxins as secondary metabolites (Patten and Glick, 1996). IAA formation via indole-3-acetic aldehyde and indole-3-pyruvic acid is found in a majority of bacteria like saprophytic species of the genera “Pseudomonas and Agrobacterium; Erwinia herbicola; certain representatives of Rhizobium, Bradyrhizobium, Klebsiella, Azospirillum and Enterobacter” (Ahemad and Khan 2012). The production of indole-3-acetic acid (IAA) is an essential tool for rhizobacteria to stimulate and facilitate plant growth (Lebrazi et al., 2020)\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nIsolation of native rhizobia. Big sized, healthy, intact and pink nodules were chosen for separation of bacteria from Sesbania rostrata root as well as stem. An aseptic rod was used for crushing every apparent outside nodule in a Petri dish. YEMA medium enriched with 0.0025 percent (w/v) Congo red as an indicator was spread on Petri plates with a single loopful of the nodule suspension and cultured at 28±2oC for four days. At the end of incubation stage, the rhizobial colonies showed slight or no Congo red absorption appears white and mucoid. They were chosen out by a sterilized inoculating loop and were supplementary purified via streak plate method. The most important isolates were maintained on YEMA slants at 4°C in refrigerator for additional description (Vincent, 1970).\r\nAmminocyclopropane-1-carboxylate (ACC) utilization. Some of the bacteria can utilize the substrate 1-amminocyclopropane-1-carboxylate as sole nitrogen resource by using enzyme ACC deaminase. The ACC utilization of different bacteria can be checked on minimal medium plates supplemented with 3mM ACC (Dworkin and Foster 1958). Actively growing log phase cells of different rhizobia were spotted on such medium plates. The expansion of different rhizobia on ACC enriched media plates was observed after 3-5 days of incubation at 28±2oC. The different rhizobia showing superior expansion on ACC supplemented medium plates were characterized as ACC utilizers and presumed to have ACC deaminase activity. The expansion on minimal medium plates was used as control to compare the growth on plates supplemented with ACC.\r\nProduction of indole-3-Acetic Acid (IAA) \r\nEstimation of Indole-3-acetic acid was done by Salkowski’s method (Mayer, 1958).\r\nReagents\r\n(1) Salkowski’s reagent- 1 ml of 0.05M FeCl3 in 50 ml of 35% of perchloric acid (HClO4).\r\n(2) Indole-3-acetic acid stock solution- 100 mg ml-1 in 50% ethanol.\r\nRhizobia were grown in flasks with 25 ml of yeast extract mannitol broth enriched by 0.1 g L-1 DL-tryptophan. These flasks were incubated at 28±2oC. Fourth days, two ml of culture broth was centrifuged at 7,000 rpm for 2 min. and IAA was determined in culture supernatant using following procedure:\r\nSalkowski\'s reagent was added to 2 ml of culture supernatant, mixed, and shaken, then let to stand at room temperature for 30 minutes to acquire a pink color, which was measured on spectrophotometer at 530 nm. Standard was pure indole-3-acetic acid.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nA total of 26 rhizobia were isolated from Sesbania rostrata (Root as well as stem nodules) and stored at 4°C for further studies. Enzymes such as ACC deaminase are formed via the variety of strains and its production is typically associated to free-living bacteria/rhizobacteria, a few fungi and members of Stramenopiles. Bacteria and fungi that convey ACC deaminase can lesser the impact of a range of diverse stresses that influence plant enlargement and progress. ACC deaminase considered as important PGP traits for rhizobacteria and endophytic bacteria (Glick, 2014). ACC deaminase making may be beneficial in the nodulation practice thus enhance the nitrogen supply for legume plants because of an added efficient nodulation. The enzyme ACC deaminase lowers plant ethylene levels is one of the key mechanisms employed by plant growth promoting bacteria to help plant development under stress conditions. Screening of all Sesbania rostrata rhizobia for ACC utilization was carried out on minimal medium plates supplemented with 3mM ACC. Log phase actively grown cells were spotted on the ammonium sulphate (2 gL-1) as control medium plate and on ACC (3 mM) supplemented medium plate. These plates were incubated for 3-4 days at 28±2oC and compared the development of rhizobia on plates supplemented with both N source i.e. ammonium sulphate and ACC. It was observed that all rhizobial isolates tested showed development on minimal medium supplemented with ammonium sulphate as compared to ACC supplemented plates which showed growth of 65% rhizobia, indicating that only these rhizobial isolates have ACC deaminase activity (Table 2, Plate 1 and Fig. 1). Likewise, Singh et al. (2017) reported that forty nine percent of the rhizobia from pigeon pea showed growth on ACC supplemented plates. On ACC-supplemented plates, 38.9% of Pseudomonas strains exhibited good growth, according to Khandelwal and Sindhu\'s (2013) research. To reduce drought stress in Vigna mungo L. and Pisum sativum L., Saikia et al., (2018) investigated the effects of the consortium with three rhizobacteria that produce ACC-deaminase: Ochrobactrum pseudogrignonense RJ12, Pseudomonas spp. RJ15, and Bacillus subtilis RJ46. The consortium treatment considerably enhanced the treated plants\' dry weight, dry shoot length, and seed germination %. According to Saleem et al., (2018), inoculated velvet bean plants with plant growth promoting rhizobia (PGPR) that included the ACC deaminase enzyme during a drought environment grew more quickly than untreated plants. Compared to uninoculated plants, ethylene emission from the roots and foliage of inoculated velvet bean plants was noticeably lower. Therefore, PGPR that exhibit ACC deaminase activity shield plants against growth suppression caused by drought, excessive salt, nematodes, bacterial and fungal diseases, flooding, anoxia, metals, and organic pollutants (Gamalero and Glick, 2015). Endophytic bacterial strains of Bacillus subtilis LK14 has revealed major scenario of ACC deaminase (448.3 ± 2.91 nM α-ketobutyrate mg−1 h−1) (Khan et al., 2016). Many researchers reported that around 50-55% of abiotic stress tolerant rhizobial isolates obtained from diverse legumes like pigeonpea, guar, mungbean and mothbean have been found to be good ACC deaminase producers (Kuldeep, 2013; Dhull et al., 2016 and Mondal et al., 2017). Belimov et al. (2019) also reported that R. leguminosarum bv. viciae 1066S exhibiting ACC deaminase activity increased shoot biomass, nodulation, nitrogen fixation, water use efficiency (WUE), and nutrient uptake in pea plats exposed to water deficit conditions. \r\nIAA production is prevalent amongst environmental bacteria that inhabit soils. Therefore, all 26 rhizobial isolates were tested for IAA production. All rhizobial isolates were found to be IAA producers, though, their production quantity wide-ranging significantly from 0.45 to 22.77 μg/ml. Out of 26 isolates 23, 31 and 46% were poor, moderate and excellent IAA producers, respectively. Maximum IAA production was observed by the rhizobial isolates SRTn/s (22.77 μg/ml), while the isolate SRHg/s (0.45 μg/ml) showed minimum IAA production (Table 2, Fig 2 and Plate 2). It was observed that all isolates showed IAA production however, their production amount varied considerably. Indole acetic acid was produced by 26 Rhizobial strains isolated from Sesbania sesban (L.) Merr. in different zones of Andhra Pradesh, according to Sridevi and Mallaiah (2007), but only five strains produced the most significant amount in YEM broth supplemented with L-tryptophan. Maximum amount (28.0 µg/ml) of IAA was produced by Rhizobium strain 13 after seventy two hours of incubation. Mohite (2013) also reported that out of ten IAA producing isolates, five isolates were selected as efficient producers from rhizosphere bacteria. Comparable, outcome were also observed by Khalid et al., (2004) who categorised the in vitro IAA production by rhizobacteria in three major groups: low (1 to 10 μg/ml), medium (11 to 20 μg/ml) and high producers (21 to 30 μg/ml). Compared to control plants, seedlings inoculated by IAA-producing bacteria produced more shoot biomass, longer roots, and more colonization (Etesami et al., 2014). Dhull et al., (2016) also reported that all the 54 clusterbean rhizobia were found to be IAA producers, though, their production quantity varied considerably. Boora (2016) also reported that most of the abiotic stress tolerant pigeon pea rhizobia were good IAA producer having different levels of IAA production. Similarly, Subha (2018) reported that all the native rhizobial isolates from different legumes crop showed IAA production, however their production amount varied considerably from 1.62 to 12.3 ug/ml. IAA secretion was estimated of the three Rhizobium isolates (Rf3, Rf11 and Rf12), the maximum amount of IAA was found in yeast extract mannitol medium supplemented with 500µg/ml L-tryptophan. Lebrazi et al. (2020) isolated eighty rhizobial bacteria isolated from root nodules of Acacia cyanophylla grown in different regions of Morocco were firstly screened for their ability to produce IAA. Then, IAA production by a combination of isolates and the inoculation effect on the germination of Acacia cyanophylla seeds was studied using the best performing isolates in terms of IAA production.', 'Kuldeep Singh, Rajesh Gera, Nidhi Sharma, Jagdish Parshad and Sushil Kumar Singh (2022). Amminocyclopropane-1-carboxylate (ACC) Utilization and Indole-3-acetic Acid (IAA) Production by Sesbania rostrata rhizobial isolates. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 70-76.'),
(5226, '136', 'Investigation on the Suitability of Cake Batter for 3D Printing', 'Pentala Mallesham, S. Parveen*, P. Rajkumar, G. Gurumeenakshi and M. Balakrishnan', '13 Investigation on the Suitability of Cake Batter for 3D Printing Pentala Mallesham.pdf', '', 1, '3D Food Printing is a system of defining options for creative personalization, and revolutionizing food production. In spite of the increasing commercial potential for bakery products, no study has yet examined the printability of cake batter. The influence of the incorporation of hydrocolloids on the dimensional stability of the cake batter was investigated. xanthan gum was blended in mass fractions of 0.25% and 0.75%. The rheological and textural properties of the cake batter were measured and 3D printed structures were analysed. The cake batter of control possessed a low consistency index (248.4Pa.sn) and printed objects deformed and sagged during post-printing. Whereas the cake batter with the addition of 0.75% xanthan gum displayed shear-thinning behaviour, a consistency index (k) of 975.7(Pa.sn), and good elastic modulus (G′) resulting in excellent extrudability and printability. Printability and rheological properties are mainly influenced by the source of particles and particle content. Good printing precision and shape stability (upto Height = 3cm) were obtained for the cake batter with 0.75% of xanthan gum. The printed objects exhibited smooth shape, and good resolution, and could withstand the shape over time.', '3D Food Printing, hydrocolloid, cake batter, consistency index, elastic modulus, textural properties', 'The effects of hydrocolloid inclusion on the dimensional stability of 3D printed cake batter were examined in the current study. In this investigation, it was discovered that the rheological behaviour and textural characteristics of cake batter containing 0.75% of xanthan gum were suitable for 3D printing created objects. The results demonstrate that cake batter containing 0.75% xanthan gum could be successfully printed while maintaining its 3D design shape. Increasing the percentage of xanthan gum in the cake batter prevented the loss of its mechanical strength. The dynamic viscoelastic behaviour in the frequency sweep demonstrated that the cake batter exhibits rapid viscoelastic loss that induces deformation. In summary, this study offers a method for enhancing the shape retention of 3D printed objects and gives insight into the material qualities needed for the processing methods used in the 3D printing of food materials.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\n3D printing is an additive manufacturing technique that involves laying down consecutive layers of material to create a three-dimensional object (Hao et al., 2010). It provides new levels of localised manufacturing that are truly based on digital fabrication via layer-by-layer deposition in three-dimensional space (Yang et al., 2017). This technology helps to create customised food without the need for specialised tooling, moulding, or human interaction and allows for creating an unusual and complex shape (Dankar et al., 2018). Food designers can use this technology to create some innovative food designs that are impossible to design by hand or with traditional moulds (Liu et al., 2017). The manufacturers of bakeries, cafes, and restaurants can use it to produce baked goods like cakes and biscuits with less labour by creating personalised patterns based on the preferences of their customers (Cohen et al., 2009). Sugar, gelatine based chocolate, and other food components are utilised to construct the desired shape using this approach (Mantihal et al., 2020).\r\n There are numerous food 3D printing technologies. Extrusion-based is the most used method for printing food. The semi-solid food material is extruded as a tiny thread by the printing nozzle, which has three axes of motion viz, X, Y, and Z (Liu et al., 2018). Foods can be natively printable, or maybe non-printable and may require appropriate pre-processing (such as the addition of hydrocolloids) to make them printable. The stability of 3D objects both before and after printing is a major issue (Hussain et al., 2022), that layers must be rigid and strong enough to support both their weight and the weight of subsequent layers without severely deforming or altering shape (Sun et al., 2015). When 3D printed objects are processed, additives and recipe control are two techniques that can significantly increase the accuracy of shape (Lipton et al., 2010). Purees, gels, and doughs are all combined with structural hydrocolloids to support their structures(Yang et al., 2017). The use of hydrocolloids with food ingredients to create printable food products with a variety of textures and flavours (Cohen et al., 2009).\r\nHydrocolloids are effective food additives with several uses because of their ability to interact and bind with water. The most often used ones are starch, xanthan gum, beta-glucan, guar gum, pectin, alginate, carrageenan, and inulin (Funami, 2011). This research aims to investigate the printability of xanthan gum-based cake batter. The impact of hydrocolloid inclusion on the rheological characteristics, printing performance, and textural profile of the product to demonstrate the stability of 3D printed goods.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nA. Materials\r\nWheat flour (9.2g/100 g protein and10% mc, 0.86% ash),Powdered Sugar, and Eggs were purchased from local grocers of Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu. Cake Margarine (fat) (TSR International New Super Blend), Double-acting baking powder (Bakers Colour& Flavours (INDIA) Coimbatore, Tamilnadu), Cake Gel (IVORY,V Subramanian and CO, Tiruppur, Tamilnadu), Vanilla No 1 (International Flavors & Fragrances India Private Limited, Chennai), and Xanthan Gum (urban platter).\r\nB. Preparation of Cake Batter\r\nMixing Method. The flour-batter method is used for the preparation of cake batter. The mixture of fat (margarine) is creamed up with an equal proportion of (1:1) flour until a light creamy mass is obtained. Other ingredients namely Eggs, Sugar, Cake Gel, and Vanilla added to a planetary mixer, which is then whisked at a speed of 80 rpm for 3min. Then the mixture is blended in the same container by using a planetary mixer at a speed of 60 rpm for 2-3 min witha priorly prepared creamy mass and remained baking powder and xanthan gum are added.\r\nSteady Shear Measurements. Rheology of the material supply was examined using a parallel plate rheometer (MCR 52 series, Anton Paar Co. Ltd., Austria) with parallel plate geometry with a diameter of 50 mm. The experiments were carried out at 25°C with a 1 mm gap between the two plates. The steady shear viscosity measurements of the samples were recorded by ramping the shear rate from 0.1 to 500 s−1. Once the sample was loaded, the geometry was adjusted to the place of the measurement, and any excess sample was cleared from the edges. The acquired rheological values were fitted to the power-law model to explain how apparent viscosity and shear are related (Eq. 1) (Wilson et al., 2020).\r\n η=k.γ^(n-1) (1)\r\nwhere η is the material viscosity (Pa s), γ is the shear rate (s−1), k is the consistency index (Pa sn), and n is the flow behaviour index (dimensionless).\r\nOscillatory Dynamic Measurements. A Rheometer (MCR 92 series, Anton Paar Co. Ltd. Austria) was used to measure the dynamic viscoelastic properties of the material supply by a small amplitude oscillatory frequency sweep test. Initially, strain sweeps (0.01 to 100 per cent) at a fixed frequency of 1 Hz were used to calculate the linear viscoelastic range (LVR) of the samples.\r\nAt 0.05% strain (in the viscoelastic linear regime) and 25oC, the frequency sweep test was conducted with frequency ranging from 0.1 to 100 rad/s. By measuring the shear storage modulus (G\'), which describes the elastic behaviour of the samples, and the shear loss modulus (G\"), which describes the viscous behaviour of the sample, dynamic rheological parameters (mechanical spectra) of the samples were recorded. The loss factor (tanδ) was determined by (Eq. 2) (Ronda et al., 2011).\r\n tan δ=G\"/G\' (2)\r\nC. Printing Process\r\nThe food-based 3D Printer (Fabforge Innovations Private Limited, Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu) (Fig. 1), is primarily outfitted with four cylindrical metal tubes and an XYZ positioned supplied with a pneumatic extrusion system is propelled by compressed gas. The food components were placed in a plastic syringe which was put into a metal tube. The printing contained four tubes that could be used individually or collectively for four different types of materials (Huang et al., 2019). The syringe barrel was filled with cake batter and composite with gums, and the printing programme was set up. Fusion 360 software was used to build two 3D models (a cylinder, and a mickey mouse), which were then translated using the slicing programme simplify 3D (Simplify3D®, Cincinnati, OH). The following printing settings were made: flow rate 100%, with a rectilinear fill pattern; printing nozzle aperture-1.20 mm; nozzle height- 1.15 mm; printing speed-40 mm/s. These settings were established based on the initial tests. The cylinder and the mickey mouse were printed in the following dimensions 1) cylinder (30 mm in length, width, and height), and 2) Mickey Mouse (w = 35mm, l = 40mm, h = 30mm).\r\n\r\n3D Structure Analysis. In this experiment, a cylinder (30×30×30mm3) and a mickey mouse (w = 35mm, l = 40mm, h = 35mm) were chosen for printing. The printed cylinder and mickey mouse were measured for length, width, and height using vernier callipers. The research approach of Liu et al., (2019) was used to evaluate the quality of printed samples. During and immediately after printing, images of the printed structures were taken, and the print quality was visually graded on a scale of 1 to 5 (1 = extremely terrible, 5 = very good).\r\nD. Textural Properties of the Prepared Cake Batter\r\nThe strength of the mixture was studied by performing a texture profile analysis using a texture analyser (TA-HD plus, Stable Micro Systems Ltd., UK) attached to a cylindrical probe (P/36) by the compression of the cake batter. The initial distance between plate and probe was set to 3.0 cm, 2 mm is the test speed, 3 mm is the pre-test speed, and 10 mm is the post-test speed (Yang, et al., 2018).\r\n\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Rheological Behaviour\r\nSteady Shear Measurements. In order to achieve continuous extrusion during 3D printing, food items must be able to flow. By analysing the shear profile and viscosity of the cake batter, the impact of different xanthan gum concentrations on the rheological behaviour of the prepared cake batter was investigated. All materials exhibited shear-thinning behaviour, showing that the material\'s apparent viscosity decreased as the shear rate increased irrespective of the xanthan gum proportion added. The apparent viscosity curve (Fig. 2) shows that the viscosity of the prepared cake batter decreases as shear rates increases, exhibiting shear-thinning behaviour for n < 1 and k = 248.4, 565.3, & 975.7Pa.sn for control, 0.25% and 0.75% of xanthan gum respectively. The model demonstrated non-Newtonian behaviour, with all cake batters exhibiting shear thinning behaviour due to enhanced fluidity of the batter matrix brought about by the breakdown of large agglomerated particles into smaller ones (Azari et al., 2020).\r\nThe cake batter with 0.75% xanthan gum is thicker than the control because it has a lower flow behaviour index (n = 0.327). This may be because xanthan gum has strong thickening properties, i.e. greater apparent viscosity (195 Pa.s) of the cake batter with 0.75% xanthan gum compared to the control (80 Pa.s). High k values of cake batter with 0.75% xanthan gum indicate that the batter\'s emulsified structure is rigid. Due to significant water absorption in batters throughout the solubilization, gelatinization, and unfolding processes, which lowers the quantity of free water available in the solution, the cake batter with 0.75% of xanthan gum has high apparent viscosity (Martínez et al., 2015). The steady-state shear measurements that the viscosity decreased as the shear rate increased, indicating that the material supply exhibited the necessary post extrusion behaviour that contributed to structural stability. \r\nDynamic oscillatory measurement. Understanding the flow ability and post-printing stability of material supply is simplified by an evaluation of the dynamic viscoelastic properties. The loss modulus (G\") is the viscous response, which is the ratio of stress to strain under vibratory conditions, whereas the storage modulus (G\') is a measure of the elastic solid-like behaviour. The loss tangent (tan δ = G\"/G\') is used as a characteristic parameter to exhibit the different viscoelastic behaviour (Yang et al., 2018). A 0.05 % strain rate was selected for the oscillation test in the linear viscoelastic range. In every sample, G\' and G\" values increased with angular frequency. It was observed that batters behaved solidly because the storage modulus was greater than the loss modulus. All batters\' G′ was significantly higher than G′′ (Fig. 3), indicating an elastically active gel-like structure that is favourable to the ability of a printed object to retain its shape (Huang et al., 2019). The cake batter with 0.75% xanthan gum possesses good printing stability and has G′ (16.70kPa) and G′′ (5.95 kPa) values that are higher compared with the control cake batter of G′ (11.16 kPa) and G′′ (3.80 kPa) values.\r\nAdditionally, the mixing system produced higher inter-and intramolecular pressures as the oscillation frequency, G′ and G′′, increased (Liu et al., 2020). Based on the results, it is evident that the tan δ for all prepared cake batter was < 1, indicating the elastic nature and the solid-like behaviour of the material supplies (Wilson et al., 2020).\r\nB. Analysis of Textural properties\r\nAssessing the behaviour of the material when subjected to mechanical stress is made easier by analysis of the textural profile of the prepared cake batter. The control, 0.25%, and 0.75% xanthan gum of prepared cake batter hardness, adhesiveness, springiness, cohesion, and resilience were analysed. The amount of extrusion force necessary to push the material out of the print head with a changing cross-sectional area from the syringe feeder to a smaller aperture of the printing nozzle is studied by the hardness of the material supply. The cake batter with 0.75% of xanthan gum exhibited a hardness of (100.21g), which is high compared to the hardness of the control cake batter (87.22g). All samples\' hardness significantly increased as hydrocolloid concentrations increased (Kim et al., 2017). The characteristic of the material supply known as adhesiveness supports the binding of each printed layer (Yang et al., 2018). The adhesiveness of the control (-87.20) was significantly lower than that of cake batter with 0.75% of xanthan gum (-79.58). This facilitates the control of cake batter flows easily out of the syringe feeder at 1bar pressure. The material undergoes pressure as it moves from a higher to a lower cross-sectional area and exhibits the extruder swell phenomenon as it passes through the nozzle. The degree of this phenomenon is determined by the springiness of the material supply (Anukiruthika et al., 2020). The ability of a substance to form a dough is explained by its cohesiveness (Wilson et al., 2020). Compared with all the prepared cake batter, the higher values of springiness, and cohesiveness for cake batter with 0.75% xanthan gum indicate the better strength of the material supply, making it suitable for extrusion-based printing (Wilson et al., 2021).\r\nC. Printability and stability of the sample\r\nThe ability of a sample to be printed directly affects the stability of the 3D printed shape over time (Kim et al., 2017). The printed structure of different cake batters is shown in Table 3. The cake was printed in the shape of a cylinder (d = 30 mm, h = 30 mm, filling ratio = 100%) and mickey mouse (w=35mm, l=40mm, h=30mm) using a needle with a diameter (d) of 1.22mm, printing velocity of 40 mm/s and compressive pressure varied according to the different cake batter type.\r\nIn the case of xanthan gum incorporation in 0.25% & 0.75% to the cake batter was smoothly extruded and exhibited shape retention, thus indicating a high-quality product. But an increase in xanthan gum caused the extrusion of layers to stop suddenly, which prevented the creation of a successful structure. The results obtained indicate that excess xanthan gum results in an increase in mechanical strength that is relatively substantial and leads to poor printing performance (Liu et al., 2019).\r\nThe control cake batter had a much smaller volume and more disorganised internal texture arrangements showed slight deformation at the top due to low material stability. The control cake batter had poor shape stability. In particular, an obscure texture and the worst printing quality were observed for the control cake batter, which almost completely lost its shape. The addition of 0.25% and 0.75% of xanthan gum to the cake batter in the group significantly altered the printing quality, according to observations. Additionally, observation of the cylinder-shaped sample revealed that the cake batter with 0.75% xanthan gum was able to maintain the cylindrical shape which was maintained at a constant volume.\r\nThe cake batter with 0.25% xanthan gum showed some deformation. The cake batter with 0.75% of xanthan gum displayed a significantly more structured internal texture compared to the other samples, as well as improved stability in both shapes.\r\n', 'Pentala Mallesham, S. Parveen, P. Rajkumar, G. Gurumeenakshi and M. Balakrishnan (2022). Investigation on the Suitability of Cake Batter for 3D Printing. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 77-82.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5227, '136', 'Present status of Rapeseed Mustard oil Quality Improvement', 'Kavita Raina, S. K. Rai, Om Prakash Yadav* and Deepak Kaushik', '14 Present status of Rapeseed Mustard oil Quality Improvement Om Prakash Yadav.pdf', '', 1, 'In India, traditional indigenous species such as brown sarson, black mustard, yellow sarson, toria, Indian mustard, and taramira are grown, as well as non-traditional species such as white mustard, gobhi sarson, and karan rai, or Ethiopian mustard. Since around 3500 BC, indigenous species have been cultivated. Oilseed crops, behind cereals, are the second most influential determinant of the agricultural economy in the field crop sector. India also imports a lot of vegetable oils. Vegetable oil use has increased in recent years, both for culinary and industrial purposes. The demand-supply mismatch in edible oils has required massive imports, which now account for 60% of the country\'s needs. Major achievements in genetic resource management, quality improvement, varietal development, hybrid development, improving tolerance to abiotic and biotic stresses, seed production, and the convergence of conventional and biotechnological approaches. In oilseeds brassica improvement, the production of 203 agro climatic specific varieties, including four hybrids, five low erucic, five low erucic, and five low glucosinolate varieties, as well as the registration of 42 genetic stocks, has been outstanding. In addition, the report tries to give a future vision and plan for rapeseed-mustard research in order to improve productivity and quality while maintaining yield improvements. Major challenge in our study is to find the correct data related to the study but it become possible through some international author\'s publications.', 'Oilseeds, quality control, fatty acid, erucic acid, glucosinolate, PUFAs, MUFA', 'Rapeseed breeding for enhanced seed quality resulted in the emergence of double zero cultivars with low 22:1 as well as low seed GSL concentrations. A comprehensive and powerful investigation on seed quality in Brassica napus enabled us in finding of many generic regions implicated in seed quality among diverse mapping populations.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nIndia is one of the world\'s greatest producers of oilseeds, contributing significantly to Indian agriculture and providing a source of income for rural communities (Rai et al., 2016). Brassica oil is a valuable source of energy and nourishment for humans, while degreased cakes are used as feed in animal nutrition (Baltrukoniene et al., 2015). Brassica produces roughly a third of India\'s total oil, making it one of the country\'s most important edible oilseed crops, ahead of peanuts. The fat composition of oils derived from Brassica seeds for culinary and industrial purposes determines their worth. out of the major oilseed crops extensively. grown in India, rapeseed and mustard inhabit the second most important place after soybean because of its greater sustainability and adaptability to diverse agro-ecological situations (Choudhary et al., 2022). Indian mustard (Brassica juncea (L.); B. campestris L. ecotypes toria, brown sarson, and yellow sarson; gobhi sarson (B. napus L.), Ethiopian mustard (B. carinata), and taramira (Brassica juncea L.) their Rapeseed mustard is used to make animal feed, vegetable oil, and biodiesel (Rai et al., 2016). From the above mentioned Brassica species, in the Indian subcontinent, B. juncea is one of the dominant species expanding along with B. rapa (syn. B. campestris L.) and B. napus L., and these are the important sources of edible oil in India. Indian mustard is the scientific name for Brassica juncea. It has 36 chromosomes and derived as an amphidiploid of B. rapa (2n = 20; genome AA) and B. nigra (2n = 16; genome BB) (genome AABB) (Rai et al. 2017). Indian mustard (Brassica juncea L.) is largely self-pollinated with limited outcrossing ranging from 10–18% of the total seed set (Rai et al., 2012).\r\nOrganic acids produced from triglycerides and phospholipids are known as fatty acids. Unsaturated fatty acids have one carboxyl (-COOH) group and a lengthy carbon chain connected by double bonds, while saturated fatty acids have single bonds. Fatty acids have been the most common kind of dietary fat. Mustard seeds typically contain 37 to 42 percent oil, as well as the principal kinds of fatty acids derived from Brassica species, including palmitic acid (16:0), linoleic acid (18:2), stearic acid (18:0), oleic acid (18:1), eicosanoic acid (22:0), linolenic acid (18:3), and erucic (22:1) acid.\r\nBrassica species are widely farmed for edible and industrial oils produced from the seeds all over the world, however also contain considerable levels of unpalatable fatty acids, such as erucic acid, which are toxic to humans (Snowdon et al., 2007). Brassica oil has higher genetic variation in its fatty acid content than other vegetable oils. Brassica oil has more long-chain monounsaturated fatty acids than any other commercially produced plant oil, such as erucic acid (22:1). The oil is good for industrial use but not for human consumption due to the high quantity of erucic acid in it.\r\nAs a result, producing variants free of erucic acid is required, and lowering high erucic acid levels is a desirable breeding goal for Brassica oilseed crops. For human nutrition, crop species with greater amounts of C18:1 and C18:2 fatty acids have recently attracted more attention. Oils with a high oleic and linoleic acid content are more resistant to oxidation and produce fewer unwanted byproducts when deep fried. As a result, significant breeding objectives in Brassica juncea entail increasing oil content and enhancing the fatty acid composition of the seed oil.\r\nThe following are the goals of the rapeseed oil and seed meal quality enhancement programme:\r\n— The yield and quality characteristics of B. juncea and B. napos lines with low erucic acid and low glucosinolate were evaluated.\r\n— Rapeseed and mustard cultivars with decreased erucic and/or glucosinolate contents are being developed.\r\n— Basic research to better understand the genetics and breeding behaviour of erucic acid and glucosinolate content, as well as information on the reaction types \"0\" and \"00\" to endemic pests and illnesses.\r\nThe study of indigenous and foreign germplasm indicated a wide range of fatty acid variance in Brassica juncea.\r\nThe FAO/WHO recommends a greater ratio of MUFA/SUFA in human nutrition, as well as a large proportion of PUFAs, such as C18:2 and C18:3 with a needed ratio between 5:1 (x-6) and 10:1 (x-3) in Table 1. The oil content of Indian mustard lacks the optimal composition of fatty acids which is essential for the human energy and nourishment, as can be seen from the preceding guidelines. High erucic acid, in particular, is nutritionally undesirable, whereas high eruate levels in mustard oil are hazardous to various mammalian health (Somerville et al., 2000).\r\na) According to Sinha et al., (2007), fatty acids are present in mol% of cultivated varieties.\r\nb) The UN Food and Agriculture Organization and the World Health Organization collaborated on a report on \"Fats and Oils in Human Nutrition,\" which was presented in Rome on October 19–26, 1993.\r\nFatty Acid in Brassica Species: According to ideal fatty acid composition for safe human health, the unsaturated fatty acids in Brassica species are linoleic (20%), oleic (65%), linolenic (9%), and erucic acid (2%), while the saturated fatty acids are palmitic (6%) and stearic (2%). The fatty acid content of Brassica seed oil determines its nutritional value, with specific focus dedicated to the quantities of oleic, linoleic, linolenic, and erucic acids, which are all vital in human health and nutrition. In Indian mustard, oleic acid had a positive association with linoleic acid and a negative correlation with erucic acid. Linoleic acid exhibited a negative and significant association with erucic acid across the crops as well as in Indian mustard. Erucic acid in Indian mustard and glucosinolate content in toria were also negatively and significantly associated with linolenic acid.\r\nBiosynthesis of Fatty Acids and their Analysis: Dimov and Mollers (2010) investigated the genetic diversity of saturated fatty acid concentration in two sets of oilseed rape (B. napus) cultivars. In terms of total saturated fatty acids, the results showed that there are extremely significant genetic variations among the cultivars, ranging from 6.8 to 8.1 percent, with a mean of 7.4 percent. According to the characterization of mutants lacking in long-chain fatty acids in Arabidopsis thaliana, the Fatty Acid Elongase 1 (FAE1) gene is responsible for elongation of C18:1 (oleic acid) to C22:1 (erucic acid) (Lassner et al., 1996). The gene encodes β-ketoacyl-CoA synthase (KCS), a seed-specific condensing enzyme that works as a rate-limiting enzyme in erucic acid biosynthesis and is also implicated in the first stage of the fatty acid elongation pathway (Lassner et al., 1996). The embryonic control of erucic acid led to the development of the half-seed technique (Harvey and Downey, 1964) for the determination of the fatty acid composition of individual seeds. This technique was used worldwide in the genetic analysis of erucic acid and the development of zero-erucic acid Brassica cultivars. This method enables the plant breeder to analyse the fatty acid content of one cotyledon while retaining the other cotyledon with the embryo for planting. This approach was used by Kirk and Hurlstone (1983) to develop low erucic acid B. juncea lines.\r\nDifferent types of fatty acids in Brassica juncea: \r\n1. Palmitic acid (C16:0) and stearic acid (C18:0) are two types of fatty acids: Fats that are rich in palmitic or stearic acids find their applicability in various foods for consumption. Stearic acid, in comparison to palmitic acid, has lower low-density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol, which is well-known for causing coronary heart disease. Thus, replacing palmitic acid with stearic acid lowers LDL-cholesterol levels, lowering the risk of the disease. Saturated fatty acids palmitic acid (C16:0) and stearic acid (C18:0) are widely consumed in Western nations (Ervin et al., 2004). Some studies indicate that palmitic acid is more cholesterol-raising in comparison to stearic acid (Mensink 2016).\r\n2. Oleic acid: Oleic acid is some kind of unsaturated fatty acid that plays a significant function in human nutrition. Oleic acid-rich fats and oils are very resistant to heat and oxidation, making them ideal for a wide range of applications. Because oleic acid-rich oils have thermal stability comparable to or equal to saturated fats, they are ideal for commercial food-service applications that replace saturated fats, meaning long-term stability. It allows you to heat them to a higher temperature without smoking, which helps to cut down on cooling time and food oiling. Unsaturated fats and oils, such as oleic acid oil, have the ability to reduce cholesterol levels, but saturated (palmitic and stearic) fatty acids have the ability to significantly elevate blood cholesterol levels. Vegetable oils with a high C18:1 concentration is becoming increasingly desirable in both nutritional and industrial uses.\r\n3. Linoleic acid: Increased dietary required linoleic acid (C18:2) and decreased linolenic acid have a significant impact on the nutritional quality of Brassica oil (C18:3). Linoleic acid and its derivatives are recognized as essential fatty acids since they cannot be generated by the human body and must be gained from diet. Furthermore, the edible oil\'s high amount of linoleic acid decreases blood cholesterol and prevents atherosclerosis. As a result, edible oils rich in linoleic acid are regarded as premium oils. Although linolenic acid is an important fatty acid, it can produce rancidity and off-flavor in the oil.\r\n4. Linolenic acid: Linolenic acid (C18:3) is a fatty acid found in many food oils. Linolenic acid is quickly oxidised due to its three double bonds, reducing the oil\'s shelf life. As a result, one of the most important breeding goals is to lower down the quantity of linolenic acid obtained from rapeseed. Because genetic diversity in linolenic acid content is restricted, x-rays and chemical mutagens are used to create low-linolenic acid mutants, which are predominantly seen in oilseed rape (Brassica napus ssp. oleifera) (Scarth et al., 1988). Linolenic acid is produced either by desaturation of linoleic acid (C18:2) or, possibly, by elongation of C16:3 (Thompson, 1983).\r\n5. Erucic acid: In general, erucic acid concentration varies greatly in the genus Brassica, depending on the genotype\'s allelic composition, ploidy level, genetic background, and environmental effect. Its ingestion is unsatisfactory, resulting in a variety of human health problems. As a result, genotypes and varieties with low levels of this fatty acid are nutritionally graded as high. Zero-erucic acid genotypes were found to belong to B. napus, B. rapa, and certain B. juncea and B. carinata, according to studies. Plasticizers, detergents, surfactants, and polyesters, among other goods, rely heavily on high erucic acid oil. As a result, producing genotypes with high erucic content is a major priority in today\'s brassica breeding. One of the most advantageous breeding programmes is the resynthesis of the amphidiploid species B. napus with high erucic acid content from genotypes of their diploid progenitors, B. oleracea and B. rapa.\r\nThe high oleic acid concentration in seed oil makes it more heat stable, making it better for cooking. Oleic acid makes seed oil more suitable for industrial usage, in order to boost up the efficiency of cooking oil. Furthermore, higher amount of oleic acid is considered to be nutritive for human consumption since they increase the levels of high-density lipoproteins (HDLs) in the blood while decreasing the levels of low-density lipoproteins (LDLs) (Chang and Huang 1998). When present in higher proportions in edible oil, erucic acid, another important MUFA, is known to be anti-nutritional and inappropriate for human consumption. Erucic acid levels in cooking oil are higher because humans have a larger cardiac conductance, which leads to increase in level of blood cholesterol (Sinha et al., 2007).\r\nSeveral genotypes with increased erucic acid levels will be essential for a variety of sectors. The plastic, tannery, cosmetic, polyster, and detergent industries all employ erucic acid-rich oil as a raw material (Coonrod et al., 2008). The genotypes Pusa 30, PM-21, and PM-24 with low erucic acid will be extremely important in the future when Brassica breeding programmes focus on the establishment of zero-erucic lines for nutritional objectives.\r\nPolyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFAs) are recognized to be precursors of long-chain fatty acids, which are used to make physiologically important compounds like prostaglandins. Cooking oil should be low in polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFAs) such linoleic and linolenic acids. Linoleic and linolenic acid levels were 11.00–45.30 percent, 11.10–26.72 percent, 18.57–26.93 percent, 9.99–17.23 percent, 14.08–18.18 percent, 9.82–26.66 percent, and 14.08–18.18 percent respectively, in Brassica juncea, Brassica napus and Brassica rapa genotypes. Linoleic acid is an essential fatty acid that the human body cannot generate on its own and must be obtained from food.\r\nHigh quantities of linoleic acid in edible oil have been shown to lower blood cholesterol and prevent atherosclerosis. Despite the fact that linolenic acid known to be an essential fatty acid, its existence in the oil can cause rancidity as well as a bad taste (Sharafi et al., 2015). Brassica cultivars with low erucic acid levels and high linoleic acid levels can also be employed in various Brassica breeding programmes aimed at improving the quality and quantity of oil for nutritional and industrial uses.\r\nCanola: Canola is a vital source of oil for both edible and industrial uses and research to increase quality of oil is critical for maintaining its repute as a high-quality vegetable (Brassica) oil. Palmitic acid, linoleic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, arachidic acid, linolenic acid, and erucic acid are some of the fatty acids contained in canola oil (Wang et al., 2017). Canola oil is used in human diets because of its high nutritional content, and it\'s been found to decline the plasma cholesterol levels when compared to nutriment heavy in saturated fatty acids. It has been shown that canola oil consumption affects biological activities that impact a variety of different disease risk indicators (Lin et al., 2013).\r\nThe oil\'s fatty acid content is genetically regulated, and it has been successfully altered to make products that are specially customized for their intended application. Canola oil typically includes ,<2% erucic acid, 5-8% saturated fats, 60-65% mono-saturated fats, and 30-35% polyunsaturated fats. Double zero oil is commonly used in cooking, salad toppings, and the production of margarine. This appeals to clients that cannot risk their health since canola has the lowest saturated fat ratio among all the prime edible vegetable oils.\r\nCanola cultivars having enhanced oil profiles used in high-temperature or saying continuous frying are sometimes referred to as \"specialty canola.\" Oils produced by specialty canola cultivars typically contain less than 4% of linolenic acid (18:3) and more than 70% of oleic acid (18:1). These cultivars\' oils are more temperature stable and have a longer shelf life.\r\nThe researchers has developed transgenic (genetically modified) canola seeds with much increased oil content. When the truncated canola storage protein 2S-1 promoter, also known as the napA promoter, is at an appropriate level, seed-specific over expression of BnLEC1 and BnL1L genes (from canola) under the control of the promoter significantly increases the seed oil content of the transgenic oilseed plant without affecting other major agronomic traits.\r\nQi et al. (2012) isolated the motifs for RNA-binding No.2 (RRM2) from the flowering control locus A (FCA) protein (FCA-RRM2) from canola variety No. 1 (i.e., \"Nannongyou\"), then used Agrobacterium rhizogenes to introduce it into cotyledon nodes, where it was fixed under a 35S-35S promoter (a variant of the cauliflower promoter) (for plant transformation selection). Canola FCA-RRM2 enhances plant growth, its organ size, cell structure, plant productivity, and their oil content, according to the researchers. These findings, according to the study\'s author, present a realistic way for improving the plant\'s genetics.\r\nFatty acid content. Now, people are well known about their healthy diet as consumption of any unhealthy food without essential fatty acids causes a number of diseases related to blood, endocrine, immune function and metabolic effects etc. (Bhoge, 2015). The utilization of brassica oil by humans is dependent on brassica oil. The majority of monounsaturated fatty acids (MUFAs) are utilized largely as a source of edible oil due to the larger concentration of 16 and 18 carbon unsaturated fatty acids in vegetable seeds (Simopoulos, 2008; Ramos et al., 2009; Priyamedha and co-workers 2014). Linolenic acid (C18:3), for example, is an undesired fatty acid for this content since it affects the oil\'s durability, despite the fact that it is an important dietary fatty acid. Furthermore, erucic acid (C22:1) includes about half of the total fatty acid, which is harmful to humans since it has been linked to myocardial lipidosis. Although erucic acid is abundant in wild forms of rapeseed and mustard (about 40% of total fatty acids), it is rarely found in rapeseed produced for human use.\r\nAccording to the annual report of ICAR-DRMR, 2020, the fatty acid profile of various genotypes, as determined by gas chromatography, revealed palmitic and stearic acid as major saturated fatty acids, while oleic, linoleic, and linolenic acid constituted prominent unsaturated fatty acids but nutritionally desirable fatty acids, according to the annual report. Erucic acid, on the other hand, was found to be less than 2% in some genotypes.\r\nAccording to DRMR Baratpur\'s annual report (ICAR-DRMR, 2020), (Table 2) the fatty acid content of PM 29, PM 30, PDZ 1, and Kranti has changed dramatically. The PDZ 1 variety has lower levels of erucic acid and eicosenoic acid than the other three varieties, and it has been found to be best suited for the timely sown and irrigated conditions of the National Capital Region of Delhi and its surrounding areas in the states of Haryana, Rajasthan, and Uttar Pradesh. It bears yellow seeds with a concentration of 40.56 percent of oil. PM 29 and PM 30 are low erucic acid (single zero) cultivars of Indian mustard, according to the most current annual report (ICAR-DRMR, 2020), with 1.96 and 1.56 percent, respectively.\r\nThese two have a lot of oleic acid in their fatty acid makeup (38.27–39.13), which is helpful since studies suggest that oleic acid consumption can help with cancer, inflammatory, and auto-immune illnesses. In the case of linolenic acid, which is thought to be harmful to human health, PM29 concentration has decreased from 15.86 (2018) to 11.87 (ICAR-DRMR, 2020).\r\nUsing genetic and molecular methodologies, nutritional value has indeed been improved\r\n1. Decline in erucic acid content at molecular level: TAGs carrying erucic acid (22:1) are esterified at the sn-1 and sn-3 positions within the glycerol backbone are naturally accumulated in the seeds of ancient cultivars, accounting for 45-50 percent of the overall fatty acid composition. Erucic acid concentration is genetically controlled in rapeseed by two additive loci (EA & EC) on A- and C-genomes, which combined account for 90% of the total variation in erucic acid, but evenly not (Jourdren et al., 1996). Using a QTL method, the two loci were found in rapeseed (Jourdren et al., 1996). When rats were feeded with HEAR (high erucic acid rapeseed) oil, they developed heart lesions and abnormal fat accumulation in their body, as well as a decrease in body weight (Badawy et al., 1994). Despite the fact that this adverse nutritional impact has never been identified in humans, recessive alleles (eA and eC) were UPDATEed at both loci implicated in 22:1 concentration, Low Erucic Acid Rapeseed (LEAR) cultivars were selected. \r\n2. Seed oil content is determined by genetics: The primary goal of oilseed rape breeding is to increase seed oil content. The content of seed oil, on the other hand, is determined by a intricate genetic determinism that is still unknown. In order to improve the genetic development of the crop, breeders will require a good grasp of the genetic determinism of various products especially the oil. Using multiple segregating rapeseed populations, recent research has discovered many QTL (7 to 14 regions per study) involved in the control of oil content, which is consistent with the trait\'s polygenic determinism. Each QTL contributed for less than 10% of the overall variance in oil content, according to Delourme et al. (2006).\r\nSome of these QTL aligned to erucic acid content loci, suggesting that it is a key predictor of oil content in oilseed rape (Burns et al., 2003). The major factor affecting oil content was found to be additive effects (Delourme et al., 2006), with individual additive effects of the various alleles ranging from 0.2 to 1.2 percent. Variations in oil content are also influenced by significant environmental factors (Delourme et al., 2006).\r\n3. Transgenic approaches to improve content of seed oil: The majority of efforts to improve the seed\'s eventual lipid content have concentrated on metabolic pathways involved in Fatty Acid synthesis and TAG formation. Overexpression of a lysophosphatidate acyltransferase gene from yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae) in oilseed rape significantly improves seed oil content in controlled circumstances. These transgenic lines showed an increase in oil content of roughly 10% when tested under field settings. Individual FA biosynthesis genes, on the other hand, did not significantly boost lipid accumulation in seeds (Thelen and Ohlrogge 2002). Glycerol-3-phosphate (Gly3P) supply has recently been identified as a limiting factor for lipid synthesis (Vigeolas and Geigenberger 2004). In rapeseed, overexpression of a yeast Gly3P dehydrogenase gene resulted in a three- to fourfold rise in Gly3P concentration, resulting in a 40% increase in lipid content (Vigeolas et al., 2007).\r\n', 'Kavita Raina, S. K. Rai, Om Prakash Yadav and Deepak Kaushik (2022). Present status of Rapeseed Mustard oil Quality Improvement. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 83-89.'),
(5228, '136', 'Soil Fertility Assessment of Entisol and Vertisol orders from Ausa Tehsil of Latur District', 'Kadam Dhiraj Madhav*, Waghmare Mahesh Shivachandra, Lingayat Nagesh Radhakishan, Goswami Harish Giri, Chavan Nishigandha Satish and Kumawat Hemraj', '15 Soil Fertility Assessment of Entisol and Vertisol orders from Ausa Tehsil of Latur District Kadam Dhiraj Madhav.pdf', '', 1, 'Soil fertility assessment is one of the most basic decision making tool for dynamic sustainable plan of a particular area. Thus, the present study was carried out to evaluate the soil fertility status of the Entisol and Vertisol order from Ausa Tehsil of Latur District, total 100 soil samples were systematically collected from twenty villages by using global positioning system, where 40 and 10 samples identified as Entisol and Vertisol respectively, further were analyzed for their physico-chemical properties (pH, Electrical conductivity, organic carbon and calcium carbonate) and available macro nutrients (Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Potassium). The soils of Ausa tehsil were found neutral to moderately alkaline in reaction; soluble salt content comes under safe Limit i.e. no any deleterious effect found for all crops, where the organic carbon level exhibited low to moderately high content and non-calcareous to calcareous in nature. The NIV of Entisol and Vertisol of the area showed low content in Available N, whereas very low content for Available P, while most of the samples were found under very high content for Available K. Soils from order Entisol and Vertisol from Ausa tehsil showed positive and significant correlation between physico chemical properties (pH, EC, OC and CaCO3) and available nutrients (N, P and K) respectively, yet these soils required little attention related to regular monitoring of soil health and nutrient management practices for better crop production, in future.', 'Fertility status, Entisol, Vertisol, physicochemical properties, available nutrients, Nutrient Index', 'This analysis may help farmers to add deficient nutrients to obtain high quality products with high yield. According to the soil test resultsit can be concluded that most of the Entisol and Vertisol orders from Ausa tehsil showed very low to low in available N and P, moderately high to very high level in available K and characterized under neutral to moderately alkaline in soil reaction (pH) and less than 1.0 dS m-1 soluble salt content (EC) which comes under safe limit for all soils. The organic carbon level exhibited low to medium whereas non-calcareous to calcareous in nature were found. The Physico chemical properties (pH, EC, OC and CaCO3) of soils from order Entisol and Vertisol showed strongly positive and significant relation with available nutrients (N, P and K).Still improvements in future have to be done to improve the soil quality by practicing the better cropping systems instead of continuous cropping.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSoil fertility is an unseen factor plays an important role for making soil alive. Among the various challenges in soil system, soil fertility improvement has become major concerned day to day. The soil fertility Assessment consists of estimating the nutrient-supplying power of a particular soil. A proper soil evaluation before crop growing helps in adopting appropriate measures to make up for the shortcomings and ensuring a good crop production. Optimum productivity of any cropping system depends on ample supply of the nutrients, as an increase in cropping intensity coupled with shift from traditional varieties to that of nutrient demanding fertilizers responsive high yielding varieties have led to the large scale mining of nutrients from the soil. Due to this intensive cultivation practices and inadequate use of chemical fertilizers, the fertility and productivity of agricultural soil is deflecting. Hence the information with respect to physiochemical properties and availability of some macronutrients of the study area is lacking. Thus, it has been always considered to carry out genetic study as well as to find out fertility evaluation for making best use of the soil for crop production (Anonymous 2011). Therefore, an attempt was made to study the “fertility status of the soils from Ausa tehsil of Latur District” with the objectives to compute soil nutrient index.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nAusa is one of the major tehsil situated at south west side of Latur district. Soils from this area belong to the order vertisol, Inseptisol and Entisol derived from Deccan trap, varied in different color due to presence of minerals like smectite, kaolinite and vermiculite. On the basis of soil depth and texture, these soils have been classified as deep to medium black and shallow black soils (Gajbe et al., 1976). Soil samples collected from the study area were dried and crushed with the help of wooden rod and passed through 2 mm sieve and then used for the determination of Physico chemical properties and available nutrient content by adopting standard laboratory method. Soil reaction (pH) and Electrical conductivity (E.C.) was determined by the procedure given by Jackson (1973). Modified method of Walkely and Black (1934) was used for determination of organic carbon. The free calcium carbonate was determined by rapid titration method as outlined by Piper (1966), available nitrogen was estimated by alkaline KMnO4 method given by Subbiah and Asija (1956), available phosphorus was extracted by Olsen et al. (1954), available potassium was determine through the method given by Jackson (1973) respectively. Whereas the nutrient index approach introduced by Ramamurthy and Bajaj (1969) was used to evaluate the fertility status of soils based on the samples in each of the six classes. The whole data was subjected to statistical analysis by the method described by Panse and Sukhatme (1967).\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe data (Table 1 and Fig. 1) indicated that the pH of Entisol soils varied from 7.1 to 8.6 having a mean of 7.75, while the pH of Vertisol soils was ranged from 7.1 to 8.1 with mean value of 7.63. Hence, it was clearly showed that soils of Ausa Tehsil were neutral to moderately alkaline in nature. This might be due to dominance presence of exchangeable Ca, Mg and free CaCO3 with higher per cent of base saturation, Waghmare et al. (2008) recorded that the soils of Ausa tehsil ranged from 7.05 to 8.9 with an average value of 8.07. Similar results were also reported by Hiray and Takankhar (2013), Dhamak et al. (2014) respectively.\r\nElectrical conductivity of the Entisolsoils varied from 0.28 to 0.95 dS m-1 with an average value of 0.93 dS m-1, whereas Electrical conductivity of the vertisol soils varied from 0.28 to 0.69 dS m-1 with an average value 0.49 dS m-1 (Table 1 and Fig. 1). Results derived from the soils for EC, showed that there was no remarkable accumulation of soluble salts in soils because of sufficient flushing and leaching of soluble salts from Upper into lower layers, which happens might be due to various agronomic practices, frequently irrigation of crops and light textured nature of the soils. Hiray and Takankhar (2013) reported that the EC of soils from Tuljapur tehsil of Osmanabad varied from 0.110 to 0.810, 0.100 to 0.930 and 0.130 to 1.000 dS m-l in Vertisol, Inceptisol and Entisol respectively. Similar results were also reported by Chandan et al. (2018); Thombe et al. (2020).\r\nThe data (Table 1 and Fig. 1) on organic carbon content in Entisol were ranged from 2.1 to 7.5 g kg-1with mean value 4.6 g kg-1, whereas the vertisol soils were varied from 3.5 to 7.5 g kg-1with mean value 5.3 g kg-1, From the above values it was firm that these soils come under low to medium in O.C. content. Reason behind the existence of variation in organic carbon content as Lower to medium range might be due to high temperature of Latur District (up to 41.5) and good aeration in the soil increased the rate of oxidation of organic matter resulting reduction in organic carbon content. Dhamak et al. (2014) found that soils from orders Vertisol, Inseptisol and Entisol varied from 1.30 to 19.90, 1.40 to 16.00 and 1.40 to 11.40 g/kg-1 with a mean value 5.00, 4.50 and 3.80 g kg-1, respectively from Soils of Ambajogai tehsil in Beed district. This range of organic carbon indicated that the majority of these soils were low to moderately high in O.C. content. Such results were also in line with the results reported by Verma et al. (2013); Kumar et al. (2014); Narsaiah et al. (2018); Srinidhi et al. (2020).\r\nThe Calcium carbonate (CaCO3) content in Entisol soils from Ausa tehsil ranged between 31 to 92 g kg-1with an average value of 66 g kg-1. The content of calcium carbonate in soils from Vertisol of Ausa tehsil varied from 31 to 83 g kg-1 with a mean value of 48.9 g kg-1 (Table 1 and Fig. 1). From the above findings it showed that these soils were non-calcareous to calcareous in nature, also the variations found in available CaCO3 would be due to varying range of pH and clay content which alleviate the accumulation of CaCO3 in studied soils. Waghmare et al. (2008) observed that the range of CaCO3 in soils was varied from 0.88 to 12.6 per cent with the mean value of 4.88 per cent, which shows non-calcareous to calcareous nature of soils from Ausa tehsil in Latur district. Similar results were also noted by Nirawar et al. (2009) Narsaiah et al. (2018); Dhotare et al. (2019).\r\nThe available N status of Entisol soil was ranged from 140 to 271 kg ha-1 with a mean value of 184.4 kg ha-1, while available Nitrogen content of Vertisol soils was varied from 135 to 215 kg ha-1 with an average value of 171.8 kg ha-1 (Table 2 and Fig. 1). From the above results it was observed that this soils were comes under very low to low in available Nitrogen content. The low status of available N in these soils might be due to the differential cultivation management, difference in soil physiographic properties, removal of N by growing of exhaustive crops along with limited addition of Nitrogen via organics, less accumulation of organic matter, leaching losses, Denitrification-fixation and volatization. Nirawar et al. (2009) stated that the available N content from Ahmedpur tehsil of Latur district was varied from 100.35 to 323.00 kg ha-l. Similar findings were also confirmatory with the findings given by Shinde et al. (2014) and Thombe et al. (2020).\r\nThe content of available P (Table 2 and Fig. 1) from Entisol varied from 10.50 to 15.20 kg ha-1 with an average value of 12.76 kg ha-1, whereas available Phosphorous from the soils under Vertisol was ranged from 11.9 to 14.5 kg ha-1 with a mean value of 13.39 kg ha-1. Such very low to low availability of phosphorous might be caused of frequent variations in soil properties i.e. pH, organic matter content, texture and various agro-soil management practices, also due to increase level of clay content in soil and higher amount of Fe-Al Hydrous oxides. Shinde et al. (2014) reported that the available P content was ranged from 2.42 to 19.62 kg ha-lwith a mean value of 10.23 kg ha-lfrom udgir tehsil in Latur district. Similar results were also in agreement with the findings by Nirawar et al. (2009); Kumar et al. (2014); Priyanka et al. (2018).\r\nThe status of available K (Table 2 and Fig. 1) from studied area for Entisol soils was ranged from 256 to 868 kg ha-1 with an average value 517.15 kg ha-1, also the available Potassium was ranged from 342 to 652 kg ha-1 with a mean value of 520.6 kg ha-1 for Vertisol soils, such higher content of available potassium resulted in the soils of Ausa Tehsil might be due to the persistence of K rich minerals in the Parent material, with presence of high clay content like Feldspars, mica and Illite etc. Waghmare et al. (2009) reported that the available potassium content in black soils of Ausa tehsil of Latur district varied from 141.45 to 1419 kg ha-1 with mean value of 532.20 kg ha-1, this value -indicated that soils of Ausa tehsil were medium to high in available K content. Similar findings were also noted by Dhamak et al. (2014); Kumar et al. (2014); Biradar (2018); Kashiwar et al. (2019).\r\nNutrient index Value of Entisol and Vertisol Soils from Ausa tehsil. Considering soil nutrient index for soils of Ausa Tehsil represented in Table 3 and Fig. 2, itt was revealed that these soils were mostly distributed under Low for available Nitrogen, low for available Phosphorous while very high for available Potassium. The NIV resulted according to Ramamoorthy and Bajaj (1969) was 0.98 and 0.95 for available N, 0.50 and 0.50 for Available P, whereas available K, 2.92 and 2.95 for Entisol and Vertisol orders respectively, against the NIV rating ˂ 0.75 for very low, 0.75 – 1.25 for Low and > 2.75 for Very high fertility status of area. On the basis of resulted nutrient index value for available Nitrogen soils from Ausa tehsil was categorized in very low to low content. As Nitrogen already the limiting nutrient for the growth and development of plants, reason behind this might be due to hot and dry climate condition associated with this region, limited addition of Nitrogen via organics, less accumulation of OM in these soils etc. To overcome these critics it is mandatory to apply organic wastes and matter as an important source of nutrient to the agricultural soils, also expected to added N fertilizers to the greater magnitude.\r\n \r\n\r\nThe available Phosphorous status in Ausa tehsil soils was found in category very low to low, this might be due to frequent fluctuation in soil properties and also Continuous mining by the crops from soils and higher amount of CaCO3 in these soil which get fix the native and applied phosphorous in soil, to enrich such agricultural field it can be supplemented by applying Phosphorous rich fertilizers to the soils. \r\nThe NIV of Available potassium reported that the soils from studied area were found under very high fertility status, such higher availability of potassium in soils might because of the K bearing minerals and high content of clay present in the soils.\r\nCorrelation of physicochemical characteristic with availability of Nutrients from soil orders Entisol and Vertisol of Ausa Tehsil. The data on correlation between Physico chemical properties with available nutrients status of Entisol and Vertisol of Ausa tehsil were depicted in (Table 4) Entisol and Vertisol soils from Ausa tehsil showed positive and significant correlation between physico chemical properties (pH, EC, OC and CaCO3) and available nutrients (N, P and K), respectively.\r\n', 'Kadam Dhiraj Madhav, Waghmare Mahesh Shivachandra, Lingayat Nagesh Radhakishan, Goswami Harish Giri, Chavan Nishigandha Satish and Kumawat Hemraj (2022). Soil Fertility Assessment of Entisol and Vertisol orders from Ausa Tehsil of Latur District. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 90-94.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5229, '136', 'Effect of Nano Nitrogen in Conjunction with Urea on Growth and Yield of Mustard (Brassica juncea L.) in Northern Telangana Zone', 'Navya K.*, Sai Kumar R., Krishna Chaitanya A. and Sampath O.', '16 Effect of Nano Nitrogen in Conjunction with Urea on Growth and Yield of Mustard (Brassica juncea L.) in Northern Telangana Zone Navya. K.pdf', '', 1, 'Recently, Indian Farmers\' Fertilizer Cooperative Limited developed liquid Nano nitrogen to improve nutrient use efficiency and reduce cultivation costs and its substitute for urea to meet crop nitrogen requirements, particularly during critical growth stages. There is a lack of information on the location specific performance of nano-nitrogen fertilizer. Keeping in view of the facts a field experiment was planned and conducted at college farm, Agricultural College, Polasa, Jagtial, PJTSAU during rabi 2021-22 to evaluate the foliar application of nano nitrogen in combination with conventional urea on mustard in Northern Telangana zone conditions. The experiment was laid out with eight treatment combinations in randomized block design with three replications. Results showed that application of 100% recommended dose of nitrogen and 50 % RDN as basal +one Nano-N spray at before flowering at the rate of 1250 ml ha-1 recorded higher plant height, leaf area index, SPAD, dry matter accumulation and yield attributing characters of mustard.', 'Mustard, foliar spray of nano nitrogen, plant height, SPAD and seed yield', 'Considering the study\'s objectives and the results obtained after one season of experimentation, it was concluded that application of 100% recommended dose of nitrogen and 50% RDN as basal + 1 Nano-N spray at before flowering at the rate of 1250 ml ha-1 recorded highest crop growth parameters, yield, and yield attributing characters.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nFertilizers play a critical role in increasing food production in developing countries, particularly after the introduction of high yielding and fertilizer responsive varieties. Despite of this, it is well known that yields of many crops have begun to decline as a result of imbalanced fertilization and a decrease in soil organic matter content. The use efficiencies of N, P, and K fertilizers have remained constant over the last few decades, at 30-35 per cent, 15-20 per cent, and 35-40 per cent, respectively, leaving a large percentage of applied fertilizer to accumulate in the soil or enter aquatic systems, causing eutrophication (NAAS, 2013).\r\nNitrogen plays very important role in various physiological process. Nitrogenous fertilizers, particularly urea accounts for more than 82 per cent of the nitrogenous fertilizers used for most of the crops. Every year, around 33 million tons of urea is applied to various crops. Urea imports have risen steadily throughout the years, reaching 9.12 M t in 2019-20 (FAI, 2019). To overcome this problem, fertilizer supply must be synchronized with crop demand, which has the potential to reduce nutrient losses while increasing nutrient efficiency. Nanotechnology has emerged as a viable tool to solve crop nutritional deficits by increasing nutrient bioavailability while minimizing environmental losses. Nanoscale materials can improve fertilizer use efficiency, whereas foliar application can effectively meet crop nutrient requirements.\r\nNano fertilizers have unique properties that improve plant performance in terms of ultra-high absorption, increased production, increased photosynthesis, and significant expansion of the leaf surface area. Furthermore, controlled nutrient release helps to prevent eutrophication and pollution of water resources. When traditional fertilizer is replaced with nano fertilizers, it releases nutrients into the soil steadily and in a controlled manner, preventing water pollution (Naderi and Danesh 2013; Moaveni and Kheiri 2011).\r\nNano nitrogen, developed by Indian Farmers Fertilizer Cooperative Limited (IFFCO), provides a novel alternative to easing farmers away from urea. Nano nitrogen contains nanoscale nitrogen particles (18-30 nm) which have more surface area (10,000 times over 1 mm urea prill) and number of particles (55,000 nitrogen particles over 1 mm urea prill). From experiments conducted by Yogendra Kumar et al. (2020), they conducted field trials on different crops reported that the foliar application of nano nitrogen at critical crop growth stages either alone or in combination with conventional urea increased crop yields and nutrient use efficiency. \r\nThere is a lack of information on the location specific performance of nano-nitrogen fertilizer; hereby it is proposed to evaluate the foliar application of nano nitrogen in combination with conventional urea and to compare its effect with that of conventionally applied urea under Northern Telangana Zone conditions, so that farmers in this region can have a viable and economically viable option for maintaining sustainable crop production with improved nitrogen use efficiency in mustard crop.\r\nMustard (Brassica juncea L.) belongs to the family of cruciferae. The seed contains 40-45 % oil and 20-25 % protein. The seed and oil of mustard are used as a condiment in the preparation of pickles, flavoring curries and vegetables as well as for cooking and frying purposes. Its oil is used in many industrial products, cakes, as cattle feed, and manure while the green leaves are used as vegetable and green fodder (Anup Das et al., 2018). \r\nRapeseed and Mustard is one of the most important oil seed crops of the world with production of 68.87 million metric tons (Statista Research Department, 2020). It is the second most important edible oilseed crop after groundnut in India (Mishra et al., 2019). In India it is cultivated in an area of 9.38 million hectares with an average production of 9.12 million tons with productivity of 1190 kg ha-1. As a rabi crop, mustard is grown on 2498.85 ha mostly in Northern Telangana Zone\'s Jagtial, Nizamabad, Nirmal, and Kamareddy districts. (Season and Crop Coverage Report Yasangi-2020-21). Keeping in view of the facts, an investigation on Effect of nano nitrogen in conjunction with urea on mustard (Brassica juncea L.) growth and yield In Northern Telangana Zone was undertaken during rabi, 2021-22.\r\nMETHODOLOGY \r\nThe present investigation was carried out at College Farm, Agricultural College, Jagtial, Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University during rabi 2021-22 with an objective to evaluate the effect of nano nitrogen in conjunction with urea on mustard growth and yield under Northern Telangana Zone conditions. The experiment was laid out in randomized bock design with three replications. The experiment consisted of eight treatments viz; T1: Control (No Nitrogen) T2: 100% RDN T3: 50% RDN as basal +1 Nano-N spray (before flowering) @1250 ml ha-1 T4: 50% RDN as basal + 1 Nano-N spray(before flowering) @725 ml ha-1 T5: 50% RDN as basal + 2 Nano-N sprays (branching & before flowering) @ 725 ml ha-1 in two equal splits, T6: 50% RDN + 1 Urea spray ( before flowering) @ 2% 500 L ha-1 T7: 3 Nano-N sprays (vegetative, branching & before flowing ) @ each time 725 ml ha-1 T8: 3 urea sprays (vegetative, branching & before flowing) @ 2% each time 500 L ha-1.\r\nThe soil of the experiment field was sandy clay loam in texture. The variety under study was NRCHB-101 at a seed rate of around 5 kg ha-1 with spacing of 45 × 15 cm. The recommended dose of fertilizer for the mustard i.e., 60:40:40 Kg ha-1, urea (46% N), SSP (16 % P2O5), and MOP (60% K2O) were used as N, P & K fertilizers, respectively. Phosphorus, potassium, and half of the nitrogen dose were applied at the time of sowing of crop, with the remaining half dose applied during the flowering stage of mustard and the spray solution of nano nitrogen and urea were applied through foliar spray as per the treatment requirement and combinations. The data obtained analysed statistically by Analysis of Variance (Panse and Sukhatme 1967) utilizing Randomized Block Design. Statistical difference (CD) tested by applying F test at 0.05 level of probability.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nEffect of nano nitrogen and urea on crop growth parameters. The plant height, leaf area index, SPAD and dry matter of mustard at harvest as influenced by urea and nano nitrogen foliar application was presented in Table 1. The maximum plant height (168 cm) was recorded by application of 100% RDN which was statistically at par with 50% RDN as basal +1 Nano-N spray @1250 ml ha-1, 50% RDN as basal + 1 Nano-N spray @ 725 ml ha-1, 50% RDN as basal + 2 Nano-N sprays @ 725 ml ha-1, 50% RDN + 1 Urea spray @ 2% 500 L ha-1 and lowest were recorded in control(136 cm). Increase in plant height with application of 50% RDN as basal + 1 Nano-N spray @1250 ml ha-1may be because of large dose of nano-nitrogen fertilizer boosts the synthesis of auxins, which promotes cell division and elongation across the entire vegetative plant. This directly affects the plant\'s height and other growth-attributing traits. The results are in accordance with Al-Gym and Al-Asady (2020); Singh and Kumar (2017).\r\nLeaf area index at harvest was highest in 100% RDN (1.25) which was statistically at par with 50% RDN as basal +1 Nano-N spray @1250 ml ha-1 (1.16). However, 50 % RDN basal + nano and urea sprays were statistically significant over control. Application of 100% RDN recorded highest SPAD values compared to other nano and urea foliar application treatments and lowest recorded in control.\r\nThe dry matter increased with crop growth stage progression, reaching a peak at harvest. Different nitrogen levels and foliar sprays had a significant impact on plant dry matter accumulation. Highest dry matter accumulation was found in 100% recommended dose of nitrogen (4060 kg/ha) and among the nano nitrogen treatments application of 50% recommended dose of nitrogen + one foliar spray before flowering at the rate of @1250 ml ha-1recorded highest dry matter (3542 kg/ha) compared to other treatments. However, significantly lowest plant height, leaf area index, SPAD value and dry matter were recorded with control. \r\nWith the advancement of crop growth, it was observed that crop growth parameters such as plant height, leaf area index, and SPAD values increased consistently; however, at 15 DAS, they were not statistically significant. Among different treatments, crop growth parameters were highest when the recommended nitrogen dose was used in full. One application of nano nitrogen @ 1250ml/ha at the pre-flowering stage of 50 percent RDN as basal and foliar sprays produced higher crop growth parameters than nano nitrogen and urea applications at the rate of 725 ml/ha and 2 percent urea applications. Crop growth parameters could not be increased by additional foliar applications of nano nitrogen and urea solution with no basal nitrogen. However, recorded crop growth parameters are higher as compared to control. The two primary physiological processes responsible for growth are cell division and cell expansion. Nitrogen is an absolute necessity for these two. Nitrogen supplementation via soil application and foliar application most likely resulted in increased crop growth characters. Similar results have been also reported by Sai Kumar et al. (2022) found similar results in rice and Sumanta et al. (2022) in rabi maize. Raghuvanshi et al. (2018) also recorded that application of 120 kg ha-1 of nitrogen as basal and topdressing in two equal splits resulted in significantly higher crop growth parameters in mustard.\r\nEffect of nano nitrogen and urea on yield attributes and yield \r\nYield attributing characteristics. Data pertaining to yield attributes as influenced by nitrogen management practices were presented in Table 2. Among all the treatments highest number of siliquae plant-1 (143), number of filled seeds siliqua-1 (15) and test weight (5.20 g) was recorded in treatment (T2) with 100% RDN which was found to be significantly on par with the 50% RDN as basal +1 Nano-N spray @1250 ml ha -1 and lowest number of siliquae plant-1 (79.9), number of filled seeds siliqua-1 (7.30) and test weight (4.69g)was recorded with control (T1).\r\nThe test weights were found to be non-significant in all the nitrogen application levels. The increase in yield attributes was owing to increased availability of nutrients and adequate nitrogen supply enabled improved crop growth and development, increased nutritional content, and resulted in a considerable improvement in yield characteristics results are in accordance with Raghuvanshi et al. (2018).\r\nYield. The seed yield (Kg ha-1), stover yield (Kg ha-1) and harvest index as influenced by foliar application of urea and nano urea was presented in Fig. 1. The maximum seed yield ((1260 kg ha-1), stover yield (2800 Kg ha-1) and harvest index (31.0) were recorded by 100 % recommended dose of nitrogen application through urea. Among nano and urea sprays significantly higher seed, stover yield and harvest index was recorded with application of 50% RDN as basal +1 Nano-N spray @1250 ml ha-1. Among the nano sprays highest stover yield 2452 kg ha-1 was observed with 50% RDN as basal +1 Nano-N spray @1250 ml ha-1 this increase might be due the fact that nano fertilizers due to quick absorption by the plant and translocated at a faster rate which resulted in higher rate of photosynthesis and more dry matter accumulation. These findings agreed with reports of Tarafdar et al. (2014); Hafeez et al. (2015). However, the harvest index was found to be non-significant in all the nitrogen application levels. Yield improvement was primarily associated with the contribution of yield components attributing it. The positive influence of increased nitrogen utilization on yield attributing character is most likely the reason for the increase in mustard yield. These results are in conformity with Rajesh et al. (2021) in fodder oats and Velumurugan et al. (2021) in rice.\r\n', 'Navya K., Sai Kumar R., Krishna Chaitanya A. and Sampath O. (2022). Effect of Nano Nitrogen in Conjunction with Urea on Growth and Yield of Mustard (Brassica juncea L.) in Northern Telangana Zone. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 95-99.'),
(5230, '136', 'Morpho-Physiological Grouping of Indian Chickpea (Cicer arietinum L.) Genotypes Based on Terminal Drought Stress Response', 'Prakash N. Tiwari, Sharad Tiwari*, Swapnil Sapre, Keerti Tantwai, Sushma Nema, Anita Babbar, Vinod Kumar Sahu, Nishi Mishra and Satyendra Thakur', '17 Morpho-Physiological Grouping of Indian Chickpea (Cicer arietinum L.) Genotypes Based on Terminal Drought Stress Response Prakash N. Tiwari.pdf', '', 1, 'Drought is a serious constraint in limiting seed yield of chickpea. Identification of major seed yield limiting trait under drought conditions is critical to breed varieties for more drought resilience. This study was conducted for characterization of the chickpea genotypes on the basis of morpho-physiological responses under drought stress to select promising drought tolerant line. The set consisted of forty chickpea genotypes including released varieties, identified donors and the advanced breeding lines. A field experiment was conducted in randomized complete block design (RCBD) under normal and drought stressed conditions in Rabi season of 2020-21 and 2021-22. Morpho-physiological observations were recorded on relative water content (RWC), saturation water deficit (SWD), canopy temperature depression (CTD), chlorophyll content index (CCI), plant height (PH), number of primary branches (NPB), number of secondary branches (NSB), biological yield per plant and seed yield per plant of these chickpea genotypes. Data of both seasons were pooled for calculation of summary statistics including genetic parameters; inter correlation and path coefficient analysis. Genotypes performing better in drought stressed conditions can be used as drought tolerant lines for developing promising drought tolerant cultivars.', 'Morpho-physiological, drought stress, genetic parameters, correlation, path analysis', 'The genotypes JAKI9218, JG63, ICC4958, JG11, JG16, JG2018-51, JG17 and ICCV19616 had lower variability in studied traits under drought stress conditions and higher yield also, thus, are very promising chickpea genotypes to be utilized as drought tolerant donors. When breeding program needs to create variation for these studied traits, crossing of the genotypes of cluster II with cluster VI would be ideal. Crosses of such diverse parents will produce a broad range of variation for selection of the desirable traits. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nChickpea (Cicer arietinum L.) is a self-pollinating, diploid (2n=2x=16) pulse crop with a 738Mbp genome (Varshney et al., 2013). Chickpea seeds are a good source of carbohydrates and proteins for the vegetarian diets of resource-poor consumers. Globally chickpea covers 14.8 million ha (mha) area with an annual production of 15.1 million tons (FAO, 2021). In India, ‘Pulse Revolution’ is majorly contributed by chickpea to move the country towards self-sufficiency in pulses. An all-time high of 12.61 mt chickpea production recorded during 2020-21 (Dixit, 2021). \r\nDrought is being most detrimental abiotic stress by limiting production and productivity of crops more than other abiotic stresses (Shao et al., 2009). Drought mainly affects yield, membrane integrity, osmotic adjustment, pigment content and photosynthetic activity. In India, there has been substantial shift of region of chickpea cultivation from cooler Northern climatic conditions zones to hot southern Indian conditions limited to drought prone marginal and sub marginal tracts. That’s greatly affected chickpea yields of country over the past few years. Further, late onset of raining delayed chickpea sowing in rice fallows conditions and exposing chickpea to heat and drought stresses during reproductive stage as terminal heat and drought stresses (Sachdeva et al., 2017). \r\nThe crop responses to various abiotic stresses are complex involving morpho-physiological, biochemical and gene regulatory mechanisms for drought resilience. Thus, this study was conducted for characterization of the chickpea genotypes on the basis of morpho-physiological responses under drought stress to select promising drought tolerant line.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHOD\r\nThe experimental material consists of 40 chickpea genotypes including released varieties, identified donar and advance breeding lines (Table 1). The research trial was laid out in RCBD with three replications during rabi seasons 2020-21 and 2021-22 at field of Biotechnology center, Jawaharlal Nehru Krishi Vishwa Vidyalaya, Jabalpur. Three row of 1 m length was planted for each genotype with 10 cm of plant to plant and 45 cm of row to row distance. Standard agronomical practices have been implemented to maintain ten numbers of plants in each row. \r\nFive evocative plants are carefully chosen from each line for recording the observations on chlorophyll content index (CCI), plant height (PH), number of primary branches (NPB), number of secondary branches (NSB), biological yield per plant and seed yield per plant. Relative water content was calculated according Sachdeva et al. (2017). Saturation Water Deficit was calculated by subtracting RWC from 100. Canopy temperature depression was calculated by subtracting canopy temperature of plant from air temperature. Statistical analysis of pooled data of both seasons was done by using Window Stat 9.1 software. Genetic diversity was calculated using Mahalanobis’s D2 (Mahalanobis’s, 1936) while and clustering of genotypes was conducted according to Tocher’s method (Rao, 1952).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nIn India, chickpea is third most important legume crop occupying 45% of total pulse production. Drought and heat both limit chickpea production critically. The mean of the studied characters indicate presence of moderate amount of variation in the tested genotypes. on the basis of pooled data analysis of both seasons, RWC, SWD, CTD, CCI, PH, NPB, NSB, biological yield per plant and seed yield per plant of the forty genotypes were recorded. \r\nUnder normal condition, the average RWC value was recorded 73.5 + -4.6 with range from 65.2 to 79.5, mean SWD was found 31.7 + -6.3 with range from 20.6 to 43.0, mean CTD was obtained 3.3+- 0.4 with range from 2.6 to 4.0, mean CCI was observed 58.8 + -2.0 with range from 55.5 to 62.5, PH was recorded 50.9 + - 4.7 with range from 38.7 to 58.2 cm, mean NPB was recorded 3.0 + -0.2 with range from 2.6 to 3.6, mean NSB was found 8.5 + -0.8 with range from 7.5 to 10.3, mean biological per plant was observed 34.4 + -4.7 g with range from 25.5 g to 48.0 g and mean seed yield per plant was recorded 13.7 + -1.8 g with range from 11.7 to 21.7 g (Table 2).\r\nUnder drought stress situations, the mean RWC value was recorded 68.3 + - 6.3 with range from 57.0 to 79.4, mean SWD was found 31.7 + - 6.3 with range from 20.6 to 43.0, mean CTD was obtained 1.7 + - 0.3 with range from 1.1 to 2.2, mean CCI was observed 54.8 + -2.1 with range from 51.2 to 58.9, PH was obtained 45.3 + - 4.5 with range from 33.5 to 51.5 cm, mean NPB was recorded 2.5 + -0.2 with range from 2.0 to 3.1, mean NSB was found 7.4+-0.7 with range from 6.6 to 9.3, mean biological per plant was observed 23.5 + -3.8 g with range from 17.4 g to 33.9 g and mean seed yield per plant was recorded 8.9 + -0.7 g with range from 6.1 to 9.9 g (Table 3).\r\nThe dendrogram based on Tocher clustering grouped the forty tested genotypes into ten major clusters (Table 4, Fig. 1). The largest cluster, cluster I comprised of 13 genotypes (ICCV15118, JG2016-1411, JG32, JG24, JG33, JG28, JG2016-921814, ICCV181664, JG2016-45, ICCV15102, JG2003-14-16, JG2016-9651 and JG2021-1617) followed by cluster II, III and IV consisted with 9 (JAKI9218, JG63, ICC4958, JG11, JG16, JG2018-51, JG17, ICCV19616), 6 (JG42, JG28, JG2022-74, JG2016-36, JG2016-1614, JG2016-44) and 6 (JG14, JG74, JG226, JG2016-45) genotypes, respectively. Rest six clusters comprised with single-single genotypes (JG2021-6301, JG2021-1424, JG36, JG2016-74315, PG205, JG2016-634958 respectively). \r\nBharadwaj et al. (2001) suggested that phenotypic and/or genotypic diversity per se is an inferential criterion so should not be used as as a direct measure of genetic diversity. It is may not be more useful for selecting the genotypes as parents for breeding program, generally done by most breeders. Numerous clustering techniques have been utilized by different researchers to quantify the genetic diversity in a given set of germplasm/ genotypes on the basis of collected data (Bharadwaj et al., 2011; Sachdeva et al., 2017; Katkani et al., 2022).\r\nTocher clustering could clearly delineate the drought tolerant chickpea genotypes from the susceptible genotypes. In this study, Tocher clustering clearly grouped most drought tolerant genotypes into cluster II (JAKI9218, JG63, ICC4958, JG11, JG16, JG2018-51, JG17, ICCV19616) and discriminated from drought sensitive genotypes which were grouped into cluster VI (JG14, JG74, JG226, JG2016-45). Rest clusters contained with moderately drought tolerant chickpea genotypes. Sachdeva et al. (2017) also grouped chickpea genotypes on the basis of morpho-physiological traits dendrogram and found that Cluster IIa contained with most drought tolerant genotypes viz., ICC4958, ICCV10313, ICCV10 and ICCV97309 while cluster I and cluster III had the most susceptible chickpea genotypes. The clustering pattern of genotypes clearly depicted that considerable amount of diversity was present in the utilized material of study. This could be due to differential selection executed by breeders for selection of seed yield attributing and other traits which have been considered as genetic drift because of selection (Murty and Arunachalam 1966).\r\nFurther, the intra and inter cluster Mahalanobis D2 values depicted wide range of intra cluster distance from 0.00 to 12.29 (Table 5). Cluster III demonstrated highest intra cluster D2 mean value (D2 = 12.29) followed by Cluster II (D2 = 10.14), Cluster IV (D2 = 9.80) and Cluster I (9.13), whereas remaining six clusters (Cluster V, VI, VII, VIII, IX and X) revealed zero value for Intra cluster distance due to having single genotype in each cluster. These monogenotypic clusters represented minimum diversity for the present study. The maximum inter cluster divergence distance was depicted between genotypes of Cluster II and Cluster IV (56.04) representing their highest suitability for utilizing in crossing programme. Outcomes of the study clearly specified the remarkable possibilities of incorporation of allelic resources existing in these genotypes by using a systematic breeding program. \r\nThe mean of clusters for all studied traits in pooled data analysis are presented in (Table 6). Cluster IX (77.6) revealed highest mean for RWC while Cluster V was found with minimum cluster mean (61.44). Maximum SWD was recorded for Cluster V (38.56) while minimum SWD was observed in Cluster IX (22.40). Highest CTD was depicted by Cluster II (2.08) whereas lowest SWD was found in Cluster IV (1.12). Utmost superior CCI was demonstrated by Cluster Cluster IX while utmost inferior value recorded from Cluster VIII. Tallest plants were showed by Cluster VI (47.67) with shortest plants in Cluster V (33.50). Maximum NPB was recorded in Cluster XI (3.13) with minimum NPB in Cluster V (2.17). Highest NSB found in Cluster V (8.40) with lowest NSB in Cluster VI (7.02). Utmost high biological yield per plant (33.87 g) were noted down in Cluster VII while utmost low biological yield per plant (20.83 g) were noted in Cluster VIII. Maximum seed yield per plant was demonstrated by Cluster IX (9.50 g), while minimum was observed in Cluster VI with 8.13 g mean value. These findings approved in earlier research of Tiwari and Babbar (2017); Gediya et al. (2018); Ponnuru et al. (2019); Dar et al. (2020); Janghel (2020); Boparai et al. (2021); Katkani et al. (2022); Biswal et al. (2022). \r\n', 'Prakash N. Tiwari, Sharad Tiwari, Swapnil Sapre, Keerti Tantwai, Sushma Nema, Anita Babbar, Vinod Kumar Sahu, Nishi Mishra and Satyendra Thakur (2022). Morpho-Physiological Grouping of Indian Chickpea (Cicer arietinum L.) Genotypes Based on Terminal Drought Stress Response. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 100-106.'),
(5231, '136', 'Sensory and Consumer Acceptability of Mushroom Powder Incorporated Products', 'Ch. Anusha*, T. Kamalaja, E. Jyothsna, S. Triveni and M. Prameela', '18 Sensory and Consumer Acceptability of Mushroom Powder Incorporated Products Ch. Anusha.pdf', '', 1, 'The present study was conducted with the main objective to determine the sensory and consumer acceptance of two value added products i.e., cake and toffee developed by incorporating the mushroom (Pleurotus Hypsizygus ulmarius) powder. Mushroom powder was incorporated in cake formulation by replacing refined wheat flour at various proportions (0-30%) i.e., 10, 15, 20, 25 and 30% on dry weight basis. While, toffee formulations were prepared by replacing papaya pulp at various proportions (0-15%) i.e., 3, 5, 10 and 15% on dry weight. Organoleptic evaluation was conducted to evaluate the sensory profile of the formulated products. Best accepted formulation from two products were subjected to consumer acceptability by untrained panelists (n=80). Sensory scores revealed that cake formulated by incorporating 20% mushroom powder and toffee formulated by incorporating 10% mushroom powder scored high for sensorial characteristics and were acceptable by all the consumers during consumer acceptability study. Nutritionally, mushroom incorporated food products can highly contribute to tackle protein malnutrition and other micronutrient deficiencies, as well as acting as a novel food fortification strategy.', 'Mushroom powder, cake, toffee, sensory evaluation, consumer acceptability', 'In this study, different levels of mushroom powder were incorporated for production of nutritionally enriched products and were investigated for sensory and consumer acceptability. From the results it was found that, cake formulated with 20% mushroom flour and toffee formulated with 10% mushroom flour scored high in overall acceptability compared to other formulations. It was also observed that most of the consumers prefer both the accepted products (Mushroom powder-incorporated cake and toffee). This study will encourage food industry to use mushroom powder for improving nutritional and sensory quality of the products, which in turn may pave way for improvement of the overall nutritional status of the vulnerable groups. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe food habits of the world\'s population have changed dramatically due to alarming rates of non-communicable diseases over the past two decades. People prefer dietary management of such diseases to costly medicinal drugs with potential side effects. As a result, the demand for health-promoting or functional foods has increased rapidly in recent years. Edible mushrooms formerly known as \"food of the gods,\" (Utpal et al., 2015) are still used as a garnish or delicacy, can now be consumed on a regular basis as part of the human diet or as functional food. Historically, mushrooms have been valued for their flavour, economics, ecological value, and medicinal properties (Sanchez, 2010). On a dry basis, mushrooms contain almost 50% carbohydrate, 25% protein, and 3% crude fat (Kotwaliwale et al., 2007). \r\nThe low calories, sodium, fat and cholesterol in mushrooms make them a healthy food. Additionally, it contains significant amounts of dietary fiber and β-glucan, vitamin D, vitamin B complex and many other nutrients that can be beneficial for the body (Dunkwal et al., 2007). The modern science of nutrition has moved to understanding the physiological and genetic mechanisms by which the diet and individual food components influence health and diseases (Akinwunmi and Omotayo 2016). It is true that most processed foods do provide some nutritional value, developing a healthy processed foods provide acceptable nutritional composition and a great sensory experience to the consumers (Martins et al., 2017). Therefore, the aim of the present study was to develop a novel variety of cake and toffee enriched with incorporation of mushroom powder and investigate sensory and consumer acceptance of mushroom powder incorporated products.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHOD\r\nThe present study was conducted in the department of foods and nutrition, Post Graduate and Research Centre, Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University, Rajendranagar, Hyderabad.\r\nPreparation of mushroom powder: Fresh mushrooms were collected from the mushroom cultivation scheme, Department of Plant Pathology, College of Agriculture, PJTSAU, Rajendranagar. Mushroom powder was prepared according to the method developed by Kumar et al. (2019). In brief, collected mushrooms were cleaned, cut into slices, blanched for 3 minutes later dried in tray drier at 60° until constant moisture level was reached (10%). The dried mushrooms were ground into fine powder and stored in plastic containers further used for product development.\r\nProduct Development:\r\nPreparation process for cakes: The cakes were prepared by partial replacement of refined wheat flour with mushroom powder at different proportions i.e., 0, 10, 15, 20 25 and 30%. \r\nAll weights of refined wheat flour, mushroom flour and other ingredients (sugar, milk powder, oil, baking soda, salt and essence) for all the formulations were taken accurately and mixed thoroughly. The mixture was poured into the mould and baked in the preheated oven at the temperature 140° for 30 minutes.\r\nPreparation process for toffee: The toffees were formulated by partial replacement of papaya pulp with mushroom flour at different proportions i.e., 0, 3, 5, 10 and 15%. \r\nBriefly, Papaya pulp was heated until the raw smell goes off. Mushroom flour, sugar, glucose was added and allowed to cook until it reaches to 80˚ brix. \r\nSensory Evaluation of the formulated products: Sensory evaluation was conducted for selecting the best accepted formulation from the developed products (cake and toffee) using 9-points hedonic scale (Meilgaard et al., 1999) with the help of 25 semi trained panelists.\r\nConsumer acceptability of the mushroom products: Both the accepted products were subjected to consumer acceptability. Consumer acceptance of the mushroom incorporated products were assessed by using structured questionnaire and sensory evaluation developed by Lawless and Heymann (2010) along with sensory evaluation. A total of 80 untrained members of different age groups (6-40 years) were selected randomly to determine the consumer acceptance and perceptions toward mushroom incorporated food products.\r\nStatistical Analysis: Statistical analysis was carried out by one-way ANOVA method using INDOSTAT statistical software for finding out the best accepted formulations and for consumer acceptability of mushroom incorporated products. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nSensory scores for the developed products: Sensory quality of any developed food product depends on its appearance, colour, flavour, taste, texture and overall acceptability (Sheikh et al., 2010). Cakes formulated by incorporating 0,10, 15, 20, 25 and 30% mushroom powder on dry weight basis and toffees formulated by incorporating 0, 3, 5, 10 and 15% mushroom powder were subjected to sensory evaluation. The mean sensory scores of mushroom incorporated cakes and toffees were tabulated in the Table 2 and Table 3. \r\nCake: Table 2 revealed that, statistically significant difference (P<0.01) in texture and overall acceptability was observed statistically between the cake samples. Among all the five formulated cakes, 20% mushroom incorporated cake was found higher for overall acceptability and was selected as the best accepted formulation for carrying out the consumer acceptability study.\r\nA similar study conducted by Arora et al. (2017) reported that cake with 20% wheat flour replacement with mushroom powder was closely related in sensorial attributes with control sample.\r\nToffee: Table 3 revealed that, statistically significant difference (P<0.01) was found in colour, taste, texture and overall acceptability between the formulated toffees. Toffee with 10% mushroom powder incorporated had the highest overall acceptability score compared to other formulations. Hence, toffee with 10% mushroom powder incorporated was selected as the best accepted formulation for carrying out the consumer studies.\r\nConsumer acceptance of mushroom incorporated products: Many factors influence consumer acceptance of food products, including the characteristics of the offered product, consumer characteristics, and social conditions. Price, convenience, taste, general appearance, and health-promoting properties of a food product all play a role in its acceptance by consumers. Furthermore, consumer characteristics such as approach to innovation, preferences for specific food groups, or nutritional neophobia heavily influence food acceptance. Food preferences differ across age groups in terms of food knowledge, views on the health benefits of specific food groups, and attitudes toward food. Social conditions, such as the country\'s economy, political conditions, or generally accepted social norms, also influence consumer acceptance.\r\nHowever, consumer acceptance of the mushroom incorporated products was assessed through structured questionnaire and sensory evaluation. The respondents were asked about the snacking pattern, frequency of consumption and selection of snacks etc. The detailed were presented in Table 1.\r\nConsumer preference towards the mushroom incorporated (Cake and Toffee) were illustrated in the Fig. 1, 2.\r\nFig. 1 clearly depicted that, in terms of cake`s appearance, 8.5 % consumers liked moderately, 55.3% liked very much and 36.2% liked extremely. 12.8% liked colour of the cake moderately, the majority of consumers (44.7%) liked the colour very much, and 42.6% liked cake`s colour extremely. In terms of taste, 10.6% liked it moderately, 38.3 % liked very much and 51.1 % liked extremely. 10.6% liked flavour of the cake moderately, majority of consumers (48.9%) liked the flavour of the cake very much and 40.4 % liked extremely. In terms of texture, 6.4% liked moderately, 55.3 % of consumers liked the cake\'s texture very much and 38.3% liked extremely. In terms of overall acceptability, only 2.1 % liked the cake slightly, 8.5% who liked moderately followed by 42.6 % who liked very much and majority of consumers (46.8%) liked cake extremely.\r\nFig. 2 clearly revealed that, toffee\'s colour was liked moderately by 2.1%, 36.2 % liked very much and 61.7% of consumers liked colour of the toffee extremely. In terms of toffee`s taste, 2.1% of consumers liked moderately, 38% liked very much and majority of the consumer 57.4% liked toffee`s taste extremely. Toffee\'s flavour, texture, and overall acceptability were liked moderately by 8.5%, 4.3% and 2.1%, very much by 36.2%, 36.2% and 44.7%, and extremely by 55.3%, 59.6% and 53.2% of consumers.\r\n \r\n', 'Ch. Anusha, T. Kamalaja, E. Jyothsna, S. Triveni and M. Prameela (2022). Sensory and Consumer Acceptability of Mushroom Powder Incorporated Products. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 107-110.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5232, '136', 'Survey on the Status of Sheath Rot Disease Complex in Major Rice Growing Districts of Telangana State', 'M. Manasa, T. Kiran Babu, S. Ameer Basha, N. Rama Gopala Varma \r\nand S.N.C.V.L. Pushpavalli\r\n', '19 Survey on the Status of Sheath Rot Disease Complex in Major Rice Growing Districts of Telangana State M. Manasa.pdf', '', 1, 'Rice sheath rot is an emerging fungal disease which is majorly caused by Sarocladium oryzae, spreading over rice-growing areas of Telangana state and causing an estimated yield losses ranging from 3-85 % depending upon the severity of the disease. Roving surveys were undertaken during kharif, 2021 to determine the status and distribution of the sheath rot in major rice growing districts of Telangana state viz., Nirmal, Jagtial, Nizamabad, Peddapalli, Kamareddy and Karimnagar districts of Northern Telangana Zone, Nalgonda, Suryapet, Nagarkurnool and Mahabubnagar districts in Southern Telangana Zone and Medak, Sangareddy, Siddipet, Warangal and Khammam districts in Central Telangana Zone. The sheath rot was widespread in all the locations at varying proportions. Sheath rot incidence (%) in the surveyed fields ranging from 3.0 to 37.7 per cent. The highest incidence (37.7%) was recorded in Nagarkurnool district, whereas the lowest incidence (3.0%) in Nalgonda district. Out of 84 samples were collected during survey, 40 isolates of sheath rot causing pathogen was isolated. The cultural, morphological, pathological characterisation and molecular identification revealed that, 38 fungal cultures were belongs to S. oryzae and two cultures belong to Fusarium proliferatum causing sheath rot disease in Telangana state.', 'Sheath rot disease, Sarocladiumoryzae, Fusarium proliferatum, Per cent Disease Incidence', 'The present study concludes that generally sheath rot disease of rice is present in almost all the surveyed rice fields with variable disease incidence. Highest Percent Disease incidence was recorded in the sample/Isolate SO79 collected from Nagarkurnool district. Nalgonda and Nagarkurnool are among the predominant areas with respect to sheath rot disease of rice. S. oryzae and F. proliferatum are responsible for causing sheath rot disease of rice in Telangana. Majority of the farmers are growing fine grain varieties which are highly susceptible to sheath rot in farmer fields. The yield of fine grain varieties was significantly affected due to sheath rot especially grain discolouration drastically reduce the market value of the produce. In continuation of the survey work, the samples collected during survey will be identified based on molecular basis. Further, proceed for proving pathogenicity of the isolates.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRice is the second most important staple food crop of the world consumed by more than half of the world\'s population. Asian continent itself accounting for 90% of the world production (IRRI, 2019). China is the leading rice producer followed by India, Indonesia and Bangladesh. The estimated area, yield and production of rice crop in the world is 162.46 million ha, 4.63 metric tonnes per ha and 504.17 million metric tonnes respectively, during 2020-21. Globally, India accounts for 27.08 % and 23.99 % of the total acreage and production. In Telangana, rice is mostly cultivated under wells, tanks and canals in an area of around 129.78 lakh acres during kharif and rabi, 2021-22. The crop is grown in 41.85 lakh acres during kharif, 2021, whereas 52.80 lakh acres during rabi, 2020-21 (Department of agriculture). A remarkable increase in rice area was recorded during 2020-21 in Telangana state is due to increased irrigation facilities, availability of high yielding varieties and farmer pro-government policies.\r\nAlthough, the crop suffers from many diseases caused by fungi, bacteria, virus, nematodes and other parasites. Among the fungal diseases, sheath rot once a minor and geographically limited disease is becoming major threat and gained momentum in many parts of the world (Bigirimana et al., 2015) as well as in India (Saravanakumar et al., 2009). It is a serious menace to rice cultivation and considered as an important emerging rice production threat causing yield losses ranging from 3-85% depending upon disease severity (Chakravarthy and Biswas 1978) and complete suppression of panicle exertion (Raina and Singh 1980).\r\nSheath rot of rice is a complex disease that can be caused by various fungal and bacterial pathogens depending on the area, varieties grown, prevailing environmental conditions, farming systems and involvement of other insect-pests. The major pathogen associated with sheath rot in rice are Sarocladium oryzae, Fusarium fujikuroi complex and Pseudomonas fuscovaginae (Bigirimana et al., 2015)., Recently, Albifimbria terrestris from northern India (Sharma et al., 2021) and Fusarium proliferatum from eastern India (Prabhukarthikeyan et al., 2021) have been reported incausing sheath rot, grain discolouration, sterility and chaffiness of therice panicles. The various described sheath rot pathogens will cause similar disease symptoms in rice (Cottyn et al., 1996). Although, several pathogens have been associated with rice sheath rot, but Sarocladium oryzae (sawada W. Gams and D. Hawksw) is a major important seed borne fungal pathogen reported in India. \r\n Sheath rot pathogen infects upper most flag leaf sheath that enclose the emerging young panicles during the boot leaf stage. The major symptoms of sheath rot according to Ou, (1985), the lesions are oblong or irregular oval spot and usually expressed as reddish-brown discoloration of flag leaf sheath. Early infection affects the panicles, so that it partially emerges. The un-emerged portion of the panicle rots, turning florets red-brown to dark brown. Grains from damaged panicles are chaffy and the disease is appropriately known as \"empty earhead\" and is familiar as \"rice abortion\" (Kindo, 2012) and it affects seed viability, nutritional and market value (Sakthivel, 2001; Gopalakrishnan et al., 2010). The symptoms of Fusarium proliferatum is more or less similar to the symptoms caused by Sarocladiumoryzae. However, little information is available on the prevalence and distribution of the disease in Telangana state. Hence, the present investigation was undertaken to study the disease distribution during kharif, 2021 by following a survey of major rice growing districts of Telangana state.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nA. Collection of diseased/infected plant samples\r\nA roving survey was conducted to collect sheath rot infected plant samples from major rice growing areas of Northern Telangana Zone (Nirmal, Jagtial, Nizamabad, Peddapalli, Kamareddy and Karimnagar), Southern Telangana Zone (Nalgonda, Suryapet, Nagarkurnool and Mahabubnagar) and Central Telangana Zone (Medak, Sangareddy, Siddipet, Warangal and Khammam) of Telangana state during kharif, 2021. Survey data collected includes crop and field details such as sample number, name of the village, mandal and district, field location, variety grown, crop stage, previous crop, source of irrigation, panicle type and percent disease incidence (PDI) of sheath rot disease.\r\nInfected plant samples were collected for isolation of sheath rot pathogen Sarocladium oryzae. The external signs and symptoms such as the presence of reddish-brown oblong lesions or irregular oval spots on flag leaf sheath were used to determine the incidence of the sheath rot disease in the fields surveyed. Five plots measuring 1 m × 1 m were selected such that one plot was in the centre of the field and the rest were randomly placed on the four corners leaving 1 m from the border.\r\nThe total number of productive tillers were counted in each plant and then counted the number of sheath rot infected panicles and finally computed the sheath rot incidence percentage. Ten plants were randomly selected per one sq. m area and above procedure followed to obtain sheath rot disease incidence percentage. Percent disease incidence was calculated by the following formula:\r\n Number of infected tillers\r\n PDI = Total number of tillers observed\r\nIsolation of sheath rot associated pathogen\r\nThe leaves showing the typical symptoms of sheath rot were selected and washed with sterile distilled water. Small piece of diseased tissue along with some healthy tissue was cut with the help of a sterile scalpel and surface sterilized with 0.1% sodium hypochlorite solution for one min, rinsed thrice in sterile distilled water and dried with sterilized filter paper. The surface sterilized samples were placed on Potato Dextrose Agar (PDA) medium with the help of sterilized forceps and placed in BOD incubator at 28±2 ºC. The pathogens were isolated from the infected tissue and further purified by hyphal tip method (Lilly and Barnett 1951). Sheath rot associated pathogen was identified based on cultural and morphological characters of the isolated fungi.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA roving survey was conducted to collect the information on occurrence of sheath rot in major rice growing areas of Northern Telangana Zone (Nirmal, Jagtial, Nizamabad, Peddapalli, Kamareddy and Karimnagar), Southern Telangana Zone (Nalgonda, Suryapet, Nagarkurnool and Mahabubnagar) and Central Telangana Zone (Medak, Sangareddy, Siddipet, Warangal and Khammam) of Telangana state during kharif, 2021. The roving survey was carried out in 72 villages of fifteen major rice growing districts of Telangana state. A total of 84 samples were collected during survey. The data was collected on GPS coordinates, varietal pattern, disease incidence along with district, mandal and village. The data regarding the survey was tabulated in the (Table 1).\r\nData collected during the survey indicated that majority of the farmers opted for mono-cropping of rice in total surveyed districts except in the Nagarkurnool district where groundnut crop was grown in one season (during rabi) and rice crop was grown in another season (during kharif). 50% of the farmers in the surveyed villages were cultivating the MTU1010 and BPT5204 rice varieties. \r\nFields were majorly irrigated through canals in Nalgonda and Suryapet and remaining districts through borewells tabulated in Table 1. \r\nDuring the survey, stage of the rice crop was milky to mature stage. The maximum sheath rot incidence was observed in the surveyed fields were seen at mature stage of the rice crop. Percent disease incidence of sheath rot in the surveyed fields ranging from 3.0 to 37.7 per cent. The highest incidence of sheath rot (37.7%) was noticed at Lingala village of Achampetmandal of Nagarkurnool district followed by Jalalpur village of Bhoodan Pochampallimandal of Nalgonda district and Thatipally village, Jagtialmandal of Jagtial district with a disease incidence of (33.33%) while the lowest incidence (3%) was recorded in Pendlipakala village, Kondamallepally mandal of Nalgonda district followed by Navipet village, Ghanpurmandal of Medak district. Out of 84, samples of sheath rot, forty six samples from fine grain varieties and thirty eight samples from coarse grain varieties of rice. The maximum sheath rot incidence was noticed in fine grain varieties range from (10.5 to 37.7%) when compared to coarse grain varieties range from (3.0 to 33.0 %) indicating that most of the fine grain varieties were having compact nature of the panicle favouring the sheath rot disease initiation. Majority of the rice area in Telangana during kharif, 2021 was under fine grain varieties where sheath rot disease affected the farmer fields drastically. If the fine grain varieties cultivation occupies 60-70% of the total cultivated rice area in Telangana, the yield losses estimated to be nearly 60%. Among the 84 samples were collected from farmer fields in different villages 9 data points were showing the severe (25-70%) incidence, 67 data points showed moderate (6-25%) incidence and 8 data points showed less (0-5%) incidence of sheath rot disease (Fig. 1). Bar graph was drawn with varied PDI and total samples which is represented in Fig. 2.\r\nSimilar findings were reported by Kumar & Priya (2016), Vengadeshkumar et al. (2019). Kumar et al. (2017) reported highest incidence of sheath rot was recorded in Orathur (30.5) village and the least incidence was noticed in Vennankuzhi (12.1) village of Tamil Nadu state. Vengadeshkumar et al. (2019) reported the disease incidence ranged from 12.32 to 30.43 per cent in Nagapattinam district of Tamil Nadu state. \r\n \r\nIdentification of Sarocladium oryzae was done based on the cultural and morphological characterstics such as colony colour varied from white to pale orange. Pigmentation on the bottom of the plate varied from white to brown. Conidiophores were simple or branched. Conidia was cylindrical, aseptate and hyaline, 4-7 x 1-2 µm in size, and arranged in slimy heads (Bigirimana, 2016) (Fig. 3). Identification of Fusarium proliferatum was done based on the cultural and morphological characterstics such as the colonies produced white aerial mycelium with violet to pink pigmentation. Hyphae was hyaline and septate. Abundant single celled, oval shaped microconidia were produced, whereas macroconidia was not produced (Prabhukartikeyan et al., 2021) (Fig. 4). Finally, 38 isolates of Sarocladium oryzae and 2 isolates of Fusarium proliferatum were obtained from infected rice leaf sheaths. The two Fusarium isolates were obtained from sample no SO26 and SO72. ', 'M. Manasa, T. Kiran Babu, S. Ameer Basha, N. Rama Gopala Varma and S.N.C.V.L. Pushpavalli (2022). Survey on the Status of Sheath Rot Disease Complex in Major Rice Growing Districts of Telangana State. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 111-117.'),
(5233, '136', 'Influence of Edible Coatings to Enhance the Postharvest Quality of Passion Fruit (Passiflora edulis Sims.) under Cold Storage conditions', 'Mohamed Jassim J.*, Prem Joshua J.*, Saraswathy S., Muthuramalingam S., Anitha T. and Vani V.', '20 Influence of Edible Coatings to Enhance the Postharvest Quality of Passion Fruit (Passiflora edulis Sims.) under Cold Storage Conditions Mohamed Jassim J.pdf', '', 4, 'The postharvest quality of passion fruit deteriorates rapidly because of intense physiological metabolism and serious water loss which leads to shrinkage in passion fruit. In this context, the experiment was carried out to evaluate the effect of edible coatings Aloe vera gel (50 %, 75 %), Gum arabic (10 %, 15 %), Chitosan (1 %, 2 %), Sodium alginate (1 %, 2 %) and Carboxy methyl cellulose (1 %, 1.5 %) to enhance the postharvest quality of passion fruit under cold storage (8±1 °C) conducted at Horticultural College and Research Institute, Periyakulam, Theni. Results indicated that the passion fruit coated with chitosan (2 %) recorded minimum weight loss (19.53 %) and maximum titratable acidity (3.68 %), ascorbic acid (19.81 mg 100 g-1), firmness (15.21 N) and shelf life of about 26.5 days compared to control. Consequently, Chitosan (2 %) is effective for extending the shelf life and maintaining the postharvest quality of passion fruit at 8±1°C by regulating water loss and physiological metabolism.', 'Passion fruit, cold storage, Aloe vera gel, Gum arabic, Chitosan, Sodium alginate and Carboxy methyl cellulose', 'The synergistic effect of postharvest edible coatings and cold storage conditions significantly influenced the physiological loss in weight, firmness, titratable acidity, ascorbic acid and shelf life. Compared to all the treatments, passion fruit coated with chitosan (2 %) up to 25 days recorded minimum weight loss (19.53 %), maximum titratable acidity (3.68 %), Ascorbic acid (19.81 mg 100 g-1) and firmness (15.21 N). Maximum shelf life of 26.5 days was also observed in Chitosan (2 %) treated fruits compared to control which had a minimum shelf life of about eighteen days. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPassion fruit (Passiflora edulis Sims.) is a native of Brazil in the Tropical American region and it belongs to the Passifloraceae family. It was first introduced to India in the early twentieth century in the Nilgiris, Coorg and Malabar regions of Southern India. It is generally grown in tropical and subtropical regions of the world, ranging from South America to Australia, Asia, and Africa. Recently, Passion fruit is under cultivation in an area of 12.0 thousand ha in India, with a production of 76.0 thousand MT (NHB, 2020). It is a woody, climbing, perennial vine that bears round or ovoid fruits. The rind of the fruits is stiff, smooth, and waxy, with a faint, small white flecks. The fruit has an orange pulpy liquid with a high quantity of small, firm, dark brown to black pitted seeds (Tripathi, 2018).\r\nFruits are almost round to oval in shape, with a strong peel that is smooth and waxy and weighs approximately 60 to 80 g in purple passion fruit and bear on woody perennial vines (Thokchom & Mandal 2017). The juice taste is delicious, has great flavour and have an excellent source of Vitamin A (1300-2500 IU 100 g-1 pulp), vitamin C (30–50 mg 100 g-1 pulp), and minerals like potassium, sodium, magnesium, sulphur, and chlorides are abundant in fruits. Passion fruit is high in natural phenolic compounds, which have been shown to protect against oxidative damage (Joy and Divya 2016).\r\nPostharvest quality of passion fruit is mostly determined by harvest time and storage conditions. Moisture loss, peel colour darkening, microbial infection and nutritional loss are the main causes of postharvest degradation. These are the factors which contribute to the unappealing appearance of fresh fruits, which include wrinkles, unappealing colour, postharvest deterioration and nutritional deficiency. It is classified physiologically as climacteric fruit due to its respiratory properties, ethylene production, climacteric increase and specific responses. Its quality and appearance decline over time and the fruit begins to dehydrate shortly after harvest. During ripening, an increase in respiration rate is driven by a high level of ethylene production. The fruit becomes unmarketable as a result of this degradation. Appropriate storage temperature and postharvest treatment are critical aspects in maintaining the quality of diverse horticulture commodities, as well as prolonging storage life while ensuring product safety.\r\nAfter harvesting, fruit losses are estimated at around 18 to 28 %. The losses will then continue to grow throughout the trading process. Applying an edible coating to the fruit can help to reduce postharvest losses (Nor and Ding 2020). Fruit coating works on the same principle as modified atmosphere packaging, in which an altered atmosphere is formed in the headspace with high CO2 content and a low O2 concentration (Blakistone, 1999).\r\nThere are a variety of post-harvest coatings available for important fruits such as bananas, mangoes, pineapples, and avocados that can effectively extend the shelf-life, minimise water loss, reduce chilling damage and reduce post-harvest disease. Coatings for minor fruits such as durian, rambutan, passion fruit and mangosteen are still scarce and are done from lipid and protein-based coatings. Therefore, the current study was carried out to investigate the influence of edible coatings to enhance the postharvest quality of passion fruit.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present investigation was carried out at the Department of Postharvest Technology, Horticultural College and Research Institute, Periyakulam, Theni, Tamil Nadu - 625 604. Purple passion fruits were collected from one-year-old vines in Cumbum valley. Matured fruits were harvested at light purple to the purple colour rind and pulp had yellowish orange colour with black colour seeds. The average weight of the fruit is 60-80 g. The fruit has a higher juice content (38-48%) and a better flavour and scent as fresh, canned, or frozen juice or pulp than the yellow one. Within an hour after harvesting, fruits were kept in a pre-cooling room at 15° to remove the field heat. Fruits were cleaned with tap water using a Batch tub bubble washer and drying of water using a Dewatering drying conveyor. After drying, fruits were divided into eleven groups and each group had 10 fruits for postharvest treatments. Treatments were divided into T1 (Aloe vera gel-50 %), T2 (Aloe vera gel-75 %), T3 (Gum Arabic-10 %), T4 (Gum Arabic 15 %), T5 (Chitosan 1 %), T6 (Chitosan-2 %), T7 (Sodium alginate 1 %), T8 (Sodium alginate 2 %), T9 (Carboxy methyl cellulose-1 %), T10 (Carboxy methyl cellulose-1.5 %) and T11 (Control). Then the fruits were dipped in edible coatings for five minutes. In each treatment, glycerol was added to act as a plasticizer. Coated fruits were dried for 1 hour at room temperature and stored in cold storage (8±1°) condition. The experiment was carried out in a completely randomized design with three replications and the observations on physicochemical parameters were taken once in five days.\r\nPhysiological loss in weight (%). The weight loss of the fruits was measured once in five days. Using the formula, the physiological weight loss was estimated. It was given as a percentage (Aboud, 1974).\r\nPhysiological loss in weight (%) = \r\nFirmness (N). Fruit Hardness Tester (Model: FR-5120) with plunger was used to determine the firmness of Passion fruit (diameter- 11mm). The firmness of the fruit was expressed as Newtons.\r\nTotal soluble solids (˚brix). A digital Hand-held Pocket refractometer was used to quantify the passion fruit total soluble solids (TSS) (Model: PAL-3). TSS was expressed as ºBrix.\r\nTitratable acidity (%). Titratable acidity of the passion fruit was determined by following the method given by Ranganna, (1986). It was calculated by using the below formula and represented as a percentage (%).\r\nTitratable acidity (%)= \r\n Where, \r\nT- Titre value, V1= Volume made up, N= Normality of NaOH, V2= Volume of extract taken for estimation, E= Equivalent weight of citric acid, W= Weight of a sample taken for estimation.\r\nAscorbic acid (mg 100 g-1). The oxalic acid titration method was used to determine ascorbic acid (Sadasivam and Balasubramaniam 1987). The following formula was used to determine it, and it was given as mg 100g-1.\r\nAscorbic acid (mg 100 g-1) =\r\n \r\nWhere, \r\nV1- Dye factor value, \r\nV2- Titre value.\r\nShelf-life (days). The shelf life of passion fruit was determined by the number of days the pulp remained palatable and free of browning. Freshness was determined by the fruit\'s visual appearance, such as colour, shrinkage index, pathogenic decay degree, and juiciness, among other factors. (Nanda et al., 2001)\r\nStatistical analysis. The experiment was carried out in a completely randomized design (CRD) with eleven treatments and three replications. The results obtained were subjected to analysis of variance (ANOVA) at a P< 0.05 level of significance using AGRES software (Panse and Sukhatme 1967).\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Physiological loss in weight (%)\r\nWeight loss of passion fruit is mainly due to the consumption of nutrients and loss of water, which is caused by the strengthening of respiration and transpiration (Zhang et al., 2019). On Day 5, the minimum weight loss was observed at 4.90 % in T6 (Chitosan-2 %) and the control sample reaches a maximum weight loss of 10.68 %. The weight loss of passion fruit shows an upward trend during cold storage and minimal weight loss was observed in T6 (19.53 %) and the control group reaches a weight loss of as high as 33.63 % on Day 25 (Table 1). Similar results were found on bananas, where the highest weight loss of 22 % was observed in the control sample and the lowest weight loss of 10% was found in the sample coated with chitosan 2% (Suseno et al., 2014). Slower rates of weight loss in chitosan-coated fruits can be attributed to the barrier properties for gas diffusion of stomata, the organelles that regulate the transpiration process and gas exchange between the fruit and the environment (Maftoonazad and Ramaswamy 2005).\r\nFirmness (N). Softening is one of the major factors affecting the quality of fruits during storage. It is normally due to starch hydrolysis to sugar and the degradation of cell walls which is involved in fruit ripening (Guerreiro et al., 2015). The firmness of passion fruit in each group continuously decreases with the extension of storage time (Table 1). The firmness of the control fruit decreases from the initial value of 40.06 N to the final value of 14.59 N, which proves that its edible value is completely lost. Whereas, the maximum fruit firmness from the initial value (43.11 N) to the 25th day (15.21) was recorded on T6 (Chitosan-2 %) and the minimum firmness observed in T11 (control) initial value of 37.68 N to 18.89 N. Softening is due to the catabolic activity of polygalacturonase (PG) and pectin methylesterase (PME) enzymes during ripening, leading to degradation of middle lamella between parenchyma cells, cell wall disruption, and loss of cellular turgidity (Harker et al., 2010). Shah and Hashmi (2020) reported that all mango fruits were softened during storage. However, the chitosan-coated fruit softened to a lesser extent.\r\nTitratable acidity (%). The rate of reduction in acidity increased with the increased storage period. The reduction in acidity during storage is probably due to the catabolism of citrate and malate and the pace of catabolism increases with the storage period (Sammi and Masud 2007). Fig. 1 shows that titratable acidity of passion fruit decreases with an increased storage period. On Day 5, the higher titratable acidity was found on 4.86 % in T6 (Chitosan-2 %), compared to control with 4.05 %. On the 25th day, the titratable acidity was reduced to 3.68 % in T6 (Chitosan-2 %). It was thought that the reason for this slower decrease in titratable acidity in the chitosan-coated fruits could be due to the reduction of organic acid use in respiration through chitosan acting as a barrier (Nabifarkhani et al., 2015).\r\nAscorbic acid (mg 100 g-1). As shown in Fig. 2, the ascorbic acid content of passion fruit in each group showed a downward trend with an increased storage period, among which the control group decreases the fastest. There is a significant difference between coated and control fruit. The ascorbic acid content of passion fruit decreased from 28.30 to 19.81 mg 100 g-1 as in T6 (Chitosan-2 %) (Fig. 1). Whereas, control fruit decreases faster with an increased storage period from 19.60 to 8.31 mg 100 g-1 (Fig. 1). According to Zhou et al. (2008), the decrease in ascorbic acid is influenced by the oxygen content that can degrade ascorbic acid oxidase and phenol oxidase during storage, thus decreasing the ascorbic acid content of the fruit. It is thus logical to suggest that chitosan coating reduced O2 availability, limited oxidation of compounds and limited the generation of free radicals at the surface of passion fruit.\r\nShelf-life (Days). An increase in shelf life was due to better cell wall integrity because calcium infusion had thickened calcium pectate in the cell wall. The shelf life of coated passion fruits stored under cold storage conditions was shown in Table 1. \r\nMaximum shelf life of 26.5 days after storage was recorded in T6 (Chitosan-2 %) followed by T2 (Aloe vera gel-75 %) had 25.25 days whereas control samples had eighteen days. Trevino et al. (2015) revealed that Chitosan (1.5 %) coated strawberry fruits increased the shelf life from 6 days (control) to 15 days (coated fruits).', 'Mohamed Jassim J., Prem Joshua J., Saraswathy S., Muthuramalingam S., Anitha T. and Vani V. (2022). Influence of Edible Coatings to enhance the Postharvest Quality of Passion Fruit (Passiflora edulis Sims.) under Cold Storage Conditions. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 118-122.'),
(5234, '136', 'Influence of Edible Coatings to Enhance the Postharvest Quality of Passion Fruit (Passiflora edulis Sims.) under Cold Storage conditions', 'Mohamed Jassim J.*, Prem Joshua J.*, Saraswathy S., Muthuramalingam S., Anitha T. and Vani V.', '20 Influence of Edible Coatings to Enhance the Postharvest Quality of Passion Fruit (Passiflora edulis Sims.) under Cold Storage Conditions Mohamed Jassim J.pdf', '', 1, 'The postharvest quality of passion fruit deteriorates rapidly because of intense physiological metabolism and serious water loss which leads to shrinkage in passion fruit. In this context, the experiment was carried out to evaluate the effect of edible coatings Aloe vera gel (50 %, 75 %), Gum arabic (10 %, 15 %), Chitosan (1 %, 2 %), Sodium alginate (1 %, 2 %) and Carboxy methyl cellulose (1 %, 1.5 %) to enhance the postharvest quality of passion fruit under cold storage (8±1 °C) conducted at Horticultural College and Research Institute, Periyakulam, Theni. Results indicated that the passion fruit coated with chitosan (2 %) recorded minimum weight loss (19.53 %) and maximum titratable acidity (3.68 %), ascorbic acid (19.81 mg 100 g-1), firmness (15.21 N) and shelf life of about 26.5 days compared to control. Consequently, Chitosan (2 %) is effective for extending the shelf life and maintaining the postharvest quality of passion fruit at 8±1°C by regulating water loss and physiological metabolism.', 'Passion fruit, cold storage, Aloe vera gel, Gum arabic, Chitosan, Sodium alginate and Carboxy methyl cellulose', 'The synergistic effect of postharvest edible coatings and cold storage conditions significantly influenced the physiological loss in weight, firmness, titratable acidity, ascorbic acid and shelf life. Compared to all the treatments, passion fruit coated with chitosan (2 %) up to 25 days recorded minimum weight loss (19.53 %), maximum titratable acidity (3.68 %), Ascorbic acid (19.81 mg 100 g-1) and firmness (15.21 N). Maximum shelf life of 26.5 days was also observed in Chitosan (2 %) treated fruits compared to control which had a minimum shelf life of about eighteen days. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPassion fruit (Passiflora edulis Sims.) is a native of Brazil in the Tropical American region and it belongs to the Passifloraceae family. It was first introduced to India in the early twentieth century in the Nilgiris, Coorg and Malabar regions of Southern India. It is generally grown in tropical and subtropical regions of the world, ranging from South America to Australia, Asia, and Africa. Recently, Passion fruit is under cultivation in an area of 12.0 thousand ha in India, with a production of 76.0 thousand MT (NHB, 2020). It is a woody, climbing, perennial vine that bears round or ovoid fruits. The rind of the fruits is stiff, smooth, and waxy, with a faint, small white flecks. The fruit has an orange pulpy liquid with a high quantity of small, firm, dark brown to black pitted seeds (Tripathi, 2018).\r\nFruits are almost round to oval in shape, with a strong peel that is smooth and waxy and weighs approximately 60 to 80 g in purple passion fruit and bear on woody perennial vines (Thokchom & Mandal 2017). The juice taste is delicious, has great flavour and have an excellent source of Vitamin A (1300-2500 IU 100 g-1 pulp), vitamin C (30–50 mg 100 g-1 pulp), and minerals like potassium, sodium, magnesium, sulphur, and chlorides are abundant in fruits. Passion fruit is high in natural phenolic compounds, which have been shown to protect against oxidative damage (Joy and Divya 2016).\r\nPostharvest quality of passion fruit is mostly determined by harvest time and storage conditions. Moisture loss, peel colour darkening, microbial infection and nutritional loss are the main causes of postharvest degradation. These are the factors which contribute to the unappealing appearance of fresh fruits, which include wrinkles, unappealing colour, postharvest deterioration and nutritional deficiency. It is classified physiologically as climacteric fruit due to its respiratory properties, ethylene production, climacteric increase and specific responses. Its quality and appearance decline over time and the fruit begins to dehydrate shortly after harvest. During ripening, an increase in respiration rate is driven by a high level of ethylene production. The fruit becomes unmarketable as a result of this degradation. Appropriate storage temperature and postharvest treatment are critical aspects in maintaining the quality of diverse horticulture commodities, as well as prolonging storage life while ensuring product safety.\r\nAfter harvesting, fruit losses are estimated at around 18 to 28 %. The losses will then continue to grow throughout the trading process. Applying an edible coating to the fruit can help to reduce postharvest losses (Nor and Ding 2020). Fruit coating works on the same principle as modified atmosphere packaging, in which an altered atmosphere is formed in the headspace with high CO2 content and a low O2 concentration (Blakistone, 1999).\r\nThere are a variety of post-harvest coatings available for important fruits such as bananas, mangoes, pineapples, and avocados that can effectively extend the shelf-life, minimise water loss, reduce chilling damage and reduce post-harvest disease. Coatings for minor fruits such as durian, rambutan, passion fruit and mangosteen are still scarce and are done from lipid and protein-based coatings. Therefore, the current study was carried out to investigate the influence of edible coatings to enhance the postharvest quality of passion fruit.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present investigation was carried out at the Department of Postharvest Technology, Horticultural College and Research Institute, Periyakulam, Theni, Tamil Nadu - 625 604. Purple passion fruits were collected from one-year-old vines in Cumbum valley. Matured fruits were harvested at light purple to the purple colour rind and pulp had yellowish orange colour with black colour seeds. The average weight of the fruit is 60-80 g. The fruit has a higher juice content (38-48%) and a better flavour and scent as fresh, canned, or frozen juice or pulp than the yellow one. Within an hour after harvesting, fruits were kept in a pre-cooling room at 15° to remove the field heat. Fruits were cleaned with tap water using a Batch tub bubble washer and drying of water using a Dewatering drying conveyor. After drying, fruits were divided into eleven groups and each group had 10 fruits for postharvest treatments. Treatments were divided into T1 (Aloe vera gel-50 %), T2 (Aloe vera gel-75 %), T3 (Gum Arabic-10 %), T4 (Gum Arabic 15 %), T5 (Chitosan 1 %), T6 (Chitosan-2 %), T7 (Sodium alginate 1 %), T8 (Sodium alginate 2 %), T9 (Carboxy methyl cellulose-1 %), T10 (Carboxy methyl cellulose-1.5 %) and T11 (Control). Then the fruits were dipped in edible coatings for five minutes. In each treatment, glycerol was added to act as a plasticizer. Coated fruits were dried for 1 hour at room temperature and stored in cold storage (8±1°) condition. The experiment was carried out in a completely randomized design with three replications and the observations on physicochemical parameters were taken once in five days.\r\nPhysiological loss in weight (%). The weight loss of the fruits was measured once in five days. Using the formula, the physiological weight loss was estimated. It was given as a percentage (Aboud, 1974).\r\nPhysiological loss in weight (%) = \r\nFirmness (N). Fruit Hardness Tester (Model: FR-5120) with plunger was used to determine the firmness of Passion fruit (diameter- 11mm). The firmness of the fruit was expressed as Newtons.\r\nTotal soluble solids (˚brix). A digital Hand-held Pocket refractometer was used to quantify the passion fruit total soluble solids (TSS) (Model: PAL-3). TSS was expressed as ºBrix.\r\nTitratable acidity (%). Titratable acidity of the passion fruit was determined by following the method given by Ranganna, (1986). It was calculated by using the below formula and represented as a percentage (%).\r\nTitratable acidity (%)= \r\n Where, \r\nT- Titre value, V1= Volume made up, N= Normality of NaOH, V2= Volume of extract taken for estimation, E= Equivalent weight of citric acid, W= Weight of a sample taken for estimation.\r\nAscorbic acid (mg 100 g-1). The oxalic acid titration method was used to determine ascorbic acid (Sadasivam and Balasubramaniam 1987). The following formula was used to determine it, and it was given as mg 100g-1.\r\nAscorbic acid (mg 100 g-1) =\r\n \r\nWhere, \r\nV1- Dye factor value, \r\nV2- Titre value.\r\nShelf-life (days). The shelf life of passion fruit was determined by the number of days the pulp remained palatable and free of browning. Freshness was determined by the fruit\'s visual appearance, such as colour, shrinkage index, pathogenic decay degree, and juiciness, among other factors. (Nanda et al., 2001)\r\nStatistical analysis. The experiment was carried out in a completely randomized design (CRD) with eleven treatments and three replications. The results obtained were subjected to analysis of variance (ANOVA) at a P< 0.05 level of significance using AGRES software (Panse and Sukhatme 1967).\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Physiological loss in weight (%)\r\nWeight loss of passion fruit is mainly due to the consumption of nutrients and loss of water, which is caused by the strengthening of respiration and transpiration (Zhang et al., 2019). On Day 5, the minimum weight loss was observed at 4.90 % in T6 (Chitosan-2 %) and the control sample reaches a maximum weight loss of 10.68 %. The weight loss of passion fruit shows an upward trend during cold storage and minimal weight loss was observed in T6 (19.53 %) and the control group reaches a weight loss of as high as 33.63 % on Day 25 (Table 1). Similar results were found on bananas, where the highest weight loss of 22 % was observed in the control sample and the lowest weight loss of 10% was found in the sample coated with chitosan 2% (Suseno et al., 2014). Slower rates of weight loss in chitosan-coated fruits can be attributed to the barrier properties for gas diffusion of stomata, the organelles that regulate the transpiration process and gas exchange between the fruit and the environment (Maftoonazad and Ramaswamy 2005).\r\nFirmness (N). Softening is one of the major factors affecting the quality of fruits during storage. It is normally due to starch hydrolysis to sugar and the degradation of cell walls which is involved in fruit ripening (Guerreiro et al., 2015). The firmness of passion fruit in each group continuously decreases with the extension of storage time (Table 1). The firmness of the control fruit decreases from the initial value of 40.06 N to the final value of 14.59 N, which proves that its edible value is completely lost. Whereas, the maximum fruit firmness from the initial value (43.11 N) to the 25th day (15.21) was recorded on T6 (Chitosan-2 %) and the minimum firmness observed in T11 (control) initial value of 37.68 N to 18.89 N. Softening is due to the catabolic activity of polygalacturonase (PG) and pectin methylesterase (PME) enzymes during ripening, leading to degradation of middle lamella between parenchyma cells, cell wall disruption, and loss of cellular turgidity (Harker et al., 2010). Shah and Hashmi (2020) reported that all mango fruits were softened during storage. However, the chitosan-coated fruit softened to a lesser extent.\r\nTitratable acidity (%). The rate of reduction in acidity increased with the increased storage period. The reduction in acidity during storage is probably due to the catabolism of citrate and malate and the pace of catabolism increases with the storage period (Sammi and Masud 2007). Fig. 1 shows that titratable acidity of passion fruit decreases with an increased storage period. On Day 5, the higher titratable acidity was found on 4.86 % in T6 (Chitosan-2 %), compared to control with 4.05 %. On the 25th day, the titratable acidity was reduced to 3.68 % in T6 (Chitosan-2 %). It was thought that the reason for this slower decrease in titratable acidity in the chitosan-coated fruits could be due to the reduction of organic acid use in respiration through chitosan acting as a barrier (Nabifarkhani et al., 2015).\r\nAscorbic acid (mg 100 g-1). As shown in Fig. 2, the ascorbic acid content of passion fruit in each group showed a downward trend with an increased storage period, among which the control group decreases the fastest. There is a significant difference between coated and control fruit. The ascorbic acid content of passion fruit decreased from 28.30 to 19.81 mg 100 g-1 as in T6 (Chitosan-2 %) (Fig. 1). Whereas, control fruit decreases faster with an increased storage period from 19.60 to 8.31 mg 100 g-1 (Fig. 1). According to Zhou et al. (2008), the decrease in ascorbic acid is influenced by the oxygen content that can degrade ascorbic acid oxidase and phenol oxidase during storage, thus decreasing the ascorbic acid content of the fruit. It is thus logical to suggest that chitosan coating reduced O2 availability, limited oxidation of compounds and limited the generation of free radicals at the surface of passion fruit.\r\nShelf-life (Days). An increase in shelf life was due to better cell wall integrity because calcium infusion had thickened calcium pectate in the cell wall. The shelf life of coated passion fruits stored under cold storage conditions was shown in Table 1. \r\nMaximum shelf life of 26.5 days after storage was recorded in T6 (Chitosan-2 %) followed by T2 (Aloe vera gel-75 %) had 25.25 days whereas control samples had eighteen days. Trevino et al. (2015) revealed that Chitosan (1.5 %) coated strawberry fruits increased the shelf life from 6 days (control) to 15 days (coated fruits).', 'Mohamed Jassim J., Prem Joshua J., Saraswathy S., Muthuramalingam S., Anitha T. and Vani V. (2022). Influence of Edible Coatings to enhance the Postharvest Quality of Passion Fruit (Passiflora edulis Sims.) under Cold Storage Conditions. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 118-122.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5235, '136', 'Germination Improvement in Solanum surattense Seeds through Dormancy Breaking Treatments', 'T. Murugeshwari*, G. Sasthri, R. Jerlin and L. Nalina', '21 Germination Improvement in Solanum surattense Seeds through Dormancy Breaking Treatments T. Murugeshwari.pdf', '', 1, 'Yellow berried nightshade (Solanum surattense) is a perennial, prickly diffuse herb distributed mainly in arid and semi arid regions. It forms an integral part of traditional medicine in India. As the fresh seeds of this plant possess dormancy which leads to uneven germination and non-uniform crop stand. The objective of this experiment is to identify an effective method to break the dormancy of fresh seeds, in order to achieve uniform germination and optimum seedling population at nursery level. Various physical (water soaking, hot water soaking, acid scarification) and physiological (GA3, KNO3, Thiourea) seed treatments were imposed to the seeds with various concentration of solution and duration of soaking hours. Untreated dry seeds were used as control. The results disclosed that physical treatments were not able to break the dormancy of the seeds. However, the physiological treatments were able to improve germination and other seedling quality characters. Among the physiological treatments, GA3 @ 600 ppm for 18 h soaking recorded the highest germination of 88 per cent. It was also accompanied with the highest vigour attributing characters viz., speed of germination (5.9), root length (3.4 cm), shoot length (3.8 cm), dry matter production (5.4 mg) and vigour index (634), and recorded minimum abnormal seedling (8%) and nil fresh ungerminated seeds.', 'Yellow berried nightshade, physical and physiological seed treatments, Germination', 'The primary obstacle to plant growth is seed dormancy, which occurs mostly naturally in seeds. It is impossible to grow plantlets in any season without breaking seed dormancy. From the present study it is concluded that seed dormancy of Solanum surattense can be broken by exposing the seeds to GA3 @ 600 ppm for 18 hrs soaking. Since the physiological treatment of GA3 improved the germination of fresh seeds by breaking the dormancy it can be inferred that the dormancy presents in the yellow berried night-shade (Solanum surattense) might be due to excess accumulation of ABA.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nSolanum surattense is a wild perennial medicinal herb, distributed throughout the India mainly along roadside and drylands. It is an important base material for traditional medicine in India. It is a diffuse wild perennial herb distributed in Australia, Ceylon, India, Malaysia, Polynesia, and Southeast Asia (Parmar et al., 2017). It belongs to the family solanaceae. It is known for its steroidal alkaloid namely solasonine, solanocarpine and solmargine. Solanum surattense (Syn: Solanum xanthocarpum schrad and Solanum viriginianum L.) is also known as yellow berried nightshade in English commonly called as Indian nightshade. Its vernacular names are Kantkari (Sanskrit), Kateri or Kattay (Hindi), Kantankattiri (Tamil), Nelagulle (Kannad), Nelamulaka (Telugu). It is a prickly diffuse perennial herb woody at base with zig-zag stem bearing numerous branches, the entire plant is covered with prickles, spines are compressed straight, 1-3 cm long, shiny and yellow in color, spines are present all over the plant except the flower region. Leaves are ovate– elliptical 4-12.5 cm length and 2-7.5 cm wide, deeply lobed, veins and margins with spines. Flowers are axillary but some flowers are cyme bluish-violet in color, 5 lobed, calyx free, obovate, prickly acuminate, corolla is widely ovate–triangular, with five sharp lobes. Fruit is Berry, globose, green color with white stripes, when matures it becomes yellow in color, seeds circular, numerous, and smooth (Singh and Singh 2010). \r\nPhytochemically the plant is endowed with sterols, flavonoids, alkaloids, saponins and polyphenols (Parvez et al., 2019). The herb is defined as pungent, bitter, digestive, and alternative astringent in ancient Ayurveda. Entire plant is used for medicinal purpose, fruits are bitter in taste, carminative and the root decoction is diuretic, expectorant and used as febrifuge (Vadnere et al., 2008). Its leaf extracts substantially reduces blood glucose levels while increasing insulin levels (Poongothai et al., 2014). In siddha system of medicine the powder of entire plant is used to treat respiratory disease. The active component in any medicinal plant determines its value, therefore consistency in quality, as well as the quantity of planting material is critical (Singla & Jaitak 2014). As a result, a reliable source of high-quality seed is essential for growing healthy medicinal plants, and high-quality seeds can be obtained using standard seed procedures. Germination of these seed is inconsistent with poor vigour, which necessitate to investigate the issues surrounding the germination and dormancy of seed in order to improve the quality of seed. To overcome the issues, seeds were exposed to certain physical and physiological treatments for breaking the dormancy. Thereby germination can be improved, crop failure is avoided and the planting value of seed is ensured.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experiment was performed at the Department of Seed Science and Technology, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore during 2021-2022. To conduct the dormancy breaking experiment, dried berries of Solanum surattense were collected from the germplasm maintained by Department of Medicinal and Aromatic Crops and seeds were extracted manually by crushing the dried berries. In order to identify the suitable dormancy breaking treatment with optimum concentration the seeds were exposed to certain physical and physiological seed treatments. Details of dormancy breaking treatments are as follows:\r\n(i) Physical seed treatments. First the fresh seeds were imposed with the following Physical treatments\r\nT0-control\r\nT1- Water soaking for 6 hrs\r\nT2- Water soaking for 12 hrs\r\nT3- Water soaking for 18 hrs\r\nT4- Hot water treatment for 1 min (90-100°C) \r\nT5- Hot water treatment for 2 min (90-100°C)\r\nT6- Hot water treatment for 3 min (90-100°C)\r\nT7- Acid scarification with H2SO4 @ 100 ml/kg of seed for 1 min \r\nT8- Acid scarification with H2SO4 @ 100 ml/kg of seed for 2 min \r\nT9- Acid scarification with H2SO4 @ 100 ml/kg of seed for 3 min \r\n Based on the result of physical treatments, the following physiological treatments were carried out.\r\n\r\n\r\n(ii) Physiological Seed treatments\r\nT0- Control \r\nT1- GA3 @ 200 ppm for 6 hrs soaking \r\nT2- GA3 @ 200 ppm for 12 hrs soaking \r\nT3- GA3 @ 200 ppm for 18 hrs soaking \r\nT4- GA3 @ 400 ppm for 6 hrs soaking\r\nT5- GA3 @ 400 ppm for 12 hrs soaking\r\nT6- GA3 @ 400 ppm for 18 hrs soaking\r\nT7- GA3 @ 600 ppm for 6 hrs soaking\r\nT8- GA3 @ 600 ppm for 12 hrs soaking\r\nT9- GA3 @ 600 ppm for 18 hrs soaking\r\nT10- KNO3 @ 0.5% for 6 hrs soaking\r\nT11- KNO3 @ 0.5% for 12 hrs soaking\r\nT12- KNO3 @ 0.5% for 18 hrs soaking\r\nT13- KNO3 @ 1.0% for 6 hrs soaking\r\nT14- KNO3@ 1.0% for 12 hrs soaking\r\nT15- KNO3 @ 1.0% for 18 hrs soaking\r\nT16- Thiourea @ 0.5% for 6 hrs soaking\r\nT17- Thiourea @ 0.5% for 12 hrs soaking\r\nT18- Thiourea @ 0.5% for 18 hrs soaking\r\nT19- Thiourea @ 1.0% for 6 hrs soaking\r\nT20- Thiourea @ 1.0% for 12 hrs soaking\r\nT21- Thiourea @ 1.0% for 18 hrs soaking\r\nDesign: CRD Replication: 2 \r\nSeeds of Solanum surattense were subjected to the above mentioned seed treatments, and soaked upto the specified durations. Dry seeds were used as absolute control for comparison. For water soaking, seeds were soaked in distilled water for the specified durations. For hot water treatment, the seeds were kept in small cloth bag and immersed in hot water bath maintained at a temperature of 95 ± 5˚C. After soaking for the required durations, the seed were separated from water and shade dried at room temperature (28 ± 2˚C). Similarly, the other treatments were performed with the specified chemicals for the required durations and surface dried. Treated seeds were subjected to germination test as per ISTA rules (ISTA, 2015). The experiment was conducted with top of the media method. Twenty-five seeds of eight replications were placed on top of the paper and the Petri plates were kept in the germination room sustained at a temperature of 25 ± 2˚C and 95±3 % relative humidity. Observations were recorded every day for germination and final count was noted at the end of 21st day. The number of normal seedlings in each replication was noted and the mean value expressed in percentage.\r\nSeeds possessing radicle size of 3-5 mm are considered as germinated and the speed of germination was calculated using the following formula (Magurie, 1962).\r\nSpeed of Germination = \r\n\"Speed of germination = \" \"X\" _\"1\" /\"Y\" _\"1\" \"+\" 〖\"X\" _\"2\" \"-X\" 〗_\"1\" /\"Y\" _\"2\" \"+⋯+\" (\"X\" _\"n\" \"- \" \"X\" _\"n-1\" )/\"Y\" _\"n\" \r\nWhere X1, X2 and Xn are the number of seeds germinated on first, second and nth day respectively. Y1, Y2 and Yn are the first, second and nth day of germination. \r\nThe number of abnormal seedlings were noted from each treatment and mean value was expressed in percentage. Seed which do not absorb moisture until the end of the germination test was considered as hard seeds. Hard seeds from each replication were counted and mean value was expressed in per cent. Seeds which absorbs moisture but do not germinate at the end of germination test was considered as fresh ungerminated seeds and were noted from each replication and the mean value was expressed as percentage. Seed which absorbs moisture and do not germinate when pressed milky paste comes out of the seeds are considered as dead seeds. Similarly, dead seeds were counted from each replication of a treatment and the mean value was expressed in percentage. At the end of 21st, day ten normal seedlings were selected randomly from each replication and root and shoot lengths were measured and expressed in cm. Those seedlings taken for seedling measurement were again forwarded for measuring dry matter production. These ten seedlings were covered with paper cover and shade dried for 24 hours, then dried in a hot air oven maintained at a temperature of 85 ± 2˚C for 24 hrs. Weight of dried seedlings were noted and mean values were expressed in mg 10 seedlings-1. Vigour index was calculated using the formula given by Abdul-Baki and Anderson (1973) and the mean value was expressed as whole number.\r\n\"Vigour index = Germination (%) ×\" \r\n\" Dry matter production (mg10 seedlings-1)\" \r\nThe data recorded from the above experiment were analysed for its level of significance as described by (Panse and Sukhatme 1985). The per cent values were transformed to arc sine values wherever necessary. The critical difference (CD) was calculated at 5 % probability level.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe freshly harvested seeds possess dormancy and recorded nil germination. Therefore, to improve the germination and other physiological seed quality parameters, seeds were exposed to physical and then physiological dormancy breaking treatments. The results showed that the fresh seeds of Solanum surattense were not responded to any of the physical treatments viz., water soaking, hot water treatment and acid scarification. Therefore, the seeds were exposed to physiological treatments viz., GA3, KNO3, Thiourea. Among the different physiological treatments used for dormancy breaking of Solanum surattense, GA3 @ 600 ppm for 18 hrs of soaking was superior to other treatments in terms of quality parameters. It recorded the maximum germination of 88 per cent accompanied with the highest speed of germination (5.9), root length (3.4 cm), shoot length (3.8 cm), dry matter production (5.4), and vigour index (634) and nil fresh ungerminated seeds. Whereas, control seeds recorded nil germination because of dormancy. The result of the present experiment is in agreement with the findings of Jayamani (2020) in black cumin and Shobarani (2018) in isabgol. Nirawane et al. (2018) reported that seeds of Solanum virginianum when exposed to GA3 at 1100 mg/Lachieved maximum germination. Boomiga et al. (2021) revealed that seeds of Solanum surattense treated with GA3 @ 1500 ppm for 12 hrs recorded maximum germination percentage. GA plays two important roles in the dormancy process, the first is the stimulation of expression of genes encoding for endosperm-hydrolyzing enzymes which breaks down the storage reserves and transports to the growing point, and the second is a direct stimulating influence on the growth potential of embryo (Brady and McCourt, 2003). It accelerated vegetative development, weakens the endosperm layerthat constrained embryo expansion, and mobilizes the reserved food materials from endosperm (Bareke, 2018). Ghodrat and Rousta (2012) found that GA3 has positive effect on dormancy breaking, cell expansion, acceleration of seed germination and increased internodal length and plant height. It also helps in activation of other physiologically active substances which aids in absorption of more water as a result of increased cell wall elasticity and leads to formation of efficient root system which exhibits an improved vigour index. According to Grappin et al. (1999), GA plays an inhibitory effect on ABA accumulation which is the primary hormone involved during the step of dormancy maintenance, thereby it plays an active role in control of this process.\r\nIn the present study seed germination per cent was significantly increased when the concentration of GA3 increased and there was a significant increase in percentage germination when there is increase in duration of soaking. \r\nLikewise, fresh seeds treated with different concentrations of KNO3 also improved the germination and other quality parameters, but not higher than GA3 treatment. Among the various concentration of KNO3, seeds recorded higher germination at a concentration of KNO3 1% and soaking duration of 18 hrs. The other seedling quality parameters recorded were, root length (2.5 cm), shoot length (2.9 cm), DMP (4.9 mg) and vigour index (292). Similar observations were recorded by Gupta et al. (2011), where germination and other quality parameters were increased when the seeds of Hippophae salicifolia treated with KNO3 @ 0.1% for 48 hrs. Barathkumar (2019) found that seeds of Phyllanthus emblica L treated with 2% KNO3 for 24 hrs followed by 500 ppm GA3 for 24 hrs soaking had the greatest germination percentage and vigour index. According to McIntyre et al. (1996) application of KNO3 speed ups the uptake of water and oxygen and also improves the seed nutritional status, such as amino acid content. Bewley and Black (2012) reasoned that KNO3 raises the ambient oxygen level by making less oxygen available for citric acid cycle. At low temperature more oxygen dissolves in water and therefore more oxygen is prepared for embryo hence improves the rate of germination. Similar to GA3 treatment, the germination and other seedling quality parameters were improved when the concentration of chemical and duration of soaking were increased.\r\nHowever, in case of seed treatment with thiourea, the percentage germination was maintained when the concentration and duration of soaking were increased. But other seedling parameters recorded were increased when the concentration and duration were increased. It showed maximum root length (2.5 cm), shoot length (3.0 cm), dry matter production (4.9 mg) and vigour index (275) @ thiourea 1.0% for 18 hrs soaking. Thiourea is a chemical which promotes the germination of light requiring seeds. Effect of thiourea on seed germination due to the alteration in the nucleic acid metabolism of seeds was observed by Poljakoff-Mayber and Mayer (1960). Thiourea enhances germination by acidifying and weakening cell walls, which erodes the seed coat and thereby increases cell wall permeability (Ali et al., 2010). \r\n', 'T. Murugeshwari, G. Sasthri, R. Jerlin and L. Nalina (2022). Germination Improvement in Solanum surattense Seeds through Dormancy Breaking Treatments. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 123-128.'),
(5236, '136', 'Evaluation of Dolichos bean (Lablab purpureus var. typicus) germplasm for yield and quality', 'Harini M., Ramar A.*, Janavi G. J. and Madhan Mohan M.', '22 Evaluation of Dolichos bean (Lablab purpureus var. typicus) germplasm for yield and quality Harini M.pdf', '', 1, 'The current experiment was conducted at HC & RI Periyakulam in the summer of 2022 to assess the Dolichos bean\'s heritability, genetic variability, and genetic advance for yield, and yield-related characteristics. Due to dolichos bean genotype genetic variability and the possibility that it could be employed as parent material, it will be essential to evaluate its potential in order to put into action future crop enhancement programs. 26 genotypes of the bush-type Dolichos bean were investigated for 10 morphometric characteristics using a randomized block design with three replications. The genotype PKM LP 26 had the highest germination percentage (91.98%), followed by genotype PKM LP 11 (90.40%) and genotype PKM LP 06 (75.50%), which had the lowest germination percentage. The average plant height ranged from 44.89 -76.75 cm. The genotype PKM LP 04 (44.89 cm) recorded the minimum plant height and the genotype PKM LP 02 (76.75 cm) followed by PKM LP 27 (75.95 cm) recorded the maximum plant height. Earlier flowering was found in the genotype PKM LP 06 (38.30 days) while maximum days for first flowering was found in the genotype PKM LP 35 (53.45 days). Days to 50 % flowering ranged from 45.20-58.83 days with a mean value of 53.05 days. Genotype PKM LP 02 (6.93) recorded the highest no. of raceme plant-1 followed by the genotype PKM LP 11 (6.53) and the lowest no. of raceme plant-1 was found in the genotype PKM LP 19 (3.80). The highest no. of pod plant-1 was identified in the genotype PKM LP 26 (39.66) followed by the genotype PKM LP 11(38.45) and the genotype PKM LP 15 (24.18) recorded the lowest number of pod plant-1. Among all the genotype yield/plant was highest in the genotype PKM LP 26 (143.56 g) followed by the genotype PKM LP 11 (138.94 g). Both the number of pods produced by plant-1 and the yield of pods produced by plant-1 had high PCV and GCV, implying that these characteristics had greater magnitudes of variability and, as a result, more potential for development through selection. Except for germination percentage, initial flowering days, and 50% flowering days, all traits had strong heritability together with high genetic advance expressed as a percentage of the mean. The findings indicate that these features are influenced by additive gene action, therefore judicious choice based on all these phenotypical traits might be more effective.', 'Dolichos bean, GCV, PCV, GAM and heritability', 'PKM LP 26 followed by PKM LP 11 had the maximum green pod plant-1 and the highest green pod yield per plant, respectively, @ 5 percent CD value. Hence, it can be concluded that PKM LP 26 is the best performance among taken up for trail. In the conclusion based on the estimations of genetic variability, individual plants could be carried out selection for characters viz., Pod/plant, pod yield/plant, and pod weight as they recorded high values of heritability and genetic advance.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nOne of the most popular native legume vegetables is dolichos bean (Lablab purpureus var. typicus), which is grown for its soft green pods. It is a perennial plant with bushy, upright, or climbing habits, yet it is planted as an annual. Its cultivation is influenced significantly by regional preferences. South India prefers green pods, while eastern India prefers white pods and northern India prefers green fleshy pods. It\'s a multi-purpose crop that can be eaten as a pulse, a vegetable, or fodder. The Dolichos lablab bean has a diverse set of qualities that can be used in a range of situations. One of its first advantages is its adaptability. It is drought tolerant and can thrive in a wide range of conditions. Dolichos beans exist in pole and bush varieties, each with its growth characteristics.\r\nDolichos beans are an excellent source of protein, minerals, and vitamins (Golani et al., 2007). Due to their medicinal properties, lentils are employed in both traditional and modern healthcare systems (Morris 2009). The pole and bush forms of the dolichos bean come in a very broad variety of plant and pod features due to its Indian heritage. The dolichos bean has proven challenging to raise because of its low production, photosensitive nature, unpredictable growth habit, flowering habit, and consumer trends based on color, size, pod form, and aroma (Mishra et al., 2019).\r\nBreeding for productivity and the characteristics that contribute to it for any crop is influenced by polygene, environmental factors, and the level and type of genetic variability. PCV and GCV, which together reveal relative variation in different characteristics, which used to assess the level of variability. Therefore, to obtain an overall and accurate perspective, a quantitative assessment of the yield and its components is essential. The assessment of heritability examines how effectively a characteristic is passed down from one generation to the next generation. According to Chauhan et al. (2021) variation occurs between genotypes both chemo-typically and morphologically this variation may be due to its genetic nature. Low-degree environmental interactions affect highly heritable features related to yield, and traits related to yield in the selection program. Though genetic advances aid in the development of efficient selection techniques, heritability indicates the amount of quantitative trait inheritance. Genetic advances and heritability analyses enhance selection. The objective of the recent study was to assess the genetic advance, heritability, and genetic variability for several attributes among 26 Dolichos bean genotypes.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nDuring the year from 2021 to 2022, the experimental study was conducted at the Horticultural College and Research Institute in Periyakulam, Tamil Nadu, India, at the Western Block (10.13°N latitude, 77.59°E longitude) with an average altitude is 356 meters above sea level (Table 1). The experimental material comprised 26 genotypes of crops taken from various parts of Tamil Nadu and Kerala. During the summer, the selected genotypes were sowed in RBD with three replications. Each genotype was planted with a 60 × 30 cm spacing. To record observation and biometrical parameters as well as quality traits, five plants were chosen from each genotype and replication. Throughout the crop period, standard agronomic practices and prescribed plant protection measures were followed.\r\n From randomly selected five plants from each genotype, morphological observations such as plant type, pod color, seed color, and flower color were recorded. The genotype was characterized according to the documented descriptors. Five plants were chosen randomly from the total area of the plot, tagged, and observation was recorded growth, yield, and flowering characteristics were recorded at various stages: germination percentage, earlier flowering, days to 50% flowering, and the racemes/plant. Among the yield parameters were days taken for pod formation, number of pods per plant, pod length (cm), pod breadth (cm), number of seeds per pod, and pod yield per plant (Kg). By using (Panse & Sukhatme 1954) approach, analysis of variance was employed as a strategy to separate overall variation from those resulting from treatment and replication. The genotypic and phenotypic variance was calculated using the Burton method (1953). The method provided by Johnson et al. (1955) allowed for the calculation of genetic advance as a percentage of the mean and heritability.\r\nThe Dolichos bean\'s 26 genotypes differed considerably in 4 qualitative parameters. The bloom colors range from white to pink to purple; all genotypes have a bushy growth habit. Most pods were green or light green. Each genotype pod can be consumed whole as a green vegetable. The seed was either white, brown, or black. All ten yield and yield-attributing characteristics under evaluation progressively significant variation in the proposed study\'s analysis of variance (ANOVA) (Table 3). Based on the mean performance the genotype PKM LP 26 (91.98%) was recorded with a maximum germination percentage followed by the genotype PKM LP 11 (90.40 %) and the genotype PKM LP 06 (75.50 %) recorded the minimum germination percentage. The average plant height ranged from 44.89 -76.75 cm (Table 2). \r\nThe genotype PKM LP 04 (44.89 cm) recorded the minimum plant height and the genotype PKM LP 02 (76.75 cm) followed by PKM LP 27 (75.95 cm) recorded the maximum plant height. Earlier flowering was found in the genotype PKM LP 06 (38.30 days) while maximum days for first flowering was found in the genotype PKM LP 35 (53.45 days). Days to 50 % flowering ranged from 45.20-58.83 days with a mean value of 53.05 days. Genotype PKM LP 02 (6.93) recorded the highest number of raceme plant-1 followed by the genotype PKM LP 11 (6.53) and the lowest number of raceme plant-1 was found in the genotype PKM LP 19 (3.80). The highest number of pod plant-1 was identified in the genotype PKM LP 26 (39.66) followed by the genotype PKM LP 11(38.45) and the genotype PKM LP 15 (24.18) recorded the least number of pod plant-1. The genotype PKM LP 11(8.56cm) recorded the maximum pod length and minimum pod length was observed in the genotype PKM LP 15 (5.86cm). The genotype PKM LP 02 (1.68 cm) recorded the maximum pod width and the minimum pod width was recorded in the genotype PKM LP 19 (1.06 cm). The genotype PKM LP 08 (4.65) identified the maximum no of seeds per pod and the minimum seed /pod was recorded in the genotype PKM LP 01 (3.19). Among all the genotype yield/plant was highest in the genotype PKM LP 26 (143.56 g) followed by the genotype PKM LP 11 (138.94g).\r\nGenetic variability, heritability, and genetic advance\r\nTable 4 displays the heritability values, and estimated GAM, mean, range, GCV, and PCV (genotypic and phenotypic coefficients of variation) for the characteristics under investigation. A small difference between the GCV and PCV values for the characteristics suggests that they have had a high amount of genetic variability and, as a result, have a better chance of being selected. These characteristics show considerable genetic variability and are less affected by the environment. Table 3 presents the estimations of various genetic parameters. The yield and number of pods produced by plant-1 both showed high GCV and PCV, indicating that these characteristics had a greater order of magnitude of variability and, as a result, more opportunity for improvement through selection. Singh et al. (2015) verified the prior findings for the pod plant-1 and the plant yield in 24 genotypes of the dolichos bean.\r\nHigh PCV and GCV for green pod yield/plant were reported by Chattopadhyay & Dutta (2010) and Chaitanya et al. (2014), respectively. Moderate PCV and GCV are indicated by the plant height, racemes/ plant, pod length (cm), number of seeds/pod, and green pod width. This suggests that both additive and non-additive gene activity may contribute to the reported traits. These results were confirmed using the findings of Chaitanya et al. (2014), Hadavani et al. (2018), and Sahu & Bahadur (2018) for a number of seeds /pod in the Dolichos bean. For germination percentage, early flowering, and days to 50% flowering, PCV and GCV were low. These findings were supported by Savithiri et al. (2018) and Chaitanya et al. (2014), respectively.\r\nApart from germination percentage, days for 50% flowering, and early flowering, the current study revealed significant heritability and high genetic progress as a percentage of the mean. According to the findings, these traits are influenced by additive gene action; as a result, careful choice based on such morphological parameters will be more effective. In terms of pod width, pod length, and the number of seeds per pod, the current findings were equivalent to those of Savitha (2008) and Rai et al. (2008). The results for pod width (cm), pod weight (g), and pod length (cm) in Dolichos bean genotypes were identical, based on Magalingam et al. (2013). Kujur et al. (2017) showed similar results for early flowering, tender pod length, and earlier flowering and pod width.\r\n\r\n', 'Harini M., Ramar A.*, Janavi G. J., Madhan Mohan M. (2022). Evaluation of Dolichos bean (Lablab purpureus var. typicus) germplasm for yield and quality. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 129-134.'),
(5237, '136', 'Genetic Variability, Correlation and Path Analysis of M3 Generation Mutants in Moringa (Moringa oleifera L.) for Leaf Biomass', 'Hari K., K. Nageswari*, G.J. Janavi and P. Geetharani', '23 Genetic Variability, Correlation and Path Analysis of M3 Generation Mutants in Moringa (Moringa oleifera L.) for Leaf Biomass Hari K.pdf', '', 1, 'In annual moringa var. PKM 1 of M3 generation mutants were evaluated for leaf yield and the analysis of variance indicated that there is an existence of significant variability among the four mutants (2-1&7-1 mutants from gamma rays (100Gy) and 35-1&35-2 (0.15%) mutants from EMS %) from M2 generation, for all the parameters under this study. It is important to study mutation to induce novel and heritable genetic variation within a short period of time, easily create new variation not found in nature and mutation breeding is considered an appropriate strategy to improve the breeding efficiency of evolving novel moringa leafy types. The highest genotypic coefficient of variation was recorded for internodal length, number of rachis per tree, height at first branching, dry leaf yield and fresh leaf yield. Heritability and genetic advance as percent of mean estimates were high for internodal length, trunk girth, number of secondary branches per tree and fresh leaf yield per plant. Yield per plant had significant and positive association with number of rachis per tree, internodal length and fresh leaf yield. Non significant and negative association was observed for shoot length, trunk girth and leaf powder recovery (%). In path coefficient analysis, high direct effect was observed for number of secondary branches per tree, number of rachis per tree, trunk girth and height at first branching. Negative direct effect on yield was noticed by trunk girth, height at first harvest, shoot length, dry leaf yield and leaf powder recovery (%). The high values of variability, correlation and path analysis for all these traits indicate the possibility of induced desirable mutants for polygenic traits accompanied by effective selection in M3 and later generations.', 'Mutation, genetic variability, correlation, path analysis, Moringa', 'In this study, the quantitative traits of the M3 generation revealed the enhancement of the significant level of yield parameters in Annual moringa PKM 1. Among the various mutants, 0.15% (35-1) of EMS and 100Gy (2-1) of gamma rays treatment were more desirable, which resulted high leaf biomass and higher genetic effects. In all the four mutant leaf powder recovery (%), number of secondary branches per tree and number of rachis per tree was considered as the important trait for selection of mutant in leaf yield followed by internodal length and trunk girth. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nMoringa (Moringa oleifera Lam.,) is an incredible plant to mankind, because of its pharmacognostical and nutritional properties (Fahey, 2005). Out of 13 known species, Moringa is the single genus of the family Moringaceae (Mahmood et al., 2010) and Moringa oleifera is the most exploited species among them. Other names includes Miracle tree, Never die or Nature gift, or Mother‘s best friend. All the plant parts of moringa has been utilized for various purposes; the leaves are considered as a nutritionally superior vegetable containing more beta-carotene than carrots, more protein than peas, more vitamin C than oranges, more calcium than milk, more potassium than bananas and more iron than spinach (Prabhakar and Hebbar 2008). Moringa leaf/powder is the second most exported moringa product, with the value of 1.1 billion US dollars, after moringa seeds (1.6 billion). Moringa leaf or powder is most commonly exported from India. The European Union leads the way in importing moringa leaf or powder (Moringa-Meet 2015). Despite the high demand, no moringa variety has been developed specifically for leaf biomass. Induced mutation using physical and chemical mutagens is one way to create genetic variation which results in new varieties varieties with better characteristics (Devi and Mullainathan 2012). In order to improve leaf yield and other polygenic characters, mutation breeding can be effectively utilized (Deepalakshmi and Kumar 2004). Mutation breeding is one of the most effective ways of inducing genetic variability available to the plant breeder (Muhammed et al., 2016). The mutation breeding helps to improve one or two characters without changing the rest of the genotype (Arunal et al., 2010). Artificial induction of mutation provides raw materials for the genetic improvement of economic crops (Adamu and Aliyu 2007) and also used to create genetic variability in quantitative traits of various crop plants within the shortest possible times (Aruldoss et al., 2015).\r\n To assist in selecting for work on yield improvement, attributes linked to yield should also be determined using correlation and path coefficient analysis. Despite the fact that correlation analysis shows the pattern of relationships between component qualities and yield, it also illustrates the overall influence of a particular attribute on yield rather than a cause-and-effect relation. The method of path coefficient analysis makes it easier to distinguish genotypic correlation into the direct and indirect effects of different characters on yield (Mahbub et al., 2015). The goal of the current study was to evaluate the genetic variability, correlation, and path coefficient analysis of the moringa M3 generation mutants for leaf biomass.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present experiment was undertaken at Department of Vegetable Science, Horticultural College and Research Institute, Periyakulam, TNAU during 2021-2022. The experiment material is mutated annual moringa PKM 1 and the seeds of each treatment from M2 generation was forwarded into M3 generation with the spacing of 2.0 m between rows and 1.5m between plants. A total set of four mutants (2-1&7-1 mutants from gamma rays (100Gy) and 35-1&35-2 mutants from EMS (0.15%) from M2 generation were evaluated for different morphological traits. In each mutant 20 plants were evaluated and Observations on morphological traits viz., shoot length (cm), number of secondary branches per tree, number of rachis per tree, height at first branching (cm), internodal length (cm), trunk girth (cm), height at first harvest (cm), dry leaf yield (g), leaf powder recovery (%) and fresh leaf yield (g) was recorded. The variability for different quantitative parameters was estimated as per procedure suggested by Panse and Sukhatme (1961), GCV and PCV as per Burton (1952) heritability and genetic advance as per Johnson et al. (1955). Correlation coefficient was worked out as per Panse and Sukhatme (1961) and path coefficient analysis was worked out according to formula given by Dewey and Lu (1959).\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Mutant 2-1(100Gy)\r\nThe results of the estimation of genetic variability indicated that the considerable variability for all the traits in this mutant (Table 1). The phenotypic co-efficient of variation values are slightly greater than genotypic coefficient of variation values for most of the traits. There was a close relationship between genotypic coefficient of variation and phenotypic coefficient of variation for most of the traits which indicate that there was very little effect of environment on their gene expression. In this mutant the higher estimates of genotypic coefficient of variation and phenotypic coefficient of variation was observed for shoot length, height at first branching, internodal length, dry leaf yield and fresh leaf yield. This indicates that the variability existing in these traits is due to genetic makeup. These results were in accordance with the findings of Karunagar et al. (2018) in Moringa and Praseetha (2015) in okra. Moderate estimates of genotypic coefficient of variation and phenotypic coefficient of variation was observed for number of secondary branches per tree, number of rachis per tree and leaf powder recovery percentage. Similar results reported by Chandra et al. (2013) in okra. Low estimates of genotypic coefficient of variation and phenotypic coefficient of variation was observed for the trait trunk girth and height at first harvest.\r\nHigh heritability coupled with high genetic advance as percent of mean was observed for the traits viz., shoot length, number of rachis per tree, height at first branching, internodal length, dry leaf yield, leaf powder recovery (%) and fresh leaf yield. Similar results were observed by Das et al. (2012) in okra. Moderate heritability and moderate genetic advance as percent of mean were observed for number of secondary branches per tree and trunk girth. High genetic advance as percent of mean was observed for height at first harvest. High heritability accompanied with high genetic advance as percent of mean indicates the involvement of additive gene action, therefore selection may be effective at later generations.\r\nSimple correlation co-efficient of 10 characters in all possible combinations was calculated to know the relationship among the mutants. The fresh leaf yield per plant had significant and positive association with shoot length (0.603), height at first branching (0.445), internodal length (0.642), height at first harvest (0.811), dry leaf yield (0.931) and leaf powder recovery percentage (0.809) (Table 5).\r\nPath coefficient analysis results revealed that the positive and high direct effect for number of secondary branches per tree (0.4014), height at first branching (0.3067), trunk girth (0.3691) and leaf powder recovery percentage (0.3685). These traits contributed the most towards fresh leaf yield per plant. Positive and low direct effect was observed only for this trait height at first harvest. The shoot length (-0.4640) and dry leaf yield (-0.7609) was registered negative and high direct effect. Negative and negligible direct effect for number of rachis per tree was observed in this mutant. Based on the path coefficient analysis number of secondary branches per tree, height at first branching, trunk girth and leaf powder recovery (%) may be considered as selection indices for yield improvement. \r\n\r\nB. Mutant 7-1 (100Gy)\r\nThe results of the estimation of genetic variability indicated that the considerable variability for all the traits in this mutant (Table 2). The higher estimates of genotypic coefficient of variation and phenotypic coefficient of variation was observed for the traits height at first branching, internodal length, dry leaf yield and fresh leaf yield. Similar findings was reported by Meena et al. (2012) in cabbage. The moderate estimates of genotypic coefficient of variation and phenotypic coefficient of variation was observed for number of secondary branches per tree , number of rachis per tree, trunk girth and leaf powder recovery (%). Similar results were reported by Adiger et al. (2011) in moringa. The low estimates of genotypic coefficient of variation and phenotypic coefficient of variation was observed for shoot length and height at first harvest.\r\nHigh heritability couple with high genetic advance as percent of mean was observed for the traits viz., number of secondary branches per tree, number of rachis per tree, height at first branching, internodal length, trunk girth, dry leaf yield, leaf powder recovery (%) and fresh leaf yield. Similar result were reported by Selvakumari et al. (2013) in moringa. Low heritability and genetic advance as percent of mean was observed for shoot length and height at first harvest.\r\nThe fresh leaf yield per plant had significant and positive association was observed for number of secondary branches per tree (0.699), no of rachis per tree (0.874), trunk girth (0.394), height at first harvest (0.510), dry leaf yield (0.989) and leaf powder recovery percentage (0.863) (Table 6). \r\nPath coefficient analysis results revealed that the positive and high direct effect for number of rachis per tree (0.9248), leaf powder recovery percentage (0.7814), number of secondary branches per tree (0.7337), height at first harvest (0.4779) and trunk girth (0.3909). These traits contributed for fresh leaf yield per plant. Further positive and low direct effect was observed for internodal length (0.1316). Negative and high direct effect for shoot length (-0.4485) and negative and low direct effect on dry leaf yield (-0.1174). In this mutant based on this number of rachis per tree, number of secondary branches per tree, height at first harvest, trunk girth and leaf powder recovery (%) may be considered as selection indices for leaf yield improvement (Table 10)\r\nC. Mutant 35-1 (0.15% EMS)\r\nThe results of the estimation of genetic variability indicated that the considerable variability for all the traits in this mutant (Table 3). The higher estimates of genotypic coefficient of variation and phenotypic coefficient of variation were observed for height at first branching, internodal length and fresh leaf yield. Moderate estimates of genotypic coefficient of variation and phenotypic coefficient of variation was observed for shoot length, number of secondary branches per tree, number of rachis per tree, trunk girth and dry leaf yield. Similar result were observed by Chandra et al., (2014) in okra. Lower estimates of genotypic coefficient of variation and phenotypic coefficient of variation was observed for height at first harvest and leaf powder recovery (%).\r\nHigh heritability coupled with high genetic advance as percent of mean was observed for the traits viz., number of rachis per tree, height at first branching, internodal length, trunk girth, dry leaf yield and fresh leaf yield. Similar results were observed by Raja and Bagle (2008) in moringa. High heritability with moderate genetic advance as percent of mean was observed for shoot length, height at first harvest. Moderate heritability with moderate genetic advance as percent of mean was observed for the trait number of secondary branches per tree. Low heritability with low genetic advance as percent of mean was observed for leaf powder recovery (%).\r\nThe fresh leaf yield per plant had significant and positive association was observed for number of secondary branches per tree (0.885), number of rachis per tree (0.766), height at first harvest (0.805) and dry leaf yield (0.951). These findings coincides with the findings of Roy et al. (2016) in moringa and Naresh et al. (2021) in dolichos bean (Table 7).\r\nPath coefficient analysis results revealed that the positive and high direct effect for height at first harvest (0.9057). This traits contribute the most towards fresh leaf yield per plant. Further, positive and moderate direct effects were observed for height at first branching (0.2540) and internodal length (0.2750). Positive and negligible direct effect for shoot length (0.0469), and trunk girth(0.0654). These traits indicated strong positive association with leaf yield. Negative and high direct effects for the traits viz., leaf powder recovery (-0.7272), fresh leaf yield (-0.6839) and number of secondary branches per tree. Negative and low direct effect for dry leaf yield (-0.1061). Negative and negligible direct effects for number of rachis per tree (-0.0165). Based on the results of path co-efficient analysis it was observed that the height at first harvest, height at first branching, internodal length and trunk girth may be considered as selection indices for leaf yield improvement (Table 11).\r\nD. Mutant 35-2 (0.15% EMS) \r\nThe results of the estimation of genetic variability indicated that the considerable variability for all the traits in this mutant (Table 4). The higher estimates of genotypic coefficient of variation and phenotypic coefficient of variation was observed for number of rachis per tree, height at first branching , dry leaf yield and fresh leaf yield. These findings coincides with the findings of Sheetal and Maurya (2015) in moringa. Moderate estimates of genotypic coefficient of variation and phenotypic coefficient of variation was observed for shoot length, internodal length, trunk girth and leaf powder recovery (%). Similar results were observed by Adiger et al. (2011) in moringa. Lower estimates of genotypic coefficient of variation and phenotypic coefficient of variation was observed for number of secondary branches per tree and height at first harvest.\r\nHigh heritability coupled with high genetic advance as percent of mean was observed for the traits viz., shoot length, number of rachis per tree, height at first branching, internodal length, trunk girth, dry leaf yield, leaf powder recovery (%) and fresh leaf yield. Similar results were reported by Sheetal and Maurya, (2015) in moringa. High heritability with moderate genetic advance as percent of mean were observed for height at first harvest. Low heritability and genetic advance as percent of mean was observed for number of secondary branches per tree.\r\nThe fresh leaf yield per plant had significant and positive association with number of rachis per tree (0.574), trunk girth (0.648) and dry leaf yield (0.992). Similar results were reported by Selvakumari and Ponnuswamy (2015) in moringa (Table 8).\r\nPath coefficient analysis results revealed that positive and high direct effect for number of secondary branches per tree (0.9200), trunk girth (0.5840) and number of rachis per tree (0.3226). These traits contributed the most towards fresh leaf yield per plant. Further, positive and low direct effect on height at first harvest (0.1683) and dry leaf yield (0.1456). These traits indicated a strong positive association with yield. Negative and moderate direct effect on height at first branching (-0.2193) and internodal length (-0.2320). Negative and low direct effect for shoot length (-0.0511) and fresh leaf yield (-0.1195). Negative and negligible direct effects on leaf powder recovery percentage (-0.0511). Based on this number of rachis per tree, trunk girth, internodal length and leaf powder recovery (%) may be considered as selection indices for leaf yield improvement.\r\n', 'Hari K., K. Nageswari, G.J. Janavi and P. Geetharani (2022). Genetic Variability, Correlation and Path Analysis of M3 Generation Mutants in Moringa (Moringa oleifera L.) for Leaf Biomass. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 135-142.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5238, '136', 'Effect of Planting Dates and Varieties on Seed Quality Paramertes of Off-Season Soybean (Glycine max L.)', 'Kagita Navya*, K. Parimala, M. Rajendar Reddy and A. Padmasri', '24 Effect of Planting Dates and Varieties on Seed Quality Paramertes of Off-Season Soybean (Glycine max L.) Kagita Navya.pdf', '', 1, 'The present study was carried out to assess the effect of dates of sowing and varieties on seed quality parameters of soybean seed produced during off-season. The seed harvested from 15th December and 15th January sown crop of soybean varieties viz., AISb-50, Basara and JS-335 were used for estimation of seed quality parameters. The results revealed that seed quality parameters differed significantly due to sowing dates and varieties. Effect of dates of sowing was found to be non significant for the traits germination (%), speed of germination and electrical conductivity. The crop sown on 15th December exhibited significantly higher seedling length (30.50cm), seedling vigour index-I (2605), dry weight (838.40 mg), seedling vigour index-II (71541) and field emergence (81.22%). Among the varieties studied, AISb-50 exhibited significant superiority for germination (88.67%) and seedling vigour index-1 (2443), while the variety JS-335 showed higher field emergence and speed of germination. Seedling length and seedling vigour index-II were found to be on par among the varieties. High amount of leakage of leachates was recorded in Basara whereas the varieties, JS-335 and AISb-50 showed least electrical conductivity. Influence of dates of sowing and varieties revealed that the variety AISb-50 of 15th December sown exhibited higher germination (89.00%), seedling vigour index I (2605) and seedling vigour index II (71541) over other treatments. The traits such as seedling length, seedling vigour index-I, speed of germination and field emergence were found to be significantly superior in JS-335 and AISb-50 of 15th December sown crop. The variety Basara with both the dates of sowing showed higher EC over other interactions studied. Among the different dates of sowing and varieties evaluated, crop sown on 15th December with JS-335 and AISb-50 found to be superior for most of seed quality parameters studied.', 'Soybean, seed quality, varieties, dates of sowing, germination', 'From the study it can be understand that seed quality parameters was significantly affected by sowing date and varieties. The seed harvested from 15th December sown crop had good seed quality compared to 15th January sown. Among the varieties studied, JS-335 and AISb-50 were found to superior for most of the traits studied. In case of interactions the crop sown on 15th December with JS-335 and AISb-50 exhibited superiority for seed quality parameters. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSoybean (Glycine max L. Merrill) is one of the most important economic oilseed crop. It contributes 25% of vegetable oil production and major source of protein (40%) and oil (20%) for both human and animal consumption. It contains a good amount of minerals, salts and vitamins (thiamine and riboflavin). Soybean is of lavones have beneficial effects on human health due to their antioxidative, antitumoral and antiantherosclerotic activities (Davis et al., 1999). India is the fifth major soybean growing country in the world and it occupies an area of 3.95 lakh ha with a production of 12.50 million tons and productivity of 12.45 q ha¬¬ 1 (INDIASTAT, 2020-21).\r\nSoybean seed quality deteriorate very quickly due to various constraints. The different varieties of soybean are sensitive to changes in environmental conditions where the crop is being grown (Calvinoa, 2003). Seed deterioration during storage is one of the reason for low productivity in soybean, as well as ageing conditions adversely affect the seed vigour (Tatic et al., 2012). Mainly soybean seed production is being taken up during kharif season. Since for the last few years, incessant rains coincide with pod maturity stage of the crop which results in in-situ germination and rejection of seed lots causes shortage of quality seed. Soybean seed is typically a poorer storer which losses its quality faster rate and leads to poor plant stand in the field. In such situation contingency seed production especially in the off season is very much essential. Hence, there is a need to identify the best sowing time and ideal genotypes for enhanced quality seed production during offseason in Telangana State. Keeping in view of the above, the present study was taken up to assess the seed quality parameters of soybean seed produced during off-season. \r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS \r\nThe field experiment was conducted with two dates of sowing (15th December and 15th January) by using three varieties viz., AISb-50, Basara and JS-335 during Rabi 2021-22 at Agricultural Research Station, Adilabad. At physiological maturity the crop was harvested and seed was collected separately for the treatments studied. The seed obtained from field experiment was used to asses the seed quality parameters. The laboratory experiment was conducted Seed Research and Technology Center, Rajendranagar in FCRD with three replications to know the effect of sowing dates and genotypes on seed quality. The observations were recorded for germination (%), seedling length (cm), seedling vigour index-I, seedling dry weight (mg), seedling vigour index-II, speed of germination, field emergence (%) and electrical conductivity (µScm-1 g-1).Germination test was conducted as per ISTA using between paper method, the number of normal seedlings were counted on 8th day by following formula.\r\nGermination % = (Number of normal seedlings)/(Total number of seeds placed) ×100\r\nSeedling vigour index-I and seedling vigour index-II was calculated as per the formula given by Abdul-Baki and Anderson (1973) and expressed in whole number. \r\nSVI-I = Germination (%) × Seedling length (cm)\r\nSVI-II = Germination (%) × Seedling dry weight (mg)\r\nThe data recorded on various seed quality parameters were subjected to statistical analysis as per the method given by Panse and Sukhatme (1985).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nAnalysis of variance for varieties showed significant difference for germination (%), seedling dry weight, speed of germination, field emergence and electrical conductivity. Whereas the dates of sowing and interaction effects showed significant differences for the traits viz., seedling length, seedling dry weight, seedling vigour index-II and field emergence (Table 1).\r\nThe variety AISb-50 exhibited significant superiority for germination (88.67%) over Basara (82.34%) while it showed on par performance with JS-335 (Table 2). The interaction between dates of sowing and varieties revealed that the crop sown on 15th December with AISb-50 (89.00%) registered significantly higher germination percentage over Basara (80.67%) whereas non- significant difference was noticed in 15th January sowing (Table 2). Uem and Unioeste (2003) reported that seeds from optimum sowing dates had higher percentage of germination than delayed planting due to favourable climatic conditions during seed development. Significantly higher seedling length was found in 15th December sown crop (30.50cm) whereas the varieties showed non-significant differences. In the interaction of dates of sowing and varieties, the variety JS-335 exhibited significantly higher seedling length (32.50cm) followed by AISb-50 (30.57cm) of 15th December. Kumar et al. (2011); Edje and Burris (1970) in soybean found that germination percentage and seedling length were observed to be low in delayed planting of niger. Similar reduction pattern in germination percentage was also reported by Rao and Wagle (1983) in soybean, Kalpana and Madhava Rao (1991) in pigeon pea and Tirakannanavar et al. (2006) in chickpea.\r\n Significantly superior seedling length might be due to high seed index, which might have supplied adequate food reserves to resume embryo growth. \r\nAssessment of seedling vigour index-I revealed the wide range of variation for dates of sowing which varied from 2131 to 2605. In case of varieties AISb-50 recorded high mean value (2447) and it was found to be on par with other two varieties. The interaction effect showed significantly higher vigour index-I in JS-335 (2803) and AISb-50 (2721) of 15th December crop over other interaction effects, whereas least vigour index-I was observed in JS-335 of 15th January. Significantly superior vigour index-I was found in 15th December sown crop irrespective of varieties studied. This could be due to congenial weather conditions during the crop growth period facilitated quality seed production. These results are in accordance with the findings of Rahman et al. (2013) who reported that optimum time of sowing had high vigour index.\r\n. Significant differences were observed in varieties and dates of sowing which ranged from 694.70 to 792.70 mg and from 648.03 to 838.40 mg respectively for seedling dry weight. Seed of 15th December showed significantly higher seedling dry weight (838.40 mg). With respect to varieties Basara (792.70 mg) exhibited superiority over AISb-50 (694.70 mg), while it was found to be on par with JS-335 (742.4 mg). Interaction effects revealed that all the three varieties with 15th December sowing recorded exhibited significant superiority over 15th January except with Basara. Reduction of seedling dry weight in seeds harvested from off season soybean was reported by Khan (2001). \r\nThe dates of sowing exhibited wide range of variation from 55429 to 71541 for seedling vigour index-II. The 15th December sowing had significantly higher seedling vigour index-II over 15th January whereas varieties showed non-significant differences. Among the interactions AISb-50 of 15th December exhibited significantly higher seedling vigour index-II (74571) while it showed least in 15th January sowing (48443). Among the varieties, JS-335 (25.70) and AISb-50 (24.38) registered significant superiority over Basara (19.68), whereas dates of sowing showed non-significant differences for the trait speed of germination. Among the six interaction effects, JS-335 of 15th December (26.07) exhibited superiority while lower speed of germination was observed in Basara of 15th January (19.53).\r\nAmong the varieties, JS-335 (83.17 %) and AISb-50 (76.50 %) and for dates of sowing 15th December (81.22%) exhibited significant field emergence. Among the different interactions studied, JS-335 (84.33%) and AISb-50 (84.33%) of 15th December sowing followed by JS-335 (82.0%) with 15th January sowing were found to be superior for this. The electrical conductivity was found to be significantly lower in JS-335 (37.02 µS cm-1g-1) and AISb-50 (38.62 µScm-1g-1) indicating more storability of these varieties. Whereas the variety Basara recorded very higher EC of 62.31 µScm-1g-1, these are similar with reports of Basra et al. (2003); Panobianco and Vieira (2007) in soybean.\r\nThis may be due to poor seed coat integrity which leads to increased leakage of electrolytes. The dates of sowing showed non-significant differences for this trait. \r\n', 'Kagita Navya, K. Parimala, M. Rajendar Reddy and A. Padmasri (2022). Effect of Planting Dates and Varieties on Seed Quality Paramertes of Off-Season Soybean (Glycine max L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 143-146.'),
(5239, '136', 'Evaluation of Novel Insecticides Alone and in Combination with Fungicides against Maize Fall Armyworm Spodoptera frugiperda (J.E. Smith)', 'Sandhya M.*, Vanisree K., Upendhar S. and Mallaiah B.', '25 Evaluation of Novel Insecticides Alone and in Combination with Fungicides Against Maize Fall Armyworm Spodoptera frugiperda (J.E. Smith) Sandhya M.pdf', '', 1, 'A field experiment was carried out at College farm, College of Agriculture, Rajendranagar, PJTSAU, Hyderabad to study the efficacy of new generation insecticides and fungicides alone and in combination against maize fall armyworm Spodoptera frugiperda (J.E. Smith). Fourteen treatments were found significantly superior over control in reducing the infestation of fall armyworm, among all the treatments chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC was most effective, recorded highest mean percent reduction (80.60%)of fall armyworm population over control followed by a combination of Chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC+ (Azoxystrobin 18.2% +Difenoconazole 11.4% SC) (76.87%). The mean percent incidence of fall armyworm was less in Chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC (8.04) followed by combination product Lambda Cyhalothrin 4.6% + Chlorantraniliprole 9.3% ZC (9.19) which indicates their efficacy. (Carbendazim 12% + Mancozeb 63% WP) recorded 49.77 highest percent incidence indicating least effective against fall army worm.', 'Novel Insecticides, Fungicides, Fall armyworm, Spodoptera frugiperda (J.E. Smith) and Compatibility.', 'Many chemicals have been effective in managing S. frugiperda. As many of the diseases also coincide with pest attack farmers go for wrong combinations for both insect pest and disease which will lead to phytotoxicity and reduced efficacy. Experiments conducted on evaluation of efficacy on different insecticides and fungicides against S. frugiperda in maize clearly indicated chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC was highly effective due to the high insecticidal property, quick knock down effect whereas carbendazim 12% + mancozeb 63% WP was least effective due to its non-insecticidal property. Among combinations chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC + azoxystrobin 18.2% + difenoconazole 11.4% SC was highly effective. But there was no significant difference in the efficacy of combination chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC with fungicides. Therefore, by knowing the compatibility of a particular insecticide in combination with a pesticide helps to reduce the cost of cultivation indirectly by reducing the number of sprayings.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nMaize (Zea mays L.) is one of the most versatile crop having highest adaptability under varied agro-climatic conditions. Globally maize is known as queen of cereals because of its highest genetic yield potential among the cereals. It is cultivated on nearly 190 m ha in about 165 countries having wider diversity of soil, climate, biodiversity and management practices that contributes 39% in the global grain production. \r\nThe world’s total maize production was estimated at 1.05 million thousand tonnes in 2020. The United States of America is the largest producer of maize contributes nearly 36 per cent of the total production in the world. India produces 28.64 million tones of maize per year and stands seventh in position in maize production (DACNET, 2020). \r\nIn India maize is grown throughout the year, predominantly kharif crop with 85 per cent of the area under cultivation in the season. Maize is the third most important cereal crop in India after rice and wheat. It accounts for around 10 per cent of total food grain production in the country. In addition to staple food for human beings and quality feed for animals, maize serves as a basic raw material as an ingredient to thousands of industrial products that includes starch, oil, protein, alcoholic beverages, food sweeteners, pharmaceutical, cosmetic, film, textile, gum, package and paper industries. Maize is the second major cultivated crop in Telangana state with 2 million acres producing annually 2.9 million tonnes (Vyavasaya Panchangam, PJTSAU, 2019).\r\nThere are four major pests of maize prevalent in India viz., spotted stem borer Chilopartellus (Schinobi), pink stem borer Sesamiainferens (Walker), shoot fly Atherigona spp. and fall armyworm S. frugiperda (J.E. Smith). Among all the pests fall armyworm is causing serious damage to maize at all stages of its growth. In addition to the pests some of the diseases like charcoal rot, common rust, turcicum leaf blight occur simultaneously on maize. So, in order to reduce both pest and disease incidence farmers go for combination spray of both insecticide and fungicide which eventually leads to development of phytotoxicity, reduces the efficacy of one or the other pesticide. Therefore, there is a need to study the compatibility of insecticides and fungicides on maize. \r\n The combinations may be physically incompatible, effect the bio efficacy, result in phytotoxic effects or aid in insecticide resistance development in pests (Peshney, 1990; Miller et al., 2010). Injudicious use of pesticides in combinations without proper knowledge may reduce the efficacy of the combinations in managing the pests and diseases (Kubendran et al., 2009). \r\nThe occurrence of S. frugiperda was first reported from Karnataka in 2018. It is a polyphagous pest can feed on more than 80 species of crops including maize, sorghum, cotton, rice, millets, vegetable crops etc. (CABI, 2017). Damage is mostly done by mid to late larval instars. Young larvae feed on leaves leaving silvery transparent membrane, larvae feeding inside the whorls will make holes and faecal matter is seen inside the whorls, even silk, tassel and cobs are fed by the larvae. Yield reductions in maize due to feeding of fall armyworm have been reported as high as 34 per cent (Williams and Davis 1990). \r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nExperimentation on efficacy of new insecticides alone and in combination with fungicides against S. frugiperda was carried out in field conditions during rabi 2020-2021 at College Farm, Rajendranagar, Hyderabad located at an altitude of 630 m above mean sea level at 17o1915N latitude and 78o2433E longitude. Maize (DHM 121) was grown in natural conditions in an open field by following all the recommended agronomic practices. \r\nThe study includes a total of fourteen treatments viz., insecticides, fungicides and combinations. Four insecticides Lambda cyhalothrin + Chlorantraniliprole 15% ZC, Chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC, Flubendiamide 39.35% SC, Azadirachtin 1500 ppm, two fungicide combinations (Azoxystrobin 18.2% + Difenoconazole 11.4% SC) and (Carbendazim 12% + Mancozeb 63% WP) (Table 1). Each treatment imposed at recommended dosage of insecticide or fungicide and replicated thrice following spray fluid @ 500 litres ha-1 with the help of a knapsack sprayer. Spraying was done at 15 and 30 days after sowing and an untreated control plot is also maintained in each replication as acheck. The pre-treatment count of S. frugiperda was recorded one day before treatment imposed and the data on fall armyworm damage was recorded during 0, 3, 7, 14 days after spraying. The per cent fall armyworm infestation was calculated using the formula given by Sisay et al. (2019).\r\nMean per cent efficacy of pesticide combination over control of S. inferens was calculated by using the following formula \r\nMean per cent efficacy over control= C-T/C × 100 \r\nC = per cent incidence or severity in control \r\nT = per cent incidence or severity in treatment \r\nPer cent population reduction over control was calculated by using the following formula\r\nThe mean data recorded during the experiment was statistically analysed in RBD as per Gomez and Gomez (1984). Per cent incidence or infestation was subjected to square root transformation and per cent population reduction over control was subjected to angular transformation. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nThe results of the present study rabi 2020-21are presented in Table 1 revealed that the mean percent incidence of S. frugiperda ranged from 8.04 (chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC) to 79.62 (untreated Control). Among the different treatments Chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC recorded less incidence of fall armyworm (8.04) with minimum damage recorded by fall army worm followed by (Lambdacyhalothrin 4.6% + Chlorantraniliprole 9.3% ZC) (9.19), Chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC + (Azoxystrobin 18.2% + Difenoconazole 11.4% SC) (9.71), (Lambda cyhalothrin 4.6% + Chlorantraniliprole 9.3% ZC)+(Azoxystrobin 18.2% +Difenoconazole 11.4% SC) (11.86), Flubendiamide 39.35% SC (12.01), Chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC + (Carbendazim 12% + Mancozeb 63% WP) (12.43), Azadirachtin 1500ppm (14.86), Flubendiamide 39.35% SC+ (Azoxystrobin 18.2% + Difenoconazole11.4% SC) (15.93), (Lambdacyhalothrin 4.6% + Chlorantraniliprole 9.3%ZC) + (Carbendazim 12% + Mancozeb 63%WP) (17.00), Azadirachtin 1500 ppm + (Azoxystrobin 18.2% + Difenoconazole 11.4% SC) (18.52), Flubendiamide 39.35% SC + (Carbendazim 12% + Mancozeb 63% WP) (20.52), Azadirachtin 1500 ppm + (Carbendazim 12% + Mancozeb 63% WP) (27.10), (Azoxystrobin 18.2% + Difenoconazole 11.4%SC) (40.80), (Carbendazim 12% + Mancozeb 63%WP) (49.77) in the increasing order of percent incidence.\r\nThe results presented in Table 2 revealed that Chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC has recorded the highest population reduction of fall armyworm (80.60%) among all the treatments, followed by Chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC + (Azoxystrobin18.2% + Difenoconazole 11.4% SC) (76.87%), Chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC + (Carbendazim 12% + Mancozeb 63% WP) (75.76%), (Lambdacyhalothrin 4.6%+Chlorantraniliprole 9.3% ZC) (75.27%), Flubendiamide 39.35% SC(71.48), (Lambdacyhalothrin 4.6% + Chlorantraniliprole 9.3% ZC ) + (Azoxystrobin 18.2% + Difenoconazole 11.4% SC) (70.28%), (Lambdacyhalothrin 4.6% + Chlorantraniliprole 9.3% ZC) + (Carbendazim 12% + Mancozeb 63%WP) (68.85%), Flubendiamide 39.35% SC + (Azoxystrobin 18.2% + Difenoconazole 11.4%SC) (67.29%), Azadirachtin 1500ppm (62.28%), Flubendiamide 39.35% + (Carbendazim 12% + Mancozeb 63%WP) (60.01%), Azadirachtin 1500ppm + (Azoxystrobin 18.2%+ Difenoconazole 11.4% SC) (59.01%), Azadirachtin 1500 ppm + (Carbendazim 12% + Mancozeb 63% WP) (54.91%), (Azoxystrobin 18.2% + Difenoconazole 11.4%SC) (34.29%), (Carbendazim 12% + Mancozeb 63% WP) (25.55%) in the decreasing order of percent population reduction.\r\nThe results revealed that the mean percent population reduction ranged from 80.60 (chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC) to 25.55 (untreated control) which indicates that there was high reduction of fall armyworm population in chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC (Table 1). Among all the treatments chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC recorded less incidence of fall armyworm compared to remaining treatments (Table 2). The cumulative per cent incidence of fall armyworm ranged from 8.04 (chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC) to 79.62 (untreated control). \r\nAmong all the treatments chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC was highly effective due to the high insecticidal property, it acts on ryanodine receptors of insects which make the insect inactive and knock down the insect quickly due to which the damage on leaves was reduced, whereas (carbendazim 12% + mancozeb 63% WP) was least effective due to its fungicidal property. \r\nThe present results were in conformity with earlier reports of Hardke et al. (2011) reported that chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC, flubendiamide 39.35% SC, novaluron provided an effective reduction in infestation of fall armyworm in sorghum. Recent results of Bhuvaneswari and Krishnam Raju (2013) reported that chlorantraniliprole @ 0.3 ml in combination with hexaconazole @ 2 ml l1 recorded less incidence (8.3%), severity (12.8%) of sheath blight and also recorded less stem borer and leaf folder damaged leaves (1.9) per hill, concluding chlorantraniliprole 18.5% SC is very effective against lepidopteran caterpillars. \r\nIn the present study also, it is very effective against S. frugiperda. Results of Sharanabasappa Deshmukh et al., (2020) revealed that chlorantraniliprole followed by emamectin benzoate, spinetoram, flubendiamide, indoxacarb, lambda cyhalothrin and novaluron were highly effective in the decreasing order of efficacy. \r\n \r\n\r\n', 'Sandhya M., Vanisree K., Upendhar S. and Mallaiah B. (2022 Evaluation of Novel Insecticides Alone and in Combination with Fungicides against Maize Fall Armyworm Spodoptera frugiperda (J.E. Smith). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 147-151.'),
(5240, '136', 'Influence of Growth Regulators on different Nodal Cuttings in Guava (Psidium guajava L.) cv Lucknow 49', 'Sundarrajan R. V , Muthuramalingam S*, Rajangam J and Venkatesan K ', '26 Influence of Growth Regulators on different Nodal Cuttings in Guava (Psidium guajava L.) cv Lucknow 49 R.V. SUNDARRAJAN.pdf', '', 1, 'To evaluate the effect of different growth regulators on (Indole-3-butyric acid (IBA), Indole-3-Acetic Acid (IAA) and cytokinnin) on two different concentrations 200 and 500 ppm in various nodal cuttings of guava viz., single node, double node, triple node and leaf cuttings. The experiment was conducted in Horticultural College and Research Institute, Periyakulam, Tamil Nadu. Among the different nodal cuttings and plant growth regulators double nodal cuttings and IBA showed best response respectively. Double nodal cuttings with IBA 500 ppm recorded least number of days taken to bud sprouting and the maximum number of leaves (21.54), highest number of roots (30.25), highest carbohydrate content (6.55 %) and the highest nitrogen content (0.71) were observed in triple node cuttings treated with IAA 200 ppm. ', 'Guava, nodal cuttings, Indole-3-Acetic Acid, Indole-3-Butyric Acid and Cytokinnin', 'According to the study\'s findings, plant growth regulators had a significant influence on the growth parameters of guava cutting. Among different growth regulators, IBA 500 ppm showed highest success percentage, highest number of leaves, highest number of roots and highest carbohydrate content. Double node cuttings treated with IBA exhibited better success percentage, least number of days taken to bud sprouting, highest number of roots and leaves and high carbohydrate content performance compared to the IAA, Cytokinnin and control. The study concluded that the double node cuttings is recommended as along with IBA 500 ppm for successful propagation of guava cuttings.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nGuava (Psidium guajava L.), the “poor man’s fruit” or “apple of the tropics” belongs to tropical and subtropical climate. It originates from Tropical America, which stretches from Mexico to Peru. Guava belongs to family ‘Myrtaceae’. There are 150 species in the genus Psidium, the majority of which are trees that bearing fruit. The majority of the cultivars are diploid (2n=22), although some are natural and artificial triploids (2n=33), which produce seedless fruits (Jaiswal and Nasim 1992). In India, the total area under guava cultivation was approximately 299 thousand hectares with an estimated annual production of 4394 lakh tons (NHB 2021). Under the wide range of climatic and edaphic conditions which helps for the successful growth in guava from sea level to 2,100 m altitude temperatures between 20 and 30°C, rainfall ranging from 1,000 to 2,000 mm per year, well-drained soils with high quantities of organic matter, and pH values ranging from 5 to 7 are ideal growth conditions (Yadava, 1996; Paul and Bittembender 2006). \r\nThe fruit contains vitamin-c (80 mg), crude fiber (0.9-1.0 g), protein (0.1-0.5 g), carbohydrates (9.1-17 mg), minerals like Calcium, Phosphorous, Iron and pectin (Kamath et al., 2008). Guava is appropriating a more popularity in recent years and were used in global trade because of their nutritional benefits and due to the production of many processed products such as jam, jelly, cheese, sharbat, ice cream, canned fruit, RTS, nectar, squash, and powders (Singh et al., 2005).\r\nGuava is commercially propagated using both vegetative and direct seedling methods, although commercial grade fruits can only be obtained when plants are propagated through vegetative progeny. Budding (Kaundal et al., 1987), air layering (Manna et al., 2004), stooling (Pathak and Saroj 1988), and inarching are all examples of air layering (Mukherjee and Majumdar 1983; Naithani et al., 2018) are all methods for vegetative growth of guava. Due to segregation and recombination of various features, the progeny of the direct seedling technique are not uniform. Furthermore, plants propagated by seeds bear fruit significantly later than plants propagated by cuttings.\r\nClonal propagation of guava is one of the method for ensuring progeny homogeneity and maintaining high quality fruits (Giri et al., 2004). To initiate with, true-to-type planting material is essential in guava orchards to assure both the quality and quantity of guava fruits (Singh et al., 2005).\r\nMultiplication through air layering in guava is time demanding but effective means methods of vegetative propagation. Several woody perennials have been successfully and swiftly propagated utilising various nodal cuts. Rapid propagation methods become essential in this setting when planting material is limited due to clone or variety shortages or fast acreage growth. As a result, it inspires the idea of using distinct nodal cuts as a quick growth method in guava.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe current research was organized in central nursery, Department of Fruit science, Horticultural College and Research Institute, Periyakulam during the year 2021- 2022. The experimental site was nearby lower Pulney hills range and the average rainfall is about 105 cm and it is situated with an elevation of 300m above Mean Sea Level. The campus was geographically located at longitude -77°35′59.28′′ East, latitude -10°7′41.88′′ North. The area experience a climate of mild winter with hot and humid summer. The experiment was laid out in Factorial Completely Randomized Design (FCRD) with two factors that were replicated thrice. viz., different nodal cuttings (4 levels) single node, double node, triple node and leaf cuttings and these cuttings were taken from five years old guava variety Lucknow-49. As propagation materials, cuttings were collected from healthy mother plants with uniform shoots. Plant growth regulators were treated to nodal cuttings through fast dip method for 45 seconds, with Indole-3-Butyric Acid (IBA) at 200 and 500 ppm, Indole-3-Acetic Acid (IAA) at 200 and 500 ppm, and Cytokinin at 200 and 500 ppm concentrations. After treatment, the various nodal cuttings were planted in polybags containing rooting media such as coco peat, vermiculite and saw dust. The terminal cuttings were kept in a mist chamber for 35 days and then in shade net for 10 days before being planted in an 8 × 10 inch plastic bag with a potting mixture of Red soil, sand, cocopeat and vermicompost in 1:1:1:1 proportion and kept in open conditions. For the study, used 600 cuttings in total, with each treatment consisting of twenty cuttings. Three months after planting, data were gathered by carefully uprooting the nodal cuttings, as indicated by Yeboan et al. (2009). The observations on various parameters at 30, 60 and 90 DAP were recorded and presented below (number of days taken to bud sprouting, success percentage, number of roots, root length, dry root weight, fresh root weight, leaf nitrogen, leaf carbohydrates and survival percentage).\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Effect of PGR on number of days to bud sprouting and success percentage in guava cuttings\r\nSignificantly influenced the type of cuttings and growth regulators and their interaction were observed in number of days taken to bud sprouting (Table 1). Lowest number of days taken to bud sprouting (24.19) was recorded in triple node cuttings (C3) and highest number of days taken to bud sprouting (26.49) was observed in leaf cuttings (C4). Among growth regulators, the lowest number of days taken to bud sprouting (24.56) was recorded in IBA at 200 ppm (G1) and the maximum number of days taken to bud sprouting (25.98) was observed in control (G7). The minimum number of days taken to bud sprouting (23.90) was recorded in double node cuttings with cytokinin 200 ppm (C2G5) and the maximum number of days taken to bud sprouting (27.54) was observed in leaf cuttings with control (C4G7). Bud sprouting was induced by the food constituents present within the cuttings. This might be due to better utilization of stored carbohydrates, nitrogen in the nodal region due to IBA application. IBA boosts cell division which results on quick callus formation in the cutting as stated by Chauhan and Reddy (1971) in plum. Similar results were reported by Sivaprakash et al. (2018). Similar results were recorded by the Kumar et al. (2016). \r\nThe success percentage on different types of cuttings and growth regulators showed significant difference as well as their interactions were showed in (Table 1). The highest number of success percentage (73.92) was recorded in double node cuttings (C2) and the lowest number of success percentage (61.51) was observed in leaf cuttings (C4). Among growth regulators, the highest number of success percentage (74.51) were observed in IBA 500 ppm (G2) and the lowest number of success percentage (61.47) were recorded in control. The highest number of success percentage (80.25) were recorded in double node cuttings with IBA 500 ppm (C2G2) and followed by IBA 200 ppm (78.21) and the lowest number of success percentage (55.31) were recorded in leaf cuttings with Control (C4G7). In many fruit trees, auxins play an important role in the coordination of cutting roots. Wally et al. (1981) concluded that guava cuttings treated with IBA had the highest success rate.\r\nB. Effect of PGR on number of leaves in guava cuttings\r\nSignificant differences were observed in different nodal cuttings and growth regulators as well as their interactions on number of leaves 30 DAP (Table 2). The maximum number of leaves (3.60) was recorded in double node cuttings (C2) and the minimum number of leaves (1.14) were recorded in leaf cuttings. Among growth regulators, the maximum number of leaves (3.67) were recorded in IBA 500 ppm (G2) and the minimum number of leaves (1.02) in the control (G7). The maximum number of leaves (5.25) were observed in double cuttings with IBA 500 ppm (C2G2) followed by IBA 200 ppm (4.85) and the minimum number of leaves (0.56) were recorded in leaf cuttings with control (C4G7).\r\nNumber of leaves at 60 DAP (Table 2) varied significantly due to different types of nodal cuttings and different growth regulators with interactions between themselves. Double node cuttings (C2) recorded the highest number of leaves (6.34) and the lowest number of leaves (3.25) in leaf cuttings (C4). Among growth regulators, IBA 500 ppm recorded highest number of leaves (6.81) and the lowest number of leaves (2.53) in control (G7). The highest number of leaves (8.66) were observed in double node cuttings with IBA 500 ppm (C2G2) followed by IBA 200 ppm (7.15) and the lowest number of leaves (1.95) was observed in leaf cuttings with control (C4G7).\r\nThe data on number of leaves at 90 DAP showed significant difference in types of cuttings and growth regulators and their interactions (Table 3). Double node cuttings (C2) were observed highest number of leaves (16.11) and the lowest number of leaves (9.11) were observed in leaf cuttings (C4). Among growth regulators, IBA 500 ppm recorded highest number of leaves (18.52) and the lowest of leaves (9.45) were observed in control (G7). The highest number of leaves (21.54) in double node cuttings with IBA 500 ppm (C2G2) followed by IBA 200 ppm (17.83) and the lowest number leaves (6.19) was observed in leaf cuttings with control (C4G7). The increased number of leaves per cutting may be due to the plant diverting maximum assimilate quantities to the leaf buds, as the leaves are one of the production sites of natural auxins in them in addition to being very essential source for vital activities like as photosynthesis and respiration (Wahab et al., 2001).\r\nC. Effect of PGR on number of roots in guava cuttings\r\nThe significant difference on the different types of cuttings and growth regulators and their interactions were recorded on number of roots at 30 DAP (Table 3). Single node cuttings (C2) recorded the highest number of roots (4.98) and the lowest number of roots (4.63) were recorded in leaf cuttings (C4). Among growth regulators the highest number of roots (6.07) was observed in IBA 500 ppm (G2) and the lowest number of roots (3.84) was recorded in control (G7). The highest number of roots (6.31) were recorded in double node cuttings with IBA 500 ppm (C2G2) followed by triple node cuttings (6.25) with IBA 500 ppm (C3G2) and the lowest number of roots (3.83) were observed in leaf cuttings with control (C4G7).\r\nNumber of roots at 60 DAP (Table 4) varied significantly on the types of cuttings and growth regulators as well as their interactions between themselves. Double node cuttings (C2) recorded highest number of roots (11.27) and the lowest number of roots (5.28) in leaf cuttings (C4). Among growth regulators the highest number of roots (9.67) were recorded in IBA 500 ppm (G2) and the lowest number of roots (5.74) in control (G7). The highest number of roots (13.31) was observed in double node cuttings with IBA 500 ppm (C2G2) followed by IBA 200 ppm (12.09) and the lowest number of roots (3.26) were observed in (C4G7).\r\nNumber of roots at 90 DAP (Table 4) significantly varied on to the types of cuttings and growth regulators as well as their interactions between themselves. The highest number of roots (24.03) were recorded in double node cuttings (C2) and the lowest number of roots (17.05) in leaf cuttings (C4). Among growth regulators the highest number of roots (25.25) were recorded in IBA 500 ppm (C2) and the lowest number of roots (13.13) in control (G7). The highest number of roots (30.25) were observed in double node cuttings with IBA 500 ppm (C2G2) followed by IBA 200 ppm (27.88) and the lowest number of roots (9.36) were recorded in leaf cuttings with control (C4G7).\r\nAccording to Gurumurthy et al. (1984), the administration of IBA has been reported to enhance the cambial activity, leading in the mobilisation of reserve food material to the site of root initiation. Wounding promotes cell division by increasing the permeability of oxygen to the interior tissues in cuttings and the quantity of water absorbed from the base of cuttings, as well as increasing the amount of ethylene production, which encourages the emergence of roots (Hartmann et al., 2002). The impact of sucrose may be due to its impact on the auxin dose-response curve. Sucrose treatment may also improve rooting in the early stages of growth by enhancing ethylene production. The concentration of carbohydrates has the greatest influence on rooting in woody cuttings. Sucrose is a good carbohydrate source that provides direct energy to the cuttings (Yeboah et al., 2009).\r\nD. Effect of PGR on nitrogen and carbohydrate content in guava cuttings\r\nThe nitrogen content in root portion varied significantly on the influence of types of cuttings and growth regulators as well as their interactions at 90 DAP (Table 5). The highest nitrogen content (0.62 percent) were recorded in triple node cuttings (C3) and the lowest nitrogen content (0.38 percent) were observed in leaf cuttings (C4). The highest nitrogen content (0.57 percent) were observed in IAA 200 ppm (G3) and the lowest nitrogen content (0.45 percent) were observed in control (G7). The highest nitrogen content (0.71 percent) were recorded in triple node cuttings with IAA 200 ppm (C3G3) and the lowest nitrogen content (0.33) were observed in leaf cuttings with control (C4G7). Breen and Muraoka (1973) reported that nitrogen content is responsible for production of nucleic acids and proteins and these compounds were responsible for cell division and root initiation. The seasonal variation in plant occurs due to movement of nutrients on source and sink relationship. Therefore nitrogen is utilized by sink which produces new shoots.\r\nSignificant differences were observed in different types of nodal cuttings treated with different growth regulators and their interactions on carbohydrates content. The highest carbohydrate content were observed in double node cuttings (C2) and the lowest carbohydrate content (5.17) were recorded in the leaf cuttings (C4). Among growth regulators, the highest carbohydrate content (6.30) showed in IBA 500 ppm (G2) and lowest carbohydrate content (3.19) were observed in control (G7). The highest carbohydrate content (6.55) in double node cuttings with IBA 500 ppm (C2G2) followed by (6.43) IBA 200 ppm (G1) and lowest carbohydrate content (2.55) were recorded in leaf cuttings with control (C4G7).\r\nThis was related to the increase in catalase and peroxidase activity that coincided with the breakdown of starch to release specific sugars, such as the reducing sugar, and the decrease in total carbohydrates (Arslonov, 1976).\r\n', 'R.V. Sundarrajan, S. Muthuramalingam, J. Rajangam and K. Venkatesan (2022). Influence of Growth Regulators on Different Nodal Cuttings in Guava (Psidium guajava L.) cv Lucknow 49. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 152-158.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5241, '136', 'Trend of Pesticide use for Mango Cultivation in Tamil Nadu', 'Paruchuri Pavan Kalyan, A. Suganthi*, K. Bhuvaneswari, C. Kavitha4 and P. Geetha', '27 Trend of Pesticide use for Mango Cultivation in Tamil Nadu Paruchuri Pavan Kalyan.pdf', '', 1, 'A study was conducted to know the perception of mango farmers on pesticide use and usage pattern in Krishnagiri and Dharmapuri districts of Tamil Nadu. Major pests damaging mango trees were mango hoppers, leaf webber, fruit fly, gall midge, nut weevil, shoot borer and stemborer. Most of the farmers follow calendar spray of pesticides (85%) and mango crop was sprayed three times from pre-flowering stage till harvest (45%). Imidacloprid (42.5%), malathion (17.5%), dimethoate (15%) and thiamethoxam (12.5%) were found to be widely used pesticides by farmers. Majority of the famers (77.5%) received recommendations for pesticides from pesticide dealers. Several farmers followed the common waiting period of one day after spraying. Farmers were found lacking knowledge on safe harvest interval, safety measures while undertaking a spray, label claim and pesticide residues, while they are well aware of mixing and measuring pesticides, storage and time of application of pesticides.', 'Mango, pests, pesticide, farmers, safety', 'This study provides a general overview of the magnitude of pesticide usage across Krishnagiri and Dharmagiri districts of Tamil Nadu. Organophosphates and neonicotinoids were most widely used and newer molecule like tolfenpyrad was also found to be helpful among farmers. Most of the farmers are taking up spray irrespective of the pest incidence, which cause unnecessary expenses to farmers. Pesticide overuse is responsible for rising production costs, environmental pollution, and decline in numbers of beneficial insects and pollinators. Farmers employed both recommended and non-recommended pesticides in mango orchards. Farmers perception of pesticide risk is changing, as seen by their use of measuring caps, avoidance of reusing pesticide containers for household use, and mixing pesticides with a stick. There is need to educate famers on IPM practices, waiting period and its importance. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nMango (Mangifera indica L.), is widely acknowledged as ‘King of fruits’ and ‘National fruit of India’ due to its delicious flavour, high nutritional content, and significant socio-economic role. It is an important member of Anacardiaceae family, which is cultivated in tropical and subtropical regions. The mango fruit is climacteric and increased ethylene production occurs during ripening. Regardless of its tenderness, either mature or ripe, mango fruit has a special significance. Mature green mangos are consume draw or as pickles. Ripened mangoes are processed into juice, squash, leather, jam, jelly (Siddiq et al., 2017). India tops the world in mango production with a total produce of 20.44 million m.t, which is grown in an area of 2.29 million hectares (National Horticulture Board, 2019-20). Mango exports from India in the year 2020-21 fetched 271.87 crore Rupees. Pesticide residues and quarantine pests (mango stone weevil and fruit fly) are the major reasons for notable reduction of exports from previous years (APEDA, 2021).\r\nThe mango crop is infested with around 260 insect and mite pests appearing at different stages of crop growth (Penna and Mohyuddin 1997). They attack during growth, flowering and fruiting stages which severely hampers the fruit production. To check these pests, farmers generally apply several diverse classes of pesticides. Indiscriminate use of pesticides will show adverse effects on the health of consumers (residues in commodity) and cause resurgence of pests. The load of chemicals on natural ecosystems has increased as a result of the industrialization of agriculture, which endangers the human health and environment (Nicolopoulou-Stamati et al., 2016). However, the positive results of pesticide use indicate that pesticides will remain an essential tool in pest management (Popp et al., 2013). In the wake of this, it becomes important to carry out a survey to know pests and pesticide usage pattern in mango ecosystem.\r\n \r\n\r\n\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nStudy area. A survey was conducted from December, 2021 to January, 2022 to know the status of pests and pesticide usage practices in commercially grown mango orchards of major mango growing districts of Tamil Nadu viz., Krishnagiri and Dharmapuri (Fig. 1), based on the extent of cultivated area of about 31,176 and 16,509 ha, respectively (GOTN, Dept. of Horticulture). Forty mango farmers spread over in 12 villages were interviewed with a questionnaire (Table 1).\r\nData collection. A pre-structured questionnaire was employed, which sought to evaluate socio-economic, agricultural, and pest management factors at grass root level. Data was collected from 40 farmers through direct face-to-face interviews, using a questionnaire that was prepared in English and translated to local language (Tamil) for the convenience of famers (Fig. 2). The questionnaire was based on famers demographic details, education background, pest status, pesticide usage, source of information on recommended pesticides, attention towards labels, measurement and mixing of pesticide, safety methods followed, dosage of insecticides, type of sprayer used, time of spraying, number of spray, waiting period followed, spray intervals, handling and disposal of pesticide containers.\r\n\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nDemographic factors of surveyed farmers. Demographic factors taken into consideration are age, gender, education, size of land holding, farming experience and family size of mango growers (Table 2). There are more men (92.50%) occupied in mango farming than that of women (7.50%). This finding is in conformity with the findings of Sekar et al. (2014). Regardless of the fact that women\'s participation in agricultural and production activities are well accepted, practically, only few women farmers have rights with farmlands (Ajani, 2008).\r\nThe average size of the family of the famers surveyed was 5.09 members. A large household size may indicate that more labour is required to carry out agricultural activities, to perform farm activities, which in turn reduces marketed surplus and prioritises subsistence over commercialization (Von Braun et al., 1994). Majority of the farmers (52.50%) surveyed were in the middle age group (35-50 years), while 40 percent of the farmers fall under old age group (>50 years) and around 7.5 percent belong to young age group (below 35 years). Many of the surveyed farmers (40%) were illiterate and they did not get any formal education, some farmers (17.50%) were educated till primary level and other farmers (22.50%) till secondary education and 17.5 percent farmers were educated till higher secondary level and very few (2.5%) completed their graduation. The abilities and capability to use information are improved by education, which improves awareness of adoption newer technologies. Farmers who are old and illiterate may find it difficult to accept new technologies.\r\nLand holding of 37.50 percent of the surveyed farmers was small in size (less than 2.5 acres), while 35 percent of farmers had medium size land (2.5 – 10 acres) land and the rest of the farmers (27.50%) had large size land (more than 10 acres). Majority of the farmers (47.50%) were having high farming experience of more than 10years, some other famers (27.50%) having medium experience (5-10 years), while others (25%) having low experience (less than 5 years).\r\nPest status in mango ecosystem. Various pests were found affecting mango trees across surveyed districts of Tamil Nadu (Table 3), which depicts that the most notorious pest was mango hoppers (100%). Other pests like leaf webber (90%), fruit fly (70%), nut weevil (65%), gall midge (57.5%), mealybug (47.5%), shoot borer (42.5%), stem borer (40%), leaf twisting weevil (37.5%), leaf miner (30%), red banded caterpillar (25%),hairy caterpillar (10%), rugose spiralling whitefly (7.5%), termite (7.5%) and red ant (5%) were also found to cause yield loss (Fig. 3). In Nepal, Ghimire et al. (2019), reported similar findings. In Vietnam, seed borer (Deanolis albizonalis) was found to be the major pest (Mele et al., 2001).\r\nAccording to farmers, pests that damage the flowers are of more importance as they damage inflorescence and that has an impact on the yield. All the farmers in both the districts reported that mango hoppers are infesting mango trees and are causing severe damage. Mango hoppers commonly occurs in the flowering season, suck the sap from the inflorescence and tender shoots and cause damage to the tune of 20- 100% (Sohi and Sohi, 1990). Leaf webber was also reported as a major pest that is inflicting severe damage in the trees by webbing and scraping the leaves. Overall pest incidence was more severe in Dharmapuri. Rugose spiralling whitefly, an invasive pest damaging the leaves was observed from Krishnagiri district.\r\nStatus of pesticides used in mango ecosystem. The data obtained from the survey revealed that commonly used pesticide for managing pests (Table 4) was imidacloprid (42.5%) followed by malathion (17.5%), dimethoate(15%), thiamethoxam (12.5%), acephate (12.5%), tolfenpyrad (10%), deltamethrin (10%), lambda cyhalothrin (7.5%), quinalphos (10%) and buprofezin (5%). Other combination products used among farmers are acephate (50%) + imidacloprid (7.5%), chlorpyriphos (50%) + cypermethrin (2.5%). Nair, (2018), reported similar results where most of the famers were using imidacloprid against mango hoppers.\r\nAmong these pesticides, quinalphos, acephate, and combination products which were used to control sucking pests and borers, were actually not recommended for mango pests by Central Insecticide Board and Registration Committee (CIBRC) of India. Mango is also vulnerable to many diseases like powdery mildew, anthracnose, fruit end rot for which farmers were also found to use fungicides such as carbendazim (15%), dinocap (12.5%) and mancozeb (12.5%) The toxicity profile of various pesticides and fungicides applied in mango ecosystem given in Table 4 was based on World Health Organisation (WHO) system of classification. No farmer was found to spray extremely hazardous (Ia) and highly hazardous pesticides (Ib). Majority of the chemicals applied by farmers fall under class (moderately hazardous group) which comprises imidacloprid, thiamethoxam, dimethoate, acephate, quinalphos, deltamethrin and dinocap, whereas malathion, buprofezin, tolfenpyrad belong to class ⅠⅠⅠ (slightly hazardous group). Carbendazim and mancozeb belong to class U (Unlikely to present acute hazard in normal use).\r\nMoreover, WHO has advised only trained individuals to use pesticides (WHO, 1991).\r\nPesticide usage pattern in mango ecosystem. Pesticide usage pattern practices by mango growing farmers (Table 5), shows that the source of information on pesticide recommendation was majorly from pesticide dealers (77.5%), followed by fellow farmers (12.5%) and Governments officials (10%). Similar results were reported by Singh et al. (2016). Majority of the farmers (87.5%) use bottle caps to measure pesticides, while few farmers (12.5%) measured pesticides approximately. Surveyed famers are less equipped when it comes to application of pesticides safely, but all the farmers (100%) are mixing pesticides using a stick. These findings are matching with the previous work done by Devi, (2010). Most of the farmers (87.5%) did not give attention to the label information, only 12.5% are reading the label before use, whereas Rijal et al. (2018) reported 66% of farmers were aware and follow the pesticide label. Only, 17.5% farmers sprayed pesticides at recommended doses, while majority of the farmers (82.5%) sprayed pesticides at approximate amounts.\r\nMost of the farmers followed calendar spraying. Irrespective of the pest incidence, they spray three times with an interval of 30 days. These results were in accordance with the findings of Ghimire et al. (2019). Contrastingly, Cubelo and cubelo (2021) reported that majority of the farmers are spraying seven times regardless of season, Mele et al. (2001) reported an average of 13.4 pesticide sprays per year. Only a few farmers (2.5%) practiced burying spent pesticide containers in the ground, whereas the majority of farmers (97.5 percent) disposed of empty pesticide containers in their own fields or in neglected areas. This was in accordance with Prakash et al. (2021). According to the results, majority of farmers (57.5%) were not following any safety precautions during pesticide handling, while 40 percent were wearing a mask and 2.5 percent of them were wearing gloves while pesticide handling. Similar results were reported by Nyakundi et al. (2012); Imane et al. (2016). In contrast, Reddy et al. (2011) reported that all the farmers use face mask while spraying.\r\nRocker sprayer (42.5%) and Foot sprayer (40%) were employed by most of the famers and few farmers were found to be using tractor mounted sprayer (17.5%). In contrast with these findings Ghimire et al. (2019) reported that foot sprayer (86.40%) was used to spray mango trees. About 92.5 percent farmers choose to spray the pesticides in the morning hours, only 7.5 percent famers were spraying at evening hours and no farmer took up spraying at the afternoon time. Around 12.5 percent farmers were not following any waiting period and they harvested fruits following the pesticide application on the same day, while 87.5% farmers followed one day waiting period. None of the farmers followed recommended waiting periods. This finding is in conformity with the findings of Sutharsan et al. (2014). The risk of pesticide residue on produce increased when the pesticide spray was done right before harvest (Jeyanthi and Kombairaju 2005). The result of this study was contrasting with findings of Rijal et al. (2018) who reported spraying interval of 15 days by 42.5 percent farmers, 30 days interval by another 42.5 percent and 15 percent were found to be spraying only when there is pest infestation.\r\n', 'Paruchuri Pavan Kalyan, A. Suganthi, K. Bhuvaneswari, C. Kavitha and P. Geetha (2022). Trend of Pesticide use for Mango Cultivation in Tamil Nadu. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 159-166.'),
(5242, '136', 'Axial Skeleton of Homing Pigeon (Columba livia)', 'K. Iniyah*, A. Kumaravel and R. Gnanadevi', '28 Axial Skeleton of Homing Pigeon (Columba livia) K. Iniyah.pdf', '', 1, 'The uniqueness of a bird includes its ability to fly, high metabolic rate and beak without teeth. The bones of birds are called as pneumatic bones since they are filled with air spaces. The pigeons are small billed birds with long wings and powerful flight musculature. They are strong and swift fliers and comes under Columbidae. The axial skeleton includes skull, vertebral column, ribs and sternum. The study is intended to provide a complete osteological profile of axial skeleton of Homing pigeon which supplement the anatomical data on pigeon and also to differentiate pigeon skeletal framework from other avian species.', 'Skull, vertebra, pigeon, sternum, ribs', 'Pigeon as on date is a semi-domestic animal and an integral part of every household due to the ascending stress curve. Hence the clinical medicine and treatment for pigeon has been in increasing stature. Though poultry practitioners are supposedly thinking that pigeon is another fowl it is not so as per the literature screened. Hence pigeon medicine is going to be an important area for poultry practitioners and hence pigeons anatomy and physiology deserves more attention. Hence this article will contribute in a long shot for pigeon and its effective treatment as the disease occurrence trend is becoming more and more.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe unique characteristics of a bird include its ability to fly, small size, wings, feathers, high metabolic rate and beak without teeth. In mammals, the bones are filled with marrow while in birds since many bones are pneumatic, air spaces make up the majority of bones volume and hence they are harder and stronger but lighter. The axial skeleton includes skull, vertebral column, ribs and sternum.\r\nVertebral (spinal) column literally ‘backbone’ is a unique anatomical feature which categorizes the birds (Class Aves) under Phylum vertebrate. The neck of the bird is longest not only because of more number of cervical vertebras but is also more flexible due to its shape, allows a greater degree of movement i.e., a bird can move its head to groom lowest part of the body with its beak (Tarray et al., 2019). Compared to mammals, the trunk region with thoracic and lumbar segments of vertebra is less flexible in birds which make them to withhold the massive force generated by the flight muscles while moving its wings. This is because of synsacrum, fused thoracic vertebra, keeled sternum and ribs.\r\nAlthough the bones in the skeletal framework of birds look alike, there exists a significant difference in their proportion among different avian species. The study is intended to provide a complete osteological profile of axial skeleton of Homing pigeon which supplement the anatomical data on pigeon and also to differentiate pigeon skeletal framework from other avian species.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present study was conducted on the homing pigeon carcass obtained dead to the department of Veterinary Anatomy, Veterinary College and Research Institute, Udumalpet, Tamil Nadu. The bones of pigeon were processed and collected by natural maceration technique (Raghavan, 1964). The different bones of various regions were segregated and then the morphological details of the individual bones were studied and compared with other avian species. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe axial skeleton of Homing pigeon comprised of skull, vertebral column, ribs and sternum (Nickel et al., 1977).\r\nSkull. The structure of bird’s skull has many implications on their feeding characteristics. As reported by Getty et al (1975), the suture between the bones of pigeon skull were also ossified and fused together. Nickel et al (1977) stated that the bones in the skull of a bird can be categorized into neurocranium and splanchnocranium. The neurocranium was formed by occipital, sphenoid, parietal, frontal, ethmoid and temporal bones. The splanchnocranium included premaxilla, nasal, lacrimal, maxillary, zygomatic, palatine, pterygoid, vomer, quadrate and mandible. \r\nAs reported by Aurell et al. (2011), the orbits in the cranium of homing pigeon were larger. The occipital bone presented a single occipital condyle below the foramen magnum which indicated that skull of homing pigeon was monocondylic which facilitated the bird to swirl its head upto 270 degrees. As described by Nickel et al (1977), the upper portion of beak and anterior boundary of nasal opening was formed by premaxilla which consisted of three processes – nasal, maxillary and palatine processes. The posterior boundary of nasal opening and the roof of nasal cavity was formed by nasal bone and was found in front of the frontal. The lacrimal bone formed the anterior margin of orbit as in domestic fowl (Getty et al., 1975). The palatine bone formed the lateral boundaries of posterior nasal opening and part of roof of oral cavity. \r\nVertebral Column. Vertebral column of homing pigeon was formed by the bones called vertebrae. Vertebral canal of vertebral column lodged the spinal cord as in mammals (Getty et al., 1975). The vertebral column of pigeon consisted of \r\n1) Cervical vertebrae \r\n2) Thoracic vertebrae \r\n3) Fused lumbar and sacral vertebrae i.e. Lumbosacral mass\r\n4) Coccygeal vertebrae\r\nIn homing pigeon, the neck region that connects the head to the trunk was formed by 12 cervical vertebras whereas in fowl it was 14 (Egwu et al., 2012), and in goose it was 17 (Nickel et al., 1977). Tarray et al. (2019) reported that number and shape of vertebras in the neck varied among different species of birds.\r\nAs reported by Nickel et al. (1977), first cervical vertebra – atlas, was ring shaped and was thinner than all other cervical vertebras. The dorsal arch of atlas was thinner in its middle than the ventral arch. Anteriorly, the ventral arch had a concavity for articulation with single occipital condyle and a small foramen above. Posteriorly, a transverse shallow facet was noticed in the ventral arch of atlas for articulation with odontoid process of axis - second cervical vertebra.\r\nThe bodies of 3rd to 12th cervical vertebrae were rod-like and the anterior extremity of body of each vertebra was concave in transverse direction and convex in dorso-ventral direction whereas posterior extremity was vice-versus as stated by Nickel et al (1977) in domestic fowl.\r\nThe vertebras that were well connected to ribs were referred as thoracic vertebra. As described by Getty et al (1975) in fowl, 7 thoracic vertebras were found in pigeon whereas in duck and goose it was 9. Thoracic vertebras were not fused with each other as stated by Nickel et al. (1977) in domestic fowl. The transverse processes were broad, plate-like and in its lateral border had a small facet for articulation with ribs. \r\nAs reported by Egwu et al. (2012), the lumbar and sacral vertebra in homing pigeon were fused and formed synsacrum or lumbosacral mass as in avian species. Synsacrum was found wedged between the pelvic bones i.e. ilium of either side. Anteriorly, the dorsal spines and transverse processes of synsacrum united with ilium whereas posteriorly only the transverse processes were connected with the ilium. The terminal part of vertebral column had coccygeal vertebra. The last three fused and formed three-sided pyramid called pygostyle. \r\nRibs. As described by Aurell et al. (2011), there were 07 pairs of ribs. The ribs were curved and had a head and tubercle in its proximal end. The ribs articulated with thoracic vertebra dorsally and to the sternum ventrally as in domestic fowl (Nickel et al., 1977). In middle of the shaft of first five ribs, there were projections directed posteriorly called as uncinate processes which was peculiar to birds.\r\nSternum. The sternum of pigeon was a flat quadrilateral bone with deeply concave dorsal surface (John et al., 2014) and convex ventral surface as in fowl (Nickel et al., 1977) and Pariah kite (Tomar et al., 2011). One of the unique features of a flying bird is the keeled or carinate sternum. The keel projected vertically from the ventral surface of sternum was broad, flat and well developed which indicated the power of flight in pigeon (Aurel et al., 2011). The keel was absent in non-flying birds like ostrich and emu (Jayachitra et al., 2015). The cranial border of keel was concave and thickened ventral border was steep and like an arch. The cranial angle of keel was pointed in pigeon whereas it was rounded in Pariah kite (Tomar et al., 2011).\r\nThe anterior border of the sternum presented two deep grooves on either side of rostrum for articulation with distal extremity of coracoid bone as noticed by Sathyamoorthy et al. (2012) in spot billed pelican. The rostrum was prominent in pigeon as in domestic fowl (Nickel et al., 1977) while it was absent in Pariah kite (Tomar et al., 2011).\r\nA short antero-lateral processes directed anteriorly were observed in antero-lateral angle as in duck (Jayachitra et al., 2015). Behind the antero-lateral processes, articular facets for four sternal ribs were found whereas in pigeon hawk (John et al., 2014), six articular facets were reported. A long flat postero-lateral processes directed caudally with two divisions were also observed from the lateral border of sternum. Among the two divisions, the medial divisions were short whereas the lateral divisions had shovel like broad endedas in domestic fowl (Nickel et al., 1977).\r\n', 'K. Iniyah, A. Kumaravel and R. Gnanadevi (2022). Axial Skeleton of Homing Pigeon (Columba livia). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 167-170.'),
(5243, '136', 'Seed Bio-priming with Fungal Endophytes for increased Seedling Performance in Rice var. IR 64', 'Shantharaja C.S.* and P. J. Devaraju', '29 Seed bio-priming with Fungal Endophytes for increased Seedling Performance in Rice var. IR 64 Shantharaja C.S.pdf', '', 1, 'Environmental stresses are limiting factors in optimal agricultural crop yield, and these stresses, especially drought and salinity, are likely to become more acute due to future climate change. Plant fungal Endophytes known to enhance early seedling vigour and growth particularly under stressful conditions. In order to enhance early seedling vigour a laboratory experiment was conducted using five fungal endophytes viz, LAS 6 (Chaetomium sp.), PJ 9 (Fusarium sp.), SF 5 (Fusarium sp.), V4 J (Botryosphariadothedia) and V6 E (Fusarium sp.) isolated from plant species grown in different habitat like drought, high temperature and saline region at Department of Seed Science and Technology, UAS, GKVK, Bengaluru. To assess the effect of endophytes, a seedling growth assay was conducted in rice var. IR 64 under normal condition (without stress), NaCl (170 mM) induced salinity stress and PEG-8000 (17 %) drought stress condition. The results showed that, the endophyte bio-priming had significantly increased early seedling growth and vigour. Under normal condition, the endophyte strain V4 J recorded significantly higher seedling length (42.2 cm), seedling dry weight (10.95 mg), and seedling vigour index I (3841) and II (1098) compared to control. Under NaCl induced salinity stress, the endophyte strain V6 E significantly increased the shoot length (13.1 cm) whereas, endophyte SF 5 had recorded significantly higher seedling length (24.0 cm), seedling vigour index I (2042) and II (807). Under PEG-8000 induced drought stress, V4 J strain had a maximum shoot length (14.6 cm), root length (23.7 cm) seedling length (38.3 cm) and seedling vigour index I (3213). The endophyte strain SF 5 has recorded a significantly higher seedling dry weight (8.79 mg) and seedling vigour index II (756) compared to control. The study concluded that, use of fungal endophytes can enhance early seedling growth and vigour under stressful conditions.', 'Endophyte, Drought, Salinity, Seedling vigour, Bio-priming', 'The endophyte bio-priming can be a potent tool in enhancing early seedling growth and development under controlled conditions. The endophyte-enabled seed enrichment conferred tolerance to abiotic stress, particularly salinity and drought. The endophytes enhanced seedling and plant growth irrespective of stress and unstress plants however, the per se effect is more under stress conditions.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe high-quality seeds have significant contribution in increasing the production potential of agricultural crops. Quality seeds with enhanced vigour contributes to nearly 30 % of total production potential of crops(Ellis, 2004). Early seedling vigour is most important attribute of quality seeds which can be enhanced through various seed-based treatment technologies. A wide range of seed-based techniques are now used in crop production to improve seedling vigour, establishment and growth under the changing environmental constraints. \r\nSeed based treatment techniques may be differentiated into physical, physiological and biological seed enhancements. Under biological seed enhancements, various plant growth-promoting microbes have been used for many decades. Among various plant growth-promoting agents, plant endophytes are becoming more popular in agricultural research and have shown positive results in enhancing plant growth and development (Lin et al., 2013). These endophytes can be used as seed bio-priming agents because of their ability to colonize diverse plant host systems through symbiotic nature. The bio-priming technique integrates both biological and physiological aspects to protect the seed and promote growth (Afzal et al., 2016).\r\nEndophytes includes bacteria, fungi, and unicellular eukaryotes are a class of plant-associated microorganisms that have shown potential in agriculture (Murphy et al., 2013; Rodriguez et al., 2009). They live at least part of their life cycle inter- or intra-cellularly inside the plants, usually without inducing any pathogenic symptoms. Bacterial and fungal endophytes have shown promise as beneficial crop inoculants, and many are known to enhance abiotic and biotic stress tolerance in plants. \r\nIn the present study, an attempt has been made to evaluate the role of endophytes in enhancing early seedling growth and vigour through the seed bio-priming technique in Rice (Oryza sativa L.) as the rice is the most important food crop grown around the world, due to the ever-growing population and climate change, the pressure on the production system with available resources has become a challenging task in agricultural science. The major rice production area is reliant on water availability. Extensive cultivation of rice under lowland conditions has posed secondary salinization problems and making soil saline. Due to the scarcity of water in agriculture, direct-seeded/aerobic rice cultivation is gaining momentum. In this context, the use of endophytes to make crop systems more tolerant specifically at early growth stage to abiotic stress has become one of the research interests in agricultural science in developing sustainable agricultural production technology. In this context, a study was conducted to assess the effect of endophyte bio-priming on early seedling growth and vigour in rice var. IR 64 under normal (without stress), drought and salinity stress condition.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nEndophyte isolates. Five fungal endophytes isolate were collected from the School of Ecology and Conservation, UAS, GKVK, Bengaluru and listed in Table 1.\r\nSeed material. Rice (Oryza sativa L.) var. IR 64 seeds were collected from Seed Unit, Zonal Agricultural Research Station (ZARS), Mandya. \r\nPreparation of endophyte inoculums. A single hyphal tip from the actively growing endophyte fungi was cultured aseptically on PDA. Five-day-old colony culture was used to prepare mycelial suspension (Dhingra and Sinclair 1993). The mycelial suspension was prepared by washing the mycelial mat with sterile distilled water using a camel hairbrush. Spores/colony-forming units in the inoculum were counted using a haemo-cytometer under the light microscope. Further, the suspension concentration was adjusted to 2×106 spore/mycelia ml-1 and used for bio-priming.\r\nSeed bio-priming protocol. The mycelial suspension(2×106 spore/mycelia ml-1) of the respective fungal isolate was used to bio-prime 48 h of pre-germinated seeds and stirred occasionally for 3 h (Zhang et al., 2014). After 3 h of bio-priming, seeds were washed in sterile distilled water. One set of pre-germinated seeds was soaked in sterile distilled water and used as a control treatment. Each treatment was maintained with 4 replications, each replication with 50 seedlings. The final germination percentage, root and shoot length, seedling length and seedling dry weight, seedling vigour index I and II were recorded at the end of the fourteenth day. \r\n Induction of salt and drought stress. Salt stress was induced by using 170 mM (LC50) NaCl salt solution by moistening paper towels and moisture was maintained for 14 days. The control and the paper towels were moistened regularly either with water or NaCl solution. Drought stress was induced by using 17 % (LC50) PEG 8000 solution by moistening paper towels and moisture was maintained for 14 days. The control and the paper towels were moistened regularly either with water or PEG-8000 solution. \r\nStatistical design and analysis. Complete randomised design (CRD) and DMRT analysis were done using R -software.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe experiments were conducted using five fungal endophytes under three different conditions viz., normal condition (without stress), NaCl (170 mM) induced salinity stress, and PEG-8000 (17 %) induced drought stress. Seedling growth assay was conducted under laboratory condition to assess the effect of endophyte bio-priming in enhancing early seedling growth and vigour. Observations on final germination percentage, early seedling vigour traits like, shoot length, root length, total seedling length, seedling dry weight, and seedling vigour index (SVI) I and II were recorded.\r\nEffect of endophyte bio-priming on early seedling growth and vigour under without stress condition. Under without stress condition, the endophyte strain SF 5 (Fusarium sp.) recorded the highest final germination of 92 % followed by endophyte strain PJ 9 and V4 J with 91 % germination. Control (without endophyte treatment) recorded the lowest final germination percentage of 85 % which was not statistically significant compared to better treatment. The endophyte strain V4 J (Botryosphariadothedia) recorded the highest seedling length of 42.2 cm which is statistically significant compared to the control which was recorded the lowest seedling length of 33.6 cm. the treatments V6 E, SF 5, and LAS 6 were recorded 40.0 cm, 38.7 cm and 38.4 cm seedling length and which were significantly on par with better treatment (Table 2).\r\nThe results of present study were in agreement with previous studies where the increase in seedling growth was linked to the production of phytohormones by endophytes, namely gibberellic acids, auxins and cytokinins on rice growth. For instance, the fungus Cladosporium sphaerospermum produces gibberellins (GA7 and GA4), and the inoculation of this endophyte enhances rice biomass (Hamayun et al., 2009). Inoculation of plants with key growth regulators like indole acetic acid (IAA)-producing endophytic bacterium Burkholderia vietnamiensis improves rice growth and yield (Trân Van et al., 2000). IAA-producing endophytic fungal isolates from aromatic rice, positively regulate rice seed germination (Syamsia et al., 2015). Similarly, IAA-producing bacterial endophytes such as Micrococcus yunnanensis RWL-2, Micrococcus luteus RWL-3, Enterobacter soli RWL-4, Leclercia adecarboxylata RWL-5, Pantoea dispersa RWL-6, and Staphylococcus epidermidis RWL-7, were reported to promote rice shoot and root elongation, biomass production and chlorophyll content (Shahzad et al., 2017a).\r\nThe endophyte strain V4 J recorded a maximum seedling dry weight of 12.06 mg which was statistically on par with other treatments Viz, PJ 9, SF 5, and V6 E with the value of 12.03 mg, 11.91 mg, and 11.68 mg respectively. While control recorded significantly lower seedling dry weight (10.95 mg) values compared to better treatment. The treatment V4 J had shown increased seedling vigour index I of 3841 which was significantly higher compared to control (2854) and on par with SF 5 (3559) and V6 E (3518). The endophytic strain V4 J had a maximum value for seedling vigour index II OF 1098 which was not significantly different from the control (930). Lalngaihawmi et al. (2018) reported similar results upon treatment with fungal endophyte resulted in increased per cent germination, shoot length and root length in rice compared to control. Rice seeds inoculated with fungal endophytes promoted the growth of rice seedlings in term of seed germination, plant height, root length and degree of root colonization (Kundar et al., 2018). Zhi-lin et al. (2007) demonstrated similar results with significantly increased numbers of tillers, plant height, chlorophyll content, photosynthetic rate between endophyte-infected and endophyte-free plants, especially at the germination and seedling stages.\r\nEffect of endophyte bio-priming on early seedling growth and vigour under NaCl (170 mM) induced salinity stress. To study the effect of seed bio-priming with endophytes under induced saline stress condition, the paper towels were moistened with 170 mM NaCl solution and bio-primed seeds were used to study germination and seedling growth parameters analysis (Table 3). There was no significant difference found in germination % between the treatments and control. However, the endophytic strains viz, V6 E, SF 5, PJ 9, and LAS 6 recorded the highest value of 85 % while, control recorded the lowest germination of 79 % (Table 1). The endophyte strain V6 E significantly increased the shoot length with the value of 13.1 cm compared to the control which had 7.9 cm. the treatment was on par with the endophyte SF 5 (12.8 cm) treatment. The endophytic strain SF 5 recorded the highest root length of 11.3 cm, which was statistically on par with the control (9.6 cm). Among the endophyte strains tested, SF 5 had recorded the highest seedling length of 24.0 cm and which was on par with the treatments V6 E (23.5 cm), LAS 6 (22.3 cm), and V4 J (21.7 cm) but, significantly higher than the control (17.5 cm).\r\nThe GA-producing endophytic Bacillus amyloliquefaciens RWL-1 enhances growth, photosynthesis and biomass of rice seedlings subjected to salt stress by increasing salicylic acid (SA) and essential amino acid levels resulted in improvement in rice growth (Shahzad et al., 2017b). these findings indicate that the reduction of endogenous stress-responsive hormones, such as the senescence promoting ABA (Song et al., 2016) and the growth-inhibiting JAs (Pérez-Salamó et al., 2019; Wang et al., 2020), represents a crucial mechanism employed by phytohormone-producing endophytes to mitigate different stress responses in rice.\r\nThe Seedling dry weight was increased in seedlings treated with V4 J endophyte (9.68 mg) and which was on par with other treatments except for control (7.93 mg). The endophytic strain SF 5 treated seedlings showed increased seedling vigour index (SVI) I (2042) and seedling vigour index II (807) and it was significantly higher than the control which had SVI I of 1383 and SVI II of 626.\r\nFungal endophytes protect crops against abiotic stresses under laboratory conditions, as shown for salt (Baltruschat et al., 2008; Manasa et al., 2020). Megha et al., 2020, demonstrated that a salt-tolerant endophyte isolated from salt-adapted Pokkali rice, a Fusarium sp., colonizes the salt-sensitive rice variety IR-64, promotes its growth under salt stress and confers salinity stress tolerance to its host. The GA-producing endophytic Bacillus amyloliquefaciens RWL-1 enhances growth, photosynthesis and biomass of rice seedlings subjected to Cu stress and ameliorates the plant stress response by regulating Cu uptake, carbohydrate, and amino acid levels, and antioxidation (Shahzad et al., 2019).\r\nEndophyte and early seedling growth and vigour under PEG-8000 (17 %) induced drought stress. To study the effect of seed bio-priming with endophytes under drought stress condition, the paper towels were moistened with 17 % of PEG-8000 solution and bio-primed seeds were used to study germination and seedling growth parameters analysis (Table 4). The data on germination percentage was found non-significant due to treatments. However, LAS 6 endophyte recorded the highest germination percentage of 87 %, and the control recorded 81 %. The endophytic strain V4 J had a maximum shoot length of 14.6 cm which was on par with endophyte V6 E (13.6 cm), while the control recorded a significantly reduced shoot length of 11.9 cm. \r\nThe root length was significantly increased in the seedlings treated with endophyte V4 J (23.7 cm) which was on par with SF 5 (21.2 cm) but significantly higher than the control (14.3 cm). As for as seedling length is concerned, endophyte V4 J recorded a significantly higher seedling length of 38.3 cm compared to all other treatments and the control recorded a seedling length of 26.2 cm. Similar results were reported by earlier researchers are in agreement with our present study where they showed that, reduction in stress-induced membrane damage in endophyte-inoculated rice, mirrored by lower malondialdehyde (MDA) content, has been reported (Li et al., 2012; Kakar et al., 2016; Jaemsaeng et al., 2018; Qin et al., 2019b; Shahzad et al., 2019; Sun et al., 2020; Tsai et al., 2020). High ABA levels have been associated with reduced water-deficit in endophyte- inoculated rice. ABA-producing Salicaceae endophytes reduce stomatal conductance, density and leaf water potential, enhancing water use efficiency (WUE) under drought conditions (Rho et al., 2018).\r\nThe endophyte strain SF 5 has recorded a significantly higher seedling dry weight of 8.79 mg which was statistically on par with V4 J (8.67mg) and V6 E (8.63 mg) and the control recorded a lower seedling dry weight of 7.47 mg. Endophytic strain V4 J had recorded higher seedling vigour index I (3213) and it was on par with SF 5 (2967) while, the control had a significantly lower value of 2123. The seedling vigour index II was found significantly higher in seedlings treated with SF 5 endophyte (756) while control recorded lower SVI II of 605. \r\nComparable results were reported by earlier findings, where, fungal endophytes protect crops against abiotic stresses under laboratory conditions, as shown for heat and drought (Redman et al., 2002; Bailey et al., 2006; Hubbard et al., 2014; Ali et al., 2018) stresses.Similar results were reported using P. indica, fungus has shown its multifarious functions in various fields like hardening of tissue culture plants, seedling germination, vegetative growth, early flowering, nutrient acquisition, increase yield, biotic stress tolerance and abiotic stress tolerance like drought, salinity, stress, heavy metal stress through various mechanisms (Singh et al., 2003; Sahay and Varma 1999; Waller et al., 2005; Sherameti et al., 2005; Yadav et al., 2010; Kumar et al., 2011; Jogawat et al., 2013; Das et al., 2012; Ansari et al., 2014; Rabiey et al., 2015; Ye et al., 2014; Hui et al., 2015; Sharma et al., 2015). Similarly, Sangamesh et al. (2018) evaluated thermo-tolerance of the isolates by culturing the fungi at 40 °C and 45 °C and showed that, LAS-6 (Chaetomium sp.) conferred high-temperature tolerance and other three OTUs, namely, LAS-4 (Aspergillus sp.), SAP-3 (Aspergillus sp.) and SAP-6 conferred drought tolerance in ricecultivar, IR-64, at the early seedling stage under drought stress.\r\n', 'Shantharaja C.S. Nethra N. and P.J. Devaraju (2022). Seed bio-priming with Fungal Endophytes for increased Seedling Performance in Rice var. IR 64. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 171-178.'),
(5244, '35', 'A Study on Power Transformer condition Monitoring Technology', 'M.A. Khan and R.K. Taksande', '7 M.A KHAN.pdf', '', 4, 'The electricity market deregulation seeks to achieve competitive prices without compromising system relevance, reliability and safety, so transformers need to age with acceptable performance. The purpose of this work was to determine if a particular condition monitoring technique could be applied to complex natures, new materials, and extreme environments within the energy industry. If successful, it improves safe working conditions and complements traditional applications. Power transformers contain a variety of complex materials and shapes. Some transformers are exposed to extreme environmental conditions and others rotate at high speeds. Of the various condition monitoring methods, dissolve gas analysis and partial discharge were considered to be the most promising. The main results of this survey are: Various condition monitoring studies were compared for early failure detection and real-time condition monitoring. Matching the status of age and wealth will be an important tool. Monitoring to avoid unplanned outages, economic loss of revenue, environment all damage.', 'Condition Monitoring, Power Transformer, Partial Discharge Analysis', '-', '-', '-'),
(5245, '4', 'A Review on Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant Monitoring', 'R.K. Taksande and M.A. Khan', '26 M.A. KHAN.pdf', '', 1, 'Concerns about the global environment and rising energy demand, coupled with steady advances in renewable energy technology, create new opportunities for the use of renewable energy resources. Photovoltaic technology is one of the best ways to harness the energy of the sun. This paper outlines regular inspections of solar panels are important to extend their lifespan and ensure the performance of their solar systems. Intelligent surveillance and control systems allow you to take advantage of the maximum solar potential of your photovoltaic system. Surveillance and control systems are rapidly gaining popularity due to their easy-to-use graphical interfaces for data acquisition, monitoring, control, and measurement.', 'Monitor system and solar photovoltaic technology.', '-', '-', '-'),
(5246, '38', 'Solar Forecasting Methodologies', ' R.K. Taksande and M.A. Khan', '48 Solar Forecasting Methodologies MA KAHAN.pdf', '', 1, 'Use of photovoltaic (PV) panels in power generation is the most widely used renewable energy source today. But this solar power energy source is highly susceptible to fluctuations and easily affected by variations in weather conditions over the area. At such times, solar forecasting models play a key role for operators to manage the operations of generation units such as balancing the fluctuations and extracting, supplying and maintaining maximum output power. Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT) technique is the technique offently preferred in photovoltaic (PV) systems to extract the maximum power inspite of climatic variations. In this paper various solar forecasting methodologies are discussed. Out of the various MPPT methods, the perturbation and observation (P&O) method is widely used. ', 'Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT), Perturb and Observe (P & O) method, Solar forecasting', '-', '-', '-');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5247, '136', 'Lantana camara as a Potential Secondary host for Natural Populations of Santalum album in Foothills of Himalayas: A hope to stand along with Noxious Weed', 'Dushyant Sharma and Kumari Shiwani*', '30 Lantana camara as a Potential Secondary host for Natural Populations of Santalum album in Foothills of Himalayas A hope to stand along with Noxious Weed Kumari Shiwani.pdf', '', 1, 'Being hemi root parasite, Santalum album L. relies greatly on its host for nutrients and water from seedling to maturity, though in the early stages it derives its nutrient requirements from the seed reservoir and soil. Deep rooted perennial hosts help in sustained growth of S. album. A field study was conducted in three regions namely, Kangra, Bilaspur and Hamirpur of Himachal Pradesh, India in natural populations of Santalum album L. a high valued tree known for its fragrant wood and scented oil, with the aim to confirm and understand its parasitic association with noxious weed species Lantana camara. L. Morphological and anatomical studies confirmed the presence of Santalum album haustoria parasitizing roots of Lantana camara growing in its vicinity. This root association implies that in the absence of preferable, leguminous host species, Santalum album successfully parasitize the roots of Lantana camara to meet out the nutritional and water requirement for its growth and development. Our study is probably the first to report the dependency and preference of Santalum album on Lantana camara in foothills of Himalayan region and these findings may have important implications for encouraging plantations of Santalum album in areas which are so far invaded by noxious weed Lantana camara and where there is no/ minimum possibility of growing any other crop or tree species, to meet out its long-term host/ secondary host requirements for growth and survival which further enhance the Sandalwood production and reduce the pressure on existing natural population.', 'Ecology, host, Lantana camara L., root parasitism, Santalum album L', 'We identified the parasitic association of S. album on roots of L. camara which implies that in the absence of reported preferable host species, S. album successfully parasitize the L. camara with its functional haustoria thereby, trying to meet the nutritional and water requirement. Further this acted as long term secondary host for the better survival and growth of the tree. So, it is suggested to encourage the plantation of economically important S. album in the areas which are already invaded by L. camara and where there is no/ minimum possibility of growing any other crop or tree species, to meet out its long-term host/ secondary host requirements for growth and survival. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSandalwood, Santalum album L. belongs to the family Santalaceae known for its fragrant wood and scented oil (Rocha et al., 2017). It is hemi root parasitic tree partially relying on its host to take water and nutrients (Francis et al., 2019). Sandalwood is indigenous to India covering an area of 9600 Km2 (Gairola et al., 2007), mostly grown in states like Karnataka and Tamil Nadu (Kumar et al., 2012, Kausar et al., 2014, Rocha et al., 2017). Isolated populations of S. album grow in various states of India such as Bihar, Gujrat, Haryana, Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, Orrisa, Punjab, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh, West Bengal, Assam and Himachal Pradesh. \r\n The ecology, growth and host preferences of S. album has been well documented (Zhang et al., 2012, Lu et al., 2013, Yang et al., 2014, Rocha et al., 2017, Lu et al., 2014, Doddabasawa et al., 2020, Doddabasawa and Chittapur 2021). Different researchers have studied the physiology of root parasitism in both pots as well as field/natural populations and observed the interaction between hemi parasitic S. album and different host species. The host-dependent physiology of S. album in association with N2-fixing and non N2-fixing plant species revealed the preference of mixed plantation of S. album with Dalbergia odorifera, a potential N2-fixing host species (Lu et al., 2014). Further, S. album is also specific in choosing compatible host partners. S. album is known as parasite of more than 300 species from trees to grasses known to form haustoria (Rocha et al., 2017, Nagaveni and Vijayalakshmi 2007). One of the population dynamics studies in S. album populations of Himachal Pradesh revealed Lantana camara as dominant associated shrub species.\r\n Lantana camara L. is a noxious alien weed belonging to family Verbenaceae. This invasive weed is mostly native to subtropical and tropical America was initially brought to India in 1807 to the National Botanical Garden as an ornamental plant (Kohli et al., 2006, Negi et al., 2019). L. camara is reported to intrude forests of Himalayan Foothills, where it has virtually replaced the forest floor vegetation and reduced trees growth (Negi and Kandpal 2003). The infestations of L. camara are very persistent and have the potential to block succession and displace native species also compete with native colonizers and can interrupt the regeneration process of the other indigenous species. In sub-temperate, sub-tropical and tropical forests this shrub is mainly associated with Acacia catechu, Dalbergia sissoo, Pinus roxburghii and Tectona grandis (Ray and Ray 2014). Li (2016) and Teixeira da Silva et al. (2016) suggested that along with other tree species like Acacia auriculiformis, Acacia confuse, Albizia lebback and Cajanaus cajan, Lantana camara can be a suitable host for S. album in China. Nevertheless, to the best of our knowledge too little or no information is available to support these findings in Indian context. \r\nTherefore, a survey was conducted in three districts of Himachal Pradesh to find out the parasitism ecology of S. album under natural population with shrub weed L. camara to address the following questions, 1) Does S. album actually parasitize the L. camara (host) with specialized absorbing structure called haustorium? and 2) Does the haustoria of S. album penetrate host epidermis and cortex establishing a true connection between them? Identifying and understanding the association between both these species would yield important clues on the theoretical and practical significance for encouraging the plantation of economically important S. album tree to meet out its long-term host (secondary host) requirement in lands which are so far invaded by L. camara and further where there is no/minimum possibility of growing any other crop or tree species.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe survey was carried out in the year 2021‒2022 at three regions namely, Kangra (latitude 31° 41’ 00” N and longitude 75° 35’ 34” E), Bilaspur (latitude 31°18’00” N and longitude 75°55’00” E) and Hamirpur (latitude 31° 41\' 26.8188\'\' N and longitude 76° 31\' 3.7740\'\' E), Himachal Pradesh, India where Santalum album was recorded as a major tree species growing closely in association with weed shrub species L. camara (Fig. 1A and 1 B). These regions fall in sub-tropical, low hill zone of the state distributed along an altitudinal gradient of 500-700 mamsl with average annual rainfall of 1000-1400 mm. The soils of the surveyed area are characterized as slightly acidic having sandy loam to clay loam texture.\r\nThe aim of the investigation was to confirm the presence of hautsorial connections between S. album and L. camara growing together. From all the 3 surveyed sites, 20 mature trees of S. album having average girth of 30 cm were randomly selected at a minimum distance of 100 m from each other. Further, 5 mature plants of L. camara at a minimum distance of 2 m and maximum 5 m in radius of each selected S. album tree were excavated with the help of spade and uprooted for further examination. The haustorial associations present on roots of selected L. camara plants were carefully observed and 10 established haustoria on primary, secondary and tertiary roots of each selected host (L. camara) along with host roots were harvested for further anatomical examination. Host roots along with haustoria were wash clean of soil and thin microscopic sections (Longitudinal section) were taken out by following standard procedures of fixing. These sections were examined and images were captured using Fluorescent microscope. Figures were assembled using Microsoft Office Publishers.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe established haustoria of S. album on L. camara roots were observed in all of the regions surveyed (Fig. 1C). The S. album haustoria were seen attached to primary, secondary as well as tertiary roots of L. camara (Fig. 1, D-F). The presence of haustoria in the host roots indicated the possibility of translocation of water and nutrients from L. camara to S. album. The average number of haustoria host-1 roots were recorded in the range of 50‒100. Maximum number of haustoria were recorded in tertiary roots as compared to the primary and secondary roots. This may be due to the fact that main root playing comparatively lesser role in the absorption of water and nutrients in plants (Daddabasawa and Chittapur 2021). Newly initiated haustoria of S. album were bell-shaped, tapering proximally by a narrow stalk joining onto its parent root. When the initial haustoria come in contact with compatible host roots they flatten against the surface and initiate the transition into the young haustoria. \r\nFor the first time we investigated the anatomy of S. album haustoria attached to roots of noxious weed L. camara and noticed the close vascular connection between both the species. Following attachment to L. camara host roots, intrusive cells of haustoria penetrate the host epidermis and cortex between host cells (Fig. 1, G and H).\r\nSimilar observations on association between parasite and host plant species have been reported for Orbanche (Lane et al., 1991) and Striga (Losner-Goshen et al., 1998). Anatomical section of S. album haustorium consisted of two regions, one external to the host root, the hyaline body, a structure with high metabolic activity and the penetrating peg, that makes the initial contact with the host roots and penetrate the host tissue. Following the initial haustorial penetration and upon reaching the host root cambium, the penetration peg flattened out laterally to form a thin ellipsoidal disc (Fig. 2). These observations are in conformity to the findings of Tennakoon and Cameron (2006), who investigated the morphology and anatomy of haustoria formed by S. album attached to one of its principal hosts Tithonia diversifolia. \r\nThe parasitic nature of S. album and formation of haustoria in different host species have been reported by various researchers (Rocha et al., 2017, Lu et al., 2014, Doddabasawa and Chittapur 2021, Rocha et al., 2014). However, most parasitic and physiological studies were conducted on nitrogen fixing and non-nitrogen fixing plant species like Cajanus cajan (Nagaveni and Vijayalakshmi, 2003), economical horticultural crops like Mangifera indica and Phyllanthus emblica (Viswanath et al., 2014) and Citrus aurantium (Singh et al., 2014).\r\nIntimate vascular connectivity between S. album and roots of other host species was earlier observed and reported (Rocha et al., 2017, Tennakoon and Cameron, 2006), which revealed the absence of direct lumen-to-lumen xylem connection between xylem of hosts and S. album. This confirms that movement of xylem sap from the host to parasite occurs principally via pits of host xylem elements.\r\nSimilar findings were observed in S. album haustoria and L. camara roots in our studies (Fig. 1, I). Further, functional status of the haustorial connection between L. camara and S. album by radio-labelling the host (L. camara) are required to confirm this observation.\r\n', 'Dushyant Sharma and Kumari Shiwani (2022). Lantana camara as a Potential Secondary host for Natural Populations of Santalum album in Foothills of Himalayas: A hope to stand along with Noxious Weed. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 179-183.'),
(5248, '136', 'Studies on effect of Biostimulants on Growth, Yield and Quality of Mango (Mangifera indica L.) cv. Imam Pasand under Ultra High Density Planting (UHDP) System', 'Pritesh Priyaranjan, J. Rajangam*, K.R. Rajadurai, K. Venkatesan and V. Premalakshmi', '31 Studies on effect of Biostimulants on Growth, Yield and Quality of Mango (Mangifera indica L.) cv. Imam Pasand under Ultra High Density Planting (UHDP) System J. Rajangam.pdf', '', 1, 'A field experiment was carried out in Western block, Department of Fruit Science, Horticultural College and Research Institute, TNAU, Periyakulam during 2021-22 to study the effect of different biostimulants on growth, yield and quality of mango cv. Imam Pasand under UHDP system. The experiment was laid in Randomized Block Design with thirteen treatments replicated thrice and each replication had three trees. The treatments comprised of Seaweed extract (0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%); Panchagavya (1%, 2%, 3%) and Fulvic acid (1%, 2%, 3%) [applied in soil through drip laterals] and Vermiwash (1%, 2%, 3%) [applied as foliar spray] and control. The treatments were applied twice, first at pre flowering stage and second after fruit set (pea or marvel stage) in mango trees. The results obtained clearly showed that, the biostimulants had a significant effect on mango trees. Among the treatments imposed, 3% vermiwash recorded maximum plant height; increased leaf area, total chlorophyll content and nutrient content (N, P, K) in the leaves, and also recorded maximum yield per tree and higher fruit quality such as TSS, titratable acidity and total sugars compared to other treatments and control.', 'Mango, Biostimulants, Seaweed extract; Panchagavya, Fulvic acid, Vermiwash', 'From the above results, it is clearly indicated that all biostimulants had a positive effect on the Mango cv. Imam Pasand growth, yield and quality. Foliar application of Vermiwash 3% recorded maximum plant height; maximum leaf area, total chlorophyll content and leaf nutrient content. Furthermore, vermiwash 3% recorded higher yield and fruit quality such as TSS, total sugars and lower titratable acidity compared to other treatments. Hence foliar application of Vermiwash 3% can be recommended for Mango cv. Imam Pasand for better crop growth, yield and quality.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nIndia is owed with varied climatic conditions, which favours cultivation of a wide range of fruit crops from tropical, subtropical and temperate zones to arid and semiarid regions. One of the important fruit crops in which India is leading in production is Mango, a tropical crop but can be grown in subtropical regions (Parthiban et al., 2020). Mango belongs to the family Anacardiaceae and originated in South-East Asia. It is an evergreen tropical fruit tree, delicious and it is a choice fruit in India. It is known to be \"The King of Fruits\" due to its delicious taste, flavour, attractive colour, nutritive value and superior fragrance (Kumar et al., 2021).\r\nIndia produces about 50% of World Mango production, having the largest area under production (Parthiban et al., 2020). Recently, due to changing climate and undesirable biotic and abiotic stresses the quantity and quality of Mango fruits are getting degraded. To prevent this, practice of various types of chemical fertilisers and pesticides are used, having an undesirable effect on the natural environment as well as human beings. Implementation of organic substances such as biostimulants instead of chemical fertilizers is necessary to raise and maintain soil fertility and health as well as food quality (Mosa et al., 2021). Biostimulants can be defined as “natural or synthetic substances that can be applied to plants, seeds or soil which can cause changes in vital physiological or structural processes to enhance the growth of plants by improving their abiotic stress resistance and enhancing fruit yield and quality” (Jatin et al., 2020). These are non-fertilizer products that have beneficial effects on plant growth and do not contain any chemicals or synthetic substances.\r\nKeeping the above points into account, a study was under taken with an objective to study the effect of biostimulants on growth, yield and quality of mango cv. Imam Pasand under UHDP system.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experiment was conducted at Field No. 5, Western block, Department of Fruit Science, Horticultural College and Research Institute, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Periyakulam, Theni, Tamil Nadu (Latitude 10°12N and longitude 77°59E) during the year 2021-22. The spacing between Mango plants cv. Imam Pasand was 3 × 2 m. The biostimulants used were Seaweed extract, Panchagavya, Fulvic acid and Vermiwash each with three different concentrations. The detail of the treatments imposed in this study were given in Table 1.\r\nThe biostimulants seaweed extract, panchagavya and fulvic acid were applied through drip laterals as soil application and vermiwash was applied as foliar spray. The treatments were applied to the trees twice viz., first at the pre flowering stage and second after fruit set (at pea or marvel stage).The treatments were replicated thrice in Randomised Block Design (RBD). A total of one hundred and seventeen trees of same height, vigour and disease free with drip irrigation were selected for the experiment (three trees for each treatment). All the selected trees were provided with uniform horticultural practices viz., fertigation, irrigation, pruning etc. were followed during the experimentation period. \r\nThe growth parameters such as plant height, leaf area, total chlorophyll content of the leaves and leaf nutrient content (N, P, K) were recorded. Increase in plant height was recorded by measuring the difference between the initial plant height before start of the experiment and final plant height at the end of the experiment. Five mature leaves were selected randomly from each replication trees-1 for determination of leaf area, total chlorophyll content and leaf N, P, K content. Yield per plant was recorded at the harvest stage. Quality parameters such as total soluble solids, titratable acidity and total sugars were also recorded. Experimental data were analysed statistically by following the analysis of variance (ANOVA) method (Panse and Sukhatme 1967).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Growth attributes\r\n(i) Plant height (cm). Maximum increase in plant height (43.66 cm) was observed in Vermiwash 3% and lowest plant height increase was recorded in control (19.79 cm) (Table 2). The presence of humic acids, fulvic acids, beneficial microorganisms, enzymes, hormones and multi nutrients in Vermi wash promotes plant growth, by further enhancing the metabolic activities and secretion of plant metabolites responsible for cell division and cell enlargements. Similar results were obtained by Thakriya et al. (2017) in mango. \r\n(ii) Leaf Area (cm2). Foliar application of 3%Vermiwash in Mango trees significantly enhanced the leaf area. Maximum leaf area of 76.35 cm2 was recorded in Vermiwash 3% and the control (52.90 cm2) showed minimum leaf area than other treatments (Table 2). This might be due to presence of different plant growth regulators as well as various nutrient contents in vermiwash which helps in improving the vegetative characters of the plants. Moreover, vermiwash hinders the accumulation of Na+ in plants and provides tolerance to salt stress and maintains the normal growth. Similar results were observed by Singh et al. (2010) in Strawberry; Aremu et al. (2012) on Banana; El-Hameid and Adel (2018) in Mango; and Bidabadi et al. (2017) in Pomegranate.\r\n(iii) Total Chlorophyll Content (mg/g). Increased total chlorophyll content was recorded with Vermiwash 3% (2.79 mg/g) and control (1.83 mg/g) shows the lowest chlorophyll content (Table 2). The results may be due to presence of phytohormones and multi nutrients and humic and fulvic acids in vermiwash increased the growth and ultimately photosynthetic efficiency in plants. Vermiwash also had a reduced chlorophyll loss in salt stressed plants which further increases the photosynthetic efficiency of the plants. Similar results were noticed by El-Hameid and Adel (2018) in Mango; and Bidabadi et al., (2017) in Pomegranate.\r\n(iv) Leaf Nutrient Content (%). Application of biostimulants significantly increased the leaf N, P and K content than control. Highest leaf N, P and K were recorded in vermiwash 3% viz., N (2.88%), P (0.18%) and K (1.73%) and lowest N (1.72%), P (0.09%) and K (1.73%) in control (Figs. 1, 2 and 3). This might be due to the presence of higher humic acid in vermiwash which resulted in higher absorption of these nutrients. Vermiwash also contains N, P, K as earthworms enhance the nitrogen cycle in soils, mineralize the phosphorous during vermicomposting and change of potassium content from non-exchangeable form to exchangeable form. The obtained results in this study were in agreement with Singh et al. (2010) on Strawberry; El-Hameid and Adel (2018) on Mango; Bidabadi et al. (2017) on Pomegranate; and Arthur et al. (2012) on Tomato.\r\nB. Yield and quality attributes\r\n(i) Fruit Yield (kg tree-1). Maximum yield per tree was recorded with Vermiwash 3% (5.60 kg) and minimum yield per tree was recorded with control (2.03 kg) in Mango cultivar Imam Pasand (Table 3). This might be due to presence of enzymes, microorganisms, growth stimulating hormones and multi nutrients such as N, P, K, Ca, Mg, S, Fe, Mn, Zn and Cu in vermiwash. This favours the accelerated mobility of photosynthates from the source to sink which increases the fruit weight of Mango. Vermiwash also helps in reduction in incidence of various diseases and pests and malformed fruits and it increased the calcium content in cell wall which delay softening and mould growth and contains significant amount of micronutrients. So, it increases number of healthy fruits and hence, increase the yield of trees. Similar results obtained from Strawberry (Singh et al., 2010); Mango (El-Hameid and Adel 2018); Mango (Sathe and Patil 2014) and on Chilli (Sundararasu 2016).\r\n(ii) Total Soluble Solids (TSS) [° Brix]. Vermiwash at 3% concentration was recorded maximum TSS (19.92 ° Brix) and minimum TSS was recorded in control (16.35 °Brix) (Table 3). This might be due to presence of macro as well as micro nutrients in vermiwash like N, P, K, Mg, Zn, Ca, Fe and Cu and also certain microorganisms. The plant growth regulators which increases the absorption of nutrients from soil and ultimately increased the TSS in fruits. Similar results were recorded by Singh et.al, (2010) in Strawberry; and El-Hameid and Adel (2018) on Mango.\r\n(iii) Titratable acidity (%). As the fruits ripen, the acidity of fruits decreases, the lowest titratable acidity was observed in Vermiwash 3% (0.20 %) and highest acidity in control (0.29 %) (Table 3). Presence of humic substances in vermiwash helps in the absorption of nutrients from the soil by the plants. The presence of plant hormones like auxins and cytokinin helps in growth and development of fruits, prevents the uptake of toxic elements and the complex substances such as carbohydrates, proteins and fats were converted into simple forms which further increases the quality and reduces the acid content. The obtained results of this study were in agreement with Singh et.al, (2010) in Strawberry, Sathe and Patil (2014) on Mango, El-Hameid and Adel (2018) on Mango; and Dheware et al., (2020) on Mango.\r\n(iv) Total Sugars. Highest total sugars was recorded in Vermiwash 3% (14.41%) and lowest in control (10.66%) (Table 3). It happens because of higher amount of simple sugars in ripen fruits which are being formed by breakdown of the complex molecules like carbohydrates. This was induced by vermiwash due to presence of certain microorganisms which produces ripening enzymes and hormones. Vermiwash provides a variety of macro and micro nutrients that are readily available to plants by foliar spray, and the humic compounds included in vermiwash boost nutrient absorption and improve the physiological processes of fruit ripening, eventually increasing total sugars in fruits. Similar results were obtained from Singh et.al, (2010) in Strawberry, Sathe & Patil, (2014) on Mango and El-Hameid and Adel, (2018) on Mango.\r\n', 'Pritesh Priyaranjan, J. Rajangam, K.R. Rajadurai, K. Venkatesan, V. Premalakshmi (2022). Studies on effect of Biostimulants on Growth, Yield and Quality of Mango (Mangifera indica L.) cv. Imam Pasand under Ultra High Density Planting (UHDP) System. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 184-188.'),
(5249, '22', 'A Study on Power Transformer condition Monitoring Technology', 'M.A. Khan and R.K. Taksande', '18 M.A. KHAN.pdf', '', 1, '-', '-', '-', '-', '-'),
(5250, '136', 'Yield Performance of Groundnut (Arachis hypogaea L.) varieties under varied Soil Moisture Regimes of micro Sprinkler Irrigation', 'A. Mamatha*, K. Sridhar, K. Avil Kumar and D. Vijaya Lakshmi', '32 Yield Performance of Groundnut (Arachis hypogaea L.) varieties under varied Soil Moisture Regimes of micro Sprinkler Irrigation A. Mamatha.pdf', '', 1, 'Groundnut crop has specific moisture requirements due to its unique feature of producing underground pods.The rabi crop produces a significantly higher yield as compared to the kharif crop and requires irrigations due to limited rainfall during the winter season. Finding the right irrigation schedule can reach a production breakthrough. Thus, a research was carried to evaluate the performance of groundnut varieties under varied soil moisture regimes of microsprinkler irrigation at RARS, Palem during rabi 2021-2022. The experiment was laid out in strip plot design comprising of four irrigation levels as main treatments and three groundnut varieties as sub treatments with 12 treatment combinations replicated thrice. Results revealed that yield and yield attributing characters of microsprinkler irrigation at 0.8 Epan and Check basin irrigation at 0.8 IW: CPE ratio are on par though there is marginal increase in check basin irrigation. Irrigation scheduled at 0.8 IW: CPE ratio with check basin method has recorded higher dry matter production (7619 kg ha-1), number of pods plant-1 (36.3), test weight (36.78 g), pod yield (3050 kg ha-1). This improvement was mainly due to maintaining adequate soil moisture at frequent intervals during the crop growth period. Among the varieties, K-6 recorded higher yield over K-1812 and TAG-24.', 'Groundnut, Microsprinkler, Soil moisture, Varieties, Pod yield', 'Results of the present investigation revealed that irrigation scheduled with check basin irrigation at 0.8 IW/CPE ratio recorded significantly higher yield attributing characters i.e., numbers of pods plant-1, test weight and shelling percentage, pod yield, kernel yield, haulm yield which was statistically on par with microsprinkler irrigation at 0.8 Epan. Among the groundnut varieties studied greater yield was obtained from variety K-6 over K-1812 and TAG-24, respectively.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nGroundnut (Arachis hypogaea L.) is a key oilseed and food-legume crop for both humans and livestock in tropical and subtropical regions between 40°N to 40°S and is also considered as the king of oilseed crops which can be grown during rainy, winter and summer seasons. But its production needs to be enhanced to meet the national shortage. Worlds production figure of groundnut in the year 2019 was 48.8 million tonnes with an average production of 1647 kg ha-1 (Abdulrahman et al., 2021). It occupies a predominant position in the Indian oilseed economy and during rabi, 2020-21, groundnut was sown in around 2.70 lakh ha in India as compared to previous year (2.15 lakh ha). Among the states, Telangana stood first in area coverage with 1.14 lakh ha followed by Karnataka with 1.01 lakh ha (Groundnut outlook-PJTSAU, 2022). The two key inputs in irrigated agriculture are water and fertilizer, while maximum benefits can be extracted only if the irrigation is scheduled with proper nutrient supply during its crop growth stages (Soni et al., 2019). Finding the right irrigation schedule can help reach a production breakthrough. Thus, the use of a micro-irrigation system comprising of micro-sprinkler systems offers a great degree of control over water and fertilizer application to meet the requirement of crops (Waseem et al., 2018). Irrigation scheduling by these systems is usually based on the water requirement of the crop to maintain the favorable soil moisture content in the root zone, which helps to achieve sustained growth and yield gains up to 100 percent, water savings up to 40 to 80 percent over conventional irrigation systems (Soni and Raja 2017). Timely availability of irrigation is the key factor that determine the groundnut productivity during the critical stages (Balasubramanian et al., 2020). Higher productivity of the groundnut crop is gaining popularity under assured irrigation (Behera et al., 2015). At the same time choice of varieties is also major factor to obtain maximum production under limited moisture supply (Kumar et al., 2021). Among the varieties grown, K6 is the predominant variety (>90 %) followed by TAG 24 and Kadiri Lepakshi (K-1812), a newly released high yielding groundnut variety that is also becoming very popular and widely cultivated by the farmers of Telangana state. By considering the above facts, the present study was undertaken in three groundnut varieties K-6, TAG-24, and K-1812 to evaluate the yield and yield attributes of groundnut under micro-sprinkler irrigation. \r\n\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experiment was conducted during Rabi 2021-22, in the C-6 block at Regional Agricultural Research Station, Palem which is geographically situated at 16°3049.98N latitude and 78°1506.60E longitude at an altitude of 478 m above the mean sea level of Telangana state. The mean weekly maximum and minimum temperatures during the crop growth period ranged from 28.2°C to 37.2°C and 15.0°C to 24.7°C, respectively. The soil was sandy loam in texture.\r\nThe experiment was laid out in a strip plot design with three replications with 12 treatment combinations consisting of 4 main treatments(Irrigation regimes) viz., I1: Micro sprinkler irrigation at 20 centibars soil moisture potential, I2:Micro sprinkler irrigation at 40 centibars soil moisture potential, I3: Micro sprinkler irrigation at 0.8 Epan, I4: Check basin irrigation at 0.8 IW: CPE ratio and 3 sub treatments (Varieties of groundnut) viz.,V1: K-6, V2: TAG-24, V3: K-1812.\r\nThe field was uniformly levelled for micro-sprinkler and check basin treatments and the crop area sown was 22.5×10 cm. A uniform dose of NPK @40:40:50 N-P2O5-K2O kg ha-1 respectively was applied through urea, single super phosphate (SSP) and muriate of potash (MOP). Gypsum was applied @500 kg ha-1 during initial pegging stage. In treatments I1 and I2, the microsprinkler irrigation was scheduled by monitoring soil moisture potential by installing the watermark sensors at a different depths of 0-20 cm and 20- 40 cm in the crop root zone. The irrigation was commenced whenever the soil moisture potential reached in the upper sensor at 20 cm soil depth to a pre-determined potential i.e. 20 and 40 centi bars critical soil moisture potential in treatments I1 and I2, respectively. The irrigation scheduling was for I3 and I4 at 0.8 Epan with microsprinklers and IW/CPE ratio of 0.8 with check basin method respectively.\r\nFive plants at random from border rows leaving extreme row were destructively sampled for estimation of dry matter production. Number of pods were counted from five randomly labelled plants at harvest and averaged which is expressed as number of pods plant-1, 100 kernels were randomly drawn from composite sample from the kernel yield from each plot, weighed and expressed in gms, one kg of sun dried pods were taken from a composite sample from each plot, shelled and weight of the kernels were recorded. Shelling percentage is calculated by dividing weight of kernels to the weight of pods which is expressed as percentage, pod yield, kernel yield, haulm yield and harvest index from each plot were calculated. Harvest index is calculated by dividing pod yield to the biological yield (pod yield + haulm yield) which is expressed in percentage.\r\nThe data generated on various parameters studied during the course of investigation were statistically analyzed by applying the standard technique of analysis of variance suggested by Gomez and Gomez (1984) for strip plot design.\r\n\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Yield and yield attributing characters\r\nDry matter production (DMP) of groundnut was significantly influenced by the irrigation regimes at harvest (Table 1). Highest DMP was recorded in check basin irrigation at 0.8 IW/CPE ratio (7804kg ha-1) which was on par with microsprinkler irrigation at 0.8 Epan (7333kg ha-1). This may be due to supply of optimum irrigation level and efficient nutrient uptake which resulted in better branching and increased number of leaves plant-1 which contributed for higher DMP. Lowest DMP was recorded with microsprinkler irrigation at 40 centibars soil moisture potential (6508kg ha-1). This might be due to less frequent irrigations. Similar results were computed by Soni and Raja (2017). Among the varieties, K-6 registered significantly higher DMP (7910 kg ha-1) over K-1812 (7346 kg ha-1) and TAG-24 (6243kg ha-1) respectively. This might be due to higher number of leaves plant-1 with more number of branches in variety K-6 than TAG-24. Similar results were reported by Soumya et al. (2011); Priya et al. (2016). The interaction effect between irrigation regimes and groundnut varieties was found non-significant.\r\nMaximum number of pods plant-1 were observed in check basin irrigation at 0.8 IW/CPE ratio (36.3) which was on par with microsprinkler irrigation at 0.8 Epan (35.4) and microsprinkler irrigation at 20 centibars soil moisture potential (35.3) and lowest number of pods plant-1 were recorded with microsprinkler irrigation at 40 centibars soil moisture potential (32.2) (Table 1). This might be due to consistent application of water in the vicinity of crop root zone which resulted in better development of pods plant-1. These results were in accordance with (Waseem et al., 2018 and Annadurai et al., 2012). Among the groundnut varieties, K-1812 recorded significantly greater number of pods plant-1 (36.7) over TAG-24 (32.4) but was on par with K-6 (35.3). This may be due to compact growth with short statured nature of K-1812 resulted in reduced internodal length which finally lead to easy peg penetration. These results are in agreement with the (Priya et al., 2016; Prathima et al., 2012). Minimum number of pods plant-1 were recorded with TAG-24 (32.4). The interaction effect between irrigation regimes and groundnut varieties was found non-significant.\r\nTest weight was not significantly influenced by different irrigation regimes as well as the interaction effect between irrigation regimes and groundnut varieties (Table 1). However, higher test weight was obtained in check basin irrigation at 0.8 IW/CPE ratio (36.78 g). These results are in accordance with those of Behera et al. (2015). Among the groundnut varieties studied, significantly greater test weight was observed in variety K-6 (36.67g) over K-1812 (34.17g) and TAG-24 (32.00g). This may be due to varietal inherited characters i.e., kernel size and shape. Similar results were reported by Priya et al. (2016).\r\nShelling percentage was not significantly influenced by different irrigation regimes (Table 1). However, maximum shelling percentage was observed in check basin irrigation at 0.8 IW/CPE ratio (64.7 %) followed by microsprinkler irrigation at 0.8 Epan (63.0 %), microsprinkler irrigation at 20 centibars soil moisture potential (62.8 %) and minimum shelling percentage was recorded with microsprinkler irrigation at 40 centibars soil moisture potential (59.8 %). These results are in conformity with those of Naresha et al. (2016); Behera et al. (2015); Bure et al. (2011). Among the groundnut varieties studied, significantly higher shelling percentage was recorded in variety K-6 (66.0 %) over K-1812 (61.2 %) and TAG-24 (60.5 %). These results are having similarity with Priya et al.,2016 and Soumya et al., 2011. The interaction effect between irrigation regimes and groundnut varieties was found non-significant.\r\nThere is a significant difference in the pod yield of groundnut with the irrigation levels and highest pod yield was recorded when irrigation scheduled at 0.8 IW/CPE ratio with check basin irrigation (3050 kg ha-1) which was statistically on par with microsprinkler irrigation at 0.8 Epan (2915 kg ha-1) and microsprinkler irrigation at 20 centi bar soil moisture potential (2703 kg ha-1) and lowest was recorded in microsprinkler irrigation at 40 centibar soil moisture potential (2331 kg ha-1). This might due to the maintenance of adequate soil moisture at frequent intervals during the crop growth period and high nutrient availability leading to better nutrient uptake and higher number of pods which ultimately resulted in higher yield. These results are in accordance with Vijayalakshmi et al. (2011) and similar findings were reported by Suresh et al. (2013) who concluded that higher pod yield in groundnut at 1.0 and 0.8 IW/CPE ratio. Among the groundnut varieties, K-6 (2950 kg ha-1) recorded significantly higher pod yield which was on par with K-1812 (2833 kg ha-1) and lowest pod yield was recorded in TAG-24(2467kg ha-1) (Table 2). This might be due to genetic potential of those varieties in terms of higher test weight, shelling percentage. The interaction effect between the irrigation levels and groundnut varieties was not significant.\r\nThe kernel yield of groundnut was significantly influenced by different irrigation regimes as well as groundnut varieties (Table 2). Maximum kernel yield of groundnut was obtained in check basin irrigation at 0.8 IW/CPE ratio (1977 kg ha-1) and was statistically superior over all the treatments viz., microsprinkler irrigation at 0.8 Epan (1802 kg ha-1), microsprinkler irrigation at 20 centibars soil moisture potential (1695kg ha-1) and minimum kernel yield was registered with microsprinkler irrigation at 40 centibars soil moisture potential (1390kg ha-1). This might be due to frequent irrigations which created favorable environment for the crop growth and all the yield promoting characters were significantly higher with check basin irrigation at 0.8 IW/CPE ratio. These results are in conformity with Vaghasia et al. (2017); Pawar et al. (2013). Among the groundnut varieties, K-6 recorded significantly higher kernel yield (1949kg ha-1) over K-1812 (1722 kg ha-1) and TAG-24 (1477kg ha-1). This may be due to genetic potential of the varieties viz., test weight, shelling percentage Meena et al. (2015). The interaction effect between the irrigation levels and groundnut varieties was found non-significant.\r\nThe haulm yield of groundnut was significantly influenced by different irrigation regimes as well as groundnut varieties (Table 2). Significantly higher haulm yield was noticed in check basin irrigation at 0.8 IW/CPE ratio (4602kg ha-1) over microsprinkler irrigation at 20 centibars soil moisture potential (4161kg ha-1) and microsprinkler irrigation at 40 centibars soil moisture potential (3998 kg ha-1)but was on par with microsprinkler irrigation at 0.8 Epan (4263kg ha-1). This may be due to greater soil moisture availability with increased nutrient uptake which in turn led to more vegetative growth resulting in higher haulm yield. These results are also lined with (Behera et al., 2015; Vaghasia et al., 2017). Among the varieties, K-6 registered significantly greater haulm yield (4859kg ha-1) than TAG-24 (3427kg ha-1) but was on par with K-1812 (4483kg ha-1). This could be mainly due to the genetic potential of the varieties and nutrient uptake by the plants. The interaction effect between the irrigation levels and groundnut varieties was found non-significant. The results validate the findings of Priya et al. (2016); Bhargavi et al. (2017).\r\nHarvest index was not significantly differed among the irrigation regimes (Table 2). However, it was reported higher in microsprinkler irrigation at 0.8 Epan (40.6 %) and lowest harvest index was recorded in microsprinkler irrigation at 40 centibars soil moisture potential (37.1 %). These results are in accordance with (Rathore et al., 2014; Soni et al., 2019). Among the groundnut varieties, significantly greater harvest index was registered in variety TAG-24 (41.0 %) over K-6 (37.6 %) but was on par with than K-1812 (38.5 %).This might be due to short statured nature of TAG-24 which led to reduced haulm yield (Priya et al., 2016). The interaction effect between the irrigation levels and groundnut varieties was found non-significant.\r\n', 'A. Mamatha, K. Sridhar, K. Avil Kumar and D. Vijaya Lakshmi (2022). Yield Performance of Groundnut (Arachis hypogaea L.) varieties under varied Soil Moisture Regimes of micro Sprinkler Irrigation. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 189-193.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5251, '136', 'Effect of Ultraviolet-C Irradiation on Storability of Sapota', 'Charan Singh*, Navnitkumar Khimjibhai Dhamsaniya and Pankaj Kumar Jemalbhai Rathod', '33 Effect of Ultraviolet-C Irradiation on Storability of Sapota Charan Singh.pdf', '', 1, 'Sapota is a climacteric fruit and suffers high postharvest losses due to its quick ripening property. Sapota is also highly susceptible to fungi such as black mold rot, anthracnose, sour rot and blue mold rot. Ultraviolet-C irradiation has shown potential in increasing the shelf life of the product by reducing microbial count, inducing a beneficial hormesis effect and delaying ripening. In the current study, the sapota samples of kalipatti variety were treated with UV-C doses of 2.5, 5, 7.5 and 10 kJm-2 to check its effect on the decay count and total aerobic bacterial count. The treated and untreated samples were stored at a temperature of 12±1⁰C and relative humidity of 85-90%. The UV-C radiation significantly reduced the total aerobic bacterial count of treated sapota fruits compared to untreated fruit at all doses. UV-C irradiation also significantly reduced the decay count of sapota fruit. The untreated fruit suffered a higher decay count during storage and displayed a shelf life of 14 days. However, shelf life of more than 21 days was observed in treated samples. Compared to the fruits treated with lower doses, the fruits treated with higher UV-C doses displayed a lower decay count. UV-C irradiation significantly reduced the initial plate count from 3.5± 0.1log cfu/g to a minimum of 1.70 ± 0.015 log cfu/g in fruits treated with a dose of 10 kJm-2. The fruits treated with a dose of 10 kJm-2were at par with the fruits treated with a dose of 7.5 kJm-2.', 'Ultraviolet-C, Sapota, Shelf-life, Aerobic bacterial count, Postharvest losses', 'UV-C irradiation has shown potential in reducing the decay and microbial count of the sapota. The shelf life of sapota under controlled conditions (12±1⁰C temperature and 85-90% relative humidity)was only 14 days whereas treated fruit displayed a shelf life of more than 21 days. The higher doses displayed a lower decay count compared to the control. The minimum surviving bacterial was observed in fruits treated with a dose \r\nof 10 kJ m-2. However, there was no significant difference between 7.5 and10 kJ m-2 doses. Based on the significant reduction in the surviving bacterial population and reduced decay count, it can be concluded that UV-C irradiation can be used for enhancing the shelf life of the sapota fruit.\r\n', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nFood is a major necessity and important factor for human civilization. Despite advancements in technology, humans are still struggling to provide food security. In the year 2020, around 821 million people faced hunger and this number is expected to be as high as 660 million in 2030 (FAO, 2021). The efficient utilization of the food and avoiding food loss might help in solving the problem of hunger. According to the food loss index, 14% of the total production is lost till it reaches the retail level. Among food products, fruits and vegetables are most susceptible to spoilage. In Sub-Saharan African countries, farm losses ranged from 0-50% for fruits and vegetables. As per a meta-analysis of Asia and sub-Saharan, 33% of losses in fruits and vegetables were incurred (FAO, 2019). India incurs losses of 30-40 per cent which amounts to 40 million tons (US$ 13 billion) due to improper transportation, cold chains, storage structure and infrastructure etc. (Rajasri et al., 2014). Indian farmers are unable to sell even 40% of the total fruits and vegetables produced, which amounts to 63,000 crore rupees (Pandey, 2018).\r\nSapodilla or Sapota is an evergreen tropical plant of the Sapotaceae family. It is native to Central America and Southern America (Ankalagi et al., 2017). The total sapota fruit production of India in 2021-22 was 834.08 metric tonnes with Gujarat being the top producer (273.87 metric tonnes) (Anon., 2022). Sapota is known for its quick ripening and it deteriorates very fast after reaching its climacteric peak. The postharvest losses of sapota are as high as 20-30% (Salunkhe and Desai 1984) which extend up to 30-35 per cent at the end of the distribution (Khurana and Kanawjia 2006). \r\nIt has a shelf life of 7 days under ambient conditions and can reach upto 14 days under cold storage (Madani et al., 2018; Bharathi, 2002). The fruit is highly sensitive to fungi such as black mold rot (Aspergillus niger), sour rot (Geotrichum candidum), blue mold rot (Penicillium itallicum), and anthracnose (Colletotrichum gloeosporioides) and microbial infections by species Botryodiplodia, Pestalotiopsis, Phytophthora and Phomopsis also contribute towards the post-harvest losses of the product. Hence, delaying the ripening and controlling the microbial activity can increase the shelf life of sapota. Ultraviolet irradiation is one of the minimal processing technology which has the potential in delaying ripening and is known for its germicidal effect.\r\nUltraviolet irradiation is a low-costminimal processing technique withthe potential to increase shelf life and doesn’t demand sophisticated systems. Ultraviolet radiation is a portion of electromagnetic spectra with a wavelength of 100-400 nm. It is non-ionising germicidal radiation with surface decontamination properties (Gardner and Shama 2000). Among ultraviolet spectra, ultraviolet-C radiation with a wavelength of 200-280 is most effective in inactivating viruses, bacteria and spoilage pathogens (Kowalski, 2009). Ultraviolet radiation works on two principles (1) It reduces the microbial count from the fruit surface and (2) the hormesis effect (Stevens et al., 1999). Hormesis is the stimulation of the production of plant defence enzymes on the application of low doses of abiotic stresses (Shama, 2007). \r\nThe increased fruit resistance to spoilage is due to the formation of phenylalanine ammonia-lyase (PAL) which enhances the production of phytoalexins (Cisneros-Zevallos, 2003). UV-C irradiation is also known to delay the ripening (Idzwana et al., 2020) hence can be used on sapota which suffers from quick ripening problems. The present study was used to investigate the effect of UV-C irradiation on the storability of sapota.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe study was conducted in the College of Agricultural Engineering & Technology, Junagadh Agricultural University, Gujarat during 2021-2022. Sapota of kalipatti variety was procured from the instructional farm of Junagadh Agricultural University, Gujarat, India. Sapota fruit at physiological maturity when brown scaly scurf from the fruit surface was procured. Equal-sized fruits free from any defects and of similar maturity were selected for treatment. The fruits were washed and air-dried before treatment.\r\nUV-C treatment of sapota: The fruits were treated under a bank of 4 UV-C lamps of 30W placed in a semicircular orientation. The fruit was continuously rotated using two rollers at 5 rpm. The fruit was treated with average UV-C intensity of 36.3 Wm-2 and a dose of 2.5, 5, 7.5 and 10 kJ m-2. The maximum dose was decided based on the pre-trials. The dose above which the fruit started showing negative effects on the fruit surface was selected as the highest dose. The treatment time was calculated by dividing the dose required by radiation intensity. A total of 10 fruits per treatment was given UV-C dose with three replications. The experiments were conducted in the month of April and May. The fruits were stored in transportation containers developed by Antala et al. (2021). The containers were then stored in cold storage with 12±1⁰C temperature and 85-90% relative humidity. The container and stored sapota can be depicted in Fig. 1.\r\nDecay count: Decay count was calculated based on the external appearance of the fruit. Fruits with the sign of damage, moulds or decay were considered decayed. The percent decay count was calculated by dividing decayed fruit by the total number of fruits decayed (Cote et al., 2013). The decay count was calculated after 14 and 21 days after treatment. The shelf life of the sapota was considered as the days of storage when 60% of the fruits became unmarketable (Yadav, 2010) or the microbial load on the fruits exceed 6 log cfu/g (Gull, 2021).\r\nMicrobiological analysis: The microbial analysis was carried out to evaluate the effect of ultraviolet-C irradiation on the microbial population. The total aerobic plate count of control and treated fruits was determined according to Hakguder Taze et al. (2015) using the spread plating method. The results were expressed in log colony-forming units. The microbial analysis was carried out on the day of treatment.\r\nStatistical Analysis: The statistical analysis was carried out using OPSTAT (an Online Agriculture Data Analysis Tool) with one-factor analysis. To find the level of factor which caused a significant change in the log survival numbers of total mesophilic aerobic bacteria, (TAPC) Tukey’s pairwise comparison test was also conducted using Minitab 18 (Minitab Inc., US Canada). Each experiment was conducted in quadruplicates.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nDecay Count: The UV-C treatment significantly (P<0.001) reduced the decay count of treated samples compared to the untreated samples (Table 1). The higher doses resulted in a lower decay count compared to the untreated samples. The control samples displayed a decay count of above 60% on the 14th day of treatment hence can be considered as the end of the shelf life of the control fruit. The decay count of treated fruit didn’t exceed the mark of 60% spoilage on 21 days of storage which indicates an extended shelf life on UV-C treatment. The decay count of fruits at 21 days of treatment can be interpreted from Fig. 2. \r\nSimilar findings of reduced decay count were reported by D\'hallewin et al. (2000) in star ruby fruit, \r\nGonzález-Aguilar et al. (2007) in mango and Michailidis et al. (2019) in sweet cherry. D’hallewin et al. (1999) attributed the decrease in decay development to the accumulation of scoparone and scopoletin, which induces the production of phytoalexins, which inhibits pathogens. González-Aguilar et al. (2007) also reported enhanced activity of phenylalanine ammonia-lyase which can significantly reduce the decay count of fruit. The decay count was found least at the highest dose. A similar finding of lower decay count at a higher dose was reported by Escalona et al. (2010).\r\nMicrobial Analysis: The sapota samples were first microbiologically examined to determine their initial microbial flora of fruit. It was found that the sapota samples initially contained 3.5 ± 0.1 log cfu g-1 of total aerobic bacteria. The initial total plate count was in close approximation to the earlier study on sapodilla by Foo et al. (2019). The initial total aerobic plate count (TAPC) of the samples decreased from 3.5 log cfu g-1 to a minimum of 1.70 log cfug-1 following UV-C irradiation (Table 2). The fruits treated with UV-C displayed a significant (P<0.001) reduction in total aerobic plate count. The minimum surviving bacteria were found in the samples treated with 10 kJ m-2. The microbial count of fruits treated with UV-C dose 7.5 and 10 kJ m-2 was at par. Similar findings of reduction in the microbial count were reported by HakguderTaze & Unluturk (2018) in apricot, Chen et al. (2020) in persimmon and Moreno et al. (2017) in fresh-cut carambola. On exposure to UV-C radiation, the hydrogen bond electrons of paired nucleotide get energised leading to breakage of the bond which results in the formation of the mutagenic lesion and cytotoxic, which ultimately leads to DNA disruption (Koutchma, 2014; HakguderTaze et al., 2015). In another explanation, it was reported that UV-C irradiation stimulates the production of plant defence enzymes such as phytoalexins and phenols. The plant defence enzymes are toxic to pathogens and hence can cause a significant reduction in microbial count (Gonz´alez-Aguilar et al., 2001; Guan et al., 2012).', 'Charan Singh*, Navnitkumar Khimjibhai Dhamsaniya and Pankaj Kumar Jemalbhai Rathod (2022). Effect of Ultraviolet-C Irradiation on Storability of Sapota. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 194-198.'),
(5252, '136', 'Arthropod Diversity and Extent of Infestation in Store Maize Grain Samples', 'J.M. Nivethika, T. Srinivasan*, R. Arulprakash, A. Suganthi and R. Ravikesavan', '34 Arthropod Diversity and Extent of Infestation in Store Maize Grain Samples J.M. Nivethika.pdf', '', 1, 'Maize (Zea mays L.) is one of the important cereal crop cultivated in India. Stored insect pests inflict damage to maize crop starting from early stage of ripening to post harvest stage. Due to a lack of understanding about maize storage pests, majority of Tamil Nadu farmers encounter insect pest infestation. An intensive study was carried out in Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore during 2021-22 to explore the important pests associated with stored maize, their diversity, as well as the damage and losses they cause. Maize grain samples were collected from seven major maize growing districts of Tamil Nadu. Biodiversity indices such as Shannon-Weiner diversity index, Margalef richness index, Peilou’s evenness index and Berger-Parker index of dominance were measured. A total of five arthropod species belonging to orders Coleoptera and Lepidoptera and one species of Acarina were documented. The highest insect diversity (1.51) was noticed in samples from Perambalur feed industries and the lowest diversity (0.69) was noticed from farm samples collected from Dharmapuri. The predominant pest encountered in stored maize was the rice weevil (Sitophilus oryzae Linnaeus) (38.9%) followed by angoumois grain moth (Sitotroga cereallela Olivier) (28.2%) and the red flour beetle (Tribolium castaneum Herbst) (20.2%). Within five to six months of storage, average grain damage of 53.96 per cent was recorded resulting in losses to an extent of 24.42 percent. The insect pests diversity, their damage and losses they cause increased, as the storage period extended.', 'Maize, storage pests, sampling sites, diversity indices, Sitophilus oryzae, grain damage, weight loss', 'Stored insect pests belonging to orders Coleoptera (rice weevil, red flour beetle and lesser grain borer), Lepidoptera (Angoumois grain moth and rice moth) and Acarina (flour mite) were identified and documented in stored maize grains. The dominant pests encountered in stored maize were the rice weevil (Sitophilus oryzae) followed by the angoumois grain moth (Sitotroga cereallela), and the red flour beetle (Tribolium castaneum). Between five and six months of storage, significant grain damage of 53.96 percent and losses of upto 38 percent was caused by these pests. The incidence, distribution of stored insect pests and qualitative or quantitative loss of maize increased with increased storage time. Sound management measures without compromising the quality of the produce to mitigate the major storage pest of stored maize grains is the need of the hour.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nMaize (Zea mays L.) is an important cereal crop, ranking third in India (APEDA, 2020). Maize is native to Central America and Mexico and has adapted to a wide range of agro climatic situations. It serves three functions in the Indian subcontinent: as a staple food, feed, and fodder, particularly for farmers with limited land holdings, promoting food security and income generation (Lakshmi Soujanya et al., 2017). It has numerous applications in corn-based industrial products, and the demand for maize export has been increasing year after year due to its higher nutritional value. It is mostly grown in the Indian states of Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Bihar, Uttar Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, and Telangana. In Tamil Nadu, the area under maize cultivation is 3.33 lakh ha with a production of 24.76 lakh tonnes and productivity of 7424 kg/ha (INDIASTAT, 2020). Maize is stored after harvesting, either for use as seed or for human consumption or to obtain a favourable market price at times (Reddy and Pushpamma 1980). \r\nOne of the greatest barriers to achieving food security in emerging and underdeveloped nations is post-harvest loss during storage (Rounet, 1992). More than 37 species of arthropod pests have been linked to maize grains in storage (Abraham, 1996). Insect pests and diseases have a significant influence in diminishing production and productivity, as well as germination potential during the storage period (Mollah et al., 2016). Majority of the maize growers lack knowledge on the storage pests occurring in maize and subject their produce to improper storage conditions which results in both qualitative and quantitative losses. The present study was conducted to assess the major arthropod pests of stored maize and the extent of damage caused by them under storage conditions.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nSurvey area and sampling of maize grains. A laboratory study was conducted from December to May (2021-2022) in the Department of Agricultural Entomology, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore with grain samples obtained from major maize growing districts of Tamil Nadu to find out the status of arthropod pests infesting stored maize, their damage and losses. Approximately, 1 kg of sample was collected from major maize growing districts of Tamil Nadu viz. Coimbatore, Salem, Namakkal, Dharmapuri, Trichy, Perambalur and Virudhunagar. Preferably, the maize grains were obtained from farmer’s stored produce besides collecting from Departmental stores, bulk storage godowns and feed industries. Each sample was tightly packed in a paper bag after tagging with information on the location, date of collection, etc. and brought to the laboratory for further scrutiny (Firidissa, 1999). \r\nCollection and identification of insects. Laboratory observations were made at the Department of Agricultural Entomology, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore, at weekly intervals for 6 months at a room temperature of 28±3ºC and relative humidity of 65±10%. Samples were sieved at every inspection over a 2 mm mesh sieve (Abraham, 1996) and all the fractions were examined. Later, the insects were removed, counted and catalogued and were preserved as dry specimens or preserved in 70% ethyl alcohol for identification at a later stage. The detailed analysis of specimens was done with a Leica SA8PO and photographed with a Leica M205C microscope (with LAS X Application Suite montage software). Identification was done by using taxonomic keys provided by Akter et al. (2013); Koehler et al. (2006); Rita Devi et al. (2016); Sowmya et al. (2020), besides referring to books, journals, pictures and comparison with already identified specimens.\r\nAnalysis of diversity indices. Margalef Index (α) (Margalef, 1958), Shannon Weiner (H΄) index (Shanon and Weiner, 1949), Pielou\'s evenness index (J) (Peilou, 1966) and Berger-Parker Dominance index (May, 1975) were performed in R Studio version 4.0.4 using vegan package to reveal the diversity, species richness, evenness and dominance of arthropod pests associated with stored maize grains. \r\nData collection \r\nGrain weight loss: After storing for a period of 6 months, 100 grains were randomly removed from each samples and separated into infested and uninfested seeds. The weight of infested and uninfested seeds was separately recorded and the per cent weight loss was calculated based on the count and weight method (Adams, 1976). \r\nWeight loss (%)=\r\n((Wu×Nd)-(Wd×Nu))/(Wu×(Nu+Nd) )×100\r\nWhere, Wu = Weight of undamaged seed, Nu = Number of undamaged seed, Wd = Weight of damaged seed, Nd = Number of damaged seed \r\nPer cent grain damage: The count approach was used to assess insect damage after 6 months storage period. From each collected samples, 100 grains were chosen at random, and they were divided into categories of damaged and undamaged grains. Following that, the percent grain damage (Lemessa et al., 2000; Wambugu et al., 2009) was determined using the following formula.\r\nPer cent grain damage (%)=\r\n (Number of insect damaged grains)/(Total number of grains)×100\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nMaize grain samples collected from different locations were found to be infested with different insect pests. The major pests observed from samples, their abundance and status are furnished in Table 1 and 2. A total of five arthropod pests were collected from the samples representing Coleoptera and Lepidoptera, besides a mite from Acarina. The rice weevil, Sitophilus oryzae (Linnaeus) was the predominant pest followed by Angoumois grain moth, Sitotroga cerealella (Olivier) and red flour beetle Tribolium castaneum (Herbst). In a similar study conducted in 3 states of USA, Eden (1967) listed out 17 species of insects from farm stored maize, of which S. oryzae was found to be the predominant one. Also, in a South Ethiopian sample, Getu (1993) identified S. cerealella and S. zeamais as the two most important stored maize pests. Maize weevil, grain moth and flour beetle were the most abundant insect pests in stored maize samples of western Ethiopia (Abraham, 1997) and Bangladesh (Alam et al., 2019), confirming our investigations.\r\nThe grain weevil, S. oryzae has been recorded as a polyphagous pest causing significant yield loss in stored maize grains in India and South East Asian countries (Hossain et al., 2007). Being an internal feeder, S. oryzae is capable of causing severe losses to the stored maize grains, both qualitatively and quantitatively. S. oryzae was observed in all the seven locations followed by S. cerealella, T. castaneum and Acarus siro in six locations each. According to Margalef richness index (α), Perambalur (1.03) had the maximum number of insect pests (6 insect pests) followed by Trichy (0.84), Namakkal (0.80) (5 insect pests in each), Salem (0.68), Coimbatore (0.63) (4 insect pests in each) and Virudhunagar (0.43) (3 species). In Dharmapuri, only two insect pests were recorded (Table 3). Higher the value of Shannon-weiner index indicates higher the diversity of insect pests in stored maize grains. Shannon index indicated higher insect pest diversity was found in Perambalur (1.51) and Trichy (1.50) which were collected from feed industries and bulk storage godowns and the lowest diversity was noticed from farm samples collected from Dharmapuri (0.69). Peilou’s evenness index showed that higher species evenness in Dharmapuri (0.72) and lower in Perambalur (0.42) (Table 3). According to Berger-Parker index of dominance, S. oryzae was dominant in all sampling districts except in Coimbatore (Table 4).\r\nIn the present investigation, samples collected from various sampling sites revealed 24.4 percent grain damage resulting in 53.9 percent yield loss within a storage period of six months (Table 5). The variations in per cent grain damage and weight loss in different locations were due to diverse sampling sites. Samples collected from feed industries, bulk storage godowns were prone to severe infestations than famer’s store point because of large scale holding of maize grain samples in the former. The per cent grain damage and yield loss is attributed to the combined impact of different stored insect pests, though S. oryzae was the major contributor. It was also noticed that the extent of damage increased as the storage time extended. Our literature survey revealed grain losses ranging from a minimum of 10-20 per cent (Hell et al., 2010, Golob, 1984; Giga et al., 1991, Abebe and Bekele 2006,) to as high as 80 percent under unprotected conditions (Schmutterer, 1971; Mutiro et al., 1992; Pingali and Pandey 2001). Within a period of five to six months, upto 80 percent grain loss was realized in grain samples stored at Cameroon (Nukenine et al., 2002) and at Bangladesh (Alam et al., 2019).\r\n', 'J.M. Nivethika, T. Srinivasan, R. Arulprakash, A. Suganthi and R. Ravikesavan (2022). Arthropod Diversity and Extent of Infestation in Store Maize Grain Samples. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 199-203.'),
(5253, '136', 'Influence of Plant Growth regulators on flowering and Seed Yield in Groundnut (Arachis hypogaea L.)', 'Sowjanya Pasala*, D. Shashibhushan, M. Pallavi and P. Sujatha', '35 Influence of Plant Growth regulators on flowering and Seed Yield in Groundnut (Arachis hypogaea L.) Sowjanya Pasala.pdf', '', 1, 'A study to evaluate the effect of foliar application of plant growth regulators on flowering subsequently on pod and seed characteristics in groundnut (Arachis hypogaea L.) var. Kadiri Lepakshi conducted at Seed Research and Technology Centre Farm, Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University, Rajendranagar, Hyderabad during Rabi 2021-2022. The foliar application of different plant growth regulators i.e., Ethrel, Chloro Choline Chloride (CCC), Maleic Hydrazide (MH), Naphthalic Acetic Acid (NAA), and Mepiquat Chloride was taken up at 60 days after sowing in various dosages. The treatments applied reduced the flower production irrespective of the concentration which in turn led to fewer immature pods and more double-seeded pods, ultimately leading to increase yield than the untreated (control) plants. A statistically significant difference was observed in weight of pod and seed output. When compared to the control which had the lowest yield among the treatments Mepiquat Chloride @ 500 ppm had the greatest yield/plot (6.84 kg/plot). These treatments can be used to control the indeterminate nature of groundnut, thereby resulting in perfect dissemination of reserves to the early formed pods leading to increase in number of filled pods and decrease in number of unfilled and immature pods.', 'Groundnut, growth regulators, indeterminate flowering, pod filling, seed yield', 'Based on the results obtained from the present study, it can be concluded thatfoliar application of mepiquat chloride @ 500 ppm at 60 DAS may help to increase the number of mature pods and mature seeds and thereby increase yield.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPeanut (Arachis hypogaea), also called groundnut, earthnut, or goober, a legume of the pea family (Fabaceae), has multifaceted uses as grain, oilseed, and serves as raw material for more than 300 industrial products like flour, soaps, and plastics. Groundnut seed is rich in oil and protein content varying from 44 % to 56% and 22% to 30% respectively on dry seed basis. (Savage and Keenan 1994). The world production of groundnut was 49 million tonnes (2019), a 7% increase over the production in 2018. China ranks first with 36% of global production, followed by India (14%). Currently it occupies an area 4,825 thousand hectares with a production of 9,952 thousand tonnes and a productivity of 2063 kg/ha (Indiastat, 2021).\r\nThe major problem encountered in groundnut production is the formation of immature and ill filled pods due to its indeterminate nature leading to uneven maturity. This in turn leads to reduced pod filling efficiency with ultimate reduction in yield. Thus, there is a need to identify proper measures to arrest the flowering at later stages of crop growth so that the food from source is diverted to early formed pods only leading to perfect filling with decrease in number of unfilled, immature pods. To overcome this uneven maturity, there is a need to arrest flower formation at later stages of crop growth (Vinothini et al., 2018).\r\nThis study was thus taken up to identify the appropriate plant growth regulator to arrest flowering at later stages of crop growth and which ultimately increase the yield (Krishnamurthy 1981).\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nA field experiment was conducted at the Research farm of Seed Research and Technology Centre, Rajendranagar, Hyderabad, in a Randomized Block Design replicated thrice to evaluate the influence of plant growth regulators on flowering and yield in groundnut var. Kadiri Lepakshi (K-1812) during Rabi, 2021-22. The seed of the groundnut variety Kadiri Lepakshi (K 1812) was procured from Agricultural Research Station, Kadiri and used as a source seed material for the investigation. The plot size for each treatment is 4 × 3 m2 and the crop was sown following a row-to-row spacing of 22.5 cm and plant to plant spacing of 10 cm. Crop was sown on 25th November 2021 and the various treatments i.e., foliar application of plant growth regulators such asT1-Mepiquat chloride @ 500 ppm, T2-Mepiquat Chloride @ 1000 ppm, T3- Ethrel @ 200 ppm, T4-Ethrel @ 400 ppm, T5- CCC @ 500 ppm, T6- CCC @ 1000 ppm, T7-MH @ 100 ppm, T8- MH @ 200 ppm, T9- NAA @ 100 ppm, T10- NAA @ 200 ppm and T11- Control were imposed 60 days after sowing, to prevent flowering in subsequent development stages. The observations were recorded on crop growth and yield parameters from 10 plants in each plot. The test weight of the seeds was taken from a random sample of 100 seeds and the plot yield (kg) was also recorded. The data collected was analysed statistically adopting the procedure described by Panse and Sukhatme (1985).\r\nRESULTS \r\nA field experiment on the influence of plant growth regulators on flowering and seed yield in groundnut (Arachis hypogaea L.) was conducted during Rabi (2021-2022) with variety K-1812. To achieve higher yield, it is crucial to stop production of new flowers after 60 DAS to prevent the mobilisation of resources to flowers as it may benefit the availability of enough days for finishing the seed filling. Among treatments, T1- mepiquat chloride @ 500 ppm (42) recorded significantly lowest number of flowers /plant after spraying significantly high test weight (48.55 g) and more yield per plot (6.84 kg/plot) compared to untreated control (136 number of flowers, 40.20 g test weight and 5.32 kg plot yield respectively). Regardless of concentrations, all other PGRs except Ethrel @ 200 ppm showed a significant reduction in the number of flowers/plant over the control (Table 1).\r\nThe plants treated with mepiquat chloride @ 500 ppm produced the maximum number of double-seeded mature pods (13), compared to less number of mature double-seeded pods plant-1andmore number of flowers plant-1in control. The number of double-seeded immature pods plant-1, single-seeded immature pods plant-1, and ill-filled pods plant-1 were reported as 8, 3, and 8 in the control, respectively (Table 2). \r\nPlants treated with Mepiquat Chloride @ 500 ppm recorded highest weight of double-seeded mature pods plant-1 (33.82 g)which was on par with T9- NAA @ 100 ppm (32.98), T8 MH @ 200 ppm (31.24), T6 CCC @ 1000 ppm (29.64) and T4 Ethrel @ 400 ppm (29.32). Significantly low weight of double-seeded mature pods plant-1(27.54) was observed in the untreated control. When compared to Mepiquat Chloride @ 500 ppm, the negative pod features of the weight of double seeded immature pods plant-1, weight of single-seeded immature pods plant-1 and weight of ill-filled pods plant-1 were reported as 3.08, 0.43, and 1.11 g respectively in Control (Table 3).\r\nSignificantly more number of mature seeds/plant (62) were recorded with Mepiquat Chloride @ 500 ppm which was on par with T2-Mepiquat Chloride @ 1000 ppm (59), T3-Ethrel @ 200 ppm & T6-CCC @ 1000 ppm (58), T8-MH @ 200 ppm (57) and T10-NAA @ 200 ppm (54). The weight of mature seeds plant-1was maximum in T1-Mepiquat Chloride @ 500 ppm (27.05 g) followed by T9-NAA @ 100 ppm (24.63), T8-MH @ 200 ppm (22.95) and T6-CCC @ 1000 ppm (22.76) which are on par with the best treatment. When compared to Mepiquat Chloride @ 500 ppm, the negative seed characteristics, such as the number of immature seeds plant-1 and their weight, were reported as 14 and 2.92 g in the Control (Table 4).\r\nDISCUSSIONS\r\nThe impact of plant growth regulators on the phases of groundnut development has been the subject of several investigations. The current study found that foliar application of mepiquat chloride @ 500 ppm on groundnut at 60 DAS arrests flowering at later stages. Similar observation of reduction in flowers was recorded by Avinasha et al. (2019) with the spraying of mepiquat chloride. This reduction of flowers is desirable as it will help in the efficient dissemination of food reserves to early formed pods thereby increasing the number of filled pods/plant leading to higher productivity. These results are also in conformity with the findings of Pushp and Virender (2013) who reported that foliar application of mepiquat chloride in groundnut alters the source-sink relationship which leads to diversion of assimilates to the already formed pods. With the increase in the number of mature pods, there is a proportional increase in the seed weight which is majorly contributed by mature seeds with the application of mepiquat chloride as confirmed by Pushp sharma et al., (2013).\r\n', 'Sowjanya Pasala, D. Shashibhushan, M. Pallavi and P. Sujatha (2022). Influence of Plant Growth regulators on flowering and Seed Yield in Groundnut (Arachis hypogaea L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 204-207.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5254, '136', 'Association and Variability Studies of Quantitative Traits in Proso Millet (Panicum miliaceum L.)', 'G. Anil Kumar, C. Vanniarajan*, M. Vetriventhan, R. Sudhagar and S. Saravanan', '36 Association and Variability Studies of Quantitative Traits in Proso Millet (Panicum miliaceum L.) G. Anil Kumar.pdf', '', 1, 'Proso millet, being the climate-resilient crop among cereals can be grown for food, feed, and fodder purposes. Comparatively, Proso millet grains are higher in protein, vitamins, minerals, and micronutrients like iron, zinc, copper, and manganese. The current study was carried out to assess the variability and association analysis for 13 biometrical traits in 20 Proso millet accessions. High variability was noticed in the traits namely number of basal tillers, peduncle length, and flag leaf sheath length and moderate variability were recorded for the traits namely plant height, panicle length, flag leaf blade length, flag leaf blade width, thousand-grain weight, and single plant yield. High heritability with high genetic advance were recorded for the traits namely plant height, number of basal tillers, peduncle length, panicle length, flag leaf blade length, flag leaf blade width, flag leaf sheath length, thousand-grain weight, and single plant yield. The association analysis revealed significant phenotypic correlation for panicle length and flag leaf blade width while thousand-grain weight, plant height, and flag leaf sheath length, exhibited significance in both phenotypic and genotypic correlation analysis besides possessing a high positive direct effect in path coefficient analysis inferring that yield improvement can be accomplished by direct selection of these characters.', 'Proso millet, germplasm, variability, association analysis', 'The germplasm taken for study showed a wide range of variation for the characters number of basal tillers, peduncle length and flag leaf sheath length had high variability. Moderate variability was recorded for the traits of plant height, panicle length, flag leaf blade length, flag leaf blade width, thousand-grain weight and single plant yield. Plant height, number of basal tillers, peduncle length, panicle length, flag leaf blade length, flag leaf blade width, flag leaf sheath length, thousand-grain weight and single plant yield exhibited high genetic advance as per cent of mean indicating the additive nature of gene action. The association studies revealed that the primary selection of the characters- plant height, flag leaf sheath length and thousand-grain weight may be given paramount importance for the direct selection for the enhancement of yields. \r\nEffective utilisation of the trait-specific genetic resources will play a vital role in crop improvement. For the upcoming scenarios of global warming and scanty rainfall to ensure nutritional and food security, the cultivation and consumption of Proso millet, which is a source of micronutrients and protein along with yield will contribute to crop and diet diversification and thus helps in mitigating the future thrust.\r\n', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe term ‘millet’ refers to the small-grained, annual cereal grasses which are cultivated in low-input agricultural conditions, where major cereal crops usually return low yields. On marginal soils with low fertility, millets are typical for sustainable agriculture and food security. Proso millet (Panicum miliaceum L.) an allotetraploid with a chromosome number of 36 (2n = 4x = 36) is an annual herbaceous plant that can be easily grown in marginally fertile soils of arid and semi-arid regions. It is also known as common millet, hersey millet, broom corn millet, broom millet, white millet, russian millet and hog millet. It is predominantly a self-pollinated crop however natural cross-pollination of more than 10 % is also reported. Though cultivated principally for bird seed in the USA, the crop is widely cultivated across the countries like India, China, Russia, Ukraine, Turkey, Romania, Sri Lanka, Pakistan, Nepal, Western Burma, and a few other South-East Asian countries for food, feed and fodder purposes. Proso millet grains are nutritionally rich in protein, vitamins, minerals, and micronutrients including iron, zinc, copper, and manganese, compared to other staple cereals (Saleh et al., 2013). It is also a low-maintenance and stress-resistant crop capable of evading drought due to its short life cycle and producing an acceptable yield, making it appropriate for crop production in inhospitable climates. \r\nDespite Proso millet’s nutritional superiority and climatic resilience, it is an under-utilized crop. Global warming, changing environmental conditions, and erratic rainfall behaviour pose a serious threat to global food security in near future. Hence, there is a dire need for research on millets like Proso millet, which ensures food and nutritional security in mere future. Germplasm refers to the total of all the hereditary material available in a particular crop species. The information of variability in germplasm for important traits such as yield and quality enables the effective utilization of genetic resources in crop improvement programs (Vetriventhan et al., 2019). Estimation of the nature and degree of association among the yield contributing traits is essential to identify the direction of selection and to maximise yield in the shortest time possible.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe current study mainly aims the assessment of the genetic variability and association of various quantitative traits for the complex trait yield in Proso millet. The experimental material used for the study comprises 18 germplasm lines raised along with the checks ATL-1 and CO-5. This study was carried out during Rabi, 2021 at Agricultural College and Research Institute, Madurai, TNAU. The germplasm was procured from the Gene bank- ICRISAT, and the check varieties from the Centre of Excellence for Millets, Athiyandal. The total plot size adopted was 298m2 and the genotypes were raised in Randomised Block Design (RBD) with 3 replications. Each accession was sown in 3 rows of row length 3m with a spacing of 30×10 cm in each replication and standard agricultural management practices were carried out for the proper growth and establishment of the crop stand.\r\nThe observations were taken on five randomly selected plants from each replication for various biometrical traits namely plant height (cm), number of basal tillers, peduncle length (cm), panicle length (cm), flag leaf blade length (cm), flag leaf blade width (cm), flag leaf sheath length (cm), grain length (mm), grain width (mm),thousand-grain weight (g) and single plant yield (g)while the days to 50% flowering and days to maturity were recorded on a whole plot basis.\r\nThe magnitude of variation available in the germplasm accessions studied can be estimated by the coefficient of variation. The genotypic and phenotypic coefficients of variation (GCV & PCV) were calculated using the method devised by Burton (1952). The variability was classified into three classes i.e., low (<10%), moderate (10 - 20%), and high (>20%) as proposed by Sivasubramanian and Madhavamenon (1973). Broad sense heritability (h2b) was computed as per the method suggested by Lush (1940) and was classified as high (> 60%), moderate (30-60%), and low (<30%). By using the method developed by Johnson (1955), the genetic advance was evaluated and categorised into low (<10 %), moderate (10- 20 %), and high (> 20 %). The correlation coefficients were computed using the method suggested by Falconer (1960) and the path coefficient analysis was worked out using the method specified by Dewey and Lu (1959). \r\n The collected data were subjected to statistical analyses for the computation of genotypic variance (Vg), phenotypic variance (Vp), genotypic coefficient of variance (GCV), phenotypic coefficient of variance (PCV), Broad sense heritability(h2b), genetic advance as percent of mean (GAM), correlation and path analysis were carried out using the “variability” package in R software. The correlogram (Fig. 1) was constructed using the “Corrplot” package in R.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nMean performance \r\nThe estimation of mean values (Table 2) serves as a basis for selecting the desirable genotypes (Salini et al., 2010). The plant height ranged from51.74 cm to 104.64 cm with a mean of 68.20 cm. The number of basal tillers varied from 3 to 12 with a mean of 7 tillers. The germplasm evaluated attained the days to 50% flowering stage at a range of 34 to 41 days. Peduncle length ranged from 6.25 cm to 22.14 cm with an average of 14.91 cm and the panicle length from 16.21 cm to 31.25 cm with an average of 20.97 cm. The flag leaf blade length varied from 17.12 cm to 31.52 cm with a mean value of 22.79 cm and the flag leaf blade width from 0.86 cm to 2.79 cm with a mean value of 1.39 cm. The days to maturity among the genotypes ranged from 64 to 73 days. The grain length and grain width recorded a range of 2.62 mm – 3.19 mm and 1.85 mm – 2.30 mm and mean values of 2.88 mm and 2.05 mm respectively. The thousand-grain weight ranged from 4.02 g to 8.06 g with a mean of 5.29 g. Single plant yield ranged from 6.24 g to 12.56 g with a mean of 8.2 g. \r\nAnalysis of variance and Measures of variability. The analysis of variance (ANOVA) revealed that the mean sum of squares for all the 13 biometrical traits tested among 20 accessions was found to be significant (Table 1) which specifies the prevalence of large variation. The variability measures such as Vg, Vp, PCV, GCV, h2b and GAM for different traits are presented in Table 2. The PCV values are greater than that of the GCV values for all the traits studied indicating that the apparent variation is not only due to genotypes but also due to the influence of the environment. However, the differences in PCV and GCV are very narrow which is an indication of least influence of environment on the expression of the traits studied. Therefore, the variability observed among the genotypes under this study is due to the genetic constitution only.\r\nThe traits namely number of basal tillers, peduncle length and flag leaf sheath length have higher estimates of PCV and GCV indicating high variability. The results aligned with Salini et al. (2010); Verulkar et al. (2014) for the trait number of tillers. The features namely plant height, panicle length, flag leaf blade length, flag leaf blade width, thousand-grain weight and single plant yield recorded the moderate PCV and GCV values indicating moderate variability. Similar results were reported by Salini et al. (2010); Verulkar et al. (2014) for plant height and panicle length and panicle length by Anuradha et al. (2020). The characters such as days to 50% flowering, days to maturity, grain length and grain width recorded the lower estimates of PCV and GCV values indicating low variability in accordance with Anuradha et al. (2020); Verulkar et al. (2014); Salini et al.(2010) for days to maturity by Anuradha et al. (2020).\r\nIn the current study, estimates of broad sense heritability (h2b) were found to be high for all the 13 biometrical traits ranging from 67.95% (for grain width) to 99.17% (for the number of basal tillers), inferring that selection maybe effective since the environmental influence is low. The results obtained concurred with the findings reported by Calamai et al. (2020); Anuradha et al. (2020); Verulkar et al. (2014); Salini et al. (2010). \r\nOut of the 13 biometrical characters studied 9 characters exhibited high genetic advance percent of mean (GAM) ranging from4.50% for days to maturity to 71.88% for the number of basal tillers. The characteristics days to 50% flowering, days to maturity, grain length and grain width showed low genetic advance as a percent of the mean. \r\nAssociation analysis -Correlation and Path analysis. The yield is a complex trait governed by the interplay of numerous component characters. Understanding the complex relationships between various yield and yield-contributing characters is crucial for increasing the efficiency of selection in the process of aiming for the genetic improvement of yield. The estimation of correlation coefficients determines the nature and degree of association of various plant characters for yield. Phenotypic correlation denotes the observable correlation between two traits and it includes both genotypic and environmental effects and thus tends to vary under different environmental conditions. Genotypic correlation denotes the inherent association between two traits at the genetic level which was more stable and reliable thereby having principal importance in selecting the yield contributing characters. The estimates of genotypic correlation coefficient values (Table 4) were found to be greater than that of phenotypic correlation coefficient values (Table 3) for all the 13 biometrical characters studied which implies that the stronger association between the traits was mainly governed by the genetic factors.\r\nPhenotypic and genotypic correlation. The phenotypic correlation analysis (Table 3) revealed that the independent variables i.e., plant height (0.4517), panicle length (0.3406), flag leaf blade width(0.3754), flag leaf sheath length (0.5898) and thousand-grain weight (0.5777)had exhibited a highly significant positive relationship with single plant yield. Similar results were observed by Manimozhi et al. (2014) for the flag leaf sheath and panicle length. The genotypic correlation analysis (Table 4) exposed that 3 of the 5 variables which were significant in phenotypic correlation expressed the genotypic correlation i.e., plant height (0.4672), flag leaf sheath length (0.6118) and thousand-grain weight (0.6213).The above traits exhibited a highly significant positive relationship with single plant yield. The obtained results concurred with Dikshit and Sivaraj (2013) for plant height, flag leaf sheath length and thousand-grain weight and also with Yazdizadeh et al. (2020) who reported a significant positive correlation of plant height and thousand-grain weight with yield in both normal and salinity stress conditions. Salini et al. (2010) also witnessed a positive correlation between plant height with grain yield per plant.\r\nThe number of basal tillers recorded a significant negative correlation with peduncle length, panicle length, flag leaf blade length, flag leaf blade width, flag leaf sheath length and days to maturity.\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nMany of the traits expressed significant positive intercorrelation among themselves, the trait plant height exhibited a positive correlation with days to 50 % flowering, peduncle length, panicle length, flag leaf blade length, flag leaf blade width, flag leaf sheath length and days to maturity. Similar inter-correlation results were reported by Vetriventhan et al. (2019). A correlogram (Fig. 1) was constructed for depicting the association of various biometrical traits studied. The associations among the traits - days to 50% flowering, peduncle length, panicle length, flag leaf blade length and flag leaf sheath length were significant and positively correlated with each other both in genotypic and phenotypic correlations. From the above results, it is evident that the selection of plant height from the above-mentioned traits will simultaneously lead to an increase in other traits due to significant inter-correlations. Therefore, the characters i.e., plant height, flag leaf sheath length and thousand-grain weight were given prior importance for primary selection.\r\nPath co-efficient analysis. Path analysis enables the partition of correlation coefficients into direct and indirect effects and thus helps in determining the actual contribution of the yield attributing component. The path coefficients along with correlation coefficients are essential to study the association among variables. The direct and indirect effects of phenotypic path analysis for the 13 biometrical traits are shown in Table 5. The character panicle length had a high negative direct effect (-0.43) and positive indirect effects of high, moderate and low via flag leaf sheath, plant height and thousand-grain weight respectively. The character flag leaf blade width has a moderate positive direct effect (0.256) and a moderate positive indirect effect via flag leaf sheath length and low positive indirect effects via plant height and thousand-weight. The traits flag leaf sheath length (0.52) had the highest positive direct effect followed by a high direct effect of thousand-grain weight (0.47) and a moderate direct effect of plant height (0.27). As these characters possess a high positive direct effect, implies that yield enhancement can be achieved by direct selection of these traits. \r\nThe direct and indirect effects of genotypic path analysis for the 13 biometrical traits are shown in Table 6. Panicle length has the highest negative direct effect (-0.78) followed by flag leaf blade length (-0.458) and days to 50% flowering (-0.333). The traits thousand-grain weight (0.655) had the highest positive direct effect followed by a high direct effect of flag leaf sheath length (0.631), a high direct effect of plant height (0.623), and a moderate direct effect of days to maturity (0.463). Salini et al. (2010) also witnessed a high positive direct effect of plant height with grain yield per plant. The characters mentioned above possess a high positive direct effect and positive correlation with single plant yield, inferring that yield improvement can be accomplished by direct selection of these characters. \r\n', 'G. Anil Kumar, C. Vanniarajan, M. Vetriventhan, R. Sudhagar and S. Saravanan (2022). Association and variability Studies of Quantitative Traits in Proso Millet (Panicum miliaceum L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 208-214.'),
(5255, '136', 'Host Preference Studies on Stored Pulses to Pulse bruchid, Callosobruchus phaseoli (Gyllenhal) (Chrysomelidae: Coleoptera)', 'G. Haripriya, R. Arulprakash*, P.S. Shanmugam and D. Amirtham', '37 Host Preference Studies on Stored Pulses to Pulse bruchid, Callosobruchus phaseoli (Gyllenhal) (Chrysomelidae Coleoptera) R. Arulprakash.pdf', '', 1, 'Pulses, being an essential source of proteins, serves as the indispensable food crop throughout the world. In storage, pulses witness heavy loss and damage due to various biotic and abiotic constraints. Among them, the bruchid infestation was very crucial. The present study was focussed on the host preference of bruchid, Callosobruchus phaseoli to various pulses seeds viz., green peas, chickpea, kidney beans, black beans, greengram, blackgram, horsegram, cowpea, and lablab. Results revealed that C. phaseoli preferred larger pulses seeds for oviposition than the smaller ones and maximum adult emergence was observed in lablab and cowpea. In blackgram, black beans and kidney beans (both speckled and brown types), despite oviposition, none of the grubs turned in to adults and there was no sign of damage to the seeds. Correlation studies showed that except seed dimension (Length, breadth and surface area) other biophysical characters (Seed colour, lustre, texture and sphericity) did not have any influence on C. phaseoli biology. Biochemical profiling of blackgram and black beans would reveal the exact cause of resistance. ', 'Callosobruchus phaseoli, pulses, host preference, biology, biophysical parameters', 'The degree of susceptibility to C. phaseoli varied between the different types of pulses. C. phaseoli prefers to breed in lablab and cowpea. Whereas seeds like blackgram, black beans and kidney beans did not support the larval development of C. phaseoli. Correlation studies revealed that biophysical parameters of pulses did not influence the growth and development of bruchid. Resistance in blackgram and beans could be attributed to the antinutritional substances (Secondary metabolites) in them. Therefore, to understand the mechanism of resistance, biochemical profiling of pulses is a prerequisite. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPulses are indeed an important source of dietary fibre and high-quality protein. They play a vital role in food and nutritional security, with a lot of potential in meeting future global food security, nutrition, and environmental sustainability needs (Singh et al., 2016). In India, pulses have been cultivated over an area of 28.8 million hectares, with total production of 25.72 million metric tons, yielding about 892 Kg/ha annually (Anonymous, 2022), and thus being the world’s largest producer, consumer and importer of pulses (Vishwakarma et al., 2019). Nevertheless, there are some constraints exists in the production as well as the post-production of pulses. Being highly proteinaceous, pulses are more prone to storage pests and that alone accounts for 5-10 % losses in pulses (Lal and Verma 2007).\r\nPulse beetle, Callosobruchus spp. (Chrysomelidae: Coleoptera), also called bruchids, are quite well regarded as the most devastating pulse storage pest, particularly in the tropics and subtropics, causing notable losses to the stored pulse commodities (Mishra et al., 2017). The extent of damage and lossincurred by bruchids is variable depending on the crop and species. Among the species, Callosobruchus maculatus (Fabricius) and C. chinensis (Linnaeus) are the most notorious infesting several pulses such as cowpea, mung bean, black gram, chickpea, horse gram etc., during storage. In recent times, the bruchid species C. phaseoli has known to infest stored lablab seeds. During the recent survey, occurrence of Callosobruchus phaseoli (Gyllenhal) was recorded in stored lablab seeds and until now this species has not been reported from Tamil Nadu. C. phaseoli measures about 2.7 – 3.5 mm length and 1.5 – 1.7 mm width, having golden yellow brown body colouration. Like any other bruchid, it also glues its egg to the seed surface, the emerging grub entirely damages the cotyledon, and the adults make their way out by making circular exit holes. In view of C. phaseoli may expand its host range in future, the present study was focussed on identifying the host preference of bruchid by studying its biology in various pulses and to determine the range of susceptibility in pulses genotypes. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nExperiment details. The study was conducted at the Department of Agricultural Entomology, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University (TNAU), Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu from November 2021 to May 2022 by utilising Completely Randomized Design with three replications.\r\n\r\nSeed materials. Different types of uninfested pulses viz., green peas (Pisum sativum), chickpea (Cicer arietinum) (Desi and kabuli type), kidney beans (Phaseolus vulgaris) (Speckled and brown), blackgram (Vigna mungo), greengram (Vigna radiata), cowpea (Vigna unguiculata) and horsegram (Macrotyloma uniflorum) were used for the host preference study and were procured from the local markets. Black kidney beans, a local landrace collected from Kolli hills, Tamil Nadu and dolichos bean (Lablab purpureus) (Variety CO(GB)14), obtained from the Department of Vegetable Sciences, TNAU, Coimbatore, were also included in this study. All the seed materials were pre-conditioned in the deep freezer at -23˚C for two weeks to eliminate the hidden infestation by any other storage pests and then the seeds were thawed at room temperature for five days before experimentation.\r\nBruchid culture. Callosobruchus phaseoli adults used in this experiment were obtained from the pure culture maintained at Seed Health Laboratory, Directorate of Seed Centre, TNAU, Coimbatore. The male and female beetles were differentiated using the key characters (Kingsolver, 2004). Ten pairs of freshly emerged adults were released in uninfested white lablab seeds (100 g) kept in a plastic container (10 cm diameter, 20 cm height). Seeds were exposed for oviposition for two days and adults were removed. Freshly emerged adults from the culture were used for the experiments. The culture was retained throughout the study by periodical sub-culturing.\r\n ‘No-choice’ study. The host preference of C. phaseoli to different pulses was determined using no-choice method of screening (Aidbhavi et al., 2021). The number of seeds taken for study varied according to their size viz., kidney beans - 20 nos.; green peas, chickpea, lablab, kolli hills bean - 30 nos. each); cowpea - 40 nos. and greengram, blackgram, horsegram - 50 nos. each. The pre weighed seeds were taken in plastic vials (7.5 cm height, 5 cm diameter) three pairs of mated beetles were released in each vial and allowed to oviposit for four days. The biological parameters viz., oviposition (no. of eggs laid per ten seeds), egg hatching success (Giga and Smith 1987), adult emergence (%) and Mean Developmental Period (MDP) were observed. Finally, seed damage (%) and weight loss (%) were computed (Seram et al., 2016). Based on the above parameters, Susceptibilty Index (SI) (Howe, 1971) was calculated, and pulses seeds were categorized into immune (0.000), resistant (0.001-0.050), moderately resistant (0.051-0.055), moderately susceptible (0.056-0.060), susceptible (0.060-0.065) and highly susceptible (>0.065). \r\nSeed biophysical characteristics. The qualitative (Seed colour, lustre and texture) and quantitative (Seed dimensions, surface area and sphericity) parameters of different pulses were analysed to understand whether it has any relationship with the host susceptibility to C. phaseoli. The qualitative aspects like seed colour and lustre were visually observed. Seed texture was analysed under LEICA stereo zoom microscope (Model: S8APO). Seed length, breadth, width and seed coat thickness were measured using digital vernier calliper (Model: Kency). From the above parameters, seed surface area and seed sphericity were worked out as per Sewsaran et al. (2019).\r\nStatistical analysis. The data were statistically analysed by one way ANOVA using SPSS software version 22.0 and the means were compared by Duncan’s Multiple Range test (DMRT) at 5.0 % significance level. To stabilize the variance, data in percentage were transformed using arc-sine transformation, while others were transformed by square root transformation. To understand the mechanism of resistance, seed biophysical parameters were correlated with the biological parameters of C. phaseoli.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Screening by no-choice test\r\nBiological parameters of C. Phaseoli obtained from the host preference study were given in Table 1. Eggs of C. phaseoli were observed on all the pulses seeds but there was significant variation in the rate of ovipositon. Maximum oviposition was observed in kidney beans (speckled) (70.17 eggs/10 seeds) and minimum in horsegram seeds (2.60 eggs/10seeds). Maximum eggs on kidney beans (speckled) might be due to the larger size, because seed size influence the ovipositon pattern of bruchid (Lambrides and Imrie 2000).\r\nThe hatching success of bruchid eggs had a significant variation between the pulses. Hatched eggs were differentiated from the unhatched ones by their dirty white opaque colour (Unhatched eggs are shiny and translucent). Maximum percentage of egg hatching was noticed in chickpea (Desi type) (94.72%) and in green peas (94.43%), whereas only 33.70% eggs were hatched in kidney beans (Brown). \r\nMaximum adult emergence (%) was observed in lablab seeds (78.11%). In blackgram, black beans (local land race) and kidney beans (speckled and brown) no adult emergence was observed. Despite higher percentage of hatching success, the seeds of blackgram, black beans and kidney bean has not supported the larval development. This might be due to the presence of antinutritional factors in the seed cotyledon that has hindered the larval development. Under laboratory condition in lablab seeds, C. phaseoli adult emergence occurs in 25-28 days after oviposition. However, in this study, Mean Developmental Period (MDP) of C. phaseoli varied significantly in different pulses. MDP ranged from 0.0 to 32.78 days, with green peas registering the longest MDP. C. chinensis had a prolonged developmental period in the resistant chickpea varieties (Ahmad et al., 2017).\r\nPer cent seed damage was higher in lablab (93.33%) followed by cowpea (85.83%), which also recorded maximum weight loss (29.95%). The seed damage and weight loss had a prominent association with the adult emergence rates. Tripathi et al., (2020) also found a significant positive relationship between adult emergence and percent seed weight loss. Based on SI, different pulses seeds were categorized and mentioned in Table 1.\r\nB. Biophysical seed characters\r\nThe results of qualitative and quantitative seed characters are presented in Table 3. There is a variation in seed coat colour among the different pulses seeds, however most of them had smooth texture and shiny lustre. The current findings revealed that seed coat colour did not have any impact on C. phaseoli oviposition, because there was no variation in the number of eggs laid on the light as well as dark coloured pulses seeds. In contrast, Esen et al. (2019) observed that seed colour of peas influenced the oviposition by C. chinensis, wherein black and brown coloured varieties had significantly lesser number of eggs per seed than yellow and green varieties. \r\nSeed lustre also had no effect on the oviposition. This finding contrasted with Duraimurugan et al., (2014), they reported that small and shiny green gram seeds had fewer eggs compared to the large and dull seeds. The seed texture of pulses seeds used in this study did not show much variation as most of them had smooth texture, except chickpea (Desi and kabuli type) and blackgram. The roughness of black gram seed could be a factor for non-preference by C. phaseoli. A similar attribute was noticed by Shaheen et al. (2006) wherein the resistant chickpea cultivars had rough and wrinkled seed coats. \r\nThe quantitative seed parameters viz., seed dimensions, seed coat thickness, seed surface area and seed sphericity, all exhibited significant variations between the pulse seeds. The seed coat thickness was minimum in the small sized pulses seeds like blackgram, greengram, horsegram and cowpea. Chickpea (Desi type) had the maximum seed coat thickness of 0.18 mm. As far as the Seed Surface Area (SSA) is concerned, Chickpea (Kabuli type) had the maximum SSA of 307.02 mm2 and horse gram had the minimum of 31.37 mm2. Seed sphericity denotes the roundness of the seed, that is, higher the value of seed sphericity, the more spherical is the seed (Wood et al., 2012). The seed sphericity of pulses seeds ranged from 53.71% (Kidney beans brown) to 90.29% (Green peas). \r\nC. Correlation study\r\nCorrelation analysis was performed to understand the influence of biophysical parameters of pulses seeds on the biology of C. phaseoli (Table 4). Surprisingly, only the ovipositional preference of bruchid had significant positive association with the seed length (r=0.803), breadth (r=0.763) and seed surface area (r=0.721). This elucidates that C. phaseoli had a high preference to larger seeds for oviposition, and it is evident that greater the seed size and area, higher is the rate of oviposition by bruchid. This is in consistent with Holay et al., (2017) who reported that the seed surface area of cowpea seeds was positively correlated with the number of eggs laid. Furthermore, the seed biophysical characters had no effect on the susceptibility of pulses. The bruchid biological parameters such as number of adults emerged, percent adult emergence, seed damage, weight loss was highly associated with one another. The SI had a significant positive correlation with number of adults emerged (r=0.735), MDP (r=0.751), percent adult emergence (r=0.931), seed damage (r=0.818), and weight loss (r=0.805). Thus, the present study infers that the major reason behind bruchid resistance in some pulses may be attributed to the seed biochemical factors or the presence of any antinutritional substances and this was found consistent with several reports (Srinivasan and Durairaj 2007; Saruchi and Thakur 2014; Swamy et al., 2020).\r\n', 'G. Haripriya, R. Arulprakash, P.S. Shanmugam and D. Amirtham (2022). Host Preference Studies on Stored Pulses to Pulse bruchid, Callosobruchus phaseoli (Gyllenhal) (Chrysomelidae: Coleoptera). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 215-219.'),
(5256, '136', 'Impact of Growing Conditions on Growth, Flower Induction and Yield Traits of Cucumber (Cucumis sativus L.) Varieties', 'P. Sudheer Kumar Reddy, S. Muthulakshmi*, G.J. Janavi and K. Venkatesan', '38 Impact of Growing Conditions on Growth, Flower Induction and Yield Traits of Cucumber (Cucumis sativus L.) Varieties Sudheer Kumar Reddy Pesala.pdf', '', 1, 'An experiment was investigated at the Department of Vegetable Science, Horticultural College and Research Institute, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Periyakulam, Tamil Nadu, India to assess the different varieties of cucumber varieties such as Heera, Japanese Long Green, K-75, Konkan Kakadi, Pant Khira-1 under open and protected environmental conditions. This experiment was laid out in Randomized Block Design with a factorial concept and comprised of three replications. The protected condition shows maximum vegetative growth at 30 days (31.88 cm) and 60 days (216.44 cm), early male (6th node) and female flowering (8.58 node) and it induces early fruiting (49.05 days), maximum fruit length (19.34 cm) and yield (4.2 kg/ha) shown over the open field conditions. Japanese Long Green showed maximum vegetative growth among all varieties in 30 days (27.68 cm) as well as at 60 days (207.5 cm), maximum fruit length (25.07 cm) and the maximum number of nodes per vine (37.45). Heerahybrid recorded early nodal position of male (3.35) and female flower (4.31), highest yield (3.13 kg/plant) among all the varieties. In interactions, maximum vine length in Japanese Long Green under protected conditions (282.5 cm) and early female flower observed in Heera under protected conditions (4.31), maximum yield (4.25 t/ha) was recorded in Heera under protected conditions. In open field conditions climate change is the major problem for the cultivation of cucumber but in protected conditions to regulate the microclimate surrounding the crop it induces yield.', 'Cucumber varieties, Open condition, protected condition, microclimate, fruit length', 'Protected conditions provide a favorable environment and microclimate for growth and development, and the physiological functioning of cucumber plants inside a Naturally ventilated polyhouse as compared to the open condition. The results of the study revealed cucumbers grown under polyhouse showed maximum vegetative growth, early flower induction, and high yield than those grown under open growing conditions. Therefore, the cultivation of cucumber can be advocated under polyhouse so that it can catch early market that would ultimately fetch a good price in the local markets as well as the export purpose and thus improve the socio-economic status of the farmer. Therefore, it can be recommended that among the two growing conditions, a naturally ventilated poly house is the best to provide a more favorable microclimate for cucumber cultivation. Cucumber hybrid Heera produced significantly maximum fruit yield as compared to all varieties. From the overall of the present study, it may be suggested and concluded that for successful investigation of cucumber Heera hybrid under protected conditions is an ideal.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nCucumber (Cucumis sativus L.) is a popular vegetable grown in both open and protected environmental conditions around the world. Cucumber is indigenous to northwest India and it has been grown for at least three thousand years. Its juice is frequently advised as a source of silicon for skin health. Cucumber is high in vitamins A, B, B5, C, and K, as well as minerals such as magnesium, potassium, copper, phosphorus, and manganese. Cucumbers having caffeic acid and ascorbic acid aid to minimize skin irritation and swelling. India has a tropical and subtropical climate, the predominance of high temperatures throughout the year makes it difficult to get better yields and excellent quality vegetables in open environmental conditions. Protected farming is a distinct and specialized type of agriculture in which the microclimate surrounding the plant is partially or completely regulated according to the needs of the plant species farmed (Mishra et al., 2010). The protected cultivation of cucumbers could be used to improve their vegetative growth, yield, quantity and quality (Singh et al., 2012; Ganesan, 2002). Seed crops produced in open fields particularly in Kharif, are heavily plagued with cucumber mosaic virus and some other insect pests, for which no reliable management technique is currently available. \r\nFurthermore, changing climatic conditions, increased temperature and an increase in the incidence of insect pests and diseases drastically reduce seed yield and quality in the Kharif crop, and the relatively early onset of high temperature hampers the production of female flowers, fruit set, and fruit development in the Kharif crop. Due to its flexibility and high output under plastic house conditions, most farmers started growing hybrid cucumbers inaccessible regions during the off-season to earn remunerative returns. Even in naturally ventilated poly homes, yields are higher than in open fields (Srivastav and Singh, 1997; Gautam et al., 2008). Insect pest problems in protected farming are considerably different from pest problems in open fields (Rani and Reddy et al., 1999) (Reddy and Kumar et al., 2006). Less light intensity gives rise to more female flowers whereas more light intensity causes more male flowers Growing seed crops in protected structures, such as poly houses, can help to relieve these issues by shielding the crop from various insect vectors and poor environmental conditions. As a result, the current study was designed to investigate growth behaviour, flowering and fruit development parameters in cucumbers during kharif under Tamil Nadu conditions.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present investigation was conducted at the western farm of the Department of Vegetable Science, Horticultural College and Research Institute (HC&RI), TNAU, Periyakulam in 2022 to evaluate the 5 varieties i.e., Heera, Japanese Long Green, K-75, Konkan Kakadi, Pant Khira-1, collected from various institutions/universities of Indian Council of Agricultural Research cultivated by TNAU recommended agronomical practices equipped with fertigation system. The spacing of 110 cm × 60 cm was maintained in raised beds with a single row system under polyhouse and open conditions. For both conditions, three replications were adopted for each variety in a Factorial Randomized Block Design (FRBD) with 2 factors (Growing conditions and Varieties). Based on soil and leaf studies, chemical fertilizers were applied. Soluble fertilizers were injected into irrigation water or sprayed on the leaves of plants to supplement micronutrient deficits (except for Iron which is used in the irrigation system). Ammonium sulphate, potassium sulphate (low solubility), superphosphate triple (poor solubility), magnesium sulphate, manganese sulphate, zinc sulphate, and Fe chelate were among the fertilizers used.\r\nNaturally Ventilated Poly House (NVPH). The saw-toothed structured poly house had various facilities like a double door, exhausted fan and cooling pad system, fogging system, shade net, and fertigation system. \r\nOpen environmental condition. In open conditions without any environmental control system but same agronomic practices followed, such as dimensions of the plot, date of sowing, training, fertigation, and intercultural operations.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nTables 1 and 2 show the data on the performance of various cucumber varieties in two different habitats in terms of plant development characteristics, flowering, and fruit characters under the naturally ventilated poly house as well as in open field conditions. The statistical analysis showed substantial variations between the growth conditions and different varieties.\r\nVegetative growth parameters. Vegetative growth characteristics such as vine length at 30 DAS, vine length at 60 DAS, and number of nodes per vine were recorded for different varieties of cucumber under open and protected conditions. From Table 1, it was concluded that significantly maximum vine length at 30 DAS (31.88 cm), vine length at 60 DAS (216.14 cm) and number of nodes per vine (28.24) were recorded under protected conditions and minimum recorded under open field conditions. This might be attributed to increased photosynthesis and respiration as a result of the protected house beneficial microclimate. This is consistent with the findings of Kumarand Arumugam (2010) and Priya et al. (2002) on vegetables produced in poly houses, as well as Ryelski (1985) and El-Aidy et al. (1989) on sweet pepper cultivated in shade net houses. In between varieties, Japanese Long Green showed maximum vine length at 60 DAS (207.50 cm), a number of nodes per vine (37.45), followed by Heera (267.80 cm, 28.22 cm) respectively. The vine length at 30 DAS was significantly maximum recorded in the Heera variety (28.98 cm) on par with Japanese Long Green (27.68 cm), whereas among the interactions Japanese long green under protected conditions showed maximum vine length at 30 DAS (46.55 cm), vine length at 60 DAS (44.13 cm), number of nodes per vine was recorded in Japanese Long Green under open field conditions (37.45). The outcome of these characters was in accordance with Chaudhari et al. (2016); Dahal et al. (2020).\r\nReproductive parameters. Table 2 revealed the significantly maximum nodal position of the first male and female flower recorded under open conditions (8.11, 10.78) respectively, and the early nodal stage of the male (6.00) and female flower (8.58) shown under protected conditions. The results conform with Singh et al. (2004). In varieties, early nodal position of male (3.35) and female flowers (5.25) was noticed in the Heera hybrid. Among the interactions, the early (3.19) nodal position of the first male flower was recorded in Japanese Long Green under protected conditions and the early (4.31) female flower nodal position was recorded in Heera under protected conditions and late nodal position of male (10.45) and female flower (13.2) seen in Pant Khira-1 under open conditions. The differences in the first emergence of female flower could have been due to internodal length, number of internodes, genetic nature, environmental factors and vigour of the crop. Rawat et al. (2014); Patel et al. (2013) reported such variations among various cucumber cultivars for the nodal position of first pistillate flower and staminate flowers.\r\nDays to first picking. Days to first picking significantly maximum (57.89 days) was recorded under open field conditions over the protected conditions (49.05 days), this might be owing to a build-up of photosynthates, which stimulated the early commencement of flowers. Rui et al. (1989) discovered similar results in capsicum. Heera hybrid took minimum (43.86 days) days for first picking and the maximum days taken for first picking in Konkan Kakadi (62.17 days) variety. In interactions, Japanese Long Green variety under protected conditions took less (38.12) days for first picking and more (65.79) days took in Konkan Kakadi under open field conditions. Similar findings were reported by Kumar et al. (2013); Kumar et al. (2019).\r\nDays to the last picking. Fig. 1 shows that protected conditions (91.92 days) took maximum days for last harvest compared to the open field conditions (88.01 days), whereas varieties K-75 (93.7 days) had the maximum days for last picking and minimum days taken in Heera hybrid (82.86 days). In individual interactions, maximum days were shown in Japanese Long Green under protected grown conditions (94.22 days), and minimum days were reported in Heera hybrid under open field conditions (80.45 days) for days to last picking. The present findings are in agreement with those reported by Cardoso and Silva (2003); Afangideh and Uyoh (2007).\r\nFruit length (cm). Fig. 1 shows that Protected conditions (19.34 cm) obtained maximum fruit length and minimum fruit length was noted under open field conditions (18.03 cm), and Japanese Long Green (25.04 cm) had longest fruit and minimum fruit length recorded in the K-75 variety (15.88 cm). Among all the interactions, Japanese Long Green under protected (26.94 cm) obtained the longest fruit and the shortes fruit was noted in K-75 under open field conditions (15.67 cm). The difference in fruit length could have been due to the genetic nature of the variety, environmental factors, and vigour of the crop. Similar findings are reported by Hossain et al. (2010); Yadav et al. (2012); Patel et al. (2013); Kaddi et al. (2014). \r\nYield per plant (kg/plant). Fig. 2 shows that protected conditions (3.02 kg) obtained maximum yield and open conditions (1.45 kg) was noticed as the lowest yield, among all the varieties Heera hybrid (3.13 kg) had the maximum yield, followed by the Japanese Long Green (2.98 kg/ha) and minimum yield was noticed under Konkan Kakadi (1.31 kg/ha). In individual interactions, maximum yield was noted in the Heera hybrid under protected conditions (4.25 kg/ha) and the lowest yield was noticed in Konkan Kakadi under open field conditions (0.9 kg/ha). These findings back up previous research of Afangideh and Uyoh (2007); Soleimani et al. (2009).\r\n\r\n', 'P. Sudheer Kumar Reddy, S. Muthulakshmi, G.J. Janavi and K. Venkatesan (2022). Impact of Growing Conditions on Growth, Flower Induction and Yield Traits of Cucumber (Cucumis sativus L.) Varieties. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 220-224.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5257, '136', 'Co-ordinal Impact of Humic Acid, Boron and Zinc Application on Morphological Changes and Chlorophyll in Black gram', 'Deepak Kumar, Akash, Mohit Naik and Anaytullah Siddique*', '39 Co-ordinal Impact of Humic Acid, Boron and Zinc Application on Morphological Changes and Chlorophyll in Black gram Deepak Kumar.pdf', '', 1, 'An experiment was planned and executed over the field to evaluate the co-ordinal impact of humic acid with foliar applications of Zn and Boron on morphological changesand chlorophyll content in black gram (Vigna mungo L.). Out of both the concentrations of humic acid, (HA1 and HA2), HA2 was recorded superiorfor the entire set of parameters as compared to HA1 which was considered for the present study. Among thesets of foliar application with boron and zinc, T4 (HA1 + 2% Zn) was recorded consistently better than the rest of the treatments for all the parameters in both concentrations of HA such as plant height (cm), fresh and dry weight g plant-1, the number of leaves and leaf area cm2 plant-1 (107.1, 164.3, 9.20, 45.7, 532 and 114, 178.7, 9.91, 47.5 and 556). The performance of LAI and SPAD reading was noticed well in HA1 × T4 at both the time of intervals (60 DAS and at harvest). In the case of HA2, T4 performed well only for LAI while for SPAD reading T2 supersede T4. The statistical analysis of the data showed that all the parameters recorded significant differences at (P>0.05) except for the dry weight of the plant.The yield of pulse crop is a major challenge that depends directly / indirectly upon the morpho-physiological growth of the plant therefore, the present study was considered to overcome the issue related to morpho-physiological growth of pulse crop. ', 'Black gram, boron, chlorophyll, humic acidand Zn', 'Soil application of humic acid followed by foliar application of Zinc and Boron showed their co-ordinal impact on morphological growth and total chlorophyll content. Out of the entire set of treatments, HA1 and HA2 both were found most effective along with T4 (Zn 2%) for most of the parameters studied. The applied treatments can help in many ways like nutritional support from the soil, translocation of nutrients within the plant, and additional support in the synthesis of chlorophyll content. On the behalf of these results, we can expect that yield of this crop would be better as compared to normal cultivation practices.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nBlack gram (Vigna mungo) is one of the highly valuable pulse crops concerning nutrition around the world that is grown in both seasons Kharif and Rabi. It is grown on approximately about 3 million hectares and the annual production of this crop is 1.5 to 1.9 million tonnes in India. We can grow this crop throughout the year because it is photo insensitive crop and also a self-pollinated crop. Moreover, it is a short-duration crop, easily suitable in any cropping system and has relative drought tolerance (Cheeran et al., 2017; Gandi et al., 2018). The yield of the black gram crop is adversely affected by the high temperature and drought (Baroowa and Gogoi 2015). It offers nutrition benefits to human beings and provides food security while the additional benefit is given to the soil concerning nitrogen for other crops (Khiangte and Siddique 2021). Humic acid promotes plant growth and yield by increasing nutrient intake and operating on different systems such as cellular respiration, photosynthesis, protein synthesis, and enzyme activities because it is a powerful adsorption and retention complex for inorganic plant nutrients (El-Saadony et al., 2021; Ozfidan-konakci et al., 2018). Zinc and boron both are essential micronutrients that play a wide role in the plant metabolic process in which Zn is the only element that includes in all the classes of an enzyme. Zinc is an element that is required for the biosynthesis of Auxin in the plant system therefore the deficiency of Zinc may show a reduction in auxin content in the plant consequently it alters the growth and development mediated by the interference in carbohydrate and nucleic acid metabolic process (Choudharyet al., 2020; Auld, 2001; Latef et al., 2017). Boron is another micronutrient that interferes in the translocation of sugar from the source to the sink (Farooq et al., 2012; Kihara et al., 2020). Therefore, to enhance the production of black gram, the present piece of work was considered for the research. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present piece of research work was planned and executed over the Research Farm of Agronomy, Lovely Professional University, in Kharif seasons of 2021-22. The experiment was laid out in a Randomized Block Design along with the combinations of ten treatments and one control. The treatment combinations were made with two different types of treatment one is concentrations of humic acid @ 10 Kg ha-1 (HA1) and 12 Kg ha-1 (HA2) and the second is the foliar application of Zn and Boron in two different concentrations (1% and 2%) while the single variety of black gram (Mash1008) was used. The humic acid was applied to the soil after dissolvingin the water by the use of a sprinkler in the respective plots before the sowing. The following morphological parameters were used to assess the impact of treatments such asplant height, fresh and dry weight of the plant, number of leaves, leaf area, and LAI while SPAD reading was recorded with a SPAD meter (SPAD-502). The LAI and total chlorophyll content were calculated according to the formula given by (Watson, 1947; Arnon, 1949).\r\nTotal chlorophyll = (20.2 (D 645) + 8.02 (D 663) × \r\nThe RBD analysis was carried out through SPSS (Model No-23) while the significance level of the parameters and treatments weretasted at p>0.5%.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe co-ordinal impact of humic acid, boron, and zinc application as soil and foliar application on plant height (cm), fresh and dry weight (g plant-1), the number of leaves, and leaf area (cm2 plant-1) were assessedin black gram. It was observed from the data presented in (Table 1) showed that out of both the concentrations of humic acid (HA1 and HA2), HA2 recorded consistently better as compared to HA1 for all the parameters such as plant height, fresh and dry weight, number of leaves and leaf area. The performance of the treatments among the foliar applications of Zn and Boron with HA1 showed that T4(HA1 + 2% Zn) was found maximum value with highly significantfor all the parameters which were followed by T2 and T5 as compared to the control set whilein case of HA2 in combination with Zn and boron, a similar trend was found for all the parameters except to dry weight of the plant. The data presented in parenthesis (Table 1) showed about the % increase/decrease over the control indicated the same trend concerning gain of growth. Data presented in (Table 2) reveals the impact of treatments on LAI (leaf area index) and SPAD readings at the intervals of 50DAS and at harvest.The performance of the treatments among the foliar applications of Zn and Boron with HA1 showed that T4 (HA1 + 2% Zn) was found to the maximum value with highly significantfor both the parameters which were followed by T2 and T5 as compared to control set while in case of HA2 in combination with Zn and boron, the trends was recorded same for LAI while T2 was recorded best for SPAD reading at both the intervals. It was observed from the data presented in (Table 2) showed that out of both the concentrations of humic acid (HA1 and HA2), HA2 recorded consistently better as compared to HA1 for both the parameters such as LAI and SPAD reading except for SPAD reading at harvest. The data relating to % increase/decrease over control justified the performance of treatments (Table 2). Total chlorophyllcontent (mg g-1) was measured from the leaf of black gram and recorded highest in HA2 as compared to HA1 however, within the HA1, T4 was recorded significantly better as compared to the rest of the treatments while T2 was in HA2 at both the time of intervals showed that HA2 (Fig. 1). However, astrong positive correlation was observed between the SPAD reading and total chlorophyll content (Fig. 2). Humic acid is an important compound that helps in many ways to boost plant growth and development in which one of which is enhancing the capacity to release nutrients in soil followed by the uptake of nutrients. The importance of Zn and boron is already well known,especially in the synthesis of Auxin, the production of carbohydrates, and its translocation from the place of the source to the place of the sink (Pandey and Gupta, 2013; Pandey et al., 2006). The co-ordinal impact of the treatments showed that HA1 and HA2 both were doing well incombination with T4 most of the time except fora few parameters such as SPAD reading and total chlorophyll content T2 was recorded better. The results of the present study areper the findings of (Ibrahim and Ramadan, 2015) who reported that the combined application of humic acid and FA of Zinc benefited the crop up to the yield by manipulating morphological characters such as vegetative and reproductive growth mediated by the enhancing the nutrient release followed by the uptake of the plant (Pandey et al., 2013; Ahmed et al., 2010; Fawzy et al., 2010). \r\nIt is also reported that humic acid along with Zinc confers supports respiration, photosynthesis, water uptake and protein synthesis (Zhang and Ervin 2004; Sheikha and Al-Malki 2011 and Abu-Muriefah, 2013) while its ultimate impact is reflected in the yield of crop via improving the morphological growth and chlorophyll content.', 'Deepak Kumar, Akash, Mohit Naik and Anaytullah Siddique (2022). Co-ordinal Impact of Humic Acid, Boron and Zinc Application on Morphological Changes and Chlorophyll in Black gram. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 225-229.'),
(5258, '136', 'Influence of Bioextracts on Improving the Yield and Quality of Pomegranate (Punica granatum L.) var. Bhagwa', 'V.A. Anbhu, J. Rajangam*, V. Premalakshmi, K. Venkatesan', '40 Influence of Bioextracts on Improving the Yield and Quality of Pomegranate (Punica granatum L.) var. Bhagwa V.A. Anbhu.pdf', '', 1, 'An investigation was carried out at DFS, HC & RI, Periyakulam to study the influence of bio extracts on improving the yield and quality during 2021 and 2022 seasons on four years old pomegranate trees var. Bhagwa as well as to address the problems caused by the plants\' inadequate access to nutrients, which limits crop production and causes poor fruit development. Trees were sprayed with different bioextracts after pruning, before flowering and fruit setting stage. The pomegranate treated with Seaweed extract 3% + Moringa leaf extract 6%+ Licorice extract 1.5% exhibited significantly higher yield, fruit weight, Soluble Solid Content (SSC), Titrable Acidity (TA) ratio, ascorbic acid as compared to all other treatments. It is concluded that, the treatment T12 (Seaweed extract 3% + Moringa leaf extract 6%+ Licorice extract 1.5%) was observed to be enhancing the yield (kg per plant) and quality of pomegranate, thus providing efficient outcome to the farming community.', 'Pomegranate, bio extract, yield, quality, Bhagwa', 'Based on the results, it is concluded that the treatment T12 (Seaweed extract 3% + Moringa leaf extract 6% + Licorice extract 1.5%) improved the yield, and quality attributes of pomegranate cv. Bhagwa. Overall, it is inferred that these extracts (along with other natural materials) can be recommended to the farmers for use as natural plant extracts for various crops due to their elevated plausibility, high nutritional qualities, antioxidant influence, process ability, and greater efficiency in crop improvement.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPomegranate (Punica granatum L.), a fruit of heaven and the tropical and subtropical parts of the world produce a significant amount of pomegranates. It is indigenous to Iran and gradually spreading throughout the world (Supe and Saitwal 2016). Due to its wider adaptability, hardiness, low maintenance requirements, and excellent yields, it is ideally suited for growing in dry and semi-arid climates. Its fruit is popular with consumers due to its attractive juice, refreshing arils, as well as its nutritional and therapeutic benefits. There is a demand for high-quality fruits and for both fresh and processed juice, syrup, and wine.\r\nPomegranate \"Bhagwa\" cultivar is currently grown commercially in India. This cultivar produces higher yields and has excellent fruit qualities. This cultivar takes 170-180 days to mature. Fruits range from medium to large in size, are appealing, with smooth, glossy, dark, saffron-colored skin and fetching very good prices in the market. Due to its thick rind and superior preserving qualities, it is appropriate for markets located far away.\r\nBioextracts including seaweed extract, moringa leaf extract, and licorice extract have been shown to be useful organic additions to utilise in the current organic farming trend. It has decreased reliance on inorganic fertilisers in order to achieve sustainability while maintaining quality and quantity.\r\nA new generation of natural organic fertilisers called seaweed extract is extremely nutritive, encourages faster development, and promotes yield and quality. Seaweed extracts include a lot of organic and mineral ingredients in them (micro- and macronutrients). (Alkharpotly et al., 2017).\r\nMoringa oleifera (family: Moringaceae) is one of such alternatives, being investigated to ascertain its effect on growth and yield of crops and thus can be promoted among farmers as a possible supplement or substitute to inorganic fertilizers (Phiri, 2010). Additionally, moringa leaf extract is used to increase productivity and fruit quality by acting as a natural plant growth regulator.\r\nOne of the organic plant extracts is licorice root extract (Glycyrrhiza glabrag), which belongs to the Fabaceae plant family. It helps to increase the growth, yield, and quality of fruits since it contains considerable amount of carbohydrates, amino acids, and other essential nutrients (Hussein et al., 2021).\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS \r\nThis study was carried out during 2021 and 2022 on four-year-old Pomegranate trees (Punica granatum L.) var. Bhagwa in Central farm of Dept. of Fruit Science, Horticultural College and Research Institute, Periyakulam. All trees were selected based on their uniformity in growth, size and vigour which planted at 4×2 meters apart. Treatments of different bioextracts had been imposed on pomegranate viz. seaweed extract, botanical extracts of licorice root and moringa leaves extract of varied concentrations. The experiment was laid out in randomised block design with 3 replications comprising of 13 treatments and 5 plants for each treatment.\r\nFoliar sprays of bioextracts were applied at three stages: first, with the emergence of new flushes following pruning; second, right before flowering; and third, during the stage of fruit set.\r\nObservations recorded\r\nYield parameters. The yield was observed at the time of harvest and expressed in term of kg/tree and ten fruits were randomly taken from each replicate to study the physical properties (i.e., fruit length (cm), fruit diameter (cm), fruit weight (g) .and individual number of fruits per tree.\r\nQuality parameters. After harvesting a sample of 10 mature fruits of each tree was taken at the harvest time to be used for determining the bio chemical properties i.e., the total soluble solids (T.S.S. degree brix) was measured by using a hand refractrometer and the acidity % as citric acid content using fresh juice with titration against 0.1 NaOH. The total sugars %, and juice content, ascorbic acid content were recorded and analysed as per the standard procedure.The data was subjected to statistical analysis.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nYield parameters. The data revealed that the different treatments had significant effect on yield parameters (Table 1). The maximum number of fruits per plant (63.44), yield (16.75 kg plant-1) was recorded with application of T 13 Seaweed extract 3% + Moringa leaf extract 6%+ Licorice extract 1.5% followed by T 11 (Seaweed extract 2% + Moringa leaf extract 4%+ Licorice extract 1%) recorded maximum number of fruits per plant (57.61), yield (14.09 kg plant-1) and treatment T13 (control) recorded minimum number of fruits per plant (43.51), yield (8.70kg plant-1) has been recorded.\r\nMaximum fruit length (8.66 cm), fruit breadth (8.71 cm) (Table 2), fruit weight (262.23 g) and aril weight (185.04), rind weight (78.13) (Table 3) were recorded with foliar spray of Seaweed extract 3% + Moringa leaf extract 6%+ Licorice extract 1.5% and minimum fruit length (6.52 cm), fruit breadth (7.16cm), fruit weight (181.05 g) and aril weight (109.80), rind weight (70.11) were recorded with spray of control.\r\nThe majority of the micro and macro nutrients present in the foliar spray with licorice extract, seaweed extract, and moringa leaf extract, as well as Mevalonic acid, which plays a positive role in establishing gibberellin metabolic pathways and increases the internal level of gibberellin and improves the stimulation of the plant towards flowering, can be explained. Additionally, the presence of carbohydrates and salts increases the rate of persistent vegetative growth. These findings are consistent with the findings of Al-Musawi, (2018) in orange; Aly et al. (2020) in grapes and Hussein et al. (2021) in Pomegranate.\r\nQuality parameters. Foliar spray of various sources of bioextract significantly influenced the fruit quality parameters of pomegranate (Table 4). Results of the present study on advancing the quality of pomegranate fruits indicated that foliar spray of Seaweed extract 3% + Moringa leaf extract 6% + Licorice extract 1.5% (T12) has recorded maximum TSS (14.11 ° Brix) by reducing the titratable acidity content (0.38 %) and ascorbic acid content (14.01) (Table 5) total sugars (13.81), and juice content (46.73), which was significantly higher over other treatments, while the minimum TSS (11.06 ° Brix), highest titratable acidity (0.49 %) and total sugars (10.43), and juice content (40.20), ascorbic acid content (12.34) were found in the control (T13).\r\nThe findings were mostly attributable to the iron and magnesium found in licorice extract, which raises the proportion of total soluble solid in plant cells and improves water retention. Spraying with licorice extract resulted in the low titratable acidity. Abd El-Hamied et al. (2015) found that spraying this extract on pears\' fruits decreased their overall acidity. They also found that this extract enhanced the ascorbic acid content of fruits. The foliar application of MLE had a substantial impact on biochemical variables such TSS, vitamin C, total sugars, as well as non-reducing and reducing sugars. The high concentrations of starch, sugar, zinc, and potassium in MLE may be responsible for this rise. Potassium is directly in charge of the movement of carbohydrates from the source (leaves) to the sink (fruits). Zn causes the activation of several photosynthesis-related enzymes, which produces a significant amount of carbohydrates. The similar findings were reported by Kassem (2021) in pomegranate, Hussein et al., (2008) in date palms and Nasira et al. (2016) in ’Kinnow’ mandarin.\r\n', 'V.A. Anbhu, J. Rajangam, V. Premalakshmi, K. Venkatesan (2022). Influence of Bioextracts on Improving the Yield and Quality of Pomegranate (Punica granatum L.) var. Bhagwa. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 230-234.'),
(5259, '136', 'Bioefficacy of Newer Insecticides against Cotton Leafhopper, Amrasca biguttula biguttula (Ishida) under HDPS & Normal Planting Methods', 'T. Santhoshi*, S. Srinivasa Reddy, M. Rajashekhar, K. Sai Krishna, O. Shaila and V. Divya Rani', '41 Bioefficacy of Newer Insecticides against Cotton Leafhopper, Amrasca biguttula biguttula (Ishida) under HDPS & Normal Planting Methods T. Santhoshi.pdf', '', 1, 'The field study was conducted in the year 2021 during Kharif to determine the efficacy of selected new molecule insecticides against Leafhopper, Amrasca biguttula biguttula (Ishida) population in Cotton at Regional Agricultural Research Station(RARS), Palem, PJTSAU, Telangana, India. Due to the continuous and indiscriminate use of synthetic insecticides, there is resistance development in insects and hence the efficacy has become less reliable. To overcome this problem, the discovery of novel substances with different biochemical targets were needed, which are effective at lower doses and have less exposure to the environment.The study revealed that all the treatments were effective in reducing the leafhopper population as compared to control. Flonicamid 50 WG @ 150 gha-1 in HDPS (97.070 per cent) in case of Normal planting (89.620 per cent), which was shown most effective treatment indicating a reduction in the population of leafhoppers and it was followed by Afidopyropen 50 OD 1000 ml ha-1 and Acetamiprid 20 SP @ 150g ha-1, respectively. The highest Cotton yield was recorded from Flonicamid 50 WG@150 gha-1 in HDPS (33.178 q ha-1) and Normal planting (22.753 q ha-1) followed by Afidopyropen 50 OD @ 1000 ml ha-1 and the least Cotton yield was obtained in Cyantraniliprole 10.26 OD @ 500 ml ha-1. The highest Cost Benefit Ratio was achieved with Acetamiprid (Rs. 1:93.81), followed by Imidacloprid (Rs. 1:76.01). The Cotton growers can make an alternative spray of tested insecticides for the management of the Cotton Leafhopper population.', 'Bioefficacy, Cotton, Cost Benefit Ratio, Flonicamid, HDPS, Leafhopper, Yield', 'Based on the findings of the present study, it can be inferred that the insecticide Flonicamid 50WP @ 150gha-1 was found to be most effective against the leafhopper population. Next, best treatment was Afidopyropen 50 OD @ 1000 mlha-1. These are the best chemical insecticides for control of the cotton leafhoppers population under both the HDPS and Normal planting conditions.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nCotton (Gossypium spp) is commonly known as “White gold” of India. In India Cotton is cultivated on a 12.2 million ha area with a production of 347.05 lakh bales (170kg) and a productivity of 484 kg lint/ha-1 (Sarma et al., 2021). In India, Telangana has the largest acreage of 20.51 lakh ha with production and productivity of 65.87 lakh bales and 545.97 kg ha-1, respectively (Agriculture Statistics at Glance, 2021-2022). Bt-Cotton is more susceptible to attack by sucking insect pest complex viz., Leafhoppers, Amrasca biguttula biguttula (Ishida); Aphids, Aphis gossypii (Glover); Thrips, Thrips tabaci (Lindeman) and Whiteflies, Bemisia tabaci (Gennadius) compared to Desi Cotton. Cotton has been attacked by around 162 species of insects and mites in India, Pest control is necessary for a higher cotton output since pests damage the crop and diminish yield. Due to the Leafhopper, Amrasca biguttula biguttula damage estimated yield loss was reported at about 18.78 percent, whereas due to the sucking pests damage estimated yield loss decreased by about 8.45 q/ha (Sarma et al., 2021). Among all other sucking pests, the cotton leafhopper is an alarming pest throughout the season both the nymphs and adult stages harm the plants by sucking the sap from leaves and transmitting various viruses and causing phytotoxic symptoms known as hopper burn which results in complete desiccation and has become one of the limiting factors in economic productivity of the crop, reducing the growth and yield. Leafhoppers are undoubtedly more severe among the many destructive sucking pests of cotton. Hence, suitable techniques to manage the sucking pest population on transgenic cotton are needed (Bheemanna et al., 2015). Due to the continuous and indiscriminate use of synthetic insecticides, there is resistance and hence the efficacy has become less reliable. To overcome this problem discovery of novel substances with different biochemical targets are needed. Novel molecules are effective at lower doses and have less exposure to the environment (Udikeri et al., 2010).\r\nIncreasing plant density in cotton could be a viable alternative for increasing production and net profits (Naik et al., 2017). Plant spacing has a key role in managing optimum plant density according to the requirement of variety under consideration to boost cotton productivity, especially under irrigated conditions (Nadeem et al., 2010). High-Density Planting System (HDPS) is popularly known as Ultra Narrow Row (UNR) Cotton, which has row spacings less than 20 cm resulting in 2 to 2.5 lakh plants ha-1, while conventional cotton is generally planted in rows at 90 to 100 cm apart it has a plant population of about 1 lakh plants ha-1. The main advantage of UNR spacing is earliness as it needs fewer bolls per plant to achieve the same yield as that of conventional cotton and the crop need not be maintained for the late-formed bolls to mature. Compared to conventionally planted cotton, UNR Cotton plants produce fewer bolls but a higher percentage of total bolls are retained in the first sympodial position than in the second position (Vories and Glover 2006). Adoption of narrow plant spacing with increased plant density may create the congenial condition for sucking pest population build-up in cotton (Singh et al., 2015). In this connection, the present study was carried out to evaluate the per cent reduction of leafhopper population Bt-Cotton under the HDPS and normal with different new molecule insecticides.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experiment was carried out during Kharif, 2021 at Regional Agricultural Research Station (RARS), Palem, PJTSAU, Telangana. The field experiment was laid out in Split Plot Design (SPD) with a plot size of 500 m2with eight treatments, each replicated thrice, the size of each treatment plot was 6.0 m × 5.0 m (30m2). The spacing between row to row and plant to plant was kept 75 cm × 10 cm (HDPS) and 90 cm × 60 cm (Normal) respectively. Cotton hybrid NCS-2778 is the test hybrid chosen for the present investigation. To determine the efficacy of insecticides, two sprays on Bt-cotton were applied. The first spray was carried out based on the Economic Threshold Level (ETL) of leafhoppers and the second spray was followed by subsequently after 10 days interval. The pre-count (1 day before spray) and post-count (3rd and 7th days after spray) of the leafhopper population was recorded by counting the top 3 open leaves of five randomly selected plants of each plot and per cent population reduction over control was calculated.\r\nAll the molecules under study were applied as a foliar spray using a knapsack sprayer. All recommended package of practices were applied to maintain the good plant stand throughout the crop growth period. Treatments details are given in the table below (Table. 1).\r\nStatistical analysis: The percentage reduction of the pest population in each observation was calculated by using Abbott’s formula as given by Flemming and Ratnakaran (1985).\r\nPopulation reduction in percentage (PRP)=\r\n1-(Post-TPT)/(Pre-TPT)* (Pre-TPC)/(Post-TPC)*100\r\nPost treatment population in the treatment = Post-TPT; Pre-treatment population in the treatment = Pre-TPT; Pre-treatment population in control = Pre-TPC; Post-treatment population in control = Post-TPC. \r\nPRP values were transformed into corresponding angular values and subjected to ANOVA using MS-Excel and R studio, respectively.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe results of the study on the efficacy of new molecule insecticides against cotton leafhoppers are presented in the given tables (Table 2). In pre count the average leafhopper population count per five random plants was recorded in the range of 5.956 to 10.563 and 7.06 to 10.10 per 3 leaves in HDPS and Normal planting, respectively. In insecticidal treatments against the leafhopper population varied significantly at all the post-treatment counts of HDPS and Normal planting. HDPS and Normal planting at 3 DAS (days after spraying) the maximum reduction of the pest over control was recorded with 97.265 and 96.995 per cent in Flonicamid 50 WG, respectively and it has shown supremacy over other treatments, these findings are agreement with Kumari et al. (2021) who reported that flonicamid 50 WG has showed the reduction of leafhoppers populations effectively than other treatments which was followed by Afidopyropen 50 OD with 96.350 and 92.975 per cent, respectively. Acetamiprid 20 SP with 86.140 and 85.605 per cent, respectively and Clothianidin 50 WDG with 73.215 and 75.145 per cent followed by Imidacloprid 17.8 SL with 68.285 and 64.630 per cent respectively and statistically varied with all other treatments. The minimum reduction of leaf hopper population was observed in Diafenthiuron 50 WP with 58.450 and 57.080 per cent, respectively which was followed by Cyantraniliprole 10.26 OD with 56.475 and 53.480 per cent, respectively.\r\n \r\nIn both HDPS and Normal planting 7 DAS (days after spraying), Flonicamid 50 WG was shown supremacy in reducing leafhopper population over control with 97.070 and 89.620 per cent, respectively which was followed by Afidopyropen 50 OD with 93.195 and 90.295 per cent, respectively which was followed by Acetamiprid 20 SP with the 81.025 and 81.810 per cent, respectively and Clothianidin 50 WDG with reduction of 71.120 and 70.005 per cent, respectively. The minimum reduction of leafhopper population was observed in Imidacloprid 17.8 SL with the reduction of 61.765 and 65.310 per cent, respectively which is followed by Diafenthiuron 50 WP with 51.635 and 54.300 per cent and Cyantraniliprole 10.26 OD with the reduction of 54.975 and 49.595 per cent, respectively these are found to be least effective but significantly and statistically superior over the control. The present study results are comparable with the findings of Meghana et al. (2018) who reported that maximum mortality of jassids was found in Flonicamid treated plots. Baraskar and Paradkar (2020) reported that Flonicamid 50WG was effective in controlling the cotton leafhopper population. Similar results are also reported by Bharpoda et al. (2014) and the results derive support from the findings of Nemade et al. (2017) reported that Flonicamid gives the best results by lowering the leafhoppers population. Kadam et al. (2014) reported that Clothianidin and Imidacloprid were affecting reducing the populations of leafhoppers and the present findings are in line with the findings of Suman et al. (2021) reported that the Afidopyropen was found to be effective against leafhopper population.\r\n \r\nYield. The data on (Table 4) Cotton yield in HDPS and Normal spacing revealed that all the insecticidal treatments registered significantly higher cotton yield over untreated control. Among the all treatments, Flonicamid 50 WG @ 150gha-1 recorded higher cotton yield (33.18 q ha-1)and (22.76 q ha-1) respectively, followed by Afidopyropen 50OD @ 1000 mlha-1 (29.88 q ha-1) and (22.43 q ha-1), respectively and were on par with each other. The leastcotton yield was obtained in Cyantraniliprole 10.26 OD @ 500 ml ha-1 (20.68 q ha-1) and (17.44 q ha-1), respectively. The highest Cost-Benefit Ratio was achieved with Acetamiprid (Rs. 1:93.81) and which was followed by Imidacloprid (Rs. 1:76.01) which is followed by Flonicamid (Rs.1:40.92), respectively.\r\n', 'T. Santhoshi, S. Srinivasa Reddy, M. Rajashekhar, K. Sai Krishna, O. Shaila and V. Divya Rani (2022). Bioefficacy of Newer Insecticides against Cotton Leafhopper, Amrasca biguttula biguttula (Ishida) under HDPS & Normal Planting Methods. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 235-239.'),
(5260, '136', 'Socio-economic Profile of the Poultry Farmers of Contract and Non- contract Broiler Farming in Eastern Plain Zone of Uttar Pradesh', 'Mustak Ahamad, H.C. Verma*, R.K. Singh, Subodh Kumar, R.P. Diwakar and Amit Kumar', '42 Socio-economic Profile of the Poultry Farmers of Contract and Non- contract Broiler Farming in Eastern Plain Zone of Uttar Pradesh R P Diwakar.pdf', '', 1, 'The present study was carried out by research scholar of department of veterinary & A.H. extension education, ANDUAT, Kumarganj, and Ayodhya in the eastern plain zone of Uttar Pradesh. The state was purposively selected because, broiler farming in Uttar Pradesh as already discussed is in developing stage as compared to southern, western and other north Indian states like Punjab, Haryana etc. There is a substantial gap in demand and supply of poultry meat and table eggs. Uttar Pradesh being the most populous state and having large population engaged in both contract and non contract broiler poultry production. The Eastern Plain Zone was selected purposively due to highest poultry population among all other zones. The Eastern Plain Zone comprises of 12 districts namely Ambedkar nagar, Azamgarh, Ballia, Barabanki, Chandauli, Faizabad, Ghazipur, Jaunpur, Mau, Sant Ravidas Nagar, Sultanpur and Varanasi. For the present study, three districts viz. Sultanpur, Amethi and Pratpagarh were selected purposively out of 12 districts, on the basis of poultry population. Two District Ambedkarnagar and Sultanpur were selected from eastern plain zone of Uttar Pradesh, purposively on the basis of poultry population and intensity of contract broiler farmers. From each block, two lists, one of contract broiler farmers and other of non-contract broiler fanners were prepared, from each list 20 contract and 20 non-contract poultry farmers having at least 2000 birds and two years of experience in poultry farming were selected randomly. Thus from each block 40 farmers (20 contract and 20 non-contract) were selected which make the total sample size of 160 broiler farmers (80 contract and 80 non-contract). Majority of the respondents (56.25%) were belonging to middle age category followed by young age (23.75) and old age (20.00) respectively. Maximum percentage (46.25%) of contract broiler farmers belonged to OBC caste followed by general (32.50%). Overall, 61.25 per cent of the broiler farmers in the study area were Hindu, followed by Muslim (38.75%). Majority (51.25%) of the contract broiler farmers belonged to nuclear family type, followed by joint family (48.75%). The result of socio-economic status like Age, education, family type, family size, experience, occupation of poultry farmer play important role in rate adoption and get more economy of poultry farmers in contract and non-contract pattern of broiler poultry farming.', 'Socio-economic profile, Poultry farmers, Contract farming, Non-contract farming', 'Majority of the respondents (56.25%) were belonging to middle age category followed by young age (23.75) and old age (20.00) respectively in pooled poultry farmers. Maximum percentage (46.25%) of contract broiler farmers belonged to OBC caste followed by general (32.50%). Overall, 61.25 per cent of the broiler farmers in the study area were Hindu, followed by Muslim (38.75%). Majority (51.25%) of the contract broiler farmers belonged to nuclear family type, followed by joint family (48.75%). While 53.75 per cent non-contract broiler farmers belonged to joint family and the rest 46.25 per cent belonged to nuclear family system. More than fifty per cent of the broiler farmers (52.50%) under contract broiler farming system had medium family size (7-9 members) followed by small (35.00%) and large (12.50%). fifty per cent contract broiler farmers (52.50%) had engaged agriculture and broiler farming followed by Agriculture (28.75%), Agriculture + Business (10.00%) and agriculture and services (8.75%). So the result of socio-economic status like Age, education, family type, family size, experience, occupation of poultry farmer play important role in rate adoption and get more economy of poultry farmers in contract and non-contract pattern of broiler poultry farming.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nBroiler poultry farming plays an effective role in improving the economic status of the rural poultry farmers by increasing their socioeconomic condition besides providing nutritious food through meat. There is regional variation in poultry production like contract and non-contract patter of poultry farming in India Poultry is one of the fastest growing segments of the agricultural sector in India today. During the 2013–14 fiscal years, the nation exported 4.3 million metric tons of poultry products to the rest of the world for a total of Rs. 565.87 crores (APEDA, 2013). Broiler farming plays an effective role in improving the economic status of the rural people by increasing their income besides providing nutritious food through meat. There is regional variation in poultry production in India. The northern region is lagging behind as compared to southern and with in northern region. In northern region UP has poor performance as compared to Haryana and Punjab. The total Poultry in the country is 851.81 Million in 2019, increased by 16.8% over previous Census. The total Backyard Poultry in the country is 317.07 Million in 2019, increased by 45.8% over previous Census. The total Commercial Poultry in the country is 534.74 Million in 2019, increased by 4.5% over previous Census. According to estimates, in India, a vertically integrated system produced 90% of the poultry in the Southern region, 80% in the Western region, 70% in the Eastern region, and 10% in the Northern region (Rajan 2006). The socio-economic status like Age, education, family type, family size, experience, occupation of poultry farmer play important role in rate adoption and get more economy of poultry farmers in contract and non-contract pattern of broiler poultry farming. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe Eastern Plain Zone was selected purposively due to highest poultry population among all other zones. The Eastern Plain Zone comprises of 12 districts namely Ambedkar nagar, Azamgarh, Ballia, Barabanki, Chandauli, Faizabad, Ghazipur, Jaunpur, Mau, Sant Ravidas Nagar, Sultanpur and Varanasi. For the present study, three districts viz. Sultanpur, Amethi and Pratpagarh were selected purposively out of 12 districts, on the basis of poultry population. Two District Ambedkarnagar and Sultanpur was selected from eastern plain zone of Uttar Pradesh, purposively on the basis of poultry population and intensity of contract broiler farmers. From each block, two lists, one of contract broiler farmers and other of non-contract broiler fanners were prepared. From each list 20 contract and 20 non-contract poultry farmers having at least 2000 birds and two years of experience in poultry farming were selected randomly. Thus from each block 40 farmers (20 contract and 20 non-contract) were selected which make the total sample size of 180 broiler farmers (80 contract and 80 non-contract). \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSION\r\n1. Age. The Table 1 reveals that pooled mean age of broiler farmers was 39.25 years. The average age of the contract and non-contract broiler farmers was 38.66 and 39.85 years, respectively. It is evident from the table that maximum percentage of respondents (60.63%) was middle, followed by old (20.62%) and young age category (18.75%). In case of contract broiler farming majority of the respondents (56.25%) were belonging to middle age category followed by young age (23.75) and old age (20.00) respectively. While, maximum Non contract based farmers belonged to middle aged group (65.00) followed by old (21.25) and young (13.75). Ram swami et al. (2006) also reported similar findings as average age of the farmers engaged in contract and non-contact broiler farming were 36 and 39 years, respectively. Babu (2013) also reported that majority of the farmers engaged in broiler farming belongs to young age group (Fig.1.).\r\n2. Education. In the Table 2 analyzed that 37.50 per cent broiler farmers under contract broiler farming system were graduate, followed by Primary (17.50%), Middle (16.25%), high school (12.50%), post graduate (11.25 %), intermediate (3.75 %) and illiterate (1.25%).\r\nWhile under non-contract broiler farming system 38.75 per cent farmers were graduate followed by primary (17.50 %), middle (13.75%), high school (12.50%), post graduate (10.00%), intermediate (5.00%), Illiterate (2.50%). Overall, 38.12 per cent broiler farmers were having education up to graduate, followed by Primary (17.50%), middle (15.00%), high school (12.50%), intermediate and post graduate (8.75%), illiterate (1.87%).Similar findings reported by Bhimraj et al. (2017) (Fig. 2).\r\n3. Caste. A cursory on Table 3 reveals that maximum percentage (46.25%) of contract broiler farmers belonged to OBC caste followed by general (32.50%). While under non-contract broiler farming system 52.50 per cent respondents were found to OBC caste category followed by general (32.50%) and SC (15.00%). On overall basis also 49.38 per cent of the broiler farmers were under OBC caste category, followed by general (32.50%) and SC (18.12%) (Fig. 3).\r\n4. Religion. Table 4 reveals that more than fifty per cent of the broiler farmers belonged to Hindu (63.75%) religion followed by Muslim (36.25%). While in case of non-contract broiler farming systems 58.75 per cent of the broiler farmers belonged to Hindu religion and rest 41.25 per cent were Muslim. Overall, 61.25 per cent of the broiler farmers in the study area were Hindu, followed by Muslim (38.75%) (Fig. 4).\r\n5. Land holding. Table 5 reveals that the average land holding size contract and non-contract broiler farmers were 2.44 and 2.24 respectively.\r\nThe study also revealed that highest percentage (42.25%) of the contract broiler farmers had medium land holding followed by small (33.75%), large (13.75%), and marginal (10.00%). While, in case of non-contract broiler farming system majority of the broiler farmers (46.25%) had medium land holding, followed by small (32.50%), Marginal (15.00%) and large (6.25%). Overall average land holding of broiler farmers was 2.34. Similar findings reported by Bhimraj et al. (2017) (Fig. 5).\r\n6. Type of Family. The Table 6 Shows that majority (51.25%) of the contract broiler farmers belonged to nuclear family type, followed by joint family (48.75%). While 53.75 per cent non-contract broiler farmers belonged to joint family and the rest 46.25 per cent belonged to nuclear family system. Overall, majority (51.25%) of the broiler farmers having joint family, followed by nuclear family (48.75%). Khan (2006); Mandal et al. (2006); Babu (2013) also reported the similar findings.\r\n7. Size of Family. Table 7 reveals that more than fifty per cent of the broiler farmers (52.50%) under contract broiler farming system had medium family size (7-9 members) followed by small (35.00%) and large (12.50%). While in case of non-contract broiler farming system of the broiler farmers (50.00%) had medium family size, followed by small (27.50%) and large (22.50%). Overall, about fifty per cent of the broiler farmers (51.25%) had medium family size, followed by small (31.25%) and large (17.50%). Mohanraj and Manivannan (2012) also reported similar findings (Fig. 6).\r\n8. Occupation. Table 8 indicates that about fifty per cent contract broiler farmers (52.50%) had engaged agriculture and broiler farming followed by Agriculture (28.75%), Agriculture + Business (10.00%) and agriculture and services (8.75%). While maximum percentage of non- contract broiler farmers (46.25%) engaged in agriculture followed by agriculture and broiler farming (35.00%), agriculture and business (11.25%) and agriculture and service (7.50%). Ramaswami (2006); Gopala et al. (2017) also reported the similar findings (Fig. 7).\r\n', 'Mustak Ahamad, H.C. Verma, R.K. Singh, Subodh Kumar, R.P. Diwakar and Amit Kumar (2022). Socio-economic Profile of the Poultry Farmers of Contract and Non- contract Broiler Farming in Eastern Plain Zone of Uttar Pradesh. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 240-244.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5261, '136', 'Development of Fig Chikki using Fig powder (Ficus Carica) and its storage stability studies', 'Vidhya Lakshmi A., Karuna Ashok Appugol, Irengbam Barun Mangang, Jagan Mohan R. and Loganathan M.*\r\n', '43 Development of Fig Chikki using Fig powder (Ficus Carica) and its storage stability studies Vidhya Raja.pdf', '', 1, 'Fig (Ficus carica) is a nutritionally rich fruit traditionally grown and commercially available as dried preserved fruit. It is an important fruit for health based on its nutritional composition. It is commercially available only in dried form which makes it an underutilized fruit. But considering the high nutritional aspects it should be made available in consumer preferred form which can be marketed easily. Thus the fig was made as powder by drying of figs using method of Low Temperature Low Humidity (LTLH) drying and then grinding. The fig powder was incorporated to produce value added product of Fig chikki. The prepared product was analyzed for various physiochemical parameters and the changes in physio chemical parameters upon storage of 30 days was noted and it was compared to control samples. The fig chikkis was found to have 2.1 % of moisture, 17.8 % of protein, 21 % of fat, 5.6 % of crude fiber, 3.3 % of ash, 0.04 % acidity, 26 % reducing sugar, 5.1 mg of ascorbic acid, 107 mg of total phenolic content, 36 % of antioxidant activity with 0.5 water activity, pH value of 6.4 and color difference (ΔE) of only 10.6 at the end of 30 days of storage. Upon storage, although the values were significantly different from control it was with only slight differences except protein content, crude fiber, ascorbic acid, total phenolic content which was majorly higher in fig chikkis. Upon sensory evaluation, the fig chikkis had better flavor, hardness, sweetness than the control, while other parameters were slightly lesser to control. The value added product of chikkis can be prepared using fig powder which had improved nutritional properties than normal ones and it was found to have desirable sensory quality on 30 days of storage. ', 'Fig powder, Value added product, Dried figs powder, Storage, Physico Chemical qualities', 'The LTLH dried figs was used to obtain fig powder and it was incorporated into value added product of fig chikkis. The various physio chemical parameters of the product were analyzed and the storage stability and sensory analysis were done. The fig chikkis was found to have 2.1 % of moisture, 17.8 % of protein, 21 % of fat, 5.6 % of crude fiber, 3.3 % of ash, 0.04 % acidity, 26 % reducing sugar, 5.1 mg of ascorbic acid, 107 mg of total phenolic content, 36 % of antioxidant activity with 0.5 water activity, pH value of 6.4 and color difference (ΔE) of only 10.6 at the end of 30 days of storage which was similar to control except change in color. The advantage of incorporating figs is that a higher protein content, crude fiber, ascorbic acid and total phenolic content was recorded than control. The fig chikki had better flavor, hardness, sweetness than the control, while other parameters were slightly lesser to control. Thus, the value added product of chikki prepared using fig powder had improved nutritional properties than control product. Hence, it is concluded that the fig product had improved physio chemical properties and desirable sensory qualities even on 30 days of storage. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nFig (Ficus carica) belongs to the family Moraceae has been growing since 4000 B.C. Figs are syconia, multiple druplet fruits with a distinctive “inside-out” structure (Mawa et al., 2013). Fig can be harvested twice a year and its regarded as a seasonal fruit. Depending on the cultivar, it is harvested either in the spring or in the early or late summer (Ouchemoukh et al., 2012). Fig is a commercially valuable crop (Kitajima et al., 2018). A mature fresh fig has a pulp content of 84 % and a skin content of 16 % (Hiwale, 2015). The fresh figs contain moisture (89.8%), carbohydrate (17.1%), protein (1.3%), fat (0.2%), mineral matter (0.6%), phosphorus (0.03%), calcium (0.06%), and iron (12 mg). It also has carotene (162 μg), thiamine (60 μg), riboflavin (50 μg), and niacin (600 μg) per 100 g (Cheema and Bhatt, 1954). While the dried figs contained water (15.7%), reducing sugar (62.84%), protein (3.39%), ash (2.10%), crude fiber (5.80%), acid (0.42%) (Hiwale et al., 2015). Because of the large amount of dietary fiber, vitamins, and minerals in dried figs, they have a better nutrition profile than all other dried fruits (Badgujar et al., 2014).\r\nThere are many varieties (about 1,000 varieties) under cultivation which may have common characteristics. Turkey is the highest leading producer of figs (Hiwale, 2015) followed by Egypt, Moracco, Greece, Iran, and Algeria that account for 70 % of global annual fig production (FAOSTAT, 2022). Mineral amounts differed significantly amongst the sample groups grown in Italy, Greece and Turkey (Lo Turco et al., 2020). Figs are also a source of a number of bioactive compounds that are found in the peel, pulp, and leaves includes cyanidin 3-rutinoside, epicatechin, and caftaric acid, respectively (Teruel-Andreu et al., 2021). \r\nThe traditional medicine field has been using fig products to treat a variety of diseases, primarily in the treatment of skin (Zhang et al., 2020). The fig plant\'s leaves, roots, and latex are recognized for the health benefits, including antihelminthic, antifungal, acetyl cholinesterase inhibition and anticarcinogenic effects (Arvaniti et al., 2019). It was reported that fig is used to treat a variety of ailments including gastric problems, inflammation and cancer. (Mawa et al., 2013).\r\nFresh figs are extremely susceptible to decay and the post-harvest life is very short (Kong et al., 2013). So the fresh figs are processed, dried, stored, and consumed as a dried fruit for enhanced shelf life and safer storage. Previous studies have reported that the analysis of various physicochemical parameters of fig powder revealed that it is rich source of sugars, fiber, potassium (Khapre et al., 2014) which can be incorporated in various value added products like milk shake, ice cream, toffee and burfi (Khapre, 2011) .\r\nValue added products can be prepared using fig pulp, dried fig and also by incorporating fig powder. The products like fig jam having 0.7 %pectin and 0.3 % (Kumari et al., 2018), fruit bar with 20 % fig puree and 80 % mango puree (Pawase et al., 2018), fresh rabri, with 150g of fig pulp for every 1 liter of sweetened condensed milk (Dhemre et al., 2018) was prepared using fig pulp.\r\nThe dried figs were crushed and filtered to prepare a microbial biotechnological product like wine from dried fig using Saccharomyces cerevisiae, the wine had 4 % alcohol (Kadam and Upadhye 2011), also wine was made from sliced figs (Jeong et al., 2005). The fig powder was found to be better in terms of ease of processing and yield, in contrast to fig pulp and dried figs. Fig powder was also incorporated to prepare burfi (Khapre et al., 2015), goat’s yogurt (Mahmoudi et al., 2021) and cookies Khapre et al. (2015).\r\nChikki, also known as peanut brittle, is a famous Indian sweet snack enjoyed by a greater portion of population. Chikki is a hard crunchy product which is golden brown colored, that contains peanut pieces and has a distinct peanut flavour (Pallavi & Chetana 2014). There are various types of chikki based on the added ingredients, such as groundnut chikki, roasted bengal gram chikki, sesame chikki, and so on. The peanut chikki can be done using incorporation of various raw materials like sesame seed, ragi flour, flaxseed (Chetana & Sunkireddy, 2011), pomegranate juice (Devhare et al., 2021), even various nutraceuticals was used to enrich the chikki (Ramakrishna & Pamisetty 2014). Multigrain flour is now used in the preparation for maximum health benefits (Abhirami & Karpagapandi 2018).\r\nBased upon this research, this study aims at preparation of value of added product of Fig Chikki by incorporating fig powder and to study their effects upon storage for 30 days on various physico chemical parameters.\r\n\r\n\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nA. Preparation of Fig Powder\r\nThe fresh figs of Deanna variety were purchased from orchards of Namakkal district of Tamil Nadu, India, dried and powdered. The figs were cleaned, washed and cut into round shaped slices of 0.5 ± 1.0 mm thickness. The slices were pretreated with 0.2% KMS solution. It was observed that the fresh fig slices had a mean diameter of 31.28 ± 3.66 mm and weighed 3.79 ± 0.24 g. The fresh figs were stored in a refrigerated condition of 4 ± 1°C until subjecting them to drying. The figs were subjected to drying by using a novel method of Low Temperature Low Humidity (LTLH) drying. The fresh fig slices were placed in the drying chamber and dried in the set condition of 30°C and 10 % RH until the moisture is reduced to 5 %. The dried fig samples were cooled in a desiccator and stored in polyethylene zip lock pouches in ambient temperature. The LTLH dried figs were grinded to get fig powder which was sieved using two sieves of mesh sizes 707 and 505 μm. The sieved fig powder was added with 1 % of tri-calcium phosphate as an anticaking agent as described by Khapre et al. (2015). The prepared fresh fig powder had an average particle size of 465nm. \r\nIngredients. The ingredients needed for the chikki preparation includes peanuts and jaggery along with above items. All the ingredients were purchased from local markets of Thanjavur, Tamil Nadu and stored in ambient conditions.\r\nB. Fig Chikki Preparation\r\nFig chikki was prepared using the method described by Ramakrishna & Pamisetty (2014) with required modifications (Fig. 1). The process (Fig. 2) involves roasting of peanuts at a temperature of 120 to 140 °C for 20 minutes. The outer peanut skin was removed and the nuts were broken into two pieces. The ratio of ingredients followed were 3:1:1 indicating the roasted peanuts, peanut fines and fig powder (Table 1). The ingredients were weighed accordingly. The jaggery was added with half ratio of water to prepare syrup and heated to 145°C for 20 minutes. Once the syrup is thickened with desired consistency, it was added with roasted peanuts, peanut fines and fig powder and mixed well. It was spread in a greased tray and the chikkis were cut into small square pieces. Similarly, the control chikkis were prepared without the fig powder.\r\nStorage of prepared products. The value added product was prepared and stored for storage studies. The chikkis was stored in polyethylene zip lock pouches at ambient room temperature conditions for 30 days.\r\nC. Physicochemical analysis of product\r\nThe prepared product was analyzed for various physico chemical parameters for 0, 15 and 30 days and the changes were noted. The moisture, protein, fat, crude fiber, ash, titratable acidity, reducing sugar, and ascorbic acid content of fig products and control products were determined using the methods described by AOAC (2021) and Ranganna, (1995).\r\nWater activity and Ph. The water activity of samples was recorded using a water activity meter (Aqua lab dew point, Water activity meter 4TE). The temperature during measurement was recorded and it was kept constant at 27 ± 1°C. The pH of samples was recorded using the pH meter (Horiba- PH1100, Model: 9615S, Japan).\r\nColor and ΔE. The color of the product was assessed with a colorimeter (Hunter lab color flex EZ, Model: CFEZ0925,Hunter Associate Laboratory, Inc., Reston, Virginia, USA) by measuring opposite sides of the products. In CIE color coordinates, measurements were recorded as L* (lightness to darkness), a* (greenness to redness), and b* (blueness to yellowness). The colorimeter had a viewing area of 64 mm diameter and it was calibrated using the standard black and white tile provided (X-80.06, Y- 85.06, Z-89.63) before taking every sample reading. The change in color (ΔE) of the products was assessed using the method described by Monisha & Loganathan (2021) and Ruangchakpet a & Sajjaanantakul (2007). \r\nΔE=√((L_c*-L)^2+(a_c*-a*)^2+〖(b_c*-b*)〗^2 )\r\n\r\nTotal phenolic Content. The phenolic content of the product were analyzed using the Folin-Ciocalteau method for total phenolic content assay as described by Singleton et al.(1999) using catechol standards. The absorbance was read in a UV spectrophotometer (Make: Shimadzu; Model: UV-1800) and it was expressed as mg Gallic acid equivalents per 100g of sample.\r\nAntioxidant Assay. The antioxidant activity of the product was quantified using the DPPH method as described by Williams et al.(1995) using methanolic extracts of the samples and the DPPH inhibition activity (%) was recorded.\r\nC. Statistical analysis \r\nThe experimental assays were performed in triplicates and data of these various physicochemical parameters were statistically analyzed to find the significance of the results. The results of physicochemical data were expressed as means ± standard deviations and it was compared with control samples. One-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was computed using Minitab (Version 17.3.1). Turkey test was done at a 5% level of significance and when p < 0.05 the data were considered significant. \r\nSensory Evaluation. The sensory evaluation of the prepared product was carried out with a panel of 25 semi-trained judges by using the 9-point hedonic scale. The various parameters analyzed for chikkis includes appearance, color, hardness, crunchiness, flavor, mouth feel, taste, sweetness, overall acceptability. The data obtained was analyzed by following the method of Descriptive analysis as described by Ramakrishna & Pamisetty (2014) using the Fizz WEB by Biosystems Sensory Software.\r\n\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS\r\nA. Analysis of various physicochemical parameters of product and its effect of storage\r\nMoisture. The moisture content of fig peanut chikki was in range of 0.7 (F0) to 2.1 % (F30) while in control, it was 1.7 (C0) to 2.1 % (C30) (Table 2). The control samples had a higher moisture than fig peanut chikki initially. The moisture was found to be increasing during storage. But after 15 days, the moisture was not found to be significantly different between control and fig sample. Both samples had a lesser moisture of 2.1 % at the end of storage of 30 days. The fig peanut chikki was found to have a very less moisture content ranging from 0.7 to 2.1 % (Table 2) which was comparatively less than a similar product of peanut chikki made from pomegranate peel powder (Devhare et al., 2021), pumpkin peanut chikki and also commercial chikki samples (Mala et al., 2015). Thus the storage stability may be better with a lesser moisture content. Thus it is concluded that fig powder had no influence on moisture content of the product upon 30 days of storage.\r\nProtein. It was reported that the amount of protein in the dried figs was found to increase than in fresh figs during the drying and dehydration of figs (Hiwale, 2015). The fig product had a greater storage stability in protein levels in all 4 samples as the values were not significantly different upon storage of 30 days. When fig peanut chikki is considered, it had a very high protein levels because of peanuts ranging from 17.5(F0) to 17.9 % (F15) which was comparatively higher than in control chikki samples ranging from 14.9(C30) to 15.1 %(C0) (Table 2). This protein content of fig chikkis concurred with the nutra chikki prepared by Pallavi & Chetana (2014). Both the control and fig chikkis were rich in protein which was higher than other common peanut chikki (Hirdyani & Charak 2015; Mala et al., 2015; Tidke et al., 2017). All the fig incorporated samples had a higher protein content than their respective control samples even upon storage showing the significance of value addition.\r\nFat. The figs naturally had a lower fat content (Gopalan et al., 1989) and it was also reported that figs are fat and cholesterol-free (Solomon et al., 2006). The fig chikkis were found to have fat content of 21 % (F30) and the control had 23 percent (C30) after 30 days of storage (Table 2). Upon storage the fat content was decreasing which showed the significant difference among the samples. On comparing, the fig chikkis had lesser fat content than control chikkis for respective storage day sample.\r\nCrude Fiber. Fig is a combination of fiber and minerals naturally (Venu et al., 2005). The fresh figs had a crude fiber content of 6.5 % which was found to be increased upon drying. Even fig powder was considered to be a rich source of fiber and it had a dietary fiber of 15.4 % (Khapre, 2011). The fig peanut chikki had crude fiber of 5.7 % (F30) while control samples had 4 % (C0) at end of 30 days (Table 2). It was observed that there was slight reduction in control chikki on storage, while in fig peanut chikki did not showing significant difference during storage. All the chikki samples had a higher crude fiber content when compared with their respective control samples. The crude fiber content was higher than in other reported chikki products using pomegranate peel powder (Devhare et al., 2021), pumpkin peanut chikki and also commercial chikki samples (Hirdyani & Charak, 2015; Mala et al., 2015). These results revealed that all fig products had good crude fiber content.\r\nAsh. The ash of the chikkiswas found to be 3.3% (F30) and the control had 3.4 percent (C30) after 30 days of storage (Table 2). The ash content of both control and fig chikki samples were reducing upon storage and thus the significant difference was noted. But all the samples were having same range of values as control revealing no negative effect of fig product.\r\nTitratable Acidity. The titratable acidity is proportional to the amount of organic acids present in the fruits (Kays, 1991). The titratable acidity of fig chikki was found to be reducing upon storage and ranged from 0.04 (F30) to 0.08 % in fig sample(F0) and 0.03(C30) to 0.05 % in control (C0) (Table 2). The acidity of control chikki samples was found to be significantly different from respective fig sample of same storage day. All the control samples had a lesser acidity than their respective fig samples. Upon storage, the acidity of chikki samples was found to be decreasing. The findings indicated that acidity of fig incorporated products were reducing upon storage.\r\nReducing Sugars. The fig fruits are recorded to be dominant in glucose and fructose (Fateh & Ferchich, 2009). Sugars and organic acid content in fresh figs were lower than in dried figs (Slatnar et al., 2011). It was ranged from 26.0 (F30) to 29.5 % in fig chikki (F0) while in control chikki, it was 26.0 (C30) to 27.0 % (C0) (Table 2). The product was found to have reducing sugars ranged from 26 to 29.5 which was found to be slightly decreasing upon storage. The results of the storage analysis showed that the reducing sugars in chikki samples, were different for initial 15 days but both control and fig chikki had same quantity of 26 % at end of 30 days (Table 2). It was found that fig samples had not much higher difference from that of control samples even upon storage.\r\nAscorbic Acid. Vitamin C also known as ascorbic acid is highly susceptible to oxygen and heat. It can be degraded even by oxidation even upon drying under low oxygen circumstances (Kaya et al., 2010). Upon heat treatments like drying or dehydration, loss of vitamin C has been widely reported (Piga et al., 2004; Ryley & Kajda, 1994; Lund, 1988). The amount of ascorbic acid found in the sample was expressed as mg/ 100ml of sample extract. Initially, the control chikki (C0) had a very less amount (0.9) of ascorbic acid on comparing to fig chikki (F0) which had ascorbic acid of 5.6 mg. It was observed that all chikki samples showed no significant losses of ascorbic acid upon storage (Table 2). \r\nAfter a storage period of 30 days, the fig samples had higher content of ascorbic acid than control samples. Hence it is reported that fig product had better retention of ascorbic acid or Vitamin C.\r\nWater activity, pH. The water activity of fig chikki,was from 0.48 (F0) to 0.50 (F30) (Table 2) and upon storage there was significant difference observed between the samples. The water activity of samples was found to be increasing upon storage. Molds were identified in dried figs, which can grow in low water activity environments and cause microbial spoilage such as undesirable flavors, discoloration, putrefaction, and toxin production(Abellana et al., 1999). Thus water activity has to be monitored for safer storage of figs.\r\nThe pH of the samples can be related to acidity of the figs. The present results of pH in chikki samples revealed that there is significant decrease upon storage and ranged from 6.5(C0) to 6.4in control (C30) and 6.7 (F0) to 6.4 in fig samples (F30) (Table 2). It was found that fig sample had a slightly higher pH than the control sample for each respective storage sample. Therefore, on comparison, it is evident that the products had not much difference on the water activity and pH from that of control.\r\nTotal Phenolic Content. Figs are naturally an excellent source of phenolic compounds which contained a higher concentration of total phenolic in the skin than in flesh (Vallejo et al., 2012). But, there was more phenolic content of 105 (F15) to 107 (F0 and F30) mg in fig chikki due to heat processing while control chikki had 69 (C30) to 71 (C0) mg (Table 2). Each individual control sample of specific storage day was significantly different from that of fig sample. All fig incorporated samples had a higher phenolic content than control revealing the significance of value addition. Upon storage of 30 days, both in control and treated samples there was no significant difference. Thus it is concluded that value addition using figs had increased the total phenolic content of products and storage had no negative effect.\r\nAntioxidant Activity. The antioxidant activities of figs are positively associated with their phenolic compound content (Arvaniti et al., 2019) and anthocyanin content (Solomon et al., 2006; Çalişkan & Aytekin Polat 2011). In chikki, the antioxidant property of the product has lesser due to phenolic compounds degradation upon heat processing. There was significant decreasing effect upon 30 days of storage of chikki (Table 2). On comparing the control and fig samples, the control had lowest of 35 % (C30) while the fig chikki had higher of 36 % (F30). Thus, the present results supported the addition of fig which increased the antioxidant activity of products better than the control even upon storage. Color. Color is a crucial feature because it is often the first thing a customer notices (Saenz et al., 1993). The heat treatment of food is linked to a change in hue. Food color retention following thermal processing can be used to forecast the degree to which food quality deteriorates as a result of heat exposure (Shin & Bhowrnik, 1995). The fig chikki had L* values ranged from38.9 (F30) to 50.6 (F0), a* value was from 12.6(F15) to 13.7(F0) and b* value was from 37.4(F15) to 38.2(F0) (Table 3). The chikkis had significant difference in ΔE values upon storage only after 15 days and thus its concluded that storage had changed the color of chikki. These results indicate that color change was observed in fig chikki upon storage.\r\nB. Analysis of Sensory Attributes of Prepared Products\r\nThe Sensory parameters were analyzed using descriptive analysis and was compared to control of respective products (Fig. 3). The fig chikkis had an overall sensory score of 8.48, while the control chikkis had 8.09 (Table 4). The parameters like appearance, color, crunchiness, mouthfeel, taste of fig chikki were slightly lesser than control. But it was noted that the parameters like hardness, flavor, sweetness of fig chikki was found to have a higher score than the control (Table 4). Thus it is concluded that the fig chikki had better flavor and hardness than the control.\r\n', 'Vidhya Lakshmi A., Karuna Ashok Appugol, Irengbam Barun Mangang, Jagan Mohan R. and Loganathan M.* (2022). Development of Fig Chikki using Fig powder (Ficus Carica) and its storage stability studies. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 245-252.'),
(5262, '136', 'Investigation of Physical, Engineering and Bio-chemical Traits of Tamarind Genotypes', 'Sreedevi M.S.*, Rajkumar P., Palanimuthu V., Hanumanthappa D.C., Surendrakumar A., Ganapathy S. and Geethalakshmi I.', '44 Investigation of Physical, Engineering and Bio-chemical Traits of Tamarind Genotypes Sreedevi.pdf', '', 1, 'Tamarind, a multipurpose, long-lived hardwood tree, popular spice condiment and utilized for its fruits. Because of wide diversity in fruits for varied traits, investigating selected genotypes for different aspects like yield, physical, engineering and biochemical parameters is important. Therefore, the present study was undertaken at the AICRP on Post-Harvest Engineering and Technology (PHET), University of Agricultural Sciences (UAS), Gandhi Krishi Vignana Kendra (GKVK), Bengaluru during the year 2020-2021 to identify the tamarind genotypes for higher yield and quality as well as to know the amount of diversity exist in tamarind crop. An experiment was emphasized mainly on the physical, engineering and bio-chemical characteristics of seven different tamarind genotypes. The results showed that there was wide variation was observed in size, shape, geometric mean diameter, sphericity index, bulk density, true density, porosity, composition of fruit, bio-chemical properties and colour. Among the seven genotypes studied, the genotype NFN-7 was found superior over others for almost all the traits. Hence, genotype NFN-7 is most promising and having immense potential for commercial cultivation and which can also be used for further studies for pulp improvement.', 'Tamarind, Genotypes, Physical characters, Engineering characters, Bio-chemical characters', 'It can be inferred as natural wealth of tamarind fruit as wider diversity traits. Which offer more scope for future improvement in tamarind through the selection of elite genotypes, more importantly for the higher fruit and pulp content. From the current investigation results, we noticed that there is wide variation for many characters even within seven genotypes. The genotype NFN-7 was found superior for fruit characters and quality over all other genotypes. Therefore, the genotype NFN-7 found to be most promising and can be utilized for further evaluation as well as for commercial cultivation. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nTamarind is a multipurpose, long-lived hardwood tree utilized for its fruits, which are eaten raw or processed. In the eighteenth century, Linnaeus named it as Tamarindus indica, inspired by the Arabic name Tamar-i-hind, means date of India (EI-Siddig et al., 2006). Tamarind is a popular spice condiment that can be found in every South Asian kitchen. It has a sweet and tart flavour. The nutritive chemical compounds present in tamarind pulp and date (khajur) reveal that energy, fat and carbohydrates are more in date, while the contents of protein, minerals, calcium, carotene and essential amino acids are more in tamarind pulp. Thus, the Arabians rightly named the tamarind tree as ‘Date-palm from India’ and the tamarind fruit as ‘Indian date’ (Shah, 2014). The tamarind tree is a very huge tree with long, thick limbs that droop and dense foliage. The height of a fully developed tree could be up to 80 feet. The tree produces fruit pods in profusion throughout each season, covering all of its branches. Each pod has a tough outer shell that surrounds a soft, dark-brown pulp that contains two to ten dark-brown seeds. Tamarind pulp and seeds are connected by a strong fibre network. On an average, a tamarind pod is composed of shell (15-25%), pulp (45-55%), seeds (25-35%), fiber (10-15%). The edible portion of dried tamarind contains moisture (15-30%), protein (2.0-8.79%), tartaric acid (8.0-18.0%), carbohydrates (56.70-70.70%), fibre (2.20-18-30%), reducing sugar (25.0-45.0%), and protein (2.0-4.0%) (Shankaracharya, 1998). The most outstanding characteristic of tamarind is its most acidic nature with total acidity range varying from 12.2 to 23.8% of tartaric acid. When fruits are ripe, the pulp is rust-colored and contains 38% moisture (Deokar et al., 2019). \r\nThe area, production and productivity of tamarind in the country are estimated at 43.63 hectares, 158.50 million tonnes and 3634 kg/hectare, respectively. Similarly, in the Tamil Nadu state it is occupied in 14.50 hectares with the production of 44.66 million tonnes by producing 3080 kg/hectare during 2021-22 (Source: Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare, Govt. of India-ON2840-http://www.indiastat.com/home). Tamarind pulp and its products\' quality was maintained and their shelf lives were extended by postharvest handling procedures as harvesting, drying, dehulling, deseeding, packaging, and storing. Designing the machinery for processing, storing, transporting, and adding value requires an understanding of the physical and biochemical features of any biomaterial (Shah, 2014). Any fruit\'s biochemical properties and makeup determine how marketable and palatable it is. Keeping the above, the research on “Investigation of physical, engineering and biochemical properties of different ripen tamarind fruit genotypes” was carried out.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe study was carried at AICRP (PHET), UAS, GKVK, Bengaluru during the year 2020-2021. For the study, seven different genotypes were collected from AICRP (Agro-forestry), UAS, GKVK, Bengaluru during the harvest season (December-March) and the samples were then taken to AICRP on PHET laboratory. In the laboratory the fruits were selected according to degree of maturation and absence of injuries. Subsequently, the pulp of the fruits were manually processed, packed and stored in zip-lock plastic bags for further laboratory analysis. The chemicals used for analysis in this study were of analytical grade.\r\nPhysical and Engineering properties of tamarind fruit. The following physical and engineering properties of tamarind fruit were determined using standard procedures are as detailed below.\r\nSize. The tri-axial linear dimensions viz., major axis (length), minor axis (breadth) and intermediate axis (thickness) were carried out on 50 randomly chosen ripe tamarind fruits of different genotypes using a digital Vernier caliper (Make: Mitutoyo, China; Model: CD-8 VC) having an accuracy of 0.01 mm. \r\nShape. The shape of the tamarind fruit and seed was also found to be different from various locations. Actually tamarind fruit is irregular shape in nature. The mean values of 50 observations for geometric mean diameter (Dg) and sphericity index (Φ) of tamarind fruits of different genotypes were calculated by using the following relationships (Mohesenin, 1986):\r\nDg = 〖(LxBxT)〗^(1/3) \r\n Φ = Dg/L \r\nWhere,\r\nL = Length of the fruit / seed, mm\r\nW = Width of the fruit / seed, mm\r\nT = Thickness of the fruit / seed, mm\r\nMass. The mass of single tamarind fruit was measured by electronic weighing balance (Make: Adam Equipment co ltd., Miton Keynes, UK: least count 0.001g) and value of each tamarind fruit was recorded for 50 fruits to get average mass of single tamarind fruit. The mass of the whole fruit, pulp, fibre and seeds were obtained by individual direct weighing on electrical weighing balance.\r\nBulk density. Bulk density of tamarind fruit was determined by using a cube box having a volume of 1000 cm3. The samples were filled in a box of standard size and top surface was leveled off. Then the samples were weighed using an electronic weigh balance (Mohesenin, 1986). \r\nThe bulk density was calculated as:\r\n \r\nWhere,\r\n ρb = Bulk density, kg/m3\r\n m = Mass of fruit, kg\r\n vc = Volume of the container , m3\r\nTrue density. The true density is defined as the ratio between the mass of tamarind fruit and true volume of tamarind fruit. It was determined using the toluene displacement method. Toluene was used in the place of water to avoid absorption by the fruits. The volume of toluene displaced was found by immersing a weighed quantity of tamarind in the toluene. \r\n\r\nThe true density was calculated as:\r\n \r\nWhere,\r\n ρt = True density, kg/m3\r\n m = Mass of fruit, kg\r\n vf = Volume of fruit , m3\r\nPorosity. Porosity was calculated as the ratio of the difference between the true and bulk density to the true density value and expressed in percentage. The porosity of the tamarind fruits were computed using the formula given below and expressed in per cent.\r\nThe porosity was calculated as:\r\n \r\nWhere,\r\n = Porosity, per cent\r\nρb = Bulk density, kg/m3\r\nρt = True density, kg/m3\r\nColour. Tristimulus colour measurements of ripe tamarind genotypes fruit and its pulp were made using Spectrophotometer (Make: Konica Minolta Instruments, Osaka, Japan; Model - CM5). It is a light weight, compact Tristimulus colour analyzer for measuring reflected-light colour. It combines advanced electronic and optical technology to provide high accuracy and complete portability. Using an 8 mm diameter (measuring area) diffused illumination and 0º viewing angle, the instrument takes accurate colour measurements instantaneously and the readings are displayed. The colour of the samples were measured in CIELAB (L*, a*, b*) coordinate system, where L* value indicates lightness of the sample; a* value indicates greenness (-) or redness (+) of the sample; and b* value indicates blueness (-) or yellowness (+) of the sample. Three readings were taken for each sample and the mean values were reported.\r\nBio chemical properties of tamarind fruit. The proximate analysis was done by adopting standard procedures. Tamarind pulp sample was extracted under optimum conditions during the study. All the analysis was done in triplicates and the mean values were recorded.\r\nTotal Soluble Solids. Total soluble solids (TSS) of tamarind pulp was recorded by using an ERMA Hand Refractometer (0-32 °Brix) and the results were expressed in °Brix. 10 g of tamarind pulp was mashed with 20 ml of distilled water to make into juice. Before measurement, the accuracy of Refractometer was checked by using distilled water and calibrated. After proper cleaning with a tissue paper, few drops of extracted juice was placed on the prism and the readings recorded were expressed in °Brix. \r\npH. For determining pH of fruits and vegetables and their products a buffer of pH 4 would be sufficient. Standardized the pH meter using this buffer and checked the pH of the tamarind pulp. \r\nTitrable Acidity. It is necessary to determine titrable acidity of a given food sample to ensure the presence of acid in terms of predominant acid present in it. The predominant acid present in the tamarind is the tartaric acid and the acid content was determined as per Bates (1994). Ten grams of homogenized sample was taken and made up to 100 ml volume in a volumetric flask. The contents were than filtered through Whatman no.1 filter paper; an aliquot of 10 ml was taken for titration against 0.1 N NaOH using phenolphthalein indicator and light pink colour as end point, to estimate titrable acidity in terms of tartaric acid. \r\nFactor for acidity: One ml. of N/10 NaOH = 0.0075g of tartaric acid.\r\nThe titrable acid content was calculated as:\r\nTitrable acidity (%tartaric acid) =\r\n \r\nAscorbic acid. Tartaric Acid content of the sample was estimated by using Bates (1994). Tartaric acid content of the sample was expressed as mg/100g. 10g of the pulp sample was blended with reasonable amount of 0.4% oxalic acid and then filtered by Whatman No.1 filter paper. The volume of the filtrate was completed to 250 ml with 0.4% oxalic acid. 20 ml of the filtrate was pipettes into a beaker and then titrated with dye solution (0.2g 2.6-dicholorophenol- indo phenol dissolve in 500ml solution) to a faint pink color. \r\nThe ascorbic acid content was calculated as: \r\nAscorbic acid (mg/100g) =\r\n \r\nFactor = \r\nThe dye strength was determined by taking 5ml of standard ascorbic acid (0.05g ascorbic acid / 250 ml 10 % oxalic acid solution) in a beaker and titrate with dye solution to faint pink color. \r\nReducing sugars. The reducing sugars were determined by the method of Bates (1994). 10 grams of sample was taken in 250 ml volumetric flask. To this, 100 ml of distilled water was added and the contents were neutralized by 1 N sodium hydroxide solution using 1-2 drops of phenolphthalein indicator. Then two ml of 45 per cent lead acetate was added to it. The contents were mixed well and kept for 10 minutes. Two ml of 22 per cent potassium oxalate was added to it to precipitate the excess of lead. The volume was made to 250 ml with distilled water and solution was filtered through Whatman No. 4 filter paper. This filtrate was used for determination of reducing sugars by titrating it against the boiling mixture of Fehling ‘A’ and Fehling ‘B’ solutions (5 ml each) using methylene blue as indicator and formation of brick red precipitate as an end point. Keeping the Fehling’s solution boiling on the heating mantle carried out the titration. The results were expressed on per cent basis. \r\nTotal sugars. For inversion at room temperature, a 50 ml aliquot of clarified deleaded solution was transferred to 250 ml volumetric flask, to which, 10 ml HCl was added and then allowed to stand at room temperature for 24 hrs. It was then neutralized with 0.1 N sodium hydroxide solution using 1-2 drops of phenolphthalein indicator. The volume of neutralized aliquot was made to 250 ml with distilled water. This aliquot was used for determination of total sugars by titrating it against the boiling mixture of Fehling ‘A’ and Fehling ‘B’ (5 ml each) using methylene blue as indicator to a brick red end point. The volume was made up to the mark and determined the total sugar as invert sugars. The results were expressed on per cent basis.\r\nStatistical analysis. Statistical analysis of experimental data was done using OPSTAT Software. The data of different experiments conducted were analyzed as per the design (CRD) to determine the significant differences among treatments.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe results obtained from the present investigation are tabulated; statistically analyzed and relevant discussions have been summarized with the following headings:\r\nStudy of Physical, Engineering and Bio-Chemical Properties of Tamarind Fruit and Pulp\r\nPhysical properties of tamarind fruit genotypes. In the present study fruit characters such as length (mm), breadth (mm), thickness (mm), weight of single fruit (g) and number of seeds per fruit of seven different tamarind genotypes (Plate 1) were studied and the results are presented in Table 1. \r\nDevelopment of high-yielding crop varieties necessitates knowledge of the kind and extent of variability existing in the genotypes available, which depends on the wise evaluation of the data on phenotypic traits associated with yield that are now accessible (Rajamanickam, 2019). Similarly, for design and development of any processing machine; the length, width and thickness of tamarind fruits are important. Length is highly influenced by nutrition available for the plant and management practices that also influence directly the length of the pod and thickness of pods might be due to inherent genetic variations among the genotypes.\r\nWith respect to length of tamarind fruit, the studied genotypes did not differ significantly however, numerically higher fruit length was observed in DTS-2 (115.70 mm) followed by NFN-7 (110 mm) and SMG-14 (105.52 mm). The least length of tamarind fruit is observed in NFN-6 (89.86 mm). Physical parameters (breadth and thickness) of tamarind fruits of different genotypes statistically differed significantly. Significantly higher tamarind fruit breadth was recorded by DTS-2 (30.23 mm) over other genotypes whereas; significantly least tamarind fruit breadth was recorded in SMG-14 (18.30 mm). Significantly higher fruit thickness of 18.64 mm was recorded by NFN-7 and it was on par with DTS-2 (18.16 mm). Whereas, significantly least fruit thickness was observed by SMG-14 (12.18 mm). Similar trend was observed for tamarind pulp (Table 1). The differences in the length of pod and width of pod may be attributed to the difference in genetic makeup of the different tamarind genotypes. The similar variation in pod length in tamarind genotypes was reported by Tadas et al. (2015). High heritability accompanied by medium to low genetic advance for pod width, pod thickness and pulp per cent is indicative of non-additive gene action and the high heritability is being exhibited due to favorable influence of environment rather than genotype (Divakara, 2008). Nandini et al. (2011) reported that longest fruit length was in the range of 6.65 cm to 20.04 cm and the pod width in the range of 2.30 cm to 4.84 cm among the 100 tamarind genotypes were evaluated at Karnataka. Dehdivan & Panahi (2017) opined that there were differences in physical properties among the date seeds.\r\nSignificantly higher number of seeds per tamarind fruits recorded in SMG-14 (7.65) and NFN-7 (7.24) followed by red tamarind (6.36). The seed number per fruit seems to be the varietal character in the tamarind genotypes. The difference in seed weight may be attributed to the differences in the number and size of seeds among the different tamarind genotypes. This is highly influenced by nutrition available for the plant and the management practices that also influence directly the length of the pod. Hanamashetti (1996) opined that the difference in seed number may be attributed to the difference in length of pod and ovule fertility. The similar results corroborated with the results obtained by Hanamashetti and Sulkeri (1997); Divakara (2008) in tamarind genotypes.\r\nEngineering and gravimetric properties of tamarind genotypes. The engineering properties like shape (geometric mean diameter and sphericity index) and gravimetric properties namely bulk density, true density and porosity for tamarind genotypes (Plate 1) were studied and the results are presented in Table 2. The average mean maximum values of geometric mean diameter, sphericity index, bulk density, true density and porosity of tamarind genotypes were found to be 66.17–24.57 mm, 0.55-0.23, 362-263.67 kg/m3, 693.89-491.36 kg/m3 and 63.90-26.31 percent, respectively. The shape is inherited and also affected by the environment. The shape of the fruits observed as curved, semi curved and straight fruit shapes but Fandohan et al., (2010) reported curved and the straight pod shapes. The shapes are affected by the seed number and seed shapes which are influenced by its genetics. Idhayavarman (2019) noted slightly similar average values for bulk density, true density and porosity of tamarind fruit and velvet tamarind fruits.\r\nComposition of tamarind fruit genotypes. The significant variations for fruit characters and quality parameters were observed among the seven tamarind genotypes which are presented in Table 3. The finding revealed that shell weight was ranged from 528 g to 302 g significantly higher shell weight was recorded in SMG-14 genotypes (528 g) over all other genotypes. Whereas, the least shell weight was found in NFN-7 (302 g). The variation in shell weight per fruit of different tamarind genotypes may be attributed to the difference in size of the fruit. Similar variation in shell weight was also observed by Mastan et al. (1997). Tamarind fruit (pod) weight is directly correlated with pulp weight and seed number. \r\nThe fibre weight ranged from 51.96 g to 8.36 g significantly higher fibre weight was recorded in NFN-7 genotype of 51.96 g and the lowest weight was found in PKM-1 (8.36 g). The pulp weight ranged from 413.01 g to 216.53 g. The differences in vein weight per pod among the different genotypes of tamarind may be due to the differences in the rate of development of vascular tissue in fruits (Hanamashetti and Sulikeri 1997)). \r\nThe highest pulp weight was recorded in NFN-7 (413.01 g) followed by red tamarind (388.41 g). The lowest pulp weight was observed in SMG-14 (216.53 g). Present investigation follows results of Challapilli et al. (1995), where the fruit weight is positively and significantly associated with pulp, fibre, seed weight, fruit length and breadth. Nandini et al. (2011) also reported that pulp weight was in the range from 6.99 g to 0.99 g for 100 tamarind genotypes. Tamarind pulp weight is factor of management practices given to the tree. \r\nWeight of seeds per fruit ranged from 276 g to 134.53 g. The difference in shell weight can be clearly attributed to the difference in size of the fruit. The difference in the pod length, pod width, pod thickness and pod circumference may be attributed to genetic difference among the genotypes (Divakara (2008); Fandohan et al. (2011)). The difference in fibre weight may be due to the differences in the rate of development of vascular tissue in fruits (Hanamashetti and Sulikeri 1997). The difference in seed weight may be attributed to the difference in the number and size of seeds. \r\nColour. In Table 4, Tristimulus colour values, represented in terms of L*, a*, b* for the tamarind fruit and its pulp. The average colour values (L*, a*, b*) for ripe tamarind fruit and its pulp of seven different tamarind genotypes was ranged from 44.88-36.43 of L*; 8.81-6.57 of a*; 14.07-10.59 of b* and 37.64-25.21 of L*; 10.18-6.50 of a*; 13.52-3.71 of b* for tamarind fruit and pulp, respectively. Tamarind pulp color varied from light brownish red to dark brown. Obulesu and Bhattacharya (2011) reported slightly similar colour values for ripe tamarind pulp. Fandohan et al. (2011) reported reddish brown and brown colors, which slightly varies from the findings. Variations in tamarind fruit color are highly influenced by the age of the fruit and environmental changes. The pulp color is highly influenced by genetic make-up of the plant. According to Obulesu and Bhattacharya (2011) colour change in tamarind pulp increased sharply after maturation due to non-enzymatic browning. \r\nBio-chemical properties of tamarind genotypes. The genotypes differed significantly with respect to total soluble solids, pH, titrable acidity, ascorbic acid, and sugars content (Table 5). Significantly higher total soluble solid was recorded in SMG-14 (18.17 °Brix) and the least was recorded in NFN-6 (13.37 °Brix). This difference in total soluble solids content is due to the difference in sugar content of the pulp. The differences in TSS content of tamarind pulp may be due to difference in sugar content of tamarind fruits of different genotypes. Tamarind growing in arid region with limited water tends to more accumulation of dry matter and lower moisture may be results in higher TSS in tamarind fruits.\r\nThe maximum titrable acidity content was recorded in NFN-7 (17.35 %) while the minimum was recorded in SMG-14 (5.9 %). This variation in acidity content is due to the difference in sugar content of the pulp and also inherent genetic makeup of each genotype. The differences in percent tartaric acid content of different tamarind genotypes may be due to different tamarind genotypes and varied from season to season (Hanamashetti (1996); Hanamashetti and Sulikeri (1997); Mastan et al. (1997)). The similar results are also found by Prabhushankar et al. (2004) in PKM-1 tamarind. The tamarind fruit has been defined as bitter sweet fruit due to its high content of tartaric acids and reducing sugars combined and also said to be the acidest and sweetest fruit (Rajmanikam, 2019).\r\nThe maximum ascorbic acid content of pulp was recorded in NFN-7 (5.7 mg/100 g) and the minimum was recorded in SMG-14 (3.17 mg/100 g). The variation in the ascorbic acid content of pulp is due to the perpetual synthesis of glucose-6-phosphate throughout the growth and development of fruits which is thought to be the precursor of vitamin - C (ascorbic acid) and also depends on the genotypic differences. \r\nThe highest pH of the pulp was recorded in red tamarind (2.37) and the lowest pH was recorded in sweet tamarind (2.06). The difference in pH concentrate is attributed to the difference in acid to sugar ratio of the pulp and also a distinct feature of the different genotypes. Similar results were documented by Adeola and Aworh (2012). \r\nThe elevated reducing sugar content of the pulp was recorded in NFN-7 (17.55 %) while, the lowest was recorded in SMG-14 (16.77 %). The maximum total sugar content of the pulp was recorded in PKM-1 (13.71 %) while the least was recorded in NFN-7 (8.06 %). The sugar content of tamarind is due to fruit ripening, which is associated with major metabolic changes in the fruit, where complex polysaccharides are converted to monosaccharides. Fluctuations in sugar content are due to differences in the acidity of the pulp and differ within and between genotypes. The similar outcome with respect to the sugar content of tamarind genotypes were revealed by Prabhushankar et al. (2004); Adeola and Aworh (2012). \r\n', 'Sreedevi M.S., Rajkumar P., Palanimuthu V., Hanumanthappa D.C., Surendrakumar A., Ganapathy S., and Geethalakshmi I. (2022). Investigation of Physical, Engineering and Bio-chemical Traits of Tamarind Genotypes. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 253-260.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5263, '136', 'Effect of Foliar Application of nano Ca on qualitative Parameters of Tomato (Solanum lycopersicum L.)', 'D. Rajani, M. Padma*, M. Raj Kumar, A. Kiran, M. Vijaya and G. Padmaja', '45 Effect of Foliar Application of nano Ca on qualitative Parameters of Tomato (Solanum lycopersicum L.) D. Rajani.pdf', '', 1, 'Indiscriminate application of these nutrients to the soil over years will lead to accumulation in soil, to the level toxic to plants. Therefore, an efficient mechanism is very essential to reduce the amount of nutrient (soil / foliar) application, without compromising the plant growth and yield is very essential. Hence, in recent years, the application of nanoscale particles is being preferred to enhance the agronomic effectiveness of nutrients in plants. In view of this, an experiment was conducted during kharif, 2020 to know the effect of foliar application of nano CaO on qualitative parameters of tomato. The experiment was laid out in a Completely Randomized Design (CRD) with thirteen treatments comprising different concentrations of nano CaO (100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 and 1500 ppm), CaNO3, and control. Each treatment was replicated thrice. The foliar application of nano CaO was done at 30 and 45 DAT. Nano CaO 600 ppm recorded minimum values for TSS (3.90 0Brix), pH (4.38), total sugars (2.40 %), reducing sugars (2.15 %), lycopene content (5.80 mg 100g-1) and maximum values for ascorbic acid (25.40 mg 100g-1) and titrable acidity (0.52%).', 'Nano CaO, TSS, pH, total sugars, reducing sugars, lycopene content, ascorbic acid and titrable acidity ', 'Foliar spraying of nano CaO significantly influenced the TSS, pH, total sugars, reducing sugars, lycopene content ascorbic acid and titrable acidity of tomato. Nano CaO 600 ppm recorded minimum values for TSS, pH, total sugars, reducing sugars, lycopene content and maximum values for ascorbic acid and titrable acidity.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nTomato (Solanum lycopersicum L.) is the main vegetable crop extensively grown all over the globe. In India, tomato occupies an area of 0.56 million hectares with a production of 16.13 million tonnes (NHB Database, 2020-21). In Telangana, tomato is cultivated in an area of 0.025 million hectares with a production of 0.88 million tonnes (NHB Database, 2020-21). \r\nTomato requires both major and micronutrients for its proper plant growth (Sainju et al., 2003). Calcium is an important secondary macronutrient, which may be deficient in plants either due to low calcium in the soil or low calcium availability due to high soil pH or low mobility in the plants (Kadir, 2004; Peter, 2005). Therefore, the endless offer of Ca is needed for leaf development, plant canopy, and vigorous root growth. Calcium plays a variety of structural roles in cells and also functions as a second messenger in plant growth, development and adoption to the environment (Del-Amor and Marcelis, 2006). \r\nHowever, indiscriminate application of these nutrients to the soil over years will lead to accumulation in soil, to the level toxic to plants. Therefore, an efficient mechanism is very essential to reduce the amount of nutrient (soil / foliar) application, without compromising the plant growth and yield is very essential. Hence, in recent years, the application of nanoscale particles is being preferred to enhance the agronomic effectiveness of nutrients in plants. Nanotechnology is receiving attention from a diverse field of Science and Technology as it involves the synthesis and application of materials having size dimensions in the nanoscale (1-100 nm) (Khan et al., 2019). Nanoparticles are expected to exhibit higher reactivity because of their larger surface areas to volume ratio (Liu, 2006). The nano molecules applications in Agriculture are at their infancy. Nano fertilizers are a new generation of synthetic fertilizers that contain readily available nutrients on the nanoscale. Nano fertilizers are preferred largely due to their efficiency and environmentally friendly nature compared to conventional chemical fertilizers. The use of nano fertilizers is expected to maintain better soil fertility and provide greater crop yields. Nano fertilizers can be easily absorbed by crops and may exhibit a prolonged effective duration of nutrient supply in soil/crop compared to conventional fertilizers. The actual movement of nanoparticles through the cuticle depends on the nutrient concentration. In view of the above, an attempt is being made to study the efficacy of foliar application of nano nutrients in tomato entitled “Effect of foliar application of nano CaO on qualitative parameters of tomato (Solanum lycopersicum L.)”.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS \r\nThe present investigation was carried out during kharif, 2020; at Agricultural College, Palem, Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University. The nano particulates of Calcium were prepared in a nanotechnology laboratory at the Institute of Frontier Technology, Regional Agricultural Research Station, Tirupati. High-Resolution Transmission Electron Microscopy (HR-TEM) image analysis was carried out at the Indian Institute of Technology, Roorkee. The experiment was laid out in a Completely Randomized Design (CRD) with thirteen treatments comprising different concentrations of nano CaO, CaNO3 and control and each treatment was replicated thrice. The foliar application of nano CaO was done at 30 and 45 DAT. The treatment details are as follows\r\nT1: Foliar spraying with CaNO3 @ 2 g L-1 (2000 ppm) \r\nT2: Foliar spraying with nano CaO 100 ppm (0.1 g L-1) \r\nT3: Foliar spraying with nano CaO 200 ppm (0.2 g L-1) \r\nT4: Foliar spraying with nano CaO 300 ppm (0.3 g L-1) \r\nT5: Foliar spraying with nano CaO 400 ppm (0.4 g L-1) \r\nT6: Foliar spraying with nano CaO 500 ppm (0.5 g L-1) \r\nT7: Foliar spraying with nano CaO 600 ppm (0.6 g L-1) \r\nT8: Foliar spraying with nano CaO 700 ppm (0.7 g L-1) \r\nT9: Foliar spraying with nano CaO 800 ppm (0.8 g L-1) \r\nT10: Foliar spraying with nano CaO 900 ppm (0.9 g L-1) \r\nT11: Foliar spraying with nano CaO 1000 ppm (1.0 g L-1) \r\nT12: Foliar spraying with nano CaO 1500 ppm (1.5 g L-1) \r\nT13: Control (Without Calcium application)\r\nTotal Soluble Solids (oBrix): The total soluble solids of the fruits were determined with the help of an Erma hand refractometer and expressed as oBrix (Ranganna, 1986). \r\npH : pH is the measurement of the logarithm of inverse ions in the solution. \r\npH = -log(H+) \r\n Where, H+= hydrogen ion concentration (g lit-1) \r\nThe pH values were determined with the help of an electronic pH meter. The electronic pH meter was calibrated using 4 pH, 7 pH and 9 pH standard buffer solutions. \r\nAscorbic acid content (mg 100g-1): Ascorbic acid was estimated by the method outlined by Ranganna, (1986). \r\nAscorbic acid (mg 100g-1) = \r\n \r\n \r\nTitrable acidity (%): Estimation of titratable acidity was carried out by using the method given by Ranganna (1986). \r\nTitrable acidity (%) = \r\n \r\nTotal Sugars (%): Total sugars were estimated by the method outlined by Ranganna, (1986).\r\nTotal sugars (%) = \r\n \r\nReducing Sugars (%): The reducing sugars was determined by Lane and Eyon method described by Ranganna, 1986. \r\nReducing sugars (%) = \r\nNon-reducing sugars (%): The non-reducing sugar content in tomato was determined by subtracting the total sugars from the reducing sugars. \r\nNon reducing sugars (%) = Total sugars (%) - Reducing sugars (%) \r\nLycopene content (mg 100g-1): Milligrams of lycopene per 100gm sample, using the formula given by R.P. Srivastava and Kumar (2002) \r\nO.D. of 1.0 = 3.1206 μg of lycopene / ml \r\nLycopene (mg 100g-1) = \r\n \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nTotal soluble solids (oBrix): It is evident from the data that (Table 1 and Fig. 1), among the treatments, nano CaO 600 ppm was recorded lowest TSS (3.90 oBrix), which was statistically on par with nano CaO 500 ppm (4.00 oBrix), while significantly highest TSS has recorded in nano CaO 1500 ppm (5.40 oBrix). The significant effect of nano CaO in maintaining low TSS might be due to the binding of calcium with pectin contents in the cell wall by forming the salt bridge between Ca+2 and COO group (Stanly et al., 1995). Due to this, calcium pectate is formed which helps in reducing the degradation of the cell wall and ultimately reduces the ethylene production resulting in maintaining low TSS by slowing down the ripening process. The present investigation confirmed with reports of Rab and Haq (2012) in tomato, Amini et al. (2016) in sweet pepper and Haleema et al. (2020) in tomato.\r\npH: All treatments had a significant influence on pH (Table 1 and Fig. 1). Among all the treatments, nano CaO 600 ppm recorded the lowest pH (4.38) and it was on par with nano CaO 500 ppm (4.41) and nano CaO 400 ppm (4.43), while it was significantly highest in nano CaO 1500 ppm (4.64). The lowest pH was reported in nano CaO treated plants at optimum concentrations. Fruits containing less pH indicate the presence of more citric acid, which is more suitable for processing and improves shelf life (Hernandez-Perez et al., 2005). Similar results were also reported by Amini et al. (2016) in sweet pepper.\r\nAscorbic acid (mg 100g-1): Maximum ascorbic acid was registered in nano CaO 600 ppm (25.40 mg 100 g-1) which was on par with nano CaO 500 ppm (24.98 mg 100g-1) and T5 (nano CaO 400 ppm) (24.08 mg 100g-1), while significantly minimum ascorbic acid was recorded with nano CaO 1500 ppm (20.30 mg 100g-1). \r\nAscorbic acid was recorded with a lower concentration of nano CaO such as, nano CaO 100 ppm (23.40 mg 100g-1), nano CaO 200 ppm (22.50 mg 100g-1) and nano CaO 300 ppm (22.50 mg 100g-1) were on par with each other. When nano CaO concentrations exceeded 600 ppm, the ascorbic acid content decreased. It was also noted that nano CaO 1000 ppm and nano CaO 1500 ppm had lesser ascorbic acid than CaNO3 @ 2 g L-1 (23.92 mg 100g-1) and control (21.40 mg 100g-1). This could be linked to the phytotoxicity effect of elements at higher concentrations (Table 1 and Fig. 1). Nano CaO delayed metabolic activities like respiration rate and ethylene production due to which higher ascorbic acid was noticed in nano CaO treated plants compared to control. These results were in accordance with the findings of Zakaria et al. (2018) in strawberries and Haleema et al. (2020) in tomato.\r\nTitrable acidity (%): The results indicated that foliar spraying of nano CaO and CaNO3 with varied doses recorded a significant influence on the percentage of titrable acidity (Table 1 and Fig. 1). Among the treatments, nano CaO 600 ppm recorded the highest percentage of titrable acidity (0.52 %), which was on par with nano CaO 500 ppm (0.50 %), while it was significantly lowest in nano CaO 1000 ppm and nano CaO 1500 ppm (0.34 %). A higher percentage of titrable acidity was reported in nano CaO treated plants as it delayed fruit ripening and reduced respiration rate, which ultimately reduce organic acid hydrolysis, i.e. metabolic conversion of organic acid into carbon dioxide and water (Mosa et al. 2015). Similar results were in accordance with the finding of Ibrahim (2005) in apricot, Ramana-Rao et al. (2011) in sweet pepper, Ranjbar et al. (2019) in apple, and Haleema et al. (2020) in tomato.\r\nTotal sugars (%): The data (Table 2 and Fig. 2) enunciated on total sugars as influenced by the foliar spraying of nano CaO and CaNO3 revealed that, nano CaO 600 ppm recorded minimum total sugars (2.40 %), which was on par with nano CaO 500 ppm (2.49 %), while it was significantly maximum in nano CaO 1500 ppm (3.47 %). The lower concentration of nano CaO, such as nano CaO 100 ppm, nano CaO 300 ppm and nano CaO 200 ppm recorded total sugars @ 3.12 %, 2.99 % and 2.98 % respectively. These are on par with each other. Total sugars increased when the concentration of nano CaO increased beyond 600 ppm. It was also noted that nano CaO 1000 ppm and nano CaO 1500 ppm recorded more total sugars compared to CaNO3 @ 2 g L-1 (2.90 %) and control (3.30 %). This could be associated with the phytotoxicity effect of this element observed at higher concentrations. \r\nReducing sugars (%): Foliar application of CaO and CaNO3 recorded a significant influence on reducing sugars (Table 2 and Fig. 2). Among all the treatments, nano CaO 600 ppm recorded the lowest reducing sugars (2.15 %) and it was on par with nano CaO 500 ppm (2.29 %), while it was significantly highest (3.41 %) in nano CaO 1500 ppm. The lower total sugars and reducing sugars were reported in nano CaO treatments where calcium reduces the activity of enzymes responsible for the hydrolysis of polysaccharides to monosaccharides (Agar et al. 1999), delaying ripening, decreasing respiration and metabolic activities (Rohani et al. 1997). Generally, sugars increase with ripening might be due to the metabolic breakdown of polysaccharides into water-soluble sugars and organic acids into carbon dioxide. These results were in accordance with the finding of Rajkumar and Mitali (2009) in water apple fruits, Sood et al. (2014) in tomato, Zakaria et al. (2018) in strawberries, Haleema et al. (2020) in tomato. \r\nNon-reducing sugars (%): nano CaO 600 ppm significantly recorded the highest non-reducing sugars (0.25 %) followed by nano CaO 500 ppm (0.23 %) and nano CaO 400 ppm (0.23 %), while it was significantly lowest (0.06 %) in nano CaO 1000 ppm (Table 2 and Fig. 2). \r\nLycopene content (mg 100g-1): The observations from Table 2 confirm that, nano CaO 600 ppm recorded the lowest value of lycopene content (5.80 mg 100g-1), which was on par with nano CaO 500 ppm (5.86 mg 100g-1), nano CaO 400 ppm (5.92 mg 100g-1) and nano CaO 700 ppm (5.95 mg 100g-1), while it was significantly highest in nano CaO 1000 ppm (7.10 mg 100g-1) which was on par with nano CaO 1000 ppm (6.95 mg 100g-1), and control (6.86 mg 100g-1). An increasing trend in lycopene content was observed when the concentration of nano CaO increased beyond 600 ppm. It was also noted that nano CaO 1000 ppm and nano CaO 1500 ppm recorded more lycopene content compared to CaNO3 @ 2 g L-1 (6.22 mg 100g-1). This could be associated with the phytotoxicity effect of this element observed at higher concentrations. The lowest lycopene content was reported in nano CaO 600 ppm. The reason for failure in skin colour development is the effect of nano CaO on the ethylene generating cycle, which affected lycopene pigment synthesis during the ripening process (Njoroge et al., 1998). These results were in accordance with the finding of Sood et al. (2014) on tomato.\r\n', 'D. Rajani, M. Padma, M. Raj Kumar, A. Kiran, M. Vijaya and G. Padmaja (2022). Effect of Foliar Application of nano Ca on qualitative Parameters of Tomato (Solanum lycopersicum L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 261-266.'),
(5264, '136', 'Investigation of Physical, Engineering and Bio-chemical Traits of Tamarind Genotypes', 'Sreedevi M.S.*, Rajkumar P., Palanimuthu V., Hanumanthappa D.C., Surendrakumar A., Ganapathy S. and Geethalakshmi I.', '44 Investigation of Physical, Engineering and Bio-chemical Traits of Tamarind Genotypes Sreedevi.pdf', '', 4, 'Tamarind, a multipurpose, long-lived hardwood tree, popular spice condiment and utilized for its fruits. Because of wide diversity in fruits for varied traits, investigating selected genotypes for different aspects like yield, physical, engineering and biochemical parameters is important. Therefore, the present study was undertaken at the AICRP on Post-Harvest Engineering and Technology (PHET), University of Agricultural Sciences (UAS), Gandhi Krishi Vignana Kendra (GKVK), Bengaluru during the year 2020-2021 to identify the tamarind genotypes for higher yield and quality as well as to know the amount of diversity exist in tamarind crop. An experiment was emphasized mainly on the physical, engineering and bio-chemical characteristics of seven different tamarind genotypes. The results showed that there was wide variation was observed in size, shape, geometric mean diameter, sphericity index, bulk density, true density, porosity, composition of fruit, bio-chemical properties and colour. Among the seven genotypes studied, the genotype NFN-7 was found superior over others for almost all the traits. Hence, genotype NFN-7 is most promising and having immense potential for commercial cultivation and which can also be used for further studies for pulp improvement.', 'Tamarind, Genotypes, Physical characters, Engineering characters, Bio-chemical characters', 'It can be inferred as natural wealth of tamarind fruit as wider diversity traits. Which offer more scope for future improvement in tamarind through the selection of elite genotypes, more importantly for the higher fruit and pulp content. From the current investigation results, we noticed that there is wide variation for many characters even within seven genotypes. The genotype NFN-7 was found superior for fruit characters and quality over all other genotypes. Therefore, the genotype NFN-7 found to be most promising and can be utilized for further evaluation as well as for commercial cultivation. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nTamarind is a multipurpose, long-lived hardwood tree utilized for its fruits, which are eaten raw or processed. In the eighteenth century, Linnaeus named it as Tamarindus indica, inspired by the Arabic name Tamar-i-hind, means date of India (EI-Siddig et al., 2006). Tamarind is a popular spice condiment that can be found in every South Asian kitchen. It has a sweet and tart flavour. The nutritive chemical compounds present in tamarind pulp and date (khajur) reveal that energy, fat and carbohydrates are more in date, while the contents of protein, minerals, calcium, carotene and essential amino acids are more in tamarind pulp. Thus, the Arabians rightly named the tamarind tree as ‘Date-palm from India’ and the tamarind fruit as ‘Indian date’ (Shah, 2014). The tamarind tree is a very huge tree with long, thick limbs that droop and dense foliage. The height of a fully developed tree could be up to 80 feet. The tree produces fruit pods in profusion throughout each season, covering all of its branches. Each pod has a tough outer shell that surrounds a soft, dark-brown pulp that contains two to ten dark-brown seeds. Tamarind pulp and seeds are connected by a strong fibre network. On an average, a tamarind pod is composed of shell (15-25%), pulp (45-55%), seeds (25-35%), fiber (10-15%). The edible portion of dried tamarind contains moisture (15-30%), protein (2.0-8.79%), tartaric acid (8.0-18.0%), carbohydrates (56.70-70.70%), fibre (2.20-18-30%), reducing sugar (25.0-45.0%), and protein (2.0-4.0%) (Shankaracharya, 1998). The most outstanding characteristic of tamarind is its most acidic nature with total acidity range varying from 12.2 to 23.8% of tartaric acid. When fruits are ripe, the pulp is rust-colored and contains 38% moisture (Deokar et al., 2019). \r\nThe area, production and productivity of tamarind in the country are estimated at 43.63 hectares, 158.50 million tonnes and 3634 kg/hectare, respectively. Similarly, in the Tamil Nadu state it is occupied in 14.50 hectares with the production of 44.66 million tonnes by producing 3080 kg/hectare during 2021-22 (Source: Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare, Govt. of India-ON2840-http://www.indiastat.com/home). Tamarind pulp and its products\' quality was maintained and their shelf lives were extended by postharvest handling procedures as harvesting, drying, dehulling, deseeding, packaging, and storing. Designing the machinery for processing, storing, transporting, and adding value requires an understanding of the physical and biochemical features of any biomaterial (Shah, 2014). Any fruit\'s biochemical properties and makeup determine how marketable and palatable it is. Keeping the above, the research on “Investigation of physical, engineering and biochemical properties of different ripen tamarind fruit genotypes” was carried out.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe study was carried at AICRP (PHET), UAS, GKVK, Bengaluru during the year 2020-2021. For the study, seven different genotypes were collected from AICRP (Agro-forestry), UAS, GKVK, Bengaluru during the harvest season (December-March) and the samples were then taken to AICRP on PHET laboratory. In the laboratory the fruits were selected according to degree of maturation and absence of injuries. Subsequently, the pulp of the fruits were manually processed, packed and stored in zip-lock plastic bags for further laboratory analysis. The chemicals used for analysis in this study were of analytical grade.\r\nPhysical and Engineering properties of tamarind fruit. The following physical and engineering properties of tamarind fruit were determined using standard procedures are as detailed below.\r\nSize. The tri-axial linear dimensions viz., major axis (length), minor axis (breadth) and intermediate axis (thickness) were carried out on 50 randomly chosen ripe tamarind fruits of different genotypes using a digital Vernier caliper (Make: Mitutoyo, China; Model: CD-8 VC) having an accuracy of 0.01 mm. \r\nShape. The shape of the tamarind fruit and seed was also found to be different from various locations. Actually tamarind fruit is irregular shape in nature. The mean values of 50 observations for geometric mean diameter (Dg) and sphericity index (Φ) of tamarind fruits of different genotypes were calculated by using the following relationships (Mohesenin, 1986):\r\nDg = 〖(LxBxT)〗^(1/3) \r\n Φ = Dg/L \r\nWhere,\r\nL = Length of the fruit / seed, mm\r\nW = Width of the fruit / seed, mm\r\nT = Thickness of the fruit / seed, mm\r\nMass. The mass of single tamarind fruit was measured by electronic weighing balance (Make: Adam Equipment co ltd., Miton Keynes, UK: least count 0.001g) and value of each tamarind fruit was recorded for 50 fruits to get average mass of single tamarind fruit. The mass of the whole fruit, pulp, fibre and seeds were obtained by individual direct weighing on electrical weighing balance.\r\nBulk density. Bulk density of tamarind fruit was determined by using a cube box having a volume of 1000 cm3. The samples were filled in a box of standard size and top surface was leveled off. Then the samples were weighed using an electronic weigh balance (Mohesenin, 1986). \r\nThe bulk density was calculated as:\r\n \r\nWhere,\r\n ρb = Bulk density, kg/m3\r\n m = Mass of fruit, kg\r\n vc = Volume of the container , m3\r\nTrue density. The true density is defined as the ratio between the mass of tamarind fruit and true volume of tamarind fruit. It was determined using the toluene displacement method. Toluene was used in the place of water to avoid absorption by the fruits. The volume of toluene displaced was found by immersing a weighed quantity of tamarind in the toluene. \r\n\r\nThe true density was calculated as:\r\n \r\nWhere,\r\n ρt = True density, kg/m3\r\n m = Mass of fruit, kg\r\n vf = Volume of fruit , m3\r\nPorosity. Porosity was calculated as the ratio of the difference between the true and bulk density to the true density value and expressed in percentage. The porosity of the tamarind fruits were computed using the formula given below and expressed in per cent.\r\nThe porosity was calculated as:\r\n \r\nWhere,\r\n = Porosity, per cent\r\nρb = Bulk density, kg/m3\r\nρt = True density, kg/m3\r\nColour. Tristimulus colour measurements of ripe tamarind genotypes fruit and its pulp were made using Spectrophotometer (Make: Konica Minolta Instruments, Osaka, Japan; Model - CM5). It is a light weight, compact Tristimulus colour analyzer for measuring reflected-light colour. It combines advanced electronic and optical technology to provide high accuracy and complete portability. Using an 8 mm diameter (measuring area) diffused illumination and 0º viewing angle, the instrument takes accurate colour measurements instantaneously and the readings are displayed. The colour of the samples were measured in CIELAB (L*, a*, b*) coordinate system, where L* value indicates lightness of the sample; a* value indicates greenness (-) or redness (+) of the sample; and b* value indicates blueness (-) or yellowness (+) of the sample. Three readings were taken for each sample and the mean values were reported.\r\nBio chemical properties of tamarind fruit. The proximate analysis was done by adopting standard procedures. Tamarind pulp sample was extracted under optimum conditions during the study. All the analysis was done in triplicates and the mean values were recorded.\r\nTotal Soluble Solids. Total soluble solids (TSS) of tamarind pulp was recorded by using an ERMA Hand Refractometer (0-32 °Brix) and the results were expressed in °Brix. 10 g of tamarind pulp was mashed with 20 ml of distilled water to make into juice. Before measurement, the accuracy of Refractometer was checked by using distilled water and calibrated. After proper cleaning with a tissue paper, few drops of extracted juice was placed on the prism and the readings recorded were expressed in °Brix. \r\npH. For determining pH of fruits and vegetables and their products a buffer of pH 4 would be sufficient. Standardized the pH meter using this buffer and checked the pH of the tamarind pulp. \r\nTitrable Acidity. It is necessary to determine titrable acidity of a given food sample to ensure the presence of acid in terms of predominant acid present in it. The predominant acid present in the tamarind is the tartaric acid and the acid content was determined as per Bates (1994). Ten grams of homogenized sample was taken and made up to 100 ml volume in a volumetric flask. The contents were than filtered through Whatman no.1 filter paper; an aliquot of 10 ml was taken for titration against 0.1 N NaOH using phenolphthalein indicator and light pink colour as end point, to estimate titrable acidity in terms of tartaric acid. \r\nFactor for acidity: One ml. of N/10 NaOH = 0.0075g of tartaric acid.\r\nThe titrable acid content was calculated as:\r\nTitrable acidity (%tartaric acid) =\r\n \r\nAscorbic acid. Tartaric Acid content of the sample was estimated by using Bates (1994). Tartaric acid content of the sample was expressed as mg/100g. 10g of the pulp sample was blended with reasonable amount of 0.4% oxalic acid and then filtered by Whatman No.1 filter paper. The volume of the filtrate was completed to 250 ml with 0.4% oxalic acid. 20 ml of the filtrate was pipettes into a beaker and then titrated with dye solution (0.2g 2.6-dicholorophenol- indo phenol dissolve in 500ml solution) to a faint pink color. \r\nThe ascorbic acid content was calculated as: \r\nAscorbic acid (mg/100g) =\r\n \r\nFactor = \r\nThe dye strength was determined by taking 5ml of standard ascorbic acid (0.05g ascorbic acid / 250 ml 10 % oxalic acid solution) in a beaker and titrate with dye solution to faint pink color. \r\nReducing sugars. The reducing sugars were determined by the method of Bates (1994). 10 grams of sample was taken in 250 ml volumetric flask. To this, 100 ml of distilled water was added and the contents were neutralized by 1 N sodium hydroxide solution using 1-2 drops of phenolphthalein indicator. Then two ml of 45 per cent lead acetate was added to it. The contents were mixed well and kept for 10 minutes. Two ml of 22 per cent potassium oxalate was added to it to precipitate the excess of lead. The volume was made to 250 ml with distilled water and solution was filtered through Whatman No. 4 filter paper. This filtrate was used for determination of reducing sugars by titrating it against the boiling mixture of Fehling ‘A’ and Fehling ‘B’ solutions (5 ml each) using methylene blue as indicator and formation of brick red precipitate as an end point. Keeping the Fehling’s solution boiling on the heating mantle carried out the titration. The results were expressed on per cent basis. \r\nTotal sugars. For inversion at room temperature, a 50 ml aliquot of clarified deleaded solution was transferred to 250 ml volumetric flask, to which, 10 ml HCl was added and then allowed to stand at room temperature for 24 hrs. It was then neutralized with 0.1 N sodium hydroxide solution using 1-2 drops of phenolphthalein indicator. The volume of neutralized aliquot was made to 250 ml with distilled water. This aliquot was used for determination of total sugars by titrating it against the boiling mixture of Fehling ‘A’ and Fehling ‘B’ (5 ml each) using methylene blue as indicator to a brick red end point. The volume was made up to the mark and determined the total sugar as invert sugars. The results were expressed on per cent basis.\r\nStatistical analysis. Statistical analysis of experimental data was done using OPSTAT Software. The data of different experiments conducted were analyzed as per the design (CRD) to determine the significant differences among treatments.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe results obtained from the present investigation are tabulated; statistically analyzed and relevant discussions have been summarized with the following headings:\r\nStudy of Physical, Engineering and Bio-Chemical Properties of Tamarind Fruit and Pulp\r\nPhysical properties of tamarind fruit genotypes. In the present study fruit characters such as length (mm), breadth (mm), thickness (mm), weight of single fruit (g) and number of seeds per fruit of seven different tamarind genotypes (Plate 1) were studied and the results are presented in Table 1. \r\nDevelopment of high-yielding crop varieties necessitates knowledge of the kind and extent of variability existing in the genotypes available, which depends on the wise evaluation of the data on phenotypic traits associated with yield that are now accessible (Rajamanickam, 2019). Similarly, for design and development of any processing machine; the length, width and thickness of tamarind fruits are important. Length is highly influenced by nutrition available for the plant and management practices that also influence directly the length of the pod and thickness of pods might be due to inherent genetic variations among the genotypes.\r\nWith respect to length of tamarind fruit, the studied genotypes did not differ significantly however, numerically higher fruit length was observed in DTS-2 (115.70 mm) followed by NFN-7 (110 mm) and SMG-14 (105.52 mm). The least length of tamarind fruit is observed in NFN-6 (89.86 mm). Physical parameters (breadth and thickness) of tamarind fruits of different genotypes statistically differed significantly. Significantly higher tamarind fruit breadth was recorded by DTS-2 (30.23 mm) over other genotypes whereas; significantly least tamarind fruit breadth was recorded in SMG-14 (18.30 mm). Significantly higher fruit thickness of 18.64 mm was recorded by NFN-7 and it was on par with DTS-2 (18.16 mm). Whereas, significantly least fruit thickness was observed by SMG-14 (12.18 mm). Similar trend was observed for tamarind pulp (Table 1). The differences in the length of pod and width of pod may be attributed to the difference in genetic makeup of the different tamarind genotypes. The similar variation in pod length in tamarind genotypes was reported by Tadas et al. (2015). High heritability accompanied by medium to low genetic advance for pod width, pod thickness and pulp per cent is indicative of non-additive gene action and the high heritability is being exhibited due to favorable influence of environment rather than genotype (Divakara, 2008). Nandini et al. (2011) reported that longest fruit length was in the range of 6.65 cm to 20.04 cm and the pod width in the range of 2.30 cm to 4.84 cm among the 100 tamarind genotypes were evaluated at Karnataka. Dehdivan & Panahi (2017) opined that there were differences in physical properties among the date seeds.\r\nSignificantly higher number of seeds per tamarind fruits recorded in SMG-14 (7.65) and NFN-7 (7.24) followed by red tamarind (6.36). The seed number per fruit seems to be the varietal character in the tamarind genotypes. The difference in seed weight may be attributed to the differences in the number and size of seeds among the different tamarind genotypes. This is highly influenced by nutrition available for the plant and the management practices that also influence directly the length of the pod. Hanamashetti (1996) opined that the difference in seed number may be attributed to the difference in length of pod and ovule fertility. The similar results corroborated with the results obtained by Hanamashetti and Sulkeri (1997); Divakara (2008) in tamarind genotypes.\r\nEngineering and gravimetric properties of tamarind genotypes. The engineering properties like shape (geometric mean diameter and sphericity index) and gravimetric properties namely bulk density, true density and porosity for tamarind genotypes (Plate 1) were studied and the results are presented in Table 2. The average mean maximum values of geometric mean diameter, sphericity index, bulk density, true density and porosity of tamarind genotypes were found to be 66.17–24.57 mm, 0.55-0.23, 362-263.67 kg/m3, 693.89-491.36 kg/m3 and 63.90-26.31 percent, respectively. The shape is inherited and also affected by the environment. The shape of the fruits observed as curved, semi curved and straight fruit shapes but Fandohan et al., (2010) reported curved and the straight pod shapes. The shapes are affected by the seed number and seed shapes which are influenced by its genetics. Idhayavarman (2019) noted slightly similar average values for bulk density, true density and porosity of tamarind fruit and velvet tamarind fruits.\r\nComposition of tamarind fruit genotypes. The significant variations for fruit characters and quality parameters were observed among the seven tamarind genotypes which are presented in Table 3. The finding revealed that shell weight was ranged from 528 g to 302 g significantly higher shell weight was recorded in SMG-14 genotypes (528 g) over all other genotypes. Whereas, the least shell weight was found in NFN-7 (302 g). The variation in shell weight per fruit of different tamarind genotypes may be attributed to the difference in size of the fruit. Similar variation in shell weight was also observed by Mastan et al. (1997). Tamarind fruit (pod) weight is directly correlated with pulp weight and seed number. \r\nThe fibre weight ranged from 51.96 g to 8.36 g significantly higher fibre weight was recorded in NFN-7 genotype of 51.96 g and the lowest weight was found in PKM-1 (8.36 g). The pulp weight ranged from 413.01 g to 216.53 g. The differences in vein weight per pod among the different genotypes of tamarind may be due to the differences in the rate of development of vascular tissue in fruits (Hanamashetti and Sulikeri 1997)). \r\nThe highest pulp weight was recorded in NFN-7 (413.01 g) followed by red tamarind (388.41 g). The lowest pulp weight was observed in SMG-14 (216.53 g). Present investigation follows results of Challapilli et al. (1995), where the fruit weight is positively and significantly associated with pulp, fibre, seed weight, fruit length and breadth. Nandini et al. (2011) also reported that pulp weight was in the range from 6.99 g to 0.99 g for 100 tamarind genotypes. Tamarind pulp weight is factor of management practices given to the tree. \r\nWeight of seeds per fruit ranged from 276 g to 134.53 g. The difference in shell weight can be clearly attributed to the difference in size of the fruit. The difference in the pod length, pod width, pod thickness and pod circumference may be attributed to genetic difference among the genotypes (Divakara (2008); Fandohan et al. (2011)). The difference in fibre weight may be due to the differences in the rate of development of vascular tissue in fruits (Hanamashetti and Sulikeri 1997). The difference in seed weight may be attributed to the difference in the number and size of seeds. \r\nColour. In Table 4, Tristimulus colour values, represented in terms of L*, a*, b* for the tamarind fruit and its pulp. The average colour values (L*, a*, b*) for ripe tamarind fruit and its pulp of seven different tamarind genotypes was ranged from 44.88-36.43 of L*; 8.81-6.57 of a*; 14.07-10.59 of b* and 37.64-25.21 of L*; 10.18-6.50 of a*; 13.52-3.71 of b* for tamarind fruit and pulp, respectively. Tamarind pulp color varied from light brownish red to dark brown. Obulesu and Bhattacharya (2011) reported slightly similar colour values for ripe tamarind pulp. Fandohan et al. (2011) reported reddish brown and brown colors, which slightly varies from the findings. Variations in tamarind fruit color are highly influenced by the age of the fruit and environmental changes. The pulp color is highly influenced by genetic make-up of the plant. According to Obulesu and Bhattacharya (2011) colour change in tamarind pulp increased sharply after maturation due to non-enzymatic browning. \r\nBio-chemical properties of tamarind genotypes. The genotypes differed significantly with respect to total soluble solids, pH, titrable acidity, ascorbic acid, and sugars content (Table 5). Significantly higher total soluble solid was recorded in SMG-14 (18.17 °Brix) and the least was recorded in NFN-6 (13.37 °Brix). This difference in total soluble solids content is due to the difference in sugar content of the pulp. The differences in TSS content of tamarind pulp may be due to difference in sugar content of tamarind fruits of different genotypes. Tamarind growing in arid region with limited water tends to more accumulation of dry matter and lower moisture may be results in higher TSS in tamarind fruits.\r\nThe maximum titrable acidity content was recorded in NFN-7 (17.35 %) while the minimum was recorded in SMG-14 (5.9 %). This variation in acidity content is due to the difference in sugar content of the pulp and also inherent genetic makeup of each genotype. The differences in percent tartaric acid content of different tamarind genotypes may be due to different tamarind genotypes and varied from season to season (Hanamashetti (1996); Hanamashetti and Sulikeri (1997); Mastan et al. (1997)). The similar results are also found by Prabhushankar et al. (2004) in PKM-1 tamarind. The tamarind fruit has been defined as bitter sweet fruit due to its high content of tartaric acids and reducing sugars combined and also said to be the acidest and sweetest fruit (Rajmanikam, 2019).\r\nThe maximum ascorbic acid content of pulp was recorded in NFN-7 (5.7 mg/100 g) and the minimum was recorded in SMG-14 (3.17 mg/100 g). The variation in the ascorbic acid content of pulp is due to the perpetual synthesis of glucose-6-phosphate throughout the growth and development of fruits which is thought to be the precursor of vitamin - C (ascorbic acid) and also depends on the genotypic differences. \r\nThe highest pH of the pulp was recorded in red tamarind (2.37) and the lowest pH was recorded in sweet tamarind (2.06). The difference in pH concentrate is attributed to the difference in acid to sugar ratio of the pulp and also a distinct feature of the different genotypes. Similar results were documented by Adeola and Aworh (2012). \r\nThe elevated reducing sugar content of the pulp was recorded in NFN-7 (17.55 %) while, the lowest was recorded in SMG-14 (16.77 %). The maximum total sugar content of the pulp was recorded in PKM-1 (13.71 %) while the least was recorded in NFN-7 (8.06 %). The sugar content of tamarind is due to fruit ripening, which is associated with major metabolic changes in the fruit, where complex polysaccharides are converted to monosaccharides. Fluctuations in sugar content are due to differences in the acidity of the pulp and differ within and between genotypes. The similar outcome with respect to the sugar content of tamarind genotypes were revealed by Prabhushankar et al. (2004); Adeola and Aworh (2012). \r\n', 'Sreedevi M.S., Rajkumar P., Palanimuthu V., Hanumanthappa D.C., Surendrakumar A., Ganapathy S., and Geethalakshmi I. (2022). Investigation of Physical, Engineering and Bio-chemical Traits of Tamarind Genotypes. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 253-260.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5265, '136', 'Line × Tester Study in Bread Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) for the Estimation of Correlation and Path coefficients for Important Morphological and Biochemical Traits', 'Anand Kumar, Shabir H. Wani*, Lokendra Singh, and Som Veer Singh, Zahoor A. Dar, J.A. Lone, Abid H. Lone, M.S. Dar, Saba Mir, Shakir Ayoub and Audil Gull', '46 Line × Tester Study in Bread Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) for the Estimation of Correlation and Path coefficients for Important Morphological and Biochemical Traits Shabir H. Wani.pdf', '', 1, 'In this paper, the present investigation aims to evaluate the correlation and path coefficients analysis under normal conditions through line × tester analysis. 15 diverse genotypes including 10 lines, 5 testers and their 50 F1s hybrids were evaluated for 13 morphological and 2 biochemical traits. The two different locations were taken characters studied. The correlation coefficient of grain yield per plant showed high degree of positive significant association with days to flowering, days to maturity, number of productive tillers per plant, spike length, number of spikelets per spike, number of grains per spike, biological yield per plant, harvest index, seed hardness and protein content at phenotypic level and days to flowering, days to maturity, number of productive tillers per plant, spike length, number of spikelets per spike, number of grains per spike, biological yield per plant, harvest index, seed hardness and protein content at genotypic level. The path coefficients analysis of such characters plant height, number of productive tillers per plant, number of spikelets per spike, number of grains per spike, biological yield per plant, harvest index, seed hardness, protein content, exerted positive direct effect on seed yield per plant at both genotypic and phenotypic level while days to maturity, spike length, test weight/1000 grain weight, phenol color reaction exerted negative direct effect on seed yield per plant at both phenotypic level and genotypic level. Among Parents+F1+F2 grain yield per plant showed desirable and positive significant association with days to flowering, days to maturity, number of productive tillers per plant, spike length, number of spikelets per spike, number of grains per spike, biological yield per plant, harvest index, seed hardness and protein content at both phenotypic and genotypic level. Hence, it is clear from study that numbers of productive tillers per plant, spike length, number of spikelets per spike, number of grains per spike, biological yield per plant are important traits for grain yield improvement. ', 'Bread wheat, correlation coefficients, direct and indirect effect', 'The results obtained from 15 diverse genotypes and their combination exhibited that the association of days to flowering, days to maturity, number of productive tillers per plant, spike length, number of spikelets per spike, number of grains per spike, biological yield per plants, harvest index, seed hardness, and protein content are significant and positive on seed yield per plant. Moreover, plant height, number of productive tillers per plants, number of spikelets per spike, biological yield per plant, harvest index, seed hardness and protein content at path coefficient level showed positive effect on seed yield per plant at both phenotypic and genotypic level. However, negative direct effect on seed per plants was of days to maturity, spike length, test weight/1000 grain weight, phenol color reaction at both genotypic and phenotypic level and it is considered that these traits can increase the yield of bread wheat. It is proved by study that these characters and their combination may improve the yield further. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nEver since human civilization took place, the bread wheat is an important cereal crop and a staple food cultivated globally to fulfil the requirement of human beings (FAOSTAT, 2015; Istipliler et al., 2015). Wheat consists of about 55% carbohydrates, 10-18 % of protein and 19% of calories which is required for humans and it is also used as a straw for feeding to animals (Shewry and Hey 2015). It is assumed that population will be 10 billion by 2050, so feed to this explosive population, the wheat yield has to be doubled by 2050, that’s why, the extensive research is required to enhance the grain yield of wheat, the improvement of wheat yield may increase by applying agronomic practices, and breeding programme (Mohammadi et al., 2021). The complex trait like grain yield is governed by minor genes and is the product of several contributing traits directly or indirectly. There are several morphological and biochemical traits are associated with economic productivity which is depending on genotypic and phenotypic correlation (Al-Ashkar et al., 2021). Knowledge about nature and magnitude of genetic association of components of economic importance can help to improve the efficiency of selection by making possible use of suitable combination of characters (Paux et al., 2022). It is considered that yield and their components are determined at different stage of the plant. These different characters are affected by various environmental factors. The correlation pattern of yield and yield components are necessary when compensation between yield components lead variation (Fernandes et al., 2021). The importance of genotypic and environmental interaction and their contribution to genetic slippage in the selection of complex characters improved the yield. The knowledge about correlation of yield and yield contribution traits reveals the indication in that selection pressure could be most profitable to be exercised in order to obtain plants having high yield ability (Poudel et al., 2021).\r\nMoreover, the path coefficients analysis is a method of calculation direct and indirect effects of traits on grain yield, and provides a way for examining specific forces responsible to produce a given correlation. The method of path analysis depends on the combination of knowledge of degree of correlation among the variables in a system and helps us to know the casual and effect relations, through partitioning of total correlation into direct and indirect effects to get actual information on the contribution of different components traits towards grain yield. In cases where the casual relations are uncertain, the method can be used to find out the logical consequences of any particular hypothesis in regard to them (Zhang et al., 2021). In the present study, the design line × tester is used to obtain the knowledge of the genotype, genetic mechanism that control the yield and yield contributing characters that have become of importance for the breeders. \r\nMATERIAL METHODS\r\nA. Parental genotype and crossing\r\nThe basic material was 15 diverse wheat genotypes based on origin diversity that divided into two groups viz: 10 females (lines) and 5 males (testers). Ten females and five males were sown during rabi 2018-2019 for crossing purpose in L × T fashion at Section of Rabi cereals Nawabganj farm. All the females were crossed with each of five males to produce a sufficient amount of F1 seed of 50 crosses. The 50 F1 progenies were selfed to produce F2 seeds. The testers are selected based on wider adaptability, poor yielder, lower performance and broad genetic base. The details of genotypes are as follows (Table 1).\r\nDevelopment of F1 seed: All fifteen genotypes, 10 lines (female) and 5 testers (males) were grown during Rabi season 2018-19 for making crosses in line × tester fashion and resultant seeds of 50 hybrids (F1) were harvested.\r\nDevelopment of F2 seed: The half seed of each hybrid was sent for advancement at IIWBR-Regional Station, India in an off-season nursery to obtain seed for raising F2 generation. Rest half seed of each cross was procured to rase F1 generation in the final trial.\r\nB. Experimental sites and agronomic practices \r\nThe parents and their crosses were evaluated under two different locations during the 2018-2019 and 2019-2020 \r\ngrowing seasons. The investigating material consisting of 115 genotypes (15 parents, 50 F1s and 50 F2) was sown on 27 November 2019. The whole experiment is conducted in a randomized completely block design (RCBD) with three replication at crop research farm Nawabganj of Chandra Shekhar Azad University of Agriculture and Technology, Kanpur. Each parent and F1 were planted in a single row while each F2 were planted in two rows of 3-meter-long plot and 22.5 cm apart, 10 cm Plant to plant distance was maintained. \r\nC. Morphological and biochemical characterization \r\nThe biochemical and morphological characterizations were examined as Days to flowering (75%), Plant height (cm), Days to maturity, Number of productive tillers/plants, Flag leaf area (cm)2, Spike length (cm), Number of spikelets/spike, Number of grains/spike, biological yield/plant (gm), Grain yield /plant (gm), Test weight/1000 grain weight (gm), Harvest index (%), Seed hardness, Phenol color reaction and protein content (%). The following observation was recorded and summarized as given below. \r\nD. Data analysis\r\nThe correlation and path coefficients among Parent + F1 + F2 had analyzed using the R statistical software package. The experiment results were analyzed to study parameters among treatments, and the significance association was calculated using least significant differences (LSD) P < 0.05. Statistical significance was marked at P<0.05 unless stated otherwise. Other factors such as temperature, climatic condition, topography, and soil characteristics affected the experiment.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nPhenotypic and genotypic correlation coefficients were estimated for fifteen characters in all possible pairs based on pooled calculation presented in Table 2. In this study, the pooled material parents+F1+F2 were studied. Days to flowering, days to maturity, number of productive tillers per plants, spike length, number of spikelets per spike, number of grains per spike, biological yield per plant, harvest index, seed hardness, seed hardness, and protein content showed high degree of positive correlation with grain yield per plant at phenotypic level, however, days to flowering, days to maturity, number of productive tillers per plant, spike length, number of spikelets per spike, number of grains per spike, biological yield per plant, harvest index, seed hardness, and protein content showed positive significant association with seed per plant at genotypic level (Table 2).\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nSimilar findings were reported for most of the characters by Aycicek and Yildirim (2006); Joshi et al. (2008); Anwar et al. (2009); Khan and Dar (2010); Mohsen et al. (2011); Khan et al. (2012); Kyosev and Desheva (2015). In general, the genotypic correlations were higher in magnitude than phenotypic correlation coefficients indicating strong positive inherent relationship between the characters (Table 2).\r\nThe path coefficients analysis carried out at genotypic as well as phenotypic correlation coefficients, estimate based on pooled data were used to assess direct and indirect effects of various characters on the expression of grain yield per plant (Table 3 and 4 respectively). The path coefficients analysis of Days to flowering (0.0032), plant height (0.0073), number of productive tillers per plant (0.537), number of spikelets per spike (0.433), number of grains per spike (0.0073), biological yield per plant (0.8838), harvest index (0.3526) and seed hardness (0.0043) and protein content (0.0045) exerted positive direct effect on seed yield per plant, whereas days to maturity (-0.0113), flag leaf area (-0.0085), spike length (-0.0139), test weight/1000 grain weight (-0.0112), phenol color reaction (-0.0079) exerted negative direct effect on seed yield per plant at phenotypic level (Table-3).Plant height (0.0106), number of productive tillers per plant (0.0080), flag leaf area (0.0015), number of spikelets per spike (0.0220), number of grains per spike (0.0009), biological yield per plant (0.9261), harvest index (0.3625), seed hardness (0.0168), protein content (0.0022) exerted positive direct effect on grain yield per plant, whereas days to flowering (-0.0003), days to maturity (-0.0569), spike length (-0.0289), test weight/1000 grain weight (-0.0008), phenol color reaction (-0.0067) exerted negative direct effect on seed yield per plant at genotypic level (Table 4). These results are in agreement with the findings of Aycicek and Yildirim, (2006); Munir et al. (2007); Joshi et al. (2008); Anwar et al. (2009); Khan and Dar (2010); Mohsen et al. (2011); Khan et al. (2012); Kyosev and Desheva (2015). The residual effect determines how best the causal factors account for the variability of the dependent variable i.e. seed yield per plant. The low estimate of residual effect suggested that most of the important traits contributing to yield have been included in the study.\r\n', 'Anand Kumar, Shabir H. Wani, Lokendra Singh, and Som Veer Singh, Zahoor A. Dar, J.A. Lone, Abid H. Lone, M.S. Dar, Saba Mir, Shakir Ayoub and Audil Gull (2022). Line × Tester Study in Bread Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) for the Estimation of Correlation and Path coefficients for Important Morphological and Biochemical Traits. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 267-273.'),
(5266, '136', 'Effect on Physio-Chemical, Textural and Nutritional qualities of Pressure parboiled karuppukavuni rice (Oryza sativa L. indica)', 'Koperundevi Venkatesh, Arunasree Asokan and Bhuvana Shanmugham', '47 Effect on Physio-Chemical, Textural and Nutritional qualities of Pressure parboiled karuppukavuni rice (Oryza sativa L. indica) KARUNA APPUGOL.pdf', '', 1, 'White rice is typically replaced with non-glutinous karuppukavuni rice variants as a staple diet. Consumer interest in the new processed goods made with karuppukavuni rice is developing quickly. The effect of pressure parboiling of karuppukavuni (Oryza sativa L. indica) rice on the physical, chemical, cooking, textural and nutritional characteristics with the varying process parameters were investigated. The pressure parboiled karuppukavuni rice was compared with the raw karuppukavuni rice, among the different experimental combinations of pressure parboiling condition with the cold soaking for 4 hours, pressure under 1.5kg/cm2 for 30 minutes was observed the suitable pressure parboiling method with minimal physiochemical changes in karuppukavuni. The treatment resulted in increase in head rice yield (70.50±1.67 to 88.84±0.23), with the minimal colour (3.07±0.01) change. The cooking time of pressure parboiled karuppukavuni rice was increased (76.37±1.98 to 90.28±1.18). Pressure parboiled karuppukavuni rice resulted in increased hardness (216.1±58.8 to 514.0±15.1) and increase of protein (9.19±0.0 to 11.23±0.24), carbohydrate (69.72±1.20 to 71.67±1.91) and ash (1.88±0.2 to 2.78±0.15), leaching of crude fat (5.89±1.28 to 3.68±1.01) and crude fiber (1.04±0.01 to 0.90±0.0).', 'Karuppukavuni (Oryza sativa L. indica), pressure parboiling, anti-oxidant, physiochemical', 'The current research was focused on the effect of pressure parboiling method on characteristics of karuppukavuni rice. Among the various treatment conducted with combination of soaking type, soaking time, steaming time and steaming pressure, the treatment 10 which possess the condition of pressure 1.5kg/cm2, cold soaking type with the soaking duration of 4 hours where the paddy was autoclaved with steaming time of 30 mins, was determined to be the optimum for parboiling. At ideal pressure parboiling position, the head rice yield was increased by 88.84% as compared to non-parboiled raw sample. For a sample that had been treated satisfactorily overall, the yellowness was reported to be 3.29. The b-value demonstrated that the sample\'s yellowness decreased noticeably as the steaming and soaking times were increased. The parboiling approach lengthened the cooking time (13.91 minutes) due to the rice\'s increased hardness. Rice\'s dense structure enhanced water uptake ratio to 0.16 percent while increased gruel solid loss while heating to 1.12 percent. Comparing with control and varies treatment the hardness, cohesiveness, gumminess and chewiness showed a significant difference (p<0.05) whereas adhesiveness and springiness has no significant difference (p>0.05) in value. Pressure parboiling has a detrimental impact on fat, fiber, and ash. However, rice that has been pressure-parboiled has slightly higher protein content.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nOne of the most extensively used grains in the world is rice (Oryza sativa). Rice is a staple crop in many Asian countries and in India. Rice is the primary source of food consumed by people. Rice is considered to be a rich source of dietary fiber, riboflavin, thiamin, magnesium, phosphorus, niacin and source of energy. Based on the color, rice is categorized into white, black, red, green varieties. The color of the rice is determined by anthocyanin pigment composition. Anthocyanin are water soluble pigment, flavonoids, glycosylated polyphenolic compound (Tanaka & Ohmiya 2008). Anthocyanin act as antioxidant, fighting free radical, and in addition to that they are having benefits of anti-cancer, anti-viral and anti-inflammatory. Because rice is a primary food for the majority of the world\'s population, producing therapeutic rice types with increased nutritional value will have a bigger influence on preventing the aforementioned lifestyle problems. This paved the way to traditional rice varieties. Traditional colored rice variants are high in resistant starch, dietary fiber, flavonoids, minerals, polyphenols, and carotenoids and eating grains from pigmented rice varieties can assist improve human health. It is anticipated that the dietary supplementation of these ancient rice variants\' bioactive phytochemicals and micronutrient constituents will be crucial in lowering the prevalence of non-communicable diseases like cardiovascular disease, diabetes, cancer, and stroke (Vichapong et al., 2010). To minimize the usage of white rice and switch to unpolished or coloured rice, numerous programmes have been put into place (Helmyati & Wigati 2022). As a result, black rice seems to have become a popular alternative to white rice (Noorlaila et al., 2018) The Karuppukavuni rice grains were black in colour and were high in minerals including copper, zinc, potassium, sodium, and manganese. It has a lower total sugar content, a lower fat content, a higher protein content, and higher quantities of carotenoids, phenolic acids, and flavonoids (Raj & Sankaran 2021). It was found to have anti effects in addition to its nutritional value because of its innate ability to regulate blood sugar levels (Reddy, 2018). The digestible fiber is found to be least content and resistant starch is in higher amount in karuppukavuni rice (Haldipur & Srividya 2020). Pressure parboiling resulted to reductions in whiteness, improvements in hardness, transparency, and equilibrium moisture content. Parboiled rice had a higher degree of gelatinization than the other treated samples. A lower GI was associated with rice that contained more amylose and parboiled rice had such a significantly lower GI (Sivakamasundari et al., 2020). Study conducted by (RAJ & Singaravadivel 1982), it is resulted that due to parboiling the paddy, the free fatty acid (FFA) level of the bran dropped. Pressure parboiling significantly lowered the FFA compared to the other parboiling techniques.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nA. Sample\r\nA sample of Karuppu Kavuni (Oryza sativa L. indica) paddy was obtained from Thiruvarur District. The obtained paddy\'s initial average moisture content was 12%. It was stored at ambient condition (Temperature 15 – 25 °C) until required for experiment.\r\nB. Experiment Design\r\nTen experimental runs were carried out by using 4 independent variables: soaking methods, soaking time, steaming pressure, steaming time combinations was explained in Table 1.\r\nPressure Parboiling process of Karuppukavuni Paddy. Pressure parboiled karuppukavuni paddy processing consists of the process of soaking (Hot and cold), autoclave under pressure (1.5 kg/cm²), and drying (sun). The parboiling of paddy was done in two separate ways as hot soaking (65°C) and cold-soaking (room temperature- 27 to 30°C). The paddy was cleaned and soaked in water with varied temperature (65°C & room temperature) and soaking time (30 – 120 mins). The water was drained from the paddy, which then kept in the vessel for steam in an autoclave at a pressure explained as in the experimental design (Table 1). After steaming, the grains were removed and spread out on a tray to dry, bringing the moisture level down to 13–14% (w.b.).\r\nMoisture Content of paddy. The amount of moisture in the grain and the temperature at which it is dried are both important factors in determining whether minor fissures and/or full splits are introduced into the grain structure. The paddy moisture content was evaluated by drying 5 g of the sample for 24 hours at 105 ± 5 ° C in a hot air oven. The value of percent wet basis (% wb) was calculated using the formula\r\nMilling of Paddy. The main objective of a rice mill is to separate the outer surface of husk and bran, leaving behind an edible, well processed, and contaminant-free rice kernel. Using a Satake rubber roll sheller, control (unparboiled paddy) and parboiled paddy samples among all treatments were dehusked in two passes, producing brown rice.\r\nC. Physical properties of rice\r\nHead rice recovery. The weight proportion of entire rice (three-fourths kernel or greater) after through milling is known as head rice yield. The formula was used to determine the percentage of head rice recovered\r\nHead rice recovery = W_Hr/W x 100\r\nWhere, WHr= weight of head rice (g)\r\n W = weight of paddy (g)\r\nBroken rice percentage. A sample was taken at random in triplicate to determine the broken percentage. Broken grains were defined as those that were shorter than 3/4th of the grain length and were separated by manual picking. Broken percentage were calculated by the formula referred by (Alizadeh, 2011).\r\nBroken rice percentage = W_Tbb/W_Bbb x 100\r\nWhere, WTbr= Total brown rice weight (g)\r\nWBbr= Broken brown rice weight (g)\r\nThousand grain weight. The weight of each thousand grain was calculated by carefully counting and weighing each grain on a digital scale. Three replications\' average was calculated (Gujral et al., 2002).\r\nColour changes. ColorFlex EZ Hunter Lab Chroma meter was used to determine the colour of the sample. The outcomes are represented by the letters L, a, and b.(Kumar & Prasad, 2018)\r\nCooking properties of rice. In accordance with the method described by (Chavan et al., 2017), the cooking properties such as cooking time, cooking coefficient, water uptake ratio, gruel solid loss, length-breadth ratio, were evaluated for raw and parboiled rice using the following equations,\r\nWater uptake ratio (%) = \r\n(Cooked rice weight in grams-Raw rice weight in grams)/(Raw rice weight in grams) x 100\r\nCooking coefficient = L_(ac- L_bc )/B_(ac- B_bc ) \r\nWhere\r\nLac = Length after cooking (mm)\r\nLbc= Length before cooking (mm)\r\nBac = Breadth after cooking (mm)\r\nBbc= Breadth before cooking (mm)\r\nGruel solid loss (%) = (Increase in weight of dish)/(rice sample weight) x 100\r\nTexture profile analysis. The texture of the cooked rice before and after pressure parboiling process was determined using Texture Analyzer (Stable Micro Systems TA.HD plus C Texture Analyzer (Godalming, United Kingdom). The platform contained a single number of cooked rice. A special test program was selected, the probe used in the equipment for the analysis were Probe P/5 and it was used with pretest speed – 1.00 mm/s, test speed – 0.5 mm/s, posttest speed – 1 mm/s, target mode type – distance – 2mm, time – 5 sec. Compression was to 100% strain. Parameters acquired from test curves were hardness, cohesiveness, adhesiveness, springiness, gumminess, chewiness (Park et al., 2001).\r\nNutritional Qualities. The moisture, ash, protein, fat and fiber content of raw and pressure parboiled sample were determined by official methods 945.38, 941.12, 979.09, 945.38 and 920.86 (AOAC, 2016). The carbohydrate percent was determined by subtracting from 100 the moisture, crude fat, crude fibre, crude protein, and ash values acquired from different treatments (Abdul-Hamid et al., 2007).\r\nD. Statistical analysis \r\nEvery test was run in triplicate. The general linear model (ANOVA) and Tukey\'s multiple comparison test were used by Minitab Statistical Software to assess the statistical differences.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Changes in Physical properties of raw and pressure parboiled Karuppukavuni rice\r\nHead rice recovery. The milling quality of rough rice improved significantly after parboiling treatment. The parboiling process provides the grains toughness, which helps them resist breaking during milling, reducing breakage and increases milling yield (ISLAM et al., 2002). The maximum head rice recovery of 99.8% was obtained on the pressure parboiling treatment three when the soaking type, soaking time, steaming time and steaming pressure were hot soaking, 4 hours, 30 min and 1.5 kg/cm2 respectively, and the minimum head rice recovery was attained on the fourth pressure parboiling treatment when these factors were cold soaking, 0.5 hours, 60 min and 1 kg/cm2 respectively, resulting of 71% whereas the pressure parboiling treatment ten (PP10) poses the factors of cold soaking type, 4 hours soaking time, 30 min steaming time and 1.5 kg/cm2 steaming pressure which provides overall satisfactory results has the recovery of 88.84% and the recovery of control (un-parboiled) sample were 70.5% as indicated in (Table 2). The head rice recovery percentage showed significant difference (p<0.05) between control and treated samples. They increase with increase in soaking temperature and soaking time and decrease with decrease in steaming pressure and combination of soaking time and steaming time respectively. Head rice recovery of parboiled rice is higher because pre-gelatinization mends grain fractures and parboiling hardens the grains and increases their resistance to breaking during milling. Because the rice kernel absorbs water while soaking, starch granules swell (Hapsari et al., 2016). Soaking at room temperature slows, whereas the hot soaking achieved better removal of outer layer without damaging the rice kernel.\r\nBroken Percentage. In contrast to head rice yield, it showed a reversal pattern for broken rice, with high head rice recovery in the sample leading to low broken percentage (Chavan et al., 2017). The observed broken percentage showed a significant difference (p<0.05) for sample was given in (Table 2). For un-parboiled sample, it was 29.63% whereas for pressure parboiled sample heading from 0.19% for treatment three it increased up to 29.01% for treatment four. The broken percentage for treatment which gives overall satisfactory result was 11.37%. Starch gelatinization and protein denaturation boost the breaking strength of parboiled rice, possibly filling the vacuum gaps in the kernels and reducing cracks. Lower degree of starch gelatinization, on the other hand, has a negative impact on this physical quality, increasing the chances of damaged grains. The breaking resistance of parboiled rice is significantly affected by the heating parameters during the steaming process, with extreme heating causing a 100 percent increase in DSG, boosting the head rice yield. On either side, during the parboiling process, due to the moisture content disparities inside the grains, cracks may form during the soaking step, contributing to rupture. Furthermore, kernels that are much more prone to breakage, such as core grains, may form during the parboiling process as a result of gelatinization of the outer surface under conditions where there is no moisture equilibration and, as a result, the moisture in the center of the kernel is insufficient to ensure adequate starch gelatinization (Villanova et al., 2020).\r\nThousand grain weight. The net weight of 1000 rice kernels in grams was used to calculate the weight of a thousand grains (Table 2). The thousand grain weight was observer to be decreased on pressure parboiling conditions from 23.78 gm for raw rice to on varies treatments decreased from 23.67±0.43gm to 22.90±0.29gm for the treatments of five and six respectively. The Thousand grain weight for treatment which gives overall satisfactory result pressure parboiling treatment ten (PP10) was 23.00 gm. Milling and shelling are the main cause for the loss of a third of the paddy, as the former procedure removes the bran and husk covering from the paddy (Kumar & Prasad 2018). The leaching process also contributed to the weight loss in parboiled samples when compared to controls (Jayaraman et al., 2019).\r\nB. Changes in colour attribute of raw and pressure parboiling of Karuppukavuni rice\r\nHunter L-values are a measure of how light or bright a rice sample is shown in (Table 3). The L-values for the pressure parboiled rice samples were 22.92±0.02– 19.95±0.02compared to 26.37±0.13for un-treated rice sample. The L-value 21.58 possess for the pressure parboiled treatment ten (PP10). It showed significant difference (p<0.05) due to rice that has been parboiled has a distinct colour than rice that has not been parboiled. The transfer of husk colour into the endosperm gives parboiled rice its amber hue. The isomerization of glucose to fructose and the higher levels of reducing sugar and free a-amino nitrogen suggest that non-enzymatic Maillard kind browning may be the cause of the colour change in parboiled rice. In parboiled rice, the quantity of colour change increases as the temperature of the soak water rises, soak time, and steaming time of poorly hydrated grain. At high soaking temperatures, husk colour absorption is also increased, and colored substance absorption from soak water is also severely impacted whiteness of kernels (Oli et al., 2014). Hunter a-values for pressure parboiled samples varied between 6.37 – 3.64 and 6.87 be the un-treated rice sample value. The a-value for treatment which gives overall satisfactory result was 5.36 respectively. It showed a significant difference (p<0.05) between control and pressure parboiled samples. The bran and outer endosperm are where the red pigments are concentrated. Rice bran or hull pigments that seep out during soaking in excessive water and spread into the endosperm all through steaming might change the colour of parboiled rice. The degree of parboiling affects the colour changes. The amount of reducing sugar produced by degradation of starch that affect with proteins to give the brown colour in parboiled rice could be the cause of the Maillard browning reaction (Hapsari et al., 2016). \r\nA measure of yellowness, showed a significant difference (p<0.05) between control treated samples. b-value with positive values, for the pressure parboiled samples was between 2.32 to 4.07 with the value of 5.41 for un-treated sample. The yellowness was observed to be 3.29 for overall satisfactory treated sample. The b-value showed that the increase in steaming time and soaking duration markedly decrease the yellowness of the sample.\r\nC. Changes in cooking qualities of raw and pressure parboiling of Karuppukavuni rice\r\nThe cooking quality characteristics of Karuppukavuni rice were evaluated included cooking time, Gruel solid, water uptake ratio, L/B ratio and cooing coefficient. Highly significant differences (p < 0.05) were noticed for these quality characteristics of differently processed pressure parboiled karuppukavuni rice (Table 4).\r\nCooking time. The temperature of gelatinization and amylose content have a significant impact on the way rice cooks. Rice varieties with an amylose level of higher than 25% absorb larger amount of water during cooking and have a fluffy texture when done. Amylose content determines the texture of cooked rice. The cooking time similarly varied significantly among the differently processed karuppukavuni rice ranging from 76.37±1.98 to 101.72±3.38 min. The rice samples that were pressure parboiled with karuppukavuni had the longer cooking times overall. Since the gelatinization temperature is a direct determinant of the cooking time for rice, the variance in cooking time might be attributed to this temperature. According to some claims, rice cooks more slowly the higher the gelatinization temperature value. According to this study, there is a substantial positive link between cooking time and gelatinization temperatures. As explained by (Bhattacharya & Sowbhagya 1971), Cooking time is largely determined by the rice\'s milled surface area and is unrelated to other grain characteristics.\r\nWater uptake ratio. The range of values for water uptake ratio varies from 2.20±0.04 to 2.72±0.03. The highest values for water uptake ratio obtained for the pressure parboiled karuppukavuni rice when compared to raw karuppukavuni rice. There may be an amylose component causing the high water uptake ratio, had reported by Frei et al. (2003). Rice with a more amylose content has been shown to absorb more water when cooked. The higher moisture content of the rice may possibly be to blame for this. Surprisingly, there was no link with amylose and water uptake ratio. Therefore, further research is required to define the link among both amylose content and water uptake ratio. It is important to note that a higher water uptake ratio has a negative impact on how tasty cooked rice tastes. The stability of the cooked rice is impacted by solids in the cooking water. The difference in values could be due to the different rice consistency, as evidenced by the rupturing of the grains both before and after cooking.\r\nGruel solid loss. The gruel solid loss was observed to be 5.82% for control sample and for the pressure parboiled treated sample was increase from 4.33% to 22.25%, where the solid loss for optimum treatment was 6.94% showed in (Table 4). Here with the increase in the steaming time decreases the solid content. The outcomes were consistent with those previously reported by (Islam et al., 2001).\r\nL/B ratio. The length-breadth ratio of raw rice was recorded to be 1.40 and the pressure parboiled sample was decreased from 1.40 to 0.83, whereas the value of optimum treatment was 1.03. The L/B ratios of parboiled rice were lesser than un-parboiled cooked rice throughout that both length and width, owing to higher breadth expansion in parboiled rice than raw rice. Parboiled rice has a characteristic short and puffy texture due to its significantly larger expansion along its breadth after cooking (Sujatha et al., 2004).\r\nD. Changes in Textural properties of raw and pressure parboiled Karuppukavuni rice\r\nThe textural characteristics of Karuppukavuni rice were evaluated included hardness, cohesiveness, adhesiveness, springiness, gumminess and chewiness. Highly no significant differences (p>0.05) were noticed for these quality characteristics of differently processed pressure parboiled karuppukavuni rice (Table 5).\r\nHardness. The hardness of the cooked rice samples are gradually increased from 216.1g for control cooked rice to 546.8 g for pressure parboiled sample treatment six. The optimum treatment sample hardness was recorded to be 305.46 g. This is due to after parboiling, an increase in hardness is the main physical change in the rice kernel. The parboiling temperature and duration significantly affect how hard the rice kernels are. As the soaking temperature and steaming time are raised, the rice kernel\'s hardness rises in Table 5. The rice grain\'s tensile properties and flexure strength are also improved by parboiling. The amount of gelatinization and steaming time are directly related to these strength values. The gelatinized starch and damaged protein structures appeared to have grown and absorbed all of the endosperm\'s air gaps. The enhanced hardness of the endosperm in parboiled rice is most likely due to improved attraction between the molecules within starch granules and protein bodies. The strength gain could explain why parboiled rice breaks down less during milling and has a different texture from non-parboiled rice during the cooking process. Due to the cohesiveness between matrix phase and protein bodies, the parboiling operation occupies blank spaces and repairs cracks in the endosperm, making the rice tougher and minimizing internal fissures, reducing rupture during milling operations (Mir et al., 2015).\r\nCohesiveness. The term \"cohesiveness\" refers to the internal resistance of the cooked rice grain (Meng et al., 2018). Here the cohesiveness is recorded to be 0.49 for control sample and it is gradually decreased to 0.23 for the pressure parboiling treatment ten which was the optimized treatment. The degree of milling, amylose content, was all positively and the grain thickness were negatively associated, well with degree of milling impacting this attribute the most. Grain thickness has the smallest impact on cohesiveness values, as the textural qualities of the grain are mostly influenced by its chemical contents (Mohapatra & Bal 2006).\r\nAdhesiveness. The adhesiveness value was observed to be decrease from -0.06 g for the treatment PP2 to -1.11 g for the treatment PP3, where the control sample possess the value of -0.08 g and the optimum pressure parboiled treatment was -0.97 g. Different quantities of moisture absorption into the rice grain during cooking have been ascribed to variation in adhesiveness; a considerable quantity of water penetration into the rice grain leads in improved adhesiveness (Thuengtung& Ogawa 2020). Cooked rice adhesion was determined by the stickiness of the surface. Stickiness, on the other way, was determined by the cooked rice\'s moisture content and adherent solid content (Islam et al., 2001).\r\nSpringiness, Gumminess and Chewiness. As the rice grains are dragged away, the springiness (mm) results correspond to how much they are expanded against the surface contact. The gumminess associate with the quantity of energy required to disintegrate the rice grains to the point where they can be swallowed is governed by the cohesiveness of the cooked rice. Chewiness is a measurement of how much energy it takes to chew rice grains to the point where they can be swallowed (Bhat & Riar, 2017). As indicate in the Table 5 springiness, gumminess and chewiness for the control sample was recorded to be 0.84, 106.8 and 90.6 g respectively. Whereas the optimum pressure parboiled treatment sample was observed to be 0.39, 72.40 and 29.5 g respectively.\r\nE. Changes in Nutritional qualities of raw and pressure parboiled Karuppukavuni rice\r\n(Balbinoti et al., 2018) stated that parboiling rice can boost the amount of biological components in it, making it more nutritious. Proteins, lipids, fibers, and ash levels all increased significantly after parboiling in Table 6. In this study fat, fiber and ash negatively affected by the pressure parboiling process. Whereas, the protein content increases slightly in the pressure parboiled rice from 9.19 gram of protein content of non-parboiled sample to 11.23 gram. The optimized treatment increased minimum amount the protein of 9.77 g. This agree with the statement given in (Rocha‐Villarreal et al., 2018) that when compared to untreated grains, the heating temperature and duration parameters enhanced protein content marginally. Higher temperature and pressure while steaming have been linked to oil globule leaching and breaking. The fat content of control sample was 5.89 g which is further decreased during the pressure parboiling process from 5.70g to 2.85 g. The fiber content also reduced significantly during pressure parboiling from 1.04 g for raw rice to 0.90 g for parboiled rice. Rice\'s crude fat and crude fiber contents may have decreased as a result of unattached oil particles leaking out during hydration through the rice husk\'s palea and lemma (processed leaves) (Chavan et al., 2018). There is no significant difference (p>0.05) in the total carbohydrate content of non-parboiled and parboiled rice. The ash content of control rice sample suggests that temperature has a substantial impact on the ash composition available with no significant difference (p>0.05). The finding demonstrates that the ash content of pressure parboiled rice has gradually increased. As the increase in exposure duration of paddy to temperature showed an increase in ash content. This agrees with the statement given by Chukwu & Oseh (2009) reported increase in temperature positively effect on parboiling. The ash value of raw sample was 1.88% which is further increased during parboiling according to duration of temperature subjected to paddy up to 2.78%, whereas the optimum treatment gives ash of 1.95%.\r\n', 'Koperundevi Venkatesh, Arunasree Asokan and Bhuvana Shanmugham (2022). Effect on Physio-Chemical, Textural and Nutritional qualities of Pressure parboiled karuppukavuni rice (Oryza sativa L. indica). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 274-281.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5267, '136', 'Ultrasound Treated-Freeze dried white finger millet-based probiotic beverage powder: Effect on proximate, colorimetric, and technological properties', 'L. Meena, B. Malini, T. S. Byresh, C.K. Sunil*, Ashish Rawson and N. Venkatachalapathy', '48 Ultrasound Treated-Freeze dried white finger millet-based probiotic beverage powder Effect on proximate, colorimetric, and technological properties Vidhya Raja.pdf', '', 1, 'Finger millet is one of the common millets having numerous health benefits. It is rich in calcium and contains various functional compounds with anti-tumorigenic, antimicrobial, anti-diabetic, and antioxidant properties. White finger millet KMR 340 is one of the new varieties of finger millet developed in Mandya\'s zonal agricultural research station. Probiotic foods are majorly available as milk products. Owing to its high cholesterol level and lactose intolerance, consumer\'s preference for non-dairybased probiotic beverages is increasing now-a-days and that paved the way for the development of probiotic beverages using white finger millet. Since, heat treatment deteriorates the product quality, the application of non-thermal technology is gaining importance in recent days. The present work investigates the effect of ultrasound treatment and freeze drying on white finger millet-based probiotic beverage powder and analyzes its effect on proximate composition, color values, and technological properties. Technological properties like the Carr index and Hausner ratio did not show any significant difference in the obtained results. Though colorimetric properties showed a significant difference between control and the US-treated samples, it did not impact its visual appearance. The obtained results could help the food processors to find its application in the development of millet-based beverage premix and in designing the storage structures.', 'White finger millet, Ultrasound, Colorimetric and technological properties, Probiotic', 'In the present study, US treated-Freeze dried WFMPB powder significantly changed color values. No significant difference was observed for CI and HR values. The proximate composition of control and US treated samples had slight variations. Flow characteristics of CI and HR for control and treatment after inoculation was found to have passable flowability. In comparison, CI and HR for treatment before inoculation resulted in poor flowability. In future, the flowability of treatment before inoculation could be improved by using suitable processing techniques, so that, the developed product could exploit its application in designing storage structures.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nMillets are the major food in developing countries. In general, the production and consumption of millets in developing countries is more than 97%. According to estimates, the area of land used for millets cultivation has decreased worldwide by about 25.71% between 1961 and 2018. Furthermore, from 1961 to 2018, millet productivity increased globally by 36%, from 575 kg/ha to 900 kg/ha. Except for Africa, the average statistics from the previous 58 years showed that millet output decreased globally. In the case of India, millet production peaked in the 1980s and then progressively declined as a result of an increasing reduction in the area that is cultivated. India produces the most millets, accounting for 37.5% of the total global output, followed by Sudan and Nigeria. The year between 2011 and 2017 had maximum import and export values of millets in terms of trade (155.26 and 127.60 million US dollars, respectively). Several factors may contribute to the ongoing decline in the area for millets crop including relocating millets for other crops, alterations in dietary preferences, assurance of irrigation infrastructure, and guaranteed returns from important commercial crops (Meena et al., 2021).\r\nMillets are often grown in soils that are too deficient in sustaining any other crop. They are different from other cereal crops because of their short growing season and have a high tolerance to drought, poor nitrogen application, and temperature variations. Millets are year-round, all-season crops that provide a variety of security (food, fodder, nutrition, and ecology), making them the crops of agricultural security that are available at reasonable prices (Malathi et al., 2016). Sorghum, Pearl millet, Finger millet, Foxtail millet, little millet, Kodo millet, Proso millet, and Barnyard millet are the major millets grown in India. Among these, finger millet (Eleusine coracana L.) is rich in calcium, and it is almost ten times higher than that of rice or wheat (Malathi et al., 2016). It belongs to the Poaceae family. It has some of the functional components like catechin, gallocatechin, epicatechin, epigallocatechin, vitexin, myricetin, quercetin, apigenin, etc., having anti-tumorigenic, anti-diabetic, antimicrobial, and antioxidant properties (Thakur & Tiwari 2019). White finger millet (WFM) KMR 340 is a new variety developed in a zonal agricultural research station in Mandya, India. It has a high level of calcium (392 mg/100 g), magnesium (144 mg/100 g), protein (11.98 g/100 g), and fiber (4.2 g/100 g) (Navyashree et al., 2021).\r\nWhen given to a host in sufficient quantities, live microorganisms that positively affect their health are known as probiotics. To exhibit therapeutic effects, the microorganisms must be alive and present in large quantities, often more than 108 to 109 cells per gram of products at the moment of ingestion. Probiotics must also be able to live in the challenging environment of the human gastrointestinal tract (Kandylis et al., 2016). Though most probiotics are dairy-based, several concerns like the emergence of vegetarianism and veganism, the allergy risk associated with dairy products, and customer preferences for diverse, unique flavors pave the way for developing non-dairy-based probiotic beverages (Rasika et al., 2021).\r\nUltrasound (US) is an emerging technology that works on the cavitation phenomenon, which causes the formation, expansion, and collapse of gas bubbles leading to various chemical and mechanical effects. In food fermentation, low-frequency ultrasound (20–50 kHz)enhances mass transfer and cell permeability, resulting in increased process efficiency and output rates (Ojha et al., 2017). Therefore, US is applied to analyze its effect on fermentation of the developed beverage.\r\nKnowledge of the technological properties like bulk density, tapped density, Carr index and Hausner ratio help to determine the flow characteristics of the powder (Shishir et al., 2014). At the same time, the colorimetric properties of freeze-dried white finger millet-based probiotic beverage (WFMPB) powder gives information about the level of perception. Thus, the present work is performed to determine the effect of ultrasound treatment and freeze drying on the WFMPB powder in terms of its proximate, technological and colorimetric properties. The results obtained in this study help the food processors to find its application in the development of millet-based beverage premix and in designing the storage structures.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nA. Materials\r\nWFM (KMR 340) was obtained from V.C Farm, Mandya, Karnataka, India. Lactobacillus rhamnosus GG NCDC 347 was acquired from the National Dairy Research Institute (NDRI), Karnal, India for inoculation. \r\nB. Sample preparation\r\nPreparation of WFMPB. Cleaned millets were soaked in water and then germinated at 30 °C for 48 h. The sprouted millets were dried and milled using a hammer mill (Almech Enterprise, Coimbatore, India) to obtain germinated millet flour (GMF). It was then sieved with a sieve having a mesh size of 250 µm, and flour was collected and stored in high-density polyethylene (HDPE) bags at the refrigerated condition for further analysis. The probiotic culture was revived as per the protocol given with the ampoules.\r\nA suspension of GMF (14% w/v), and sugar (5% w/v) were mixed in 100 mLwater and sterilized. It was then inoculated with L. rhamnosus having a cell density of 6 log CFU/mL. Then the mixture was fermented at 37 °C in a shaker incubator (Scientech, New Delhi, India) till it attained the pH value of 4.6 (Medve & Lipt 2008). The pH was measured using a pH meter (Horriba scientific, Japan). A sample without US treatment was taken as a control.\r\nThe mixture was treated with the US at two different conditions. In the first condition, the mixture was treated with the US after the inoculation of probiotic culture (after inoculation). In the second case, the mixture was treated with US and then inoculated with probiotic culture (before inoculation). For after inoculation, the amplitude and treatment time of 41.42% and 2.63 min were used, respectively. On the other hand, before inoculation treatment, the amplitude and treatment time of40.11% and 11.09 min were used, respectively. After treating the samples with US, the mixture was inoculated with L. rhamnosus and fermented at 37 °C. After fermentation, WFMPB was freeze-dried and the powder was collected. Freeze dryer (Lyophilizer 80 °C, Lark innovative fine teknowledge, Chennai) was used to dry the samples. The freeze-dried WFMPB powder was stored in HDPE bags at 4 °C. Freeze-dried WFMPB powder was used for analyzing color and technological properties.\r\nProximate analysis. WFMPB powder was analyzed for moisture, fat, fiber, ash, protein and carbohydrate content according to AOAC 2019 methods. \r\nMoisture content. The sample\'s moisture content was determined according to AOAC 2019, 931.04 method. 2 g of sample was taken in a petriplate and kept in a hot air oven for 3 h at 105°C. Moisture content was calculated using the following formula.\r\nMoisture (%) = \r\nAsh content. The ash content was determined according to AOAC 2019, 923.03 methods. 2 g of sample was taken in the pre-weighed crucible and then placed in a muffle furnace for 5 h at 600 °C. After 5 h, the crucible was taken and allowed to cool in a desiccator. The crucible and its content were weighed.\r\nAsh (%) = \r\nFat content. The fat content of the samples was estimated using Soxhlet extraction methods (AOAC 945.38). 2 g of sample was weighed into an oil flask. About 100 mL of n-hexane was added into oil flask and kept in Soxhlet apparatus for extraction. After the extraction period, contents in the flask were evaporated to dryness in a hot air oven. The total fat content of the samples was measured using the following equation.\r\nFat (%) = \r\nProtein estimation. The protein content was determined by kjeldahl method. The samples were digested with H2SO4 in the presence of a digestion mixture for 3-4 h until the solution turns colorless. Upon the addition of 40% NaOH, ammonia was released from the samples during distillation, and it was then collected in a flask containing 4% boric acid. The nitrogen content of the samples was estimated by titrating it against 0.1 N HCl and methyl red was used as an indicator. \r\nProtein (%) =\r\n \r\nCrude fiber. The crude fiber was estimated according to the method proposed by Shendage et al. (2020). A 2 g of the sample that was free of moisture and fat was put into a 1000 mL beaker. In the beaker, 200 mL of a 1.25 % H2SO4 solution were added and boiled for 30 minutes. After that, it was filtered and the residue was cleaned with hot water until it became acid-free. Later, the residue was again kept in a 1000 mL beaker and heated for 30 minutes with a 200 mL solution of 1.25 % H2SO4. It was again filtered, and the residue was then put into a crucible that had already been weighed. It was dried for 24 h at 100oC until a constant weight was attained. The crude fiber was calculated using the following formula.\r\nCrude fiber (%) = \r\nTotal carbohydrate. The total carbohydrate content of the samples was estimated using difference method and its formula is given below.\r\nCarbohydrate = 100 – % (Moisture + Protein + Fat + Ash + Crude fiber)\r\nColorimetric properties. The color values of freeze-dried WFMPB powder was determined using Hunter Lab Colorimeter (Hunter Associates Laboratory, Reston, VA). L* indicates lightness to darkness (0 to 100), a* indicates redness to greenness (+ to -), and b* indicates yellowness to blueness (+ to -) and these values were noted. Total color difference (ΔE), chroma (ΔC), hue angle, and whiteness index (WI) were determined using the following equations (Navyashree et al., 2021). \r\n∆E= √(〖(L-L*)〗^2+〖(a-a*)〗^2+〖(b-b*)〗^2)\r\n\r\n∆C= √(〖(a*)〗^2+〖(b*)〗^2 )\r\nHue angle=tan^(-1) b/a\r\nWI= 100-√((100-L*)+〖a*〗^2+〖b*〗^2 )\r\n\r\nC. Technological properties\r\nBulk and tapped density. Bulk density and tapped density of freeze-dried WFMPB powder were determined as per the method described by Shishir et al. (2014). 2 g of powder were placed into a 10 mL graduated cylinder and the volume changes were noted. The mass-to-volume ratio of the sample served as a measure of the bulk density of the powder. Whereas 2 g of powder was taken in a 10 mL graduated cylinder and counting the volume after the sample was smoothly dropped 120 times, the tapped density of the samples was ascertained.\r\n \r\nFlowability. The Carr index (CI) and Hausner ratio (HR) were used to assessing the powders\' flowability (Shishir et al., 2014). Bulk and tapped densities of the freeze-dried WFMPB powder were used to compute both the CI and HR. They were calculated using the following formula.\r\n \r\n \r\nD. Statistical analysis\r\nStatistical analysis was performed usingSPSS Statistics 20 (IBM, USA). Paired t-test was used to determine the probability level of p ≤ 0.05 for significant difference. All the analyses were performed in duplicates and values were expressed as mean±standard deviation.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Proximate analysis\r\nSonicated samples\' moisture and carbohydrate content did not show significant difference (p > 0.05). Whereas protein, crude fiber, fat and ash content showed significant differences (p < 0.05). The proximate composition of WFMPB and US-treated WFMPB were presented in Table 1. It shows that moisture content of control (85.27±1.50) was higher followed by before inoculation (83.28±1.38) and after inoculation (82.72±1.37) sample. US treatment slightly increased the fat content of WFMPB from 0.08% in control to 0.1% in before inoculation and 0.12% in after inoculation sample. The lower fat content values could be due to the utilization of fat as the source of energy for the germination process (Hejazi & Orsat 2016). The protein content of WFMPB decreased after US treatment when compared to control. This could be due to the variation in the proteolytic activity of L. rhamnosus during the fermentation process (Apaliya et al., 2017). The crude fiber of control was found to be 0.59±0.02, which was higher than the fiber content of before inoculation (0.52±0.01) and after inoculation (0.49±0.00) samples. The ash content of control was 2.94±1.38 which was higher than the sonication after inoculation (2.17±1.01) and before inoculation (1.47±0.70) samples. Sonication increased the carbohydrate content of after inoculation (13.60±0.30) and before inoculation sample (13.65±1.96) when compared to control (9.82±0.11). The carbohydrate content of the samples might be due to the amylolytic activity of lactic acid bacteria during the fermentation process. The obtained results were found to be inconsistent with the results reported by Shendage et al. (2020).\r\nB. Effect of US treatment on color properties\r\nColor is one of the most significant characteristics of a product that influences its acceptability in markets and among consumers. Color values exhibited a significant difference between US treated and control samples (p < 0.05). Colorimetric properties of control and US-treated samples were presented in Table 2. The L* value of US treatment after inoculation (86.03±0.14) and before inoculation (84.78±0.02) was higher than control (81.13±0.09). This might be due to the control sample\'s high-temperature treatment that resulted in the WFMPB powder browning. The redness (a*) and yellowness (b*) values of control was higher than US treatment after and before inoculation samples. High-temperature control treatment caused gelatinization of starch present in WFM flour which contributed to higher a* and b* values for control than US treated samples (Sharma et al., 2018). \r\nHue angle of all the samples was less than 90°. The hue angle of control (83.50±0.10) sample was higher followed by US treatment after inoculation (81.98±0.10) and before inoculation samples (80.37±0.04). Colors red, yellow, green, and blue are represented by hue angles of 0, 90, 180, and 270 degrees, respectively. For perception and acceptance, the hue angle is the most important factor for people with normal color vision (Ramashia et al., 2018). Since hue angle of all samples is in the range of 80, it represents that WFMPB flour is slightly yellow. Chroma indicates the intensity of the color. Chroma of control sample is higher than the US treated samples. Though the hue angle for all samples was less than 90° indicating the yellow color of WFMPB flour, the intensity of yellowness is found to be less, which could be seen from the chroma values of the samples. WI values of control and US treatment after and before inoculation samples were 76.16±0.009, 84.49±0.20, and 84.22±0.01, respectively. The results for color analysis were in range with those obtained by Mohite et al. (2020).\r\nC. Effect of US treatment on technological properties\r\nBulk density and tapped density. The results found that the tapped density was higher than the bulk density in all the samples (Table 3). This could be due to the insignificant volume of voids which resulted as a consequence of external force. The tapped density of US treatment after inoculation (0.39±0.00) and before inoculation (0.35±0.01) samples showed higher values than control (0.31±0.003). Bulk density also showed a similar trend as in the case of tapped density. Rao et al. (2021)observed slightly higher values for bulk density (0.61-0.64) and tapped density (0.70-0.73) in case of microwave-treated foxtail millet flour.\r\nCarr index and Hausner ratio. CI and HR of WFMPB flour were evaluated to determine the difference between their flow ability. CI and HR of US treatment after inoculation and control samples showed no significant difference (p > 0.05). The CI value for control and US treatment after inoculation were found to be 22.5% and 23.29%, respectively. Similarly, HR values for control (1.29) and treatment after inoculation (1.30) were found to be comparable. The CI in the range of 0-25% indicates good quality powder, and the range 26-40% is of lower quality, whereas HR in the range of 1.00-1.34 and 1.35-1.6 indicates good quality and lower quality, respectively. Therefore, control and after inoculation samples fall under passable flow ability. However, before inoculation, samples showed poor flow ability, as indicated by their CI (29.16%) and HR (1.41) values. This demonstrates strong particle cohesion, which causes the particles to withstand the tapping force. This could be due to the grinding of dried WFMPB, which created fine particles and increased the specific surface area. Through the creation of active binding sites, particle interactions and interparticle bonding may be enhanced. Industrial silos used to store cohesive powders are driven with mechanical and pneumatic assistance for continuous discharge to prevent arching and ratholing. However, free-flowing powders can be passed without using any external means (Sengar et al., 2022).', 'L. Meena, B. Malini, T. S. Byresh, C.K. Sunil*, Ashish Rawson and N. Venkatachalapathy (2022). Ultrasound Treated-Freeze dried white finger millet-based probiotic beverage powder: Effect on proximate, colorimetric, and technological properties. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 282-287.'),
(5268, '136', 'Effect of pre-treatments on proximate composition, protein extraction yield and extraction rate of Superworm protein ', 'Pranav Wadje, Akshay R. Patil and R. Meenatchi*', '49 Effect of pre-treatments on proximate composition, protein extraction yield and extraction rate of Superworm protein Vidhya Raja.pdf', '', 1, 'Superworm (Zophobas morio) is the larval stage of darkling beetle which is rich in protein and fat. Three different drying methods, Viz., freeze drying, hot air oven drying, and microwave-assisted hot air oven drying, were used as a pre-treatment for insect drying. Freeze drying was the most suitable method as both extraction rate and the yield of superworm protein were higher. In freeze drying, the least damage is caused to protein content compared to the other two drying methods. The proximate analysis was performed for freeze-dried insect powder and extracted superworm protein powder, which showed the total protein content of superworm insect is 53.32±0.54%, and extracted protein from superworm insect has a protein content of 85.29±0.13%. Along with protein fat content of superworm (40%) was significantly higher. Colour values L* a* b* were positive for freeze-dried superworm powder and extracted protein. Extracted superworm protein (L*79.02±0.00) has a lighter colour than freeze-dried superworm insect powder (L*43.26±0.01). Water activity for freeze-dried superworm insects and freeze-dried superworm insect protein 0.41 and 0.21. Lower values of water activity have marked the shelf stable nature of freeze-dried insect powder as well as superworm protein powder. The major challenge for this study was the procurement of superworm larvae and maintaining them in a proper atmosphere. Superworm can be an excellent alternative protein source that can be used to combat protein energy malnutrition worldwide. ', 'Superworm, Protein, Extraction yield, Extraction rate, Water activity', 'Among the three different drying methods used, freeze-drying was most suitable method for insect drying because protein suffers the minimum damage, also, protein extraction rate and extraction yield were higher for the freeze-dried sample. Protein extraction yield and protein extraction rate were higher because of the higher protein content of insects as well as extracted protein from superworm insects dried using freeze drying. Superworm larvae are higher in lipid content. Extracted protein has a lighter shade as compared to freeze-dried insect powder. Since in colour analysis of superworm powder and superworm protein powder all the values of L*, a*and b* were positive, all the colour shades lie in the light, yellow and red shades respectively.aw is a crucial factor in monitoring hygroscopic goods or materials. Since the aw of the freeze dried superworm and freeze dried superworm protein powder is less. As aw for both the samples is less than 0.7, they can be stored at ambient room temperature. Nutrients such as protein and fat are rich in superworm. For further characterization studies freeze-drying pretreatment can be used as protein suffers least damage as compared to other drying method. Further characterization study can be done a superworm oil as it is rich in oil content. ', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nEntomophagy is the practice of consuming insects (Niveditha et al.,2021). The term \"entomos\" means insect and “phagein” means to eat (Parvez, 2017). By the year 2050, there will be around 9 billion people on the planet. We must find new protein sources to fulfil this population\'s increasing protein energy needs (Iseppi et al., 2021). According to FAO, there are around 821 million malnourished people around the globe. In such instance, food insecurity may emerge, andinsects might serve as an alternate food source for the whole population.(Yen, 2009) showed the importance of sustainable harvesting of edible insects to use as food. To prevent the unfavourable environmental impacts of livestock production, insects can be used as an alternative source of proteins for humans. Depending on the kind and developmental stage of the insect, the dry matter protein content ranges from 20 to 76%. Large variations in fat content (dry matter of 2 to 50%) occurs depending on developmental stage in superworm larvae will have more fat content than adult. \r\nSuperworm is often raised for use as food for fish, birds, and reptiles. Superworm is a member of the Tenebrionidae giant beetle family which also includes red flour beetle, confused flour beetle, and other stored commodity insects, including Alphitobius diaperinus, and Tenebrio molitor (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Protein and fat are two nutrients abundant in superworm larvae. Superworm has a protein content of 47-48% (Kulma et al., 2020). Although listed among storage insects, Z. morio is associated with only one stored commodity, i.e., wheat flour (Rumbos & Athanassiou 2021). The larvae are yellow with dark brown ends on the front and back. Their exoskeleton is cylindrical, heavily sclerotized, and conically constricted between the seventh and ninth abdominal segment bases. At 25 °C, they may hatch after 8 days and grow to a maximum length of 55 mm. The number and length of larval instars are density-dependent, meaning that they vary depending on whether larvae are kept in groups or isolated environments. When maintained apart, larvae pupate between 11 and 18 instars; however, most pupations occur between 16 and 17 moults. This species fails to pupate under crowded conditions, despite continuing larval moults till death is one of its most significant traits. The rate of pupation slows down as larval density rises. This effect is ascribed to the mechanical stimulation caused by interactions between larvae rather than being pheromone-mediated or produced by auditory or visual stimuli (Rumbos & Athanassiou 2021). According to Australian researchers, the solution to recycling plastic may lie in superworms that eat polystyrene (Sun et al., 2022). Several recent studies (Alves et al., 2021; Abd Rahman Jabir, 2012; Rumbos & Athanassiou 2021) have disclosed better results of superworm meal on the fishes as compared to traditional fish meal. Recently, the superworms whole mitochondrial genome was sequenced, indicating that researchers are becoming more interested in this species (Bai et al., 2019).\r\nThe present study has been undertaken to estimate the effect of different pre-treatments on proximate composition, protein extraction yield and protein extraction rate of superworm. \r\n\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS \r\nThe live superworm larvae were purchased from mealfarm® Bengaluru, Karnataka, India. Superworm larvae were held at – 4°C for 1 hour to kill them, followed by drying with three different methods. \r\n1. Freeze drying (condenser temperature 6.6°C, sample temperature -13.4°C, and vacuum at 1.100Pa). \r\n2. Drying at 70°C in a hot air oven for 48 hours. \r\n3. Microwave-assisted hot air drying (60°C, 60 min, 3 kilowatts). \r\nDried insects were pulverized to powder it. The powdered insects were stored at 4°C in the refrigerator. Powdered insects were defatted using n-Hexane as a solvent before protein extraction. \r\nA. Method of Protein Extraction \r\nB. Extraction rate and Extraction yield \r\nThe extraction yield and rate of protein were calculated using the following formulae (Zhao et al., 2016).\r\nExtraction yield (EY) = (Weight of extract )/(Weight of sample )×100\r\n\r\nExtraction Rate of protein =( Protein content in extract)/(Protein content in sample)×EY\r\nC. Proximate Analysis\r\nAnalysis of protein content was done for all three pre-treatments as it is necessary to calculate protein extraction yield and protein extraction rate. Remaining proximate analyses such as ash, crude fibre, fat, carbohydrates, colour and water activity were only done for pre-treatment with higher protein content, protein extraction yield and protein extraction rate. \r\nThe proximate composition of superworm larvae for protein, ash, crude fibre, fat, colour, and water activity was tested in triplicates based on the Association of Official Analytical Chemists international method (AOAC, 2019).\r\nMoisture content (934.01) was measured using the hot air oven technique by drying a 5g sample at 105°C for 4 hours. Protein content was evaluated using the Kjeldhal method (984.13) and a utilized nitrogen conversion factor of (6.25 × N) (Gosukonda et al., 2020). Ash (942.05) was measured by burning the dry sample (5g) in a muffle furnace at 650°C for 2 hours. For fat (920.39) estimated 2g sample was obtained in a thimble put in the Soxhlet apparatus, and N-Hexane (60-65°C) was used as a solvent. Crude fibre (962.09) was measured by processing the defatted dry sample (2 g) washed in 1.25% HCl and 1.25% NaOH followed by filtration and final residue collection and weighing. Carbohydrate content was determined by Moisture, ash, crude protein and crude fat were subtracted from 100 to get the total carbohydrate (Wadje & Meenatchi 2022). \r\nD. Analysis of colour values \r\nThe colour parameters (L*, a*, b*) of superworm powder were calculated using a Hunter lab colourimeter (ColorFlex EZ 45/0-LAV, Hunter Associates Laboratory Inc., Virginia, USA). It operates on the principle of gathering light and measuring energy from a sample that has been reflected over the visible spectrum. Each time, the tools were standardized with colours like white and black. Samples were scanned to determine the L*, a* and b* where L* indicates lightness and darkness, a* indicates red (+a) and green (-a), b* indicates yellow (+b) and blue (-b) (Shashikumar et al., 2021).\r\nE. Analysis of water activity \r\nThe ratio of the vapour pressure of the water above the sample to the vapour pressure of pure water at the same temperature is known as water activity (aw) at a specific temperature. It is a significant parameter that provides information regarding products stability, quality and microbial safety. The aw was determined by using dew point water activity meter (AquaLab 4TE, Inc. Pullman, WA, USA) with ± 0.001 sensitivity. The setup determines the dew point temperature of the sample precisely using an infra-red beam which is being focused on tiny mirror. Water activity of the sample was measured by placing inside the water activity meter in a disposable cup and the chamber was closed and set aside to equilibrate. The values displayed digitally were recorded.\r\nF. Statistical Analysis\r\nAll the analysis for proximate composition, colour values, water activity and effect of drying method on protein content of superworm were performed in triplicates as Mean±Standard deviation. Effect of different drying methods on protein content of superworm insect were analysed using ANOVA in the (Minitab 18.1 statistical analysis tool software USA). Where results show the significant interaction between the samples and significant main effects at p<0.05. A comparison was done with post hoc approach Tukey with a confidence level of 95% for the analysis. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nA. Effect of pre-treatments on protein content\r\nThe protein content of insects dried using the freeze-drying method showed the highest amount of protein content (53.32±0.54%) as compared to hot air oven (50.95±0.72%) and microwave-assisted hot-air oven drying (51.49±0.08%). There was no significant difference between the protein content of insects dried using hot-air oven drying and microwave-assisted hot air oven drying. Whereas significant difference was there in the protein content of insects dried using freeze-drying and hot air oven, microwave assisted hot-air oven drying. The protein content of extracted superworm protein for the freeze-drying, hot air oven drying, and microwave-assisted hot air oven drying were 85.29±0.13%, 80.62±0.44%, and 84.08±0.09%, respectively. For all three pre-treatments there was a significant difference in the protein content of extracted superworm protein. The freeze-drying method is recommended for the high protein and high fat-containing products (Hu et al., 2013). Protein denaturation occurs while drying the high protein-containing food products using the hot air oven drying method. Slightly better results for protein content are seen in microwave-assisted hot air oven drying. The microwave drying technique improves colour, vit B2 and mineral content more effectively. Compared with hot oven drying, microwave drying requires a short processing time. Microwave drying will also improve the economic weight of the insects (Bawa et al., 2020). Microwave consumes less energy, time and retains both nutritional and sensory attributes, provides pleasant aroma and bioactive components. Combined with the hot air oven drying technique, it gives better efficacy. During preliminary studies, drying at 60°C for 60 minutes, 3 kilowatts gave the best results with desirable colour and aroma. It was the maximum voltage that the microwave-assisted hot air dryer could attain.\r\nFreeze drying method yielded highest protein content. Also, when dried with freeze-drying protein suffers minimum damage. The extracted protein should be undamaged to the extent possible when it is further characterised. A literature survey found that when a substance higher in protein dried using hot-air oven or microwave-assisted hot air oven drying, the protein in it undergoes structural damage. \r\nB. Protein Extraction Yield and Extraction Rate \r\nThe protein extraction yield and protein extraction rate depend on protein content of extracted protein and material from which protein is to be extracted. To increase the protein content all the samples were defatted using n-Hexane as a solvent (Choi et al., 2017). To assess the extraction process\'s efficiency and the product\'s economic worth, yield value calculation is a crucial factor (Haryati et al., 2019). The extraction yield (%) and extraction rate (%) of all three samples were calculated and presented in Fig. 1. The protein extraction yield was high in freeze-dried samples (43.73%). The reason may be due to the use of low-temperature proteins remain undamaged and because of alkali at low concentration proteins remained unhydrolyzed. Protein yield results of yellow mealworm (50.6%) were higher than superworm (Zhao et al., 2016). Next to freeze drying highest protein extraction yield was found in the microwave-assisted hot air oven dried sample (42%) and the least protein extraction yield was found in the hot air oven dried sample (40%). Slight denaturation of the samples while pre-treating the sample lowers the nutritional value. In the hot air oven dried sample denaturation of thermally labile, oxidation sensitive nutrients, flavours and biologically active molecules occurs. While they are retained in microwave treated sample which resulted in high sample yield as compared to the hot air oven dried sample. \r\nThe rate of protein extraction was found to be highest in the freeze-dried sample (69.94%). The extraction rate of protein in freeze-dried and microwave-assisted hot air oven dried sample (68.55%) were more or less similar. But the protein extraction rate in hot air oven dried sample (63.29%) is less because the proteins suffer damage. The extraction yield and rate for freeze drying pre-treatment were higher because the protein content of both freeze-dried insects and extracted superworm protein was higher. \r\nC. Proximate analysis \r\nAnalysis of proximate composition is regarded as a principle criterion in determining the nutritional value and quality of the sample (Ogunyinka et al., 2017). The proximate composition of superworm insect and extracted superworm protein were analyzed in triplicates and the results are represented in Table 2. \r\nCrude protein content in the superworm insect is 53.32±0.54%, and the crude protein content of protein extracted from superworm is 85.29±0.13%. As protein content in superworm and protein extracted from superworm insect is higher, both resulted in a high protein extraction yield and protein extraction rate. The protein content of superworm is more than T. molitor, Bombyx mori, Apis mellifera, Hermetia illucens. Some insects which have higher protein content than superworm are A. diaperinus, Acheta domesticus, Blaptica dubia etc., (Ghosh et al., 2016; H et al., 2021; Igual et al., 2020; Lam et al., 2021; Roncolini et al., 2020; Soares Araújo et al., 2019; Wu et al., 2021). Superworm larvae are high in protein content as compared to adult darkling beetle. Larvae are more convenient for extracting protein than adults because adults will have more chitin content (Kaya et al., 2016) and chitin interferes with the protein extraction. Superworm insect has a very high fat content (40%). \r\nProtein extracted from superworm has less fat content (2.01±0.46) as it is extracted from defatted superworm powder. Silkworm pupae, one of the most popular edible insect has oil content of only 8%, which is much less than the superworm insect (Longvah et al., 2011). Further studies can be done to undiscover the potential of superworm oil. Superworm oil has low antioxidant activity and almost negligible antibacterial activity (Pumnuan et al., 2019). Iodine value, peroxide value and free fatty acid value of superworm oil will give the idea about its suitability to be used in the food and feed systems. Crude fibre (2.30±0.15) and carbohydrate content (1.15±0.03) of superworm protein was negligible. \r\nD. Analysis of Colour Value \r\nColour plays a vital role in the evaluation and preference of food. In sensory analysis, most easily evaluated characteristic is colour. Colour values were measured to differentiate the impact of different pre-treatments and to estimate the colour of superworm powder and superworm protein. Colour values can be used to estimate the colour pigment content of extracted edible insect protein. L* is for lightness and other two-colour channels a*and b*are known as chromaticity layers. Positive values of L*, a*and b* depict lightness, yellow and red hues. Whereas negative values of L*, a*and b* show Dark, blue and green shades. Since L* of superworm insect powder is 43.26±0.01 which shows the darker colour of superworm powder but L* value of superworm protein is 79.02±0.00 which shows extracted protein has a very light shade. The values for superworm insect powder and superworm protein showa slightly darker shade. As a* values are slightly on the positive side it depicts the slight reddish tint for both the superworm powder (5.31±0.008) and superworm protein (2.24±0.008). Value of b* is positive for both samples, which shows a slightly yellowish hue of superworm powder (13.97±0.00) and superworm protein (17.13±0.008). ΔE (Total colour differences), represent the magnitude of colour difference between the samples. ΔE value for superworm insect powder and superworm protein powder is 0.03. As ΔE values are negligible, total colour difference is also negligible for both samples. (Bellary et al., 2016) states that samples having ΔE > 30 the colour difference is perceivable to the naked eye. ΔE value between the superworm insect powder and superworm protein powder is 17.14 which marks the huge colour difference between the two. The colour difference might be due to various pre-treatments given such as defatting, grinding, freeze-drying. Generally, colour of insect based product will be decided by pigments such as melanin (WittKopp & Beldade 2009) and chitin (Battampara et al., 2020). Colour values are dependent on pH conditions, protein aggregation and colour pigment(Atkinson et al., 1973). Colour values of both freeze-dried superworm powder and superworm protein were calculated and represented in Table 3. \r\nE. Analysis of water activity (aw)\r\naw is the measure of free water present in the product. aw deals with the water not bound to any cell component and is available for various microbial growth and chemical reactions. Water activity plays a fundamental role in assessing the stability of raw or processed food products. In freeze-dried products, aw will be reduced to a much lower extent (less than 0.5), which limits food spoilage and improves food safety by reducing microbial growth rate, chemical and enzymatic reactions. The aw of superworm dried using freeze-drying and powdered subsequently showed aw of 0.47±0.00. The aw of precipitated protein pellets and freeze-dried subsequently showed aw of 0.21±0.00. aw less than 0.7 shows that it may have longer shelf life at ambient temperatures and is termed safe moisture content (Jovanovich et al., 2003). The aw of superworm protein is higher than whey protein isolate sample is 0.13 (Erdem & Kaya 2021), chickpea protein isolate is 0.179 (Tontul et al., 2018) but lower than pea protein isolate, which is 0.6 (Mehle et al., 2020). The aw of superworm protein is similar to soya protein 0.22 (Mehle et al., 2020). aw of both the samples were less than 0.7, So we can conclude that both have a longer shelf life at ambient temperature.\r\n', 'Pranav Wadje, Akshay R. Patil and R. Meenatchi (2022). Effect of pre-treatments on proximate composition, protein extraction yield and extraction rate of Superworm protein. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 288-294.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5269, '136', 'Radiofrequency Assisted Disinfestation of Caryedon serratus in Peanuts', 'Karuna Ashok Appugol, Irengbam Barun Mangang, Vidhya Lakshmi A.,\r\nand Loganathan Manickam*\r\n', '50 Radiofrequency Assisted Disinfestation of Caryedon serratus in Peanuts KARUNA APPUGOL.pdf', '', 1, 'Peanut is an important oilseed and rich source of nutrients. The peanuts seed are stored as pods and seeds for further processing to extract oil or for edible purposes. One of the major concerns of the peanut industry is the contamination of peanuts with insects and microorganisms. Hence, post-harvest management is of major importance for maintaining the quality of the products from the peanut. The chemical fumigants have raised toxicity issues in grains. It is evident that the safety of food materials depends on the creation and application of novel disinfestation techniques. In this study, pest management in peanuts using Radio frequency (RF) technology is being investigated. The infested peanuts were exposed to RF to the selected electrode heights of 230 and 250 mm with conveyor speeds of 2.5, 5, 7.5, 10, and 12.5 m/h for each electrode height. The lethal time for 50 (LT50) and 99 percent (LT99) mortality was determined for the egg and adult stages of Caryedon serratus. The electrode height of 230 mm showed the least LT50 and LT99 of 5.51 and 14.22 minutes respectively egg stage. Similarly, the least LT50 and LT99 of 3.01 and 11.60 minutes respectively for the adult stage was observed. Researchers are tackling challenging issues linked to preventing dielectric breakdown and thermal runaway heating from hot spots. Therefore, to prevent breakdown, the electrode gaps, the material of the sample holder, and all the specifications like voltage and ampere were selected wisely. Hence, RF technology can be considered as one of the managements of peanut insects.', 'Peanut, Radiofrequency, Mortality, Caryedon serratus, Disinfestation', 'Peanuts are economically and culturally important throughout the world because they are the primary raw material for peanut oil and ethnic foods such as peanut chikki, masala peanut, and roasted salted peanuts in India. Therefore, post-harvest pest management is of utmost importance. RF technology is an alternative technology to chemical fumigation to reduce the toxic chemicals entering the food. The current investigation proves that RF is a novel thermal technology that provides a promising alternative for the disinfestation of many food commodities.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPeanut (Arachis hypogaea L.) is a cheap, nutrient-dense, and frequently grown crop that produces one of the most significant edible oils in the world. As a significant source of edible oil, peanuts or groundnuts are revered in India as the \"King of Oil Seeds\" (Kanabur, 2019). Mixed glycerides make up groundnut oil, which has a high content of unsaturated fatty acids including oleic (50–65%) and linoleic acid (18 to 30 percent) (Dudekula et al., 2021). Peanuts are eaten in raw and processed forms, as well as peanut butter, confectionery, and peanut oil. Indian cuisine showcase an inclusive spectrum of culinary variety arising from India’s pluralism (Dhanshetty et al., 2021). Peanuts have received a lot of attention as a functional food (Francisco & Resurreccion 2008).\r\nOne of the major concerns of the peanut industry is the contamination of peanuts with insects, insect fragments (Torres et al., 2014), fungi, and mycotoxin (Fu et al., 2018). Groundnut postharvest losses due to insects, mould, and rodents range from 10 to 25 percent. \r\nTamarind/groundnut bruchid, Caryedon serratus (Olivier) is the main pest of peanuts found in storage godowns. Many additional minor pests like Tribolium castaneum, and Coecyra cephalonica also attack peanuts, making them unfit for consumption (Nataraja et al., 2014). Pesticides were traditionally used to control stored product pests. However, as insects develop resistance and possibility of residues in product, consumers are concerned about pesticide toxicity (Ahmed et al., 2021). Hence, non-chemical methods need to be developed for managing the insects in storage and to avoid residues in food products. The application of Radio Frequency (RF) at an optimum condition is an alternative for the management of insects in food products.\r\nIn recent years, RF is gaining a lot of importance for applications such as drying, baking, and disinfestation. The molecules inside a product positioned in an RF environment continuously reorient themselves (27 M times/s at 27 MHz) in reaction to the applied field. This is how radio frequency heating works. Because of the frictional interaction amongst the molecules, the reaction starts volumetric heating inside the entire product, which selectively heats only the product and not the air or surrounding equipment (Mahendran & Jojo 2013). RF is used to control stored-product insects through direct treatment of the food materials, resulting in a residue-free procedure of pest control through complete insect mortality. The disinfestation with RF technology is based on a lethal time of 100 percent mortality, allowing the population of insects invading stored commodities to be controlled. The RF disinfestation process involves exposing the product and the insect to alternating currents, which causes the insects to die.\r\nIt is critical to experiment with the insect’s mortality when considering RF\'s potential use in the food processing line. Hence, the investigation was planned to study the effect of RF treatment on the life stage of C. serratus (eggs and adults). \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nA. Procurement of peanuts\r\nThe dried peanut samples with an initial moisture percent of 7.5 were obtained from the local market of Pudukkottai, Tamil Nadu. All the dirt and unwanted materials were removed. The malformed, contaminated peanuts were screened off and a collection of uniform-shaped peanuts was done. The sorted peanuts were stored in airtight containers for further analysis.\r\nB. Insect culturing\r\nThe parent adults of C. Serratus were obtained from the NIFTEM Thanjavur Storage Entomology department. About 50unsexed adults were introduced to each 500 ml glass jar containing about 100 g of susceptible peanut seeds. The containers were covered with muslin cloth to avoid suffocation and passage of insects. It was observed for 28 ± 3 days at a temperature of 28 ± 0.5 °C for the arrival of new adults. The insects used in the study were of the same age (Sewsaran et al., 2019).\r\nC. RF sterilizer\r\nThe infested peanuts were disinfested with a 10 kW RF sterilizer (40.68 MHz; Make: Lakshmi Insta 10/4) was utilized. The system consists of an applicator linked with a generator and two parallel flat plate rectangular electrodes (Fig. 3). A high voltage (5kV) alternating electric field was applied to the sample placed between the electrodes. A current of 0.5 A was required for the disinfestation.\r\nD. RF treatment for mortality assessment\r\nPeanut samples (250 g) were placed in Petri plates (200X30 mm), and eggs (20 in no’s) and adults (10 in n’s) were introduced into the Petri plate. These were then subjected to RF treatment with various combinations of electrode height and conveyor speed. The selected electrode heights were 230, and 250 mm with conveyor speeds of 2.5, 5, 7.5, 10, and 12.5 m/h for each electrode height. The time required for exposure was noted for each conveyor speed. Then the samples were cooled and stored (eggs) in plastic containers covered with muslin cloth for 60 days to investigate any emergence of adults. And to check the mortality of adults after treatment, it was kept for 24 hours for observation.\r\nE. Imaging of insect morphology before and after RF treatment\r\nThe life stages of insects were imaged using a stereomicroscope (Leica S8 APO; Make: Leica microsystems from Wetzlar, Germany) that was linked with a computing system (Fig. 4) in order to determine the changes in insect eggs and adults. The object was then observed on the computer screen by changing the focus and zoom to make it clear for observation. Later, then images were captured and saved using the software, Leica Application Suite 2.0.\r\nF. Statistical analysis\r\nThe experiential response was analysed using the Poloplus 2.0 software (LeOra Software, Petaluma, CA, USA) to calculate the Lethal Time for 50 and 99.99 percent of mortality due to dielectric treatments for both life stages. The results were interpreted by comparing the time required for mortality (Loganathan et al., 2011) of the egg and adult stages of the insect.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nA. Radiofrequency-assisted disinfestations of eggs\r\nThe infestation of C. serratus must be controlled from the egg stage itself because it reduces the quality of peanuts and results in losses of up to 73 percent (Nataraja et al., 2014). The egg stage of C. serratus was attempted to be eradicated by the RF disinfestation at various electrode heights and conveyor speed combinations with an aim to minimize the loss. The results of disinfestations of egg stage showed that eggs subjected at 230mm electrode height took minimum time to kill, with LT50 and LT99 of 5.51 and 14.22 minutes, respectively. The electrode height of 250 mm required more time with 8.40 and 49.05 minutes for the LT50 and LT99 respectively to control the insect. The temperature was recorded as 70 ± 2 ºC, fluctuating with treatment time. The electric field intensity increases as the electrode gap/ height are lowered (Jiao et al., 2014; Li et al., 2017).\r\nB. Radiofrequency-assisted disinfestations of adults\r\nThe results of disinfestations peanut with adult bruchid showed that insects subjected at 230mm electrode height took minimum time to kill, with LT50 and LT99 of 3.01 and 11.60 minutes respectively. The electrode height of 250mm required more time, taking 5.69 and 35.72 minutes for the LT50 and LT99 respectively. The temperature was recorded as 70 ± 2 ºC, fluctuating with treatment time. Because RF waves penetrate deeper than microwaves, they can heat low moisture goods more quickly (Boreddy et al., 2014; Chen et al., 2019). A similar study was performed by Tiwari et al., (2021) using various electrode height and conveyor speed combinations to investigate the mortality of Callosobruchus maculatus in blackgram (Vigna mungo) where it was reported that LT for 99.99 percent mortality (LT99.99) was ranged from 3.62 to 8.23 for the egg stage,4.70 to 7.27 min. for larvae 7.10 to 8.96 min. for pupae, and 5.40 to 7.73 min. for the adults.\r\nEarlier, Indumathi et al., (2021) reported that there was 100 percent mortality at each stage of T. castaneum lifecycle at 0.9 A of radiofrequency current and 0.5 kV for 15 minutes. T. castaneum was susceptible to RF heating in the following order: adults<larvae<pupae<eggs. Another study by Zhou & Wang (2016) showed that 100 percent mortality of S. oryzae adults was observed in different kinds of rice when treated at 50ºC for 5 minutes through 27.12 MHz with, a 6 kW RF sterilizer with 11cm electrode height. Similarly, 100 percent mortality of Mixed-age immature S. oryzae in rough brown and milled rice was observed when treated at 50ºC for 5 min with 27.12 MHz, 6 kW RF sterilizer with a 9.5cm electrode gap (Jiao et al., 2017).', 'Karuna Ashok Appugol, Irengbam Barun Mangang, Vidhya Lakshmi A. and Loganathan Manickam* (2022). Radiofrequency Assisted Disinfestation of Caryedon serratus in Peanuts. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 295-301.'),
(5270, '136', 'Establishment of in vitro Plant Regeneration Protocol for Fig (Ficus carica L.)', 'Vanmathi V., Aneesa Rani M.S.*, Vidhya D., Hemaprabha K. and Indu Rani C.', '51 Establishment of in vitro Plant Regeneration Protocol for Fig (Ficus carica L.) Aneesa Rani M.pdf', '', 1, ' Fig (Ficus carica L.) belongs to the family Moraceae is gaining momentum in the recent days due to its nutraceutical properties and health benefits. For farm establishment and small-scale home gardening, there is a rising demand for the plant propagules. Figs are commercially propagated by hardwood cuttings. In the present study, an attempt was made to standardize in vitro multiplication protocol for Fig. The explants were collected from the nodal part and treated with 0.5% carbendazim and 0.1 % streptomycin. Among the various sterilization treatments, treating the explants with 0.1 % HgCl2 for 3 minutes recorded the highest aseptic culture establishment (72%). Nodal explants showed the highest bud initiation (65%) response in full strength MS medium supplemented with 3.00 mgL-1 of 6 – Benzyl Aminopurine with less time for shoot initiation (20 days). The highest number of multiple shoots (4) were observed in Murashige and Skoog medium fortified with 5.00 mgL-1 6 – Benzyl Aminopurine.', 'Fig, nodal explants, sterilization, shoot initiation, shoot multiplication', 'From the present study, it is concluded that in Fig variety Brown Turkey surface sterilization of the nodal explants with 0.1% HgCl2 for 3 minutes recorded the highest aseptic culture establishment. MS medium supplemented with 3.00 mgL-1 BAP + 0.10 mgL-1 NAA produced highest shoot initiation. MS medium supplemented with 5.00 mgL-1 BAP + 0.10 mgL-1 NAA resulted in highest number of shoots, highest shoot length and leaves/shoot. Hence, this protocol can be utilized for mass multiplication of fig producing disease free and true to type planting materials for commercial production.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nFig (Ficus carica L.) belongs to the family Moraceae, is a deep rooted tree and tolerant to salt and drought. The multiple fruit is botanically called Synconium and it is edible. The fruits are pear-shaped, variable in size, colour and contain lot of sugar. Vora et al. (2017) reported that fresh fruits are good source of carbohydrates (20.0 g/100g), proteins (1.02 g/100g), vitamin C (1.86 mg/100g), fibre (2.10 g/100g), calcium (104.2 mg/100g) and iron (0.725 mg/100g). Though fresh and processed figs are popular among the consumers, 90% of the fig produced is dried and consumed.\r\nThe major fig producing countries are Egypt, Turkey and Iran. In India, fig is widely cultivated in Maharashtra, Gujarat, Uttar Pradesh, Karnataka and Tamil Nadu (Sharma et al., 2022). Edible fig cultivar Brown Turkey is grown in Indian subcontinent. Its agronomical characteristics includes hardiness, drought tolerance and early commercial ripening have facilitated commercial crop expansion. The fruits are highly suitable for jams, canning and dried fruits have a good market value. Brown Turkey fruits also have exceptional quality characteristics such as fruit weight, size, firmness, flavour and sweetness. The nutritional value of this fruit also made it more appropriate for commercial production.\r\nFigs are commercially propagated by cutting, grafting and layering in which only 20-30% survive (Kumar et al., 1998; Moniruzzaman et al., 2015). In fig, mosaic virus, worms and mites are the major challenges faced (Bayoudh et al., 2015). The most significant need is the establishment of orchards with increased longevity using high quality planting material. Biotechnological tools can help to solve these issues and provides a faster way to mass propagate plants through tissue culture. In vitro propagation of Ficus species have been studied as an alternative method for large scale production of high-quality planting material (Rout et al., 2006). In vitro regeneration in fig using various explants such as shoot tips, nodal explants, leaves and apical buds have been reported (Moniruzzaman et al., 2020). Micropropagation of figs provides a number of advantages over traditional vegetative propagation methods (Boliani et al., 2019). It assures that the plants are true to type, superior in quality and disease-free planting materials are mass produced quickly irrespective of seasons (Sriskanda et al., 2021). Hence, the present study was carried out to standardize the in vitro shoot proliferation protocol for Fig.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present study was carried out at Tissue Culture Laboratory, Department of Fruit Science, Horticultural College and Research Institute, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore. The explants were collected from two years old healthy and vigorously growing twigs of Brown Turkey variety from the Arid Zone Fruit Block, HC&RI, Coimbatore.\r\nPreparation of explants and surface sterilization. Young and healthy twigs were collected from elite mother plants, the excess leaves were removed and the nodal explants of 2 cm were taken from the twigs. The excised explants were washed under running tap water thoroughly to remove the latex, adhering soil and dust particles. The nodal segments are then immersed in water containing surfactant (which increases the tissue penetration capability) polyoxyethylenesorbitan monolaurate (Tween 20) for 10 minutes and washed. The nodal explants were treated with fungicide 0.5% carbendazim for 30 minutes and bactericide 0.1 % streptomycin for 10 minutes along with two drops of polyoxyethylenesorbitan monolaurate which acts as surfactant. After this treatment, the explants were washed thoroughly in running tap water to remove the adhering chemicals completely. Under aseptic conditions in laminar air flow chamber, the explants were sterilized with ethanol for 10 seconds and then washed with sterile distilled water three times followed by sterilization with 0.1 % Mercuric Chloride for 1, 3, 5, 7 and 9 minutes and then washed thoroughly with sterile distilled water thrice to remove the chemicals completely.\r\nCulture Medium. The most effective media for in vitro propagation of fig depends on the type of explant, cultivar and growth stage (initiation, multiplication and rooting). The Murashige & Skoog (1962) medium is widely used for the in vitro production of fig (Al-Shomali et al., 2017). High salt concentrations in the MS medium enhances the tissue and cell growth. The explants were cultured on Murashige and Skoog (MS) basal medium supplemented with thiamine hydrochloride (0.1 mgL-1), pyridoxine hydrochloride (0.5 mgL-1), nicotinic acid (0.5 mgL-1), glycine (2 mgL-1), myo-inositol (100 mgL-1), sucrose (30gL-1) and antioxidants like citric acid (100 mgL-1) and ascorbic acid (100 mgL-1) were added to medium. 0.8% agar was added to the medium and pH was adjusted to 5.6 to 5.8. \r\nInoculation of explants. The sterilized nodal explants were inoculated into the culture tubes containing medium under aseptic condition in sterile laminar air flow chamber using scalpels and forceps. Fig shoots were inoculated in MS medium with 0.50, 1.00, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50and 3.00 mgL-1 BAP concentrations along with 0.2 mgL-1 NAA (Napthalene Acetic Acid) whereas MS basal medium without growth hormones served as the control. Each culture tube containing the nodal explants was tightly sealed with cotton plug and thin film. The inoculated culture tubes were kept in culture room consisting at 25±2°C temperature and 60-70% relative humidity. The culture tubes were maintained in a photoperiod of 16 hours light and 8 hours of darkness with 3000 lux light intensity using white fluorescent light. The cultures were checked periodically for bacterial, fungal contamination and phenolic exudates.\r\nShoot initiation. The initial procedure for in vitro plant establishment is initiation and the shoot initiation was observed after 20 days of inoculation. The highest shoot initiation was observed in MS media supplemented with 3.00 mgL-1 BAP. During the incubation phase, browning of explants was observed in few culture tubes and the culture tubes with contamination were removed subsequently.\r\nShoot proliferation. After four weeks of initiation, the explants were transferred to multiplication media. MS medium fortified with BAP at 4.00, 4.50, 5.00, 5.50 and 6.00 mgL-1 concentrations were used for multiplication of the explants. The sprouted explants with two or three leaves were transferred into the culture bottles containing multiplication medium. Shoots of 2.2 cm were observed after six weeks of inoculation. The shoots were later transformed into culture bottles containing different concentrations of media. Highest number of multiple shoots (4) were formed in MS medium containing 5.00 mgL-1 BAP.\r\nStatistical Analysis. The experiments were conducted in Completely Randomized Design (CRD). Data was recorded at regular intervals and data was analysed using ANOVA at 5% level of significance.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nEffect of duration of HgCl2 treatment on aseptic culture establishment in Fig. One of the major challenges faced during aseptic culture establishment is the contamination (Wolella, 2017). The highest aseptic culture establishment (72.00 %) and the lowest contamination (18%) was recorded in the nodal explants treated with 0.1% HgCl2 for 3 minutes (Table 1). The lowest aseptic culture establishment (3.00%) and the highest browning (72%) was observed in treatment S5 - 0.10 % HgCl2 for 9 minutes (Table 1). It was noticed that long exposure with the HgCl2 decreased the survival rate. In the treatment S1-0.1% HgCl2 for 1 minute contamination percentage was high but the tissue death was low. Dhage et al. (2015) reported that treatment with 0.2 % HgCl2 for 9 minutes recorded the best sterilization but the explant establishment percentage was low. Rattanpal et al. (2011) also reported that treatment of the explants with mercuric chloride (0.1%) for 4 min was the most effective surface sterilization procedure for maximum survival of explants with minimum tissue injury. The ideal concentration and duration might have lead to greater absorption of HgCl2, which sufficiently decontaminates both systematic and environmental systems. Decrease in concentration of disinfectant and duration of treatment resulted in high percentage of contamination while increase in concentration lead to browning of explants.\r\nEffect of different concentration of plant growth regulators on shoot initiation of Fig. Parab et al. (2021) also reported that BAP is a strong cytokinin inducing shoot initiation in many Ficus species. The highest shoot initiation (65%) and earlier initiation of the shoots (20 days) was recorded in MS + 3.00 mgL-1 BAP + 0.2 mgL-1 NAA. The explants cultured on Basal MS medium did not show any growth activity but the addition of BAP along with NAA resulted in direct shoot bud initiation. The lowest (4%) shoot initiation was recorded in the control basal MS without plant growth regulators and it also took the highest days for shoot initiation (65 days) (Table 2). The shoot initiation was due to the role of cytokinin BAP in breaking the apical dominance (Ali et al., 2017). \r\nEffect of different concentration of plant growth regulators on the shoot multiplication of Fig. In many fig cultivars, the role of BAP as a powerful cytokinin in shoot multiplication is recorded well. The highest number of shoots (4 shoots) and less time for shoot multiplication (45 days) was found when the shoots are supplemented with MS + 5.00 mgL-1 BAP + 0.2 mgL-1 NAA. Highest shoot length (1.9 cm) and higher number of leaves per shoot (6) was also found in this treatment. The lowest shoot proliferation (1) response was reported in the treatment M1-MS + BAP 4 mgL-1 along with 0.2 mgL-1 NAA. This treatment recorded the poorest shoot proliferation response with the highest days taken for shoot multiplication (67 days) and the lowest shoot length (1.4 cm). The results are similar with the findings of Prabhuling and Huchesh (2018) where MS medium supplemented with 1.00 mgL-1 BAP + 0.10 mgL-1 NAA resulted in highest number of shoots 3.50 (shoot/explants), shoot length (4.10 cm) and leaves/shoot (5). These results suggest that shoot proliferation in some species may be promoted by the presence of an auxin together with cytokinin. Cytokinin play an important role in stimulating cell division as well as cell elongation (Ling et al., 2018). The use of high cytokinin levels was one of the most effective methods to promote the formation of meristematic clusters. Increased shoot growth might be caused by the optimal concentration of BAP and NAA, indicating a powerful synergistic effect of BAP-NAA interaction (Al-Malki et al., 2010). \r\n', 'Vanmathi V., Aneesa Rani M.S., Vidhya D., Hemaprabha K. and Indu Rani C. (2022). Establishment of in vitro Plant Regeneration Protocol for Fig (Ficus carica L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 302-306.'),
(5271, '136', 'Survey on Vaccine Effectiveness and Covid- 19 Severity', 'Fathima Sasna Nawran*, Jit Kr Jha, Isha Ranjan, Vinita Rai and Kamarup Zamal', '52 Survey on Vaccine Effectiveness and Covid- 19 Severity Fathima Sasna Nawran.pdf', '', 1, 'To combat covid-19 many vaccine candidates have been developed and vaccination campaigns are carried out around the world. The present study was planned to compare the effectiveness of the major covid-19 vaccines used in India and Sri Lanka. A survey was conducted among the Indian and Sri Lankan people of age above 18. Two doses of Covishield, Covaxin, and Sinopharm were found to have almost the same and high vaccine effectiveness. A booster dose is important for protecting against the omicron variant. Due to the limitations in employing face-to-face methods during an active outbreak, the majority of data were collected using the google form platform.As the data was collected through a survey among people, the CT values of the RT-PCR test of the infected individuals couldn’t be collected, therefore the severity of the disease couldn’t be considered in the study. This study provides insight into the vaccination status, the vaccine effectiveness of the majorly used vaccine in both India and Sri Lanka, the risk factors of covid-19, and the further measure to be taken to combat the pandemic.', 'Booster dose, Covid-19, Survey, Vaccine effectiveness (VE)', 'Covishield, Covaxin, and Sinopharm, which are the major vaccines used in India and Sri Lanka show almost equal and very high vaccine effectiveness against Sars-CoV-2 and delta variants. Covaxin and Covishield are the main two types of vaccines administered to the Indian population. Two doses of vaccine are not effective to protect against the omicron variant. But two doses and a booster dose are highly effective against all the covid-19 variants including omicron. This result corresponds to other studies done in different regions. Factors such as age, gender, environmental factors, and comorbid conditions affect the covid-19 infection rate. The vaccination drive has been unprecedented in both scale and reach. Vaccination plays an important role in reducing the severity, death, and infection rates of different variants of covid-19. According to our study, the majority of the population is fully vaccinated. But the number of individuals who have been administered the booster dose is comparatively less. Therefore, necessary steps should be taken to vaccinate the remaining population with the booster dose to overcome the pandemic.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nAs of 8th July 2022, more than 558 million people have been infected with covid-19 with more than 6 million deaths worldwide. India has reported more than 43 million cases with 525,305 deaths and Sri Lanka has reported around 664,217 cases with 16,525 deaths from the start of the pandemic till the 8th of July.(https://www.worldometers.info/coronavirus/). The covid-19 pandemic caused by the SARS-CoV-2 virus has resulted in catastrophic consequences for the economy, education, and the health care system. Mutations in the spike protein of the virus have resulted in different variants. Fig. 1 shows the main structural proteins of the Sars-CoV-2 virus.\r\nB.1.1.7(UK variant/ alpha strain), B.1.351 South African variant/beta strain), B.1.1.28.1 (Brazilian variant/ gamma strain), B.1.617.2 (delta variant), and B.1.1.529 (Omicron variant) are the variants that have become dominant (Roy et al., 2021). B.1.1.7 has 23 mutations compared to the original strain. B.1.351 has 23 mutations and 17 amino acid changes compared to the original strain. B.1.1.28.1 variant has 35 mutations and 17 amino acid changes compared to the original strain. B.1.617.2, the delta variant that led to the deadly second wave of infection in India, has 5 mutations in the spike protein. Delta variant is considered more fatal as it is 60% more transmissible and has a greater chance of secondary attack. The new variant omicron B.1.1.529 has 32 mutations on the spike protein and it is 10 times more contagious than the original variant and 2.8 times more contagious than the delta variant (Roy et al., 2021; Vasireddy et al., 2021).\r\nCoronavirus is a highly contagious virus that spreads through contact with respiratory droplets (Ahmad, 2020). Initially, preventive measures were taken to limit the spread of the virus such as wearing personal protective equipment, maintaining hand hygiene, social distancing, and quarantine (Güner et al., 2020; Ahmad, 2020). Screening of blood samples for antibodies against the covid-19 virus and detecting the viral DNA in sputum samples by polymerase chain reaction are the two main diagnosis methods available for covid-19 (Ahmad, 2020), (Zhai et al., 2020). Till now none of the drugs are approved by the US Food and Drug Administration(FDA) for the treatment of patients infected with covid-19 (Lotfi et al., 2020; Venkatasubbaiah et al., 2020). Therefore some already available drugs are recommended by the health care systems of different countries to be used for the treatment of covid- 19 (Venkatasubbaiah et al., 2020). Favipiravir, chloroquine phosphate, remdesivir, hydroxychloroquine, lopinavir/ritonavir, theaflavin, thalidomide, and arbidol are some of such medications used for treating covid-19 patients as per the suggestion of the health care system of specific countries (Salasc et al., 2022; Venkatasubbaiah et al., 2020; Havare, 2021). Fully vaccinating the majority of the world’s population is a critical step in eradicating the covid- 19 pandemic (Rashedi et al., 2022). Several vaccine candidates have been developed around the world. As of 1st April 2022, 196 vaccines were under pre-clinical development and 153 vaccines were under clinical development (https://www.who.int/publications/m/item/draft-landscape-of-covid-19-candidate-vaccines). Pfizer/BioNTech: Comirnaty(BNT162b2),Moderna: Spikevax(mRNA-1273), Janssen (Johnson & Johnson): Ad26.COV2.S, Oxford/AstraZeneca: Vaxzervria (ChAdOx1 nCoV-19), Serum Institute of India: Covishield (Oxford/ Astra Zeneca formulation), Bharat Biotech: Covaxin(BBV152), Sinopharm (Beijing): Covilo, Sinovac: CoronaVac, Serum Institute of India: COVOVAX (Novavax formulation), Novavax: Nuvaxovid(NVX-CoV2373) are some of the vaccines that are approved by WHO for emergency use(https://covid19.trackvaccines.org/agency/who/) (Ndwandwe & Wiysonge, 2021; Rashedi et al., 2022). \r\nDisapproval of specific vaccines by some countries, difficulty in supplying vaccines to poor countries, vaccine hesitancy among several people, and the emergence of new variants are the main challenges to the vaccination program (Rashedi et al., 2022; Mohamed et al., 2022). Some studies have explored the effectiveness of the currently available vaccines against different variants of covid-19 and they have shown that the effectiveness of a particular vaccine varies for different variants of the coronavirus. A population-based study in New York state has shown a decline in vaccine effectiveness, especially among the age group 65 and older with the prominence of the delta variant (Rosenberg et al., 2022). A study done in Ontario, Canada states that 2 doses of the covid-19 vaccine provide only short-term protection against symptomatic omicron infection and the third dose of covid-19 improves the protection against omicron variant and provides excellent protection against severe outcomes for both omicron and delta variants (Fell et al., 2022).\r\nA study thatwas done in England to measure the effectiveness of Oxford- AstraZeneca, and Pfizer has stated that primary immunization with 2 doses of the above vaccines provided no or limited protection against omicron variant but there was a significant increase in the effectiveness of the above vaccines againstthe omicron variant with the booster dose (Andrews et al., 2022).\r\nKnowing about the vaccination status of the population, the effectiveness of the currently available vaccines on different Sars-CoV-2 variants, and other sociodemographic and risk factors affecting the covid-19 severity is important to take further measures to control the pandemic. Many studies have been conducted to assess the effectivenessof majorly used vaccines so far. These studies have been restricted to a single country, a specific region (Singh et al., 2021), or an individual vaccine (Pramod et al., 2022). But a real-world study to compare the effectiveness of the major vaccines used among the Indian and the Sri Lankan populations along with the risk factors affecting the covid-19 infection has not been done yet. \r\nThrough this study, we sought to assess the vaccination status of the Indian and the Sri Lankan population, identify the sociodemographic characteristics and risk factors associated with covid-19 infection, and study and compare the vaccine effectiveness of themajorly used vaccine types in India and Sri Lanka and identify the best vaccine available for the prevention of covid-19 in the South Asian region by conduction a survey among the people. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThis cross-country study was conducted from 06th February 2022 to 13th March 2022. The target participants were Indian and Sri Lankan adults aged 18 years and above who could read and understand English. Due to the limitations in employing face-to-face methods during an active outbreak, the data were collected using the Google Forms platform via an online questionnaire, and also a few printed forms were handedover to the people in areas where the cases were to the minimum or zero. A snowball sampling strategy was used to distribute the online questionnaire via social media (WhatsApp, Facebook, Instagram). First, few primary recipients were recruited. The participants were then asked to share the questionnaire link with individuals in their social circles (aged 18 years and above). The social media platforms were chosen because they are widely used among the Indian and Sri Lankan populations across sociodemographic characteristics.\r\nQuestionnaire on COVID-19 vaccine: efficacy. The survey consisted of 22 questions covering sociodemographic characteristics (Questions 1 to 5), information regarding COVID-19 vaccination (Questions 6 to 13), medical illnesses (Questions 14 to 19), where abouts, and employment (Questions 20 to 22). Questions 14 to 19 were only answered by those who were infected with the COVID-19 virus during the outbreak. \r\nSociodemographic characteristics (Questions 1 to 5) included Gender, Age group, Country of residence, State/ province, and zip code. Information regarding the COVID-19 vaccination (Questions 6 to 13) included the vaccination status of the individual, the number of vaccine doses received, and the date of vaccination. Questions regarding the booster dose (the vaccine type and the date of vaccination) were also included. The questions regarding the booster dose were optional considering that most people have not been provided with the booster dose at the time of the survey. Questions 14 to 19 included questions based on whether the person has been infected with the COVID-19 virus or not. If yes, then they were asked about the date of infection, the variant of the covid-19 that they were infected with,and the CT value of the RT-PCR test. The next few questionswere about their health conditionand employment.Questions 20 to 22 were regarding the location of the person during the pandemic and whether they have traveled to some other country at the time of the pandemic. \r\nData analysis. All the responses collected through the survey were entered into the Microsoft Excel sheet. Analysis of the data was done manually using the excel tools and the statistical pie charts that were created from all the responses that we received in the survey. \r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nDemographic data. A total of 406 respondents participated in the survey. Out of them, 7 responses were rejected due to incomplete answers. 75.93% (n=303) of the participants were from India and 24.06% (n=96) of the participants were from Sri Lanka. 53.13% (n=212) were females and 46.86% (n=187) were males. Almost half of the respondents were of the age group 20-30 (49.62%, n=198) and the age group above 80 was the minority (1.7%, n=7). Figures 2, 3, and 4 show the sociodemographic data of the respondents.\r\nVaccination status. Out of the 406 respondents, 77.69% (n=310) of the respondents have been fully vaccinated with 2 doses, 7.76% (n=31) have been vaccinated with only one dose, 12.78% (n=51) have received two doses with the booster dose and 1.7% (n=7) have not been vaccinated. Out of the Indian respondents, 89.43% (n=271) have been vaccinated with 2 doses, 6.6%(n=20) have beenvaccinated with only one dose and 3.3% (n=10) have received the booster dose. Out of the Sri Lankan respondents, 40.62% (n=39) have been vaccinated with 2 doses, 11.45% (n=11) have been vaccinated with only one dose and 42.7% (n=41) have received the booster dose. Table 1 shows the vaccination status of the respondents from each country.\r\nAs of 6th July 2022, 66.5% (917.7million) of the Indian population has been fully vaccinated and7.15% (99.58 million)have been partly vaccinated with one dose and in Sri Lanka, 67.62% (14.54 million) of the population has been fully vaccinated and 11.81% (2.54 million) have been partly vaccinated with one dose as of 20th June 2022 (https://ourworldindata.org/covid-vaccinations?country=IND~LKA). The people who have received more than one dose are considered fully vaccinated. The high percentage of vaccination in our data is due to the less number of respondents and coverage of only certain geographical areas of each of the countries. The overall majority of the individuals have been fully vaccinated in both India and Sri Lanka.\r\nTypes of vaccines received. The respondents have been administered with various types of vaccines such as Covishield, Covaxin, Sinopharm, Moderna, Pfizer, and sputnik. The majority of them have received Covishield (54.88%, n=219) and AstraZeneca is the vaccine that is received by the least number of respondents (0.8%, n=3). 10 covid vaccines have been approved for use in India, but Covishield and Covaxin are the mostly used vaccines. According to the data collected from the survey, 71.61% (n=217) of the Indian population has been administered with Covishield. As of February 2022, out of the 1.8 billion doses administered in India, 1.4 billion doses wereCovishield. (https://www.statista.com/statistics/1248301/india-covid-19-vaccines-administered-by-vaccine-type/#statisticContainer).\r\nCovishield is a non-replicating chimpanzee adenovirus vaccine vector that is developed by the Serum Institute of India in collaboration with the University of Oxford, UK, and pharma giant AstraZeneca, and Covaxin is an inactivated virus vaccine that is produced by Bharat Biotech in collaboration with the National Institute of Virology and the Indian Council of Medical Research(Kumar et al., 2021). Seven covid vaccines have been approved for use in Sri Lanka. The majority of the Sri Lankan respondents have received Sinopharm (40.62%, n=39) followed by Moderna (23.95%, n=23), Pfizer (17.70%, n=17), and Sputnik (7.29%, n=7). \r\nMost people have been vaccinated with the same type of vaccine for the 1st and the 2nd dose. 80.39%(n=41) of the respondents have received Pfizer for the booster dose, and the rest were vaccinated with Covishield, Covaxin, and Sinopharm. Therefore the majority of the respondents have received Pfizer for the booster shot. Fig. 5 shows the types of vaccines received by the respondents.\r\nFactors affecting covid-19 infection. The majority of the individuals who were infected with covid-19 belong to the 20-30 age group (67.85%, n=19) followed by 40-50(17.85%, n=5), 30-40, and below 20 (7.14%, n=2). The least percentage of individuals infected with covid- 19 are in the age range of below 20 years (4%, n=2). According to the studies conducted in ten European countries about the covid 19 infection rates and age,it was found that the individuals between the age group 20- 59 have the greatest chance of infection with a percentage of 56.7, and the age group 0- 19 has the least chance of infection which is 4.3% (Sobotka et al., 2020). Increased age has been suggested as a risk factor for covid-19 infection as the disease severity, hospitalization, and the number of deaths were found to be high among senior citizens compared with the others (Starke et al., 2020).\r\nOut of the cohorts infected with covid- 19 around 57.14% (n=16) are males and 42.85% (n=12) are females. This shows the infection rate is slightly higher for men than women. Studies suggest that the reason for the lower infection rate in women is due to the presence of estradiol in high concentrations in women. Estradiol increases the expression and activity of A disintegrin and metalloprotease 17 protein, which increases the amount of ACE2(Angiotensin- Converting Enzyme 2) that blocks the entry of Sars-CoV-2 (Rashedi & Asgharzadeh, 2020). Some studies suggest that both men and women are equally susceptible to covid-19 but the severity and fatality of covid-19 are higher for men than for women (Mukherjee & Pahan 2021). Table 2 shows the information of the respondents who were infected with covid-19.\r\n6.01% (n=24) of the total respondents are working in the health care sector and 29.1% (n=7) of them were infected with covid-19. Out of the infected individuals working in the health care sector, 71.42% (n=5) were infected with covid-19 after being vaccinated with 2 doses and 28.5% (n=2) were infected with covid-19 before vaccination. Health care sector occupations are considered an environmental risk factor of covid-19 infection andhealthcare workers are considered the most vulnerable people to contact with the disease as the virus can spread quickly among the patients (Rashedi & Asgharzadeh 2020).\r\nThere are no complications reported in any of the respondents who were infected with covid-19. Severe obesity, diabetes, chronic kidney disease, dementia, HIV/AIDS, and working in health care, and primary care sectors are considered risk factors for the infection of covid-19 (Rashedi & Asgharzadeh 2020; Rod et al., 2020; Rozenfeld et al., 2020). Diabetes is one of the most critical comorbid conditions that are responsible for the severity of the covid-19 disease (Rod et al., 2020).\r\nImpact of vaccination on covid-19 infection rate. 7.0%(n=28) of the total respondents have been infected with covid-19. 53.57% (n=15) of them were infected before vaccination, 42.85% (n=12) were vaccinated with 2 doses at the time of infection and 3.57% (n=1) were infected after receiving one dose. Vaccination reduces the overall covid-19 infection rate and also decreases the adverse outcomes of covid-19 such as hospitalizations and deaths. A study conducted in the US during the third wave of the pandemic shows that a high number of covid cases were reported in areas with a lower rate of vaccination. (Moghadas et al., 2021; Cuadros et al., 2022).\r\nAccording to the data collectedfrom the survey, the vaccine effectiveness of Covishield, Covaxin, and Sinopharm after two doses is 96.34%, 96.96% and 94.75% respectively. A study done among the healthcare and frontline workers of the Indian Army shows 91.8–94.9% vaccine effectiveness for Covishield (Ghosh et al., 2021). A test-negative case-control study done in Puducherry, India has shown 49% VE with one dose and 54% VE with two doses in protecting from covid-19, and 95% VE in moderately severe disease conditions for the same vaccine (Pramod et al., 2022). \r\nCovaxin shows 81% efficiency in preventing the Sars-CoV-2 infection as reported in March 2021 and it shows 69% effectiveness towards severe covid-19 infection (Behera et al., 2022). Sinopharm shows 79% vaccine effectiveness against symptomatic covid-19 infection as reported by WHO and 100% VE against severe disease conditions (Ghiasi et al., 2021). Studies conducted in UAE during the delta outbreak show 62% VE after partial vaccination and 95% VE after the full vaccination for Sinopharm (Ghiasi et al., 2021). \r\nAccording to our study, Covishield, Covaxin, and Sinopharm show almost the same vaccine effectiveness. The VE of all three vaccines is higher than the VE reported in previous studies conducted in India and UAE. High VE in our study might be due to many factors such as the difference in the most prevalent variant, decrease in the pandemic rate during our study period, comparatively smaller number of respondents, and the collection of responses from some specific regions.\r\nAccording to the data collected, 32.14% (n=9) have been infected with SARS-CoV-2 variant, 28.27% (n=8) with deltavariant, and 10.71% (n=3) with omicron variant. Among the people who were infected with the Sars-CoV-2 variant, 33.33% (n=3) have been vaccinated with two doses of Covishield, and 11.11% (n=1) have been vaccinated with one dose of Covishield and 55.55% (n=5) have not been vaccinated. Therefore, a decrease in Sars-CoV-2 infection could be found after vaccination with two doses of Covishield.\r\nAmong the respondents who were infected with the delta variant, 62.5% (n=5) were not vaccinated, and 37.5% (n=3) were vaccinated with two doses of Covishield, Covaxin, and Sinopharm. The percentage of individuals infected with the delta variant after being vaccinated with 2 doses is much lower compared with the percentage of individuals infected before vaccination. This indicates that the covid-19 vaccines are effective against the delta variant. A study conducted in Guangdong, China during the outbreak of the delta variant states that the severity of the disease caused by the delta variant is reduced in fully vaccinated individuals compared with unvaccinated individuals (Kang et al., 2022).\r\n ChAdOx1 nCoV-19: Oxford AstraZeneca which is similar to Covishield is estimated to have a VE of 30% with a single dose and 67% with two doses against symptomatic infection with the delta variant (Lopez Bernal et al., 2021). Covaxin has also shown effectiveness against alpha, beta, delta, kappa, and zeta variants (Edara et al., 2022). \r\nAmong the respondents of the survey, all the individuals who were infected with the omicron variant have been vaccinated with 2 doses but have not received the booster doseand it is also noticed that they were infected with the omicron variant 3-4 months after receiving the 2nd dose. None of the respondents who were vaccinated with the booster dose have been infected with the omicron variant. This indicates that 2 doses of vaccine are not sufficient to protect against the omicron variant and a booster dose is important for immunity against the omicron variant. Out of the respondents who have received Pfizer for the booster dose, 32.7% have been administered with Moderna, 28.8% with Sinopharm, 11.5% with Sputnik, and 3.8% with Covishield for the 1st and 2nd dose. Homologous and heterologous booster combinations are found to boost immunity against the omicron variant (Martin et al., 2022).\r\nThe individuals who are vaccinated with 2 doses recently have higher vaccine effectiveness and it wanes with time. The percentage reduction of vaccine effectiveness after 2 doses is estimated to be higher for the omicron variant than that for the delta variant. But a significant increase in vaccine effectiveness is observed against the omicron variant after receiving the booster dose (Gardner & Kilpatrick 2021). Therefore administering the booster dose to the population is important to restore the vaccine effectiveness against the omicron variant and to control the pandemic(Hogan et al., 2022).\r\nLimitations of the study. The data was collected by conducting a survey among the Indian and the Sri Lankan people. The individuals who were infected with covid-19 were not aware of the cycle threshold (CT) values of the RT-PCR testand therefore we were not able to consider the severity of the disease in the study. Moreover, the collection of data from some specific geographical regions and a lower number of respondents might have impacted some of the survey results such as high vaccine effectiveness compared to previous studies.\r\n', 'Fathima Sasna Nawran, Jit Kr Jha, Isha Ranjan, Vinita Rai and Kamarup Zamal (2022). Survey on Vaccine Effectiveness and Covid- 19 Severity. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 307-314.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5272, '136', 'Symptomatic Diseases Surveillance of Climbing Perch (Anabas testudineus) under various Recirculatory aquaculture Systems (RAS) of Haryana', 'Paramveer Singh*, Rachna Gulati, Ashutosh Lowanshi, Karuna Bamel and Reecha', '53 Symptomatic Diseases Surveillance of Climbing Perch (Anabas testudineus) under various Recirculatory aquaculture Systems (RAS) of Haryana PAMRAMVEER.pdf', '', 1, 'Recirculatory aquaculture system (RAS) provides appropriate water quality parameters and a pathogen free environment during the culture period because productive growth of fish depends on various factors like: water quality, pathogen free environment, stocking density and seed quality etc. Sometimes, disease outbreaks in RAS reveal the favourable conditions of pathogens which lead into a higher rate of mortality in this super intensive system where water exchange is limited. Pathogenic infection in RAS causes mass mortality once it comes out. In this concern, our surveillance is aimed to identify the climbing perch common symptomatic disease outbreaks in RAS of Haryana state. During 2021-2022 survey we examined randomly total 14 RAS of distinct districts in Haryana and on each site we collected 20-40 symptomatic infected pieces of Climbing Perch (Anabas testudineus). As per farmer interrogation we observed that dispersion of fish infection varies with stocking densities. RAS farmers with high stocking densities (10000-25000/50000 litre tanks) in our surveillance got various pathogenic infections in their stock as compare to optimum stocking density farms (3000-8000/50000 litre tanks) respectively. Tail and fin rot, red spot and white cotton like growth on body were the most common symptomatic infections in climbing perch under RAS systems of Haryana. This survey on distinct RAS farms of Haryana also highlighted the most common treatment measures that a farmer adopted to get rid from these mortal diseases.', 'Stocking density, Infection, RAS, Pathogen, Disease', 'High value fish farming trend under RAS systems of Haryana on higher stocking densities becoming a main reason for outbreak of pathogenic infectious diseases on their farms and because of this farmer’s facing huge economic lose due to high mortality rate. There are various issues in RAS farming of Haryana. However, our main aim of this surveillance was just to express the valuable information regarding appropriate level of stocking densities, possible pathogenic infections and common treatment measures of climbing perch under RAS systems of Haryana.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nBlue transformations of fisheries sector have a prominent role to fulfill the world’s upcoming demand of protein and food security. Now a day’s fish farmers and aqua entrepreneurs are adopting intensive scale of fish farming practices and technologies to double their income and production. Because of these approaches India become global leaders in fisheries sector after china with total share of 7.58% in world’s production of fisheries (Anonymous, 2022). Advancement of fisheries industry will be very productive for its growth and expansion. Moreover, culture of valuable fish species under intensive systems like: Recirculatory aquaculture systems (RAS) and Biofloc technology will be productive in prospective of doubling fish farmer’s income. Modernizations in fisheries sector comes up with the introduction of Pradhan mantra matsya sampada yojanan (PMMSY). Moreover, RAS has an enclosed super intensive system intended to manage the high value fish species culture on higher stocking densities and the development of these kind aquaculture system and expansion bring about some serious aspects of pathogens occurrence during the culture Sergaliyev et al. (2017). These systems are often intensive in operation with high stocking densities where pure oxygen supplementation is provided for biofiltration to remove ammonia and dissolved carbon dioxide Summerfelt et al. (2015). Water physicochemical properties can be more unstable in RAS systems than in large ponds or flow-through systems, where stocking densities is lesser than RAS. Fluctuations in water quality parameters result in sudden disease outbreak or significant losses during the production cycle (Banrie, 2013). There is no hesitation that in RAS more sophisticated conditions were provided to fish for their better survival and production but this does not always commit pathogen free environment under water Sergaliyev et al. (2017). Climbing perch (Anabas testudineus) locally famous name is kabai or kawai in India (Fish Base, 2022). Kabai is a freshwater fish species and they have an ability to live under low oxygen conditions because of extra respiratory organs (Hughes et al. 1986). Besides this, climbing perch has thick flesh and delicate tastes (Muchlisin, 2013). Kawai contains high values of iron and copper essentially needed for hemoglobin synthesis (Saha, 1971). Mostly found in small rivers, canals, and swamps Hossain et al. (2021). In India climbing perch has a high customer demand with high value price (Singh et al. 2018). Because of its high value fish farmer in Haryana state of India prefer to culture kawai under intensive culture systems to gain up the high profit and production under confined water systems (RAS). Moreover, Haryana is the only state in India where first RAS system installed in India during 2016 at Sultan fish farm (TAAS, 2020). Besides this, Haryana is on second position in India during 2021 according to annual per hectare fish production (7000 kg/hectare) followed by Punjab (Anonymous 2021a, 2021b). On the other side, Recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS) enjoy many advantages. Advanced recirculatory systems represent only 4.5% of the total aquaculture production as compare to fish farming in pond culture dominating means of production. However, by the end of 2030, RAS will produce the near about 40% of the total aquaculture output. Europe poised to be a leader in water reuse systems (Lux Researcher, 2015). On the other hand, Physical achievements of department of fisheries under Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana already approved 2870 RAS units in India to till date (Anonymous, 2022b, 2022). However, the prevention and treatment of diseases in RAS is little bit challenging, as the pathogens spread throughout the system, and the addition of chemicals and antibiotics disrupts the microbiome of the biofilters Almeida et al. (2019). Under different circumstances with this flow-through aquaculture like: high fish and pathogen densities, limited medication possibilities, in many cases newer or less studied cultured species make recirculation facilities prone to disease problems (Koski, 2013). There is very limited study available on most common climbing perch disease outbreaks in RAS systems of Haryana. Therefore, in our one year surveillance, we tried to investigate the symptomatic infectious diseases outbreak in climbing perch under water reuse system (RAS) with different stocking densities and their preventive or therapeutic treatment measures.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nA cross question interview based survey was conducted throughout the Haryana state on different RAS farms to understand the most common water reuse farming problems (Table 5). Our main aim was to identify the symptomatic infections of climbing perch under distinct stocking densities. During this study, we have collected 20-40 pieces of climbing perch on each RAS farm and on the basis of fish farmer’s interrogation; we enlisted various symptomatic history and present situation of fish health. Moreover, we gathered this data from 14 distinct RAS farms of Haryana during 2021-2022 respectively. A survey questionnaire was used to extract the primary information regarding the stocking density of climbing perch under RAS tanks and the most common infectious symptoms, farmer’s ability to diagnose fish disease with the help of infectious symptoms, fish health management practices, rate of mortality and treatments (Fig. 1).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nAll question queries were collected during survey time from different fish farmer’s of Haryana distinct districts regarding stocking density, disease outbreak and mortalities during their culture practices. Besides this, fish farmers and aqua entrepreneur were able to express the symptomatic observation in his/her own words. This was easily understandable. We used simple statistical methods to calculate the surveillance primary data such as frequencies and percentages. Pie and bar charts were used to depict the analyzed variables. Moreover, we applied our clinical pathological sciences of fisheries to identify the exact causative agent of infectious disease with the help of symptomatic identification signs on fish body. \r\nOccurrence of infectious symptoms and rate of mortality on RAS farms. During our survey program mostly RAS farmers of Haryana region reported that they have observed three to two different kinds of infectious symptoms in climbing perch or kawai within 6-8 months of culture period respectively. Significantly, 64.28% RAS farmers reported three types of infectious symptoms on fish body and 21.42% RAS farmers observed only two types of infectious symptoms in climbing perch (Table 1). On the other hand, 14.28% RAS farmers had never noticed any kind of infectious symptoms in climbing perch or kawai during 6-8 months growth cycle respectively (Table 1). The most common reported symptoms were like: red spots and ulcers on fish body like fluid in body respectively, brownish or white cotton like growth on the skin, gills and caudal region of body and tail and fin region start breaking with infections on bas of caudal region respectively. Moreover, highest average rate of mortality also observed in three types of symptomatic RAS farms 34.44% as compare to lowest average rate of mortality 20% find out in two symptomatic RAS farms respectively (Table 3).\r\nFrequency of stocking densities in RAS farms. Stocking density rate in RAS has a significant role in prospective of their growth and survival rate respectively. Moreover, during our one year surveillance, we observed that mostly RAS farmers prefer to stock Anabas test udineus on higher rate in their RAS 50000 litre tanks as compare to lower stocking density rate (Graph 3). On the other side, we observed that different RAS farmers has lower survival rate on higher stocking density and higher rate of infectious symptoms as compare to lower stocking density farms respectively.\r\nMost common treatment measures on RAS farms. In our survey we noticed mostly fish farmers prefer to use few sanitizers and disinfectants like: Benzalkonium chloride (BKC), KMnO4 and Iodine liquid or salt as a primary most common treatment measure on their RAS farms. Besides this, 72.42% RAS fish farmers prefer to treat their infected fish stock with antibiotics as a secondary most common feed based treatment in their fish diet respectively (Table 4). Moreover, use of herbal treatment was not so popular among the RAS farmers only 21.42% RAS farms prefer to use it as a treatment measure in case of infection. We observed that, use of CIFAX was only 57.14% on different RAS farms during infectious conditions as compare to BKC and KMnO4 respectively (Graph 4).\r\nPossible diseases diagnosis on the basis of clinical symptoms. As per clinical signs and farmer’s interrogations, we observed mainly possible chances of Epizootic ulcerative syndrome (EUS), Dropsy, Tail and fin rot disease, Saprolegniasis and Cotton wool diseases in climbing perch (Kawai) on mostly RAS farms except on 2 RAS sites where no infectious symptoms reported due to optimum stocking density practices as per our analysis (Table 5) (Kumar et al., 2022; Sergaliyev et al., 2017; John & George 2012; Robert et al., 2003). \r\nTable 5 depicts the RAS farmer’s site location, symptoms, treatment details and possible diagnosis diseases.\r\nIn present surveillance, we analyzed that most of the RAS farmers of Haryana region doing their fish farming under this advance technology on very high stocking densities (10000-20000 fishes per 50000 litre tanks) with this impact they are facing infectious problems in their kawai (Anabas testudineus) stock respectively. Besides this, few RAS farmers have 0% rate of mortality due to (below 8000 fishes per 50000 litre tanks) optimum stocking densities (Table 5). Moreover, during the time of production cycle mostly farmers observing 3 types of symptomatic infections in their fish stock. On the other hand, BKC, KMnO4 and iodine are the most common treatment measures that RAS farmer had taken as primary measure to deal with pathogenic infections. Whereas, antibiotics and CIFAX has also comes on secondary priority of RAS farmers against these infectious diseases in Haryana. \r\n', 'Paramveer Singh, Rachna Gulati, Ashutosh Lowanshi, Karuna Bamel and Reecha (2022). Symptomatic Diseases Surveillance of Climbing Perch (Anabas testudineus) under various Recirculatory aquaculture Systems (RAS) of Haryana. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 315-321.'),
(5273, '136', 'Growth Performance of Teak (Tectona grandis Linn.) Stump under different Growing Media in Nursery', 'Kamal Ghising, Amarendra Nath Dey, Sumit Chakravarty, Mihir Ranjan Panda, Nilesh Bhowmick \r\nand Dibyendu Mukhopadhyay\r\n', '54 Growth Performance of Teak (Tectona grandis Linn.) Stump under different Growing Media in Nursery Amarendra Nath Dey.pdf', '', 1, 'A study was conducted to obtain low cost and easily available growing media for raising quality seedlings and assess the sprouting and growth attributes of teak (Tectona grandis Linn.) stump under different growing media using soil, sand, FYM, sawdust and vermicompost in different proportion in nursery condition. Healthy and vigorous one-year old stumps of 2.5 cm shoot and 12.5 cm root were selected and planted in the polybags of 6” x 12” in size having eleven combinations of growing media for 240 days. The growing media viz., sand: soil: FYM (1:1:1), sand: soil: vermicompost (1:1:1) and, sawdust: soil: FYM (1:1:1) showed highest sprouting percentage (100%) indicating better sprouting possibility than solo media like vermicompost (96%), soil (95.33%) and sawdust (91.33%). Highest (20.29 mm and 170.45 cm) and lowest (9.21 mm and height 62.94 cm) collar diameter and height was exhibited in sand: soil: vermicompost (1:2:1) and soil growing media, respectively. After 240 days in the nursery, sturdiness quotient in each and every growing media was cross the limit (6.0) signalling the risk on survival and growth in the field. Therefore, it is recommended to use vermicompost based composite media for the production of healthy and quality seedlings of T. grandis for mass scale under nursery condition.', 'Collar diameter, growing media, sprouting, stump, Tectona grandis', 'It reveals from the study that the media comprising of sand: soil: FYM (1:1:1) proved the best for sprouting of stumps, number of days for completion of sprouting and survival rate among the different media whereas sand: soil: vermicompost (1:2:1) showed maximum growth in terms of collar diameter, height, number of leaves, leaf fresh weight, root fresh weight, shoot fresh weight, leaf dry weight, root dry weight, shoot dry weight, total biomass and leaf area. Over all the growing medium comprising vermicompost was superior for growth of teak seedlings. Therefore, it is recommended to use vermicompost based composite media for the production of healthy and quality seedlings of Tectona grandis for mass scale under nursery condition. However, further study regarding the nutrient uptake and genetic characteristics is also needful. ', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nTeak (Tectona grandis Linn.) is one of the most important widely planted hardwood tropical timber species in the World (Ball et al., 1999), increasing subsequently from 2.25 million ha to 6.0 million hectares (Bhat and Hwan, 2004) and distributed at latitudes in the range of 90 – 25030’ N and longitudes of 73°E to 104°30\' E (Thaiutsa et al., 2001). It is indigenous in both peninsulas of India, in north-eastern drier parts of Java and in other islands of Indian Archipelago (Brandis, 1906). Its natural habitat lies between 10°N and 25°N latitudes with altitudinal range up to 1300 m above sea level on the Indian subcontinent and in South East Asia, especially in India, Burma, Thailand, Cambodia, Vietnam and Indonesia. It is accounted as one of the best economic tree species and mostly highly-valued hardwood due to the dimensional stability, quality, attractiveness, workability and durability of its heartwood (Bermejo et al., 2003). It is preferably grown in the areas having at mean annual temperature varies from 14º- 36ºC and annual rainfall ranges from 600 to 4000 mm, but mostly prefer contrasting dry and wet seasons with a wide range of climatic and edaphic conditions (Orwa et al., 2009). In India, it grows well in dry and moist deciduous forest and even if extensively planted throughout India both within as well as outside its natural distributional range covering 8.9 million hectare and has the maximum genetic variability of teak (Luna, 1996).\r\nThe growth behaviour of teak seedlings ascertains its superiority for its successful establishment either in any plantation programme on in agroforestry system which depends upon its genetic make-up of parent trees as well as environment particularly edaphic and climatic condition. So, planters or farmers are adopting different practices in teak plantation silviculture including regeneration, immediate cuttings and protection for management of teak plantation (Suwannapinant et al., 2001). Teak plants are generally raised either by seeds or stumps or vegetative means as grafting, layering and branch cutting. Rapid early growth of seedlings in nursery helps in early establishment in the field. To produce better quality seedlings for achieving maximum productivity, seedlings are either to be fertilized or raised with using proper growing media in nursery. This practice is now quite common in nursery for developing sturdy root system which enables the plant for vigorous growth and survive after transplanting. The works on the growth performance of forest seedlings with the application of different growing media or potting mixtures in nursery have been carried out by different workers (Guleria, 2006; Mhango et al., 2008; Sondarva et al., 2017; Vidyasagaran and Kumar, 2017 and Mahmoud et al., 2019). But the effect of growing media on growth performance of teak stump has not been fully evaluated. Keeping in view the importance of teak, the present study was focussed on the application of low cost and easily available different growing media for raising quality seedlings of teak through stumps in the nursery. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experiment was carried out in the Central Forest Nursery of the Department of Forestry, Uttar Banga Krishi Viswavidyalaya during 2019-2020. The site is located in the plains of terai zone of West Bengal with 26°23\'45.8\"N latitude and 89°23\'16.7\"E longitude with an elevation of 43 m above mean sea level. The climate is mostly dominated by humid subtropical over the region with a considerable variation in seasonal and diurnal temperature. The minimum and maximum temperature varied from 9.86°C during winter (January) to 34.34°C during summer (August). Average annual rainfall is varied from 2200 to 3000 mm with a relative humidity from 49.66 to 93.10%.\r\nThe growing media used were nursery soil, farm yard manure (FYM), vermicompost and saw dust in different proportion. The nursery soils were air-dried, sieved to remove stones, pellets and other foreign materials. Then, approximately 2-3 kg of properly mixed above mentioned growing media was filled up in the polybags of 6” x 12” in size under nursery condition for propagation. One-year old teak stumps i.e. root-shoot cuttings of uniform size and pencil thickness having 2.5 cm shoot and 12.5 cm root was planted in polybags comprising different growing media in different ratio. The experiment was consisting complete randomized design with 11 treatments in three replications namely, T1- soil; T2- sand: soil (1:1); T3- sand: soil: FYM (1:1:1); T4- sand: soil: FYM (1:2:1); T5- Vermicompost; T6- sand: soil: vermicompost: (1:1:1); T7- sand: soil: vermicompost: (1:2:1); T8- sawdust; T9- sawdust: soil (1:1); T10- sawdust: soil: FYM (1:1:1) and T11- sawdust: soil: FYM (1:2:1). A total of 150 stumps per treatment having with fifty stumps in each replication were taken for study. Weeding and irrigation was done as and when required. At the end of 30 days, data on sprouting percentage and time taken for complete sprouting were recorded, where survival percentage was calculated on monthly basis up to eight months. The observations on growth attributes of seedlings i.e. collar diameter, shoot height, number of leaves, fresh and dry weight of leaf, shoot and root, total biomass, leaf area on the basis of area-dry weight relation (cm2) and sturdiness quotient (S.Q.) as outlined by (Thomson, 1985) were assessed at the interval of two months up to the age of eight months by selecting three seedlings randomly per replication of each treatment. All the data were subjected to three-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) for testing the effect of plant species, planting geometry and soil depth individually and interactions among them. Least significant difference (P<0.05) values were used to compare the treatment differences.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nThe mean sprouting percentage and time taken for completion of sprouting in the different growing media was significantly different (Fig. 1). Irrespective of the growing media, the sprouting of teak stumps was ranged from 91.33 to 100% with an average value of 97.82%. Highest sprouting (100%) was observed in media comprising sand: soil: FYM (1:1:1), sand: soil: vermicompost (1:1:1) and sawdust: soil: FYM (1:1:1) whereas lowest sprouting (91.33%) was in sawdust followed by soil (95.33%) which was significantly different with each other. It might be due to more compactness and binding property with highest Ca content in vermicompost and acidic nature of soil (Nurhidayati et al., 2017). The sprouting percentage in composite media with vermicompost showed 96 to 100%, indicating superiority over the growing media composite with sawdust (91.33 to 100%) and other composite media (95.33 to 100%) after 30 days. The performance of composite media provided better condition for sprouting as compared to sole media, particularly sawdust (91.33%), soil (95.33%) and vermicompost (96.00%), respectively. Though, the teak stumps were prepared from the same batch of seedlings, the variation in sprouting percentage might be due to the presence of plant hormones which regulate the development of buds into sprouts and stored reserves foods which enable sprouts to expand. Particularly endogenous cytokinin and inherent potential for mobilizing and utilizing of stored reserves in teak stump are likely to be sufficient for stump sprouting. This finding is consonance with the findings of Kaosa-ard et al. (1977); Zaller (2007) as vermicompost as a substrate positively effect on sprouting of Lycopersicon esculentum whereas Omokhua et al. (2015) noticed that sawdust enhanced sprouting percentage in T. ivorensis which is contradictory with our findings. Sood and Ram (2019) assessed that soil: sand: vermicompost (1:1:1) was observed significantly higher germination than that of soil: sand: FYM (1:1:1) in Oroxylum indicum. This result is closely agreement with the findings of Khadijah et al. (2020); Panda et al. (2021). \r\nThe longest time span (24.67 days) was recorded in sawdust for complete sprouting whereas the least (15.33 days) was found in soil: sand: FYM (1:1:1) followed by 16.67 and 17.0 days in soil: sand: vermicompost (1:1:1) and sawdust: soil: FYM (1:1:1), respectively which was not significantly different with other. The rest of growing media such as soil; sand: soil (1:1); sand: soil: FYM (1:2:1); vermicompost; sand: soil: vermicompost: (1:2:1); sawdust: soil (1:1) and sawdust: soil: FYM (1:2:1) with respect to the number of days taken for complete sprouting was not significantly different with each other. The time span varied between 17.00 to 24.67 days in sawdust composition 16.67 to 19.67 in vermicompost composition while other media showed 15.33 to 20.33 days, which clearly indicated that, the superiority of vermicompost as a better media to take lesser time for completion of sprouting. It might be due to the available of higher N content in vermicompost composite mixture than sole media which influenced the germination period (Lazcano et al., 2010). Sondarva et al. (2017) observed the similar findings that the media composition vermicompost and red soil took minimum 7.58 days for germination in Khaya senegalensis. \r\nThe survival percentage was showed decreasing trend with increasing the age of the seedlings with significant difference among the treatment (Fig. 2). After 240 days of growth, the maximum survival (95.33%) was observed in sand: soil: vermicompost (1:1:1) which was statistically at par with 88.67% in sawdust: soil: FYM (1:1:1) followed by 86.67% in both, sand: soil: FYM (1:1:1) and sawdust: soil: FYM (1:2:1) growing media, respectively whereas the minimum (62.67%) was in sawdust followed by 71.33 and 80.00% in soil and sand: soil: FYM (1:2:1) growing media, respectively. The vermicompost as component of growing media ranged from 84 to 95.33% which proved the best performing in terms of survival percentage followed by sawdust composite media (62.67 to 88.67%) and other composite media (71.33 to 86.67%) after 240 days. The results presented in this study are well in line with the results obtained earlier by Masilamani et al. (2010) in teak stumps as maximum survival (98%) was observed with red earth: sand: farm yard manure (2:1:1) and the probability of plant mortality was significantly higher in Uapaca kirkiana seedling with saw dust media which may be due to the tannin and low nutrient content (Sileshi et al., 2007). \r\nThe effect of growing media on growth attributes like collar diameter, height and number of leaves was showed with significant difference among the growing media throughout the growing period. Irrespective of growing media, the collar diameter ranged from 5.70 to 8.94 mm with a mean value of 6.99 mm at 60 days; 7.32 to 11.04 mm with an average of 9.88 mm at 120 days; 9.08 to 14.38 mm with an average of 12.54 mm at 180 days and 9.21 to 20.29 mm with a mean value of 14.60 mm at 240 days of growth, respectively (Table 1). The collar diameter was showed increasing trend during the growth period. After 60 days of growth, sawdust: soil (1:1) exhibited highest (8.94 mm) collar diameter followed by sawdust (7.89 mm) and 7.82 mm in sand: soil: FYM (1:2:1), respectively whereas the growing media sawdust and sand: soil: FYM (1:1:1) recorded maximum collar diameter (11.04 and 14.38 mm) in at 120 and 180 days, respectively while the sole media soil showed minimum (5.71, 7.32 and 9.08 mm) at 60, 120 and 180 days, respectively. Similarly, highest (20.29 mm) collar diameter was found in sand: soil: vermicompost (1:2:1) followed by 15.79 mm in sawdust: soil: FYM (1:2:1) which was closely at par with sawdust (15.53 mm) whereas the lowest (9.21 mm) was found in soil at 240 days of growth. The collar diameter varied from 14.91 to 20.29 mm in the vermicompost based growing media which proved the best performing growing media in terms of collar diameter followed by sawdust composite media (12.40 to 15.79 mm) and other composite media (9.21 to 15.13 mm) after 240 days. This finding is similar with the result of Mwadalu et al. (2020) in seedling of Casuarina equisetifolia: highest collar diameter with 10% manure as it enhanced the nitrogen and phosphorus availability and Murugesan et al. (2014) in Pongamia pinnata, treated with flyash: vermicompost: soil (1:1:2) by catalysing the uptake of NPK and micro nutrients (Fe, Mn, Cu and Zn) at all growth stages.\r\nHeight of the seedlings showed increasing trend with age in all growing media during the period of study. Irrespective of growing media, the average height was 38.33, 79.70, 103.01 and 123.23 cm at 60, 120, 180 and 240 days of growth, respectively (Table 1). The maximum height (170.45 cm) was observed in sand: soil: vermicompost (1:2:1) followed by 150.96 cm in vermicompost which statistically at par with sawdust: soil (1:1) indicating 146.91 cm whereas minimum (62.94 cm) was recorded in soil at 240 days. The vermicompost based composite media influenced the height from 109.18 to 170.45cm and proved the best performing in terms of height followed by sawdust composite media (118.79 to 146.91cm) and other composite media (62.94 to 132.40cm) after 240 days. It might be due to the effect of the combination of high moisture retention and significant air space in growing media. The present study is close agreement with Dao et al. (2020) that vermicompost enhanced the relative height growth (132% in Betula platyphylla, 114% in Larix kaempferi and 57% in Chamaecyparis obtuse) with significant increased N concentration. The vermicompost growing media was not only improved health but also promoted plant growth because of higher microbial load (Emperor and Kumar, 2015) while sawdust was recorded lowest seedling growth in height and root collar diameter in seedlings (Ashiono et al., 2017) due to slow rate of decomposition and temporary depression in nitrogen release tendency (Garner, 2014). \r\nThe number of leaves per plant showed an increasing trend up to 120 days and thereafter declined due to the starting of leaf fall in winter (Table 1). The number of leaves per plant varied from 6.7 to 9.7 with a mean of 7.50; 8.2 to 11.6 with an average value of 9.74; 7.2 to 9.2 with a mean of 8.22 and 4.7 to 7.4 with an average value of 6.71 at 60, 120 180 and 240 days of growth, respectively. Maximum number of leaves per plant (7.4) was recorded in three growing media, particularly in sand: soil: FYM (1:2:1); sand: soil: vermicompost (1:2:1) and sawdust: soil: FYM (1:1:1) whereas minimum (4.7) was in sawdust at the end of 240 days of growth. The vermicompost composite media showed the best performing in terms of number of leaves than sawdust composite media and other composite media after 240 days. In another study, the highest number of leaves per stump were enumerated in composition of vermicompost and red soil (1:1) in Khaya senegalensis as organic media were generally rich in essential plant nutrients including vitamins, enzymes and hormones (Sondarva et al., 2017); whereas sand and sawdust: sand (1:1) were enhanced the number of leaves of Cordia africana branch cuttings due to the physical characteristic of the media in regard to the porosity and air water balance (Ambebe et al., 2018).\r\nThe results pertaining to fresh weight of leaves, root and shoot are presented in Table 2 and showed significant difference (p = 0.05) among the different growing media throughout the growing period for all traits. An increasing trend in the leaf fresh weight was exhibited with age up to 180 days and then showed declining trend afterwards but increasing trend was observed in both root and shoot fresh weight throughout the growing periods. The range among the different growing media for fresh weight of leaves was observed to be 13.66 – 37.81 g/plant, 15.59 – 40.77 g/plant, 46.87 – 103.45 g/plant and 37.82 – 63.12 g/plant at 60, 120, 180 and 240 days of growth, respectively. The maximum leaf fresh weight (63.12 g/plant) was recorded in sand: soil: vermicompost (1:2:1) followed by 58.49 g/plant in sawdust: soil (1:1) and 56.15 g/plant in sawdust: soil: FYM (1:1:1) whereas minimum (37.82 g/plant) was recorded in sawdust: soil: FYM (1:2:1) followed by soil (46.87 g/plant) at the end of 240 days of growth. After 60 days of growth of stumps, the maximum leaf fresh weight (37.81 g/plant) was recorded in sand: soil: FYM (1:2:1) statistically at par with sand: soil: FYM (1:1:1) and sawdust: soil (1:1) indicating 33.90 and 30.47 g/plant, respectively. It is clearly stated that organic manures effectively enhanced the vegetative growth of the plant and helped to produce the heaviest fresh weight of leaves. This study is well in line with the findings of Mohapatra and Das (2009); Quasni et al. (2014).\r\nThe average root fresh weight was found to be 25.37, 38.18, 50.48 and 81.93 g/plant at the age 60, 120, 180 and 240 days, respectively with irrespective of the growing media. The maximum root fresh weight (108.08 g/plant) was recorded in sand: soil: vermicompost (1:2:1) which was statistically at par with 107.20 g/plant in sawdust and 106.87 g/plant in sawdust: soil: FYM (1:1:1) whereas the minimum root fresh weight (59.95 g/plant) was observed in sawdust: soil: FYM (1:2:1) followed by 65.16 g/plant in soil. The present findings are showed similar result of Sood et al. (2018) as: soil: sand: vermicompost (1:1:1) induced highest root weight in Terminalia bellirica seedling and another finding, soil: sand: FYM (1:1:1) had more aeration than other media which provide adequate nutrients to promote better root growth of Oroxylum indicum seedlings (Sood and Ram, 2019).\r\nIrrespective of the growing media, the mean value of shoot fresh weight was 15.82, 42.78, 72.66 and 107.06 g/plant at the age of 60, 120, 180 and 240 days, respectively. The maximum shoot fresh weight (144.93 g/plant) was recorded in sand: soil: vermicompost (1:2:1) followed by 123.81 g/plant in sand: soil: vermicompost (1:1:1) which was at par with 122.76g in vermicompost whereas the minimum (67.85 g) was in soil at the age of 240 days. The vermicompost based growing media influenced shoot fresh weight better than other growing media. The study is close agreement with Mathowa et al. (2014) that the combination of garden soil, forest soil and commercial compost significantly increased total shoot fresh weight in Adansoni digitata seedlings which may be attributed to the general improvement in the soil physical and chemical properties and also Sood et al. (2018) found that soil: sand: vermicompost (1:1:1) had highest fresh shoot weight in Terminalia bellerica seedling. \r\nAn appraisal of data in Table 3 it was found that the dry weight of root and shoot increased gradually at all periodic intervals among all growing media except leaf dry weight. The leaf, root and shoot dry weight of seedlings in different growing media showed wide range of variations with significant difference throughout the growing period in nursery. Leaf dry weight in different growing media ranged between 2.65 g/plant to 7.34 g/plant with an average of 4.63 g/plant at 60days; 3.51 to 9.98 g/plant with an average of 7.36 g/plant at 120 days; 17.87 g/plant to 30.83 g/plant with a mean of 23.28 at 180 days and 9.87 g/plant to 16.47 g/plant with average of 13.34 g/plant at the end of 240 days of growth. Maximum leaf dry weight (16.47 g/plant) was exhibited in sand: soil: vermicompost (1:2:1) which at par with 15.26 g/plant in sawdust: soil (1:1) whereas minimum (13.97 g/plant) was in soil growing media at 240 days of growth in nursery. The results indicating media close to neutral pH may supply nutrients in adequate quantities to container-grown trees for cell turgidity and enlargement within plant tissues. The study is closely similar with Quasni et al. (2014) in Magnolia grandiflora and Mahmoud et al. (2019) in Pistacia vera. \r\nAs far as root dry weight per seedling is concerned, the average values varied from 4.97 to 23.68 g/plant from 60 to 240 days. The maximum root dry weight (16.92 and 31.23 g/plant) was recorded in sand: soil: vermicompost (1:2:1) at 180 and 240 days where as the growing media sawdust exhibited highest root dry weight (7.44 and 14.39 g/plant) in 60 and 120 days of growth of seedlings, respectively. The minimum root dry weight was recorded in sawdust: soil: FYM (1:2:1) in all growing periods in all growing media. The present findings are similar with the findings of Tallini et al. (1991); Daldoum and Hammad (2015) indicating humic acid in the vermicompost enhanced root growth parameter which organically is a bio-stimulant that boost up crop growth (Noory et al., 2022).\r\nThe maximum shoot dry weight (40.87 g/plant) was recorded in sand: soil: vermicompost (1:2:1) followed by 34.92 g/plant in sand: soil: vermicompost (1:1:1) which was statistically at par with vermicompost (34.62 g/plant) whereas the minimum (19.13 g/plant) in soil was not significantly different with 21.48 g/plant in sand: soil (1:1) and 22.49 g/plant in sawdust: soil: FYM (1:1:1) at the end of 240 days. Overall, the vermicompost composite media showed highest shoot dry weight (34.62 to 40.87 g/plant) in comparison to sawdust media (22.49 to 34.26 g/plant) and other composite media (19.13 to 31.95 g/plant) after 240 days. Singh et al. (2018) reported somewhat similar results in growing medium of soil: sand: FYM: dalweed (1:2:3:3) showed high dry shoot weight in Pinus halepensis due to more nitrogen from the FYM narrower C: N ratio which promote better shoot growth. \r\nDifferent growing media had significant effect on the total biomass throughout the growing period (Table 4). The maximum total biomass (88.57 g/plant) was recorded in sand: soil: vermicompost (1:2:1) followed by 78.47 g/plant in sawdust which was statistically at par with sawdust: soil: FYM (1:1:1) with 75.38 g/plant whereas the minimum total biomass (49.29 g/plant) was recorded in soil closely followed by 49.68 g/plant in sawdust: soil: FYM (1:2:1) at 240 days. Similar trend was followed at 180 days whereas the maximum total biomass (18.20 and 34.65 g/plant) was exhibited in sand: soil: FYM (1:2:1) and sawdust at the age of 60 and 120 days, respectively while the minimum (8.21 and 17.76 g/plant) was observed in sawdust: soil: FYM (1:2:1). The study showed close agreement with Saqib et al. (2019) in Acacia nilotica seedlings with 75% compost level and sawdust alone had recorded the lowest total biomass in Eucalyptus saligna seedlings due to the decomposition environment associated with mineralization of the growth media (Ashiono et al., 2017). Not only the nutrient content in growing medium are affecting plant growth but also other indirect effect via the inhibition of plant pathogen infection (Masilamani et al., 2010) or effects of on the rhizospehere microflora might dominate sole growing media effects (Suwannapinant et al., 2001; Guleria, 2006).\r\nThe effect of growing media on leaf area was showed increasing trend with age up to 180 days and then no systematic trend was followed afterwards because of the starting of leaf fall. The leaf area showed significant difference among treatments from 60 to 120 days and became non-significant after 180 and 240 days of growth (Table 4). The maximum leaf area (4542.39 cm2) was recorded in sand: soil: vermicompost (1:2:1) followed by 4505.02 cm2 in sawdust: soil (1:1) and 4456.87 cm2 in sawdust: soil: FYM (1:1:1) whereas the minimum leaf area (2057.92 cm2) was recorded in soil after 240 days of planting. The growing media containing vermicompost increased the P, K and total soluble solid which may improve the leaf area in the plant (Peyvast et al., 2008). These findings are in close conformity with earlier observation of Aderounmu et al. (2020) in Vitellaria paradoxa and differ with the views of Amonum et al. (2019) in Dacryodes edulis on sawdust and river sand.\r\nThe stocky or spindly nature of the seedlings depends upon the sturdiness quotient of the plant. The effect of growing media on sturdiness quotient was represented with significant difference among the treatments throughout the experimental period (Table 4). The sturdiness quotient was recorded above 6.0 after 120 days of growth in all growing media which might be due to the fast-growing nature of the species over the initials except sand: soil (1:1) indicating 5.90. Irrespective of the growing media the sturdiness quotient ranged from 4.06 to 6.61 with an average value of 5.44 at 60 days. It is generally agreed that if SQ increases, the seedlings will be less sturdy and intolerant to strong wind, drought, and frost resulting in substantial losses compared to seedlings with lower SQ values. The seedlings raised in compost growing media with significantly higher sturdiness quotient as compared to both soil and sand due to the effect of organic and nitrogen availability of the media (Kihara, 2002). This study is close agreement with the results of Mwadalu et al. (2020) in Casuarina equisetifolia seedling and Sood et al. (2018) in Terminalia bellirica seedlings.\r\nIt reveals from the study that the media comprising of sand: soil: FYM (1:1:1) proved the best for sprouting of stumps, number of days for completion of sprouting and survival rate among the different media whereas sand: soil: vermicompost (1:2:1) showed maximum growth in terms of collar diameter, height, number of leaves, leaf fresh weight, root fresh weight, shoot fresh weight, leaf dry weight, root dry weight, shoot dry weight, total biomass and leaf area. Over all the growing medium comprising vermicompost was superior for growth of teak seedlings. Therefore, it is recommended to use vermicompost based composite media for the production of healthy and quality seedlings of Tectona grandis for mass scale under nursery condition. However, further study regarding the nutrient uptake and genetic characteristics is also needful. \r\n', 'Kamal Ghising, Amarendra Nath Dey, Sumit Chakravarty, Mihir Ranjan Panda, Nilesh Bhowmick and Dibyendu Mukhopadhyay (2022). Growth Performance of Teak (Tectona grandis Linn.) Stump under different Growing Media in Nursery. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 322-330.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5274, '136', 'Proximate Composition of different Varieties of Banana Pseudostem Powder for Nutritional and Biochemical properties', 'Mydhili M., Pugalendhi L., Indu Rani C., Auxcilia J. and Uma D.', '55 Proximate Composition of different Varieties of Banana Pseudostem Powder for Nutritional and Biochemical properties Pugalendhi L.pdf', '', 1, 'Banana (Musa sp.) belongs to the family Musaceae. Banana pseudostem is a by-product of banana cultivation. It has many potential for incorporating as a source of nutrients in the food products. For the effective utilization of banana pseudostem and to reduce the disposal problem, it can be used in food products for improving the nutritional value. The aim of the study is to analyze the nutritional and biochemical properties of pseudostem powder of seven different varieties namely Poovan, Nendran, Monthan, Karpooravalli, Ney Poovan, Grand Naine and Red Banana. The banana pseudostem powder recorded moisture content (7.2%), pH (7.1), total soluble solids (1.5 ˚Brix), ash (4.1%), titratable acidity (0.05%), protein (3.3%), total carbohydrates (29.3 %) and vitamin C content (6.6 mg/ 100g). The biochemical analysis showed that the proximate contents i.e., total soluble solids, titratable acidity, total carbohydrates and vitamin C content were highest in the variety Karpooravalli whereas ash content and protein were highest in the variety Ney Poovan and Monthan respectively. These findings will be useful in the further studies in utilization of banana pseudostem in food industries for making products from banana.', 'Banana pseudostem, cabinet drying, pseudostem powder, biochemical composition', 'The results of this study showed that the banana pseudostem is rich in proximate composition such as total soluble solids, ash content, titratable acidity, protein, total carbohydrates and vitamin C content. Pseudostem powder can be utilized in various value-added products as a source of dietary fibre to improve the nutritional quality. In addition, the low moisture content of the pseudostem powder increases the shelf life and makes it a useful ingredient to incorporate in the food industry. It is an efficient way for using the by-product of banana crop which significantly reduces the waste disposal problem.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nBanana (Musa sp.) is a widely cultivated fruit crop in India. It belongs to the family Musaceae. Banana is commonly called as “Apple of the Paradise.” It was originated from South East Asia. There are two species viz., Musa acuminata and Musa balbisiana from which edible bananas were originated. Banana crop performs well in both tropical and subtropical regions of the world. It is a perennial herb up to a height of 12 to15 feet.\r\nIndia is the largest banana producing country in the world. According to FAO (Food and Agricultural Organization), approximately 119.83 million tonnes of banana and plantains were produced worldwide (FAO, 2020). In India, Banana is grown in an area of 8.8 lakh hectares with a production of 32.45 million tonnes (Department of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare, 2019). In Tamil Nadu, Banana occupies an area of 97,644 hectares with a production of 3.89 million tonnes (Department of Horticulture and Plantation crops, Government of Tamil Nadu, 2020-21).\r\nApart from its fruits, there are different parts of banana plant such as flowers and pseudostem which is also consumed in various regions. The stem of banana, usually referred to as pseudostem is an aggregation of leaf stalk bases in cylindrical form. The pseudostem includes a central core and numerous outer sheaths. Elanthikkal et al. (2010) reported that fruit of the banana crop contributes about 12% of the total plant weight whereas the remaining 88% of the banana plant (i.e., pseudostem and leaf) is of no economic use. Approximately 220 tonnes per hectare of crop residues were produced in the banana cultivation annually (Shah et al., 2005). Hence after harvest, banana crop produces large amounts of crop residues, which are usually thrown out and cause disposal problems (Li et al., 2010).\r\nBanana pseudostem is also used in the preparation of handicrafts, ropes, fabrics, papers etc. Pseudostem has many medicinal properties and contains many nutrients like protein, carbohydrates and dietary fibre. In recent years, the demand for the utilization of banana pseudostem has been increasing in order to enhance the nutritional benefits (Ho et al., 2017). The pseudostem is also used in the treatment of various diseases namely high blood pressure, diabetes and obesity. It also helps in detoxification of the body tissues (Ambrose et al., 2016). Hence, it can be potentially used as an alternative food resource.\r\nThere is a lot of potential for using banana pseudostem in food products for human consumption. It can be utilized in food products because of its potential nutritional benefit (Desai et al., 2016). Hence, this study was undertaken to analyze the nutritional and biochemical properties of banana pseudostem and to utilize in various food supplements.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nBanana pseudostems were collected from the University orchard of Horticultural College and Research Institute, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore. Seven varieties were taken for the analysis namely Poovan, Nendran, Monthan, Karpooravalli, Ney Poovan, Grand Naine and Red Banana.\r\nThe pseudostem was collected from the University orchard after the harvest of the fruit bunches. It was cleaned to remove any impurities, weighed and cut into pieces using a clean knife. The cut pieces were spread uniformly in cabinet dryer and dried at a temperature of 70˚C till reaching a constant weight. The dried pseudostem was grounded into powder using pulverizer and stored at ambient temperature.\r\nProximate analysis\r\nMoisture content\r\nThe moisture content of the dried pseudostem was determined by using hot air oven method (Ranganna, 1986). The weight of the empty crucible was taken. The dried pseudostem powder of known weight is taken in the crucible and kept at 105˚C for three hours. After drying, the weight of the powder and crucible was taken and moisture content was calculated.\r\nMoisture content (%)=\r\n(Initial weight-Final weight)/(Final weight) ×100\r\npH. The pH value of the powder was estimated by using pH meter. The pH meter was standardized with buffer solution of pH 7.0 and check against buffer of pH 9.2. Once it is calibrated, the sample was dissolved in distilled water and pH was determined.\r\nTotal Soluble Solids (TSS). The total soluble solid (TSS) of the pseudostem powder was estimated by using a hand refractometer and values were expressed as ˚Brix.\r\nAsh content. The ash content was calculated by using AOAC 923.03 method. The pseudostem powder (0.5 g) was taken in a crucible and dried in the muffle furnace at 550˚C until white ash was formed. After cooling, the weight was measured and ash content was calculated. \r\n Ash content on dry basis(% by weight)=\r\n(W2-W)/( W1-W ) ×100\r\nWhere, W = Weight in gram of empty dish \r\n W1 = Weight in gram of the dish with the dried material taken\r\n W2 = Weight in gram of the dish with the ash\r\nTitratable acidity (TA). Two gram of sample was mixed with 30 ml distilled water and 20 ml methanol. It was kept in water bath for 15 minutes and filtered through cotton. Four ml of the filtrate and five ml distilled water was taken into a conical flask and two drops of phenolphthalein indicator was added. It was titrated against 0.1N NaOH until the end point (appearance of pink colour). Titratable acidity was expressed as percentage lactic acid (Adelekan and Oyewole 2010).\r\nProtein. The protein content of the sample was estimated by using Lowry’s method. The sample (0.5 g) was mixed with a solvent and centrifuged. The supernatant part (0.2 ml) was taken in test tubes and 5ml of Lowry’s reagent was added. After 10 minutes, 0.5 ml Folin-ciocalteu reagent was added and incubated for 30 minutes. The blue colour developed was read in 660 nm and the amount of protein in the sample was calculated.\r\nTotal carbohydrates. The sample (0.1 g) was mixed with 5 ml of 2.5 N HCl and kept at boiling water bath for three hours. Then it was neutralized with sodium carbonate and made up to 100 ml. The sample was centrifuged at 10,000 rpm for 20 minutes. From this 0.5 ml of the supernatant was taken and mixed with 0.5 ml distilled water. The anthrone reagent (4 ml) was added and kept for 8 minutes in boiling water bath. The absorbance was measured at 630 nm (Hedge and Hofreiter, 1962).\r\nVitamin C content\r\nVitamin C (Ascorbic acid) content was estimated using the method suggested by Ruck (1963). The banana pseudostem powder (0.5 g) was mixed with 4% oxalic acid and made upto up to a volume of 100ml and centrifuged. The supernatant part (5 ml) was added with 10ml of 4% oxalic acid and titrated against the dye until a pale pink color appeared. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nMoisture content. The moisture content of the dehydrated produces determines the keeping quality and longevity of the finished goods. The low moisture content products can be stored for a long period of time without any quality deterioration. The moisture level of food products also has a significant impact on textural quality, chemical and biological reactions as well as microbial growth rates. The moisture content (%) of Poovan, Nendran, Monthan, Karpooravalli, Ney Poovan, Grand Naine and Red banana varieties are 5.0, 7.5, 6.2, 8.9, 8.3, 7.9 and 6.5 respectively at 70˚C drying temperature. The highest moisture content was observed in the variety Karpooravalli (8.9%) and the lowest was recorded in the variety Poovan (5.0%). Aziz et al. (2011) reported that moisture content in dried pseudostem powder of Musa acuminata × Musa balbisiana Colla cv.Awak as 8.82%.\r\nThe differences in the moisture content may be due to the binding capacity of the finished produces due to the presence of high molecular weight components like lignin, cellulose, hemicelluloses in the different varieties of banana under study.\r\npH. pH of Poovan, Nendran, Monthan, Karpooravalli, Ney Poovan, Grand Naine and red banana varieties were 7.8, 7.2, 7.6, 6.1, 7.4, 7.1 and 6.5 respectively. It shows that Poovan (7.8) variety recorded the highest pH value and Karpooravalli (6.1) has the lowest value. Tiroutchelvame et al. (2019) also reported a pH value was 6.02 at 70°C drying temperature of banana pseudostem in the variety Poovan. Though the reports are in accordance with the earlier findings, the reason for the difference in pH value might be due to genetic and genomic constitution of the varieties and growing conditions.\r\nTotal soluble solids (TSS). Total soluble solids are solid substances which are dissolved in a substance or product. Brix values are important parameters because it is related to flavor and sweetness of the product. Table 1 shows the total soluble solids (˚Brix) of the seven varieties of banana pseudostem ranged from 0.6 to 3.0˚Brix. The highest TSS observed in the variety Karpooravalli (3.0˚Brix) and lowest value in the variety Ney Poovan (0.6˚Brix). Similar studies conducted by Tiroutchelvame et al. (2019) shows the total soluble solids of 1.2 ˚Brix in the banana pseudostem flour in the variety Poovan.\r\nAsh content. The ash content of the sample represents the amount of organic matter present in it. If the ash content is high, it indicates the higher amount of minerals present in the sample. It is a part of proximate analysis for nutritional evaluation. Table 1 shows the ash content of the seven varieties of banana pseudostem ranged from varieties 1.8 to 7.8%. The highest ash content was observed in the variety Ney Poovan (7.8%) and lowest value was observed in the variety Poovan (1.8%). Aziz et al.(2011) reported the ash content of native banana pseudostem flour as 3.03% and banana (Musa acuminata × Musa balbisiana Colla cv.Awak) pseudostem flour as 10.08%.Similarly, ash content of 0.8 – 8.47 percent was reported by Lebesi and Tzia (2011) in wheat fibre and rice bran fibre.\r\nTitratable acidity (TA). Titratable acidity of the pseudostem of different banana cultivars is also represented in the Table 1. The result shows that titratable acidity (%) of the seven varieties of banana pseudostem ranged from 0.018 to 0.072%. The highest titratable acidity was observed in the variety Karpooravalli (0.072%) and the lowest acidity was observed in the variety Poovan (0.018%). Ho et al. (2012) reported that BPF (Banana Pseudostem Flour) had a 0.04% Titratable Acidity (TA) in Musa acuminata X balbisiana cv. Awak.\r\nProtein. Proteins are essential for tissue repair and body building processes. It also helps in maintaining body fluids. The protein content (%) of the seven varieties of banana pseudostem ranged from 2.2 to 5.0%. The highest protein content was observed in the variety Monthan (5.0%) whereas lowest was observed in the variety Poovan (2.2%). It was reported that protein content of the banana pseudostem flour of Musa acuminata X balbisiana cv. Awak as 2.7% (Ho et al., 2017). Hence protein in the pseudostem can be used for making low gluten foods like cakes (Sangroula, 2018). As reported by Lebesi and Tzia (2011), the protein content was also in normal range in different commercially available fibre of wheat or oat bran.\r\nTotal carbohydrates. Carbohydrates in banana crop have low glycemic index or low digestibility hence it can be used in functional food as substitution of flour in cookies (Saguilan et al., 2007). Total carbohydrates (%) of the seven varieties of banana pseudostem ranged from 20.5 to 38.8 %. The total carbohydrate was high in the variety Karpooravalli with 38.8 percent. The lowest carbohydrates content was observed in the variety Red Banana with 20.5 percent. Ramu et al. (2017) reported that the total carbohydrate in the banana pseudostem of Musa sp. cv. Nanjangud rasa bale was 46.58 %. The difference may be due to different drying condition or part of pseudostem used. \r\nVitamin C content. Vitamin C (Ascorbic acid) is an essential vitamin for the growth, maintenance and repair of body tissue. Vitamin C content (mg/100g) of the seven varieties of banana pseudostem ranged from 3.4 to 9.5 mg/100g. The Table1 shows that highest vitamin C content was recorded in the variety Karpooravalli (9.5 mg/100 g) and lowest seen in the variety Ney Poovan (3.4 mg/100 g). The observed values were lower than the vitamin C content of banana powder in the variety Poovan (10.5mg/100 g) reported by Harish et al., (2017).', 'Mydhili M., Pugalendhi L., Indu Rani C., Auxcilia J. and Uma D. (2022). Proximate Composition of Different Varieties of Banana Pseudostem Powder for Nutritional and Biochemical properties. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 331-334.'),
(5275, '136', 'A Review of the Role of Integrated Weed Management in the Conservation Agriculture System', 'Amol Rajkumar Pawar*, Gayatri Kumari, Mayur Patil and Trupti Rajesh Pandit', '56 A Review of the Role of Integrated Weed Management in the Conservation Agriculture System Amol Rajkumar Pawar.pdf', '', 1, 'Tillage equipment is typically used by farmers to improve soil structure and manage weeds. However, by repeating this process, they destroy the soil structure and reduce soil fertility. Tillage is minimized or removed entirely in conservation agriculture systems. Conservation agriculture (CA) is becoming more popular around the world as a result of various benefits, including the conservation of soil and water resources, the reconstruction of soil fertility, the protection of soil from erosion, and the reduction of labour requirements. The various approach of integrated weed management is met by applying any acceptable physical, biological, or chemical weed management technique to the existing cultural weed management of conservation agriculture (IWM). IWM is beneficial to conservation agriculture since it aids in the management of weed issues and the lack of certain weed control solutions. The main limitation of CA-based systems is weeds. By uprooting, severing, and burying weeds deeply enough to prevent emergence, transferring weed seeds both vertically and horizontally, and altering the soil environment, tillage influences weed emergence and seed germination. Therefore, any decrease in tillage frequency or intensity may have an impact on the weed invasion. Herbicide usage done carefully can minimize soil tillage and increase soil biodiversity. Last but not least, IWM promotes improved yield per area unit and more effective crop growing. As a result, the topic of integrated weed control in connection to conservation agriculture and environmental sustainability is discussed in this review paper.', 'Integrated weed management, Conservation Agriculture, Environment', 'It is permissible to advance interventions such as CA that avoid human-induced soil degradation. The use of CA reduces erosion and some of the other issues that come with tillage. However, the advent of various weed difficulties in California necessitates the incorporation of its inbred weed control component (cover crop, crop residue mulching, and crop rotation) with other weed management tactics without compromising its principles. Acceptance of any compatible physical, biological, or chemical weed management method to the existing cultural weed management of CA satisfies the IWM\'s many strategies. Reduced weed management options in California tend to increase herbicide use, which can result in water contamination, weed resistance, weed flora shift, and pesticide carryover. The IWM monitors herbicide overuse. As a result, incorporating IWM within CA helps to ensure its long-term viability and strengthens its environmental protection focus.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe need to manage weed infestation has been justified by the reduction in crop productivity caused by the presence of weeds. Several weed management tactics have been tried and tested throughout the years. Tillage, whose primary goal is to generate suitable soil conditions for crops, also serves as a mechanical weed control strategy because weeds are uprooted and buried in the soil. More specifically, repeated tillage operations have been proven to be effective in managing perennial weeds because they can deplete the energy reserve of perennial crops by destroying their storage organs and propagules. Tillage is the process of mechanically manipulating soil and plant waste. It is inextricably linked to conventional agricultural production methods (Farooq & Siddique 2015). Intensive tillage loosens the soil, promotes the release of soil nutrients for crop growth, and changes the circulation of water and air inside the soil, in addition to weed management (Hosseini et al., 2016).\r\nTillage has an impact on soil parameters like temperature, moisture content, bulk density, porosity, and infiltration, all of which have an impact on crop performance (Adebisi et al., 2016).\r\nTillage, on the other hand, is a cause of land deterioration. Intensive tillage can degrade soil quality by causing carbon loss and erosion due to the excessive breakdown of soil aggregates. Tillage reduces the soil\'s water holding capacity, resulting in dryness in soils with little or no plasticity (Singh et al., 2016). Tillage with heavy machinery frequently emits greenhouse gases into the atmosphere and can compact the soil. Conservation agriculture, which emphasises minimal soil disturbance among other components, has arisen as a popular approach in various countries to address the environmental difficulties associated with traditional tillage. Conservation agriculture is practiced on 154 million hectares in the twenty-first century, with an annual expansion of roughly 7 million hectares (Friedrich et al., 2012). Chemical weed management has been the primary technique in developed countries since the introduction of herbicides. Herbicide use has yielded benefits for many years, but the consequences have just recently become apparent. In developed countries, this is the scenario. The herbicides were expensive due to the higher prices of crude oil that had always been imported into these countries, as well as the knowledge and skill required to use them. As a result, the main strategy in these countries is to combine non-chemical treatments with herbicides that are already available. It has been observed that a minor weed today gradually gains importance and becomes a major weed of minor regional or national concern tomorrow. The truth is that it was diverted towards it. The proposed control strategies are primarily for one weed in a stand-alone manner, neglecting the entire system. This is clearly a treatment for that weed, but it is not a cure-all. It inadvertently stimulates the growth and spread of other lesser weeds in the coming years. Once again, the world, the possibilities of discovering a new weed control method, persistence, and residual risks are all factors to consider (Chittapur et al., 1997).\r\n1. Integrated weed management component contributes to\r\n— To prevent agricultural interference, increase the abundance of weed species.\r\n— Dominance of a species in the existing weed flora makeup. The introduction of a new species into the current weed flora.\r\n— Profitability has improved.\r\n— Species succession is changing.\r\n— At the farm level, there is an improvement in overall pest management.\r\n— Acceptance of practices that are beneficial to stakeholders on a social level.\r\nMethods of IWM\r\n(i) Preventive weed management method. Weed seed mingling with crop is one of the most important factors in weed spread. Preventive measures include the use of weed-free crop seeds and equipment, the isolation of imported animals, the scouting for new weeds, and the prevention of weed seed development on the field (Monaco et al., 2002). The major goal of this indirect weed control strategy is to limit the number of weed plants emerging with the crop.\r\nUse clean wheat seed free from weed seeds: Weed seed mingling with crop is one of the most important factors in weed spread. Many of the farmer\'s wheat seeds include weed seeds, particularly Phalaris minor, according to drill box studies. Farmers should utilise seed that has been cleansed or that has been certified.\r\nCultural weed control method: The adjustment of farm techniques to benefit crop development at the expense of weeds is known as cultural weed control. Tillage, sowing time, sowing methods, competitive crop cultivars, increased crop density, closer spacing, irrigation, fertilization, and crop rotation are some of the agronomic measures used in cultural weed management.\r\nSowing time: Weed seed germination should be discouraged by adjusting the sowing method. In comparison to late sowing, early wheat sowing (final week of October) reduces Phalaris minor infestation. The temperature in early sown wheat is inhospitable to Phalaris minor.\r\nCrop rotation: Crop rotation is a key part of weed management in general. Weed invasion is more common in monocultures. Weeds\' life cycle can be broken by planting crops with distinct seeding and maturity times. Rotating crops is primarily used to reduce the weed seed bank in the soil. Crop rotation has been discovered to be a very successful cultural approach in breaking the relationship of troublesome weeds such as P. minor with wheat. According to a survey, Isoproturon resistance in Phalaris minor was found in 67 percent of rice-wheat rotation farms. Phalaris minor populations can be reduced by rotating wheat fields with crops such as sunflower, sugarcane, or berseem.\r\nMulching: Mulching is used to cover the soil when there is no crop present or during the planting season. Mulching blocks light from reaching the soil surface, preventing weeds from germinating. Although nonliving mulch materials such as plastic are frequently employed in many cropping systems, organic mulch (live/green mulch or crop/plant residue) is preferred.\r\nPhysical weed control method: Physical weed control entails breaking, cutting, destroying, burning, or severely injuring weeds with force, heat, or other physical forms of energy (Swarbrick & Mercado, 1987). Physical methods of weed control include hand weeding and mechanical weeding. Grazing, mowing, mulching, tilling, and burning are all part of the process.\r\nBiological weed control method: The employment of natural enemies to lessen the impact of weeds and weed count is known as biological control. It refers to the usage of living beings and biologically derived products (Ehi- Eromosele et al., 2013). Phytopathogenic bio-herbicides, microorganisms, or microbial phytotoxins are used in the same way as conventional herbicides (Boyetchko & Peng 2004).\r\nChemical weed control method: Chemical weed control refers to the application of a synthetic chemical to kill or inhibit the growth of weeds. Herbicides are classified as systemic or non-systemic (contact) based on how they pass through plants. Herbicides are classified as pre-emergence or post-emergence depending on when they are applied. Herbicide selectivity is determined by crop compatibility and the type of weed they control. Herbicides can be a valuable and effective part of any weed-control strategy. Herbicide resistance, on the other hand, is a problem with some species. Increased pesticide use has the potential to harm the environment. The availability of herbicides and the cost of herbicides, however, make chemical weed management difficult to implement (2012, Kughur).\r\nIntegrated Weed Management: Under CA, no single weed management strategy, such as cultural, mechanical, or chemical, could offer the requisite degree of weed control efficiency because to the multiplicity of weed problems. As a result, a variety of weed management options should be studied in order to broaden the weed control range and efficacy for long-term crop production.\r\nThe term \" Integrated weed management system\" refers to a collection of cost-effective, dependable, and practicable weed management strategies that can be employed by farmers as part of a competent farm management system. This strategy considers the need to maximize agricultural productivity while reducing economic losses, human health risks, and potential damage to flora and fauna, as well as increasing environmental safety and quality. The integrated weed management system is not intended to replace selective, safe, and effective herbicides; rather, it is a sensible approach for encouraging the prudent use of herbicides in conjunction with other safe, effective, cost-effective, and environmentally friendly control strategies. For efficient weed management, clean crop seeds and seeders should be combined with field sanitation (weed-free irrigation canals and bunds). The weed control efficiency of sprayed herbicides and competitiveness against weeds are improved by combining appropriate agronomic practices, timeliness of operations, fertilizer and water management, and crop residues remaining on the soil surface. To develop sustainable and effective weed management strategies under CA systems, practices such as stale seedbed practice, uniform and dense crop establishment, use of cover crops and crop residues as mulch, crop rotations, and practices for enhanced crop competitiveness with a combination of pre and postemergence herbicides should be integrated (Singh et al., 2015).\r\nAdvantages of IWM\r\n— IWM is regarded as a more practical and long-term technique, as a combination of treatments will take care of weeds in their whole, preventing weed seed development and soil seed bank replenishment.\r\n— It will lower the likelihood of weed flora shift, herbicide resistance weeds, and other ecological problems.\r\n— It could be used in conjunction with integrated pest management to eliminate weeds, which serve as a breeding ground for a variety of insect pests and illnesses.\r\n— In the long run, it will yield a higher net return, especially when cropping intensity is increased.\r\n— It\'s especially beneficial when there\'s a lot of cropping going on.\r\nDisadvantages of IWM\r\n— It\'s not easy to find IWM that are mutually compatible, supportive of one another, and that match the diversity of weed species.\r\n— An IWM will not apply consistently to all crops in all locations.\r\n— Based on a variety of parameters including soil, crops, climate, and production practices, IWM is very site-specific and cropping system-specific.\r\n— It\'s more of an idea than a method of weed control in the traditional sense. Its effectiveness may fluctuate over time and space due to changes in the efficacy of weed control strategies combined.\r\n', 'Amol Rajkumar Pawar, Gayatri Kumari, Mayur Patil and Trupti Rajesh Pandit (2022). A Review of the Role of Integrated Weed Management in the Conservation Agriculture System. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 335-339.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5276, '136', 'Studies on Postharvest Quality and Shelf Life of Pink Fleshed Dragon Fruit (Hylocereus spp.) Coated with Chitosan and Stored at Ambient Temperature', 'R. Prashanth, A. Kiran Kumar, M. Rajkumar and K. Aparna', '57 Studies on Postharvest Quality and Shelf Life of Pink Fleshed Dragon Fruit (Hylocereus spp.) Coated with Chitosan and Stored at Ambient Temperature R. Prashanth.pdf', '', 1, 'Dragon fruit undergoes rapid senescence during storage. This study identified the synergistic effect of chitosan coating with different concentrations on the postharvest quality and shelf life of dragon fruits stored at ambient conditions. This study was conducted in completely randomized design. Dragon fruits were coated with 2 %, 3 %, and 4 % chitosan solution and stored at ambient temperature for 14 days. Changes in fruit’s physiological loss of weight(PLW), firmness, shelf life, total soluble solid (TSS), titratable acidity (TA), reducing sugars, total sugars, ascorbic acid as well as decay rate were periodically recorded. The results indicated that the chitosan coating with 4 % significantly reduced the decrease of PLW, firmness, TSS, TA, ascorbic acid content and partially inhibited decay. These results also showed that chitosan coating @ 4%is the most effective treatment for improving the postharvest quality and prolong the shelf life of dragon fruits when stored at ambient condition.', 'Dagon fruit (Hylocereus spp.), Chitosan, Coating, Post-harvest quality, Shelf life, Ambient storage', 'In conclusion, the experiment conducted here indicated that the application of chitosan coating, especiallyT3-Chitosan 4% recorded significantly higher results in terms of minimum PLW, decay percent and highest firmness, shelf life and quality parameter namely TSS,TA, sugars and ascorbic acid content. It was followed by T2-chitosan 3% in pink fleshed dragon fruits storage at ambient conditions. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nDragon fruit (Hylocereus spp.) is diploid (2n = 22) and belongs to the genus Hylocereus of the family Cactaceae and subfamily Cactoideae. Dragon fruit has gained global attention due to its prominent vivid red color, delicate flavor and nutritional value. The major constraints in dragon fruit during storage is the short shelf life it is due to several factors such as high respiration, weight loss and increased ripening process which causes shriveling of fruit after the eighth day of harvesting (Ali et al., 2013). In tropical regions, the main factor which reduces the shelf life of fruit is high temperature, which results in high respiration of fruit, rapid ripening and thus early deterioration of fruit quality. The chemical composition of fruit during ripening changes dramatically and depends on texture, flavour, titratable acidity and ascorbic acid content.\r\nMany physical and chemical processes have been developed to preserve fresh fruits and vegetables, among them adequate packaging is one of the most commonly used technique.\r\nChitosan, a natural alkaline polysaccharide, has become one of the most popular edible film materials in recent years owing to its non-toxicity and superior biocompatibility. Chitosan is widely used as a food additive and a suitable alternative to synthetic fungicides for treating postharvest fruits and vegetables (Romanazzi et al., 2017). Chitosan as a natural and environmentally friendly compound is obtained from deacetylation of chitin (Khoshgozaran Abras et al., 2012). Chitosan and its derivatives increase shelf life of a wide range of vegetables and fruits by inhibiting decay. So, one of interest application of this biopolymer is products preservation because of its ability to be used as coating materials (Chien et al., 2007; Devlieghere et al., 2004; Qiuping and Wenshui 2007; Sabir et al., 2019). The function of chitosan as an antimicrobial material attributed to amino groups or hydrogen bonding between chitosan and extra cellular polymers (Hughes et al., 1994). As a biopolymer, chitosan has excellent film forming properties and is able to form a semipermeable film on fruit which may modify the internal atmosphere, as well as decrease weight loss and shriveling due to transpiration and improve overall fruit quality (Hong et al., 2012; Xing et al., 2011). Chitosan coating maintains fruit quality during storage by preventing the loss of fruit weight, soluble solid contents, vitamin C, titratable acidity, and firmness (Chiabrando and Giacalone, 2013; Lin et al., 2020; Romanazzi et al., 2002). Krishna and Rao (2014) reported that chitosan treatment (1%) extending the shelf life of guava up to 7 days by delaying ripening and preventing physiological loss in weight. Chitosan formulated with cassava starch significantly preserved fruit weight, color, aroma and texture of mango and increased shelf life by decreasing the respiration rate without negative effect on the fruit ripening (Camatariet al., 2018).\r\nKeeping all these in view, the present investigation was undertaken to study the effect of different concentrations of chitosan as an edible coating on postharvest quality and shelf life of pink fleshed dragon fruits stored at ambient conditions.\r\nExperimental site. The experiment was conducted at PG laboratory, Sri Konda Laxman Telangana State Horticultural University, College of Horticulture, Rajendranagar, Hyderabad.\r\n MATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nFruits. Dragon fruits used for the research were procured from Deccan exotics dragon fruit farm, Sangareddy, Telangana, which was located at 17°34’29” N latitude and 78°0’58” E longitude and at an elevation of 520m mean sea level.\r\nChemicals. All chemicals used in experimentation and analysis were of analytical grade, purchased from Standard Indian Chemical companies.\r\nMethodology:\r\nPreparation of chitosan solution. After sorting and grading, healthy fruits were divided in to four equal lots. Chitosan solutions at concentrations of 2%, 3% and 4% were prepared according to the method described by (Ali et al. 2013).\r\nBriefly,2%, 3% and 4% chitosan solution were prepared by dissolving 20g, 30g and 40g of chitosan powder in 1000ml of distilled water and 10 ml of acetic acid. The solution was followed by stirring using an overhead stirrer at a speed of 500 rpm for 20 min till a transparent solution is obtained.\r\nMethod of application of treatments. Fresh and fully matured uniform sized and disease-free dragon fruits were washed with tap water to remove the dirt and dust particles and dried at room temperature.\r\nThe dipping treatment of chitosan coating to all the samples was done at ambient conditions for 10 minutes and stored at ambient temperature. The analysis of the fruits was done at every 2 days interval.\r\nExperimental details\r\nTreatments \r\n• T1 - Chitosan 2%, T2 - Chitosan 3%, T3 - Chitosan 4%, T4 - Control\r\nObservations recorded\r\nPhysiological loss in weight (%). Physiological loss in weight (PLW) was determined by recording the initial weight of the fruits on the day of initiating experiment and subsequently at two days interval. The loss of weight in grams and in relation to initial weight was calculated and expressed in percentage.\r\nPLW(%)= (Initial weight - Final weight)/(Initial weight) ×100\r\nDecay (%): The percent decay (%) of fruits was calculated on the number basis by counting number of fruits decayed and total fruits at each storage interval. The decay was calculated as follows\r\nDecay (%)= (Number of spoiled fruits)/(Total number of fruits) ×100\r\nFruit firmness (Kg cm-2). Penetrometer was used to record the firmness of fruits and direct readings were obtained in terms of kg cm-2. The sample fruits were subjected to penetrometer by pressing near the center of the fruit and direct reading on the scale was recorded at two days intervals.\r\nShelf Life (days). Shelf life of the fruits was determined by recording the number of days the fruits remained in good condition in storage. The stage where in more than 50 per cent of the stored fruits became unfit for consumption was considered as end of shelf life in that particular treatment and expressed as mean number of days (Padmaja and Bosco 2014).\r\nTotal Soluble Solids (o B). Total Soluble solids were determined (AOAC, 1965) by using refractometer expressed as ˚B. A drop of the homogenized dragon fruit pulp was squinted on the prism of refractometer and observing the coincidence of shadow of the sample with the reading on the scale and mean values in ˚B were expressed as total soluble solids. The percentage of TSS was obtained from direct reading on the instrument.\r\nTitratable acidity (%). Titratable acidity (TA) Titratable acidity was determined by adding 2 drops of 0.1% phenolphthalein solution to 5 mL of fruit juice and titration against 0.1 N NaOH until the pH reached 8.1. The fruit juice was obtained by homogenizing 10 g of fruit pulp from a mixture of 4 fruit in a kitchen blender with 10 mL of purified water. The mixture was centrifuged at 5000 × g for 5 min and then filtered through a cheese cloth. The results were expressed as percentage of citric and l-lacticacids (mg/100 g of fresh weight) (Ali et al., 2013).\r\nTotal Sugars (%). Total sugars were estimated by taking above 50 ml sample in volumetric flask. To this sample, five ml of HCl was added, mixed well and allowed to stand for overnight. On next day, acid was then neutralized with NaOH using a drop of phenolphthalein as an indicator till the pink colour persisted for at least few seconds. After this the final volume of the sample was made 100 ml by adding distilled water and total sugars were estimated then by titrating sample against the Fehling solution (5 ml A+ 5 ml B) using methylene blue as an indicator and the titration was done till the appearance of brick red colour as in reducing sugars. The results were expressed in percentage.\r\nTotal sugars (%)=\r\n (Factor*volume made up)/(Titre value*weight of sample )×100\r\nReducing Sugars (%). The reducing sugars were determined by the method of Lane and Eyon (AOAC, 2006). The results were expressed in percentage.\r\nTotal sugars (%)\r\n = (Factor*volume made up)/(Titre value*weight of sample )*100\r\nAscorbic acid content (mg 100g-1)\r\nThe indophenol-xylene extraction method for ascorbic acid and modifications for interfering substances by (Robinson and Stotz,1945).\r\nResult. Ascorbic acid of the sample = ………. mg per 100 mg.\r\nStatistical analysis. The design adopted was completely randomized design (CRD) and the data was processed at the Computer centre, Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University, Rajendranagar, Hyderabad using the established statistical analysis as per the procedure (window stat version 9.1) outlined by Murali Khetan (2012). Significance was tested by ‘F’ value at 5 per cent level of significance.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nPhysiological loss of weight \r\nApplication of chitosan coating retarded the weight loss of dragon fruits during storage compared to the control. There was an added benefit to control of weight loss by increasing concentrations of chitosan from 2 to 4%. The lowest weight loss was found in 4% chitosan followed by 3 and 2% chitosan and then uncoated after 14 days of storage. The highest weight loss (10.56) was observed in untreated dragon fruits at the 8th day of storage, whereas the lowest weight loss (1.56) was observed in fruits coated with 4% chitosan at the same day of storage as shown in the Table 1.Among the chitosan concentrations, 4% resulted in the best in terms of controlling weight loss of dragon fruit during storage. Similar results were demonstrated by (Nguyen et al., 2021).\r\nDecay (%). The effect of chitosan coating on the decay of dragon fruit stored at room temperature at different intervals is presented in Table 2, the percent decay values showed an increasing trend from the 2nd day to 14th day during storage. On the 2nd and 4th day of storage at ambient conditions, the fruits appeared fresh without any change on their surface. Hence percent decay values for chitosan coated fruits and control recorded (0).On the 8th day of storage T4 -Control recorded the highest decay percent (20) followed by T1-Chitosan @ 2% (10), T2-Chitosan @3% (4) percent decay. While T3-Chitosan @4% (0) or no decay. A similar trend of increasing decay percent was observed up to the 14th day of storage under ambient conditions.\r\nAmong all the treatments, fruits treated with chitosan @ 4% showed minimum score. Similar results were demonstrated by (Woolf et al., 2006).\r\nFirmness (kg cm-2). Fruit firmness is often the first of many quality attributes judged by the consumer and is, therefore, extremely important in overall product acceptance. Dragon fruit suffers a rapid loss of firmness during senescence which contributes greatly to its short postharvest life and susceptibility to fungal contamination. Changes in flesh firmness between control and coated fruit samples during 14 days of storage at ambient conditions are shown in Table 3. Initial flesh firmness values were similar for control and coated samples. On the 2nd day of storage uncoated dragon fruits began to show a gradual loss of firmness.On the 2nd day, fruits treated with T3-Chitosan @ 4% recorded the highest value of firmness (6.04) followed by T2-Chitosan @ 3% (5.52), T1-Chitosan @ 2% (5.20) while the lowest firmness was recorded was noticed in T4 -Control (5.06). A similar trend of decreasing firmness of dragon fruits with the increase in storage period was observed up to 14th day at ambient conditions. On the 14th day of storage, except T3- Chitosan @4% (2.04) all other treatments noticed the end of shelf life. From the result, it is observed that the highest firmness was observed with fruits treated with Chitosan coated with 4%. The progressive loss of firmness is the result of a gradual transformation of protopect in into pectin which is degraded by the enzyme poly galacturonate in the cell wall as reported by Hobson (1968). Maximum deterioration and minimal degree of firmness indicate the maximum quality degradation. The highest firmness may be due to a low rate of respiration due to the application of surface coating which slowdowns the metabolic activity of fruits leading to retention of firmness in fruits. The findings are in accordance with (Ali et al., 2013) in dragon fruit, (Rama Krishna and Sudhakar Rao 2014).\r\nShelf life. The data pertaining to the Shelf life of dragon fruits treated with chitosan coating is presented in Table 4.The highest shelf life of (13.80 days) was recorded in T3-Chitosan @4% dragon fruit followed by T2-Chitosan @3% (10.60days), T1-Chitosan @2% (9.80 days) while the lowest shelf life was recorded in T4-Control (7.80 days).Dragon fruits treated with Chitosan 4% recorded the highest shelf life as chitosan coatings reduce shrinkage by reducing loss of moisture, transpiration and respiration losses thereby retaining the freshness of the fruits.\r\nThe present results are in conformity with the findings of (Chutichudet and Chutichudet, 2011) in dragon fruit, (Hening, 1975) in apple ber, (Sandeep and Bal 2003) in apple ber, (Sabir and Sabir 2009) in table grape and (Romanazziet al., 2009) in table grape.\r\nTotal soluble solids. The effect of chitosan coating at ambient storage condition of dragon fruits on total soluble solids is presented in Table 5. Total soluble solids increase with the storage period in room temperature up to the 6th day and it starts decreasing from the 8th day except for T3-Chitosan @4%.On the 2nd day, of storage the highest TSS was recorded in T4-Control (15.56) which was followed by T1-Chitosan @2% (15.16) and the lowest TSS was noticed inT2-Chitosan@3% (14.36) which was statistically on par with T3 -Chitosan @ 4% (14.24). On the 8th day, started decreasing TSS in T1-Chitosan @2% (16) followed by T4-Control (15.17), T2-Chitosan @3% (15). Whereas in T3-Chitosan @4% (14.88) increasing in TSS was noticed. The similar trend was observed on 10th, 12th and 14th day of storage.On the 14th day of storage, except T3-Chitosan @4% all other treatments showed the end of shelf life with T3-Chitosan @4% recorded highest TSS value (15).\r\nHylocereus species with white flesh have higher soluble solids contents than those with red flesh fruit and the distribution of soluble solids in the fruit flesh is not homogeneous, the core part being richer in sugars than the peripheral part (Wu et al., 1997). A large percentage of the soluble solids in dragon fruit are sugars mainly glucose and fructose that are central and are involved in cell respiration and synthesis and the third sugar is sucrose that is non-reducing by nature and presents relatively in smaller amounts.\r\nFrom the above results, it can be concluded that the fruits treated with Chitosan 4% recorded a slower increase in TSS. The fruits treated with higher concentrations could have been due to slowing down the rate of respiration and metabolic activity, hence retarding ripening (Ali et al., 2013) in dragon fruit, (Jafarizadeh et al., 2011).\r\nTitratable acidity (%). The effect of surface coating at ambient storage condition of dragon fruits on titratable acidity of dragon fruit stored at room temperature affected by surface coating was presented in Table 6. The acidity of fruits decreases with the progress in the storage period.\r\nThere was no significant difference among treatments in ambient storage conditions on the 2nd day of storage. On the 4th day fruits treated with T3-Chitosan@4% recorded the highest value of titratable acidity (0.42) followed by T2-Chitosan @3% (0.37) which was on par with T1-Chitosan @2% (0.35). While the lowest was recorded in T4 -Control (0.33). A similar trend was noticed with respect to titratable acidity content on the 6th and 8th day respectively.\r\nOn the 10th day, fruits treated with T3-Chitosan recorded the highest value of titratable acidity (0.26) followed by T2-Chitosan @3% (0.20), T1-Chitosan @2% (0.15) whereas T4- Control showed the end of shelf life, similar trend was observed on 12th and 14th day of storage. On the 14th day of storage, except T3-Chitosan @4% all other treatments showed the end of shelf life. In T3-Chitosan @4%titrable acidity content recorded was (0.12).\r\nTitratable acidity (TA) values decreased in chitosan coated and uncoated fruit, with a significant difference after 14 days of storage. However, the maximum decrease in TA was recorded in the control fruit, while a slight decrease was observed in fruit treated with T3-Chitosan @4%.Titratable acidity of fruits decreases due to the increase of soluble sugars during ripening. This decrease was observed less in fruits coated with surface coating compared to control due to edible coatings. Similar findings were reported by (Ali et al., 2013) in dragon fruit and (Baviskar et al., 1995) in ber fruits where acidity decreased continuously towards the end of the storage period regardless of post-harvest treatments and storage conditions.\r\nTotal sugars (%). The effect of chitosan coating on total sugars present in dragon fruit is represented in the Table 7. Total sugars content increased with the storage period at room temperature from 1st day to the 8th day.\r\nOn the 2nd day, the highest total sugars content was recorded in T4 -Control (8.04) followed by T1-Chitosan @2% (7.80), T2-Chitosan @3% (7.70) and the lowest total sugars content was noticed in T3-Chitosan @4% (7.64). A similar trend was noticed with respect to total sugar content on the 4th, 6th,8th and 10th day respectively. On the 12th day of storage, the highest total sugar content was recorded in T3-Chitosan @4% (7.92) and all other treatments showed the end of shelf life. On the 14th day of storage, T3-Chitosan @4% recorded total sugar content (7.42), all other treatments showed the end of shelf life. \r\nThe results of this study revealed that T3-Chitosan 4% was the best treatment, chitosan treatments formed a semi-permeable film around the fruit which suppressed ethylene production and restored TSS content in the fruit. Suppression of respiration also slows down the synthesis and use of metabolites resulting in lower TSS due to the slower hydrolysis of carbohydrates to sugars. Our results are in line with those of (Kittur et al., 2001) where a slow rise in total sugar content was recorded in mango and banana treated with chitosan.\r\nThe total sugars content increased during the storage period in all treatments. The raise in sugars may be due to conversion of starch into sugars. Similar observation was reported by (Nerd et al., 1999) in dragon fruit and (Ramchandra and Ashok 1997) in ber.\r\nReducing sugars (%). The effect of chitosan coating on reducing sugars of dragon fruit are presented in Table 8. On the 2nd day, the highest reducing sugar content was recorded in T4 -Control (3.95) which was on par with T1-Chitosan @2% (3.95) and T2-Chitosan @3% (3.94) and the lowest reducing sugars was noticed in T3-Chitosan @4% (3.79).\r\nOn the 4th day highest reducing sugar content was recorded in T4-Control (4.18) followed by T1-Chitosan @2% (4.10), T2-Chitosan @3% (4.00) and the lowest reducing sugars were noticed in T3-Chitosan @4% (3.88). A similar trend was noticed with respect to reducing sugar content on the 6th, 8th, 10th and 12th day respectively. On the 14th day of storage, except T3-Chitosan @4% all other treatments showed the end of shelf life. T3-Chitosan @4% recorded reducing sugar content (4.96).\r\nThe total and reducing sugars were increased in all treatments. The raise in sugars may be due to conversion of starch into sugars during storage. Similar observation was reported by (Nerd et al 1999) in dragon fruit and (Ramchandra and Ashok 1997) in ber.\r\nAscorbic acid content (mg/100g). Ascorbic acid content in dragon fruit pulp gradually decreased during storage and this reduction was effectively inhibited by 3 and 4% chitosan coating as shown in Table 9. On the 2nd day, there was a significant difference observed among the treatments with the highest ascorbic acid content in T3-Chitosan @ 4% (9.98) followed by T2-Chitosan @ 3% (9.86) which was on par with T1-Chitosan @ 2% (9.84) and T4-Control (9.78). On the 4th day, fruits treated with T3-Chitosan @ 4% recorded the highest value of ascorbic acid content (9.85), which was on par with T2-Chitosan @3% (9.81), T1-Chitosan @ 2% (9.77) while the lowest was recorded in T4-Control (9.60). A similar trend was noticed with respect to ascorbic acid content on the 6th, 8th, 10th and 12th day respectively. On the 14th day of storage, ascorbic acid content recorded in T3-Chitosan @4% was (8.62).\r\nDragon fruits coated with Chitosan 4% recorded the highest ascorbic acid content. The decreasing trend of ascorbic acid is less in chitosan coated fruits compared to control where there is a rapid decrease of ascorbic acid. This may be due to an increase in total soluble sugars in the fruits and it also suggests that the modified atmosphere created by chitosan coating suppresses the loss of ascorbic acid.The results obtained were close to the findings of (Jagtar Singh et al., 1978) in ber. \r\n', 'R. Prashanth, A. Kiran Kumar, M. Rajkumar and K. Aparna (2022). Studies on Postharvest Quality and Shelf Life of Pink Fleshed Dragon Fruit (Hylocereus spp.) Coated with Chitosan and Stored at Ambient Temperature. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 340-347.'),
(5277, '136', 'Effect of Nutrient Formulation on Shelf Life and Quality Attributes of Papaya (Carica papaya L.)', 'Moganapathi B., C. Kavitha, L. Pugalendhi and M.K. Kalarani', '58 Effect of Nutrient Formulation on Shelf Life and Quality Attributes of Papaya (Carica papaya L.) C. Kavitha.pdf', '', 1, 'Papaya is a nutritionally rich fruit crop containing more of vitamins and nutrients and requires proper nutrient management for enhancing shelf life and quality of the fruits. A field experiment was conducted to study the effect of nutrient formulation on shelf life and quality attributes of papaya at College Orchard, Horticultural College and Research Institute, TNAU, Coimbatore during 2021-2022. The current study involved four treatments viz., T1- Recommended dose of NPK + Foliar application of nutrient formulation at bimonthly interval (3rd, 5th and 7th month after planting), T2 - Recommended dose of NPK + Foliar application of nutrient formulation at monthly interval (3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th and 7th month after planting), T3 - Recommended dose of NPK + Foliar spray of Zinc sulphate (0.5%) + Boric acid (0.1%) + Calcium nitrate (0.5%) + Potassium sulphate (0.25%) at bimonthly interval (3rd, 5th and 7th MAP), T4- Control (Recommended dose of NPK alone) with five replications in randomized block design. The results indicated that the foliar application of nutrient formulation at monthly interval (T2) was significantly superior over rest of the treatments. The fruits obtained from T2 had increased shelf life and quality attributes.', 'Papaya, Nutrient formulation, Foliar application, Shelf life, Quality parameters', 'The results from the present study clearly indicated that foliar application of nutrient formulation, had a positive effect in enhancing the biochemical constituents and directly contributed for enhancing the quality attributes and shelf life of papaya fruits. Hence the experiment could be concluded that foliar application of nutrient formulation at monthly interval (3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th and 7thMAP)] along with the application of recommended dose of fertilizer improves the shelf life and quality attributes of papaya fruits.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPapaya (Carica papaya L.) often described as the \"Wonder fruit of the tropics,\" is a member of the Caricaceae family. Papaya originated from Tropical America and was brought to India in the 16th century through Philippines and Malaysia. A total of 57.80 MT of papaya is produced in India from 1.44 lakh hectares, contributing to 48% of the total papaya production in the world. Due to its year-round production, high productivity, greater economic returns and nutritional and therapeutic values, papaya cultivation is becoming more important in the recent past. India, Brazil, Nigeria, Indonesia, Thailand, Taiwan and Mexico are the major papaya producing countries in the world and in India leading producers are Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, Karnataka, West Bengal, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu (NHB, 2020).\r\nPapaya fruit is highly nutritious and is rich in vitamins (A, C, folate, riboflavin), calcium and fibre and the ripe fruit is highly suitable for dessert purpose. In India, pickles and salads are made from the mature but unripe fruit. Further, fruits are processed into candies, smoothies, tutti-frutti, jam, nectar, wine, syrup, dehydrated flakes and infant meals. The proteolytic enzyme papain, which is used in the pharmaceutical, beer, meat, dairy, textile, photographic, optical, tanning, cosmetic, food and leather industries for its antibacterial, antiulcer and anti-carcinogenic properties, is present in the latex tapped from the stem and immature fruit surface.Due to its multifaceted uses, this fruit is becoming more popular in the domestic and international markets and thereby its global trade is growing (Ali et al., 2015). However, papaya marketing is restricted due to extreme short shelf life connected with quick weight loss, pulp softening and susceptibility to postharvest infections, which is the greatest concern of papaya growers (Ayón-Reyna et al., 2015; Madani et al., 2014; Ong et al., 2013).\r\n For production of high-quality fruits, application of nutrients at various appropriate growth and development stages is considered to be necessary. For proper crop growth and for production of good quality fruits, application of major nutrients such as nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium and micronutrients such as zinc and boron are necessary. In addition, foliar application of calcium and sulphur was found to have a pronounced effect on quality of papaya (Monika et al., 2018). Besides having a rich source of vitamins and carotenoids, papaya has a relatively shorter shelf life and is characterized by increased respiration and ethylene evolution during ripening which leads to fruit softening and easy susceptibility to postharvest diseases as well as losses. Postharvest loss in papaya is reported to be 40-100%. Thus, there is a need to improve the shelf-life and quality attributes of papaya through crop management practices. In view of this, a study was conducted to understand the effect of nutrient formulation containing cow dung, neem cake, Bacillus subtilis along with macro and micronutrients through foliar application for the production of quality fruits.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe field trial was conducted at the College Orchard, Horticultural College and Research Institute, TNAU, Coimbatore to assess the effect of foliar application of nutrient formulation on shelf life and quality attributes of papaya variety CO 8 during the year 2021-22. Soil type of the field was sandy clayey loam with pH, EC,, available Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Potassiumof7.74, 0.67dS/m, 217 kg/ha, 11 kg/ha and 685 kg/ha respectively. The study was conducted with four treatments replicated five times as detailed below.\r\nThe papaya seedlings of 45 days old were transplanted to the main field adopting a spacing of 1.8m×1.8m. Regular cultural operations were followed as per the recommendations given in TNAU Crop Production Guide. The nutrient formulation and micronutrients were given through foliar application as per the treatment. The fruits were harvested at colour break stage and analysed for various quality parameters viz., shelf life, physiological loss in weight (PLW), TSS, acidity, ascorbic acid, total sugars, reducing and non-reducing sugars, β-carotene and lycopene content. The fruits were kept at ambient condition (temperature: 25±2°C, RH: 75±5%) to estimate the shelf-life (days) and physiological loss in weight (%). The TSS was measured using hand refractometer, total sugars (%) was determined by the method of Hedge and Hofreiter (1962) while reducing sugars (%) and non- reducing sugars (%) were determined by the method as suggested by Somogyi (1952). Acidity, ascorbic acid (mg/100 g), lycopene content (mg/100 g), β-carotene (mg/100 g) content were estimated by A.O.A.C method (1960); Rosenberg (1945); Rodriguez Amaya et al. (1983); Ranganna (1977) methods respectively. Statistical analysis of data was done by adopting statistical procedures as per the methods outlined by Panse and Sukhatme (1967).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nThe present study was undertaken to assess the influence of foliar spray of nutrient formulation at monthly and bimonthly interval from 3rd to 7th MAP to assess the shelf life and quality attributes viz., shelf life, physiological loss in weight, total soluble solids, titrable acidity, ascorbic acid, total sugars, reducing sugars, non-reducing sugars, lycopene and carotenoid in papaya and the results are furnished in Table 1.\r\nIn the present study, the application of different treatments significantly influenced the shelf life and it ranged from 3.4 to 6.6 days under ambient storage. The maximum shelf life of 6.6 days was registered in the fruits obtained from the treatment with foliar spray of nutrient formulation at monthly interval (T2), followed by bimonthly interval (T1). The minimum duration of 3.4 days shelf life was observed in control. Shelf-life is an important parameter that implies the storage life of fresh fruits. In the present study, an increase in shelf-life was observed in the treatment T2 and the direct or indirect influence of calcium on fruit ripening attributes such as respiration and ethylene production might be the reason for improving shelf life in papaya (Picchioni et al., 1996). The similar results were reported by earlier workers in papaya (Monika et al., 2018; Reena, 2022).\r\nThe physiological loss of weight during the storage of fruits was studied at two different days of storage period viz., 3rd and 5thday.The different treatments significantly influenced the loss of weight during the storage of fruits. The highest weight loss of 7.03 % and 9.48 % was observed in control (T4) at 3rd and 5th day respectively. Minimum loss of weight was observed in the treatment receiving foliar spray of nutrient formulation at monthly interval (T2) (6.20%) which was comparable with bimonthly interval (T1) (6.34). The physiological loss of weight at 3rd and 5th day of storage clearly indicated that the loss was more at 5th day than at 3rd day and this may be due to the contribution of calcium and potassium in reducing weight loss. Calcium nitrate has a vital role in delayed senescence, preserving cellular organization and retarding respiration rate and maintaining cell turgor potentials and all these factors might have contributed for fruit firmness (Faust and Shear 1972).\r\nTotal soluble solids differed significantly among the treatments and the values ranged from 10.23 to 12.46°Brix. The foliar spray of nutrient formulation at monthly interval (T2) recorded the highest TSS of 12.46 °Brix and was on par with T1 (11.76 °Brix). The lowest TSS of 10.23 °Brix was recorded by control (T4). The different treatments also significantly influenced titrable acidity in papaya fruits and the titrable acidity ranged from 0.12 to 0.14%. The lowest titrable acidity of 0.12% was recorded in (T2) and was followed by (T1) and (T3) (0.13%). The highest titrable acidity of 0.14 % was recorded in control (T4). It is well reported that acidity decreases in fruits during respiration due to fermentation or break up of acids to sugar (Ball, 1997). In the present study, application of nutrient formulation at monthly interval had maintained lower titrable acidity (0.12 %) compared to the control (0.14 %). This may be due to delayed generative processes because of the presence of calcium. Similar findings were reported by Naik and Sri Hari Babu (2005), who opined that the lowest titrable acidity was recorded with the application of farm yard manure in guava. \r\nIn the present study, significant influence of different treatments was observed for ascorbic acid content of the fruits and the results are presented in Table 1. The ascorbic acid content ranged from 39.98 to 48.55 mg/100g among the different treatments. The foliar spray of nutrient formulation at monthly interval (T2) registered the highest ascorbic acid content of 48.55 mg per 100g of fruits followed by T1 (44.26 mg/100g) which was found to be on par with T3 (42.84 mg/100g). The lowest ascorbic acid content of 39.98 mg per 100g of fruits was registered in control (T4) which clearly indicated that foliar spray of nutrient formulation at monthly interval (T2) was significantly superior over rest of the treatments. Kumar and Kumar (2008) reported that sulphate of potash (SOP) improved the quality of banana as it contains more sulphur, which improved the quality of fruits by enhancing the starch accumulation and better protein synthesis. Potassium and sulphur may have supported the plants in accumulating more ascorbic acid in the fruits by slowing down the enzyme system that stimulate the oxidation of ascorbic acid. In the present study, higher ascorbic acid content was observed due to foliar spray of nutrient formulation at monthly interval from 3rd to 7th MAP (T2)(48.55 mg/100g). The combined application of zinc and iron sulphate significantly increased the quality of pomegranate fruit (Balakrishnan et al., 1996). Similar observations in sweet orange and banana were also reported by Tariq et al. (2007); Kumar and Kumar (2008) respectively.\r\nThe analytical results of papaya fruits with respect to total sugars are given in Table 1. The different treatments influenced significantly, the total sugars content and it ranged from 10.15% to 12.8% among the treatments. The highest total sugars of 12.8 % was recorded in T1 followed by T2 (11.68%) and T3 (10.8%). The treatment T4 (10.15%) registered the lowest content of total sugars. The analysis of reducing sugars in of papaya fruits revealed that application of different treatments significantly influenced reducing sugars and it ranged from 10.04 to 11.10 %. The highest content of reducing sugars was registered in the treatment T1 (11.1%) followed by T2 (10.91%) and were on par with each other. The lowest reducing sugars content of 10.04 % was recorded in the fruits of the treatment T4. The different treatments did significantly influencen on reducing sugar content. The highest content of non- reducing sugars registered in the treatment T1 (1.7%) followed by T2 (0.77 %), T3 (0.41 %), and T4 (0.11%). The lowest reducing sugar content of 0.11 % was analysed in the fruits of T4.\r\nThe combination of sugars and acidity in the fruits contribute to the taste. In the present study, an increase in TSS and total sugars was observed due to the foliar spraying of nutrient formulation at monthly (12.46°Brix; T2) and bimonthly interval (12.8 %; T1) from 3rd to 7th MAP respectively. This might be due to the influence of potassium, which may have been involved in the translocation of sugars, increasing the sugar content owing to the efficient translocation of available photosynthetic constituents from the leaves to the fruits. This results are corroborated with the findings of Wallace (1962) who reported that TSS content in strawberries could be increased by the application of potassium sulphate. The increase in TSS and sugars could be attributed to the conversion of carbohydrates into sugars upon ripening of fruits, while later there is a consumption of sugars and organic acids for respiration. The greater TSS in guava was recorded with animal manures (Naik and Sri Hari Babu 2005). Similar results of increased TSS in papaya fruits with application of poultry manure and farm yard manure were recorded by Ray et al. (2008); Ravishankar and Karunakaran (2008).\r\nThe application of different treatments did significantly influence the β–carotene content and it ranged from 2.91 to 2.21 mg per 100g of fruits. The highest β –carotene content was registered in the treatment receiving foliar spray of nutrient formulation at monthly interval (T2) (2.91 mg/100g) followed by T1 (2.76 mg/100g).The lowest β –carotene content of 2.21 mg per100g fruits was recorded in the treatment T4. In the present study, β –carotene content was comparatively higher in all the treatments when compared with the control. This can be attributed to the synergistic influence of zinc and boron in the accumulation and activation of key enzymes involved in the β-carotene formation (Rath et al., 1980).\r\nThe lycopene content of papaya was significantly influenced by different treatments and the content ranged from 1.94 to 2.24 mg per100g of fruits. The highest content of lycopene was registered in the treatment T1 (2.24 mg/100g) followed by T2 (2.18 mg/100g) and were on par. The lowest lycopene content of 1.94 mg per100g fruits was registered in the control (T4). The lycopene content was the highest in treatment T1 (2.24 mg/100g). This may be due to potassium sulphate or zinc sulphate involved in the study. The application of sulphur significantly increases the content of lycopene and the red colour in tomato (Zelena et al., 2009). Reddy et al. (2014) reported an increase of lycopene content in papaya due to organic practices over the recommended dose of fertilizers.\r\n \r\n', 'Moganapathi B., C. Kavitha, L. Pugalendhi and M.K. Kalarani (2022). Effect of Nutrient Formulation on Shelf Life and Quality Attributes of Papaya (Carica papaya L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 348-352.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5278, '136', 'Evaluation of efficacy of botanical and chemical insecticides and residues estimation of pyrethroids against thrips, Thrips tabaci (Lindeman) on onion', 'Ruby Garg, Bishan Singh, Sangeeta Tiwari, Sunita Yadav, Dalip Kumar and Bajrang Lal Sharma', '59 Evaluation of efficacy of botanical and chemical insecticides and residues estimation of pyrethroids against thrips, Thrips tabaci (Lindeman) on onion Ruby Garg.pdf', '', 1, 'Onion is very important vegetable crop used for flavor, cuisine and medical purposes. Thrips are the major pest on onion with losses ranged between 30-100 % and its transmit ‘Iris Yellow Spot Virus. A field experiment was conducted at Research Farm of Department of Vegetable Sciences, CCSHAU, Hisar, to study efficacy of chemical and botanical insecticides against onion thrips (Thrips tabaci L.) and residues estimation in/on onion bulbs and leaves. Nine insecticides including botanicals, Cypermethrin 25 EC, Fenvalerate 20 EC, Lambda-cyhalothrin 5 EC all @ 37.5 g a.i ha-1, Malathion 50 EC @ 375 g a.i ha-1, Neem seed kernel extract (NSKE) and garlic extract (5 and 10 %) and untreated control were tested in RBD with three replication. For the management of thripslambda – cyhalothrin @ 37.5 ga.i ha-1 (4.97 thrips/ plant) and cypermethrin @ 37.5 ga.i. ha-1 (5.34) were the superior and persistent treatments followed by fenvalerate @ 37.5 ga.i. ha-1 (5.79). Cypermethrin residues dissipated below maximum residue limit (MRL) on 7 and 0th day, hence safe waiting period recorded was 7 and 1 day for onion leaves and bulbs respectively. In case of fenvalerate, the Theoritical Maximum Residue Concentration (TMRC) reached below Maximum Permissable Intake (MPI) on zero day in/on onion leaves and bulbs. Therefore the safe waiting period was one day for both leaves and bulbs.', 'Insecticides, Residues, Thrips, Onion', 'Onion is very important vegetable crop used for flavor, cuisine and medical purposes. Thrips are the major pest on onion with losses ranged between 30-100 % and its transmit ‘Iris Yellow Spot Virus. A field experiment was conducted at Research Farm of Department of Vegetable Sciences, CCSHAU, Hisar, to study efficacy of chemical and botanical insecticides against onion thrips (Thrips tabaci L.) and residues estimation in/on onion bulbs and leaves. Nine insecticides including botanicals, Cypermethrin 25 EC, Fenvalerate 20 EC, Lambda-cyhalothrin 5 EC all @ 37.5 g a.i ha-1, Malathion 50 EC @ 375 g a.i ha-1, Neem seed kernel extract (NSKE) and garlic extract (5 and 10 %) and untreated control were tested in RBD with three replication. For the management of thripslambda – cyhalothrin @ 37.5 ga.i ha-1 (4.97 thrips/ plant) and cypermethrin @ 37.5 ga.i. ha-1 (5.34) were the superior and persistent treatments followed by fenvalerate @ 37.5 ga.i. ha-1 (5.79). Cypermethrin residues dissipated below maximum residue limit (MRL) on 7 and 0th day, hence safe waiting period recorded was 7 and 1 day for onion leaves and bulbs respectively. In case of fenvalerate, the Theoritical Maximum Residue Concentration (TMRC) reached below Maximum Permissable Intake (MPI) on zero day in/on onion leaves and bulbs. Therefore the safe waiting period was one day for both leaves and bulbs.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nOnion (Allium cepa L.) belonging to family Liliaceae is one of the most popular bulb vegetables originating from Central Asia (Brewster, 1994). It has special qualities which add taste and flavour to food as well as medicinal value and hence it is mainly used in India for cuisine and culinary preparations. After China, India is the second largest producer of onion in the world (FAOSTAT, 2019; HSD, 2018). In 2017, the harvested area, yield, and production of dry onion crop was 1.3 million ha, 17.17 tones/ha, and 20.7 million t, respectively (FAOSTAT, 2019). Worldwide, in 2016, India exported 1.83 mt of dry onions thereby generating revenue of US dollar 382.19 million (FAO, 2019). Production of onion is influenced by various biotic (pests and diseases), abiotic (environmental factors: rainfall, temperature, humidity, excess of nitrogen fertilizers, and light). This crop is attacked by numerous insect pests but thrips are the major pest and reported to cause significant economic losses upto 30-50% (Nault and Shelton 2012), but can reach upto 100 %, if they are transmitting ‘Iris Yellow Spot Virus’ which is a to spovirus causing adverse effects on bulb and seed yield of onion crop (Diaz et al., 2011). Thrips are cosmopolitan in distribution and polyphagous which attack alliaceous crops (onion, garlic and leek) and Cucurbitaceae (cucumber, pumpkin, melon and watermelon) (ModarresAwal, 2001; Fekrat et al., 2009), cotton (Nathet al., 2000; Khan et al., 2008), cereals especially wheat. Nymphal and adult stages of thrips feed by scratching tissues of plant resulting in release of cell sap which they feed by sucking. This behavior leads to removal of leaf chlorophyll causing white to silver patches and streaks. Therefore, it is important to protect the onions from thrips damage throughout the entire crop growth period.\r\nIn earlier investigations, bioefficacy, dissipation, and residue dynamics of pyrethroid insecticides have been studied in brinjal (Kaur et al., 2014; Pal, 2018), tea (Samanta et al., 2017), onion (Sumalatha et al., 2017) and chilli (Reddy et al., 2017). Insecticides should be persistent enough to control the pest effectively. But longer persistence of insecticides may affect natural enemies, aggravate the problems of resurgence, resistance and residues. The increasing concern for environmental safety and global demand for pesticide residue free commodities have evolved a keen interest and necessitated a deep insight into methods of processing of the bulbs and leaves in such manner that insecticides residues are washed off . \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nA. Efficacy of the test insecticides against onion thrips\r\nField experiment was conducted at the Research Area of Department of Vegetable Sciences located at CCS Haryana Agricultural University, Hisar, India. A total of 30 days old seedlings of onion (cv., Hisar-2) were transplanted in the plots of 25 m2 and standard package of practices were followed to raise the crop. Nine treatments comprising of Cypermethrin 25 EC, Fenvalerate 20 EC, Lambda-cyhalothrin 5 EC all @ 37.5 g a.i ha-1, Malathion 50 EC @ 375 g a.i ha-1 , Neem seed kernel extract (NSKE) and garlic extract (5 and 10 %) and untreated control were laid down in the randomized block design (RBD) with three replications. Insecticide applications were commenced with the visibility of initial symptoms (72 days after transplanting) and repeated after 10 days using knapsack sprayer. Separate sprayers were used for every plot for avoiding the intermixing of pesticides. The pest population data was taken at early morning from 10 randomly selected onion plants from each experimental plots on 0, 3, 7 and 10 days after spray (DAS). The selected onion plants were observed visually from neck portion for estimation of thrips (nymph and adult) population.\r\nB. Field study for persistence and residue dissipation\r\nThe field applications of the agricultural formulations of cypermethrin 25 EC and fenvalerate 20 EC @ 37.5 g a.i ha-1 for persistence and residue dissipation studies were carried out at the location described above. The onion samples (about 1 kg) were collected at random from each replicate of the treated and control plots separately at regular time interval on 0 (2 h after spraying), 3, 7 , 10 days and at harvest. Fruits showing signs of infestation of insect pests, diseases or any physiological disorders were not included in sampling. The samples from each treatment plot were pooled and mixed thoroughly on a sheet of polyethylene in the field. A subsample of about 250 g was taken from each pooled sample from each treatment plot and transported to the laboratory, and a representative 50 g was processed immediately after the subsample reached the laboratory. The onion bulbs and leaves were used for residue analysis directly without processing and after simple processing procedures (washing, peeling etc.).\r\nC. Preparation of analytical standard solutions\r\nThe standard solutions of cypermethrin and fenvalerate were prepared by dissolving 1 mg of cypermethrin and fenvalerate using 100 ml of n- hexane in a volumetric flask. The resulting stock solution was used to prepare working solution. Standard solution was kept in refrigerator at -4°C. Cypermethrin and fenvalerate stock solution was used to prepare solutions of different concentrations for the fortification of control samples for recovery experiments. Standard curve data for cypermethrin and fenvalerate was obtained by injecting 0.25 to 2 µg ml-1standard GC calibration solutions and plotting different amounts injected against X-axis and area of corresponding amounts against Y-axis.\r\nD. Residue analysis and dissipation study\r\nExtraction and cleanup. The samples were processed and analyzed at Pesticide Residue Analysis Laboratory, Department of Entomology, CCS Haryana Agricultural University, Hisar. A representative 50 g sample of chopped and macerated onion was dipped separately overnight into 100 mL acetone in a flask for 24 h. The extract was filtered into a 1-L separatory funnel along with rinsing of acetone. The content was shaken for one hour on mechanical shaker and filtered through a 2-3 cm thick bed of anhydrous sodium sulphate. The filterate was taken in 1 l separating funnel and diluted with 600ml of 10 per cent brine solution. The mixture was extracted thrice with 50, 30, 20 ml portions of hexane with vigorous shaking each time for 1 minute and the upper organic layer was collected in 500 ml flask. This extract was concentrated on rotatary vacuum evaporator at 40°C and further clean-up was done. For this purpose, glass column (60 cm × 2.2 cm ID) was used. Neutral alumina and activated charcoal (5: 1 w/w) were used as adsorbent for clean up. For preparation of column, a cotton plug was put at the bottom of column over which a 5 cm anhydrous sodium sulphate layer was laid. After tapping 10 times, the adsorbent mixture of neutral alumina and activated charcoal (5 g neutral alumina + 0.1 g activated charcoal) was added to the column and tapped again for 10-15 minutes. Above the mixture a layer of anhydrous sodium sulphate (about 5 cm) was made and pre-wetted the column with hexane+acetone, then extract was added and eluted the column with 100 ml hexane: acetone (9:1 v/v) mixture. The cleaned elutes were concentrated on rotary vacuum evaporator. Samples were analysed by GC equipped with electron capture detector 63Ni and capillary column. \r\nGas chromatographic analysis. The GLC (Gas Liquid Chromatography) technique employing ECD63Ni for multi residue analysis of pesticides in vegetables was adopted for analysis of cypermethrin and fenvalerate in/on onion was carried out on a gas liquid chromatography (GLC) (Shimadzu Model GC-2010) supplied by M/S Shimadzu Corporation, Kyoto, Japan. A capillary column HP-1 (30 m×0.25 mm i.d. × 0.25-μm film thickness) with split ratio 1:10 was used for estimation of the insecticides. GC operating parameters were as follows: with carrier gas (N) flow rate, 60 mL min−1; temperature of the injection port, 280 °C; temperature of the detector, 300 °C; and column temperature, 270 °C. The residues of insecticides were estimated by comparing the peak area of the standards with that of the unknown or spiked sample, run under identical experimental conditions. Insecticides residue in mg kg−1 was calculated as follows:-\r\nResidue (mg kg−1) = (A1 × V1 × C) / (A2 × V2 × W) \r\nwhere, A1 = area of field sample in the chromatogram\r\nA1 = area of analytical standard in the chromatogram\r\nV1= total volume of sample in mL\r\nV2 = injected volume in μL\r\nC = concentration of analytical standard in mg kg−1\r\nW = weight of the sample in g.\r\nE. Dissipation kinetics\r\nDissipation of cypermethrin and fenvaletare in onion was studied by subjecting the data to first–order kinetic equation (Hoskins, 1961)\r\nCt= C0e – kt\r\nwhere, Ct is the concentration at time t, C0 is the initial concentration, k is the rate constant for insecticide dissipation, and t is the time.\r\n For calculating half–life (t1/2) of the parent compounds, the residue data was subjected to statistical analysis (Hoskins, 1961) as per the following equation.\r\nt1/2 = ln 2/k\r\nF. Standards and calibration\r\nThe analytical techniques recommended for estimation of microquantities of cypermethrin and fenvalerate was standardized under laboratory conditions before adoption for residue estimation in test samples. Retention times (Rt) observed for cypermethrin was 20.835, 20.955 and 21.082 min. and for fenvalerate were 23.152 and 23.557 min. Chromatograms for cypermethrin and fenvalerate are shown in fig. 1 and 2, respectively. In the present study, analytical data obtained by processing known amount of standard cypermethrin and fenvalerate indicated a linear relationship between area and amount injected as shown in calibration curves. The repeatability of responses, sharp and well resolved peaks of cypermethrin and fenvalerate, the analytical technique was considered satisfactory for adoption in the present investigations.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Efficacy of some botanical and chemical insecticides against thrips Thrips tabaci(Lindeman) on onion (1st spray)\r\nThe data on thrips population was started 72 days after transplanting. The effectiveness of various treatments has been recorded on the basis of per cent reduction in thrips population after the spray. The first spray on onion was done at 72 days after transplanting and the second spray was done at 10 days interval after the first spray. Thrips population reduction on 0 DAS, just after first spray ranged from 26.83 to 62.74 % (Table 1). It was highest in cypermethrin @ 37.5 g a.i ha-1 (62.74 %) and minimum in control (26.83 %). The next best treatment was fenvalerate @ 37.5 g a.i ha-1 (60.21 %) followed by NSKE 10 % (58.08 %) and lambda-cyhalothrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 (57.28 %). Malathion @ 375 g a.i. ha-1 found to be least effective (52.13 %) among all the chemical treatments. Cypermethrin @ 37.5 g a.i ha-1, fenvalerate @ 37.5 g a.i ha-1 and lambda-cyhalothrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 were statistically at par. \r\n\r\nAmong botanical treatments, NSKE 5 and 10 % observed to statistically at par to all the chemical treatments 0 DAS. Both these treatments were found to be statistically at par with all the chemical treatments. Among all the chemical and botanical treatments garlic extract 5 and 10 % proved to be least effective (50.80 and 52 % respectively). All the treatments were better than control where thrips population reduction (26.83 %) was observed. Data on per cent reduction in thrips population damage on number basis 3 DAS revealed highest thrips population reduction in cypermethrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 (88.37 %) followed by lambda-cyhalothrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 (87.98 %), malathion @ 375 g a.i. ha-1 (85.12 %) and fenvalerate @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 (81 %). Among botanical treatments NSKE 10 % (76.83 %), garlic extract 10 % (74.98 %) and NSKE 5 % (71.54 %) were statistically at par and it was followed by garlic extract 5 % (68.11 %). All the treatments were statistically better than control (36.49 %). After 7 days of first spray thrips population reduction varied from (28 %) in control to (91.32 %) in lambda-cyhalothrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1. Lambda-cyhalothrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 (91.32 %), cypermethrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1(89.46 %) and fenvalerate @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 (88.08 %) were at par. Malathion @ 375 g a.i. ha-1 (75.81 %) was found to be least effective among all the treatments. Malathion @ 375 g a.i. ha-1 (75.81 %), NSKE 5 % (74.15 %) and NSKE 10 % (73.54 %) were at par and followed by garlic extract 5 and 10 % (64.52 and 68.27 % respectively). At 10 DAS the thrips population reduction varied from 60.24 % in control to 84.70 % in fenvalerate. After first spray, at 10 DAS it was observed that fenvalerate @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 proved to be best (84.70 %). Fenvalerate @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 (84.70 %), lambda- cyhalothrin @ 375 g a.i. ha-1 (83.63 %) and cypermethrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 (81.85 %) were statistically at par. Malathion @ 375 g a.i. ha-1 proved to be least effective (77.71 %) among chemical treatments and found statistically at par with all the botanical treatments. Garlic extract 10 % (78.97), NSKE 10 % (78.45 %), malathion @ 375 g a.i. ha-1 (77.71 %), NSKE 5 % and garlic extract 5 % (75.38 %) were statistically at par. All the treatments proved to be better than control (60.24 %).\r\nB. Efficacy of some botanical and chemical insecticides against thrips Thrips tabaci (Lindeman) on onion (2nd spray)\r\nThe second spray was done at 10 days interval after the first spray. The average reduction (%) in thrips population was highest in cypermethrin @ 37.5 g a.i ha-1 (80.60 %) followed by lambda-cyhalothrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 (80.05 %) and fenvalerate @ 37.5 g a.i ha-1 (78.49 %). These treatments were statistically at par and followed by malathion @ 375 g a.i ha-1 (72.69 %). NSKE 5 and 10 % was statistically at par (69.49 and 71.72 %) respectively and better than garlic extract 5 and 10 % (64.70 and 68.55 % respectively). All the treatments were better than control (37.89 %). Thrips population reduction on 0 DAS, just after first spray ranged from 3.12 to 74 %. It was highest in malathion @ 375 g a.i ha-1 (74 %) and minimum in control (3.12 %). The next best treatment was cypermethrin @ 37.5 g a.i ha-1 (70 %) followed by fenvalerate @ 37.5 g a.i ha-1 (63.41 %), NSKE 10 % (61.81 %) and lambda-cyhalothrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 (60.97 %). Among botanical treatments, NSKE 5 and 10 % observed to be better (61.81 and 59.01 % respectively), followed by NSKE 5 % (56.63 %). Both these treatments were found to be statistically at par with all the chemical treatments. Among all the chemical and botanical treatments garlic extract 5 and 10 % proved to be least effective (50.80 and 52 % respectively). All the treatments were better than control. Data on per cent reduction in thrips population damage on number basis 3 DAS revealed highest thrips population reduction in cypermethrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 (88.37 %) followed by lambda-cyhalothrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 (87.98 %), malathion @ 375 g a.i. ha-1 (85.12 %) and fenvalerate @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 (81 %). Among botanical treatments NSKE 10 % (76.83 %), garlic extract 10 % (74.98 %) and NSKE 5 % (71.54 %) were statistically at par and it was followed by garlic extract 5 % (68.11 %). After 7 days of first spray, thrips population reduction varied from (36.49 %) in control to (91.32 %) in cypermethrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1. At 7 DAS all the chemical treatments were better than botanical treatments. NSKE proved to be better than garlic extract treatments. NSKE 10 % was to better than NSKE 5%. Garlic extract 10 % proved statistically better than garlic extract 5 %. All the treatments were better than control. At 10 DAS the thrips population reduction varied from 6.25 % in control to 96 % in cypermethrin. After first spray, it was observed that cypermethrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 was observed to be most effective (96 %). Among all the treatments cypermethrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 (96 %) proved to be best followed by lambda- cyhalothrin @ 375 g a.i. ha-1(90.24 %) and fenvalerate @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 (90.24 %). Among chemical treatments malathion @ 375 g a.i. ha-1 proved to be least effective (60 %). At 10 DAS, NSKE 5 and 10 % (67.21 and 67.27 % respectively) were observed to be better than malathion and were statistically at par. Garlic extract 5 and 10 % were less effective among all the treatments (59.37 and 61.29 % respectively). After two sprays, cypermethrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1, lambda-cyhalothrin @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 and fenvalerate @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 were statistically at par followed by malathion @ 375 g a.i. ha-1. Among chemical treatments malathion @ 375 g a.i. ha-1 was least effective. All the chemical treatments were statistically more effective than botanical treatments. \r\nNSKE treatments were more effective than garlic extract treatments. NSKE 10 % was better than NSKE 5 % and garlic extract 10 % was better than galic extract 5 %. NSKE 5 % was at par with garlic extract 10 %. All the treatments proved to be better than control. \r\nThese results also confirmed the earlier reports of Suresh et al. (2006) who conducted in vivo experiment to evaluate efficacy of some insecticides on onion in which the most effective treatment was dimethoate 30 EC at 1ml/litre (73.25) followed by neem oil 3% (64.14), neem gold at 2ml/litre (57.17) & NSKE 5 % (56.06) in controlling thrips. Our results were in conformation with findings of Sule et al. (2008) who observed that all the insecticides were effective against the pest but lambda-cyhalothrin was the most effective, as it recorded the lowest cumulative thrips count (2.63 and 3.62). \r\nOur findings were in the conformity with Upadhyay et al. (2008) who observed that maximum yield recorded in treatment cypermethrin 10 EC @ 0.05 % (130.96 q ha-1). Our findings were in favour of Rudramuni et al. (2011) who used the neem-based formulations named Neemazal, Nimbicidine, Vijayneem, Neemplus, Neemgold, Nimbobas, Multineem, Nimbex and Neem seed kernel extract against sucking pests (aphids, leaf hoppers and thrips) and bollworms and found that all the treatments were superior to the untreated control. Our results were in line with the findings of Ekantaramayya et al. (2012) who studied the efficacy of selective botanicals and entomopathogens against S. dorsalis on rose and found that among the botanicals, 2 % Neem Seed Kernel Extract (NSKE) was found suitable, which controlled 69.08 % thrips.\r\nB. Residues estimation\r\nValidation of the method. The calibration curves obtained from the matrix matched standards of onion extracts presented good linearity with coefficients of determination (R2) around 0.945 for all the analytes. The method has been validated by determining LOD, LOQ, and accuracy and precision in terms of recovery. LOD and LOQ of cypermethrin and fenvaletare was found to be 0.01 and 0.05 mg kg−1, respectively. The percent recovery of cypermethrin and fenvaletare of two spiking levels (0.25 and 0.50 mg kg−1) ranged between 86.18-89.63 and 90.15.10-95.10 %, both in case of onion leaves and bulbs. The values of % RSD ranged from 2.28-3.45 % and 0.55-1.28 % for the analytes, in cypermethrin and fenvalerate, respectively for both onion leaves and bulbs proved that satisfactory precision of the methodology was followed. These recoveries were within the acceptable range and are in accordance to international guidelines (EC, 2007; Sante, 2017).\r\n \r\nDissipation kinetics: After a foliar treatment of a substrate (e.g., leaf surface, fruit, plant, soil) with a pesticide, the residue level on the substrate dissipates at an overall rate, and the dissipation kinetics of the pesticide residues is the combination of many factors i.e volatilization, photolysis, washing off, leaching, hydrolysis, microbial degradation, and other processes (Seiber and Kleinschmidt 2010). The rate kinetics could be pseudo–first, first, or second order depending on rapid [Phase 1: a linear plot with R2> 0.85] or slow [Phase 2: two or more non–linear plots with R2 ≤ 0.85] dissipation of the pesticide resulting in small or extended half–lives (Whitmyre et al., 2004). Although there is no scientific basis for limiting the interpretation of dissipation data to first–order kinetics, the standard approach used by regulatory agencies has been to apply first–order kinetics to the entire dissipation period. Federal guidelines indicate that special consideration should be given to pesticides that exhibit biphasic dissipation kinetics (USEPA, 1999). \r\nIn present study, the dissipation kinetics of the cypermethrin and fenvalerate in onion showed first–order kinetics with good correlation coefficients in all the samples (Fig. 3 A-B). Several literature reports also follow first–order kinetics for dissipation for cypermethrin and fenvalerate (Janghel et al., 2007).\r\nUntreated samples of onion bulbs and leaves were fortified at 0.25 and 0.50 mg Kg-1 levels. \r\nAverage recoveries of cypermethrin from samples of onion bulbs and leaves were 87.11 ± 2.05 and 89.63 ± 3.10 per cent, respectively. The average recovery was calculated to be 88.37 per cent. The recovery data of fenvalerate in onion bulbs and leaves fortified at 0.25 and 0.50 mg Kg-1 levels were 95.10 ± 1.10 and 91.57 ± 0.50 per cent, respectively and overall recovery was calculated to be 93.33 per cent.\r\nIn order to know the extent of persistence and dissipation of cypermethrin and fenvalerate residues in/on onion bulbs and leaves, samples were taken at zero, three, seven and ten days from the treated plots. The experimental data indicate that the application of cypermethrin @ 37.5 g a.i ha-1 on onion bulbs in the field resulted an initial deposit to the extent of 0.03 mg kg-1 and fenvalerate @ 37.5 g a.i ha-1 resulted in an initial deposit to the extent of 0.03 mg kg-1, respectively. The insecticides dissipated very fast just after its application and fell abruptly to the level of 0.016 and 0.02 mg kg-1 on 3rd day. From 3rd day onwards, there was a gradual degradation / dissipation of cypermethrin residues till 10th day. The dissipation rate was slightly slower but kept on increasing day by day and about 95 per cent of residues were found dissipated by end of 10th day. The dissipation of cypermethrin on onion bulbs followed first order kinetics. From the studies conducted, it may be concluded that the residues of cypermethrin was below Maximum Residue Limit (MRL) of 0.1 ppm on 0 day. Henceforth from consumer health point of view, a safe waiting period of 1 day is suggested before the treated onion bulbs are consumed. The experimental data indicate that the application of cypermethrin @ 37.5 g a.i ha-1 on onion leaves in the field resulted an initial deposit to the extent of 0.19 mg kg-1 and fenvalerate @ 37.5 g a.i. ha-1 resulted in an initial deposit to the extent of 0.15 mg kg-1, respectively. The insecticides dissipated very fast just after its application and fell abruptly to the level of 0.12 and 0.10 mg kg-1 on 3rd day. From 3rd day onwards, there was a gradual degradation / dissipation of cypermethrin residues till 10th day. The dissipation rate was very slow but kept on increasing day by day and about 95 per cent and 87 percent of residues of cypermethrin and fenvalerate respectively were found to be dissipated by end of 10th day. The dissipation of cypermethrin on onion leaves followed first order kinetics. From the studies conducted, it may be concluded that the residues of cypermethrin in onion leaves reached below Maximum Residue Limit (MRL) of 0.1 ppm on 7th day. Henceforth from consumer health point of view, a safe waiting period of 7 days is suggested before the treated onion leaves are consumed. Therefore the safe waiting period was one day for both leaves and bulbs (Table 6 and 7). \r\nOur findings were in confirmation with Duara et al. (2003) who reported 0.31 and 0.58 mg/kg initial deposits of cypermethrin on brinjal fruits when applied @ 22.5 and 45.0 g a.i. ha-1. The present findings confirmed closely to the earlier findings of Kole et al. (2002) who reported that brinjal fruits were contaminated with cypermethrin (0.01-1.32 ppm residues) and decamethrin (0.05-0.92 ppm).\r\n', 'Ruby Garg, Bishan Singh, Sangeeta Tiwari, Sunita Yadav, Dalip Kumar and Bajrang Lal Sharma (2022). Evaluation of efficacy of botanical and chemical insecticides and residues estimation of pyrethroids against thrips, Thrips tabaci (Lindeman) on onion. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 353-362.'),
(5279, '136', 'Computational Analysis Reveals 10-Acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridine as a Novel Biomolecule from Bacillus licheniformis (MW301654) Possessing Nematicidal Property against Banana Root Knot Nematode Meloidogyne incognita', 'Suhail Ashraf*, Nakkeeran S., Saranya N., Jothi G., J. Gulsar Banu, S. Mohankumar, Saravanan R., Mahendra K. and Krishna Nayana R.U.', '60 Computational Analysis Reveals 10-Acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridine as a Novel Biomolecule from Bacillus licheniformis (MW301654) Possessing Nematicidal Property against Banana Root Knot Suhail Ashraf.pdf', '', 1, 'Root knot nematodes are devasting plant pathogens that affect the agricultural crops all over the world. The recent efforts to identify biorational pesticides to counteract the harmful effects of synthetic pesticides necessitated the development of an efficient and environmentally sound biomolecule for the management of nematodes. In the present study, secondary metabolites produced by Bacillus licheniformis (MW301654) during the ditrophic interaction with Fusarium oxysporum f. sp. cubense (Foc) were screened for its nematicidal property. Molecular Docking was done for the biomolecules10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin, valeric acid and formic acid with the protein targets of M. incognita such ascytochrome c oxidase subunit, calreticulin, venom allergen-like protein and endoglucanase. Modelled structure of protein targets was docked with biomolecules using the PyRx 0.8 server’s AutoDock Vina module for predicting the binding energy of ligand and target protein. Among the chosen targets, docking analysis revealed that 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin exhibited the highest binding affinity of -9.4 kcal/mol with the target cytochrome c oxidase subunit, binding affinity of calreticulin was -6.7 kcal/mol, endoglucanase had -4.5 kcal/ binding affinity and the binding affinity of venom allergen-like protein was -7.2 kcal/mol in comparison with nematicide carbofuran 3G. Besides, increased binding affinity of 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin with the protein target sites facilitated to explore it as a novel nematicidal molecule for the management of banana root knot nematode M. incognita. Thus, present study confirmed that the small molecule 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin can be utilised for its nematicidal activity against M. incognita.', 'Banana, Meloidogyne incognita, Bacillus licheniformis, 10-Acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin,Molecular modelling, Molecular docking and Nematicidal activity', 'The current study used computational strategy to explain the diverse modes of action of endophytic bacterial generated biomolecules.10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin was having highest binding affinity with the various protein targets of the banana root knot nematode than the carbofuran 3G. Thus, the nematicidal biomolecule 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin can act as a possible inhibitor of the target sites involved in disrupting the functions of β- 1,4 -endoglucanase, COX-1, CRT, and VAP. As a result, 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin can be used as a nematicidal compound to combat the banana root knot nematode.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRoot-knot nematodes (RKNs; Meloidogyne spp.) are sedentary endoparasitic worms that can infect a variety of plant species globally. This causes annual crop losses of about $70 billion (Caboni et al., 2012). The four most significant crop-damaging species of root knot nematode are M. incognita, M. arenaria, M. hapla, and M. javanica, which are among the top 10 most economically devastating plant-parasitic nematodes (Jones et al., 2013). Banana yields are reduced by 20–30% as a result of M. incognita (Liu et al., 2005). Besides having a brief biological cycle, they also produce root lesions, which helps in secondary pathogen invasion (Caboni et al., 2016). Conventionally nematode management was mostly accomplished through the application of nematicides (Caboni et al., 2016). However, numerous synthetic nematicides have lost their effectiveness over time, and their use has been connected to a variety of harmful effects, including soil and groundwater contamination, as well as animal, farmer, and consumer health concerns (López-Lima et al., 2013). Beneficial bacteria and fungi limit the population dynamics of plant parasitic nematodes (PPN) in soils, halting their growth either by trapping or releasing toxins, or by interacting with tiny compounds produced as secondary metabolites by hostile bacteria. Some of the microorganisms associated in nematode suppression are Bacillus subtilis, B. velezensis, B. amyloliquefaciens, Pseudomonas fluorescens, and Pasteuria penetrans (Davies et al., 2015; Silva et al., 2019). Secondary metabolites produced by bacterial endophytes have been found to have antinemicactivity against a range of plant parasitic nematodes (Yadav et al., 2021). Cefazolin is a secondary metabolite released by B. velenzensis which is having antifungal activity (Nayana et al., 2022). Furthermore, recent bioinformatics advances have led to the identification of nematode target sites and their interactions with biomolecules produced by various plant growth-promoting rhizobacteria. Thus, availability of annotated protein sequence of root knot and lesion nematode has allowed researchers to look into the most important proteins that play a vital role in the nematode\'s survival and invasion to host as potential therapeutic targets. An in-silico approach aids in the screening of secondary metabolites produced by bacterial endophytes to elucidate their inhibitory activity towards PPN (Terstappen and Reggiani, 2001). Further, Molecular docking facilitates virtual screening of diverse novel small molecules in short time for facilitating the structure-based drug design and to reduce the screening time (Amaro and Mulholland, 2018). Thus, based on the advances in the field of molecular docking, molecular simulation and release kinetics, novel biomolecules from bacterial origin could be identified for the management of plant parasitic nematodes infecting banana.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nSelection and molecular modelling of protein targets. Based on literature review, the potential protein targets of root knot nematode Meloidogyne incognita, were identified as cytochrome c oxidase subunit 1 (COX1) (Aditi Kundu et al., 2021), calreticulin (CRT) (Li et al., 2015; Jaouannet et al., 2013), venom allergen proteins (VAP) (Li et al., 2021 and Wilbers et al., 2018) and β-1,4 -endoglucanase (Smant et al., 1998). The Uni Prot database was utilised to retrieve the protein target sequences of the root knot nematode M. incognita. \r\nThe chosen virulent protein targets for root knot nematode were lacking experimentally and computationally solved structures. SWISS-MODEL software was used to produce homology modelling for COX 1, endoglucanase, CRT and VAP (Waterhouse et al., 2018). The protein targets CRT,COX 1, endoglucanase, and VAP were blasted against Protein Data Bank (PDB) and followed homology modelling methodology. The parameters like Global Mean Quality Estimation (GMQE) score around 1, sequence identity percentage (30-50 %), and maximal query coverage were used to ensure the excellent quality of modelled structures.\r\nModel Validation of protein targets. From the Structural Analysis and Verification of protein (SAVES) server, the PROCHECK programme (https://saves.mbi.ucla.edu/) was used for analysing energy and stereo-chemical property of the modelled protein structures. Ramachandran plot was built for each target using the PROCHECK tool to find whether the residues are in the energetically favoured region. Energy minimisation along with the loop building for residues in the disallowed regions of Ramachandran plot was executed with the help of SWISS-PDB Viewer (Guex et al., 1997)\r\nPreparation of the Ligand. Structures of the ligands 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin valeric acid and formic acidwere all obtained in SDF format from the PubChem database (https://pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/) (Kim et al.,2016). The commercial nematicide carbofuran 3G was used as a positive check. For the conversion of SDF to PDB file format Open Babel software was used (O\'Boyle et al., 2011).\r\nMolecular docking analysis. To accomplish molecular docking, PyRx 0.8\'s AutoDock vina module was used (Dallakyan and Olson, 2015). The “make macromolecule” option in PyRx programme was used to prepare the structure of proteins. For the energy minimization of ligands conjugate gradient, first-order derivatives of an optimization procedure with 200 steps, and commercial molecular mechanics parameters-Unified Force Field (UFF)-were used. To determine binding site pockets for the targets, the Computed Atlas Topography of Proteins CASTp 3.0 server was used (Tian et al., 2018). AutoDock4 and autogrid4 parameter files were used for docking and grid configuration respectively. BIOVIA Discovery studio client 2021 (https://www.3ds.com/products-services/biovia/) was used to visualise interactions of docked conformations of protein-ligand complexes. To distinguish between the receptor, ligand, and interacting atoms, different colours were assigned to them (Design, 2014).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nModelling of protein targets. Modelling for CRT was done using SWISS-MODEL software with the template protein (PDB ID-6ENY) of 66.05 percent identity,91 percent query coverage, and a GMQE (Global Model Quality Estimation) score of 0.75. Template protein for COX1 (PDB ID-3ABM) had 64.86 percent identity, 99 percent query coverage, and a GMQE score of 0.77, β- 1,4 -endoglucanase was modelled using template structure with (PDB ID-5IHS) had 49.17 percent identity,59 percent query coverage and 0.47 GMQE score, while VAP had 34.76 percent identity, 64 percent coverage, and a GMQE score of 0.45 with template protein (PDB ID-6ANY) (Fig.1).\r\nModel validation. Based on Ramachandran plot, the models were validated and was revealed that COX1 had 94.5 percent of the residues in the most preferred region (Fig. 2). The allowable percentage of CRT residues was found to be 87.3 percent (Fig. 3). 85.7 percent of residues of the target β-1,4-endoglucanase was found to be in allowed region(Fig. 4). Similarly, for the target VAP 82.3 percent of residues were found in most preferred region (Fig. 5). \r\nMolecular docking of biomolecules with theprotein targets of M. incognita. Virtual screening methods such as molecular docking contributed significantly to the discovery of a potential new small molecule with a broad range of mode of action. To use the advantage of molecular docking so that to find a molecule with the highest binding affinity against M. incognita protein target, we investigated the biomolecules, for their potential nematicidal activity against the potential effector and virulent protein targets of M. incognita. Docking studies were used to investigate the binding affinity of modelled protein structures with the compounds. The binding affinity of 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin with the target COX 1 was -9.4 kcal/mol (H-bonds: 0), binding affinity of calreticulin was -6.7 kcal/mol, β-1,4-endoglucanase had -4.6 kcal/mol as binding affinity (H-bonds: LYS 285, ALA 286) and VAP has a binding affinity of -8.3 kcal/mol. (H-bonds: TYR 172) exhibiting intermolecular interactions towards the binding pocket that provides stability to the complex (Fig. 6, Table 1 and 2). \r\nCarbofuran is a nematode-control agent used commercially by farmers. Hence, it was utilised to compare the affinity values as a positive check. The binding energy value of carbofuran found with the targets for COX 1 -4.2 kcal/mol (H-bonds: GLU 1), for β- 1,4 -endoglucanase -5.8 kcal/mol (H-bonds: LYS 241), for CRT–5.8 kcal/mol (H-bonds: ASN 166) and -6.6 kcal/mol for the target VAP (H-bonds: GLN 145, GLU 88). Two types of hydrogen bonds were found one with backbone and other with side chain. Other than hydrogen bonds there were other interactions also which are known as weak interaction like van der Waals interactions, pi-pi stacked interactions, alkyl, and pi-alkyl interactions (Fig. 7, Table 1 and 2).\r\nAmong the selected protein targets of M. incognita, 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin exhibited the highest binding energy in relation to target sites COX-1, VAP, β-1,4- endoglucanase, CRT than the commercial nematicide carbofuran 3G.The maximum binding affinity (-9.4 kcal/mol) for the 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin with the protein target cytochrome c oxidase subunit-1 might inhibit the oxidative phosphorylation pathway and ultimately will cause mortality of nematodes while for the same target carbofuran shows binding energy of (-7.5 kcal/mol) which is less than 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin (Aditi Kundu et al., 2021). Likewise, maximum binding energy (-7.1 kcal/mol) of 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin with VAP may blocks these proteins which are involved in the establishment of persistent infections of nematodes in plants (Li et al., 2021). Further the maximum binding (-4.5 kcal/mol) of β- 1,4 -endoglucanase with ligand 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridincould restrict the nematode access into plant tissues by inhibiting the nematode\'s ability to hydrolyse β-1,4 linkage in cellulose polymer (Smant et al., 1998). Subsequently 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridinalso had the maximum binding energy (-6.7 kcal/mol) with protein target calreticulin. It indicated that binding of 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin with CRT might have blocked Ca2+ multifunctional protein and thus suppressed pathogenesis, reproduction, parasitism and aided in blocking evasion from immunity of host against root knot nematode (Li et al., 2015). However, no reports on the nematicidal action of 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin have been found. in comparison to carbofuran 3G, 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin showed maximum binding affinity and this suggests the possibility of 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin to have a nematicidal property better than the nematicidecarbofuran 3G which is commercially available. As a result, the current study is unique in that 10-acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridin can be used to create a formulation for the control of the banana root knot nematode.\r\n', 'Suhail Ashraf, Nakkeeran S. , Saranya N., Jothi G., J. Gulsar Banu, S. Mohankumar, Saravanan R., Mahendra K. and Krishna Nayana R.U. (2022). Computational Analysis Reveals 10-Acetyl-9,10-dihydroacridine as a Novel Biomolecule from Bacillus licheniformis (MW301654) Possessing Nematicidal Property against Banana Root Knot Nematode Meloidogyne incognita. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 363-370.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5280, '136', 'Composition of Insect fauna in Rice Ecosystem in Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University, Hyderabad, Telangana', 'D. Akhilandeshwari*, I. Aruna Sri, V.V. Rao, M. Madhavi and C.V. Sameer Kumar', '61 Composition of Insect fauna in Rice Ecosystem in Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University, Hyderabad, Telangana D. Akhilandeshwari.pdf', '', 1, 'Comprehensive investigation of different insect fauna on different crops was not studied systematically at PJTSAU, Hyderabad. Hence, an attempt to describe composition and abundance of insects was made during Kharif 2021 on rice ecosystem. An experiment was conducted between September 2021-February 2022 to record the composition of Insect fauna in Rice ecosystem at college farm of PJTSAU. Sampling was done through three different trapping methods (Light trap, Sweep net, Pitfall trap) altogether 11,094 individuals of 39 families and 10 orders were collected. Of all the orders Hemiptera (3647) accounted for major share with maximum number of individuals followed by Coleoptera (3514) and Lepidoptera (1353) and minimum number of individuals in Neuroptera (22).Out of all collection methods employed, Light trap recorded (7838) highest number of individuals.', 'Rice ecosystem, Composition, Insect fauna, Sweep net, Light trap, Pitfall trap', 'The present study revealed that the Order Hemiptera was the most dominant in terms of total number of individuals collected than other nine orders viz., Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Orthoptera, Hymenoptera, Diptera, Dermaptera, Odonata, Mantodea and Neuroptera. From the studied location it was showed that among the three sampling methods viz., Light trap, Sweep net, Pitfall trap installed, Light trap was one of the most efficient method in trapping the insects diverse groups.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nIn terms of taxonomic diversity, insects are the most diverse group of creatures on the planet (Belamkar and Jadesh 2014). With 1,020,007 species, or 66 percent of total known animal species, insects are the most prevalent (Zhang, 2011). In India, there are 27 orders under 658 families that make up the insect biodiversity. Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Orthoptera, Hymenoptera, Diptera, Hemiptera, Odonata and Thysanoptera are eight major orders of insects accounting for 94% of all insect species in India. The remaining 21 groups only account for six percent of all insect species. The most diverse order in terms of families (114 families) was coleopteran (Chandra, 2011).\r\nRice is one of the important field crops grown in India which exhibits an excellent instance of changing insect pest scenario in recent past. The abundance and diversity of insects differ in the rice ecosystem in addition to the growth stages of its sowing season. Many arthropods species inhabit rice fields in which some are harmful to the crop, but most of them are not noxious to rice plant (Singh and Singh 2014). In India after green revolution there was a steady growth of the total number of insect pests and concomitant shift of their pest status its diversity and spread (Sain and Prakash 2008). \r\nIn addition to the above, a total of 800 insect species have been identified worldwide, with 100 species being pests that attack different portions of the rice plant and the others being beneficial. Stem borer, defoliators, gall midge and disease-transmitting vectors such as plant hoppers and leaf hoppers are all major rice pests. The species makeup of the aforementioned important insect pest stem borer, which includes yellow stem borer, white stem borer, pink borer, and black headed borer, has demonstrated broad geographical variance throughout the country. From the time of sowing to harvest, the majority of rice plant elements are vulnerable to pest assault. Insects cause damage to a variety of plant parts by burrowing into stems, devouring plant tissues, and draining sap from stems and grains (Ane and Hussain 2016).\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS \r\nThe study area. Sampling of insect fauna was carried between September 2021 to February 2022 in the rice ecosystem at College farm, College of agriculture, Rajendranagar which is located at 17°.19’N latitude and 17°24’E longitude at an altitude of 542.6 m above the Mean Sea Level. \r\nCollection Methods. Insect collections were carried at weekly intervals through light trap, pitfall trap and sweep net by using three different traps.\r\nPitfall trap: Pitfall traps, (plastic cups with a top diameter of 12 cm and a height of 14 cm), 5 per acre were placed at random sites. Salt and soap-infused water will be added to each cup until it is one-fourth of the way full. \r\nLight trap: The nocturnal insects were captured using light traps (1 per hactare), which were lighted in the evening (6pm to 10pm). There was random distribution of light traps with containers filled with soap water. The following morning, each trap was serviced and the captured insects were taken to the lab for identification.\r\nSweep net: The insects were collected once a week during the day (9 am to 1 pm) using sweep nets (30 cm hoop diameter and 80 cm handle length). Five sweeps were used at each point while moving in a diagonal route at intervals of 50m. The insects were brought into the lab for preservation and further identification was done after placing in to a killing jar containing cotton swabs dipped in ethyl acetate.\r\nMost of the collected specimens were recognised by key (Triplehorn and Johnson. 2005) up to the family level. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe study resulted with a total of 11,094 individuals were collected belonging to39 families and 10 orders in three traps (Table 1). Among the ten orders, Hemiptera was recorded with eight families, followed by the orders Coleoptera (seven families), Lepidoptera (six families), Hymenoptera (five families), Orthoptera and Diptera with four families each, Odonata with two families each, whereas orders Dermaptera, Mantodea and Neuroptera were reported with one family each. Decreasing order of Insects orders according to the number of individuals recorded is as follows. Hemiptera (3647) > Coleoptera (3514) > Lepidoptera (1353) > Orthoptera (818) > Hymenoptera (807) >Diptera (722) >Odonata (82) >Dermaptera (79) >Mantodea (50) >Neuroptera (22). Findings shows highest number of orders and families were documented than previous studies carried out by Ibrahim and Mugiasih (2020) who reported 15 families under 6 orders (Odonata, Orthoptera, Hemiptera, Lepidoptera, Hymenoptera, Coleoptera) in rice ecosystem.\r\nOrder odonata includes dragonflies (Anisoptera) and damselfies (Zygoptera) wherein adults are predaceous insects. A total of 82 individuals were recorded with maximum of 48 individuals from Dragonfly family (Libellulidae) and 34 from damselfly family (Platycnemididae). Out of three different trapping methods, Sweep net (60) recorded highest number of individuals followed Light trap (18) and Pitfall trap (4) recorded lowest number of individuals. As these insects seen mostly near grasses and waterbodies more number of individuals are collected in Sweep net in rice ecosystem. Results shows that, family Libellulidae was found to be more prevalent which is in accordance with (Arulprakash et al., 2017).\r\nOrthoptera includes grasshoppers, crickets and katydids. However, few grasshoppers are predators, and the most of them feed on plants. Totally 818insect specimens were collected from four families in three different trapping methods.477 individuals were collected from family Acrididae followed by Gryllidae (196), Tettigonidae (106) and Pygomorphidae (39). Among different methods, Pitfall trap (381) collected a highest number of insects than sweep net (288) and least number of individuals by light trap (195). Akthar et al. (2012) reported two families viz., Acrididae and Pygomorphidae from rice fields, which were similar with two of four families recorded in present findings.\r\nOrder Dermaptera recorded79 individuals under the family Labiduridae which were collected from pitfall method. This infers, pitfall trap documented more number of earwigs as they were restricted to dark soil habitat.\r\nUsing the three trapping methods, a total of 50 individuals were documented from the order Mantodea under the family Mantidae. Out of the three trapping methods highest number of specimens were captured in Sweep net (26) followed by Pitfall (13) and Light trap (11) respectively. \r\nIn order Hemiptera, a total of 3647 individuals belonging to eight families were caught in three traps. As per the total number of individuals reported following is the trend of families: Cicadellidae (1694) > Pentatomidae (907) > Belostomidae (293) > Alydidae (257) > Miridae (204) >Reduvidae (132) >Fulgoridae (101) >Delphacidae (59). Out of three traps, Light trap collected more number with 3149 individuals followed by Sweep net (416) while Pitfall trap (20) caught least specimens. Family Cicadellidae is recorded with maximum number of individuals and are in congregation with the studies of Sheela and Delphine (2021) who reported Cicadellidae as most abundant family among five families (Cicadellidae, Alydidae, Pentatomidae, Delaphacidae and Pseudococcidae) of Hemiptera collected in rice field.\r\nOrder Neuroptera reported with the family Chrysopidae with 22 individuals recorded in light trap. As the adults were attracted to light and were seen mostly in the light traps.\r\nAltogether 1353 individuals were collected under six families from the order Lepidoptera through light trap and sweep net. The line of decreasing order of families from maximum to minimum number of individuals documented is as follows: Erebidae (653) > Crambidae (449) > Noctuidae (138) > Nymphalidae (97) > Hesperidae (11) > Geometridae (5). Light trap captured maximum of 1096 number of individuals followed by Sweep net (257). Most of the individuals collected belong to moth families which are reported in light trap. Similar studies were reported by (Meena et al. 2018) who found that 10 families (Noctuidae, Erebidae, Arctiidae, Geometridae, Sphingidae, Pyralidae, Lymantriidae, Lasiocampidae, Nymphalidae, Crambidae) were collected in light trap.\r\nDiptera is represented with 722 number of individuals from families Culicidae, Dolichopodidae, Sarcophagidae and Bibionidae with 250,200,186 and 86 number of individuals respectively from three traps. Highest number of individuals were collected from light trap (537) followed by pitfall trap (105) whereas lowest number of individuals were recorded from sweep net (80). Results validates with Majumder et al. (2013) who recorded most of families of diptera from light trap.\r\nIn order Hymenoptera 807 individuals from five families were found in this study were collected in three traps. Catch composition of insects in families is as follows: Formicidae (327), Pompilidae (241), Ichneumonidae (162), Apidae (43) and Vespidae (34). Pitfall trapdocumented 474 individuals followed by light trap (374) and Sweep net (23). Findings clearly showed that Formicidae dominated with more number of individuals which were similar with findings of Leksono et al. (2018). \r\nIn Order Coleoptera, a total of 3514 individuals from seven families were recorded from three collection traps. Number of individuals recorded family wise from highest to lowest were as follows: Staphylinidae (907) > Coccinellidae (877) > Scarabidae (567) > Chrysomelidae (448) > Hydrophilidae (465) > Carabidae (208) > Bostrichidae (42). Light trap (2546) catch recorded greater number of individuals followed by Sweep net (564) and least number of individuals in Pitfall trap (404). Results showed that the family Staphylinidae recorded maximum number of individuals among all the families which were in accordance to Sahoo et al. (2020) who recorded that family Staphylinidae was most abundant with relative abundance of 31.27%.\r\nAltogether light trap catches maximum of 7838 number of individuals (Fig. 1) belonging to 35 families of 10 orders followed by Sweep net with1714 individuals from 20 families under seven orders and minimum number of 1542 insect specimens belonging to 17 families under 7 orders were documented in pitfall trap. From the studies it can be concluded that Light trap was one of the most efficient method in trapping diverse group of insect fauna irrespective of beneficial or harmful, which correlates with the studies of Mishra et al. (2017).\r\n', 'D. Akhilandeshwari, I. Aruna Sri, V.V. Rao, M. Madhavi and C.V. Sameer Kumar (2022). Composition of Insect fauna in Rice Ecosystem in Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University, Hyderabad, Telangana. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 371-374.'),
(5281, '136', 'A Study on Effect of Diameter and Speed of Impeller on Air Discharge and Power Consumption of Blower using CFD Analysis', 'Devaragatla Chandana*, R. Thiyagarajan, A. Surendrakumar, P. Dhananchezhyian, A.P. Mohan Kumar and K. Senguttuvan', '62 A Study on Effect of Diameter and Speed of Impeller on Air Discharge and Power Consumption of Blower using CFD Analysis Devaragatla Chandana.pdf', '', 1, 'Computational Fluid Dynamics has made it easier to build blowers since it makes it possible to accurately forecast the complex internal flows of impellers. The speed and impeller diameter are most important because it determines the flow and efficiency of the blower. The paper analyses how changes in impeller diameter and rotational speed affect the performance of the blower. The impeller was modelled using solid works software and simulated using CFD to determine the performance of the blower. One particular challenge to CFD is that many variables affect its accuracy; the mesh resolution and spatial/temporal discretization, as instance, might each have a different impact. Simulations were conducted to compare the results of the closed impeller with diameters of 95 mm and 115 mm with speed variation of24000 to 36000 rpm. For each impeller velocity, pressure, and discharge generated are evaluated and better parameters for the best performance of the impeller are suggested. The results demonstrated that changing in impeller\'s diameter has an impact on the flow, pressure head, and velocity. As the impeller\'s diameter rises, the blower provides the high flow rate. Additionally, it has been observed that a slight variation in power usage results a change in blower speed. Power consumption is found to increase slightly with maximum variation of 2.5% on increasing speed from 24000 to 36000 rpm. It is also found from results that the impeller diameter at 115mm diameter with the speed of 30000rpm gives approximately the same output with 95 mm diameter and 36000 rpm. Depending on required air flow rate, increasing the diameter or blower speed can be used.CFD results were validated by the good agreement between CFD and experimental results.', 'Blower, Air flow rate, Blower speed, CFD, Impeller, Discharge', 'In this study, the major parameters like impeller diameter, and rotational speed were considered and analysed. The results are improved by using CFD and experimental methodology, the following conclusion was made.\r\nAirflow rate is a function of diameter and speed of the impeller. The analytical performance works were carried out to get the optimum combination of blower parameters. On increasing speed from 24000 to 36000 rpm, power consumption is observed to increase significantly with a maximum variance of 2.5%. A 95mm impeller raised pressure at the nozzle by 1297 Pa at 36000 rpm compared to a 115mm impeller 2300 Pa at the same speed. This design generates a velocity of around 90 m/s at 36000 rpm, which is similar to the velocity produced by a mist blower petrol engine. If a significant change in flow rate is needed and space is a constraint, rotational speed and impeller diameter can be changed. Therefore, in order to achieve a greater flow rate and head, a 115mm diameter impeller has been selected, but power consumption for a 115mm, 36000 rpm impeller is high. This greater power consumption could be reduced by decreasing the weight of the impeller. This can be achieved by selecting lighter material for constructing an impeller. According to the results of experiments, when the impeller operates with a larger diameter, the flow rate, total pressure rise, and shaft power consumption has also increased, but the efficiency has reduced. This research is quite beneficial for choosing the blower\'s dimensions to attain the best performance and may be accepted as the experimentally validated design.\r\n', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPlant protection activities are most important practices during crop production. The application of fungicides, herbicides, and insecticides is one of the most recurrent and significant tasks in agriculture. For orchard crops, air-assisted, mist blowers and air blast sprayers are now frequently utilised. In recent days, sprayers of various sizes are being imported from overseas which are poorly designed and also, the power consumption and power required to operate the sprayers are very high. The optimised design is a crucial for obtaining improved performance. In the power operated sprayers like mist sprayers cum duster have fans and impellers that supply air at a required high velocity but at less static pressure (Wagh et al., 2014). Three crucial components make up a centrifugal blower: the impeller, casing, and air intake duct. Air is pulled axially into the impeller of a centrifugal blower and is propelled radially through the impeller. Blowers have a rotating element (called an impeller) through which air passes and its angular momentum changes, resulting in an increase in pressure, head, and velocity of air (Wilson et al., 2006). Axial blowers and centrifugal blowers are two common varieties of blowers or fans. In a centrifugal blower, air is moved by centrifugal force, which causes the impeller blades to actually push the air out of their boundaries and create suction inside the impeller. The blower shaft drives the impeller which adds a velocity component to the air by centrifugally throwing of air away from the impeller vane tips (Zainal et al., 2021). The pressure rises and flow rate in centrifugal blowers depend on the peripheral speed (Yahya, 2010). A blower is a type of general machinery that is widely and fully utilized in agricultural fields for spraying operations. Nowadays, the design demands a detailed understanding of internal flow during design and off-design operating conditions.\r\nFrom the various reviews, it is found that Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) has successfully contributed to the prediction of flow-through blowers and enhancement of their design (Sreekanth et al., (2021). For improvement of impeller efficiency, CFD is used to predict the results of static pressure generated at the impeller\'s entry (Keyur et al., 2013). The impeller\'s optimum design is essential and significant for the effective operation of a blower (Matlakala et al., 2019). The speed and diameter of the impeller determine the air volume or pressure that the blower can generate. The air will move much faster toward the vane tip and absorb more energy as a result of the larger size impellers or speed of rotation (Addison, 1995). If impeller\'s diameter is decreased from the original design, pressure, air flow, and power consumption will be decreased (Chunxi et al., 2011). Therefore, impeller\'s trimming shouldn\'t be greater than 75% of the pump\'s original diameter. The inlet radius had a major impact on the flow rate of the centrifugal blower. Too small or too large of the inlet radius will result in a noticeable loss in flow rate. The total pressure rise and flow rate curves can be obtained as well as detailed information about flow of the fan, which can be helpful for analysis and design (Meakhail and Park 2005).\r\nAccordingly, the results are very useful in choosing the right impeller design based on the considered operating flow conditions. It also involves in evaluating the influence of the diameter and the speed of the impeller on the configuration of the blower. However, no publication has evaluated the influence of blower performance on impeller trimming. As a result, attention must be paid to how speed and impeller trimming affect blower performance. However, some works has proposed empirical formulae for determining the flow rate, and pressure. To determine the performance of centrifugal pumps affinity laws are used. The variation equations of fan performance influenced by the increased impeller diameter are suggested by analysis of these measures. The primary objective of this research is to study the blower\'s performance using CFD analysis.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nFor this study closed type impeller is selected because of its highest efficiency due to its tight clearances against the internal casing but also between impeller blades. In this type of impeller, the air is drawn into the impeller eye (centre) before centrifugal forces direct air through blades, then directed axially and expelled through the outlet. Impellers were designed with two different diameters of 95 mm and115 mm using 3 D modelling (solid works) software was presented in Fig. 1. The designed impellers were tested at varying of different speeds (24000, 30000 and 36000 rpm). For each speed and impeller diameter, the power consumption and air volume flow rate, the pressure developed were computed. \r\nAffinity Laws for Centrifugal pump. If the impeller diameter or total head (or pressure) are adjusted, the affinity laws can be used to anticipate how the blower would perform (Jones et al., 2011; Matlaka, 2019). The efficiency is used to estimate the affinity laws which describe mathematical relationship between the variables involved in blower performance, such as flow, pump speed, and the total head and power.\r\nDimensionless pump numbers and affinity laws. The laws reflect the fact that Dimensionless pump characteristics like flow rate Q (m3 /s), head, H (m), and power, P (W) to the speed, N (rpm) and to the impeller diameter, D (m), of the pump. The calculated values are presented in the Table 2.\r\nThe flow capacity is expressed as\r\nQ_1/Q_2 = N_1/N_2 ⨯ D_1/D_2 \r\nThe head capacity is expressed as\r\nH_1/H_2 =(N_1/N_2 )^2⨯(D_1/D_2 )^2\r\nThe power required is expressed as\r\nP_1/P_2 =(N_1/N_2 )^3⨯(D_1/D_2 )^3\r\nThese equations can be very useful in the design stage. \r\nThe results shows that an impeller with a 115mm diameter gives a higher air flow rate at 36000 rpm as compared to 24000 rpm and 30000 rpm. Furthermore, it shows that the expanded portion of blades in the fan with a larger impeller significantly increases total pressure. Euler\'s equation, states that the energy of the air produced by the fan is proportional to the fan\'s diameter (Chunxi et al., 2011).\r\nModelling and meshing of blowers. SOLIDWORKS is used to design the blowers\' impeller and 3D modelling (Myaing et al., 2014). The design consists of an impeller, suction cover, and casing. These models were designed in solid works. The unstructured grid type is used to mesh the entire centrifugal blower domain. In unstructured grids, triangles in 2D and tetrahedral in 3D are utilized.\r\nUnstructured grid systems have the benefit of being highly automated and requiring minimal human effort and time (Pathak et al., 2012). An sysfluent is used for meshing. Tetrahedral meshes often offer a more automated method for volume meshing, with the option to add mesh controls to enhance the accuracy in crucial areas and they maintain good quality for complex shapes (Wagh et al., 2014; Jayapragasan et al., 2014). The mesh element size for the volute casing was kept constant throughout the analysis. Some undesirable curves and surfaces that would have affected the meshing quality have been trimmed, and others were added. The blowers are meshed using tetrahedral elements since they maintain good quality for complex shapes (Ahmad, 2011). After grid generation, the mesh independency tests were carried out.\r\nSimulation of blower. Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) approach is the effective method of solving non-linear partial differential equations that governs fluid flow, heat transfer and turbulence of flow (Bhatti et al., 2020). The blower performance was simulated using the CFD to examine the impact of impeller diameter. Boundary conditions play an important role in CFD analysis (Kumaran et al., 2017). Understanding the energy losses occurring in blower requires a study of the fluid flow pattern within the assembly, which can be obtained through flow analysis by CFD (Manivel et al., 2018).\r\nStatistical analysis. The Pearson correlation often referred to as Pearson\'s r, is a popular statistic for assessing the degree to which two variables are correlated. The correlation coefficient (r) is a dimensionless numerical variable with a range of -1 to +1 (Kim et al., 2015). As a result, the correlation significance is determined by coefficient value. A correlation value of 0 shows that two variables do not have a linear relationship. If the coefficient is 1 or extremely close to 1, the two variables are related in a positive linear manner (Schober et al., 2018).\r\nr=(∑_(i=1)^n▒〖(xi-x)(yi-y̅)〗)/√(Σ(xi-x ̅ )^2 Σ〖(yi-y̅)〗^2 )\r\nwhere r is the correlation coefficient and xi and yi are the values of the individual variables. 𝑥 and c𝑦 mean values of the time series data. The relationship between rotational speed and discharge is determined using the Pearson correlation coefficient.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nComputational Fluid Dynamics (CFD).A 3D model has been created using experimental information that has been collected regarding dimensions of the impeller, casing, blade profile and guide vane etc. For the purpose of pre-processing the simulation, geometry model of the blower assembly is imported into ANSYS workbench. To create flow simulations, CFD is employed. \r\nThe impeller region is operating in a rotating frame of reference and the casing region operates in a stationary frame of reference. Based on the simulation, the results of airflow through different volute geometries were investigated. The simulation of a 115mm diameter impeller with 36000 rpm was presented in Fig. 5 to 7. The velocity contours reveal that when the flow coefficient rises, the velocity at outflow also rises as shown in Figure 5. This is because the opening area is similar for all cases, so as the mass flow rate is increased the velocities will also increase. A high-velocity contour is observed near the impeller region. Similar outcomes are also reported (Choi et al., 2003). This is because of the rotation of the impeller. High-velocity contours become less pronounced due to distance away from the impeller. The velocity is seen to be reduced from the impeller to exit due to the conversion of velocity into the pressure. The turbulent kinetic energy (Fig. 6) is a result of an analysis and it shows that kinetic energy can be minimized through sophisticated design, which also results in a decrease of noise emission (Breier, 2005). Figure 7 shows the contours of pressure. It is observed that the static pressure rises as it is moved from suction to exit. This result of pressure rise is due to the conversion of velocity into pressure that takes place in the casing. This is the process of pressure recovery occurred in the casing. CFD was carried out using Ansys software and the results were presented in Tables 3 and 4. \r\nThe results indicate that increases in blower speed and impeller diameter (115 mm) result in a substantial increase in flow rate. The increase in blower speed from 24000 rpm to 36000 rpm, the flow rate increases by more than 21 %, while increasing the diameter of impeller from 95m to 115 mm increases flow velocity by 15% increase for speed of 36000rpm. This indicates that by increasing the impeller diameter and speed to an optimum level the performance of the blower will be increased as stated (Chunxi, et al., 2011). The results indicated that the air velocity at blower outlet varies from 8.06 to 12.09 m/s at the speed of 24000 rpm to 36000 rpm for an impeller of 95 mm diameter whereas for 115 mm diameter, there was an increase in air velocity from 9.75 to 14.63 m/s at the speed of 24000 rpm to 36000 rpm respectively.From Table 4, it is found that the mean discharge of 30.5 m3/hr, 38.18 m3/hr,45.81 m3/hr, mean nozzle pressure of 380 Pa, 592 Pa,853 pa for a blower speed of 24000 to 36000rpm with respect to 95 mm diameter impeller. The mean discharge of 36.9 m3/hr, 46.2 m3/hr, 55.45 m3/hr, mean nozzle pressure of 555 Pa, 1034 Pa, 1250 Pa for a blower speed from 24000 to 36000 rpm with respect to 115 mm diameter impeller. It also indicates that the impeller diameter at 115mm with speed of 30000 rpm gives approximately the same air output of 46.2 m3/hr and with 95 mm diameter and 36000 rpm gives 45.81 m3/hr. This suggest that if decrease in diameter of impeller there should be an increase in speed to get better output. The pressure rise at nozzle and air discharge parameters of two impellers at three different speeds are presented in Fig. 8. \r\nEffect of power and discharge. Power output is analysed to understand the changes in the system performance according to various operating conditions. Regarding power consumption as shown in Fig. 9, results indicate that the mean power consumption of 72.46 W,142 W,245 W for blower with 24000 rpm, 30000 rpm,36000 rpm of 95 mm diameter impeller, The mean power consumption of 128 watts, 251 watts, 433 watts for blower with 24000 rpm,30000 rpm,36000 rpm of 115 mm diameter impeller. Similar result of power consumption rises gradually as the impeller diameter rises as reported (Mwinuka, 2016). This increase might be due to an increase in inertia load, diameter, speed and change in air flow dynamics. The design or redesign of manufactured blowers may benefit greatly from these findings.\r\nThe effect of speed and diameter of impeller on blower efficiency is shown in Fig 10. The result suggests that as blower speed increased, operating at 36,000 rpm as compared to 24000 rpm of 115mm diameter blower efficiency declined by 27%. This might be caused by lateral gap volumetric and impeller frictional losses. The blower may have been less efficient as a result of running at faster speed. As the blower speed increased, the efficiency is decreased. Similar results were observed by Dhande et al. (2016). This could be as a result of decrease in static pressure at the casing caused by an increase in air discharge.\r\nThe linear relationship between discharge and rotational speed has been found using a scatter diagram as shown in Fig. 11. The correlation coefficient (R2) is determined to be 0.87, suggesting a positive strong link among discharge and speed. The results were considered to be more optimistic when they were compared with similar research.', 'Devaragatla Chandana, R. Thiyagarajan, A. Surendrakumar, P. Dhananchezhyian, A.P. Mohan Kumar and K. Senguttuvan (2022). A Study on Effect of Diameter and Speed of Impeller on Air Discharge and Power Consumption of Blower using CFD Analysis. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 375-382.'),
(5282, '136', 'Screening of Maize Inbred lines for Resistance to Fall armyworm, Spodoptera frugiperda (J.E. Smith)', 'Sneha A.*, Srinivasan T., Murugan M., Ravikesavan R. and Amirtham D.', '63 Screening of Maize Inbred lines for Resistance to Fall armyworm, Spodoptera frugiperda (J.E. Smith) Sneha A.pdf', '', 1, 'Field screening of fifty maize inbreds against the fall armyworm was carried out during rabi, 2021-2022. On the basis of leaf damage rating and kernel damage rating of maize BOX.NO 72173-2-1-1 recorded the minimum leaf damage (2.1), while BOX.NO 426-3 recorded the maximum leaf damage (6.6). With regard to kernel damage BOX.NO.1076-5-2-2 recorded the minimum kernel damage (1.5), while BOX.NO 1076-5-4-1, 9119-1-2-1 and BOX.NO 426-3 recorded maximum kernel damage (5.8). Among 13 maize inbreds that were found to be less susceptible with a leaf injury rating less than 4.0 the leaf damage rating showed a non-significant correlation with total number of leaves/plant (r = -0.441), while significant correlation was recorded with respect to leaf area (r = +0.644). A highly significant negative correlation was obtained with leaf trichome density (r = -0.831) at 45 DAS. The kernel damage rating showed positive correlation with the cob length (r= +0.571) and the height of the cob (r= +0.895).', 'Host plant resistance, Maize, Fall armyworm,Spodoptera frugiperda, Leaf damage, Kernel damage', 'Screening of fifty maize inbreds against maize fall armyworm was done under artificial infestation by releasing neonate larvae into the whorl of each plant. On the basis of leaf damage and kernel damage rating BOX.NO 72173-2-1-1 recorded minimum leaf damage (2.1) while, the BOX.NO 426-3 recorded maximum leaf damage (6.6). With regard to kernel damage BOX.NO.1076-5-2-2 recorded minimum kernel damage (1.5) while, BOX.NO 1076-5-4-1, 9119-1-2-1 and BOX.NO 426-3 recorded maximum kernel damage (5.8).\r\nAmong 13 maize inbreds that were found to be less susceptible with a leaf injury rating less than 4.0, the leaf damage rating showed non-significant negative correlation with total number of leaves/plant (r = -0.441), while, significant positive correlation (r = +0.644) was recorded with the leaf area (cm2) A highly significant but negative correlation was obtained with trichome density (r =-0.831). The kernel damage rating showed significant positive correlation with that of cob length (cm) (r=0.571) and the cob height above ground (cm) (r=0.895). Thus, it is concluded that the plant morphological characteristics plays an important role in feeding and oviposition preference for fall armyworm and the inbreds with higher trichome density can be used as donors in breeding programmes.\r\n', 'Maize (Zea mays L.) is referred to as the “Queen of cereals” and in many parts of the world maize is being used as a staple food. In India, maize is the third most important food crop after rice and wheat. It is cultivated in 90.27 lakh ha with the productivity of 3070 kg/ha (INDIASTAT, 2019). Maize is cultivated throughout the year in all states of the country for various purposes including grain, fodder, green cobs, sweet corn, baby corn, pop corn, etc. Of the total maize produced in India, approximately 47 per cent is used as poultry feed, followed by 13 per cent as livestock feed and food purpose each, 12 per cent for industrial purposes, 14 per cent in starch industry, 7 per cent as processed food and 6 per cent for export and other purposes (IIMR, 2016-19). In Tamil Nadu, it is cultivated in an area of 3.24 lakh hectare with 25.91 lakh tonnes of production during 2017-18 (INDIASTAT, 2020). About 250 insect species are associated with maize in field and storage conditions (Mathur, 1992) and with the recent introduction of the invasive fall armyworm Spodoptera frugiperda (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) there is a growing concern among maize growers of the country (Navin et al., 2021).\r\nThe fall armyworm is an insect native to tropical and subtropical regions of the Americas (Sparks, 1986; FAO, 2018). The incidence of this pest was first observed in Shivamogga, Karnataka during May, 2018 (Tippannavar et al., 2019).Among Indian states, Madhya Pradesh and Karnataka has the highest area under maize (15% each) followed by Maharashtra (10%), Rajasthan (9%), Uttar Pradesh (8%) among others. After Karnataka and Madhya Pradesh, Bihar is the highest maize producer, while Andhra Pradesh is having the highest state productivity. Some districts like Krishna, West Godavari etc. records as high as 12 t/ha productivity (IIMR, 2020). The fall armyworm larvae is a cosmopolitan (Luginbill, 1928), polyphagous pest which can feed on about 80 different plant species including crops such as corn, rice, small millets, sugarcane, alfalfa, soybean, sorghum, cotton and vegetable crops (Wiseman et al., 1966; Sparks, 1979; Pitre and Hogg 1983; Pogue, 2002; Capinera, 2008). Though this pest feeds on several crops, maize is the most preferred host. It feeds mostly on all the stages of maize, the fall armyworm larva enters into maize field as early as 13 days old crop and starts scrapping on the leaf surface initially. Within a week the 3rd instar stage start to reside inside the whorl causing extensive damage to meristamatic region of the plant (Harrison, 1986; Melo and Silva 1987).\r\nPresently, fall armyworm is kept under check through a predominantly pesticide based approach which may not be feasible in the long run. Host plant resistance seems to be an alternate option which will provide ecologically and environmentally feasible solution for managing fall armyworm. Morphological, nutritional and secondary metabolite variations among the maize hybrids influence the feeding preference of fall armyworm. The morphological plant characters viz., number of leaves/plant, leaf area, leaf trichome density, cob length and cob height above ground and nutritional properties viz., total protein content, amino acids, glucose, total non-structural carbohydrates (TNC), protein to TNC (P/C) ratio and biochemical properties viz., peroxidase and lipoxygenase activities are said to confer resistance to fall armyworm by several researchers all over the world (Paul and Deole 2020; Chen et al., 2009). Hence the present study was aimed at identifying biophysical and biochemical bases of resistance in maize inbred lines being maintained at TNAU, Coimbatore.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nRearing of S. frugiperda. The life stages of fall armyworm viz., egg masses and larva were collected from the infested maize field at Department of Millets, New area, TNAU, Coimbatore (11.024˚ N latitude and 76.924˚E longitude). The different life stages were reared at fall armyworm laboratory, Department of Agricultural Entomology, TNAU, Coimbatore.\r\nEgg masses collected from corn fields were surface sterilised with a 0.02 percent sodium hypochlorite solution, dried, and stored individually in plastic jars until hatching. The neonates were moved to a larger plastic container with artificial diet after hatching. Larvae were grown in plastic jars on artificial diet from the third instar onwards until they reached the pre-pupal stage. Pupae were collected from the jar after pupation, put on sterilised petridish with cotton and kept on the cage for moth emergence. For egg-laying, these adult moths were released into an oviposition cage with 10 day old potted maize plants. The male to female moth ratio in the oviposition cage was 1:1. Adult moths were fed with a cotton swab soaked in a ten percent honey solution. Using a camel hair brush, the eggs placed on the potted maize plants were retrieved and utilised for culture multiplication. \r\nScreening of maize inbred lines. The different maize inbreds were sown in the New area of Department of Millets, TNAU, Coimbatore during Rabi 2021-2022 in a Randomized Block Design (RBD) with a row length of 2.5 cm under two replications (Table 3b). The recommended agronomic practices viz., fertilizer application, irrigation and weeding were followed scrupulously as per the crop production guide recommendation of TNAU. Artificial infestation was done manually, using a camel hair brush, with 5-10 neonates into the whorl of each plant at 21 days after emergence (Prasanna et al., 2022). Fall armyworm infestation was recorded at weekly intervals on ten randomly selected plants from each inbred starting from 7 days after emergence up to 52 days after emergence, by which time tassels would have started emerging. The fall armyworm infestation was recorded following a 1- 9 scale with different levels of whorl injury (Table 1) (Davis et al., 1996) besides following a 1-9 scale for kernel damage (Table 2) (Williams et al., 2006). After categorizing the maize inbreds as resistant/ susceptible (Table 1 & 2), a total of 13 inbreds which registered lesser score (≤ 4.0) were further selected for observation of various morphological plant characteristics. The details of maize inbreds are furnished in Table 3a.\r\nMorphological basis of resistance against Spodoptera frugiperda in maize. Different morphological plant parameters viz., number of leaves per plant, plant height (cm), leaf length (cm), leaf width (cm), leaf trichome density (no/cm2), cob height (cm) and length (cm) were recorded from the maize inbreds. Leaf length and leaf width were measured from the 3rd leaf from the top with the help of a measuring tape. Leaf trichome density was counted under a Leica microscope from 6th leaf on an area of one cm2 dia at three different points of a leaf, selected randomly and the mean trichome density was arrived and expressed as no/cm2. Cob height above the soil level and cob length was measured with the help of measuring tape up to the node position of cob. All the parameters were recorded from three plants that were randomly selected in a row. The data were subjected to ANOVA and statistically analyzed with IBM SPSS Statistics v22.0.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe data regarding fall armyworm damage recorded from 50 inbreds is furnished in Table 3. On the basis of leaf damage rating and kernel damage rating of maize BOX.NO 72173-2-1-1 recorded the minimum leaf damage (2.1), while BOX.NO 426-3 recorded the maximum leaf damage (6.6). With regard to kernel damage BOX.NO.1076-5-2-2 recorded the minimum kernel damage (1.5) while, BOX.NO 1076-5-4-1, 9119-1-2-1 and BOX.NO 426-3 recorded maximum kernel damage (5.8).\r\nMorphological characters Vs leaf damage& cob damage by S. frugiperda. Various morphological characters such as number of leaves per plant, leaf trichome density, leaf area (leaflet length and leaflet width) were correlated with leaf damage of maize by fall armyworm on 13 selected inbreds. Similarly the cob length and cob height above ground were also correlated with that of kernel damage of maize by fall armyworm (Table 5).\r\nNumber of leaves/ plant. The number of leaves in 13 different inbreds varied from 7.4 to 10.4 leaves/ plant (Table 4). The maximum number of leaves was recorded in the UMI 406 (10.4) and BOX.NO. 1048-7 (10.0) which were at par with each other followed by BOX.NO.1253-8 (9.6), while minimum number of leaves was recorded in UMI 1003-2-3 (7.4). Leaf number in relation to fall armyworm can be interpreted in two ways. Higher the number of leaves, higher the surface area for fall armyworm oviposition and hence can have a direct bearing on the fall armyworm infestation (Yadav et al., 2021). On the other hand, plants being tolerant to fall armyworm tend to produce more number of leaves as a means of compensation (Ali et al., 2018). In the present investigations, number of leaves had a negative but non-significant correlation (r = -0.44) with that of leaf damage rating. \r\nLeaf area (cm2). The leaf area is one of the factor that corresponds to higher levels of infestation by fall armyworm. The leaf area in different inbreds varied from 108.2 cm2 to 398.9 cm2. The maximum leaf area (398.9 cm2) was observed in the BOX.NO.1048-7 followed by BOX.NO.1131-5 (335.4 cm2), BOX.NO.1131-1 (315.2cm2) which were at par with each other. Whereas, the minimum leaf area was observed in BOX.NO.72173-2-1-1 (108.2 cm2) (Table 4). The fall armyworm, Spodoptera frugiperda had a significant positive correlation between leaf area (cm2) and leaf damage rating. However, it was positive indicating that with increase in leaf area (cm2) there will be increase in infestation level (r = 0.64). This is in accordance with Yadav et al. (2021) where more number of broader leaves play a role in increasing the temperature of canopy as well as help in the movement of larva from plant to plant for natural egg laying besides providing more surface area. But according to Afzal et al. (2009) the leaf length and width was found to be negatively correlated with infestation by C. partellus, which is a stem borer, though.\r\nLeaf trichomedensity (No/ cm2. The leaf trichome density of 13 maize genotypes differed significantly. The trichome density in different inbreds ranged between 18.7 to 64.3 no/cm2. The maximum trichome density was observed in BOX.NO.72173-2-1-1 (64.3/cm2) followed by BOX.NO.1076-5-2-2 (46.0/ cm2) and UMI 406 (35.7/cm2), whereas, the minimum trichome density was observed in BOX.NO.1048-7 (14.45/cm2) (Table 4). \r\nThe fall armyworm, Spodoptera frugiperda incidence had a highly significant negative correlation between trichome density (no/ cm2) at 45 DAS and leaf damage rating (r= -0.83). Density of trichomes plays a crucial role in plant resistance and had an influence against the chewing damage by S. frugiperda (Gustavo Moya-Raygoza et al., 2016). The trichomes also actas a barrier for feeding by fall armyworm, which could explain why resistant hybrids have lesser leaf damage (Wellso and Hoxie 1982). According to the investigations of Afzal et al. (2009) the leaf trichomes may have impeded the ingestion of plant material and may have influenced the digestion and usage of the food by the fall armyworm.\r\nCob length (cm). The length of cob of maize showed significant difference in different genotypes. The cob length in different inbreds varied from 14.9 to 39.8. Higher cob length is one of the factor corresponds to higher level of infestation by fall armyworm. The length of cob (39.8 cm) was observed as maximum in UMI 1153, while the minimum length of cob was observed in UMI 1003-2-3 (14.9 cm), followed by UMI 406 (16.7 cm) and BOX.NO.72173-2-1-1 (17.6 cm) which were at par with each other (Table 4).\r\nThere was a significant positive correlation between cob length (cm) and kernel damage rating. Thus, with increase in cob length (cm) there was increase in infestation level (r = 0.57). This is in contradiction to Ali et al. (2015) where the cob length showed a significant but negative correlation with that of pest infestation. \r\nCob height (cm) above ground level. The height of cob above ground showed significant difference in different inbreds. The cob height above ground in different inbreds ranged from 58.7 to 120 cm. Cobs formed at a greater height is one of the factor that corresponds to higher level of infestation by fall armyworm. It was found to be maximum in BOX.NO.1048-7 (120 cm), while minimum in BOX.NO.72173-2-1-1 (61.7 cm) followed by UMI 406 (72.7 cm) and UMI 504 (73.0 cm) which were at par with each other (Table 4).\r\nThe fall armyworm, Spodoptera frugiperda had a significant positive correlation between cob height above ground level (cm) and kernel damage rating. But it was positive indicating that with increase in cob height above (cm) there was increase in infestation level (r= 0.89).Cobs positioned at greater heights from ground level implies that, adult moths will find it easy to oviposit on the cobs. On the other hand, cob positioned at relatively lesser heights will not be clearly visible from above and this could be the reason for the positive correlation. But according to Kulkarni et al. (2015) the cob height was negatively correlated with Chilo partellus and Sesamia inferens infestation and the differences are found to be non- significant.\r\n', 'Sneha A., Srinivasan T., Murugan M., Ravikesavan R. and Amirtham D. (2022). Screening of Maize Inbred lines for Resistance to Fall armyworm, Spodoptera frugiperda (J.E. Smith). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 383-389.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5283, '136', 'Effect of Pre-Sowing Treatments on Seed Germination of Guava (Psidium guajava L.)', 'Manish Kumar, Sushil Sharma, Satpal Baloda, Hardeep and Deepak Sangwan', '64 Effect of Pre-Sowing Treatments on Seed Germination of Guava (Psidium guajava L.) Hardeep.pdf', '', 1, 'Guava seed germination is poor and takes long time to germinate because of seed dormancy by virtue of hard seed coat and presence of inhibitors. Therefore, present study was carried out with the aim to reduce the difficulties in seed germination. An experiment was conducted to study the effect of different pre-sowing treatments on seed germination of guava at Precision Farming Development Centre (PFDC), Department of Horticulture, CCS Haryana Agricultural University, Hisar during year 2020-2021. The seeds were treated with 13 different pre-sowing treatments. Results indicated that different pre-sowing treatments has significant effect on seed germination of guava. Among the different pre-sowing treatments minimum days to initiation of germination and days to 50% germination in guava were observed in 5% hydrochloric acid solution for 2 minutes (T9) and the highest germination percentage, survival percentage and maximum height of seedlings were recorded with scraping of seed coat with sandpaper + seeds soaked in GA3 200 ppm for 24 hours(T5). This research evaluated the best pre-sowing treatment for seed germination of guava.', 'Guava, seed, pre-sowing treatments, GA3, germination', 'Based on the results of the experiment it may be concluded that minimum days to initiation of germination and 50% germination in guava were observed in pre-sowing seed treatment with 5% hydrochloric acid solution for 2 minutes; while highest germination percentage, survival percentage and maximum height of seedlings were recorded under scraping of seed coat with sandpaper + seeds soaked in GA3 200 ppm for 24 hours.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nGuava (Psidium guajava L.) is a popular fruit of tropical and sub-tropical regions and belongs to the family Myrtaceae. In Haryana, guava is cultivated in an area of 14543 hectares with an annual production of 260851 metric tonnes (Anonymous, 2021). It is mostly grown in the districts Sonipat, Karnal, Hisar, Jind, Ambala, Yamunanagar, Panipat, Jhajjar and Fatehabad of Haryana. In the recent past, data showed that the area (360 hectares) of guava has increased substantially: which shows that farmers have shown interest in guava cultivation in Haryana. Its performance is better than other fruits in terms of productivity, hardiness and adaptability. The wide adaptability nature of the guava tree helped it to sustain a wide range of environmental conditions, soils, pH (4.5 to 8.2), drought, and salinity. It is quite a hardy, prolific bearer and is considered to be one of the most delicate nutritionally valuable and remunerative crops of the tropics (Sharma et al., 2020; Singh et al., 2000). But it is susceptible to frost.\r\nThe area under guava cultivation expanding day by day which leads to an increase in demand for budded and grafted plants but this demand is not fulfilled because of the paucity of superior seedling rootstock. \r\nTo accomplish the increasing demand for quality rootstock, seedlings need to be raised from seeds, while guava seeds take a long time to germinate because seeds suffer from physical dormancy due to hard seed coat and impermeability to water and gases. Low germination is a major hindrance for the nurseryman in raising a large quantity of rootstock with graftable size in a shorter period for the growers. To enhance germination, different methods like water soaking, mechanical scarification and chemical treatments using GA3 are employed for breaking dormancy in seeds. It has been reported that chemical and mechanical scarification can hasten the imbibition of water by making hard seeds permeable (Sourabh et al., 2020). Seed imbibition is a crucial phase for successful germination as ample water is necessary to rehydrate enzymes and their substrates in preparation for seed germination. The seed scarification process involves breaking, scratching and softening the seed coat so that water enters to stimulate the process of seed germination. The influence of different pre-sowing treatments in guava are poorly understood. So, the current investigation aimed with the objective to study the effect of different pre-sowing treatments on days to initiation of germination, germination percentage and survival percentage of guava. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS \r\nThe present investigation was carried out at Precision Farming Development Centre (PFDC), Department of Horticulture, CCS Haryana Agricultural University, Hisar in 2020-2021. The experiment was laid out in Randomized Block Design with three replications containing thirteen treatments of varying concentrations and times comprising scraping of seed coat with sand paper (T1), seed soaked in GA3 100 ppm for 24 hours (T2), seed soaked in GA3 200 ppm for 24 hours (T3), scraping of seed coat with sand paper + seeds soaked in GA3 100 ppm for 24 hours (T4), scraping of seed coat with sand paper + seeds soaked in GA3 200 ppm for 24 hours (T5), 0.1% solution potassium hydroxide soaking for 2 minutes (T6), 0.2% solution potassium hydroxide soaking for 2 minutes (T7), 30% sulfuric acid soaking at different time intervals [quick dip (i),1 minute (ii) and 3 minutes (iii)] (T8), 5% hydrochloric acid soaking for 2 minutes (T9), 10% hydrochloric acid soaking for 2 minutes (T10), hot water soaking at 800 C at different time intervals [quick dip (i), 1 minute (ii) and 3 minutes (iii)] (T11), water soaking for 48 hours (T12), control (T13). A set of five seedlings were selected in each treatment replication-wise. The experiment was conducted in open field conditions. Before sowing of seeds, light irrigation was given. In each treatment, fifty seeds were sown during the 1st week of August 2020. The nursery bed was irrigated with the help of water cane soon after seed sowing and thereafter, moisture was maintained regularly. Data recorded during the study was statistically analyzed by applying the technique of analysis of variance (ANOVA) as suggested by Panse and Sukhatme (1995). The mean value of different parameters is represented. All the statistical analysis was carried out by using OPSTAT statistical software.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nThe observations recorded on various aspects viz., seed viability, days to initiation of germination, days to 50 per cent germination, germination percentage, height of seedling and survival percentage of guava are presented in prime heads. \r\nA. Seed Viability \r\nData indicated that under different pre-sowing treatments, the seed viability of guava (Table 1) was significantly influenced and varied from 56.00 to 84.00 per cent. Maximum seed viability (84.00%) was recorded in control (T13) which was statistically at par with water soaking for 48 hours (T12) (80.00%). Except for control (T13) and water soaking for 48 hours (T12), seed viability decreased significantly in all the treatments. Minimum seed viability (56.00%) was observed when seeds were soaked in 30% H2SO4 solution for 3 minutes (T8(iii)).\r\nThe decrease in seed viability by various pre-sowing treatments may be due to over-exposure of seed to scarification treatments. Sulphuric acid has a detrimental effect on seeds because acid penetrates the seed via its exposed micropyle and ends up damaging the seeds (Ells, 1963). These results are in accordance with the findings of Musara et al. (2015) in okra. Seed viability is also reduced when soaked in hot water for a longer duration.\r\nB. Days to initiation of germination\r\nData revealed that different pre-sowing treatments had a significant effect on days to initiation of germination (Table 1). Among the pre-sowing treatments seeds soaked with 5% HCl for 2 minutes (T9) required minimum number of days to initiate germination (17.67), followed by 10% HCl for 2 minutes (T10) and quick dip in 30% H2SO4 [T8 (i)] i.e. 18.33 and 19.00, respectively. Maximum number of days (25.33) taken to initiate germination was recorded in the control (T13). The time taken by seeds for germination was reduced after pre-soaking of seeds in acid because the acid brings about the softening of hard seed coat by dissolution of deposited lipids, pectic substances and high-density waxes from seed coat which are responsible for hard seediness. This in turn make seed coat soft and more permeable to water and gases and induce germination (Chattopadhyay and Dey 1992). Similar results were observed by Brijwal and Kumar (2014) in guava. They reported that pre-soaking of seeds with hydrochloric acid significantly reduced days to initiation of germination as compared to control. Similar results were also reported by Sharma (2016) in chironji. \r\nC. Days to 50 per cent germination\r\nDifferent pre-sowing treatments had a significant effect on days to 50 per cent germination (Table 1) of guava. Seeds treated with 5 % HCl for 2 minutes (T9) requires minimum number of days for 50 per cent germination (27.33) that was followed by 10 % HCl soaking for 2 minutes (T10), quick dip soaking in 30% H2SO4 (T8(i)), scraping of seed coat with sandpaper + seeds soaked in GA3 200 ppm for 24 hours (T5), scraping of seed coat with sand paper + seeds soaked in GA3 100 ppm for 24 hours (T4) and 0.1% Potassium hydroxide solution soaking for 2 minutes (T6) i.e., 28.33, 28.67, 29, 29.33 and 30.00 days, respectively. Maximum number of days (37.33) taken for 50 per cent germination was recorded in control (T13). The minimum number of days taken for 50 per cent germination in 5 % HCL might be due to acid accelerating the water absorption capacity and improving the gaseous exchange for seed germination by softening the hard seed coat (Nayak and Sen 1999). Similarly, Brijwal and Kumar (2014) reported in their study that maximum days to 50 per cent germination of seeds was recorded in control. Whereas, minimum days to 50 per cent germination was recorded in seeds treated with 10 per cent hydrochloric acid for 2 minutes.\r\nD. Germination percentage\r\nGermination percentage was increased significantly with different pre-sowing treatments as compared to control (Fig. 1). The germination per cent ranged from 31.33 per cent to 60.00 per cent. Maximum germination percentage (60.00 %) in guava was recorded with the scraping of seed coat with sandpaper + seeds soaked in GA3 200 ppm for 24 hours (T5) which was significantly higher as compared to the other treatments, followed by scraping of seed coat with sandpaper + seeds soaked in GA3 100 ppm for 24 hours (T4) (56.00 %) whereas, minimum germination (31.33 %) was observed in control (T13). The results indicated that the seeds of guava possess physical dormancy. The remarkable effect of GA3 on germination percentage might be due to it acts as a growth regulator for breaking seed dormancy, plays an important role in the germination of seed by leaching out retardants and activates the cytological enzymes which stimulate α-amylase enzyme that converts insoluble sugar into soluble sugar (Babu et al., 2010, Hartmann and Kester, 1979). These results are in conformity with the findings of Boricha et al. (2020). They reported that maximum germination percentage of seedling (80.77%) were recorded in seeds treated with GA3 @ 150 mg/l for 24 hours in guava. Similarly, Joshi et al. (2015) reported that the germination of acid lime seeds was significantly influenced by GA3. Results are in accordance with the findings of Joshi et al. (2017) and Sharma (2016) in chironji.\r\nE. Height of seedling (cm)\r\nUnder different pre-sowing treatments height of seedlings varied from 2.75 cm to 4.59 cm (Table 1). Maximum height of seedlings (4.59 cm) was recorded with the treatment of scraping of seed coat with sandpaper + seeds soaked in GA3 200 ppm for 24 hours (T5) that was statistically at par with quick dip soaking in 30 % sulphuric acid solution T8(i) and scraping of seed coat with sandpaper + seeds soaked in GA3 100 ppm for 24 hours (T4) (4.46 cm and 4.40 cm, respectively). Results showed that minimum height of seedling (2.75 cm) was observed in control (T13). The reason might be that GA3 effect the elongation of internodes because it promotes cell elongation by improving osmotic uptake of nutrients resulting in increasing plant height (Feucht and Watson 1958, Krishnamoorthy and Sandooja 1981). Gibberellic acid regulates stem elongation by loosening cell walls, increasing cell wall extensibility, accelerating wall synthesis, narrowing the rigidity of cell wall and boosting cell division, all of which contribute to increased growth. These chemicals have a direct impact on stem elongation by increasing the synthesis of IAA (Leopold and Kriedeman, 1983). \r\n \r\nThese results are in conformity with the findings of Vasantha et al. (2014) in tamarind, Reshma and Simi (2019) in mango and Chiranjeevi et al. (2017) in aonla. They reported that maximum height of seedlings was observed in GA3 200 ppm.\r\nF. Survival percentage\r\nSurvival percentage of guava was significantly affected by the different pre-sowing treatments (Fig. 1). Survival percentage under different pre-sowing treatments ranged from 74.30 per cent to 85.43 per cent. Maximum survival percentage (85.43 %) was observed in scraping of seed coat with sandpaper + seeds soaked in GA3 200 ppm for 24 hours (T5) that was followed by seed soaked in 0.1% KOH for 2 minutes (T6), quick dip soaking in 30% H2SO4 solution [T8(i)] and scraping of seed coat with sandpaper + seeds soaked in GA3 100 ppm for 24 hours (T4) i.e. 83.36, 82.44 and 82.08%, respectively. Minimum survival percentage (74.30 %) was observed in control (T13). The possible cause for the higher survival percentage was the early germination of guava seeds which helps in successful acclimatization and establishment of seedlings in field conditions. The observation analogues to these findings were observed by Joshi et al. (2017) in chironji. They concluded that seeds treated with GA3 (200 ppm) for 24 hours results in maximum survival percentage (64.13 %). Results are also in correspondence with the findings of Manekar et al. (2011) in aonla, Dinesh et al. (2019) and Banyal et al. (2022) in guava.\r\n', 'Manish Kumar, Sushil Sharma, Satpal Baloda, Hardeep and Deepak Sangwan (2022). Effect of Pre-Sowing Treatments on Seed Germination of Guava (Psidium guajava L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 390-394.'),
(5284, '136', 'Performance of Cherry Tomato (Solanum lycopersicum var. cerasiforme (Dunal) A. Gray) Genotypes for Physico-chemical Attributes under Naturally Ventilated Protected Structure', 'Raj Narayan*, Arun Kishor, Sumati Narayan and Anil Kumar', '65 Performance of Cherry Tomato (Solanum lycopersicum var. cerasiforme (Dunal) A. Gray) Genotypes for Physico-chemical Attributes under Naturally Ventilated Protected Structure Raj Narayan.pdf', '', 1, 'The cherry tomato is considered as an important protective food due to its well-balanced nutritional and high antioxidant property. Wide adaption to a particular environment and consistent performance of recommended genotypes is the key question for its commercialization. Although few varieties for cultivation of cherry tomato have been evaluated and recommended so far but the information on the stability is still far behind for the agro-climatic condition. Therefore, a pertinent need was felt initially to evaluate and screen the potential genotypes of cherry tomato for their growth, yield and nutritional quality, fruit colour under protected growing conditions. The diverse climatic conditions as well as heavy rainfall during monsoon and severe cold and snowfall during winters in Kumaon hills of Uttarkhand favours cultivation of cherry tomatoes under protected structures. So far very meager systematic work on evaluation, identification and development of cherry tomato genotype has been reported and very few varieties of cherry tomato have been evaluated and recommended for cultivation in agro-climatic condition of Uttarakhand. The current study was aimed to assess the performance of various cherry tomato genotypes under polycarbonate sheet covered natural ventilated protected structure conditions for their growth, yield, quality and fruit colour attributes. In this field-laboratory experiment, conducted during 2017-18, eleven diverse genotypes were evaluated at an altitude around 2170m above sea level of Kumaun hills of Uttarakhand (India) for growth, yield and quality parameters under Naturally Ventilated Polycarbonate Sheet Green House condition in a Randomized Complete Block Design (RCBD) with three replications. The growth and yield parameters were determined in the field observations, while as the ripen fruits were analyzed for biochemical parameter in the laboratory following standard procedures. The study revealed that the genotype CITH-M-CT-6 manifested the maximum plant height (330.23 cm) and number of fruits/plant (275.00) whereas highest average fruit yield per plant (1.54 kg) and TSS content (6.800B) were determined in CITH-CT-7. Highest carotene (1693.47mg/100g) and antioxidant activity (35.32 mMTE/L) were observed in CITH-M-CT-1 and CITH-M-CT-5, respectively. The fruits of CITH-M-CT-2 (Red) and CITH-M-CT-4 possessed highest value of ascorbic acid (54.65 mg 100g-1). The genotypes CITH-M-CT-2 (Yellow) exhibited highest values for luminous (L) (50.03) yellow-blue (b) (+60.35), chroma (C) (62.57) and hº (hº = 77.19). Higher values of GCV and heritability and genetic advance were estimated for average fruit weight, number of fruits/plant, carotene content and ascorbic acid content which indicated that these traits had additive gene effect and, therefore, are more reliable for effective selection. Further, the traits viz., average fruit weight, number of fruits/plant, carotene content and ascorbic acid content are under additive gene effects and more reliable for effective selection in present context of this experimentation.', 'Cherry tomato, genotype, genetic variability, Heritability quality, yield', 'From the present study, it was found that among eleven cherry tomato genotypes namely CITH-M-CT-7, CITH-M-CT-2 (R), CITH-M-CT-7 and CITH-M-CT-4 were superior for yield and some quality attributes and for better and attractive colour CITH-M-CT-2 (Y) was the best genotype. Hence, these genotypes have the potential for cultivation inside protected structure at high altitude of Kumaon hills. Sufficient variability existed in the present genetic materials of cherry tomato which could be used as breeding materials for further improvement and to breed new ecotype through selection and/or hybridization procedures. It is also inferred that the superior genotypes namely CITH-M-CT-7, CITH-M-CT-2 (R), CITH-M-CT-7 and CITH-M-CT-4 could be recommended for cultivation in the region. Apart from it, the present genetic materials of cherry tomato could be used as breeding materials for further improvement and to breed new ecotype through selection and procedures as there is sufficient variability existed in the materials. Moreover, cherry tomato has a great scope of cultivation as off season crop under natural ventilated protected structures during summer-kharif in high hills of Kumaon region which will fetch higher remuneration to the growers.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nTomato (Solanum lycopresicum L.) is one of the most important solanaceous vegetable crops grown widely all over the world and is native to South America (Rick, 1969). Cherry tomato (Solanum lycopersicum var. cerasiforme (Dunal) A. Gray) is a botanical variety of the cultivated tomato having chromosome number 2n=24. It is thought to be the ancestor of all cultivated tomatoes. It is less popular in India due to lack of awareness for its nutritive values and unavailability of high yielding varieties of cherry tomato. It is widely cultivated in Central America and is distributed in California, Korea, Germany, Mexico and Florida. It is a warm season crop reasonably tolerant to heat and drought. It is also known as salad tomato possessing good taste and is one of the emerging delicious high value fruit vegetable crops and is considered as an exotic vegetable bringing new taste and appearance to dishes. Thapa et al. (2014) considered it’s an important protective food due to its well-balanced nutrition consisting of minerals (K, Mn, P, Cu, Ca, Fe, Zn), Vitamins (A, B1, B2, C, E, K, etc), dietary fibre, citric acid and high antioxidant property. Carotenoids are also responsible for the colour of tomatoes, in that lycopene is mainly responsible for red color (Holden et al., 1999). The information on the nature and extent of genetic variability for various characteristics would help in choosing the right parent for the development of variety with improved desirable genotype of cherry tomato. Though cherry tomato became popular as a cash crop in some Asian countries, but is still new in India. It is, therefore, essential to assess the quantum of genetic variability, heritability and expected genetic advance with respect to different characters, which would help plant breeders in planning a successful breeding programme to breed new ecotype. Genetic parameters like genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV), phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV), heritability and genetic advance are useful biometrical tools for determination of genetic variability present in the germplasm material. As the yield is a complex character, quantitative in nature and an integrated function of a number of component traits, therefore, information on the nature and degree of genetic divergence for fruit characters would help in choosing the right parent for the development of variety with improved desirable genotype of cherry tomato. \r\nWide adaption to a particular environment and consistent performance of recommended genotypes is the key question for its commercialization. Although few varieties for cultivation of cherry tomato have been evaluated and recommended so far but the information on the stability is still far behind for the agro-climatic condition. Some researchers viz., Malavika and Sheela (2017); Yimchunger et al. (2018); Anwarzai et al. (2020); Pandurangaiah et al. (2020); Mathew and Caitlin (2022) have assessed the performance of genotypes of cherry tomato under various conditions. Malavika and Sheela (2017) assessed the performance of ten genotypes of cherry tomato inside rain shelter and reported SLc-10 and SLc-9 genotypes for cultivation inside rain shelter in Vellanikkara. Yimchunger et al. (2018) evaluated six genotypes of cherry tomato under foothill condition of Nagaland and Swarna Ratan was found potential yielding variety. Anwarzai et al. (2020) evaluated twenty one cherry tomato genotypes evaluated for growth, and yield parameters and recorded maximum fruit length in COHBT-198 (5.00 cm), maximum fruit girth (4.00 cm) in COHBT-209, COHBT-198 and COHBT-208, whereas genotype COHBT-198 recorded maximum average fruit weight (43.90 g) and fruit yield per plant (2.30 kg). Similarly, Mathew and Caitlin (2022) six varieties of cherry tomatoes in six cropping system at four locations and observed that productivity often varied among cultivars within a cropping system. ‘Terenzo’ and ‘Tumbler’ were always some of the most productive cultivars, whereas ‘Micro Tom’ was normally among the least productive cultivars. The production from ‘Red Robin’, ‘Tiny Tim’, and ‘Sweat ‘n’ Neat’ was more variable, sometimes producing high, moderate, or low mass. The diverse climatic conditions as well as heavy rainfall during monsoon and severe cold and heavy snowfall during winters in Kumaon hills of Uttarkhand favours cultivation of cherry tomatoes under protected structures. Therefore, a pertinent need was felt initially to evaluate and screen the potential genotypes of cherry tomato for their growth, yield and nutritional quality, fruit colour under protected growing conditions. Keeping this in view, 11 cherry tomato inbred lines were evaluated for growth, yield, and quality attributes as well as genetic components viz., genetic variability, heritability and genetic advance with a view to identify suitable genotype for greenhouse cultivation as well as to breed new varieties/hybrids for growing under protected structures in high altitude.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present experiment was conducted at ICAR-CITH Regional Station, Mukteshwar, Nainital (UK) during summer-kharif season of 2017-18. The campus is located in the Nainital district of Uttarakhand (29° 0 to 29°5 N; 78°80 to 80°14E), elevated at around 2170 m above sea level. Eleven genotypes were evaluated for growth, yield and quality parameters under Naturally Ventilated Polycarbonate Sheet Green House condition in a Randomized Complete Block Design (RCBD) with three replications at plant spacing of 45×60cm following uniform cultivation practices of plants. Total soluble solids (TSS) was measured by hand refractometer and other quality parameters were determined as per AOAC (1975). The fruit juice was used to determine total soluble solids (TSS) by using a refractometer (ERMA refractometer 0-32 brix). Titratable acidity (TA) was measured by titration of 2 ml of homogenated juice with added 2 drops of 1 % phenolphthalein and titrated by N/10 NaOH solution till it becomes light pink in colour. Ascorbic acid content was measured by using 2, 6 Di chlorophenol indophenols method and reducing sugar was estimated as per the procedure described by Ranganna (2010).For estimation of total carotenoids, the samples were extracted in 3% acetone in petroleum ether. Total carotenoids were read colorimetrically using 3% acetone in petroleum ether for baseline correction and the absorbance at 452 nm was recorded against a reagent blank. The antioxidants activity was expressed as m mol Trolox per litre (mMTE/L) and analyzed as per the method of Apak et al. (2004).\r\nThe colour value of different tomato genotypes were obtained in terms of viz. luminous (L*), red colour (a*), yellow colour (b*), chroma (C*) and hue angle (hº) values using a Lovibond RT series reflectance tintometer. The \'L*\' describes luminosity or lightness and varies from Zero (Black) to 100 (perfect white). The chromaticity dimension \'a*\' magnitude redness when positive, greyness when zero and greenness when negative. The \'b*\' value describes yellowness when positive, grey when zero and blueness when negative. The \'C*\' measures the chroma (saturation) of the colour, a measure of how far from the great tone the colour is. Hue angle (hº), measures the hue of the colour, i.e., colour tonalities (red, green, yellow etc.) (Kishor et al., 2017). The data were statistically analyzed by using the standard statistical procedure (Gomez and Gomez, 1984). Genotypic and phenotypic coefficients of variation were calculated as per the formulae given by Burton and De Vane (1953). The heritability in broad sense and expected genetic advance were calculated as per the method of Jonson et al. (1955) while as estimates of genetic advance as percentage of mean were calculated following method of Comstock and Robinson (1952).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Growth components\r\nStatistically analyzed mean data of the experiment revealed that most of the growth contributing characters under observation had shown significant differences among the genotypes. The per se performance of cherry tomato genotypes for growth characters is given in Table 1. Perusal of data of Table 1 depicted that genotype differed significantly among themselves for plant growth characteristics and the wide variation among the genotypes for plant growth traits viz., plant height, number of branches/plant, average length of branch and plant spread (E-W & N-S) may be due to genetic constitution of different genotypes. A wide variation among the different genotypes in growth parameters viz., plant height, number of primary branches, average length of primary branches and plant spread (east-west and north-south) were observed which may be due to genetic constitution of different genotypes. The variation in plant growth in terms of plant height, number of primary branches/plant, average length of primary branches and plant spread (east-west and north-south) were observed among the genotypes and varied from 81.43 cm to 330.23 cm, 3.33 to 6.66, 65.33 cm to 229.00cm, 43.36 cm to 91.60 cm and 46.56 cm to 83.96 cm, respectively. The maximum plant height of 330.23 cm was recorded in genotype CITH-M-CT-6 followed by 313.33 cm in CITH-M-CT-6 while it was minimum in 2016/TOCVR-1 (81.43 cm). The genotype CITH-M-CT-5 produced maximum number of primary branches/plant (6.66) and the second tallest genotype i.e., CITH-M-CT-7 exhibited maximum average length of primary branches (229.00 cm). These results were supported by the findings of Swaroop and Suryanarayan (2005) who found the significant variation on plant growth and yield in all different 24 lines of tomato (Lycopersicon esculentum Mill) lines. The significant variation among the tomato genotypes under polyhouse was also reported by Narayan et al. (2020). The optimum temperature, high carbon dioxide concentration and better light distribution are necessary for optimum plant growth and development under polyhouse conditions. Performance of any crop with respect to growth, yield and quality are highly influenced by various factors especially the genetic constitution of a variety, the microclimate of an area and crop management. The wide range of variation obtained may be due to divergent genotypes included in the study. Similar findings have been reported for plant height, yield/plant and fruit diameter (Patil et al., 2013). It is also influenced by the microclimatic condition surrounding the tomato plant and cultural practices under the polyhouse conditions. Malavika et al. (2017) also observed significant variation for plant height among the 10 genotypes of cherry tomato evaluated under rain shelter. Wide variations among the genotypes of cherry tomato in regard to plant height and number of branches/plant were also reported by Yimchunger et al. (2018).\r\nB. Fruit yield components\r\nThe genotypes differed significantly for yield attributes and ranged from 20.98 to 33.71 mm, 15.45 to 30.36 mm, 78.33 to 275.00 and 0.298 to 1.540 g in fruit length, fruit breadth, and number of fruits/plant and fruit yield/plant, respectively. Perusal of data of Table 1 depicted that among the genotypes, CITH-M-CT-6 exhibited maximum number of fruits/plant (275.00) while as highest average fruit breadth (30.36mm), fruit weight (19.17g) and fruit yield/plant (1.54 kg) were recorded in CITH-CT-7 under polycarbonate sheet covered natural ventilated protected structure. The top yielding genotype also possessed higher values for average length of primary branches, fruit breadth and average fruit weight. The highest number of fruits producing genotype i.e. CITH-M-CT-6 was stood third in production of fruits/plant with 1.160 g fruits/plant and second was CITH-M-CT-2 (R) with 1.356 g fruit yield/plant. Whereas, minimum number of fruits/plant (78.33), average fruit weight (5.34 g) and fruit yield/plant (0.298 g) were recorded in CITH-M-CT-3, 2016/TOCVR-6 and CITH-M-CT-2 (Y), respectively (Table 1). More number of fruits/plant may be due to more plant height. Likewise, the variation in average fruit weight might be due to inverse relationship existing between average fruit weight, and number of fruits/cluster. This was conformity with the findings of Renuka et al. (2017) and Anwarzai et al. (2020). The highest fruit yield may be attributed to the favorable growth conditions that prevailed under polyhouse and also due to its protective ability against major abiotic stresses, which reduces the effect of excessive rainfall, water logging as well as provide controlled environment. Shorter fruit length, fruit girth and fruit width of cherry tomato genotype may due to character of cerasiforme species. The present result correlates with the findings of (Kumar et al., 2014) in cherry tomato. Malavika et al. (2017); Yimchunger et al. (2018) are also observed the significant variations on yield and yield attributing characters in different accessions of cherry tomato. The vigorous growth of tomato inside shed net house might be due to prevalence of micro climate and optimum light intensity inside the shade net house, and the result was in accordance with the findings of (Rana et al., 2014) in tomato. Higher yield of cherry tomato was mainly due to more number of fruits/ plant resulting from more number of flowers and fruits/cluster in addition to comparatively more number of primary, secondary branches and plant height. \r\nC. Nutritional quality attributes of fruit\r\nThe genotypes studied for different nutritional quality characteristics of fruit are represented in Table Fig. 1. The cherry tomatoes developed for fresh market and processing should have distinct quality characteristics. For processing and fresh market consumption, fruits should be firm, well coloured with acceptable flavour. Genotypes exhibited significant differences for the biochemical attributes and showed wide variation among themselves for qualitative fruit traits namely fruit firmness, TSS, titrable acidity, ascorbic acid, reducing sugar, carotene, antioxidant contents and colour of fruits which might be due to genetic constitution of different genotypes. Among the present materials of cherry tomato, most firmer fruits (5.41 lb/in2) were produced by the CITH-M-CT-2 (R) and it was at par with CITH-M-CT-1 (3.75 lb/in2) and CITH-M-CT-5 (3.66 lb/in2) while as least firmer fruits were found in CITH-M-CT-2 (Y) CITH-M-CT-3, 2016/TOCVR-4 and 2016/TOCVR-6 (2.25 lb/in2). A high total soluble solid (TSS) is the major attribute considered for preparation of processed products. According to Berry et al. (1988); Shivanand (2008), one per cent increase in TSS content of fruits results in 20 per cent increase in recovery of processed product. The data pertaining to the total soluble solid (°B) showed significant differences among the different cherry tomato genotypes. The variation in TSS content in different genotypes of cherry tomato was noticed from 4.53°B to 6.80°B. The maximum TSS content (6.80°B) was recorded in genotype CITH-M-CT-7 which was significantly superior to other genotypes namely CITH-M-CT-3, CITH-M-CT-2, 2016/TOCVR-4 whereas it was found minimum (4.53°B) in CITH-M-CT-3. The genotype CITH-M-CT-7 with 6.80°B TSS was statistically at par with remaining genotypes and also possessed maximum values for reducing sugars i.e. 4.31%. Titrable acidity showed significant differences among the different cherry tomato genotypes and maximum acidity (0.78%) was observed in CITH-M-CT-5 followed by CITH-M-CT-3 (0.84%) and 2016/TOCVR-6 (0.78%) while as it was minimum acidity in CITH-M-CT-2 (R) (0.23%) and CITH-M-CT-2 (Y) (0.44%). Rana et al. (2014) stated that the low values of titrable acidity were because of red fruits used for analysis. Similar results for TSS and acidity were reported by Yimchunger et al. (2018); Anwarzai et al. (2020) in cherry tomato and Narayan et al. (2020) in tomato. The ascorbic acid content in different genotypes of cherry tomato varied from 24.45 mg to 54.65 mg/100g of pulp with highest of 54.65 mg/100g in genotype CITH-M-CT-2 (R) and CITH-M-CT-4while the lowest was recorded in genotype CITH-M-CT-1 with 24.45 mg/100 g of fruit pulp. These results are in conformity with findings of Caliman et al. (2010) and Manna and Paul (2012).\r\nLycopene pigment in cherry tomato fruit is considered as a nutritional factor because of its antioxidant nature. The carotene content in fruits (mg/100g) showed significant differences among the different cherry tomato genotypes (Fig. 1). The genotype CITH-M-CT-1 recorded maximum carotene content of 1693.47mg/100g which was followed by CITH-M-CT-5 (1663.29mg/100g) and CITH-M-CT (R) (1524.54mg/100g) while it was found minimum CITH-M-CT (Y) (160.19mg/100g). Similar results are reported by Najeema et al. (2018). It was envisaged that the attractive yellow fruit colour might be due to presence of β-carotene and the red colour of the fruit due to lycopene which act as an antioxidant. Bhandari et al. (2016) recorded high antioxidant and lycopene contents (>1930 mg/kg) in cherry tomato. Highest antioxidant activity (35.32 mMTE/L ) was found in CITH-M-CT-5 followed by CITH-M-CT-5 (32.22 mMTE L-1), CITH-M-CT-1 (30.89 mMTE L-1) CITH-M-CT-2 (Red) (30.45 mMTE/L) whereas minimum values were noted in CITH-M-CT-2 (R) (6.40 mMTE/L). Present findings supported by the results obtained by Narayan et al. (2020) in tomato. Prema et al. (2011) also observed variation in cherry tomato genotype in respect of quality attributes viz., firmness of fruits and TSS, ascorbic acid, lycopene content of fruits. \r\nD. Fruit colour parameters\r\nThe fruit colour parameters of different cherry tomato genotypes are presented in Fig. 2. The ground colour and blush depend on sunlight during ripening. Low value of \'L*\' indicates dark fruit skin. The genotypes CITH-M-CT-2 (Y) (L*= 50.03) was found the most luminous, followed by CITH-M-CT-1 (L*= 37.29) and CITH-M-CT-1 (L*= 36.56); while the lowest values were observed in 2016/TOCVR-4 (L*= 24.25). The \'a*\' or red-green values showed significant difference in the present material of study. The highest red colour was found in CITH-M-CT-4 (a*= +29.63) followed by CITH-M-CT-6 (a*= +24.49) and CITH-M-CT-2 (R) (a*= +22.84) while lowest red colour values were noted in 2016/TOCVR-6 (a*= +13.19). The \'b*\' or yellow-blue component values were highest (b*= +60.35) in CITH-M-CT-2 (Y) and the lowest values were in 2016/TOCVR-4 (b*= +12.28). The croma (C*) values measure colour saturation intensity, a measure of how far from the great tone the colour is. The CITH-M-CT-2 (Yellow) depicted maximum chroma (C*= 62.57) followed by CITH-M-CT-4 (C*= 40.39) whereas minimum values of chroma was noticed in CITH-M-CT-1 (C*= 22.64). The hue angle (hº) correlates with \'a*\' and \'b*\' values. It is a good factor to assess the changes of characteristics colour in these genotypes. Lowest hº values indicates a redder colour as exemplified by 2016/TOCVR-4 (hº= 30.90) which was at par with CITH-M-CT-2(R) (hº= 31.38) and 2016/TOCVR-1 (hº= 43.61); whereas CITH-M-CT-2 (Y) (hº= 7.19) showed the highest hº value (Fig. 2). Pandurangaiah et al. (2020) found a strong correlations between color surface value a* and total carotenoids (0.82) and lycopene content (0.87). They also observed positive correlation for the b* color value with carotene (0.86). The L* value was negatively correlated (-0.78) with an increase in carotenoids. These close associations between color space values L*, a*, b* and carotenoids will help the breeders to quickly screen large germplasm/breeding lines in their breeding program for improvement in carotenoid content through this time saving, inexpensive and nondestructive method at fully ripe stage.\r\nE. Estimation of coefficient of variations, heritability and genetic advance\r\nThe extent of variability among the genotypes was estimated in term of lowest and highest mean values for all characters, phenotypic coefficient of variations (PCV), genotypic coefficient of variations (GCV), heritability, genetic advance and genetic advance as percentage of mean studied for growth yield and quality parameters except fruit colour attributes and data are presented in Table 2. Perusal of data of Table 3 exhibited high estimates of GCV and PCV for average fruit weight (897.81 & 934.71), ascorbic acid content (256.47 & 256.52), carotene content (144.34 & 144.39), number of fruits/plant (238.10 & 244.38), fruit yield/plant (61.97& 63.17) and average length of primary branches (42.76 & 44.07); indicating the presence of wide range of genetic variability for these traits and chances for improvement of these traits though selection to be fairly high. Most of the traits under study depicted very good scope for improvement through selection as indicative of the presence of sufficient coefficients of genotypic and phenotypic variations. Similar findings were also reported by Narayan et al. (2020) in tomato.\r\nGenotypic coefficients of variation do not estimate the variations that are heritable (Falconer, 1960), hence estimation of heritability becomes necessary. Heritability in broad sense is a parameter of tremendous significance to the breeders as its magnitude indicates the reliability with which a genotype can be recognized by its phenotypic expression. Data revealed that the estimates of heritability were high for most of traits under study and ranged from 58 to 100%, except for antioxidants activity (54.00) and average fruit length (58.00) which showed moderate heritability. The heritability estimates worked out in present study are in consonance with earlier reports by (Mohamed et al., 2012) for plant height, fruit weight and number of branches/plant in different genotypes of tomato; Kumar and Arumugam (2010) for polar diameter, TSS, plant height, fruits/plant, average fruit weight and yield/plant. The highest heritability for vegetative and yield traits were found for traits like plant height (80%), primary branch length (94%), number of branches/plant (85%) number of fruits/plant (96%), fruit weight (91%) and fruit yield/plant (81%). Likewise, the qualitative attributes viz., titrable acidity (100%), ascorbic acid (99%), carotene content (99%) and reducing sugar (92%)also exhibited highest values for heritability. Johnson et al.(1955) stated that the estimates of heritability along with genetic advance are more reliable than heritability alone for predicting the effect of selection. Maximum genetic advance was exhibited in carotene content (720.46) followed by average fruit weight (546.55) and number of fruits/plant (104.46) whereas genetic advance as parentage of mean was highest for average fruit weight (2851.06) followed by number of fruits/plant (71.87), carotene content (56.15) and titrable acidity content (53.22). Heritability, genetic advance as percent of mean and genotypic coefficient of variation together could provide best image of the amount of advance to be expected from selection (Johnson et al., 1955). Therefore, this observation indicated that these traits are under additive gene effects and more reliable for effective selection. In present study, high GCV and heritability estimates associated with greater genetic advance was observed for average fruit weight, number of fruits/plant, carotene content and ascorbic acid content which indicated that these traits had additive gene effect and, therefore, are more relative for effective selection. However, high heritability but low GA and low GCV for number of primary branches/plant, average fruit breadth, TSS, titrable acidity, reducing sugar and average fruit yield/plant showed the involvement of non-additive gene action and the selection upon these traits might not be promising. Similar results were reported by Singh and Narayan (2004), and Narayan et al. (2020) in tomato varieties. According to Burton and De Vane (1953), genetic coefficients of variability along with heritability estimates would provide a reliable indication of expected degree of improvement through selection in plant breeding.\r\nCharacters with low heritability and low genetic advance can be improved through hybridization (Liang and Walter, 1968; Anjum et al., 2009). Therefore, the traits like average fruit length and antioxidants activity of cherry tomato can only be improved through hybridization since both traits produced low heritability along with low genetic advance. \r\n \r\n\r\nIslam et al. (2012) also obtained high geno- and phenotypic coefficients of variation for individual fruit weight, number of fruits/plant as well as high estimates of heritability, genetic advance and genotypic coefficient of variation for the traits like individual fruit weight, number of fruits/plant in cherry tomato, indicated that these characteristics were controlled by additive gene action and the selection based on phenotype for these traits might be effective. Similarly high heritability coupled with moderate GA and GCV for fruit breadth suggested that selection might be effective for this trait.', 'Raj Narayan, Arun Kishor, Sumati Narayan and Anil Kumar (2022). Performance of Cherry Tomato (Solanum lycopersicum var. cerasiforme (Dunal) A. Gray) Genotypes for Physico-chemical Attributes under Naturally Ventilated Protected Structure. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 395-403.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5285, '136', 'Assessment of Insect Abundance and Diversity Associated with Sorghum Ecosystem', 'R. Srivarsha, T. Srinivasan*, R. Arulprakash and R. Ravikesavan', '66 Assessment of Insect Abundance and Diversity Associated with Sorghum Ecosystem T. Srinivasan.pdf', '', 1, 'An intensive survey was conducted during Rabi 2021 at Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore, to investigate the insect diversity in sorghum agroecosystem. Sampling was done from seedling to maturity stages at weekly intervals to assess the richness and diversity of insect pests and natural enemies using well-known diversity indices viz., Simpson\'s diversity index, Shannon-Wiener diversity index, Margalef richness index, and Pielou\'s evenness index. A total of 46 species of insect species have been recorded from different orders including Hemiptera (7), Diptera (6), Coleoptera (4), Hymenoptera (4), Orthoptera (3), Lepidoptera (3) and one species each under Mantodea, Dictyoptera, Neuroptera and Dermaptera. The highest percent relative abundance was found in Hemiptera (77.09%) followed by Coleoptera (9.10%), Hymenoptera (6.34%) and Diptera (5.21%) while the remaining orders contributing less than one percent of total population. The biodiversity analysis using Shannon-Wiener index and Margalef’s richness index revealed that Coleoptera had more diversity (2.201 and 1.922, respectively); Simpson\'s index was highest for Hemiptera (0.7514), and the equitability index was highest for Lepidoptera (0.9012) indicating greater diversity of insects in sorghum ecosystem. Understanding the biodiversity interactions in sorghum ecosystems will have a wider utility in developing effective management measures against major insect pests.', 'Sorghum, biodiversity, diversity indices, insects, pests, ecology, Coimbatore', 'Intensive survey in sorghum agroecosystem in TNAU premises at weekly intervals revealed the presence of 46 insect species from a collection of 3,361 individuals representing an array of functions viz., pests, natural enemies, scavengers, pollinators etc., The current work will be useful in the future for the use of specific management practices in sorghum fields, which will contribute to the sustainability of the agro-ecosystem. The agroecosystem, though man-made, display a diversified and widely distributed entomofauna.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nSorghum, a grain crop used for both human and animal consumption, is the sixth most dryland crop. Sorghum and other coarse grains have historically been the central part of the diet of rural and lower-income semi-urban households in India. India ranks sixth in total sorghum output with 4.8 million tonnes, with Tamil Nadu producing 4.27 lakh tonnes (INDIASTAT, 2021). Sorghum, popularly known as \"cholam,\" is grown in Tamil Nadu for both grain and fodder purposes. From the time of emergence until the late stages of grain filling, more than 150 species of insects have been identified as sorghum pests (Harris, 1995).\r\nBiodiversity is a function of the total number of taxa present, the evenness with which they are dispersed (either within species or within families), and the relationship between richness and evenness, or diversity (Ludwig and Reynolds, 1988). Insect diversity accounts for more than 80% of the diversity of species on the planet, making them a common choice for ecological indicators (Samways, 1993).\r\nStudies on the status pertaining to insect diversity in sorghum ecosystems are considerably poor. Therefore, an attempt was made to assess the diversity and abundance of sorghum insect pests and natural enemies in sorghum ecosystem to have a better understanding of the selection pressure to which the crop is subjected to.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nArthropod diversity in sorghum was studied at the Millet Breeding Station, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University (TNAU), Coimbatore during Rabi 2021 (11°01\'01.8\"N 76°55\'50.5\"E; 420 MSL). Sorghum variety Co 32 was cultivated in an area of around 1.4 acre with standard package of practices. Arthropod sampling was undertaken at weekly intervals from 7 days after germination to harvest spanning a total of 110 days. Different sampling methods were employed viz net sweeping, pitfall traps and light traps. Net sweeping was carried out by walking diagonally inside the field in the morning and evening hours. Five places were chosen randomly and 15-20 net sweeps were done at each place to collect insects. Pitfall traps were kept at 7 different sites randomly in the field and collections were made at weekly intervals. Light trap was set up twice per week between 7 pm and 11 pm and the samples were collected the following morning. The insect samples collected were preserved using dry and wet preservation techniques (stored in 70 percent ethanol) for identification (Schauff, 1986). \r\nArthropod diversity was assessed using various diversity indices that included Shannon-Wiener index (Shannon & Weiner, 1949) for species diversity, Simpson’s diversity index (Simpson, 1949) for species dominance, Margalef’s index (Margalef, 1958) for species richness and Equitability J index (Magurran, 1987) for species evenness.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA total of 3,361 individuals were collected which comprised of 46 species falling under of 30 families with the most dominant ones being the Hemiptera. The detailed list of the species is provided in Table 1. \r\nThe most abundant insect order was Hemiptera comprising 77.09% of the total population. Within the order, Peregrinus maidis was the most abundant species noticed in sorghum. Chelliah and Basheer (1965) reported that this pest may even cause death of the plant in severe cases. Pentatomid insects like Nezara viridula, Dolycoris indicus and Menida versicolor (Reddy and Davies 1979; Prabhakar et al., 1981) have been reported damaging sorghum panicles. Pyrilla spp. also has been reported as a potential pest. So far, many mirid bugs have been reported attacking sorghum of which Calocoris angustatus was found to be a key pest in southern parts of India (Sharma and Lopez 1990). Hoppers like Nephotettix spp. (Kalaisekar et al., 2017), Cofana spp. and Proutista moesta (Caasi-Lit 2018) were reported infesting sorghum and maize.\r\nThe second most abundant order, Coleoptera, made up 9.10% of all insect species. Many of coleopteran species were natural enemies of pests infesting sorghum. Cheilomenes sexmaculata, Micraspis spp. And Chilocorus melas were reported as natural enemies in sorghum ecosystem (Sherlin et al., 2019). El-Gepaly (2019) also reported the following four species as predators of sorghum: Coccinella transversalis, Scymnus spp., Chrysoperla spp. And Paederus fuscipes. Kalaisekar et al. (2017) reported Altica spp. and Myllocerus spp. as pests infesting sorghum and millets in India. Monolepta signata and Aulocophora foveicollis were reported as defoliators of sorghum (Reddy and Davies 1979). The record of Oxyrachis tarandus, a pest of pigeon pea may be due to the presence of a pulse crop in the vicinity.\r\nHymenoptera was the next abundant order with 6.34% of total population. Tarihoran et al. (2020) reported hymenoptera as the most abundant order in sorghum ecosystem in Indonesia. He has reported that, the relative density value is high in the family Formicidae. Srivastava and Bryson (1956) reported Solenopsis spp. as the serious pest of planted sorghum seeds. Apis cerana indica and Ropalidia marginata were observed as pollinator and predator respectively. Diptera with 5.21% relative abundance has the most important pests such as Contarinia sorghicola and Atherigona soccata (Reddy and Davies 1979). Lepidopteran pests such as Chilo partellus (Young 1970) and Spodoptera frugiperda (Wilde 2006) were also recorded. Despite having a significant economic impact, these pests were not well represented in the collection. This may be caused by environmental factors like the weather, season, or type of light source, among others.\r\nMohyuddin (1970) reported a list of parasitoids attacking graminaceous stem borers which includes Braconidae and Tachinidae. Camponotus compressus, Euantissa spp., Orthotylus spp. and long legged bug were reported as predators by Sherlin et al. (2019). There are previous records of soil dwelling insects such as earwig by Hassan (1987) and sorghum root weevil, Apinocis deplanatus recorded by Bryson (1941) attacking sorghum and sugarcane. Atractomorpha crenulata was also found attacking millets. There are also reports of other acridids attacking sorghum (Reddy and Davies 1979). However, there are no reports of Plecia spp. and Dictyoptera in sorghum ecosystem. Other orders including Neuroptera, Mantodea, Dictyoptera and Dermaptera contributes less than one percent of total population.\r\nThe Shannon–Wiener diversity index, Simpson’s diversity index, Margalef’s richness index and Pielou’s evenness were used as heterogeneity measures for computing diversity (Table 2). It could be observed that Shannon-Wiener index was the maximum for Coleoptera (2.201). Since each individual in this order belongs to a different species, their diversity index is the larger than others. The dominance as measured by Simpson’s dominance index has values ranging from 0.12 to 0.75. Thus, the order Hemiptera (0.7514) had the maximum dominance index value and also it is the order with the most number of families. Hemiptera also has highest number of individual species count thus making it dominant over other orders. The value of Margalef index is different for all the Orders; maximum in Coleoptera (1.922) indicating high level of species richness, while least in Orthoptera (0.572) indicating low level of species richness. Pielou’s evenness values range from 0 to 1.0, with 1.0 representing complete evenness (Magurran 2004). The order Lepidoptera (0.9012) with the Pielou’s evenness value nearing 1 is considered to be having a more balanced distribution of species in the community.\r\nThese results are in agreement with those reported by Duffield (1995) who interpreted higher insect abundance to edaphic and locally prevailing ecological factors. Wang et al. (2000) stated that the reduction in species richness was mainly caused by biotic and abiotic factors; therefore, distribution of insect pests and predatory species in the selected study area seemed to be dependent on climatic factors such as temperature, relative humidity, rainfall and wind.\r\n', 'R. Srivarsha, T. Srinivasan, R. Arulprakash and R. Ravikesavan (2022). Assessment of Insect Abundance and Diversity Associated with Sorghum Ecosystem. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 404-408.'),
(5286, '136', 'Biological Management of Dry Root Rot of Groundnut using Trichoderma harzianum and Pseudomonas fluorescens under Glasshouse conditions', 'M. Mahendra*, M. Reddi Kumar, C.P.D. Rajan and P. Sumathi', '67 Biological Management of Dry Root Rot of Groundnut using Trichoderma harzianum and Pseudomonas fluorescens under Glasshouse Conditions Mahendra.pdf', '', 1, 'Despite being major oil seed crop in Andhra Pradesh, groundnut has been suffering from recurrent incidence of dry rot disease. The pathogen being soil borne forms resistant propagules which can survive adverse environmental conditions and added regularly into the soil making the soil sick for economic cultivation. The chemical management practices though provide instant results were found to be ineffective in complete management of the disease besides posing environmental risks. To manage this major disease of groundnut, the current investigation involved combined application of bioformulations of Pseudomonas fluorescens and Trichoderma harzianum under glasshouse conditions. During the experiment we isolated six isolates of Trichoderma spp. and five isolates of P. fluorescens from the groundnut rhizosphere and tested their effectiveness in vitro against groundnut dry root rot pathogen, Macrophomina phaseolina. The outperforming isolates of antagonists were tested in vivo (pot culture) against the dry root rot disease. Among the six Trichoderma isolates tested against M. phaseolina in vitro, isolate GRT5 was found superior with highest mean inhibition (59.48%) when compared to the rest of the isolates but did not combine well with the bacterial antagonist. Among five isolates of P. fluorescens assessed in vitro against M. phaseolina, isolate PF4 recorded highest mean inhibition (36.11%). The glasshouse pot culture results indicated that, combined application of P. fluorescens @ 10 g + T. harzianum @ 8 g kg-1 of seed as seed treatment application coupled with soil application of consortia of the same @ 2 L + 80 kg of FYM + 5 kg of neem cake acre-1 outperformed other treatments with the highest plant biometrical parameters i.e., shoot length (22.39 cm), root length (34.47 cm), fresh weight (10.7 g) and dry weight (2.20 g). The treatment also yielded maximum initial and final plant populations (9.67, 8.67 respectively) with increased germination percentage (96.67%) and least PDI (3.70%).', 'Tricoderma harzianum, Pseudomonas fluorescens, Macrophomina phaseolina, Per cent Disease Incidence (PDI)', 'Groundnut dry root has become major disease with greater yield losses every year. Chemical control found ineffective in managing the disease besides polluting the environment which is current burning issue in the human society. To address this problem the current investigation was made on utilization of rhizosphere antimicrobial agents such as Trichoderma spp. and P. fluorescens. The research started with isolation of biocontrol agents from the rhizosphere and plant pathogen from the diseased sample. The isolated biocontrol agents were further subjected to confirmational studies on suitable media. The effective combination of two or many biocontrol agents gives the advantage of synergism and complete control of pathogen as observed in the current study where GRT4 and PF4 were shown highly compatible under in vitro using dual culture technique. The treatment T10 which included both fungal and biocontrol agents performed better among other treatments, which is an indication of synergism exhibited by two varied biocontrol agents in pathogen management along with improved plant growth. Though biological control of plant disease appears promising with less environmental pollution and sustainable management of plant pathogens, often it fails to achieve the target due to inconsistency in its performance over wide range of ecological conditions. The future research is needed to address this problem of inconsistent performance of biocontrol agents which makes them then the real alternatives of chemical management of plant diseases. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nGroundnut is one of the major edible oil seed crops of Andhra Pradesh, occupying 0.66 M ha of area with 0.85 M t of average production and 1.28 t ha-1 of average productivity. Majority of groundnut crop in Andhra Pradesh is cultivated during kharif in Anantapuramu, Chittoor, Kurnool and Kadapa districts. Several biotic and abiotic factors are the causes of low productivity (1.28 t ha-1) of groundnut in A.P (Directorate of Economics and Statistics, 2019-20).\r\nPattee and Young (1982) reported that, M. phaseolina can cause pod, root, peg, stem and leaf spots on older and younger seedlings. The congenial conditions for the development of the disease are soil temperature of 80-95oF prevailing for two to three weeks. The pathogen is primarily soil borne and transport of implements, irrigation water and grazing animal from the infected field to healthy field transmits the disease. The air borne pycniospores also acts as potential dispersing agent for the pathogen (Rangaswami and Mahadevan 2008).\r\nThe current indiscriminate use of toxic chemicals alone to reduce the disease incidence resulted in environmental deterioration, additional financial burden to the farmer and fungicidal resistance development in the pathogen (Rudresh et al., 2005).\r\nConsidering the above demerits of using toxic chemicals to manage the disease, inclusion of biological control in the disease management has the good potential to ameliorate the environmental risks, provides long lasting management and reduces the chances of resistance build up in the target pathogen.\r\nUse of consortia formulation of potential biocontrol agents like PGPR bacteria and antagonistic fungi is the recent advancement in the field of plant protection. This approach besides controlling the diseases, increases the nutrient uptake, phosphorous solubilization and uptake, plant growth and finally the yield.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nPathogen, M. phaseolina isolation. The standard tissue segment method as described by Rangaswamy and Mahadvan, (1999) was followed for isolation of the pathogen from the infected plant sample.\r\nThe isolation includes cutting a small bit of host root tissue having both infected and healthy portions using sterilized scalpel. The cut pieces were kept for two minutes in one per cent sodium hypochlorite and washed thrice with sterile distilled water. The resultant root pieces were inoculated on to Petri plates containing sterilized potato dextrose agar (PDA) medium and incubated at 28 ± 2°C. The Petri plates were regularly inspected for the growth of the fungal pathogen and pure culture of the same was maintained following single hyphal tip method. PDA slants were used to store the pure cultures of the test pathogen.\r\nIdentification and morphological characterization of M. phaseolina. The morphological description of Barnett and Hunter, (1972) were followed for identification of M. phaseolina. The compound microscope (ACCU SCOPE-EX 30) was used to study the hyphal branching pattern, size and shape of microsclerotia.\r\nBiocontrol agents isolation. The Trichoderma spp. were isolated form the rhizosphere soil of groundnut following serial dilution technique on Trichoderma Specific Medium (TSM) (Johnson and Curl 1977).\r\nThe bacterial biocontrol agent, P. fluorescens isolates were isolated form the rhizosphere soil of groundnut and were purified following streak plate method. The isolated bacteria was found gram negative and emitted fluorescent light when illuminated with UV light. (Manjunatha et al., 2012).\r\nTrichoderma spp. taxonomic identification\r\nThe six isolates of Trichoderma spp. were classified up to species level using the Trichoderma morphological descriptions of Bisset, (1984, 1991 a, b, c). To do so, the characters of conidiophore branching, phialide shape, phialide grouping, chlamydospore formation, spore balls, conidial shape and sterile appendages were considered.\r\nIn vitro dual culture studies of biocontrol agents against M. phaseolina\r\nIn vitro fungal antagonist-test pathogen interaction. The standard dual culture technique described by Morton and Straube (1955) was followed for assessment of effectiveness of Trichoderma isolates against M. phaseolinain vitro. The test was conducted by inoculation of 5 mm mycelial discs of both the test pathogen and the fungal biocontrol agents opposite to each other form one cm away from the periphery of Petri plate containing PDA.\r\nWhen the test pathogen was fully occupied the control plate, the results of the dual culture were recorded.\r\nBacterial antagonist-test pathogen interactions in vitro. The P. fluorescens isolates were tested for their effectiveness against M. phaseolinain vitro following dual culture method.\r\nIn a Petri plate containing equal amounts of PDA and NA, the antagonistic bacterium was inoculated as two streaks of 5 cm opposite to each other one cm away form the periphery and the test pathogen was inoculated as five mm mycelial disc in the middle. The monoculture of the test pathogen was maintained as the control for comparison. The results were recorded as the zone of inhibition in the dual culture plates when the pathogen in the monoculture was fully grown.\r\nThe formula given by Vincent (1927) was used to obtain the per cent inhibition exhibited by the bacterial biocontrol agent against mycelial growth of test pathogen in the dual culture plates.\r\n \r\nwhere,\r\nI = Per cent reduction in growth of test pathogen.\r\nC = Radial growth (mm) in monocultured check.\r\nT = Radial growth (mm) in dual cultured plates.\r\nIn vitro compatibility studies between bacterial and fungal antagonists\r\nDual culture studies were conducted to test the compatibility between bacterial and fungal antagonists as described by Morton and Stroube (1955).\r\nThe Petri plate containing equal amounts of PDA and NA was inoculated with fungal and bacterial biocontrol agents as 5 mm mycelial disc in the middle and 5 cm streaks at one cm away from the periphery of the plate on either side of the fungal mycelial disc respectively. The Petri plates containing the pathogen was treated as control. The plates were incubated at 25 ± 2°C and observations from the dual cultured plates were recorded when the pathogen in the control plates was fully grown.\r\nThe standard formula by Vincent (1927) was used to obtain the percent inhibition of fungal biocontrol agent by bacterial biocontrol agent.\r\n \r\nwhere,\r\nI = Per cent reduction in growth of test pathogen.\r\nC = Radial growth (mm) in monocultured check.\r\nT = Radial growth (mm) in dual cultured plates.\r\nM. phaseolina mass multiplication. Sterilized sorghum grains were used as substrate for mass multiplication of M. phaseolina. The clean sorghum grains were soaked in solution containing 4 per cent dextrose for overnight. Later the solution was drained and the grains were dried to appropriate moisture levels. The dried sorghum grains were filled up to 2/3 volume of 250 ml conical flasks and autoclaved at 15 p.s.i. for twenty minutes. The sterilized sorghum grains were inoculated with four day old 5 mm mycelial discs of test pathogen and kept for incubation. \r\nTalc based formulations of potential antagonists. The sterilized potato dextrose broth (PDB) was inoculated with three-day old Trichoderma culture and kept agitated by placing inside shaking incubator for seven days to get increased biomass production.\r\nNutrient broth (NB) was inoculated with two loops full of bacterial antagonist and kept in shaking incubator for continuous agitation for three days for increased biomass production.\r\nThe standard procedure was followed to develop talc formulations of both bacterial and fungal biocontrol agents (Vidhyasekaran and Muthamilan, 1995).\r\nEffective Trichoderma isolate formulation in paraffin oil + soybean oil (1:1). Effective Trichoderma sp. isolate was formulated using paraffin oil + soybean oil (1:1) liquid carrier material. For this, dry spores of Trichoderma were harvested from solid substrate (Trichoderma mass multiplied on sorghum grains) after 12 days of incubation using 100 mesh sieve. Two grams of dry spore was aseptically transferred into pre-sterilized 100 ml of liquid carrier containing paraffin oil + soybean oil (1:1). Later the formulation was poured into glass bottles and stored at 4oC in a refrigerator (Sathiyaseelan et al., 2009).\r\nFormulation of effective P. fluorescens isolate in glycerol. Solution containing two per cent glycerol in NB was used as liquid carrier material for formulation of effective isolate of P. fluorescens. The formulation was prepared by mixing 1 ml of effective bacterial antagonist at log phase and kept for incubation for two days. Later the formulation was stored in refrigerator at 4oC (Manikandan et al., 2010).\r\nGlass house studies on management of M. phaseolina using effective isolates of bacterial and fungal antagonists. The experiment was designed to test the performance of chemical and formulation of biocontrol agents in managing dry root of groundnut in pot culture. The table below shows the design of the CRD.\r\nCompletely Randomized Design (CRD) statistical method was followed with groundnut test variety Narayani for finding effectiveness of above treatments in the management of groundnut dry root rot. The observations recorded were, PDI, final plant population, initial plant population, dry weight and fresh weight, shoot length and root length of groundnut plants.\r\n\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe pathogen, M. phaseolina\r\nThe disease samples of groundnut dry root rot were collected from Sangam, Somasila areas of SPSR Nellore Dt. and R.A.R.S Tirupati, Rangampeta areas of Chittoor Dt. of Andhra Pradesh. The isolates collected from Sangam, Somasila, R.A.R.S Turuapti, Ramgampeta are named as SgMp, SmMp, TpMp and RgMp respectively. The different isolates of M. phaseolina were isolated following tissue segment method and single hyphal tip purification technique on PDA (Ghewande et al., 2002).\r\nThe isolates RgMp, SgMp and SmMp produced partially fluffy mycelium whereas isolate TpMp produced highly fluffy mycelium in culture. Morphological studies to characterize M. phaseolina isolates were conducted by observing 10 d old culture grown on PDA medium. Mycelia of for RgMp, TpMp and SgMp appeared white fluffy in the beginning and grey at maturity but the mycelia of SmMp appeared black at maturity. The microscopic examination of fungal mycelia revealed characteristic right angular branching pattern of M. phaseolina. The average microsclerotial size of SmMp was 94.30 µm which was bigger among four isolates followed by RgMp (91.80 µm) and TpMp (85.80 µm). Smaller microsclerotia were observed in isolate SgMp (70.82 µm). The microsclerotia of all isolates were blackish brown in colour. \r\nThe test pathogen exhibiting all the above characteristics was identified as M. phaseolina (Tassi.) Goid. The results were similar with the works of Subramanayam (1971) who morphologically characterized M. phaseolina.\r\n Native rhizosphere isolates of antagonistic Trichoderma spp. Six isolates of Trichoderma spp. were isolated from different soil samples of Chittoor and SPSR Nellore districts. The Trichoderma selective medium was used for initial selective isolation and PDA was used for further purification and storage of the fungal antagonist. The isolates of Chittoor were named as GRT1, GRT2, GRT3 and Nellore as GRT4, GRT5 and GRT6.\r\nUsing ACCU-SCOPE-EX 30 microscope, the Trichoderma isolates were characterized up to species level by considering the characters of conidiophore branching, chlamydospore formation, structure and distribution of phialides, size and shape of conidia. Form the study conducted, two species of Trichoderma were identified i.e., T. viride (GRT2, GRT5) and T. harzianum (GRT1, GRT3, GRT4 and GRT6).\r\nNative rhizosphere isolates of antagonistic P. fluorescens. Five isolates of antagonistic P. fluorescens were isolated from rhizosphere soil samples of groundnut collected from different places in Chittoor (PF1, PF2, PF3) and SPSR Nellore (PF4, PF5) districts. King’s B medium was used for selective isolation of P. fluorescens and PDA was used for further purification and maintenance. The bacterial isolates were confirmed as P. fluorescens as the cells were gram negative and emitted fluorescens under UV light. The results were similar with the findings of Elangovan and Gnanamanickam (1990).\r\nInteraction between Trichoderma spp. and M. phaseolina. Dual culture technique was performed to study interaction between Trichoderma spp. and M. phaseolina in vitro. Two factorial CRD was used to analyze the results as shown in Table 1.\r\nwe observed Trichoderma isolates GRT5 (67.92%), GRT6 (61.25%), GRT1 (59.17%) and GRT4 (60.42%) recorded maximum inhibition percentage when tested against RgMp, TpMp, SmMp and SgMp. Trichoderma isolates, GRT1, GRT2, GRT4 and GRT 5 were found effective in inhibiting the mycelial growth of M. phaseolina while the pathogen isolate SmMp appeared as virulent pathogen by showing minimal inhibition percentage (56.81 %).\r\nKumari et al. (2022) recorded highest mycelial growth inhibition of M. phaseolina, the causal agent of dry root of chickpea by T. harzianum (73.33) which outperformed over other biocontrol agents under the study.\r\nInteraction between P. fluorescens and M. phaseolina. Dual culture technique was performed with five isolates of P. fluorescens and four isolates of M. phaseolina to find the effective isolates of bacterial antagonist in vitro. Two factorial CRD was used for analysis of results as presented in the Table 2.\r\nWe observed that, PF4 isolate of P. fluorescence recorded maximum inhibition percentage against RgMp (37.04%), SgMp (38.52%), SmMp (31.85%) and PF3 isolate against TpMp (39.26%).\r\nThe two isolates of antagonist i.e., PF3 and PF4 were found effective in inhibiting the growth of M. phaseolina with maximum inhibition while the pathogen isolated SmMp was identified as virulent pathogen isolate with minimum inhibition (15.26 %). In a study conducted by Shanmugam et al. (2002), it was found that, Pf 1 isolate of P. fluorescens was significant in reducing the growth of M. phaseolinain vitro.\r\nCompatibility studies between effective isolates of P. fluorescens and Trichoderma sp. We obtained successful combination of antagonistic fungal (GRT4) and bacterial (PF4) isolates with minimum negative interaction (21.48 %) from the dual culture studies in vitro.\r\nMishra et al. (2013) reported that the PBAP-27 isolate of Pseudomonas and PBAT-43 isolate of Trichoderma were found most compatible with least negative interactions in vitro. The same combination was used for developing mixed formulation.\r\nFormulations of isolate GRT4 of T. harzianum and isolate PF4 of P. fluorescens. For solid formulations of bacterial and fungal antagonists talc was used as solid carrier material and paraffin oil + soybean oil (1:1) and glycerol as liquid carrier material. \r\nFor control of chickpea root rot Gaur et al. (2005) used talc formulation of T. harzianum and obtained better results.\r\nManagement of groundnut dry root rot using bioformulations of P. fluorescens (PF4) and T. harzianum (GRT4)\r\nThe mass multiplied test pathogen on sorghum grains was applied as 100 g kg-1 of soil in pots and treatments were imposed in different combinations of biocontrol agents and chemical to test for the best performing treatment. \r\nAt 45 DAS the biometric observations like root length, shoot length, dry weight, fresh weight were recorded along with germination percentage, final plant population, initial plant population and per cent disease incidence (PDI) of dry root rot. \r\nImpact of treatments on biometric parameters of groundnut plant\r\n(a) Root length. It was observed that, treatment T10 showed increased root length (34.44 cm) followed by T9 and T8 (31.97, 29.99 cm respectively). Jayasree et al. (2000) observed similar effects on shoot and root lengths of sesame and black gram with combined application of bacterial and fungal biocontrol agents.\r\n(b) Shoot length. Similar with the root length, the treatment T10 again recorded highest shoot length (22.39) followed by treatments T9, T8 and T2 (22.16, 21.92 and 19.57 cm respectively). As presented in the Table 4, T12, the control treatment recorded 6.04 cm of shoot length which was lowest among all treatments tested. Aiswarya et al. (2022) reported that seed treatment of groundnut seeds with T. viride @ 10 g kg-1 and P. fluorescens @ 10 g kg-1 against collar rot pathogen Aspergillus flavus showed increased seedling lengths of 17.07 cm and 16.89 cm respectively over control (16.04 cm).\r\n(c) Fresh weight and dry weight. Treatment T10 recorded highest fresh weight of 10.72 g and treatment T9, T8 and T11 found next best treatments with 9.42, 8.91 and 7.75 g respectively.\r\nThe dry weight was highest in the pots imposed with treatment T10 followed by T9 and T8 (2.16, 1.86 g respectively). Treatment T12, the control yielded lowest dry weight of 0.76 g. Martínez-Salgado et al. (2021) reported increased growth of groundnut plants (1417.60 g) and low disease incidence (76 %) with the application of T. koningiopsis (T-K11) @1 × 108 conidia mL−1 at 16 days after sowing on seedlings. \r\nGermination percentage. The treatment T10 recorded highest germination percentage of 96.67 per cent and treatments T9, T8, T11 and T2 stood next with germination percentages of 93.33, 90.00, 86.67 and 83.33 per cent respectively as represented in Table 3. The germination percentage was very poor in the control treatment T12 (53.33 %). Mishra et al. (2013) found that higher germination percentage (72.11 %) was recorded in soybean and chickpea plants treated with combined bioformulation of PBAT-43, PBAP-27 isolates of Trichoderma and Pseudomonas respectively.\r\nEffect on groundnut plant population. The treatment T10 recorded highest initial (9.67) and final (9.33) plant population followed by T9, T8, T11 and T2. The control treatment T12 recorded least plant population (1.33).\r\nEffect on dry root rot disease. Lowest dry root rot disease incidence (3.70%) was observed in T10 treatment and T9, T8 treatments were also shown to be promising treatments with minimal disease incidence of 7.41 and 11.20 per cent respectively. The disease incidence was very high (76.67 %) in control treatment. Ramesh and Korikantthimath (2006) observed same effect on groundnut dry root incidence with combined use of P. fluorescens and T. viride.\r\n', 'M. Mahendra, M. Reddi Kumar, C.P.D. Rajan and P. Sumathi (2022). Biological Management of Dry Root Rot of Groundnut using Trichoderma harzianum and Pseudomonas fluorescens under Glasshouse conditions. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 409-416.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5287, '136', 'Exploration on Severity and Morphological Variations in Root Rot causing Macrophomina phaseolina (Tassi.) Goid and Sclerotium rolfsii (Sacc.)in Peanut\r\n(Arachis hypogaea L.)\r\n', 'E. Priyadharshini, M. Muthamilan, L. Rajendran, R. Anandham and S. Nakkeeran', '68 Exploration on Severity and Morphological Variations in Root Rot causing Macrophomina phaseolina (Tassi.) Goid and Sclerotium rolfsii (Sacc.)in Peanut M. Muthamilan.pdf', '', 1, 'Peanut (Arachis hypogaea L.) is a major oilseed crop grown in many countries around the world as it provides good edible oil and protein. It is both leguminous and oilseed crop, but it’s production has been reduced over years due to the attack of pest and pathogen at field level. Among many pathogens, Macrophomina phaseolina (Tassi.) Goid (dry root rot) and Sclerotium rolfsii Sacc. (stem rot) are the destructive soil borne pathogens which cause severe infection and capable of producing resting structures, microsclerotium and sclerotium respectively. In this regard, survey has been carried out in various districts of Tamil Nadu which recorded an incidence ranging from 18.60 per cent to 64.00 per cent and 20.30 to 66.20 per cent respectively. In addition, different isolates of M. phaseolina and S. rolfsii were isolated from the diseased samples collected from different districts of Tamil Nadu. The isolates of the rot pathogens isolated were characterized both morphologically and molecularly. The size of the sclerotium produced by M. phaseolina and S. rolfsii were ranging from 29.416 to 84.896 µm and 480.95 to 778.42 µm. Molecular characterization of the pathogens resulted that the DNA of all the isolates of M. phaseolina amplified at an amplicon size of app. 550 - 560 bp and isolates of S. rolfsii were amplified at an amplicon size of app. 650 – 700 bp. Thus, in this study the incidence of the pathogens were recorded and different isolates of M. phaseolina and S. rolfsii were characterized.', 'Macrophomina phaseolina, Sclerotium rolfsii, incidence, isolation and morpho – molecular characterization', 'Hence, these findings revealed the diversity of colony and morphological traits among the different isolates of M. phaseolina and S. rolfsii collected from different districts of Tamil Nadu.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPeanut (Arachis hypogaea L.) is one of the most important oilseed and legume crop, which is highly used for edible purposes either as nuts or as oil extracted from nuts. It comes under the family Leguminaceae and originated from South Africa. Groundnut is of higher economic importance as it contributes to the Indian economy by exportation and exportation of groundnut is more than the domestic consumption. Although India is first in acreage, the yield/ ha is very low compared to china. The production of groundnut is declining over years and the main reason is considered as the yield loss caused by the economically important pathogens, Macrophomina phaseolina and Sclerotium rolfsii which infect the peanut crop and cause dry root rot and stem rot diseases respectively. These diseases are most destructive as it is soil borne and systemic, it infects the plants and cause complete destruction. Both the pathogens are soil borne and have a wide range of host infecting more than 500 crop species (Doley et al., 2012). These pathogens are considered to be detrimental due to the production of the fungal propagules, microsclerotium by M. phaseolina and sclerotium by S. rolfsii which survive in the soil for many years and it is difficult to destroy (Shifa et al., 2015). Also, the somatic structures of the pathogens are distributed in the soil randomly, it is very challenging to control by any means (Pardeep et al., 2015). The pathogens infect all the stages of peanut crop and their control has been difficult since. The incidence of dry root has been recorded as 33.33 per cent decayed seeds and post emergence mortality of 23.80 per cent (Moradiaand Khandar, 2011). And incidence of stem rot was recorded as 7.88 to 32.02% in various villages of Cuddalore district of Tamil Nadu (Sivakumar et al., 2016). Hence, the present study was aimed on survey of incidence of dry root rot and stem rot of peanut, isolation and characterization of M. phaseolina and S. rolfsii based on morphological and molecular characterization.\r\n\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nSurvey on the occurrence of root rot. The incidence of the root rot diseases were surveyed by roving method of survey (Archana et al., 2020) in major peanut growing districtsof Tamil Nadu viz., Coimbatore, Dharmapuri, Krishnagiri, Salem and Cuddaloreat different stages of the crop. \r\nIsolation of root rot pathogens. The symptomatic plants were collected for isolation from various districts of Tamil Nadu in which the incidence was surveyed. The symptoms were yellowing and wilting of plants, bark shredding in dry root rot infected plants and white mycelial propagules were grown on the infected parts in stem rot infected plants. Presence of sclerotia were observed on the infected parts of the plants and were visible to the naked eye.\r\nThe pathogens were isolated by tissue segment method (Rangaswami, 1972). The infected roots were cut into small pieces of 0.2 to 0.5 cm in size. The root bits were washed in distilled water twice to remove the soil and debris and these bits were surface sterilized using 1% sodium hypochlorite once and then washed with sterile distilled water twice. Excessive moisture present on the root bits were dried by placing them on sterile tissue paper. After drying, root bits were placed in fresh sterilized PDA (Potato Dextrose Agar) medium which was poured half plate for isolation. Also, brown to black, rounded sclerotium present on the roots that were apparent to the naked eye were collected and placed on fresh sterilized potato dextrose agar medium (Shim et al., 1998).\r\nMorphological characterization. The pure cultures of the rot pathogens were observed in the naked eye for their colony characters. The colour and nature of the colony growth (Fluffy/Sparse/Compact) were observed in naked eye.\r\nThe mycelial characters (hyaline/coloured, septate/coenocytic) and the sclerotial characters (size and shape of sclerotium) were observed under phase contrast microscope (LEICA DM30000, DST FIST lab, TNAU, Coimbatore) (Emayavarman et al., 2019).\r\nMolecular characterization. The DNA of the isolates of M. phaseolina and S. rolfsii were extracted separately from 14 days old PD broth inoculated with pathogens. DNA extraction was done by CTAB method (Almeida et al., 2003). The extracted DNA was amplified using the universal primers, ITS 1 and 4 with a reaction mixture, 5 µl of Master mix, 2µl of double sterile distilled water, 1µl of forward primer, 1µl of reverse primer. The reaction mixtures were prepared for all the isolates of M. phaseolina and S. rolfsii and were subjected to PCR in Thermocycler (Eppendorf Master Cycler Nexus gradient). The conditions for PCR fixed was, initial denaturation at 95°C for 1 min, denaturation at 95°C for 1 min (35 cycles), annealing at 58°C for 1 min, extension at 72°C for 1 min and final extension at 72°C for 10 mins. After the cycles were completed, the PCR product was checked for amplification in agarose gel electrophoresis by loading them in 1.2 % agarose gel amended with 2 µl of Ethidium Bromide. Then the gel was visualized under UV transilluminator and images were documented in gel documentation unit (BIO RAD, Gel DocTM EZ Imager, Bio-Rad Laboratories Inc.). To confirm the amplicon size at which the product were amplified, Molecular marker (DNA ladder, 100 bp) was used (Emayavarman et al., 2019).\r\nStatistical analysis. Design of experiment used was CRD and AGRES ANOVA package version 7.01 from Department of physical sciences, TNAU, India was used to analyse the statistical data (Senthilkumar et al., 2009) and the percent values are arcsine transformed. ANOVA was used to analyse the data at significant level 0.05 and means were compared using Duncan’s Multiple Range Test (DMRT).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nSurvey on the incidence of root rot. The incidence of dry root rot was recorded from 18.60 per cent to 64.00 per cent and stem rot was recorded from 20.30 per cent to 66.20 per cent in various districts of Tamil Nadu. The highest incidence of dry root rot was recorded as 64 per cent in Vridhachalam, Cuddalore district and lowest incidence was 18.6 per cent in Pulikarai, Dharmapuri (Table 1). Moradiaand Khandar (2011) surveyed the incidence of dry root rot in Saurashtra region of Gujarat and reported 33.33 per cent of seed decay and post emergence mortality of 23.80 per cent in peanut crop due to dry root rot. The dry root rot incidence in the major peanut growing district in Tamil Nadu, Cuddalore, the incidence was recorded ranging from 21.73 per cent to 31.68 per cent (Raja Mohan et al., 2012). \r\nSimilarly, Telugupalayam, Coimbatore district, recorded highest stem rot incidence of 66.2 per cent and lowest incidence of 20.3 per cent was recorded in Attur village of Salem district. Archana et al. (2020) stated that the incidence of wet root rot in Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu was recorded as 86.6 per cent during roving survey. The yield loss by stem rot was normally upto 25 per cent but in conducive conditions the yield loss maybe upto 80-90 per cent (Deepthi & Reddy 2013). Sivakumar et al. (2016) recorded stem rot incidence from 7.88 to 32.02 per cent in various villages of Cuddalore district of Tamil Nadu. A roving survey was conducted in major peanut growing areas in Kharif 2014, in which the incidence of stem rot was recorded as 10.11 to 59.33 per cent (Haveri, 2017). \r\nIsolation of rot pathogens. Dry root rot and stem rot infected specimens were collected and the pathogens were isolated separately under aseptic condition. The isolates were named as TNAU MP1, DPI MP2, KRI MP3, SLM MP4 and CUD MP5 for M. phaseolina isolates and TNAU SR1, DPI SR2, KRI SR3, SLM SR4 and CUD SR5 for S. rolfsii isolates. The isolates of M. phaseolina and S. rolfsii were periodically subcultured in fresh sterilized PDA plates for the maintenance of their axenic cultures. Similar isolation technique was used by Raja Mohan et al. (2012) for the isolation of M. phaseolina. The stem rot pathogen, Sclerotium was isolated by tissue segmentation method from the symptomatic stem parts by Archana et al. (2020).\r\nColony and Morphological characteristics of M. phaseolina. The colonies of isolates of M. phaseolina were compact to fluffy in nature, the colour of the isolates varied from brown to black to olivaceous grey (Fig. 1). Similar observations made by Sarr et al. (2014) reported that the colony of M. phaseolina was fluffy, initially buff later turned to pale olivaceous grey and sclerotium were numerously produced. Dark brown to greyish coloured colonies were produced by M. phaseolina isolates on PDA medium (Pandey et al., 2020).\r\nThe mycelium of all the isolates were observed under phase contrast microscope. The colour of the mycelium varies from light brown to dark brown and septations were present in all the isolates (Fig. 2). Emayavarman et al. (2019) reported the black coloured mycelium was produced by M. phaseolina and under microscope the mycelium was coloured and septate. The hyphae of M. phaseolina were found to be hyaline, with thin walls and the colour ranges from light brown to dark brown with more septa reported by Lakhran et al. (2018). \r\nThe microsclerotium were present in abundant numbers in culture plates of M. phaseolina and the colour of microsclerotium varies from dark brown to black and oval, spherical and irregular shapes of microsclerotium were also observed in different isolates (Fig. 3). Similarly, Marquez et al. (2021) described that themicrosclerotia were spherical, oval, or oblong masses of hardened fungal mycelium that are initially light brown in colour later turns to dark brown to black. Similarly, Sarr et al. (2014) reported that black coloured sclerotia were produced by M. phaseolina.\r\nTNAU MP1 isolate produced larger sized microsclerotium of an average size of 84.896 µm and the growth of TNAU MP1 was also rapid at a growth rate of 36.68 mm/day compared to other isolates (Table 2). Raja Mohan et al., (2012) recorded that size of microsclerotium produced by M. phaseolina MP5 was 85.70 µm. The size of the microsclerotium for 64 isolates of M. phaseolina was recorded as 72.8 to 127.8µm by Manici et al. (1992). Lakharan et al. (2018) have reported that the size of microsclerotium varied from 82.5 to 105 µm.\r\nColony and Morphological characteristics of S. rolfsii. The colonies of S. rolfsii were sparse to fluffy in nature and spreading radially in vein like manner. The mycelium were initially resembled silk white threads later turned to cotton white colour with sparse to fluffy growth (Fig. 4). Mahadevakumar et al. (2018) reported that the colonies of S. rolfsii were white in colour with dense, fluffy growth. Sivakumar et al. (2016) investigated the colony characters of S. rolfsii and reported that the colonies were initially silk white which later changed to dull white colour and profuse mycelium which grow radially to give fan like appearance.\r\nThe mycelium of different isolates were hyaline and highly septate when observed under phase contrast microscope (Fig. 5). The sclerotium of all the isolates were observed in naked eye and were dark brown, reddish brown, golden brown and black colours (Fig. 6). The size of the sclerotium for different isolates was varied from 480.95 µm to 778.42 µm. The isolate TNAU SR1 was found to produce sclerotium on 5 days after inoculation (DAI). The isolates DPI SR2, SLM SR4 and CUD SR5 produced sclerotium on 7 DAI and KRI SR3 isolate produced sclerotium on 8 DAI. The number of sclerotium produced by different isolates also varies from 77.68 to 434.22 on 9 DAI in which TNAU SR1 isolate produced the higher number of sclerotium and the mycelial growth is also rapid at a growth rate of 33.70 mm/day (Table 3). Pandi et al. (2017) reported that light brown, dark brown and reddish brown coloured sclerotia were produced by 8 isolates of S. rolfsii and the size of the sclerotium varied from 1002 to 1224 µm. The number of sclerotium produced by eight isolates ranged from 274 to 360/plate and the isolates grown with a growth rate of 21.62 to 31.45 mm/day. Sarma et al. (2002), reported that the colonies produced by 18 isolates of S. rolfsii were fluffy, 8 isolates were compact with the growth rate of 23-31 mm/day and the no. of sclerotium produced were 80 to 500 sclerotia/plate. The average diameter of the sclerotium was recorded as 1 – 1.2 mm and were dark to reddish brown in colour.\r\nMolecular characterization. The DNA of all the isolates of M. phaseolina and S. rolfsii were extracted separately and they were subjected to PCR and agarose gel electrophoresis was also performed for each isolate to find the amplicon size and were visualized under UV illuminator. All the M. phaseolina isolates were amplified and the amplicon were visible at app. 550 – 560 bpand for all the S. rolfsii isolates the amplicon were visible at app. 650 – 700 bp. The positive control with fungal DNA shown amplicon and in the negative control with bacterial DNA amplicon was not obtained. This confirms that the pathogens were fungi. The DNA of four isolates of M. phaseolina were extracted and 560 bp amplicon size were obtained in agarose gel electrophoresis in ITS 1&4 primers (Emayavarman et al., 2019). Similarly, Chakraborty et al. (2011) also obtained an amplicon size of app. 550 bp for the M. phaseolina isolates in ITS 1&4 primers. In case of S. rolfsii, Jebaraj et al. (2017) observed the amplicon size of 650 – 700 bp in ITS 1&4 universal primers. Similar results were also reported by Durgaprasad et al. (2008). Yu et al. (2019) extracted DNA of S. rolfsii on PCR and agarose gel electrophoresis reported that it was amplified at an amplicon size of 683bp in ITS 1&4 universal primers.\r\n', 'E. Priyadharshini, M. Muthamilan, L. Rajendran, R. Anandham and S. Nakkeeran (2022). Exploration on Severity and Morphological Variations in Root Rot causing Macrophomina phaseolina (Tassi.) Goid and Sclerotium rolfsii (Sacc.)in Peanut (Arachis hypogaea L.) . Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 417-423.'),
(5288, '125', 'Improving Barley Productivity with Sustainable use of Agrochemicals and Managed Irrigation in Climate Change Scenario', 'Kavita, Amarjeet Nibhoria and Preetam Kumar', '272 Improving Barley Productivity with Sustainable use of Agrochemicals and Managed Irrigation in Climate Change Scenario Kavita.pdf', '', 1, 'The ongoing climate change has severely altered the pattern of rainfall distribution spatially as well as temporally. The effect of climate change can be seen through the increased severity of torrential rains and the long interval between the two rains. In semi-arid and arid areas, where most of the agriculture is rainfall based with limited irrigation sources, long dry spells between the rains severely hampers the crop production. Late vegetative and reproductive water stress combined with high temperature stress, preferably in rabi crops (Wheat, Barley etc.) is highly disadvantageous for anthesis, fertilization, grain filling and grain development. Water availability at grain filling stage is quite crucial to avoid yield loss. Irrigation management and use of natural as well as synthetic agrochemicals in a sustainable manner is necessary. Irrigation timing as well as number should be planned in order to attain higher water use efficiency i.e., more crop produced per drop of water. Natural agrochemicals such as herbal hydrogel “Tragacanth katira” holds water strongly and make it available to the crop slowly under high water tension in low soil moisture conditions. Plant bioregulators are well known to improve the physiology of the plant which increases stress tolerance. Salicylic acid and potassium nitrate are the plant bioregulators which improves the physiology of the plant giving stress endurance and reduces the extent of yield loss along with improvement in water use efficiency as well as quality of grains.', 'Agrochemicals, water use efficiency, productivity, hydrogel, salicylic acid', 'Water stress at critical stages certainly reduces the productivity and profitability of barley by adversely affecting the growth and physiology. But the extent of loss can be significantly reduced by the use of herbal hydrogel before sowing to mitigate early vegetative stress and foliar sprays of agrochemicals at late vegetative or reproductive stage. Being natural products, salicylic acid and hydrogel are not harmful for the environment, however KNO3 is a chemical fertilizer and osmo-protectant, but the quantity used for foliar spray is quite low, thus helping in sustainable management of water stress.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nBarley (Hordeum vulgare L.), an annual tall grass is fourth major cereal grain crop of the world. It is immensely potent from nutritional and medicinal point of view as barley grains contain 12.5 percent moisture, 11.5 percent albuminoids, 74 percent carbohydrates, 1.3 percent, fat, 3.9 percent crude fibre and 1.5 percent ash (Anderson et al., 1990; Dudi et al., 2019); and contain water soluble fibres (β glucans). About 70 percent of barley produced all over the world is used for feed, 21 percent in malting and processing industry and less than 6 percent is consumed for food purpose (Tricase et al., 2018). In India particularly, it is grown in the semi arid areas with less irrigation or completely rainfed. In respective of stress tolerance, barley is the hardiest crop and requires very less inputs and water for its high production as compared to wheat. Water shortage and drought stress are principal environmental factors reducing the productivity of crops in many arid and semi-arid areas among other abiotic stresses (Zargar et al., 2018) influenced by climate changes (Wassmann et al., 2009). Limitation and variation in soil moisture significantly influences yield and yield attributes of various barley genotypes (El- Shawy et al., 2017; Abdelaal et al., 2020). Under slight stress conditions either of heat or drought, plants tend to reduce transpiration by closing stomatal apertures due to reduction in relative leaf water content (Ghotbi-Ravandi et al., 2014), leading to less water loss without reducing the photosynthesis (Zhao et al., 2020). This results in increased biomass production per unit of water consumed enhancing the water use efficiency. Under severe stress, photosynthesis is adversely affected (Hafez and Kobata, 2012) reducing crop yield.\r\nIncreased grain yield with relatively constant water use had increased water use efficiency over the time (Basso and Ritchie 2018) due to the adoption of navel varieties and hybrids by farmers. But increased water use efficiency of crops can be achieved only by two options: either by selection of new varieties and hybrids highly tolerant to stress conditions or by management practices (Hatfield and Dold 2019). Climate-Smart agrochemicals having economic viability and technical feasibility addresses the issues of food security, climate change, agricultural sustainability and productivity altogether. Hydrogels (hydrophilic cross-linked polymers) have become popular in recent years due to high water absorbing and holding property they possess. They can absorb more than 400 times its weight of water by binding the water molecules with hydrogen bonding and when surrounding dries out, release upto 95 percent of stored water. Synthetic hydrogels are expensive enough to be afforded by poor farmers but natural hydrogels like Tragacanth katira (gond-katira) gel are cheap and technically feasible. Application of hydrogels significantly reduces the required irrigation frequency in loamy and clay soils for a crop as available water content (AWC) is almost doubled (1.8-2.2 times) in the treatment where hydrogel is applied in comparison to the control (Abedi-Koupai et al., 2008). \r\nSalicylic acid (SA, 2-hydroxybenzoic acid) is a phenolic phytohormone having important role in stomatal conductance and photosynthetic process (Khan et al., 2003; Arfan et al., 2007) and signaling molecule for stress (Karlidag et al., 2009). Exogenous application of SA decreases oxidative stress and enhances stress tolerance (Gunes et al., 2007) by improving enzymatic (catalase, peroxidase etc.) and non-enzymatic antioxidant activity such as proline production (Mutlu et al., 2016). Potassium increases translocation of dry matter to grains (Kajla et al., 2015), essential for protein synthesis, activation of about 45 enzymes in plant cell and is indicative element for drought stress (Demidchik et al., 2014). Conventional practice followed by farmers generally focuses on use of nitrogenous fertilizers only which reduces crop yield as well as exhausts the soil fertility and in mid to late stages of crop growth, nutrients are not provided which also results in the yield decline. Application of potassium as foliar spray (as they easily get absorbed in the plant system) under stress conditions not only gave endurance to plants to withstand the stress but also enhances yield and water use efficiency (Mesbah, 2009). Two foliar applications of KNO3 at 0.5% (one at booting and other at anthesis stage) significantly increased grain yield of wheat grown under late sown conditions in comparison to when no foliar spray is done or water spray is done at heading and anthesis stage (Chaurasiya et al., 2018). \r\nHaryana and Punjab are less vulnerable to climate change for barley production (vulnerability index of 0.35 and 0.09, respectively) compared to states of central India (0.80-0.85). It suggests higher scope of increasing barley production herein present climate change scenario, when production from the major contributing states is supposed to decline (Sendhil et al., 2017). In this review an attempt is made to study the impact of different irrigation levels and agrochemicals on barley growth and productivity.\r\nEffect of irrigation levels and agrochemicals on Growth and Physiology of Barley. In an experiment conducted on barley at Dinajpur, Bangladesh with four irrigation levels (no irrigation, one at tillering, two at tillering and booting, three at tillering, booting and grain filling stage) having 30 mm water for each. Maximum dry matter and plant height 40 DAS onwards was recorded with three irrigations which was at par with two irrigations (Bahadur et al., 2013). Shirazi et al. (2014) in his study on wheat in Bangladesh reported that 300 mm irrigation (100 mm each at 30, 45 and 60 DAS) resulted in higher plant height compared to no irrigation, one and two irrigation. However, effect of one (at 30 DAS) and two irrigation (at 30 and 45 DAS) in was at par and higher than that of non-irrigated plants. Devi et al. (2017) reported that maximum significant increase in plant height (cm) of wheat plants was recorded with foliar spray of potassium nitrate at 3 percent but it was at par with 1.5, 2 and 2.5 percent. Leaf area index was significantly improved with increasing levels of irrigation at 30, 60 and 90 DAS in barley (Hingonia et al., 2018). Irrigation at 1.00 IW/CPE ratio reduced days to 50 percent flowering by 3 to 5 days compared to irrigation at either 0.75 or 0.50 IW/CPE ratio in groundnut grown at at Tindivanam, Tamilnadu (Hussainy and Vaidyanathan 2020). Similar results were also reported by Hussen et al. (2019) in mung bean and Ullah et al. (2002) in chickpea. Rehman and Khalil (2018) reported similar kind of findings of delaying physiological maturity with salicylic acid application in stress conditions. \r\nKumar et al. (2019) conducted a two-year study in Durgapur to study effect of different irrigation levels and hydrogel in wheat crop variety HD 2967. Two hydrogels, herbal hydrogel (Tragacanth i.e., gond-katira) at 400 ml/100 kg seed and Pusa hydrogel at 2.5 kg ha-1 were used for seed treatment and soil application respectively and control (no treatment) for comparison. Effect of herbal hydrogel was found at par with control (no seed treatment) for plant height, crop growth rate and dry matter accumulation in early stage of crop but near maturity, significant higher growth parameters were observed over control. Wairagade et al. (2020) also reported similar findings. Rathore et al. (2020) reported that RWC content was increased with the soil application of hydrogel compared to control in Indian mustard at 0.8, 0.6, 0.4 IW/CPE irrigations and in rainfed condition.\r\n Rao et al. (2016) reported that foliar spray of 1 percent KNO3 at flowering and pod initiation stage improves the RWC and chlorophyll content in both irrigated and unirrigated conditions in mung bean compared to water sprayed and control (no foliar application). Chaurasiya et al. (2018) reported that foliar spray of KNO3 at 1, 1 and 0.5 percent in wheat at booting, anthesis and both (booting and anthesis) resulted into significant 5.63, 12.71 and 18.91 percent increase in total plant dry matter (g m-2) over control, respectively. Bangar et al. (2019) conducted a study at College of Agriculture, Latur in soyabean to test the effect of foliar spray of agrochemicals. Total dry matter per plant (g) at harvest was increased from 17.08 (control) to 22.81 and 23.14 under one (30 DAS) and two (30 and 45 DAS) foliar application of KNO3. \r\nHellal et al. (2020) from National Research Centre, Egypt observed that plant height of barley var. Giza 125 was significantly decreased under water stress compared to control. Application of foliar spray of potassium citrate, potassium nitrate and potassium silicate (each at 2%) at 40 and 60 DAS enhanced the plant height, RWC and chlorophyll under conditions of drought stress.Fayez and Bazaid (2013) reported that chlorophyll a and b in leaves of barley plants were decreased (when soil water content was reduced to 50%) compared to control and foliar application of KNO3 at 10 mM at 50 percent SWC enhanced chl a and b. Arnold and Fletcher (1986) reported that potassium stimulates chlorophyll, grana and thylakoid synthesis in plants. Chlorophyll synthesis persists for a long time when stimulated by potassium and it requires a period of light for the two processes: cotyledon expansion and chlorophyll synthesis.\r\nEl-nasharty et al. (2019) carried out a research on wheat at Alexandria University, Egypt to check the alleviation effect of SA in mitigating stress and concluded that spray of SA at 400 ppm at tillering and booting initiation stage increased the plant height and dry matter per plant by 11 and 35.40 percent respectively over water spray. Similar findings for effect of SA were reported by Torun et al. (2020) and Torun et al. (2022) in barley for fresh and dry matter of plant. Anosheh et al. (2012) conducted field experiment on wheat and concluded that drought stress reduced chlorophyll a and b content by 55.65 and 73.34 per cent, while, foliar spray of SA @ 0.7 mM at double ridge stage increased chlorophyll a and b by 29.49 and 25.69 per cent. Similar results were also observed in seedlings of Vigna radiata (Asha et al., 2015). Moisture stress increases concentration of chlorophillase, peroxidase enzymes (Sepehri and Golparvar 2011) and reactive oxygen species (O2- and H2O2 increases) leads to lipid peroxidation which in turn reduces the chlorophyll content. Similar results of decreased chlorophyll content under withholding of irrigation were also reported by Mohseni Mohammadjanlou et al. (2021) and Seyed Sharifi (2020). Seed priming and SA foliar spray @ 10 mM was also observed effective in improving chlorophyll content by 18 and 24 percent under stressed conditions in wheat crop (Ilyas et al., 2017). Similar findings were reported by Ghani et al. (2021) in Brassica napus with application of 0.13 mM SA. \r\nAbdelaal et al. (2020) reported that foliar spray of SA @ 0.5 mM at 21 DAS led to increased relative leaf water content by 20 to 30 per cent in water stressed plants of barley. Similar results were reported by Azmat et al., 2020 in wheat crop with 1 mM foliar spray. Relative leaf water content- an important index for water status in plants is closely related to the cell volume and it reflects the balance between water supply to the leaf and transpiration rate (Lugojan and Ciulca 2011). Abd El-Mageed et al. (2016); Nassef (2017) have also reported improved relative leaf water content in ample moisture conditions compared to stressed condition. SA helps in ion uptake regulation and integrity of membrane (Gunes et al., 2007) and regulation of stomatal closure resulting in higher turgor in leaves.\r\nEffect of irrigation levels and agrochemicals on Yield and yield attributes. Sharma and Verma (2010) undertook a study at Karnal in barley to evaluate the effect of irrigation. Irrigation levels used were one at 30 DAS, two at 30 and 60 DAS and three at 30, 60 and 90 DAS. Highest grain yield was recorded with three irrigation followed by two compared to one irrigation, however, no. of grains per spike and thousand grain weight were recorded maximum with two irrigations. Yield and yield attributes of barley were enhanced significantly when one or two irrigations were given compared to no irrigation (Hingonia et al. 2016). Grain, biological and protein yield of barley was found significantly maximum with irrigation at every 10 days after booting stage (7 irrigations total) followed by irrigation at every 15 (6 irrigations), 20 (5 irrigations) and 25 days (4 irrigations). Lowest yield was observed when no irrigation was given at all after booting stage. Only three irrigations were given before booting stage (Shrief and El-Mohsen, 2014). Safdari et al. (2018) conducted a study at Medicinal Plant Research Center of Shahed University, Iran and reported that yield and yield traits of barley showed a significant decrease when irrigation was given at maximum allowable depletion (MAD) of 90 percent of available soil moisture and highest values were observed when MAD equals to 30 percent of available soil moisture. Kumar et al. (2019) conducted a study at Kanpur, U.P. and observed that grain and straw yield of barley were increased with two irrigations (tillering and flag leaf stage) over one and no irrigation. However, maximum significant harvest index was achieved with no irrigation which was decreased by 4 to 6 per cent with two and one irrigation.\r\nFoliar spray of SA improved grain yield and its attributes in wheat under conditions of stress (Yavas and Unay 2016; Kareem et al., 2019). Foliar spray of SA @ 0.2 mM L-1 at 45 and 60 DAS increased grain yield of barley by 15 per cent (Hafez and Seleiman, 2017). Abdelaal et al. (2020) reported that drought stress in barley decreased spike length and no. of grains per spike compared to control and foliar spray of 0.5 mM SA increased spike length and no. of grains per spike. However, significant difference was not observed in no. of grains per spike. \r\n Suryavanshi and Buttar (2016) conducted a field experiment at Ludhiana to evaluate the efficacy of various osmoprotectants in mitigating terminal heat stress effects in wheat in North-west India. Treatments used were control (no spray), water spray, Thiourea at 20, 40 and 60 mM, KNO3 at 1, 2 and 3 percent, SNP at 400, 800 and 1200 µg/ml. Foliar spray of 2 percent KNO3 showed significantly higher response in grain, straw and biological yield than water spray and control. Chaurasiya et al. (2018) reported that 0.5 percent KNO3 at booting and anthesis showed an increment of 10.99 percent and KNO3 at 1 percent at anthesis showed 9.45 percent increment in grain yield of wheat compared to control. Total number of grains per spike and test weight were recorded significantly highest in KNO3 sprayed at 0.5 percent. This treatment was found at par with 1 percent KNO3 at anthesis stage. \r\nHellal et al. (2020) observed that yield, yield attributes and harvest index of Giza 125 variety of barley were decreased under conditions of water stress compared to control (no stress). Maximum significant increment in yield and yield attributes was observed with potassium citrate followed by potassium nitrate (2% twice at 40 and 60 DAS) and potassium silicate compared to drought stressed control (no foliar treatment). Potassium, the most abundant cation in the phloem, along with amino-N compounds and sucrose affects the rate of translocation of photo-assimilates via phloem (Lalonde et al., 2003). Concentration of potassium within the cell sap is positively correlated to external supply as reported by Mengel and Haeder (1977). The gradient established by K+ concentration, the so called “potassium battery” enables a plant to overcome the local shortage of ATP and; also maintains the efficiency in long distance transport system as reported by Dreyer et al. (2017). Enhanced translocation of photosynthates from source to sink increased yield attributes.\r\nLather et al. (2015) reported that yield and yield attributes of wheat was increased when seed priming was done with herbal Tragacanth katira gel at 100 g kg-1 seed compared to untreated seed when first irrigation was delayed by 35 DAS and 45 DAS respectively. Delayed first irrigation to 35 DAS significantly reduced grain yield and harvest index by 9.83 and 7.98 per cent which was increased by 8.04 and 6.27 per cent with seed coating of herbal hydrogel in late sown wheat. Kumar et al. (2019) reported that effective tillers and spike length were highest with Pusa hydrogel application compared with herbal hydrogel and control. But Pusa hydrogel and herbal hydrogel were found statistically at par for number of grains per spike and test weight, but higher over control. Herbal hydrogel statistically improved grain, straw and biological yield compared to control. However, maximum yields were recorded with Pusa hydrogel. Kumar and Singh (2020) conducted a study at CCSHAU, Hisar for two years to investigate the hydrogel effect on yield and profitability in wheat. Results showed that Pusa hydrogel at 2.5 kg ha-1 and herbal hydrogel application had no significant effect on yield and yield attributes compared with control. \r\nEffect of irrigation levels and agrochemicals on Quality parameters and water use efficiency. Protein content (%) in grains of barley at Libya was enhanced and water use efficiency was decreased significantly when irrigation interval was increased from every 10 days after booting stage to 15, 20, 25 or no irrigation. Effect of irrigation at every 10 days or 15 days after booting was found at par. Before booting, three irrigations were given (Shrief and El-Mohsen 2014). Hingonia et al. (2016) reported that total protein content of grains of barley was significantly reduced by 1.9 to 7.5 per cent when two and one irrigation were replaced with no irrigation. Safdari et al., 2018 also observed that protein content in wheat was reduced with increment in severity of moisture stress. Kumar et al. (2019) reported that highest protein content (8.28%) and N content (1.31%) in barley grain was achieved under two irrigation (tillering + flag leaf stage) followed by one irrigation at tillering stage (8.19, 1.30) and; one irrigation at flag leaf stage (7.41, 1.18) compared to non-irrigated (6.93, 1.11) barley grains respectively. \r\nKarimian et al. (2015) reported that spray of 1- or 2-mM SA in groundnut didn’t show any significant increment in protein content of kernel over control in normal conditions but 3 mM SA spray showed significant response, while, under moderate drought stress, both 2 and 3 mM SA spray significantly increased protein content. In case of intense stress, even 1 mM SA spray showed significant increase. Nazar et al. (2015) conducted a pot culture experiment on mustard cultivar Pusa Jai Kisan and reported that drought stress (50% field capacity) reduced water use efficiency and 0.5 mM application of SA restricts the reduction. \r\nAbrol et al. (2020) reported that foliar spray of KNO3 at 0.5 percent significantly improved rain water use efficiency of wheat crop over water spray and control. Rain water use efficiency with water spray was recorded higher over control and maximum with 0.5% KNO3 + 0.5% urea spray. \r\nWater use efficiency in barley was decreased with stress and foliar applications of SA improved water use efficiency over control (Hellal et al., 2020). Photosynthetic WUE was increased from 2.48 (mol-1 µmol CO2) under control to 2.70 under drought stress in wheat with foliar application of SA at 0.5 mM (Khalvandi et al., 2021). Application of herbal hydrogel reduced the irrigation frequency and hereby, increasing water use efficiency in wheat and DSR rice (Lather et al., 2015; Lather, 2019). Application of hydrogel at 5 kg ha 1 with 200 ppm SA at flowering and siliqua formation stage resulted in maximum oil content and yield, protein content and water use efficiency of Indian mustard compared to control and other treatments in restricted irrigated conditions (Meena et al., 2020). Rathore et al. (2020) observed that water productivity and soil moisture content in Indian mustard was increased with the soil application of hydrogel in irrigated as well as rainfed conditions.\r\nEffect of irrigation levels and agrochemicals on Economics \r\nBarick et al. (2020) conducted a study on rapeseed and reported that highest cost of cultivation, net return and B:C ratio was observed with irrigation at IW/CPE of 1.0. Net return was observed negative for fully rainfed crop. Irrigation at 0.6 and 0.8 IW/CPE showed same cost of cultivation, but gross return, net return and B:C was higher with irrigation at 0.8 IW/CPE. Devi et al. (2017) reported that treatment having foliar application of KNO3 at 2 percent showed maximum B: C ratio followed by KNO3 at 1.5, 2.5, 1, 3 and 0.5 percent compared over control in wheat. \r\nPusa hydrogel at 2.5 kg ha-1 recorded higher cost of cultivation, gross and net returns in wheat compared to herbal hydrogel Tragacanth at 400 ml/100kg seed and control (no treatment). However, higher B:C was recorded with herbal hydrogel compared to Pusa hydrogel and control. An additional net return of Rs. 3514 ha-1 and Rs. 5689 ha-1 was achieved with seed treatment with Tragacanth katira gel and soil application of Pusa hydrogel (2.5 kg ha-1) over control (no treatment or application) in wheat crop (Kumar et al., 2019). Lather, 2019 reported that novel herbal hydrogel technology significantly reduces cost of cultivation and use of fertilizers in DSR rice. \r\n', 'Kavita, Amarjeet Nibhoria and Preetam Kumar (2022). Improving Barley Productivity with Sustainable use of Agrochemicals and Managed Irrigation in Climate Change Scenario. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2): 1580-1586.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5289, '136', 'Plants Fatty Acid Esterases: A review', 'Nisha, L.K. Chugh, Priya*, Satender Kumar and Anshu', '69 Plants Fatty Acid Esterases A review Priya.pdf', '', 1, 'There are several lipolytic enzymes in nature, and they have been identified from microbial and plant sources as well as from the tissues of mammals. In plants, they are mainly located in energy reserve tissues like seeds. Poor shelf life of whole flour of coarse cereals including pearl millet and by products of refined flour of fine cereals like wheat, rice and oats is an issue of concern for industries and consumers. Of the whole set of enzymes in bran and germ, lipase and esterase, mainly present in the outer bran fraction of the cereal kernel, hydrolyze water insoluble and soluble esters yielding free fatty acids that generate lipolytic rancidity. As \"lipolytic enzymes,\" esterases (carboxyl ester hydrolases; EC.3.1.1.1) and lipases (triacylglycerol acylhydrolase; EC.3.1.1.3) have the ability to hydrolyze hydrophobic short and long chain carboxylic acid esters, respectively. Esterases catalyze the hydrolysis of ester bonds of water soluble substrate and show a preference for water-soluble fatty acids of less than 10 carbon atoms. Esterases catalyze the hydrolysis mainly esters composed of short chain fatty acids. Triglycerides contained in endosperm are hydrolyzed into free fatty acids and glycerol by lipolytic enzymes found in seeds. Moreover, chemical and kinetic characters of Plants fatty acid esterase are very less known. Comparison of chemical properties of Esterase and kinetic behavior with esters of different plants will give the enzyme great potential for application in the production of low molecular weight esters, in the food industry, and in chemical product. Physiochemical and kinetic properties, high stability, and low cost of production is the main advantage of esterase, it is possible to get more healthy and stable enzymes for industrial uses.', 'Fatty Acid, Esterases, lipolytic enzymes, energy reserve tissues, free fatty acids', 'The natural substrates of the esterases, a huge, diversified, and complicated set of enzyme molecules with overlapping substrate specificities, remain mostly unknown. The most active esterases, however, were all found to react more favourably with short-chain esters that included a specific acyl group. The Km and Vmax of esterase indicated that, these enzymes exhibits higher activity towards the short chain naphthyl esters. It was concluded that comparatively higher activity of fatty acid esterase, lower Km value for its substrates and lower optimum temperature might be responsible for faster in situ hydrolysis of lipids. Indirect fortification of flour by ascorbic acid treatment of pearl millet grains was effective in negatively modulating activities of Fatty acid esterase for arresting not only in situ hydrolysis but also enzymatic oxidation of lipids.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nA top goal has always been ensuring food security because of the rising need for food as the population grows. Lipase and esterase are two of the many enzymes found in bran and germ, and they are primarily found in the outer bran portion of cereal kernels. They hydrolyze water-insoluble and soluble esters, producing free fatty acids that cause lipolytic rancidity (Doblado-Maldonado et al., 2012). High lipids content is one of the important factors responsible for development of rancidity (Goyal et al., 2015). High lipolytic enzyme esterase activity has been substantially associated with the development of hydrolytic rancidity. In moistened flour, lipoxygenase either performs non-enzymatically or enzymatically the oxidation of the free fatty acids collected during storage. By oxidising polyunsaturated fatty acids produced by lipase activity in the presence of too much moisture while the dough is being mixed, it may have a negative impact on the quality of the wheat (Delcros et al., 1998; Mann and Morrison, 1975). The secondary oxidation products, such as volatile substances like hexanal and various ketones, are produced by the rearrangement and decomposition of the hydroperoxide derivatives produced as a result of Lipoxygenase activity (Doblado-Maldonado et al., 2012). Poor bread quality is caused by hydrolytic and oxidative rancidity products (Tait and Galliard 1988), production of bitter compounds (Bin and Peterson 2016) and a decline in sensory properties (Hansen and Rose 1996). Despite being assigned different enzyme class numbers for the two distinct functions, the identical enzymes perform amidase and esterase reactions. The esterases are divided into A-, B-, and C-esterases based on how they interact with toxicologically significant organophosphates. Organophosphates are potent inhibitors of B-esterases, which accounts for their (intended selective insecticidal as well as unintentional overdose mammalian) toxicity. Organophosphates are substrates of A-esterases and are consequently detoxified by them. C-esterases do not interact with organophosphates. Since esterases can be used in a wide range of industries, including the food industry, pharmaceuticals, fine chemistry, etc., there is increasing interest in them. Numerous characteristics of esterases, including their widespread dispersion, measurement, manufacturing, synthesis target, purification, and molecular biology, have been published. The esterases are used in the synthesis of low molecular weight esters, the creation of dairy products, wine, fruit juices, beer, and alcohol (Goyal et al., 2015). Modulators as extrinsic factors, often metal ions or organic compounds of known as well as unknown function have often been employed either to identify their role as direct participation as cofactor in catalysis, identification of amino acid residues in active site, or stabilizer/de-stabilizer of intra and inter subunit interactions so as to change catalysis favourably. Negative modulation of lipids hydrolyzing or oxidizing enzymes native to grains by pre treatment of grains and/or fortification of flour with food grade additives may prove to be an effective approach for decreasing their activities in flour and thus slowing down the reactions leading to minimal production of undesirable metabolites viz., free fatty acids, hydroxyperxides, volatile aldehydes/ketone etc Barros and Macedo (2015). Gaining knowledge of its physico-chemical and kinetic properties is a pre-requisite for identifying modulator(s) of enzyme activity which necessitates purification of fatty acid esterases.\r\nPartial purification of plant Fatty acid esterases. Extraction buffers or solutions used by the investigators for preparation of crude extract of Fatty acid esterases from various plant sources along with their activities and specific activity are listed in Table 1. Barros and Macedo (2015) extracted the enzyme from soybean seeds in1 mM CaCl2 with added 5 mM EDTA, however, earlier (Barros and Macedo 2011). They used only 1 mM CaCl2, 1 mM. Chen et al. (2019) also preferred 1mM CaCl2 containing 2.5 mM DTT and 0.1% Triton X-10 for extracting the enzyme from rice bran. Therefore, mentioned researcher did not mention pH of CaCl2 solutions. Tris-HCl buffer of either 50 or 100 mM strength and pH ranging from 7.0 to 8.3 was used for extraction of esterase and 50 mM phosphate buffer of pH 7.0 or 7.5 have been used by the researchers. Invariably pearl millet fatty acid esterases have been extracted in 100 mM phosphate buffer of pH 8.0 (Sheenu et al., 2018). Activities and specific activities of FAEs in crude extracts varies depending upon plant species.\r\nLevels of fold purification and recovery of enzyme activity of different plant Fatty acid esterases by fractional precipitation with ammonium sulphate and organic solvents are presented in Table 3. Recovering 92 % of the enzyme activity purified Fatty acid esterases from Synadenium grantii. Staubmann et al. (1999) used 50-80 % alcohol for fractional precipitation of Jatropha curcas L. FAE but had not reported recovery of the activity. \r\nPhysiochemical and kinetic properties of plant Fatty acid esterase. Earlier a good comparison of activities of p-nitrophenylpalmitate dependent esterases and lipase of many grasses was made by Mohamed et al. (1999). They reported high variation the level of activities not only among the genus but within species or cultivars. By conducting experiments at various temperatures in the range of 30-90°C at pH 7.0, using 0.1 M phosphate buffer, it was possible to determine the impact of temperature on the esterase activity. Most pure esterases from plants and animals were found to work best at a pH between 7.0 and 9.0. For sorghum, barley, and Mucuna seeds, a pH of 7.0 was shown to be ideal for plant esterases. Most plant esterases were stable in the pH range of 4 to 9.0. Similar to this, Caesalpania seed esterase had an optimal pH of 7, and it was stable between pH 4 and 9.0.\r\nIndustrial Applications: The industrial uses of esterases provide significant contributions to environmentally friendly practises in the food, textile, agrochemical (herbicides, insecticides), and bioremediation industries (Gupta, 2016). Esterases hydrolyze ester bonds and act on a wide range of naturally occurring and synthetically produced substances, making them very helpful in the bioremediation process. It is possible to successfully determine the primary amino acid sequence and three-dimensional structure of enzymes through purification. The structure-function relationships of pure esterases may be established using X-ray investigations, which can help to better understand the kinetic mechanisms of esterase activity on the hydrolysis, synthesis, and group exchange of esters. Esterase is essential for the breakdown of hazardous compounds, polymers, and other natural and industrial contaminants such grain trash. The synthesis of optically pure chemicals, flavouring agents, fragrances, and antioxidants can all benefit from it (Panda and Gowrishankar 2005). In the oxidation and cycling of marine organic carbon, esterases play a significant role. Sea-derived halotolerant esterases might work well in high-salt industrial operations (Zhang et al., 2017). Octyl Acetate (OA) or Octyl Ethanoate is a flavour ester with a fruity orange flavour that is utilised in the food and beverage industries. It is made from octanol and acetic acid. It can be found in foods like wines, wheat bread, cedar cheese, bananas, sour cherries, and oils made from citrus peel. It is a flavouring component that serves as the foundation for synthetic orange flavouring. The purification of esterase and its usage in the manufacture of octyl acetate ester are the main topics of the current research. This is the first account of octyl acetate being synthesized using esterase.', 'Nisha, L.K. Chugh, Priya, Satender Kumar and Anshu (2022). Plants Fatty Acid Esterases: A review. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 424-428.'),
(5290, '136', 'Estimating Net Sown Areas at Kalwakurthy Branch Canal using Multi Temporal Sentinel-2A Satellite Data', 'Tasleema Nasreen*, T.L. Neelima, Tarik Mitran and K. Avil Kumar', '70 Estimating Net Sown Areas at Kalwakurthy Branch Canal using Multi Temporal Sentinel-2A Satellite Data Tasleema Nasreen.pdf', '', 1, 'Mapping crop areas is the first step in characterizing critical crop growing environments that help macro-level planning, leading to sustainable use of resources and improvement in drylands. Mapping of the crops at the district, regional or the national level gives an information of the change in the cropping pattern in an area and also gives the input for the various agencies such as the regional agricultural agencies, insurance agencies and geo portal boards.In the present study the attempt has been made to generate spatial distribution of the kharif and rabi area during 2015-16 in Kalwakurthy Branch Canal develop under Mahatma Gandhi Kalwakurthy Lift Irrigation Scheme (MGKLIS) which is one of the irrigation project in the Telangana State. The study utilized Sentinel-2A satellite based NDVI (Normalized Difference Vegetation Index) to extract net sown area of study site. The crop map obtained using the conditional based classification showed that the kharif area, rabi area and orchard area were estimated as 5721.54 ha, 1287.47 ha and 1627.36 ha respectively. The results indicated that the overall accuracy and Kappa coefficient achieved were 86.67% and 0.77.', 'Cropping season, Crop mapping, Sentinel 2A, NDVI', 'In the present study, net sown areas of 5721.54 ha (kharif), 1287.47 ha (rabi) and orchard (1627.36) were estimated over Kalwakurthy Branch Canal with an overall accuracy of 86.7%. Besides, the spatial distribution pattern of the net sown area during the Kharif and rabi seasons was also generated. The current study showcases the potentialities of high-resolution temporal images and ground data for mapping net sown area at field scale. The study has led to the development of a new method for mapping croplands using Sentinel-2 NDVI time-series and a conditional-based classification approach. The classification approach developed in the study can be applied further for regional, district, state, and country level assessment of the net sown area. The information generated in the present study could be a valuable input for the state agricultural department, various agencies such as the regional agricultural agencies, insurance agencies, and geo portal boards for micro-level planning for sustainable agriculture.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nDryland areas are highly vulnerable because of high variability in rainfall (Misra et al., 2010). Construction of the new irrigation structures ensures the water supply in dryland areas, which plays a significant role in the cropping system. Over the years, dryland agriculture\'s changing character and extent underline the importance of continuously monitoring croplands to ensure sustainable food production (Gumma et al., 2020). Cropland mapping and monitoring are essential for estimating potential harvesting, agricultural field management (Sonobe et al., 2017), food production, and sustainable natural resources management (Belgiu and Csillik 2018). Mapping of the crops at the district, regional or national level gives information on the change in the cropping pattern in an area. Also, it provides input for various agencies such as the regional agricultural agencies, insurance agencies, and geo portal boards. Crop classification and land monitoring can be estimated using many earth observation satellites (Rodriguez-Galiano et al., 2012). The temporal and spatial variations in the crop area will help in improving the productivity of land and water (Neelima et al., 2013). Remote sensing (e.g., satellites and drones) has made it possible to assess and monitor the extent and status of cultivated land. Remote sensing techniques are a handy and cost-effective tool for acquiring a large amount of information (Ryu et al., 2011). The images from the satellite provide a valid alternative, particularly when the area needs to be estimated at the state or national level (Thenkabail et al., 2010).The launch of the Sentinel -2 satellite by the European Space Agency provides free optical data with high resolution. Sentinel-2A was launched in June 2015, and Sentinel-2B, launched in March 2017, provides data at five days. For this study, conditional based classification was performed, and the approach of using temporal data. NDVI for the cropping season based on the crop calendar was used. Sentinel 2, with the higher temporal resolution availability of data, made it easier to analyze the crop condition on each 6th day, and the crop was mapped at the scale of 10-meter resolution\r\nBy keeping the above mentioned views in mind the present study was designed to examines the spatial distribution of kharif and rabi (including orchards) area under the Kalwakurthy Branch canal during 2015-16. The frequent monitoring of the cropping pattern in an area can help the irrigation engineers to schedule the irrigations which can help in calculating the water requirement for the command area.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nLocation of the study site and its description. Mahatma Gandhi Kalwakurthy Lift Irrigation Scheme (MGKLIS) is one of the flagship irrigation projects in the Telangana State, which has served as a boon for drought-prone areas of Mahabubnagar, Nagarkurnool, and Wanaparthy districts since 2016. The MGKLIS is divided into two branch canals, namely the Achampet branch canal (ABC) of 90 km in length and the Kalwakurthy Branch Canal (KBC) of 160 km in length. The present study is carried out for KBC. The study area is located between 16°9\'36\"N to 16° 44\' 54\" N latitude and 78°1\'18\"E to 78°34\' 46\"E longitude. The KBC has an ayacut of 96,405 ha. It is a semi-arid region with a hot and dry climate with an annual rainfall of 600-1100 mm, and the average temperature is 35°C. The major crops grown in the study area are paddy, cotton, redgram, and groundnut. Two types of soils are predominant in the study area, namely red soils and black cotton soils\r\nSentinel-2 data: Sentinel-2 satellite with 10-meter resolution has a revisit period of 6-day surface reflectance from the EU Copernicus Programme is ideal for monitoring vegetation at a small scale (Xiong et al. 2017) was used for the study. Two tiles namely PHT and QHU covering the required region were downloaded from the Copernicus Open Access Hub (https://scihub.copernicus.eu/).\r\nPre-processing of Sentinel-2Adata: ERDAS imagine software was used to pre-process and mosaic the tiles of the study area, and then stack them as a single composite. The bands Blue, Green, Red and Near Infra-Red are used for generation of the False Colour Composite (FCC) image. The shape files received from the MGKLIS Executive Engineer Office; Nagar Kurnool was used to clip the data to the study area.\r\nGround data collection: The field survey was carried out during 2021-22 and information regarding the crops grown during 2015-16 was collected with interaction from the farmers. The information regarding the orchards and forests was collected with the help of Google Earth Pro.\r\nSatellite Indices: The Normalized Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI) maps were generated for the multi-date images for the year 2015-16 and the NDVI composite was prepared by layers stacking the obtained NDVI multi-date images (Jan 10th, Feb 9th, March 10th, April 18th, 2016). The layer stacked NDVI images were used for the extraction of the maximum and minimum NDVI values.\r\nNDVI=(NIR-RED)/(NIR+RED)\r\nImage Classification: Image classification aimed to separate the kharif and rabi areas using multi-date satellite images. The obtained NDVI images were layer stacked date-wise, the k-cluster algorithm of unsupervised classification was used for classification, and 300 spectral classes were generated with 200 iterations with the convergence threshold of 0.99. For these 300 classes, the zonal mean was extracted using the spatial model in the ERDAS imagine software, and this obtained zonal mean was used for the generation of the class-wise NDVI profile and for the extraction of the spectral signatures. The different classification methods give varying results that depend on factors such as the type of satellite data and the subject of the classification. The classification can also be affected by factors such as the selected spectral bands, ancillary data, and the nature of the study area (Foody and Arora 1997). Unsupervised classification is based on exploiting the inherent tendency of different classes to form separate spectral clusters in the feature space. It uses algorithms that search for natural groupings of the spectral properties of the pixels. The computer selects the class means and covariance matrix to be used in the classification. Once the data is classified into clusters, each cluster is then associated with a physical category (Deekshatulu and George Joseph 1991)\r\nExtraction of spectral signatures: A prerequisite for classification of the crop area is to identify NDVI temporal signatures for each class of interest. The NDVI values < 0.35 indicated built-up area, water bodies and other non-vegetation areas, whereas NDVI values > 0.75 represented forest area. The NDVI values for the different crops ranged from 0.35 to 0.6.The temporal variation of crop NDVI values also makes crop lands to be easily distinguishable from other non-crop vegetation. Crops can be easily separated from other non-vegetation classes due to their higher NDVI values. \r\nConditional based classification for area estimation: Conditional-based classification is just another type of classifier that makes the class decision depending on using various rules. These rules were easily interpretable; thus, these classifiers are generally used to generate descriptive models. The classification uses the decision based on the NDVI values during the crop growth. The spectral signatures of the different classes were analyzed from sowing to the harvest of crops. The rules were framed based on the trends in the signatures using the model maker in the spatial editor in the ERDAS IMAGINE software. The methodology for estimating the kharif and rabi area is presented in Fig. 2.\r\n \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe spatial distribution map (Fig. 4) obtained for 2015-16 using the conditional-based classification of Sentinel-2 NDVI data showed that the kharif area, rabi area and orchard area were estimated as 5721.54 ha, 1287.47 ha and 1627.36 ha respectively. The map generated from the conditional-based approach was assessed for its accuracy. Due to the scarcity of irrigation water, the kharif area had more cropland occupied than the rabi area during 2015-16, as the kharif area is under rainfed irrigation. The classification was carried out using the NDVI values, and the NDVI values for croplands increased a few days after sowing and attained a peak a few weeks before harvesting. After harvesting, when the land becomes fallow, the NDVI value reaches its lowest and further increases with another crop sowing. Therefore, time series NDVI of 4 months, i.e., January to April, were analyzed based on these perceptions. Each pixel was analyzed to check whether it follows this specific pattern and, if it does, then in which season it is attaining a peak value. The associated duration classes were identified and mapped based on the peaks obtained during the particular month. For the kharif area, the maximum NDVI value during January was 0.63; after that, it decreased for consecutive months. The rabi area was mainly comprised of the field crops such as paddy, maize, groundnut etc., and orchard area consist of orchards such as mango, sapota etc., The staggered planting of paddy was observed during the rabi. For the paddy crop, the NDVI values during January and February ranged between 0.15 to 0.2 as the crop was at the puddling and transplanting stages, respectively. When the crop reached the maximum tillering stage, the NDVI peaked during March and April, with values ranging between 0.5 to 0.6.\r\nConsequently, the maize crop was classified during January and February with the NDVI values ranging between 0.3 to 0.45, respectively, when the crop was at knee height stage, whereas NDVI reached a peak at tasseling and silking stages during March and April with 0.6 and 0.5 NDVI. The NDVI values, which were constant for all the consecutive months and ranged between 0.45 to 0.6, were considered the orchard area. The accuracy assessment results indicated that the overall accuracy and Kappa coefficient achieved were 86.67% and 0.77, respectively.\r\n', 'Tasleema Nasreen, T.L. Neelima, Tarik Mitran and K. Avil Kumar (2022). Estimating Net Sown Areas at Kalwakurthy Branch Canal using Multi Temporal Sentinel-2A Satellite Data. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 429-433.'),
(5291, '136', 'Growth and Yield Response of different Indian Mustard [Brassica juncea (L.)] varieties to Irrigation Scheduling', 'Shravan Kumar Maurya, Aniket Kalhapure, Narendra Singh, Arun Kumar, Pradeep Yadav, Mandeep Kumar and Brijesh Kumar Maurya', '71 Growth and Yield Response of different Indian Mustard [Brassica juncea (L.)] varieties to Irrigation Scheduling Shravan Kumar Maurya.pdf', '', 1, 'The field experiment to study the response of various mustard varieties to different irrigation scheduling treatments through critical growth stage approach was conducted during Rabi season of year 2019-20 at Integrated Farming System research Unit farm in Banda University of Agriculture and Technology, Banda (U.P. - 210001) India. The experiment was laid out in strip plot design with three replications. Four irrigation scheduling treatments [viz. I0: No Irrigation, I1: One Irrigation at Rosette stage, I2: One Irrigation at Pod formation and I3: Two Irrigations (1st at Rosette + 2nd at Pod Formation)] were allocated to horizontal plots; whereas two mustard varieties (viz. NRCHB-101 and PM-28) were sown in vertical plots. Higher growth attributing characters at different crop stages and at harvest viz. plant height, number of primary & secondary branches, leaf area index, plant dry matter, crop growth rate, relative growth rate and net assimilation rate and yield (grain yield, straw yield, biological yield and harvest index) along with B: C ratio were recorded under treatment irrigating the crop for two times during rosette and pod formation. NRCHB-101 was observed maximum growth attributing characters and yield in compared to PM-28 at all growth stages. ', 'Mustard, irrigation scheduling, growth attribute, variety and yield', 'The current study concludes that irrigation scheduling with two irrigations (first at rosette stage and second during pod formation stage) improves the growth attribute, yield and B: C ratio of Indian mustard. Similarly mustard variety NRCHB-101 shows better performance in terms of growth as compared to variety PM-28.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nIndia is the third largest producer of rapeseed-mustard after Canada, China and contributing to around 11 % of world’s total production. Rapeseed-mustard are the important oilseed crops and also one of the second largest oilseed crops in India. Globally around 36.59 million hectares area is under Rapeseed and mustard along with 72.37 million tonnes production and 1980 kg ha-1 productivity during 2018-19. India account for 19.8 % and 9.8% of the total acreage and production (USDA). In India around 6.23 million hectare area is under Rapeseed and mustard along with 8.6 million tonnes production and 1346 kg/ha productivity (source DRMR). Rapeseed and mustard is cultivated in majority of states of the country, Rajasthan (44.97 %), Haryana (12.44 %), Madhya Pradesh (11.32%) Uttar Pradesh (10.60 %), and West Bengal (7.53 %) during (2014-15 to 2018-19) (source DRMR). In India, out of rapeseed-mustard, Indian mustard [Brassica juncea (L.)] is a predominant crop and covers more than 90% area of mustard. After soybean and palm oil, it is third important oilseed in the world. In Indian mustard oil contain varies from 37 to 42 percent with 38-57 % eruric acid, 27% oleic acid and seed & oil are used as condiment in the preparation of pickles, curries, vegetables, hair oils, medicines and manufacture of greases. The oil cake is used as feed for animals and manure (5.1 % N, 1.8% P2O5 and 1.1 % K2O). Oil cake or meal has high nutritional values in animal diet. Leaves of the young plants are used as green vegetables and green stem leaves are a good source of green fodder for cattle. In tanning industry, mustard oil is used for softening of leather.\r\nRapeseed – mustard crops in India are grown in diverse agro climatic conditions ranging from north-eastern /north –western hills to down south under irrigated /rain fed timely/late sown, saline and mixed cropping (Gupta et al., 2020). Rapeseed and mustard is crops of tropical as well as temperate zones and require somewhat cool and dry weather for proper growth. They require a fair supply of soil moisture during the growing period and a dry clear weather at the time of maturity. Cool temperature, clear dry weather with plentiful of bright sun shine accompanied with sufficient soil moisture increase the oil yield. In India grown in Rabi season from September – October to February – March.\r\nSoil moisture is the most limiting factor for crop cultivation in Bundelkhand, as usual as dry land. Due to the scarcity and unavailability of irrigation water, production of Mustard is lower than average productivity of the country (Kullu et al., 2018). The knowledge of proper irrigation scheduling is important for the efficient utilization of irrigation water. Irrigation water must be applied at the proper time and in the right volume to achieve maximum crop output. Because of the higher evaporation demand of the atmosphere and little rainfall, mustard irrigation requirements are substantially higher when the crop is cultivated in water-stressed and arid places. Moisture stress occurs at critical growth and development stages when sufficient irrigation water is not available to meet the needs of the mustard crop. Irrigation is necessary for the proper growth of mustard during three important stages: rosette, pre-flowering, and pod production. Application of two irrigations at pre-flowering + grain filling stage of mustard significantly increases growth and yield attributing characters (Singh et al., 2018). However, number of irrigation depends on soil water content in the root zone soil, soil and climatic condition, and varieties (Chauhan and Singh, 2004). Appropriate water management with irrigation scheduling on the basis of critical growth stage approach will be the best option for increasing water productivity under stressed environment. Soil moisture in a specified root zone depth is depleted to a particular level (which is different for different crops), it is to be replenished by irrigation. (Rizk and Sherif 2014). More favorable irrigation regimes maintained under regular watering results in higher soil moisture content in rhizosphere promoting cellular activity of enlargement, expansion and multiplication with synergistic impact on leaf water potential, stomatal conductance and photosynthetic activity (Rana et al., 2019). It is also enhances the availability of different nutrients to the crop plants (Verma et al., 2018).\r\nVariety of the crop decides its growth and yield potential under specific agro-climate along with efficient resource utilization. Therefore, exploring appropriate varieties for higher yield in dryland condition is also having tremendous scope. Improved varieties have higher moisture use efficiency as compared to local varieties and can be adopted for efficient moisture use. The old and degenerated varieties due to their low yield potential and other factors like maturity, shattering habit, poor response to fertilizers and irrigation and susceptibility to insect-pest and diseases have poor productivity as compared to improved varieties of the region (Yamben et al., 2020). Selection of improved varieties are important for producer to achieve high crop yield by improving the fertilizer use efficiency and water use efficiency. Improved cultivars and hybrids offers better genetic makeup, ensures uniform germination and emergence maintaining optimum plant stand, higher survival under temperature stress during vegetative phase, resistance to major pests and diseases and efficient translocation and assimilation of assimilates which ultimately results in improved growth, yield contributing characters and productivity of mustard (Rana et al., 2019).\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe research field was located at the Integrated Farming SystemFarm, Banda University of Agriculture and Technology, Banda -210001, Uttar Pradesh, India during Rabi season 2019-20, is situated between latitude 24o 53’ and 25o 55’N and longitudes 80o 07’ and 81o 34’ E and having an altitude of 168m above sea level. This region falls under agro climatic zone- 8 (Central Plateaus & Hills Region) of India. Meteorological data recorded during cropping season, showed that the mean maximum temperature varies from 21.5 to 30.4 C and the minimum temperature varies from 10.2 to 17.8C. Relative humidity ranged from 44 to 61% during the cropping period. Average wind speed was recorded 3.98 km h-1 during experiment period. During the period of experimentation total 14.3 mm rainfall in three rainy days received at trail location. Whereas, total evapotranspiration was 351.5 mm, which provided favourable conditions for crop growth. Initial soil fertility status of field experiment revealed soil pH 7.94, electrical conductivity 0.20 dSm-1, organic carbon 0.57 %, available sulphur 12.35 mg kg-1, available nitrogen 252 kg ha-1, available phosphorus 21.04 kg ha-1, available potassium 273.8 kg ha-1. The experiment was laid out in strip plot design with three replications. Four irrigation scheduling treatments viz. no irrigation, one irrigation at rosette stage, one irrigation at pod formation stage and two irrigations (1st at Rosette + 2nd at Pod Formation) were allocated in vertical plots; whereas horizontal plots consisted two varieties viz. NRCHB-101 and PM-28.\r\nThe experimental field was ploughed criss - cross with a tractor drawn disc and dry weeds as well as stubbles were removed. The field was again ploughed by rotavator and finally planking was done to obtain a good soil tilth. The seed are sown on 09/10/2019 by hand equally in the furrows and instantly after the sowing of seed furrow is cover by the soil. Seed of Indian mustard has sown in row to row distance of 45cm and plant to plant distance is maintained about 10 - 15cm with 4 to 5 cm depth. 5 kg seed sufficient for one hectare. A uniform dose of phosphorus (60 kg P2O5 ha-1), potassium (60 kg K2O kg ha-1), half dose of nitrogen (60 kg N ha-1) and (40 sulphur kg ha-1) through di-ammonium phosphate, muriate of potash, urea and alimental sulphur was applied below the seeds at the time of sowing of crop, respectively. Remaining half dose of nitrogen (60 kg N ha-1) was applied as top dressing in the form of urea. Thinning of extra plant in the rows was done at 20 days after the sowing by hand pulling to maintain the plant spacing. Two hand weeding were done for weed free crop field. First weeding has done at 25 DAS second wedding at 40 DAS. To protect crop from aphids (Lipaphis erysimi), Imidacloprid (17.8 SL) @ 1 ml per 2.5 Litter was sprayed during flowering to pod formation stage.\r\nAll the growth and yield attributing characters were recorded with the standard methodology at different growth stages of the crop. Various growth indices were estimated with the formulae as per mentioned below-\r\nLeaf area index\r\nLAI = (Total leaf area of plant )/(Ground area )\r\nCrop growth rate\r\nCGR (g m-2 day-1)=(W2 – W1)/(t2-t1)\r\nWhere, W1 and W2 are dry weight (gm-2) at first and second taken at times t1 and t2 respectively.\r\nRelative growth rate\r\n RGR (g day-1)=(log⁡W2- log⁡W1)/(t2-t1)\r\nWhere, W1 and W2 are dry weight (g m-2) at times t1 and t2 respectively.\r\nNet assimilation rate \r\n NAR (g m-2day-1)= ( W2 - W1)/(t2 - t1) (log⁡〖L2 -〖 log〗⁡L1 〗/(L2- L1))\r\nWhere, W1 and W2 are dry weight (g m-2) at times t1 and t2 respectively.L1 and L2 are Leaf area at times t1 and t2 respectively.\r\nHarvest Index \r\n \r\nWhere, Economic yield = seed yield (q ha-1); Biological yield = seed yield + straw yield (q ha-1)\r\nRecorded data was analyzed using appropriate method of ‘Analysis of Variance (ANOVA)’ given by Gomez and Gomez (1984).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Effect of treatments on growth attributing characters\r\nTallest plants at harvest were recorded with two irrigations (1st at Rosette + 2nd at Pod Formation) in comparison to no irrigation, one irrigation at rosette and one irrigation at pod formation stages (Table 1). It might be due to the supply of adequate moisture during critical growth stages. Ray et al. (2014); Tavassoli et al. (2020) have correlated the availability of sufficient moisture in crop root zone and uptake of various nutrients and relative increase in plant growth attributes. Similar results have also been reported by Singh et al. (2018). Effect of varieties on plant height was found to be non- significant at all the stages of crop growth. \r\nApplication of two Irrigations (1st at Rosette + 2nd at Pod Formation) at harvest was produced significantly maximum dry matter 785.36 gm-2 as compared to other control. One irrigation each at rosette and pod formation stages were found to be at par with each other. The superior vegetative growth and morphological parameters viz. plant height, LAI, number of branches with two Irrigations (1st at Rosette + 2nd at Pod Formation) were further reflected into higher plant dry matter accumulation at harvest which was earlier reported by Kumar et al. (2020), Sarma and Das (2016) in mustard crop.It was found that the effect of varieties on dry matter accumulation was non- significant at all the growth stages of crop.\r\nHigher LAI at 60 and 90 DAS was found with two irrigation (1st at Rosette + 2nd at Pod Formation). However, irrigating the crop once at rosette stage was found at par with two irrigations (1st at Rosette + 2nd at Pod Formation) at 60 DAS. One irrigation each at rosette and pod formation stages at 90 DAS were found to be at par with each other. Which might be due to sufficient moisture availability. Such effect of irrigation regimes on LAI was also reported earlier by Verma et al. (2018). Effect of varieties on leaf area index was found to be non-significant at 30 DAS. However, NRCHB-101 was recorded significantly maximum LAI as compared to PM-28 at 60 and 90 DAS (Table 1).\r\nSignificantly highest number of primary and secondary branches at harvest were recorded under two irrigations (1st at Rosette + 2nd at Pod Formation) over the treatments no irrigation and one irrigation at pod formation (Table 1). Lowest number of primary and secondary braches were observed under no irrigation treatment. However, scheduling one irrigation at rosette stage was found at par with two irrigations (1st at Rosette + 2nd at Pod Formation) at all growth stages. Sufficient moisture in crop root zone and uptake of various nutrients and relative increase in plant growth attributes result as a result increases number of branches. Ahamed et al. (2019); Hossain et al. (2013). Effect of varieties on number of branches was found to be non- significant at all the growth stages of crop.\r\nB. Effect of treatments on growth rates and photosynthetic efficiency\r\nIt was found that the effect of various irrigation scheduling treatments on CGR, RGR and NAR at 30 DAS was non- significant. Significantly higher crop growth rate at 30 to 60 DAS, 60 to 90 DAS and 90 DAS to at harvest was observed in treatment two irrigations (1st at Rosette + 2nd at Pod Formation) over no irrigation and one irrigation at pod formation treatment. However, it was on par with treatment one irrigation at rosette at all the growth stages. At 30 – 60 DAS significantly higher relative growth rate was found in one irrigation at rosette stage as compared to no irrigation and one irrigation at pod formation stages. During 60 to 90 DAS and 90 DAS to harvest treatment one irrigation at pod formation stage was superior; which was on par with two irrigations at rosette and pod formation. Two irrigations (1st at Rosette + 2nd at Pod Formation) was resulted in significantly superior net assimilation rate during 30 to 60 DAS over all the other treatments (Table 2). However, during 60 to 90 DAS treatment one irrigation at pod formation stage was found superior. The superior vegetative growth and morphological parameters viz. plant height, LAI, number of branches with two Irrigations (1st at Rosette + 2nd at Pod Formation) were further reflected into crop growth indices viz. CGR, RGR and NAR; which was earlier reported by Sarma and Das (2016); Hasanuzzaman (2008); Ahamed et al. (2019) in mustard crop. In case variety the effect of varieties on CGR, RGR and NAR were found to be non- significant at all the growth stages of crop.\r\nC. Effect of treatments on yield and economics\r\nIncrement in growth attributing characters were ultimately reflected in yield attributing characters viz. pod plant-1, pod length, grain pod-1 and test weight; Crop yield attributes are further reflected into grain and straw yield; which was found highest (22.32 q ha-1, 70.05 q ha-1, respectively) with application of two irrigations (1st at Rosette + 2nd at Pod Formation). Similarly, highest Harvest Index (24.16) was observed in treatment two irrigations (1st at Rosette + 2nd at Pod Formation) as compared to other treatments (Table 3). Lowest grain yield (17.62 q ha-1), straw yield (62.27q ha-1) and Harvest Index (22.06) were recorded under no irrigation treatment. Such effect of irrigation scheduling on yield attributing characters and yield of mustard have been earlier reported by Ahamed et al. (2019); Begum et al. (2018); Sivran et al. (2018).\r\nMaximum cost of cultivation (28521 ₹ ha-1) was recorded under two irrigations (1st at Rosette + 2nd at Pod Formation) and minimum cost of cultivation (24149 ₹ ha-1) recorded under no irrigation control. The cost of cultivation was high because more number of irrigation which increases the cost of cultivation of corresponding treatments. Maximum gross return (93759 ₹ ha-1), net return (65238 ₹ ha-1) and benefit cast ratio (2.29) were recorded under two irrigations (1st at Rosette + 2nd at Pod Formation). Whereas, minimum gross return (74014 ₹ ha-1), net return (49864 ₹ha-1) and benefit cast ratio (2.06) recorded under no irrigation control. Gross return, net return and benefit cast ratio were more due to higher production grain yield of Indian mustard crop. The effect of irrigation scheduling on economics of mustard has been also described earlier by various scientists; Piri et al. (2011); Barick et al. (2020); Ray et al. (2014).\r\nIncreased grain yield of NRCHB-101 has been further reflected in higher harvest index (23.63), gross monetary return (86950 ₹ ha-1), net monetary return (60426 ₹ ha-1), B: C ratio (2.28) and crop water use efficiency (5.89) as compared to PM-28 (Basavanneppa and Kumar 2020; Kashyap et al., 2017).\r\n', 'Shravan Kumar Maurya, Aniket Kalhapure, Narendra Singh, Arun Kumar, Pradeep Yadav, Mandeep Kumar and Brijesh Kumar Maurya (2022). Growth and Yield Response of different Indian Mustard [Brassica juncea (L.)] varieties to Irrigation Scheduling. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 434-439.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5292, '136', 'Response of Rice (Oryza sativa L.) to Irrigation Regimes and Precise Nitrogen Management Practices', 'K. Archana, Md. Latheef Pasha, K. Avil Kumar and T. Ram Prakash', '72 Response of Rice (Oryza sativa L.) to Irrigation Regimes and Precise Nitrogen Management Practices K. Archana.pdf', '', 1, 'During the kharif season of 2021, a field experiment was carried out at the college farm of PJTSAU Rajendranagar, Hyderabad to examine how rice responded to irrigation regimes and precise nitrogen management techniques (LCC, green seeker, nutrient expert, and recommended dose of fertilizer) on sandy clay soil. The experiment was laid out in a strip plot design, with four nitrogen treatments as subplots and three irrigation regimes as main plots. According to the findings, flooded transplanted rice outperformed AWD by sensor-based semi-automatic irrigation and AWD by manual irrigation in terms of panicles m-2 (307.8m-2), test weight (23.8 g), and grain yield (6302.5 kg ha-1). It is inferred that when comparing precise nitrogen management techniques, top dressing of N as per LCC recorded the highest panicles m-2 (304.5 m-2), test weight (24.1 g), and grain production (6124.8 kg ha-1) than green seeker, nutrient expert and RDF. ', 'Rice, AWD, Sensor, LCC, Nutrient expert, Green seeker', 'According to the findings, flooded transplanted rice recorded significantly higher yield attributes and grain yield, than AWD by sensor-based semi-automatic and AWD by manual irrigation. However, AWD is safe to apply in rice because it saves a lot of water (23.3 to 25.2 %) while just slightly reducing grain yield. Top dressing of nitrogen according to LCC resulted in higher yield attributes and grain yield, than other precise nitrogen management practices. However, application of N according to green seeker has the highest harvest index (49.1), indicating that with less N, the yield obtained is high, so using green seeker to apply nitrogen gives better results in terms of grain yield.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nWater use is becoming one of the more worrisome environmental issues in many parts of the world as the planetary population continues to expand and resources become more constrained. The amount of water used to keep the fields in optimum condition can occasionally be wasted by ineffective irrigation practices used on farms, especially when it comes to rice. It is a fallacy that rice can only be produced in submerged environments. Farmers in India and many other countries across the world regularly pond their rice crop for over 80% of the time they are in cultivation. Previously rice was cultivated in submerged conditions to control weeds but over time it has become mandatory. A switch from a continuously submerged system to an alternate wetting and drying system is therefore necessary. Continuous flooding can be avoided by AWD, which also conserves water. There is an added benefit if AWD can be automated using IoT (Internet of Things). Thus, the primary goal is to optimize the use of water in agricultural irrigation systems by applying artificial intelligence techniques and thereby reducing the quantity of water lost with conventional irrigation systems. Modern farmers are using cutting-edge technology to track crop productivity, gather data on crop growth, and collect weather data. IoT can connect all of them, and automated irrigation was once the place to start. By using IoT farmers can regulate the irrigation water as per crop needs. As a result, irrigation efficiency and water productivity are improved while ensuring logical water distribution.\r\nBecause so much nitrogen is lost from the soil through leaching and denitrification, rice has an extremely low nitrogen utilization efficiency of less than 30 to 40 %. The efficiency of added fertilizer N in rice is influenced by N sources, application techniques, N rates, and management techniques (Wang et al., 2011). For researchers and producers, effective management of fertilizers, particularly N, remains a significant concern. Therefore, implementing intelligent management strategies at the right moment according to the crop\'s needs is absolutely essential. Utilizing precise nitrogen management strategies, such as LCC, green seeker, and nutrient expert-based nitrogen management, can optimize and recommend nitrogen and meet crop nutrient needs while causing minimal environmental damage. Keeping the views above the experiment was planned to study the response of rice (Oryza sativa L) to irrigation regimes and precise nitrogen management.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nDuring the kharif season of 2021, the field experiment was held at the Water Technology Centre, College Farm, College of Agriculture, Rajendranagar, Hyderabad, Telangana. The experimental site was located at 17°32\' N Latitude, 78°40\' E Longitude, and an altitude of 542.6 m above mean sea level. The experiment field had a sandy clay texture, a pH of 7.6, and an EC of 0.86 dS m-1. It was low in organic carbon (0.45%) and available nitrogen (242 kg ha-1) but high in available phosphorous (34.5 kg ha-1) and potassium (197.6 kg ha-1). KNM-118 paddy variety was transplanted 30 days after sowing with 2-3 seedlings per hill with a spacing of 15cm × 15cm. The experiment was laid out in strip-plot design with three irrigation methods as main plot treatments viz., I1-Alternate wetting and drying by the sensor-based semi-automatic - Irrigation up to 5 cm depth throughout the crop growth when the water level drops 5 cm below ground level, I2- Alternate wetting and drying by manual - Irrigation up to 5 cm depth throughout the crop growth when the water level drops 5 cm below ground level, I3-Flooded transplanted rice- 2-5 cm of water depth as per crop growth stage (control) and four nitrogen treatments as subplot treatments viz., N1- Basal 1/3rd of N as soil application + top dressing of nitrogen as per LCC values, N2 - Basal 1/3rd of N as soil application + top dressing of nitrogen as per green seeker values, N3 - Nutrient expert-based nitrogen management, N4- Recommended dose of fertilizer (120-60-40 kg NPK ha-1). Each plot was separated by providing buffer channels for proper maintenance of the treatments. The amount of water applied to the field is measured with the help of a water meter.\r\nIn irrigation methods, AWD by manual irrigation the water level in the field is observed using a field water tube and when the water level reaches 5cm below ground level, the field was irrigated until 5cm above the ground and in AWD by sensor-based irrigation, water was applied to the field based on the indication from the sensor.For this study, we used the Smart Paddy Internet of Things technology, which applies to rice fields with fully automated and autonomous behaviour. Sensor can be automated in such a way that when the water level falls below 5cm below ground level, the motor turns on, and when the water level rises above 5cm above ground level, the motor turns off, preventing over-application of water.The farmer can control flows, volumes, and water levels in the fields using a special website, mobile app, or SMS service by manually operating when necessary or by configuring the irrigation program in accordance with the water requirements of various water-saving strategies.\r\nIn nitrogen management treatments nitrogen fertilizer was applied based on the LCC(Leaf colour chart is an easy-to-use tool for monitoring the relative greenness of a rice leaf as an indicator of the plant N and urea was applied when leaf matches LCC-3), and Green seeker (Green seeker handheld sensor is an easy-to-use optical sensor that instantly measures plant height and vigor in terms of NDVI readings and urea was applied when NDVI value is less than 0.7) in N1 and N2 respectively, whereas in N3 nitrogen fertilizer was applied in accordance with Nutrient expert software and in N4 as per recommended dosage(120-60-40 Kg NPK ha-1). \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Yield Attributes\r\nNumber of Panicles (m-2). The number of panicles m-2 was higher in I3 (308 m-2) than in I1 (266 m-2) and I2 (273 m-2) (Table 1). The lower number of panicles m-2 observed during the later water regime may be due to the fact that plants under moisture stress could not extract more nutrients from the deeper soil layer due to moisture deficit conditions. This ultimately resulted in poor growth, fewer tillers, and subsequently fewer panicles. Kumar et al. (2014); Sandhu et al. (2012) reported similar findings.\r\nThe number of panicles m-2 was much higher in the N1 (304 m-2) than in the N3(261 m-2) and N2 (271 m-2) and were on par with the N4 (293 m-2) (Table 1). The lowest number of panicles m-2in N3may be the result of insufficient nitrogen for crops to grow and develop more effectively (Sandya Rani, 2012). The findings concur with those of Sun et al. (2012); Ali Abdalla and Abou-Khalifa (2012).\r\nPanicle Length(cm). Panicle length was higher in I3 (22.8 cm) than in I1 (21.0 cm) and I2 (21.3 cm) (Table 1). The lower panicle length in I1 and I2could be due to thedue to lower water level might have caused moisture stress to rice plants.These findings are in consistent with those of Azarpour et al. (2011); Rahaman and Sinha (2013).\r\nThe panicle length was much higher in the N1 (22.8 cm) than in the N3 (20.4 cm) and N2 (21.5 cm) and on par with the N4 (22.2 cm) (Table 1). It is viable that the increased availability and uptake of N, which is a substrate for the synthesis of organic compounds that comprise protoplasm and chlorophyll, caused an increase in cell division and enlargement at higher nitrogen doses (Avijit et al., 2011). The findings of this study are similar to those of Malik et al. (2014); Ali Abdalla and Abou-Khalifa (2012); Debnath and Bandyopadhyay (2008).\r\nTest Weight (g). In contrast to I1 (21.6 g) and I2 (23.8 g), I3 had a higher test weight (21.9 g) (Table 1). Whereas I1 and I2 were on par with each other. According to the findings of several researchers, test weight can increase when crops receive enough water without being stressed during the flowering and grain development stages (Pandey et al., 2010; Rahaman and Sinha, 2013; Srinivasulu, 2017).\r\nTest weight (g) was substantially greater in N1 (24.1 g) than in N2 (22.1 g), N3 (20.6 g), and was on par with the N4 (23.0 g) (Table 1). The increased test weight could result from higher nitrogen application levels than lower nitrogen application levels transferring more carbohydrates to grain. Bhavana et al. (2020) reported findings that were comparable to these findings.\r\nGrain Yield (kg ha-1). In comparison to I1 (5532 kg ha-1) and I2 (5582 kg ha-1), I3 had a higher grain production of 6302 kg ha-1(Table 1). While I1 and I2 were on par with each other. The improved performance of the crop plants was aided by a favourable soil water balance under saturation, which may have contributed to the higher seed yield observed in the flooded transplanted rice. This favourable vegetative growth and development under an adequate and sufficient moisture regime were maintained throughout the crop growth. As a result, crop plants that received regular flooding irrigation when ponded water disappeared from the surface of the ground produced more tillers. Similar findings had been made by several other researchers Pandey et al. (2010); Kumar et al. (2013); Srinivasulu et al. (2017).\r\nThe grain yield in N1 (6125 kg ha-1) was significantly greater than that in N3 (5390 kg ha-1) and was comparable to that in N2 (5792 kg ha-1) and N4 (5915 kg ha-1) (Table 1). The enhancement of yield characteristics, which in turn increased the yield, was presumably caused by an adequate N supply during the reproductive growth phase (Duttarganvi et al., 2014). Kenchaiah et al. (2000) also found higher grain yield under LCC-based N management than the blanket recommendation. Similar findings were reported by Manjappa et al. (2006); Houshmandfar and Kimaro (2011); Sui et al. (2013); Bhavana et al. (2020).\r\nHarvest Index. A higher harvest index was recorded in I2 (47.9) than in I3 (46.9) and was on par with I1 (47.5) (Table 1). A significantly higher harvest index was observed in N2 (49.1) than in N3 (45.5) and was on par with N1 (48.5) and N4 (46.7) (Table 1). Timely release of nitrogen in a sustained manner to absorb and translocate sufficient quantities of photosynthates to the sink, resulted in the production of elevated yield structure and yield in top dressing of N as per LCC. This study findings concur with those of Moharana et al. (2017); Tauseeef Ahmad (2014).\r\nWater Saving. Amount of water saved in AWD by sensor-based semi-automatic irrigation and AWD by manual irrigation is 25.2% and 23.3 % higher than flooded transplanted rice.\r\n', 'K. Archana, Md. Latheef Pasha, K. AvilKumar and T. Ram Prakash (2022). Response of Rice (Oryza sativa L.) to Irrigation Regimes and Precise Nitrogen Management Practices. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 440-444.'),
(5293, '136', 'Occurrence and Distribution of AM Fungi in Cultivable Land and Forest Ecosystem', 'Kasthuri S., Kalaiselvi T. and Amirtham D.', '73 Occurrence and Distribution of AM Fungi in Cultivable Land and Forest Ecosystem Kalaiselvi T.pdf', '', 1, 'Arbuscular mycorrhizal fungal (AMF) density and diversity of rhizosphere soil samples of cultivable land (maize, onion and paddy) and forest ecosystem (teak, rose wood, porasu, flame of the forest and Indian kino) has been the focus of this study. One of the major components in influencing the AM fungal spore diversity is the unequal distribution of arbuscular mycorrhizal fungal spores and the complexity of the below-ground root system. To determine the natural existence of AM fungi in a certain area, it is crucial to study the diversity and distribution of AM fungus in different plant species. Although AM fungal spore density being more in cultivable land, there is no difference in terms of AMF diversity among the two ecosystems. The spore density was in the range of 68±1.67 (Indian Kino, Siruvani) to 102±4.41 (Onion, Narasipuram) spores 100 g-1 soil. From 4 rhizosphere of cultivable and 5 rhizosphere of forest soils, 12 AM fungal species with 7 genera were identified. They include Acaulospora sp, Ambispora leptotica, Glomus hoi, Glomus microcarpum, Glomus ambisporum, Glomus aggregatum, Septoglomus deserticola, Septoglomus constrictum, Paraglomus sp, Funneliformis geosporum, Gigaspora margarita and Gigaspora gigantea. Percent occurrence of these spores range from 11.11% (Acaulospora sp, Ambispora leptotica and Paraglomus sp) to 66.66% (Glomus hoi and Glomus microcarpum). This study also revealed a positive correlation between total glomalin and spore density and a negative correlation between available phosphorus level and spore density.', 'Cultivable land, forest ecosystem, AMF diversity', 'This study revealed that the AMF fungal density was greater in cultivable land. However, the diversity was found to be almost equal in both the ecosystem. But some of AMF genera were found to be unique to the ecosystem. For example, Gigaspora margarita was found in all rhizosphere soil samples of forest ecosystem while it was absent in the soil samples of cultivable land. On the contrary, Septoglomus deserticola was evidenced in all the rhizosphere soil samples of cultivable ecosystem and absent in forest soil. Another interesting observation is presence of Acaulospora sp in wet land rhizosphere alone and absent in all other rhizosphere of both cultivable and forest ecosystem. The dominant genera found in both the ecosystem are Glomus hoi, Glomus microcarpum and Septoglomus constrictum. Further studies are needed to ascertain the use of AMF genera of forest origin to boost the growth of agricultural crops.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nArbuscular mycorrhizal fungi, one of the significant soil microorganisms, create symbiotic associations with most of the terrestrial plants (Smith and Read 2008). The extra radical mycelium develops spores, extends away from root zone to colonize, and absorbs nutrients (Ahmed et al., 2019), whilst the intraradical mycelium penetrates root epidermis and cortex zone and forms structures notably arbuscules and vesicles. The host plant provides carbohydrates and fatty acids to the AMF, and in return, the AMF supports the plants by enhancing inorganic nutrient uptake, increasing tolerance to stressors caused by salt (Dehn and Schuepp 1990), AMF also improves soil structure via aggregation by synthesizing a glycoprotein known as glomalin (Gao et al., 2019). The abundance and diversity of these fungi may be influenced by the plant species in the environment. The prevalence of AM fungus in both natural and disturbed grassland habitats is well documented. Numerous researches conducted over the last few years have revealed the variety of AM fungi (Wang et al., 2020). In order to preserve and enhance the ecosystem\'s stability, it is crucial to comprehend the diversity and distribution of AMF. Here, we assessed the AMF diversity in cultivable land and forest ecosystem of Coimbatore district of Tamil Nadu.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nA. Sampling location\r\nRhizosphere soil samples were collected from cultivable (TNAU and Narasipuram) and forest ecosystem (Velingiri and Siruvani Hills) of Coimbatore Tamil Nadu. Rhizosphere soil samples of onion (TNAU Orchard and Narasipuram), maize (TNAU), and rice (Wetland, TNAU) were collected from different locations. Similarly, rhizosphere soil samples of rosewood, teak, flame of forest and Indian Kino of Siruvani hills and Porasu tree of Velingiri hills were collected and stored at refrigerated condition for further processing.\r\nB. Physico-chemical and fertility status of soil samples \r\nThe dried soil samples were crushed, sieved through 2 mm sieve, physico-chemical characteristics (pH and EC) and fertility status (organic carbon, available nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium) of collected soil samples were determined. Standard protocols were followed to measure pH, electrical conductivity, available nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium (Subbiah and Asija 1956; Olsen et al., 1954; Toth and Prince 1949). The volumetric approach was used to calibrate organic carbon content of the soil (Walkley and Black 1934).\r\nC. Collection and identification of AMF spores\r\n(i) AM spore extraction and morphological characterization of AMF spores. By wet sieving and decantation technique (Gerdemann and Nicolson, 1963), AM fungal spores were extracted from different soil samples. Total number of spores in a gram of soil sample was calculated. Morphological identification of spores was done using physical characteristics such as colour, size, wall thickness, and hyphal attachment (Schenck and Perez, 1990). Spores were stained with a solution mixture consisted of 1:1 ratio of Melzer’s reagent (Morton, 1991) with PVLG (Koske and Testier, 1983) and observed under microscope.\r\nThe macro-characteristics such as sporocarp, spore, and subtending hypha were employed to distinguish between different species (Walker, 1992). The micro-characteristics of spore wall layer, texture, and colour were explored to discriminate between specific AM fungi. The visual differences in morphology of fungal hyphae and vesicles inside the roots were observed for more precise identification of AM fungi (Mehrotra and Mehrotra 1999).\r\n(ii) Glomalin content of soil samples. The amount of glomalin in the soil samples was measured by following the methodology of Wright and Upadhyaya (1998). One gram soil sample was mixed with 8 ml of 50 mM sodium citrate buffer (pH 8.0) and autoclaved for 60 minutes at 121°C. Reddish brown supernatant was collected by centrifuging the contents at 7000 rpm for 15 minutes. To the pellet, 50mM sodium citrate buffer was added, autoclaved and centrifuged. This procedure was repeated until the reddish-brown colour disappeared. The collected supernatant from each replicate was then pooled. The protein content of the extract was estimated by Bradford’s procedure using Bovine Serum Albumin as standard (Bradford 1976). Readings were taken at 595 nm with three replications in a microplate reader (Spectramax i3x) and expressed in mg g-1 soil.\r\n(iii) Studies on AMF diversity. Species richness, relative abundance and isolation frequency were calculated to quantify AM fungal diversity. The number of AM fungal species reported at each research site was used to calculate species richness. The relative abundance (RA) was calculated according to the equation: RA = A / Σ𝑎 × 100, where A = abundance of individual “i th” species, Σ𝑎 = sum of abundances of all species. The isolation frequency was defined as the percentage of samples from which particular species were isolated. Pearson correlation study was carried out to understand the influence of available phosphorous on AMF diversity indices. \r\n(iv) Statistical analysis. All the data were statistically analysed using SPSS software (version 16.0). The mean values were compared through Duncan’s multiple range test (DMRT) carried out at P≤0.05 (Duncan, 1955).\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Physico-chemical properties of soil\r\nResults of physico-chemical properties and fertility status of rhizosphere soil samples are given in Table 1. The soils were mildly acidic to alkaline, with pH values ranging from 6.4 to 8.0. The soil reaction of rhizosphere samples of cultivable lands was slightly alkaline to alkaline. While the soil reaction of forest soil samples was neutral to acidic. The soluble salts concentration (EC) of soil samples of both cultivable and forest ecosystem ranged from 0.18 to 0.42 dsm-1. \r\nRhizosphere soils of cultivable lands registered greater EC values. Maximum EC value of 0.42 dsm-1 was observed in onion rhizosphere soil sample of Narasipuram. The lowest value of 0.18 dsm-1 was noticed with teak rhizosphere soil. Available nitrogen varied from 263 to 382 kg ha-1, phosphorus varied from 11 to 19 kg ha-1, and potassium ranged between 148 and 242 kg ha-1 respectively. The organic carbon content of the samples ranged from 0.32 to 0.89 %. Maximum organic carbon content of 0.89 % was observed in Porasu samples collected form Velingiri Hills.\r\nThe lowest organic carbon content of 0.32 % was found in maize rhizosphere of TNAU. However, the organic carbon content of rhizosphere soil samples of cultivable ecosystem was almost similar and did not vary with location and the type of rhizosphere. Similarly organic carbon content of soils of forest ecosystem did not vary with the kind of rhizosphere. It is quite obvious that organic carbon content of forest soils is greater than the soils of cultivable land. Due to continuous addition of litter and steady and slower rate of decomposition, there is build-up of organic carbon in the forest ecosystem. While in cultivable lands, first of all there is no addition of plant litter due to removal of all plant residues during weeding. Even if there is addition of litter, the rate of decomposition is faster in managed ecosystem like agricultural lands than forest ecosystem. These factors could have contributed for lesser organic carbon content of cultivable lands.\r\nB. Total glomalin content\r\nTotal glomalin content of rhizosphere of various crops (S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, S8, S9) ranged from 1.86±0.18 to 6.04±0.07 mg g-1 (Table 2). The highest glomalin content was observed in onion rhizosphere sample collected from Narasipuram (6.04±0.07 mg g-1) and the lowest was in the paddy rhizosphere soil of Wetlands of TNAU (1.86±0.18 mg g-1). The glomalin content of forest rhizosphere soil was in the range of 2.63±0.03 mg g-1 (flame of the forest) to 4.46±0.15 mg g-1 (porasu). Results of the study revealed a direct correlation between glomalin and AMF spore density and a less positive relationship between available phosphorus and AMF spore density (Fig. 1). \r\nC. AM fungal spore density \r\nThe AMF spore density differed greatly with the type of rhizosphere. It ranged from 68±1.67 to 102±4.41 per 100-gram soil (Table 2). Compared to forest ecosystem, a greater number of spores was found in the rhizosphere soils of cultivable ecosystem. However, paddy rhizosphere harbored lesser number of AMF spores (30±2.89 spores 100 g-1 soil). Among nine soil samples, onion (Narasipuram) rhizosphere scored the highest value of 102±4.41 spores 100 g-1 soil. It was followed by maize rhizosphere sample of TNAU which recorded 93±4.41 spores 100 g-1 soil). Among rhizosphere samples obtained from forest ecosystem, Porasu rhizosphere had more spores (85±2.89 spores 100 g-1 soil) followed by rose wood (81±2.08 spores 100 g-1 soil). Pearson correlation studies revealed negative correlation between spore density and available phosphorus (R2 = 0.91) (Fig. 1a) and positive correlation with glomalin content in the soil (R2 = 0.81) (Figure 1b). Soil AM fungal diversity is indirectly correlated with available phosphorus content. The results of current study confirm the earlier reports that AMF spore population reduces with increase in available phosphorus content. Cell wall protein of glomalin in hyphal thread and spore is responsible for soil aggregation and carbon sequestration. This also governs the total glomalin content of the soil. In this study also, the total glomalin content of various rhizosphere soil samples were found to be positively correlated with AMF spore density. \r\n \r\nD. AM fungal diversity\r\nTotally 698 AM fungal spores were collected from the nine distinct soil samples using the wet sieving and decantation method. This AMF spore population was found to have 12 different AM fungal species with 7 genera. These AMF species include Acaulospora sp, Ambispora leptotica, Glomus hoi, Glomus microcarpum, Glomus ambisporum, Glomus aggregatum, Septoglomus deserticola, Septoglomus constrictum, Paraglomus sp, Funneliformis geosporum, Gigaspora margarita and Gigaspora gigantea. The most abundant genus was Glomus (4 species). It was followed by Gigaspora (2 species), and Septoglomus (2 species). While other genera such as Acaulospora, Ambispora, Funneliformis, and Paraglomus had only one species each. The qualitative analysis of distribution of AMF spores indicated uneven distribution of AM fungal species in the natural habitat. \r\nSimilar to the current study, Glomus, Gigaspora, and Acaulospora were reported to be most common AMF genera (Ambili et al., 2012) in any rhizosphere sample. This may be due to wide range of hosts preferred by Glomus sp (Ming-Yuan et al., 2007). Further, it was also reported that the tiny spores of Glomus and Acaulospora makes them the easiest to reproduce and generate a great quantity of spores at faster rate (Hepper, 2018). Among the rhizosphere, maximum species richness of 7 species was observed in maize collected from TNAU, Orchard samples (S2). Minimum number of species (2 species) was observed in paddy soils collected from TNAU (S3). Maximum occurrence (66.66%) was noticed with Glomus hoi and Glomus microcarpum. They were identified in six samples. The percent occurrence of Gigaspora margarita and Septoglomus constrictum was 55.55%. Among these two, the former was observed only in forest soil samples, while the latter was noticed in both cultivable and forest soils. Other AMF found in forest soils alone is Funneliformis geosporum. AMF of cultivable land alone include Acaulospora sp, Ambispora leptotica and Paraglomus sp which accounted for 11.11% (Table 3). Other AMF with 33.33% occurrence noticed in both cultivable and forest ecosystem were Glomus ambisporum, Glomus aggregatum and Gigaspora gigantea. The results of current study confirm the observations of Helgason et al., (2002); Bhattacharjee and Sharma (2011) who reported Glomus microcarpum as dominant AMF spore in the paddy rhizosphere. Acaulospora foveata and Septoglomus constrictum were the prevalent species amongst forest ecosystem and were tightly tied to edaphic variables, and AMF diversity was shown to be highly related to soil carbon and pH (Wang et al., 2019).\r\n', 'Kasthuri S., Kalaiselvi T. and Amirtham D. (2022). Occurrence and Distribution of AM Fungi in Cultivable Land and Forest Ecosystem. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 445-449.'),
(5294, '136', 'Different Sowing Dates and its Influence on Disease Severity of Pea Rust', 'Priyanka Garg and Vipul Kumar', '74 Different Sowing Dates and its Influence on Disease Severity of Pea Rust Priyanka Garg.pdf', '', 1, 'The study faced a number of difficulties, including the fact that late planting of the crop reduced output and made rust disease more severe, which causes crop loss. As a result, there is a growing awareness of the use of Punjab-89 as a main season variety around the world.\r\nA field experiment was conducted during the Rabi season 2021- 2022 at the Agricultural Research Farm of Lovely Professional University, Jalandhar, Punjab with seven treatments combinations of three sowing times S1 (3rd November), S2 (13th November), S3 (23rd November) in sub plots were tested in randomized block design with three replications. Plant growth parameters like germination percentage, plant height (cm), number of pods/plant, number of grains/pod, pod length (cm), and yield (kg/plot) were recorded significantly. Treatments of foliar spray of neem leaf extract @ 3%(T1), garlic clove extract @ 3% (T2), ginger rhizome extract @ 3% (T3), hexaconazole (Contaf plus 5% SC) @ 0.1% (T4), propiconazole (Tilt 25% EC) @ 0.1% (T5) carbendazim (Bavistin 50%WP) @ 0.2 % (T6) and control (Spray of plain water) (T7), were applied at the first initiation of disease symptoms. Results showed that the percent disease intensity (PDI) was significantly low in propiconazole at 25% (EC), followed by hexaconazole at 5% (SC) and carbendazim at 50% (WP). Plant yield attributes like germination percentage (%), plant height (cm), pod length (cm), number of pods/plant, number of grains/pod and yield (kg/plot) were recorded as significantly superior with crop sown on S1 (3rd November) with propiconazole as compared to others treatments.\r\n', 'Sowing dates, Treatments, Hexaconazole, carbendazim, Pea Rust', 'In conclusion, significantly higher yield attributes were observed concerning plant height (cm), no. of pods/plant, pods length(cm), and no. of grains/pods was found with crop sown on S1 (3rd November) in T5-Propiconazole. Similarly, the minimum percent disease intensity was recorded in the S1 crop in T5- propiconazole.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nField pea (Pisum sativum L.) is a commercial crop in India, which is also known as the \'Queen of pulses\' (Jain, et al., 2019). It comes under Fabaceae family, is one of the principal legume vegetable crops grown throughout the world (Kumar et al., 2021). Pea is a cool season, hardy leafy annual with climbing or hollow trailing stems (1.8 mt) along with a well-developed tap root system, bearing nitrogen-fixing nodules (Rubatzky et al., 1997). The plant is either dwarf or tall usually 30-150 cm long. Among grain legumes, pea (Pisum sativum L.) is the second most important food legume crop in the world because of its high yield potential (Singh, et al., 2020). 100 gms of green peas contains 0.4 g fat, 14.5 g carbohydrates, 25 mg calcium, protein 5.4 gm, and so on (Dhall, 2017). The important pea-growing countries are Canada, Russia, China, India, and the United States. India occupies the fourth position in the area and 5th position in production. In India, dry peas are cultivated on an area of 616508 ha with a production of 796735 tonnes (FAOSTAT, 2020). Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Jharkhand, Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, West Bengal, Haryana, Bihar, Uttarakhand, Orissa, and Karnataka are major pea-growing states in India (Singh, 2011). Uttar Pradesh accounts for more than half of the country\'s total pea production. Pea grows on all types of soils but well-drained fertile loamy soils are best for the crop. Peas do best in soils having pH of 6.0 to 7.5 (Anonymous (2019). Pea can be grown on all kinds of soils except heavy soils (pea cultivation). The optimum mean temperature for growth is 20-25°C. The crop is damaged more seriously by frost. The optimum and base germination temperatures are around 20 °C and -1.1 °C, respectively (Raveneau et al., 2011). The effect of different dates of sowing on the rust of field peas was studied about weather parameters during crop seasons (Singh, D., et al., 2012). And they observed that the temperature (17.50 and 15.50°C) during the growth of crops sown from November 29 to December 13 crop season was favorable for the development of the disease. Despite the potential for pea crops in agriculture, they still face challenges due to competition from weeds, insect attacks, disease incidence, instability of productivity, and a lack of successful nodulation (Soni & Singh 2019). Singh and Tripathi (2004) have also concluded that rust is one of the major diseases of field pea and it is responsible for substantial losses in grain yield. Many researchers tried to control this disease chemically worldwide (Rahman et al., 2005; Ahmed et al., 2006).\r\n\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experiment was carried out at Agricultural Research Farm of Lovely Professional University, Jalandhar, Punjab about 31°14\'43.8\"N and 75°41\'44.1\"E at an altitude of about 252 m above the mean sea level. The experiment was carried out in a randomized block design with three replications. The three sowing times (3rd November, 13th November, and 23rd November) in the main plots and seven treatments viz., neem leaf extract (3%) (T1), garlic clove extract (3%) (T2), ginger rhizome extract (3%) (T3), hexaconazole (Contaf plus 5% SC) @ 0.1% (T4), propiconazole (Tilt 25% EC) @ 0.1% (T5) carbendazim (Bavistin 50%WP) @ 0.2 % (T6) and control (Spray of plain water) - T7, were tested against the yield attributing characters and rust disease of field pea. Land preparation operations included land irrigation, ploughing the land to the depth of 30 cm, disking to the depth of 15 cm, and trowel. Each replication included 3 plots. The seed was sown with a depth of 4-5 cm keeping a distance of 45 cm and 10 cm between the rows and plants respectively. The seed rate of the crop was 35-40 kg/ha. The seeds were covered with soil thoroughly to avoid damage from birds etc. The crop harvesting was done when all plants have tan pods at the bottom and yellow to tan pods in the middle, the grains became hard and dry. For recording observations at different times of sowing with the effect of different treatments and twenty plants in the net plot area were randomly selected and tagged. However, for yield parameter accumulation, twenty plants were randomly selected from the sample rows at regular intervals. The yield was studied after harvesting the crop. The observation recorded during the investigation were tabulated and analyzed statistically to draw a valid conclusion. \r\nPercent Disease Index (PDI). Treatments were imposed at 45 days after sowing by spraying botanicals in each replication and 3 sprays were taken at an interval of 10 days, untreated control was maintained by spraying the distilled water. Observations on disease severity of rust were recorded at 15 days intervals and yield data were obtained. For recording observations, 10 leaves per plant from each plot were selected randomly and intensity was measured by using rust disease severity was recorded by referring to the following 0-9 scale given by Mayee and Datar (1986).\r\nFurther these scales were converted to per cent disease index using formula given by Wheeler (1969) \r\nDisease index (%) = \r\n \r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Germination percentage\r\nThe data on the effect of various treatments on the germination percentage of field pea crop has been presented in Table 1, revealing that significantly higher germination was recorded when the crop was sown on S1 (3rd November) significantly superior to the crop sown on S2 (13th November) and S3 (23rd November). Lowest emergence count of S3 (23rd November) sown crop might be due to delaying the sowing date decreasing the germination percentage and increasing the time from germination to initial and final germination.\r\n \r\nB. Yield attributes\r\nThe data are given in Table 2 that sowing time and application of treatments had a significant effect on all growth parameters like plant height (cm), no. of pods plant-1, pods length (cm), and no. of grains pods-1. Significantly higher plant height (cm), no. of pods/plant, pods length(cm), and no. of grains/pods.was found with crop sown on S1 (3rd November) in T5-Propiconazole followed by T4- Hexaconazole, further T6- carbendazim, respectively. Minimum yield parameters were observed in late sown crop (23rd Nov) in T7-Control. This is because favorable temperature and longer time available for the growth and development under earlier sowing could have promoted the growth of the plants and development of the new leaves as against too late sowing crop. Crop obtained a maximum length of the growing period, favorable temperature, and other climatological parameters for the growth characters which helps in promoting better cell division and cell elongation. Similar results related to plant height (cm) as well as pod length (cm) of pea crops were also corroborated by Kumar et al. (2020). Alam et al. 2007, also find similar results considering yield contributing characters (number of pods plant-1, length of pod, and seed pod-1) propiconazole performed better than other treatments. Similar results were corroborated by Ali et al. (2016) in garden pea, as they reported that delay in sowing leads to a decrease in Yield attributes as compared to timely sown crop. Siddique et al. (2002); Tiwari et al. (2014) also resulted that maximum production of Yield attributes with early sowing was observed in pea.\r\nC. Disease Severity\r\nThe data on the percent disease intensity of rust disease was recorded at 15 days intervals and data were obtained in table 3. The data showed that all the treatments were significantly effective over control. Among all the treatments the minimum percent disease intensity was recorded in the S1 crop in T5- propiconazole, followed by T4- hexaconazole, further T6- Carbendazim. The maximum percent disease intensity was recorded in T7- control. Alam et al. (2007), also observed similar findings in which they reported that all fungicides resulted in significantly better performance over control. Considering percent disease index (PDI), propiconazole performed better than other fungicides. The highest PDI of rust disease was observed in the control treatment, whereas the lowest PDI and percent disease reduction over control was recorded in propiconazole may be used for controlling rust disease and increasing seed yield of field pea. Rahman et al., (2005) and Ahmad et al., (2006) also reported that Tilt 25 EC (propiconazole) @ 0.1% was the most effective fungicide against rust disease. Singh and Tripathi (2004) also find a similar result.\r\n', 'Priyanka Garg and Vipul Kumar (2022). Different Sowing Dates and its Influence on Disease Severity of Pea Rust. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 450-453.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5295, '136', 'Effects of Agro-Metrological Parameters on Production and Farm gate Prices of Principal Crops in Bishnupur District of the Valley Region of Manipur', 'Heisnam Umakanta Singh and Bigyananda Mutum', '75 Effects of Agro-Metrological Parameters on Production and Farm gate Prices of Principal Crops in Bishnupur District of the Valley Region of Manipur Heisnam Umakanta Singh.pdf', '', 1, 'For the purpose of developing policy on the part of the government, studies on the impact of agro-meteorological parameters on area, production, yield, and prices are highly relevant. The purpose of this study is to concentrate on how agro-meteorological parameters affect agricultural production in the setting of Bishnupur District of Manipur. For a period of twenty years, secondary data on the state of Manipur\'s area, production, yield, agro-meteorological factors, etc. have been gathered. As a result, crop cultivation has been greatly impacted, which has hampered their growth and ability to produce. Therefore, the right time period should be provided for cultivating either a short-day or long-day crop in order to promote growth, development, and an increase in yield potential and using weather prediction to reduce crop productivity losses that will meet the demands of ensuring food security for a growing population. With the aid of SPSS software, multivariate linear regression models have been used as statistical tools. The main findings of the study show that when production is taken into account as a dependent variable in the Bishnupur District of the valley region of Manipur State, both the area and yield have a significant impact on production in the case of kharif maize, kharif oilseed, kharif paddy, kharif pulses, total maize, total oilseed, total paddy, and total pulses. In the case of kharif maize and kharif paddy, it is found that the temperature, humidity, and production have a substantial impact on farm gate price when farmgate is regarded as the dependent variable. The result reveals that with the consideration of dependent variable i.e. the area, yield, temperature, rainfall and humidity as it show significant on the production of various crops cultivated under Bishnupur district of Manipur.', 'kharif maize, kharif oilseed, kharif paddy, kharif pulses, total maize, total oilseed, total paddy, total pulses, farmgate, regression analysis', 'This study gave us the chance to learn in-depth information about dependent variable and framgate prices of various results in respect to its production technique as well as its impact on production yield of several crops cultivated under Bishnupur district of Manipur. According to the aforementioned regression study, when production is taken into account as the dependent variable, the area, yield, temperature, rainfall, and humidity have a substantial impact on output. However, the agro-meteorological elements, such as temperature, rainfall, humidity, etc., only sometimes have a substantial impact on productivity. According to the aforementioned regression analysis, the area, production, yield, temperature, and humidity all significantly affect farm-gate price when it is taken into account as the dependent variable. However, sophisticated statistical research is advised for explaining the aforementioned effect. So that the production of several crop in respect to its yield can be cultivated according to the aforementioned data analysis that will adds the cropping timing at right period.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nAbout 80 per cent of the state population is engaged in agriculture and allied activities. Hence, agriculture plays an important role in the social and economic life of people in Manipur, and will continue to do so in the foreseeable future. The gross cropped area is 350,290 ha, which account for 15. 24 per cent of the total land areas. About 65. 93 per cent of the gross cropped area is under rice cultivation. The mean cropping intensity of the state is 145. 66 per cent. The total food grain production in Manipur during 2014–15 was 594. 28 thousand tonnes from an area of 292,950 ha. However, agriculture sector in Manipur is facing the consequences of climate change (Gommes 2006, Jones et al. 2003). Climate change is a reality and an increasing trend in temperature, precipitation and emission of greenhouse gases has been observed in Manipur. Trend analysis of weather variables in Imphal under National Innovations on Climate Resilient Agriculture (NICRA) revealed that the mean annual maximum temperature (1954–2014) has been increasing (0.1 degree C per decade). The mean annual minimum temperature has also increased significantly (0. 3 degree C per decade).Total annual precipitation is expected to increase throughout the state. As evident from the last 30 years’ climate data analysis, precipitation rate in northern parts is expected to increase by ≥19 per cent. Climatic factors like rainfall and extreme temperature, which are beyond the tolerance capacity of a species, may lead to inevitable distribution changes. Evidences show that many plant species shift their geographical habitats to combat regional climatic variation (Cao Juan, 2021) (Chapagain et al., 2009). Many species are unable to acclimatize to the pace of climatic variations. So, these changes may increase the extinction risk. Climate change alters water availability and the resulting water stress may affect crop productivity. Particularly, under rain-fed ecosystems, altered climatic conditions can expose crops to drought like situation. Timely availability of quality seed/planting material of recommended climate-ready crop varieties and irrigation water are two most important requirements for CRA in hill (Moonena et al. 2002) (Feng, Zhaozhong 2019). Market-driven secondary agricultural activities are of prime importance for sustaining the livelihood of the farming community through additional income generation. Various options for secondary agricultural activities include mushroom production, bee-keeping and honey production, primary processing of horticultural crops, enriched vermin composting, etc. The present investigation was carried out with the following objectives: To find out the effects of area, yield and agro-meteorological parameters in determining the production. To find out the effects of area, production, yield and agro-meteorological parameters in determining farmgate price.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODOLOGY\r\nA proper methodology is an inevitable and important component of a research study for getting successful research findings. To fulfill the objectives of the present study, a reasonably appropriate methodology has been adopted. In this chapter, the methodology adopted for the present study has been presented under the following heads.\r\n1. Study area and period of study. \r\n2. Sampling design.\r\n3. Collection of data. \r\n4. Analytical technique.\r\nSelection of State. Manipur State of INDIA has been purposively selected.\r\nSelection of Region. Valley region have been purposively selected.\r\nSelection of Districts. Bishnupur district is selected.\r\nCollection of data. Purely time series secondary data have been collected regarding area, production, farm prices and productivity of principal crops and agro-meteorological parameters of Manipur State for a period of last 20 years data (1998-2017).\r\nAnalytical Techniques. The study is based on Regression Analysis following Multiple Linear Regression Model.\r\nRegression. The word regression is used to denote estimations of predictions of the averaged value of one variable of a specific of other variable. The estimations is done by means of suitable equations, derived on the basis of available bivariate data. Such an equation is known as a regression equations and its geometrical representation is called a regression curve.\r\nIn linear regressions (or simple regressions) the relationship between the variables is assumed to be linear. The estimations of y (say, y¢) is obtained from an equations of the form \r\n y¢ - ybar = byx(x-xbar) (1)\r\nand the estimations of x(say, x¢) from another equation (usually different from the former of the form\r\n x¢- xbar = bxy(y-ybar) (2)\r\nequations 1 is known as regressions equations of y on x, and equation 2 as regression equations of x on y. the coefficient byx appearing in the regression equations of y on x is known as regression coefficient of y on x. Similarly, bxy is called the regression coefficient of x on y. the geometrical representations of linear regression equations 1 and 2 are known as regression line these line are best fitting straight line obtaining by the method of least square \r\nMultiple Linear Regression Model. In order to find out the major agro-meteorological parameters affecting area, production and productivity of principal crops in the study area, a multiple linear regression model is used.\r\nThe general model of the Multiple Linear Regression is as follows –\r\nGeneral linear regression model for ‘k’ explanatory variables (xi\'s) and one dependent variable, y for sample is given by \r\n y = b_o+∑_(i=1 )^k▒b_i x_i +e_i\r\nwhere b_0is the intercept, b_1, b_2……,b_k are partial regression coefficients of the variablesx_1, x_2, ...., x_krespectively and e_iis the residual which is supposed to follow i.i.d. N(0, σ2). By ordinary least square method one can find the values of a, b_1, b_2…,b_k.\r\nSignificance of the model\r\nThe significance of the regression model was tested using F statistic. Here the null hypotheses was set as,\r\n H0: β = 0\r\nTest statistic \r\nWhere, \r\n Regression sum of squares (RSS) = \r\n Error sum of squares (ESS) = \r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nBishnupur\r\nFrom Table 1 the main results of the study show that in Bishnupur district in the valley region of Manipur state, when production is considered as a dependent variable, it is observed that both area and yield have a significant impact on production in kharif maize (0.997), kharif oilseeds (0.986), kharif rice (0.964), kharif legumes (0.992), rabi legumes (0.996) total maize (0.994), total oilseeds (0.701), total paddy (0.997), total legumes (0.996), this result was in similar with the finding of Lekshmi et al. (2013); Smith et al. (2018), stated that the accounting for fluctuations in agro-meteorological parameter readings into agriculture, helped to get better yield and quality of produce as well as showed that estimates of likely future adaptations were an essential ingredient in impact and vulnerability assessments impacted system to adapt. Both area and temperature have a significant impact on production in the case of rabi legumes, while looking at the dependent variables on the farm, it is observed that both temperature and production have a significant impact on the farm-gate price for Kharif maize (0.756), and only humidity has a significant impact on the farm-gate -Price in the case of Kharif oilseeds (0.683), Rabi oilseeds (0.782), Kharif legumes (0.775), but the area has a significant impact on the producer price in Case of kharif rice (0.909) and temperature has a significant impact on the producer price in the case of legumes Rabi (0.568) as shown in table 3.2. Liming Ye et al. (2012); Zhou and Ismaeel (2020) also stated that climate change was now affecting global agriculture and food production worldwide, whole rice and legumes and understanding the current relationship between agriculture and climate might help interpret how future climate change will affect local crops and also take necessary measures. Also in Table 2 both moisture and production have a significant impact on the farm price in the case of total corn acreage and temperature has a significant Influence on the operating price in the case of all oilseeds. Similar finding was observed by Lathika et al. (2005); Roy et al. (2018); Rosenzweig et al. (2012); Chattopadhyay et al. (2020) showed that overall climate is changing particularly in respect of temperature over the Indian region. Besides, climatic variability leading to extreme events like drought, flood, occurrence heavy rainfall etc results in decreasing the production yield of various crops throughout the country. \r\n', 'Heisnam Umakanta Sin and Bigyananda Mutum (2022). Effects of Agro-Metrological Parameters on Production and Farm gate Prices of Principal Crops in Bishnupur District of the Valley Region of Manipur. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 454-457.'),
(5296, '136', 'Phenotyping of qDTY QTL introgressed Backcrossed Inbred Lines (BILs) of Rice for Drought Tolerance', 'G. Nithishkumar, R. Suresh, R. Pushpa and M. Raju', '76 Phenotyping of qDTY QTL introgressed Backcrossed Inbred Lines (BILs) of Rice for Drought Tolerance G. Nithishkumar.pdf', '', 1, 'Drought is the major abiotic stress that affects rice cultivation under rainfed areas. In India, drought and water stress affects rice production in 17 Mha accounts for about 15.0 percent yield reduction. Improvement of varieties for drought tolerance is the crucial and challenging task in rice. In the present study, 120 BILs along with 3 parents viz., ADT 45, Apo and Way Rarem were screened for vegetative stage drought tolerance under managed water stress condition at Tamil Nadu Rice Research Institute (TRRI) to identify genotypes with drought tolerance ability. The main challenge of this study The results revealed that among 120 BILs, 39 were found to be highly tolerant for vegetative stage drought stress while 29 BILs were susceptible. The recipient parent ADT 45 showed moderate drought tolerance under field conditions. Three BILs viz., W 18, A 52, I 45 were promising with best scores for leaf rolling, leaf drying, leaf senescence and drought recovery indicating that these BILs are highly tolerant to vegetative stage drought stress. The BIL W171 has favourable drought scores and it also recovers rapidly after re-watering. Eight BILs viz., W 97, W 195, I 39, I 40, I 74, I 76, I 92 have better drought scores but recovery rate is slower.', 'Field screening, drought stress, leaf rolling score, leaf drying score, drought recovery score', 'The results derived from the present field study on screening of BILs for drought tolerance revealed that 39 genotypes present in cluster II were found tolerant to drought while 29 genotypes present in cluster V were susceptible. The recipient parent ADT 45 exhibited moderate drought tolerance under field stress conditions. Based on all the physio-morphological traits, three BILs viz., W 18, A 52 and I 45 exhibited best scores for leaf rolling, leaf drying, leaf senescence and drought recovery indicating that these BILs are high tolerant to vegetative stage drought stress. Hence, these genotypes may be concentrated and promoted as drought tolerant cultures. The BIL W 171 has very high drought scores however it recovers fast after re-watering. This genotype may be useful to study the physiological mechanism and inter relationship among the drought tolerant traits. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRice (Oryza sativa L.) is the major staple food crop that provides daily calorie intake for nearly half of the world’s human population particularly in Asia (Sahebi et al., 2018). According to UN report, the world human population is estimated to reach 8 billion and the demand for rice is estimated to be 2000 million metric tonnes by 2030 (FAO, 2016-17). To meet such increase in overall demand, there is a need to promote yield and productivity of rice in wide range of environments. Rainfed rice accounts for around 45% of world’s rice area but accounts for only one-quarter of total rice production (Maclean et al., 2002). Drought is the major yield reduction factor on such rainfed rice cultivation (Kumar et al., 2014; Garg and Bhattacharya 2017). It reduced the agricultural productivity by 20 to 40 per cent in rainfed areas (Pandit et al., 2016; Barik et al., 2018). It affects the crop at both vegetative as well as reproductive stage. Drought at both stages is detrimental and severely affects the yield and productivity (Bunnag and Pongthai 2013). Hence there is a need to identify and develop elite genotypes that perform well under severe drought stress. \r\nRice plants respond to drought by altering morphological, physiological, biochemical and metabolic responses. It includes reduction in plant water content, reduced cell size, stomatal closure, reduction in gaseous exchange and disruption of enzyme-catalyzed biochemical processes (Ozga et al., 2017; Islam et al., 2018). Therefore, selection using morpho-physiological and metabolic traits may be effective for drought tolerance breeding in rice (Zaharieva et al., 2001; Fukai et al., 1995).\r\nSurvival and yield potential of rice crop under drought stress mainly depends on its ability to maintain plant water status under such water deficit conditions (Blum, 2009). Leaf rolling is one of the visible physiological response indicators to plant water deficit. It is an adaptive response to water deficit which helps in maintaining favorable water balance within plant tissues. The genetics of rice leaf rolling under vegetative stage drought stress was studied by Singh and Mackil (1991) and they reported major gene for leaf rolling. During vegetative stage drought stress, leaf rolling and leaf drying are the good selection criteria for screening and identification of genotypes for drought tolerance (Farooq et al., 2010; Singh et al., 2012; Chang, 1974; De data et al., 1988). The capacity of a plant to recover from drought was regarded as more important than its drought tolerance (Maji, 1994). Chang, (1974); De Datta (1975); Gana et al. (2011) viewed drought recovery as the determining factor of grain yield under stress. Malabuyoc et al. (1985) also stated that poor recovery from stress could be a major factor in decreased grain yield.\r\nHence, the present study was taken up to identify the genotypes that perform well under vegetative stage drought stress based on physio – morphological traits such as leaf rolling, leaf drying, leaf senescence and drought recovery. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experimental material comprised of 120 qDTY QTL introgressed Backcrossed Inbred Lines (BILs)derived from the crosses ADT 45*3/Apo, ADT 45*3/Way Rarem and ADT 45*2/Apo//ADT 45*2/Way Rarem. ADT 45 is the recipient parent with high yield, whereas Apo and Way Rarem are drought tolerant donor parents for several qDTY QTLs. Field screening for drought tolerance of BILs along with the parents was carried out at Tamil Nadu Rice Research Institute, Aduthurai (Latitude 11oN, Longitude 79.30oE) during summer(March – April) 2022 under managed water stress condition. \r\nThe field experiment was conducted in well pulverized upland field in order to have a check on soil moisture status. The BILs along with the parents viz., ADT 45, Apo, Way Rarem and the susceptible check IR 36 were evaluated through randomized complete block design in two replications. In each replication, the seeds were directly sown in dry soil in 2 rows of 1.5 m length each with the spacing of 20 cm between the rows. Recommended agronomic practices were carried out for proper crop maintenance. The crop was irrigated normally up to 45 days after sowing. On 45th day of sowing irrigation was withheld for a period of 15 days (45th day to 60th day) to impose water stress. During stress period, soil moisture content was monitored through periodical soil sampling at 30 cm depth. Leaf rolling was observed from 7to 10 days after the stress period in the susceptible check IR 36 and complete drying was observed on 14th day after stress. Scores for leaf rolling, leaf senescence and leaf drying were recorded on 15th day of stress period and IRRI Standard Evaluation System for rice, 2013 (IRRI-SES 2013) was followed to score the genotypes. Observations were recorded during mid - day between 12.00 to 2.00 PM. The crop was irrigated on 16th day after water stress and drought recovery score was taken at 7 days after re-watering. The observations were recorded on five randomly selected plants from each genotype and in each replication the mean data from five plants were used for statistical analysis. Statistical analysis was performed using softwares such as ‘R’ to analyze ANOVA and ‘STAR’ for cluster diagram. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe results of ANOVA revealed that high significant difference between the genotypes for leaf rolling and drought recovery scores. Similar results were obtained by Anik et al. (2021); Verma et al. (2019); Yue et al. (2005). However, there is no significant difference between the genotypes for leaf drying and leaf senescence scores. However contrary to that, significant difference in leaf drying and leaf senescence and non-significant difference in leaf rolling was obtained by Pavithra et al. (2022).\r\nThe rice genotypes can be categorized according to the Standard Evaluation System for Rice (IRRI – SES, 2013). Under vegetative stage stress, the genotypes showed variations in visual symptoms with score 1 to score 9 for leaf rolling, leaf drying, leaf senescence and drought recovery. The drought tolerant donor parents Apo and Way Rarem showed normal growth without any leaf rolling or drying whereas, the susceptible cultivar IR 36 extensive rolling and drying symptoms. All the 120 genotypes were compared with tolerant (Apo, Way Rarem) and susceptible (IR 36) genotypes to estimate the degree of drought tolerance, accordingly the 120 BILs were categorized into highly tolerant, tolerant, moderately tolerant/susceptible, susceptible and highly susceptible genotypes.\r\nThe results showed that the leaf rolling score ranges from 0.33 to 9.0, leaf drying score from 0.50 to 7.67. Leaf senescence ranges from 1.0 to 9.0 and drought recovery score ranges from 1.0to 7.0.\r\nBlum (1988) found that delayed leaf rolling under drought stress is an essential selection criterion for drought avoidance. Leaf rolling was thought to be a response to leaf water potential and correlated with leaf water potential of the plants. Delayed leaf rolling was thought to be favorable trait in rice (Maji, 1994). In the present study, 5 genotypes recorded the mean leaf rolling score of 0-1, 12 genotypes with the score 1-3, 26 genotypes with the score 3-5, 35 genotypes with the score between 5-7 and 45 genotypes were with the score between 7-9 (Table 4). The BILs W 195, I 39 and I 74 and also the donor parents Apo and Way Rarem showed no leaf rolling symptoms (Score 0-1) and hence they are highly tolerant to vegetative stage drought stress. Twelve BILs were tolerant to leaf rolling with shallow V-shaped folding. Most of the inter-mated BILs with more than one qDTY QTLs such as I 45, I 40, I 33, I 12, I 32, I 76 and I 92 falls under this category. Hence, it is evident that combination of qDTY QTLs contributes to better tolerance to drought than the single QTL. Twenty-six BILs were moderately tolerant to drought, 34 were susceptible and 45 genotypes were highly susceptible to drought stress. The recurrent parent ADT 45 was moderately susceptible with the leaf rolling score of 5-7. Most of the Way Rarem BILs such as W171, W216 exhibited high leaf rolling and hence they are highly susceptible to drought. This could be due to the non-effectiveness of single QTL (qDTY 12.1) for vegetative stage drought stress under this environment. \r\nField screening results for leaf drying showed that two BILs were with the score of 0-1, 21 with the score of 1-3, 55 with the score of 3-5, 37 with the score of 5-7 and 3 BILs with the score of 7-9. The BILs W 99 and I 45 shows no drying symptoms indicating that these genotypes are highly tolerant to drought stress. The donor parent Apo also falls under the same category. 21 BILs viz., W11, W16, W18, W43, W84, W89, W94, W96, W97, W106, W117, W195, W199, A16, A22, A35, A52, I39, I40, I74, I76 and I92 are tolerant to drought stress showing slight tip drying. The donor parent Way Rarem also falls under the same category. Majority of the BILs exhibited moderate resistance for leaf drying. 31 Way Rarem derived BILs, 17 Apo derived BILs and 7 inter-mated BILs falls under this category. Thirty-seven BILs along with the recipient parent ADT 45 shows more than two-third of the leaves fully dried and hence susceptible to drought. The BILs A24, A83 and A89 were fully dried and apparently dead indicating that they are highly susceptible to leaf drying.\r\nLeaf senescence score showed that 60 BILs exhibited mean score values between 1-3, 51 BILs with the score of 4-6 and 9 BILs with the score of 7-9. Most of the BILs have leaf senescence score less than 3 indicating that these genotypes retain their natural green color and rate of senescence is slow. All the three parents exhibited late and slow leaf senescence. BILs such as W 18-8-7, W 7-4-1, W 7-4-2 and W 7-4-4 exhibited intermediate leaf senescence with yellowing of upper leaves alone. Nine BILs viz., W 164, W 168, W 171, W 172, W 235, W 242, W 248, A 24 and A 83 exhibited early and fast leaf senescence. No inter-mated BILs exhibited score more than 5 indicating that they are better adopted to drought when compared to single cross BILs of Apo and Way Rarem. \r\nBased on drought recovery score the BILs were grouped as follows: 25 BILs with the score of 1-2, 46 BILs with the score of 3-4, 36 BILs with the score of 5-6 and 11 BILs with the score of 7. The results clearly showed that no BILs have a score of 9 indicating that at least 20 percent of plants get recovered from drought in every genotype. In 27 BILs, more than 80 percent of the plants got recovered and in these genotypes, apparently the rolling and drying symptoms were very minimum with 0 to 3 score. Drought tolerant parents Apo and Way Rarem also falls under this category since they did not exhibit any leaf rolling or drying symptoms during drought stress and therefore, these genotypes quickly regained without any impact of drought stress. In 46 BILs, recovery percentage was between 70 to 90 per cent indicating that these BILs are tolerant to drought stress. Thirty six BILs along with the parent ADT 45 showed 40 to 70 percent recovery and hence they are moderately tolerant / moderately susceptible to drought. 11 BILs showed susceptibility by having 20 to 40 percent recovery from drought.\r\nCluster analysis was performed with the drought scores of 120 BILs and 3 parents. Based on the variation, the 120 BILs and the three parents are grouped into five clusters by using Ward’s method. Number of genotypes in each cluster is given in the Table 8. \r\nDistribution pattern of dendrogram (Fig. 1) showed that Cluster I contains 26 genotypes which include recipient parent ADT 45 and 25 BILs viz., W 47, W 60, W 61, W 84, W 90, W 92, W 94, W 96, W 100, W 103, W 115, W 177, W 180, A 22, A 75, A 14, A 80, A 99, I 69, I 85, W 7-4-1, W 18-8-7, I 127, I 140 and I 172. Cluster II contains 25 genotypes which includes drought tolerant parents Apo and Way Rarem and the BILs W 11, W 16, W 18, W 24, W 26, W 27, W 34, W 39, W 95, W 187, W 191, A 43, A 88, A 16, A 35, A 52, A 70, A 81, A 82, A 95, I 12, I 33 and I 45. Genotypes in these cluster are better performing genotypes under drought stress. Cluster III and V contains large number of genotypees while cluster IV contain least number of genotypes.\r\nMean performance values of five clusters for all the drought scores were computed to evaluate the superiority of the clusters, which is useful in improvement of drought tolerance. Based on which the genotypes with best drought tolerance ability are clustered in cluster II. Genotypes in cluster II are highly tolerant to leaf drying, leaf senescence and tolerant to leaf rolling and have highest drought recovery. The next best cluster was IV which comprised of genotypes with preferable scores for leaf rolling, leaf drying and leaf senescence and the recovery from stress was intermediate in these genotypes. Majority of the inter-mated BILs are grouped into this cluster IV. Cluster I contain genotypes with moderate leaf rolling and drying and moderate drought recovery percentage. Genotypes in cluster III showed high leaf rolling and drying with moderate drought recovery. Genotypes in cluster V are highly susceptible to drought with poor leaf rolling, leaf drying and leaf senescence scores. \r\n', 'G. Nithishkumar, R. Suresh, R. Pushpa and M. Raju (2022). Phenotyping of qDTY QTL introgressed Backcrossed Inbred Lines (BILs) of Rice for Drought Tolerance. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 458-464.'),
(5297, '136', 'Leaf Propagation in Guava (Psidium guajava L.)- An Unique Approach for Producing Quality and Nematode-free Planting Materials', 'Vikram Choudhary, C. Indu Rani, M. Djanaguirama, J. Auxcilia and R. Neelavathi', '77 Leaf Propagation in Guava (Psidium guajava L.)- An Unique Approach for Producing Quality and Nematode-free Planting Materials Vikram Choudhary.pdf', '', 4, 'Guava is the fourth most important fruit crop grown in India. In the existing commercial propagation method of ground layering/stooling, root knot the nematode is transferred through soil media along with planting materials and it is becoming the serious threat for guava orchards. The production of nematode free planting materials without carrying from the infested soil from mother plants is very essential for the sustainable production of guava. A study was undertaken to develop a new propagation method for producing nematode free planting materials in guava. The fourth mature leaf from the shoot tipin guava cv. Lucknow-49, Allahabad Safeda and Arka Kiran were collected in the early morning hours during the month of November 2021. The leaves were washed with running water followed by quick dip of the petiole portion in 1% Bavistin followed by dipping in 500, 1,000 and 1,500 ppm of Indole-3-Butyric Acid (IBA) for one and two minutes. The treated guava leaves were then planted in 50 cavity protrays containing well decomposed cocopeat (pH7) mixed with Pseudomonas fluorescens and Trichoderma viride and placed in a small polytunnel under shade netat a temperature of 28-30oC and relative humidity of 75±5% were maintained which is congenial for rooting. The leaves of Lucknow-49 rooted when treated with 1,500 ppm IBA dipped for 1 and 2 minutes with rooting percentage of 70% and 72% respectively. These rooted leaves were further treated with benzyl adenine at different concentration (100, 200, 300, 400 and 500 ppm) for better shoot formation. Rooted leaf treated with 300 ppm BA for one minute recorded better result as it took less time for shoot formation (28.40 days) and survival percentage of 80% was recorded.', 'Guava, leaf, propagation, IBA, BA, shade net and polytunnel', 'From the present study, it is concluded that fourth mature leaves from shoot tip dipped in 1,500 ppm IBA for 2 minutes (T7) and rooted leaves dipped in 300 ppm BA for 1 minute (T8) showed significant effect on rooting and shoot formation respectively. The highest rooting percentage of 72% was obtained from T7 which was recorded on 30thday after planting whereas survival percentage of 80% was obtained from rooted leaves treated with T8 which can be further improved by maintaining accurate temperature and humidity along with the good quality of irrigation water. This technique easily fulfills the quality and quantity of planting materials within a short period of time. As compared to other methods, it is simpler, less labor-intensive, true to type, early bearing, economical and free of nematodes.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nGuava (Psidium guajava L.) also known as “Apple of tropics” is one of the most common and popular fruits grown in tropical and sub-tropical regions of India. Owing to its luscious, wider adaptability, prolific bearing and high remunerative in nature it is popular across the world and also due to its availability round the year and reasonable price it is called as Poor man’s apple (Das et al., 1995; Brijesh et al., 2014).\r\nIn guava, various drawbacks are reported in conventional methods of propagation (air-layering, stooling, ground layering). Seed propagated plants have various disadvantages such as a long juvenile phase, lack of true-to-type progeny, genetic heterogeneity, segregation and recombination of characters (Martínez-De-Lara et al., 2004; Soni et al., 2016). In asexual method of propagation namely stooling, ground layering, budding, grafting, stem cutting, air layering and inarching are still not commercially feasible because of various disadvantages. In ground layering and stooling, there are more possibilities that soil media might carry nematodes along with the planting materials. When these planting materials are used, it becomes very difficult to manage nematode as it rapidly spreads and leads to heavy loss in production (Poornima et al., 2016). In case of budding (Gupta and Mehrotra (1985, Kaundal et al., 1987), air layering (Sharma et al., 1978; Manna et al., 2001) and inarching (Mukherjee and Majumder 1983) it has been reported that all these methods are time-consuming, wax and wane in success percentage, laborious, expensive, absence of tap root system and uneconomical (Soni et al., 2016; Singh et al., 2019). Stem cutting is an effortless method but due to guava stem being hard to root this is also not suitable therefore leaves can be an option for propagation. As root formation in the leaf is a key step in fruit crops’ vegetative propagation. The mechanism of root development could be divided into three stages: root induction, root initiation and root protrusion and all these stages are regulated through auxins. Owing to natural auxin synthesis in leaves and stem tip leading to more chances for root formation in leaf (Ljung et al., 2001). Hence, the objective of this experiment was framed in such a way to develop a new commercial method of clonal multiplication in guava.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe research was carried out at Horticultural College and Research Institute, TNAU, Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu during 2020-21 in a Factorial Completely Randomized Design with five replications (10 leaves per replication) and two factors (F1: Varieties and F2: Plant growth regulators at different concentration).\r\nMother block for each variety (Lucknow 49, Allahabad Safeda and Arka Kiran) are maintained within the premises of nursery. Mother block is one of the most important inputs which decides the fate of production efficiency of fruit orchard. They are planted at a closer spacing of 2x1m in order to accommodate more number of plants and to get continuous supply of propagation material. These plants are severely pruned once in a year in the month of February to keep them in vegetative phase to produce enough shoots for propagation purposes. They are maintained rigorously so as to keep the plants healthy and free of diseases and insect pests. \r\nLeaves for the purpose of this experiment were collected from the mother block mentioned above. 50 leaves from guava cv. Lucknow-49, Allahabad Safeda and Arka Kiran were collected and used in this study.\r\nThe 4th mature leaves were collected from the shoot tip of current season growth during morning hours which were then washed under running water followed by a quick dip at 1% Bavistin solution prior to planting. The petiole portion of leaves was dipped in 500, 1,000 and 1,500 ppm of Indole butyric acid (IBA) solutions for 1 and 2 minutes. After dipping, the leaves were planted in 50 cavity (4.5 cm top diameter, 3.2 cm bottom diameter, 4 cm depth, 50 ml capacity) protrays containing well-decomposed cocopeat (pH7) mixed with Pseudomonas fluorescens & Trichoderma viride, and kept in a small polytunnel under shade net. Leaves were irrigated alternately using as prayer and frequent inspection was done to check for any kind of deformity. From the 30th day of planting, root formation was observations on root formation in leaf petiole were recorded. The rooted leaves were then dipped in 100, 200, 300, 400 and 500 ppm of benzyl adenine (BA) solution. The treated rooted leaves were transferred into polybags containing a potting mixture of red soil, sand and farmyard manure (2:1:1). Irrigation was done by sprayer when it is required.\r\nFor root formation on leaves, data observed were number of days taken for rooting, rooting percentage and number of roots per leaf and root length (cm). For shoot formation, data observed were number of days taken for shoot formation, shoot formation (%), shoot length (cm) and survival percentage (%).\r\nFactor 1\r\nV1: Lucknow 49\r\nV2: Allahabad Safeda\r\nV3: Arka Kiran\r\nFactor 2\r\nG1: 500 ppm IBA\r\nG2: 1,000 ppm IBA\r\nG3: 1,500 ppm IBA\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nGuava is a crop that is conventionally propagated by stooling but due to compromise in the quality of planting material as well as nematode infection, leaf propagation which has not been commonly used in fruit crops was given a trial in this experiment in order to get a perception on its success rate that can be a novel technique for producing a good quality planting materials as observed by Neelavathi et al., 2021. The present experiment was carried out at a shade net where the optimum temperature (28-30oC) and humidity (75±5%) required for successful rooting of the leaves were maintained by making a tunnel inside the shade net using polyethylene sheet of 200 microns (Fig.1)without which required humidity was not possible to maintain under only a shade net. Rymbai and Satyanarayana Reddy (2010) also reported that climate and media plays a crucial role in rooting. Irrigation water also plays an important role in the success of this experiment as the salt content in the water of Tamil Nadu is high which leads to the burning of leaves. Therefore, Siruvani water (The world’s 2nd tastiest water) was used for irrigating the leaves on an alternate basis with the help of a sprayer as the leaves are very brittle at the initial stage of propagation. In order to maintain the humidity of the experimental site, water was sprayed on the ground as well as the wall of the shade net. The success of the propagated leaves was being judged by visual appearance. The change in colour of the midrib and vein to yellow was observed after 15 days of planting (Fig. 2). For this experiment, 4th matured leaf from shoot tip from three different varieties were taken and treated with different concentrations of IBA. Out of these three varieties taken for the study, only Lucknow 49 treated with 1,500 ppm of IBA (dipped for 1 and 2 minutes) rooted in 33.80 days and 32.60 days respectively and the rest of the leaves dried (Table 1), which may be due to the varietal differences, lower concentrations of exogenous IBA and the presence of auxin inhibitor biochemical compounds (Lomax et al. 1995) and also due to the lack of endogenous auxin synthesis. Treatment duration highly stimulates cambial activity thereby resulting in the mobilization of reserve food material to the site from the leaf to the petiole through the midrib and veins that enhance earlier root formation (Shahzad et al., 2019). IBA is a non-toxic auxin (Hartmann et al., 2002) and effective in encouraging the rooting of a large number of plant species (Teklehaimanot et al., 1996).\r\nHigher rooting percentage was observed in T7 (72%) followed by T6 (70%). Root length and number of roots per leaf were measured at 30th and 60th day of planting and has been found to differ due to the treatment duration as well the maturity stage of leaf i,e., 4th mature leaves from shoot tip. Survival percentage recorded the highest in T7 (82.15%) followed by T6 (79.38%). Interaction between auxin and cytokinin plays an important role in root and shoot regeneration. The fourth matured was leaf dipped in 1500 ppm IBA for 2 minutes (T7) recorded highest root length (19.08 cm) and number of roots per leaf (31.58) on 60th day after planting (Table 2, Fig. 3). Similar result was observed in grape cutting at higher concentrations (Shahzad et al., 2019). A tremendous increase in the root length and number of roots per leaf was observed after 30th day of planting as the rooted leaves were carefully uprooted from protrays and treated with BA for initiation of shoot formation. The rooted leaves were treated with 200 and 300 ppm of BA dipped for one minute. Cytokinin such as BA increases biosynthesis of nucleic acids and mitotic activity in apices of buds those responsible for shoot formation (Chvojka 1964). Higher concentration of BA (300 ppm) was found to produce better result in terms of time taken for shoot formation (28.40 days after treatment), shoot formation percentage (83.33%), number of shoot per rooted leaves (4) and survival percentage (80%) (Table 3). Exogenous application of BA promotes shoot regeneration (Cornejo-Martin et al., 1979). Similar studies were conducted using cytokinin in Rudbeckia laciniata,Ruta graveolens, Gratiola officinalis which plays an important role in shoot formation (Custers 1986). The ratio of auxin-cytokinin I s an important factor to be considered for root and shoot formation as the leaves were initially treated with IBA which were further treated with BA on 30th day of planting might be the reason for its interaction in formation of successful root and shoot propagated through guava leaf. Exogenous application of BA promoted shoot formation but this action appeared to depend on the presence of other regulators in the medium and also on the plant species used (Cornejo-Martin et al., 1979; Van Aartrijk et al., 1985).\r\n', 'Vikram Choudhary, C. Indu Rani, M. Djanaguirama, J. Auxcilia and R. Neelavathi (2022). Leaf Propagation in Guava (Psidium guajava L.)- An Unique Approach for Producing Quality and Nematode-free Planting Materials. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 465-469.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5298, '136', 'Attitude and Acceptance of Farmers for Agroforestry in Selected Blocks of West Singhbhum District, Jharkhand, India', 'Tanu Shree Lakra, M.S. Malik, P.R. Oraon, B.C. Oraon, Jai Kumar and S.S. Das', '78 Attitude and Acceptance of Farmers for Agroforestry in Selected Blocks of West Singhbhum District, Jharkhand, India Tanu Shree Lakra.pdf', '', 4, 'The agroforestry practice is intervention of forestry/fruit tree species on cultivated lands for achieving multiple benefits like, fuel wood, fodder, timber, fruit etc. The main objective of this study was to investigate and analyze the reasons for non-adoption of agroforestry by farmers and the problems being faced by them in West Singhbhum district of Jharkhand. A sample of 320 respondents from four randomly selected blocks was interviewed through a structured interview schedule in person and the data were analyzed. It was concluded that the farmers were not adopting agroforestry mainly due to the lack of awareness about the tree benefits. They considered that the trees compete with agricultural crops for water and nutrients uptake and degrade their farmlands etc. The villagers may be educated and convinced with respect to adoption of agroforestry through exposure visits of successful agroforestry models for increasing their monetary benefits. Most of the farmers are found to agree that agroforestry is an option to meet the food, fodder and fuel requirements. Literacy also has bearing on adoption of agroforestry. The response of the respondents that practice of agroforestry contributed to improve vegetation in the area is highly beneficial for restoration of agro-environment.', 'adoption, agricultural crops, agroforestry, constraints, farmlands', 'From this study it is found that farmers have been benefitted by adoption of agroforestry in terms of fodder, fuelwood and improvement of soil condition. The literacy has been also observed as one of important factor of farmers to put this level under agroforestry practices. The agroforestry supports farmers during failure of crops through livestock production system and fruit trees. The agroforestry supports farmers income during total crop failure, improves the micro climate of the area and performance of trees and agricultural crops in agroforestry is better than the pure agriculture or forestry.\r\nThe important benefits of agroforestry which the respondents perceived were becoming \'self-reliant\' in terms of fuel, fodder, timber and other minor forest produce (MFPs) improves the micro climate of the area and performance of trees and agricultural crops in agroforestry is better than pure agriculture or forestry based on rank order of the tested parameters, respectively. These benefits were rather visual in nature which the respondents noticed.\r\n', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nIn India the agriculture has been the major land use practice to meet the requirement of food grains and vegetables production for human consumption. The economic conditions of farmers also depend on agriculture, but in most of region of India agriculture practice cannot be throughout the year. As a result their economy and livelihood are affected. To have multiple gain from agriculture field the practice of agroforestry has a support system to agriculture during lean period as in this interactions of tree component (timber, fuelwood, fruit trees etc.) along with agriculture crops are deliberately practiced to have multiple benefits like food grain, fuelwood, fodder, vegetables, fruit to avoid leaving agriculture field for fallow. Agroforestry helps to provide farmers effective and efficient land management system to get high crop yield and income under agri-ecological conditions. The integration of tree components in crop fields may in spatial/temporal sequence. In this under agroforestry integration woody and non-woody components are main target along with economic surety (Kumar and Nair 2004). \r\nFrey et al. (2010) estimated financial returns from eight agroforestry and seven forestry systems to compare returns from agriculture on marginal and average lands in the Lower Mississippi Alluvial Valley (LMAV), as an indicator for potential adoption. In all but a few cases, agriculture had higher returns than agroforestry and forestry. However, moderate prices from carbon credits from afforestation and reforestation activities have potential on marginal agricultural that maintains large carbon stock avoiding clear cutting. \r\nDwivedi et al. (2007) studied outcome of socio-economic diagnosis of traditional as well as commercial agroforestry practices being practiced by farmers in Western Uttar Pradesh including tree species such as Azadirachta indica, Acacia nilotica, Dalbergia sissoo and Eucalyptus spp. in traditional system whereas, Populus deltoids and Eucalyptus spp. were the main species of commercial agroforestry. The net return from tree produce ha-1 per annum in traditional system was Rs. 989, 541 and 440 for marginal, small and medium farmers, respectively. In commercial region, B:C ratio has been found higher (3.00) for poplar based agrisilviculture than poplar (2.84) and eucalyptus (2.68) based bund system. The traditional agroforestry seems less promising as compared to commercial agroforestry, but it is most beneficial to the farmers livelihood.\r\nIn India, agroforestry practices are carried out over approximately 25.32 million hectare i.e., approximate 8.32% of total geographic area of country. Different variations of agroforestry being observed included Agri-Silviculture (alley cropping, multiple cropping and inters cropping), Aqua-Silviculture (tree-fish-arable crop and tree-fish-livestock systems). As compared to a monoculture, well integrated and managed agroforestry practices have many benefits which have not yet been popularized in country (Kumar et al., 2017). \r\nThe main objective for promoting agroforestry is proper utilization of limited land resources by farmers and to get continued income round the year. Although in Jharkhand efforts have been made to assess the farmers’ participation in agroforestry, but reasons for its non-adoption in West Singhbhum district of Jharkhand have not been yet worked out. Hence present study was taken to provide the baseline information in this respect.\r\nMaterials and Method\r\nIn the present study data have been collected from eight villages of West Singhbhum district of Jharkhand State. Four blocks were selected and from each block four villages and from each village twenty households were selected for data generation. Therefore, from each village 20 households and a total no. of 320 respondents were selected from each block as:\r\n \r\n4 × 4 × 20 = 320\r\n Block Village Household Total no. of respondents\r\nThe map of the study area is shown below:\r\nThe study is based on survey of 20 randomly selected household practicing agroforestry from each village with the help of a questionnaire specially designed and pretested for the interviewing the socio-economic survey from four blocks namely- Khuntpani, Jagganathpur, Manjhari and Tonto and from each block four villages and from each villages 20 respondents or households were selected for the observation. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nSocio-economic characteristics of the respondents. The socio-economic characteristics including age, education and source of income are observed and data is shown in Table 1. It is evident that majority of the respondents under West Singhbhum district belonged to middle age group (61%) followed by old age group (22.18%) and young age group (16.87%). Also majority of the respondents (51.20%) were illiterate, 38.40% were pre-matric and 2.19% were up to graduate level. This study also revealed that 71.88% respondents reported to have earned their income mainly from agriculture while, 15.93% from agroforestry and 13.13% from collection of forest products. Similarly, studies have indicated that socio-economic characteristics had much influence on the adoption behavior regarding new practices (Jamal, 2005). FAO (2001) also reported that agroforestry adopters belonged to higher group in their socio-economic status.\r\nIt present study also it is observed that illiteracy was also the main reason for less adoption of agroforestry by farmers. The farmers considered this practice harmful for their agricultural crops due to lack of education and awareness for agroforestry. Amir (2003) also reported that education was the main and vital weapon for bringing a positive change in the behavior of individual farmer for adoption of agroforestry. Hence the illiteracy among the farmers is much influencing their behavior to adopt agroforestry practices as it is one of the main hindrances which creating ignorance and unawareness among the individuals.\r\nGlover et al. (2013) has witnessed a significant improvement in the adoption and promotion of agroforestry technologies among smallholder farmers world-wide and in particular, developing countries. They observed that the main socio-economic factors that determine the actual occurrence of agroforestry are household security, access to capital and incentives, labour, gender, land tenure, farm size and knowledge for management. Sustainable development through agroforestry can be achieved through genuine and continuous involvement of farmers in agroforestry activities.\r\nThe sources of income and the occupations also determine the social standing of the adoption behaviour of the people because as depicted in Table-1 only a small number of farmers (71.88%) were actively engaged in agriculture and 15.93% were practicing agroforestry. The farmers who were planting selected trees species on their farmlands were also confronted with major problems like timber and fuel wood marketing. Therefore, farmers mainly utilizes tree species as fodder sources for their livestock, as a result they couldn’t drive income from their farmland tree.\r\nAttitude of the respondents towards Agroforestry. The responses of attitude from the agroforestry practices perceived through pre designed questionnaire (Table 2) consisted benefits obtained in ten items and the farmers\' responses were categorized as \'strongly agree\', \'agree\', \'disagree\' and \'strongly disagree\', respectively.\r\nIt is observed that majority (15.62%) of the farmers fall in strongly agree category, which indicated that agroforestry meets day to day demand for food, fodder and fuel. The response through agroforestry is substantial improvement in profile and fertility of land with 14.37% respondents fall in \'agree\' category. Moreover, 13.43% of respondants indicated that agroforestry encourages subsidiary activities like dairy, fishery, bee keeping etc. and 7.50% adoption of agroforestry decreases crop production per unit area of land gave \'disagree\' category. It was observed that respondents agreed to the tune of 12.50%. \r\nThe response of the respondents that practice of agroforestry contributed to improve vegetation in the area is 11.56% agree. The data in Table 2 indicated that on an average agroforestry farming is considered as progressive farming system’ 8.75% respondents fall in the category of agree followed by ‘agroforestry has no effect on crop production to improve yields’ i.e, 8.43%, \'strongly, \'disagree\' and ‘Adoption of agroforestry decreases crop production per unit area of land\' strongly disagree\' 7.50% in the studied area. It may be inferred from the data that more than 50% respondents have moderate knowledge about agroforestry. Therefore, more exposure needs to be given to the villagers for increasing the adoption level of Agroforestry systems.\r\nKumar et al. (2017) found that major constraint on agroforestry is lack of proper management, shortage of technical support, rigid policy of harvesting of tree products and informal, unstructured market. Due to these reason farmers are disappointing to grow tree on their field. However, there is a great potential for the development of agroforestry in India.\r\n', 'Tanu Shree Lakra, M.S. Malik, P.R. Oraon, B.C. Oraon, Jai Kumar and S.S. Das (2022). Attitude and Acceptance of Farmers for Agroforestry in Selected Blocks of West Singhbhum District, Jharkhand, India. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 470-473.'),
(5299, '136', 'Leaf Propagation in Guava (Psidium guajava L.)- An Unique Approach for Producing Quality and Nematode-free Planting Materials', 'Vikram Choudhary*, C. Indu Rani, M. Djanaguirama, J. Auxcilia and R. Neelavathi', '77 Leaf Propagation in Guava (Psidium guajava L.)- An Unique Approach for Producing Quality and Nematode-free Planting Materials Vikram Choudhary.pdf', '', 1, 'Guava is the fourth most important fruit crop grown in India. In the existing commercial propagation method of ground layering/stooling, root knot the nematode is transferred through soil media along with planting materials and it is becoming the serious threat for guava orchards. The production of nematode free planting materials without carrying from the infested soil from mother plants is very essential for the sustainable production of guava. A study was undertaken to develop a new propagation method for producing nematode free planting materials in guava. The fourth mature leaf from the shoot tipin guava cv. Lucknow-49, Allahabad Safeda and Arka Kiran were collected in the early morning hours during the month of November 2021. The leaves were washed with running water followed by quick dip of the petiole portion in 1% Bavistin followed by dipping in 500, 1,000 and 1,500 ppm of Indole-3-Butyric Acid (IBA) for one and two minutes. The treated guava leaves were then planted in 50 cavity protrays containing well decomposed cocopeat (pH7) mixed with Pseudomonas fluorescens and Trichoderma viride and placed in a small polytunnel under shade netat a temperature of 28-30oC and relative humidity of 75±5% were maintained which is congenial for rooting. The leaves of Lucknow-49 rooted when treated with 1,500 ppm IBA dipped for 1 and 2 minutes with rooting percentage of 70% and 72% respectively. These rooted leaves were further treated with benzyl adenine at different concentration (100, 200, 300, 400 and 500 ppm) for better shoot formation. Rooted leaf treated with 300 ppm BA for one minute recorded better result as it took less time for shoot formation (28.40 days) and survival percentage of 80% was recorded.', 'Guava, leaf, propagation, IBA, BA, shade net and polytunnel', 'From the present study, it is concluded that fourth mature leaves from shoot tip dipped in 1,500 ppm IBA for 2 minutes (T7) and rooted leaves dipped in 300 ppm BA for 1 minute (T8) showed significant effect on rooting and shoot formation respectively. The highest rooting percentage of 72% was obtained from T7 which was recorded on 30thday after planting whereas survival percentage of 80% was obtained from rooted leaves treated with T8 which can be further improved by maintaining accurate temperature and humidity along with the good quality of irrigation water. This technique easily fulfills the quality and quantity of planting materials within a short period of time. As compared to other methods, it is simpler, less labor-intensive, true to type, early bearing, economical and free of nematodes.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nGuava (Psidium guajava L.) also known as “Apple of tropics” is one of the most common and popular fruits grown in tropical and sub-tropical regions of India. Owing to its luscious, wider adaptability, prolific bearing and high remunerative in nature it is popular across the world and also due to its availability round the year and reasonable price it is called as Poor man’s apple (Das et al., 1995; Brijesh et al., 2014).\r\nIn guava, various drawbacks are reported in conventional methods of propagation (air-layering, stooling, ground layering). Seed propagated plants have various disadvantages such as a long juvenile phase, lack of true-to-type progeny, genetic heterogeneity, segregation and recombination of characters (Martínez-De-Lara et al., 2004; Soni et al., 2016). In asexual method of propagation namely stooling, ground layering, budding, grafting, stem cutting, air layering and inarching are still not commercially feasible because of various disadvantages. In ground layering and stooling, there are more possibilities that soil media might carry nematodes along with the planting materials. When these planting materials are used, it becomes very difficult to manage nematode as it rapidly spreads and leads to heavy loss in production (Poornima et al., 2016). In case of budding (Gupta and Mehrotra (1985, Kaundal et al., 1987), air layering (Sharma et al., 1978; Manna et al., 2001) and inarching (Mukherjee and Majumder 1983) it has been reported that all these methods are time-consuming, wax and wane in success percentage, laborious, expensive, absence of tap root system and uneconomical (Soni et al., 2016; Singh et al., 2019). Stem cutting is an effortless method but due to guava stem being hard to root this is also not suitable therefore leaves can be an option for propagation. As root formation in the leaf is a key step in fruit crops’ vegetative propagation. The mechanism of root development could be divided into three stages: root induction, root initiation and root protrusion and all these stages are regulated through auxins. Owing to natural auxin synthesis in leaves and stem tip leading to more chances for root formation in leaf (Ljung et al., 2001). Hence, the objective of this experiment was framed in such a way to develop a new commercial method of clonal multiplication in guava.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe research was carried out at Horticultural College and Research Institute, TNAU, Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu during 2020-21 in a Factorial Completely Randomized Design with five replications (10 leaves per replication) and two factors (F1: Varieties and F2: Plant growth regulators at different concentration).\r\nMother block for each variety (Lucknow 49, Allahabad Safeda and Arka Kiran) are maintained within the premises of nursery. Mother block is one of the most important inputs which decides the fate of production efficiency of fruit orchard. They are planted at a closer spacing of 2x1m in order to accommodate more number of plants and to get continuous supply of propagation material. These plants are severely pruned once in a year in the month of February to keep them in vegetative phase to produce enough shoots for propagation purposes. They are maintained rigorously so as to keep the plants healthy and free of diseases and insect pests. \r\nLeaves for the purpose of this experiment were collected from the mother block mentioned above. 50 leaves from guava cv. Lucknow-49, Allahabad Safeda and Arka Kiran were collected and used in this study.\r\nThe 4th mature leaves were collected from the shoot tip of current season growth during morning hours which were then washed under running water followed by a quick dip at 1% Bavistin solution prior to planting. The petiole portion of leaves was dipped in 500, 1,000 and 1,500 ppm of Indole butyric acid (IBA) solutions for 1 and 2 minutes. After dipping, the leaves were planted in 50 cavity (4.5 cm top diameter, 3.2 cm bottom diameter, 4 cm depth, 50 ml capacity) protrays containing well-decomposed cocopeat (pH7) mixed with Pseudomonas fluorescens & Trichoderma viride, and kept in a small polytunnel under shade net. Leaves were irrigated alternately using as prayer and frequent inspection was done to check for any kind of deformity. From the 30th day of planting, root formation was observations on root formation in leaf petiole were recorded. The rooted leaves were then dipped in 100, 200, 300, 400 and 500 ppm of benzyl adenine (BA) solution. The treated rooted leaves were transferred into polybags containing a potting mixture of red soil, sand and farmyard manure (2:1:1). Irrigation was done by sprayer when it is required.\r\nFor root formation on leaves, data observed were number of days taken for rooting, rooting percentage and number of roots per leaf and root length (cm). For shoot formation, data observed were number of days taken for shoot formation, shoot formation (%), shoot length (cm) and survival percentage (%).\r\nFactor 1\r\nV1: Lucknow 49\r\nV2: Allahabad Safeda\r\nV3: Arka Kiran\r\nFactor 2\r\nG1: 500 ppm IBA\r\nG2: 1,000 ppm IBA\r\nG3: 1,500 ppm IBA\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nGuava is a crop that is conventionally propagated by stooling but due to compromise in the quality of planting material as well as nematode infection, leaf propagation which has not been commonly used in fruit crops was given a trial in this experiment in order to get a perception on its success rate that can be a novel technique for producing a good quality planting materials as observed by Neelavathi et al., 2021. The present experiment was carried out at a shade net where the optimum temperature (28-30oC) and humidity (75±5%) required for successful rooting of the leaves were maintained by making a tunnel inside the shade net using polyethylene sheet of 200 microns (Fig.1)without which required humidity was not possible to maintain under only a shade net. Rymbai and Satyanarayana Reddy (2010) also reported that climate and media plays a crucial role in rooting. Irrigation water also plays an important role in the success of this experiment as the salt content in the water of Tamil Nadu is high which leads to the burning of leaves. Therefore, Siruvani water (The world’s 2nd tastiest water) was used for irrigating the leaves on an alternate basis with the help of a sprayer as the leaves are very brittle at the initial stage of propagation. In order to maintain the humidity of the experimental site, water was sprayed on the ground as well as the wall of the shade net. The success of the propagated leaves was being judged by visual appearance. The change in colour of the midrib and vein to yellow was observed after 15 days of planting (Fig. 2). For this experiment, 4th matured leaf from shoot tip from three different varieties were taken and treated with different concentrations of IBA. Out of these three varieties taken for the study, only Lucknow 49 treated with 1,500 ppm of IBA (dipped for 1 and 2 minutes) rooted in 33.80 days and 32.60 days respectively and the rest of the leaves dried (Table 1), which may be due to the varietal differences, lower concentrations of exogenous IBA and the presence of auxin inhibitor biochemical compounds (Lomax et al. 1995) and also due to the lack of endogenous auxin synthesis. Treatment duration highly stimulates cambial activity thereby resulting in the mobilization of reserve food material to the site from the leaf to the petiole through the midrib and veins that enhance earlier root formation (Shahzad et al., 2019). IBA is a non-toxic auxin (Hartmann et al., 2002) and effective in encouraging the rooting of a large number of plant species (Teklehaimanot et al., 1996).\r\nHigher rooting percentage was observed in T7 (72%) followed by T6 (70%). Root length and number of roots per leaf were measured at 30th and 60th day of planting and has been found to differ due to the treatment duration as well the maturity stage of leaf i,e., 4th mature leaves from shoot tip. Survival percentage recorded the highest in T7 (82.15%) followed by T6 (79.38%). Interaction between auxin and cytokinin plays an important role in root and shoot regeneration. The fourth matured was leaf dipped in 1500 ppm IBA for 2 minutes (T7) recorded highest root length (19.08 cm) and number of roots per leaf (31.58) on 60th day after planting (Table 2, Fig. 3). Similar result was observed in grape cutting at higher concentrations (Shahzad et al., 2019). A tremendous increase in the root length and number of roots per leaf was observed after 30th day of planting as the rooted leaves were carefully uprooted from protrays and treated with BA for initiation of shoot formation. The rooted leaves were treated with 200 and 300 ppm of BA dipped for one minute. Cytokinin such as BA increases biosynthesis of nucleic acids and mitotic activity in apices of buds those responsible for shoot formation (Chvojka 1964). Higher concentration of BA (300 ppm) was found to produce better result in terms of time taken for shoot formation (28.40 days after treatment), shoot formation percentage (83.33%), number of shoot per rooted leaves (4) and survival percentage (80%) (Table 3). Exogenous application of BA promotes shoot regeneration (Cornejo-Martin et al., 1979). Similar studies were conducted using cytokinin in Rudbeckia laciniata,Ruta graveolens, Gratiola officinalis which plays an important role in shoot formation (Custers 1986). The ratio of auxin-cytokinin I s an important factor to be considered for root and shoot formation as the leaves were initially treated with IBA which were further treated with BA on 30th day of planting might be the reason for its interaction in formation of successful root and shoot propagated through guava leaf. Exogenous application of BA promoted shoot formation but this action appeared to depend on the presence of other regulators in the medium and also on the plant species used (Cornejo-Martin et al., 1979; Van Aartrijk et al., 1985).\r\n', 'Vikram Choudhary, C. Indu Rani, M. Djanaguirama, J. Auxcilia and R. Neelavathi (2022). Leaf Propagation in Guava (Psidium guajava L.)- An Unique Approach for Producing Quality and Nematode-free Planting Materials. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 465-469.'),
(5300, '136', 'Attitude and Acceptance of Farmers for Agroforestry in Selected Blocks of West Singhbhum District, Jharkhand, India', 'Tanu Shree Lakra, M.S. Malik, P.R. Oraon, B.C. Oraon, Jai Kumar and S.S. Das', '78 Attitude and Acceptance of Farmers for Agroforestry in Selected Blocks of West Singhbhum District, Jharkhand, India Tanu Shree Lakra.pdf', '', 1, 'The agroforestry practice is intervention of forestry/fruit tree species on cultivated lands for achieving multiple benefits like, fuel wood, fodder, timber, fruit etc. The main objective of this study was to investigate and analyze the reasons for non-adoption of agroforestry by farmers and the problems being faced by them in West Singhbhum district of Jharkhand. A sample of 320 respondents from four randomly selected blocks was interviewed through a structured interview schedule in person and the data were analyzed. It was concluded that the farmers were not adopting agroforestry mainly due to the lack of awareness about the tree benefits. They considered that the trees compete with agricultural crops for water and nutrients uptake and degrade their farmlands etc. The villagers may be educated and convinced with respect to adoption of agroforestry through exposure visits of successful agroforestry models for increasing their monetary benefits. Most of the farmers are found to agree that agroforestry is an option to meet the food, fodder and fuel requirements. Literacy also has bearing on adoption of agroforestry. The response of the respondents that practice of agroforestry contributed to improve vegetation in the area is highly beneficial for restoration of agro-environment.', 'Adoption, agricultural crops, agroforestry, constraints, farmlands', 'From this study it is found that farmers have been benefitted by adoption of agroforestry in terms of fodder, fuelwood and improvement of soil condition. The literacy has been also observed as one of important factor of farmers to put this level under agroforestry practices. The agroforestry supports farmers during failure of crops through livestock production system and fruit trees. The agroforestry supports farmers income during total crop failure, improves the micro climate of the area and performance of trees and agricultural crops in agroforestry is better than the pure agriculture or forestry.\r\nThe important benefits of agroforestry which the respondents perceived were becoming \'self-reliant\' in terms of fuel, fodder, timber and other minor forest produce (MFPs) improves the micro climate of the area and performance of trees and agricultural crops in agroforestry is better than pure agriculture or forestry based on rank order of the tested parameters, respectively. These benefits were rather visual in nature which the respondents noticed.\r\n', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nIn India the agriculture has been the major land use practice to meet the requirement of food grains and vegetables production for human consumption. The economic conditions of farmers also depend on agriculture, but in most of region of India agriculture practice cannot be throughout the year. As a result their economy and livelihood are affected. To have multiple gain from agriculture field the practice of agroforestry has a support system to agriculture during lean period as in this interactions of tree component (timber, fuelwood, fruit trees etc.) along with agriculture crops are deliberately practiced to have multiple benefits like food grain, fuelwood, fodder, vegetables, fruit to avoid leaving agriculture field for fallow. Agroforestry helps to provide farmers effective and efficient land management system to get high crop yield and income under agri-ecological conditions. The integration of tree components in crop fields may in spatial/temporal sequence. In this under agroforestry integration woody and non-woody components are main target along with economic surety (Kumar and Nair 2004). \r\nFrey et al. (2010) estimated financial returns from eight agroforestry and seven forestry systems to compare returns from agriculture on marginal and average lands in the Lower Mississippi Alluvial Valley (LMAV), as an indicator for potential adoption. In all but a few cases, agriculture had higher returns than agroforestry and forestry. However, moderate prices from carbon credits from afforestation and reforestation activities have potential on marginal agricultural that maintains large carbon stock avoiding clear cutting. \r\nDwivedi et al. (2007) studied outcome of socio-economic diagnosis of traditional as well as commercial agroforestry practices being practiced by farmers in Western Uttar Pradesh including tree species such as Azadirachta indica, Acacia nilotica, Dalbergia sissoo and Eucalyptus spp. in traditional system whereas, Populus deltoids and Eucalyptus spp. were the main species of commercial agroforestry. The net return from tree produce ha-1 per annum in traditional system was Rs. 989, 541 and 440 for marginal, small and medium farmers, respectively. In commercial region, B:C ratio has been found higher (3.00) for poplar based agrisilviculture than poplar (2.84) and eucalyptus (2.68) based bund system. The traditional agroforestry seems less promising as compared to commercial agroforestry, but it is most beneficial to the farmers livelihood.\r\nIn India, agroforestry practices are carried out over approximately 25.32 million hectare i.e., approximate 8.32% of total geographic area of country. Different variations of agroforestry being observed included Agri-Silviculture (alley cropping, multiple cropping and inters cropping), Aqua-Silviculture (tree-fish-arable crop and tree-fish-livestock systems). As compared to a monoculture, well integrated and managed agroforestry practices have many benefits which have not yet been popularized in country (Kumar et al., 2017). \r\nThe main objective for promoting agroforestry is proper utilization of limited land resources by farmers and to get continued income round the year. Although in Jharkhand efforts have been made to assess the farmers’ participation in agroforestry, but reasons for its non-adoption in West Singhbhum district of Jharkhand have not been yet worked out. Hence present study was taken to provide the baseline information in this respect.\r\nMaterials and Method\r\nIn the present study data have been collected from eight villages of West Singhbhum district of Jharkhand State. Four blocks were selected and from each block four villages and from each village twenty households were selected for data generation. Therefore, from each village 20 households and a total no. of 320 respondents were selected from each block as:\r\n \r\n4 × 4 × 20 = 320\r\n Block Village Household Total no. of respondents\r\nThe map of the study area is shown below:\r\nThe study is based on survey of 20 randomly selected household practicing agroforestry from each village with the help of a questionnaire specially designed and pretested for the interviewing the socio-economic survey from four blocks namely- Khuntpani, Jagganathpur, Manjhari and Tonto and from each block four villages and from each villages 20 respondents or households were selected for the observation. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nSocio-economic characteristics of the respondents. The socio-economic characteristics including age, education and source of income are observed and data is shown in Table 1. It is evident that majority of the respondents under West Singhbhum district belonged to middle age group (61%) followed by old age group (22.18%) and young age group (16.87%). Also majority of the respondents (51.20%) were illiterate, 38.40% were pre-matric and 2.19% were up to graduate level. This study also revealed that 71.88% respondents reported to have earned their income mainly from agriculture while, 15.93% from agroforestry and 13.13% from collection of forest products. Similarly, studies have indicated that socio-economic characteristics had much influence on the adoption behavior regarding new practices (Jamal, 2005). FAO (2001) also reported that agroforestry adopters belonged to higher group in their socio-economic status.\r\nIt present study also it is observed that illiteracy was also the main reason for less adoption of agroforestry by farmers. The farmers considered this practice harmful for their agricultural crops due to lack of education and awareness for agroforestry. Amir (2003) also reported that education was the main and vital weapon for bringing a positive change in the behavior of individual farmer for adoption of agroforestry. Hence the illiteracy among the farmers is much influencing their behavior to adopt agroforestry practices as it is one of the main hindrances which creating ignorance and unawareness among the individuals.\r\nGlover et al. (2013) has witnessed a significant improvement in the adoption and promotion of agroforestry technologies among smallholder farmers world-wide and in particular, developing countries. They observed that the main socio-economic factors that determine the actual occurrence of agroforestry are household security, access to capital and incentives, labour, gender, land tenure, farm size and knowledge for management. Sustainable development through agroforestry can be achieved through genuine and continuous involvement of farmers in agroforestry activities.\r\nThe sources of income and the occupations also determine the social standing of the adoption behaviour of the people because as depicted in Table-1 only a small number of farmers (71.88%) were actively engaged in agriculture and 15.93% were practicing agroforestry. The farmers who were planting selected trees species on their farmlands were also confronted with major problems like timber and fuel wood marketing. Therefore, farmers mainly utilizes tree species as fodder sources for their livestock, as a result they couldn’t drive income from their farmland tree.\r\nAttitude of the respondents towards Agroforestry. The responses of attitude from the agroforestry practices perceived through pre designed questionnaire (Table 2) consisted benefits obtained in ten items and the farmers\' responses were categorized as \'strongly agree\', \'agree\', \'disagree\' and \'strongly disagree\', respectively.\r\n \r\nIt is observed that majority (15.62%) of the farmers fall in strongly agree category, which indicated that agroforestry meets day to day demand for food, fodder and fuel. The response through agroforestry is substantial improvement in profile and fertility of land with 14.37% respondents fall in \'agree\' category. Moreover, 13.43% of respondants indicated that agroforestry encourages subsidiary activities like dairy, fishery, bee keeping etc. and 7.50% adoption of agroforestry decreases crop production per unit area of land gave \'disagree\' category. It was observed that respondents agreed to the tune of 12.50%. \r\nThe response of the respondents that practice of agroforestry contributed to improve vegetation in the area is 11.56% agree. The data in Table 2 indicated that on an average agroforestry farming is considered as progressive farming system’ 8.75% respondents fall in the category of agree followed by ‘agroforestry has no effect on crop production to improve yields’ i.e, 8.43%, \'strongly, \'disagree\' and ‘Adoption of agroforestry decreases crop production per unit area of land\' strongly disagree\' 7.50% in the studied area. It may be inferred from the data that more than 50% respondents have moderate knowledge about agroforestry. Therefore, more exposure needs to be given to the villagers for increasing the adoption level of Agroforestry systems.\r\nKumar et al. (2017) found that major constraint on agroforestry is lack of proper management, shortage of technical support, rigid policy of harvesting of tree products and informal, unstructured market. Due to these reason farmers are disappointing to grow tree on their field. However, there is a great potential for the development of agroforestry in India.\r\n', 'Tanu Shree Lakra, M.S. Malik, P.R. Oraon, B.C. Oraon, Jai Kumar and S.S. Das (2022). Attitude and Acceptance of Farmers for Agroforestry in Selected Blocks of West Singhbhum District, Jharkhand, India. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 470-473.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5301, '136', 'Association and Genetic variability Studies for Yield Contributing Traits in Barnyard Millet (Echinochloa frumentacea (Roxb.) Link) Mutants', 'Sathish Kumar R., Vanniarajan C., Vetriventhan M., Chandirakala R., Saravanan S. and Renuka R.', '79 Association and Genetic variability Studies for Yield Contributing Traits in Barnyard Millet (Echinochloa frumentacea (Roxb.) Link) Mutants Sathish Kumar.pdf', '', 1, 'Barnyard millet is a climate-resilient crop and have high nutrient content and antioxidant effects hence it considered to be a functional food crop. It is used as one of the substitutes for conventional cereal crops. The present study was conducted to study the genetic variability, correlation and path analysis for the yield contributing characters in barnyard millet mutants. Twenty-five mutants along with check-MDU 1 were studied for 12 biometrical traits. Analysis of variance showed significant for all the characters. High PCV and GCV indicates less influence of environmental effect. The correlation studies showed that there was significant positive correlation observed for plant height, number of tillers, number of productive tillers, number of racemes, single ear head weight, and thousand-grain weight. A positive direct effect was noticed in the path analysis for the traits such as number of productive tillers, number of racemes, days to maturity, single ear head weight and thousand-grain weight on the yield. Selection criteria based on these traits would be helpful for increasing the yield.', 'Barnyard millet, genetic variability, correlation and path analysis', 'It is concluded the path analysis for the traits such as number of productive tillers, number of racemes, days to maturity, single ear head weight and thousand-grain weight on the yield. Selection criteria based on these traits would be helpful for increasing the yield.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nBarnyard millet, which was a food and feed crop of semi-arid tropics is considered important in the era of extreme climate unpredictability because of its value for drought tolerance and biotic stress resistance. Owing to these qualities, barnyard millet is an excellent supplemental crop for subsistence farmers and a contingency crop during monsoon breakdowns. And furthermore, it has been exploited in the rehabilitation of soils with sodicity, arsenic, and cadmium concerns (Anuradha et al., 2020). With an area of 0.146 million hectares, production of 0.151 million tonnes, and productivity of 1034 kg/ha stated for the previous three years, India was reported to be the world\'s leading producer of barnyard millet (Renganathan et al., 2020). Being a short duration crop, it would be beneficial for the introduction of cultivars with extra-early maturity (60–75 days) and large yields which might aid farmers in reducing the impact of the ongoing climatic fluctuations. A genetic gain estimate is a cornerstone of each crop breeding strategy in order to evaluate its successes and drawbacks and to set up long term breeding efforts. It is necessary to have a solid grasp of the target environment with a population that exhibits substantial genetic diversity in order to increase selection efficiency and genetic progress in challenging conditions.\r\nFinding novel sources of genetic variability for advantageous traits, such that a combination of alleles results in offspring with improved performance, is essential to the advancement of plant breeding.The objective of the present study is to identify the determinants that influence variability and trait association of barnyard millet mutants in order to improve the crop yield for succeeding generations.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experiment was conducted at Agricultural College and Research Institute, Madurai during Rabi season 2021. Sodium Azide(SA) and Ethyl Methane Sulphonate (EMS) were used as chemical mutagens in varying concentrations to generate 25 mutants of the MDU 1 variety for the experiment. Three replications were used in Randomized Block Design experiment with the mutants and the check variety MDU 1 grown as an M5 generation. The plants were raised with a row-to-row spacing of 30 cm and a plant-to-plant spacing of 15 cm employing the suggested crop management actions for the crop\'s effective growth. Five plants were randomly chosen from each replication for the observations, observations were recorded.\r\nThe observations were recorded for 12 biometrical traits, considering the characters such as plant height (cm), number of tillers, number of productive tillers, days to 50% flowering, flag leaf length (cm), flag leaf breadth (cm), number of racemes, length of lower raceme (cm), days to maturity, single ear head weight (g), thousand-grain weight (g) and single plant yield (g). Except for days to 50% blooming, which was recorded on a plot basis, five plants were randomly chosen each replication for each mutant and used to record the biometrical data.\r\nFollowing Burton\'s approach (1952), phenotypic and genotypic coefficients of variation were calculated, and their interpretation was predicated based on Sivasubramanian and Madhavamenon\'s categorization (1973). Computation of Heritability was carried out following the procedure stated by Lush (1940) and the genetic advance as a percentage of the mean was examined referring to Johnson et al. (1955a). Correlation and path co-efficient were analyzed employing the methods proposed by Johnson et al. (1955b); Dewey and Lu (1959), respectively. The data was subjected to R software for analysis.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nAnalysis of variance: The quantitative characters exhibit continuous variation, which there-in imposesthe need for selection. The continuous variation is analyzed by the ANOVA which splits the total variation into different components, which gives the basis for the test of significance. The analysis of variance (ANOVA) revealed the significance for all the studied characters (Table 1). It represents the presence of sufficient variation in the studied traits. Similar findings were concluded by Arunachalam and Vanniarajan (2012) in barnyard millet; Lule et al. (2012) in barnyard millet and Keerthana et al. (2019) in finger millet. A wide range of variability was noticed for the characters such as plant height (98.12 – 145.2), days to 50% flowering (58.33 – 68), flag leaf length (26.06 – 33), flag leaf breadth (2.34 – 3.84), number of tillers (4.8 – 8.8), number of productive tillers (3.2 – 6), number of racemes (45.4 – 72.8), length of lower raceme (2.24 – 4.08), single ear head weight (7.58 – 15.20), days to maturity (88 – 97.2), thousand-grain weight (2.22 – 5.78) and single plant yield (30.18 – 62.66) which were identical to the results of Nirubana et al. (2021) in Kodo millet; Upadhyaya et al. (2014) in barnyard millet; Emrey et al. (2022) in finger millet.\r\nMeasures of variability: The phenotypic coefficient of variation was slightlygreater than the genotypic coefficient of variation which indicates the less environmental effect in association with the traits at the level of genotype. The estimates of variability studies were represented in Table 2. The high PCV and GCV were observed for the traits such as thousand-grain weight and single plant yield which represents the presence of a large amount of variation in the mutants. Subramanian et al. (2020) reported similar findings for the single plant yield but in contradiction to the trait of thousand-grain weight in barnyard millet. Wanna Soe et al. (2022) also concluded the same outcomes for plant yield in finger millet. \r\nThe medium PCV and GCV were noticed for flag leaf breadth, number of tillers, number of productive tillers, number ofracemes, length of lower raceme, and single ear head weight which indicates the availability of considerable amount of variation present in the studied characters of the genotypes. Similar conclusions were revealed by Vikram et al. (2020) for number of tillers; Subramanian et al. (2020) for the character of number of productive tillers; Reganathan et al. (2018) for number of racemes and single ear head weight in barnyard millet; Subramanian et al. (2020) in barnyard millet for flag leaf breadth. The low PCV and GCV were identified in the characters such as plant height, days to 50% flowering, flag leaf length, and days to maturity. This revealed that the selection of these characters would not effective for the genetic improvement program. Similar outcomes were obtained by Renganathan et al. (2018); Arya et al. (2018) in barnyard millet; Dhanalakshmi et al. (2019) in barnyard millet and Anuradha et al. (2020) in little millet.\r\nHeritability in combination with genetic advance helps to depict the genetic improvement underphenotypic selection. The estimates of h2 and GAM were represented graphically in Fig. 1. \r\nThe heritability varied between 48.13% to 99.31%. The high heritability was recorded for eleven characters such as plant height (94.04%), number of tillers (97.04%), number of productive tillers (96.76%), days to 50% flowering (72.39%), flag leaf length (74.99%), flag leaf breadth (93.45%), number of racemes (95.12%), length of lower raceme (97.75%), single ear head weight (98.07%), thousand-grain weight (98.67%) and single plant yield (99.31%). Similar reports were produced by Vikram et al. (2020) in barnyard millet for all traits; Ranjana et al. (2020) in barnyard millet for lower raceme and thousand-grain weight; Lule et al. (2012) in finger millet and WannaSoe et al. (2022) in finger millet for days to 50% flowering; Dhanalakshmi et al. (2019) in barnyard millet for plant height, flag leaf length, flag leaf width, lower raceme length, and yield; Renganathan et al. (2018) for number of racemes, single ear head weight and plant yield in barnyard millet. The high heritability indicates the additive gene action of the character. The moderate heritability was observed for the days to maturity (48.13%) with similar findings reported by Arya et al. (2018) in barnyard millet. Thousand-grain weight and single plant yield showed the high h2 and high GCV which indicates the genotypic reaction.\r\nThe genetic advance as percent of the mean (GAM) ranged from 3.46% - 52.94% for the 12 characters. High GAM was identified for eight characters viz, number of tillers, number of productive tillers, flag leaf breadth, number of racemes, length of lower raceme, single ear head weight, thousand-grain weight and single plant yield. The findings were identical with Vikram et al. (2020) for number of tillers, number of productive tillers, single ear head weight and single plant yield; Keerthana et al. (2019) in finger millet for number of racemes; Ranjana et al. (2020) for flag leaf breadth, lower raceme length and thousand-grain weight. The character plant height showed a medium level of GAM identical to the findings of Arya et al. (2018) in barnyard millet; Emrey et al. (2022) in finger millet. Low GAM was noticed for days to 50% flowering, flag leaf length and days to maturitythese results were in accordance with the reports submitted by for days to maturity in finger millet mutants; Anuradha et al. (2020) in little millet for flag leaf length. The characters with both high heritability and high GAM reveal the predominant action of additive gene which could be useful for selecting the desirable mutantsfor further generations. Low heritability with low genetic advance concludes that the trait is highly dominated by environmental effects and the selection would be ineffective.\r\nCorrelation studies: Yield is a quantitative trait that is controlled by several genes. Correlation studies help to identify the relationship between yield and yield contributing traits. We can improve the yield, by the indirect selection of independent attributes which influence the yield. Correlation coefficients for studied traits were presented in Tables 3 & 4. Among the examined traits, characteristics such as plant height, number of tillers,number of productive tillers, number of racemes, single ear head weight, and thousand-grain weight were highly significant and positively correlated with single plant yield (Table 3). Similar results were reported by Monika et al. (2021) for all traits in barnyard millet; Prabhu et al. (2020) for plant height, number of racemes and single ear head weight; Kumar et al. (2014) in finger millet for number of tillers, and number of productive tillers; Nandhini et al. (2020) in barnyard millet for number of tillers and plant height;Nirubana et al. (2021) in Kodo millet for plant height and number of productive tillers and thousand-grain weight in finger millet. This suggested that a positive correlation for plant yield with the other contributing traits inferred that all these traits might simultaneously enhance the yield and also inferred that increase in any one of the positively associated characters would lead to improvement of other independent characters. Hence, indirect selection of the above traits aids in determining the high-yielding mutants in the population. The flag leaf length and length of lower racemewere found to be non-significant but positively correlated for the single plant yield. Similar results were produced by Chavan et al. (2020) for raceme length in finger millet and Vikram et al. (2020) for flag leaf length in barnyard millet. Among the 12 characters, plant height, number of tillers, number of productive tillers, number of racemes, single ear head weight showed highly significant and positively correlated with yield in both genotypic and phenotypic correlation (Table 3 & 4). \r\nAssociation studies on the studied characters, the independent characters showed highly significant and positive intercorrelated between plant height with number of tillers, number of productive tillers, flag leaf breadth, number of racemes, days to maturity, single ear head weight, and thousand-grain weight with same reports inferred by Renganathan et al. (2017) for all traits in barnyard milletand Sharma et al. (2018) in pearl millet for plant height with days to maturity; number of tillers significant and positively intercorrelated with number of productive tillers, number of raceme, single ear head weight and thousand-grain weight. The number of productive tillers expressed significantly and positively correlated with flag leaf length and number of racemes; days to 50% flowering with length of lower raceme and days to maturity; flag leaf length with flag leaf breadth, and length of lower raceme. The flag leaf breadth showed a significant positive association with number of racemes, length of lower raceme, days to maturity, single ear head weight and thousand-grain weight. A significant positive association was observedfor number of racemes with single ear head weight and thousand-grain weight; length of lower raceme with days to maturity.The single ear head weight showed a positive and significant association with thousand-grain weight (Table 3). Similar results were concluded by Monika et al. (2021) in barnyard millet.\r\nPath analysis: Path coefficient analysis developed by Dewey and Lu (1959) is a standardized partial regression coefficient that divides the correlation coefficient into measures of direct and indirect effects. It was performed to identify the direct and indirect contribution of different independent characters on dependent character yield. The characters viz., number of productive tillers,number of racemes, days to maturity, single ear head weight and thousand-grain weight revealed positivedirect effects which indicate that selection criteria based on these characteristics could improve the plant yield (Table 5). Similar results were reported by Rajasekar et al. (2021) for productive tillers in rice; Prabhu et al. (2020) for number of racemesin barnyard millet and Monika et al. (2021) for single ear head weight in barnyard millet. Negative direct effects were observed for the studied characters viz., plant height, number of tillers, days to 50% flowering, flag leaf length, flag leaf breadth, and length of lower raceme. Among the examined characters, days to maturity (0.6347) had high direct effects followed by number of tillers (0.5622) and then followed by single ear head weight (0.4918). Theseresults were in accordance with Renganathan et al. (2017) for single ear head weight in barnyard millet. A moderate direct effect was noticed for the trait of number of racemes (0.285). The negligible direct effectwas found on the character of thousand-grain weight (0.0095). The residual effect of 0.3088 was noticed. This indicates that these traits contribute only 69.12% to total variability in plant yield and the remaining 30.88% variability was unnoticed. This suggested that certain other characters may also contribute to improving the yield. \r\nStudies on the variability concluded that high PCV, GCV, heritability and GAM reveal less influence of environmental effect. The correlation studies showed that the characters viz, plant height, number of tillers, number of productive tillers, number of racemes, single ear head weight, and thousand-grain weight were highly significant and positively correlated with single plant yield. The path analysis elucidates the positive direct effect of number of productive tillers, number of racemes, days to maturity, single ear head weight and thousand-grain weight on the yield. Thus, selection based on the number of racemes and single ear head weight would help in increasing the grain yield. \r\n', 'Sathish Kumar R., Vanniarajan C., Vetriventhan M., Chandirakala R., Saravanan S. and Renuka R. (2022). Association and Genetic variability Studies for Yield Contributing Traits in Barnyard Millet (Echinochloafrumentacea (Roxb.) Link) Mutants. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 474-479.'),
(5302, '136', 'A Comparative Study on the Quality and Physico-Chemical properties of Bovine Colostrum', 'N. Sahana*, T.R. Pugazhenthi, B. Murugan, M. Parthiban and M. Prabu', '80 A Comparative Study on the Quality and Physico-Chemical properties of Bovine Colostrum N. Sahana.pdf', '', 1, 'This study was performed to assess and compare the quality and composition of skimmed cow and buffalo colostrum. Studies have indicated that the immune boosting properties of bovine colostrum is beneficial for human beings with no reports of allergic or anaphylactic reactions. Colostrum samples were collected on the 1st and 2nd days after parturition and their quality were assessed using colostrometer. The samples were stored at- 20°C in deep freezer. The frozen colostrum was thawed and defatted using cream separator. Physico-chemical properties such as fat, protein, lactose, ash, moisture, pH and titratable acidity were analysed for the skimmed bovine colostrum. It was recorded that skimmed cow and buffalo colostrum on 1st and 2nd days varied from to 0.65 –1.19% fat, 16.10 –19.25% protein, 2.42 – 2.60 % lactose, 0.77 - 0.84 % ash, 74.69 - 77.79% moisture, 6.16– 6.31% pH and 0.393 - 0.442% titratable acidity. The fat, protein, ash and titrable acidity were found to be decreased as the days advanced. Whereas, the lactose, moisture and pH content were high on 2nd day compared to the 1st day skimmed bovine colostrum. In comparison to the skimmed cow colostrum, all physico-chemical parameters were higher in skimmed buffalo colostrum.', 'Colostrum, Colostrometer, Cream separator, skimmed cow and buffalo colostrums', 'The colostrometer reading result showed that both the cow and buffalo colostrum were of high quality and had good immunoglobulin concentration (50–140 mg/ml). The tested parameters such as fat, protein, lactose and pH were high in skimmed buffalo colostrum than the skimmed cow colostrum, whereas, the ash, moisture and titrable acidity were high in skimmed cow colostrum than the skimmed buffalo colostrum. The pH increased and titrable acidity decreased as the days advanced. Thus, the skimmed buffalo colostrum found to had superior quality than the skimmed cow colostrum.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nColostrum is the most effective natural immune booster that is known to science. The new born calves are fed with the initial mammary secretion, called bovine colostrum, which is produced within the first 72 hours of parturition. It contains several immunological and growth factors, essential nutrients, trypsin inhibitors, and protease inhibitors to prevent gastrointestinal tract deterioration (Das, 2009). According to Panahi et al. (2010), bovine colostrum is similar to human colostrum and are rich in vitamins, minerals, fats, carbohydrates, disease-fighting proteins, growth hormones, and digestive enzymes. Colostrum is known to be crucial for the development of the neonate immune system. The amount of lactoferrin in colostrum is 20-fold greater than it is present in the raw milk (Reiter, 1978). Bovine colostrum has a total immunoglobulin concentration that is around 100-folds higher than that of regular milk (McGrath, 2016). Age, breed, nutrition, and diseases are some of the variables that affect the composition and physical characteristics of an animal (Tsioulpas et al., 2007). Bovine colostrum was incorporated into cream separated to remove fat which in turn increased the concentration of protein. Separation technologies used to produce protein ingredients derived from milk include screening based on size differences viz. centrifugation based on density differences; membrane processes based on size differences, such as ultrafiltration, diafiltration, nanofiltration, and reverse osmosis (Huffman and Harper 1999). The deffated colostrum can also be used for the production of any value-added products. \r\nFor determining the quality of colostrum, Fleenor and Stott (1980), firstly developed a regression equation to estimate colostral immunoglobulin concentration from the specific gravity of fresh whole colostrum (globulin concentration = 211.4 × (specific gravity - 218.2). The developed colostrometer, which incorporated the relationship between immunoglobulin concentration and the specific gravity into a conventional hydrometer. \r\nAlthough colostrometer readings had a stronger correlation with actual IgG levels, farmers do not frequently use it (Bartier et al., 2015). Vasseur et al. (2010) stated that even though producers were aware of the benefits of using a colostrometer, its utilization remains low, possibly due to its fragility and inconvenience of use.\r\nThe present study was carried out to evaluate and compare the quality and physico-chemical parameters of colostrum samples collected from cow and buffalo.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nA. Preparation of colostrum\r\nThe bovine colostrum of 1st and 2nd days after parturition obtained from the healthy cows and buffalos were procured from the Community Cattle Care Centre of College of Food and Dairy Technology, Koduveli and Livestock Farm Complex (LFC), Madhavaram of Tamil Nadu Veterinary and Animal Sciences University and private dairy farms, Chennai. Post procurement, the colostrum were immediately transferred to the sub – zero(-20°C) condition at deep freezer. The frozen colostrum was thawed indirectly using hot water and defatted using centrifugal cream separator (Mach, Coimbatore) before experimental trials.\r\nB. Colostrometer reading\r\nColostrometer (Biogenics Laboratories, Mapleton, USA) was used to determine the quality and immunoglobulin content in colostrum. \r\nThe colostrometer consists of a measuring cylinder, spindle, and a float, allowing conclusions about the specific gravity due to its displacement. The density correlates with the immunoglobulin concentration in the colostrum. Based on this correlation, the density measured with the colostrometer could conclude the immunoglobulin concentration as shown in the Table 1 (Fleenor and Slot 1980).\r\nC. Determination of physicochemical properties \r\nAll the chemicals used in the present study were of analytical grade and procured from HiMedia Laboratories Private Ltd, Mumbai, India. The reagents required for analysis were freshly prepared from chemicals by adopting standard procedures and stored under desired conditions wherever required. The deffated bovine colostrum were analysed for physico-chemical properties such as fat, protein, lactose, ash, moisture, pH and titratable acidity. \r\nThe fat content of cream separated skimmed bovine colostrum were determined by Gerber’s method as per the procedure outlined in IS: 1479 (Part II) – (1961). The protein, ash and moisture contents of the sample were determinedas described in AOAC (1990). For cream separated colostrum the lactose and pH contents were determined as prescribed in AOAC, 2000. Titratable acidity (percent lactic acid) of the deffated cow and buffalo colostrum were estimated as per the method described in ISI Handbook, SP 18:1981.\r\nD. Statistical analysis\r\nStatistical analysis was carried out to study the effect of different parameters on all the dependent variables. The data obtained were tabulated and subjected to statistical analysis performed using IBM SPSS® 20.0 for Windows® software as per the standard procedure of Snedecor and Cochran (1994).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Colostrometer reading of bovine colostrum during first two days after parturition\r\nThe colostrometer reading showed decline in values for both cow and buffalo colostrum as shown in Table 2.\r\nThe mean ± SE values of colostrometer readings were 80.50 ±0.04 and 76.56±0.70 for cow colostrum on the first and second days of parturition, while 95.65±0.03 and 87.26±0.07 for buffalo colostrum on the first and second days of parturition respectively. \r\nFrom Table 2, a highly significant difference was observed in the immunoglobulins for first two days after parturition in both cow and buffalo colostrum. These results showed that there was decline in second day as compared with first day. It was inferred that the first day colostrum have high immunoglobulin than the second day. The findings of this study were correlated with the guidelines of the colostrometer given by Biogenics laboratory, USA. As per guidelines given by Biogenics laboratory, Green mark indicates superior colostrum which has 50-140mg/ml, yellow mark indicates marginal colostrum which has 30-50mg/ml and red mark indicates inferior colostrum with 10-30mg/ml IgG. From this, it was concluded that the collected colostrum were of superior quality.\r\nThe colostrometer is an on-farm primary method that can be utilized by the farmers to detect immunoglobulin easily than other methods like ELISA and immunoblotting (Bartier et al., 2015). \r\nB. Proximate analysis for skimmed colostrum during different days\r\nThe mean ± SE values of the composition of skimmed cow and buffalo colostrum during first two days after parturition were presented in Table 3.\r\nIt was quite evident from Table 3 shows a decreasing trend for fat, protein and ash in first day 0.70±0.03,1.19±0.08; 18.74±0.18, 19.25±0.13; 0.96±0.03, 1.09±0.06, whereas, 0.65±0.03, 0.83±0.03; 16.10±0.10, 18.51±0.16; 0.77±0.11, 0.84±0.07 in second day for skimmed cow and buffalo colostrum respectively. But lactose and moisture content increased from 2.57±0.11, 2.42±0.14; 75.22±0.08, 74.69±0.11 in first day, to 2.60±0.13, 2.51±0.13; 77.79±0.08, 75.19±0.10 in second day for skimmed cow and buffalo colostrum respectively.\r\nIn the current study, a significant difference was observed among the composition of skimmed colostrum for the first two days of parturition except lactose which showed non-significant difference. Fat, protein and ash contents showed decreasing trend as the days advanced. Whereas, lactose and moisture contents showed increasing trend on advancement of days in cow and buffalo colostrum. Arain et al. (2008) found that an average fat percentage of buffalo colostrum at the initiation of lactation was 5.44%. Colostrum rich in protein on the first day of parturition decreased gradually from second day and attained normal value during the conversion to milk (Ghosh and Anantakrishnan 1964). \r\nCoroian et al. (2013) reported that the lactose concentration from colostrum gradually increased after the colostral period and attained the highest values in regular milk. Das (2009) reported that the values for protein content showed a remarkable decrease during the successive milking after parturition. \r\nThe day wise report for the composition of skimmed cow and buffalo colostrum showed approximately 1% decline or raise of composition for each day. The result obtained in the current study was in concurrence with the research findings of Parish (1950); Foley et al (1972); Sodhi et al. (1996) who have also narrated the same trend. Small variations that were observed amongst the findings of different investigators might be due to the differences in methods of analysis, or due to the variation between individual animals and breed.\r\nC. Physico- chemical properties of skimmed colostrum\r\nThe physicochemical properties like pH and titratable acidity of both skimmed cow and buffalo colostrum during first two days were shown in Table 4.\r\nFrom the results (Table 4), there was a gradual increase in pH of colostrum as the days advanced. The pH was 6.16±0.016 and 6.21±0.014 for skimmed cow colostrum and 6.27±0.017 and 6.31±0.015 for skimmed buffalo colostrum respectively for the first and second two days after parturition. \r\nSimilar results were observed by McIntyre et al. (1952), that the pH of colostrum at parturition ranged from 6.0 to 6.61, with an average value of 6.32 and this value increased with time and reached pH 6.5 after 2 weeks According to McCarthy and Singh (2009), the pH of colostrum was lower than that of normal mid-lactation milk.\r\nThe change in titratable acidity was observed to be high in skimmed cow and buffalo colostrum on first day. It was noted as 0.495±0.002 and 0.415±0.002 for first day and 0.476±0.001and 0.393±0.001 for second day in skimmed cow and buffalo colostrum respectively. Titratable acidity of colostrum is roughly 2 – 2.5 times higher than that of milk (Mitjushin, 1979).\r\nArain et al. (2008) reported that titratable acidity of first day milking colostrum as 0.39±0.01% which decreased to 0.34±0.004%, 0.31 ± 0.003%, 0.33 ± 0.01%, 0.30 ± 0.004% and 0.26±0.004% in second, third, fourth, fifth and sixth subsequent milking days respectively.\r\n', 'N. Sahana, T. R. Pugazhenthi, B. Murugan, M. Parthiban and M. Prabu (2022). A Comparative Study on the Quality and Physico-Chemical properties of Bovine Colostrum. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 480-483.'),
(5303, '136', 'Precision Farming in Papaya for the Enhancement of Fruit Yield and Quality', 'J. Auxcilia, K.B. Sujatha and Prakash Patil', '81 Precision Farming in Papaya for the Enhancement of Fruit Yield and Quality J. Auxcilia.pdf', '', 1, 'The aim of the present study was to enhance the yield and quality of papaya through precision farming practices viz., raised bed cultivation, drip irrigation, fertigation, micro nutrient foliar spray, use of polyethylene mulches etc. The results of the study on precision farming practices in TNAU CO 8 papaya revealed that the highest fruit yield (73.45 kg/plant and 190.94t/ha) and quality was recorded in the treatment combination, T3 (Raised bed cultivation + Drip irrigation (80% ER) + Fertigation (75% RDF) + micronutrient spray ZnSO4 0.5% + boric acid (0.2%) at alternate months) indicating the efficient use of water and nutrients under the raised bed cultivation. The treatment (T1) with polyethylene mulching along with other practices as in T3 proved to be an inefficient technology for papaya as it caused the occurrence of root rot disease (Phytophthora spp.) due to the continuous water soaking in the collar region of the stem. Leaf nutrient status, though varied significantly among treatments, it did not follow a definite trend among the treatments.', 'Carica papaya, L, precision farming, raised bed, drip fertigation, micro nutrients, yield and quality', 'Auxcilia, J., Sujatha., K.B and Prakash Patil (2022). Precision Farming in Papaya for the Enhancement of Fruit Yield and Quality. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 484-489.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPapaya (Carica papaya L.) belongs to the family Caricaceae and is a highly nutritive crop, rich in vitamins and minerals, especially vitamin A (2020 IU) and ascorbic acid (40-60mg/100g), including dietary fiber (Premchand et al., 2021). It has attained the status of a commercially and industrially important tropical fruit crop in India over the past decade. India is the largest producer and consumer of papaya covering an area of 1.44 lakh ha, producing 57.80 MT/ ha (NHB, second Advance Estimates, 2019-2020), and has vast export potential. India, though ranks first in area and production of papaya, still lot of challenges which curtail the production which needs to be addressed (Auxcilia et al., 2020). Several factors such as irrigation, nutrition, variety, spacing, climatic conditions, etc. are responsible for better fruit production in papaya. Presently, growers face a wide array of problems that hinder the growth and production of papaya. The apparent and the most frequent constraints are found to be related to irrigation and nutrient availability during the critical physiological phases interconnected with different growth periods.\r\nPapaya responds well to irrigation and adequate irrigation helps in better flower production, fruit set, fruit development, and continuous fruit production. Irrigation with 50 to 75 mm water every 3-4 weeks and irrigating the plants at 1.3 times the evapotranspiration has been recommended for papaya earlier under the flood irrigation systems. Later, Padmakumari and Sivanappan (1989) reported that this recommendation under drip irrigation produced a higher yield as compared to flood irrigation. A significant yield reduction can occur with water shortage at certain critical growth stages leading to reduced plant height, trunk diameter, and the number of leaves per tree, and also retarded growth and development of papaya fruits (Masri et al., 1990).\r\nThe nutrient requirement of papaya differs from other crops as flower, fruit formation, and fruit development is a continuous and simultaneous phenomenon that is a unique nature of this crop. The source-sink capacity is also very high for this crop, which warrants efficient fertilizer application including foliar nutrition too. Studies conducted by Sadarunnisa et al. (2010) indicated that 75% N and K2O when applied through drip recorded a yield of 100.42 kg/plant which was on par with the yield of plants supplied with 100% RDF (102.60 kg/plant) in papaya var. Red Lady. Similarly, Jeyakumar et al. (2010) studies revealed that the application of 100% recommended dose of N and K2O (50 g N and 50 g K2O) through drip irrigation resulted in flowering at the shortest height (96.32 cm) in CO 7 papaya. An increase in fruit weight, fruit length, fruit volume, circumference and latex yield, TSS, and total sugars were observed in papaya cv. CO 5 with the foliar spray of zinc sulfate (0.5%) along with boron (0.1 %) (Kavitha and Kumar 2001). Application of a bio-stimulant, humic acid along with foliar spray of micronutrients @ ZnSO4 (0.5%) + FeSO4 (0.5%) + MgSO4 (0.5%) + CuSO4 (0.5%) + Boric acid (0.1%) at 3rd, 5th and 7th MAP + biofertilizers increased the fruit yield (72.96 kg plant) in TNAU CO 8 papaya, (Deepika, 2014). Hence, papaya can be considered a highly responsive crop to the application of micronutrients. \r\nMulching through plastic film has been proved long back as an efficient technology for the conservation of soil moisture, weed control, etc. The black polythene film mulching is ideal for eliminating weeds, warming up soil for cooler seasons, and retaining soil\'s moisture while the clear plastic film works best for warming up the soil and encouraging faster plant growth early in the growing season and is not effective in eliminating weed growth. Mulching may improve soil biological activity since organic matter and microorganisms establish a favorable carbon balance in the soil for the maintenance of productivity. The decomposition of organic residues under plastic mulch adds organic acids to the soil resulting in low soil pH, which may increase the bioavailability of micronutrients such as Mn, Zn, Cu, and Fe. This was also evident from the increased Fe and Zn content in soil under plastic mulch as reported by Tisdale et al. (1990). \r\nIn papaya, several hi-tech practices such as irrigation at 75% of the Evaporation Replenishment (ER), 75% of RDF through fertigation, foliar application of micronutrients such as boron and zinc, and plastic mulching by various workers are standardized for improving crop productivity, the combined effect of these practices as a holistic package for improving productivity and its cost-effectiveness needs thorough study to establish a package of precision practices. Hence, the present study on \"Precision farming in papaya for the enhancement of fruit yield and quality\" was undertaken. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS \r\nThe experiment was conducted on 2014 to 15 at the College Orchard, Department of Fruit Crops, Horticultural College & Research Institute, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore-3. The trial was laid out in Randomized Complete Block Design (RCBD) with four replications. The treatments comprised of the following components. \r\na) Raised Bed cultivation\r\nb) Drip irrigation (80% ER at all stages)\r\nc) Fertigation (75% recommended dose of fertilizers (RDF)) \r\nd) Mulching with 100 micron UV stabilized black polyethylene\r\ne) Micronutrient spray {(ZnSO4 (0.5%) + Boric acid (0.2%)} at alternate months starting from second month. \r\nThe treatment combinations are as follows \r\nT1: a+b+c+d+e\r\nT2: a+b+c+d\r\nT3: a+b+c+e\r\nT4: a + b+ e (100 % recommended dose of fertilizers – Pocket application of fertilizers)\r\nT5: Control (Soil application of a recommended dose of fertilizers, basin irrigation, and no mulching)\r\nThe weather data (Maximum & Minimum temperature, Rainfall, Evaporation, Sunshine hours, and Relative humidity) during the crop growing period were recorded daily to calculate the daily water requirement of the crop for 80% ER (Bhattacharyya and Rao 1985). The water requirement was calculated using the formula given below\r\n(CPE × Kp × Kc × Area ×Wp) – RF, where\r\nCPE: Cumulative Pan Evaporation\r\nRF: Effective Rainfall (mm)\r\nKp: Pan coefficient (0.75 – 0.8) \r\nKc: Crop coefficient (0.75 = initial; 1.10 = Grand growth; 1.00; latter growth)\r\nArea: Spacing of the crop (1.8 x 1.8 m)\r\nWp: Wetting percent (0.4 = wider spacing crop; 0.8 = closer spacing crop) \r\nThe observations on growth, yield, and quality of papaya were recorded to study the integrated effect of fertigation and polythene mulching in TNAU CO 8 papaya.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nAmong the treatments, plant biometric traits viz., plant height at time of harvest was the lowest (156.76cm) for the treatment combination of Raised Bed cultivation+ Drip irrigation (80% ER at all stages) + Fertigation (75% RDF) + Mulching with 100 micron UV stabilized black polyethylene and treatment combination of Raised Bed cultivation + Drip irrigation (80% ER at all stages) + Micronutrient spray {(ZnSO4 (0.5%) + Boric acid (0.2%)} recorded 166.00 cm. However, an increase in plant height is not a desirable character for a papaya which reduces the economic life span of the crop. Medium-statured types, bearing fruits at a lower height on the trunk have greater significance in papaya (Singh, 1990). First bearing height is an important parameter, as it reflects on the overall yielding pattern, besides deciding the economic life span of the papaya tree. In the present study, the lowest bearing height (91.38 cm) was observed in Raised Bed cultivation + Drip irrigation (80% ER at all stages) + Fertigation (75% RDF) +Mulching with 100 micron UV stabilized black polyethylene + Micronutrient spray {(ZnSO + (0.5%) + Boric acid (0.2%)} followed by treatment combination of Raised bed cultivation + Drip irrigation (80% ER) + Fertigation (75% RDF) + micronutrient spray ZnSO4 0.5% + boric acid (0.2%) at alternate months (95.71cm). Stem girth in papaya is the indication of vigour that was highest in Raised bed cultivation + Drip irrigation (80% ER) + Fertigation (75% RDF) + micronutrient spray ZnSO4 0.5% + boric acid (0.2%) (36.50 cm). Continuous application of nutrients through fertigation, irrigation, and micronutrients as a foliar spray once in two months might have ensured efficient allocation of nutrients and assimilation for the radial growth of the tree, during which, there is a gradual change in the orientation of phloem ray cells and sieve tubes for improving the bark thickness (Bhalerao et al., 2014; Bisht et al., 2010).\r\nAs far as papaya is concerned, the leaf production and leaf area are important phenomena especially at the time of fruiting, since every leaf is acting as a source of assimilation for all the developing fruits. Petiole girth rather than petiole length is more indicative of the healthiness of the plant (Shekhar et al., 2010; Singh et al., 2010). On the other hand, longer petioles are more advantageous than the shorter ones because the fruits in the central axis could be better exposed to sunlight, necessary for fruit growth and quality (Reddy et al., 1986). In the present study also these vigor indicators for enhancing the papaya production were observed in terms of more number of leaves (33.03), greater leaf area (2198.75 cm2), longer petiole length (75.27 cm), and better petiole girth (8.28 cm) with the application of Raised bed cultivation + Drip irrigation (80% ER) + Fertigation (75% RDF) + micronutrient spray ZnSO4 0.5% + boric acid (0.2%).\r\nThe same treatment combinations also significantly enhanced the fruit yield (73.45 kg/plant and 190.94t/ha) and quality in terms of fruit circumference (54.48 cm), cavity index (48.63), pulp thickness (3.08 cm), and Total Soluble Solids (15.80 brix) with the highest Benefit-Cost Ratio(BCR) of 2.93. On the other hand, the lowest yield (33.64 kg/plant and 87.46 t/ha) with a BCR of 1.54 was recorded in the control where soil application of a recommended dose of fertilizers along with basin irrigation was practiced. The growth and yield enhancement in fertigated plants compared to flood irrigation might be due to a constant and continuous supply of water and nutrients in the soluble form at the root zone ensuring better availability of nutrients as validated by Mahalakshmi et al. (2001); Kavino et al. (2004) in a banana crop. Various studies in papaya authenticated that higher fruit length, diameter, circumference, weight, and volume in drip fertigated plants might be due to the production of more photosynthates from larger leaf areas resulting in better transfer of photosynthates to the sink. Moreover, the present investigation gave an insight into the correlation between the TSS with the frequency of irrigation (Ghanta et al., 1995; Jeyakumar et al., 2001; Modi et al., 2012; Manjunatha et al., 2014). It was observed that there was a general reduction in TSS when irrigation is given at frequent intervals as corroborated by Hegde and Srinivas (1990) in bananas. The treatment T1, wherein the precision practices are similar to T3, but for the addition of plastic mulching recorded the second-best yield ((59.20 kg/plant and 153.92t/ha). The mortality of plants was noticed in the mulching treatment with the incidence of root rot disease (Phytophthora spp.) that escalated due to the continuous soaking of water at the root zone. \r\nSoil nutrient analysis for the treatment of T3 revealed that the organic carbon content (0.31%), available N (179 kg/ha), available K (684 kg/ha), available Cu (4.78 ppm), available Mn (5.05 ppm) and available B (0.92 ppm) were higher as compared to other treatments. The second best treatment, T1 with black polythene mulch along with other practices registered the higher values for available Zn (3.74 ppm) and available Fe (4.98 ppm) contents in the soil. The decomposition of organic residues under plastic mulch adds organic acids to the soil resulting in low soil pH, which might have increased the bioavailability of micronutrients (Purohit, 1977; Mustaffa, 1988). This was also evident from the increased Fe and Zn content in soil under plastic mulch as reported by Tisdale et al. (1990) which implies that the plastic mulch not only eliminates weeds, warm up the soil for cooler seasons and retain soil\'s moisture but also conserves the soil nutrients. Fruit yield was the highest (73.45 kg/plant and 190.94t/ha) in the input combination of Raised bed cultivation + Drip irrigation (80% ER) + Fertigation (75% RDF) + micronutrient spray ZnSO4 0.5% + boric acid (0.2%) at alternate months. The above treatment combination also enhanced the fruit biometric and quality parameters viz., fruit length (41.23cm), fruit circumference (54.48 cm), cavity index (48.63), pulp thickness (3.08 cm), and TSS (15.87°brix) compared to other treatments. The lowest yield (33.64 kg/plant and 87.46 t/ha) was observed in control where the flood irrigation and soil application of fertilizers were practiced. Soil nutrient analysis was improved and the highest organic carbon content (0.31%), available N (179 kg/ha), K (684 kg/ha), Cu (4.78 ppm), Mn (5.05 ppm), and B (0.92 ppm) was observed. The economic efficiency in terms of benefit cost ratio was higher (2.93) for the input combination of Raised bed cultivation + Drip irrigation (80% ER) + Fertigation (75% RDF) + micro nutrient spray ZnSO4 0.5% + boric acid (0.2%) as it improved the fruit yield and quality. On the other hand, plastic mulching treatment combinations were not found suitable for papaya, as it resulted in incidence of root rot disease (Phytophthora spp.) and mortality of the bearing plants, due to prolonged moist condition in the root zone. Leaf nutrient status varied significantly among treatments and did not show a definite pattern which implies further advanced research on this aspect.\r\nLeaf and soil nutrient status. Leaf nutrient status, though varied significantly among treatments, it did not follow a definite trend concerning the treatments. However, T1, the second-best treatment recorded the highest leaf Fe (199.10 ppm), leaf Zn (20.61 ppm), and leaf cu (6.70 ppm), while the highest leaf calcium content (6.40%) was recorded in control (T5) where the basin irrigation was followed.\r\nThe study on precision farming practices in TNAU CO 8papaya revealed that the fruit production was more enhancing the fruit yield (73.45 kg/plant and 190.94t/ha) and quality in the treatment combination, T3 (Raised bed cultivation + Drip irrigation (80% ER) + Fertigation (75% RDF) + micronutrient spray ZnSO4 0.5% + boric acid (0.2%) at alternate months) indicating the efficient use of water and nutrients under the raised bed cultivation. On the other hand, polyethylene mulching proves to be an inefficient technology for papaya as it caused the occurrence of root rot disease (Phytophthora spp.) due to the continuous water soaking in the collar region of the stem. \r\nPrecision farming practices in TNAU CO 8papaya revealed that Raised bed cultivation + Drip irrigation (80% ER) + Fertigation (75% RDF) + micronutrient spray ZnSO4 0.5% + boric acid (0.2%) at alternate months (T3) enhanced the fruit yield (73.45 kg/plant and 190.94t/ha) and quality indicating the efficient use of water and nutrients by the plants. The treatment with polyethylene mulching along with other precision farming techniques as in T3, though recorded higher yield next to T3, not appropriate technique for papaya as it resulted in occurrence of root rot disease (Phytophthora spp.) due to the continuous water soaking in the collar region of the stem.', 'Auxcilia, J., Sujatha., K.B and Prakash Patil (2022). Precision Farming in Papaya for the Enhancement of Fruit Yield and Quality. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 484-489.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5304, '136', 'Impact of Natural and Synthetic Growth Hormones on Shooting of Grape Hardwood Cuttings (Vitis vinifera L) cv. Punjab Macs Purple', 'Naveen Kumar, Homraj Sahare and Bhavana Beniwal', '82 Impact of Natural and Synthetic Growth Hormones on Shooting of Grape Hardwood Cuttings (Vitis vinifera L) cv. Punjab Macs Purple Naveen Kumar.pdf', '', 1, 'The current study was conducted in the agriculture research farm of Lovely Professional University, Punjab during the year of 2021-2022, to assess the Impact of natural and synthetic hormones on rooting of grape cutting (Vitis vinifera L) cv. Punjab Macs Purple. For this experiment, different types of natural and synthetic hormones were used. Disease-free and healthy, seedlings of grapes variety i.e., Punjab Mac Purple were obtained from the Regional Research Station, Bathinda (Punjab). This variety of grapes is commonly used by local farmers. The aloe vera, cinnamon powder, apple cider, honey, IAA, IBA and GA3 used in the experiment. The maximum number of leaves (17.33, 28.66 and 118.33) were found in treatment T9 which is the application of 2000 ppm IBA however in natural growth hormone i.e., 100% aloe vera give maximum number of leaves 16.00, 26.66 and 112.33 at 30, 60 and 90DAP. The maximum leaf length (4.20 cm, 4.43 cm and 7.53 cm) was found in treatment T9 which is the application of 2000 ppm IBA. The application of 100% aloe vera with however in natural growth hormone i.e., 100% aloe vera give maximum length of leaves 4.00 cm, 4.26 cm and 6.03 cm at 30, 60 and 90DAP.The highest fresh weight (52 gm) and dry weight (6.02 gm) were found in treatment T9which is the application of 2000 ppm IBA.', 'Grape, Hormone, Maximum, IBA, Aloe vera, Punjab Mac Purple', 'In this study, impact of 14 different treatments of natural (aloe vera, cinnamon powder, honey and apple cider) and synthetic hormone (IBA, IAA and GA3) plant growth regulators in various concentrations was observed on the growth of cuttings of grape (Vitis vinifera L.) cv. Punjab Macs Purple. In the present research, most of the shoot parameters characters of cuttings were significantly influenced by the different treatments of growth regulator as compared to control. But the treatment of 2000 ppm IBA was found best for maximum rooting, growth and success of grapes cuttings. In natural hormone aloe vera treatment gives best result.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe grape (Vitis vinifera L.) is a fruit crop that belongs to the family Vitaceae, which is related to the northern temperate zone. It is one of the most commercially vital crops in the world. The grape is a woody vine in nature and can grow up to 17m or more. The fruits that plants produce is known as grapes (Kaur, 2017). Grapes contain a very good number of vitamins, minerals and other beneficial elements such as Ca, P, K and sugar. These sugars are basically present in the form of glucose and fructose. The amount of sugar content in grapes varies according to the variety. Grapes are used for various purposes such as for salad, jam & jelly and vinegar preparation. The domesticated type of grape is mostly utilized for selling purposes either for the production of processed products or for wine preparation. European grapes are considered the best ones for raisins, which are categorized according to size, shape and grape color. If we talk about its cultivation, India comes in the first ten countries that produce grapes (Wang et al., 2011). The global production of grapes is estimated at 78,034,332 metric tonnes (FAO, 2020). China, Italy, the USA, France, Spain, Turkey and Argentina are the countries that are the major producers of grapes globally. The leading country is China, with the production of 14,769,088 tonnes (FAO, 2020). In India, production of grapes is 31, 25, 000 MT (FAO, 2020). In India, among all fruits, grapes come in the 7th position and contribute up to 2% of the total production of grapes worldwide (Kaur, 2017). In India, 80% of production is given by Maharashtra and after that by Karnataka and Tamil Nadu. Grapes are one of the flexible crops which can tolerate any type of climate, but the climate of the Mediterranean region is most suitable for its production. In Punjab, around 777 hectares of land are used to cultivate grapes. There are several varieties that have been released and found suitable for Punjab conditions and give maximum productivity, such as Punjab MACS Purple, Perlette, Beauty seedless, etc. \r\nTo fulfill the research gap, shoot and leaves initiation in grape cutting can be achieved by using various hormones and other treatments, including cinnamon powder, aloe vera, apple cider and honey, because they are the cheapest way to propagate and enhance the rooting quality. These growth hormones are easy to use, sustainable and cost effective. By incorporating these, it makes the soil more productive and, as a natural substance, it increases the growth and shoot of cuttings so increase their fresh and dry weight. Cinnamon is a kind of spice that belongs to the Lauraceae family. It is made from the bark of a cinnamon tree. It is mostly used as an aromatic condiment for culinary purposes, especially to enhance the flavor of dishes. It contains the essential oil component cinnamaldehyde along with eugenol, which gives a specific aroma to the dishes. Although it is used as a natural hormone, it also acts as a natural antibacterial and antimicrobial agent (Rajan et al., 2021).\r\nMATERIALS AND METHOD\r\nThe current study was conducted in the agriculture research farm of Lovely Professional University, Punjab during the year of 2021-2022, to assess the Effect of natural and synthetic hormones on rooting of grape cutting (Vitis vinifera L) cv. Punjab Macs Purple. For this experiment, different types of natural and synthetic hormones were used. Materials and methods used in the present experiment have been illustrated in this segment. Disease-free and healthy, seedlings of grapes variety i.e., Punjab Mac Purple were obtained from the Regional Research Station, Bathinda (Punjab). This variety of grapes is commonly used by local farmers. The aloe vera, cinnamon powder, apple cider, honey, IAA, IBA and GA3 (Fig. 1) used in the experiment. Cuttings were quickly planted in plant trainers (after treatment) at 7.5cm deep up to the surface within rooting media. Studies are also operated upon to observe the effect of natural and synthetic growth hormones on rooting of grape cutting e.g. number of leaves, leaf length, fresh weight and dry weight. Find that which concentration or plant growth regulator is responsible for good shooting and others. \r\nMethod of preparation of solution: T9 - IBA 2000 ppm (2 min) – Two gram of balanced IBA was taken in 1000 ml beaker and 1 to 2 drops of ethyl alcohol was added to dissolve the IBA properly. Slowly added distilled water with the help of glass rod IBA was dissolved to make final volume of 1 liter. T1 - Aloe Vera 100% – \r\n1. Harvest aloe vera leaf (2kg for 500ml) after selecting healthy plant. \r\n2. Extract aloe vera gel.a. Cut at harvested point using sharp knife. Keep this part in a beaker. Gel was extracted by cutting the cuticle with a knife. Cuticle was then grinded and added to the beaker. The green rind or cuticle of aloe vera plant and aloe vera outer leaf pulp contains latex was peeled with knife, grinded and put it in the beaker. c. Collect aloe vera gel and put in a beaker. Mix these three parts inside a beaker. Kept it in a refrigerator or kept outside after wrapping with aluminium foil. Kept in a cool place where the sunlight was not directly falling on it.3. Take 100 ml of aloe vera gel in a container or beaker at the time of treatment. T14 - Control - dipping in distilled water – Distilled water was taken in 500 ml beaker. The observations were recorded at three stages such as 30 DAPS, 60 DAP and 90 DAP. The recorded observations of morphological and biochemical parameters and the standard procedure adopted during the course of study are given Plate 1.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nNumber of leaves (no.). Data regards to the impact of natural and synthetic growth hormones on number of leaves, and survival percentage of cuttings was showed in table 1. The data on number of leaves was recorded and showed that the treatment T9 with the application of 2000 ppm IBA shows a maximum no. of leaves (17.33) followed by the treatment T1 which is the application 100% aloe vera with (16). The least no. of leaves was found in the treatment T3 which is the application of 100% apple cider with (5.00) at 30DAP. At 60DAP, the maximum no. of leaves (28.66) was found in the treatment T9 with the application of 2000 ppm IBA followed by the treatment T1 (26.66) with the application of 100% aloe vera. The least no. of leaves was found in the treatment T3 which is the application of 100% apple cider with (7.33). At, 90DAP, the maximum no. of leaves was found in the treatment T9 (118.33) with the application of 2000 ppm IBA followed by the treatment T1 (112.33) with the application of 100% aloe vera as compared to control (13.33). The number of leaves increased in treatment T9 (2000 ppm IBA) might be due to the in development of root IBA plays an important role and automatically this effect is shown in leaf length and leaf number and an increase in number of shoots due to IBA application may necessitate the increased activity of photosynthesis, transpiration and respiration in leaves and thus may result in the increase in number of leaves this result was supported by Jan et al. (2015); Wahab et al. (2001); Muttulani et al., (2022).\r\nLeaf length (cm). Data on leaf length is presented in Table 2 indicating that the treatments significantly control the leaf length over the control. Treatment T9 with the application of 2000 ppm IBA shows maximum leaf length (4.20 cm) followed by the treatment T1 (Aloe vera, 4 cm). Moreover, the least leaf length (2.36 cm) was found in the treatment T3 (Apple Cider) at 30DAP. At 60DAP, the maximum leaf length (4.43 cm) was found in the treatment T9 with the application of 2000 ppm IBA followed by the treatment T1 (Aloe vera, 4.26cm). Moreover, the least leaf length (2.00 cm) was found in the treatment T3 (Apple Cider). At, 90DAP, the maximum leaf length (7.53 cm) was found in the treatment T9 with the application of 2000 ppm IBA followed by the treatment T1 (Aloe vera, 6.03cm). Moreover, the least leaf length (2.36 cm) was found in the treatment T3 (Apple Cider). An increasing trend in length of leaves were observed from 30, 60 and 90 DAP respectively. The length of leaves increased in treatment T9 (2000 ppm IBA) might be due to the development of root IBA plays an important role and automatically this effect is shown in leaf length and leaf number and an increase in number of shoots due to IBA application may necessitate the increased activity of photosynthesis, transpiration and respiration in leaves and thus may result in the increase in length of leaves by (Wahab et al., 2001) in Guava. Similar results also recorded by (Jan et al., 2015) in olive cuttings. Length of leaves also increased in Aloe Vera gel treated grape cuttings, it might be due to Aloe Vera contains very essential number of macronutrients, micronutrients, vitamins, gibberellins and salicylic acid and has a stimulating effect on plant growth and development. Aloe Vera gel contains IAA which could be the alternative root hormone (Uddin et al., 2020). Similar results also recorded by (Hamouda et al., 2012).\r\nFresh weight and Dry weight (gm). Data on fresh weight is presented in Table 3 indicated that the treatments significantly control the fresh weight over the control. The data on fresh weight showed that the maximum fresh weight was observed in the treatment T9 which is the application of 2000 ppm IBA with (52 gm) followed by the treatment T1 which is the application of 100% of aloe vera juice with 45.33 gm. The least fresh weight was found in the treatment T3 with the application of 100% apple cider vinegar with 10.66 gm as compared to control. This result was supported by Galavi et al. (2013) as they stated that fresh weight was increased by the application of IBA @400g/ml. Data on dry weight is presented in Table 3 indicated that the treatments significantly control the dry weight over the control. The data on dry weight showed that the maximum dry weight was observed in the treatment T9 which is the application of 2000 ppm IBA with (6.02 gm) followed by the treatment T1 which is the application of 100% of aloe vera juice with 5.30 gm. The least dry weight was found in the treatment T8 with the application of 1000 ppm IBA with 2.30 gm as compared to control. This result was supported by Galavi et al. (2013) as they stated that fresh weight was increased by the application of IBA @600g/ml.\r\n', 'Naveen Kumar, Homraj Sahare and Bhavana Beniwal (2022). Impact of Natural and Synthetic Growth Hormones on Shooting of Grape Hardwood Cuttings (Vitis vinifera L) cv. Punjab Macs Purple. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 490-494.'),
(5305, '136', 'Diversity Analysis of Mycoflora Associated with Maize Seeds Collected from different Regions of Tamil Nadu', 'G. Sivakaame, T. Anand, V. Paranidharan and C. Vanitha', '83 Diversity Analysis of Mycoflora Associated with Maize Seeds Collected from different Regions of Tamil Nadu T. Anand.pdf', '', 1, 'Maize is one of the most important cereal crops in the world and has been titled \"The Queen of cereals\". The yield of the maize crop is being hampered by different biotic and abiotic factors, among which post-harvest and storage infection plays a significant role. Hence, in the present study, we focused on assessing the mycoflora associated with the seed surface, which is responsible for the post-harvest losses by using the standard seed blotter method. The results revealed that the presence of eight fungal species belonging to six fungal genera was found to be associated with the seed of maize. Aspergillus spp., accounts for 86.3 percent of the total mycoflora population among the six fungal genera. The other genera include Fusarium, Penicillium, Rhizopus, Alternaria and Macrophomina. The results of the Relative Density (RD) study revealed that Penicillium, Rhizopus, Alternaria and Macrophomina come under rare fungal species and the most abundant species were A. niger, A. flavus and A. fumigatus. As per Edwino Fernando’s Ranking of Biodiversity Indices, the Shannon-Weiner index (H) was less than 1.9, which indicates that the diversity of mycoflora is shallow, whereas Simpson\'s index was more than 0.56 in all locations except in Perambalur. The evenness value was more than 0.5 in all the sites, indicating that the species distribution is even. Beta-diversity was measured (paired comparison) and there was no similarity between sites.', 'Aspergillus, diversity, Fusarium, maize, mycoflora, seeds', 'The results obtained from this current study are of prime importance to seed certification agencies to prevent post-harvest losses. Colonization of these fungal genera viz., Aspergillus, Fusarium, Penicillium etc. renders them unfit for human consumption due to their mycotoxin producing properties. This affects both the economy and the health of the human population. ', 'Maize seeds harbormany ectophytic and endophytic microbiomes including fungi, bacteria and actinomycetes. Several ectophytic mycoflora isolated were Aspergillus, Fusarium verticillioides, F. proliferatum, F. glutinans, Gibberella zeae, Penicillium, Macrophomina phaseolina, Diplodia, Nigrospora, Botryosphaeria, Cladosporium, Trichoderma, Rhizoctonia, and Rhizopus (Bhatnagar et al., 1999). Mycoflora infection in maize seeds causesa reduction in germination various abnormalities and leads to rejection (Singh et al., 2021). Storage fungus infects the seeds as they are moved into storage and, in the right circumstances, can quickly spread throughout the bulk. These fungi develop on maize seeds; they become visible, can kill the seed, generate an unpleasant odor or taste, and occasionally the seeds are unfit for human eating because the seed fungi release mycotoxin along with a change in the chemical makeup of the seed (Ingle et al., 2021). Mycoflora associated with maize seed are members of Aspergillus spp., Fusarium spp., and Penicillium spp., and these are mycotoxin producing fungi. Aspergillus spp., produces various mycotoxins and aflatoxin B1 is extremelytoxic andis classified as a group Ia human carcinogenic by the International Agency for Research on Cancer, in addition to considerable economic losses in the food and agricultural sectors. A study on fungal species diversity is one of the most important indices used to evaluate an ecosystem. Several diversity indices such as population dynamics, species richness, evenness, dominance of mycoflora, etc. are used. Usually, fungal species diversity is one of the most important indices used for the evaluation of an ecosystem. Fungal species richness, an intuitive element of fungal diversity, is commonly used to compare habitats, as species diversity is usually assumed to reflect niche diversity when limiting similarity drives species coexistence (Silvertown, 2004). Fungal diversity can change because of time, climate, biota, topography, natural disturbance, or human-caused perturbation and contamination (Day et al., 2019). For these reasons, there’s an interest in developing approaches to predict various facets of fungal diversity and how it is likely to change over space and time in natural and managed ecosystems. Alpha diversity reveals the biodiversity component of the community and whereas beta diversity reveals how it changes across locations. Understanding the compositional pattern of species helps researchers to understand different aspects of species interaction and ecosystem function (Legendre, 2014). Beta diversity patterns provide knowledge about the uniqueness of community composition in the landscape. Keeping this in view, the present investigation was designed to study the diversity of mycoflora of maize seeds collected from different maize growing areas of Tamil Nadu.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nCollection of seed samples. Maize seed samples were collected in ten locations covering major maize growing areas of Tamil Nadu that include Virudhunagar, Namakkal, Tiruppur, Madurai, Dharmapuri, Salem, Oddanchathiram, Ariyalur, Perambalur and Dindigul. One kg of seed samples were collected directly from maize growing farmers and seed sellers. In each location, seeds were collected in five different areas and the seeds were homogenized to represent one location. These homogenized seeds were subjected to mycoflora assessment in the Department of Plant Pathology, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University (TNAU), Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu.\r\nMycoflora assessment. Mycoflora on maize seeds was assessed by the standard blotter method (De Tempe, 1963). One Hundred seeds from each location placed inplastic Petri dishes (90 mm dia.) lined with two layers of blotter papers and one layer of filter paper moistened with distilled water. Ten seeds will be placed in each Petri dish equidistantly (pattern 9-1). The seeded Petri dishes were incubated at 25 ± 1°C for seven days and the seeds were examined regularly for the presence of different fungi. Incubated seeds were examined visually under a Stereo-zoom microscope for the growth pattern of mycoflora (Kumar et al., 2017). \r\nMorphological identification of fungal genera. Individual fungal colonies which were observed under a stereo-zoom microscope were subcultured in potato dextrose agar medium. The fungal colonies were further purified by the single hyphal tip method. These pure cultures were then subjected to microscopic observation for morphological identification of the fungal species. Fungal genera were confirmed by both cultural and morphological characters.\r\nComputation of Diversity Indices \r\nBased on the individuals, fungi recorded in the distinct seed samples were analyzed for species richness and species distribution, evenness, alpha-diversity and beta-diversity.\r\nShannon-Weiner index (H’) and Simpson’s index were widely used to describe the α-diversity.\r\nComputation of Relative Density\r\nThe Relative Density (RD) of fungal species and genera was calculated according to the method suggested by Tadych et al. (2012).\r\n\"Relative Density (RD) (%)\" = ni/Ni x 100\r\nWhere,\r\nni is the number of genus or species isolated,\r\nNi is the total number of isolates.\r\nComputation of α-diversity. Alpha diversity can be found by calculating three parameters like Shannon –Wiener Diversity Index, Species Evenness Index and Simpson Diversity Index (D). The formulas for computing the above three parameters are as follows:\r\nSimpson Diversity Index (D). The Simpson Diversity Index represents the species diversity in a particular location\r\n\"Simpson Diversity Index (D)\" = (∑ n (n-1) )/(N(N-1))\r\nWhere,\r\nn is the total number of individuals in a particular species \r\nN is the total number of individuals\r\n\"Shannon –Wiener Diversity Index (H’)\" = ∑_(i=1)^s▒〖p_i ln⁡〖p_i 〗 〗\r\nWhere,\r\nPi (relative abundance) is equal to ni/N \r\nni is the number of individuals in ith species \r\nN is the total number of individuals (Shannon and Weaver, 1963)\r\n\"Species Evenness Index\"= (H’)/ln⁡(R) \r\nWhere,\r\nH’ is the Shannon Wiener Index – ranging from 0 to 6.\r\nR is the species richness which is also equivalent to s (the number of species found in the given area).\r\nThe next step is to proceed with ranking the values obtained for each index. In this paper, Fernando’s Biodiversity Scale was used to rank the indices (Table 1).\r\nComputation of β – Diversity. Beta diversity refers to the species diversity between any two regions. It is used for large-scale comparison of species diversity. β-diversity was calculated by using the following formula given by Fontana et al. (2020).\r\n\"β-diversity = (\" \"N\" _\"1\" \"-C )\\+(\" \"N\" _\"2\" \"-C)\" \r\nWhere,\r\nN1 refers to the total number of species present in location 1\r\nN2 refers to the total number of species present in location 2\r\nC refers to the number of species that both locations have in common\r\nStatistical analysis. Various diversity indices (α-Diversity, β-Diversity) were calculated, and graphs were drawn using ‘PAST’ software.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nMycoflora assessment. Maize seeds collected from different maize growing areas of Tamil Nadu were used to assess the fungal diversity. A total of 803 fungal isolates belonging to ten different species were observed, out of which five belong to the genus Aspergillus, contributing 86.3 percent of the total fungal population. The fungal population was dominated by Aspergillus spp., followed by Fusarium spp., (6.23%). Other fungal genera recorded in the present study were Penicillium spp., (4.23%), Rhizopus spp., (2.37%), Alternaria spp., (0.37%) and Macrophomina (0.50%) (Data not shown; Fig. 1). The fungal genera were identified based on the following various cultural and morphological characters.\r\nAspergillus flavus. The fungus produced olive or dark green colonies with profuse sporulation. Mycelium is hyaline, septate and branched. It produced circular single-celled green colored conidia arranged in chains from the biseriate phialide arising from the conidiophore (Fig. 2a).\r\nAspergillus niger. The fungus had dark brown to black colonies with enormous sporulation. Mycelium is hyaline, septate and branched. Conidiophores were smooth, aseptate and unbranched. Biseriate conidial heads produced smooth black colored conidia in chains (Fig. 2b).\r\nAspergillus fumigates. Initially, A. fumigatus produced white colonies, which later turned into dark bluish green colonies. They produced columnar conidial heads and uniseriate conidiophores. Conidia were globose, bluish green colored and were produced in basipetal succession (Fig. 2c).\r\nAspergillus tamarii. Aspergillus tamarii produced olive green to brown colored colonies. Mycelium is hyaline, septate and branched. Conidiophores were colorless and biseriate in nature. Conidia were spherical and smooth surfaced in nature (Fig. 2d).\r\nPenicillium. Colonies were initially white and became bluish green upon full growth. The margins of the colonies were wavy and concentric rings were visible. On the reverse side of the plate, the colonies were red or pink-tinged at the center and the margin. Conidiophores were either branched or unbranched with metulae at the end. Metulae produced sterigmata in which the conidia were arranged. Conidium was small, uninucleate, globose or ovoid (Fig. 2e).\r\nFusarium. Fusarium produced white fluffy colonies with violet to purple colored mycelium and brown zonation. Sickle-shaped septate macroconidia were observed. Both terminal and intercalary chlamydospores were observed. Chlamydospores were thick and smooth-walled.\r\nRhizopus. Rhizopus produced dark greyish brown fluffy colonies. Simple globose sporangia were observed at the end of sporangiophores. Each sporangiophore arises from the root like a rhizoid. Sporangiospores were dark single-celled and globose to ovoid.\r\nMacrophomina. Colonies were dull white initially and turned to dark brown colored colonies upon time. Mycelium is septateand hyaline at initial stages but turns light brown upon growth. Dark brown colored, oval to spherical microsclerotia were produced by hardening of the fungal mycelium.\r\nAlternaria. Alternaria produced dull white to olive-colored colonies with white margins. Conidiophores were simple, septate, smooth walled and pale brown. Conidia were short, obclavate or ovoid with both transverse and longitudinal septa.\r\nThis finding is in line with the work of Tsedaley and Adugna (2016), who recovered 110 fungal isolates from three maize varieties and the major fungi observed were Aspergillus, Fusarium and Penicillium. Aspergillus, Fusarium, Penicillium, Bipolaris maydis, Alternaria, Cephalosporium, Macrophomina, Diplodia, Nigrospora, Botryosphaeria, Cladosporium, Trichoderma, Rhizoctonia and Mucor have been reported from maize seed (Kumar et al., 2017). El-Shanshoury et al. (2004) isolated and identified eight fungal genera that belonged to Aspergillus, Penicillium, Fusarium, Mucor, Cladosporium, Trichoderma, Rhizopus and Alternaria using the standard blotter paper method. Mairevi et al. (2012) isolated Penicillium, Aspergillus, Alternaria and Fusarium from maize seed. Getachew et al. (2018) isolated Penicillium, Aspergillus and Fusarium from maize seeds collected from South and Southwestern Ethiopia. \r\nRelative Density (RD). In terms of Relative Density (RD), A. niger was dominant an RD% of 30, followed by A. flavus (27%) and A. fumigatus (20%) (Fig. 3). Aspergillus niger, A. flavus, A. tamarii and A. fumigates were observed in all locations (Fig. 4). A. oryzae was observed only in 4 locations. Fusarium spp., was observed in all the locations except in Virudhunagar region. Penicillium spp., was observed in 5 locations, Rhizopus spp., and Macrophomina each in 3 locations, and Alternaria spp., was observed in 2 locations. A higher number of mycoflora (118) was observed in Tirupur, followed by Dharmapuri (110). In other locations, it ranged from 44-102.\r\nα-Diversity. Shannon-Weiner (H’) explains the influence of abundance. As per Edwino Fernando’s Ranking of Biodiversity Indices, the Shannon index was less than 1.9 in all locations. In all locations, diversity was very low, hence mycoflora abundance was absent (Table 1). The highest Simpson’s index of 0.8019 was observed in the Ariyalur region, representing the highest dominance of mycoflora. \r\nThe evenness index values were more than 0.5 in all the locations, which infers that species distribution is even (Table 2). Richness represents the number of species at a region or location. The highest species richness of about 8 was observed in Ariyalur;7 in Madurai and Dindigul; and 6 in Virudhunagar, Namakkal, Tiruppur, Dharmapuri, Oddanchathiram and Perambalur (Fig. 5). \r\nβ-Diversity. Beta-diversity is diversity between sites (paired comparison) and it essentially quantifies the number of different communities in the region. Thus, it is the region\'s absolute number of distinct components (Tuomisto, 2010). Virudhunagar was 50% related to Oddanchathiram and Perambalur. Pairwise comparison between locations gave high dissimilarity since the values were less than 0.5. Low values suggest that there was no spatial variability in the distribution of mycoflora (Table 3).\r\nGenevieve et al. (2019) studied the difference in fungal composition between forest stands analyzed with permutational multivariate analysis of variance and beta-diversity partitioning analyses. The most prevalent fungi belonged to the orders Agaricales, Helotiales, and Russulales, while sites from Abitibi-North Témiscamingue\'s showed the highest OTU (Operational Taxonomic Unit) richness. Kumar et al. (2017) reported that the Simpson index of dominance (D), Shannon-Weaver index of diversity (H) and Evenness (E) of Aspergillus flavus contributed to fungal diversity. The dominance of mycoflora species varied from place to place and was influenced by various environmental factors, variety, cultivation method and soil, etc. \r\n', 'G. Sivakaame, T. Anand, V. Paranidharan and C. Vanitha (2022). Diversity Analysis of Mycoflora Associated with Maize Seeds Collected from Different Regions of Tamil Nadu. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 495-500.'),
(5306, '136', 'Influence of Physico-chemical properties of Soil on the Abundance of White Grub in Garden Land Ecosystem', 'S. Venkateswaran, R. Arulprakash, N. Chitra, R. Jagadeeswaran and T. Ramasubramanian', '84 Influence of Physico-chemical properties of Soil on the Abundance of White Grub in Garden Land Ecosystem S. Venkateswaran.pdf', '', 1, 'The subterranean nature of white grubs brings a serious issue to crop production and causing heavy economic losses to commercial crops. A study has been conducted to understand the influence of soil physico-chemical properties on the abundance of white grubs in garden land ecosystem. Exploratory surveys were conducted in two districts of Tamil Nadu viz., Erode (Sathyamangalam block) and Thoothukudi (Kayathar block). Adult white grubs were collected by soil excavation from the fields of bhendi, maize, sorghum, blackgram, sugarcane, jasmine and tuberose. Soil samples were also collected from the above locations. Morphological examination revealed the occurrence of Holotrichia serrata and Adoretus sp. Adult abundance and soil physico-chemical properties were correlated. Bulk density, electrical conductivity and soil organic carbon had positive relation with Holotrichia serrata abundance whereas particle density, porosity and pH exhibited negative relation. In case of Adoretus sp, negative correlation was observed between bulk density, porosity and electrical conductivity and its abundance. The parameters viz., particle density, pH and soil organic carbon had positive relation with Adoretus abundance. H. serrata and Adoretus sp prefers hard and loose texture soils, respectively. ', 'White grubs, garden land, Holotrichia serrata, Adoretus sp, abundance, soil properties, correlation', 'The study revealed the occurrence and abundance of H. serrata and Adoretus sp in garden land crops of Erode (Sathyamangalam block) and Thoothukudi (Kayathar block) districts. With respect to soil physico-chemical parameters, bulk density and soil porosity had a positive and negative association with H. serrata abundance, respectively. In case of Adoretus sp, both parameters exhibited negative relationship. Hence it can be concluded that, H. serrata prefers loamy to hard texture and can penetrate to a moderately deep of the soil to feed the roots of crops whereas Adoretus sp prefers shallow depth and moderately loamy to light textured soil. However, both species require organic matter for survival and abundance. Furthermore, soil moisture and precipitation play a role in the emergence and dispersal of the white grub population.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nWhite grubs are the pest of national importance in India (Mehta et al., 2010). They belong to the two subfamilies viz., Melolonthinae and Rutelinae of the family Scarabaeidae under the order Coleoptera. In India, occurrence of more than 1700 species of white grubs have been reported (Ali, 2001). Due to the subterranean nature, white grubs cause remarkable damage to the roots of several agricultural and horticultural crops. The damage and can be visualized by drying, wilting and withering of plants in patches (Rai et al., 1969). Many times, the infestation is misunderstood with physiological wilting and detected only after complete destruction of crops. The grubs are “C” shaped, fleshy with three pairs of thoracic legs (Sreedevi et al., 2014). The first instar grub feeds on soil debris rich in organic matter whereas later instars are phytophagous and feed voraciously on roots. Grubs exploits the roots of sugarcane, groundnut, potato, maize, pearl millet, wheat, sorghum and barley; whereas adults feed on leaves of bhendi, neem, acacia, grapes etc., (Fujiie et al., 1996; Ranga Rao et al., 2006). Active adult emergence of most species coincides with monsoon showers (Yadava and Sharma 1995). The impact of soil properties on the abundance of white grub population is lacking in Tamil Nadu, so a study on the effect of physicochemical properties on distribution and abundance was undertaken in the districts of Erode and Thoothukudi in Tamil Nadu.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nStudy site. An exploratory survey was conducted from December 2021 to April 2022 in two districts of Tamil Nadu to collect white grub adults associated with garden land crops. The details of the sampling area are given in Table 1.\r\nAdult sampling. Each location sampled once in a square meter area delineated in five places on a one-acre crop area. Adult white grubs were collected by excavation of soil (50 - 60 cm deep) in the crop ecosystem and also from the emergence sites. In Kayathar block, adult collections were made from the bhendi, maize, sorghum and black gram fields and in Sathyamangalam block, adults were collected from sugarcane, jasmine and tuberose fields.\r\nIdentification of adults. Adult white grub identification was done by following keys of Arrow (1917) and Dadmal (2013)\r\nSoil physico-chemical analysis. In both locations, soil samples were collected by following the methodology of Cherry and Allsopp (1991). Samples collected from 50 × 50 cm area up to a depth of 40 cm. A representative sample of 500g soil was collected from each sampling site.\r\nSoil physical parameters such as texture, bulk density, particle density, porosity and chemical properties such as pH, electrical conductivity and soil organic carbon, surface soil organic matter and sub surface soil organic matter were analyzed at Soil Science Laboratory, Department of Remote sensing and GIS, TNAU, Coimbatore. The details of the methods used for analysis are presented in Table 2.\r\nStatistical analysis. Mean adult population transformed by square root transformation (√(2&X+0.5)) (Gomez and Gomez, 1984). To understand the influence of soil physico-chemical parameters on adult white grub abundance, correlation and regression studies were performed.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nMorphological characterization of white grub adults, collected in the study, revealed the occurrence of Holotrichia serrata (Fabricius) (Melolonthinae; Scarabaeidae; Coleoptera) and Adoretus sp (Rutelinae; Scarabaeidae; Coleoptera) in Erode and Thoothukudi districts, respectively. \r\nAbundance of white grub species and physico-chemical properties of soil collected from Erode and Thoothukudi districts are presented in Table 3 and 5, respectively. Results of correlation performed between adult white grub population and soil physico-chemical properties are given in Table 4 and 6, respectively. Figures 1–12 depict a regression study between the mean adult population of Holotrichia serrata and Adoretus sp with each physicochemical parameter.\r\nBulk density of soil exhibited positive and negative relation with H. serrata (r = -0.268) and Adoretus sp (r = 0.368) abundance, respectively. The results are in accordance with the findings of Pujari et al. (2018) and Pal (1997). Pujari (2018) concluded that bulk density had a negative (significant) relationship with the average population of Lepidiota mansueta Burmeister larvae, whereas clay and silt content had a positive (non-significant) relationship with larval population as well as the report validating the textural preferences of Holotrichia serrata. Pal (1997) documented that population of white grubs influenced by coarse texture and low precipitation of rainfall, and the study corroborating those textural preferences of adults of Adoretus sp. Particle density of soil non significantly affecting the both the population but, positive relationship with Adoretus sp (Table 6) and negative relationship with Holotrichia serrata (Table 4).\r\nSoil porosity had a significant negative correlation (r = - 0.995) with abundance of Adoretus sp and non-significant negative correlation (r = -0.643) with H. serrata abundance. Both species preferred loam, sandy loam and silt loam soils. Earlier findings indicated that white grubs’ oviposition (Potter, 1983; Allsopp, 1992) and migration of larvae depend on the proportion of soil particles (Gustin and Schumacher, 1989). Chemical parameters such as pH and Electrical Conductivity (EC) had negative and positive correlation (non-significant) with H. serrata abundance whereas vice-versa was observed for Adoretus sp. \r\nSoil organic content was found to be positively linked with the abundance of both species of white grubs, acting as a facilitating factor. Present findings are analogous with Cherry and Coale (1994), they reported that Tomarus subtropicus Blatchley positively correlated with organic matter of the soil. Afore mentioned parameter also determines the feeding nature of Dasylepida ishigakiensis (Niijima and Kinoshita) (Oyafuso et al., 2002) and tunneling depth of Phyllophaga ephilida Say (Diagne 2004).\r\n', 'S. Venkateswaran, R. Arulprakash, N. Chitra, R. Jagadeeswaran and T. Ramasubramanian (2022). Influence of Physico-chemical properties of Soil on the Abundance of White Grub in Garden Land Ecosystem. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 501-509.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5307, '136', 'Effect of Seed Moisture on Incidence of Pulse Beetle, Callosobruchus chinensis (L.) infestation in Popular Pigeonpea Cultivars Grown in Telangana', 'Gangambika A.S., A. Padmasri, K. Parimala and M. Mohibbe Azam', '85 Effect of Seed Moisture on Incidence of Pulse Beetle, Callosobruchus chinensis (L.) infestation in Popular Pigeonpea Cultivars Grown in Telangana Gangambika A.S.pdf', '', 1, 'The most important factors influencing seed quality and longevity during its storage are temperature, seed moisture content and relative humidity. Among them the seed moisture content plays a key role. High seed moisture is detrimental to seed quality that causes predisposing the seeds to pest infestation and pathogen attack, that results in rapid deterioration of seeds and ultimately poor crop stand in field. So, an experiment was conducted to evaluate the effect of seed moisture content on pulse beetle, Callosobruchus chinensis (L.) infestation in two popular pigeonpea cultivars grown in Telangana, PRG 176 and TDRG 4. These varieties were tested in hermatic bags (Super grain bags) at three different moisture regimes (9%, 11% and 13%) at Seed Entomology Laboratory, Seed Research and Technology Centre and Department of Seed Science and Technology, College of Agriculture Rajendranagar, PJTSAU, Hyderabad, Telangana during 2021-22. The experiment was laid out in two factor factorial experiment based on completely randomized design (CRD). Data on adult emergence, per cent seed damage and per cent weight loss was taken at two months interval for a period of six months. The results revealed that per cent seed damage observed in PRG 176 and TDRG 4 was 0.34% and 0.06%, respectively. With respect to seed moisture levels the highest (0.38%) pulse beetle infestation was recorded at 13% followed by 11% (0.22%) and least in 9% moisture level. These findings evidenced that seeds with low moisture content helps in reducing insect infestation and retaining seed quality of pigeonpea seed for long duration.', 'Pigeonpea, Seed moisture content, Callosobruchus chinensis (L.), PRG 176, TDRG ', 'The study found that seeds stored at low moisture level i.e. 9% moisture showed lowest pulse beetle infestation and maintain the physical quality of pigeonpea seeds better than seeds stored at high moisture level (11% and 13%). Hence maintaining the low moisture content contributes in reduced pulse beetle infestation thus helps in maintaining better vigour and viability of seeds. In the present study it was observed that PRG 176 was most susceptible to pulse beetle infestation than TDRG 4. Since pigeonpea seeds are orthodox seeds their moisture content can be lowered further to safe moisture levels for better storage life, thus helps in maintaining good vigour and germinablity.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPigeonpea (Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp.) commonly known as redgram, tur or arhar is a very old well known crop of this country as its domestication in the Indian subcontinent is of 3500 years ago. After gram, arhar is the second most important pulse crop in country. In Telangana, pigeonpea is being cultivated in array of soils under erratic distribution of rainfall cultivation occupying area, production, and productivity of 2.95 lakh hectares, 2.07 lakh tones and 701 kg ha-1, respectively (DES Telagana 2019-20). It is the major crop grown in Mahbubnagar, Adilabad, Rangareddy, Medak, Nalgonda, Warangal and Kammam districts of Telangana.\r\nThe important storage pest of pigeonpea is Callosobruchus chinensis (L.). In storage, adults are facultative aphagous and they depend entirely on resources acquired during larval stages for survival and reproduction (Stearns, 1992). In case of heavy infestation by Callosobruchus chinensis, the seeds lose their germination capacity and if exploited as grains, they become unfit for human consumption. In addition to quantitative losses, the Callosobruchus chinensis also causes qualitative losses (Khare and Johari 1984). In most cases pest infestation pre-dispose the stored grains to secondary attack by disease causing pathogens.\r\nThe most important factors influencing seed quality and longevity during its storage are temperature, seed moisture content and relative humidity. Among them the seed moisture content plays a key role. Since seeds are hygroscopic in nature and the moisture content of the seed changes in accordance to the relative humidity of the surrounding environment in which they are stored. In tropical climate, high temperature and humidity cause rapid deterioration of seed in open storage resulting predisposing to pest infestation and pathogen attack, further which leads to loss in vigour, viability and germination percentage which results in poor plant stand in main field.\r\nGenerally, the moisture content of the pigeonpea seeds harvested at physiological maturity is high. For safe seed storage the moisture content need to be brought down to 9-10%, since these are orthodox seeds their moisture content can be further reduced so as to improve their storage life. Hence the present experiment was taken up to determine the effect of seed moisture content on incidence of pulse beetle, Callosobruchus chinensis infestation on two majorly grown pigeonpea cultivars (PRG 176 and TDRG 4) in Telangana.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experiment was conducted in the Seed Entomology Laboratory, Seed Research and Technology Centre and Department of Seed Science and Technology, College of Agriculture Rajendranagar, PJTSAU, Hyderabad, Telangana during 2021-22. The experiment was conducted in Two Factorial Completely Randomized Design (FCRD) with three different seed moisture levels and two popular pigeonpea cultivars as two factors and with three replications. The two popular pigeonpea cultivars grown in Telangana i.e TDRG 4 and PRG 176 were procured from Agricultural Research Station Tandur and Agricultural Research Station Palem, respectively later these were disinfested by sundrying for four days.\r\n V1 : PRG 176\r\n V2 : TDRG 4\r\nThe moisture content of each variety were maintained at 9%, 11% and 13% moisture level by adding predetermined quantity of water to the seeds according to the formulae given by El-Rafie 1958. Later the seeds were kept in hermetic bags.\r\n S1 : 9%\r\n S2 : 11% \r\n S3 : 13% \r\nSeeds of each cultivar TDRG 4 and PRG 176 were stored in moisture and vapour proof bags (GrainPro bags) at three different moisture levels (9%, 11% and 13%) by adapting standard procedure. For each replication of the treatment, twenty five pairs of newly emerged adult pulse beetle were released into GrainPro bags containing five Kg seed and allowed to copulate. The bags were labelled accordingly and kept in laboratory at ambient room condition. The influence of seed moisture content on incidence of pulse beetle was assessed based on data recorded at bimonthly intervals upto six months of storage period on parameters like adult emergence, per cent seed damage and per cent weight loss due to pulse beetle, Callosobruchus chinensis (L.) infestation.\r\nAdult emergence. The number of adult emerged was counted at two months interval for a period of six months.\r\nPer cent seed damage. The seed damage was calculated by taking a random sample of 400 seeds and counting the number of seeds with bored holes made by pulse beetle and converted to percentage. \r\n \r\nPer cent weight loss. The count and weight method was used to determine seed weight loss using the formula:\r\n \r\n Where,\r\n W  Weight loss (%)\r\n Wu  Weight of undamaged seed(grams)\r\n Nu  Number of undamaged seed,\r\n Wd  Weight of damaged seed (grams)\r\n Nd  Number of damaged seed.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nEffect of seed moisture on adult emergence from pigeon seeds. The results obtained from the studies on the effect of seed moisture levels (9%, 11% and 13%) on number of adults emerged from pigeonpea seeds of two popular cultivars which were artificially inoculated with C. chinensis (L.) are presented in Table 1. \r\nAt two months of storage, as observed from data mean number of adult emerged showed significant difference between the varieties, the highest mean number of adult emerged (9.89) was recorded in PRG 176 and the lowest (7.67) in TDRG 4. The number of adult emerged showed increasing trend with increase in moisture level as the mean number of adult emerged were 3.50, 8.83 and 14.00 at 9%, 11% and 13% moisture level, respectively irrespective of varieties. The interaction effect between two cultivars and different moisture levels revealed that PRG 176 showed maximum number of adults emerged (15.00) at 13% moisture level and minimum (2.00) in TDRG 4, at 9% moisture level. Similar trend was observed in four and six months after storage. From the perusal of data on six months after storage, the population buildup of pulse beetle showed further decreasing trend compared to two and four months after storage.\r\nAt each moisture levels significant higher insect population was found in PRG 176 than TDRG 4, inferred that PRG 176 was most susceptible than TDRG 4. During the experimental period noticeable insect population was observed at two months after storage but along the storage period the adult emergence showed decreasing trend, the population buildup was low at hermetic storage condition. The reduction could be attributed to high carbon dioxide concentration generated within the containers throughout the storage period and also due to high temperature (42°C) and lower relative humidity (65%) encountered during storage period, that accelerated the carbon dioxide toxicity.\r\nThe present findings are in accordance with Navarro (2012) who reported that the lower the grain moisture content and the low intergranular humidity, higher will be the mortality due to the desiccation effect on insects caused by low O2 or elevated CO2 concentrations further, atmospheres with 60 % CO2 and 8 % O2 are very effective against internal seed-feeding insects. (Banks and Annis 1990).\r\nLow moisture content in grains caused a dehydrating effect on the immature stages of insect development, since insects require the moisture within the grain in order to mature and reproduce (Oxley and Wickenden (1963) and Calderon and Navarro (1980)).\r\nThe results are also supported by findings of Mudrock (2012) who reported that under hermatic storage, low oxygen (hypoxia) and elevated levels of carbon dioxide (hypercarbia) leads to cessation of larval feeding, that arrests the growth and development and thus reproduction rate is also affected. \r\nEffect of seed moisture on per cent seed damage caused by pulse beetle, Callosobruchus chinensis (L.). The results obtained from the effect of seed moisture levels (9%, 11% and 13%) on per cent seed damage caused by C. chinensis (L.) in pigeonpea seeds of two popular cultivars are presented in Table 2.\r\nAfter two months of storage, the mean per cent seed damage showed significant difference between two varieties, as mean per cent seed damage of 1.69%, and 1.33% was recorded in PRG 176 and TDRG 4, respectively. It was observed that per cent seed damage was positively related with seed moisture level. Mean seed damage recorded was 0.75%, 1.50% and 2.29% at 9%, 11% and 13% moisture level, respectively irrespective of varieties. The interaction effect between the two cultivars and different moisture levels revealed that PRG 176 had maximum seed damage (2.33%) at 13% moisture level, whereas minimum seed damage (0.41%) was recorded in TDRG 4 at 9% moisture level.\r\nFrom the perusal of data at four months after storage, the interaction effect between the two cultivars and different moisture levels revealed that PRG 176 showed maximum seed damage (1.00%) at 13% moisture level and no seed damage in TDRG 4, at 9% moisture level. Along the storage period seed damage showed decreasing trend in both the varieties as adult emergence is reduced along the storage period compared to two months after storage.\r\nAfter six months of storage, it was observed that seed damage caused by pulse beetle showed further decreasing trend compared to four and two months after storage. A significant difference was observed between the varieties for mean per cent seed damage, the highest mean seed damage (0.34%) was recorded in PRG 176 and lowest (0.06%) in TDRG 4. The mean per cent seed damage with respect to seed moisture levels showed increasing trend as the per cent seed damage was zero, 0.22% and 0.38% at 9%, 11% and 13% moisture level, respectively irrespective of varieties. The interaction effect between two cultivars and different moisture levels (9%, 11% & 13%) revealed that PRG 176 showed maximum seed damage (0.58%) at 13% moisture level and no seed damage in TDRG 4, at both 9% and 11% moisture level and at 9% moisture level in PRG 176. The reduction in per cent seed damage along storage period was observed due to decline in adult emergence, as influenced by storage container (Hermetic bag). Among the two cultivars PRG 176 showed maximum seed damage at each moisture levels compared to TDRG 4. \r\nAmong the different moisture levels (9%, 11% and 13%) irrespective of varieties along the storage period seeds stored at 9% moisture level remained mostly free from damage, indicate that less seed moisture is usually unfavorable for insect infestation. This results are in accordance with Oxley and Wickenden (1963) and Calderon and Navarro (1980), who reported that that the low moisture content in grains causes a dehydrating effect on the immature stages of insects, since insects need moisture to complete their life cycle.\r\nThe results are in accordance with findings of Aryal et al. (2019) who reported that, highest weevil infestation (19%) was found in maize seed stored at moisture content of 11% and least (12%) in seed with moisture content of 9% for a storage period of two years under hermatic condition, further they concluded that high moisture content resulted in increased insect activity.\r\nEffect of seed moisture on per cent weight loss caused by pulse beetle, Callosobruchus chinensis (L.) in pigeonpea seeds. The results obtained from the effect of seed moisture levels (9%, 11% and 13%) on per cent weight loss caused by C. chinensis (L.) in pigeonpea seeds of two popular cultivars are presented in Table 3.\r\nAfter two months of storage, the results on mean weight loss showed significant difference between the varieties. The highest mean weight loss of (0.397%) was recorded in PRG 176. While, lowest (0.267%) in TDRG 4. The results at different moisture levels revealed that weight loss increased with increase in moisture level. Mean weight loss of 0.195%, 0.324% and 0.475% was recorded at 9%, 11% and 13% moisture level, respectively. The interaction effect between the two cultivars and different moisture levels it was observed that, among the two cultivars PRG 176 showed maximum weight loss (0.590%) at 13% moisture level and minimum weight loss (0.160%) in TDRG 4 at 9% moisture level. \r\nFrom perusal of data at four months after storage, among the two cultivars stored at different moisture levels PRG 176 showed maximum weight loss (0.213%) at 13% moisture level and TDRG 4 showed zero weight loss at 9% moisture level. After six months of storage similar trend was observed. The interaction effect between two cultivars and different moisture levels (9%, 11% & 13%) revealed that PRG 176 showed maximum weight loss (0.168%) at 13% moisture level and zero weight loss was recorded in TDRG 4, at both 9% and 11% moisture level and also at 9% moisture level in PRG 176. \r\nAmong the two cultivars PRG 176 showed maximum weight loss at each moisture levels compared to TDRG 4. Thus PRG 176 was found to be more susceptible to pulse beetle infestation than TDRG 4.\r\nThe results are in accordance with findings of Aryal et al. (2019) who reported that, highest weevil infestation and per cent weight loss was found in maize seed stored at moisture content of 11% (2.26 %) and least in seed with moisture content of 9% (1.43%), under hermatic condition and they concluded that the lower weight loss at 9% seed moisture content is due to lower number of weevil infestation in which biological activity of insect pest reduced at low seed moisture content. \r\n', 'Gangambika A.S., A. Padmasri, K. Parimala and M. Mohibbe Azam (2022). Effect of Seed Moisture on Incidence of Pulse Beetle, Callosobruchus chinensis (L.) infestation in Popular Pigeonpea Cultivars Grown in Telangana. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 510-514.'),
(5308, '136', 'Performance of Lakadong Turmeric (Curcuma longa L.) under Integrated Application of Farm Yard Manure, Vermicompost and Chemical Fertilizers', 'Ventina Yumnam and Sanjay-Swami*', '86 Performance of Lakadong Turmeric (Curcuma longa L.) under Integrated Application of Farm Yard Manure, Vermicompost and Chemical Fertilizers Sanjay-Swami.pdf', '', 1, 'The Lakadong, one of the finest varieties of turmeric (Curcuma longa L.), has its uniqueness with a very high curcumin content of about 6-7.5% and volatile essential oil (dry) of about 3.6-4.8%. Being a heavy feeder, it depletes abundant quantity of nutrients from the soil, however farmers of Meghalaya are cultivating it without any nutrient source, or applying household waste resulting continuous decline in yield with poor quality produce. Therefore, a field experiment was conducted at the School of Natural Resource Management, College of Post Graduate Studies in Agricultural Sciences, Umiam, Meghalaya during 2021-2022 to assess the growth and yield of Lakadong turmeric under integrated nutrient management involving farm yard manure (FYM) and vermicompost (VC). The eight treatment combination viz., T1 (100% N through FYM), T2 (100%N through VC), T3 (75% RDN through urea + 25% N through FYM), T4 (75% RDN through urea + 25% N through VC), T5 (50% RDN through urea + 50% N through FYM), T6 (50% RDN through urea + 50% N through VC), T7 (50% RDN through urea + 25% N through VC + 25% FYM) and T8 (100% RDN (120 kg N ha-1 through urea) were tested in randomized block design with three replications. The significant higher plant height, clump length and fresh rhizome yield were recorded with the application of 50% RDN through urea + 50% N through VC (T6), whereas the lowest values for these parameters were recorded with the application of 100% RDN i.e., 120 kg N ha-1 through urea (T8). The findings reflected the supremacy of integrated nutrient management through 50% RDN through urea + 50% N through VC over chemical fertilization alone as well as other combinations with organic manures. Hence, farmers of Meghalaya may be advised to adopt this package for getting higher yield of Lakadong turmeric.', 'Lakadong turmeric, FYM, VC, integrated nutrient management, yield', 'Based on the findings of the above investigation, it may be concluded that the plant height, clump length and fresh rhizome yield were significantly superior in plants supplied with 50% RDN + 50% N through VC (T6) but the highest values of these parameters were recorded with 50% RDN + 25% N through VC + 25% FYM (T7) which was statistically at par with T6. Therefore, application of 50% RDN + 50% N through VC (T6) may be recommended as most appropriate combination for improving fresh rhizome yield of Lakadong turmeric in acid Inceptisol of Meghalaya.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nMeghalaya, one of the North-Eastern states, is home to a variety of spices of which turmeric (Curcuma longa L.) is one of the prominent. The Jaintia hills districts of Meghalaya are native to one of the finest varieties of turmeric in the world, the Lakadong. It is locally known as shynrai or shyrmit Lakadong in Khasi. The variety has its uniqueness with a very high curcumin content of about 6-7.5 % (Shreeranjan, 2006; Jha and Deka 2012) and volatile essential oil (dry) of about 3.6-4.8%. If this uniqueness of the variety is properly exploited, it can change the lives of thousands of small and marginal farmers of Meghalaya. Though the crop is grown to an extent of 1928 ha, Jaintia Hills accounts for 58.0% and West Garo Hills for 20.2% of the total area due to favourable soil and climate. Each of the other five districts has about 4.0% of the area. The state produces around 16 thousand MT of turmeric, of which 72.0% is contributed by Khasi - Jaintia Hills and 28.0% by Garo Hills. Production grew at an annual rate of 2.47% and area at 3.14% per annum, indicating declining trend in yield (GoM, 2018). \r\nOne of the possible factors for decline in yield is that majority of the farmers are traditionally growing the Lakadong without adding nutrients, either through organic or inorganic sources. Few farmers are using little quantities of household waste or farm yard manure (FYM) as nutrient sources. Lakadong turmeric, being one of the heavy feeders, extracts abundant quantity of nutrients from the soil (Anuradha et al., 2018). Acidity-induced soil fertility constraints coupled with negligible use of chemical fertilizers are generally held responsible for lower crop productivity in Meghalaya (Sanjay-Swami and Yadav, 2021). Therefore, soil health or fertility is the most crucial factor in deciding the agricultural productivity in the region (Lyngdoh and Sanjay-Swami 2018; Sanjay-Swami et al., 2022). Keeping in view the limited availability of organic nutrient sources, it is not possible to meet the high nutrient requirement of the Lakadong turmeric through organic nutrient sources alone. Similarly, use of inorganic fertilizers alone reduces the crop yields over time by affecting the soil properties and depleting soil organic matter (Sanjay-Swami and Singh, 2020). Integrated use of organic and inorganic nutrient sources can improve crop productivity (Mal et al., 2013). The use of chemical fertilizers in combination with organic manure is essentially required to improve soil health (Bajpai et al., 2006). Association of organic matter and nutrient availability has been confirmed by the high coefficients of correlation between the soil attributes (Sakal et al., 1996). \r\nIt is urgent to develop integrated nutrient management package for Lakadong turmeric involving use of renewable resources of plant nutrients locally available to the farmers. Although FYM is commonly used organic manure but is not adequately available. The huge amounts of farm wastes and weed biomass can be recycled effectively by preparing vermicompost (Sanjay-Swami, 2012). Vermicompost application improves bulk density, water holding capacity, and humic substances of the soil (Sanjay-Swami and Bazaya, 2010). Its application also improves soil biology by increasing population of beneficial microbes and enzyme activities (Sharma and Garg, 2017). Therefore, the present investigation was carried out to study the performance of Lakadong turmeric under integrated application of farmyard manure, vermicompost and chemical fertilizers and develop a suitable integrated nutrient management package to exploit the potential of this variety.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nStudy location: The field experiment was conducted at the research farm of the School of Natural Resource Management, College of Post Graduate Studies in Agricultural Sciences, Umaim, Meghalaya during kharif 2021-2022. Geographically, the experimental site was located at 91°18 to 92°18 E longitude and 25°40 to 26°20 N latitude with an altitude of 950 m above the mean sea level with the agro-climatic zone of mixed subtropical hills (Fig. 1). The annual climate of Umiam is divided into three different seasons: pre-monsoon (March to May), monsoon (June to September) and post-monsoon (October to February) months. The temperature of this region varies between 10-30°C and precipitation of 2410 mm.\r\nExperiment details: The trial was conducted in randomized block design (RBD) with eight treatments and three replications. The treatments consist of T1 (100% N through FYM), T2 (100% N through VC), T3 (75% RDN through urea + 25% N through FYM), T4 (75% RDN through urea + 25% N through VC), T5 (50% RDN through urea + 50% N through FYM), T6 (50% RDN through urea + 50% N through VC), T7 (50% RDN through urea + 25% N through VC + 25% FYM) and T8 (100% RDN (120 kg N ha-1 through urea). The plant parameters i.e., plant height, clump length, and fresh rhizome yield were recorded from the randomly selected 6 plants in each plot of the different treatments. The data relating to the growth and yield of the crop were statistically analysed following the analysis of variance method. Statistical analysis and interpretation were done by calculating the value of S.Em (±) and CD at 5% level of significance (Gomez and Gomez 1984).\r\nThe experimental soil was found to be acidic in reaction having pH 5.2 and medium in available phosphorus (18.70 kg/ha). The detailed analysis of experimental soil is presented in Table 1.\r\nThe farm yard manure and vermicompost used in this study were procured from Rural Resource and Training Centre, Umran. The nutrient content of farm yard manure and vermicompost along with the method of analysis are given in Table 2.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nPlant height. The plant height is an observable character and was recorded at 50, 100 and 150 days after planting (DAP). The data pertaining to plant height of Lakadong turmeric depicted an increasing trend up to 150 DAP irrespective of the treatments (Table 3). Rao et al. (2005) also observed increased plant height of turmeric at a faster rate upto 150 days and thereafter it slowed down. The slow growth after 150 days might be attributed to rhizomes development due to the source and sink relationship i.e. transportation of more photosynthates from source (leaves) to sink (rhizomes). The maximum plant height (143.84 cm) was recorded at 150 DAP with the application of 50% RDN through urea + 25% N through VC + 25% FYM (T7), whereas the lowest plant height (82.56 cm) was recorded with 100% RDN through urea (T8) at 150 DAP. However, maximum significant increase in plant height was observed with the combined use of 50% RDN through urea + 50% N through VC (T6). \r\nA critical examination of the data further revealed significant increased plant height with 100% N through FYM (T1), 100% N through VC (T2) and 50% RDN through urea + 25% N through VC + 25% FYM (T7) over 100% RDN through urea (T8) by 6.40, 22.43 and 44.92% at 150 DAP (Table 3, Fig. 2). In contrast to this, non-significant increase in plant height was recorded with 50% RDN through urea + 25% N through VC + 25% FYM (T7) over 50% RDN through urea + 50% N through VC (T6) at all the growth intervals i.e. 50 DAP (1%), 100 DAP (1.62%) and 150 DAP (2.3%).\r\nFurther, scrutiny of plant height data at different growth stages showed increasing trend with the application of 100% N through VC (T2) over 100% N through FYM (T1) by 16.94, 17.13 and 16.00% at 50, 100 and 150 DAP, respectively. Similarly, with the application of 75% RDN through urea + 25% N through FYM (T3), the increase in plant height was recorded to be 20.00, 20.00 and 17.20% over 100% N through FYM (T1) at 50, 100 and 150 DAP, respectively. The combined use of 75% RDN through urea + 25% N through VC (T4) also followed the same pattern and the increase in plant height was recorded to be 17.14%, 17.70%, and 14.80% over 100% N through VC (T2) at 50, 100 and 150 DAP, respectively. The results indicated that 50% RDN through urea + 50% N through VC (T6) gave maximum significant higher plant height in comparison to all other treatments, including 50% RDN through urea + 25% N through VC + 25% FYM (T7) followed by 75% RDN through urea + 25% N through VC (T4), 50% RDN through urea + 50% N through FYM (T5), 75% RDN through urea + 25% N through FYM (T3), 100% N through VC (T2), and 100% N through FYM (T1). The increased plant height with the application of organic manures viz., FYM and VC may be due to narrow C: N ratio which might have produced more humic acid and humic substances form chelates with phosphorus (Yadav and Sanjay-Swami, 2019). The chelated phosphorous has been reported to be more soluble in water, which could make it easily available to crops. This might have led to increased plant height in turmeric (Kumar et al., 2016).\r\nClump length. The data on clump length of Lakadong turmeric presented in Fig. 3 revealed that the combined use of organic and inorganic fertilizers gave a significant result over the sole use of organic or chemical fertilizers. The highest clump length was recorded under application of 50% RDN + 25% N through VC + 25% FYM (T7) over the other treatments, however statistically superior clump length was observed with 50% RDN + 50% N through VC (T6) which was statistically at par with 50% RDN + 25% N through VC + 25% FYM (T7). Likewise, 18.11% increase in clump length was recorded with 100% N through VC (T2) over the 100% N through FYM (T1).\r\nThe treatment 50% RDN + 50% N through FYM (T5) produced 28.31 and 12.10% higher clump length over 100% N through FYM (T1) and 75% RDN + 25% N through FYM (T3), respectively. Further it was observed that 100% N through FYM (T1), 100% N through VC (T2), 75% RDN + 25% N through FYM (T3),75% RDN + 25% N through VC (T4), 50% RDN + 50% N through FYM (T5), 50% RDN + 50% N through VC (T6), 50% RDN + 25% N through VC + 25% FYM (T7) showed increase by 5.83, 22.89, 23.22, 35.21, 48.14, 44.00 and 46.26%, respectively over the sole use of chemical fertilizer 100% RDN (T8). Pronounced clump length with the application of organic manures might be due to sustained availability of nitrogen throughout the growing phase and also due to enhanced photosynthates and effective translocation of them to the sink i.e. rhizome. Singh (2015) also observed beneficial effects of organics in various crops. \r\nFresh rhizome yield. Harvested rhizomes were cleaned from shoot and root residues, then weighed for yield of fresh rhizome and data are presented in Fig. 4. From the present study, a significant higher fresh rhizome yield was found in all treatments over 100% RDN (T8). Among the treatments, the significant higher fresh rhizome yield was recorded under the application of 50% RDN + 50% N through VC (T6) in comparison to other treatments even though the application of 50% RDN + 25% N through VC + 25% FYM (T7) had been recorded as the highest yield because there is a non-significant increase in yield between them followed by 75% RDN + 25% N through VC (T4), 50% RDN + 50% N through FYM (T5), 75% RDN + 25% N through FYM (T3), 100% N through VC (T2), and 100% N through FYM (T1). The sole use of 100% FYM gave 10.25% more fresh rhizome yield (25.4 kg/ha) than sole use of 100% RDN through urea (T8). Similarly, 100% N through VC also significantly increased fresh rhizome yield by 25.88% yield over 100% RDN through urea (T8). The application of 100% N through VC (T2) showed significant increase of 17.35% over the 100% N through FYM (T1).\r\nThe treatment 75% RDN + 25% N through FYM (T3) produced significant higher fresh rhizome yield over 100% N through FYM (T1). Similarly, 75% RDN + 25% N through VC (T4) showed better results with about 17.14% more yield than sole 100% N through VC (T2). Again, the combined treatment of 50% RDN + 50% N through FYM (T5) showed significant higher rhizome yield of about 27.5% over the application of 100% N through FYM (T1). Likewise, 50% RDN + 50% N through VC (T6) also produced increased yield by 27.53% over 100% N through VC (T2). These result showed that the combined use of organic and inorganic fertilizers gave more significant results than the sole use of organic or chemical fertilizers. Vermicompost and FYM in integrated nutrient management would have improved the physical, chemical and biological properties of soil which help in better nutrient absorption and utilization by plants resulting in higher rhizome yield as reported by Kanaujia et al. (2016). The higher yield might be due to an increase in plant height and clump length and ultimately due to an increased photosynthetic rate. This is also in conformation with the results of Dinesh et al. (2010). Increased yield of cabbage (Brassica oleracea L. var capitata) under combined use of organic manures in acid Inceptisol was also reported by Konyak and Sanjay-Swami (2018) in North East Himalaya whereas Gupta et al. (2019) reported increased yield of okra (Abelmoschus esculentus L.) under integrated application of vermicompost and farmyard manure in North West Himalaya.\r\n', 'Ventina Yumnam and Sanjay-Swami (2022). Performance of Lakadong Turmeric (Curcuma longa L.) under integrated Application of Farm Yard Manure, Vermicompost and Chemical Fertilizers. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 515-520.'),
(5309, '136', 'Identification of Suitable Cropping System for Terai Zone of West Bengal under Medium Land Situation', 'P.S. Patra, A. Sarkar, A.S. Ahmad, B. Kanjilal, A. Hoque and H. Meena', '87 Identification of Suitable Cropping System for Terai Zone of West Bengal under Medium Land Situation P.S. Patra.pdf', '', 1, 'Continuous adoption of similar kind of cropping system helped in more disease and insect outbreak as a result system productivity and profitability declined day by day. Keeping the above fate in mind a field experiment was conducted during 2015-16, 2016-17 and 2017-18 at the instructional farm of Uttar Banga Krishi Viswavidyalaya, Pundibari, Cooch Behar to find out the suitable cropping system for the medium land situation. Treatment comprises of nine cropping systems namely C1= Jute -Rice-Potato, C2= Jute -Rice-Bengal Gram, C3= Jute -Rice-Mustard, C4= Jute -Rice-Wheat, C5= Jute -Rice-Lentil, C6= Groundnut -Rice-Potato, C7= Maize -Rice-Cabbage, C8= Okra- Rice-Chili and C9= Bitter gourd -Rice-Garden pea. \r\nThree years mean data of the experiment showed that Jute -Rice-Potato cropping system recorded 3.97 and 44.60 % higher system productivity over Groundnut -Rice-Potato and Maize -Rice-Cabbage system, while Okra- Rice-Chili and Bitter gourd -Rice-Garden pea system achieved 53.77 and 15.22 % higher rice equivalent yield over Jute -Rice-Potato system. Highest Land Utilization Index of 85.91% was found with Jute -Rice-Bengal Gram and lowest being observed in Groundnut -Rice-Potato system (74.69%). Economic analysis of data clearly indicated that Okra -Rice-Chili system fetched 9.49 % higher net return ha-1 over Jute -Rice-Potato system, while Groundnut -Rice-Potato was found most cost-effective system as it gave 23.53%, 31.25%, 52.17 % and 156.10 % higher benefit over Jute -Rice-Potato, Okra- Rice-Chili, Bitter gourd -Rice-Garden pea and Maize -Rice-Cabbage systems respectively.\r\n', 'Cropping System, Land Utilization Index, Rice Equivalent Yield, System Productivity and Economics', 'It was concluded from the three year experimentation that, inclusion of vegetable crops like okra, chilli, bitter gourd and garden pea in the rice based cropping system augmented system productivity in terms of rice equivalent yield and selection of short duration varieties of the component crops could helped in maintaining proper sowing window and sustainability of the systems. Economic analysis said that Groundnut -Rice-Potato is the most remunerative system of this region for medium land situation, provided that groundnut should be sown within 15th of February as pre kharif crop and short duration rice verities (90-100 days) should be selected. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nCropping systems of a region are decided by a number of soils and climatic factors which regulate overall agro-ecological setting for nourishment and suitability of a crop or crops for cultivation (Liebhardt et al., 1989; Mueller et al., 2002). Cropping system is pondered imperative in mitigating food security, poverty, soil health and for creation of employment (Ahmed et al., 2019; Rahman et al., 2018).\r\nNevertheless, at farmers’ level, potential productivity and monetary benefits act as guiding principles while opting for a particular crop or cropping system. These decisions with respect to choice of crops and cropping systems are further narrowed down under influence of several other forces related to infrastructure facilities which includes irrigation, transport, storage, trade and marketing, post-harvest handling and processing etc., socio-economic factors including financial resource base, land ownership, size and type of land holding, household needs of food, fodder, fuel, fibre and finance, labour availability etc. and technological factors like improved varieties, cultural requirements, mechanization, plant protection, access to information, etc. (Hart, 1984; Harris et al., 1994; Drinkwater et al., 1998; Peterson et al., 1999). \r\nThis region generally has a subtropical humid climate with a prolonged rainy season. The rainy season starts from 1st week of May and continues up to last week of September having intermittent, drizzling and occasional heavy rainfall. The average rainfall of this zone varies between 2100 to 3300 mm. The maximum rainfall, i.e., about 80% of the total, is received from south-west monsoon during the rainy months of June to September. The temperature range of this area varies from minimum of 7-8°C to maximum of 24-33.2°C. The average relative humidity of the area at 8.30 am is 58% and 87%, respectively in March and July. The relative humidity at afternoon at 17.30 hr is 48% and 84%, respectively in March and November. As a result, the area as a whole is humid and warm except having a short winter spell during December to February. This varied climatic situation makes the agro-ecological condition more complex and dynamic.\r\nThough the sandy to sandy loam soil of terai region is congenial for cultivation of groundnut, potato, maize, vegetable crops like cabbage, tomato, cauliflower, chilli etc., some soil constraints are there which prevent the farmers from taking some positive outlook about cultivation of this crop. Soil of North Bengal is mostly acidic which aggravates the problem of fixation of phosphorus and lowered availability of micro-nutrients like zinc, boron, molybdenum etc., which leads to improper nodulation and poor yield of number of pulse and oilseed crops under the fabaceae family. \r\nJute-Rice-Potato is the dominating cropping system followed by the majority of farmers. Due to fluctuating market price of Jute and potato farmers often realizes economic loss. Yield of potato is recurrently varied due to unsuitable climatic condition particularly during tuber formation stage and retting of jute become difficult day by day owed to non-availability of water. Keeping the above realities in mind present experiment has been conceptualized to identify suitable cropping systems based on climate, soil and water availability for realizing the potential production levels through efficient use of available resources. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experiment were conducted during 2015-16, 2016-17 and 2017-18 in medium land situation at the instructional farm of Uttar Banga Krishi Viswavidyalaya, Pundibari, Cooch Behar to find out the suitable cropping system for this region. Nine cropping system was taken based on the farmers acceptance of the region by keeping rice as a common crop during kharif season. \r\nSoil of the experimental field was sandy loam in texture, slightly acidic having 169.34 kg ha-1 available nitrogen, 16.81 kg ha-1 available phosphorus and 69.44 kg ha-1 available potassium. 10 m × 5 m plot size was maintained. During pre-kharif season of 2015 trail was started with Jute, Maize, Okra, Groundnut & Bitter gourd. Jute was taken as pre-kharif crop in five of the cropping system. All the crops were sown during first week of March except groundnut. Groundnut was sown in the second week of February. After harvesting of pre-kharif crops transplanted rice was taken as kharif crop. Rice variety Parijat was used during 2015 and Nayanmoni were used in the year 2016 & 2017 respectively in the experiment. Kharif rice were transplanted in the second week of July and harvested at the middle of November. After harvesting of kharif rice, rabi crops namely Potato, Bengal gram, Mustard, Wheat, Lentil, Cabbage, Chili& Garden Pea were sown. Standard agro-techniques were followed for all crops. Data related to economic yield were recorded after harvesting of each crop from 50 m-2 experimental fields and then converted into tones ha-1. System yield was worked out by adding the yield of component crops. Economic analysis was done based on prevailing market price of the crops and thereafter by totaling the gross returns of the component crop system return was done. \r\nTo relate the systems, crop yields were transformed into Jute equivalent yield (JEY) with the economic yield of each crop and their price of output during pre-kharif season and Potato equivalent yield (PEY) during rabi season as majority of farmer took potato as a rabi crop. Land utilization index (LUI), was assessed as a proportion of number of days during which the crops in sequence inhabit the land during a year to the total number of days in a year, i.e. 365 (Tomar and Tiwari 1990).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nCrop performance during pre-kharif season: Jute was taken as pre-kharif crop in five of the experimental cropping system. Mean yield data of the Maize, Okra, Groundnut and Bitter gourd was converted to Jute Equivalent Yield (JEY) and presented in Table 1. Data clearly showed that okra recorded highest JEY of 14.22 t ha-1 followed by bitter gourd (6.27 t ha-1) was solely due to higher productivity as well as better market price compared to other crops. Mean yield of maize (6.11 t ha-1) though higher than jute (3.04 t ha-1) but due to proportionately lower market price of maize compared to jute ultimately recorded lower JEY of 2.67 t ha-1. Lowest JEY of 1.95 t ha-1 was recorded by groundnut just due to lower economic yield. \r\nCrop performance during kharif season: Rice was taken as a kharif crop in all the experimental cropping system and grain yield of rice was presented in the Fig 1. From the figure it is clear that yield of rice was differed with the year of experimentation due to varietal change and weather during the growing season. \r\nLowest yield (3.38 t ha-1) was recorded during 2015 when rice variety Parijat was grown while highest yield of 4.04 t ha-1 was achieved during 2017 with rice variety Nayanmoni. Among the variety used in the systems Nayanmoni performed better compared Parijat in both the year 2016 and 2017.\r\nCrop performance during Rabi season: During rabi season eight crops were taken namely Potato, Bengal gram, Mustard, Wheat, Lentil, Cabbage, Chilli and Garden pea. Year wise yield and variety used in the experiment was mentioned in the Table 2. As majority of the area during rabi season of the region was occupied by potato and the crop is having highest productivity, therefore all the mean yield data of the other crops were converted to Potato Equivalent Yield (PEY). Highest PEY of 32 t ha-1 was obtained from cabbage followed by Garden pea (29.20 t ha-1), chilli (15.09 t ha-1), wheat (9.86 t ha-1), mustard (7.03 t ha-1) and Bengal gram (6.94 t ha-1). Lowest PEY of 5.87 t ha-1 was registered by lentil simply due to expressively lowest productivity which could not compensate with higher selling price of the crop.\r\nSystem Productivity, REY and Land Utilization Index: System productivity, Rice Equivalent Yield (REY) and Land Utilization Index (LEI) was calculated and presented in table. Mean data of three years clearly showed that Jute-Rice-Potato recorded highest system productivity of 41.92 t ha-1 followed by Groundnut -Rice-Potato (40.32 t ha-1), C7= Maize -Rice-Cabbage (28.99 t ha-1) and C8= Okra- Rice-Chili (24.70 t ha-1) was due to higher productivity of potato. Lowest system productivity of 7.86 t ha-1 was noticed in Jute -Rice-Lentil system and that was due to lowest productivity of lentil. \r\nHighest system REY of 41.01 t ha-1 was recorded in Okra- Rice-Chili system owing to reasonably higher productivity and better market price of okra and chilli followed by Bitter gourd -Rice-Garden pea (30.73 t ha-1), Jute -Rice-Potato (26.67 t ha-1) and Groundnut -Rice-Potato (24.35 t ha-1). Lowest system REY of 12.97 t ha-1 was noticed in Jute -Rice-Lentil system, due to lowest system productivity. Saha et al., (2019) stated 211 to 360% higher REY by two to four based cropping system.\r\nLand Utilization Index clearly determined number of days of a given year; land is occupied by the crops. Highest LUI of 85.91% was found under Jute -Rice-Bengal Gram which was closely followed by Maize -Rice-Cabbage (85.64 %) basically due to higher duration of the component crops in the rice based system. Lowest LUI of 74.69 % was registered by Groundnut -Rice-Potato, due to lees duration of the component crops. The results are in close lines with the outcomes of Islam et al., (2018).\r\nEconomics of cropping system: Success or failure of any system or technology or methods finally depends on their economic feasibility. Economics of the cropping system was calculated based on the prevailing market price and presented in Table 3 and 4. It is apparent from the data that Okra-Rice-Chili cropping system provided the highest mean gross return and net return to the tune of ` 4,10,103 ha-1 and `2,52,236.20 respectively simply due to higher system productivity in terms of rice equivalent yield (REY) and better selling price of okra and chilli. Lowest gross return of ` 1,99,083 ha-1 was realized under Jute -Rice-Lentil cropping system, while lowest net return to the tune of ₹ 102018.20 was found under Maize -Rice-Cabbage even though it has higher rice equivalent yield over Jute -Rice-Bengal Gram, Jute -Rice-Mustard, Jute -Rice-Wheat, Jute -Rice-Lentil and Groundnut -Rice-Potato due to underprivileged market price of Maize and Cabbage. \r\nMean highest B:C was registered by Groundnut -Rice-Potato system, simply due to lesser cost of cultivation and higher net return followed by Jute -Rice-Potato (1.70), while lowest B: C ratio of 0.82 was noticed in Maize -Rice-Cabbage system due to lowest net return. Bastia et al. (2008) reported an improved economic return with cereal-cereal-pulse system. \r\n', 'P.S. Patra, A. Sarkar, A.S. Ahmad, B. Kanjilal, A. Hoque and H. Meena (2022). Identification of Suitable Cropping System for Terai Zone of West Bengal under Medium Land Situation. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 521-525.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5310, '136', 'Estimation of Income Risk of Small and Marginal Farmers in Tank Fed Area through Analytical Hierarchy Process (AHP)', 'K. Poovarasan, K. Mahandrakumar, J. Pushpa, S. Selvam and K. Prabakaran\r\n', '88 Estimation of Income Risk of Small and Marginal Farmers in Tank Fed Area through Analytical Hierarchy Process (AHP) K.POOVARASAN.pdf', '', 1, 'Marginal and small farmers in tank fed irrigation receive less compensation for loss encountered in their occupations. Hence to estimate the required compensation for the extent of income loss through various risks they have encountered Analytical Hierarchy Process (AHP) was employed. The result revealed that only 30.74 per cent and 58.66 per cent of income loss was compensated through insurance scheme in farming and Animal husbandry respectively. Additional compensation measure may be paid to small and marginal farmers due to peculiar risks encountered by them.', 'Small and marginal farmer, Estimation of loss, AHP, Crop insurances', 'The amount of compensation received for the income loss by the small and marginal farmers are very meagre. The methodology followed for the calculation of compensation by the insurance companies is not favouring the farmers. If it continues the small and large farmers will decline to insure the crop (Matlou, 2021). The alternative methodology proposed in this paper may help to decide the amount of compensation to be paid when the farmers were faced by a set of risk. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nFarmers in tank fed irrigation used to encounter different income related risks in their occupations. To compensate the income loss, government encourage these farmers to enroll in insurance scheme like Pradhan Mantri Fasal Bima Yojana (PMFBY). Crop insurance is one of the options for farmers to manage the monitory loss due to yield loss. It contributed in stabilisation of farm production and income due to yield loss faced by the farming community. An insurance programme is effective when it induces farmers to take on more risks that they would not have taken otherwise. Farmers will take on more financial risks as insurance reduces risk in farming, a practise known as \'risk balancing\' (Liang, 2014). But, recent studies indicated that the compensation measures of crop insurance coverage are very low and less than 5.00 per cent in India. For paddy and groundnut crops, the proportion of farmers reporting crop loss is significant (more than 25%), but insurance coverage is inadequate (Aditya et al., 2018). Farmers earlier who were enthusiastically participating in the scheme through paying premium now are reluctant to pay premium for two reasons: first, there was delay in releasing the compensation from the insurance companies. Second the amount of compensation measure paid was inadequate. Hence, an attempt has been made to measure the total income loss of farmers when they encountered different risks. To quantify the risks Analytical Hierarchy (AHP) method was employed.\r\nRESEARCH METHODOLOGY \r\nThe analytic hierarchy process (AHP) also known as multi-criteria decision-analysis method introduced by Satty (1980) was employed for construction of estimation of income risk. It is widely applied in outstanding works of various fields relating to best option selection, conflict solution, resource allocation and optimization of the decision-making process. In this study, the AHP is employed to establish actual contribution of the components and sub components in estimation of income risk through the steps given below and followed by (Rajeshwaran et al., 2021 and Ejovi et al.. 2021).\r\nThe basic procedure follows for the AHP:\r\n1. Hierarchy construction \r\n2. Developing a pairwise comparison matrix for each criterion \r\n3. Normalizing the resulting matrix \r\n4. Averaging the values in each row to get the corresponding rating\r\n5. Calculation and checking the consistency ratio\r\n1. Hierarchy construction Hierarchy is established by breaking down the overall goal that is measures of estimation of income risk through basic elements. These fundamental elements of hierarchy construction are divided into two categories based on occupation: farming + livestock and farming + wages. Further, the component, farming risk, is categorised into 5 different sub-components; they are production risk, marketing risk, financial risk, human resource risk, and institutional risk; and another component, livestock risk, is categorised into three sub-components; they are production risk, marketing & financial risk, and institutional risk (Roger et al., 2011). The review of literature and authors’ critical judgments has led to the construction of the hierarchical model consisting of different components. Making such construction helps to identify the components with their exclusive domain. Moreover, it helps to control the duplication of subcomponents.\r\n2. Developing a pairwise comparison matrix for each criterion. The contribution of one component over another component has to be measure through psychological scale that build up through psychological continuum, by ordering the components through psychophysical method. In this way the weight score of pairwise comparison was assigned with a scale of 1-9 as depicted below.\r\nTwo items are equally important \r\none item is extremely favoured to another\r\n \r\nHere, the weightage score assigned by the different experts are pooled together and average score of pairwise was worked out. The pairwise score were depicted in the matrix format \r\nMatrix of pair wise element = [█(├ █(C_11 C_12 C_13@C_21 C_22 C_23@C_31 C_32 C_33@C_41 C_42 C_43@C_51 C_52 C_53 )] )┤\r\nSum the values in each column of the pair wise matrix=∑_(i=1)^n▒C_ij \r\n3. Normalizing the resulting matrix. To get the overall importance of one element over another element was worked out for average score of pairwise items in normalized matrix. To generate a normalised pairwise matrix that each element in the matrix was divided by its column total. \r\nx_ij=C_ij/(∑_(i=1)^n▒C_ij )\r\n4. Averaging the values in each row to get the corresponding rating. The sum of the normalized column of matrix was divided by the number of criteria used to generate weighted matrix. Moreover, this average score gives the percentage contribution of particular element towards the goal.\r\nw_ij=(∑_(j=1)^n▒x_ij )/n [█(W_11@W_12@W_13 )]\r\n5. Calculation and checking the consistency ratio. Judges may assign the pairwise matrix scale without due consideration of relative importance of each elements. If it is so, the score one got in the early steps may not reflect the reality. To get the validity and reliability of the score, consistency check has to be carried out. The consistency ratio was calculated to make sure that the original preference ratings were consistent.\r\nThere are 3 steps to arrive at the consistency ratio:\r\n 1. Calculation of consistency measure. \r\n 2. Calculation of consistency index (CI).\r\n 3. Calculation of consistency ratio (CR).\r\nCalculation of the consistency measure. To calculate the consistency measure, the matrix multiplication function =MMULT() is used for actual rows with average column.\r\n1. Consistency measure is calculated by multiplying the pairwise matrix by the weights vector\r\n [█(C_11 C_12 C_13@C_21 C_22 C_23@C_31 C_32 C_33@C_41 C_42 C_43@C_51 C_52 C_53 )]*[█(w_11@w_21@w_31 )]= [█(C_(M_11 )@C_(M_21 )@C_(M_31 ) )]\r\n2. Consistency vector is calculated by dividing the consistency measure with average criterion weight.\r\n C_(v_11 )=1/w_11 [C_11 w_11+C_12 w_(21 ) C_13 w_31 ]\r\n C_(v_21 )=1/w_21 [C_21 w_11+C_22 w_(21 ) C_23 w_31 ]\r\n 〖 C〗_(v_31 )=1/w_31 [C_31 w_11+C_32 w_21 C_33 w_31 ]\r\n\r\n3. λ was calculated by averaging the value of the consistency vector\r\n λ= (∑_(i=1)^n▒〖cν_ij 〗)/n\r\nCalculation of the consistency index (CI). It was calculated by using the formula given below.\r\n Cl= (λMax-N)/(N-1)\r\nλ Max = averaging the value of the consistency vector\r\n N = Number of criteria\r\nCalculation of the consistency ratio (CI/RI where RI is a random index). It was done by following the formula given below.\r\nCR= Cl/RI\r\nCI = Consistency index value \r\nRI= Table value\r\nRandom Index (RI). The RI was obtained from the random inconsistency indices given by Satty (1980) which is furnished below.\r\nStudy area. Small and marginal farmers in tank fed irrigated areas comprise the universe of this study. The multistage random sampling method was used to select the ultimate sampling units.\r\nThe study was conducted in Sivagangai district of Tamil Nadu. Which is having the highest net area of 63,749 hacters covered under tank irrigation compare to other districts of Tamil Nadu. Further, most of the small and marginal farmers were holding either livestock or wages along with farming as occupation. So, it was decided to choose 40 respondents from farming + livestock and 40 respondents from farming + wages occupations are selected. Thus, total 80 respondents from the district are selected for this study.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nTo estimate the income risk faced by small and marginal farmers, economic losses incurred in yield loss was worked out. In this regard, data pertaining to potential income earned by the small and marginal farmers are derived from reliable records such as Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Estimation of Cost of Cultivation / production & Related data from 2013 to 2018 and TNAU Agri portal. The data were further verified in triangulation with extension functionaries such as state officials and progressive farmers during the course of survey. The actual income earned by the small and marginal farmers in an annum was worked out from the data collected from respondents. The difference between the potential and actual income considered as the loss incurred by the farmers due to occurrence of risk events. This is presented in the Table 1.\r\nThe data in the Table 1 depicts the estimated loss of income incurred by the farmers in tank fed irrigation system. It could be understood that the major income loss happened in livestock (Rs.26845) followed by farming (Rs.13483) and wage employment (Rs.9700). \r\nAfter arriving the total loss, it was decided to estimate the actual contribution of individual risk events through Analytical Hierarchy Process (AHP). Though in early days AHP (Khwanruthai, 2012) was used for decision making by prioritizing the best course of action from the available alternative through paired comparison method, in recent years this tool is employed for measuring estimations (Rajeshwaran et al., 2021). This tool is particularly useful when there is mixing up of objective value as well as judgement values to prioritize the events. Here adhering the methodology, analytical structure was worked out separately for two different categories of small and marginal farmers based on composition of occupations they were involved. In the first step, the loss incurred in two different occupations in proposition was calculated. In the second step of hierarchy construction, different weightage scores were assigned to different category of risks such as production, marketing, financial, human resources and institutional risks. Further, in third step the major risks identified related to the different categories of risks were put forth based on judgement of judges. Finally, based on the weightage score assigned by the judges the actual contribution of loss incurred was estimated in terms of money value which is presented in the Table 2 and Fig. 1-2.\r\nFrom the Table 2, it could be ascertained that farmers who are holding livestock as occupation are losing Rs.26845 from their annual income. This estimated income loss are happening due to poor-remuneration through selling of livestock during pandemic period followed by diseases and unprecedent death of livestock through to the tune of Rs.9210.94, Rs.4422.74, and Rs.3197.35 respectively. \r\nRegarding farming, farmers were losing their income mostly related to encounter of production risks followed by marketing risks. The production risks like escalation of inputs cost, high hiring cost of farm machineries, incidence of pest and diseases have dominating with the estimated losses of Rs.2117.25, Rs.1563.33 and Rs.1351.67 respectively. \r\nThrough the escalation of cost of labours, farmers loss an estimated amount of Rs.1402.97 followed by selling the produce in lower price (Rs.1188.03). \r\nFrom Fig. 1&2 indicate that small and marginal farmers were losing income of around Rs.10000 per annum in wage employment which receiving of less wage followed by delay in payment and unable to get steady employment have contributed to the estimated loss of Rs.4475.33, Rs.2672.56 and Rs.1433.28 respectively. \r\nFurther, the compensation paid and the compensation yet to be paid against the loss also was worked out from the primary data collected from the farmers and the consolidated account is presented in Table 3.\r\nFrom the Table 3, it can be understood that an average amount of Rs. 4145.13 was paid through crop insurance for the year 2020 against original loss of income of Rs. 13483 from farming sector. Hence, it is recommended and additional amount Rs.9338 yet be paid as compensation by considering the risks peculiar to small and marginal farmers. Similarly, in rising of milch animals own amount of Rs.15748 was paid as compensation for risks encountered in the occupation against the actual loss of Rs. 26845. Hence an amount of Rs.11097 may be paid to small and marginal farmers for the peculiar risks faced by them. If the farmers get that money from compensation it leads to increase the income level of small and marginal farmers in tank irrigated system (Tlholoe, 2016).\r\n', 'K. Poovarasan, K. Mahandrakumar, J. Pushpa, S. Selvam and K. Prabakaran (2022). Estimation of Income Risk of Small and Marginal Farmers in Tank Fed Area through Analytical Hierarchy Process (AHP). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 526-531.'),
(5311, '136', 'Evaluation of Quality Attributes in Fresh Fig (Ficus carica L.) Fruits', 'D. Swetha, C. Indu Rani, G. Gurumeenakshi, M.S. Aneesa Rani, G. Amuthaselvi and R. Neelavathi', '89 Evaluation of Quality Attributes in Fresh Fig (Ficus carica L.) Fruits C. Indu Rani.pdf', '', 1, 'In the present study, the quality characteristics of fresh fig cultivars namely, Afghan, Brown Turkey and Deanna were evaluated for quality attributes. Physiological and physicochemical parameters were analysed for the fresh fruits and the findings were compared among the three varieties. The highest moisture content (82%), TSS (13. 5°Brix), protein (2.8 g/100g), titratable acidity (0.69%), vitamin C (8 mg/100g), antioxidant capacity (66%), total phenols (558 GAE mg/100g) and anthocyanin pigment (0.56 mg/100g) were observed in the cultivar Brown Turkey. Significant differences among fig cultivars were found in most of the parameters, in which Afghan cultivars recorded medium quality and Deanna recorded low quality attributes compared to Brown Turkey cultivar. The evaluation of high quality attributes in the fig fruit varieties indicated that it has to exploited by producing by-products or value-added products without draining any properties due to the effect of less shelf life of fig fruits.', 'Ficus carica, Cultivars, quality attributes, physiological, physicochemical parameters', 'From the present investigation, it was concluded that there is a prominent difference among the fig cultivars Afghan, Brown Turkey and Deanna on the basis of physiological and physicochemical properties. Fig fruit is an excellent source of a quality attributes i.e., TSS (12.86%), colour (L* 43.3, a* 24.40 and b* 11.6), vitamin C (10.97mg/100g), protein (2.25 g/100g), antioxidant activity (60.33%), total phenols (558.00mg/100g) and anthocyanin (0.56 mg/100g). Figs are important dietary source of natural antioxidants and phenolic compound can be considered as foods with remarkable benefits for human health. The knowledge gained from this study will be useful for further research and application of the resource for the preparation of value added products such as dried fig, jam, squash, gummies, chocolates, etc., without any alteration in quality attributes.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nFig (Ficus carica L.) belongs to Moraceae family, originated from Western Asia, and cultivated all over the world. Fig is a forbidden fruit and commonly known as Anjeer. The Genus Ficus includes more than 1000 species out of which about 65 species are found in India. The total area cultivated in India is around 5600 ha and production accounts for 13,802 thousand tonnes, i.e., cultivation of fig is about 12.32 tonnes per hectare. Fig is cultivated in Gujarat, Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra, Karnataka and Tamil Nadu (Lokappa et al., 2018). \r\nFig trees are normally deciduous and fruit is gynodioecious in nature. The type of fig is a multiple fruit, phytologically known as ‘Syconium’. It consisting of fleshy receptacle with a narrow fenestration at the tip. Fig fruits are extremely perishable, contains sweet crunchy seeds (Stover et al., 2007). Fruits are classified into four types namely Edible fig, Smyrna, San Pedro and Capri fig in which number of cultivars were botanically described in different shapes and colours. The edible fig is a parthenocarpic fruit which is consumed by the people in the world as common fig e.g., Poona fig, Brown Turkey, etc. (Stover et al., 2007).\r\nBrown Turkey fruits are medium to large pyriform in shape, without neck, copper coloured with few seeds. The cultivar is well adapted to warm climate (Hiwale et al., 2015). Deanna cultivar is best suitable for preparing juice. It has bigger-size fruits compared to other cultivars. TSS is 22.8–25.0 %, acidity 0.11–0.16 %, skin 12.0%, pulp 82.0%, fruit weight 60–75 g, and calories 75 and golden yellow in colour (Hiwale et al., 2015).\r\nFig is highly rich in phytonutrients, antioxidants, vitamins and minerals as a natural health benefit source (Ersoy et al., 2015). It also has many medicinal properties such as treatment for skin infections, laxative property, reducing risk for chronic diseases, cancer prevention, regulates blood pressure and manages diabetes (Lansky et al., 2008). Fig fruits can be consumed in both fresh and dried form. The edible portion of fig fruit is fleshy receptacle. The sugar content in fresh fig is 16% and in dried fig is 52% (Slatnar et al., 2011).\r\nThere is a significant lack of research about the phytochemicals of fig in different cultivars and as a result, its use is still under investigation. It is necessary to study these nutritional contents to identify in different cultivars. The aim of this study was to determine differences in the physico chemical properties of the cultivars ‘Afghan’, ‘Brown Turkey’ and ‘Deanna’.\r\n \r\n\r\n\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nFig (Ficus carica L.) fruits for the experiment were harvested from two year old trees grown in Arid Zone Fruit Block, TNAU, Coimbatore. Three fresh fig cultivars were harvested namely, Afghan, Brown Turkey and Deanna at proper maturity stage.\r\nSample preparation. Fig is a climacteric fruit and the shelf life of the fruits is very less. Hence, the fruits are harvested at early maturity stage. Maturity indices of fig is opening of ostiole and the disappearance of milky latex.The fruits which are still attached to the tree were handpicked and collected into a clean plastic bag. Each fig cultivar was evaluated for initial quality attributes of the harvested fresh fruits.The fresh fig fruits were cleaned and packed in a polyethylene film and stored in refrigerated condition at 4°C for conducting physical properties and physicochemical properties. \r\nQuality evaluation. The quality evaluation of a sample is categorised into two viz., physiological parameters and physicochemical parameters. Physiological parameters included moisture content (%), fruit colour (L*,a*, b*, h* and C*), TSS (°Brix) and in physicochemical parameters included pH, acidity (%), total sugars (g/100g), protein (g/100g), vitamin C (mg/100g), antioxidant (%), total phenols (GAE mg/100g), anthocyanin (mg/100g).The parameters were determined in all the three varieties individually to assess the quality attributes of freshly harvested fruits.\r\nPhysiological parameters\r\nMoisture content. Moisture content of the fruit is most important parameter, which affects the quality, value and freshness of the fruits. Moisture content of fig fruits was determined through dehydration process in dry basis method i.e., freshly harvested fruits were weighed and kept in a hot air oven at 105⁰C for 12hrs, the dried fruits were weighed and the moisture content is calculated. The percentage equivalent of the ratio of the weight of water (Ww) to the weight of the dry matter (Wd) described as dry basis moisture content (Md). (Amer et al., 2003)\r\nFruit colour. Fig fruits varies in pulp and skin colour based on different cultivars. The colour of fruit pulp and skin was measured using the instrument Tintometer. Colour of fruits was measured at four points, two opposite around the pedicel and two opposite around the ostiole, from the start to change during ripening. The colour development value was expressed as L*, a*, b* respectively and L* value represents lightness L* = 0 (black) to L* = 100 (white), a* value points range between green and red, which changes from –a (greenness) to + a (redness) and b* values point range between blue and yellow, which changes from -b(blueness) to +b(yellowness). Chroma (C*) means colour intensity or saturation. Hue angle (actual colour, being green, yellow-green, yellow–red, purple-black or red–black) (Karantzi et al., 2021).\r\nTSS. Total soluble solids (TSS) or Soluble solid contents (SSC) were determined by extracting and mixing the drops of juice from freshly harvested fruits into a digital refractometer or compensated handheld refractometer with a presence of refractive index accuracy of ± 0.1 and the range of 0 – 30 and values were expressed as percentage (%) or °Brix (Pereira et al., 2017).\r\nPhysicochemical parameters\r\nProtein. Protein content was determined according to Lowry’s method. 0.5 g sample was dissolved in 10 ml of buffer/distilled water, then centrifuged at 5000 rpm for 15 mins, supernatant was collected and from that 0.2 ml of sample made up to 1 ml of distilled water. 5ml of Lowry’s reagent in sample solution was added and allowed to stand it for 10 mins. 0.5 ml of Folin’s ciocalteau reagent were added, mixed well and incubated at room temperature in dark for 30 mins. After the development of blue colour, the absorbance was measured at 660 nm in UV spectrophotometer (Mahesha et al., 2012)\r\nTitratable acidity. Titratable acidity was determined according to volumetric method (Paul et al., 2010). The sample was ground and 5g of sample was dissolved and made up to 30ml with distilled water. The dissolved sample was filtered through cotton. In 5 ml of filtrate sample and 2 drops of phenolphthalein indicator solution was added. Titrated against 0.1 N NaOH. The end point of titratable acidity is the appearance of pink colour. The titratable acidity was expressed as %.\r\nAscorbic acid or Vitamin C. Vitamin C was determined according to volumetric method (Ismail et al., 2014). 10g of sample was made up into 50 ml of oxalic acid. The sample was filtered through filter paper, from that 5 ml of filtrate solution made up to 10 ml of 4 % oxalic acid. The sample solution was titrated with dye (i.e., prepared by weighing 42mg of sodium bicarbonate into small volume of distilled water and 52 mg of 2 – 6 dichloro indophenol dissolved and made up to 200 ml of distilled water). The end point is the appearance of pink colour which disappears with 30 secs. The vitamin C was expressed as mg/100g.\r\nTotal antioxidant. Total antioxidant was determined according to Brand Williams methods (Shehata, et al., 2020). In 1g of fruit extract, 10 ml of 99% methanol was added and kept in centrifuge for 15 mins in 5000 rpm. 3 ml of supernatant solution was pipetted out, in that 1 ml of 1M DPPH (2,2-diphenyl-1-1-picrylhydrazyl) was added. The sample solution was made up to 10 ml of methanol and kept in dark for 30 mins. The absorbance of DPPH and the different sample solution were measured at 517 nm against a blank consisting of methanol and the control consist of DPPH and methanol. Total antioxidant was expressed as %.\r\nTotal phenols. Total phenols were determined according to Folin Ciocalteau method (Gundesli et al., 2021). The sample extract 0.5 ml was taken and made up to 3ml of distilled water, 0.5 ml of Folin’s-Ciocalteau reagent was added and incubated for 5 mins. 2 ml of 20% sodium carbonate solution was added in sample solution mixed thoroughly and kept in boiling water bath for 10 mins. The development of light blue or dark blue coloured sample solution were measured under the absorbance at 765nm in UV spectrophotometery. The Total phenols was calculated by graph value and the values were expressed as %.\r\nTotal anthocyanin. Total Anthocyanin was determined according to the modified pH differential method (Shehata et al., 2020). 1g of sample was taken and made up to 25 ml of distilled water and kept in shaker for 2hrs. The sample extract was filtered through filter paper and made up to 25 ml of distilled water. 1ml of extract was pipetted out, in that 3 ml of 0.025M KCL buffer at pH 1.0 was added and another 1ml of extract was pipetted out, in that 3 ml of 0.4 M Sodium acetate at pH 4.5, HCl was added in buffer preparation to adjust the pH range. The absorbance was measured at 520 nm and 700 nm. The anthocyanin pigment concentration was calculated as per the formula AOAC.\r\n\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS\r\nA. Physical properties of fresh fig fruits\r\nMoisture content. Moisture content in fruit plays an important role in the growth of microorganism which determines the shelf life, fresh consumption and also product development. The moisture content of fruits on dry weight basis for three cultivars were Afghan (79.2%), Brown Turkey (82%) and Deanna (80.1%) (Fig. 1). Brown Turkey recorded the highest moisture content which is due to the biggest size of the fruit compared to other two fig cultivars. Similar results of moisture content in brown turkey was reported by Kaul, et al. 2018. The initial moisture content of the fig ranged from 78 to 80 % (Hiregoudar et al., 2006). \r\nFruit colour. Fig cultivars vary in fruit pulp colour namely, light green, light purple, purple, dark purple, yellow and light yellow. The fruit flesh colour of fig cultivars Afghan, Brown Turkey and Deanna, L*value (48.4, 43.3 and 51.9), a* value (20.2, 24.4 and17.5), b* value (14.8, 11.6 and 19.6), C* value (38.9, 32.4 and 42.5) and h* value (42.8, 53.6 and 41.8) respectively (Fig. 2). Brown Turkey recorded the highest L*, a* and h* values, Deanna recorded the highest b* value and Afghan recorded the highest C* values compared other two cultivars. Similar findings of C* (24.6), h* (44.7) and L* (51.7) in Brown Turkey was reported by Pereira et al. (2017). The colour of the fig flesh was due to relative concentrations of pigments such as anthocyanins and carotenoids (Wang et al., 2019).\r\nTotal Soluble Solids. The Total Soluble Solid content was reported in Afghan (12.3 °Brix), Brown Turkey (13.5 °Brix), Deanna (12.8 °Brix) respectively (Fig. 3). TSS was highest in Brown Turkey compared other two cultivars. Similar findings of TSS in Brown Turkey (17 °Brix) reported by Kaul et al. (2018) and in Deanna (9.9 °Brix) reported by Priyanka, et al. (2018). The increase in TSS of fig fruits might be due to the conversion of reserved starch and other insoluble carbohydrates into soluble sugars as fig is a climacteric fruit (Sable et al., 2020).\r\nProtein. Proteins are one of the four main macromolecules which perform specialized functions inside the body. The total protein content of 1.96 g/100g, 2.8 g/100g and 2 g/100g in three cultivars Afghan, Brown Turkey and Deanna respectively (Table 1). Brown Turkey cultivar recorded the highest total protein content. Similarly, in Brown turkey total protein content was 2.48g/100g reported by Kaul et al. (2018). An increase in the total protein content might be due to the acceleration of ripening changes that initiate the array of enzyme activities. (Kulkarni et al., 2005). The decrease in total protein content might be a consequence of a reduction in demand of endogenous enzymes associated with anabolic activities, which decreased with the fruit development and maturity (Frenkel et al., 1968).\r\nTitratable acidity. The dominant organic acid in fig fruits are citric acid. Titratable acidity of 0.61%, 0.69% and 0.38% was recorded in three cultivars Afghan, Brown Turkey and Deanna respectively (Table 1). Brown Turkey cultivar recorded the highest titratable acidity content compared to other two cultivars. Similar findings of titratable acidity in Brown Turkey (0.29%) was reported by Kaul et al. (2018) and in Deanna (0.14%) were reported by Priyanka et al. (2018). Organic acids are the main contributor to acidity in fruits and vegetables and present in higher levels, which is required for metabolic pathways. Loss of acidity occurs during maturation and ripening and it is often because of the fact that these acids act as substrate for respiration and get converted into sugars (Paul et al., 2010).\r\nVitamin C. Ascorbic acid or vitamin C was abundantly present in all plant cells and performs many biological functions. Vitamin C content of 14.5 mg/100g, 8 mg/100g, 10.4 mg/100g was recorded in three cultivars Afghan, Brown Turkey and Deanna respectively (Table 1.) and Afghan recorded the highest ascorbic acid content. Similar values of vitamin Cin Brown Turkey cultivars (8 mg/100g) reported by Hiwale, (2015). At fruit matured stage, the highest accumulation rate of ascorbic acid accumulated during late fruit development and continued to accumulate during ripening (Huang et al., 2014).\r\nTotal antioxidant. Brand Williams method with some modifications was used to determine the antioxidant activity of the different extracts. Total Antioxidant content of 47%, 66% and 68% of three cultivars namely Afghan, Brown Turkey and Deanna respectively (Table 1). Deanna recorded the highest antioxidant activity. Similar values of antioxidant capacity in fig var. Azenjar (68.48%) reported by Meziant et al. (2014). The antioxidant activity was highly availablein fruits and vegetables due to the presence of polyphenol and flavonoid compounds (Solomon et al., 2006).\r\nTotal phenols. Total phenolic content of 378 (GAE mg/100g), 558 (GAE mg/100g)and 342(GAE mg/100g) was recorded in three cultivars namely Afghan, Brown Turkey and Deanna respectively (Table 1). Brown Turkey cultivar recorded the highest total phenolcontents. Similar findings of total phenolic content in Brown Turkey cultivar (577 GAEmg/100g) was reported by Kaul et al. (2018). The quantity of the phenol contents influence in fruits due to the ripeness (Gougoulias et al., 2018).\r\nTotal anthocyanin. Total anthocyanin content of0.40 mg/100g, 0.56 mg/100g and 0.33 mg/100gwas recorded in three cultivars namely Afghan, Brown Turkey and Deanna respectively (Table 1). Brown Turkey recorded the highest anthocyanin content. Similar findings of total anthocyanin in Brown turkey (1.3 mg/100g) reported by Solomon et al. (2006). Total anthocyanin level increased as the fruit ripens. Anthocyanins possess antioxidant activity which contains different pharmacological properties (Shehata et al., 2020). \r\n', 'D. Swetha, C. Indu Rani, G. Gurumeenakshi, M.S. Aneesa Rani, G. Amuthaselvi and R. Neelavathi (2022). Evaluation of Quality attributes in fresh fig (Ficus carica L.) fruits. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 532-537.'),
(5312, '136', 'Selection Criteria and Genetic Variability Studies in Early Maturing Rice (Oryza sativa L.) Genotypes', 'N. Lingaiah, V. Sridhar, G. Shiva Prasad, K. Sumalini and M. Goverdhan', '90 Selection Criteria and Genetic Variability Studies in Early Maturing Rice (Oryza sativa L.) Genotypes N. Lingaiah.pdf', '', 1, 'The present study was undertaken to determine the extent of variability and heritability for yield contributing characters with involvement of early group (duration 120-125 days) genotypes. The analysis of variance revealed significant genotypic difference for all the traits studied indicating that a large amount of variability present in germplasm and there is a scope for selecting promising genotypes. The results on genetic variability revealed that phenotypic coefficient of variation were higher than genotypic coefficient of variation. The values of genotypic and phenotypic coefficients of variation (GCV and PCV) were moderate for plant height, number of effective tillers per plant and number of grains per panicle and low for days to 50% flowering test weight and yield per plant. Selection for these traits would offer better scope for development. High heritability coupled with high genetic advance as percent of mean was observed for plant height indicating the preponderance of additive type of gene action for the expression of this characters and selection may be effective for improving this character. High heritability accompanied with low genetic advance as percent of mean for the trait days to 50% flowering reflected preponderance of non-additive gene action and selection for this trait may not be worthwhile. Simple correlation indicated that selection would be towards the improvement of number of grains/panicle and test weight for overall grain yield. ', 'Rice, GCV, PCV, Heritability, Genetic advance as percent of mean', 'Present study revealed that there was good amount of genetic variability in the traits number of effective tillers per plant and grains/panicle, selection would be more effective for developing these traits. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe knowledge of genetic variability present in a given crop species for the character under improvement is of paramount importance for the success of any plant breeding program. The primary consideration to bring about genetic improvement of a crop is the study of genetic variability. Assessment of variability for any trait is pre - requisite for a plant breeder to planning effective breeding programmes. The presence of genetic variability for morphological and yield components is most importance for identification and development of desirable genotypes as improvement in any trait is depend on the amount of genetic variability present in the material. Genetic parameters like genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV) and phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV) are useful in detecting the amount of variability present in the germplasm. The genotypic coefficient of variation indicates the range of variability present in different characters, while the phenotypic coefficient of variation measures the role of environment on the genotypes. Heritability and genetic advance are important selection parameters. Heritability estimates along with genetic advance are normally more helpful in predicting the gain under selection than heritability estimates alone. Selection for yield per se is not reliable and indirect selection for yield component traits play an important role. Hence studies on character association not only help to understand the nature of physical linkage but also provide information on the nature and direction of association existing between the traits. Keeping in view the above perspectives, the present study was undertaken to determine the extent of variability, heritability and selection criteria for yield contributing characters present in germplasm for grain yield improvement in early (120-125 days) rice genotypes. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHOD\r\nThe present investigation was carried out during Rabi, 2022 at Agricultural Research Station, Kampasagar, Telangana state, India. The experimental material comprised of 22 rice genotypes and experiment was laid out in randomized complete block design with two replications. The recommended packages of practices were followed for raising a healthy crop. Five randomly competitive plants were selected from each replication to record observations on yield components like plant height (cm), effective tillers per plant, panicle length (cm), number of grains per panicle, test weight (g), yield/plant (g) except days to 50% flowering which was computed on plot basis. \r\nEstimates of phenotypic and genotypic coefficients of variation according to Burton & De Vane (1952) heritability estimates in broad sense according to Lush (1940) and genetic advance as per suggested by Johanson et al. (1955) and correlation coefficient according to Robinson et al. (1951) were calculated following standard statistical procedures. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nAnalysis of variance was carried out as per standard procedure by Panse and Sukhatme, (1985). The range, mean, variability estimates i.e. genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV), phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV), heritability, genetic advance and genetic advance as percentage of mean were estimated for yield, its components presented in Table 1. The analysis of variance revealed significant genotypic difference for all the traits studied indicating that a large amount of variability was present in the material. \r\n Variability of a character is measured by its coefficient of variation. The genotypic and phenotypic coefficients of variation are classified (low: less than 10%, moderate: 10-20% and high: more than 20%) as suggested by Sivasubramanian and Madhava Menon (1973). Heritability estimates are categorized (low: less than 30%, moderate: 30-60% and high: more than 60%) as recommended by Johnson et al. (1955). The range of genetic advance as percent of mean is classified (low: less than 10%, moderate: 10-20% and high: more than 20%) as suggested by Johnson et al. (1955). \r\nThe results on genetic variability revealed that phenotypic coefficient of variation were higher than genotypic coefficient of variation. The difference between PCV and GCV was minimum for all the characters studied. The apparent variation is not only due to influence of genotype but also due to environment. A close difference between phenotypic and genotypic coefficient of variation revealed that there was a little influence of environment on the expression of the character studied.\r\nThe values of genotypic and phenotypic coefficients of variation (GCV and PCV) were moderate for plant height, number of effective tillers per plant and number of grains per panicle and low for days to 50% flowering (Manjunath et al., 2017) panicle length (Rukmini Devi et al., 2017), test weight and yield per plant. Selection for these traits would offer better scope for genotypes under study and there is a need for creation of variability either by hybridization or mutation followed by selection.\r\nHigh heritability (broad sense) estimates (>60%) were observed for all the traits viz., days to 50% flowering (85.83%), plant height (96.26), number of effective tillers per plant (78.02), panicle length (79.75), number of grains per panicle (95.55), test weight (94.87) and yield (67.90) Present results were in accordance with the findings of (Saha, 2019; Shivani et al., 2018; Lingaiah et al., 2018; Rukmini Devi et al., 2017; Srujana et al., 2017; Dhanwani et al., 2013) indicating that the variation observed was mainly under genetic control and less influenced by environment and hence selection will be effective for these traits. \r\nSince the estimates of heritability alone sometimes misleads interpretation hence estimates of genetic advance as percent of mean is used for better prediction of characters under study. The values of genetic advance as percent of mean were moderate for number of grains per panicle low for all the remaining characters under study. Similar results were reported by Kole et al. (2008). Heritability alone fails to indicate the response to selection and a character having high heritability may not necessary give high genetic advance. Therefore, heritability should be always considered along with genetic advance as percent of mean to arrive at a more reliable conclusion. High heritability coupled with high genetic advance as percent of mean was observed for plant height (Dhurai et al., 2013; Anjaneyulu et al., 2010.) indicating the preponderance of additive type of gene action for the expression of this characters and selection may be effective for improving this character. High heritability accompanied with low genetic advance as percent of mean for the trait days to 50% flowering (Singh and Verma 2018; Bhukya Rambabu et al., 2022) reflected preponderance of non-additive gene action and selection for this trait may not be worthwhile. High heritability coupled with moderate genetic advance recorded for effective tillers per plant, panicle length (Akinola et al., 2019) number of grains per panicle, test weight and yield. \r\n The efficiency of selection for yield mainly depends on the direction and magnitude of association between yield and its component characters and also among themselves. Character association provides information on the nature and extent of association between pairs of metric traits and helps in selection for the improvement of the character. The knowledge regarding relative contribution of individual traits to yield may be accomplished by correlation studies. Further, the component characters of yield exhibit different associations among themselves and also with yield. Unfavorable associations between the desired attributes under selection may limit genetic advance. Therefore, knowledge on the magnitude of association between the yield and its attributing characters is essential for planning sound breeding programme. \r\nIn the present investigation, simple correlation studies were estimated for yield and its components. The character days to 50% flowering, plant height, panicle lengthy and test weight showed the non-significant positive correlation with grain yield, where as effective tillers per plant (Edukondalu et al. 2017; Manjunatha et al., 2017; Srikanth Thippani et al., 2017; Rukmini devi et al., 2017) and number of grains per panicle (Vinoth et al., 2016; Chandrashekhar Haradari and Shailaja Hittalmani 2017) recorded significant positive correlation with yield. The study of simple correlation in the present investigation suggested that selection of plants with more number of productive tillers per plant, number of grains per panicle and test weight which had significant positive association with yield may be taken in to account in rice breeding program for yield improvement. \r\n', 'N. Lingaiah, V. Sridhar, G. Shiva Prasad, K. Sumalini and M. Goverdhan (2022). Selection Criteria and Genetic Variability Studies in Early Maturing Rice (Oryza sativa L.) Genotypes. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 538-541.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5313, '136', 'Transgenic Tobacco Expressing a Novel Bt gene, Cry1AcF, showed Resistance against Helicoverpa armigera', 'Saakre Manjesh, K. Venkat Raman, Shaily Tyagi, Sandeep Jaiswal, Krishnayan Paul, Jyotsana Tilgam, Joshitha Vijayan, Rohini Sreevathsa and Debasis Pattanayak*', '91 Transgenic Tobacco Expressing a Novel Bt gene, Cry1AcF, Showed Resistance Against Helicoverpa armigera Manjesh Saakre.pdf', '', 1, 'Helicoverpa armigera is a notorious insect-pest that causes massive yield losses to several agriculturally important food crops every year. Helicoverpa armigera decimates food crops like tomato, potato, and brinjal as well as cotton, soybean in India. Overexpression of a novel Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) cry (crystal) gene is being explored in the development of H. armigera resistant crops. In this study, we showed that the chimeric Bt gene cry1AcF, which was developed by swapping the domains of the cry1Ac and cry1F genes, is effective against Helicoverpa armigera. The recombinant binary vector pCAMBIA2300::CaMV35s: cry1AcF: OCST harbouring cry1AcF gene was introduced into (Nicotiana tabacum L. cv. Petit Havana) using Agrobacterium mediated tobacco transformation. We have developed in-vitro transgenic plants and characterized ten putative transgenic tobacco lines by using PCR and strip tests. An insect bioassay was performed with detached leaves to evaluate the extent of leaf damage and larval mortality in order to select those transgenic events with superior performance. Further insect bioassay, conducted using selected transgenic lines, resulted in 85-90% larval mortality, indicating high efficacy against H. armigera. The efficiency of the novel chimeric Bt gene, cry1AcF, was demonstrated by the high level of resistance in transgenic tobacco against the insect pest H. armigera. The cry1AcF gene can be an extremely valuable asset towards resistance management against H. armigera in other susceptible crops. ', 'Helicoverpa armigera, cry1AcF, durable resistance, transgenic tobacco', 'A large group of insects have developed resistance against insecticides and Bt to overcome the selection pressure. But there is enough scope to enhance the efficacy of Cry toxin through the usage of next generation Bt toxins. Cry1AcF is a chimeric gene that has been successfully validated for efficacy against H. armigera. Next generation Bt technology is a potent and efficient approach for insect-pest by developing resistant transgenic plants. Combining the different Bt toxins using domain swapping and developing transgenics with Bt technology could be a potential strategy for delaying insect resistance. Results have shown fruitful in terms of efficacy of Cry1AcF toxin and promise to be an extremely valuable approach for durable resistance against H. armigera. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nGlobal population growth has led to increase the demands and supplies for agricultural products. A number of factors are making ensuring food security in a sustainable manner increasingly difficult. Globally, insect-pests cause upto 40% yield losses in crop plants, making them one of the most important biotic concerns. Helicoverpa armigera is an important Lepidopteran polyphagous insect-pest that feeds on more than 350 plant species. In India, this noctuid pest causes serious problems to a number of economically important crops such as cotton, maize and some vegetable crops (Navik et al., 2021). Due its Polyphagous nature and migratory activity, it has been developed resistance against many insecticides. Chemical pesticides are ineffective due to this insect’s evolved resistance against many insecticides from different chemical classes and are also hazardous to conventional breeding imparting resistance against Helicoverpa armigera is so far not successful due to lack of resistant gene pool in the crop germplasms which is difficult to introgress resistance genes into elite varieties. Under such situation the, bacteria Bt emerged as solution. Using transgenic technology for plant protection in crop plants was made possible by the introduction of plant genetic engineering and Bt insectisidal proteins (Karthik et al., 2021). Transfer of Bt insecticidal crystal protein (Cry) coding genes into susceptible crops is the most common method of combating insect resistance. However the long term efficacy of Bt toxins is eventually deteriorated due to the evolution of resistance by pests (Badran et al., 2016; Moar et al., 2017). Both synthetic insecticides and several Bt toxins are no longer effective against Helicoverpa armigera. The evolution of insect resistance against Bt was due to alterations in midgut proteases and a number of major mutations in the insect gene that codes for the receptor protein. Insects have evolved resistance to Bt, resulting in a substantial reduction in the binding specificity of a Cry protein. Various approaches have been used to improve toxicity against certain target species, including those which have developed resistance to Bt. The most approaches include refugia and gene pyramiding (Ren et al., 2019). Although gene pyramids delay cross-resistance, but still there is a lack of diversity and combinations of resistance genes that possibly increase resistant alleles in insects over time and space as the proportion of homozygous individuals increase in insect populations (Dale et al., 2002; Manyangarirwa et al., 2006). Recently, protein-engineering methods have been emerged to develop next generation Bt toxins through domain swapping which is a viable approach to combat resistance against broad host range. Cry1AcF is one such chimeric Bt protein created by swapping domains of cry1Ac and cry1F, that showed synergistic effect and increased specificity against H. armigera with improved durability (Kumar et al., 2011; Rathinam et al., 2019). The first and second domains of this protein are derived from cry1Ac and the third domain is derived from cry1F. The chimeric Cry1AcF showed increased toxicity against Helicoverpa armigera, revealing synergistic effects (Chakrabarti et al., 1998). This toxin has been shown effective against Helicoverpa armigera and Spodoptera litura in previous studies (Keshamma et al., 2012; Keshavareddy et al., 2013; Muralimohan et al., 2020). In this study, we tested the efficacy of transgenic tobacco plants expressing cry1AcF against Helicoverpa armigera. The larvae of H. armigera fed on transgenic tobacco leaves expressing the chimeric cry1AcF gene showed growth retardation and a significant mortality rate.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nConstruction of binary vector cassette harbouring cry1AcF for tobacco transformation. The cry1AcF cassette was transferred on to the binary vector pCAMBIA 2300 from the pET expression vector carrying the cry1AcF cassette. The complete cry1AcF cassette contains CaMV 35S promoter, cry1AcF gene and OCS terminator. The complete cassette was excised out from pET vector by EcoRI and Hind III digestion and ligated onto linearized pCAMBIA 2300 get pC::cry1AcF. Using heat shock transformation, the ligated circularized vector was transformed into Escherichia coli HiPurA™ DH5α competent cells. Both colony PCR and restriction analysis confirmed the presence of positive bacterial colonies. The vector cassette pC::cry1AcF was introduced into the Agrobacterium strain EHA 105 using the freeze thaw technique. The EHA105 cells harboring the pC::cry1AcF binary vector was then subsequently transferred to tobacco according to the procedure described by Saini et al., (2018). The putative transgenic plants were transferred into pots containing sterile soilrite and protected properly with polythene cover made with holes to maintain humidity. Transgenic plants along with vector control plants were then transferred to a transgenic nethouse for hardening. \r\nPCR screening of putative transformants. Plant genomic DNA was isolated using the CTAB method (Doyle and Doyle, 1990) from transgenic tobacco plants and vector control tobacco plants. PCR was performed to amplify the transgene fragment using gene-specific primers (Table 1). Plasmid of pC::cry1AcF was used as a positive control in all PCR reactions. A PCR reaction mixture of 25 µl was prepared for each sample comprising 100 ng plant genomic DNA, 10X PCR buffer (100 mMTris-HCl (pH 8.3), 500 mMKCl, 15 mM MgCl2), dNTP mixture (2.5 mM each), 1µM each of forward and reverse primers and 1 U of Taq DNA Polymerase (Takara, India). PCR aamplification was performed with initial denaturation at 95°C for 5 min followed by 35 cycles, each consisting of denaturation at 95° C for 40 sec, annealing at 55° C for 40 sec and extension at 68°C for 40 sec followed by final extension for 10 min at 68°C (ABI Veriti™ PCR cycler). The amplified PCR product was electrophoresed on a 0.8 % agarose gel (Biorad) and a gel documentation system (Azure 600 gel imaging system) was used to capture the image of amplified DNA fragments. \r\nCry1AcF lateral flow strips (LFS) test for confirmation of protein expression. Cry1Ac LFS specific for Cry protein was used to test the PCR tested tobacco transformants for expression of Cry protein (Eurofins Amar Immunodiagnostics Pvt Ltd, Hyderabad). Cry1AcF expression was detected from transgenic plants\' leaf tissue using the immunological kit \"Cry1Ac LFS\". The leaf samples from 10 transgenic events and vector control plant were collected in a sterile microfuge tube (1.5 ml). Extraction buffer of 500 µl (provided along with the kit) was added and crushed with the help of micro pestle. Then the LFS strips were placed in the tube containing the leaf extract. The results were observed after incubating for 1-2 minutes at room temperature. \r\nInsect feeding bioassays. Insecticidal activity of transgenic tobacco lines expressing Cry1AcF was evaluated by detached leaf feeding bioassays for 96 hours. Ten PCR tested tobacco transgenic lines were examined for the level of resistance to Helicoverpa armigera. Three plants from each transgenic line were taken, and two leaves from each plant were fed second instar larvae. A total of 30 larvae were fed to each transgenic line, with five larvae per leaf. Tobacco transgenic lines transformed with pCAMBIA2300 vector without any transgene served as control. From the top, second or third healthy leaves were taken from each line, cut into size, and placed on moist filter paper kept in a petridish (90 ×15 mm size). Five second instar larvae were released with each leaf for feeding. In order to maintain relative humidity, autoclaved double distilled water was applied to the filter paper at regular intervals. Para film was used to seal the plates, and tiny holes were drilled to allow for aeration. All the plates were kept in the insect culture room and the culture room was maintained at 270C at 80% relative humidity and 16 hours of sunlight and 8 hours of darkness. Larval mortality was recorded and analyzed every 24 hours until 96 hours. Further, three best performing lines were selected based on mortality rate and extent of leaf. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nComplete cry1AcF gene construct was transferred from pET expression vector system to binary vector pCAMBIA2300 developed as pC::CaMV35SP:cry1AcF:NosT (pC::AcF). pET vector harbouring cry1AcF cassette was restricted with EcoRI and HindIII enzymes to take out the gene construct, which was then ligated onto pCAMBIA2300 vector backbone linearized by EcoRI and HindIII restriction to the binary vector cassette, pC::AcF as shown schematically in Fig. 1 (A). Different enzyme combinations were used for restriction analysis to confirm that all components of pC::AcF are in the right orientation (Fig. 1B). pC::AcF was digested with Hind III to yield a DNA fragment of about 10 kb fragment was linearized. After restriction with EcoRI and Hind III, 2.65 kb of DNA corresponding to cry1AcF was released.\r\nThe binary vector cassette pC::AcF was transformed into the EHA105 A. tumefaciens strain after confirmation by restriction analysis, and colony PCR was performed using nptII gene specific primers. The PCR positive bacterial colonies were selected for tobacco transformation (Fig. 2).\r\nA well-matured second leaf was excised aseptically from an in vitro cultured tobacco plant, cut into small discs using scalpel and blade and then cultured for 48 hours on a pre-culture medium. Agrobacterium strain EHA105 infected leaf discs and incubated on co-cultivation media for two days under the dark condition. Co-cultivated leaf discs were transferred into petri-plates containing MS selection medium containing antibiotics and growth hormones (Fig. 3A). After co-cultivation, carbenicillin (500 mg/l) and cefotaxime (500 mg/l) were used to eliminate the growth of Agrobacterium. For the selection of the transformants, kanamycin (100 mg/l) was added to the selection medium. The selection medium was kept at a high BAP (2 mg/l) to NAA (0.1 mg/l) ratio to aid in the development of adventitious shoots from the explants. The preliminary screening of transformants on selection medium was facilitated by kanamycin-induced selection pressure on explants. The explants were developed into adventitious shoots after kanamycin selection. Transformed explants gave rise to callus (Fig. 3B), shoot primordial (Fig. 3C) and shoot in a sequential manner (Fig. 3D). Well-developed shoots of about 5 cm height were excised from regenerating compact callus and transferred to rooting medium. After proper development of roots in rooting media (Fig. 3E), plants were hardened by shifting them to pots for hardening (Fig. 3F) and were grown in transgenic net house. PCR screening was performed using genomic DNA extracted from leaves of each putative transformant. \r\nPCR analysis with gene specific primers resulted amplification of a 450bp fragment of cry1AcF gene from 10 plants (Bt-1 to Bt-10), but no amplification from vector control. pC::AcF DNA was used as positive control (Fig. 4A). Immunological Cry1Ac LFS analysis was done on ten tobacco transgenic lines to determine the expression of Cry1AcF (Eurofins Amar Immunodiagnostics Pvt Ltd, Hyderabad). A highly intense upper blue line on the strip indicates the control band and the lower blue line specify the expression of Cry1AcF protein in transgenic samples. Cry1Ac protein expression was recorded in all the 10 transgenic tobacco lines (Fig. 4B). \r\nThe effectiveness of tobacco transgenic lines against H. armigera was tested by detached leaf feeding bioassays with second instar larvae. Detached leaf insect bioassay was performed till 96 hours to access the extent of leaf damage and percentage of larval mortality for the selection of superior transgenic events. Observations like larval growth retardation, and mortality were recorded regularly till the completion of 96 h. Ten transgenic lines were lines were subjected to insect bioassay and recorded the mortality rates, out of which three transgenic events showed 85-90 average % mortality after 96 h of continues feeding as compared with vector control (6.67 % mortality) (Fig. 5). It was observed that only 6-11% leaf damage caused by H. armigera in three transgenic plants expressing cry1AcF gene (Fig. 6 (A) and (B)). During bioassays, the larvae that fed transgenic leaves behaved erratically and frequently switched the sites where they were feeding, in contrast to the typically acting vector control larvae. \r\nTo meet the demands of a growing population, crop production must be increased. Insect pests are responsible for the greatest limitation of agricultural productivity. Developing and deploying insect-resistant varieties is one of the methods of reducing yield loss and thereby increasing production (Popp et al., 2013). Helicoverpa armigera emerged as the most dangerous and lethal pest for many agriculturally important crop plants, leading to severe economic losses (Makgoba et al., 2021). Varietal resistance to H. armigera is either very moderate or negligible, and cannot be deployed to control infestation by this destructive insect-pest. Two approaches such as chemical management and transgenic technology have so far proved successful in controlling Helicoverpa armigera. Despite its effectiveness in controlling inscet-pest, chemical management is expensive and harmful to the environment and human health. Genetic engineering of transgenic crops has been successfully applied to control insect-pest attacks. In modern agriculture, insecticidal proteins encoded by the genes of B. thuringiensis (Bt) are more effective and are used successfully to control most of the lepidopteran pests (Pinheiro and Valicente 2021). However, the efficacy of Bt-strategy has been questioned due to cross-resistance among insect-pests. In fact, numerous insect species are already resistant to Bt toxins in the field population which is a major concern for the long-term durability of Bt crops (Baum et al., 2015). Therefore, it has become an emergency task to develop new pest management strategies. Insect resistance can be slowed down in several ways by using alternative strategies which include refugia (Bates et al., 2005), tissue specific expression of toxin encoding genes (Zaidi et al., 2005; Wang et al., 2016), temporal and spatial rotations of transgenic varieties (Bates et al., 2005). However, there have been many reports of pink bollworm resistance to Bt-cotton in India as a result of poor refuge plantings for many years (Mohan, 2020). It has been suggested that gene pyramiding is the most effective way to manage Bt resistance. The motive behind the use of gene pyramiding was to delay the development of resistance by using two or more toxins that bind distinct positions of receptors of the epithelial cells in midgut of the larvae. Hence, developing resistance to different toxins requires mutations in distinct sites in receptor genes at the same time, which is extremely rare in insects. The second generation dual-Bt cotton varieties, Bollgard II (Cry 1Ac + Cry 2Ab) and Wide Strike (Cry 1Ac + Cry 1F) reduced Helicoverpa zea infestation which could not be adequately controlled with the Cry1Ac alone (Manyangarirwa et al., 2006). In a study, Pectinophora gossypiella larvae have shown resistance to the two widely used Bt toxins Cry1Ac and Cry2Ab under laboratory conditions. The same strain of larvae survived when tested on cotton bolls expressing solely Cry1Ac toxins, however there was mortality when tested on cotton bolls expressing both Cry1Ac and Cry2Ab toxins, indicating asymmetrical cross-resistance (Liu, et al., 2017). Although gene pyramids delay cross-resistance, the distribution of homozygous individuals in insect populations may increase resistance over time because the proportion of homozygous individuals in insect populations increases, despite the existence of gene pyramids to delay cross-resistance (Dale et al., 2002; Manyangarirwa et al., 2006). In addition, pyramided Bt toxins are become significantly less effective due to antagonisms and cross-resistances (Ni et al., 2017). Consequently, it is necessary to create or search for Bt proteins with higher toxicity and broader host ranges. It is possible to increase the binding affinity of Cry proteins by changing their domains, or by adding non-Cry protein fragments or peptides (Deist et al., 2014). An investigation demonstrated that expression of domain swapped chimeric proteins made host plants more resistant to a wide range of insect-pests and considerably prevented the introduction of insect-pest incidence (Muralimohan et al., 2020). eCry3.1Ab, a chimeric Bt protein targeted at both lepidopteran and coleopteran insect pests, was developed by integrating domain III of Cry1Ab into Cry3A. The chimeric protein showed acute toxicity and caused 94% mortality against Western corn rootworm (Walters et al., 2010). The chimeric toxin Cry1AcF developed as a result of swapping cry1Ac and cry1F domains to increase potency against lepidopteran insects especially against H. armigera (Kumar et al., 2013). It has been reported that the Cry1AcF is safe and allergen free (Rathinam et al., 2017). In the present study, we developed transgenic tobacco expressing the chimeric Cry1AcF Bt protein to test its efficacy against H. armigera. Ten transgenic tobacco lines were obtained after screening of putative transformants by gene specific PCR. Strip test confirmed Cry1AcF expression in all of these 10 transgenic tobacco lines. Detached leaf insect bioassay was conducted with second instar showed varied resistance level in these 10 transgenic lines as evidenced by growth retardation and mortality of H. armigera larvae. The transgenic tobacco lines were confirmed by PCR and strip test and grown in a controlled environment until they reached maturity. The phenotypic comparison of transgenic plants and wild-type controls revealed no phenotypic difference in plant growth. The effectiveness of the cry1AcF gene against H. armigera in transgenic tobacco plants was assessed using leaf detached insect bioassay. Leaf detached insect bioassay demonstrated that the transgenic plants expressed the transgene were exhibited higher mortality of 90% against H. armigera larvae with less leaf damage as compared with vector control. Our study obtained highest mortality rates of 72-80% after 96 hrs of continues feeding second-instar larvae to the plants that express cry1AcF gene. Furthermore, the best performing superior lines were fed with fifth instar larvae to check the resistance against larvae. In one transgenic line (Bt-7), the larvae died after 96 hrs of continuous feeding where as in vector control the fourth instar larvae was developed into pupa. This clearly indicates that this insecticidal gene can be more effective against H. armigera second instar as well as for higher instar larvae.', 'Saakre Manjesh, K. Venkat Raman, Shaily Tyagi, Sandeep Jaiswal, Krishnayan Paul, Jyotsana Tilgam, JoshithaVijayan, Rohini Sreevathsa and Debasis Pattanayak (2022). Transgenic Tobacco Expressing a Novel Bt gene, Cry1AcF, Showed Resistance Against Helicoverpa armigera. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 542-548.'),
(5314, '136', 'Isolation and characterization of Actinobacteria Habiting Rhizosphere of Acid Lime Crop', 'Sandhiya R., Manonmani K., Kalpana K., Kannan P., Eraivan Arutkani Aiyanathan and Akila R.', '92 Isolation and characterization of Actinobacteria Habitating Rhizosphere of Acid Lime Crop Manonmani Kr.pdf', '', 1, 'Citrus greening disease is one of the severe diseases causing major threat to Citrus industry across the world. It is caused by an unculturable phloem limited proteobacteria, Candidatus Liberibacter asiaticus (CLas). The available management practices are incapable of limiting CLas multiplication and proliferation in Citrus tissues. Concurrently, exploring new management options for this disease is also a highly complicated task due to its unculturable nature, prolonged latency and uneven distribution within the crop canopy. Exploitation of microbiome of Citrus crops is being considered as the best option to manage this systemic pathogen. Hence, this study was carried out with an aim to isolate actinobacteria residing in rhizosphere of healthy acid lime (Citrus aurantifolia) trees to manage the proliferation of CLas in phloem tissues and improve growth promotion in acid lime crops. Isolations were done with the 10 rhizosphere soil samples collected from acid lime cultivating areas of Tamilnadu. Characteristics of these isolates on Starch Casein Agar medium were observed, which revealed the differences in colony colour, surface, texture and consistency. Initially colony showed a slight colour variation, but after maturation, the colony colour at the reverse side of the Petri plates showed the considerable variations with different hues of yellow, pink, brown and violet colour. Colony surfaces of the isolates were granular and powdery. Colony texture also expressed variations such as discrete, lichenoid and butyrous consistency. Soluble pigment was found to seep into the medium of the isolates. Biochemical characterization studies also added substantial evidences to make a conclusion that five out of 10 isolates were Streptomyces spp. Further exploration on the plant growth promoters and antibiotics production by these Streptomyces spp. will definitely give a lead for improving the Citrus crop health.', 'Acid lime, Rhizosphere soil, Actinobacteria, Cultural characteristics, Biochemical charactersistics', 'Studies conducted on actinobacteria highlighted the biochemical characteristics of the 10 isolated species and out of which, five isolates were confirmed at the genus level as Streptomyces spp. Based on the above work and the detailed discussions, it is clearly concluded that actinobacteria, and especially Streptomyces are the beneficial bacteria, and are the prospective agents for use as plant coinoculants in microbial consortium to improve plant–microbe symbiosis and thus it could help in managing greening disease in Citrus crop. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nActinobacteria are a group of prokaryotic microorganisms and are Gram-positive with high G+C content in their DNA (Lo et al., 2002). They are widely distributed in soil, water and plants. They are aerobic organisms and are well known for the production of secondary metabolites. The most important and dominant genus within Actinobacteria is Streptomyces (Ceylan et al., 2008). Streptomyces provides more than half of the naturally occurring antibiotics (Bérdy, 2005) with high commercial value and continue to be routinely screened for interesting bioactive substances (Takahashi, 2004; Meena et al., 2013). The actinomycines represent an important class of natural products that continue to be a focus of many research areas (Kurosawa et al., 2006; Praveen et al., 2008). \r\nActinobacteria isolated from soil samples have the potential to inhibit the growth of plant pathogens and improve the plant health (Jeffrey et al., 2007; Kekuda et al., 2010). Few examples of Actinobacteria used to manage Citrus diseases are Streptomyces chumphonensis against Citrus green mould caused by Penicillium digitatum, Streptomyces sp. against Citrus canker, Citrus foot rot and Citrus nematode etc. Xu et al. (2018) reported the structure and function of the global Citrus microbiome from bulk and rhizosphere soils of Citrus spp. in six continents, accordingly dominant prokaryotic phyla reported were Proteobacteria, Actinobacteria, Acidobacteria, and Bacteroidetes. Li et al. (2021) reported that the microbial therapy using Actinobacteria, Yeast, Rhizobium, along with other beneficial bacteria, and plant growth regulators is promising in managing greening disease in Citrus.\r\nIn accordance with these reports, the present study was carried out to explore the rhizosphere of healthy acid lime trees for isolation of actinobacteria and to choose the potential candidates among them for plant growth promotion and disease management in acid lime crop.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nCollection and pretreatment of soil samples. Rhizosphere soil samples from healthy acid lime trees were collected during the survey conducted in various districts of North Tamil Nadu such as Vellore, Tiruppattur, Ranipet, Kanchipuram, Tiruvallur, Dharmapuri, Krishnagiri, Perambalur, Ariyalur and Namakkal. The survey was taken up during March to April, 2021. \r\nCollected soil samples were air dried separately for one week to reduce the population of Gram negative bacteria and were sieved separately. Heat treatment of the samples was done by placing them in hot air oven at 121°C for 1 hr to prevent the growth of other bacteria (Gurung et al., 2020).\r\nIsolation and characterization of actinobacteria. Isolation of actinobacteria from pretreated soil samples was carried out by the serial dilution and plating technique (Aparanji and Venkata 2013) using Starch Casein Agar (SCA) medium (Küster and Williams, 1964).\r\nIt was prepared by adding the required components in distilled water and boiled to dissolve the content completely. The prepared medium was sterilized by autoclaving at 15 lbs pressure (121°C) for 20 minutes. \r\nFrom each preprocessed rhizophere soil samples, one gram of soil was taken and added to a test tube containing nine ml sterile water and shaken vigorously using an orbital shaker at 200rpm for 10 min at 25 ± 2°C and these test tubes were considered as stock culture for the soil samples. Then, one ml of aliquot from the stock solution was transferred aseptically to a test tube containing nine ml of sterile water and mixed well. From this test tube, one ml of aliquot was again transferred and mixed with another nine ml of distilled water to make 10-3 dilution. Similarly, serial dilutions up to 10-6 were made for all soil samples (Oskay et al., 2004). One ml of aliquot from the aqueous dilutions of 10-2 and 10-3 was taken and spread onto the Petri plate containing SCA medium. The plates were incubated at 28°C, and observed from 5th day onwards to 20th day. After incubation, colonies with suspected actinobacteria morphology were sub-cultured on SCA medium and incubated at 28°C for 2 to 5 days. \r\nPure cultures were maintained in SCA slants and stored in glycerol broth at 4°C for further studies. Cultural and morphological characteristics of actinobacteria were recorded (Basavaraj et al., 2010).\r\nBiochemical characterization of actinobacteria. Reaction of actinobacteria isolates with Gram stain was assessed and biochemical tests such as citrate utilization test, starch hydrolysis test and catalase test (Sapkota et al., 2020) were carried out. For Citrate utilization test, Simmons citrate agar medium was poured on sterile Petri plate and allowed to solidify. The isolates were inoculated and incubated for 5-7 days at 35°C to 37°C. Colour change in the reaction was observed.\r\nStarch hydrolysis test was performed by streaking a loop ful of colony at the centre of the Petri plate containing Starch agar medium and incubated upto seven days at 37°C. After incubation 2-3 drops of 10 per cent iodine solution was added directly onto the edge of colonies. The observation was recorded after 10-15 minutes. Similarly, Catalase reaction was tested with a loop full of actinobacteria colony, which was transferred to the surface of a clean, dry glass slide. A drop of H2O2 (3%) was added on the culture and observed for the development of oxygen bubbles.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nRhizosphere soil samples were collected from matured, healthy acid lime trees belonging to the age group starting from 6 yrs to15 yrs in the orchards located in North Tamilnadu, India. Ten actinobacteria species viz., ACT- VEL-1, ACT- TPT-2, ACT- RAP-3, ACT- TRV-4, ACT- KAP-5, ACT- PER-6, ACT- DAM-7, ACT- KRG-8, ACT- NAM-9 and ACT- ARL-10 were isolated and maintained for further studies in Starch Casein Agar (SCA) medium (Table 1). In agreement with these findings, Xu et al. (2007) isolated various species of actinobacteria and reported that rhizosphere soils were the rich source of beneficial microbes, where prokaryotes dominated and actinobacteria played important role in symbiotic association with crop roots. Tindall et al. (2010) described the polyphasic approach for characterization of actinobacteria that depicted the variety of phenotypic, chemotaxonomic, and genotypic data and most actinobacteria were characterized and classified on the basis of their morphology \r\nSince, the morphological characteristics were one of the most basic indexes providing in-depth information on a taxon, cultural characteristics of isolated actinobacteria were documented in this study. The isolated 10 actinobacteria isolates were observed over their growth on SCA medium. Initially, they produced the colonies with smooth surface and on maturation their colony morphology and colour expressed variations. Colony colour of the ten isolates was found to be in different shades of grey and white. After maturation, the colony colour at the reverse side of the Petri plates showed sharp variation. The isolates viz., ACT- VEL-1, ACT-RAP-3, ACT-KAP-5, ACT-PER-6 and ACT-KRG-8 were produced different shades of yellow colour colonies, ACT-TPT-2 and ACT-TRV-4 produced pale pink and cinnamon brown colour colonies respectively. Isolates, ACT-DAM-7 and ACT-ARL-10 produced strikingly different colour colonies with violet and pale violet colour. Isolate ACT-NAM-9 alone had grey colour colonies. Similarly, Van Thanh et al., (2019) isolated 26 endophytic actinobacteria from Horsetail plant and were classified into five color groups as White, Grey, Pink and Brown and Blue based on the color of sporulating aerial mycelium. Among them, Grey group accounted for the biggest portion with 12 strains followed by White group and Brown group. This study also reported that the colony colour of the isolated ten actinobacteria were grouped into two as grey and white. \r\nColony surface showed two different characters such as granular and powdery colonies; out of ten isolates, the following six isolates viz., ACT- VEL-1, ACT-RAP-3, ACT-KAP-5, ACT-PER-6, ACT-DAM-7 and ACT-KRG-8 had granulated colonies and the remaining four isolates, ACT-TPT-2, ACT-TRV-4,ACT-NAM-9 and ACT-ARL-10 produced powdery colonies. \r\nLikewise differences were also observed in colony texture. Colonies of the isolates like, ACT-TPT-2, ACT-PER-6 and ACT-DAM-7 were discrete, while ACT- VEL-1, ACT-RAP-3, ACT-KAP-5 and ACT-KRG-8 produced lichenoid colonies. The remaining three isolates such as ACT-TRV-4, ACT-NAM-9 and ACT-ARL-10 were observed to be with butyrous consistency. The observed characters were comparable with the findings of Basavaraj et al. (2010). They documented the antibiotic producing potential of many actinobacteria and studied their cultural characters using crowded technique. Accordingly the isolates exhibited the variations in colony colour from grey to white. Two types of colony texture viz., lichenoid and butyrous were reported among them. \r\nWilliam Whitman and Aidan Parte (2012) also documented related findings in Streptomycetales members of actinobacteria and they explained that most of the actinobacteria colonies were discrete and lichenoid and few of them were leathery and butyrous. These colonies initially had a smooth surface, but later develop a weft of aerial mycelium, which appeared floccose and granular. Phan Thi Hong-Thao et al. (2016) also isolated endophytic actinobacteria from orange tissues and reported the similar observations on the colony characteristics. Accordingly the colony surface was powdery and curled. Aerial and substrate mycelia were grey to light brown or light yellow to brownish yellow on medium. \r\nSoluble pigments were found to seep into the medium of the isolates viz., ACT-TPT-2, ACT-DAM-7and ACT-ARL-10,but non soluble pigment production was observed with the other seven colonies as they retain their pigments in their colonies itself (Table 2; Plate1). Similarly, William Whitman and Aidan Parte, (2012) explained that Microtetraspora and Streptomyces strains produced diffusible melanoid pigments with diverse molecular structures that typically appear black or brown, red, yellow, orange, pink, brownish, distinct brown, greenish brown, blue, or black, depending on the strain, the medium used, and the age of the culture. Soluble yellow pigment production was observed on media viz., ISP2 and ISP3 by actinobacteria isolatedfrom orange crop (Phan Thi Hong-Thao et al., 2016).\r\nBiochemical characteristics of isolated actinobacteria. \r\nBiochemical characteristics were analyzed using Gram staining technique. The colonies of the 10 isolates were observed to retain the purple colour after Gram staining under light microscope which indicated that the isolates were Gram positive. It was well established by many studies that Actinobacteria species like Streptomyces, Micromonospora, Rhodococcus, and Salinisporas are Gram-positive bacteria with high G+C DNA content that constitute one of the largest bacterial phyla, and are ubiquitously distributed in both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems (Muthu et al., 2013; Van Thanh et al., 2019).\r\nIn Citrate utilisation test, the positive reaction was indicated by the change of colour from green to blue, which was due to the alkylation process by actinobacteria. The isolates viz., ACT- VEL-1, ACT- TPT-2, ACT- TRV-4, ACT- KAP-5, ACT- PER-6, ACT- KRG-8 and ACT- ARL-10 showed positive reaction whereas the isolates, ACT- RAP-3, ACT- DAM-7 and ACT- NAM-9 were negative for this test. \r\nFormation of clear zone around the colonies was observed for the positive result of starch hydrolysis test. Among the 10 isolates, seven isolates exhibited the positive reaction .The remaining three isolates like, ACT- TPT-2, ACT- PER-6 and ACT- NAM-9 were found to express negative reaction. When the colonies of all isolates were treated with H2O2 (3%), oxygen bubbles were observed. It indicated the positive reaction for catalase test (Table 3; Plate 2). Agreeing with these findings Sapkota et al. (2020) reported that Streptomyces spp belongs to the family Streptomycetaceae and the order Streptomycetales were aerobic, Gram-stain-positive, non-acid-fast bacteria that form extensively branched substrate and aerial mycelia. They were Catalase-positive and reduced nitrates to nitrites and degraded polymeric substrates such as adenine, gelatin and hypoxanthine. \r\nBoth the morphological and biochemical characteristics revealed that out of ten isolates, five isolates viz., ACT- VEL-1, ACT-TRV-4, ACT-KAP-5, ACT-KRG-8and ACT-ARL-10 were Streptomyces spp. and further exploration on the plant growth promoters and antibiotics production by these Streptomyces spp. will definitely give a lead for improving the Citrus crop health.\r\n', 'Sandhiya R., Manonmani K., Kalpana K., Kannan P., Eraivan Arutkani Aiyanathan and Akila R. (2022). Isolation and characterization of Actinobacteria Habiting Rhizosphere of Acid Lime Crop. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 549-556.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5315, '136', 'Variability and Association Studies for Yield Components in OsPSTOL 1 gene Introgressed Backcross Inbred Lines (BILs) of Rice', 'Anusha R., N. Aananthi, C. Vanniarajan, R. Renuka, P. Kannan and V. Nirubana', '93 Variability and Association Studies for Yield Components in OsPSTOL 1 gene Introgressed Backcross Inbred Lines (BILs) of Rice Anusha R.pdf', '', 1, 'Globally rice is considered to beone of the most significant staple food. It is a member of the family Poaceae and holds a unique position among domesticated crop species. Abiotic stress causes 50 percent of yield losses worldwide. Phosphorus is the second-most critical component after nitrogen and it is considered a key factor for optimum crop productivity on arable land all over the world. Phosphorus deficiency is a major constraint in India, with approximately 60 percent of the rice-growing areas in South India suffering it. Genetic variability, correlation, and path analysis for yield contributing traits were studied on 12 backcross populations consisting of 120 plants. The high PCV and GCV were observed for plant height followed by single plant yield, number of productive tillers, the total number of tillers, and filled grains per panicle indicating the influence of the environment exhibiting a high degree of variation. The characters viz., plant height, single plant yield, number of productive tillers per plant, the total number of tillers per plant, and filled grains per panicle showed high heritability coupled with high genetic advance as percent of mean which shows that these traits have additive gene action and are suitable for the selection of elite genotypes. Correlation analysis revealed that the number of productive tillers per plant showed the highest direct correlation followed by the number of tillers per plant, filled grains per panicle, spikelet fertility, plant height, and single plant yield. Thus these traits have a direct association with the yield of the plant. Path analysis revealed that there exists a high and direct positive effect for the number of filled grains per panicle, hundred-grain weight, and the number of productive tillers per plant on single plant yield. The traits that showed as highly correlated should be considered during selection for obtaining improved grain yield with phosphorus starvation tolerance. The direct effects reveals that an increase of these traits viz., the number of filled grains per panicle, hundred-grain weight, and the number of productive tillers per plant would directly increase the yield of the plant. ', 'Rice, Phosphorus starvation tolerance, Genetic variability, Correlation, Path analysis', 'Plant height had the highest PCV and GCV estimates, followed by single plant yield, number of productive tillers per plant, the total number of tillers per plant, and filled grains per panicle, demonstrating the influence of the environment with a high degree of variation. High heritability coupled with high genetic advance is observed for plant height, succeeded by single plant yield, filled grains per panicle, the total number of tillers per plant, and the number of productive tillers per plant. The number of productive tillers per plant showed the highest direct correlation followed by the number of tillers per plant, filled grains per panicle, spikelet fertility, plant height, and single plant yield. The number of filled grains per panicle, hundred-grain weight, and the number of productive tillers all had a higher direct impact on yield. On analysis through the variability, correlation, and path studies it is revealed that the traits viz., the number of productive tillers per plant, the total number of tillers per plant, and the number of filled grains per panicle are the key traits considered in choosing elite genotypes to increase the single plant yield.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nRice (Oryza sativa L.) is a versatile and staple food crop that serves as a chief food source for over half of the global population. It plays an important role in safeguarding food security for the rural population (Timmer et al., 2010). About 95 percent of global rice is produced and consumed in Asia. The current consumption rate of rice is 90 percent and the demand for rice is still increasing in Asia. It is projected that the demand for rice will rise by up to 650 million tonnes globally by 2050 (Chibuike et al., 2019). Rice is one of the most significant cereal crops on the globe, serving as the main source of energy and income for the majority of the World\'shuman population. The total amount of food grains produced in the country is estimated to be 316.06 million tonnes in the second advance estimates for 2021–2022, an increase of 5.32 million tonnes from the production of foodgrains in 2020–2021. The amount of rice required to be produced globally in 2021–2022, which is 11.49 million tonnes more than the 116.44 million tonnes of average production over the previous five years, is 127.93 million tonnes. Abiotic stresses, viz., water stress, including deficit or drought and excess water or flood, salinity, phosphorus deficiency in soils, and heat, cause extensive losses to agricultural production in rainfed areas worldwide (Haefele et al., 2014). The rainfed environments account for 40 percent of global rice production. These abiotic factors account for 50 percent of global yield losses (Arif et al., 2019). Nutrients are the major and essential source, required at all growth stages, and an understanding of the soil\'s ability to provide the necessary nutrients is crucial for profitable crop production. Insufficient soil phosphorus stress is one of the major limitations on plant growth which affects the yield of many crops, including rice (Zhang et al., 2014). Phosphorus deficiency is a major constraint in India, with approximately 60 percent of the rice-growing areas in South India suffering from this deficiency (Chitrammenal et al., 2018). The lack of phosphorus could cause the riceto mature a week or two later than the usual period (Fageria, 1980). The phosphorus-related developmental factors viz., accelerated root growth, enhanced flower development, improved seed germination, extended stem and stalk quality, improved harvest quality, uniform, and earlier harvest development, and higher resistance to plant diseases are considered of prior importance. Thus when phosphorus is depleted, cellular functions are remodeled, and phospholipids are converted into galactolipids and sulfolipids at a high rate. A red-light-induced activation of P uptake mediated by phytochrome-B13 and the availability of iron in acidic soil causes the primary root growth to stop, which affects the cell\'s proliferative potential at the meristem and root tip. Additionally, a decrease in tissue phosphorus content negatively impacts plant growth, which results in plant death. It is essential to screen genotypes under P-starved conditions, to perceive the importance of traits and their genetic basis, and the nature of heredity, to produce plants that are tolerant of low soil phosphorus. Rice requires phosphorus to survive and thrive and is highly prone to phosphorus starvation. Thus enhancing crop phosphorus efficiency through the introgression of the OsPSTOL 1 gene from the donor Samba Mashuri to CR1009 Sub 1 would significantly contribute to the sustainability of agroecosystems (Richardson et al., 2011). With this information, the present study was carried out to analyze the major yield contributing traits.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe research work was carried out at the Department of Plant Breeding and Genetics, Agricultural College and Research Institute, Madurai during the Rabi season of 2021–2022. The experimental materials include 12 backcross populations(C2-3-1, C2-3-2, C2-3-3, C2-4-1, C2-4-2, C28-7-1, C28-7-2, C28-7-3, C28-7-4, C28-1, C28-2 and C28-3) of BC3F2, generated from a cross between CR 1009 Sub 1 and Samba Mashuri Pup 1. CR 1009 sub 1, a short bold variety used as the recipient parent, and Samba Mashuri Pup 1 a fine grain variety as the donor parent, having the phosphorus starvation tolerant gene (PSTOL 1). Plants were raised in the field in four rows covering 3 meters in length with a spacing of 20 cm × 15 cm and recommended crop agronomic practices were followed to maintain a healthy stand. Ten plants agronomically superior and similar to the recipient parent from each population were selected and various biometrical observations viz., days to 50% flowering, days to maturity, plant height, panicle length, the total number of tillers, productive tillers, spikelet fertility, hundred-grain weight, and single plant yield were recorded. The genetic variability analysis was carried out using a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet by Johanson et al. (1955). The association studies were analyzed using TNAUSTAT statistical package as given by Manivannan (2014).\r\nFormulae and Equations \r\n1. Phenotypic and genotypic coefficients of variation were calculated as put forward by Burton (1952).\r\nThe P.C.V. and G.C.V. are categorized as suggested by (Sivasubramanian and Madhavanenon, 1973).\r\n2. Heritability. Thee stimation of heritability helps the breeder in selection of elite genotypes from diverse populations. It is the ratio of the genotypic variance to the total or phenotypic variance. Heritability is calculated in the Broad sense [h2(BS)] was calculated as recommended by Lush (1940).\r\nh2(B.S) = √σ2g/√(σ2p )×100\r\n3. Genetic advance as percent of mean. Genetic advance as percent of mean can be obtained by using the formula derived by Johnson et al (1955).\r\nGA as a percent of mean= (Genetic advance)/Grandmean×100\r\nThe range of genetic advance as percent of mean is classified as given by Johnson et al. (1955)\r\nPath coefficient analysis. The method of path coefficient analysis as suggested by Dewey and Lu was used to assess the relative influence of yield components on yield both directly (direct effects) and indirectly (indirect effects) (1959). Based on the scale shown below, the direct and indirect effects derived from path analysis were categorized (Lenka and Misra 1973).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nSegregating generations are ideal for imposing selection because they exhibit significant segregation and recombination (Thirugnanakumar et al., 2011). To accomplish efficient breeding programs, it is critical to determine the type and level of phenotypic and genotypic variation present in any crop (Sundaram et al., 2019). The genetic variability components of variation were analyzed as discussed by Johannsen (1909). Heritability and genetic advance are taken into consideration as additional criteria for choosing superior genotypes in addition to genetic variability. The fundamental criteria for selection are yield variability and its related properties (Bhargava et al., 2021). \r\nEstimates of PCV and GCV. The estimates of PCV, GCV, heritability, and genetic advance as percent of means are listed in Table 1. High estimates of PCV and GCV were observed for plant height followed by single plant yield, number of productive tillers, the total number of tillers, and filled grains per panicle, indicating the influence of environment with a high degree of variation are described in Fig. 1. Similar results were reported by Pavithra et al. (2022); Lilly et al. (2018); Nirubana et al. (2019); Bharath et al. (2018); Bhargava et al. (2021); Yaseen et al. (2020); Dhavaleshvar et al. (2019), respectively. Moderate PCV and GCV were observed for hundred-grain weight by Lingaiah et al. (2018). The other characters showed low PCV and GCV which exhibits a significant amount of genotype-environment interaction for all variables, as shown by the PCV values being bigger than the GCV values (Saha et al. (2019); Ahmed et al. (2021); Kumari et al. (2022).\r\nHeritability and genetic advance as percent of mean. According to Johnson et al. (1955), estimations of PCV and GCV alone are insufficient for selecting component qualities in improving yield. Thus, a combination of heritability and genetic gain estimates must be used for more trustworthy results. Burton proposed that \"genetic variation paired with heritability estimates would provide a better notion of selection effectiveness.\" The parameters to consider for effective gain under selection and selecting superior varieties include heritability estimates and genetic progress (Ali et al., 2002). Among the various characteristics tillering ability is one of the significant yield-determining features of rice. The results revealed that all the traits showed higher heritability, excluding spikelet fertility and hundred-grain weight. High heritability coupled with high genetic advance is observed for plant height, succeeded by single plant yield, filled grains per panicle, the total number of tillers, and the number of productive tillers, indicating the effective selection of these genotypes. Nirubana et al. (2019): Singh et al. (2021); Manivelan et al. (2022) showed comparable results for the traits viz., plant height, total tiller count, and the number of productive tillers. Similar outcomes with single plant yield were reported by Elayaraj et al. (2022). Pavithra et al. (2022) showed similar results for the trait, filled grains per panicle, and the number of productive tillers per plant. The heritability and genetic advance estimates are described in Fig. 2.\r\nEstimates of correlation coefficients. Correlation analysis serves as an example of the existence and degree of interdependence among the component factors. It also identifies the attributes that can be chosen to genetically increase grain yield. Correlation analysis among the traits studied is presented in Table 2. The number of productive tillers per plant showed the highest direct correlation followed by the number of tillers per plant, filled grains per panicle, spikelet fertility, and plant height on single plant yield. The total number of tillers per plant had a significant and positive correlation with plant height. The spikelet fertility showed a strong and positive association existed between plant height, panicle length, the total number of tillers per plant, the number of productive tillers per plant, and filled grains per panicle. The number of filled grains per panicle was significantly and strongly correlated with plant height, panicle length, the total number of tillers per plant, and the number ofproductive tillers per plant. Oladosu et al. (2018): Kumari et al. (2019) reported similar results for the number of tillers per plant having a positive and significant association. Abhilash et al. (2018); Bhargava et al. (2021); Ahmed et al., (2021) results were in concordance with the number of productive tillers per plant. \r\nSimilar results for panicle length were reported by Panigrah et al. (2018): Bhargava et al. (2021); Bhadru et al. (2012). Ahmed et al. (2021) showed similar results for the number of filled grains per panicle It was found that raising the proportion of productive and total tillers per plant was crucial for enhancing the capacity to produce more rice Plant height, panicle length, the total number of tillers per plant, productive tillers per plant, and filled grains per plant all demonstrated a significant and positive association with single plant yield. \r\nEstimates of Path analysis for the yield traits. The direct and indirect effects of the traits are listed in Table 3. Grain yield was regarded as the dependent variable for path coefficient analysis, while the other features were regarded as independent variables. Path analysis is used to assess whether the independent variables have a false correlation. Path analysis showed that multi-collinearity-related inflation is smaller since the majority of values are less than unity (Gravois and Helms 1992).\r\nDirect effect. The number of filled grains per panicle, hundred-grain weight, and the number of productive tillers per plant all had a higher direct impact on single plant yield. Hossain et al. (2020); Naik et al. (2021); Elayaraj et al. (2022); Upadhyay et al., (2022) reported similar results. Direct selection of these traits could significantly increase the single plant yield. Plant height shows a high and moderate direct effect estimated to be a vital trait for a single plant\'s yield. A high and negative direct effect on single plant yield is observed for spikelet fertility. The adverse direct effects revealed that selecting these traits would not boost rice productivity, unlike the high direct positive effects.\r\nIndirect effect. The number of tillers per plant, and spikelet fertilityhad a significant indirect impact on single plant yield through the number of productive tillers andfilled grains per panicle. The height of the plant had a favorable indirect effect on plant yield through the number of productive tillers per plant. This was by Nandan et al. (2010).\r\n', 'Anusha R., N. Aananthi, C. Vanniarajan, R. Renuka, P. Kannan and V. Nirubana (2022). Variability and Association Studies for Yield Components in OsPSTOL 1 gene Introgressed Backcross Inbred Lines (BILs) of Rice. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 557-563.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5316, '136', 'Organic Farming in Vegetables- The Indian Scenario', 'Ummyiah H. Masoodi, Khansa Bashir and Ajaz A. Malik', '94 Organic Farming in Vegetables- The Indian Scenario Ummyiah H. Masoodi.pdf', '', 1, 'A quite languid, but deliberate shift from the traditional farming methods to the vogue, newly tailored organic agriculture is being undertaken from the past few years, though it has not been there for so long. New methodologies and techniques are being worked out, put to test and shared by the organic farmers since 1950\'s. For safeguarding the environment and achieving a sustainable, future driven agricultural production, reliable alternatives to chemical intensive traditional agricultural practices need to be devised. The area under organic farming is currently 73.2 million ha with the participation of around 187 countries. Through the various efforts and schemes initiated by the government for strengthening this sector, the area under organic farming has expanded swiftly from 0.58 thousand ha in 2003-04 to 26.6 thousand ha in 2020-21. Organic agriculture is picking up quite a pace in India with 43.8% contribution to the total number of organic farmers in the world, but the area is still quite less i.e., 4.7%. An urgent need to increase the area, production and productivity is being felt, which can only be accomplished through enhanced technological intervention. One such system was adopted in Umiam, Meghalaya and Thiruvananthapuram, Kerela generating a net return of 171,867/ha and 433,490/ha respectively via integrated organic farming system. Salubrious and flourishing environment and soil, plant, animal and human health is generally regarded as the key concern of organic farming. It aims towards the provision of adequate and nourishing food supply with minimum deleterious effects on the environment. The major constraints in organic farming in India would be lack of awareness, marketing issues, shortage of biomass, inadequate supporting infrastructure, high input costs, marketing problems of organic inputs and low yields. As of now, the organic farming techniques are more precisely suited to the small and marginal farmers in order to minimize the risk and maintain sustainable food security. For the establishment of organic farming practices as a regular exercise in the food production industry, round the clock standardized efforts by various stakeholders such as research institutions, new age farmers, developmental organisations, input dealers and processors, etc. are required.', 'Vegetable farming, Organic, India, Biological Control, Organic export', 'Sustainability in agricultural production and non-disruption of the ecological balance are the primary objectives of organic farming. It aims to mitigate the negative impacts incurred to the human health and environment by the continuous use of chemicals for crop production. For achieving these goals, certain rules and principles are to be followed by the organic growers as well as consumers with no scope of any flexibility or lenience. Practicing organic farming as the sole method of cultivation is not really possible in a heavily populated country like India where the demand for vegetables is ever increasing and the organic resources are scarce. To describe the situation, it would be fair to quote the Nobel Laureate Dr. Norman Borlaug (2002) who had stated, “Switching on food production to organic would lower crop yields. There are 6.6 billion people on the planet today. Which 2 billion would volunteer to die?” This statement implies that the output generated by organic farming is not enough to sustain the whole population and the traditional farming methods involving the use of high yielding varieties and chemical fertilisers and pesticides cannot be ignored. In view of the problems associated, certain fertile areas with optimum soil flora and fauna can be dedicated towards organic vegetable production in order to obtain high quality vegetables for export purpose. Hence currently the modus operandi of organic agriculture in India involves partial adoption of organic methods in case of vegetables highly suited for export. In context to Indian agriculture, it is not practically feasible to eliminate the use of chemical fertilisers and pesticides once for all. Rather their use can be minimised or limited. Various experiments and scientific findings have concluded that the combined use of organic and inorganic sources has a beneficial effect on the crop growth and yield. It enhances the productivity and ultimately brings more profit to the grower. As stated above, it is foolish to consider the nationwide adoption of organic farming due to a number of constraints. These include low productivity, elevated cost of cultivation, lack of awareness among farmers and non availability of sufficient quantity of good quality organic inputs. From a practical perspective, adoption of integrated green revolution farming, a modified form of organic farming is possible to a large extent in India. In this system, the core principles governing green revolution such as development of high yielding varieties, heavy irrigation, increased use of external inputs, mechanisation, etc. are kept intact, however conscious efforts are made to multiply their efficiency and minimize the risk to environmental safety and human and plant health. Various integrated systems each offering solution to a different problem have been developed over the years by combining organic techniques with high input technology. The best examples of such amalgamation are Integrated Disease Management (IDM), Integrated Pest Management (IPM), etc., the proper use of which reduces the dependence on chemicals and invites sustainability.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe traditional methods being adopted for agricultural production requiring heavy doses of chemical fertilisers and pesticides are surrounded by several drawbacks including declining agricultural growth rate, factor productivity, farm income, shrinkage in net cultivable area, depleting ground water table, static or decline in food production as well as increasing malnutrition, environmental pollution, cost of production and unemployment. Various types of cancers and other disorders in humans as well as animals are being reported due to the consumption of pesticide and fertiliser-laden food. During the pre-green revolution period (upto 1960’s), the total agricultural production and productivity was not in a position to cater to the needs of the ever-growing population and hence the food prices started showing heavy inflation rates. This demand became the major driving force for the development and large-scale commercialisation of new high yielding varieties of various crops which were highly fertiliser and water intensive. The results of this revolution were euphoric, with the total food grain production being enhanced from a meagre 50.83 million tonnes in 1950-51 to 303.34 million tonnes in 2020-21 (DES, 2021) through the cultivation of HYVs as well as introduction of other green revolution technologies (Ravisankar et al., 2021) The gross irrigated area has also amplified from 22.56 million ha in 1950-51 to 94.46 million ha in 2014-15. Chemical fertilizers playing a primary role in this movement have also witnessed a sharp rise in usage from 0.07 million tonnes in 1950-51 to 29.37 million tonnes in 2018-19 (DES, 2020). All these factors combined have proved to be a total game changer for India with its status being changed from a food imported to food exporter in terms of various major commodities. But as wise men say, “Everything comes with a price”, this statement holds true for green revolution in India as well. Our chemical fertiliser and pesticide consumption now stands at an all time high of 137.9 kg/ha and 0.6kg a.i /ha (DES, 2021) which is expected to cause nothing but devastation for human, plant and environment health. Bringing down the consumption of these chemicals appears to be the need of the hour for striking a balance between meeting the food demands and maintaining the health of mother earth and its various components. Recent studies have established that the combined use of chemical fertilizers along with organic manures is beneficial in improving the overall efficacy of the latter by bringing about significant improvement in the physical, chemical and biological properties of the soil (Panwar et al, 2021). By the year 2025, a total nutrient potential of 32.41 million tonnes is being expected to be contributed by a multitude of organic resources. In addition to this, other statistics point towards the expected demand of 400 million tonnes of food by 2050 in order to satiate the hunger of the projected population of 1.7 billion by that year. Considering these facts and figures, the expansion of organic agriculture in all parts of the country is not a very smart and practical idea, keeping in view the problems arising in the handling of bulky organic manures and their low nutrient content. It has been estimated that around 15 million tonnes of nutrients can be safely and viably provided through organic sources. Hence it is better to go for niche area and crop specific approach for the popularisation of organic farming, making use of integrated crop production models combining the use of organic and inorganic resources for sustainable production and productivity, taking optimum care to not incur any sort of damage to the environment. \r\nThe problems of food and nutritional security can be combated though the cultivation and inclusion of vegetables in our diet. Acting as fairly rich sources of protective vitamins, minerals, fibre and considerable number of proteins, the demand for these commodities is elevating every now and then in the domestic as well as export market. India produced 191769 thousand MT of vegetables during 2019-20 as against only 15 million tonnes prior to independence. It is a well-known fact that India is the second largest producer of vegetables in the world, closely following China. However, from the productivity point of view, India still lags behind. Moreover, the per capita availability is only 210g per head per day, though the recommended consumption is quite high, i.e., 285g per head per day. Owing to the ever-increasing population pressure and the shrinkage of agricultural land, vertical expansion appears to be the only potent solution to tackle the problems of inadequate food supply. We can also aim at increasing the productivity per unit area and time through the exploitation of the available resources and technology that still remain unexplored. We need to adopt such practices which will enable the production of more nutritionally rich vegetables from less land, less water, less chemicals and no detrimental effects on the soil and environment health. Through organic vegetable production, sustainability can be achieved in terms of maintaining the various beneficial properties of the soil as well as induction of resistance to various biotic and abiotic stresses. An increase in profit to the tune of 10 to 50%can be expected from the sale of organic products over the conventional ones. Advanced countries such as USA, Japan, EU and Australia are currently having largest market for these types of commodities and the growth rate of this industry is quite high. India too is slowly picking up pace and beautifully inculcating the art of organic vegetable production in its agricultural setup.\r\nBasic concept of organic farming\r\n1. It focuses on enriching the biological fertility of the soil so that plants can easily acquire the essential nutrients they require and still do not over exploit it and rip off soil of its basic essential components.\r\n2. Control of pests, diseases and weeds is primarily attained through the establishment of a careful ecological balance within the system and by the judicious use of bio pesticides. Certain cultural practices such as mixed cropping, crop rotation, etc., also provide for the effective management of several crop-damaging entities.\r\n3. Organic farmers believe in minimum wastage and try to re-use and recycle all the farm wastes and by-products in the form of organic manures and other resources. However, the export of products from the farm results in a rapid loss of essential nutrients.\r\n4. In a situation where conservation of energy and resources is deemed as important, any community or country would leave no stone unturned to recycle and replenish all urban and industrial wastes back to agriculture. Thus, the system would require only few inputs of new resources in order to “top up” soil fertility.\r\nDefinitions of Organic Farming. Various scientists and organisations have attempted to describe and explain the meaning and core values associated with organic farming at their own levels, but all of them ultimately agree to assert one basic fact, i.e., organic farming is a system that believes in management of the ecosystem itself rather than the incorporation of external agricultural inputs. It aims to minimise the dependence on chemically derived fertilisers and pesticides, veterinary drugs, genetically modified seeds and breeds, preservatives, additives and irradiation in order to mitigate and minimize the devastation of the ecosystem and disturbance of natural ecological balance.\r\nAccording to the definition of FAO/WHO Codex Alimentarius commission (1999), “Organic agriculture is a holistic production management system which promotes and enhances agro-ecosystem health, including biodiversity, biological cycles and soil biological activity. It emphasises the use of management practices in preference to the use of off-farm inputs, taking into account that regional conditions require locally adapted systems. This is accomplished by using, where possible, agronomic, biological and mechanical methods, as opposed to using synthetic materials, to fulfil any specific function within the system”. \r\nNeed for organic farming of vegetables in India\r\n• Most of the vegetable crops are eaten raw as salad, or used in boiled or cooked form; hence, any contamination or presence of any sort of chemical residue may invite various types of diseases and health concerns.\r\n• Mostly, poor, small and marginal farmers are engaged in vegetable cultivation in India.\r\n• The productivity potential and fertility status of soil has declined over years due to the indiscriminate use of chemical fertilisers\r\n• There are not many scientific breakthroughs in recuperating the quality and production of vegetable crops. \r\n• Increasing rates of environmental pollution and damage to the ecosystem.\r\n• The prices of various inputs required in traditional chemical intensive farming practices, such as fertilisers, pesticides, irrigation facilities are skyrocketing day by day. Even though government has announced massive subsidies on these commodities, still the farmers find it very difficult to keep up with the demand. We can easily avoid such issues through the adoption of organic farming which cuts down the usage of such inputs (Singh et al., 2014).\r\nOrganic farming in India. In India, fertilisers are being used only on 30 percent of the cultivable area where optimum irrigation facilities are available, while a large chunk, i.e.,70 percent of the arable land is mainly rain-fed in nature and only a meagre quantity of chemical fertilisers is being used here. The nutritional requirement of crops in these areas is mainly being fulfilled through the use of locally available organic manures, either produced in situ or procured from the nearby farms. The inhabitants of the north-eastern regions of our country are deeply connected with nature and hardly rely on the use of chemical inputs. As a consequence, this area provides immense scope for development of organic farming systems. Around 18 million hectares of chemical devoid land is available in the NE regions which can successfully be employed for organic production. India has tremendous potential to emerge as a global leader in the production and supply of organic products since vast areas here are under organic cultivation. In the year 2001, a report generated by the Task Force on Organic Farming recruited by the Government of India also stated that the diverse regions of the country where chemical inputs are used to the minimum extent possible, but face the problem of low productivity could successfully be utilised for the commercialisation of organic agriculture. Organic agriculture will prosper in India and will contribute in feeding 1.5 billion people by 2030. According to statistics by Assocham and TechSci, the organic farming market in India will reach around $1.36 billion by 2020 with a growth rate of 25-30% per year.\r\nIn India, mostly three kinds of farmers are associated with organic production:\r\n• Farmers who mainly employ their indigenous knowledge and expertise developed over the past thousands of years. They largely cultivate crops for their own consumption and have little surplus for meeting the market demand. \r\n• Farmers with small to medium sized land holdings constitute the second category. These can be classified into two groups: those functioning to renew and revitalize the Vedic practices, together with Ayurvedic tradition of health system with scientific elucidation; and others who follow modern organic agriculture systems, such as Steiner’s biodynamic agriculture or Fukuoka’s “nature farming”, for example. They typically have market surplus and sometimes export their goods. \r\n• Private companies that have realised the value of organic goods and provided for the large-scale conversions to organic systems are the third major group. They have closely studied the patterns of market demand, especially in the northern areas and are in the process of enhancing the economic value of crops. Their key concern is to promote the export of organic commodities.\r\nIndia essentially produces primary organic products, and not much attention is being paid towards processed products. Coffee, tea, spices, fruits, vegetables and cereals as well as honey and cotton are the most important commodities being cultivated in the diverse agro-climatic zones of the country. As of now, there is no concept of organic animal husbandry, poultry, and fisheries. The market for organic foodstuff is still behindhand in India. Consumers are also not much aware of the benefits and usage of such kinds of products. As far as the domestic market is concerned, organic food is generally sold directly via the farmers or by means of specialised shops and restaurants serving organic items. India has mainly emerged as an exporter and by far has not imported organic products. The focal market for exported products is the European Union and lately, the trend of organic food is rising in the USA. Recently India has applied to be included as a member of the “EU-Third-Country-List”. It has been estimated that approximately 700 MT of agricultural wastes are generated in the country every year, but a large fraction of it is discarded and not put to judicious use. This implies a theoretical availability of 5tonnes of organic manure/hectare of arable land/year, which is equivalent to about 100 kg NPK/ha/year (Tondon, 1997). But practically, only a minimal portion of this huge quantity is available for actual field application. A considerable number of substitutes for chemical fertilisers have been developed over the recent years for optimised nutrient supply to the crops. These include organic sources like vermicompost, bio fertilizers, green manures etc. Advanced technologies have been introduced that aim towards the bulk production of nutrient-rich compost and manures, thereby bridging the gap between nutrient demand and supply. With advancement in research methodologies, crop specific manures and organic fertilisers are being prepared for various fruits, vegetables, oilseeds, pulses, etc.\r\nOrganic Farming in India on specific situation. Bearing in mind the facts mentioned above, one needs to be very careful and consider the use of organic sources alone only in cases where they are most economical. At the same time, it must be ensured that the quality of the produce is being maintained from health point of view. In case of the Indian society, organic farming can be commercially exploited under the following conditions where the maintenance of quality is to be given priority over quantity:\r\n • Fruits and vegetable crops where use of elevated doses of chemical fertilizers (especially N causing higher NO content) may result in imbalanced nutrition of crops.\r\n• Plantation crops like tea, coffee, cashew nut etc where the nutrient loss is minimum and salvaging of these through leaf abscission is high. \r\n• High export potential bearing horticultural crops having considerable demand in international markets like spices.\r\n• Premium quality local varieties of different crops having significant export potentials. \r\n• Neem, dried nuts, oilseeds, pulses, cotton, basmati rice etc possessing export potentials. \r\n• Soils having high fixation capacity of various nutrients such as the calcareous, acidic & alkali soils.\r\nObjectives of Organic Farming in Vegetable crops\r\n1. To produce adequate quantity of highly nutritious food.\r\n2. To promote the diverse biological cycles within farming arrangements by encouraging the utilisation of microorganisms, soil flora & fauna, plants and animals.\r\n3. To perpetuate and enhance the long-term fertility and vitality of soil and allow the soil biodiversity to flourish.\r\n4. To stress over the usage of renewable resources in locally organized production systems.\r\n5. To operate within a closed system with respect to organic matter and nutrient elements.\r\n6. To minimise to the maximum extent possible, all sorts of pollution and environmental damage that might occur from the use of traditional agricultural techniques and methodologies.\r\nTechnology packages for Organic Vegetables\r\n1. Timely preparation of soil to a fine tilth with 2-3 ploughings to remove all debris, stubbles, stones etc and to avoid infestation of ants and termites. However, minimum tillage is considered as an important component of organic farming. \r\n2. Use of organic manures as basal dose @ 25-38 t/ha via FYM, poultry manures, fish manures, sheep composts etc. Organic cakes prepared from neem, groundnut and pongamia are considered extremely beneficial for enhancing the soil properties.\r\n3. Raising of green manure crops like sesbania or dhanicha and their timely ploughing back into the soil, besides using biomass of other plant species. \r\n4. Use of crop residues is a vital practice in organic vegetable production, which boosts the soil organic matter content, conserves soil fertility levels, and ultimately enhances the crop yield. Studies conducted by Upadhayay and Sharma (2000) reported that application of five groups of crop residues like bhang (Cannabis sativus) leaves, parthenium weeds, gulmohar and peepal leaves to the soil @ 15t/ha each before planting cowpea crop in a cowpea-potato-cucumber rotation and subsequently adding the crop residues of cowpea, potato (haulms) and cucumber in succession after harvest of each crop and before sowing of succeeding crop resulted a positive effect on the yield of crops and enriched the soil with organic matter. \r\n5. Make sure to incorporate leguminous crops like beans, peas, cowpea etc in the crop rotation that in addition to elevating the soil fertility by fixing the atmospheric nitrogen also increase the yield up 13 to 30-35%. Inoculation of the legume crops with specific rhizobial strains can further perk up their N fixing ability. \r\n6. Choice of vegetable varieties should be based on climate and market preference; adopting optimum spacing and timely planting, raising plants/seedlings with enough organic manures and bio-fertilizers and using only vigorous seedlings for better establishment, growth and yield. \r\n7. Application of bio-fertilizer is of great significance in organic farming as they play a nutritional, stimulatory and the therapeutic role in improving growth, yield and quality of vegetable crops. Inoculations of vegetable crops with different bio-fertilizers have displayed a heartening response both in terms of increasing yield, quality and soil fertility. The field response of Rhizobium is encouraging as reported by a number of research workers. Azotobacter and Azospirillum depicted a significant influence on vegetable crops, resulting in nitrogen economy of 25-50% and increase in yield from 1-42%. Similarly, phosphorus solubilizers can also save in general 40% phosphorus fertilizers and can enhance the crop yields from 4.7-51%.\r\n8. Use of locally available mulching materials or polythene sheets to reduce moisture loss and minimize weed growth. \r\n9. Use disease resistant varieties that suit the eco-system, keep the weed growth in check and remove all parts attacked by pests and diseases. Also raise trap plants to attract insects and follow crop rotation. \r\n10. Use bio-pesticides and bio-control methods for control of various pests and diseases. Natural products like garlic extract potentially act as broad-spectrum pesticides. Neem, Sabadilla and Pyrethrum derivatives show similar properties. Besides this, bio-fertilizers like Azotobacter, Azospirillum, PSM, and phosphorus mobilizers have antifungal activities without any residual or toxic effect, hence the quality of vegetables grown is not compromised. Crop inoculated with mycorrhizal fungi exhibits improved resistance to Rhizoctonia solani and Fusarium oxysporum. Damping off of tomato caused by Phythium is minimised by induction of mycrorrhiza formation. Mycorrhized tomato plants exhibit higher resistance to nematode infection.\r\nEffective Bio-agents \r\nPredators\r\n• Ladybird beetles on aphids and mealy bugs\r\n• Chrysoperla on aphids and other soft bodied insects\r\n• Carabids and staphylinid beetles on vast range of insect hosts\r\nParasitoids\r\n• Trichogramma sp. on Lepidopteran pests \r\n• Apanteles sp. on Lepidopteran larvae \r\n• Trichospilus pupivora on pupa of a caterpillar pest \r\nPathogens\r\n• Bacteria: Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) against DBM \r\n• Fungi: Beauveria bassiana on various crop pests \r\nMetarhizium anisopliae, Nomouraea rileyi on Helicoverpa armigera\r\nViruses \r\n• NPV (Nuclear Polyhedrosis virus) \r\n• NPV of Helicoverpa armigera\r\n• NPV of Spodoptera litura\r\nNematodes \r\n• Steinernema glaseri on soil insects\r\nIndian domestic market and export\r\nAs contrary to the popular belief that organic food consumption is just a trend being followed in the developed countries, the organic food market is slowly but steadily picking up pace in India as well. Most people are of the opinion that India is only interested in the export of organic products and its consumption is next to none. However, the actual facts and figures suggest otherwise. Although it is well established that about 50% of the organic food prepared in India is directed towards export, but the domestic intake cannot be neglected. People nowadays prefer organic food items in order to minimize health scare to children, with around 66% of the parents trying to replace traditional food with comparatively healthy organic food. Even though organic foods are priced slightly higher, i.e., around 25% more than the non organic ones, a number of parents are happily agreeing for their purchase due to the anticipated positive effects these have on the health and general well being. The popping up of new organic stores every now and then is an enough proof of the rising growth of the organic food market in the country. The first organic food store in India was established in Mumbai in 1997 and now, almost every large city has its own organic food stores and restaurants. The status of India as a leading organic food exporter is also elevating day by day with a greater number of farmers being engaged in organic farming activities. Organic spices, organic herbs, organic basmati rice, etc. are readily exported by India to countries such as USA and UK, which is strengthening this industry to the maximum extent possible. In a developing country like India where the average per capita income is a mere 800 USD, the higher premium offered by the sale of organic products is a huge sigh of relief and an indicator for future prosperity. Organic agriculture offers trade opportunities for farmers in the developing and developed countries. (Ummyiah et al., 2017a). In addition, the Indian government is truly actively engaged in the promotion of the organic food industry by offering great deal of support and facilitating smooth marketing of products. Since the domestic market is not in a position to absorb all the organic stuff produced, the sale abroad remains a prime concern for both farmers as well as the government agencies (Ummyiah et al., 2017b).\r\nIssues and strategies of organic vegetable farming in India\r\nThe size of the land holdings under organic cultivation and availability of non-chemical inputs such as manures and bio-pesticides, coupled with scientifically backed packages of practices are the key factors governing the hereinafter success of organic vegetable cultivation in India. The methods of organic food production should be clearly distinguishable from the traditional approaches. The below mentioned problems and their potent solutions should be borne in mind in order to develop organic vegetable cultivation into a sprightly and flexible system, always ready to cater to the changing consumer demands both at domestic as well as international levels.\r\n1. There needs to be on system-based research for vegetable organic farming. It must be integrated one and must not be looked at in isolation. \r\n2. The goal of research should be to develop techniques and methods, which not only enhance food production, but also generate a greater number of jobs and elevate the income of people involved. There must therefore be a triple aim of more food, more jobs and more income.\r\n3. The research for organic farming should be focused on developing farmer friendly technologies which may attract the vegetable growers to adopt them, keeping in view the small sizes of land holdings and few resources available to the poor and marginal farmers.\r\n4. Long-term evaluation of different organic sources should be carried out in order to realise their true potential.\r\n5. For any given cropping system, the most appropriate and beneficial cover crops and smother crops should be identified.\r\n6. All sorts of depletion in ground water quality should be very well determined with special reference to heavy metal toxicity and nitrate pollution.\r\n7. The kind of crops which are able to improve the physical properties of soil in a given agro-climatic zone should be specified.\r\n8. Evaluation of soil conservation practices for disease management, change in the habitat for beneficial insects and suitability of trap crops in organic culture and identification of nematode repellent cover crops especially from various vegetable crops should be given due prominence.\r\n9. Development of techniques for modifying fertilizer recommendations for new crop rotations using different cover crops and foolproof technology for transformation of traditionally used chemicals inputs farm into a successful organic farm. \r\n10. Developing suitable varieties or hybrids for organic cultivation.\r\n11. Appropriate package of technologies are to be developed for organically grown vegetables.\r\n 12. Large scale multiplication of bio-fertilizers, vermicompost, bio-control agents and their distribution to the farmers at reasonable rates.\r\n13. There should be proper research efforts for production and commercialization of bio-pesticides and extension services to educate the farmers to use them. \r\n14. Organic foods are proven to be superior in terms of health and safety, but there is no scientific evidence to back their superiority in terms of taste and nutrition, as most of the studies are often indecisive and full of loopholes. Therefore, stringent evaluation of quality parameters and packaging of organic foods should be carried out using well framed strategies.\r\n15. Efforts should be made to select suitable cropping systems or more precisely, farming systems specific to those agro climatic zones having higher productivity under Organic Farming. The Government should provide ample infrastructure facilities to make the Organic Farming, a profitable venture.\r\n16. There is need for marketing research for organically produce for export potential. There should be proper planning for marketing of organically grown fruits, vegetables and food grains that should help farmers to get a better price for their produce. This, in turn, should motivate them to invest more in Organic Farming. \r\n17. Organic vegetable growers should be rewarded with alluring incentives.\r\n18. Extension scientists must frame well-knit strategies to generate interest in small and marginal farmers to take up organic farming technologies for cultivating vegetable crops.\r\nWhy total adoption of organic Farming of vegetable crops is not feasible/ viable in India? \r\nThough Organic Farming is one of the best approaches to achieve sustainability in the crop production, its adoption on a full-fledged scale under Indian conditions remains a question due to the following major reasons:\r\n1. Organic farming is highly knowledge intensive and requires careful evaluation and deep understanding of the crop and soil dynamics. One has to keep pace with the laws of nature to augment the biological productivity of the soil. \r\n2. There is no well-thought-out extension machinery to dissipate the proven technologies and in many cases, the basic information itself is not available. \r\n3. Reduction of yield in the initial few years of conversion from pure chemical farming to organic farming disturbs the farmers and they are not in a position to take such a big risk.\r\n4. Organic inputs may be difficult to generate on the farm. \r\n5. The organic produce may not find an early market as most of the vegetables are perishable in nature, leading to spoilage and loss to the concerned grower.\r\n6. Shifting to pure organic farming is a very time consuming and laborious task. \r\n7. Nowadays, a smaller number of people are involved in cattle rearing, hence scarcity of FYM is on the rise.\r\n 8. Nutrient content of organic sources is generally quite low. Varied nutrient content is present in organic materials, so it becomes difficult for farmers to calculate the actual number of organic substrates to be added to the soil.\r\n9. Collection and processing of organic wastes is a difficult and time-consuming task.\r\n10. Cattle dung, urine and farm wastes are to be handled manually, which many people do not prefer doing.\r\n11. The consumer needs protection and safety assurance, so the Certification and Inspection programmes have to be conducted on a national level.\r\n12. Export of organic produce requires adherence to pre-specified organic standards, which should be conformed to International Market demand as well. \r\n13. There is a dearth of optimum research & development backup as well as training concerning Organic Farming in India. \r\n14. There is less provision of availability, transportation, and application of biological materials to meet the nutrient demand of the crops. \r\n15. Biological pest control is very knowledge intensive and not everyone has the required skill to go for it.\r\n16. Since the farmers are more interested in cultivating crops of commercial significance, green manuring crops are becoming less common as they do not fit in the commercial crop sequences.\r\n17. Green leaf manuring also has become limited due to the over exploitation of shrubs and trees.\r\n 18. Package of practices revolving around organic farming are not clearly understood and sometimes do not go along the lines of cost-benefit ratio for various crops.\r\n19. Farmers are usually hesitant to adopt organic farming in case no monetary assistance is provided by the government or other developmental agencies because of a fair possibility of yield losses during the early years of adoption.\r\nSuggestions for promotion of Organic Farming in India\r\nThe following suggestions if well understood and applied to the maximum extent possible can help the organic cultivation industry in India to flourish and prosper (Anonymous, 1998):\r\n1. Establishment of centres of excellence and nationwide network for optimising research on Organic Farming.\r\n2. Documentation and written records of all the available indigenous technological knowledge (ITK) and other technologies developed by various public sector research centres/NGO/individuals on the various aspects of Organic Farming in India.\r\n3. Introduction of core courses on the concepts and methods used in Organic Farming in the curriculum of under-graduate and post-graduate degree programmes at different SAUs and other Agricultural Institutes.\r\n4. Standardization of mechanisms or methods for judging the suitability of Organic Farming practices.\r\n5. Formulation of appropriate package of practices of productions of different crops under Organic Farming Systems.\r\n6. Expert teams, comprising of renowned agricultural as well as social scientists and progressive farmers may be constituted for visiting farms of successful farmers associated with organic farming practices.\r\n7. Dissemination of beneficial knowledge and information on Organic Farming through Krishi Vigyan Kendras (KVKs), field demonstrations, TV programmes and other suitable mass media etc.\r\nScope of Organic farming in India:\r\n• Organic food is in high demand with rising domestic market.\r\n• Organic farming has emerged as an alternative system of farming that may not only address quality and sustainability concerns, but also ensures a debt-free future.\r\n• Organic farming is appropriate for small farmers in developing countries like India. \r\n• Organic agriculture helps to reduce poverty and ensures food security through a variety of factors like; Increasing yields in locations with low inputs, Biodiversity and natural resources conservation on the farm and in the surrounding environment; Increasing revenue and/or lowering costs; Creating food that is both safe and diverse; Having a long-term sustainability.\r\n', 'Ummyiah H. Masoodi, Khansa Bashir and Ajaz A. Malik (2022). Organic Farming in Vegetables- The Indian Scenario. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 564-572.'),
(5317, '', '', '', '', '', 1, '', '', '', '', ''),
(5318, '', '', '', '', '', 1, '', '', '', '', ''),
(5319, '', '', '', '', '', 1, '', '', '', '', ''),
(5320, '', '', '', '', '', 1, '', '', '', '', ''),
(5321, '', '', '', '', '', 1, '', '', '', '', ''),
(5322, '', '', '', '', '', 1, '', '', '', '', '');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5323, '136', 'Analysis of Genetic Divergence in some Elite Cultivars of Bread Wheat (Triticum aestivum L. em. Thell)', 'Shivani Chaudhary, Atul Gautam, Avanish Pandey, Tarkeshwar and S.C. Gaur', '95 Analysis of Genetic Divergence in some Elite Cultivars of Bread Wheat (Triticum aestivum L. em. Thell) Shivani Chaudhary.pdf', '', 1, 'Determination of genetic diversity is useful for plant breeding for the production of more efficient plant species under different conditions. Accordingly, twenty genotypes of the most common wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) cultivated in different regions of U.P. were selected, grown, and analyzed for genetic diversity. The experiment was conducted at the Agricultural Research Farm of B.R.D. P.G. College, Deoria (U.P.) in a randomized complete block design with three replications. The observations were taken for fourteen metric traits. Cluster analysis based on Mahalanobis’(1936), described by Rao (1952) and Tocher\'s method, categorized the cultivars into five groups. Cluster I had the highest number of genotypes having nine entries followed by cluster II with six entries, cluster III, cluster IV, and V representing one entry each. The intra-cluster distance varied from 0.00 to 25.60. The inter-cluster distance ranged from 32.81 to 109.26. Cluster III was responsible for the highest group means for the biological yield per plant (28.31 g) and grain yield per plant (16.30 g) whereas, it possessed the lowest cluster group mean for days to 50% flowering (74.00 days). Such differences in the genetic component of traits studied in this manuscript can be applied as a new source of variation in other breeding programs and crossing nurseries for wheat improvement. ', 'Genetic divergence, cluster analysis, Triticum aestivum, genetic diversity, Mahalanobis’ D2', 'The characters contributing maximum to the diversity would give supreme opportunity to decide the cluster type for further selection and the choice of parents for a hybrid breeding program. The results revealed that the genotypes from cluster III can be selected for early flowering and higher grain yield per plant and from cluster IV for early maturity so that the direct selection for these traits would helpful as evident from several times these traits appeared or were ranked first during contribution to diversity.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nWheat has a long history of serving as an important food crop to mankind. It has been appropriated as a major source of energy through its carbohydrates and in more recent times for its supply of valuables proteins give wheat its unique properties for making food of different kinds of tastes.\r\nWheat is a self-pollinated C3 plant with the cleistogamous condition. The wheat is most successfully grown between the latitude of 30 to 60°N and 27 to 40°N (Nuttonson, 1955) but beyond these limits, it also be grown from arctic to high elevated equators. The optimum temperature for best growth and yield is 25°C with a minimum of 20°C and a maximum of 35°C growth temperature.\r\nWheat is a highly consumed cereal crop by the majority of the people at the global level and holds an important part of food security by providing over 50% calories to the consumers whose staple food is wheat (Gupta et al., 2005). According to Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), wheat provides 20% of food resources globally and is an essential part of human food (Farzi and Bigloo 2010). Too many food items like bread, chapattis, and many more items are being made of wheat. To meet the demands of wheat for food security for the ever-increasing population it is an urgent need to increase per unit yield by introducing new high-yielding wheat varieties having suitable qualities like baking quality, digestibility, mineral contents etc. as per society’s needs (Ali et al., 2020).\r\nThe genetic diversity of plants affects their capacity for increased productivity and, thus, their usage in breeding, which may ultimately lead to an increased food supply. The need for breeding experiments is thus shown by the increased focus on developing resistant plant species for prolonged food production under various situations. In this regard analysis of genetic divergence present in cultivars become very important as it serves as a storehouse of valuable genes of desired traits for crop improvement.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nExperimental Site. The experiment was carried out at the Agricultural Research Farm, Baba Raghav Das Post Graduate College, Deoria (U.P.). Geographically, this College is located in the east part of Uttar Pradesh, India at 26.5°N latitude, 83.79°E longitude, and 68 meters (223 feet) above the mean sea level.\r\nExperimental Details. Twenty elite cultivars of bread wheat were sown during Rabi 2020-21 in Randomized Block Design with three replications. The row-to-row distance was maintained at 22.5 cm, and the plant-to-plant distance was maintained at 5 cm by hand thinning. All the other recommended agronomic activities were practiced to raise a healthy crop at the experiment station.\r\nObservations Recorded. The observations were recorded for 14 quantitative traits viz., days to 50% flowering, days to maturity, flag leaf area (cm2), plant height (cm), peduncle length (cm), number of productive tillers per plant, spike length (cm), number of spikelets per spike, number of grains per spike, grain yield per spike (g), 1000-grains weight (g), biological yield/plant (g), grain yield per plant (g) and harvest index (%). The data on days to 50% flowering and days to maturity were recorded on plot basis while the rest were measured from five competitive and randomly selected plants from each replication and their mean values were subjected to statistical analysis.\r\nStatistical Analyses\r\nGenetic diversity analysis. The genetic divergence amongst different genotypes is assessed based on the estimated inter-se genetic distances amongst the genotypes. One of the potent techniques for assessing genetic divergence is the D2 statistics proposed by Mahalanobis (1936). D2 statistics technique measures the forces of differentiation at two levels, namely, intra-cluster and inter-cluster levels, and thus helps in the selection of genetically divergent parents for exploitation in hybridization programs.\r\nClustering of genotypes using D2 values. Tocher’s method was used for clustering the genotypes into different groups described by Rao (1952). The basis of clustering by this method was that any two varieties belonging to the same cluster would show smaller D2 values as compared to those belonging to two different clusters. This method started with two closely associated populations to find a third population that had the smallest average of D2 values. In the same manner, the fourth one was chosen to have the smallest average of D2 values among the first three and so on. This process was repeated until the D2 values of all the genotypes were exhausted, except those that were included in the former cluster.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nSince the crosses made between the donors having maximum genetic divergence would be more rewarding towards desirable recombinants in the progenies, the diversity of parents is of prime importance for a successful breeding program. However, it is desirable to select suitably genetically divergent parents, based on information about the genetic variability and genetic diversity present in the available germplasm. \r\nClustering pattern of genotypes. The Clustering pattern of the twenty genotypes was grouped into five different non-overlapping Clusters Table 1. Cluster I had the highest number of genotypes having nineentries followed by cluster II with six entries, cluster III, cluster IV, and V representing one entry each. A similar grouping was also done by Ali and Bharadwaj (2015); Tarkeshwar et al. (2019) also recorded ten cluster groups of 84 wheat genotypes.\r\nInter and intra-cluster distances. The magnitude of inter-cluster distance measures the genetic distance between two clusters while intra-cluster distance measures the extent of genetic diversity between the genotypes of the same cluster. The values of intra-cluster distance values were lower than that of inter-cluster distances, indicating wide genetic diversity among the genotypes. \r\nThe averages of average inter and intra-cluster distances represented by the D² value have been given in Table 2. The intra-cluster distance varied from 0.00 to 25.60. The highest intra-cluster distance was observed in the case of cluster II (25.60) followed by cluster I (22.07) while the lowest intra-cluster values were in cases of clusters III, IV, and V (0.00). Earlier studies have also reported substantial genetic divergence in wheat (Kumar et al., 2018; Kumar et al., 2015).\r\nThe inter-cluster distance ranged from 32.81 to 109.26. The maximum inter-cluster distance observed between clusters IV and V (109.26) followed by clusters I and V (87.50) which suggested that members of these two clusters groups are genetically very diverse from each other showing that the genotypes concerned with these clusters have wide genetic diversity and thus genotypes of these clusters can be used in wheat hybridization program for trait improvement. The results found in the present investigation agreed with the results of Preeti et al. (2018).\r\nThe minimum inter-cluster distance was observed between clusters I and IV (32.81) followed by clusters III and IV (33.74) suggesting that the genotypes of these groups are genetically closer to each other. The relatively higher inter-cluster distances were also noted between clusters II and V (85.35) and III and V (75.89). The genotypes of these clusters are also diverse from each other. Tarkeshwar et al. (2019) also noticed these types of results in their investigation.\r\nInter and intra-cluster group means for six clusters. To validate the clusters responsible for a trait or a group of traits under investigation, the intra and inter clusters group means were estimated for various traits and clusters presented in Table 3.\r\nThe clusters I had the highest group mean for plant height (85.6 cm) and lowest mean for number of productive tillers per plant (4.32), biological yield per plant (22.49 g), and grain yield per plant (12.30 g).Cluster II had maximum means for days to maturity (118.92), number of spikelets per spike (19.72),and test weight (47.17 g) while minimum cluster means for peduncle length (42.81 cm).Cluster III was responsible for the highest group means for biological yield per plant (28.31 g) and grain yield per plant (16.30 g) whereas, it possessed the lowest cluster group mean for days to 50% flowering (74.00 days) and grain yield per spike (1.60 g). Cluster IV exhibited the highest means for the characters peduncle length (45.69 cm), number of productive tillers per plant (5.20), and harvest index (63.46%) while the lowest means for flag leaf area (28.88 cm2), days to maturity (81.33 days), number of spikelets per spike (17.23) and number of grains per spike (35.90).Clusters V showed the highest mean for days to 50% flowering (79.00 days), flag leaf area (64.26 cm2), and grain yield per spike (3.30 g) and it also recorded the lowest mean for length of spike (11.27 cm), plant height (78.12) and harvest index (55.21%). The genotypes from the clusters having the lowest values for days to 50% flowering, plant height, and maturity can be incorporated in our breeding program for earlier flowering, short stature, and early maturity and hence can be avoided the stress that develops during late rabi season. On the other hand, genotypes from the clusters having the highest cluster group mean can be used as donor parents for higher values of that trait. The earlier workers also noted similar results for most of the clusters formed in this investigation viz., Kumar et al. (2018) for plant height, biological yield per plant and days to maturity, Gurjar and Marker (2018) for days to maturity, plant height.\r\n', 'Shivani Chaudhary, Atul Gautam, Avanish Pandey, Tarkeshwar and S.C. Gaur (2022). Analysis of Genetic Divergence in Some Elite Cultivars of Bread Wheat (Triticum aestivum L. em. Thell). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 573-576.'),
(5324, '136', 'Effect of Integrated Nutrient Management on Growth and Yield of Papaya \r\n(Carica papaya L)\r\n', 'Priyam Chattopadhyay and Goutam Mandal', '96 Effect of Integrated Nutrient Management on Growth and Yield of Papaya P. Chattopadhyay.pdf', '', 1, 'Papaya is a popular and important fruit crop in this present world for its delicious taste, nutritional value, and medicinal properties and also considered as \"Heavy feeder crop\" because of its quick development, continuous fruiting habit, and high fruit yield, which sets it apart from other fruit crops in terms of nutrition. For this to determine the actual combination of organic and inorganic nutrient for better growth and yield of papaya farming, a field experiment was conducted at a farmers\' field in Kalchini, Alipurduar, West Bengal, between the years of 2018–19 and 2019–20. The experiment consisted of 5 factors (control, biofertilizer + FYM, vermicompost + biofertilizer, boron + FYM, zinc + FYM), 4 Treatments (Control, RDF of NPK, 50% RDF, and 75% RDF), and was replicated three times. The data was statistically analyzed using a randomized full block design. With RDF of NPK + vermicompost + biofertilizer, the maximum growth-related parameters, including plant height (293.930 cm), plant girth (50.475 cm), and total number of leaves (57.500), were observed. In terms of yield characteristics, RDF of NPK + vermicompost + biofertilizer was shown to be superior to other treatments viz. total number of fruits (38.725), fruit set percentage (73.29), total yield (59.47 kg ha-1), fruit weight (1.67 kg), minimum days taken to fruit initiation (121.82). For the above stated parameter treatment 75% RDF of NPK+ vermicompost + biofertilizer was statistically at per with each other.', 'Papaya, Integrated nutrient management, Growth, Yield', 'According to the experimental results from the aforementioned field trial, the recommended fertilizer dose of 200: 200: 250 g plant-1 year-1, vermicompost at 5 kg plant-1, and 100 g of well-mixed PSB and azotobactor was found to be superior in nearly every growth and yield related feature. It was also demonstrated that 100 g of well-mixed PSB and azotobactor and 75% RDF + vermicompost @ 5 kg plant-1 were equivalent to the aforementioned treatments. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nIn recent times, papaya (Carica papaya L.) has gained the popularity as a fruit crop because of its delicious flavour, nutritional value, and therapeutic benefits. Papaya belongs to Caricaceae family and has 48 species in total. It is originated in Tropical America and is a tropical fruit that is commonly produced in the tropics and subtropics Arvind et al. (2013); Yograj et al. (2014). It is still regarded as a garden crop despite its enormous size and productivity. However, in recent years, papaya\'s importance as a commercial fruit crop has increased because of its therapeutic and nutritional properties, as well as because of its quick and consistent yielding behaviour, which gives growers early income. Papaya is frequently referred to as the \"Heavy feeder crop\" because of quick growth grows, continuous flowering and fruiting, and how much fruit it produces compared to other fruit crops. In order to maintain the health of the plant and the soil and to provide a lucrative harvest, timely and effective manuring of young and mature plants is absolutely necessary. Because papaya requires a lot of nutrients continuously, using a lot of chemically prepared fertilizers on its own is not only non practical, but also expensive for the poor farmers because the bulk of them are small and marginal ones. Aside from that, the usage of chemical fertilizers has led to an increase in multi-nutrient deficits, nutrient imbalances, and a decline in soil health and production over time (Singh and Varu 2013). Integrated nutrition management may be a viable option in this regard. The main goal of integrated plant nutrient management is to use both organic and inorganic nutrients, as well as other micronutrients, in a more rational way to better understand and evaluate the interactions of different nutrients, as well as to lower production costs by using less inorganic fertilizer. Keeping this in view, the present investigation was conducted to study the effect of integrated nutrient management practices on growth and yield of papaya and to evaluate the ideal treatment combination for the same.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe current field study was carried out during 2018-19 and 2019-20 at farmers field in Kalchini, Alipurduar, West Bengal, which is a part of the Terai-Dooars agro climatic region with an EC of 0.26 ds m-1 and a pH of 5.8, the experimental soil comprised 0.5 percent organic carbon, 184.4 kg ha-1 nitrogen, 190 kg ha-1 phosphorus, and 191 kg ha-1 potassium. A three-replication randomized complete block design was used to set up the experiment. The current study included 20 distinct treatments, each with a different nutritional amount, i.e. T0F0 (control), T0F1 (control + biofertilizer + FYM), T0F2 (control + vermicompost + biofertilizer)), T0F3(control + boron + FYM), T0F4(control + zinc + FYM), T1F0(RDF of NPK + control), T1F1(RDF of NPK + biofertilizer + FYM), T1F2(RDF of NPK + vermicompost + biofertilizer), T1F3 (RDF of NPK + boron + FYM), T1F4 (RDF of NPK+ zinc + FYM), T2F0 (50% of RDF + control), T2F1 (50% of RDF + biofertilizer + FYM), T2F2 (50% of RDF + vermicompost + biofertilizer), T2F3 (50% of RDF + boron + FYM), T2F4 (50% of RDF + zinc + FYM), T3F0 (75% of RDF + control), T3F1 (75% of RDF + biofertilizer + FYM), T3F2 (75% of RDF + vermicompost + biofertilizer), T3F3 (75% of RDF + boron + FYM), T3F4 (75% of RDF + zinc + FYM). Because of its widespread acceptance among farmers, the cultivar C.V. Red Fort was chosen for the experiment and bought from a local market. With medium-sized plants, this is a medium-sized F1 hybrid. The fruits are oval in shape and the flesh is a dark reddish orange colour. They are sweet and have a lovely flavour. The young saplings were transplanted to the main field at a spacing of 2m×1.8m during the first week of July. Urea, Single Super Phosphate, and Murate of Potash were applied to the plant in the form of Urea, SSP, and MOP. During field preparation, 1/3 of the fertilizer was applied during pit filling. The remaining are divided in half and applied at a 45days interval. When using Factor F1 as a bio-fertilizer, azotobactor is well mixed with PSB and 100gm of the mixture is applied to the pit during field preparation. During field preparation, FYM used @20 kg plant-1. During the field preparation for Factor F3, vermicompost was applied at a rate of 5 kg plant-1. In the case of micronutrient application, combine the required amounts of Zn and B with water and thoroughly apply to the plants. The micronutrient application procedure was carried out in the evening. The data on yield related attributes was statistically examined.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nPersual data revealed that integrated nutrient management practices had a good impact on the growth and yield of freshly harvested fruits. The growth related parameter viz. plant height, plant grith, number of leaves was responded significantly in reference with integrated nutrient management practices. Maximum Plant height (293.930cm), plant grith (50.475cm), total number of leaves (57.00) of papaya plant was recorded highest under RDF of NPK + vermicompost + biofertilizer. The combination of inorganic fertilizers, organic manure, vermicompost, and biofertilizers that provide nutrients to the plant in the right proportion and amount at the right time may have helped improve soil aeration, which may have contributed to the maximum improvement of the growth-related parameters. Nayyer et al. (2014) in banana, Srivastava et al. (2014) in papaya, Tripathi et al. (2013) in Isabgol, Mishra and Tripathi (2011) backed with the findings described above. Results for organic nutrient management, including vermicompost and bio fertiliser, were almost equal according to Chaudhary et al. (2004). They found that the amplification of growth characters like Plant grith, plant height, total number of leaves may be caused by the presence of growth-promoting molecules like auxins and cytokinins, which aid in cell division and cell elongation.\r\nThe interplay of organic, inorganic, biofertilizers, and micronutrients on the overall number of blooms on papaya plants was favorable. The reproductive stage data showed that there was significant variability amongst the treatments. The overall number of fruits was higher in the RDF made up of NPK+ vermicompost + biofertilizer. The plants that received the aforementioned treatments produced the most fruits when fed. The above findings are closely in line with Srinu et al. (2017) in papaya, Gupta and Tripathi (2012) in strawberry cv. Chandler, Tripathi et al. (2015a) inaonla and Katiyar et al. (2012) in ber. The use of biofertilizers in conjunction with vermicompost and chemical fertilizers may have a positive impact on the development of inflorescences, which may lead to higher nutrient levels in the crop\'s assimilating area and an increase in the rate of dry matter production, which is positively correlated with the number of flowers and fruits set. A sufficient food supply and the induction of growth hormones increased cell division and cell elongation, which led to an increase in the number of flowers and fruits. In addition to total flower and fruit, fruit set percentage was also successfully replied to in terms of integrated nutrient management techniques. Maximum fruit set percentage was likewise noted under the same treatment combination, according the experiment\'s findings. This kind of observation might have been made because more flowers and fruits were generated, increasing the proportion of fruit set. Vermicompost, various chemical fertilizers, and bio fertilizer may have all contributed in this regard. Tripathi (2012) in strawberry cv. and Srinu et al. (2017) in papaya Chandler made comparable discoveries.\r\nEarly fruiting is a considerably more important criterion that can help producers start making money right away. The number of days needed for fruit to form during the growth period varied among treatments. According to research data, there was a significant difference between comprehensive nutrition management strategies and the number of days it took for the first fruits to begin to appear. Less time was needed for the plants treated with RDF of NPK + vermicompost + biofertilizer to reach fruit development. Early blooming and the simultaneous transport of growth factors like cytokinin to the auxiliary bud, which breaks apical dominance, may be caused by an improved net absorption rate and better development. These factors may also contribute to the production of enough endogenous metabolites. In banana, Hazarika and Ansari (2010); Nayyer et al. (2014); Srinu et al. (2017) in papaya, and Gupta and Tripathi (2012) in strawberry cv. Chandler, Hazarika and Ansari (2010); Nayyer et al. (2014).\r\nAccording to the results of the above experiment, plants treated with RDF of NPK + vermicompost + biofertilizer produced the highest fruit yield (59.47 kg ha-1), fruit weight (1.67 kg), These findings are closely supported by of Nayyer et al. (2014) in banana, Gupta and Tripathi (2012) in strawberry, Katiyar et al. (2012) in ber, Kumar et al. (2015) in Guava, Ravishankar et al. (2010); Kanwar et al. (2020) in papaya. The outcomes mentioned above could be attributable to increased vermicompost, biofertilizers, and chemical fertilizers used in the right amounts to produce more fruit. Additionally, the nitrogen-fixing abilities of vermicompost and the phosphorus-solubilizing capabilities of biofertilizers may boost the availability of nitrogen and phosphorus to plants as well as their translocation, which helps to raise the fruit weight as well as the overall fruit output.\r\n', 'Priyam Chattopadhyay and Goutam Mandal (2022). Effect of Integrated Nutrient Management on Growth and Yield of Papaya (Carica papaya L). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 577-580.'),
(5325, '136', 'Assessment of Heritability and Genetic Advance in Parent and F1 Hybrids of Bottle gourd [Lagenaria siceraria (Mol.) Standl.]', 'Muzeev Ahmad, Bijendra Singh, Khursheed Alam, Mohd Wamiq, Imran Ali, Rahul Kumar and Rishabh Shukla\r\n', '97 Assessment of Heritability and Genetic Advance in Parent and F1 Hybrids of Bottle gourd [Lagenaria siceraria (Mol.) Standl.] Akhtar Rasool.pdf', '', 1, 'The present experiment was carried out in a bottle gourd to assess the heritability and genetic advance for yield and quality component traits. Forty-five bottle gourd hybrids were generated by crossing fifteen lines with three testers cross, along with eighteen parents evaluated in a randomized complete block design with three replications at the experiment station of Horticultural Research Centre, College of Horticulture, Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel University of Agriculture and Technology, Modipuram, Meerut, during the summer season of the year 2020 and 2021. The estimation of heritability act as a predictive instrument in expressing the reliability of phenotypic value. Heritability helps the breeder in the election of elite genotypes from diverse genetic populations. Therefore, high heritability helps in effective selection for a particular trait. \r\nThe high heritability was recorded in average fruit weight (381.16) and fruit yield (93.47). The low heritability was estimated in fruit length (9.76%), days to first fruit harvest (7.42%), fruit girth (7.38%), days to first fruit set (7.49%), first flower initiation (5.46%), days to 50% flowering (5.60%), number of fruits per plant (4.09%), number of primary branches (2.03%), vine length (1.21%). The estimate of genetic advance was recorded highest for average fruit weight (48.48) followed by fruit yield (37.72), fruit length (34.34) and fruit girth (31.00), number of fruits per plant. The highest genetic gain was observed for fruit yield (119.79%) followed by fruit length (12.51%), crop duration (11.21%), days to first fruit set (9.59%) and days to first fruit harvest (9.51%).\r\n', 'Heritability, genetic advance, bottle gourd\r\n', 'Estimates of moderate heritability with low genetic advance indicated a preponderance of now additive gene action fruit yield per plant. Hence heterosis breeding approach will be more rewarding than the selection for improvement of bottle gourd.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nVegetables are the most sustainable and affordable source of micronutrients including vitamins and minerals, of the new millennium. Vegetable production and consumption have to meet the national increasing population our demand for vegetables to provide nutritional security to every person will be 350 million tonnes by 2030 in the world (FAO, 2017).\r\nBottle gourd [Lagenaria siceraria (Mol.) Standl.] is a crucial vegetable belonging to the Cucurbitaceae family, subfamily cucurbitoideae, and tribe benincaseae (Richardson, 1972). It has a diploid chromosome (2n=2x=22) and belongs to the genus Lagenaria with a genome size of 334 Mb (Beevy and Kuriachan 1996; Achigan-Dako et al., 2008). The names “lagenaria” and “siceraria” are derived from the Latin words “lagena” for bottle and “sicera” for drinking utensils. Its fruit is available in the market thought the year. It is believed to originate in Southern Africa and is widely grown in South and Southeast Asia, China, and Africa (Erickson et al., 2005). \r\nAccording to dieticians, an adult individual requires 300gm (125gm of leafy vegetables, 100gm root and tuber vegetables, and 75gm of other vegetables) of vegetables daily to maintain proper health. However, the per capita consumption of vegetables in India is only 175g which is very low compared to the recommended dose. The bottle gourd fruit contain vitamin C (11.00mg), thiamine (0.044mg), riboflavin (0.023mg), niacin (0.330mg), protein (0.200g), carbohydrate (2.50g) and trace of mineral-like calcium (20.00mg), phosphorus (10.00mg) and iron (0.700mg) in 100gm of fruit (Thamburaj and Singh 2000).\r\nBottle gourd is a highly cross-pollinated crop due to its monoecious and and romonoecious nature (Bose et al., 2002). Being cross-pollinated crops, it has a wide range of variability for maturity, yield, and fruit characteristics like shape and size (Sidhu, 2002). Sex expression in cucurbits is influenced by genetic, environmental, and chemical factors (Tiedjens, 1928). Bottle gourd is the largest produced cucurbitaceous vegetable in the world preferred in both urban and rural populations. It bears simple, alternate leaves 4-12 cm across with 3-7 separated. The fruit shape varies from flat to round, oval, oblong, and long. The fruit color varies from dark green to cream or yellow. The herbaceous tendril-bearing vine grows to 5 m. It is an important gourd having a wide range of use and is largely cultivated in the tropics and subtropics for its edible fruit. It’s easily digestible and cooked vegetable preparation is recommended for patients suffering from stomach problems. In addition, the white pulp of the fruit is emetic, purgative, diuretic, and antibilious and it’s having a cooling effect. Oil from the seed is used to relieve headaches and is also diuretic and nutritive (Rahman et al., 2008). \r\nAn estimate of genetic advance along with heritability is helpful in assessing the reliability of character for selection. Knowledge of the mechanisms underlying the correlations between different traits is fundamental for understanding the degree of integration of the phenotype and resolving the constraints imposed on evolutionary processes (Lynch and Walsh 1998). \r\nAlekar et al. (2019) estimated high heritability for vine length at last harvest, number of primary branches per vine, number of fruits per vine, average fruit yield per vine, the average weight of fruit, average length of fruit, and yield tonnes per hectare. High heritability estimates are comparatively less affected by the environment.\r\nThakur et al. (2017) recorded high heritability for days to the first male and female flower appear, days to 50% flowering, days to fruit set, days to first fruit harvest, a number of branches per plant, fruit length, fruit girth, fruit weight, no. of fruits per plant and yield(q/h). \r\nKhan et al. (2016) reported moderate heritabilityfor fruit yield, the number of fruits per vine, length of fruit, and fruit weight.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe present experiment was carried out during the summer season of the years 2020 and 2021, to assess the heritability and genetic advance using a line x-tester mating design with three replications at the experiment station of Horticultural Research Centre, College of Horticulture, Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel University of Agriculture and Technology, Modipuram, Meerut-250110 (U.P.). The experimental materials for the present investigation comprised of fifteen lines with three testers of bottle gourd selected on the basis of the variability. The selected parental lines i.e., IC- 539711, IC- 336757, IC- 394736, IC- 321410, IC- 398541, IC- 321460, IC- 541393, IC- 394857, IC- 310188, Vallabh Saral, IC- 385816, IC- 336820, IC- 418491, Pant Louki-1, Arka Bahar, Narendra Madhuri (T1), Narendra Rashmi (T2) and Pusa Naveen (T3). The present experiments were conducted in a randomized complete block design with three replications to appraise the performance of forty-five F1 and their eighteen parents (fifteen lines and three testers) for the study of heritability and genetic advance for fruit yield and quality attributing traits. This crop was sown in rows spaced at 3 meters apart with a plant-to-plant spacing of 0.50 meters. Sowing was done in 2020 and 2021. All the recommended agronomic packages of practices and protection measures were followed to raise a good crop. The observation was recorded on days to first flower initiation, days to 50% flowering, days of fruit set, days to first fruit harvest, fruit weight (g), fruit length (cm), fruit girth (cm), number of fruits per plant, vine length (m), number of primary branches per plant, duration of crop and fruit yield (q/h). The estimated heritability in the narrow sense (h2ns) has been classified by Kempthorne and Curnow (1963) into three categories viz., high (>30%), medium (10-30%), and low (<10%). The genetic advance as percent of mean was categorized as low, moderate, and high by following Johnson et al. (1955). Low (0-10%), moderate (10-20%) and high (>20%) respectively.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION \r\nThe estimate of heritability and genetic advance in the present mean is present in the Table 1 and Fig. 1. The high heritability was recorded in average fruit weight (381.16) and fruit yield (93.47). The low heritability was estimated in fruit length (9.76%), days to first fruit harvest (7.42%), fruit girth (7.38%), days to first fruit set (7.49%), first flower initiation (5.46%), days to 50% flowering (5.60%), number of fruits per plant (4.09%), number of primary branches (2.03%), vine length (1.21%).\r\nThe estimate of genetic advance was recorded highest for average fruit weight (48.48) followed by fruit yield (37.72), fruit length (34.34), fruit girth (31.00), number of fruits per plant (28.94), number of primary branches (27.71) and vine length (23.45). It was moderate for days to first fruit set (12.80), days to first flower initiation (11.67), days to first fruit harvest (10.22), days to 50% flowering (9.46), and crop duration (6.96).\r\nGenetic advance as percent of mean genetic gain, the highest genetic gain was observed for fruit yield (119.79%), moderate in fruit length (12.51%), crop duration (11.21%), and the low genetic advance was recorded in days to first fruit set (9.59%), days to first fruit harvest (9.51%), days to 50% flowering (7.17%).\r\nA perusal of Table 1 revealed that the high estimate of heritability average fruit weight, fruit yield, and low heritability in fruit length, days to first fruit harvest, fruit girth, days to first fruit set, first flower initiation, days to 50% flowering, number of fruits per plant, number of primary branches, vine length.\r\nThe estimate of genetic advance was recorded highest for average fruit weight, fruit yield, fruit length, and fruit girth. It was moderate for days to first fruit set, days to first flower initiation, days to first fruit harvest, days to 50% flowering, and crop duration.\r\nGenetic advance as percent of mean genetic gain, the highest genetic gain was observed for fruit yield, moderate in fruit length, crop duration, and the low genetic advance was recorded in days to first fruit set, days to first fruit harvest, days to 50% flowering. Similarity findings for the high estimate of heritability for different bottle gourd traits have been also reported by Deepthi et al. (2016); Damor et al. (2016); Rashid et al. (2020); Singh et al. (2021).\r\n', 'Muzeev Ahmad, Bijendra Singh, Khursheed Alam, Mohd Wamiq, Imran Ali, Rahul Kumar and Rishabh Shukla (2022). Assessment of Heritability and Genetic Advance in Parent and F1 Hybrids of Bottle gourd [Lagenaria siceraria (Mol.) Standl.]. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 581-583.'),
(5326, '136', 'Effect of GA3 and Culture Media on in vitro Seed Germination of Papaya cv. TNAU Papaya CO 8', 'Shalini C., C. Kavitha, J. Auxcilia and K. Hemaprabha', '98 Effect of GA3 and Culture Media on in vitro Seed Germination of Papaya cv. TNAU Papaya CO 8 C. Kavitha.pdf', '', 1, 'The present investigation was taken up to study the effect of gibberellic acid and tissue culture media on in vitro seed germination of papaya to obtain uniform, disease free and healthy seedlings. In vitro derived seedlings may serve as explant source for micropropagation in papaya. The experiment was carried out with four treatments replicated four times in two different medium viz., MS and WPM. The results of the study revealed that seeds without presoaking and without seed coat inoculated in the Woody plant medium supplemented with 500 ppm GA3 registered the highest germination percentage (80.40%), seedling length (9.76 cm) and took lesser days for germination (8.23 days). The same treatment in MS medium supplemented with 500 ppm GA3, also registered lesser days for germination (10.81) and recorded the maximum germination percentage of 72.09% with seedling length of 7.11 cm. Seedling vigour index was recorded maximum of 784.70 and 512.55 in seeds inoculated without presoaking and without seed coat in WPM and MS medium fortified with 500 ppm GA3. Among the two media used, WPM was observed to be better for in vitro germination than MS medium and removal of seed coat also influenced the seed germination faster irrespective of the medium. The in vitro generated seedlings can serve as the source of axenic explants for plant regeneration and for further studies. ', 'Papaya, in vitro seed germination, MS, WPM, GA3, seed coat', 'The experiment was conducted to standardize a protocol for in vitro seed germination in papaya. Based on the present study, results concluded that medium supplemented with 500 ppm GA3 and seeds inoculated without pre-soaking seed coat recorded a maximum germination percentage and highest seedling height in papaya. Lower concentration of inorganic salts in WPM enhanced the seed germination. This technique enables quick and cost-effective production of a large quantity of axenic seedling plants in papaya which can be used for further tissue culture experiments.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nCarica papaya L. commonly known as papaya or pawpaw, is an important fruit crop belonging to the family, Caricaceae and is widespread all around the tropical and sub tropical regions of the world. Papaya is emerging as a main commercial crop in India, during the last few years because of its high nutritive value and ability to produce fruits throughout the year once it starts flowering. It is also reported as ‘universal nutrient basket’ and now being exploited for its medicinal and industrial values. Papaya is a wholesome fruit and is rich in vitamin A (2020 IU/100g) and vitamin C, riboflavin and folate. Ripe papaya is relished as a dessert fruit and is also used for preparation of jam, jelly, salads, refreshing drinks, candies, tutti-frutti etc. Unripe fruits are also cooked as vegetable in India. The latex obtained from the unripe fruits is the primary source of the proteolytic enzyme, papain and is used widely in pharmaceutical, beer, cosmetics and leather industry. Papaya is conventionally and commercially propagated by seed (Bhattacharya and Khuspe 2001) and seedling plants of papaya are not genetically uniform and significant variation in fruit yield, quality and disease susceptibility is observed within cultivated populations (Drew, 1988). \r\nTNAU Papaya CO 8 is a dioecious cultivar released by Tamil Nadu Agricultural University during 2011. It is a red pulped cultivar suitable for fresh fruit consumption, papain extraction and processing into value added products. The yield potential of the variety is 200-220 t/ha in a cropping period of 20-22 months and it is tolerant to PRSV at field level when compared to commercially cultivated gynodioecious varieties. The problem associated with cultivation of this variety is its dioecious nature, in which the plants will segregate into female and male plants. In papaya, until flowering the sex of plants cannot be predicted, and hence in dioecious varieties it is recommended to plant 5-6 seedlings per pit and after flowering and identification of sex, only the most vigorous female plants per pit will be retained and the remaining plants will be thinned out. It is also advised to retain one male plant for every fifteen to twenty female plants for effective pollination and good fruit set. Maintenance of 5-6 plants/ pit till flowering in dioecious varieties, results in wastage of inputs. Though, molecular markers to determine the sex of the papaya plants prior to flowering are reported (Leela et al., 2018), but till date usage of molecular markers for sex identification is not commercially exploited in large scale. Hence, clonal propagation will be of great advantage in papaya. From earlier reports, it is understood that vegetative propagation methods viz., cutting and grafting has recorded low multiplication rates and therefore, micropropagation represents the only economic way of production of uniform and disease-free planting materials. Papaya clones developed through in vitro methods are uniform and true to type (Chan and Teo 2002). \r\nIn vitro grown seedlings can be used as explant source, since they are reported to possess high vigour for clonal multiplication in certain varieties of papaya (Efendi, 2017; da Silva, 2014), kiwi fruit (Akbaş et al. 2007), dragon fruit (Kari et al. 2010), citrus (Hassanein and Azooz 2003), strawberry (Miller, et al., 1992) and stone fruits (Şan et al., 2014). In addition, young seedlings are superior to mature shoot tips of papaya because mature tissues are laden with latex, making tissue culture more challenging. Papaya is more susceptible to the viral disease caused by Papaya Ring Spot Virus (PRSV) and in vitro seed germination will aid in production of disease free, healthy and uniform plantlets which will serve as a source for explants i.e., micro cuttings for further in vitro micropropagation experiments. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS \r\nThe current study was carried out at the Plant Tissue Culture laboratory, Horticultural College and Research Institute, Coimbatore during 2021-22. The seeds of TNAU Papaya CO 8 were collected from the fruits of sibmated female trees at the College orchard. After discarding the floats, only matured and healthy seeds were selected and were used for the experiment. All the chemicals used in this study were of analytical grade and the growth regulators were of tissue culture grade procured from Hi-media Pvt. Ltd., India and Sigma Aldrich, USA. \r\nExplants sterilization. The papaya seeds were pretreated with 0.1% streptomycin sulphate and 0.5% carbendazim for 15 minutes each. Then the seeds were washed in continuous running tap water and again rinsed for 3 to 4 times with distilled water. Further, seeds were surface sterilized for 30 seconds with 70% ethyl alcohol under laminar air flow chamber. Seeds were then secondary sterilized with 0.1% mercuric chloride for 3-5 minutes followed by three to four times with sterile water wash. Seed coat was then removed using sterilized forceps and needle inside the LAFC. \r\nCulture establishment. Pre-treated and surface sterilized seeds were then inoculated in Murashige and Skoog medium and Woody Plant Medium. The experiment was carried out with four different treatments as detailed below and replicated four times with twenty five explants each.\r\nT1 - Basal medium + pre-soaked seeds with 500 ppm GA3 without seed coat \r\nT2 - Basal medium + pre-soaked seeds with 500 ppm with intact seed coat\r\nT3 - Basal medium supplemented with 500 ppm GA3 + seeds without presoaking and without seed coat\r\nT4 - Basal medium supplemented with 500 ppm GA3 + seeds without presoaking and with intact seed coat\r\nCultures were incubated at 25±2°C, 80-85% relative humidity, 16/8 hours of light/dark under a 3000 lux white fluorescent light source and the observations were recorded periodically. \r\nObservations recorded. The observations on the parameters viz., germination percentage, days taken for first germination, days taken for 50% germination, seedling height and seedling vigour index were recorded. The seedling height and germination percentage were measured on 30th day after inoculation.\r\nStatistical analysis. The experiment was carried out in completely randomized design. The data were analysed by estimating analysis of variance and working out the critical difference value. The critical difference (CD) values were calculated for five percent probability (0.05) as per the statistical methodologies suggested by Panse and Sukhatme (1976).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nGermination Percentage. In the present study, the germination percentage on in vitro derived seedlings of papaya was significantly influenced by the treatments as well as by the culture media. It is noticed from the data (Table 1), the treatment T3 (Basal medium fortified with 500 ppm GA3 and seeds without presoaking and without seed coat) registered higher germination percentage of 72.09% and 80.40% in MS and WPM respectively. The least germination percentage of 50.45% and 55.90% respectively in MS and WPM was obtained in T2. The role of GA3 is to activate cytological enzymes, to increase cell wall flexibility and to improve water absorption and thereby aiding in seed germination more effectively (Anburani and Shakila 2008). GA3 also encourages shoot elongation in seedlings by enhancing nutrient mobilisation and root activity (Barche et al., 2008). Earlier workers reported that in vitro and in vivo seed germination was affected by seed coat removal (Shankarraja and Sulikeri 1993; Page and Staden, 1985; Kyauk et al., 1995; Tseng, 1991) and in particular, seed coat removal has fastened in vitro germination in papaya (Bowiya et al., 2019). The maximum germination percentage observed in WPM compared to MS, might due to low concentration of NH4NO3 and replacement of K2SO4 instead of KNO3 in WPM. Highest seed germination percentage in woody plant medium might also be due to lesser nitrogen content present in the WPM medium and similar findings are reported by Xiaoli et al. (2012).\r\nDays taken for first germination and 50% of germination. In the present study, the days taken for first germination and 50% of germination were significantly influenced by the treatments as well as by the culture media. The days taken for first germination ranged from 8.23 to 22.98 irrespective of the culture medium. Among the treatments, T3 (Basal medium fortified with 500 ppm GA3 and seeds without presoaking and without seed coat) recorded least days for first germination of 10.81 and 8.23 days in MS medium and WPM respectively (Table 2). Longer days for first germination (22.98 and 21.20) were observed in treatment T2 in MS medium and WPM respectively. Similar results were also obtained for days to 50% of germination of papaya seeds. The seeds devoid of seed coat exhibited earlier germination compared to seeds inoculated along with seed coat. Seed coat removal enabled earlier attainment of first germination and fifty percent germination. These results are in line with the findings of Bhattacharya and Khuspe (2001). In addition, seed germination in the treatment T3 was improved due to the involvement of GA3 by activation of cytological enzymes, increasing cell wall plasticity and better water absorption (Anburani and Shakila 2008).\r\nSeedling height and seedling vigour index. The in vitro seedlings of TNAU Papaya CO 8 attained 9.76 cm height at 30 days after inoculation in the treatment T3 and lowest seedling height was recorded in T2 (5.64 cm) in WPM medium (Table 3). While in MS medium, the maximum height of in vitro seedlings was recorded in T3 (7.11 cm) and the lowest seedling height (4.78 cm) was registered in T2 (Table 3). The seedling vigour index was calculated in the present study and the highest seedling vigour index was recorded in WPM medium in T3 (784.70) and lowest seedling vigour index in T2 (315.28). In MS medium maximum seedling vigour index was reported in T3 (512.55) and minimum seedling vigour index recorded in T2 (241.51). The maximum seedling height was recorded in WPM compared to MS medium and it may due to presence of potassium sulphate in the WPM medium. Similar finding that the influence of potassium sulphate in seedling growth and high seedling vigour index was reported by Aliloo (2015). \r\n', 'Shalini, C., C. Kavitha, J. Auxcilia and K. Hemaprabha (2022). Effect of GA3 and Culture Media on in vitro Seed Germination of Papaya cv. TNAU Papaya CO 8. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 584-588.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5327, '136', 'Combining Ability Studies for Morphological Traits in Sunflower (Helianthus annuus L.)', 'S.C. Nagrale, S.B. Sakhare, S.U. Fatak and S.S. Nichal', '99 Combining Ability Studies for Morphological Traits in Sunflower (Helianthus annuus L.) S.C. Nagrale.pdf', '', 1, 'The present investigation used four CMS lines and nine testers as a parental material and crossing was made in line × tester mating design to obtained 36 hybrids to estimate general combining ability effects of parents and specific combining ability effects of hybrids. 36 hybrids and 13 parents were evaluated with randomized block design in three replications during year Kharif-2019 at Agriculture Research Station, Amravati. The observations were recorded yield and yield contributing traits. Among the parents, AKSF-10-1-1A and GP4 2902 considered best general combiner for yield and its contributing traits. Out of 36 hybrids top most three hybrids i.e CMS- 17 A × PKV-106 R, CMS - 302 A × AK- 1R, AKSF -10-1-1A × Gp6389 displayed highest significant positive sca effects for yield and major yield contributing components and found to be promising results for yield and yield contributing traits, hence it may be use in future breeding programs. ', 'Combining ability, GCA, SCA, hybrids, sunflower', 'Overall results showed that among the parents, AKSF-10-1-1A and GP42902 noted to be best general combiners for yield and most of the yield contributing traits. The hybrids CMS- 17 A × PKV-106 R, CMS - 302 A × AK- 1R and AKSF -10-1-1A × Gp6389 were best specific combination for seed yield and its related traits. Hence above the parents and hybrids may be useful for hybridization and selection programme for hybrid developments.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSunflower (Helianthus annuus L. 2n=2x=34) is an important oilseed crop, belongs to the family Compositae (Karande et al., 2020). Suited to different agro-climatic zones of India due to its agronomic merits viz., wider adaptability, photothermo-insensitivity, high yield potential, high oil content, drought tolerance, short duration, easy cultivation, responsiveness to better management practices, suitability to fit in to different cropping systems and patterns and remunerative market price (Rathi et al., 2019; Debaeke et al., 2017). Sunflower contains 38-42 per cent oil and it is considered as good quality oil due to high concentration of linoleic (55-60%) and oleic acid (25-30%) (poly unsaturated fatty acids) (Lakshman et al., 2020).\r\nPoor seed set and high percentage of empty seeds are the major constrains in sunflower. Discovery of cytoplasmic male sterility by Leclercq (1969) and fertility restoration system by Kinnman (1970) makes possible to breeders to overcome these constrains by focusing their attention towards production of hybrids through heterosis breeding. In India, the first sunflower hybrid (by using cytoplasmic genetic male sterility) BSH-1 was released in 1980 for commercial cultivation. (Seetharam, 1984).\r\nThe selection of parents is one of the important aspects in developing the potential hybrid. The study of combining ability is useful in testing of hybrid combinations and in choice of the desirable parents for use in the heterosis breeding. Line × tester (L × T) mating design by Kempthorne (1957), which was widely used to extract the Information about the potentiality of the parental lines and the gene action governing the inheritance of traits.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHOD\r\nThe experimental material consist of four CMS lines (AKSF -10 – 1 – 1 A, CMS – 302, CMS – 17A, ARM – 250 and nine testers (GP6961, GP61075, GP61075, GP62902, AK – 1R, 856R, PKV – 103, R298 – 1R and PKV – 106R) crossing was made using line × tester mating design to obtained 36 hybrids at Oilseeds Research Unit, Dr. Panjabrao Deshmukh Krishi Vidyapeeth, Akola during Rabi-2019 season. The resultant 36 hybrids and 13 parents were evaluated in randomized block design with three replications at Agriculture Research Station, Amravati during kharif-2019 seasons. Each hybrid and parental lines consist of three rows of 3.0m length with a spacing of 60cm between rows and 30cm between plant. All the package of practices was followed for good crop growth. The observations were recorded on five randomly selected plants from each genotype in each replication on seven characters viz., days to maturity, plant height (cm), head diameter (cm), 100 seed weight (g), 100 volume weight (g/ml), seed filling, and seed yield (g).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe variances due to parents and hybrids noted significant differences for all the characters presented in Table 1 indicating presence of the sufficient variability in the genetic material. The variances due to lines vs testers were significant for all the traits studied summarised in Table 2. Significant variance indicated the presence of substantial amount of genetic variability among the parents and hybrids for all characters.\r\nGeneral combining ability effects results of 13 parents for seed yield and yield contributing traits were presented in Table 3 for characters days to 50% flowering, days to maturity and plant height the parents possessing negative and significant gca are desirable as they contribute to dwarf and early maturity. Thus, among the female parents CMS-17A (-0.963 and -8.822) recorded highly significant and negative gca effects while among male parents, 298-1R (-1.519), AK- 1R (-1.185) and GP42902(-0.769) found to be good general combiners for early maturity and the parents, GP6961(-9.911), GP61075(--6.995) and GP6389(-9.895) recorded good general combiner for plant height. Thus these are the parents may be useful for development of early and dwarf hybrids. Significant negative gca effects for plant height and days to maturity were also noted by Hilli et al. (2020); Karande et al. (2020); Dake et al. (2021). \r\nFemale parent, ARM-250A were found to be good general combiner for 100 seed weight, volume weight and seed filling percentage, while male parents GP4 2902 (1.614), and PKV-103R(0.750) showed significant and positive gca effects for head diameters and parent 856 R (1.278 and 2.704) were found to be best general combiner for head diameters and seed filling percentage. Parent GP6961 (0.335) were found to best general combiner for 100 seed weight.\r\nAmong the parents, AKSF-10-1-1A (1.128) and GP42902(8.355) exhibited positive and significant gca effects for seed yield and most of yield contributing traits i.e., days to maturity, head diameter, 100 seed weight, volume weight and seed filling percentage). Hence it concluded that the parent with high gca effects for yield also reported high gca effects for other yield contributing characters. Similar results also reported by Lakshman et al. (2019); Habib (2021); Andarkhor et al. (2012); Asif et al. (2013); Saleem et al. (2014) for yield and yield contributing traits i.e. head diameter, 100 seed weight, volume weight and seed filling percentage.\r\nSpecific combining ability effects for yield and its contributing traits are summarized in Table 4. The minimum SCA effects are considered to be desirable for days to maturity and plant height. The hybrids which recorded significant negative sca effects for days to maturity and plant height contribute for earliness and dwarf plant height.\r\nOut of 36 hybrids 9 and 12 hybrids exhibited negative and significant sca effects for days to maturity and plant height respectively. The hybrid ARM – 250 A × AK- 1R (-2.889 and -20.023) recorded highest negative significant sca effect for days to maturity and plant height respectively. The hybrids ARM – 250 A × Gp61075 (-2.889) and CMS - 17 A × PKV – 103R (-2.704) exhibited highest significant and negative sca effects for days to maturity, while the hybrids AKSF -10-1-1A × PKV 106 R (-19.803) and CMS - 302 A × Gp6389(-18.012) showed significantly highest negative sca effects for plant height. Memon et al. (2015); Kale et al. (2019) also observed the significant negative sca effects for maturity and plant height.\r\nLarger head diameter has a greater number of seed and also contributes towards more yield. Among the 36 hybrids, 8 hybrids exhibited significant positive sca effects for head diameter. Highest magnitude of significant and positive sca effects was found in hybrids CMS- 17 A × PKV-106 R(5.121), CMS - 302 A × AK- 1R(3.367), AKSF -10-1-1A × Gp6389(3.212).\r\n Highest 100 seed weight is an also important yield contributing trait. Hence maximum weight of 100 seed, more will be the yield. Out of 36 hybrids 16 hybrids displayed significant positive sca effects. The hybrid CMS - 302 A × Gp61075(1.106) displayed highest significant sca effects for 100 seed weight, followed by hybrids CMS - 302 A × AK- 1R (1.025) and CMS - 17 A × 856R (0.983).\r\nSeed filling percentage is an important character for obtaining higher seed yield per head in sunflower. Hence positive SCA effects are considered to be desirable. The positive and significant sca effects for seed filling percentage was observed in 15 hybrids. The best three hybrids combinations CMS- 17 A × PKV-106 R(13.168), CMS - 302 A × AK- 1R(11.405) and CMS - 302 A × Gp6961(7.928) exhibited highest significant sca effects for seed filling percentage.\r\nHighest seed yield is an ultimate objective in any crop breeding programme hence the best three hybrids combination along with highest magnitude of significant positive sca effects were observed in CMS- 17 A × PKV-106 R(16.140), CMS - 302 A × AK- 1R(12.45) AKSF -10-1-1A × Gp6389(12.023). Among the 36 hybrids 10 hybrids noticed significant positive sca effects for seed yield. The positive significant sca effects for seed yield and yield contributing component reported by Devi et al. (2005); Andarkhor (2012); Din et al. (2014); Memon et al. (2015); Karande et al. (2020); Habib et al. (2021).\r\n', 'S.C. Nagrale, S.B. Sakhare, S.U. Fatak and S.S. Nichal (2022). Combining Ability Studies for Morphological Traits in Sunflower (Helianthus annuus L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 589-593.'),
(5328, '136', 'Sogatella Complex (Delphacidae: Hemiptera) from Irrigated Rice Fields of \r\nTamil Nadu\r\n', 'Feby Atee, N. Chitra, V. Balasubramani, Sheela Venugopal and R. Kumaraperumal', '100 Sogatella Complex (Delphacidae Hemiptera) from Irrigated Rice Fields of Feby Atee.pdf', '', 1, 'Sogatella spp from irrigated rice fields in Tamil Nadu were collected during November 2021 to April 2022 from different crop growth stages. Two species viz. S. furcifera (Horvath, 1899) and S. vibix (Haupt, 1927) (Delphacidae: Hemiptera) were identified. Of the 14 locations from three districts surveyed viz. Coimbatore, Kanyakumari and Tanjore, Sogatella spp. were found to occur in Coimbatore and Kanyakumari. The relative abundance of S. furcifera was dominant (97.57%) over S. vibix (2.43%). S. furcifera and S. vibix are described and illustrated.', 'S. furcifera, S. vibix, Fulgoroidea', 'In spite of being a major devastating pest of rice, records on Sogatella sp. distribution and their relative abundance from rice ecosystems of Tamil Nadu is limited. Careful and consistent study on the species complex of major pest genus is essential to understand their seasonal abundance relative to one another, possibility of vectoring disease causing phytopathogen and cases of introduction of invasive species into the country.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nIndia is one of the leading producers of rice. It is estimated that production of rice during 2020-21 was 122.27 million tonnes (Press Information Bureau, 2021). Among many rice production constraints, insect pest outbreaks are an important reason for yield loss. Planthoppers (Fulgoroidea: Hemiptera) are a common pest of rice, with few species of high economic importance. White backed planthopper (WBPH) Sogatella furcifera apart from brown planthopper (BPH) Nilaparvata lugens is an important sucking pest of rice causing considerable loss in rice production. Possible reasons for the sudden outbreak of WBPH in the rice ecosystem were the introduction of hybrid varieties (Sogawa, 2004) and resistance to insecticides (Su et al., 2013). Direct yield loss occurs due to the sucking of plant sap which results in hopper burn, and its role as a possible vector of southern rice black-streaked dwarf virus (SRBSDV) results in indirect yield loss (Zhou et al., 2008). Due to high economic loss caused in rice production by the planthoppers a correct and quick identification of the species with adequate description for their easy recognition is necessary. Information on taxonomy of the planthoppers and variation in their population density would be of immense use in the coming years. Taxonomic work and continuous record on population dynamics of the second most important planthopper pest of rice, the WBPH is scare in Tamil Nadu. The current work is undertaken to document Sogatella spp. present in the irrigated rice fields of Tamil Nadu and understand its population density.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nPlaces of collection: Planthopper collection was undertaken from the irrigated rice fields from three district of Tamil Nadu -- Cauvery Delta Zone (Tanjore), High Rainfall zone (Kanyakumari) and Western Zone (Coimbatore) in 14 places from November 2021 to April 2022.\r\nCuration and identification: Planthoppers were collected using sweep net and light traps from the irrigated rice fields randomly in the three districts with an aspirator. The collected hoppers were killed using ethyl acetate (99%) and examined under microscope (MOTIC: SMZ143) for observing external morphology and to sort out the Sogatella sp. The dried specimens were card mounted and labeled. Photographs were taken using Leica M205C (LAS X Application Suite montage software) and morphometry was carried out using the above software. Male genitalia was dissected using the dissection technique followed by Knight (1965). Species confirmation was based on the taxonomic keys and literature (Asche and Wilson 1990; Barrion and Litsinger 1994; Wilson and Claridge 1991; Bartlett et al., 2014). \r\nRESULT\r\nAmong the 14 locations surveyed for planthoppers in three districts, S. furcifera was recorded from Kanyakumari (6 locations), Coimbatore (2 locations) and S. vibix from Coimbatore (2 locations) (Table 1). Sogatella spp. was not recorded from Tanjore district (Table 1). The relative abundance of S. furcifera was dominant (97.57%) over S. vibix (2.43%) (Table 1). S. furcifera was found to be dominant in tillering and panicle initiation stage of rice and S. vibix during early vegetative stage and tillering stage.\r\nThe observed species of Sogatella are described.\r\nGenus Sogatella Fennah, 1956\r\nChloriona (Sogatella) Fennah, 1956\r\nType species: Delphax furcifera Horvarth, 1899\r\nDiagnosis: Tiny yellowish brown planthopper with a distinct white to warm buff median vitta visible dorsally from vertex to tip of scutellum. Pygofer with U shaped diaphragm margin. Paramere at diverging angle, bifurcated apically with different depth of bifurcation. Aedeagus twisted, laterally flattened, apically pointed, opening located subapically reaching upto apex.\r\nKeys to species of Genus Sogatella from Tamil Nadu. 1. Black frons, gena and clypeus (Fig. 1 b). Anal segment with narrow lateroapical angle with pair of short spinous process projected downwards (Fig. 1 c, e). Diaphragm with wide trough like lateral margins ending in tiny raised peg (Fig. 1 d). Parameres with superficially bifurcated almost similar inner, outer apical lobes (Fig. 1 f). Short median stump along outer margin of posterior pygofer opening (Fig. 1 d)…………………………………………..S. furcifera.\r\n- Black gena (Fig. 2b). Anal segment with wider lateroapical angle, moderately long spinous process projecting downwards (Fig. 2c, e). Diaphragm deeply concave with peg like process at each lateral end (Fig. 2 d). Parameres deeply bifurcated apically forming large outer process strongly diverging, bluntly tapering towards outside, small inner process moderately diverging (Fig. 2f)………………………….....S. vibix.\r\n1. Sogatella furcifera (Horvath, 1899)\r\nMaterials examined: 15♂: Tamil Nadu, Kanyakumari (21. xii. 2021; 30.i.2022; 04. i. 2022), 6♂: Tamil Nadu, Coimbatore (15.xii.2021; 16.ii.2022.), leg. FEBY ATEE. \r\nDescription: Adult (♂) Body length: 3.46 mm, width across eye: 0.55mm, width across hind margin of pronotum: 0.72mm. Head: Antenna yellowish brown, pedicel longer than scape by 2.5:1 Yellowish brown vertex, black frons, gena, prominent yellowish brown to pale yellow lateral, median carina. Vertex as long as wide, apex marked by fusion of the bifurcated median carina. Frons longer than wide by 2.41:1 (Fig. 1 a-b).\r\nThorax: Pronotum yellowish white with dark black patch beneath the eye. Mesonotum as scutellum marked by distinct pale yellow median vitta and black lateral area. Black to dark brown first and second coxa, pleura and pale yellow leg segments. Mesonotum longer than vertex and pronotum together by 1.25:1. Prominent median carina present. Forewings longer than wide by 3.37:1, sub hyaline with black pterostigma arising a little before the point of PCu + A, ending at point of PC + 1A touching wing margin, darker end vein, apical region of tegmina with somber marking. Foliaceous calcar with 25 to 30 teeth (Fig. 1 a-b).\r\nAbdomen: Dorsally dark brown to black abdominal segment with tinge of light ochraceous buff colour along posterior margin of each segment excluding fully black to dark brown genital segment. Laterally dorsal margin of pygofer shorter than ventral margin. Lateral margin of dorsal region simple. Posteriorly opening wider than long (Fig. 1 d). Short anal segment with a pair of short spinous process projected downwards narrowly separating the anterior region of anal segment (Fig. 1 c, e). Aedeagus with 18 downward projecting spines on left 14 along right side (Fig. 1 g). Diaphragm short, wide trough like lateral margins ending in tinyraised peg (Fig. 1 d). Parameres divergent, basally wider, narrow towards apex, slight constriction just before the superficially bifurcated almost similar inner, outer lobe (Fig. 1 f). Short median stump along outer margin of posterior pygofer opening (Fig. 1 d).\r\n2. Sogatella vibix (Haupt, 1927) \r\nMaterials examined: 3♂: Tamil Nadu, Coimbatore (15.xii.2021; 13.xii.2021.), leg. FEBY ATEE.\r\nDescription: Adult(♂) Body length: 3.22 mm, width across eye: 0.50 mm, width across hind margin of pronotum: 0.68 mm. Head: Antenna whitish yellow. Scape shorter than pedicel by 1:2.5. Light ochraceous buff vertex, frons, vertex longer than wide at base by 1.3:1; median carina branched from vertex base to apex/ median carina forked at base and merged above fastigium; light ochraceous buff clypeus with black gena. Outer, inner carina visibility obscure to prominent (Fig. 2 a-g).\r\nThorax: Yellowish white pronotum with dark yellowish brown patch underneath compound eye. Lateral and middle carina prominent. Mesonotum with whitish yellow median vitta, brownish lateral area. Mesonotum longer than vertex and pronotum together by 1.24:1, mesonotum and pronotum by 2.5:1. Mesopleura with a black triangular marking, metapleura with two adjacent black patch. Leg tips black, while rest of the thorax, leg segments pale yellow white. Forewing longer than wide by 3.4:1, semitransparent without pterostigma. Calcar with 21-22 teeth (Fig. 2 a).\r\nAbdomen: Dark brown to black colour with pale yellow tinge at each segmental margin excluding the all brown pygofer. Dorsal margin of pygofer shorter than ventral margin, lateral dorsal margin simple. Anal segment short with wider lateroapical angle, moderately long spinous process projecting downwards (Fig. 2 c, b). Aedeagus with approximately 16-18 along left side, 8 on right side (Fig. 2 g). Diaphragm deeply concave with peg like process at each lateral end (Fig. 2 d). Parameres almost uniformly broad excluding a shallow constriction along the mid half length. Apex deeply bifurcated forming large outer process strongly diverging, bluntly tapering towards outside, small inner process moderately diverging (Fig. 2 f).\r\nDISCUSSION\r\nFrom the three locations under the study S. furcifera was recorded from Kanyakumari and Coimbatore and exhibited a higher abundance (97.57%) than S. vibix (2.43%) which was observed only in Coimbatore (Table 1). Contrary to the report of Catindig et al. (2009) where S. furcifera was observed in high numbers from light trap collection from Aduthurai, Tanjore district in 2009.The present study did not document S. furcifera from Tanjore district. Earlier records on Sogatella sp. from rice ecosystems of Tamil Nadu include Chelliah and Gunathilagaraj (1990), Gunathilagaraj and Kumar (1997a, b), Rao and Chalam, (2007), Kumaresan et al. (2016), Kiruba et al. (2006). None of the earlier reports has documented Sogatella sp. from Kanyakumari district, S. vibix from Coimbatore district. This is the first report of S. furcifera from Kanyakumari and S. vibix from Coimbatore. Based on the taxonomic description carried out, it is suggested that apart from the common key characteristics like shape of diaphragm, paramere which is widely used to confirm the two species of Sogatella, S. furcifera, S. vibix short median stump along with outer margin of paramere opening when viewed posteriorly, length of anal segment spine can also be used as additional species confirmational characters. \r\n', 'Feby Atee, N. Chitra, V. Balasubramani, Sheela Venugopal and R. Kumaraperumal (2022). Sogatella Complex (Delphacidae: Hemiptera) from irrigated Rice Fields of Tamil Nadu. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 594-598.'),
(5329, '136', 'Isolation, Characterization and effect of Micro - Macronutrients on the growth of Helminthosporium oryzae', 'Naga Hari Chandana K., Karthiba L., Saraswathi R. and Ramanathan A.', '101 Isolation, Characterization and Effect of Micro - Macronutrients on the growth of Helminthosporium oryzae Ramanathan A.pdf', '', 1, 'Brown spot disease caused by Helminthosporium oryzae is considered to be a serious threat in rice cultivation in India. This disease in rice is causing a considerable yield loss in different rice growing regions of the world. In present study, Helminthosporium oryzae isolates were collected from five different rice growing regions of Tamil Nadu. Further, morphological characterization was studied on different media and molecular characterization of all the five isolates was done using ITS-1 and ITS-4 primers. Four macro nutrients viz., Ammonium sulphate, potassium sulphate, calcium sulphate and magnesium sulphate and four micro nutrients viz., ferrous sulphate, manganese sulphate, copper sulphate and zinc sulphate were tested against the growth of pathogen by incorporating these nutrients separately in Czapek’s dox medium at 0.1%, 0.2% and 0.3% conc. individually. Among four micronutrients tested, ZnSO4 @ 0.3% show maximum mycelial growth inhibition. Among four macronutrients tested, K2SO4 @ 0.3% recorded maximum inhibition of the growth of mycelium.', 'Brown spot, macronutrients, micronutrients, mycelial growth, rice crop', 'Hence, these findings revealed the role of micro and macronutrients play key role in management of brown spot of rice. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRice, second only to wheat in terms of area and production, is the primary source of food for nearly 90 percent of the world\'s human population, particularly in Asia. In terms of area and production, India is the world\'s second largest producer of rice after China. Rice is an important grain that contains a high amount of carbohydrate, protein, and fat. It accounts for more than one-fifth of all calories consumed by humans worldwide (Jatoi et al., 2018). The global demand for rice grain is increasing due to the continuous growth of the world population. There is a need to improve production technology in order to meet the demand. However, with the introduction of improved technologies and high yielding varieties, the crop has became susceptible to a wide range of biotic and abiotic stresses, particularly biotic stresses such as diseases (Sunder et al., 2014).\r\nBrown spot of rice caused by Helminthosporium oryzae (Breda de Haan) Shoemaker (Teleomorph – Cochliobolus miyabeanus) was a major problem that eventually caused sustainable losses in both quality and quantity (Hossain et al., 2011). Furthermore, the disease triggered the tragic incidence of Bengal famine in 1943, which claimed the lives of 2 million people in the Bengal region prior to partition. The disease has the potential to increase crop severity by up to 90%, reducing crop growth, grain discoloration, and market quality of rice grain (Valarmathi and Ladhalakshmi 2018).\r\nH. oryzae causes characteristic leaf spot on all the susceptible varieties of rice and the pathogen infects the rice plant at all the stages of its growth. Spots are formed on the blade and the leaf sheath. The spots vary in the shape and size. Pathogen attacks crop from seedling to milky stage. The symptoms appear as minute spots on the coleoptile, leaf blade, leaf sheath and glume, the spots are most prominent on leaf blades and glumes. On leaves, typical spots are brown in colour with grey or whitish centre resembling sesame seed with typical yellow halo over the spot (Sunder et al., 2005). \r\nThere are two types of primary resistance mechanisms by which mineral nutrition can affect i.e., either by forming the mechanical barriers, primarily by the development of thicker cell walls, or by the synthesis of natural defense compounds, such as phytoalexins, antioxidants, and flavanoids, that would provide protection against pathogens (Bhaduri et al., 2014; Prakash and Verma 2016; Meena et al., 2015a, 2016; Priyadharsini and Muthukumar 2016; Kumar et al. 2017). \r\nSoil and Foliar application of sulphur-based nutrients has proven effective to boost resistance to a variety of fungi pathogens on various crops (Wang et al., 2003; Klikocka et al., 2005). The use of fertiliser in Indian soil conditions increased the disease resistance, improved seed viability, and seedling viability (Cakmak et al., 2009). Zinc has ben mentioned by many authors in sulphate form for the treatment of rice diseases (Ramabadran and Velazhagan 1988; Reddy et al., 1989; Singh et al., 2009). As a result, this present research has been conducted to develop novel, more effective, and long-term disease management programs. Hence, the present study is mainly focused on the collection, morphological and molecular characterization of brown spot pathogen in rice, and its effective management by using macronutrients and micronutrients.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nCollection of samples. The infected rice leaf samples were collection from different rice growing regions of Tamil Nadu viz., Paddy breeding station (Coimbatore), Tamil Nadu Rice Research Institute (Aduthurai), Hybrid Rice Evaluation Centre (Gudalur), Farmer’s field (Ariyalur), Farmer’s field (Tiruchirappalli) from the varieties CO 52, BPT 5204, VGDM-9, CR 1009 and CO-43 respectively during the season of Rabi-2021.\r\nIsolation of the pathogen. The fungus was isolated from a leaf sample infected with brown spot. The infected leaf samples were washed with sterile water and the infected portion of the leaf along with the green portion were cut into small pieces. These were dipped in 1 per cent sodium hypochlorite for 1 minute and then washed three times with sterile distilled water to remove the excess sodium hypochlorite. To remove excess water from the leaf surface, the leaf bits were air dried on blotter paper. These surface sterilized infected leaf pieces were placed on sterile Petriplates containing solidified PDA media which is amended with streptomycin sulphate to avoid bacterial contamination. The petri-plates were incubated for three days at 28+2°C, and the actively growing mycelium was sub-cultured. The isolated fungi were purified using the single spore method, and the purified cultures were stored at 4°C in PDA slants. The isolates were named as HO-1 to Coimbatore, HO-2 to Aduthurai, HO-3 to Gudalur, HO-4 to Ariyalur, and HO-5 toTiruchirappalli isolates.\r\nCultural variability. The colony morphological growth of all the five isolates are carried out on different media like potato dextrose agar (PDA) media, host extract agar (HEA) media, Czapek’s dox agar (CZA) media and malt extract agar (MEA) media to know the media that is more suitable for the growth of the pathogen.\r\nMorphological characterization. Five isolates were morphologically characterized in PDA and incubated at 28+2°C for 7 days. Colony growth, mycelial colour, sporulation, conidium size, shape, colour, and conidiophore characteristics were all observed. For 5–7 days, all five isolates were grown in PDA medium. A 9.0 mm mycelial disc from a 7-day-old culture was placed in the centre of a sterilized glass slide under aseptic conditions on a moist sterile Petri-plate and incubated at 25 ± 2°C for 3 days with 12 hours of light and 12 hours of darkness. After 3 days of incubation, the spore suspension was collected and examined under a compound microscope using sterile distilled water at 40X magnification (Kumari et al., 2015).\r\nPathogenicity test. For pathogenicity test, three different rice varieties viz., CO 39, TN 1, BPT 5204 are used. Each variety is maintained at three replications. Based on cultural variability, HO-1 isolate is found to be more effective in growth, so HO-1 isolate is mass multiplied in sterilized paddy chaffy grains in 250 ml conical flask for 15 days. The spore suspension is collected by adding sterile water in the conical flask and shake vigorously and the suspension is filtered through muslin cloth. Then the spore concentration is adjusted to 5 × 105 using haemocytometer. 2-3 drops of Tween-20 is added to the spore suspension and it is sprayed on 30 days old plants. The control plants are sprayed with sterile distilled water alone. Inoculated plants are covered with transparent bag for 24 hrs (Nazari et al., 2015).\r\nPDI is calculated based on the formula given below , by adopting 0-9 scale \r\n\r\nPer cent disease index (PDI) = \r\n \r\nMolecular Characterization:\r\nDNA extraction. The brown spot pathogen isolates were grown in Potato Dextrose Broth for 15 days before harvesting the mycelial mats through filter paper. The mycelial mats were dried for 24 hours at room temperature. The DNA was extracted using the CTAB method, as described by (Saghai-Maroof et al., 1984). The extracted genomic DNA was electrophoresed on 0.8 % agarose gel for 30 minutes with loading dye, and the presence of genomic DNA was documented using an image analyzer.\r\nPCR analysis. The universal primers ITS-1 (5\'-TCCGTAGGTGAACCTGCGG-3\') and ITS4 (5\'-TCCTCCGCTTATTGATATGC-3\') were used to screen all five H. oryzae isolates. The PCR amplification reaction was performed in a final volume of 30µl, which included 15 µl Master mix, 3 µl forward primer ITS-1, 3 µl reverse primer ITS-4, and 6µl sterile distilled water. Amplified by universal primers ITS-1 and ITS-4 (White et al., 1990) with PCR conditions which are described by Berbee et al., 1999. The PCR amplification was performed in a thermo cycler with the following conditions: initial denaturation at 95°C for 2 minutes, followed by 40 cycles of denaturation (95°C for 30 seconds), annealing (55°C for 30 seconds), and extension (72°C for 1 minute), and final extension at 72°C for 10 minutes, followed by 4 minutes of hold at 4°C. The PCR products were then electrophoresed for 1 hour in 1X TAE buffer in 1.2 per cent agarose gel stained with Ethidium bromide. The gel was visualized in the gel documenting unit using a UV transilluminator.\r\nIn vitro evaluation of effect of micronutrients and macro nutrients on the growth of H. oryzae. Effect of certain micro nutrients viz., copper sulphate, ferrous sulphate, manganese sulphate, and zinc sulphate and macro nutrients viz., calcium sulphate, magnesium sulphate, potassium sulphate and ammonium sulphate were tested against the growth of H. oryzae was studied by incorporating the nutrients separately in Czapek’s Dox medium. Both the micro and macro nutrients were tested at 0.1%,0.2% and 0.3% conc. (Ragavan, 2003). 15 ml of Czapek’s agar medium with respective micro nutrients was poured into sterile Petri plates. The medium without any amendment served as control. Each plate was inoculated aseptically with nine mm fungal disc obtained from the actively growing region of one week old culture of H. oryzae. The plates were incubated at room temperature (28±3°) and the diameter of the mycelial growth was recorded when the growth in the control plates touched the periphery and was expressed in mm.\r\nUsing the formula, the efficacy was expressed as a percentage inhibition over the control.\r\nPer cent Inhibition = C – T/ C ×100\r\nC – Mycelial growth in control, T – Mycelial growth in treatment\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nCultural variability. Among the different media’s tested, potato dextrose agar showed maximum radial growth (88.90 mm) in all the five isolates then followed by host extract dextrose agar (87.50 mm). In PDA and MEA media, isolate HO-4 has shown slow growth. In CZA and HEA media, isolate HO-2 has shown slow growth. The results are in accordance with Arshad et al. (2013), wherein they recorded the maximum growth of pathogen on Potato dextrose agar with 57.80 mm and Kumari et al. (2015), found the maximum growth (90 mm) of different isolates on Potato dextrose agar media (Fig. 1& 2, Table 1 & 2).\r\nMorphological characterization. All the isolates studied showed significant differences in growth and colony characters. The variation in morphological characters of different isolates indicated that isolate HO-1 showed greyish black colour colony with mycelial cottony growth, HO-2 showed Light greyish colour with cottony growth, HO-3 showed Greyish black colour mycelial growth, HO-4 showed greyish white colony growth and HO-5 showed Greyish black colour colony growth. Margin of the isolates viz., HO-1, HO-3, HO-5 showed regular pattern and HO-2, HO-4 showed irregular pattern. HO-3, HO-5 has shown flat mycelia growth, where as HO-1, HO-2, HO-4 has shown cottony mycelial growth. Sporulation is observed in all the five isolates using light microscope (40X) magnification (Fig. 3).\r\nMolecular characterization. The full length ITS-1 rDNA region was amplified with ITS-1 (5’- TCCGTAGGTGAACCTGCG-3’) and ITS-4 (5’- TCCTCCGCTTATTGATATGC-3’) primers for the five isolates of H. oryzae. DNA amplicon was observed at the region 570 bp by checking the amplified products on 1.2% agarose gel electrophoresis and representative samples were sequenced (Fig. 4).\r\nPathogenicity test. Rice variety CO-39 is more susceptible to brown spot pathogen with a PDI of 32.16% at 14th day after inoculation followed by BPT-5204 with PDI of 25.78 and TN-1 with less PDI of 14.07 at 14th day after inoculation. Initially, small brown spots were appeared, later these spots enlarge and form oval shaped spots. These spots later coalesce and give dried appearance of leaves (Fig. 5, Table 3).\r\nIn vitro evaluation of effect of micronutrients on the growth of H. oryzae. The study revealed that, the micronutrients that are tested significantly inhibited the growth of the fungus in all the concentrations. Here, there is an increased inhibition of the growth was recorded with the increase in nutrient concentration. Among these nutrients, Zinc sulphate @ 0.3% conc. has recorded the maximum inhibition of 58.89 % over control, followed by copper sulphate, ferrous sulphate, and least inhibition is recorded by manganese sulphate. Among four micronutrients evaluated, highest per cent mean mycelial inhibition was recorded in Zinc sulphate (46.7%) and the least per cent mean mycelial inhibition was recorded in manganese sulphate (17.4%) (Fig. 6, Table 4 & Graph 1).\r\nIn vitro evaluation of effect of macronutrients on the growth of H. oryzae. The study revealed that, the macronutrients that are tested significantly inhibited the growth of the fungus in all the concentrations. Here, there was an increased inhibition of the growth recorded with the increase in nutrient concentration. Among these nutrients, potassium sulphate @ 0.3% conc. has been recorded to show maximum inhibition of 56.67 per cent over control, then followed by calcium sulphate, magnesium sulphate, and least inhibition is recorded by Ammonium sulphate. Among four macronutrients evaluated, highest per cent mean mycelial inhibition was recorded in potassium sulphate (47.4 %) and the least per cent mean mycelial inhibition was recorded in Ammonium sulphate (15.56 %) (Fig. 7, Table 5 & Graph 2).\r\nDISCUSSION \r\nIn this study, brown spot infected leaves were collected from five different locations of Tamil Nadu. The brown spot pathogen was isolated and characterized based on the cultural and morphological characters. The five isolates were categorized into 2 groups: grayish black with cottony growth and grayish black colony with white spots. Mycelium is brown in colour, branched and septate and it gives rise to conidiophores from which conidia arises. Monisha et al. (2019) have grouped Bipolaris oryzae into three categories: Isolate BO-1 was having greyish with cottony mycelium, where as isolates BO-2, 4, 5 were having a mixture of grey and white mycelium with fluffy growth and Isolate BO-3 have greyish cottony mycelium with white spots. Conidia are brown in colour, slightly curved and multi septate. Kumar et al., (2011) have grouped H. oryzae into four different categories based on cultural characters viz., black colour colony with suppressed growth, black with cottony growth of colony, black with fluffy colony growth and White with cottony growth. This was the first report by Kumar et al., (2011) on the black colony character of H. oryzae. Kumari et al. (2015) categorized 52 isolates into 5 groups: Black colony with fluffy growth, Black colony with suppressed growth, Grey and cottony growth, Grey and white cottony growth and white with cottony growth. Among the different media’s tested, potato dextrose agar showed maximum radial growth (88.90 mm) in all the five isolates. In pathogenicity test, among three different rice varieties, CO-39 is recorded to have more PDI which indicates more susceptible to brown spot when compared to BPT-5204 and TN-1. Next to CO-39, BPT-5204 is susceptible to brown spot pathogen and TN-1 is less susceptible than other two varieties. For the pathogenicity test, symptom development of adapted and non-adapted Bipolaris spp. was assessed on the resistant and susceptible cultivars of rice and corn at 3, 5 and 7 days after inoculation. Lesion size, lesion density and percentage disease severity were also taken for the test (Amorio and Cumagun 2017). This study revealed that all the nutrients which are tested have shown significant inhibition in the growth of the fungus at all concentrations when they are compared to control. Also, there is an enhanced inhibition recorded with the increase in the concentrations of the nutrients tested. Among the tested micro nutrients, zinc sulphate recorded maximum mycelial inhibition at 0.3% conc. with 58.89 per cent inhibition over control. It was followed by copper sulphate, ferrous sulphate, and manganese sulphate in the decreasing order of inhibition. With regard to the macronutrients, Potassium sulphate recorded maximum mycelial inhibition at 0.3% conc. with 56.67 per cent inhibition over control. It was followed by calcium sulphate, magnesium sulphate, and Ammonium sulphate in the decreasing order of inhibition. Addition of Ca, Mn, Cu, Zn, Fe, B and Mo at different concentrations against the pathogens of rice has showed the reduction in fungal growth (Madhiyazhagan, 1989). The inhibitory effect of calcium sulphate which is against different rice pathogens under in vitro conditions was also reported (Eswaran and Narayanasamy, 2000; Ragavan, 2003). As we observed in the present study, they have also reported the increased inhibition with increase in concentration of ZnSO4. From different macro-micro nutrients, ZnSO4 @ 3000 ppm has been shown the maximum inhibition of growth of mycelium, mycelial dry weight and also germination of spore. Silicon based nutrients like Potassium Silicate, Calcium Silicate and Sodium Silicate, potassium silicate @ 3000 ppm has been recorded the maximum inhibition of mycelial dry weight (Jaiganesh, 2019).\r\n', 'Naga Hari Chandana K., Karthiba L., Saraswathi R. and Ramanathan A. (2022). Isolation, Characterization and Effect of Micro - Macronutrients on the growth of Helminthosporium oryzae. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 599-607.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5330, '136', 'Influence of Pruning Intensities and Foliar Spray of Nutrients on Yield and Physical Parameters of Pomegranate (Punica granatum L.) cv. Bhagwa', 'Yuvraj Yadav, Rajnee Sharma and T.R. Sharma', '102 Influence of Pruning Intensities and Foliar Spray of Nutrients on Yield and Physical Parameters of Pomegranate (Punica granatum L.) cv. Bhagwa Rajnee Sharma.pdf', '', 1, 'The field investigation was carried out to study the efficacy of different pruning intensities and foliar spray of nutrients on yield and physical parameters of pomegranate (Punica granatum L.) cv. Bhagwa at Fruit Research Station, Imaliya, Department of Horticulture, JNKVV, Jabalpur during 2020-21. Pomegranate is a light loving plant thus enough light should be available or required in the tree canopy for quality fruit production which can be achieved by training and pruning and has significant impact on fruit production. In any fruit crop, for optimum fruiting and quality fruit production, the canopy management of the tree is prerequisite that deals with the development and maintenance of their structure in relation to the size and shape. The basic idea of canopy management (pruning) is to manipulate the tree vigour and use maximum available light and temperature to increase productivity, fruit quality and also to minimize the adverse effects of the weather and consequently, pruning intensities significantly influence the yield and physical characters. The maximum number of fruits/shoot (3.14), fruit set (45.19%) and yield (14.43 kg/plant) were noted with the pruning at 20 cm whereas, the superior quality of fruit with respect to the maximum fruit length (8.68 cm), fruit diameter (7.70 cm), fruit weight (284.36 g), number of arils/fruit (536.63), arils weight (179.00g) and minimum Peel: Aril (0.59) were significantly recorded under the 60cm pruning. Application of nutrients also bring out the significantly changes in the yield and physical quality of the fruits. The maximum number of fruits/shoot (2.84), fruit set (42.25%), yield (14.55 kg/plant), fruit weight (275.46 g), fruit length (7.79 cm), fruit diameter (7.73 cm), number of arils/fruit (514.90), arils weight/fruit (174.67) and minimum Peel: Aril (0.58) were significantly recorded with foliar spray of Urea 2% + Zn 0.4% + B 0.4%. As regarded, the interaction effect between pruning intensities and foliar application of nutrients significant effect observed in yield attributes and on the physical parameters of fruit. The higher yield of 18.93 kg/plant, with fruit set (48.15%) and number of fruit set per shoot (3.36/ shoot) were recorded under treatment 20 cm pruning along with foliar spray of Urea (2%) + Zn (0.4%) + B (0.4%). Whereas, maximum fruit weight (302.93 g), fruit length (8.52cm), fruit diameter (8.30 cm), number of arils/fruit (578.76), arils weight/fruit (197.33 g) and minimum Peel: Aril (0.54) were recorded under 60 cm pruning intensity along with foliar spray Urea (2%) + (Zn 0.4%) + B (0.4%). ', 'Physical characteristics, pruning intensity, pomegranate, yield', 'All the pruning intensities and nutrient application of treatments were found better than control in terms of yield and physical characteristics of fruit. The yield parameters of the fruits was found superior with the 20 cm pruning intensity and the nutrient application (2% Urea + 0.4% Zn + 0.4% B) individually. Among the interaction the combination of both the factors i.e., 20 cm pruning intensity along with the application of 2% Urea + 0.4% Zn + 0.4% B was found superior. The physical parameters of the fruits was found superior with the 60 cm pruning intensity and the nutrient application (2% Urea + 0.4% Zn + 0.4% B) individually. Among the interaction the combination of both the factors i.e., 60 cm pruning intensity along with the application of 2% Urea + 0.4% Zn + 0.4% B was found superior. Hence it should be practiced in pomegranate crop to produce fruits with better quality, good size and weight and better colour with excellent taste.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe pomegranate (Punica granatum L.) is an economically important marketable fruit crop belongs to the family Punicaceae and it is diploid with chromosome number, 2n=2x=16 (Kumar et al., 2018). It is originated from Iran or Persia region. Pomegranate is mostly consumed as fresh arils and on a small scale it is used for juice, syrup, jelly, processed arils, wine etc. There has been marked shift towards the consumption of pomegranate globally looking to its several nutritive, nutraceutical and medicinal properties (Shastri and Pawar 2014). Maharashtra is the leading producer of pomegranate followed by Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat and Tamil Nadu (Chandra et al., 2010). India is the world’s leading producer of pomegranate with nearly 50% of world’s production. The total area under this fruit at present accounted for 131 thousand hectares with an annual production of 1346 thousand metric tons and productivity of 10.3 MT/ha in India and in MP, pomegranate is covering an area of 9675.20 ha with the production of 114266.29 tons with an average productivity of 11.81 tons/ha (Anonymous, 2018). Three flowering seasons i.e., Ambe Bahar (January - February), Mrig Bahar (June - July), and Hast Bahar (September - October) have been observed in India (Radha and Medhew 2007). Ambe Bahar is mostly common and adopted by the growers due to higher yield and better quality of fruits. The flowers are borne on current year’s growth and found mostly in clusters either terminally or in axils of the leaves. Three types of colorful orange-red flowers viz. male flowers (bell-shaped), hermaphrodite flowers (vase-shape) and intermediate flowers are found (Radha and Medhew 2007). The main growing shoot inhibit the growth of other shoots, when the shoots are pruned, the growth of other shoots can be encouraged and made strong, give the proper shape to the plant. Pruning is necessary to allow room for new growth and gives proper shape to the plants, removing of weak or old branches, crisscrossed branches and dry diseased twigs and suckers, divert the energy into that part which are capable to produce more photosynthates for development of healthy flowers (Sharma and Chouhan 2004). Pruning is the most important practices for successful and sustainable cultivation of the fruit crop including pomegranate. Pruning improves light penetration and air circulation, which results in better fruit quality and also in minimize the pest’s allele and disease spread (Sharma and Chauhan 2004). Orchard floor management practices help in also a better light interception, regulation of soil erosion, reduced surface run-off and suppress weed population (Warade et al., 2008). The percent fruit set increased significantly with decrease in pruning severity (Gill and Bal 2006) and reduction in total yield of fruits with the increase in pruning severity (Yang et al., 2009) heavy pruning registered the lowest fruit set in Sharma and Sing 2018, in Pomegranate, Kumar et al. 2005, in Sharbati, Flordasun and Prabhat cvs. of peaches and Sharma et al. (2017) in apricot. Pomegranate plant requires an accurate combination of the nutrients for the quantitative and qualitative fruit production. Its productivity and fruit quality can be enhanced by suitable and adequate supply of nutrients, balance nutrition is necessary both to the young and bearing trees for better growth, optimum and healthy fruit production (Dutta et al. 2000). Nitrogen is an important nutrient for the vegetative growth of the plant, and the deficiency of nitrogen resulted light green to yellow foliage over entire tree. Boron deficiency resulted serious issue such as growth cease at the growing point and poor development of roots, premature shading of male flowers and impaired pollen tube development leading to poor fruit setting and fruit cracking (Singh et al., 2004). Zinc deficiency resulted reduce leaf and shoot growth, reduction in flowering and fruit setting (Wiedenhoeft, 2006). Looking to above fact and importance of pruning and nutrient present studies were conducted with the object to see the effect of pruning intensity and foliar application of nutrient effect on Pomegranate cv. Bhagva. \r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe present investigation was conducted during the year 2020-21 at Fruit Research Station, Imaliya, Department of Horticulture, JNKVV, Jabalpur. (M.P.). Four levels of pruning intensities viz. 0, 20, 40 & 60 cm and five nutrients level of Urea + Zn + B were applied alone or in combinations. The randomly selected plants were tagged and as per the treatments the shoots were pruned in the month of November at 0 cm (unpruned), 20 cm, 40 cm, and 60 cm levels with the help of secateur. As per treatments the first foliar spray of nutrient was applied in the month of December and the second was 30 days after the first spray i.e., in the month of January. Without spray and no pruning fruit plants were taken as control plant. The twenty treatments were replicated thrice in Asymmetrical Factorial RBD. Single tree was considered as an experimental unit and total of 60 plants randomly selected and tagged for the purpose of study. Digital vernier calipers was used for measuring the value of fruit length and fruit diameter in cm. Fruit weight was measured by electronic balance in gram. The percentage of fruit set from the tagged ten shoots was calculated as total number of fruit set per shoot divided by total number of flowers per shoot. The total number of fruits per shoot were counted from ten randomly tagged shoots and average fruits per shoot were computed. Fresh fruits were picked out from the tree as per treatment and weighed with the use of electric balance. Arils were manually separated from the randomly selected five fruits and the total number of arils in each fruit was counted numerically. Arils of the five fruits were extracted and weighted using a digital analytical balance. The average value was computed. Pomegranate fruit was weighed and cut into pieces with the help of stainless-steel knife. The peel and aril were separated by hands. All the peel and arils of the fruit were weighed separately with the help of an electronic weighing machine. The peel: aril ratio was calculated by weight of the peel/fruit divided by weight of the arils/fruit.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nFruit yield is the important attributes for growers to get the maximum profit per unit area. Pruning intensities significantly influence the yield and the maximum number of fruit set (45.19%), fruits/shoot (3.14) and yield (14.43 kg/plant) was noted with the pruning at 20 cm. Pruning intensities significantly influence the yield characters. The results are in accordance with the earlier findings that percent fruit set increased significantly with decrease in pruning severity (Gill and Bal 2006) and reduction in total yield of fruits with the increase in pruning severity (Yang et al., 2009) heavy pruning registered the lowest fruit set as reported by Sharma and Singh (2018). This might be due to pomegranate plant bear fruits in current season growth and light pruning promote a greater number of new spurs which increase flowering and fruit set percentage. This result was agreement with Bajpai et al. (1973) in pomegranate, Dhapute et al. (2018) in Custard Apple, Bhuva et al. (2018) in Pomegranate. Whereas, the superior quality of fruit with respect to the maximum fruit length (8.68 cm), fruit diameter (7.70 cm), fruit weight (284.36 g), number of arils/fruit (536.63), arils weight (179.00g) and minimum Peel: Aril (0.59) were significantly recorded under the 60cm pruning. The superior quality of fruits with respect to the maximum value of the physical parameters found might be due to deeper the pruning resulted a lesser number of fruits while, the more availability of metabolites and nutrients leads to increase physical characters of fruit. The results are agreement with the findings of Gupta and Gill (2015) in Ber, Choudhary et al. (2018) in Custard, Hiremath et al. (2018) in Pomegranate and Ghatul et al. (2019) in pomegranate. \r\nThe foliar application of the nutrients influences the yield characters of the plant. The maximum number of fruit set (42.25%), fruits/shoot (2.84) and yield (14.55 kg/plant) were significantly recorded with foliar spray of Urea 2% + Zn 0.4% + B 0.4% as well as nutrients bring out the significantly changes in the physical compositions of the fruits and the maximum fruit weight (275.46 g), fruit length (7.79 cm), fruit diameter (7.73 cm), number of arils (514.90), arils weight/fruit (174.67) and minimum Peel: Aril (0.58) were observed with foliar spray of Urea 2% + Zn 0.4% + B 0.4%). The improvement in yield as well as physical characteristics is due to optimum supply of proper plant nutrients in right amount during the entire crop growth period causing vigorous vegetative development of the plants and ultimately production of more food material in fruits. Application of nutrients play a key role in metabolic activity, sugar translocation, advancement in flowering and highest ratio of perfect flowers: male flowers, highest fruit set percentage. This result was conformity with the findings of Hasani et al. (2012); Jagtap et al. (2013) in acid lime and Gurjar et al. (2015) in mango.\r\nThe interaction between pruning intensities and foliar application of nutrients had significant effect on the yield and yield attributes. The maximum number of fruits/shoot (3.82), fruit set (48.15%) and yield (18.93 kg/plant) were significantly recorded with pruning at 20 cm in combination with foliar spray of Urea 2% + Zn 0.4% + B 0.4%. Whereas, the maximum fruit length (8.52 cm), fruit diameter (8.30 cm), fruit weight (302.93g), number of arils/fruit (578.79) weight of arils/fruit (197.33g) and minimum Peel: Aril (0.54) were recorded with pruning at 60 cm + Urea 2% + Zn 0.4% + B 0.4%. The improvement in yield as well as physical characteristics is due to optimum supply of proper plant nutrients in right amount during the entire crop growth period causing vigorous vegetative development of the plants and ultimately production of more food material in fruits. Proper supply of nutrients throughout the growing period sustained the balance nutrient availability, wider C:N ratio and mobilization of metabolic activity, sugar translocation, advancement in flowering and highest ratio of perfect flowers: male flowers, highest fruit set percentage. Similar findings were also reported by Jagtap et al. (2013) in acid lime and Gurjar et al. (2015) in mango. Pruning intensities significantly influence the yield characters. This might be due to pomegranate plant bear fruits in current season growth and light pruning promote a greater number of new spurs which increase flowering and fruit set percentage. Bajpai et al. (1973); Bhuva et al. (2018) in Pomegranate. The superior quality of fruits with respect to the maximum value of the physical parameters found might be due to deeper the pruning resulted a lesser number of fruits while, the more availability of metabolites and nutrients leads to increase physical characters of fruit. Hiremath et al. (2018); Ghatul et al. (2019) also reported similar findings in Pomegranate. \r\n', 'Yuvraj Yadav, Rajnee Sharma and T.R. Sharma (2022). Influence of Pruning Intensities and Foliar Spray of Nutrients on Yield and Physical Parameters of Pomegranate (Punica granatum L.) cv. Bhagwa. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 608-612.'),
(5331, '136', 'Effect of Salicylic Acid and Biochar on Nutrient content and Uptake of chickpea (Cicer arietinum L.) under Rainfed condition', 'Manish Tomar, P.C. Chaplot, J. Choudhary, R.H. Meena, Ritesh Patidar and Ashok Kumar Samota', '103 Effect of Salicylic Acid and Biochar on Nutrient content and Uptake of chickpea (Cicer arietinum L.) under Rainfed condition Manish Tomar.pdf', '', 1, 'A field experiment was conducted at Instructional Agronomy Farm, Rajasthan College of Agriculture, MPUAT, Udaipur (Rajasthan) during rabi, 2021–2022 to assess the effect of salicylic acid and biochar on nutrient content and uptake of chickpea (Cicer arietinum L.) under rainfed condition. The experiment was comprised of a combination of 4 concentrations of salicylic acid (water spray, 50, 100, 150 ppm) and 3 levels of biochar (control, 1, 2 t ha-1) thereby making 12 treatment combinations replicated thrice in FRBD. The foliar spray of salicylic acid was done at the flower initiation and pod filling stage. The experiment results revealed that with foliar applied salicylic acid at 100 ppm chickpea crop accumulated the highest quantum of nutrients i.e., nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium by seed (64.28, 6.58 and 11.47 kg ha-1), haulm (27.25, 9.21 and 59.49 kg ha-1) and total (91.91, 15.79 and 70.97 kg ha-1). Biochar application at 2 t ha-1 recorded significantly higher quantum of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium uptake by seed (69.47, 7.03 and 12.18 kg ha-1), haulm (29.03, 9.78 and 62.75 kg ha-1) and total (98.50, 16.82 and 74.93 kg ha-1).', 'Salicylic acid, biochar, chickpea, foliar, rainfed', 'Based on the above summarized results, it can be concluded that the foliar application of salicylic acid increases nutrient uptake due to higher extraction of nutrients and their translocation while biochar enhanced nutrient content and uptake of chickpea crop by improving nutrient availability in soil due to its positive impact on soil physcio-chemical and biological properties.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nOur country is predominantly vegetarian and pulses are the main source of quality protein. Chickpea (Cicer arietinum L.) known as “king of pulses” is a most important winter (rabi) season legume with high acceptability and wider use in nutritional food basket. India is a premier chickpea growing country in the world, accounting for an area of 10.17 m ha and production of 11.35 m t with average productivity of 1116 kg ha-1 (DAC&FW, 2020). Chickpea is typically grown in marginal and rainfed regions, and it tends to be sensitive to abiotic stresses such as drought, low and high temperatures (Mantri et al., 2010). \r\nIn recent years, the use of bioregulators has opened new vistas for enhancing the productivity of several crops under stress conditions. Among these, salicylic acid is one of the plant hormones produced by the plant naturally. It plays an important role in the growth and development of the plant, physiologically it helps in increasing the plant’s response to biotic and abiotic stress conditions (Mohamed et al., 2020). Its diverse physiological role in plants includes thermogenesis, flower induction, nutrient uptake, stomatal movement and photosynthesis (Hayat et al., 2013). Generally, a high concentration of it reduces tolerance to abiotic stress whereas a low concentration increases drought tolerance (Miura and Tada 2014).\r\nBiochar is a porous, carbon rich material prepared through pyrolysis process from biomass. In absence of oxygen, biomass is subjected to thermo-chemical conversion at a temperature range of 350°C to 500°C (Sakhiya et al., 2020). Its application to soil improves soil\'s physical, chemical and biological properties (Somerville et al., 2020) which provides favourable conditions for living microbiota in the soil and increases the soil carbon pool, improves soil tilth (Glaser et al., 2002) and nutrient availability (Hossain et al., 2020). It can be the solution to the energy, carbon storage, and ecosystem function (Lori et al., 2013).\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe field experiment was conducted at Instructional Farm of Agronomy, Department of Agronomy, Rajasthan College of Agriculture, MPUAT, Udaipur during the rabi season of 2021-22. The soil of the experimental field was clay loam in texture, slightly alkaline in reaction (pH 8.1), low in available nitrogen (261.24 kg ha-1) and medium in available phosphorus (17.48 kg ha-1) while high in available potassium status (296.45 kg ha-1) and the site falls under agro-climatic zone IV a (Sub-Humid Southern Plains and Aravalli hills). The experiment was conducted in a factorial randomized block design (FRBD) with twelve treatments comprising four doses of salicylic acid viz., water spray, 50, 100 and 150 ppm and three doses of biochar viz., control, 1 and 2 t ha-1 and replicated thrice. Chickpea crop variety JAKI-9218 was sown on 1st November 2021 at a seed rate of 80 kg ha-1. There is no irrigation applied during the crop growth duration other than pre-sowing irrigation. Recommended doses of Nitrogen and Phosphorus i.e., 20 and 40 kg ha-1 were supplied through Urea and SSP. Foliar application of salicylic acid was done at flower initiation and pod filling stage of chickpea while biochar application and incorporation in soil were done before the sowing of the crop.\r\nNutrient content and uptake estimation. For estimation of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium content plant samples were collected at the time of harvest of crop and oven dried at 70oC for 72 hours to obtain constant weight. Fully dried samples were grinded to a fine powder and nutrient content in seed and haulm were estimated as per the following method.\r\nUptake of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium by seed as well as haulm was estimated by using the following formula.\r\nNutrient uptake (kg ha-1) =\r\n \r\nRESULTSAND DISCUSSION\r\nEffect of Salicylic acid. Foliar application of salicylic acid at varying concentrations failed to bring about a significant variation in nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium content in seed and haulm of chickpea but the crop accumulated the highest quantum of nutrients i.e., nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium by seed (64.28, 6.58 and 11.47 kg ha-1), haulm (27.25, 9.21 and 59.49 kg ha-1) and total uptake (91.54, 15.79 and 70.97 kg ha-1) by crop with the application of salicylic acid at 100 ppm over application of salicylic acid at 50 ppm and water spray. The magnitude of increase in total nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium uptake by crop was 11.34, 11.28, 11.10 per cent over foliar application of salicylic acid at 50 ppm and 26.75, 25.81, 24.12 per cent over control, respectively. Further, the increase in salicylic acid from 100 to 150 ppm though decreased nutrient uptake but failed to record statistical significance.\r\nThe positive influence of the foliar application of salicylic acid on nutrient uptake by seed and haulm seems on account of increased plant growth due to secretion of growth promoting substances which might have maintained an adequate supply of metabolites for enhancing root growth, development and their functional activities (Lian et al., 2000; Manoj 2021). The improvement in dry matter production by plants due to salicylic acid application might have promoted root growth and development, which might have resulted in greater secretion of organic acid thus increasing the availability of nutrients (Bowya and Balachandar 2020) thereby, greater extraction of nutrients from the soil and their efficient translocation in the plant system. Thus improvement in total biomass production with the application of salicylic acid results in higher uptake of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium by seed, haulm and total uptake by the crop. The results obtained are similar to the findings of Kuttimani and Velayutham (2011). At higher concentrations, salicylic acid seems to induce stomatal closure, decrease chlorophyll and carotenoid contents (Fariduddin et al., 2003; Moharekar et al., 2003) and may therefore be expected to affect the rate of photosynthesis (Poor and Tari 2012) hence the negative impact of higher rate of salicylic acid leads to lesser nutrient uptake by the crop. \r\nEffect of Biochar. The results showed that biochar application significantly improved the nitrogen status of seed and haulm. It can be attributed to their efficient extraction/translocation due to an increase in root ramification/activities as biochar plays a vital role in maintaining physico-chemical and biological properties of soils. Application of increasing rate of biochar up to 2 t ha-1 significantly increased uptake of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium by seed (69.47, 7.03 and 12.18 kg ha-1), haulm (29.03, 9.78 and 62.75 kg ha-1) and total uptake (98.50, 16.82 and 74.93 kg ha-1) by crop. The magnitude of increase in total nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium uptake with the application of 2 t biochar ha-1 was to the tune of 17.10, 15.84, 13.74 and 41.84, 37.64, 34.52 per cent, respectively over application of biochar at 1 t ha-1 and control. Biochar increases the nutrient uptake because of mineralization of nutrients i.e., increasing nutrient availability (Hossain et al., 2020), modification in cation exchange sites and also improving the biological environment of soil. An increase in nitrogen uptake by crop may be attributed to the improvement in soil microbiota that increases biological nitrogen fixation as well as organic forms of nitrogen in soil like amines, amino acids and amino sugars which become bioavailable to plants (Younis et al., 2016). The significant improvement in phosphorus uptake with biochar addition seems to be on account of increased solubility of fixed phosphorus due to a higher microbial population (Inal et al., 2015).\r\n', 'Manish Tomar, P.C. Chaplot, J. Choudhary, R.H. Meena, Ritesh Patidar and Ashok Kumar Samota (2022). Effect of Salicylic Acid and Biochar on Nutrient content and Uptake of chickpea (Cicer arietinum L.) under Rainfed Condition. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 613-616.'),
(5332, '136', 'Optimization of Dietary Energy and Protein Levels for Reproductive Performance of Native Chicken Variety (Aseel cross)', 'S. Bakyaraj, S.T. Selvan, S. Vairamuthu, L. Radhakrishnan, P. Shamsudeen and P. Vijayakumar', '104 Optimization of Dietary Energy and Protein Levels for Reproductive Performance of Native Chicken Variety (Aseel cross) S. Bakyaraj.pdf', '', 1, 'Native chicken production is becoming popular in recent years. Energy and protein requirements of Aseel varieties and its crosses could be different from those of commercial layers. Recent rise in cost of feed ingredients included in poultry diets leads to find cost effective measures in feeding. The aim of the study was to optimize dietary energy and protein requirements for reproductive performance in native chicken variety (Aseel cross). Nine experimental diets were formulated with three different energy levels (2400,2300,2200 kcal ME) each with three protein levels (14,13,12 %) and fed to the birds from 21-60 weeks of age. Fertility, Hatchability and Embryonic mortality were calculated and analysed from 29-60 weeks. The effect of interaction due to dietary energy and protein had no significance (P>0.05) on fertility, hatchability on total eggs and hatchability on fertile eggs from 29 to 52 weeks of age. After 52 weeks, low energy treatment group (2200 ME Kcal/Kg and 12%) had significantly (P<0.05) lower fertility and hatchability than other treatment groups. The embryonic mortality during incubation had no effect due to interaction of energy and protein levels upto 48 weeks of age. Though there was no significant effect, it was concluded that optimum level of energy and protein for reproductive performance is 2400 ME Kcal/Kg and 12 % CP diet.', 'Native chicken variety, Energy, Protein, Fertility, hatchability and Embryonic Mortality', 'Interaction effect of varying levels of dietary energy and protein had no significant effect on fertility, hatchability on total eggs and hatchability on fertile eggs from 29 to 52 weeks of age. Similarly, the main effects of different energy and protein levels were insignificant up to 56 weeks of age. Different dietary effects revealed significance after 52 weeks of age are due to either decrease or cessation of egg production in low energy (2200 ME Kcal/Kg) with different protein (14, 13, 12%) groups (T7, T8 and T9). The embryonic mortality in different stages of incubation due to different diets were inconsistent to make any conclusion. From the results it was concluded that optimum reproductive performance was achieved in high energy and low protein group (2400 ME Kcal/Kg and 12 % CP) during the layer phase of 21-60 weeks in native chicken variety. Further studies are warranted on various levels of energy and protein on extended period after 60 weeks of laying phase to reduce the feed cost without affecting reproductive performance in this native chicken variety. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nAseel is one of the well-known indigenous chicken breeds of India and is known for its known for its pugnacity, majestic gait, high stamina, and dogged fighting qualities (Singh, 2001). Indigenous chicken production is becoming popular due to higher demand for their meat and eggs because of its flavour, low fat content and non-usage of antimicrobial growth promoters. The purchasing power and growing population increases demand of native chickens particularly higher in urban areas and cities.\r\nAt present condition in India, egg production grew at the rate of 6.16% annually from 2008-09 to 2018-19 and 8.51% in 2019 with a total of 103.32 billion eggs produced in the year 2018-19. The per capita availability of eggs in the country was 79 eggs per annum in 2019 (BAHS 2019). Native chickens contributed about 14.4% to the total egg production of the country in the year 2016.\r\nThe College of Poultry Production and Management at Hosur (CPPM), is developing a chicken variety from the local Aseel chicken population and its crosses. With the rising cost of nutrients, an appropriate energy and protein level is most important factor to reduce feed cost per unit of weight gain (NRC, 1994). Non-availability of specific feed and higher feed cost are the major constraints faced by the farmers rearing native chickens intensively and an optimized energy level maybe chosen while formulating diet for male and female Aseel native chickens (Kumaravel et al., 2021).\r\nFertility and Embryonic mortality during incubation period is an indicator of deficiency or inadequacy of the breeder diets (Leeson et al., 1979). Aminafshar et al. (2015) that energy level and type can be effective on changing blood lipid metabolites such as cholesterol and triglyceride. Selection of appropriate levels of protein and energy is required without affecting the fertility and hatchability of native chickens. Hence, the present study was carried out to optimize dietary energy and protein requirements for reproductive performance in the newly developing native chicken variety at CPPM, Hosur.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nExperimental birds. A total of 486 females of native chicken variety were received from CPPM farm complex at 21 weeks of age and divided in to nine dietary treatments. Each treatment was given with six replicates and in total 54 replicates were assigned to present study. In each replicate two male birds were distributed in the male female ratio of 1:5 of the same age group. The experimental design was 3 × 3 factorial design. The study period started during January, 2021 and ended on September, 2021. Birds were reared under deep litter system of management following standard management practices. The birds in each treatment experimental feed and ad libitum water was provided. This study was carried out at College of Poultry Production and Management at Hosur (CPPM), Tamil Nadu Veterinary and Animal Sciences University, India.\r\nExperiment diets (21-60 weeks of age). During the study period from 21 to 60 weeks of age, the nine dietary treatments with six replicates of nine birds in each. In each replicate two male birds were distributed in the male female ratio 1:5. Nine experimental diets were formulated with three different energy levels (2400, 2300, 2200 kcal ME) each with three protein levels (14, 13, 12 %) and fed to the female birds throughout the experimental period from 21-60 weeks of age. Feed consumption was recorded on weekly basis. The ingredient and calculated nutrient composition of diets for breeder phases are given in the Table 1.\r\nCollection of Data. Eggs were collected twice daily from the experimental groups and the collected eggs were sorted, fumigated and stored for seven days throughout the study period of 29 to 60 weeks of age. Appropriately labelled hatching eggs were set in setter and transferred to hatcher on 18th day on weekly basis from each treatment group. Percent fertility and hatchability were calculated using the formula:\r\n \r\nPer cent hatchability on total eggs \r\n = \r\nPer cent hatchability on fertile eggs \r\n = \r\nAll unhatched eggs were inspected for embryonic development and the embryo mortality were described as Early (EEM), Mid (MEM), Late (LEM) embryonic mortality and unhatched chicks after day 21. All the values were calculated in percentage.\r\nStatistical analysis. Recorded data was subjected to Statistical analysis using SPSS (2018) software for two-way ANOVA and level of significance was measured using Tukey’s test following the procedure of Snedecor and Cochran (1994).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nFertility. Fertility rate among the different dietary energy and protein groups is presented in the Table 2. Results revealed that there were no significant effects due to interaction of varying levels of energy and protein on fertility during the trial period of 29-60 weeks. The lesser values of fertility in T7, T8, T9 during 53-56 weeks and T8 and T9 during 57-60 weeks were either due to decreased or zero egg production during that phase. The birds might have entered in to moulting due to feeding of low energy diets (2200 ME Kcal/Kg) or depletion of body reserves. Similar trend was observed by Pearson and Herron (1981) that the consistent low rate of egg production by lowest energy allowance of 1.52 MJ AME/day (363KCal) was due to inadequate allowance to meet energy requirements of the bird’s egg production. Significant (P<0.05) effect due to different levels of energy was found in high energy treatment than medium and low energy treatment groups after 52 weeks of age. The same trend was observed in different protein level treatment groups.\r\nHatchability on total egg set basis. The results of hatchability on total egg set basis due to different dietary treatments are presented in Table 3. The interaction of protein and energy levels did not have any influence over the hatchability on total egg set basis throughout the trial period from 29 weeks to 52 weeks. But during 53 to 56 weeks and 57 to 60 weeks, T4 (86.1 % and 77.47%) showed significant (P<0.05) effect on hatchability (TES) than T9 (47.12% and 15.91%). Though other treatment groups showed difference in hatchability, they were not significant whereas other treatment groups except T8 (47.05%) were significantly different from T9 (15.91%) group during 57-60 week period.\r\nThese results are in contrast with the findings of Saleh et al. (2017) who found that poor and best hatchability was observed on high energy with low protein (2800 ME Kcal/Kg and 14% CP) diet and high energy with high protein (2800 ME Kcal/Kg and 18% CP) diet respectively in FUNAAB alpha hens (Improved variety). The reason could be due to low productivity of our variety chickens, the energy and protein was sufficient to produce fertile eggs and good hatchability. Significant (P<0.05) hatchability difference noticed during 53-56 and 57-60 week periods were due to birds had a pause or almost ceased to produce after 52 weeks of age and more of infertile eggs in the low energy and low protein treatment group (2200 ME Kcal/Kg and 12% CP) were observed.\r\nNo effects on fertility and hatchability of total eggs set was found for the different energy treatment groups from 29-56 weeks but 57-60 week period shown significantly lower hatchability (44.47%) in low energy (2200 ME Kcal/Kg) than medium (2300 ME Kcal/Kg) and high energy (2400 ME Kcal/Kg) treatment groups. The results are in agreement with the Van Emous et al. (2015), who reported that the breeders fed high metabolizable energy diet showed an increased hatchability of fertile eggs compared to birds fed low metabolizable energy diet during second phase of lay (45-60 weeks). Similar trend was observed in different protein levels that only during 57-60 week period high protein diet (14%) had significant effect on hatchability (75.23% vs 55.04 %) compared to low CP (12%) diet. \r\nHatchability on fertile egg set basis. The results of hatchability on fertile egg set are presented in Table 4. There was no effect due to interaction of dietary energy and protein levels during the entire period on hatchability of fertile eggs set except during 57-60 week period where T9 had significantly lower hatchability (19.44%) than other treatment groups T1 to T7 (87.57 % to 81.94 %). A poor hatchability was noticed in low energy and low protein diet groups after 56 weeks of age. This result was due to very less number of egg production and more of infertile eggs in those treatment group (2200 ME Kcal/Kg and 12 % CP) after 52 weeks of age. Conversely, Sun and Coon (2005) reported that egg production was not affected in breeders fed a high energy and low energy diet (2,970 vs 2,816 ME Kcal/Kg) during the entire laying period. The poor results in the present study might be due to the energy levels which was very low when compared to their high and low energy levels.\r\nThere was a difference of 60% hatchability between T9 and other treatment groups both in total egg set (TES) and fertile egg set (FES) basis after 56 weeks of age. These data indicate that the major effect of low dietary energy and CP on hatchability is in fact related to production and fertility. This is observed by the lack of difference in embryonic mortality in various stages of incubation. High energy diet with low CP diet resulted in improved hatchability on TES and FES in the experimental period upto 56 weeks of age. Similar to this findings, Lopez and Leeson (1995) reported an increased fertility and hatchability of total eggs set and decreased embryonic mortality during the entire laying period when birds received a low CP.\r\nNo significant effect was noticed on hatchability of FES due to different energy levels from 29 weeks to 56 weeks whereas 57-60 week period showed significantly lower hatchability (52.77%) in the low energy treatment (2200 ME Kcal/Kg) group than medium (2300 ME Kcal/Kg) and high energy (2400 ME Kcal/Kg) groups (83.43% and 84.89%). Anne and Herron (1981) also reported that hatchability decreases at higher protein allowance combined with decreased energy allowance.\r\nSimilarly, different protein levels had no impact over the percentage of hatchability on FES. Sometimes the hatchability percentage in the birds fed low CP diets was little higher and comparable to the high protein diets up to 52 weeks of age. From 57-60 week period onwards high CP diets had significantly higher hatchability than low CP diets (12%). Though there was no significant difference in hatchability during 53-56 weeks and hatchability started decreasing from 53 weeks of age in low energy and low protein treatment groups. The results of Lopez and Leeson (1995) that the birds fed lower dietary protein showed consistent improvement in hatchability of eggs throughout the 40 wk trial period and the major advantage of low protein diets is improving fertility without affecting hatchability\r\nEmbryonic Mortality\r\nEarly embryonic mortality. The results for embryonic mortality and unhatched chicks for the trial (29-60 weeks) are presented in Tables 5-8. From 29 to 48 weeks of age there was no significant effect due to interaction between energy and protein levels on embryonic mortality. During 49-52 weeks of age low energy and protein group (2200 ME Kcal/Kg and CP 12%) had significantly lower early embryonic mortality than other treatment groups T1 and T5. Again from 53- 60 weeks of age, there was no significant effect due to interaction of energy and protein levels on embryonic mortality. In the similar manner, early embryonic mortality was significantly (P<0.05) higher (3.30%) in high (2400 ME Kcal/Kg) energy treatment diets than low energy (2200 ME Kcal/Kg) diets (2.27%) only during 49-52 weeks of age. Though this is in contrast with the reports of Saleh et al. (2017) that the early embryonic mortality was not affected by the high energy with low protein (2800 ME Kcal/Kg and 14% CP) diet and high energy with high protein (2800 ME Kcal/Kg and 18% CP) diet, the effect was noticed for a sheet period of four weeks. Different protein levels had no effect on early embryonic mortality for the whole experimental period from 29 weeks to 60 weeks.\r\nMid embryonic mortality. Effect of interaction of different energy and protein levels on mid embryonic mortality was not significant upto 52 weeks of age and thereafter T7 and T1, T6 and T8 had significantly higher mid embryonic mortality during 49-52 weeks and 57-60 weeks respectively than other dietary treatment groups. It has also been reported by Daghir, and Shah (1973) that the requirements of vitamin B12 and pyridoxine were increased in high protein intakes. Wilson (1997) reported progression of mortality was seen in Vitamin B12 deficiency for all the three weeks of incubation but our results are not consistent. when different protein levels were considered high protein (14%) had significantly higher mid embryonic mortality only during 49-52 weeks period of the whole trial period from 29 to 60 weeks. Leeson and Summers (2009) observed, lower hatchability in breeders fed a low energy and high protein diet and the decrease appear to be resulted from increased embryonic mortality in mid incubation and unhatched pips. Similarly, high energy (2400 ME Kcal/Kg) had higher (P<0.05) mid embryonic mortality only during the last four weeks of the trial period (57-60 weeks). The embryonic mortality during this mid incubation is a sensitive indicator of nutritional deficiencies in the breeder diet (Leeson et al., 1979).\r\nLate embryonic mortality. There was no effect of diets due to different energy and protein levels on late embryonic mortality from 29 to 60 weeks of age. The same trend was observed in different energy levels for the whole period of 29-60 weeks. The protein levels also did not any show effect on the late embryonic mortality. The results could be due to adequacy of vitamins and Minerals such as Vitamin D and magnesium in the breeder diet, otherwise the deficiency of those resulted in late embryonic mortality (Wilson, 1997)\r\nUnhatched chicks. Among the interaction of different energy and protein levels 33-36 week, 49-52 week and 57-60 week periods showed significant (P<0.05) effect on unhatched chicks. In different energy levels high percentage of unhatched chicks in medium energy treatment group (2300 ME KCal/Kg) during 33-36 weeks and 49-52 weeks along with high energy treatment groups. The protein levels had no effect on the unhatched chicks. Though the results are inconsistent through the different periods, deficiency of folic acid and excess of iodine (Wilson, 1997) and depletion of glycogen reserves (Menge et al., 1979) could have attributed to higher unhatched chicks.\r\n', 'S. Bakyaraj, S.T. Selvan, S. Vairamuthu, L. Radhakrishnan, P. Shamsudeen and P. Vijayakumar (2022). Optimization of Dietary Energy and Protein Levels for Reproductive Performance of Native Chicken Variety (Aseel cross). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 617-624.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5333, '136', 'Effect of Accelerated Ageing on Moisture and viability of Rice Genotypes', 'J. Poojitha, Ch. Aruna Kumari, D. Sanjeeva Rao, P. Raghuveer Rao and N. Siromani', '105 Effect of Accelerated Ageing on Moisture and viability of Rice Genotypes J. Poojitha.pdf', '', 1, 'The availability of high-quality seed at the time of planting is the most important factor in the success of any crop. This is because high-quality seed ensures not only proper emergence but also rapid establishment of seedlings in the field, which increases seed yield. Temperature and moisture content are two main factors that influence seed quality during storage. The use of stored seed for sowing results in low yield due to physiological and biochemical changes that occur during aging. Seed quality deterioration during aging is a natural occurrence. This is caused by changes in various physiological parameters such as change in moisture content, seedling length, and seed viability. Changes in these parameters have a negative impact on seed yield and related characteristics. Hence in this study different genotypes of rice (Oryza sativa L.) were subjected to accelerated ageing by traditionally and by using saturated salt (NaCl) for 24, 48 and 72 hours respectively, these artificially aged seeds were compared with unaged seeds. Accelerated ageing at both the conditions had significant effect on viability, length if seedling and moisture content of seeds. Viability and length of seedling was decreased with increase in time of ageing and completely lost in some genotypes at 72 hours of traditional accelerated ageing and the moisture was significantly increased in all the genotypes at both the accelerated ageing conditions. Finally, the results revealed that the accelerated ageing cause progressive decline in viability of seed.', 'Accelerated ageing, genotypes, Moisture, Viability, Seedling', 'The study concluded that the viability, seedling length was decreased and increase in moisture was recorded as the duration of ageing prolonged among the varieties at both the AA conditions, Where as more effect was observed during TAA. Among the genotypes taken RNR 28361 showed maximum viability and seedling length at both the AA treatments.\r\nThe biological mechanism of seed deterioration during seed storage needs to be understood. The storage studies can be further extended to know the influence of storage conditions of different paddy varieties.\r\n', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nRice (Oryza sativa L.) is the world\'s second most important cereal crop and a staple food for more than half of the world’s population. It is grown in 118 countries worldwide, with Asia accounting for 146 million hectares of the world\'s rice producing (FAO, 2019). Asia accounts for nearly 90% of global rice production and Asia is home to nine of the top ten rice producing and consuming countries. With 42.5 million ha, India is the world\'s major (largest) rice-growing country (Surendran et al., 2021).\r\nRice cultivation in the country is carried out in a humid tropical and subtropical climate characterized by high temperature and relative humidity, resulting in changes in genetic integrity and faster deterioration of seeds. As the seed is the most important input in agriculture, it is essential to maintain the quality of seed for producing vigorous plants (Qun et al., 2007). Seed deterioration, an irreversible degenerative process that occurs during storage which reduces seed quality over time. On the other hand, the rate of deterioration is influenced by seed moisture content, which upon increasing causes faster deterioration (Ellis et al., 1992). Many physiological manifestations of seed deterioration have been extensively reported (McDonald, 1999; Jatoi et al., 2004; Kapoor et al., 2011). The most widely accepted criterion for seed deterioration is loss of seed viability and germinability. It takes at least three to four months to study the deteriorative changes that occur with age. As a result, an alternative approach known as accelerated ageing is used, which induces desired changes in rice in a shorter time span, resulting in properties similar to those of naturally aged rice (Gujral and Kumar 2003).\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nExperimental Materials: The present study was carried out at the Indian Institute of Rice Research, Hyderabad and the Central Instrumentation Cell, PJTSAU, Hyderabad during 2021 in order to determine the effect of accelerated ageing on viability, moisture and seedling length in ten different rice genotypes, namely RNR-15459, RNR-21278, RNR-29325, RNR-28361, JGL-38168, JGL-38957, JGL-38071, JGL-18047, JGL 38237 and JGL-38917.\r\nAccelerated ageing (AA): AA was traditionally performed with distilled water and a saturated salt solution (NaCl). The seeds were spread uniformly over a plastic net in a desiccator which contains 100 ml of distilled water. The main purpose of the plastic net is to avoid contact between the seeds and the distilled water. Saturated Salt Accelerated ageing (SSAA) is accomplished in the same way as described above by replacing distilled water with saturated salt solutions (Olivera et al., 2020). The seeds were collected after 24, 48 and 72 hour intervals respectively.\r\nMoisture content (%): It was determined by drying the sample in a hot air oven at 103°C for 17 hours (ISTA, 2013).\r\nViability (%): The viability of seeds is determined by using the traditional tetrazolium method (Moore, 1973).\r\nSeedling length: Three replicates of ten seeds each were germinated using the paper towel method and after eight days of germination, five normal seedlings were chosen at random from each replicate and their length was measured.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nParameters investigated during the study include seed viability, moisture, and seedling length. In the control group, initial seed viability ranged from 100 to 88 percent (unaged seeds). A significant decrease in viability was observed during bothTraditional Accelerated Ageing(TAA) and SSAA, with RNR 15459, RNR 29325, and JGL 38917 exhibiting negative behaviour with SSAA. In TAA, the maximum decline in viability was observed in RNR 15459 (95-24%), followed by JGL 38917 (89-22%) (Fig. 1), and the maximum decline in SSAA conditions was observed in JGL 38168 (100-63%), followed by JGL 38237 (99-87%) (Fig. 2). RNR 28361 was found to be the least affected in terms of viability during both ageing conditions. Similar decline in viability were observed in rice by Kapoor et al. (2011); Somasundaram and Bhaskaran (2017); Sasaki et al. (2015); in Niger seeds by Gordin et al. (2015); Jathropa by Suresh et al. (2019) and Tetrapleura by Sossou et al. (2019).\r\nMoisture content increased in all rice genotypes under both ageing conditions. The percentage moisture increase was greater during TAA than during SSAA. The moisture content of the varieties ranged from 11 to 13% (unaged) across all genotypes. RNR 29325 had the greatest increase in moisture during TAA (11-29.8), followed by RNR 15459 (11-30.9 percent) (Fig. 3). There was a significant progressive increase in moisture with increase in duration of accelerated ageing in rice genotypes by Prakash et al. (2020); Bijanzadeh et al. (2017); Kavitha et al. (2017); Hussain et al. (2012) in maize and Kapoor at al.(2010) in chick pea. During SSAA the highest was observed in JGL 38957 at 72 hours of ageing treatment (Fig. 4) such differences were observed by Ellis and Hong (2007) in rice, Oliveira et al. (2020) in Brachiaria brizantha. \r\nAt both conditions, the accelerated ageing treatment resulted in a significant decrease in seedling length. The length decrease was greatest at TAA, and complete loss of germination was observed in RNR 15459, RNR 21278, JGL 38957, and JGL 38917 after 72 hours of TAA (Fig. 5). RNR 29325 had the greatest decrease in seedling length during 72 hours of SSAA, followed by JGL 18047 (Fig. 6). similar reduction pattern in seedling length in rice was reported by Garcia and Coelho (2021); Bijanzadeh et al. (2017); Govindaraj et al. (2017); Raja et al. (2019) in rice; Ghasemi et al. (2014) in wheat; Yagushi et al. (2014) in soy bean; and Vijayalakshmi et al. (2014) in tomato.\r\n', 'J. Poojitha, Ch. Aruna Kumari, D. Sanjeeva Rao, P. Raghuveer Rao and N. Siromani (2022). Effect of Accelerated Ageing on Moisture and viability of Rice Genotypes. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 625-629.'),
(5334, '136', 'Population Dynamics of Whitefly, Bemisia tabaci and Spotted Pod Borer, Maruca vitrata on blackgram (Vigna mungo) in relation to Abiotic Factors', 'Ch. Sowmya, D. Veeranna, P. Rajanikanth and N. Sandhya Kishore', '106 Population Dynamics of Whitefly, Bemisia tabaci and Spotted Pod Borer, Maruca vitrata on blackgram (Vigna mungo) in relation to Abiotic Factors Ch. Sowmya.pdf', '', 1, 'In view of increase in extent of area under black gram during rabi season in Telangana and prevalence of biotic stress at vegetative and podding stage leading drastic reduction of economic yield. A study on seasonal incidence of whitefly and spotted pod borer on blackgram was conducted during rabi season, 2021 at Regional Agricultural Research Station, Warangal, PJTSAU. The results revealed that the incidence of whitefly on blackgram started from 15 days after sowing i.e., 43rd standard meteorological week with initial population being 0.68 whitefly per plant and from thereafter the population was gradually increased and reached its peak during 47th SMW with 5.2 whitefly per plant. The prevailed weather conditions during this period was 22.8oC to 33.4oC temperature, 67.9% to 92.7% relative humidity and this may favoured for gradual increase and multiplication of whitefly population in blackgram ecosystem. The incidence of spotted pod borer was started at flowering stage i.e., during 46th SMW with initial population being 0.38 larvae per plant and reached its peak population (2.38 larvae/plant) during 49th SMW when the temperature was 18.4oC to 30.5oC and relative humidity was 53.7% to 88.6% respectively. Correlation studies showed maximum temperature, minimum temperature and relative humidity (morning and evening) had positive influence and sunshine hours had negative influence on whitefly population dynamics, whereas, spotted pod borer influenced positively with sunshine hours, temperature and negatively with relative humidity. The results revealed that weather parameters like temperature, relative humidity and sunshine hours played as limiting factors for population build-up of whitefly and M. vitrata on black gram during rabi season.', 'Blackgram, whitefly, spotted pod borer, incidence, population dynamics', 'Favorable environmental conditions were played a significant role in development of whitefly and M. vitrata population in blackgram sown during rabi season. Temperature and relative humidity are very vital in population buildup of whitefly while temperature and sunshine hours in case of M. vitrata during rabi season.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nBlackgram (Vigna mungo L. Hepper) is commonly known as urdbean in India belongs to family leguminosae, sub family Papilionaceae. It is the fourth most important short-duration pulse crop grown in India because of its nutritional and industrial values (Nene, 2006). India is the largest producer (accounting >70% of the global production) and consumer of black gram in the world. In India, blackgram is one of the multipurpose pulse crops grown on 4.11 m. ha. with annual production of 2.45MT and average productivity of 596 kg/ha (AICRP on MULLaRP, Annual Report, 2020-21).\r\nThe production and productivity of blackgram is hindered by both biotic and abiotic factors. Among biotic stresses, losses due to insect pests and diseases are quite alarming. In India, 60 insect species are known to attack black gram crop at different stages of crop growth. The major pests of blackgram are whitefly (Bemisia tabaci), thrips (Thrips tabaci), leaf hopper (Empoasca kerri), defoliator (Madurasia obscurella), spotted pod borer (Maruca vitrata), pea butterfly (Lampides boeticus), tobacco caterpillar (Spodoptera litura) and gram pod borer (Helicoverpa armigera) (Soundararajan and Chitra 2012). Among which whitefly and spotted pod borer are consistently in their amount of loss caused. Whitefly damages directly by sucking sap from leaves and lowering the vitality of plants, and indirectly through transmitting yellow mosaic virus (Nariani, 1960). Spotted pod borer basically a hidden pest feeds on flowers, buds and pods by webbing together, its entrance hole on pod is plugged with excreta (Sreekanth et al. 2015). The annual yield loss due to the insect pests was about 30 per cent in black gram and mung bean (Gailce et al., 2015).\r\nIn view of increase in extent of area under black gram during rabi season in Telangana and prevalence of biotic stress at vegetative and podding stage leading drastic reduction of economic yield. The present study was undertaken to assess the incidence of whitefly and spotted pod borer on blackgram in relation to abiotic stresses during rabi season, 2021.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present study was carried out at A24 block of Regional Agricultural Research Station, Warangal, (GPS coordinates 18.0125 ͦN latitude and 79.59 ͦE longitude). Popular blackgram variety, LBG-752 was sown in 100 Sq. meters duly following recommended agronomic practices under unprotected conditions. The sowing was carried out in rabi season, on 12th October, 2021 with spacing 30 cm between the rows and 10 cm between the plants. To record the observations the entire 100 m2 plot was divided into 10 quadrates each of 1m × 1m. Five plants were selected in each quadrate of 1m ×1m, thus a total of 50 plants were tagged and observations on whitefly and spotted pod borer incidence was recorded early in the morning from their first appearance till harvesting of the crop at a weekly interval.\r\nThe population of whitely was recorded by counting the nymphs and adults on two leaves each from top, middle and lower canopy of five randomly selected and tagged plants in each quadrate visually and by using magnifying lens at weekly interval. Apart from visual observation, whitefly incidence was also recorded by erecting yellow sticky traps at the field above crop canopy. Incidence of M. vitrata was recorded by counting the number of larvae of five randomly selected and tagged plants in each quadrate. The cumulative population of whitefly and M. vitrata was calculated and weekly data on temperature, relative humidity (RH), and sunshine hours were obtained. Statistical analysis of data was analyzed through simple correlations between population dynamics of whitefly and abiotic parameters, maximum temperature, minimum temperature, relative humidity (morning and evening) and sunshine hours.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nInfluence of abiotic factors on whitefly, B. tabaci: The data on population dynamics of whitefly B. tabaci, (Gennadius) on blackgram studied during Rabi, 2021-22 revealed that the incidence of whitefly on blackgram started from 15 days after sowing (DAS) and the dynamics of whitefly population was in the range of 0.5-5.2 per plant during the study period (Rabi season). The first observation was recorded on 43rd SMW (second fort night of October) i.e., 15 DAS with 0.68 whitefly per plant and the population was gradually increased and reached its peak during 47th SMW (fourth week of November) with 5.2 whitefly per plant (Fig. 1). The weather conditions prevailed during that period was 33.4oC maximum temperature, 22.8oC minimum temperature, 92.7% RHI and 67.9% RHII, which may favoured for gradual increase and multiplication of whitefly population. A gradual decline in the pest population was evident thereafter (Table 1). Whitefly prefers to suck the phloem sap from the succulent part of the plant and as the plant became older its dry matter accumulation is increased with the age of the plant and thus reduces population of whitefly and its infestation as well (Latif and Akhatar 2013). The present findings are partially corroborate with the results of Kumar et al. (2004) who noted that highest population of whitefly was recorded on 32.5° maximum temperature, 20.8° minimum temperature and 82% relative humidity respectively.\r\nThe yellow sticky trap data revealed that whitefly catches per trap was in the range of 12.4 to134.1 per trap per week. The first observation was recorded on 43rd SMW (second fort night of October) with initial population of 21.2 whitefly per trap and the trap catches were gradually increased and reached its peak during 47th SMW (fourth week of November) with 134.1 catches per trap. A gradual decline in the pest population was evident thereafter (Table 1, Fig. 2 and Plate 2). \r\nCorrelation studies between whitefly population and abiotic factors (Table 2) revealed that the whitefly population showed positive correlation with maximum temperature (r = 0.730), minimum temperature (r = 0.710) and relative humidity (morning, r = 0.394 and evening, r = 0.693) while, negative correlation with sunshine hours (r = -0.779). Similarly, correlation coefficient between whitefly catches on sticky traps and abiotic factors revealed positive correlation with respect to maximum temperature (r = 0.386), minimum temperature (r = 0.440) and relative humidity (morning and evening r = 0.259, r = 0.550, respectively), while sunshine hours (r = -0.365) prevailed during the seasons showed negative correlation. This proved abiotic factors viz., temperature, relative humidity and sunshine hours influence population build-up of whitefly in blackgram ecosystem. Byrne (1991) stated that the weather parameters such as temperature, wind speed, rainfall and relative humidity play important roles towards the population dynamics of whiteflies.\r\nThe results are in accordance with the findings of Yadav et al. (2015) who reported that whitefly incidence in blackgram has non-significant positive correlation with temperature (maximum and minimum) and relative humidity (morning and evening), however, SSH has non-significant negative correlation. Patil et al. (2021) reported that whitefly population in mungbean showed non-significant positive correlation with temperature (maximum and minimum) and RH. Similarly, Suyal et al. (2018) reported that population of whitefly indicated positive correlation with all the weather parameters except SSH which showed negative correlation in soybean. The abiotic factors viz., maximum temperature, minimum temperature, RHI, RHII and rainfall exhibited positive correlation with whitefly population in clusterbean.\r\nInfluence of abiotic stress spotted pod borer, M. vitrata on blackgram: The results revealed that spotted pod borer population on blackgram ranged from 0.22-2.38 larvae per plant during the study period. The incidence of spotted pod borer was started from 46th SMW with initial population being 0.38 larvae per plant (2nd week of November) and was gradually increased and attained its peak during 49th SMW (1st week of December) with 2.38 larvae per plant. During the peak period, the weather parameters prevailed are 30.5oC maximum temperature, 18.4oC minimum temperature, 88.6% RHI and 53.7% RHII which may favoured for the increase and multiplication of larval population (Fig. 3 & Table 3).\r\nCorrelation studies revealed that the spotted pod borer haspositive correlation with sunshine hours (r = 0.212), maximum (r = 0.297) and minimum (r = 0.128) temperature while, negative correlation with morning (r = -0.458) and (r = -0.660) evening relative humidity. The present results are in accordance with Shejulpatil et al. (2020) who reported that maximum temperature and sunshine hours showed significant positive correlation with larval population and per cent pod damage whereas, morning relative humidity showed significant negative correlation with larval population. Kapoor and Shankar (2019) who reported that larval population indicated significant positive correlation with maximum temperature and minimum temperature, significant negative correlation with morning and evening relative humidity in blackgram. Similarly, Kantegari et al. (2020) on Indian bean reported that spotted pod borer population showed positive correlation with maximum and minimum (significant) temperature and negative correlation with RH and rainfall (Table 4).\r\n', 'Ch. Sowmya, D. Veeranna, P. Rajanikanth and N. Sandhya Kishore (2022). Population Dynamics of Whitefly, Bemisia tabaci and Spotted Pod Borer, Maruca vitrata on blackgram (Vigna mungo) in Relation to Abiotic Factors. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 630-634.'),
(5335, '136', 'Effect of Foliar Application of GA3, NAA and Urea on Fruit Quality Attributes of Ber (Zizyphus mauritiana Lamk.) cv. Banarasi Karaka', 'Trivendra Kumar, Deepak Kumar, Vishal Gangwar, Navdeep Singh, Rakesh Kumar Gautam, Nitin Kumar Chouhan1and Suneel Kumar Patel', '107 Effect of Foliar Application of GA3, NAA and Urea on Fruit Quality Attributes of Ber (Zizyphus mauritiana Lamk.) cv. Banarasi Karaka Deepak Kumar.pdf', '', 4, 'The present investigation was carried out in the Horticulture Garden Department of Fruit Science, College of Horticulture, Chandra Shekhar Azad University of Agriculture and Technology, Kanpur during October 2018-march 2019. The Ber (Zizyphus mauritiana Lamk.), a significant indigenous fruit of China and India, has long been associated with Indian culture. The strong economic benefits, low cultivation costs, wide range of adaptation, and drought resistance of ber make it a popular crop. In this context, plant growth regulators are important. For enhancing blooming, fruit set, fruit drop, size, and quantity of fruit, many types of plant regulators like NAA, 2,4-D, 2,4,5-T, GA3, and TIBA are utilized. Fruit quality, including total soluble solids, ascorbic acid, total sugar, and acidity, was dramatically increased by foliar application of GA3, NAA, and urea. Over the control, application of the urea and plant growth regulators mentioned above had an impact on the biochemical components of fruit. The foliar spray of T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5%) is advised to have a maximum total soluble solids concentration of 17.88°Brix. In terms of the ascorbic acid content of the ber fruit, there was a significant difference with the application of gibberellic, naphthalene acetic acid, and urea; all three treatments were determined to be significant compared to the control. The treatment of T8 resulted in the highest ascorbic acid level ever measured (101.05 mg/100g). Application of above plant growth regulators and urea influenced biochemical constituents of fruit over the control. The combined treatments of GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5% maximized the overall fruit quality.', 'GA3, NAA, Urea, PGR, Ber and Quality', 'The administration of plant growth regulators, especially GA3, NAA, and urea, as well as their combination treatments, changed a number of parameters in this study. The combined treatments of (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5 %) increased total soluble solids content, ascorbic acid, and total sugar and decreased acidity content. The second effective medication in the current investigation was identified as Treatment (GA3 10 ppm + NAA 20 ppm + urea 1%). The combined therapy of GA3 (20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5) percent was shown to be more effective in the current trial, according to the finding’s scenario. Therefore, in order to boost production and increase income, it is advised that researchers, orchardists, farmers, and students spray this medication on Ber trees.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nZizyphus mauriatiana, commonly known as Ber, is a tropical fruit tree that belongs to the Rhamnaceae family and is also referred to as the Chinese date, Chinese apple, Jujube, Indian plum, Regipandu, Indian jujube, Dunks (in Barbados), and Masau. Long associated with Indian culture is the ber (Zizyphus mauritiana Lamk.), a prominent indigenous fruit of China and India. Ber is used in the Puranas, the Vedas, and other literary works including the Kautilya Arthasastra, Charak Samitha, and others. Ved Vyas, the sage and author of \"Purana\" and \"Mahabharat,\" really made one of the Ber tree\'s primary fruits his residence, earning him the epithet \"Badrayan\" (A person living in a forest of Ber tree).\r\nIn the tropics, it may be discovered in both domesticated and wild forms up to a height of 1500 meters above mean sea level. It can be successfully cultivated even in the most fragile settings of the subtropics and tropics. Ber is frequently utilized because of its high economic returns, low cultivation expenses, wide range of adaptability, and ability to withstand drought.\r\nThe Indian jujube is a native of Afghanistan, Malaysia, and Queensland, Australia, which are all in the Yunnan region of southern China. Ber has been used in India for nearly 4,000 years. Even though it frequently escapes cultivation and develops into a pest, it is planted to some amount across its natural habitat, but mostly in India where it is produced for commercial purposes. Examples of locations where specimens may be found include the Bahamas, Colombia, Venezuela, Guatemala, Belize, the arid West Indies, and southern Florida. The tree has established itself as a native species in Barbados, Jamaica, and Puerto Rico where it grows in thickets in untamed areas. It grows both in cultivation and a wild or semi-wild condition in nearly every area of India. The states that are growing the quickest include Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, Rajasthan, Gujarat, Maharashtra, and Andhra Pradesh. Major Ber-growing areas in Uttar Pradesh include Varanasi, Aligarh, Faizabad, Agra, and RaeBareli district. It comes from India and is one of the most well-known and historically significant sub-tropical fruits. It is often cultivated in a range of soil types and climatic circumstances, including drought, because to its resilience and capacity for weight. The relationship between nutrition and finances is not widely known. It has a tremendous lot of promise.\r\nIt is an 8–10 m tall, small tree or shrub with stipular spines, a spreading crown, and a lot of drooping limbs. A 40 cm diameter minimum is present in the trunk. Variables exist in the fruit\'s shape and size. It can be up to 2.5 cm (1 inch) long and have a variety of shapes, such as oval, ovulate, or round, depending on the kind. There is crisp white flesh. When it is little underripe and a little damp, this fruit has a beautiful aroma. The skin of the fruit is smooth, lustrous, slender, and tight.\r\nThe development of the fruit is affected by a variety of genetic, physiological, nutritional, hormonal, and environmental factors. Plant growth regulators play a key role in this situation. These are used for fruit and flower thinning, vegetative propagation, artificially inducing seedlessness, increasing fruit production, preventing preharvest fruit drop, controlling blooming, suppressing growth, and controlling preharvest fruit drop. Numerous types of plant regulators including NAA, 2,4-D, 2,4,5-T, GA3, and TIBA are used to improve fruit set, fruit drop, size, and quantity of fruit (Bonnar, 1950; Van Overbreak, 1959). NAA (Auxin) also stops fruit drop by suffocating the pedicle. It is now easier to see the fruit pedicle. Auxin levels that are high in the abscission zone prevent the fruit from dropping (Brigs and Leopide, 1958; Addicot and Lynch 1955). Ber is also included in this strategy, despite the fact that different scientists have periodically experimented on diverse fruit crops. But they fell short in this regard.\r\nGibberellins are mostly used for regulating physiological processes, but they may also be commercially used to improve the fruit quality of crops including apples, grapes, citrus, grapefruit, and berries. Three physiological processes—the lengthening of rachis cells, the thinning of flowers, and the growth of berries in grapes—have all been impacted. Citrus has also benefited from the influence of GA3\'s ability to postpone fruit senescence, and more recent study suggests that GA3 may even encourage apple flowering. GA3 has been reported to promote fruit set and minimize fruit drop in Ber, according Gill and Bal (2013).\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe present investigation was carried out in the Horticulture Garden Department of Fruit Science, College of Horticulture, Chandra Shekhar Azad University of Agriculture and Technology, Kanpur during October 2018-March 2019.\r\nBanarasi Karaka Ber cultivar trees that were uniform, healthy, and well-established were chosen for the experiment\'s goal. The trees, which were around 47 years old, were maintained in good condition by adhering to the recommended fertilizer doses and other horticultural practices. Throughout the research, the entire orchard was kept orderly and consistently maintained. Three unique branches from each of the nine cut Ber trees were selected and utilized as a single unit (for one treatment). As a consequence, 27 units were selected on 9 Ber trees, and the experiment proceeded as planned. The experiment included nine treatments, each of which included foliar sprays of GA3, NAA, Urea and control. The treatments are as follows- T0 Control (water spray), T1 (GA3 @10 ppm), T2 (GA3 @20 ppm), T3 (NAA @20 ppm), T4 (NAA @40 ppm), T5 (Urea @1.0%), T6 (Urea @1.5%), T7 (GA3 @10 ppm + NAA @20 ppm + Urea @1.0%), T8 (GA3 @20 ppm + NAA @40 ppm + urea @1.5%). In the early morning, foot sprayers with various concentrations of the aforementioned solutions were used to thoroughly soak a few selected branches. Only water spray is authorized as a form of control. A homogenous spray of plant growth regulators and urea was applied to the leaves of each treatment on November 27, 2018, when the fruit-setting stage was in progress. This was done to cover the whole Ber plant treatment.\r\n(a) Total soluble solids (0Brix): Sample fruits of each plant were crushed to form a homogenized sample and then the juice was extracted through muslin cloth. The extract was used for determination of T.S.S. in 0Brix by hand refractometer.\r\n(b) Ascorbic acid (mg/100g): Ascorbic acid was extracted from the pulp by macerating 5g of sample with 3% metaphosphoric acid (MPA) solution. The extract was filtered and volume made to 25 ml in volumetric flask. Two ml of the aliquot was taken and titrated against standardized blue dye till the light pink color appeared which was taken as the end point. \r\n(c) Acidity (%): 20 ml fruit juice solution was taken by pipette and transferred into a 100 ml flask and then distilled water was added to make up the volume up to 100 ml. It was shaken well to dissolve. 0.25 ml of diluted fruit juice which was taken by pipette and transferred into a 250 ml beaker, and then 3 drops of Phenophthalene indicator were added in this solution. The burette was filled with N/10 NaOH solution and juice was titrated with alkali solution, drop by drop with constant stirring till the pink end point was reached. End point readings were recorded and the percentage acidity was calculated by the formula and expressed in terms of citric acid.\r\nTotal acidity per cent = 0.128 × titer value\r\n(d) Total sugars (%): For the estimation of total sugars, 20 ml of ber juice solution was taken in a beaker and 5ml of concentrated HCL was added and then the solution was boiled on water bath for five minutes for the hydrolysis to convert the non-reducing sugar in to reducing sugars. After cooling, the excess of acid was neutralized by sodium carbonate solution. The solution was transferred in a 100ml volumetric flask and volume was made up to mark by adding distilled water. This solution was taken in a burette and titrated with the Fehling ‘s solution A and B similar as was done in reducing sugars. The total sugars in percentage were calculated with the help of following formula.\r\nTotal sugars (%) = (0.25/Burette reading) × 100\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nFruit quality, including total soluble solids, ascorbic acid, total sugar, and acidity, were dramatically enhanced by foliar application of GA3, NAA, and Urea. The biochemical components of fruit were changed over the control by the application of the aforementioned plant growth regulators and urea. \r\nTotal soluble solids (°Brix): The foliar spray of T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5%) showed the highest total soluble solids (17.88°Brix), which was significant in this experiment. The plants that were left untreated showed the lowest total soluble solids (13.17°Brix) (control). Total soluble solids ranged from 13.17 to 17.88°Brix, with treatment T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5 %) being applied over control resulting in a maximum of 35.76 %. This increase in total soluble solids of treated juice may be the result of a rise in plant hormone-mediated mobilization of carbohydrates from the source to sink fruit. In addition, these growth regulators stimulated enzymatic activity, converted carbohydrates into simple sugar, and released nitrogen, which strengthened the fruit juice and increased the amount of total soluble solids in the berry fruit. These conclusions with those made in the papers of Kale et al. (1999); Yadav and Singh (2001); Rajpal et al. (2001); Singh et al. (2001); Katiyar et al. (2010); Singh et al. (2010) in Ber and Singh and Singh (2015) in Aonla.\r\nAscorbic acid (mg/100g): The results of the experiments revealed a substantial difference in the ascorbic acid content of the Ber fruit when gibberellin, naphthalene acetic acid, and urea were applied; all of the treatments were determined to be significantly different from the control. The treatment of T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5 %) resulted in the highest ascorbic acid concentration (101.05 mg/100g) that could be produced. The control treatment (T0) had an impact on the lowest ascorbic acid concentration (81.26 mg/100g). Regarding, a further improvement of 24.35 % was shown with the use of T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5 %) spray therapy. The increase in ascorbic acid content has been demonstrated due to metabolic activities involving specific enzymes and metabolic ions under the influence of plant growth regulators and urea. The ascorbic acid content improvement may be attributable to the actual synthesis of glucose-6 phosphate during fruit growth and development, which is thought to be a precursor to ascorbic acid (vitamin C). With the use of plant growth regulators like GA3 and NAA as well as the strengthening of the nitrogen nutrient, it may have occurred rather frequently (urea). These results are consistent with the reports of Singh and Shukla (1978); Masalkar and Wavhal (1991); Singh et al. (2001) in Ber, Kher et al. (2005); Singh et al. (2010) in guava, and Singh and Singh (2015) in Aonla.\r\nAcidity (%): The data scenario showed that urea and growth regulators reduced the acidity of Ber fruit. Treatment of T3 and T1 displayed 0.37 and 0.36 % acidity content, respectively, whereas treatment of control (T0) substantially indicated a maximum acidity content of 0.39 % in Ber fruit. In this regard, throughout the research, the plants treated with T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5%) reported 0.15 % considerably lower acidity. The range of the acidity content was, correspondingly, 0.15 to 0.39 %. The treatment of T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5%) resulted in a reduction of 61.53 % in the acidity content of Ber fruit. It indicates that under the influence of growth regulators, acid content may have been either quickly transformed into sugars and their derivatives by a mechanism involving the reverse glycolytic pathway or may have been employed in respiration, or both. It clearly functioned under the impact of GA3 and NAA in particular, which strengthened the nitrogen phenomenon (urea). These results are consistent with the reports of Shukla and Singh (1998); Masalkar and Wavhal (1991); Singh et al. (2001) in Ber, Kheret al. (2005); Singh et al. (2010) in guava, and Singh and Singh (2015) in Aonla.\r\nTotal sugars (%): The total sugar percentage of Ber fruit was strongly and consistently altered by the effects of plant growth regulators and urea concentrations. According to this theory, sprays of treatment T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5 %) increased the amount of total sugar in Ber fruit by 9.85 %. Control plants, or untreated plants, had a considerably lower 8.15 % total sugar percentage in Ber fruit. 8.15 to 9.85 % of total sugar was noted. As a result, sprays of treatment T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5 %) above control showed the greatest improvement in total sugar percentage at 20.85%. Fruit sweetness may have improved as a result of increased photosynthetic activity, increased carbohydrate content production, and enhanced carbohydrate translocations with the fruits. Sugars are crucially transformed into their compounds by reactions involving numerous glycolytic pathways under the control of growth regulators. Nitrogen significantly strengthened the activity in this phenomenon. The reports by Kale et al. (1999); Yadav and Singh (2001); Bhati and Yadav (2003); Katiyar et al. (2010) in Ber, and Singh and Singh (2015) in Aonla are all in agreement with these findings.\r\nNumerous researches on different fruit crops, including Ber, have been conducted. Many scientists have sometimes studied on this topic. They failed, nevertheless, in this regard. Gibberellins are commercially used to improve the fruit quality of crops including apples, grapes, citrus, grapefruit, and berries. Gibberellins have mostly been used to change a variety of physiological processes. Grapes have undergone modifications to three physiological processes, including rachis cell elongation, floral thinning, and berry enlargement. The capacity of GA3 to delay fruit senescence has also been utilized by citrus, and more recent study suggests that GA3 may even promote apple blossoming. According to research by Godara et al. (2001); Kale et al. (1999) and Gill and Bal (2013).\r\n \r\n', 'Trivendra Kumar, Deepak Kumar, Vishal Gangwar, Navdeep Singh, Rakesh Kumar Gautam, Nitin Kumar Chouhan1and Suneel Kumar Patel (2022). Effect of Foliar Application of Ga3, Naa and Urea on Fruit Quality Attributes of Ber (Zizyphus mauritiana Lamk.) cv. Banarasi Karaka. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 635-638.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5336, '136', 'Effect of Foliar Application of GA3, NAA and Urea on Fruit Quality Attributes of Ber (Zizyphus mauritiana Lamk.) cv. Banarasi Karaka', 'Trivendra Kumar, Deepak Kumar, Vishal Gangwar, Navdeep Singh, Rakesh Kumar Gautam, Nitin Kumar Chouhan and Suneel Kumar Patel', '107 Effect of Foliar Application of GA3, NAA and Urea on Fruit Quality Attributes of Ber (Zizyphus mauritiana Lamk.) cv. Banarasi Karaka Deepak Kumar.pdf', '', 1, 'The present investigation was carried out in the Horticulture Garden Department of Fruit Science, College of Horticulture, Chandra Shekhar Azad University of Agriculture and Technology, Kanpur during October 2018-march 2019. The Ber (Zizyphus mauritiana Lamk.), a significant indigenous fruit of China and India, has long been associated with Indian culture. The strong economic benefits, low cultivation costs, wide range of adaptation, and drought resistance of ber make it a popular crop. In this context, plant growth regulators are important. For enhancing blooming, fruit set, fruit drop, size, and quantity of fruit, many types of plant regulators like NAA, 2,4-D, 2,4,5-T, GA3, and TIBA are utilized. Fruit quality, including total soluble solids, ascorbic acid, total sugar, and acidity, was dramatically increased by foliar application of GA3, NAA, and urea. Over the control, application of the urea and plant growth regulators mentioned above had an impact on the biochemical components of fruit. The foliar spray of T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5%) is advised to have a maximum total soluble solids concentration of 17.88°Brix. In terms of the ascorbic acid content of the ber fruit, there was a significant difference with the application of gibberellic, naphthalene acetic acid, and urea; all three treatments were determined to be significant compared to the control. The treatment of T8 resulted in the highest ascorbic acid level ever measured (101.05 mg/100g). Application of above plant growth regulators and urea influenced biochemical constituents of fruit over the control. The combined treatments of GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5% maximized the overall fruit quality.', 'GA3, NAA, Urea, PGR, Ber and Quality', 'The administration of plant growth regulators, especially GA3, NAA, and urea, as well as their combination treatments, changed a number of parameters in this study. The combined treatments of (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5 %) increased total soluble solids content, ascorbic acid, and total sugar and decreased acidity content. The second effective medication in the current investigation was identified as Treatment (GA3 10 ppm + NAA 20 ppm + urea 1%). The combined therapy of GA3 (20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5) percent was shown to be more effective in the current trial, according to the finding’s scenario. Therefore, in order to boost production and increase income, it is advised that researchers, orchardists, farmers, and students spray this medication on Ber trees.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nZizyphus mauriatiana, commonly known as Ber, is a tropical fruit tree that belongs to the Rhamnaceae family and is also referred to as the Chinese date, Chinese apple, Jujube, Indian plum, Regipandu, Indian jujube, Dunks (in Barbados), and Masau. Long associated with Indian culture is the ber (Zizyphus mauritiana Lamk.), a prominent indigenous fruit of China and India. Ber is used in the Puranas, the Vedas, and other literary works including the Kautilya Arthasastra, Charak Samitha, and others. Ved Vyas, the sage and author of \"Purana\" and \"Mahabharat,\" really made one of the Ber tree\'s primary fruits his residence, earning him the epithet \"Badrayan\" (A person living in a forest of Ber tree).\r\nIn the tropics, it may be discovered in both domesticated and wild forms up to a height of 1500 meters above mean sea level. It can be successfully cultivated even in the most fragile settings of the subtropics and tropics. Ber is frequently utilized because of its high economic returns, low cultivation expenses, wide range of adaptability, and ability to withstand drought.\r\nThe Indian jujube is a native of Afghanistan, Malaysia, and Queensland, Australia, which are all in the Yunnan region of southern China. Ber has been used in India for nearly 4,000 years. Even though it frequently escapes cultivation and develops into a pest, it is planted to some amount across its natural habitat, but mostly in India where it is produced for commercial purposes. Examples of locations where specimens may be found include the Bahamas, Colombia, Venezuela, Guatemala, Belize, the arid West Indies, and southern Florida. The tree has established itself as a native species in Barbados, Jamaica, and Puerto Rico where it grows in thickets in untamed areas. It grows both in cultivation and a wild or semi-wild condition in nearly every area of India. The states that are growing the quickest include Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, Rajasthan, Gujarat, Maharashtra, and Andhra Pradesh. Major Ber-growing areas in Uttar Pradesh include Varanasi, Aligarh, Faizabad, Agra, and RaeBareli district. It comes from India and is one of the most well-known and historically significant sub-tropical fruits. It is often cultivated in a range of soil types and climatic circumstances, including drought, because to its resilience and capacity for weight. The relationship between nutrition and finances is not widely known. It has a tremendous lot of promise.\r\nIt is an 8–10 m tall, small tree or shrub with stipular spines, a spreading crown, and a lot of drooping limbs. A 40 cm diameter minimum is present in the trunk. Variables exist in the fruit\'s shape and size. It can be up to 2.5 cm (1 inch) long and have a variety of shapes, such as oval, ovulate, or round, depending on the kind. There is crisp white flesh. When it is little underripe and a little damp, this fruit has a beautiful aroma. The skin of the fruit is smooth, lustrous, slender, and tight.\r\nThe development of the fruit is affected by a variety of genetic, physiological, nutritional, hormonal, and environmental factors. Plant growth regulators play a key role in this situation. These are used for fruit and flower thinning, vegetative propagation, artificially inducing seedlessness, increasing fruit production, preventing preharvest fruit drop, controlling blooming, suppressing growth, and controlling preharvest fruit drop. Numerous types of plant regulators including NAA, 2,4-D, 2,4,5-T, GA3, and TIBA are used to improve fruit set, fruit drop, size, and quantity of fruit (Bonnar, 1950; Van Overbreak, 1959). NAA (Auxin) also stops fruit drop by suffocating the pedicle. It is now easier to see the fruit pedicle. Auxin levels that are high in the abscission zone prevent the fruit from dropping (Brigs and Leopide, 1958; Addicot and Lynch 1955). Ber is also included in this strategy, despite the fact that different scientists have periodically experimented on diverse fruit crops. But they fell short in this regard.\r\nGibberellins are mostly used for regulating physiological processes, but they may also be commercially used to improve the fruit quality of crops including apples, grapes, citrus, grapefruit, and berries. Three physiological processes—the lengthening of rachis cells, the thinning of flowers, and the growth of berries in grapes—have all been impacted. Citrus has also benefited from the influence of GA3\'s ability to postpone fruit senescence, and more recent study suggests that GA3 may even encourage apple flowering. GA3 has been reported to promote fruit set and minimize fruit drop in Ber, according Gill and Bal (2013).\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe present investigation was carried out in the Horticulture Garden Department of Fruit Science, College of Horticulture, Chandra Shekhar Azad University of Agriculture and Technology, Kanpur during October 2018-March 2019.\r\nBanarasi Karaka Ber cultivar trees that were uniform, healthy, and well-established were chosen for the experiment\'s goal. The trees, which were around 47 years old, were maintained in good condition by adhering to the recommended fertilizer doses and other horticultural practices. Throughout the research, the entire orchard was kept orderly and consistently maintained. Three unique branches from each of the nine cut Ber trees were selected and utilized as a single unit (for one treatment). As a consequence, 27 units were selected on 9 Ber trees, and the experiment proceeded as planned. The experiment included nine treatments, each of which included foliar sprays of GA3, NAA, Urea and control. The treatments are as follows- T0 Control (water spray), T1 (GA3 @10 ppm), T2 (GA3 @20 ppm), T3 (NAA @20 ppm), T4 (NAA @40 ppm), T5 (Urea @1.0%), T6 (Urea @1.5%), T7 (GA3 @10 ppm + NAA @20 ppm + Urea @1.0%), T8 (GA3 @20 ppm + NAA @40 ppm + urea @1.5%). In the early morning, foot sprayers with various concentrations of the aforementioned solutions were used to thoroughly soak a few selected branches. Only water spray is authorized as a form of control. A homogenous spray of plant growth regulators and urea was applied to the leaves of each treatment on November 27, 2018, when the fruit-setting stage was in progress. This was done to cover the whole Ber plant treatment.\r\n(a) Total soluble solids (0Brix): Sample fruits of each plant were crushed to form a homogenized sample and then the juice was extracted through muslin cloth. The extract was used for determination of T.S.S. in 0Brix by hand refractometer.\r\n(b) Ascorbic acid (mg/100g): Ascorbic acid was extracted from the pulp by macerating 5g of sample with 3% metaphosphoric acid (MPA) solution. The extract was filtered and volume made to 25 ml in volumetric flask. Two ml of the aliquot was taken and titrated against standardized blue dye till the light pink color appeared which was taken as the end point. \r\n(c) Acidity (%): 20 ml fruit juice solution was taken by pipette and transferred into a 100 ml flask and then distilled water was added to make up the volume up to 100 ml. It was shaken well to dissolve. 0.25 ml of diluted fruit juice which was taken by pipette and transferred into a 250 ml beaker, and then 3 drops of Phenophthalene indicator were added in this solution. The burette was filled with N/10 NaOH solution and juice was titrated with alkali solution, drop by drop with constant stirring till the pink end point was reached. End point readings were recorded and the percentage acidity was calculated by the formula and expressed in terms of citric acid.\r\nTotal acidity per cent = 0.128 × titer value\r\n(d) Total sugars (%): For the estimation of total sugars, 20 ml of ber juice solution was taken in a beaker and 5ml of concentrated HCL was added and then the solution was boiled on water bath for five minutes for the hydrolysis to convert the non-reducing sugar in to reducing sugars. After cooling, the excess of acid was neutralized by sodium carbonate solution. The solution was transferred in a 100ml volumetric flask and volume was made up to mark by adding distilled water. This solution was taken in a burette and titrated with the Fehling ‘s solution A and B similar as was done in reducing sugars. The total sugars in percentage were calculated with the help of following formula.\r\nTotal sugars (%) = (0.25/Burette reading) × 100\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nFruit quality, including total soluble solids, ascorbic acid, total sugar, and acidity, were dramatically enhanced by foliar application of GA3, NAA, and Urea. The biochemical components of fruit were changed over the control by the application of the aforementioned plant growth regulators and urea. \r\nTotal soluble solids (°Brix): The foliar spray of T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5%) showed the highest total soluble solids (17.88°Brix), which was significant in this experiment. The plants that were left untreated showed the lowest total soluble solids (13.17°Brix) (control). Total soluble solids ranged from 13.17 to 17.88°Brix, with treatment T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5 %) being applied over control resulting in a maximum of 35.76 %. This increase in total soluble solids of treated juice may be the result of a rise in plant hormone-mediated mobilization of carbohydrates from the source to sink fruit. In addition, these growth regulators stimulated enzymatic activity, converted carbohydrates into simple sugar, and released nitrogen, which strengthened the fruit juice and increased the amount of total soluble solids in the berry fruit. These conclusions with those made in the papers of Kale et al. (1999); Yadav and Singh (2001); Rajpal et al. (2001); Singh et al. (2001); Katiyar et al. (2010); Singh et al. (2010) in Ber and Singh and Singh (2015) in Aonla.\r\nAscorbic acid (mg/100g): The results of the experiments revealed a substantial difference in the ascorbic acid content of the Ber fruit when gibberellin, naphthalene acetic acid, and urea were applied; all of the treatments were determined to be significantly different from the control. The treatment of T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5 %) resulted in the highest ascorbic acid concentration (101.05 mg/100g) that could be produced. The control treatment (T0) had an impact on the lowest ascorbic acid concentration (81.26 mg/100g). Regarding, a further improvement of 24.35 % was shown with the use of T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5 %) spray therapy. The increase in ascorbic acid content has been demonstrated due to metabolic activities involving specific enzymes and metabolic ions under the influence of plant growth regulators and urea. The ascorbic acid content improvement may be attributable to the actual synthesis of glucose-6 phosphate during fruit growth and development, which is thought to be a precursor to ascorbic acid (vitamin C). With the use of plant growth regulators like GA3 and NAA as well as the strengthening of the nitrogen nutrient, it may have occurred rather frequently (urea). These results are consistent with the reports of Singh and Shukla (1978); Masalkar and Wavhal (1991); Singh et al. (2001) in Ber, Kher et al. (2005); Singh et al. (2010) in guava, and Singh and Singh (2015) in Aonla.\r\nAcidity (%): The data scenario showed that urea and growth regulators reduced the acidity of Ber fruit. Treatment of T3 and T1 displayed 0.37 and 0.36 % acidity content, respectively, whereas treatment of control (T0) substantially indicated a maximum acidity content of 0.39 % in Ber fruit. In this regard, throughout the research, the plants treated with T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5%) reported 0.15 % considerably lower acidity. The range of the acidity content was, correspondingly, 0.15 to 0.39 %. The treatment of T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5%) resulted in a reduction of 61.53 % in the acidity content of Ber fruit. It indicates that under the influence of growth regulators, acid content may have been either quickly transformed into sugars and their derivatives by a mechanism involving the reverse glycolytic pathway or may have been employed in respiration, or both. It clearly functioned under the impact of GA3 and NAA in particular, which strengthened the nitrogen phenomenon (urea). These results are consistent with the reports of Shukla and Singh (1998); Masalkar and Wavhal (1991); Singh et al. (2001) in Ber, Kheret al. (2005); Singh et al. (2010) in guava, and Singh and Singh (2015) in Aonla.\r\nTotal sugars (%): The total sugar percentage of Ber fruit was strongly and consistently altered by the effects of plant growth regulators and urea concentrations. According to this theory, sprays of treatment T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5 %) increased the amount of total sugar in Ber fruit by 9.85 %. Control plants, or untreated plants, had a considerably lower 8.15 % total sugar percentage in Ber fruit. 8.15 to 9.85 % of total sugar was noted. As a result, sprays of treatment T8 (GA3 20 ppm + NAA 40 ppm + urea 1.5 %) above control showed the greatest improvement in total sugar percentage at 20.85%. Fruit sweetness may have improved as a result of increased photosynthetic activity, increased carbohydrate content production, and enhanced carbohydrate translocations with the fruits. Sugars are crucially transformed into their compounds by reactions involving numerous glycolytic pathways under the control of growth regulators. Nitrogen significantly strengthened the activity in this phenomenon. The reports by Kale et al. (1999); Yadav and Singh (2001); Bhati and Yadav (2003); Katiyar et al. (2010) in Ber, and Singh and Singh (2015) in Aonla are all in agreement with these findings.\r\nNumerous researches on different fruit crops, including Ber, have been conducted. Many scientists have sometimes studied on this topic. They failed, nevertheless, in this regard. Gibberellins are commercially used to improve the fruit quality of crops including apples, grapes, citrus, grapefruit, and berries. Gibberellins have mostly been used to change a variety of physiological processes. Grapes have undergone modifications to three physiological processes, including rachis cell elongation, floral thinning, and berry enlargement. The capacity of GA3 to delay fruit senescence has also been utilized by citrus, and more recent study suggests that GA3 may even promote apple blossoming. According to research by Godara et al. (2001); Kale et al. (1999) and Gill and Bal (2013).\r\n \r\n', 'Trivendra Kumar, Deepak Kumar, Vishal Gangwar, Navdeep Singh, Rakesh Kumar Gautam, Nitin Kumar Chouhan1and Suneel Kumar Patel (2022). Effect of Foliar Application of Ga3, Naa and Urea on Fruit Quality Attributes of Ber (Zizyphus mauritiana Lamk.) cv. Banarasi Karaka. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 635-638.'),
(5337, '136', 'Morphological Diversity in certain Turmeric (Curcuma longa L.) Cultivars under Salinity Stress', 'Bandi Arpitha Shankar, Vaishali, M.K. Yadav, Mukesh Kumar, Bijendra Singh, Naresh Pratap Singh, Vishakha Burman, Ravi Kumar and Vishwajeeth Yadav', '108 Morphological Diversity in certain Turmeric (Curcuma longa L.) Cultivars under Salinity Stress Bandi Arpitha Shankar.pdf', '', 1, 'Five robust turmeric germplasms are selected from the Horticulture Research Center, where the climatic conditions were highly humid and the soils were prone to maximum salinity. These cultivars were compared for their morphological parameters under salt stress conditions. These parameters were observed, 140 days after the sowing of the selected turmeric germplasms and 90 days after the salinity treatment. These cultivars, were observed for five prominent morphological characteristics that are important i.e., plant height, longest leaf length, longest leaf width, number of leaves, and number of tillers. These morphological parameters are checked in order to identify the ability of the plants to tolerate the stress conditions and to check the effect of salt stress on the growing turmeric cultivars. The data analysis of the obtained morphological parameters is done by FCRD method, by using R-software along with DMRT observations. These two methods, were accurate and effective in analyzing the morphological data with three treatments and five cultivars. Therefore, Vallabh Sharad and New Selection 1 are observed to be able to cope with high salt conditions and can be recommended as the important cultivars for the farmers in and around Uttar Pradesh.', 'Factorial CRD, Salinity stress, Morphological parameters, DMRT, Tolerant cultivars', 'To conclude, the FCRD method using R-software along with DMRT was determined to be a successful and accurate software in analyzing the morphological data against salinity stress on all the five cultivars of turmeric along with the treatments. It was understood that any turmeric plants with maximum height, large leaf area, longest leaf length, maximum number of leaves and tillers indicates healthy growing conditions and were advisable for the cultivation. If these parameters were also achieved even under severe salinity stress conditions which indicates that the crop was able to withstand the stress conditions and promote maximum growth so that the growth of the rhizomes will be affected in a positive way along with the curcumin content should be taken into consideration and the breeding objectives of such cultivars needs to be improved. Therefore, in our study Vallabh Sharad followed by New Selection 1 can be considered as the crops to be cultivated under salt stress conditions as their mean values and their growth patterns were almost similar to their controls in that very particular stage. It was also advisable that this North East Indian region which has maximum genetic diversity and many turmeric cultivars should be considered for maximum experimentation with this regard. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe Zingiberaceae family consists of many species with several useful properties. These species are named important after understanding their medicinal and therapeutic properties. They are used in many industries to make useful products and are well-known in the beauty world (Chakraborty et al., 2019). Out of all the available species in this family, turmeric and ginger are known to play major roles in promoting several health benefits and therapeutic properties (Zhang and Kitts 2021). Compared to ginger, turmeric is used in almost all the dishes and considered to be medicinal which can be taken raw in a powder form or added in the curries (Edwards et al., 2020). Turmeric is commonly known as an herbaceous medicinal plant with anti-cancerous, anti- diabetic properties. Apart from these, this plant helps in the efficient functioning of the immune system and promotes anti-inflammatory properties (Scott et al., 2020). Along with this, curcuminoids present in these plants helps in curing many neurological disorders and cancerous properties. It is observed that, the daily intake of one table spoon of the turmeric powder is advisable for proper functioning of human body.\r\nIndia is considered as the top most producer and exporter of turmeric powder with high curcuminoid value to many countries like USA, UK, Japan and Russia. The turmeric powder is considered very auspicious and used for many rituals and ceremonies as well (Alizedeh et al., 2019). Also, the turmeric powder adds aroma, taste and spice to the dishes due to which almost all the dishes prepared across the globe uses a pinch of this powder (Cowell et al., 2017). All Indian delicacies need turmeric powder to improve the color and aroma of the dish. India is also known for its diverse turmeric germplasms with maximum benefits some tolerant to biotic stresses, other towards abiotic stresses and certain species tolerant to the changes in the environment (Akter et al., 2019). Almost 40 species are recorded in each area of South East Asia with India being the topmost producer of turmeric whose genetic nature is triploid (2n= 3x= 63) (Verma et al., 2018).\r\nAlthough there are many advantages with this crop, few disadvantages are noticed with respect to their resistance against abiotic stresses (Forsyth et al., 2019). Almost all the cultivars of turmeric are resistant to abiotic stresses up to certain level but, few varieties are susceptible with maximum yield losses ((Meng et al., 2018). The important stress observed these days is salinity stress which causes a serious havoc to the growing crops by arresting their growth with many symptoms ultimately leading to the death of these crops under maximum salt concentrations (Wang et al., 2021).\r\nRecent studies revealed that, the salinity stress has maximum influence on the growth and development of the turmeric cultivars especially effecting the morphological parameters which in turn effects the growth and development of the underground rhizomes (Smith et al., 2019). Not many experiments are conducted regarding salinity stress in turmeric cultivars also, not many cultivars are included in the studies so far (White et al., 2019). This can be due to the long-life cycle of the crop and improper adaptability of the turmeric crops to the surrounding environmental conditions. To understand the effect of salinity in the growing turmeric cultivars, five turmeric cultivars belonging to UP are selected and the growth conditions are observed three months after the salinity treatment (Sanidad et al., 2019).\r\nTherefore, our study is aimed to understand the growth of the turmeric cultivars imposed by salinity stress in two treatments i.e., 50mM concentration and 100mM concentrations along with their controls for comparison. Different morphological parameters are checked in the plants, three months after the salinity treatment i.e., 140 days after sowing and 90 days after salt treatment. The observations are recorded in order to observe the fluctuations in the growth of the turmeric cultivars because, the increase in the foliage aids in the growth of the underground rhizomes which is the major economical part of the turmeric crop.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nFive turmeric cultivars were selected form the Horticulture Research Center, Dept. of Horticulture, SVPUA&T, Meerut. These cultivars were developed and thoroughly checked for their characters in UP, these cultivars include Vallabh Sharad, New Selection 1, Vallabh Priya, Azad and New Selection 2. The experiment was conducted in pot culture which was maintained under lab conditions in the Dept. of Ag. Biotechnology, SVPUA&T, Meerut.\r\nDifferent growth parameters were examined up to certain growth period of the turmeric cultivars i.e., 140 days after sowing and 90 days after the salt treatment. The values observed and recorded were analyzed using FCRD (Factorial Completely randomized Design) method using R-software along with the DMRT (Duncan Multiple Range Test) which was indicated by alphabets to identify the treatments and cultivars that were on-par with each other and that show significant variations among them (Dafaallah et al., 2019).\r\nIn this experiment, a total of five cultivars with three replications each including control, 50mM and 100mM concentrations were sown at the same time in pot culture. The salt stress was given to the plant 45 days after sowing and allowed to absorb maximum salt water to impose severe stress conditions. 90 days after the treatment the plants were observed for certain morphological parameters like plant height, longest leaf length, longest leaf width, number of leaves and number of tillers in control, 50mM and 100mM concentrations respectively. All the details and their means were recorded carefully to observe the highest and the least responsive cultivars towards salinity stress conditions. Along with this the mean values, standard deviation, standard error and CV was also determined using the R- software. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS\r\nDifferent morphological parameters suitable for that particular growth period were recorded carefully in order to observe the maximum tolerant cultivars to the least tolerant cultivar in the selected turmeric germplasms for the experiment.\r\nAll the turmeric cultivars selected for salinity treatment were observed for the changes in their morphological parameters in this stage (three months after salinity treatment) (Fig. 1). Although in previous stages it was observed that Vallabh Sharad gave maximum followed by new Selection1 compared to all the other varieties under salt stress conditions. Therefore, in this stage it was observed that Vallabh Sharad gave maximum plant height compared to other cultivars i.e., 24.5±0.177, 22.5±0.077 and 22.3±0.248 for control, 50mM and 100mM concentrations. Also, New Selction1 gave positive results little lesser than that of Vallabh Sharad i.e., 23.7±0.321, 19.8±0.883 and 20.1±0.561 for control, 50mM and 100mM concentrations respectively. Not only this but for longest leaf length Vallabh Sharda gave maximum growth followed by New Selction1 i.e., 12.6±0.27, 11.9±0.27 and 12.1±27 foe control, 50mM and 100mM respectively for Vallabh Sharad and 11.4±0.07, 11.3±0.07 and 11.5±0.115 for control, 50mM and 100mM treatments for New Selection1. Also, Vallabh Sharad gave maximum growth for longest leaf width i.e., 4.6±0.314, 4.3±0.327 and 4.6±0.127 for control, 50mM and 100mM concentrations followed by 4.1±0.075, 4.2◦±0.073 and 4.4±0.053 for New Selection 1 for same treatments. Not only this the total number of leaves and tillers were maximum for Vallabh Sharad i.e., 8±0.043, 7±0.01 and 7±0.042 for total leaves and 5±0.094, 4±0.024 and 3±0.347 for number of tillers under control, 50mM and 100mM concentrations, followed by New Selection1 i.e., 6±0.121, 7±0.118 and 7±0.073 for total leaves and 5±0.062, 4±0.048 and 4±0.023 for tillers under control, 50mM and 100mM concentrations respectively (Table 1). Therefore, the individual parameters were observed for growth under salt stress conditions in this stage. \r\nPlant Height: The maximum plant height was observed in Vallabh Sharad i.e., 24.5, 22.5 and 22.3 for control, 50mM and 100mM followed by New Selection1 i.e., 23.7, 19.8 and 20.10 for control, 50mM and 100mM conditions. Therefore, it was clear that these two cultivars gave maximum increase in their plant height compared to other cultivars even under salt stress condition in this stage (Fig. 2). It was observed that the plant height in Vallabh Sharad and New selection1 increased in comparison to the previous stages by 1 – 1.5 cms each, whereas in other cultivars there is not much increase in the plant height i.e., hardly found to be in millimeters (Mohan et al., 2017). \r\nAlso, in case of DMRT for the treatments it was observed that the 50mM and 100mM were on-par with each compared to control which was expected to be showing significant variation with these two treatments. Whereas, in case of the cultivars, Vallabh Sharad and New Selection 1 i.e., 23.10 and 21.20 respectively, showed significant variations compared to Vallabh Priya, Azad and New Selection 2 with their mean values 17.77, 17.07 and 17.10 respectively, so referred to be on-par with each other. Along with this the CV value of 4.69 indicates that there is significance in the treatment (Table 2). \r\nLongest Leaf length: The longest leaf length was maximum observed in Vallabh Sharad i.e., 12.6, 11.9 and 12.1 respectively in control, 50mM and 100mM which was followed by New Selection1 i.e., 11.4,11.3 and 11.5 for New Selection1 respectively in all the treatments. These two varieties gave maximum longest leaf length compared to previous stages (Fig. 3). Also, rest of the cultivars showed little increase in the longest leaf length compared to Vallabh Sharad and New Selection1. It was observed that the other cultivars did not increase much in this stage compared to previous stages (Chander et al., 2016). \r\nAlso, in case of DMRT the mean values in case of treatments and cultivars were observed to show significant difference with each other and no any related values with each other. In case of treatments, it was observed that all the treatments were significantly different with each other i.e., 10.44, 9.72 and 9.38 for control, 50mM and 100mM even in case of the cultivars significant difference was observed with each other i.e., 12.2, 11.4, 9.0, 8.6 and 8.1 respectively for each of the cultivar (Table 3). Also, the CV value of 2.75 indicates the significance of the treatment.\r\nLongest leaf width: The longest leaf width was maximum in case of Vallabh Sharad i.e., 4.60, 4.30 and 4.60 respectively for control, 50mM and 100mM followed by new Selection1 i.e., 4.10, 4.20 and 4.40 respectively for control, 50mM and 100mM (Kadam et al., 2020). The other cultivars were known to show less leaf width compared to these two cultivars (Fig. 4). \r\nIn case of DMRT, it was observed that there was significant variation in all the treatments and cultivars as well. In case of treatments 50mM and 100mM i.e., 3.82 and 3.92 were on-par with each other compared to control i.e., 3.48 as it is showing significant variation compared to other treatments. Also, in cultivars Vallabh Priya and Azad were on-par with each other i.e., 3.47 and 3.40 compared to other cultivars which were showing significant variations among them i.e., 4.5, 4.23 and 3.10 for Vallabh Sharad, New Selection 1 and New Selection 2 (Table 4). Also, the CV value of 4.55 indicates that there is significance in the treatment. \r\nNumber of leaves: It was observed that the maximum number of leaves were observed in case of Vallabh Sharad i.e., 8, 7 and 7 respectively in all the treatments followed by New Selction1 i.e., 6, 7 and 7 respectively for control, 50mM and 100mM (Kumar et al., 2018). These two cultivars gave maximum number of leaves compared to other cultivars in this stage (Fig. 5). \r\nIn case of DMRT, it was observed that control and 50mM i.e., 5.40 and 5.60 respectively were on-par with each other compared to 100mM i.e., 5.0 which was showing significant variation with the other treatments. Also, in case of cultivars Azad and New Slection2 were observed to be on-par with each compared to other cultivars i.e., 3.67 and 3.67 respectively followed by Vallabh Sharad, New Selection 1 and Vallabh Priya i.e., 7.33, 6.67 and 5.33 respectively (Table 5). Also, the CV value of 5.55 indicates maximum significance in the treatment. \r\nNumber of tillers: Cultivars Vallabh Sharad and New Selection1 gave maximum number of tillers in this stage compared to other cultivars with their mean values 5, 4 and 4 respectively for both the cultivars in control, 50mM and 100mM concentrations (Fig. 6) (Mane et al., 2018).\r\nIn case of DMRT, all the treatments showed significant variations among them i.e., 4.4, 3.4 and 3.2 respectively for control, 50mM and 100mM concentrations. Also, in case of cultivars, Vallabh Sharad and New Selection1 were on-par with each other with mean values 4.3 and 4.3 respectively, followed by Vallabh Priya and Azad i.e., 3.3 and 3.3 respectively whereas, New Selction2 showed significant variation compared to the other cultivars i.e., 3.0. Along with this, the CV value of 4.68 indicates that the treatment is significant (Table 6). \r\nTherefore, in our study with respect to morphological parameters in this stage suggests that there is significant reduction of certain parameters like plant height and longest leaf length where control is maximum compared to the treatments but under such conditions, 100mM concentrations gave better results compared to 50mM concentrations for these two parameters in this stage for Vallabh Sharad followed by New Selection 1 compared to other cultivars, with differences in their mean values indicated by using DMRT.\r\nAlso, in case of longest leaf width 100mM was observed to show maximum increase compared to controls in each of the cultivar and was recorded maximum in case of Vallabh Sharad followed by New Selection1 in this stage followed by the observations of their means recorded using DMRT. \r\nFinally in this stage, it was observed that the total number of leaves and tillers were maximum in case of controls, and reduced in 50mM and 100mM in all the cultivars but maximum number of leaves and tillers were recorded in Vallabh Sharad and New Selection1. Therefore, our study indicates that Vallabh Sharad followed by New Selection1 gave maximum plant height in controls and treatments. \r\n', 'Bandi Arpitha Shankar, Vaishali, M.K. Yadav, Mukesh Kumar, Bijendra Singh, Naresh Pratap Singh, Vishakha Burman, Ravi Kumar and Vishwajeeth Yadav (2022). Morphological Diversity in certain Turmeric (Curcuma longaL.) Cultivars under Salinity Stress. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 639-646.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5338, '136', 'Zn-seed Treatments to Enhance Seedling Vigour of Mungbean (Vigna radiata L.)', 'M.M. Mrinali, K.K. Singh, S.P. Datta, M.C. Meena, H.S. Dikshit, Sherry Rachel Jacob, Amitha S.V.C. R. Mithra and M.B. Arun Kumar\r\n', '109 Zn-seed Treatments to Enhance Seedling Vigour of Mungbean (Vigna radiata L.) Mrinali M M.pdf', '', 1, 'Low productivity of mungbean (Vigna radiata (L.) Wilczek is mainly attributed to poor crop establishment and its cultivation in Zn deficient soils of arid and semiarid regions. Zn-seed treatments have the potential to address the issues associated with poor crop establishment as well as soil Zn- deficiency. In the present study Zn-seed priming and Zn-seed coating treatments were standardized to enhance the early seedling vigour characters, which facilitate in better crop establishment. Among the Zn concentrations (300 ppm, 450 ppm, 600 ppm and 750 ppm) studied, priming seeds with 450 ppm Zn solution at at 25 ± 2°C for 9 hours was found to the best in enhancing the germination percentage (98.00), seedling length (37.76 cm), seedling dry weight (0.2786 g), seed vigour index I (3701.95) and II (26.28) when compared to the control and hydro-primed seeds. Among the fertilizers used (Zn- NCPC fertilizer, Amino acid chelated Zn fertilizer and EDTA chelated Zn fertilizer), seeds coated with mixture of Zn-NCPC fertilizer and chalk powder in 1:4 proportion was found to be the best seed coating treatment. Seed coating with Zn-NCPC (1:4) has manifested in significantly higher germination percentage (98.33), seedling length (38.18 cm), seedling dry weight (0.2864 g), seed vigour index I (3756.64) and II (28.17) when compared to the control. Coating seeds with either Amino acid chelated Zn fertilizer or EDTA chelated Zn fertilizer did not have any beneficial effects in comparison to the control.', 'Mungbean, seedling vigour, germination, Zinc-priming, Zinc-seed coating, Zn-Nano Clay Polymer Composite (Zn-NCPC), Amino acid chelated Zn, EDTA chelated Zn', 'Lower productivity of mungbean is attributed to poor crop establishment as well as its cultivation in Zn deficient soils. Seed treatments that enhance the seedling vigour parameters as well as supplement the Zn like Zn-seed priming and seed coating with Zn fertilizers could address the said problem. Hence, the present study was undertaken to standardize the Zn-seed treatments in Mungbean. It was found that priming seeds with 450 ppm Zn solution for 9 hrs. at 25 ± 2°C has significantly enhanced the seedling vigour characters in comparison to control and hydro-primed seeds. Among the Zn-fertilizers used, Zn-NCPC fertilizer was found to highly suitable for seed coating (in 1:4 combination) with significant positive results. Where as Amino acid chelated Zn fertilizer and EDTA chelated Zn fertilizer were not found suitable for seed coating to enhance the seedling vigour characters.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nMungbean or green gram is an important pulse crop in cereal-based cropping systems of South Asia, East Asia and South-East Asia. In India, it is an important subsistence crop adding essential nutrients to the diets especially protein, iron, zinc, phosphorus and potassium. Though, India is the largest producer, accounting for 30 percentage of the global mungbean production (Nair and Schreinemachers 2020), it still imports mungbean from other countries (Mynmar, Kenya, Mozambique, Australia and Tanzania) to meet the huge consumption demand. Indian mungbean productivity (538.65 kg ha-1 in 2020-21) is 1.34 times below the global average productivity (721 kg ha-1) (Nair and Schreinemachers 2020), which is mainly attributed to poor crop establishment (Naseem et al., 1997; Bjelica, 2016; Rahmianna et al., 2000; Ashraf and Foolad 2005). Like any other pulse crop, mungbean is cultivated in marginal lands of arid and semiarid areas, where the crop suffers from water deficit due to erratic rainfall and soil nutrients deficiencies specially of zinc. Under such situations, inclusion of seeds with high initial seedling vigour in crop cultivation leads to better crop establishment (Kumar et al., 2002).\r\nSeed being a living entity, its quality is bound to deteriorate from harvesting to till its sowing in field, if not handled properly (Jacob et al., 2016). Micronutrient seed treatments were found to be effective in enhancing early seedling vigour, crop establishment, crop growth and yield, besides overcoming the particular soil nutrient deficiency in crop (Farooq et al., 2012). Zinc seed treatment has been found to enhance the early seedling vigour; thereby crop establishment and also could overcome soil Zn deficiency resulting in higher yields and grain Zn fortification in many crops (Rehman et al., 2015, 2018a, 2018b; Rehman and Farooq 2016; Farooq et al., 2018; Ullah et al., 2019a, 2019b, 2019c). In mungbean cultivation areas, as initial crop establishment problem is also associated with soil Zn deficiencies, the present study was undertaken to standardize a suitable Zn-seed treatments that could enhance the early seedling vigour of mungbean seeds.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nPlant material. Seeds of mungbean variety PUSA Vishal were collected from Seed Production Unit, IARI, New Delhi for conducting the present investigation. Variety PUSA Vishal was selected because of its bold seeded nature and resistance to Mungbean Yellow Vein Mosaic Virus (MYMV).\r\nZinc Fertilizers. The required Zn fertilizer for seed priming (ZnSO4.7H2O) was procured form Sigma-Aldrich®, USA. Zn-loaded Nano Clay Polymer Composite (Zn-NCPC), which was used for seed coating experiment was obtained from Division of Soil Science and Agricultural Chemistry, ICAR-IARI, New Delhi. Amino acid chelated Zn fertilizer and EDTA chelated Zn fertilizer, which were used for seed coating experiment were purchased from local Delhi market. Zn content in all the Zn sources used differed. It was 22.74 per cent in ZnSO4.7H2O, 10 per cent in Zn-NCPC fertilizer, 12 per cent each in Amino acid chelated Zn fertilizer and EDTA chelated Zn fertilizer.\r\nTreating seeds with Zn solution. To identify the optimum Zn concentration for mungbean seed priming, batches of 100 seeds in 3 replicates were placed in the circular shaped boxes of size 16 cm diameter and 5 cm height, which contained two layers of filter papers that were submerged with 20 ml of ZnSO4.7H2O solutions of different Zn concentration (300 ppm, 450 ppm, 600 ppm and 700 ppm) as per the treatment. Then each box was incubated in an incubator maintained at 25 ± 2°C for 9 hours duration (duration of incubation as per the standardized hydropriming treatment of lab. Data not shown). At the end of incubation duration, three boxes representing three replicates of a particular Zn concentration was taken out and seeds were dried back to original seed moisture content (9 per cent) by spreading them on the blotter paper under the fan. For hydropriming, seeds were treated in same manner using only distilled water without any Zn supplementation in water. Seeds without any treatment (hydropriming and Zn-priming) were used as control. Thus, treated seeds along with control were subjected to germination test following the method recommended by ISTA (2018) and observations were recorded at the end of germination test. Germination percentage was calculated based on number of normal seedlings as follows:\r\nGermination percentage =\r\n \r\nTen normal seedlings were randomly selected and each seedling’s root length was measured on linear scale from the point of seed attachment to tip of the root. Similarly, shoot length of selected ten normal seedlings was measured on linear scale from the point of seed attachment to the tip of the plumule. Seedling length of the individual selected ten normal seedlings was obtained by adding the root length and shoot length of the respective seedling. The average shoot length, root length and seedling length of ten seedlings was used for the statistical analysis. After taking the individual seedling length of ten randomly selected normal seedlings, the fresh weight of all the seedlings together, was taken using the four digit analytical balance. Then, the seedlings were dried collectively overnight in an oven set at 90°C ± 2°C and the dry weight was measured using four digit analytical balance, which later was used for statistical analysis. Seed vigour index-I and seed vigour index-II were calculated using the following formula (Abdul-Baki and Anderson, 1973):\r\nVigour index I = Average seedling length of 10 seedlings (cm) × germination percentage Vigour index II = Seedling dry weight of 10 seedlings (g) × germination percentage\r\nCoating seeds with Zn-fertilizer. In the present study we have attempted to explore the possibilities of delivering the Zn fertilizers (Zn-NCPC fertilizer, Amino acid chelated Zn fertilizer and EDTA chelated Zn fertilizer) as seed coats. Mungbean seeds were coated with respective Zn fertilizers in seed coating machine using gum Arabic as binder as per the manufacturer’s instructions manual of seed coating equipment (model ‘SATEC Concept ML 2000’ of SATEC Equipment GmbH, Germany). Around 250 g of seeds were first coated with gum Arabic solution and then coated with dry powder of Zn-NCPC fertilizer and chalk powder mixture mixed in different proportions viz., 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5 and 1:6 on volume basis. Similarly, another batch of 250 g seeds each, were coated using either Amino acid chelated Zn-fertilizer or EDTA chelated Zn-fertilizer and chalk powder mixture mixed in different proportions (1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5, 1:6 and 1:7 on volume basis) separately. After coating with the respective fertilizers, seeds were dried overnight under the fan and subjected to germination test as per ISTA (2018) and observations on germination percentage, seedling root length, seedling shoot length, seedling length, seedling dry weight, Seed vigour index-I and seed vigour index-II were taken as detailed above. Seeds without any coatings were used as control.\r\nStatistical analysis. All the experimental analysis were subjected to single factor ANOVA analysis of completely Randomized Design using SPSS 13 and Critical Difference (CD) values was calculated at p=0.05 to compare the difference between the treatments of the respective experiments.\r\n\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nDuring the financial year 2018-19, India imported 0.57 million tonnes of mungbean, which accounted for 22.71 per cent of the total pulses imported (Anonymous, 2019), indicating that the mungbean domestic demand is around 24.44 per cent more than the quantity being produced. Thus, productivity deficit and consumption demand, warrants immediate strategies to increase the mungbean productivity, which is lower than global average productivity. In majority of the mungbean cultivation areas, limited crop establishment and soil Zn deficiency are the major constraints for the lower productivity. To address this, enhancing the mung bean seed quality through Zn-seed treatment is the better alternative, which addresses the problems associated with both crop establishment as well as soil Zn deficiency. Hence, in the present investigation, we standardized the Zn-seed treatments viz., Zn- priming and seed coating with different Zn-fertilizers, to identify the best Zn-seed treatment, which could be used during mungbean cultivation. The obtained results during the process are detailed below:\r\nZn-priming. Priming of mungbean seeds with ZnSO4 had a significant effect on the seed quality parameters compared to control (Table 1). Seed priming with 450 ppm Zn at 25 ± 2 °C for 9 hours has manifested in significantly higher germination percentage (98.00), seedling length (37.76 cm), seedling dry weight (0.2786 g), seed vigour index I (3701.95) and II (26.28) when compared to the control and hydro- primed seeds. Better seedling vigour parameters in 450ppm Zn-primed seeds in comparison to control and hydro-primed seeds is attributed to the involvement of Zn in cell division, cell proliferation, protein synthesis and retaining membrane structure (Sarwar, 2011). Similar results enhanced seedling vigour parameters were reported in mungbean for Zn-seed priming (Haider et al., 2020) and Phosphorus-seed priming (Al-Salhy and Rasheed, 2020). With the increase in concentration of Zn (600 ppm and 750 ppm), there was a decrease in seedling vigour parameters, which could be attributed to the possible Zn toxicity at 600 and 750 ppm as reported in case of boron seed priming and Zn-priming (Farooq et al., 2011; Rehman et al., 2013; Haider et al., 2020). Priming the mungbean seeds at Zn concentration affects cellular antioxidant enzymes system leading to decreased seedling vigour parameters and failure of seed to germinate at extreme higher Zn concentration (Khan et al., 2021).\r\nAs SVI-I and SVI-II values account for the germination s well as seedling growth potential that directly influence the crop stand establishment under field conditions, seed priming with 450 ppm Zn solution for 9 hrs. at 25 ± 2°C is best suited for getting the better crop establishment in mungbean.\r\nSeed coating. Coating of mungbean seeds with Zn-NCPC had a significant effect on the seed quality parameters compared to control (Table 2). Seed coating with Zn-NCPC (1:4) has manifested in significantly higher germination percentage (98.33), seedling length (38.18 cm), seedling dry weight (0.2864 g), seed vigour index I (3756.64) and II (28.17) when compared to the control. Germination percentage of seeds coated with Zn-NCPC (1:1) has decreased in comparison to control as number of abnormal seedlings has increased. Whereas all other seedling vigour parameters (seedling length, seedling dry weight, vigour index I and II were found on par with the control. Similarly, seeds coated with amino acid chelated Zn fertilizer (1:7) has resulted in germination percentage (95.67), seedling length (31.96 cm), seedling dry weight (0.2483 g), seed vigour index I (3060.86) and II (23.77) that were on par to the control (Table 3). The seeds coated with higher dose of Amino acid chelated Zn fertilizer (1:1, 1:2 and 1:3) has significantly reduced seed germination in comparison to the control as the number of abnormal seedlings noticed were more. This could be because of the excessive Zn concentration as well as amino acids present in the fertilizer formulation. All the treatments combinations in case of seeds coated with EDTA chelated Zn fertilizer has significantly reduced all the seedling vigour parameters in comparison to control (Table 4).\r\nAmong the three fertilizers used, coating seeds with Zn-NCPC fertilizer (1:4) found to be the best as significant enhancement of early seedling vigour parameters were observed in comparison to control. Enhanced seedling vigour parameters in case of seeds coated with optimum dose of Zn-NCPC fertilizer could be attributed to the biological role played by the Zn element. At the time of seed germination and subsequent seedling growth, cell cycle, cell division, cell proliferation, cell elongation and seed reserve mobilization should happen at optimum phase and time, so that the resulting seedling will be of high vigour to surpass the suboptimal abiotic and biotic stresses. Zn being an essential structural entity of numerous enzymes; plays a crucial role in cell cycle, cell division, cell proliferation, cell metabolism, cell elongation, protein synthesis, structural integrity of cell, chlorophyll synthesis, water use efficiency, shoot and root structure, abiotic and biotic stress tolerance through suppression of Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) and nitrogen fixation in legumes (Hassan et al., 2020; Hacisalihoglu, 2020) and seeds with higher intrinsic Zn concentration produce seedlings of high vigour than seeds of lower intrinsic Zn concentration, which facilitates in better crop establishment and in realization of better crop yields (Boonchuay et al., 2012; Cakmak, 2008).\r\n', 'M. M. Mrinali, K.K. Singh, S.P. Datta, M.C. Meena, H.S. Dikshit, Sherry Rachel Jacob, Amitha S.V.C. R. Mithra and M.B. Arun Kumar (2022). Zn-seed Treatments to Enhance Seedling Vigour of Mungbean (Vigna radiata L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 647-652.'),
(5339, '114', 'Study on Micelles Catalyzed Oxidation of Methanol by N-Chlorosaccharin', 'Neelam Singh and M.N. Swami', '11 Study on Micelles Catalyzed Oxidation of Methanol by N-Chlorosaccharin Neelam Singh.pdf', '', 1, 'This paper discusses the catalytic behaviour of cetyl trimethyl ammonium bromide (CTAB) of the oxidation of methanol by N-chlorosaccharin (NCSA) in acetic acid-H2O medium. The degree of dissociation of CTAB Micelles complex with substrate and NCSA of the order of 1 to 0 was reported. The reaction rate was found to increase with increase in H+ ion concentration and dielectric constant of the medium. The ionic strength of the medium showed stationary effect on rate. The plausible mechanism and solvophobic effect was verified by rate law and activation parameters. ', 'Oxidation, CTAB, Methanol, N-chlorosaccharin, Catalysis', 'CTAB catalyzed oxidation of methanol by NCSA was found to proceed through electrophilic attack of reacting species HOCl on alcohol, that leads to the formation of complex at transition state. The stoichiometry was observed 1:1 for the postulated mechanism of reaction between CH3OH and NCSA. The disproportionation of intermediate in slow steps lead to formation of formaldehyde as main product identified by forming 2:4 -DNP derivative. The proposed mechanism is apparently satisfied by kinetic results. ', 'I. INTRODUCTION\r\nCationic micelle i.e., cetyl trimethyl ammonium bromide (CTAB) is a complex mixture of organic compound used in colloidal form in various industrial processes which include solubilization, pharmacy and biochemical research [8]. The activity of CTAB lying between homogeneous and heterogenous catalysis. Micelles catalysed study is mainly due to the reasons that its rate is proportional to the enzyme concentration [2]. The specificity of the CTAB led to the postulate of a “lock-and-key” type of mechanism that follow Michaelis-Menten rate law depending on particular pH. The behaviour of CTAB for practical formulation in aqueous CH3COOH media would be associated with solvophobic interactions only [6]. It is believed that such a study could provide and shed new light into understanding the catalytic behaviour of cationic surfactant CTAB in oxidation of methanol in aqueous acetic acid medium.\r\nThe catalysed studies involving surfactant CTAB systems are well documented in journals and reviews for organic compounds with different oxidants [10, 11, 16].\r\nN-chlorosaccharin is a selective oxidant of halo group possesses ability to produce halonium ion, which an electrophilic is stabilized by resonance and used in oxidative degradation of hydroxy acids, alcohols, ketones, and amino acids [1, 4, 5, 9, 13]. A very few reports are available for the kinetic mechanistic study of alcohols by N-bromoisonicotinamide and pyridinium hydrobromide and per bromide, etc. [3, 14].\r\nII. MATERIALS AND METHODS \r\nThe methanol and CTAB from sigma were of AG grade used without purification as such received. The solution of CH3OH and NCSA of appropriate concentration was prepared by diluting it in doubly distilled water and acetic acid. The other solutions of reagents pertaining to the foregoing work were prepared of desired strength during the experiments. \r\nThe reaction was initiated under the condition [CH3OH] >> [NCSA] by mixing thermostated solutions of methanol and NCSA in presence of catalyst CTAB at equilibrated desired temperature. The reaction kinetics was monitored for unreacted NCSA by iodometric process at regular intervals of time. The rate constant (kobs) values were determined graphically which lie within ± 3% precision.\r\nIII. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\n(a) The stoichiometry of the reaction was determined under prevailing conditions and unconsumed NCSA was estimated iodometrically revealing that the molar ratio (oxidant: methanol) observed 1:1, as depicted in equation. \r\n \r\n \r\nFormaldehyde was analyzed by modern technique and confirmed by forming 2:4 DNP compound (m.p. = 155°C). The free radical existence was over ruled by the addition of monomer acrylonitrile employing trapping method. \r\n(b) The variation of [NCSA] from 1.00 × 10-3 to 5.0 × 10-3 (mol dm-3) on rate of reaction afford order with respect to oxidant is unity as derived from the graphic slope.\r\n(c) A graphical presentation of the determination of five-fold concentration of CH3OH on rate at fixed conditions of other participating reagents and temperature (Table 1) gives ample of proof for complex formation at transition state (Plot of k vs. [CH3OH], showing 1 to 0 order reaction (Fig. 1). This was also verified by double reciprocal plot which yield positive slope on rate axis. \r\n(d) Appearances of unit slope by calculation (Table 2) in the log k vs. log [H+] plot (Fig. 2) were found to catalyze the reaction andis indicative of first-order kinetics for [H+] ions.\r\n(e) Acetic acid water mixtures (20-50%, (v/v)], are better solvents for this investigation and influence the permittivity of the medium. An increase in composition of acetic acid increases eventually the resulted rate. The ionic strength of the medium and salt effect on rate was assessed, which was quite negligible. The appearance of retardation in rate was observed as a common phenomenon in the presence of added saccharin, thus ignoring saccharin as a non-participating species in dealing the mechanism [12].\r\n(f) The effect of small sub micellar aggregates of the cationic surfactant CTAB exist below CMC and interact physically with the substrate forming catalytically active entities. The increase in kobs with [CTAB] may be attributed to increasing association/solubilization of the reactant species with increase in [CTAB] and indicating fractional-order kinetics and later decreases the rate. The reason was observed by Beregin’s model and other operative factors such as hydrophobicity, intramolecular rearrangement and the repulsive force between surfactant head groups, significantly in the case of charged surfactant CTAB [7, 15]. Another reason of decrease in kobs could be result of counter ion inhibition.\r\nMechanism. The similar reaction mechanism pertaining to the present investigation has already been communicated in our previous communication emanated from this laboratory for other aliphatic alcohols [16]. However, rate expression derived, using steady state treatment may be given in the following way:\r\n', '-'),
(5340, '136', 'Morphological Evaluation of Variability, Heritability and Genetic Advance in relation to Seed yield and its Attributing Traits in Indian Mustard [Brassica juncea (L.) Czern and Coss.]', 'Anjali*, Mukesh Kumar, Nirdesh Kumar Chaudhary, Shivani Ahlawat, Vivek Kumar, Raj Kumar, Supriya Singh and Shiva Mohan', '110 Morphological Evaluation of Variability, Heritability and Genetic Advance in Relation to Seed yield and its Attributing Traits in Indian Mustard [Brassica juncea (L.) Czern and Coss.] Anjali.pdf', '', 1, 'The present study was distributed for analyses the genetic heritability, variability and genetic advance for 12 quantitative traits. Use Randomized Block Design (RBD) with three replications for grown the 45 genotypes. Recorded the observat¬ions on three randomly selected plants from each genotype in each replication for the 12 characters viz. days to 50% flowering, seed filling period, days to maturity, length of main shoot, number of pods on main shoot, number of primary branches/plant, number of secondary branches per plant, plant height, number of seeds per pod, grain yield/plant, test weight and oil content. The high genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV) and phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV) was observed for number of secondary branches/plant, grain yield per plant and number of primary branches/plant. There was least influence of environment within the expression of those traits. High heritability as well as high genetic advance recorded for number of secondary branches / plant, grain yield/ plant, number of primary branches/plant, length of main shoot, plant height, number of pods on main shoot, days to 50% flowering, test weight and number of seeds per pod. As a result, genotypes selection will be done directly through these characters for further improvement of genotypes of Brassica juncea. Based on the findings of the preceding research, it will be concluded that due weightage should incline to number of secondary branches/plant, grain yield/plant and number of primary branches / plant while enforcing genetic improvement through selection in mustard.', 'Variability, heritability, genetic advance, Indian mustard', 'Variance analysis demonstrated that the current set of breeding material had considerable genetic variance, and research into genetic factors using these genotypes worth valuable results. The current research into variability, heritability, and genetic advance suggested that to improve the grain yield per plant these traits could be used directly.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe oilseed Brassica crop is extremely important to our country\'s agricultural economy. chinese mustard, B. napus, B. campestris syn rapa, and B. carinata, all of which belong to the tribe Brassiceae of the mustard family (Brassicaceae), are grown everywhere on the planet. The world\'s estimated rapeseed-mustard area, production, and yield were 36.59 M/ ha, 72.37 MT, and 1980 kg/ha, respectively during 2018–19. India accounts for 19.8% of total acreage and 9.8% of total production globally. Brassica juncea also called Rai, Raya, or Laha, could be a major rabi oilseed crop in India, accounting for around 7% of worldwide production. After soybean, it\'s India\'s second most generally farmed oilseed crop accounting for quite 80% of total rapeseed-mustard soil. However, this crop\'s productivity has been low, while oil demand has risen in tandem with the increase in population and economic status. This necessitates the event of novel strategies to extend the yield of this important oilseed crop. The genetic diversity within the gene pool determines what proportion yield may be increased in any crop. Mustard oil cakes are used for the feed of cows and buffaloes. It\'s wide selection of tastes from spicy to sweet and pungency also varies well from slightly to highly pungent. There is increasing interest in preparation of detoxified high functional mustard cake which is a good source of proteins and minerals. The seed of Brassica juncea contains 36 to 40 % oil and 38 to 41% protein and also have carbohydrates 4.51g, sugar 1.41g, dietary fiber 2g, fat 0.47g and protein 2.56g per 100g seeds. Indian cultivars have sufficient amount of two essential fatty acids, linoleic and linolenic.\r\nMustard oil has isothiocyanates contained answerable for its flavour and pungency (Park et al., 2018) mustard is that the nutritious and healthiest cooking medium because it contains 38 to 43 % oil, which is yellow and fragrant (Patel et al., 2012). The goals of Plant breeding is generating cultivars with higher yield require a more genetic variation (Joshi and Dhawan 1966), Pest resistance, greater acceptance, and desired quality (Nevo et al., 1982). The advance of a crop is basically passionate about the traits and magnitude of accessible genetic variability, heritability and therefore the transfer of desired characters into new varieties. The breeding programmes is success to enhanced when variability within the present genotypes is high, which permits the plant breeder to rapidly produce new varieties or improve existing ones.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe materials were collected for the present investigation consisted of 45 diverse strains of Indian Mustard (Brassica juncea L. Czern and Coss, 2n= 36) from the Department of Genetics and Plant Breeding, CSA University, Kanpur, IARI, New Delhi and CCSHAU, Hisar. Some of them were released varieties for different zones and other promising strains which were in advance stage of testing in All India coordinated or state varietal trials. Randomized Block Design (RBD) with three replications were used to grown all the 45 genotypes. The length of the rows was kept 4.0 meter and spacing between R × R 30 cm and P × P10 cm. Three competitive plants were selected randomly from each entry in each replication and were tagged for recording detailed field observations later on the data on yield and its components were recorded on these randomly selected plants except days to 50% flowering and days to maturity which were recorded on the plot basis. The experimental data were subjected to statistical analysis as following standard statistical procedure described Panse and Sukhatme (1969) to assess component of variance and coefficient of variation. Heritability – Allard (1960) and genetic advance - Johnson et al. (1955).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe importance of variance was investigated using the analysis of variance across 45 distinct Brassica juncea germplasm. The data was displayed in Table 1. For all 12 traits studied, including days to 50% flowering, seed filling period, days to maturity, length of main shoot, number of pods on main shoot, number of primary branches/plant, number of secondary branches/plant, plant height, number of seeds/pod, grain yield/plant, test weight, and oil content, the RBD analysis of variance revealed extremely significant differences between the materials used in this study. For these qualities, the phenotypic coefficient of variance was higher than the genotypic coefficient of variation. Number of secondary branches/plant (34.66%) and (34.96 %), grain yield/plant (31.80 %) and (32.12 %), and number primary branches/plant (20.25 %) all had significant GCV and PCV (20.74 %). Synrem et al. (2014); Singh et al. (2014) made similar observations. Moderate GCV and PCV number of pods on main shoot (17.63%) and (18.14%), days to 50% flowering (15.84%) and (16.43%), test weight (14.66%) and (15.31%), number of seeds per pod (14.03%) (15.31 %). PCV and GCV levels that are high and moderate suggest that these features can yet improve genotypes. It\'s worth noting that, for all of the qualities tested, PCV estimations were often not significantly higher than their corresponding GCV indicating that, in the manifestation of these traits, environment affect not much and additive gene effects, implying that genotypes can be improved and chosen for these characteristics The findings on heredity in general for seed yield and attributing factors found that heritability estimates ranged from 51.61 % (oil content) to 98.30 % (number of secondary branches/plant). The character number of secondary branches/ plant (98.30 %) had the highest heritability in the broad sense, followed by grain yield/plant (98.02 %), plant height (95.25 %), length of main shoot (95.05 %), number of pods on main shoot (94.40 %), days to 50 % flowering (92.93 %), test weight (91.69 %), number of seeds/ pod (90.92 %), days to mammalian reproduction (90.92 %), days (84.83 % ). Oil content was estimated to have a low heritability in a wide sense (51.61 %). In agreement with the findings of previous researchers such as Roy et al. (2015); Akoju et al. (2020); Rout et al (2021). The genetic advance was arbitrarily divided into three categories: high GA (more than 20%), moderate GA (10-20%), and low GA (less than 10%), (below 10 per cent). Number of secondary branches/plant (70.79 %), grain yield/plant (64.86 %), number of primary branches/plant (40.73 %), length of main shoot (39.94 %), plant height (39.72 %), number of pods on main shoot (35.28 %), days to 50% flowering (31.46 %), test weight (28.91 %), and number of seeds /pod(27.57 % ) all had high expected GA (>20 %) Seed filling period (11.43%) had a moderate GA (10-20%), although days to maturity (7.28%) and oil content estimation had a low GA in percent age of mean (10) (0.79 percent). For number of secondary branches /plant, grain yield / plant, number of primary branches / plant, length of main shoot, plant height, number of pods on main shoot, days to 50% flowering, test weight, and number of seeds/ pod, there was a high heritability combined with a high GA. As a result, for future enhancement of Brassica juncea genotypes, direct selection of germplasm can be done using these features. Lodhi et al. (2013) Jat et al. (2019); Yadav et al. (2020) have all reported similar findings Lakra et al. (2020). For the seed filling stage, there was a high heritability combined with a modest GA, implying that there could be more.\r\n', 'Anjali, Mukesh Kumar, Nirdesh Kumar Chaudhary, Shivani Ahlawat, Vivek Kumar, Raj Kumar, Supriya Singh and Shiva Mohan (2022). Morphological Evaluation of Variability, Heritability and Genetic Advance in Relation to Seed yield and its Attributing Traits in Indian Mustard [Brassica juncea (L.) Czern and Coss.]. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 653-655.'),
(5341, '136', 'Comparative Study on Chemical Composition of different Feeding Ingredients with Hydroponically Grown and Conventionally Grown Green Maize Fodder', 'M.V. Telgote*, S.D. Chavan, R.R. Shelke, S.P. Nage and K.U. Bidwe', '111 Comparative Study on Chemical Composition of different Feeding Ingredients with Hydroponically Grown and Conventionally Grown Green Maize Fodder M. V. Telgote.pdf', '', 1, 'In the present research study was undertaken at Livestock Instructional Farm, Dr. P.D.K.V., Akola during the year 2018 for a period of 90 days. Five feeding treatment were studied on calves, In hydroponic fodder production system, it can be possible to grow 6 to 8 kg of green fodder from 1kg seeds and in conventional fodder production we require minimum 60 days. The chemical composition i.e. dry matter, crude protein, ether extract, crude fibre, nitrogen free extract, total ash of all feeding material used in treatment (Tur straw, green fodder i.e. berseem, hydroponic maize, conventional maize, concentrate) were analyzed. The results obtained reveled that crude protein, crude fiber, ether extract were constantly increased in hydroponically grown fodder i.e. 14.10, 4.07, 75.12, 7.17 and 1.80 per cent, CP, EE, NFE, CF and Total ash respectively.', 'Hydroponic Green Maize, Conventional Green Maize, Yield, Chemical Composition', 'The hydroponic green maize, green maize, tur straw, berseem and concentrate mixture were containing on an average 11.10, 25.75, 94.13, 24.50 and 89.2 per cent DM respectively. While the CP content were 14.10, 9.83, 7.30, 14.50 and 19.65 per cent respectively. The chemical composition indicated that hydroponic green maize contained more NFE than that of other feed stuff. Similarly, the ash content of hydroponic maize fodder was on lower side.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nFodder produced by growing plants in water or nutrient solution but without using any soil is known as hydroponic fodder or sprouted grains or sprouted fodder. Hydroponic plants are produced in greenhouses under controlled environment within a short period. The hydroponic green fodder production helps to solve this problem by producing food during drought and scarcity periods with acceptable fodder yields and great value. The science shows that, there is great nutritional benefit provided by hydroponic sprouted grain and it is suitable for all livestock including sheep, cattle, goat provides animals with improved growth and overall health. The hydroponic green fodder is produced from forage grains that are germinated and grown for short period of time inside special growing chambers, provided with the appropriate growing conditions (Sneath and McIntosh 2003). Hydroponic fodder is highly nutritious, disease-free animal food in a hygienic environment free of chemicals like insecticides, herbicides, fungicides and artificial growth promoters (Ak karaki and Al-Hashmi 2008). This process takes place in a very versatile and intensive hydroponic growing unit where only supplying cereal grain with necessary water, nutrients and sunlight to produce a grass and root combination that is very lush and high in nutrients. This green fodder is extremely high in protein and metabolizable energy, which is highly digestible by most animals (Ready et al., 2013). Hydroponics green fodder requires just 2-3 liters of water to produce one kg of lush green fodder, as compared to water required near about 60-80 liters for conventional system of fodder production. Hydroponics is a year-round growing system that produces a consistent quantity and quality of plant material or fodder, regardless of outside weather\r\nMATERIAL AND METHOD\r\nSelection of Animals \r\nTwenty crossbreed calves were selected. The calves were divided into five groups. Thus, each group was consisted of four calves for the study. \r\nCultivation of hydroponic maize fodder. Green maize was cultivated by hydroponic method. A hydroponic unit setup at livestock instructional farm using 75 per cent green shed net cover for maintain optimum temperature in the shed and ventilation with diameter of 15.0 × 22.0 ft. with 0.4 per cent slope for effective drainage of excess water. The internal structure was prepared by using galvanized stands with two shelves with capacity of 120 plastic trays, sized of 1.5 × 1 ft. equipped with semi-automated sprayer irrigation. The trays with hole at the base were to allow drainage of excess water. Water was free from any additives. The temperature and humidity inside the green shed net was controlled and maintain a range of 22-27oC temperature with 70 per cent relative humidity. Daily requirement of hydroponic maize fodder for experimental animals was obtained by rotational soaking and sprouting of maize seed. Average 6 kg hydroponic maize fodder was produced from 1 kg maize seeds on 8th day.\r\nProximate analysis of feeds and fodder. The samples of the dry roughages (Tur straw), hydroponic green maize, green fodder (green maize), berseem and concentrate mixture were analysed for the proximate principles viz., Dry matter, Crude protein, Crude fibre, Ether extract, Nitrogen free extract and Total ash was determined by adopting the process as prescribed by A.O.A.C., (1995). \r\n RESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\n Chemical composition. Chemical composition of feed stuff used in experiment period for feeding the crossbred calves is tabulated in Table 2.\r\nFrom Table 2, it was observed that, the per cent DM, CP, CF, EE, NFE and Ash from concentrate mixture were 89.2, 19.65, 6.10, 6.55 60.12 and 7.58 per cent respectively. The per cent DM, CP, CF, EE, NFE and Ash content in tur straw were 94.13, 7.30, 1.15, 42.50, 40.75 and 8.25 per cent respectively. The per cent DM, CP, CF, EE, NFE and Ash content in green maize were 25.75, 9.83, 33.13, 1.79, 49.92 and 8.12 per cent respectively. The per cent DM, CP, CF, EE, NFE and Ash content in berseem were 24.50, 14.50, 1.20, 51.90, 19.70 and 12.70 respectively.\r\nNaik et al. (2014) reported that increase (P<0.05) in the digestibility of CP and CF of the cows due to feeding of hydroponics maize fodder; however, the increase (P<0.05) in the digestibility of DM, OM, EE and NFE was non-significant (Table 2). Reddy Reddy et al. (1988) also observed significant increase in the digestibility (%) of DM, CP, CF, EE and NFE and concluded that the increase in the digestibility of the nutrients may be due to the tenderness of the fodder to its lower age. In the present investigation, the dry matter content in hydroponic maize fodder was found as 11.10 per cent. This value was in agreement with the result reported by Naik et al. (2014) in hydroponic maize fodder as 18.30 per cent and lower than values reported by Thadchanamoorthy et al. (2012) in hydroponic maize fodder as 26.07 per cent (reported moisture content as 73.93 per cent). The present value of crude protein was 14.10 per cent lower than findings reported by Thadchanamoorthy et al. (2012) in hydroponic maize fodder as 16.54 per cent and higher than the values reported by Naik et al. (2013) as 13.30-13.6 per cent, Singh (2011) as 13.57 per cent and Naik et al. (2014) as 13.30 per cent in hydroponic maize fodder.\r\nThe ether extract content observed in the present study was 4.07 per cent. The value reported by Thadchanamoorthy et al. (2012) in hydroponic maize fodder as 6.42 per cent was higher than the present value. The values reported by Naik et al. (2013) of 3.27-3.50 per cent, Singh (2011) as 3.49 per cent and Naik et al. (2014) as 3.27 per cent in hydroponic maize fodder were lower than the present findings. The comparable crude fiber content was reported by Naik et al. (2013) in hydroponic maize fodder as a range of 6.37-14.10 per cent. The higher value of crude fibre was reported by Singh (2011) as 14.07 per cent and lower values also reported by Thadchanamoorthy et al. (2012) as 8.21 per cent and Naik et al. (2014) as 6.37 per cent. \r\nIn the present investigation, the nitrogen free extract content of hydroponic maize fodder was found as 75.12 per cent. The comparable value of NFE was reported by Naik et al. (2013) in hydroponic maize fodder as range of 66.70-75.32 per cent. The higher value to the presently investigated result was reported by Naik et al. (2014) in hydroponic maize fodder as 75.32 per cent and lower values reported by Singh (2011) in hydroponic maize fodder as 66.72 per cent.\r\nThe value of total ash in hydroponic maize fodder was found to be 2.3 per cent agreement results were reported by Naik et al. (2013) in hydroponic maize fodder as a range of 1.75-3.80 per cent. The value reported by Singh (2011) in hydroponic maize fodder as 8.34 per cent was higher than the present findings where as values of Naik et al. (2014) in hydroponic maize fodder as 1.75 per cent were lower than the present findings. The value of CP, EE, CF, NFE and TA in green maize fodder were found to be 9.83, 1.79, 33.13, 49.92 and 8.12 per cent respectively. Agreement result were reported by Naik et al. (2012) in green maize fodder as a range of 10.67, 2.27, 25.92, 51.78 and 9.36 per cent\r\nKalyani et al. (2012) She reported the chemical composition on green maize is DM (25.75%), CP (9.76%), EE (1.17), CF (32.73%), TA (7.81%) and NFE (48.53%). Mandal and Banerjee (2009) shows chemical composition of berseem was 14.5, 19.7, 1.2, 51.9 and 12.7% CP, CF, EE, NFE and total ash respectively. Bhanderi et al. (2014) observed effect of feeding calf starter on daily weight gain, immune status and parasitic load in crossbred HF calves. He reported the chemical composition of green maize is CP (4.90), EE (1.75), TA (6.65) and OM (93.35) per cent respectively.\r\nThe present values of EE content of tur straw are in similar with those reported by Raut et al (2002); Rekahte et al. (2004); Rekhate et al. (2008); Reddy et al. (2012). The EE values of tur straw ranged from 1.17 to 1.41 per cent. The present value of EE in in tur straw was 1.15 per cent which appears to be slightly lower side. The NFE values of tur straw ranged from 37.86 to 42.53 per cent, the present value is 42.50 and appears between the same values.\r\n', 'M.V. Telgote, S.D. Chavan, R.R. Shelke, S.P. Nage and K.U. Bidwe (2022). Comparative Study on Chemical Composition of Different Feeding Ingredients with Hydroponically Grown and Conventionally Grown Green Maize Fodder. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 656-659.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5342, '136', 'Effect of Rice based Ultra High Intensity Cropping System Models on Energetics under Irrigated Sub-Tropics of Jammu', 'Monika Menia, B.C. Sharma, A.P. Singh, Satesh Kumar, Vivak M. Arya, Manish K. Sharma and Amrish Vaid\r\n', '112 Effect of Rice based Ultra High Intensity Cropping System Models on Energetics under Irrigated Sub-Tropics of Jammu Monika Menia.pdf', '', 1, 'To feed the world’s growing population, more food needs to be produced either by expanding the net area under cultivation or intensifying cropping over the existing area. The use and cost of energy in agriculture have increased, making it necessary to make current agricultural practices more energy efficient. The present experiment was conducted at Research Farm, Faculty of Agriculture, SKUAST-Jammu, Main Campus, Chatha during kharif 2019 to summer season of 2020, to study the effect of rice based ultra high intensity cropping system models on energetics. The soil of the experimental site sandy loam in texture, slightly alkaline in reaction, but medium in organic carbon, available nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium with electrical conductivity in the safer range. The experiment comprised of five rice based cropping systems of cropping intensity varying from 300-600% viz. Rice (Basmati-370) – Wheat (HD-3086) – Cowpea (Lobia Super-60) having 300% cropping intensity, Rice (Basmati-564) – Potato (Kufri Badshah) – Wheat (Raj-3765) – Mixed fodder (Maize+Cowpea+Charri) having 400% cropping intensity, Rice (SJR-129) – Knolkhol (G-40) – Potato (Kufri Sindhuri) – Green gram (IPM-02-3) having 400% cropping intensity, Rice (Pusa-1121)– Radish (CR-45) – Green onion (Nasik Red) – French bean (Anupama) – Okra (Seli special) having 500% cropping intensity in relay cropping from French bean crop onwards) and Rice (IET-1410) – Fenugreek (JF-07) – Knolkhol (G-40) – Green onion (Nasik Red) – Dry onion (Selection-1) – Black gram (Pant U-19) having 600% cropping intensity in relay cropping from Knolkhol crop onwards. The experiment was conducted in randomized block design with four replications. Results revealed that the highest system energy input of 8.43 MJ ha-1 × 104 was worked out on the basis of energy incurred for the inputs utilized in production of crops in cropping system T4followed by system energy input of 7.10 MJ ha-1 × 104, 6.31 MJ ha-1 × 104 and 6.17MJ ha-1 × 104 with cropping systems T3, T5 and T2, respectively whereas the lowest system energy input of 2.30 MJ ha-1 × 104 was recorded in treatment T1. Significantly highest system energy output was recorded under treatment T4while treatment T1recorded significantly lowest system energy output. Significantly highest system net energy returns (28.09MJ ha-1 × 104) was recorded under treatment T4 while significantly lowest system net energy returns of 11.52MJ ha-1 × 104 was recorded with treatment T1. Significantly highest system energy efficiency, energy productivity and energy intensity were recorded with treatment T1.', 'Cropping systems, System energy output, System net energy returns, System energy productivity and Ultra high intensity', 'Based on results obtained from one year study, it can be concluded that cropping system Rice (Pusa-1121) – Radish (CR-45) – Green onion (Nasik Red) – French bean (Anupama) – Okra (Seli special) having 500% cropping intensity recorded highest system energy input and significantly highest system energy output and system net energy returns, however, cropping system T1 recorded significantly highest system energy efficiency, system energy productivity and system energy intensity.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nGlobal food demand is increasing as the world’s population is increasing rapidly and will reach upto 9.6 billion by 2050 (Tripathi et al., 2019). To feed the world’s growing population, more food needs to be produced either by expanding the net area under cultivation or intensifying cropping over the existing area. In view of the limited scope for horizontal expansion to augment food production, the alternative is to concentrate on vertical growth by increasing the productivity of the available land area. An intensive cropping system should not only be highly productive and profitable but should also be stable over time. So, intensification of crops has been envisaged as a new strategy for enhancing and stabilizing productivity. Cereal based cropping systems, viz. rice-wheat and rice-rice are the major contributors to national food grain basket in India. Rice-wheat cropping system is being practiced in 13.50 million hectare across the Indo-Gangetic Plains of South Asia, contributing more than 30% and 40% to the total rice and wheat area, respectively (Gathala et al., 2011). Rice-wheat cropping system has been recognized as one of the most widely accepted cropping systems of the sub-tropical irrigated belt of the Union territory of Jammu and Kashmir. Since rice and wheat crops are the most promising crops of the irrigated sub-tropics of the UT of Jammu and Kashmir and it is not wise to sacrifice both of these crops in the intent to intensify the cropping systems and this cropping system is not energy efficient because it requires more energy. Therefore, it is pertinent that either of these two crops must be a part of the cropping systems which were considered for study to identify the highly intensive cropping systems involving other crops. The identification of short duration, high yielding cultivars of vegetable, pulse and fodder crops which fits well with different duration of rice types in different rice based cropping system models may help to realize more returns with maximum input use efficiency. Energy is one of the most valuable inputs in production oriented agriculture and mainstay of our nation’s economy. Alarming increase in population of our country needs nine billion joules of total energy for producing more than 250 million tonnes of food grain. In crop production large share of energy is used for land preparation (20-25%), fertilizers (25-30%) and irrigation (25-35%), which require commercial non-renewable sources of energy like petroleum products (Shilpha et al., 2018). The non-renewable energy is expensive and liable to exhaust in near future and in the present agriculture, the steady decline in energy-use efficiency is a matter of great concern. Therefore, it is essential to rationalize use of energy through identification of suitable energy efficient cropping systems to overcome the looming energy crises. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experiment was conducted at Research Farm, Faculty of Agriculture, SKUAST-Jammu, Main Campus, Chatha during kharif 2019 to summer season of 2020. The soil of the experimental site sandy loam in texture, slightly alkaline in reaction, but medium in organic carbon, available nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium with electrical conductivity in the safer range. The experiment comprised of five rice based cropping systems of cropping intensity varying from 300-600% viz. Rice (Basmati-370) – Wheat (HD-3086) – Cowpea (Lobia Super-60) having 300% cropping intensity, Rice (Basmati-564) – Potato (Kufri Badshah) – Wheat (Raj-3765) – Mixed fodder (Maize+Cowpea+Charri) having 400% cropping intensity, Rice (SJR-129) – Knolkhol (G-40) – Potato (Kufri Sindhuri) – Green gram (IPM-02-3) having 400% cropping intensity, Rice (Pusa-1121)– Radish (CR-45) – Green onion (Nasik Red) – French bean (Anupama) – Okra (Seli special) having 500% cropping intensity in relay cropping from fourth crop onwards) and Rice (IET-1410) – Fenugreek (JF-07) – Knolkhol (G-40) – Green onion (Nasik Red) – Dry onion (Selection-1) – Black gram (Pant U-19) having 600% cropping intensity in relay cropping from third crop onwards. The experiment was conducted in randomized block design with four replications. All the crops under different rice based ultra high intensity cropping systems were raised as per package of practices recommended for different crops under irrigated sub-tropics of Jammu. The application of the fertilizers and manures to crops raised under different cropping systems were as per their respective recommended package of cultivation except for the nutrient requirement of crops in the systems which were met both through organic and inorganic sources as per INM recommendations i.e. of the total requirement of nitrogen, 25% was supplemented through farm yard manure on dry weight basis (ready to use) and 75% through inorganic sources, excluding pulse and vegetable crops. Among inorganic fertilizer sources, N, P and K were applied through urea, diammonium phosphate and muriate of potash, respectively. To calculate the system energy input, all inputs in the form of human labour, diesel, seed, water, organic manure, chemical fertilizer, herbicide, etc. used in different cropping systems were taken into consideration with the use of energy conversion factors and system energy input was expressed in MJ ha-1. System energy output was calculated by the product of basmati-370 rice equivalent yield of the system with the energy equivalent of basmati-370 rice and was expressed in MJ ha-1. The yield of different crops were converted into basmati-370 rice equivalent yield based on the prevailing market price of different crops. Basmati-370 rice equivalent yield was calculated by using the following formula.\r\nBasmati-370 rice equivalent system productivity was obtained by adding basmati rice-370 equivalent yields of different crops taken in cropping system and was expressed in kg ha-1. The ratio of system energy output to system energy input was calculated to obtain system energy efficiency. System energy efficiency was calculated by subtracting system input energy from system output energy. System energy productivity was the ratio of basmati-370 rice equivalent yield of the system to system energy input and was expressed in kg MJ-1. System energy intensity (MJ Rs.-1) was determined as dividing system energy output by system cost of cultivation.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. System energy input\r\nData with respect to system energy input presented in Table 1 shows that the highest system energy input of 8.43 MJ ha-1 × 104 was worked out on the basis of energy incurred for the inputs utilized in production of crops in cropping system T4 and it was followed by system energy input of 7.10 MJ ha-1 × 104, 6.31 MJ ha-1 × 104 and 6.17MJ ha-1 × 104 with cropping systems T3, T5 and T2, respectively. The highest system energy input might be attributed to the utilization of more energy-rich inputs such as seed, fertilizer, irrigation, herbicides and labour requirement for the cultivation of radish, green onion, french bean, okra, potato, knolkhol, fenugreek and mixed fodder crops in these cropping systems. However, the lowest system energy input of 2.30 MJ ha-1 × 104 was recorded in treatment T1. Sharma et al. (2014) reported that rice-potato + radish-onion + maize relay cropping system utilized higher energy inputs.\r\nB. System energy output\r\nData on system energy output graphically presented in Table 1 and Fig. 1 shows that significantly highest system energy output of 36.52MJ ha-1 × 104 was recorded under treatment T4 which was followed by treatments T3, T5 and T2 with corresponding values of system energy output of 30.35MJ ha-1 × 104, 28.56MJ ha-1 × 104 and 24.66MJ ha-1 × 104, respectively. Further, the treatment T3was found statistically at par with cropping system T5 whereas treatment T1 recorded significantly lowest system energy output of 13.82MJ ha-1 × 104. The treatment T4 recorded significantly highest system energy output might be owing to the higher production potential of vegetable crops like french bean, green onion, radish and okra in this cropping system which proved effective in producing more basmati-370 rice equivalent yield energy output by increasing total production of the cropping system. These results were in conformity with the findings of Sharma et al. (2008) and Kachroo et al. (2012).\r\nC. System energy efficiency\r\nData concerning system energy efficiency (Table 1) shows that significantly highest system energy efficiency (6.02) was recorded in treatment T1 while significantly lowest system energy efficiency (4.00) was recorded with treatment T2 which was found statistically at par with treatments T3 (4.27), T4 (4.33) and T5 (4.53). The cropping system T1 recorded significantly highest system energy use efficiency might be attributed to the reason that this cropping system maintained its superiority in energy output-input ratio in comparison to other cropping systems. However, significantly lowest system energy use efficiency recorded in treatment T2 indicating that this system was inefficient with respect of energy produced per unit energy use. These results were in line with the findings of Saha and Ghosh (2010). \r\nD. System net energy returns\r\nA perusal of data with respect to system net energy returns shown in Table 1 and graphically depicted in Fig. 1 indicates that significantly highest system net energy returns (28.09MJ ha-1 × 104) was recorded in treatment T4 while significantly lowest system net energy returns of 11.52MJ ha-1 × 104 was recorded with treatment T1. The treatment T4 was followed by cropping systems T3, T5 and T2 with system net energy returns of 23.25MJ ha-1 × 104, 22.25MJ ha-1 × 104 and 18.49MJ ha-1 × 104, respectively. Significantly highest system net energy returns registered in treatment T4 might be due to highly productive vegetable crops (such as radish, green onion, french bean and okra) brought about high energy output associated with this system. \r\nE. System energy productivity\r\nData regarding system energy productivity (Table 1 and Fig. 2) shows that treatment T1 registered significantly highest system energy productivity of 0.41 kg MJ-1 whereas significantly lowest system energy productivity of 0.27 kg MJ-1 was registered with treatment T2 which was found statistically at par with cropping system T3 (0.29 kg MJ-1), T4 (0.29 kg MJ-1) and T5 (0.31 kg MJ-1). The cropping system T1 was followed by treatment T5 which was found statistically at par with treatment T4 with the same system energy productivity value of 0.30 kg MJ-1. Treatment T1 recorded highest system energy productivity might be due to lesser energy inputs utilized for the cultivation of crops. The lowest system energy productivity recorded in treatment T2 might be due to low basmati-370 rice equivalent system productivity and low energy input used in the system. Similar results were observed by Ray et al. (2009) and Singh et al. (2017).\r\nF. System energy intensity\r\nData with respect to system energy intensity given in Table 1 and Fig. 2 reveals that significantly highest system energy intensity (1.14MJ Rs.-1) was registered in treatment T1 whereas significantly lowest system energy intensity of 0.70MJ Rs.-1 was recorded in treatment T4 which was found statistically at par with treatments T5, T3 and T2 with system energy intensity of 0.77 MJ Rs.-1, 0.79 MJ Rs.-1 and 0.81MJ Rs.-1, respectively.\r\nThe cropping system T1 recorded significantly highest system energy intensity as compared to other cropping systems might be owing to the lower cost of cultivation of this system. These results corroborated with the findings of Mishra et al. (2013) and Sinha (2021).', 'Monika Menia, B.C. Sharma, A.P. Singh, Satesh Kumar, Vivak M. Arya, Manish K. Sharma and Amrish Vaid (2022). Effect of Rice based Ultra High Intensity Cropping System Models on Energetics under Irrigated Sub-Tropics of Jammu. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 660-665.'),
(5343, '136', 'Exploration of Natural Habitats of Vidarbha Region for the Presence of Native Bacillus thuringiensis Isolates', 'Renuka D. Pawar, D.B. Undirwade , M.P. Moharil, U.S. Kulkarni, A.V. Kolhe and S.L. Borkar', '113 Exploration of Natural Habitats of Vidarbha Region for the Presence of Native Bacillus thuringiensis Isolates Renuka D. Pawar.pdf', '', 1, 'The purpose of the current research was to isolate and characterize indigenous Bacillus thuringiensis isolates from the Vidarbha region\'s various habitats in order to ascertain whether Bt is widely distributed throughout the ecosystem. In total 80 sample of soil not having Bt history, phylloplane and insect cadaver was collected from Akola, Amravati, Bhandara, Gadhchiroli, Gondia, Nagpur and Yavatmal districts of Vidarbha region of Maharashtra state. Maximum amount of probable Bt isolates were obtained from soil samples (57), followed by phylloplane (6) and insect cadaver (5) with the help of Travers Sodium acetate selective isolation method. Similarities were observed in the colony morphology characters of indigenous Bt isolates and the that of standard strain Bacillus thuringiensis sub sp. kurstaki HD -1 (Btk HD-1). Biochemical characterization of these isolates with the help of IMViC test suggested that more than 50% of the total native isolates showed significant resemblance with standard strain. Microscopic observations with the help of different staining techniques indicated presence of endospores and crystals in 33 local isolates confirming these isolates as Bt. Further calculation of Bt isolation index suggested that soil consist of highest population of Bt followed by insect cadaver and phylloplane. This study thus gives an indication of the abundance of Bt in a natural ecosystem and promotes further research into other potential habitats for Bt bacteria.', 'Bacillus thuringiensis, isolation, Gram staining, spore staining, IMViC, insect cadaver', 'The results of the present study revealed that the Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) bacterium is widely distributed throughout the Vidarbha region of Maharashtra state, India, including the districts of Yavatmal, Gadhchiroli, Amravati, Akola, Bhandara, and Gondia. However, the occurrence was predominant in soil samples compared to other sources, such as leaves and insect cadaver. Additional morphological, microscopic, and biochemical analyses revealed the presence of endospore in bacteria, and the presence of parasporal crystalliferous inclusion further distinguished B. thuringiensis from other Bacillus spp., confirming its presence in the collected samples.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nBacillus thuringiensis is naturally occurring, gram positive, facultative anaerobic, motile, endospore forming bacteria with rod shaped vegetative cells. This bacterium is available everywhere in the environment. It can be used as a biological control agent against many insect pests due to its entomopathogenic potential. Being omnipresent, it can be isolated from different natural habitats such as soil, water, plant surfaces dead insects, and insect cadaver (Yammamoto et al., 2014; Padole et al., 2017). It is a member of the morphological group of Bacilli named as Bacillus cerus group along with the other bacteria such as Bacillus cereus, B. anthracis, B. mycoides and B. laterosporous. Bt can be distinguished from other members of the Bc group by its defining feature which is ability to produce proteinaceous insecticidal crystal during the sporulation phase of its lifecycle. The bacteria occasionally lose their ability to form crystals and become indistinguishable from B. cereus itself. (Yammamoto and Powell 1993; Sanahuja et al., 2011).\r\nOver the recent decades, the uncontrolled and imprudent use of chemical insecticides has produced a number of environmental risks, many of which are toxic to both humans and beneficial fauna. This has caused a variety of issues, such as chemical residues, the emergence of insect pests that are resistant to treatment, resurgence, and secondary pest outbreaks (Singh and Mandal 2013). There is need of looking for better environmentally friendly control methods as a result of these undesirable side effects. The superior alternative to synthetically produced pesticides is the use of ecologically sound and target-specific pest management techniques such as use of microbial biopesticides (Majeed et al., 2017). These microbes have the potential to reduce the use of dangerous chemical pesticides because they are specific to their target and are natural enemies of insects. Hence microbial biopesticides can be used against a wide variety of agricultural insect pests in many agroecosystems (Ruiu 2018). Among all the microbes used for the purpose of pest control, Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) is most widely used and important entomopathogen as it produces insecticidal crystal (Cry) and cytolytic (Cyt) proteins named δ-endotoxins encoded by cry and cyt genes (Crickmore et al., 2020) along with newly identified Vip protein (Yu et al., 2010). Out of the total 10% of bio pesticides used globally, approximately 90% of the microbial insecticides are derived from Bt (Osman et al., 2015). Continuously excessive application of Bt and use of a same cry gene for insect control can causes development of resistance in insect pests after few generations (Zago et al. 2014). Thus it is of much importance to search for the highly virulent and more effective indigenous Bt isolates from different unexplored natural habitat with the possibility to find with intended insecticidal genes.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nCollection of samples. For the purpose of this work, samples were collected from different natural habitat of Bacillus thuringiensis, such as soil, phylloplane i.e. surface of leaves and insect cadaver.\r\nCollection of soil samples. Soil samples were collected by scraping off soil surface with sterile spatula and then 10 g sample 2-5 cm below the surface and stored in sterile aluminum foil bag at 4°C from areas with no previous Bt history, neither sown nor spread (Martin and Travers 1989).\r\nCollection of leaf samples. Leaves of some important agronomical as well as horticultural crops from different locations of the university fields, of Dr. PDKV, Akola were collected. Three to five leaves from the lower middle and upper part of the canopy were collected and stored in sterile aluminum foil bags at 4 °C until further use (Asokan and Puttaswamy 2007).\r\nCollection of insect cadaver. Regular field visits were made to the university fields, of Dr. PDKV, Akola as well as farmers’ fields to check the presence of dead/diseased/ moribund larvae of insects; such insect cadavers were collected each in separate sterile micro centrifuge tube and stored at 4°C until further use (Padole et al., 2017).\r\nIsolation of Bacillus thuringiensis from the collected samples. Isolation of Bt from these sample collected from natural habitat was done by the sodium acetate selective isolation and heat shock treatment (Travers et al., 1987).\r\nIsolation from soil samples. For the purpose of isolation, one gram soilwas added to 10 mL of LB broth buffered with 0.25 M sodium acetate in falcon tubes. This mixture was shaken for 4 hours at 250 rpm at 30°C and heat shocked at 80 °C for three min. Serial dilutions (10-1 to 10-6) were made in sterile saline solution. 100 µL of each dilution was spread on petri plate containing Luria agar and incubated at 30°C overnight. Chalky white colonies were picked up and plated on T3 medium and incubated at 30°C for 72 hours. The colonies grown on T3 medium were further purified using single colony isolation technique and maintained on Luria Agar at 4°C until further use (Asokan and Puttaswamy 2007).\r\nIsolation from Phylloplane. To remove the superficially adhering micro flora, the 3-5 gram of leaves were dipped in sterile distilled water and then placed in 100 mL of sterile double distilled water and rotated at 250 rpm 30°C for 4 hours. This suspension was then poured in polypropylene falcon tubes and then centrifuged at 10,000 rpm at 4°C for 5 min. and supernatant was discarded. Further 5 mL of Luria broth buffered with 0.25 M sodium acetate was added to the pellet. This mixture was shaken for 4 hours at 250 rpm at 30°C and heat shocked at 80°C for three minutes. Serial dilutions (10-1 to 10-6) were made in sterile distilled water and 100 µL of each dilution was spread on Luria agar and incubated at 30°C overnight. Chalky white colonies were picked up and plated on T3 medium and incubated at 30°C for 72 hours. Colonies showing typical characters were selected and further purified using single colony isolation technique and maintained on Luria agar at 4°C until further use.\r\nIsolation from insect cadaver. The dead larvae were surface sterilized using rectified sprit and individual larva was homogenized in a microfuge tube in 1 mL of LB buffered with 0.25 M sodium acetate. This mixture was shaken for 4 hours at 250 rpm at 30°C and heat shocked at 80°C for three minutes. Serial dilutions (10-1 to 10-6) were made in sterile distilled water and 100 µL of each dilution was spread on Luria agar and incubated at 30°C overnight. Three replications were maintained for each dilution and chalky white colonies were picked up, plated on T3 medium and incubated at 30°C for 72 hours. Colonies which showed typical characters were selected and further purified using single colony isolation technique and maintained on Luria agar at 4°C until further use (Asokan and Puttaswamy 2007).\r\nCharacterization of local isolates\r\nCharacterization based on colony morphology. Single colonies were obtained by using single colony isolation technique and observations were recorded regarding colony morphology parameters namely, colony size, colony shape, colony elevation, colony margin, colony color and opacity of the bacterial colony. Strain Btk HD-1 was used as standard for the comparison with local probable Bt strains.\r\nMicroscopic characterization. Microscopic characterization was carried out by different staining techniques which include, gram staining, spore staining with Malachite green and Amido black. Crystal staining was carried out by using coomassie brilliant blue.\r\nBiochemical Characterization. Morphologically characterized colonies were further be confirmed by the biochemical characterization with the help of IMVIC test, which comprises of indole production, methyl red, Voges-Proskauer, citrate utilization test (Agrahari et al. 2008).\r\nIndole Test. A loopful culture of probable Bacillus thuringiensis isolates were inoculated in tryptone broth containing NaCl. pH of culture was maintained at 7.2 and kept for incubation at 37°C in environmental shaker for 24 hours. Kovac’s reagent was added after 24 hours of incubation to the bacterial culture. Absence of pink ring at the surface of the culture indicated negative test.\r\nMethyl Red Test. MRVP medium was inoculated with a loopful of twenty four hours old cultures of probable Bacillus thuringiensis isolates. The culture was incubated at 30°C on rotary shaker at 100 rpm for 48 hours. A drop of methyl red indicator was added to the test tube, red color resulted positive test indicating presence of acid while yellow color of media indicated negative reaction to the test.\r\nVoges- Proskauer test. MVRP medium was inoculated with a loopful of twenty four hours old cultures of probable Bacillus thuringiensis isolates. Then culture was incubated at 30°C on environmental rotary shaker at 100 rpm for 48 hours. 1-2 drops of α-naphthol reagent and 4-5 drops of 40% KOH were added in culture tube. Opened tubes then were placed in slanting position in order to increase contact with air. Change of surface color to pink in 10-15 min. indicated the positive test with acetyl methyl carbinol production.\r\nCitrate Utilization test. This test was conducted to test the ability of bacterial culture to utilize citrate as a sole source of energy for its growth. For this, Simmon’s citrate agar media was autoclaved, poured into sterile test tube kept at slanting position and allowed to solidify. Solidified slants were inoculated with loopful of bacterial culture and incubated for 24 hours. Growth of bacterial culture accompanied with change in the color of media from green to blue indicates positive test whereas, no growth with no change in media color indicated negative test.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nIn order to explore the different habitats for the presence of Bt isolates, samples of native ecological niche, were collected from various locations of Vidarbha region. As Bt seems to be found in wide variety of niches, samples of soil, phylloplane, and insect cadavers were collected. In order to search for more efficient Bt isolates, the soil sample were collected from the areas where there is no previous history of Bt neither sown nor sprayed, phylloplane of various crops from university fields and insect cadavers from different locations were collected for the purpose of isolation of Bt (Asokan and Puttaswamy 2007). Total 80 samples were collected from 80 different locations with coordinates mentioned in Table 1. Out of these, 67, 7, 6 samples were collected from soil, phylloplane, insect cadaver respectively. For the purpose of Bt isolation, sodium acetate selective method was used (Travers et al., 1987). With the help of Travers selective isolation method 57 probable Bt were isolated from soil, 6 from insect and 5 probable Bt were isolated. The results represent in Table 2 indicate that, out of the total samples collected maximum number of probable Bt isolates were obtained from soil (57), followed by phylloplane (6) and insect cadaver (5). The number of probable Bt isolates presented in Table 6 it can be estimated that Bt is abundantly present in the ecology of the collected samples (Table 2). Previous Travers et al. (1987) suggested the ubiquitous nature of Bt and isolated 85 of Bt out of 1,115 soil samples collected from United States and 29 other countries. Bt can be considered as part of the common leaf microflora of many plants (Smith and Couche 1991). Three common hypothetical niches of B. thuringiensis in the environment which include insect cadaver, phylloplane inhabitant, and soil are the important habitats for isolation of Bt (Meadows, 1993). Similar studies were conducted previously by Agrahari et al. (2008); Shishir et al. (2012); Padole et al. (2017); Amha et al. (2021) further confirmed that Bt can be isolated successfully from soil, phylloplane and insect cadaver with the help of Travers’ acetate selective isolation method.\r\nThe morphological characterization of all the isolates obtained were carried by considering various important characters including colony size, colony shape, colony elevation, colony margin, colony color an opacity is reported in Table 3. The strain from NCBI, Bacillus thuringiensis sub sp kurstaki HD-1 (NCIM Accession No. 5118) was used as positive standard for the purpose of morphological characterization. The colony characters such as circular shape, flat elevation, opaque colony and creamy white colony color with irregular margin and wavy surface with fried egg like appearance was observed in the standard strain of Btk HD-1. Colony characters similar to the standard strain were reported from the 51 isolates out of total 68 probable isolate and remaining 17 isolates showed slight difference in colony color (off white and dirty white colony color) and slightly elevated colony. Amongst the total 51 isolates showing exactly similar characters as standard strain 44 out of 57, 4 out of 6 and 3 out of 5 isolates from soil, phylloplane and insect cadaver respectively were classified as probable Bt isolates. The different colony morphology predominantly of flat, circular, creamy white color colony with irregular margin and wavy surface was recorded (El-kersh et al., 2016; Padole et al., 2017) whereas creamish to off white color colonies with mucoid or glistening surfaces having entire edges and density ranging between translucent to opaque was recorded from native isolates from Punjab (Kaur et al., 2006).\r\nMicroscopic observations of the total 68 probable isolates were taken on the basis of various staining techniques including gram staining spore staining with malachite green and amido black and crystal staining with coomassie brilliant blue (CBB G-250). In addition to the staining methods, the shape and ends of vegetative bacterial cells were also observed. Positive gram staining test, rod shaped vegetative cells having terminal spore, positive spore staining with amino black and malachite green and positive crystal staining with coomassie brilliant blue G-250 was observed in standard strain Btk HD-1. All 68 possible isolates were stained using these methods and the results were recorded in Table 4, where 55, 6 and 5 isolates from soil, phylloplane and insect cadaver respectively resulted in positive gram staining and having rod shaped vegetative cells. Positive spore staining was observed for both malachite green and amido black staining in the 52, 6 and 5 isolates from soil, phylloplane and insect cadaver respectively. With the help of spore staining it was also observed that 43, 3 and 4 isolates showed terminal spore position and 9, 2 and 1 isolates from soil, phylloplane and insect cadaver respectively showed middle spore position in vegetative cell. However crystal protein staining with CBB G–250 was positive for 28, 2 and 3 isolates from soil, leaf, and insect cadaver, respectively. Similar results were recorded that Bt is gram positive bacteria and have terminal or median endospore (Baig et al., 2010; Padole et al., 2017). Presence of crystals were recorded with help of CBB staining (Kati et al., 2007; Shishir et al., 2012).\r\nBiochemical characterization of the total 68 isolates was carried out by using indole, methyl red, Voges-Proskauer, and citrate test (IMViC). Out of 57 isolates from the soil, 6 from phylloplane, and 5 from insect cadaver, 42, 4 and 4 isolates showed Voges-Proskauer test positive, 14, 2, and 1 showed positive reaction to methyl red test whereas 55, 6, and 4 showed negative reaction to citrate utilization test. However, all the 57, 6, and 5 isolates showed negative reactions to the indole test as indicated in Table 5. Standard strain Btk HD-1 showed positive reaction Voges-Proskauer test while negative for methyl red, indole and citrate utilization test. The results regarding biochemical studies were in accordance with Eswarapriya et al. (2010), reported native Bt isolates positive to Voges- Proskauer (VP) test and negative reaction to Methyl Red (MR) test. It was recorded that Bt produces acetylmethyl carbinol from glucose fermentation as it was positive for VP test among IMViC test (Deepak et al., 2011; Ghosh et al., 2017; Purohit, 2019). Negative reaction for citrate utilization test was recorded from B. thuringiensis subsp. kurstaki (De Barjac and Frachon 1990; Abirami et al., 2016; Padole et al., 2017). It was previously recorded that isolates do not have the ability decompose the amino acid tryptophan to indole which is in accordance with present study (Yoo et al., 1996; Deepak et al., 2011; Abirami et al., 2016).\r\nThe Bt isolation index was calculated by dividing the population of crystalliferous Bt isolates by the total population of Bacillus for each sample collected from different sources. The result present in Table 6 indicates that the highest Bt isolation index was obtained from soil samples of Bhandara district (0.75) followed by soil from Gadhchiroli (0.66), Gondia (0.60), Amravati (0.52), Yavatmal (0.50) and Akola (0.36) and the lowest Bt isolation index was reported in soil sample from Nagpur district. Whereas, 0.60 and 0.33 Bt index was reported for insect cadaver and phylloplane respectively. Similarly, highest Bt index of 0.67 was from soil samples and minimum 0.40 from leaf samples (Shishir et al., 2012) whereas, higher Bt index recorded from forest soils (0.60) as compare to agricultural soils (0.33) (Lone et al., 2017). Hence this study provides the idea about abundance of and diversity of Bt isolates present in the habitat of Vidarbha region. \r\n', 'Renuka D. Pawar, D.B. Undirwade, M.P. Moharil , U.S. Kulkarni, A.V. Kolhe and S.L. Borkar (2022). Exploration of Natural Habitats of Vidarbha Region for the Presence of Native Bacillus thuringiensis Isolates. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 666-674.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5344, '136', 'Effect of Harvesting Method on Seed Quality of Soybean (Glycine max L.) during Storage', 'Sravani Bussari, K. Lakshmiprasanna, M. Pallavi and M. Rajendar Reddy', '114 Effect of Harvesting Method on Seed Quality of Soybean (Glycine max L.) during Storage Sravani Bussari.pdf', '', 1, 'The present investigation was conducted to study the effect of harvesting method (Hand harvesting and Mechanical harvesting) on the seed quality of soybean under storage using three different varieties (Basara, JS - 335 and ASB - 50). The seed was stored for a period of six months under ambient storage conditions and seed quality parameters were evaluated. The study revealed that hand harvested seed showed better performance than mechanically harvested seed throughout the storage period in terms of germination and seedling vigour. Among the three varieties, Basara variety showed superior seed quality compared to ASB - 50 and JS - 335. However, irrespective of the method of harvest and variety, all the seed quality parameters decreased with the increase of the storage period. In hand harvested seed, per cent decrease recorded in case of germination, seedling length, seedling vigour index I and II were 9.41%, 11.6%, 15.6% and 16.79%, respectively and in mechanically harvested seed, it was 11.76%, 10.78%, 20.61% and 21.49%, respectively. ', 'Soybean, Harvesting method, Varieties, Storage and Seed quality', 'The present study concluded that between the methods of harvesting, the hand harvested seed showed better performance than mechanical harvested seed for seed quality parameters. Among the three varieties, Basara variety showed superiority for germination %, field emergence, index of speed of germination, seedling length, SVI – I & II, then followed by ASB - 50 and JS - 335 variety. Regardless to the method of harvesting and variety, all the seed quality parameters were decreased with the storage period. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSoybean (Glycine max (L.) Merrill) has gained significance worldwide because of its wide range of geographical adaptation, unique chemical composition, high nutritional value with functional health benefits and multifaceted applications in food and allied industries. It is a multipurpose legume rich in both protein and oil content with the ability to resolve food and nutritional security in developing countries hence considered as “Golden bean”. Soybean ranks first in the international market among the world’s major oil seed crops (FAO 2020). It accounts for 42% of overall oilseed production and 22% of total oil production, 2/3rd of the global protein concentrates for livestock feeding. Soybean was also named as “wonder crop” or “Miracle crop” as its seed contains diverse nutritional characteristics such as 20 % oil with 85 % unsaturated fatty acids including 55 % poly unsaturated fatty acids (PUFA), 40 % good quality protein, antioxidants, 4-5 % minerals and 25-30 % carbohydrates (Karthika and Koti 2017).\r\nIndia ranks fourth in terms of area of production (129.28 lakh hectares) and fifth in production (12.61 million tonnes) with a productivity of 976 kg per hectare. In India, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Rajasthan, Karnataka are the major growing states. More than 90% of soybean growing area is under rainfed conditions (INDIASTAT, 2020-21). In Telangana, soybean is grown in an area of 1.6 lakh hectares with an annual production of 2.4 lakh tonnes and productivity of 1505 kg per hectare (INDIASTAT, 2020-21). It is predominantly grown in black cotton soils in Telangana state during kharif season and collected seed was stored until the following year for sowing which is a difficult task because of its poor storability. Hence every year supply of quality seed to farmers is a major hurdle in soybean production in the state.\r\nDespite of its high nutritional content, soybean seed is a poor storer due to its genetic makeup, and various factors that influence seed germination and vigour during storage. The major reason associated with rapid loss in seed viability is its fragile seed coat which gets easily damaged during harvest and post-harvest operations (Mahesha et al., 2001). Majority of the farmers in Telangana use mechanical threshers to harvest the seed, which is expected to be one of the main reasons for rapid loss of viability. \r\nFew researchers reported that irrespective of variety, threshing and processing methods, and storage containers, the germination of soybean declined during storage (Shelar et al., 2008). The decrease of germination was higher in the variety MACS-124 than the JS-335. The high oil content in soybean and sunflower is associated with greater lipid peroxidation leading to reduction in germination capacity and seed viability (Balesevic - Tubic et al., 2007). Rame et al. (2002) reported that soybean threshed by hand shelling maintained maximum viability and vigour during storage. Hence, the current study was conducted to find out the influence of different harvesting methods on seed quality in different varieties of soybean under storage.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nFreshly harvested soybean seed of three varieties viz., Basara, JS - 335, ASB - 50 harvested in two different methods i.e., hand harvesting and mechanical harvesting was collected from Agricultural Research Station, Adilabad, Telangana and seed quality parameters were studied at the Department of Seed Science and Technology, Seed Research and Training Centre, Rajendrangar, Telangana. The laboratory experiment was conducted in two Factorial Completely Randomized Design with three replications. The observations were recorded for seed hardness index, mechanical damage (%), moisture content (%), germination (%), seedling length (cm), seedling dry weight (mg), seedling vigour index-I, seedling vigour index-II, speed of germination, field emergence (%) and electrical conductivity (µScm-1 g -1).\r\nMechanical damage (%) was calculated by following ferric chloride method suggested by Agarwal (1995).\r\nMechanical damage (%) = (Number of black stained seeds )/(Total number of seeds taken)×100\r\nSeed hardness index was measured by using an instrument grain hardness tester (Model: AGW - 40). The point at which the seed first break point recorded was considered as the maximum hardness value of seed.\r\nMoisture test was conducted as per ISTA (2018) rules by placing five grams of grounded sample into aluminium box in three replicates and dried at 103oC for 17 hours in hot air oven. The per cent moisture content was calculated by using the formula: \r\nMoisture content (%) = (W2 - W3)/(W2 - W1) × 100\r\nW1 - Weight of the empty container along with lid (gm)\r\nW2 - Weight of the container along with lid and grounded seed sample before drying (gm)\r\nW3 - Weight of the container along with lid and grounded seed sample after drying (gm)\r\nGermination test in soybean was conducted as per ISTA (2018) using between paper method. Fifty seeds were placed for germination in eight replicates and kept in the germination chamber at a temperature of 25± 1oC and relative humidity of 95 %. The germination percentage was calculated by using following formula:\r\nGermination (%) =(Number of normal seedlings)/(Total number of seeds planted) x 100\r\nSeedling length and seedling dry weights were evaluated and expressed in centimetres and in milligrams, respectively. Seedling vigour index-I and seedling vigour index-II were calculated as per procedure given by Abdul-Baki and Anderson (1973) and expressed in whole number. \r\nSVI-I = Germination (%) × Seedling length (cm) \r\nSVI-II = Germination (%) × Seedling dry weight (mg)\r\nRandomly hundred seeds from each treatment were placed in the moistened sand trays in three replicates and kept in the germinator at a temperature of 25 ± 1oC with 95% relative humidity. The number of seedlings germinated on each day up to the eighth day after sowing were recorded regularly and index of speed of germination calculated by using the following formula:\r\nIndex of speed of germination = \r\n∑ [ (n1/d1) + (n2 – n1)/d2 + ….. + (n8 – n7)/d8)]\r\nField emergence test was conducted by sowing hundred seeds from each treatment in three replications and evaluated on eighth day and expressed as percentage. \r\nField emergence (%) =( Number of seeds germinated on eighth day)/(Total number of seeds sown)× 100\r\nElectrical conductivity of seed soaking was measured as per ISTA (2018) and expressed in µS cm-1g-1. \r\nEC(µScm-1g-1)=(Conductivity reading (µS cm-1) – Background reading)/(Weight of seed (g))\r\nThe above parameters were analyzed using INDOSTAT software for the interpretation of results.\r\nRESULTS\r\nAnalysis of variance revealed there was significant difference between the methods of harvesting for the seed quality parameters.\r\nBasara variety (8.80) recorded significantly higher seed hardness index than other two varieties (ASB - 50 and JS - 335). Hardness of the seed was decreased during storage from initial evaluation to 6 MAS (8.57 to 8.47) (Table 2c). Seeds with higher hardness index showed maximum resistance to seed coat damage during harvesting and threshing process. These results were in conformity with findings of Zahid (2013) who reported that a significant reduction was observed in the hardness of the seed coat with the increase of the storage period.\r\nMechanically harvested seed recorded maximum mechanical damage per cent than the hand harvested seed. ASB - 50 variety registered highest mechanical damage percent because of its low seed hardness and lowest was noticed in Basara variety, which possess maximum seed hardness. Mechanically harvested seed of ASB - 50 showed 37 % of mechanical damage, whereas lowest was observed in hand harvested seed of Basara variety (18.33 %) (Fig. 1). The lowest mechanical damage was observed in stick threshing than in mechanical threshing method was reported in findings of Gagare et al. (2014).\r\nMaximum moisture content (%) was observed in ASB - 50 (8.93 %) followed by JS - 335 (8.76 %) and Basara (8.47 %) seed. The moisture content (%) of the seed was increased from initial evaluation (8.43 %) to 6 MAS (9.02%) (Table 2c). Tubic et al. (2011) reported that different moisture content was observed in different genotypes which might be due to the genetic factors and seed chemical composition. Because of its hygroscopic nature, seed absorbed the moisture when the relative humidity was high in the storage conditions. Similar results were observed in findings of Gadhave (2018) who reported that moisture content was found to be increased during storage. \r\nMechanical harvesting causes breaks in seed coat because of its fragile nature. Maximum EC was recorded in mechanical harvested seed (248.98 µScm-1 g -1) whereas lowest in hand harvested seed (216.45 µScm-1 g -1) (Fig. 2). Seed leachates from ASB - 50 (325.92 µScm-1 g -1) recorded highest conductivity, whereas that of Basara (150.96 µScm-1 g -1) recorded lowest (Table 2c). More seed coat damage was found in mechanically harvested seed which lead to increased leakage of electrolytes than hand harvested seed (Maheshwari et al, 2020). Seeds stored for six months recorded significantly the highest conductivity value than those stored for three months was reported by Isaac et al. (2016). \r\nThe Germination percent in soybean was influenced by harvesting method during storage. A significant reduction of germination was observed after storage. Reduction was 9.41 % from initial to 6 MAS (i.e., 85 % to 75 %) in hand harvested seed whereas it was 11.76 % (85 % to 75 %) in case of mechanical harvesting. Basara variety (84 %) registered highest germination followed by ASB - 50 (81 %) and JS - 335 (77 %) (Table 2a). These results were in line with the findings of Abady and Emam (2012) who reported that higher germination per cent was recorded in hand threshed seed than in machine threshed seed.\r\nBasara (24.17) showed superiority for index of speed of germination over ASB - 50 (23.06) and JS - 335 (22.19). Index of speed of germination showed significant reduction from initial evaluation (30.55) to 6 MAS (15.72) (Table 2d). The speed of germination was declined with the progress in the storage period in all the varieties (Kavitha, 2002).\r\nHand harvested seed (29.86 cm) recorded lengthier seedling than mechanical harvested seed (28.62 cm) with longest being recorded in ASB - 50 (29.99 cm). The reduction per cent was highest in case of ASB - 50 variety (11.79 %) and lowest was recorded in Basara variety (5.79 %) (Table 2a). The results were in conformity with the findings of Shelar et al. (2008) stated that reduced seedling length was observed when seeds threshed by mechanical method and also it was decreased gradually with increased storage period.\r\nThe seedling dry weight was significantly differed with the method of harvesting. The higher dry weight was recorded in hand harvested seed (86.90 mg) than mechanically harvested seed (85.55 mg). ASB - 50 (100.46 mg) registered maximum seedling dry weight followed by JS - 335 (82.56 mg) and Basara (71.31 mg)(Table 2a). Kapoor et al. (2011) reported that seedling dry weight was significantly decreased with increased ageing up to six months of storage.\r\nSVI - I significantly decreased from initial evaluation (2593) to 6 MAS (2125). In hand harvested seed, a reduction of 15.60 % was observed from initial (2634) to 6 MAS (2223), whereas in mechanical harvested seed, 20.61 % (2552 to 2026) reduction was observed (Fig. 4). Basara (2469) recorded highest SVI - I followed by ASB - 50 (2423) and JS - 335 (2185) (Table 2b).\r\nFrom initial evaluation to 6 MAS, mechanical harvested and hand harvested seed showed a reduction of 21.48 % (7707 to 6413) and 16.79 % (7661 to 6015), respectively in SVI – II (Fig 4). ASB - 50 (8251) recorded significantly highest SVI - II over Basara (6347) and JS - 335 (6249) (Table 2b). Seedling vigour was found higher in manually threshed seed than mechanical threshed than and was gradually decreased with the increase of the storage period (Abady and Emam 2012).\r\nAmong the three varieties, significantly highest field emergence was recorded in Basara (84 %) followed by ASB - 50 (79 %) and JS - 335 (78 %) (Fig. 3). Significant reduction in field emergence from 85 % to 75 % was recorded after storage (Table 2d). These results were in line with the findings of Rame et al. (2002) who reported that mechanical threshed seed showed maximum reduction in field emergence compared to manual threshed seed during storage.', 'Sravani Bussari, K. Lakshmiprasanna, M. Pallavi and M. Rajendar Reddy (2022). Effect of Harvesting Method on Seed Quality of Soybean (Glycine max L.) during Storage. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 675-681.'),
(5345, '136', 'Soil Quality Assessment and Sustainable Management for Nutritional Security', 'Pratibha Thakur, Pardeep Kumar, Nagender Pal Butail and N.K. Sankhyan', '115 Soil Quality Assessment and Sustainable Management for Nutritional Security Pardeep Kumar.pdf', '', 1, 'Soil, apart from providing a number of ecosystem services, strongly influence human health by producing safe and nutritious food and providing pollution free environment. None of the soil services will go right until it itself is healthful. Human health is directly related to the soil quality because soil is the ultimate source of human nutrition. Enhanced reliance on inorganic inputs for intensive cultivation and poor management practices have led to widespread degradation in soil quality. Negligence of on-going degradation processes like soil erosion, compaction, loss of organic matter can lead to major catastrophes. Therefore soil quality assessment and its management through sustainable tool is very important for nutritional security. Maintenance of soil quality is a very complex process due to interactive involvement of many factors (Climate, humans, soil etc.) but can be achieved through sustainable use of resources following the 4R’s of nutrient stewardship. This article is aimed to raise the concern for soil quality for nutritional security and to bring the methods for its assessment and remedies for its sustainable management on single page.', 'Soil Quality, Assessment, Sustainable management, Nutritional security', 'Soil performs various ecosystem functions and their performance depends on its quality. Soil management systems affect the soil quality and therefore its assessment is an important step for maintaining its quality. There are a number of tools available for determining the soil quality index. On the basis of soil quality index, fertilizer scheduling can be done precisely by using right source with right rate through right method at right time.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSoil is a major provider, supporter and regulator of ecosystem services like biomass production, buffering, filtering, water and nutrient cycling, carbon sequestration, bioremediation, climate change mitigation etc. (Karlen et al., 2001). It has complex entanglement on human health (Zornoza et al., 2015), being the ultimate source of safe, nutritious food. All the functions and services provided by soil will go right only when it itself is salubrious. The various physical, chemical and biological characteristics of soil are the indicators of its quality/health. Assessment of soil quality of farm is needed to demonstrate the positive impacts of agricultural management practices on soil properties and crop production. To make the concept of soil quality more clear and understandable for farming community, soil quality should be displayed by assigning scores for diversified soil parameters. Scores are given on the basis of physical, chemical and biological data that is responsible for variability in its quality and will facilitate the growers for better soil management.\r\nIndia has achieved the goal of food security to a great extent but hidden hunger still continues to be one of the major challenges as nutrient deficiencies in soils are directly impacting the food quality. Worldwide two billion people are in the grip of malnutrition, particularly in developing countries due to their reliance on low-cost staples and monotonous diet (Grebmer et al., 2014). Impact of hidden hunger is clearly visible on COVID-19 patients as Ali et al. (2021) observed a positive correlation between the high prevalence of zinc deficiency and the COVID-19 cases per million populations in Asian countries. Moreover, it is convincing that low baseline zinc levels in COVID-19 patients were associated with more complications, leading to prolonged hospitalization and increased mortality (Jothimani et al., 2020). Ascorbic acid, Fe, Zn, vitamin D are some of the most important supplements being given to COVID-19 patients due to their deficiency in humans. Therefore, there is an urgent need to assess the soil quality so as to fix the nutritional quality of food stuff.\r\nSOIL QUALITY ASSESSMENT\r\nSoil quality assessment is the process of assigning the scores to the soils on the basis of certain indicators that are specific soil properties and processes. Single indicator is not enough to assess soil quality as univariate approach is unable to provide comprehensive judgement on soil nutrients’ status. In contrast, increasing the number of indicators may complicate the process by increasing collinearity or provide conflicting results (Armenise et al., 2013). Therefore, a minimum data set (MDS) is a prerequisite to capture a holistic image of soil quality. After selecting MDS, it is normalized (i.e. all the indicators are scored between the range 0-1) so as to make the values comparable, e.g. pH is not comparable with the nitrogen content of soil as long as it is not normalised between the range of 0-1. After normalising the data, scores are integrated to construct the final index (Stellacci et al., 2021). Various software programmes and procedures are available for calculating the soil quality index. Some of these are discussed below:\r\n(a) Soil Conditioning Index (SCI): It is a quick way to characterize organic matter dynamics of a farming system. It predicts the soil quality on the basis of amount of organic material (OM) returned to the soil after a crop harvest, effects of tillage and field operations (FO) on soil organic matter decomposition and the effect of predicted erosion (ER) associated with the management system on organic carbon. SCI score for a cropland must be greater than 0.0. It is calculated using the formula (Hubbs et al., 2002): \r\nSCI = 0.4 × OM + 0.4 × FO + 0.2 × ER\r\n(b) Principal Component Analysis (PCA): Principal component analysis (PCA) is a widespread procedure designed to summarize large datasets of correlated variables into a reduced number of components bearing the greatest part of the original information (Stellacci et al., 2021). Variable weights or loadings of the retained components are useful to identify the variables that contribute most to each selected principal components and investigate their relationships. SQI Cal software (Fig. 1) designed by IARI, New Delhi to work out the soil quality index through PCA.\r\n(c) Soil Management Assessment Framework (SMAF): The SMAF includes three steps: indicator selection, indicator interpretation, and integration into a soil quality index (Gura et al., 2022). The indicator selection step uses an expert system of decision rules to recommend indicators for inclusion in the assessment based on the user’s stated management goals, location and current practice. In the indicator interpretation step, observed indicator data is transformed into a unitless score based on clearly defined, site-specific relationships to soil function. The integration steps allows for the individual indicator scores to be combined into a single index value. This can be done with equal or differential weighting for the various indicators depending upon the relative importance of the soil functions for which they are measured.\r\n(d) Agro-Ecosystem Performance Assessment Tool (AEPAT): It is a computer program used to evaluate the agronomic and environmental performance of management practices in long-term agro-ecosystem experiments (Liebig et al., 2004). The program employs a simple scoring method to quantify the performance of management practices using indicators grouped within agro-ecosystem functions. Management practices are evaluated on a relative basis using AEPAT, thereby comparisons are made. It evaluates the effects of cropping system on soil quality and assesses agronomic and environmental functioning of soil. The working of the software is presented in Fig. 2.\r\n(e) Cornell Soil Health Test (CSHT): It considers 17 indicators which include soil texture, four soil physical indicators (Wet Aggregate Stability, Available Water Capacity, Penetration Resistance 0-15cm and Penetration Resistance 15-45cm), seven chemical indicators (pH, Phosphorus, Potassium, Magnesium, Iron, Manganese, and Zinc), five biological indicators (Organic Matter Content, Active Carbon, Autoclaved-Citrate Extractable Protein, Soil Respiration, Root Health Rating) (Idowu et al., 2009). These indicators are assessed, scored and converted to a single value soil quality index.\r\nSUSTAINABLE SOIL MANAGEMENT FOR NUTRITIONAL SECURITY\r\nCOVID-19 has shown the mirrors to the scientific community highlighting the fact that the diet we are consuming is poor in nutrition. The principle reason behind the under-nourished food is its source (soil) that itself is a victim of nutrient imbalance. Maintaining soil nutrition and quality at desirable level is a very complex issue due to interactive involvement of climatic, soil, plant, and human factors. However, proper and timely diagnosis and adoption of sustainable practices can clear up this issue. Agronomic biofortification (nutrient enrichment of crops) with the use of 4 R’s (Right source, Right rate, Right method and Right time) can serve the purpose. \r\n(a) Right Source: Combination of organic and inorganic sources i.e. integrated nutrient management approach can take us one step closer to better nutrition. For instance, Manzeke et al. (2014) reported better nutritional quality in maize and improved soil quality with the integrated use of inorganic N, P, Zn and cattle manure or leaf litter compost. After the harvest of wheat, Bangre et al. (2021) noticed improvement in soil physical properties with the integrated application of 100% NPK and FYM in a Vertisol of central India.\r\n(b) Right rate: Adding the fertilizers precisely according to the need of the crop can eliminate the problem of environmental pollution and can improve the nutrient uptake and content in the crops. It will contribute in better soil quality. Precision agriculture tools like site specific nutrient management, variable rate technology, etc. can be used for better results. Morari et al. (2021) supplied variable nitrogen rates using normalised difference vegetation index (NDVI) in different fertility zones (High, Medium and Low fertility zones) and got statistically coequal yields, protein content and nitrogen use efficiency in all the zones.\r\n(c) Right time: Supplementation of fertilizer at right stage of the crop is as important as its rate. Foliar sprays can be done as and when required by the crop. Besides increasing the production, it decreases the losses and improves the soil quality. Zn application at 50 DAS reported best nutritional quality of wheat among the treatments containing Zn spray at 0, 30, 35, 40, 45 and 50 DAS at all rates of Zn application (AICRP on Micro and Secondary Nutrients and Pollutant Elements in Soils and Plants, Annual report 2019-20).\r\n(d) Right method: Some crops responds well to soil application of fertilizers while others to foliar. Similarly some fertilizers work efficiently when supplied through soil while others responds well to foliar applications. So, fertilizer must be applied through right methods. Thakur et al. (2021) noticed better maize yield and soil quality with the foliar application of boron at recommended rate (0.034%) as compared to soil application (2 kg ha-1).\r\n', 'Pratibha Thakur, Pardeep Kumar, Nagender Pal Butail and N.K. Sankhyan (2022). Soil Quality Assessment and Sustainable Management for Nutritional Security. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 682-686.'),
(5346, '136', 'Developmental Biology of Tomato Leaf Miner, Phthorimaea absoluta Meyrick (Chang and Metz 2021) to varied Levels of Temperatures', 'H.B. Pavithra, Sharanabasappa S. Deshmukh, H.D. Mohan Kumar, C.M. Kalleshwaraswamy, Nagarajappa Adiveppar and V. Sridhar', '116 Developmental Biology of Tomato Leaf Miner, Phthorimaea absoluta Meyrick (Chang and Metz 2021) to varied Levels of Temperatures Sharanabasappa S. Deshmukh.pdf', '', 1, 'Tomato leafminer (TLM), Phthorimaea absoluta, an invasive and a key pest of tomato globally. Establishment of an invasive pest in an introduced environment is influenced by abiotic factors, among them temperature is one of the most important abiotic factors which determines the growth and development and number of generations per year. Temperature is one of the abiotic factors which influences the growth and development of the insect. This will be of great importance to determine the temperature ranges in which tomato leaf miner can grow best and it is essential for understanding its population dynamics and possible expansion in different agro-climatic zones. Hence, the present study was conducted to study the impact of different temperatures (10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35 and 40 °C) at constant relative humidity (70 ± 5%) on development and survival of TLM. The results revealed that duration of incubation period, larval and pupal period decreased with increasing temperature. Fecundity and egg viability of TLM was maximum at 30°C. (141.59 eggs/female and 90.93 per cent respectively). Pre-oviposition, oviposition and position period was extended at 15°C. With respect to longevity of adults, females lived longer than males at all the temperatures tested. Egg to adult cycle was of shorter duration at 30 (30.54 days) and 35°C (23.58 days) whereas the duration was longer at 15°C (74.58 days). Thus, temperature had significant effect on various biological parameters of TLM.', 'Tomato leaf miner (TLM), invasion, biology, temperature', 'Results of the present study indicates that, P. absolutais able to complete lifecycle at wide range of temperature. However, development was ceased at temperature 10 °C and 40 °C and also duration was extended at the lower temperature. From the present study it is clearly showed that the temperature ranged between 25 to 30°C found to be optimum for growth, development and reproduction of TLM. As the temperature was increased, developmental period decreased. These observations will be helpful in predicting population development and the regions where the pest can spread. The pest\'s minimum and maximum temperature requirement would help us to forecast the pest\'s likely distribution as well as the time when it would begin inflicting damage. ', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nTomato crop is attacked by a variety of pests and diseases from planting to harvest. Among the various insect pests attacking tomato, tomato leafminer (TLM), Phthorimaea absoluta Meyrick (Chang and Metz 2021) also known as tomato pinworm, a recently introduced pest of tomato (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae) which has become a major bottleneck and has also resulted in significant reduction in yield (Biondi et al., 2018). In India, the occurrence of this pest wasinitially detected atIndian Institute of Horticultural Research (IIHR), Hesaraghatta, Bengaluru and Pune, Ahmednagar, Dhule, Jalgaon, Nashik, and Satara Districts of Maharashtra during 2014 (Sridhar et al., 2014; Shashank et al., 2015) and in malnad region of Karnataka (Kalleshwaraswamy et al., 2015). The TLM is an extremely devastating pest that may decrease fruit quality, or even, cause 50-100% losses in open field and greenhouse crops, mainly if control methods are not applied (Nayana et al., 2018). Because of its high reproductive potential, multivoltinism and potential to acclimatize to different climatic conditions, TLM is currently considered a key limiting phytosanitary factor affecting the global Solanaceous crops value chain (Desneux, 2011). Plants are damaged by direct feeding on leaves, stems, buds, calyx, young fruits and also on ripe fruits (Shashank et al., 2018). Furthermore, damage is also caused by the invasion of secondary pathogens which enter through the wounds made by the pest (EPPO, 2005). For an invasive species to be established, it first has to overcome several environmental barriers. The potential for an insect species to become a pest is influenced by a variety of factors. Among the abiotic factors, temperature is a critical abiotic element because it influences insect development, survival and reproduction (Gavkare and Sharma 2017). As TLM is an invasive species, it has a strong potential to spread to larger areas in the coming years owing to atmospheric changes or other factors. As a result, understanding the environmental variables that affect the pest\'s life would be crucial in determining the best measures to be taken to combat this pest (Ozgocke et al., 2016). \r\nDetermining the appropriate temperature conditions for the pest is essential in terms of the studies of population dynamics. The knowledge obtained will be of great value to assess the incidence in different regions and give scientific bases for its control. Predicting the seasonal occurrence and abundance of any pest is essential for the accurate scheduling of control tactics. Such predictions require an understanding of the relationship between insect development rate and temperature. Hence, understanding the impact of external factors such as temperature on the growth, survival, reproduction and rate of increase of insect populations is necessary. The present study was conducted to estimate optimum thermal requirement of tomato leafminer, P. absoluta in Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) incubator and the effect of temperature on its development, reproduction (pre-oviposition, oviposition, post-oviposition periods and fecundity) and longevity was studied.\r\nMETHODOLOGY\r\nRearing of insect culture. Later instar larvae of TLM were collected from infested tomato fields near Kommanal village (13°5825. 97N; 075°3443.86E) and reared in laboratory at Department of Entomology, College of Agriculture, Shivamogga. Field collected larvae were reared on tomato leaves in insect rearing cages for one generation before using for the experiments. Adults thus emerged were transferred to insect rearing cages for mating and provided with 10 per cent honey solution in cotton swab as food and tomato leaves as an oviposition substrate. Eggs laid on a single day were used for the experiments. \r\nIncubation period, larval period, pupal period, pre-oviposition, oviposition, post-oviposition periods (in days) and fecundity (number of eggs/ female) for TLM were determined at seven different temperatures (10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35 and 40 °C) at constant relative humidity of 70 ± 5%. The experiments were carried out in BOD growth chamber to study the endurance and development of TLM on tomato (hybrid, JKTH 811) in the laboratory. The experiment was performed in two steps.\r\nAssessment of development and survival of egg, larvae and pupal stages of TLM. The rate of development and survival of immature stages of TLM were evaluated at constant temperature as mentioned above. For each temperature with a constant relative humidity treatment, 20 eggs laid on a single day were transferred carefully with the help of a fine camel hair brush to tomato leaflets, the end of petiole was then UPDATEed in moist cotton swab and wrapped with aluminum foil to delay wilting/drying of leaflets and kept in insect breeding boxes (9cm diameter). Then the whole set up was placed in BOD incubator and incubated on the respective temperature. The experiment was replicated five times with 100 eggs per trial (each temperature) in total. These eggs were observed daily for hatching, once the eggs had hatched, observations were recorded on incubation period, larval period and pupal period. Newly emerged larvae were reared individually on tomato leaflets (petiole wrapped with moist cotton) in insect breeding boxes at the respective temperatures. When larvae consumed on an average 70 to 80 per cent of the leaves or when leaves began to wilt, new leaves were provided. The leaves were replaced until the last larva pupated. Observations on the development time and survival of each larval in star were recorded and pupal sexing was done as described by Nayana and Kalleshwaraswamy (2015).\r\nAssessment of fecundity and longevity TLM during its adult stage at respective temperature and relative humidity. Pupae thus obtained were sexed and kept separately for adult emergence. Adults obtained from larvae reared at each temperature were used to determine the fecundity and fertility of TLM. Adults developed from the pupae were kept in pairs in small cage (15 cm breadth × 21.5 cm length and 15 cm height) and was provided with 25 days old tomato seedling (oviposition substrate) for egg laying and 10 per cent honey solution in cotton swab as food. The oviposition substrate was observed for egg laying and replaced daily until the last adult died. Observations on daily survival, fecundity, adult longevity, pre-oviposition period, oviposition period and post-oviposition period were recorded. The mean incubation period larval and mean pupal duration was taken according to the treatment and statistical analysis was performed. \r\nData analysis. The experiment was conducted in completely randomized design with five treatments and twenty replications. The data regarding incubation period, larval and pupal duration, fecundity and fertility of females, male and female adult longevity of P. absoluta was recorded and expressed in days and the data was subjected to one way ANOVA with Tukeys test.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe influence of temperature on life cycle of the TLM from egg to adult was studied at respective temperature treatments. But population development ceased at 10 and 40°C. Though eggs hatched at these temperatures but no larvae developed through to adult moths and hence the data at these temperatures were not included for the analysis.\r\nAssessment of development and survival of egg, larvae and pupal stages of TLM. Significant variation was recorded with respect to incubation period, larval and pupal period at different temperature treatments and constant relative humidity. The shortest incubation period was of 2.05 days at 35 °C and longest incubation period was observed at 15 °C (8.88 days). The mean larval development (time taken from egg hatching to pupation) was extended in the population maintained at 15°C (33.99 days), while mean larval development period of 11.39 days at 25 °C was significantly at par with at 30 °C (10.93 days). Duration of pupal period was inversely proportional to temperature. Mean pupal duration was15.52 days at 20 °C and 15.06± 1.12 days at 15 °C as compared to 9.65, 5.70 and 4.19 days for the pupae incubated at 25, 30 and 35 ˚C, respectively and the difference was highly significant at all tested temperatures (Table 1). The present results are in line with the findings of Mahdi and Doumandji (2013), who reported that maximum and minimum duration of incubation period of 12.1 days at 15 °C and 4.1 days at 30 °C was observed likewise larval (23 days at 30 °C and 7.9 at 15 °C) and pupal developmental period (6.5 days at 30 °C and 36.4 days at 15 °C) was decreased with increase in temperature. Similarly, in another study Salama et al. (2014), recorded maximum duration of incubation period of 14.65 days at 15 ˚C and then decreased to 3.7 days 30 °C and also larval and pupal period decreased with increased temperature. Egg, larval and pupal duration were significantly shortened as the temperature increased in the above studies. Same trend with respect to development period was observed in the present study but longer duration with respect to each stage was observed in the above results than those recorded in the present study which may be due to different populations of the same species may have different development parameters (Lee and Elliott, 1998; Gomi et al., 2003). The above-mentioned studies were conducted with the populations of TLM from Algeria and Egypt and this may be one of the factors responsible for the reported differences in the effect of temperature on the development of TLM. The differences in the incubation period, larval and pupal development time reported in different studies could be also due to the differences in rearing temperature, tomato cultivars and the geographical populations of the insect used in different studies (Bernays and Chapman, 1994). In addition, variation in duration of different stages of the pest may also depend on for how many generations the insect was reared in the laboratory before using in the experiment, although the effect of this trait on TLM has not been determined.\r\n \r\nReproduction of TLM at different temperatures. Temperature significantly affected the pre-oviposition period, oviposition period, post-oviposition period of TLM (Table 1). The pre-oviposition period at 15 °C was 3.41 days and was at par with 20 °C (3.16 days) which was significantly longer than other temperatures. At 25 °C the pre-oviposition period was 2.53 days which was at par with 30 °C (2.52 days) and the shortest pre-oviposition period was recorded at 35 °C (2.22 days). Duration of oviposition period was 4.56 days at 35 °C, 5.02 days at 30 °C. 6.59 days at 25 °C, 8.07 days at 20 °C, 7.31 days at 15 °C. There was significant difference in oviposition period at 30 and 35 °C and the variation was on par at 15 °C, 20 °C and 25 °C. The post-oviposition period was shorter at 35 °C (2.47 days) and there was significant variation with respect to post-oviposition period at different temperature viz., 3.46, 4.88, 7.05 and 8.21 days at 30, 25, 20 and 15 °C, respectively (Table 1). The above results are in accordance with the findings of recent study conducted by Negi et al. (2020), that pre-oviposition period, oviposition period, post-oviposition period of TLM decreased with increase in temperature and the oviposition period was longest at 20°C (12.3 days). Thus, the environmental conditions such as temperature and relative humidity are factors influencing insect physiology and behaviour. Temperature has a direct influence on the insect activity and rate of development.\r\nFecundity of TLM at different temperatures. Mean number of eggs laid by TLM females varied significantly from one temperature to the other. Fecundity was highest at 30 °C (141.59 eggs/female), followed by 25 °C (136.73 eggs/female), 35 °C (128.66eggs/female) and 20 °C (112.91 eggs/female) and the lowest mean number of eggs/female recorded was 86.61 at 15 °C. Percent egg hatchability varied significantly among different rearing temperature and significantly lower percent of egg viability was at 15 °C (56.50 %) and maximum of 90.93 per cent egg viability was recorded at 30 °C followed by 78.33 per cent egg viability, 71.90 per cent egg viability, 61.92 per cent egg viability at 35, 25 and 20 °C respectively (Table 2). Similarly, Krechemer and Foerster (2015) reported highest fecundity of the pest at 25°C. Fecundity of TLM on tomato leaves at 25°C and 30 °C (136.73 and 141.59 eggs/female) obtained in the present study falls within the fecundity range (47.54-260 eggs/female) reported in previous studies at same temperature (Silva et al., 2015) but the mean production of egg was reduced at 35 ˚C.\r\nEffects of temperature on the longevity of TLM adults. Temperature inversely affected the longevity of males and females of TLM. The longevity of females was longer than males at each temperature selected. Female longevity was significantly less at 35 °C (9.25 days) and was longer at 15 °C (18.93 days). The longevity of females kept at 30, 25 and 20 °C was 11.00, 13.98 and 18.15 days, respectively. With respect to male longevity, duration varied significantly at different temperature. Male longevity was recorded to be on par at 30 (7.12 days) and 25 °C (7.28 days). At 15, 20 and 35 °C, male longevity was recorded to be 14.27 days, 9.84 days and 5.99 days, respectively (Table 2). In the present study with respect to adults’ longevity, females lived longer than males at all the tested temperature range, which was similar to the findings of other authors wherein females’ longevity were much longer than males (Haji et al., 1988; Coelho and Franca, 1987; Salama et al., 2014; Abo et al., 2021). Mahdi and Doumandji (2013) recorded average fecundity of maximum at 30 °C (71.4 eggs/female) and females’ longevity (6.47 days) was greater than males (2.6 days) at 30 °C as female body is rich in yolk substances\r\nEffects of temperature on the survival TLM. Mean per cent survival of TLM ranged from 7 to 90.8 per cent from egg to adult at varied temperatures, with maximum per cent survival was recorded at 25 °C (90.80 %) followed by 30 °C (85.00 %). The lowest per cent survival was found to be at 15 °C (7.00 %), 20 °C (23.80 %) and 35 °C (32.6 %) (Fig. 1). These results are in line with findings of Ozgocke et al. (2016), who have reported that the survival rates were higher at temperatures ranged 23-27.5°C than those of other temperatures tested and it was the lowest at 15 and 34°C.\r\nEffects of temperature on the egg to adult cycle in TLM. Total developmental period of egg to adult cycle of females was found to be shortest at 35 °C which accounted to be 23.58 days followed by 30.54 days at 30°C, 40.28 days at 25°C, 70.22 days at 20 °C and longest period was recorded at 15 °C (74.58 days). Similarly in males, duration of egg to adult was observed to be longest at 15°C (69.88 days) and shortest at 35°C (20.32 days) (Table 2). The above results are in line with the findings of Barrientos et al. (1998) that the duration of the developmental cycle of TLM was highly dependent on climatic conditions with an average development period of 76.3 days at 14 °C, 39.8 days at 19.7 °C and 23.8 days at 27.1°C.\r\nCuthbertson et al. (2013) reported that temperatures between 19 and 23 °C were the most conducive for moth development. Temperatures of 10 °C and lower were shown to be fatal for moth development. Similar results were recorded in the present study, wherein only few eggs of TLM though hatched at 10 °C, but failed to complete the cycle as larvae at this temperature were unable to burrow into the leaf epidermis which in turn suggest that 10 °C may be the lower end of the temperature range for the pest’s development. Machekano et al. (2018) reported that, the highest temperature where TLM could not survive was 43.0°C and the highest temperature for 100% survival was 37°C. In the present study also development and survival TLM was not observed at 40 °C. Therefore, P. absoluta\'s successful invasion, quick dissemination and establishment in the introduced area may have been aided by host plant availability, climate adaptability and high thermal tolerance to a greater extent. The rate of development was arrested at higher temperatures (45 ˚C), signifying the adverse effects of extreme temperatures on growth of insect, resulting in early mortality of larval population (Jaba et al., 2020). Also, extreme temperatures have an impact on its survival, especially while it is in its early growth stage. \r\nWith the increase in temperature, there was decrease in duration of respective stages of a pest at respective temperature. Like other lepidopterans, the developmental time of TLM increased with decrease in temperature (Park et al., 2014). This phenomenon can be explained by the ectothermic nature of insects. At high temperatures the metabolism is faster, hence developmental time becomes shorter and vice-versa (Benkova and Volf, 2007; Sgolastra et al., 2011; Damos and Savopoulou-Soultani 2012). In order to promote greater growth and development, the metabolic activity of the insect body is initiated between 26 °C and 34 °C. Also, as a direct effect of elevated temperature, increased temperature may increase the food demands of insects as a result of increased metabolic rates, perhaps leading to compensatory feeding (Levesque et al., 2002). Temperature is the most significant factor influencing the growth and development of insects (Bale et al., 2002). The effects of temperature on insects are species specific.\r\nTemperatures between 15 and 25°C are cited as highly favourable for TLM reproduction. Larvae develop well between 20 and 30°C (Martins et al., 2016). The highest temperature threshold that causes TLM mortality is 35°C. Temperatures below 20 °C increase the development period of the larval stage, that may expose this stage to abiotic and biotic mortality factors.\r\n', 'H.B. Pavithra, Sharanabasappa S. Deshmukh, H.D. Mohan Kumar, C.M. Kalleshwaraswamy, Nagarajappa Adiveppar and V. Sridhar (2022). Developmental Biology of Tomato Leaf Miner, Phthorimaea absoluta Meyrick (Chang and Metz 2021) to varied Levels of Temperatures. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 687-692.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5347, '136', 'In situ Rice Straw Decomposition-Different Cutting Heights and Microbial Consortia, its Impact on Soil Microbial Population and Decomposition Rate', 'Samba Siva Rao D., R. Durai Singh, G. Srinivasan, K. Kumutha and P. Saravana Pandian', '117 In situ Rice Straw Decomposition- Different Cutting Heights and Microbial Consortia, its Impact on Soil Microbial Population and Decomposition Rate Samba Siva Rao D.pdf', '', 1, 'This study was to examine the impact of different cutting heights of rice straw and microbial inoculants on microbial population and C: N ratio. The residual amount of rice straw produced by different cutting methods 10 cm, 20 cm and full rice straw was 920 kg ha-1, 1,560 kg ha-1, 4320 kg ha-1 rice straw respectively. The experiment was laid out in split plot design and replicated thrice. The main plot contains different heights of rice straw i.e., 10 cm rice straw incorporation (M1), 20 cm rice straw incorporation (M2), full rice straw (M3) and sub plots contains different microbial consortia along with cow dung and Urea i.e., Bio mineralizer (2 kg/ tonne) (S1), Bio mineralizer (2 Kg/tonne of residue) + Cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1%) (S2), Pleurotus (5 kg/ ha) (S3), Pleurotus (5kg/ ha) + Cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1%) (S4), Silica solubilizing bacteria (5kg/ha) (S5), Silica solubilizing bacteria (5kg/ha) + Cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1 %) (S6), Control (S7). The higher number of bacteria, fungi and actinomycetes was recorded in different cutting heights of rice straw decomposition (10 cm, 20 cm and full rice straw) with the application of bio mineralizer (2 Kg/ tonne of residue) + Cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1%). The lower decomposition rate and microbial population was recorded in the control plot where the paddy straw was not sprayed with microbial consortia, cow dung and urea. ', 'Rice straw, Bio mineralizer, Cow dung, Urea, Decomposition, C: N ratio', 'The conclusion of the study was the application of microbial inoculants along with cow dung and urea is essential for decomposition of rice straw and narrow down the C: N ratio. In addition to this, application of TNAU bio mineralizer and silica solubilizing bacteria along with cow dung slurry (5 %) and urea (1 %) increases the rate of decomposition, narrow C: N ratio and soil microbial count which increases the nutrient availability for succeeding crop. Hence, the in-situ decomposition of paddy straw with different cutting heights (10 cm, 20 cm and full rice straw)with the application of bio mineralizer (2 kg/ tonne of residue) + cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1 %) is the best option to increase the rice straw decomposition rate, microbial population and nutrient availability for the next crop.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nIn India, rice is grown in an area of 43.66 M. ha annually with a production of 118.87 million tonnes and average productivity of 2722 kg ha-1 (Indiastat, 2020). Thus, it generates a huge amount of residue in the form of straw when rice crop is harvested. Rice was harvested manually by cutting method or using machinery. In cutting method, the harvested rice straw and grain were taken to a threshing yard to separate rice straw and grain. As a result, a small amount of straw was left infield itself. While in machine harvesting the total paddy straw was dumped in the field which was unutilized by the farmers. Based on the type of harvesting the amount of residue left over in the field is varying from small to huge amounts. The farmers were considering the left over paddy straw as a waste product and it was burned in field itself. \r\nRice straw contains 0.57% N, 0.07% P2O5, 1.5% K2O, 0.1% (sulfur) S, and 5% silicon (Si) (Dobermann and Fairhurst 2002) and also reported that, at harvest stage the rice straw contains contain 0.5–0.8% N, 0.07–0.12% P2O5, 1.16–1.66% K2O, and 4–7% Si. The study conducted by Gupta et al. (2007) was proved that the in-situ incorporation of rice straw into the soil improves nutrient cycling, soil organic carbon (C), and yields of succeeding crops. The nutrient status of the paddy straw is well known but at the same time rice straw have the lower decomposition rate due to higher C: N ratio (50 to 60).\r\nIn this condition, if sowing is taken up immediately after the rice straw incorporation, the establishment of the crop is affected due to this wider C: N ratio and poor microbial population (Udayasoorian et al., 1997). In this connection the present study was taken up with the combinations of different cutting heights of paddy straw, microbial consortia alone and also with the combination of cow dung and urea to know the decomposition rate and microbial population at different intervals.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nField experiment was conducted at Agricultural College and Research Institute, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Madurai, Tamil Nadu during February 2020 to evaluate the impact of left-over rice straw after harvesting at different cutting heights (10 cm, 20 cm, and full rice straw) on microbial populations and decomposition rate. The experiment was laid out in split plot design and replicated thrice. The main plot contains different heights of rice straw i.e., 10 cm rice straw incorporation (M1), 20 cm rice straw incorporation (M2), full rice straw (M3) and sub plots contains different microbial consortia along with cow dung and Urea i.e., Bio mineralizer (2 kg/ tonne) (S1), Bio mineralizer (2 Kg/ tonne of residue) + Cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1%) (S2), Pleurotus (5 kg/ ha) (S3), Pleurotus (5kg/ ha) + Cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1%) (S4), Silica solubilizing bacteria (5kg/ha) (S5), Silica solubilizing bacteria (5kg/ha) + Cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1 %) (S6), Control (S7). \r\nRice is harvested manually with sickle as per the treatments. For M1 and M2 treatment plots, rice straw was harvested by leaving 10 cm and 20 cm stubble heights from the ground level butin M3 treatment plot only economic parts are harvested by leaving the total rice straw in field itself. The left-over paddy straw was chopped by using tractor mounted shredder in their respective plots. Strengthen the already presented bunds and buffer channels all around to avoid seepage of water along with the nutrients. Drainage channels were provided all around the experimental field for effective drainage. The bio mineralizer, SSB were made in to slurry with water in 2: 40 proportion, cow dung slurry (5 %) and urea (1 %) were prepared and sprinkled on the rice straw as per the treatments schedule.\r\nSoil samples were collected from the experimental plots at 15 days and 30 days interval. The soil samples powdered, sieved through 2 mm sieve and used for chemical and biological analysis. The decomposition rate was estimated from C: N ratio of the soil whereas the chemical and biological analysis was done by the following methods.\r\nThe analytical data of soil were subjected to statistical scrutiny as per the procedure given by Gomez and Gomez (1984). Wherever, the treatment differences were found significant (F test), critical differences were worked out at 5 per cent probability level and the values were furnished in the respective table. The treatment differences that were not significant were denoted as “NS”.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nEffect of in situ rice straw decomposition on microbial populations. Microbial population i.e., bacteria, fungi and actinomycetes were examined. Rice straw with different cutting heights and microbial inoculants had a significant impact on bacteria, fungi and actinomycetes population (Table 1, 2, 3).\r\nWith respect to in situ rice straw decomposition with different cutting heights higher microbial population of bacteria (at 15 days 36 cfu g-1 soil × 106 and at 30 days 67 cfu g-1 soil × 106), fungi (at 15 days 32 cfu g-1 soil × 104 and at 30 days 63 cfu g-1 soil × 104), actinomycetes (at 15 days 41cfu g-1 soil × 103and at 30 days 58cfu g-1 soil × 103) were recorded under the full rice straw decomposition treatment (M3) and the least microbial population of bacteria (at 15 days 33 cfu g-1 soil × 106 and at 30 days 60 cfu g-1 soil × 106), fungi (at 15 days 29 cfu g-1 soil × 104 and at 30 days 57 cfu g-1 soil × 104) and actinomycetes (at 15 days 37 cfu g-1 soil × 103 and at 30 days 52 cfu g-1 soil × 103) were recorded under 10 cm rice straw incorporation (M1).\r\nThe data regarding to the microbial consortia, higher microbial population was observed under the application of bio mineralizer (2 Kg/ tonne of residue) + Cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1%) (S2) (bacterial count at 15 days was 39 cfu g-1 soil × 106 and at 30 days 73 cfu g-1 soil × 106, fungal count at 15 days 35 cfu g-1 soil × 104 and at 30 days 68 cfu g-1 soil × 104 and actinomycetes count at 15 days 45 cfu g-1 soil × 103 and at 30 days 62cfu g-1 soil × 103).\r\nThis was on par with the application of silica solubilizing bacteria (5kg/ha) + Cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1 %) (S6) (bacterial count at 15 days was 39 cfu g-1 soil × 106 and at 30 days 71cfu g-1 soil × 106, fungal count at 15 days 34 cfu g-1 soil × 104 and at 30 days 67cfu g-1 soil × 104 and actinomycetes count at 15 days 44 cfu g-1 soil × 103 and at 30 days 61 cfu g-1 soil × 103). The lower microbial population of bacteria (at 15 days 27 cfu g-1 soil × 106 and at 30 days 51 cfu g-1 soil × 106), fungi (at 15 days 24 cfu g-1 soil × 104 and at 30 days 48cfu g-1 soil × 104) and actinomycetes (at 15 days 31 cfu g-1 soil × 103 and at 30 days 44 cfu g-1 soil × 103) were observed in the control plot i.e., without any microbial inoculant application.\r\nThe interaction effect of the in-situ paddy straw incorporation at different cutting heights and microbial inoculant showed the significant effect. The higher amount of microbial population i.e., at 15 days 43 cfu g-1 soil × 106 and at 30 days 79 cfu g-1 soil × 106), fungi (at 15 days 38 cfu g-1 soil × 104 and at 30 days 73 cfu g-1 soil × 104) and actinomycetes (at 15 days 48 cfu g-1 soil × 103 and at 30 days 68cfu g-1 soil × 103) was observed under full rice straw along with the application of bio mineralizer (2 Kg/ tonne of residue) + Cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1%) (M3S2) recorded and it was on par with full rice straw incorporation along with the application of silica solubilizing bacteria (5kg/ha) + Cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1 %) (M3S6) (at 15 days 42 cfu g-1 soil × 106 and at 79 days 51 cfu g-1 soil × 106), fungi (at 15 days 37 cfu g-1 soil × 104 and at 30 days 73 cfu g-1 soil × 104) and actinomycetes (at 15 days 48 cfu g-1 soil × 103 and at 30 days 67 cfu g-1 soil × 103). The lowest microbial population (at 15 days 26 cfu g-1 soil × 106 and at 30 days 49 cfu g-1 soil × 106), fungi (at 15 days 23 cfu g-1 soil × 104 and at 30 days 46 cfu g-1 soil × 104) and actinomycetes (at 15 days 30 cfu g-1 soil × 103 and at 30 days 42 cfu g-1 soil × 103) was observed in full rice straw incorporation alone without any application of microbial consortia, cow dung and urea (M3S7).\r\nThe combined application of chemical fertilizer and straw significantly increased soil microbial count over the control (Nie et al., 2007). According to Esther et al., (2013), in-situ incorporation of straw was showed maximum amount microbial count in soil and increased their content on soil over the control treatment. In field experiment, these results were in agreement with the findings of Mandal et al., (2004) who reported that microbial activity was higher in residue incorporated into the soil and the higher microbial biomass could be obtained through residue incorporation than their removal or burning. \r\nEffect of in situ rice straw decomposition on C: N ratio. C:N ratio of paddy straw was analysed at 15 and 30 Days and the ratio was declined with time. The C:N ratio was ranged from 37.40: 1 to 55.30: 1 at 15 days and progressively it declined to 20.10: 1 to 48.49: 1 at 30 days. The different cutting heights of rice straw incorporation with microbial inoculants, cow dung and urea cause the significant variation in C: N ratio between the treatments (Table 4).\r\nAt 15 days. The lower C: N ratio was recorded under the rice straw decomposition with the cutting of 10 cm (M1) (41: 1) and this was followed by the rice straw with the cutting height of 20 cm (M2) (48: 1). The higher C: N ratio was recorded in the treatment with the full rice straw decomposition (M3) (53: 1). \r\nWith respect to microbial inoculations, at 15 days the least C: N ratio was observed under the treatment bio mineralizer (2 Kg/ tonne of residue) + Cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1%) (S2) (45: 1). The highest C: N ratio was recorded under Control treatment without microbial, cow dung (5%) and urea (1%) application (S7) (50: 1).\r\nInteraction effect showed that least C: N ratio was found in full rice straw decomposition with bio mineralizer (2 kg/ tonne of residue) + cow dung slurry (5 %)+ urea (1 %) (M3S2) (52: 1) which was on par with full rice straw decomposition with Silica solubilizing bacteria (5kg/ha) + Cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1 %) (M3S6) (54: 1).\r\nAt 30 days. The lower C: N ratio was found in 10 cm rice straw incorporation (M1) (22: 1), 20 cm rice straw incorporation (M2) (27: 1) and the higher C: N ratio was recorded infull rice straw decomposition (M3) (45: 1).\r\nThe least C: N ratio was observed in bio mineralizer (2 Kg/ tonne of residue) + Cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1%) (S2) (30: 1) and the higher C: N ratio was noted in Control (S7) (35: 1).\r\nInteraction effect at 30 days showed that least C: N ratio was found in full rice straw decomposition with bio mineralizer (2 Kg/ tonne of residue) + cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1%) (M3S2) (20: 1) and it was on par with 10 cm rice straw decomposition with bio mineralizer (2 Kg/tonne of residue) + cow dung slurry (5%) + Urea (1%) (M1S2) (20: 1) and 20 cm rice straw incorporation bio mineralizer (2 Kg/tonne of residue) + cow dung slurry (5%) + urea (1%) (M2S2) (20.32: 1) and the lower C: N ratio was registered in full rice straw decomposition without microbial consortia, cow dung and urea (M3S7) (45: 1).\r\nThe different rice straw management practices helped to bring the C: N ratio by varying degree. Among the residue management practices, the rice straw decomposition with the cutting height of 10 cm, 20 cm and full rice straw along with the application of (2 kg/ tonne of residue) + cow dung (5 %) + urea (1%) (M1S2) decreased the C: N ratio. Gaur et al., (1987) was reported that effectiveness of inoculation with a suitable microorganism will speed up the bio degradation process and reduction in C: N ratio. The effective biodegradation of residue was confirmed with microbial inoculants to bring down the C: N ratio to an arrow level (Esther et al., 2013).\r\nRice residue (straw and stubbles) contains high amount of silica, cellulose and lignin, these major chemical constituents were easily degraded by using microbial inoculants (bio-mineralizer and cow dung slurry), it favours the gradual release of nutrient and 25 kg additional N enhanced the initial crop growth. These results are in line with the findings of Singh et al. (2005); Kumari et al. (2008); Singh et al. (2008).\r\nThe C: N ratio was reduced in all the treatments with passage of time but there was wide variation in the treatments this was due to the microbial development during the time gap which increased the degradation process and released the available nutrients present in the added rice straw to bring down the C: N ratio. This was in agreement with the findings of Azmal et al., (1997). \r\n', 'Samba Siva Rao D., R. Durai Singh, G. Srinivasan, K. Kumutha and P. Saravana Pandian (2022). In situ Rice Straw Decomposition- different Cutting Heights and Microbial Consortia, its Impact on Soil Microbial Population and Decomposition Rate. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 693-698.'),
(5348, '136', 'Formulation and characterization of Lemon Peel Essential Oil Loaded Corn Starch Nanoemulsion', 'Aruna T., Hemalatha G., Kanchana S. and Lakshmanan A.', '118 Formulation and characterization of Lemon Peel Essential Oil Loaded Corn Starch Nanoemulsion Aruna T.pdf', '', 1, 'Lemon (Citrus limon) belonging to the family Rutaceae, is the third most cultivated citrus fruit after orange and mandarin. Lemon processing industry produces a huge amount of waste as lemon peel and lemon seed which are generally discarded. The lemon peel is a rich source of bio active compounds that possess significant antibacterial and antioxidant property. Lemon peel essential oil which is extracted from lemon peel can be used as a natural preservative in diverse food systems to extend the shelf life of the product. Direct addition of lemon peel essential oil in food system has several limitations such as high volatility and strong organoleptic property of the essential oil. This can be overcome by encapsulating the lemon peel essential oil in a suitable delivery system. Nanoemulsion coating solution can be formulated using lemon peel essential oil and a biological polymer (corn starch). Lemon peel essential oil loaded corn starch nanoemulsion (CS-LPEO) was formulated by using different concentration of lemon peel essential oil (0.3, 0.5 and 0.7%) and corn starch (2 and 3%). The particle size of the nanoemulsions were in the range of 340.10 to 358.40 nm having polydispersity index ranging from 0.3 to 0.5. The zeta potential of the nanoemulsion varied from -34.00 to -45.00 mV. The encapsulation efficiency was as high as 83.85% among the different treatments. The whiteness index of the CS-LPEO was around 50.92 and the viscosity of the nanoemulsion was between 10.80 to 18.30 cP. The FTIR absorption peak of the LPEO and corn starch was compared with that of CS-LPEO nanoemulsion and the morphology of the CS-LPEO nanoemulsion was observed through scanning electron microscope. By this, the lemon peel essential oil was entrapped using a suitable edible delivery system that can be directly used in the food system for preservation process. ', 'Lemon peel essential oil, corn starch, nanoemulsion', 'Edible nanoemulsion solutions can be formulated using corn starch (2 and 3 per cent) and lemon peel essential oil (0.3, 0.5 and 0.7 per cent). Characterization of the edible nanoemulsion indicated that the nanoemulsion formulated with 0.7 per cent of lemon peel essential oil and 3 per cent of corn starch had higher encapsulation efficiency and in vitro release percentage. Therefore, the formulated edible nanoemulsion solution can be used as an edible coating over whole or cut fruits and vegetables.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nAgriculture and food processing industries generate a huge amount of by-products as wastes such as peel, rind, stem, stalk, seeds and leaves as wastes. The waste from the food industries should be valorized as this poses a major environmental treat. Citrus fruits which belongs to the family Rutaceae comprises of 17 species which includes Citrus indica, Citrus latipes, Citrus aurantium, Citrus macroptera, Citrus megaloxycarpa, Citrus jambhiri, Citrus ichangenesis and Citrus reticulate. Citrus limon is the third most important citrus fruit following Citrus sinensis and Citrus reticulate. Generally, citrus fruits are consumed as such or processed into juice. Citrus processing industries produce a large amount of waste as citrus peel and citrus seeds. Citrus peel can be used to extract essential oil by various methods such as cold pressing, hydro-distillation, steam distillation and solvent extraction. Citrus essential oil contains a mixture of terpinoids, terpenes and other aromatic and aliphatic compounds (Yazgan et al., 2019). \r\nLemon peel essential oil contains natural antimicrobial and antioxidant properties. It is effective against several food borne pathogens such as E. coli, Salmonella typhimurium, Staphylococcus aureus, Listeria monocytogenes, and Camphylobacter (Calo et al., 2015). Lemon peel essential oil contains limonene, which is responsible for the antimicrobial property and also responsible for the distinct aroma of the lemon fruit. The bioactive compounds in citrus peels namely limonene, citral, linalool, α pinene, β pinene, β myrcene and γ terpinene can be used to treat various health problems such as spasms, fever, respiratory problems, cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal problems or anxiety (Martínez-Abad et al., 2020). \r\nLemon peel essential oil has good scope for application as natural preservative in food system. Lemon peel essential oil can be used as edible coating over whole or cut fruits and vegetables to extend the shelf life of the product both in quality and safety aspects. Direct incorporation of lemon peel essential oils in food products becomes a formidable challenge because of its hydrophobic nature, high volatility, low stability, high susceptibility to environmental conditions and strong organoleptic property. This can be overcome by encapsulating the essential oils in a suitable delivery system compatible with the food system (Prakash et al., 2018). Biological polymer such as polysaccharides, proteins, lipid or gum can be used to carry the essential oil. Polysaccharide such as corn starch can be used as a biological polymer to carry the essential oil as the corn starch yield colorless, odorless, tasteless and non-toxic costing solution. \r\nHence, the present study aims the formulation and characterization of corn starch edible nanoemulsion loaded with lemon peel essential oil. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nProcurement and processing of lemon peel\r\nProcurement of lemon peel. Lemon (Citrus limon) peel was procured from the local juice shops of Madurai who were in prior advised on good processing practices to assure the hygienic collection of the citrus peel.\r\nProcessing of lemon peel. The lemon peel was separated from the endocarp (inner pulp) of the fruits and cut into small pieces (approximately 1×1cm) and dried by shade drying method until the sample reaches the moisture content of 10 per cent after which the samples were powdered and sieved using a sieve of British Standard (BS) 60 mesh sieve to get uniform size particle. \r\nExtraction of lemon peel essential oil by hydro distillation method. The extraction of essential oil from lemon peel was carried out by hydro distillation method which was carried out in Clevenger apparatus for about 3 hours at 95°C using the solid solvent ratio of 1:20. The sample material was directly immersed in water and the solid-liquid mixture was heated until boiling under atmospheric pressure. The extraction was carried out from the first drop of distillate until the amount of essential oils stabilized.\r\nPreparation and characterization of edible nanoemulsion coating solution loaded with Lemon Peel Essential Oil (LPEO) \r\nPreparation of corn starch loaded with lemon peel essential oil (CS-LPEO) edible nanoemulsion. Edible nanoemulsions (T1 to T6) were formulated with corn starch solution (2 and 3 percent) as wall material, lemon peel essential oil (0.3, 0.5 and 0.7 per cent) as core material and Tween 20 (concentration as same as the concentration of the lemon peel essential oil) as an emulsifier. \r\nA modified method of Abbasi et al. (2021) was followed for the preparation of CS-LPEO nanoemulsion coating solution. Corn starch solution was prepared using Sigma Aldrich corn starch. Corn starch (2 and 3%) and Glycerol (1 and 1.5%) were dissolved in distilled water and heated at 90°C with constant stirring for 10 minutes until gelatinization and allowed to cool at 40°C. Coarse emulsion was prepared by mixing the corn starch solution with lemon peel essential oil at 0.3, 0.5 and 0.7 per cent which was previously mixed well with Tween 20 (v/v with respect to the volume of essential oil) as surfactant in ultrasonic bath sonicator for 10 minutes with a known amount of distilled water. The mixture was homogenized well using a High Shear Homogenizer (220-240V power: 50Hz frequency) at 8000 rpm for 15 minutes. Nanoemulsion coating solution was obtained by subjecting the above emulsion to high pressure homogenizer (model: FPG 11300, Stansted Fluid Power Ltd., Essex, UK) at 200 MPa for 5 passes. \r\nStandardization of edible nanoemulsion coating solution loaded with LPEO. Based on the percentage of corn starch and essential oil, the following treatments (Table 1) are standardized for the development of edible nanoemulsion of citrus peel essential oil. \r\nPhysico chemical characterization of corn starch loaded with lemon peel essential oil (CS-LPEO) edible nanoemulsion. The physicochemical properties such as particle size, polydispersity index, zeta potential, encapsulation efficiency, in vitro release percentage, color value, whiteness index and viscosity of CS-LPEO nanoemulsion (T1 to T6) were analysed by the procedure given below. \r\nParticle Size Analysis and Poly Dispersity Index (PDI) of edible nanoemulsion loaded with LPEO. The particle size of the lemon peel essential oil nanoemulsions was measured using Nano particle analyzer sz-100 at 633 nm, 25°C. Water (refractive index-1.333) was used as a dispersive medium for all the samples. The 0.5μl of sample was suspended in 10ml of water and subjected to sonication process for 5 minutes in a water bath type sonicator and the readings were taken immediately for better dispersion of the samples. The average droplet size (z- average) and PDI was recorded. The PDI value is the measure of heterogeneity in the droplet size distribution. The PDI values close to 0 indicate homogenous size distributions, whereas PDI values close to 1 indicate heterogenous size distributions (Noori et al., 2018).\r\nZeta potential of edible nanoemulsion loaded with LPEO. Electrophoretic mobility of high pressure homogenized edible nanoemulsions was estimated using the Nano particle analyzer sz-100. The zeta potential measurement was carried out on the diluted solutions (0.5μl sample in 10 ml of water) at neutral pH (pH 7). Using a syringe, 1 mL of the appropriate solution was injected in the measurement vessel (special tank U-shaped). The vessel was then positioned in the optical drive of the apparatus. Temperature was set at 25°C and voltage applied was 3.9V. Duration of analysis was approximately 10 minutes (Noori et al., 2018).\r\nEncapsulation efficiency of edible nanoemulsion loaded with LPEO. Encapsulation efficiency of the edible nanoemulsion can be determined by using the following equation.\r\nEncapsulation efficiency (%) = (EO loaded/ EO total) 100 \r\nwhere [EO loaded] = [EO]tot -[EO] free (total and free contents of essential oil in the nanoemulsion suspension). The total amount of essential oil in the nanoemulsion was determined by Double beam UV-VIS Spectrophotometer 2201 over wavelengths ranging from 250 to 450 nm (λmax 274). 1 ml of edible nanoemulsion was treated with 9 ml of acetonitrile and the mixture was centrifuged at 3500 rpm for 15 minutes. An aliquot (4 ml) of the supernatant was diluted with 20 ml of acetonitrile and the amount of essential oil was derived by the absorbance at 274 nm. The free essential oil content in the nanoemulsion was determined by ultra filtration technique. A total of 5 ml of the nanoemulsion was ultra filtered using a membrane filter (0.25m) and 2 ml of the filtrate was diluted with 20 ml of acetonitrile. The absorbance was recorded at 274 nm using a spectrophotometer (Granata et al., 2021).\r\nThe study of the in vitro release of LPEO from the edible nanoemulsion. The in vitro release profile of LPEO from the nanoemulsion was studied using phosphate buffer solution (pH 7.4). The LPEO loaded nanoparticles (750 l) from the aqueous suspension was separated by centrifugation at 10,000 rpm for 5 minutes at 25°C. The separated nanoparticles were resuspended in the buffer solution (1200 l) and incubated at 25°C under general shaking. At definite time interval, samples were withdrawn and centrifuged at 10,000 rpm for 5 minutes at 25°C. 100 l of the supernatant was mixed with 3 ml of ethanol and the in vitro release of LPEO was recorded spectrophometrically at 275 nm (Esmaeili and Asgari 2015). Cumulative percentage of LPEO release was calculated using the equation given below.\r\n \r\nWhere\r\nMt - cumulative amount of LPEO released to each sampling time point, \r\nt- time of release of LPEO-loaded in the nanoemulsion \r\nM0- initial weight of the LPEO-loaded in the nanoemulsion.\r\nColor value and whiteness index of the edible nanoemulsion loaded with LPEO. The colour values of the developed nanoemulsions were recorded using the Hunter lab meter. The L* value was used to measure the lightness ranging from 0 to 100. The + a* value represents red,- a* represents green, +b* represents yellow and −b* represents blue. Three readings were taken for each sample. The results presented were the means of three values. Distilled water was used as reference (Farahmandfar et al., 2020).\r\nWhiteness indices of samples were calculated by formula given below (Das et al., 2020). \r\nWhiteness Index= 100- [(100-L*)2 + a*2 + b*2]1/2\r\nViscosity of the edible nanoemulsion coated loaded with LPEO. Viscosity of edible nanoemulsions was analyzed by Brooke field viscometer using spindle No. 62 at 100rpm. 100ml of the nanoemulsion was placed in beaker for viscosity analysis. Values (cP) were recorded after 30 s for 3 times. The sample holder was cleaned after each reading and values were recorded (Rao and McClements 2012).\r\nStudy of the Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR) profiles of edible nanoemulsion loaded with LPEO. The FTIR profiles of corn starch, tween 20, lemon peel essential oil and corn starch essential oil nanoemulsion were recorded and corrected by air background using a JASCO ATR-FTIR equipped with spectrum software (Spectra measurement JASCO/B006661794, Tensor27, Bruker, Bremen, Germany). The spectra were generated in absorption mode (1655-1615 cm-1) with the resolution of 4 cm-1 (Liu and Liu, 2020). \r\nStudy of the morphology of edible nanoemulsion loaded with LPEO using Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM). A piece of the lemon peel essential oil loaded edible nanoemulsion film was attached to a cylinder stub. The film specimen was dried at 40°C overnight and coated with platinum using an ion sputter. The coated film was further investigated for its microstructure using a scanning electron microscope with an acceleration voltage of 5 kV (Elshamy et al., 2021).\r\n\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nYield of lemon peel essential oil. The yield of lemon peel essential oil (LPEO) from shade dried lemon peel (C. limon) by hydro-distillation method was about 1.5 per cent. \r\nPhysicochemical characteristics of corn starch loaded with lemon peel essential oil (CS-LPEO) edible nanoemulsion. The physicochemical properties such as particle size, polydispersity index, zeta potential, encapsulation efficiency, in vitro release percentage, color value, whiteness index and viscosity of CS-LPEO nanoemulsion (T1 to T6) formulated with different concentration of corn starch (2 and 3 percent) and lemon peel essential oil (0.3, 0.5 and 0.7 per cent) were analysed and the results were presented in Table 2 and 3. \r\nParticle size, polydispersity index (PDI) and zeta potential of CS-LPEO edible nanoemulsions. The term nanoemulsion refers to oil-in-water (o/w) emulsions with mean droplet diameters between 50 and 1000 nm. Typically, droplet sizes range from 100 to 500 nm. Particle size and polydispersity index are crucial markers for describing the quality, stability, homogeneity, and dispersibility of nanoemulsions. The particle size of the nanoemulsions was in the range of 340.10 nm to 358.40 nm. The size of the treatment T1 was 345.40 nm, T2 was 346.10 nm, T3 was 358.40 nm, T4 was 340.10 nm, T5 was 349.00 nm and T6 was 355.10 nm. \r\nThe PDI can range from 0 to 1, where 0 (zero) stands for monodisperse system and 1 for a polydisperse particle dispersion. The PDI of the LPEO nanoemulsions of the present study were in the range of 0.3 to 0.5 which denotes the monodispersed (homogenous) distribution of particles in nanoemulsion. \r\nThe zeta potential is a method of measuring surface charge of particles when it is placed in liquid medium. It provides an accurate description of an emulsion droplet\'s electrical properties. Zeta potential is used for predicting dispersion stability. The zeta potential of corn starch based nanoemulsion loaded with LPEO was in the range of -34.00 to -45.00 as the surface charge of the corn starch molecule was negative. Zeta potential of ±30 mV is believed to be sufficient for ensuring physical stability of nanoemulsion. High zeta potential nanoemulsion particles are electrically stabilized; while, low zeta potential nanoemulsion particles are more prone to flocculation and coagulation. \r\nThe particle size of nanoemulsion formulated with banana starch and lemongrass essential oil was in the range of 180 to 596 nm and banana starch and rosemary essential oil in the range of 164 to 676 nm (Restrepo et al., 2018). Manzoor et al., (2021) reported the particle size of the nanoemulsion formulated with sodium alginate and ascorbic acid to be in the range of 220 to 335 nm. The PDI of sodium alginate based nanoemulsion loaded with Citrus sinensis essential oil was determined as 0.3 by Das et al., (2020). Salvia-Trujillo et al., (2013) had reported the zeta potential of lemongrass oil-alginate nanoemulsion as -46 mV. \r\nEncapsulation efficiency of CS-LPEO edible nanoemulsions. Encapsulation efficiency (EE) is a measure of the ability of a nanocarrier to retain the drug/active ingredient and deliver an adequate amount of the component to the targeted site (Che Marzuki et al., 2019). The EE of nanoemulsion formulated with 2 per cent corn starch and 0.3, 0.5 and 0.7 per cent LPEO was 60.00, 81.00 and 82.00 per cent, respectively whereas the EE of nanoemulsion formulated with 3 per cent corn starch with 0.3 per cent LPEO was 76.66 per cent, with 0.5 per cent LPEO was 82.85 per cent and with 0.7 per cent LPEO it was 83.85 per cent. The higher EE of corn starch nanoemulsion was found in treatment T6 (83.85%). \r\nIn vitro release of CS-LPEO edible nanoemulsions. Drug release from particles generally occurs by various mechanisms such as disintegration, surface erosion, desorption and diffusion. The dominant mechanism of drug release is mainly by diffusion of drug from the particles into the medium (Esmaeili and Asgari, 2015). The release behavior of LPEO from CS-LPEO nanoemulsion in phosphate buffer (pH 7.4) was characterized by three different stages (initial burst release, steady state release and stationary phase release). The initial burst of LPEO from the nanoemulsion occurred within 3 hours of the test period. The LPEO release from nanoemulsion in phosphate buffer was in the range of 57.68- 62.74 per cent. This might be due to instant diffusion and weak interaction functional group of LPEO attached to the surface layer of nanoemulsion. The second steady state release of drug happened between 3-12 hours. The release percentage was higher at this phase and reached upto 94.64 per cent of release of LPEO. The final stationary phase release of drug occurred between 12-48 hours in which there was only a small increase in release percentage after which the release of LPEO reached a plateau. The release of LPEO was significantly higher (P<0.05) in T6 when compared with other treatments. \r\nColor value and whiteness index of CS-LPEO edible nanoemulsions. The color parameters (L*, a*, b*) and the whiteness index of the LPEO loaded nanoemulsions were determined. It was observed that the whiteness index of treatments T1 to T3 was in the range of 49.25 to 49.75 and T4 to T6 was in the range of 49.79 to 50.92. Salvia-Trujillo et al. (2013) reported that the whiteness index of nanoemulsion formulated with sodium alginate loaded with lemongrass essential oil was 42.79. It was also reported that the whiteness index of nanoemulsion prepared from pectin with oregano essential oil was 55.79, thyme essential oil was 43.29, lemongrass essential oil was 39.89 and mandarin essential oil was 38.61 (Guerra-Rosas et al., 2016). \r\nViscosity of CS-LPEO edible nanoemulsions. The viscosity of an emulsion is highly dependent on the compositions of its surfactant, water, and oil components, as well as their concentrations. From the results, it was found that the viscosity of the corn starch LPEO edible nanoemulison was in the range of 10.80 to 18.30 cP. Salvia-Trujillo et al., (2015) reported that the viscosity of coarse emulsions formulated with sodium alginate and essential oils (lemongrass, clove, tea tree, thyme, geranium, marjoram, palmarosa, rosewood, sage or mint) ranged from 22.95 to 36.05 mPa.s, whereas the viscosity of the nanoemulsions were in the range of 9.77 and 14.95 mPa.s. which may be due to the droplet size of the nanoemulsion.\r\nFourier Transformation Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR) analysis of CS-LPEO edible nanoemulsions. The FTIR spectroscopy is based on an infrared beam that travels through a material, where it is primarily absorbed and part of it is transmitted. The resulting spectrum gives the sample a molecular fingerprint by displaying the molecule absorption and transmission. Each sample fingerprint has distinct absorption peaks that correspond to the frequencies of vibrations between the atoms of the material. Because each material is a unique combination of atoms, no two compounds produce the same infrared spectrum. As a result, infrared spectroscopy can positively identify various materials. Furthermore, the size of the peaks in the spectrum indicates the amount of material present in the sample (Silva et al., 2012). \r\nThe FTIR spectrum of LPEO, Tween 20, corn starch and CS-LPEO is given in Fig. 1. From the spectrum of LPEO, the stretching vibration of C=O was observed at 1643 cm-1. Peaks of aromatic C-H out-of-plane bend was observed at 886 cm-1 and 797 cm-1 and a peak of aromatic C-H in plane bend was present at 949 cm-1 which evinces the presence of limonene, α-pinene; β-pinene and γ-terpinenes in the LPEO. The above mentioned peaks are not observed in other spectra which confirmed the encapsulation of LPEO into corn starch in the nanoemulsion. This result was in agreement with Li et al. (2018) who had reported the FTIR spectra of citrus essential oil had a stretching vibration of 1646 cm-1 and the peak corresponds to the presence of limonene at 886 cm-1. Similar studies of FTIR spectra of lemon essential oil was determined by Nunes et al., (2021) who had observed the aromatic rings at 797 cm−1, 886 cm−1 and 948 cm−1 that indicated the presence of limonene, α-pinene, β-pinene and γ-terpinenes respectively.\r\nThe FTIR spectrum of Tween 20 indicated the presence of –OH stretch at 3458 cm-1, asymmetric and symmetric methylene stretch at 2925 cm-1 and 2861 cm-1. Presence of carbonyl stretching (C=O) was found at 1739 cm-1, and stretch vibration of C-O was present at 1093 cm-1. Ortiz-Tafoya and Tecante (2018) evaluated the FTIR spectra of Tween 20 and reported the presence of O-H stretching at 3476 cm-1, asymmetric and symmetric methylene stretching vibrations at 2920/2860 cm-1, carbonyl stretching at 1734 cm-1 and stretch vibration of –CH2-O-CH2 at 1095 cm-1. \r\nThe FTIR spectrum of corn starch revealed the presence of hydrogen bonded –OH stretching vibration at 3326 cm-1. Presence of methyl asymmetric/symmetric stretching and methylene asymmetric/symmetric stretching at 2970 cm-1and 2948 cm-1 are the characteristic peaks of corn starch. A peak at 897 cm-1 represented the C-H bending out of plane ring of polysaccharides. Similar result was reported by Ji et al., (2018) for corn starch. The peak at 3285 cm-1 represented the hydrogen-bonded –OH groups of starch whereas the peak at 2,900 cm-1 attributed to the CH2- asymmetric stretching of – CH2OH groups in starch.\r\nIn CS-LPEO nanoemulsion spectrum, the peak was shifted from 3326 cm-1 to 3338 cm-1 (O-H stretching) and 897 cm-1 to 898 cm-1 (C-H bending out of plane ring of monosaccharides). A new peak was observed at 1995 cm-1 of C=C=C stretching. The distinctive peak of LPEO was not present in the CS-LPEO nanoemulsion, indicating that corn starch had been used to encapsulate the essential oil in the nanoemulsion formulation.\r\nMorphology of CS-LPEO edible nanoemulison using Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM). The SEM can generate high-resolution images of a sample\'s surface. The SEM images have a distinct three-dimensional appearance and are useful for determining surface structure (Silva et al., 2012). The size of the nanoemulsion measured in the micrograph (200 nm -300 nm) was in accordance with the mean particle size of the nanoemulsion measured (Fig. 2). The shape of the nanoemulsion was somewhat spherical in CS-LPEO nanoemulsions. This result was in accordance with the result reported by Wu et al. (2016) who reported the shape of citrus essential oil loaded nanoemulsion as spherical. The size and shape of the final droplets were greatly influenced by the ratio of wall material (corn starch) and core material (LPEO) used. Distribution of nanoemulsion was fairly dense in the nanoemulsions. The surface of the nanoemulsion was rough that might be due to the presence of LPEO.\r\n', 'Aruna T., Hemalatha G., Kanchana S. and Lakshmanan A. (2022). Formulation and characterization of Lemon Peel Essential Oil Loaded Corn Starch Nanoemulsion. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 699-706.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5349, '136', 'Studies on Genetic Variability, Heritability and Genetic Advance for Seed Yield and its Components in Indian Mustard [Brassca juncea (L.) Czern & Coss.]', 'Rajendra Kumar, Ashok Kumar, Tarkeshwar and Dheerendra Kumar', '119 Studies on Genetic Variability, Heritability and Genetic Advance for Seed Yield and its Components in Indian Mustard [Brassca juncea (L.) Czern & Coss.] Tarkeshwar.pdf', '', 1, 'India is the second largest rapeseed–mustard cultivating country in the world after China and third in production after China and Canada, rapeseed-mustard holds a prominent place in the country’s economy. The present investigation has been carried out to study the inter-relationships and direct and indirect effects of yield contributing traits toward seed yield. The experiment was carried out at the Research Farm, Institute of Agriculture Science, Bundelkhand University, Jhansi (U.P.). The experimental material comprising 100 treatments viz., (10 parents + 45 F1\'s + 45 F2\'s) were evaluated in Randomized Block Design with three replications during rabi 2021-2022 to assess the extent of variability present among genotypes and strains of Indian mustard. The data were recorded for fourteen quantitative characters. In F1 generation estimates of heritability in broad sense were observed high for 1000-seed weight (95.27%) followed by number of primary branches per plant while in F2, observed high for test weight (95.66%) followed by number of primary branches/plant (93.66%). High estimates for genetic advance were recorded for 1000-seed weight and number of primary branches per plant (23.02 and 28.15% in F1 and F2) respectively. High heritability and high genetic advance were observed for 1000-seed weight and number of primary branches per plant in both generations. This showed the preponderance of additive gene action in the inheritance of test weight hence, selection would be rewarding. ', 'Indian mustard, Brassica juncea, heritability, variability, genetic advance, GCV, PCV', 'High heritability and high genetic advance were observed for 1000-seed weight and number of primary branches per plant in both generations. It was mainly due to additive gene effects and selection would be effective for these traits. The trait 1000-seed weight also showed the high GCV along with PCV indicates the additive gene action so selection of genotypes would be rewarding for the aforesaid trait.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nBrassica juncea (L.) Czern & Coss (AABB) is the second most important edible oilseed crop in India after the soybean (Saroj et al., 2021). Cytological studies have revealed that B. juncea is a natural allotetraploid or amphidiploid (2n=36), of two diploid species viz., Brassica rapa (also known as Brassica campestris) (AA) (2n=20) and Brassica nigra (BB) followed by natural chromosome doubling (2n=16) (Tomar et al., 2017; Tarkeshwar et al., 2022a). The species has probably evolved in the Middle East, where its putative diploid progenitors are sympatric (Prakash and Hinata 1980; Singh et al., 2022).\r\nIndia is the second-largest rapeseed–mustard-cultivating country in the world after China and third in production after China and Canada (Kumari et al., 2019). During 2018–2019, rapeseed–mustard was cultivated over an area of 5.96 million hectares with production and productivity of 8.32 million tons and 1,397 Kg/ha, respectively in India (Directorate of Economics & Statistics, and Dac & Fw., 2019).\r\nThe existence of genetic variability in any plant population or genetic stock is the pre-requisite for any crop improvement programme. Available genetic stocks with effective variability are the store house of desirable genes for various traits. Hence, before planning a breeding programme, knowledge of important genes and extent of variability present among genotypes is utmost criteria. Thus, the present investigation has been conducted to estimate the extent of variability and heritability for various traits in Indian mustard.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nExperimental Details. The experiment was carried out at the Research Farm, Institute of Agriculture Science, Bundelkhand University, Jhansi (U.P.). The basic material in the present investigation comprised ten varieties/strains of Indian mustard namely, Urvashi, Azad Mahak, R.H.30, Pusa Mustard-25, Kranti, Pusa Mahak-7, NDR-8501, Bio-902, CS-52 and NRCDR-2 were taken from the germplasm maintained at Oilseed Section, Department of Genetics and Plant Breeding, Chandra Shekhar Azad University of Agriculture and Technology, Kanpur (U.P.). Ten genetically diverse genotypes of Indian mustard were subjected to diallel fashion mating design (excluding reciprocals) was attempted during rabi 2019–2020. The F1 seeds of 45 crosses were advanced during the Rabi season of 2020-2021 to raise the F1\'s and were selfed in order to obtain F2\'s seeds. The parents were also maintained through selfing. The experimental material comprising 100 treatments viz., (10 parents + 45 F1\'s + 45 F2\'s) were evaluated in RBD with three replications during rabi 2021-2022. Each parent, F1\'s and F1\'s planted in one row of 5m long 45cm apart; plant to plant distance was maintained 15cm by thinning. All the recommended packages of practices were adopted for raising a good crop. \r\nObservations Recorded. Five competitive plants in parents, F1\'s as well as F2’s were taken randomly for each treatment in each replication and tagged for recording fourteen quantitative traits viz., days to 50% flowering, days to maturity, leaf area index (cm2), plant height (cm), number of primary branches per plant, number of secondary branches per plant, length of main raceme (cm), number of siliquae on main raceme, number of seeds per siliqua, biological yield per plant (g), harvest index (%), 1000-seed weight (g), oil content (%) and seed yield per plant (g).\r\nStatistical Analyses. Theaverage from the five competitive plants was calculated and data were then subjected to estimate the various statistical analyses as Analysis of variance (ANOVA) for R.B.D. (Panse and Shukhatme 1988), Heritability in broad sense (Hanson, 1963) and Genetic advance and genetic advance in percent of mean (Johnson et al., 1955), genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV) and phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV) (Burton, 1952) respectively.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nAnalysis of Variance. The combined analysis of variance (ANOVA) for parents and their forty-five each F1\'s and F2\'s for all the above fourteen characters’ mean sum of squares are presented in Table 1. Significant differences were observed among the treatments (parents, F1\'s and F2\'s) for all the fourteen attributes under investigation. ANOVA for parents and hybrids showed significant differences among all the traits studied except length of main raceme in F1 and plant height and oil content in F2. Similar observations were also reported by Mahendra et al. (2020).\r\nMean performance of Parents, F1\'s and F2\'s. The mean values for all the fourteen characters for parents, F1\'s and F2\'s, and variability expressed in terms of mean and ranges are presented in Table 2. The variation amongst the parents, F1\'s and F2\'s was found highly significant for all the fourteen attributes. However, the magnitude varied from character to character. \r\nIn comparison with parents and F1, the variation in parents was ranged from 51.00 to 56.00 days for days to 50% flowering with mean of 53.40 days, 124.67 to 132.67 days with mean value of 128.47 days for days to maturity, 172.97 to 204.41 cm with mean of 187.93 cm for plant height, 72.42 to 91.04 cm with mean of 80.60 cm for length of main raceme, 1.52 to 2.02 with mean of 1.80 for leaf area index, 5.76 to 8.29 with mean 6.89 for number of primary branches/ plant, 16.26 to 21.27 with mean of 18.92 for number of secondary branches/plant, 264.74 to 375.24 with mean of 333.96 for number of siliquae/plant, 13.46 to 16.45 with mean of 15.10 for number of seeds/siliqua, 3.16 to 4.94 with mean of 4.30 g for 1000-seed weight, 52.07 to 60.57 g with mean of 57.03 g for biological yield/plant, 25.46 to 29.19 with mean of 27.39 per cent for harvest index, 37.05 to 41.56 with mean of 39.62 per cent for oil content and 13.40 to 17.45g with mean of 15.62 g for seed yield/plant.\r\nAmong the F1\'s, the range lies between 46.67 to 54.33 with mean of 50.82 days for days to 50% flowering, 117.33 to 130.67 with mean of 124.98 days for days to maturity, 162.65 to 200.71 with the mean of 183.12 cm for plant height, 73.83 to 87.34 with mean of 80.32 cm for length of main raceme, 1.64 to 2.13 with mean of 1.90 for leaf area index, 6.10 to 9.08 with mean of 7.35 for number of primary branches/plant, 17.64 to 22.92 with mean of 20.01 for number of secondary branches/plant, 288.38 to 392.98 with the mean of 349.85 for number of siliquae/plant, 14.36 to 17.54 with 15.92 for number of seeds/siliqua, 3.38 to 6.04 g with the mean of 4.68 for 1000-seed weight, 55.67 to 67.64 g with mean of 60.82 g for biological yield/plant, 24.18 to 33.44 with mean of 28.32 per cent for harvest index, 37.45 to 44.12 with mean of 40.47 per cent for oil content and 14.48 to 20.48 g with the mean of 17.21 g for seed yield/plant. \r\nIn comparison with parents and F2, the variation in parents ranged from 52.67 to 57.67 days for days to 50% flowering with mean of 54.93 days, 126.33 to 134.33 days with mean value of 130.13 days for days to maturity, 168.00 to 199.44 cm with mean of 182.96 cm for plant height, 67.20 to 82.19 cm with mean of 74.56 cm for length of main raceme, 1.35 to 1.84 with mean of 1.865 for leaf area index, 4.60 to 7.12 with mean 5.72 for number of primary branches/ plant, 13.57 to 18.88 with mean of 16.23 for number of secondary branches/plant, 245.33 to 362.24 with mean of 312.12 for number of siliquae/plant, 12.51 to 15.17 with mean of 13.79 for number of seeds/siliqua, 3.05 to 4.86 with mean of 4.33 g for 1000-seed weight, 50.72 to 57.59 g with mean of 54.70 g for biological yield/plant, 23.86 to 28.15 with mean of 26.61 per cent for harvest index, 36.60 to 40.81 with mean of 39.27 per cent for oil content and 12.56 to 16.14g with mean of 14.56 g for seed yield/plant.\r\nAmong the F1\'s, the range lies between 45.00 to 53.67 with mean of 49.53 days for days to 50% flowering, 116.00 to 127.33 with mean of 122.39 days for days to maturity, 159.32 to 195.87 with the mean of 178.66 cm for plant height, 73.20 to 90.85 with mean of 80.41 cm for length of main raceme, 1.62 to 2.19 with mean of 1.94 for leaf area index, 6.09 to 9.22 with mean of 7.42 for number of primary branches/plant, 17.96 to 23.38 with mean of 20.27 for number of secondary branches/plant, 292.14 to 401.75 with the mean of 355.53 for number of siliquae/plant, 14.13 to 17.86 with 15.99 for number of seeds/siliqua, 3.47 to 6.13 g with the mean of 4.73 for 1000-seed weight, 55.95 to 68.68 g with mean of 61.62 g for biological yield/plant, 23.56 to 33.09 with mean of 28.26 per cent for harvest index, 37.46 to 44.69 with mean of 40.62 per cent for oil content and 14.66 to 20.73 g with the mean of 17.41 g for seed yield/plant. When all the three populations i.e., parents, F1\'s and F2\'s were considered simultaneously, the extent of variability differed from parents’ vis-a-vis F1 hybrids and parents’ vis-a-vis F2 progenies. Similarly, F1 hybrids expressed greater variability in eleven attributes out of fifteen in comparison of the F2 progenies in their investigation had also reported the almost similar results for most of these traits for parents and their F1’s. \r\nHeritability and Genetic advance. The estimates of heritability (broad sense) and genetic advance in per cent over mean of the trait for all the 14 characters in F1 and F2 generations were determined. The findings on these parameters are given in Table 2. \r\n \r\nThe estimates of heritability in broad in sense varied from 54.15% (oil content) to 95.27% (1000-seed weight) in F1 and 35.15% (days to maturity) to 95.66% (1000-seed weight) in F2 generation, respectively. \r\nIn F1 generation estimates of heritability in broad sense were observed high for 1000-seed weight (95.27%) followed by number of primary branches per plant (89.77%), length of main raceme (88.01 %), biological yield/plant (86.51%), plant height (85.1%), number of siliquae/plant (84.05%), seed yield/plant (83.11%), leaf area index (80.66%), days to 50% flowering (79.30%), number of secondary branches/plant (78.93%) and harvest index (76.58%). Moderate values of heritability were observed for days to maturity (57.14%) and oil content (54.15%). \r\nIn F2 generation estimates of heritability in broad sense were observed high for test weight (95.66%) followed by number of primary branches/plant (93.66%), number of siliquae/plant (88.29%), seed yield/plant (86.83%), number of secondary branches/plant (85.66%), leaf area index (84.36%), length of main raceme (82.35%), days to 50% flowering (79.75%), and biological yield/plant (79.09%). While, moderate values of heritability were observed for oil content (54.84%) and low values for days to maturity (35.15%). \r\nThe estimates of genetic advance in per cent over mean was calculated for all 14 characters. The arbitrary scale for genetic advance suggested that if estimated value of genetic advance if, less than 10%, it is low, if it is ranged between 10 to 20 per cent, it is medium and above 20%, it is high. \r\nThe estimates of genetic advance in per cent over mean of the character ranged from 3.92% (days to maturity) to 35.05% (1000-seed weight) in F1\'s and 2.28% (days to maturity) to 35.33% (1000-seed weight) in F2 generation. High estimates for genetic advance were recorded for 1000-seed weight and number of primary branches per plant (23.02 and 28.15% in F1 and F2) respectively. Moderate genetic gain was observed for number of leaf area index (14.54 and 15.83%), number of secondary branches per plant (14.07 and 17.23%), number of siliquae/plant (16.52 and 18.28%), harvest index (13.01 and 13.02%) and seed yield per plant (16.74 and 17.85%) in both F1 and F2 generations, and plant height (10.39%) in F1 generation only. Rest of the traits in both the generations exhibited low estimates of genetic advance in percent of mean. Similar findings were reported by Rout et al. (2019); Gadi et al. (2020).\r\nGenotypic and Phenotypic coefficient of variation. The higher values of genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV) along with phenotypic coefficient (PCV) were recorded for 1000-seeds weight followed by number of primary branches per plant as presented in Table 2. \r\n', 'Rajendra Kumar, Ashok Kumar, Tarkeshwar and Dheerendra Kumar (2022). Studies on Genetic variability, Heritability and Genetic Advance for Seed Yield and its Components in Indian Mustard [Brassca juncea (L.) Czern & Coss.]. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 707-710.'),
(5350, '136', 'Effect and Sensitivity of Gamma Irradiation to Various Biometrical Traits of Cowpea (Vigna unguiculata (L.) Walp.)', 'Sumedha C. Prabhu*, Mothilal, A., Anantharaju, P., Rajan Babu, V., Jeyaprakash, P. and Vanniarajan C.', '120 Effect and Sensitivity of Gamma Irradiation to Various Biometrical Traits of Cowpea (Vigna unguiculata (L.) Walp.) Sumedha C. Prabhu.pdf', '', 1, 'The present study was conducted to assess the effect and sensitivity of gamma rays to different biometrical traits in two popular high yielding, genetically diverse grain type cowpea (Vigna unguiculata (L.) Walp.) varieties viz. Paiyur 1 and Goa cowpea 3. Cowpea is a highly self pollinated crop with limited variability. Inducing mutations can thus play an important role in creating variations within the crop and offer a better opportunity for developing new desirable traits. The two cowpea varieties selected for the study have not undergone mutation studies so far. Hence, an attempt was made to identify desirable mutants by gamma irradiating them. The two cowpea varieties were exposed to varying doses (9 doses) of gamma rays to study their effect on germination, plant survival, seedling length, vigour index, pollen fertility and various quantitative traits like days to 50 per cent flowering, days to maturity, plant height, number of primary branches per plant, number of pod clusters per plant, number of pods per cluster, number of seeds per pod, pod length, hundred seed weight and seed yield per plant. LD50 was calculated for each of the two varieties on the basis probit analysis and the optimum dose were obtained as 200 Gy for Paiyur 1 and 400 Gy for Goa cowpea 3. A dose dependant decrease was noticed for most of the characters in M1 generation. The results indicated that the reduction in germination per cent, shoot length and root length over control was noticed in all mutagenic treatments in both the cultivars, while increased pollen sterility was associated with corresponding increases in dose of mutagens.', 'Cowpea, Gamma rays, in vitro studies and biometrical traits', 'Effect and susceptibility of the two cowpea varieties viz., Paiyur 1 and Goa cowpea 3 for gamma irradiation showed altered / modified phenotypes observed in the M1 generation of mutagen-treated plants. The genetic materials of the two cowpea varieties were severely harmed by the gamma irradiation. From the foregoing discussion, it was concluded that, all the quantitative characters showed a decreasing trend with increasing dose of the mutagen. They exhibited a negative and linear relationship with increasing mutagenic dose.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nCowpea (Vigna unguiculata (L.) Walp.), often known as ‘black-eyed pea’, is a significant food legume crop that is widely grown throughout the world in Southern Europe, Africa, Central and South America, Asia, Oceania, and the United States (Quin, 1997). Cowpea is considered to be one of the most important food sources and offers nutritional security in the semi-arid regions of Sub-Saharan Africa due to its innate drought tolerance and capacity to flourish even in marginal lands. It is used as a vegetable, food, forage crop in the tropics (Steele and Mehra 1972). \r\nThe cowpea is also popularly known to be a ‘poor man’s meat’ owing to its presence of higher level of carbohydrate (57%), higher quantity of quality protein (21-33%) and rich in lysine and tryptophan content compared to other cereals. Also, it is a rich source of minerals (calcium, zinc and iron) and amino acids (ß-carotene, thiamine, riboflavin and folic acid). Cowpea leaves, serves as a green nutritious fodder for the milch animals due to the presence of higher protein content (27-34%). After the harvest of pods, the dried plant could be used as fodder for ruminant animals during the lean season and the in situ decomposition of cowpea roots in the soil enhances the nitrogen level to the tune of 40-80 kg N ha-1 by the symbiotic nitrogen fixation bacteria, Bradyrhizobium spp. (Quin, 1997).\r\nIn India, cowpea is cultivated in an area of 654 lakh hectares with a production of 599 lakh tonnes. The productivity of cowpea is 916 kg ha-1 (Joshi et al., 2018). The major cowpea growing states are Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh and Andhra Pradesh. In Tamil Nadu, cowpea is cultivated in an area of 65,836 hectares with a production of 50,145 tonnes (2019-20) (https://aps.dac.gov.in/APY/Public_Report1.aspx). The productivity of cowpea is 760 kg/ha which is much below the national average. The poor productivity of cowpea is due to its cultivation in the infertile soils under rainfed conditions, propensity towards natural vagaries of monsoon and pathogenic organisms, asynchronous pod maturity, shedding of newly formed pod causes poor sink realisation, inherent nature of indeterminate growth habit and long duration of the crop.\r\nThe strategies for improving the cowpea productions are (i) to enhance the productivity level and bridging the yield gap and (ii) development of high yielding short duration varieties having multiple resistance to accommodate 2-3 crops in a year. Such early maturity varieties can be accommodated well under intercropping situations with sugarcane. \r\nQuantum of genetic variability present in a population is a prime requisite for any crop improvement programme, which ultimately results in the development of high yielding varieties. The availability of natural variability in the gene pool of Vigna unguiculata (L.) Walp. is not sufficient to evolve high yielding cultivars. Hence, it is essential to create genetic variability through specialised techniques like induced mutation by employing physical or chemical mutagens. Many high yielding varieties in castor (Ankinudu et al., 1968), wheat (Swaminathan, 1969), sesame (Sharma, 1993), cowpea (Dhanavel et al., 2008), black gram (Thilagavathi and Mullainathan 2009) and soybean (Pavadai et al., 2010) were developed by mutation breeding approach. \r\nBoth physical and chemical mutagens are extensively used for the creation of genetic variability. However, in the present study, physical mutagen like gamma rays is employed to create genetic variability in cowpea. Gamma rays can induce multiple types of DNA damage, ranging from nucleotide modifications to DNA strand breaks (e.g., oxidized base, a basic sites, single-strand breaks (SSBs), double-strand breaks (DSBs)). If this DNA damage fails to be repaired or is repaired imprecisely, mutations such as single-base substitutions (SBSs), deletions, UPDATEions, inversions, or translocations may occur at the genome scale and finally lead to changes in the phenotypic traits. \r\nThe aim of the present study is to assess the effect and sensitivity of gamma rays on germination, shoot length, root length, seedling height, vigour index, plant survival, pollen fertility and other quantitative traits in M1 generation.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nMaterial of this consists of two popular high yielding grain type cowpea varieties viz. Paiyur 1 and Goa cowpea 3. Pure seeds were obtained from Regional Research Station, Paiyur, Tamil Nadu, India and ICAR-Central Coastal Agricultural Research Institute Goa, India respectively. \r\nTwo hundred healthy seeds of Paiyur 1 and Goa cowpea 3 were selected and exposed to nine doses of gamma rays viz., 100 Gy, 150 Gy, 200 Gy, 250 Gy, 300 Gy, 350 Gy, 400 Gy, 450 Gy, 500 Gy of gamma rays at Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, Kalpakkam, Tamil Nadu. Non-irradiated seeds of these two varieties were considered as control. Hundred seeds in each variety and dosage have been reserved for conducting in vitro studies and the remaining seeds were utilised for raising the M1 generation.\r\nThe in vitro study was conducted with two replications in the Laboratory of Department of Plant Breeding and Genetics, Anbil Dharmalingam Agricultural College and Research Institute, Tiruchirappalli. The gamma ray treated seeds were transferred to moist filter paper for germination studies at the rate of 50 seeds per replication. For comparison, untreated seeds were soaked in normal water for 6 hours and directly placed in the moist filter paper to serve as a control. The treated and untreated seeds were observed on 7th day after sowing for assessing the germination percentage. Shoot length, root length, seedling height were recorded 14 days after sowing. Vigour index is calculated based on the formula suggested by Abdul-Baki and Anderson (1973). The dose of mutagen at which 50 per cent mortality is observed were considered as LD50 value for the variety / genotype. The LD50 value was calculated based on probit analysis.\r\nThe M1 generation of selective doses was raised during late Rabi 2021 season in the experimental field of Department of Plant Breeding and Genetics, Anbil Dharmalingam Agricultural College and Research Institute, Tiruchirappalli. Both treated and untreated seeds were sown in a RBD with two replications. The experimental plots size was 3.3 × 2.5 m2. The rows were spaced 30 cm apart with an inter plant distance of 15 cm. \r\nIn vitro and field observations recorded. For each dose of mutagen, the mean values for germination percentage, survival percentage, shoot length, root length, seedling height and vigour index were recorded under in vitro conditions in the laboratory; whereas, observations viz., plant height at 30 days after sowing, plant height at maturity, days to 50% flowering, days to maturity, number of primary branches per plant, number of pod clusters per plant, number of pods per cluster, pod length, number of seeds per pod, hundred seed weight and seed yield per plant were recorded from all the M1 plants in selected doses and control varieties from each replication. \r\nPollen fertility was also determined by staining the pollens with 1 per cent Iodine-Potassium Iodide stain. The fully stained pollen grains having proper shape were considered as fertile, while the unstained, abnormal shaped and improperly filled pollen grains were categorised as sterile. Pollen fertility per cent (%) was measured as the ratio of fertile to the total number of pollens observed in the microscopic field (10x). This observation was based on 10 randomly sampled flower buds. For this study, one bud was randomly sampled from each of the 10 randomly sampled plants of each plot of each dose.\r\nPollen fertility percentage = Total number of well stained pollen grains/Total number of well stained and unstained pollen grains × 100.\r\nStatistical analysis. The biometrical observations that were made at the relevant phases of the crop were subjected to first order statistical analysis.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Effect of gamma irradiation on germination and survival percentage\r\nThe effect of mutagen on various traits observed viz. germination per cent and survival per cent are presented in Table 1 and 2. Both traits showed a linear, dose-dependent negative relationship as the mutagen\'s dose was increased. The values of the traits showed decreasing trend with the increase in the dose of mutagen. Mohammad et al. (2018) reported that disturbances caused by the mutagen at cellular and physiological levels interfere with the biological processes of the tissues and exhibited significant change in the phenotype. The seed germination percentage ranged from 8 (500 Gy) to 82 (100 Gy) per cent in Paiyur 1 and 25 (500 Gy) to 88(100 Gy) per cent in Goa cowpea 3. The Paiyur 1 control exhibited maximum germination of 95.0 per cent; whereas Goa cowpea 3 registered 93 per cent (Fig. 1 and 2). \r\nIn terms of percentage reduction over the control, the range was from 13.68(100 Gy) to 91.57 (500 Gy) per cent in Paiyur 1 and from 5.37 (100 Gy) to 73.11(500 Gy) per cent in Goa cowpea 3. Similar results showing dose dependent decrease in germination were earlier reported by Ramya et al. (2014), Uma and Salimath (2001) and Akilan et al. (2020). Fifty per cent reduction in germination was observed around 200 Gy-250Gy in Paiyur 1 and 350 Gy - 400 Gy in Goa cowpea 3.\r\nThe survival rate also showed a similar decreasing trend in all mutagenic treatments compared to its respective control (Paiyur 1: 88% and Goa cowpea 3: 89 %) on 30th day. The survival percentage ranged from 5.68 (500 Gy) to 86.36 (100 Gy) per cent in Paiyur 1 and 23.59 (500 Gy) to 95.50 (100 Gy) per cent in Goa cowpea 3. The percent reduction of survived seedlings over the control also exhibited a reduction ranging from 13.63 (100 Gy) to 94.31 (500 Gy) per cent in Paiyur 1 and from 4.49 (100 Gy) to 76.40 (500 Gy) per cent in Goa cowpea 3. The inability of the mutagen treated cells to repair the damage done to them could be the cause of the reduction in survival percentage. These findings are similar with the previous reports of Ugorji et al. (2012), Dhanavel and Girija (2009) and Kumar V Ashok (2010).\r\nB. Effect of gamma irradiation on root length, shoot length, seedling height and vigour index \r\nThe effects of mutagen on shoot length, root length, seedling height and vigour index are presented in Table 3 and 4. \r\nThe length of the seedlings was recorded after 14 days. Mean seedlings length ranging from 8.65 (500 Gy) to 31.19 cm (100 Gy) in Paiyur 1 and from 16.96 (500 Gy) to 33.54 cm (100 Gy) in Goa cowpea 3 (Fig. 7, 8). In terms of percentage reduction in the seedling length, it ranged from 7.23 (100 Gy) to 74.27 per cent (500 Gy) in Paiyur 1 and from 7.12 (100 Gy) to 53.03 per cent (500 Gy) in Goa cowpea 3. The reduction in length was also observed in soybean (Pepol, 1989) due to irradiation.\r\nThe vigour index showed a maximum value of 25.57 (100 Gy) and minimum of 0.69 (500 Gy) in Paiyur 1. Percentage reduction of vigour index over the control revealed minimum reduction in 100 Gy and maximum reduction in 500 Gy. Highest and lowest vigour index was reported in 100 Gy (29.51) and 500 Gy (4.24) respectively in Goa cowpea 3. Percentage reduction of vigour index followed the similar trend as in Paiyur 1.\r\nC. Effect of gamma irradiation on pollen fertility\r\nThe mean pollen fertility in both mutant populations and the percentage drop with its respective control are presented in Table 5. The control varieties Paiyur 1 and Goa cowpea 3 exhibited maximum pollen fertility of 92.95 and 91.53 per cent respectively. A gradual reduction in pollen fertility with increased dose of the mutagen has been observed. Pollen fertility was found to be maximum with lesser dose of 100 Gy (88.09 per cent in Paiyur 1 and 88.38 per cent in Goa cowpea 3) and minimum with higher dose 500 Gy (29.65 per cent in Paiyur 1 and 37.80 per cent in Goa cowpea 3) in both the varieties. The reduction in pollen fertility in terms of percentage ranged from 5.23 (100 Gy) to 68.10 per cent (500 Gy) in Paiyur 1 and from 3.45 (100 Gy) to 58.70 per cent (500 Gy) in Goa cowpea 3. The increased pollen survival in lesser dose has been mainly attributed to chromosomal interchange, least chromosomal aberration and gene mutation. Ramya et al. (2014), Kumar et al. (2009) recorded reduction in pollen fertility in comparison to the control.\r\nD. Effect of gamma irradiation on other biometrical traits\r\nThe other biometrical traits viz. days to 50% flowering, days to maturity, plant height at maturity, number of primary branches per plant, number of pod clusters per plant, number of pods per cluster, pod length, hundred seed weight, seed yield per plant were recorded and the mean values were presented in Table 6 and 7. All the traits showed decrease in the mean values with increase in the dose of the mutagen in the M1 generation.\r\nThe variability of quantitative characters influencing yield was much greater in mutagenic progenies than in control (Prasad, 1976). These mutagens\' capacity to infiltrate living organisms\' cells and interact with DNA results in the general harmful effects linked to their mutagenic capabilities. Thus their effects are mainly due to the direct interactions between the mutagen and the DNA molecules (Mensah et al., 2007). \r\nMutagens have the potential to induce physiological functions, which often manifests growth retardation and unrestricted cell death in M1 generation (Mak et al., 1986). This is consistent with recent research, which showed that gamma rays had an inhibitory influence on yield performance.\r\nThe height was measured at 30 days and at maturity. There was a reduction in the height observed with increasing mutagenic dose. The control heights were found to be 20.4 cm (30 days old seedling) and 72.5 cm (at maturity) for Paiyur 1. While for Goa cowpea 3 it was found to be 16.5cm (30 days old seedling) and 32.5 (at Maturity). Thereafter, heights of the plants reduced in both the cultivars. \r\nThe number of days to 50% flowering showed a declining trend in the selective doses over the control in both the varieties. Fifty per cent flowering was attained in 55 days in Paiyur 1 and 68 days in Goa cowpea 3 variety. All the investigated mutagenic treatments noticed lower mean plant heights than the control. The control Paiyur 1 and Goa cowpea 3 recorded mean plant height of 72.5 cm and 32.5 cm respectively. Also, number of primary branches per plant showed gradual reduction as compared to the control (Paiyur 1: 7.68 and Goa cowpea 3: 5.4). Similar results of reduction in the number of primary branches per plant in sesame in M1 generation were reported by Prabhakar (1985). \r\nNumber of pod clusters per plant showed decreasing values with increase in the mutagenic dose as compared to control (Paiyur 1: 19.34 and Goa cowpea 3: 4.89). Number of pods per cluster showed a declining trend and ranging from 3.5 (150Gy) to 2 (250Gy) as compared to the two control varieties viz., Paiyur 1 (4) and Goa cowpea 3 (3). Reduced pod count could be caused likely by the toxicity of the mutagen, inhibiting action of enzymes, and changes in enzyme activity. Pod length also showed a slight decline in the mean values varied from 14.18 cm (150Gy) to 12.11 cm (250Gy) in comparison with control (15.83 cm) in Paiyur 1 and from 18.5cm (350Gy) to 16 cm (450 Gy) compared to control (23.77cm) in Goa cowpea 3.\r\nNumber of seeds per pod did not show much variation in the three doses of Paiyur 1 variety as compared to control. The mean number of seeds per pod was 13 in all the studied doses. In Goa cowpea 3 variety, control had registered an average of 19 seeds per pod whereas, 350 Gy showed a mean of 10 seeds per pod and 400 Gy showed an average of 9 seeds per pod. Hundred seed weight also showed a similar kind of reduction over the control in both the varieties.\r\nIn all mutagenic treatments, the seed yield per plant showed a dose-dependent, negative, and linear relationship with the increased dose of mutagen. The reduction in this trait may also be attributed to the increase in seed sterility at higher doses of the treatment.\r\nSimilar results were observed in different crops by several mutagens. Banu et al. (2005) observed reduced seed yield per plant in combined treatments with gamma rays and EMS in Solanum melongena L. \r\n \r\n\r\nAll the morphological characters of M1 generation showed a decline with increasing dose of the mutagenic treatment compared to control. The quantitative characters gradually increased with increasing dose of the mutagen. The maximum reduction of quantitative characters was observed at 250 Gy in Paiyur1 and at 450 Gy in Goa cowpea 3. \r\nThe limited morphological differences may result from physiological and other genetic disruptions such as chromosomal damage, altered coiling, failure, or restricted pairing of chromosomes. Such results were earlier reported in linseed (Rai, 1978), green gram (Koteswara Rao et al., 1983), cowpea (Odeigah et al.,1998) and niger (Naik and Murthy, 2009) crops.\r\n', 'Sumedha C. Prabhu, Mothilal, A., Anantharaju, P., Rajan Babu, V., Jeyaprakash, P. and Vanniarajan C. (2022). Effect and Sensitivity of Gamma Irradiation to Various Biometrical Traits of Cowpea (Vigna unguiculata (L.) Walp.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 711-723.'),
(5351, '136', 'Compatibility of Trichoderma species with Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR)', 'Pavitra*, Gangadhara Naik B., Meghana S.P., Ranjana Joshi and Nandish M.S.', '121 Compatibility of Trichoderma species with Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR) Pavitra.pdf', '', 1, 'Trichoderma are the biocontrol agents, plays an important role in integrated disease management as a key constituent. These fungi have been widely studied for their biocontrol activities viz., micoparasitism, antibiosis, competition for nutrient and space, niche exclusion, stress tolerance, induced resistance in plants as well as inactivation of the pathogens enzymes by producing various antimicrobial compounds. Along with Trichoderma other important beneficial microorganisms like plant growth promoting rhizobacteria’s also present in the soil ecosystem. Trichoderma spp. and PGPR’s are often predominant components of the mycoflora in soil, litter, organic matter and rhizospheric ecosystem of all climatic zones. Which are helps in plant growth and development. In order to know the interaction (positive or negative) between PGPR’s and Trichoderma spp. present investigation was carried out using four species of PGPR’s viz., Bacillus megaterium, Bacillus mucilagenosus, Azotobacter and Pseudomonas fluorescens and three species of Trichoderma viz., T. asperillum, T. virens, and T. aureoviridae using dual plate technique method. Among all the PGPR’s B. mucilagenosus, B. megaterium, showed 100% compatibility, whereas Azotobacter was moderately compatible and Pseudomonas fluorescens showed least compatibility. This shows both the biocontrol agents (except Pseudomonas fluorescens) can be applied to plants in combination will helps in enhancing the plant growth and development, protects plants from pest and disease also produces many antimicrobial enzymes which helps in plant defense mechanism.', 'Trichoderma, Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR), biocontrol activities, Compatibility', 'The species of Trichoderma tested were found to be compatible with the all four isolates of plant growth promoting rhizobacteria. However among the PGPR highest level of compatibility (100 %) was recorded with Bacillus megaterium, whereas Bacillus mucilagenosus and Azotobacter are moderately compatible and Pseudomonas fluorescence showed least compatible with all the species of Trichoderma. The results obtained could be utilized to develop a microbial formulation (microbial consortia) for the benefit of the forming community.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nNow a days due to biotic and abiotic stresses leads to severe yield reduction. Biotic constraints includes like fungi, bacteria, virus, nematodes, weeds and insects which causes yield loss up to 31 to 42 per cent (Agrios, 2005). To manage these, farmers also using exhaustive amount of pesticide increases year by year. These results in environment pollution as well as negative effect on non target organisms. Continuous and tremendous uses of chemical pesticides create high selection pressure on pathogens and force them to undergo mutation and develop pesticide resistance races. \r\nOne of the important biocontrol agent is Trichoderma, possessing reasonable biological control attributes belonging to species T. harzianum, T. ressey, T. asperellum, T. viridae, T. virens, T. aureoviridae, T. konigii etc. These fungi have been widely studied for their biocontrol activities viz., micoparasitism, antibiosis, competition for nutrient and space, niche exclusion, stress tolerance, induced resistance in plants as well as inactivation of the pathogen’s enzymes by producing various antimicrobial compounds. The most commonly used microbial biopesticides are living organisms, which are parasites for the pest of interest. These include biofungicides, bioherbicides, and bioinsecticides (Gupta and Dikshit 2010).\r\nBio-control agents, manage pathogens either by producing many toxic metabolites specific to the pest, preventing establishment of other microorganisms through their modes of action. Application of certain compatible plant growth-promoting rhizobacteria (PGPR) with Trichoderma also increases phenlyalanine ammonia lyase (PAL) and peroxidase (PO) activities upto 50 and 25 per cent respectively (Sarma et al., 2015; Singh et al., 2015). PGPR’s are considered as one of the best strategies; a better alternative for sustainable agriculture, and a viable solution to meet the challenges of plant disease management, global food security and environmental stability. Use of PGPR’s due to its sustainable and environmentally friendly mechanisms of plant growth promotion, is becoming more widespread in the agricultural industry. PGPR’s helps in nutrient fixation, phosphorous solubalizaton, potassium solubaliztion, siderophore production, zinc solubilization and production of phytohormones. PGPR’s such as Bacillus, Pseudomonas, Arthrobacter, and Azospirillum are major genuses and have many species (Shah et al., 2021).\r\nIn this study PGPR’s (Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria) like Pseudomonas fluorescens, Bacillus megaterium, Azotobacter and Bacillus mucilagenosus were used. Besides the classic mycorrhizal fungi and PGPR’s, other plant-growth-promoting fungi such as Trichoderma spp. (Teleomorph: Hypocrea) can protected from numerous pathogens by responses that are similar to systemic acquired resistance (SAR) and rhizobacteria induced systemic resistance (Wees et al., 2015). So both PGPR’s and Trichoderma spp. frequently enhances root growth and development, crop productivity, uptake and use of nutrients and resistance to biotic and abiotic stress. Keeping in this view, investigation was undertaken to study the “Compatibility of Trichoderma spp. with plant growth promoting rhizobacteria”. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nTrichoderma spp. and PGPR’s. In this study, to check the compatibility between Trichoderma spp. and PGPR’s different Trichoderma spp. were used. Those are, Trichoderma asperillum, Trichoderma virens and Trichoderma aureoviridae and PGPR’s (Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria) like Pseudomonas fluorescens, Bacillus megaterium, Azotobacter and Bacillus mucilagenosus. Compatibility test was carried out with the help of dual culture technique.\r\nDual culture technique. Twenty ml of sterilized and cooled potato dextrose agar was poured into sterile Petri plates under aseptic condition and allowed to solidify. For evaluation of compatibility of Trichoderma with PGPR (Morton and Strouble 1955), the suspension of PGPR will be streaked one day earlier at one end of the of the Petri plate and the Trichoderma spp. of mycelial discs (5 mm) was placed at another end of the petriplate by leaving 2mm periphery of petriplate. In control only Trichoderma disc was placed. The plates were incubated at 27±1°C and zone of inhibition was recorded by measuring the clear zone between the margins of the organisms. The colony diameter in control plate was also recorded. \r\nThe per cent inhibition of growth of the Trichoderma spp. with the PGPR’s was calculated by using the formula as suggested by Vincent (1947).\r\nI= (C-T)/C ×100\r\nWhere,\r\nI = Per cent inhibition\r\nC = Growth in control plate\r\nT = Growth in treatment plate\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe study was aimed to identify the compatibility of Trichoderma spp. with different PGPR’s. In vitro study revealed that, among different PGPRs Bacillus mucilagenosus was found to be the best organism which showed compatibility with all the three Trichoderma species, Trichoderma asperillum, Trichoderma virens and Trichoderma aureoviridae i.e., with 100 per cent compatibility followed by Bacillus megaterium which exhibited the 100 per cent compatible with T. asperillum and T. aureoviridae whereas 98.45 per cent compatible with T. virens Whereas Azotobacter was 96.30 per cent compatibility with T. aureoviridae, followed by, Trichoderma asperillum and Trichoderma virens at 95.56 and 91.49 per cent, respectively. Also Pseudomonas fluorescens was found to be compatible with T. aureoviridae, T. asperillum and T. virens about 95.60, 75.93 and 80.38 per cent, respectively.\r\nAll the three isolates of Trichoderma are showed about 80 to 100 percent compatability with Bacillus mucilagenosus followed by Bacillus megaterium, Pseudomonas fluorescens and Azotobacter. Due to different mode of action to inhibit the plant pathogens of Trichoderma and PGPRs. They are mutual in nature hence they are compatible with each other. Little bit inhibition due to siderophores and enzymes produced by PGPRs will hinder the growth of Trichoderma spp. They are equally antagonistic with each other individually (Table 1 and Fig. 1). The result was contradict with the results of (Lorito et al., 1993; Sridhar et al., 1993; Jayarajan and Ramabadran, 1999; Montealegre et al., 2003; Rudresh et al., 2005; Niranjan et al., 2009; Sandheep et al., 2013; Akthar and Tanweer 2014; Tanushree et al., 2017; Majumder et al., 2019) showed that PGPR’s and Trichoderma mixture were statistically at on par to manage plant diseases also increase in growth and development of the plants.\r\n', 'Pavitra, Gangadhara Naik B., Meghana S.P., Ranjana Joshi and Nandish M.S. (2022). Compatibility of Trichoderma species with Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 724-727.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5352, '136', 'Monitoring of Pink Bollworm, Pectinophora gossypiella (Saund.) throughout the Cropping Season by Gossyplure', 'Lalsingh Rathod*, A.V. Kolhe, D.B. Undirwade, A.K. Sadawarte, S.K. Bhalkare and P.K. Rathod', '122 Monitoring of Pink Bollworm, Pectinophora gossypiella (Saund.) throughout the Cropping Season by Gossyplure Lalsingh Rathod.pdf', '', 1, 'Pink bollworm is the most serious and destructive cotton pest, causing locule damage to the tune of 55% and a reduction in seed cotton yield ranging from 35% to 90%. (Narayanan, 1962). This pest must be monitored on a regular basis in order to gain insight into seasonal population fluctuations and achieve effective control. Pesticides are widely used as a major weapon in the fight against this pest damage. In India, total insecticides used to control bollworms alone were 9410 MT in 2003-04, valued at 747.6 crores (Kranthi, 2012). Despite consuming such a high percentage of pesticides, pink bollworm pressure could not be controlled and instead worsened the situation by becoming resistant to both Bt toxins and major insecticides. It is now necessary to switch from conventional management methods to cutting-edge, economical, and environmentally friendly pheromone-based techniques to combat PBW in Bt cotton. Considering all those things in view an experiment was undertaken at the cotton research unit, Dr. Panjabrao Deshmukh Krishi Vidyapeeth, Akola, (Maharashtra) for two years (2019-20 and 2020-21). During the year 2019-20 a sudden increase in the number of moth trap catches was witnessed during December’s second fortnight (corresponding to 52nd SMW / first cotton picking) i.e. 341 moth/ trap/ fortnight and continued at a high level till the end of February’s first fortnight (corresponding to 7th SMW/second and third cotton picking). Thereafter the moth trap catches showed a gradual decrease in number in subsequent months. Similarly, the pink bollworm moth trap catches recorded during the second (2020-21) year were found marginally greater than in the first year and began earlier. The number of PBW moth trap catches increased gradually reaching its peak during the December’s first fortnight (corresponding to 50th SMW/peak boll bursting) i.e. 376.4 moth/ trap/ fortnight and thereafter gradually declined.', 'Pink bollworm, Pectinophora gossypiella, gossyplure, monitoring, pheromone trap', 'While monitoring pink bollworm moth catches during both the year, the PBW moth trap catches registered from June 1st fortnight (corresponding to crop sowing), thereafter its population increased gradually and reached its peak during December – January (corresponding to peak boll bursting and cotton picking) and then after declined.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe pink bollworm Pectinophora gossypiella (Saunders) (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae) is one of the most important cotton pests, causing maximum seed cotton loss in quantity and quality throughout the world\'s cotton-growing areas (Pearson, 1958). PBW is emerging as a serious pest, and its activity is observed for a brief period beginning in January and ending in April. In recent years, the pest has been frequently observed during early flowering. The PBW larvae enter the fruiting body shortly after emergence. As a result, farmers are completely unaware of the damage caused by PBW until the boll opens, and thus cannot employ any pest-specific control measures.\r\nSince the damage and stages of pink bollworm are not visible – therefore it is necessary to monitor pink bollworm infestation on the crop, during the cropping season. This can be done easily through the use of gossyplure pheromone baited traps that attract the males. Sex pheromone gossyplure is an effective attractant for male moths of pink bollworm and can be used successfully for mass trapping, monitoring seasonal emergence, to work out the peak periods of bollworms and their correlation with weather parameters. This will facilitate the proper timing of insecticidal spray and other control measures for the management of bollworms. Results in a substantial reduction in the number of pesticide applications required for the control of bollworms during the cotton growing season. Pheromone traps are frequently used at low densities for monitoring purposes, and it is well known that trapping doesn\'t significantly reduce a pest\'s population or the severity of its damage. These two features set the idea of mass trapping with pheromone compounds apart. The key elements of mass trapping are placing a high density of traps in the crop that needs to be protected and achieving some level of control by removing an adequate high proportion of individuals from the population. \r\nTo reduce the number of adults available for mating, control the population, and postpone the development of the next generation, mass trapping techniques are used in the field to capture males of newly emerged moths. For mass trapping of PBW, it is advised to install at least 20 traps per hectare and to reap the full benefits, it is best to do so two weeks prior to the first flowering, as this lowers the likelihood that first-generation larvae will establish themselves in the flowers. For a better outcome, pheromone septa must be changed on a regular basis and the traps must be kept in place until the last cotton is picked.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHOD\r\nFor Monitoring of pink bollworm, throughout the cropping season, “Pherosensor sleeve” traps baited with gossyplure were used. These rubber septa were impregnated with gossyplure (Cis-7, cis-11-Hexadecadien-1-yl acetate). At the experimental farm of Cotton research unit, Dr. PDKV Akola in one-acre area five such traps were installed at 1-2 feet height above the plant depending on the crop stage. The traps were rebaited at 30 days intervals to maintain them at full catching efficiency. The observation on PBW moth trap catches was recorded at fortnight intervals from June (corresponding to 23rd SMW / crop initiation) till March (corresponding to 11th SMW / crop uprooting) during both the years 2019-20 and 2020-21.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nDuring the year 2019-20, the PBW moth trap catches were recorded in the experimental form of cotton research unit revealed that the PBW moth trap catches started from the June third week (corresponding to 24th SMW / crop initiation) i.e. 5.4 moth/trap/fortnight. The build-up in the number of PBW moth trap catches was more or less steady till the October first fortnight (corresponding to 42nd SMW / green boll full maturity), thereafter there was a gradual increase in number of moth trap catches observed from October second fortnight to December first fortnight (corresponding to 44th to 50th SMW/ boll bursting). A sudden increase in the number of moth trap catches was witnessed during December’s second fortnight (corresponding to 52nd SMW / first cotton picking) i.e. 341.0 moth/trap/fortnight and continued at a high level till the end of February’s first fortnight (corresponding to 7th SMW / second and third cotton picking). Thereafter the moth trap catches showed a gradual decrease in number in subsequent months.\r\nThe data recorded during the year 2020-21 showed that PBW moth trap catches began from the June second week (corresponding to 23rd SMW/ crop initiation) i.e. 6.8 moth/trap/fortnight. The number of PBW moth trap catches increased gradually reaching its peak during the December first fortnight (corresponding to 50th SMW / peak boll bursting) i.e. 376.4 moth/ trap/ fortnight and thereafter PBW moth trap catches gradually declined. The pink bollworm moth trap catches recorded during the second year was found marginally greater than in the first year PBW moth trap catches.\r\nThe Pooled analysis of data (Table 1) did not deviate from the previous two year’s results and revealed that the PBW moth trap catches started from the June third week (corresponding to 24th SMW / crop initiation) i.e. 6.1 moth/trap/fortnight. The build-up in number of PBW moth trap catches was more or less steady till the October first fortnight (corresponding to 42nd SMW / green boll full maturity), thereafter there was a gradual increase in the number of moth trap catches observed from October second fortnight to December first fortnight (corresponding to 44th to 50th SMW/ boll bursting). A sudden increase in the number of moth trap catches was witnessed during December’s second fortnight (corresponding to 52nd SMW / first cotton picking) i.e. 352.5 moths/trap/ fortnight and continued at a high level till the end of February’s first fortnight (corresponding to 7th SMW / second and third cotton picking). Thereafter the moth trap catches showed a gradual decrease in number in subsequent months.\r\nThese results are in accordance with the findings of Sandhya Rani et al. (2010), who reported that the incidence of PBW moth trap catches began in September and remained relatively stable until the second week of November corresponding to the 45th SMW (8.2 moths/trap), after which there was a gradual increase in PBW moth trap catches from the third week of November corresponding to 46th SMW (26.44 moths/trap) to the second week of December corresponding to 49th SMW (44.52 moths/trap).\r\nSimilarly, Qureshi et al. (1984) discovered that the pink bollworm moth population remained active throughout the year, with a low population during the hot summer months of May to July in Pakistan\'s Sindh region. From May to September, the moth population was drastically reduced, and it began to increase again in October, reaching a peak in October. In both cotton growing seasons, there were two distinct moth population peaks: one in March/April and a larger one in October.\r\nMoreover, the present findings are also supported by work carried out by earlier workers like Dhawan and Sidhu (1984); Cividanes (1989); Gupta et al. (1990), Michel and Gomez (1992); Korta and Lingappa (1996); Naik et al. (1996); De Melo et al. (2012); Ramesh Babu and Meghwal (2014); Khuhro et al. (2015); Sharma et al. (2015).\r\n', 'Lalsingh Rathod, A.V. Kolhe, D.B. Undirwade, A.K. Sadawarte, S.K. Bhalkare and P.K. Rathod (2022). Monitoring of Pink Bollworm, Pectinophora gossypiella (Saund.) throughout the Cropping Season by Gossyplure. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 728-731.'),
(5353, '136', 'Genetic Variability and Inter-Relationships among Grain Physical Quality Traits in Mungbean (Vigna radiata L. Wilczek)', 'Jenifer Sylvia J., Murugan E., Muthuramu S., Renuka R. and Vellaikumar S.', '123 Genetic Variability and Inter-Relationships among Grain Physical Quality Traits in Mungbean (Vigna radiata L. Wilczek) Jenifer Sylvia J.pdf', '', 1, 'Hundred seed weight is one of the crucial quantitative traits which directly influences the yield. Seeds are classified based on their hundred seed weight as bold (> 5 g), medium bold (4–4.9 g) and small seeds (< 4 g). Bold seeded types are preferred by most of the consumers for making sundal, sprouts, snacks, etc., Limited information is only available on the mungbean grain quality traits. Thus, the present study was undertaken to estimate the genetic variability and association for fourteen grain quality traits in 20 mungbean genotypes. The hundred seed weight is an important grain quality trait that is influenced by other physical quality traits like dry seed volume, soaked seed volume, hydration capacity, swelling capacity, hydration index and swelling index, etc., According to the correlation studies from the twenty green gram genotypes, a highly significant and positive association was observed for hundred seed weight with dry seed weight followed by soaked seed volume, soaked seed weight, cooking time, dry seed volume, dry seed density and swelling capacity. Path analysis revealed that water absorption percentage recorded the highest direct effect followed by hydration capacity, dry seed weight and dry seed density. The traits like soaked seed weight (g), water absorption percentage (%), volume expansion percentage (%), hydration capacity, hydration index, swelling capacity and swelling index expressed high PCV, GCV, heritability and genetic advance as a percentage of the mean. Hence, these traits can be given importance during selection for improving quality aspects in green gram as they exhibit more genetic variability and responds well to selection.', 'Correlation, physical quality, sensory evaluation and mungbean', 'Superior genotypes were identified based on the performance of each trait and presented in Table 5. The genotype, VGG 18002 was identified as the superior genotype for hundred seed weight, dry seed weight, soaked seed weight, dry seed volume and soaked seed volume. Co 8 is a desirable variety for soaked seed density, water absorption percentage, hydration capacity and hydration index. The genotype, RM 20-13 expressed high mean values for volume expansion percentage and swelling index. The genotype, COGG 13-39 recorded the high swelling capacity and the genotype, Asha mung recorded the lowest cooking time. Hence, these genotypes can be utilized in the hybridization programme for grain quality improvement. The bold seeded genotypes generally require more cooking time compared to medium and small-seeded genotypes. Dry seed weight, soaked seed volume, soaked seed weight, cooking time, dry seed volume, dry seed density and swelling capacity were highly positively correlated with hundred seed weight. \r\nHowever, bold seeded types registered more volume expansion percentage (> 50%) than small seeded types excluding the genotype, RM 20-13. Moreover, the bold seeded types are soft and palatable compared to others, which may be suitable for snack and sundal purpose. Hence, based on the consumer preference, the small and medium seeded types can be recommended for sambar and dhal purpose and bold seeded types for snacks and sundal purposes.\r\n', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nIndia has obtained a ubiquitous position as a prime producer, leading consumer and exporter of pulses among the other countries. Pulses are an indispensable source of protein alongside low fat and high fiber content in most of the developing countries. On top of that, they are also a great source of vitamins and minerals namely, folate, vitamin-‘C’, iron, zinc and magnesium. Mungbean (Vigna radiata L. Wilczek) is the third most important pulse crop in the world which occupies an extensive portion of the vegetarian diet as an alternative to meat in all over the world. It is the best and cheapest source of daily dietary nutrition for human and animal consumption. Globally, mungbean occupies an area of about 7.3 million ha with a productivity of 731 Kg/ha. Of the total global mungbean production of 5.3 million tonnes, India and Myanmar each contribute 30% to the production (Nair and Schreinemachers 2020). Mungbean encompasses protein, fiber and ash in the range of 22.9–26.3%, 3.80–7.00% and 3.1–4% respectively (Enyiukwu et al., 2020; Kumar and Pandey 2020). It also contains various biochemical compounds (Hou et al., 2019) which have nephroprotective, hepato-protective, anti-inflammatory and anticancer properties (Gupta et al., 2018; Sudhakaran and Bukkan 2021).\r\nHaving a prior and foremost knowledge of the physicochemical properties of mungbeanhelp in transportation, storage, processing, seed quality assessment and marketing (Sastry et al., 2019). Hundred seed weight is one of the important quality traits in mungbean as most of the varieties used for sundal, sprouts and snacks purposes are bold seeded (> 5 g). It is influenced by various physicochemical properties of seeds alike hydration capacity, swelling capacity, water absorption capacity and volume expansion ratio. Hydration and cooking are two both different and interrelated processes. Hydration should occur before or during cooking so that seed softening and starch gelatinization occurs which are the two vital parameters of cooked grain (Honnappa et al., 2018). Cooking quality largely depends on hydration capacity and volume expansion ratio. It is also determined by starch, the internal structure of the seed, permeability and compactness of the seed coat.\r\nIn India, Mungbean breeding is mainly focused on yield improvement alongside the development of biotic and abiotic stress resistance and less consideration is given to quality aspects of mungbean. Limited information is only available on the physicochemical properties and cooking quality based on the breeding lines and mini core collections, etc., Henceforth, the present experimental study was undertaken to assess the genetic variability and association studies among the hundred seed weight and physiochemical traits in mungbean.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nPlant material. Twenty mungbean genotypes were raised in the research farm of the Department of Plant Breeding and Genetics, Agricultural College and Research Institute (AC&RI), Madurai in January 2022. A spacing of 30 × 10 cm was adopted. Recommended cultural and agronomic practices were undertaken at timely intervals. The harvested seeds were used for determining the physicochemical traits namely hundred seed weight (g), dry seed weight (g), soaked seed weight (g), dry seed volume (g/ml), soaked seed volume(g/ml), dry seed density, soaked seed density, hydration capacity, hydration index, water absorption percentage (%), volume expansion percentage (%), swelling capacity, swelling index and cooking time (min).\r\nPhysico-chemical properties. The methodology of Santhan and Shivshankar (1978) was used to determine the physical properties of seeds namely, hundred seed weight, dry seed weight, soaked seed weight, dry seed volume, soaked seed volume, dry seed density, soaked seed density, hydration capacity, hydration index, water absorption percentage, volume expansion percentage, swelling capacity and swelling index. Hundred seed weight was ascertained by weighing 100 seeds in triplicate of each genotype using an electronic weighing balance and their mean value was expressed in g. 50 seeds of each genotype are soaked in distilled water for overnight.\r\nA. Dry seed weight (DSW). The initial weight of fifty seeds was taken as dry seed weight(g).\r\nB. Soaked seed weight (SSW). The weight of overnight soaked fifty seeds was ascertained as soaked seed weight (g).\r\nC. Dry seed volume (DSV). The volume of seeds was determined by the volume displacement method. 50 seeds were dispersed in 50 ml water contained in a 100 ml measuring cylinder and the immediate displacement in the volume of water was taken as dry seed volume.\r\nD. Soaked seed volume (SSV). The volume of soaked seeds was measured by placing the soaked seeds in a 100 ml measuring cylinder containing 50 ml of water. The immediate displacement in the volume was taken as soaked seed volume.\r\n \r\nE. Dry seed density (DD). The density of seed was ascertained by dividing dry seed weight by dry seed volume.\r\nF. Soaked seed density (SD). The density of soaked seed was measured by the ratio of soaked seed weight to soaked seed volume.\r\n \r\nG. Water absorption percentage (WAP). The water absorption percentage was calculated by using the following formula,\r\n \r\nH. Volume expansion percentage (VEP). The volume expansion percentage was ascertained by using the following formula,\r\n \r\nI. Hydration capacity (HC). It is the weight gained by the seeds after being soaked in distilled water. It is calculated by the following formula,\r\n \r\nJ. Hydration index (HI). The hydration index is the ratio of hydration capacity to the weight of one seed.\r\n \r\nK. Swelling capacity (SC). It is measured as the difference between the volume displaced by seeds before and after soaking in water.\r\n \r\nL. Swelling index (SI). It is the ratio of swelling capacity to the volume of one seed.\r\n \r\nM. Cooking time (CT). 25 seeds were dispersed in 100 ml distilled water and boiled at 100°c. The seeds were cooked until they were soft when pressed between fingers for softness. The time required to cook each genotype was noted and expressed in minutes.\r\nSensory evaluation. The cooked mungbean seeds were subjected to sensory evaluation for the identification of superior genotypes for cooking quality. The twenty cooked mungbean genotypes were evaluated by a panel of seven untrained judges for sensory attributes like texture (softness), taste (palatability) and overall acceptability. The following nine-point hedonic scale was used to score the sensory attributes.\r\n9 - Like extremely\r\n8 - Like very much\r\n7 - Like moderately\r\n6 - Like slightly\r\n5 - Neither dislike nor like\r\n4 - Dislike slightly\r\n3 - Dislike moderately\r\n2 - Dislike very much\r\n1 - Dislike extremely\r\nStatistical analysis. The data for fourteen traits of twenty genotypes were analyzed for genetic variability like GCV(%), PCV(%), heritability (%) and genetic advance as per mean (%). Path coefficient analysis was performed using OPSTAT software (Sheoran et al., 1998) and the correlation matrix and correlogram was obtained using R- software (R Core Team, 2020).\r\nFormulae \r\na. PCV & GCV - The estimation of PCV and GCV are based on the methods of Burton (1952)\r\n \r\n \r\nLow : < 10 %\r\nModerate : 10 – 20%\r\nHigh : >20%\r\nThe classification of PCV and GCV was based on the suggestion of Sivasubramanian and Madhavamenon, 1973.\r\n \r\nb. Heritability – It plays a significant role in the process of selection in breeding as it is based on additive genetic variance. Broad sense heritability is calculated as the ratio of genotypic variance to phenotypic variance (Lush, 1940).\r\nAs suggested by Johnson et al. (1955), heritability values are classified as follows,\r\nLow : < 30 %\r\nModerate : 30 – 60%\r\nHigh : > 60%\r\n \r\nc. Genetic advance as a percentage of mean – genetic advance is the genetic gain due to selection. It is usually expressed as a percentage of the mean.\r\nThe genetic advance as a percentage of mean values are classified according to Johnson et al. (1955)\r\nLow : < 10 %\r\nModerate : 10 – 20%\r\nHigh : >20%\r\nd. Genotypic correlation (rg) – the equation of genotypic correlation is as follows,\r\n \r\ne. Path coefficient - The path coefficient analysis is done as suggested by Dewey and Lu (1959). It is used to assess the relative direct and indirect influence of the independent variable on the dependent variable.\r\nThe scale for categorizing direct and indirect effects was given by Lenka and Mishra (1973).\r\nNegligible : 0.00 – 0.09\r\nLow : 0.10 – 0.19\r\nModerate : 0.20 – 0.29\r\nHigh : 0.30 – 1.00\r\nVery high : > 1.00\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe mean performances of twenty genotypes for each grain physical quality were enlisted in Table 1. The mean performance helps in the identification of superior genotypes for grain quality traits. The mean values of hundred seed weight ranged from 3 g (RM 20-16) to 5.4 g (VGG 18002) with an average of 4.37g. The weight of dry and soaked seeds varied from 1.61 (Co 8) to 3 g (VGG 18002) and 2 (RM 20-13) to 4.67 g (VGG 18002) with an average value of 2.36 g and 3.10 g respectively. The mean values of the traits, dry seed volume and soaked seed volume extends from 2.44 g/ml to 4.67g/ml and 3.56 g/ml to 7.78 g/ml respectively. The highest mean value for traits such as dry seed and soaked seed volume was noticed in the genotype VGG 18002. For dry seed density and soaked seed density, the mean value extended from 0.36 (CO 8) to 0.83 (DGG- V2) and 0.43 (RM 20-13) to 0.72 (Co 8) respectively. The traits like water absorption percentage, hydration capacity and hydration index were found to have the highest mean value in Co 8 while it recorded the lowest mean values for swelling capacity (0.01 ml/seed) and swelling index (0.08).Relatively identical outcomes were published by Ghosh and Panda (2006a) and Ghosh and Panda (2006b) in both black gram and greengram. The genotype VGG 16046 registered the lowest mean values of 5.88 %, 0.001 g/seed and0.06 for traits such as water absorption percentage, hydration capacity and hydration index, respectively. RM 20-13 showed the highest mean values for volume expansion percentage (90.91 %) and swelling index (0.91). The cooking time for twenty genotypes varied from 17 min to 25 min. The genotype, Asha mung had the least cooking time of 17 min as compared to the other genotypes. Based on the mean value (Table 1), it was clear that the bold seeded genotypes recorded the highest value for seed weight and volume both before and after cooking. Whereas for other traits excluding cooking time and hundred seed weight, the medium bold seeded genotypes exhibited high mean values. The superior genotypes identified for different grain quality trait based on their performances for each trait are enlisted in Table 5.\r\nVariability studies. Johnson et al. (1955) put forward that GCV along with heritability would give a clear-cut idea about the extent of advance to be expected from the selection. The magnitude of GCV was slightly lesser than the PCV for all the fourteen traits signifying that the influence of the environment on these traits was less or negligible (Table 2). It was clearly depicted in the Fig. 1. Comparable findings were reported by Singh (2016) and Srivastava et al. (2020) in chickpea and Neyaz and Bajpai (2002) in pigeon pea.The highest GCV and PCV were exhibited by the traits like water absorption percentage (74.10% and 74.18%) followed by hydration index (74.11% and 74.16%) while the highest heritability and genetic advance as a percentage of mean were observed in hydration index (99.85% and 92.55%) followed by hydration capacity. High heritability alongside high genetic advance as a percentage of mean was reported by all the traits except for soaked seed density and cooking time, implying that these traits are controlled by additive gene action and selection would be effective (Fig. 2). The traits viz., soaked seed weight, water absorption percentage, volume expansion percentage, hydration capacity, hydration index, swelling capacity and swelling index expressed high PCV, GCV, heritability and genetic advance as a percentage of the mean. Hence, priority may be given during selection for improving respective traits as they exhibit more genetic variability.\r\nCorrelation studies. Karl Pearson’s correlation coefficient was constructed for 14-grain quality traits to quantify the association between hundred seed weight and other physicochemical traits. The correlation matrix for grain quality traits is depicted in Table 3. Highly positive significant association was observed for hundred seed weight with dry seed weight (0.98) followed by soaked seed volume (0.75), soaked seed weight (0.69), cooking time (0.63), dry seed volume (0.62), dry seed density (0.50) and swelling capacity (0.40) as shown in Fig. 3. \r\nThis was in accordance with the findings of Veni et al. (2015) in black gram except for soaked seed density. While the positive non-significant association was recorded for hundred seed weight with volume expansion percentage (0.18) and swelling index (0.18). A negative significant hydration index with hundred seed weight was reported by Veni et al. (2015) in black gram. \r\nDry seed volume and soaked seed volume were positively and significantly correlated with dry seed weight and soaked seed weight. Soaked seed density was positively correlated with soaked seed weight and dry seed volume while it showed a negative significant association with dry seed density. A positive and significant association was observed for water absorption percentage with soaked seed weight, dry seed volume and soaked seed density. Volume expansion percentage had a positive significant correlation with soaked seed volume and dry seed density. Hydration capacity and hydration index were intercorrelated with dry seed volume, soaked seed weight, soaked seed density and water absorption percentage which was in line with the results of Neyaz and Bajpai (2002) in pigeon pea, Ghosh and Panda (2006b) in green gram, Sethi et al. (2008) in pigeon pea, Singh (2016) in chickpea, Veni et al. (2015) in black gram and Honnappa et al. (2018) in chickpea. Hydration capacity and hydration index recorded a negative significant association with dry seed density. Swelling capacity and swelling index had a positive significant intercorrelation with soaked seed volume and volume expansion percentage. Veni et al. (2015) documented that the swelling capacity was positively inter-correlated with dry seed density but negatively inter-correlated with soaked seed density which was in alignment with the current outcome. Cooking time showed a highly positive association with dry seed weight, soaked seed weight, dry seed volume, soaked seed volume, volume expansion percentage, swelling capacity and index. Hence, the findings revealed that the bold seeded genotypes require more time for cooking compared to medium (COGG 18-17) and small-seeded genotypes (Asha mung), which was in alignment with the reports of Afzal et al. (2003). Cooking time was negatively correlated with soaked seed density, water absorption percentage and hydration index, implying that the cooking time will be considerably reduced by presoaking of seeds before cooking.\r\nPath coefficient studies. The path coefficient splits the correlation coefficient into direct and indirect effects to measure both the direct and indirect contribution of each independent variable (cause) to the dependent variable (effect). It was based on the method followed by Dewey and Lu (1959) and given in Table 4. The residual effect was 0.022 which implies that the chosen traits are sufficient for the study.\r\n\r\nDirect effect. The trait, water absorption percentage (1.92) recorded the highest direct effect followed by hydration capacity (1.61), dry seed weight (1.57) and dry seed density (1.05). A high direct positive effect was observed in volume expansion percentage (0.47) while a negligible direct effect was observed for dry seed volume (0.09) and cooking time (0.001). Hydration index expressed the highest negative direct effect (-1.72) followed by swelling index (-1.14) and soaked seed volume (-1.01) and a low direct negative effect was observed in soaked seed volume (-0.19) and swelling capacity (-0.14). A comparable result was obtained by Ghosh and Panda (2006a) for soaked seed weight, dry seed volume, soaked seed volume, hydration capacity and hydration index in urdbean. A negative direct effect on swelling capacity was also observed by Honnappa et al. (2018) in chickpea. The result obtained by Ghosh and Panda (2006b) in green gram was contrary for traits like dry seed volume, dry seed density, hydration capacity, swelling capacity and hydration index. Similar findings were reported by Veni et al. (2015) in black gram for swelling capacity, soaked seed weight, dry seed density and soaked seed density.\r\nIndirect effect. The positive and very high indirect effect was expressed for soaked seed weight (1.104) and soaked seed volume (1.22) while the high positive indirect effect was exhibited by dry seed volume (0.99), dry seed density (0.79), swelling capacity (0.74) and cooking time (0.97) through dry seed weight on hundred seed weight. Dry seed weight (0.52) and swelling index (0.52) had a high indirect effect through dry seed density. Dry seed density (0.32), volume expansion percentage (0.55), swelling capacity (0.38) and swelling index (0.55) had a high indirect effect through soaked seed density on hundred seed weight. A very high indirect effect on hundred seed weight was observed for soaked seed density (1.15), hydration capacity (1.80) and hydration index (1.97) through water absorption percentage. Through hydration capacity, traits such as water absorption percentage (1.47), hydration index (1.47) and soaked seed weight (1.08) exhibited a very high indirect effect on hundred seed weight, while, dry seed volume (0.94), soaked seed volume (0.738, swelling capacity (0.34) and cooking time (0.36) recorded high indirect effect. But these results were contrary to Ghosh and Panda (2006b). Dry seed density (1.54), dry seed weight (0.677) and volume expansion percentage (0.55) had a high indirect effect on the hundred seed weight through hydration index.\r\nSensory evaluation. The sensory evaluation of the 20 cooked mungbean genotypes was done by a panel of seven members and the results are depicted in Table 6. The sensory evaluation along with the cooking time helps in the effective selection of superior genotype for cooking quality.\r\n\r\nTaste, texture and overall acceptability were the sensory attributes assessed for the 20 genotypes using the 9- point hedonic scale ranging from 1 to 9. For texture, the genotypes, DGG V2, VGG 18002 and COGG 979 recorded the highest score (9) and the least score (6) was obtained by genotypes viz., RM 20-13, COGG 17-03 and CO 7. The genotypes namely, COGG 980 and VGG 18006 recorded the highest score (9) followed by VGG 16046, DGG V2, VGG 18002, COGG 18-17, KM 20-199, COGG 13-39, COGG 17-13 and CO 7 obtained a score of 8 for taste. Based on the overall acceptability, the genotypes such as COGG 980, DGG V2, VGG 18006 and VGG 18002 were identified as superior genotypes for cooking quality. Thus, based on the observations, the bold seeded types were found to be superior to medium and small seeded types for cooking quality especially for palatability. \r\n', 'Jenifer Sylvia J., Murugan E., Muthuramu S., Renuka R. and Vellaikumar S. (2022). Genetic Variability and Inter-Relationships among Grain Physical Quality Traits in Mungbean (Vigna radiata L. Wilczek). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 732-740.'),
(5354, '136', 'In-vitro Evaluation of Ginger (Zingiber officinale Rosc.) Rhizome Extract with the Recommended Chemical under different against Fungal Pathogens', 'Manvendra Choudhary* and Rajni Singh Sasode', '124 In-vitro Evaluation of Ginger (Zingiber officinale Rosc.) Rhizome Extract with the Recommended Chemical under different against Fungal Pathogens Manvendra Choudhar.pdf', '', 1, 'Ginger (Zingiber officinale Rosc.) the gingerols are the main pungent compounds found in ginger. Ginger\'s nutritional profile includes protein, lipids, carbohydrates, minerals, vitamins, and trace nutrients. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the antifungal activity of crude, powdered, boiled, and ethanol extracts of ginger against test pathogens. In-vitro testing of ginger rhizome extract with the recommended chemical against fungal pathogens Sclerotium rolfsii, Colletotrichum gloeosporioides, Sclerotinia Sclerotium, Fusarium pallidoroseum, Alternaria solani, Fusarium oxysporum f. sp. Ciceri, Alternaria alternate. The overall effectiveness of powdered and boiled extract against the corresponding fungus was progressively increased with increasing concentration from 20% to 50%, but complete suppression of the different test fungus could not be accomplished even at the maximum concentration, 50%. Carbendazim (0.1%) and mancozeb (0.2%) were found to be more effective than Zingiber officinale rhizome extract (powdered/boiled) up to a concentration of 50%. Extracts are more effective at higher concentrations.', 'Ginger, In-vitro, Fungal pathogens, Powdered extracts and Boiled extracts', 'The level of effectiveness of powdered and boiled extract against the respective fungus increased gradually as concentration increased from 20% to 50%, but complete inhibition of the respective test fungus could not be achieved even at the maximum concentration, 50%. Up to a concentration of 50%, carbendazim (0.1%) and mancozeb (0.2%) were found to be more effective than Zingiber officinale rhizome extract (powdered/boiled). Higher concentrations of extracts are more effective.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe rhizomes of ginger (Zingiber officinale Rosc.) contain both aromatic and pungent compounds (McGee, 2004). Gingerol 6-gingerol [5-hydroxy-1-(4\'-hydroxy-3\'-methoxyphenyl)-3-decanone] a yellow pungent body; an oleoresin-\"gingerin\" the active principle, Protein, lipids, carbohydrates, minerals, vitamins, and trace nutrients are all found in ginger. Capsaicin, curcumin, limonene, and proteolytic enzymes are also found in ginger. It is also one of the most effective carrier herbs, with the ability to boost digestive absorption by up to 200 percent (Belewu, 2006). Many countries experienced yield losses due to vegetable diseases caused by soil-borne plant pathogens. Damping-off, root rot, and wilt of vegetables are considered the most damaging diseases (Fusarium solani, Fusarium oxysporum, Sclerotium rolfsii, Rhizoctonia solani, Alternaria solani, Macrophomina phaseolina, and Pythium spp) (Abdel-Rehim et al., 1987; Celar, 2000). Gingerols are the main pungent compounds found in ginger. Ginger\'s nutritional profile includes protein, lipids, carbohydrates, minerals, vitamins, and trace nutrients. Ginger also contains capsaicin, curcumin, limonene, and proteolytic enzymes. It is also one of the best carrier herbs, with the potential to increase digestive absorption by up to 200 percent (Belewu, 2006). Furthermore, their use in agriculture could be a viable alternative for inclusion in disease control systems, acting as either primary or adjuvant antimicrobial compounds. Zingiberon, bisabolen, camphene, geranial, linalool, and borneol are antimicrobial components of gigeroil. Phytochemicals found in medicinal plants have antimicrobial properties against some plant pathogenic fungi. However little research has been undertaken on the antifungal activity of these extracts. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the antifungal activity of crude, powdered, boiled, and ethanol extracts of ginger against test pathogens.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHOD\r\nThe different forms were evaluated in vitro against different pathogen under CRD replicated thrice. \r\nExperiment Details-\r\nDesign - CRD\r\nReplication- 3\r\nTreatment- 4\r\nDetails of treatment \r\n(A) Pathogens- Rhizoctonia solani, R. bataticola, Colletrotrichum gloeospoioides, Fusarium pallidoroseum, F. oxysporum f. sp. cicer, Phoma sorghina, Sclerotium rolfsii, Sclarotinia sclerotium, Alternaria solani, A. alternate. \r\nExtract\r\n1. Powdered extract: To prepare powder extract, fresh rhizomes of Zingiber officinale will be thoroughly washed in ordinary tap water, cut into small pieces, and dried in an oven at 60% for two days.\r\n2. Rhizome crude extract: The rhizome of Zingiber officinale will be ground to make the crude extract. Before grinding, an equal amount of water (1:1 weight/volume basis) will be added. For in-vitro testing, crushed extracts will be used at a concentration of 20%.\r\n3. Boiled extract: The fresh Rhizome of Zingiber officinale will be washed, dried in the shade, weighted, and boiled for two hours before being filtered and water added to maintain a 1:1 weight/volume ratio. The extract will be stored and used for bioassay of the test fungus at a concentration of 20%.\r\n4. Ethanol Extracts: Twenty grammes of this powder were soaked in 200 ml of the solvent ethanol for 24 hours to make an ethanol extract. The filtrate was then evaporated to dryness after being filtered through Whattman filter paper no. 1. This powdered dried extract was then dissolved in distilled water.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nIt is clear that Z. officinale rhizome extract in powdered form at 40% and 50% concentrations significantly inhibited the growth of R. solani, but not completely; however, absolute inhibition was recorded in carbendazim (0.1%) treatment. Both chemicals outperformed the Zingiber officinale rhizome extract at both concentrations (40 and 50 percent). Higher concentrations of Zingiber officinale rhizome extract (50%) outperformed lower concentrations (40 percent). In the 50% and 40% concentrations, an average of 7.5 and 17.5 mm growth was recorded, respectively, with a maximum of 89.2 mm growth recorded in the control (Shamim et al., 2004). Presently, worked on the control of seedlings damping-off diseases is mainly based on the application of fungicides and the adverse effects of these fungicides on environment and human health have focused the efforts on developing environmentally safe, long lasting and effective biocontrol agents. Jasso de Rodriguez et al. (2007) evaluated fungal activity of Aloe vera pulp on mycelial growth of Rhizoctonia solani and Fusarium oxysporum.\r\nThe data summarized in table 1 show that Zingiber officinale rhizome extract in powdered form @ 40 and 50% concentrations significantly inhibited the growth of R. bataticola, but not completely; however, absolute inhibition was recorded in carbendazim (0.1 percent) treatments. Both chemicals performed significantly better than powdered extract at both concentrations (40 and 50 percent). The higher concentration of rhizome extract (50%) out performed the lower concentration (40 percent). An average of 18.6 mm and 8.8 mm growth was recorded in 40% and 50% rhizome extract concentrations, respectively, with a maximum of 90.0 mm growth recorded in control. Jha and Sharma (2008) screened an aqueous autoclaved leaf extract of eighty three plant species in-vitro for their fungicidal activity against isolates of Rhizoctonia bataticola by paper disc diffusion assay technique. The study revealed that only a few plant extract viz., Rannunculus scleratus, Xanthium stramonium, Zingiber officinale, Ipomoea carnea, Ocimum basilicum and Eclipta alba showed varied antifungal activities.\r\nIt is clear that mancozeb (0.2 percent) and carbendazim (0.1 percent) significantly inhibited the growth of C. gloeosporioides, but these treatments could not completely inhibit the growth. However, minimum growth was recorded in carbendazim @ 0.1 percent (0.00 mm), followed by mancozeb @ 0.2 percent (2.1mm), Z. officinale rhizome extract @ 50 percent concentration (8.4mm), and Carbendazim at 0.1 percent was found to be significantly more effective than mancozeb. Powdered extract at 50% was statistically significant over 40%, and both treatments were significantly superior to the control. Rajmane and Korekar (2012) screened aqueous leaf extract, medicinal plant gums, latex of medicinal plants and plant essential oils to test their fungitoxic properties against post-harvest fungi. Plant extract of Eucalyptus angophoroides and Zingiber officinale found to be fungitoxic for the growth of Alternaria alternata, Botryodiplodia theobromae, Colletotrichum gloeosporioides, Fusarium oxysporum, Penicillium chrysogenum and Phoma caricae. These result supports the result of Somda et at. (2007). \r\nThe data show that powdered extracts of Z. officinale at 40% and 50% concentrations significantly inhibited the growth of Phoma sorghina, but not completely, whereas mancozeb completely inhibited the growth (0.2 per cent). and carbendazim at 0.1 percent (0.00 mm), followed by a powdered extract of Z. officinale at 50% (10.4 mm) and a powdered extract at 40% (10.4 mm) (25.1 mm). Mancozeb and carbendazim outperformed both concentrations of rhizome powdered extract significantly. Control had the highest growth rate of 89.0 mm. Essential oils and extracts of Azadirachta indica, Zingiber officinale, and Eucalyptus camaldulensis were tested against Fusarium moniliforme, Phoma sorghina, and Colletotrichum graminicola, and the extent of inhibition was found to be concentration dependent (Somda et al., 2007). Similarly, tulsi oil inhibited the growth of both phytopathogenic and storage fungi (Oxenham et al., 2005).\r\nThe data show that Z. officinale rhizome extract in the boiled form at 40% and 50% concentrations significantly inhibit the growth of F. pallidorosem, but not completely; however, absolute inhibition was recorded in carbendazim at 0.1 percent and mancozeb at 0.2 percent. These fungicides outperformed the boiled extract of Z. officinale rhizome in both concentrations. The 50 percent concentration of boiled extract outperformed the 40 percent concentration. Harsh (1998) trials were carried out to control the damping-off and wilt disease of Albizia lebbek seedlings caused by Fusarium pallidoroseum by using the extracts of 8 plant (weed) species. The leaf extract of Vitex negundo, Zingiber officinale and plant extract of Cuscuta reflexa were most effective in inhibiting the conidial germination and mycelia growth of the pathogen and also in controlling the disease in field.\r\n It is clear that Z. officinale rhizome extract in boiled form at 40% and 50% concentrations significantly inhibited the growth of F. oxysporum f. sp. ciceri, but it showed no growth in mancozeb (0.2 percent) and carbendazim (0.2 percent) (0.1 percent). Mancozeb and carbendazim outperformed both concentrations (40 and 50 percent) of rhizome extract. The higher concentration of boiled extract (50%) outperformed the lower concentration (40 percent). In the 50% and 40% concentrations, an average of 10.7 mm and 24.7 mm growth was observed, respectively, with a maximum of 87.9 mm growth observed in the control. Yeni (2011) the pathogenicity test showed that these six spoilage fungi: Botryodiplodia theobromae, Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus flavus, Fusarium oxysporum, Fusarium solani and Rhizopus stolonifer cause rot of yam. The test plants used were: Allium sativum (bulb), Ocimum gratissimum (leaf), Zingiber officinale (rhizome) and Nicotiana tabacum (leaf). Result found in conformity with Shamim et al. (2004); Ushiki et al. (1996); Jasso de Rodriguez et al. (2007); Curir et al. (2005). \r\nIt is clear that boiled rhizome extract of Z. officinale @ 40 and 50 per cent concentrations significantly inhibited the growth of S. rolfsii; however Carbendazim (0.1%) absolutely inhibited the growth. Minimum growth was recorded in Mancozeb @ 0.2% (4.3mm) followed by boiled extract @ 50% (8.7 mm) and @ 40% (23.7 mm). The maximum of 90.00 mm growth was recorded in control. Carbendazim @ 0.1% was found significantly superior over mancozeb and both the concentrations of Z. officinale. The 50% concentration was significantly superior over its 40% concentration. The boiled rhizome extract of Z. officinale significantly inhibited the growth of S. rolfsii, however Carbendazim (0.1%) absolutely inhibited the growth. Carbendazim was found significantly superior over mancozeb and both the concentrations of Z. officinale. These finding are supported by Vasilescu et al. (2004); Celer (2000); Abdel- Rehim et al. (1987).\r\nIt is clear that Z. officinale boiled extract at 40% and 50% inhibited the growth of S. sclerotium significantly but not completely. While mancozeb @ 0.2 percent and carbendazim @ 0.1 percent (0.00 mm) showed complete inhibition, boiled extract @ 50 percent (8.5 mm) and @ 40 percent (26.8 mm). Mancozeb and carbendazim outperformed both concentrations of rhizome boiled extract significantly. Boiled extract at 50% was significantly higher than 40%. The maximum of 87.7 mm growth was recorded in control. Stangarlin et al. (2007) the effect of aqueous extract of ginger was evaluated at concentrations of 1, 5, 10, 15, 20 and 25% on Sclerotinia sclerotiorum mycelial growth and sclerodia production, in vitro. The efficiency of protection of ginger was also verified in lettuce plants growth organically and inoculated with the pathogen. Besides the disease incidence, the crop yield and the peroxidase induction were analyzed in the tissue plants. The results showed the antimicrobial activity of ginger with mycelial growth and sclerodia production inhibition. \r\nThe data show that Z. officinale rhizome boiled form at 40% and 50% concentrations significantly inhibited the growth of Alternaria solani but could not completely stop the growth; however, absolute inhibition was recorded in mancozeb (0.2%) and carbendazim (0.1%) treatments. Both chemicals performed significantly better than rhizome extract at both concentrations (40 and 50%). An 8.5 mm and 22.6 mm growth was recorded in 50% and 40% concentrations, respectively, while a maximum of 87.7 mm growth was recorded in control. Damping-off, Root rot and Wilt of vegetables is considered to be reused by Fusarium solani, Fusarium oxysporum, Sclerotium rolfsii, Rhizoctonia solani, Alternaria solani, Macrophomina phaseolina and Pythium spp. to be the most deleterious diseases (Abdel-Rehim et al., 1987; Celar, 2000). So far, apart from scientific and practical difficulties, there is no economic way to control the crop diseases. Plant pathogenic fungi are ubiquitous in intensive agricultural areas and are extensively controlled by using a large number of inorganic and organic chemical fungicides.\r\nThe boiled extract of Z. officinale at 40% and 50% concentrations significantly but not completely inhibited the growth of A. alternata, but no growth was observed in carbendazim at 0.1 percent (0.00 mm) and mancozeb at 0.2 percent (0.00 mm), followed by boiled extract at 50% concentration (6.8 mm) and 40% concentration (20.8 mm), with a maximum of 89.2 growth observed in control. Carbendazim at 0.1 percent and mancozeb at 0.2 percent were found to be significantly superior to both concentrations of boiled extract. According to Fawzi et al. (2009), boiled extract of Z. officinale significantly but not completely inhibited the growth of A. alternata, but carbendazim and mancozeb had no effect. Carbendazim and mancozeb were found to be significantly more effective than both concentrations of boiled extract.\r\n', 'Manvendra Choudhary and Rajni Singh Sasode (2022). In-vitro Evaluation of Ginger (Zingiber officinale Rosc.) Rhizome Extract with the Recommended Chemical under different against Fungal Pathogens. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 741-745.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5355, '136', 'Menstrual Hygiene Management Facilities at home affect the Academic Performance of Adolescent Girls', 'Jyoti Sihag, and PoonamYadav', '125 Menstrual Hygiene Management Facilities at home affect the Academic Performance of Adolescent Girls Jyoti Sihag.pdf', '', 1, 'Adolescence in girls has been recognized as a special period which signifies the transition from girlhood to womanhood. The purpose of this study was to better understand the challenges that girls face due to lack of menstrual hygiene facilities in home and its impact on their academic performance. \r\n The study was conducted on 240 adolescent girls who’s belongs from rural and urban areas of Hisar district. Self-developed schedules were used to delineate personal, socio-personal variables and facilities at home in terms of menstrual hygiene management and academic performance.\r\nThe study found majority of respondents from rural area reported lack of proper disposal facility for MHM materials and unavailability of adequate sanitary material. Majority of respondents of rural background were unsatisfied with the family communication and guidance on MHM they received at homes.\r\nThe findings indicated that major challenges that girls face in their homes like lack of proper infrastructural facilities like proper toilet, proper health care facilities during menstruation, proper disposal system act as a hindrance in implementing proper menstrual hygiene management. Rural respondent’s academic performance had more effected as comparison to urban respondents. We recommend that menstrual hygiene management awareness programs and some intervention programmes which helps in providing positive support for adolescent girls.\r\n', 'Adolescents, academic performance, menstrual hygiene management, home environment, school environment, rural adolescent, urban adolescent', 'The study found that facilities at home in terms of menstrual hygiene management, girls reported lack of proper disposal system for sanitary materials and lack of availability of changing rooms. Study revealed that academic performance of rural adolescent girls was more affected as comparisons to urban adolescent girls. ', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nAdolescence is the turning point where the hormonal and metabolic changes take place, menstruation begins and fertility is achieved (Mughal et al., 2021). Onset of menstruation is one of the vital changes happening in all females during their period of adolescence. Menarche is not just a physiological process but it is a psychological, social, and behavioral transition from adolescence to womanhood. Menstrual hygiene has been an issue of concern worldwide especially in developing nations. Insufficient opportunities to practice healthy menstrual hygiene recently received attention as a barrier to education for girls in low- and middle-income countries. Although adolescence is a healthy period of life, many are often less informed, less experienced, and less comfortable in accessing reproductive health information and services (Yusuf et al., 2010). This leads to culmination in repression of feelings which can cause intense mental stress and seek health advice from quacks and persons having inadequate knowledge (Singh et al., 1999). The menstrual cycle is a hormonally controlled process, although several factors may influence its length and regularity (Patki, 2017).\r\nMost girls experience some degree of pain and discomfort in their menstruation period, which could have important impacts on their daily activities, and disturb their productivity at home or at their work place (Wong and Khoo 2010). The most common physical symptoms are headaches, breast tenderness, swelling, abdominal bloating, heaviness, low energy, tired and weak, back and muscle pain, sleep more, stay in bed increased/decreased appetite, and crave food), and emotional symptoms are depressed mood, sad, lonely, anxious, nervous, mood swings, trouble with relationships, irritable, angry, impatient, difficulty concentrating, feel out of control, cannot cope, less productive in job or home and avoid social activity. These symptoms sufficient to impair daily activities, a woman\'s experience of premenstrual symptoms has been found to reduce work efficiency, increase absenteeism, and negatively impact on family (Mona et al., 2013). \r\nThough women are vital parts of operative cultures, with conventional roles and rules yet they are vulnerable. The susceptibility of women trunks from socio-political, and economic conditions prevailing (Sharma et al., 2018).\r\nGlobally, at least 500 million women and girls lack adequate facilities for menstrual hygiene management. Lack of WASH (water, sanitation, and hygiene) facilities, particularly in public places, such as in schools and workplaces, can pose a major obstacle to women’s and girl’s menstrual hygiene (Sahiledengle et al., 2022). In school settings, lack of clean, functional, private and gender-speciﬁc WASH facilities, fear of blood leaking, poor access to sanitary materials and inappropriate responses by male students and teachers are commonly reported to be associated with poor MHM and absenteeism due to menstruation (Sommer, 2010). \r\nMenstruation and poor MHM can also lead to school dropout, absenteeism and other psychological concerns that have substantial long term health and socio-economic ramifications for adolescent girls. In school settings, lack of clean, functional, private and gender-speciﬁc WASH facilities, fear of blood leaking, poor access to sanitary materials and inappropriate responses by male students and teachers are commonly reported to be associated with poor MHM and absenteeism due to menstruation (Sommer, 2010). The Government of India has recognized the importance of menstrual hygiene to the health, well-being and educational achievements of girls and women, and has developed several programs to improve menstrual hygiene management (MHM) in schools, targeted at improving knowledge, access and disposal of menstrual waste, and improving sanitation in schools, with support from a number of organizations (Muralidharan et al., 2015).\r\nObjectives:\r\n1. Comparison the menstrual hygiene practice among adolescent girls across residential area.\r\n2. To study the effect of menstrual hygiene practice on academic performance.\r\nREVIEWS OF LITERATURE\r\nBehera et al. (2022) found that more than two thirds (68.4%) of rural households use improved sanitation facilities. Around 30% of families have inadequate sanitation infrastructure, which means at least one household member defecates in the open space. Nearly 64.6% disposed of their menstrual absorbents in the bush or field, while 29.1% disposed in the river and 24.1% in the waste bin. Still, 40.6% of women were using clothes as menstrual absorbents, and 54.9% of the respondents reported washing their menstrual materials for re‑use. About 91% of the respondents reported that the place where they changed their menstrual absorbents was safe, clean, and private. Only 22.5% of women responded to having water and soap at their menstruation management area.\r\nGarg et al. (2021) stated that prevalence of school absenteeism during menstruation among adolescent girls of resettlement colony was 43.1% Out of 307 girls who had school absenteeism, 285 (92.8%) had missed for 1-3 days. The most prevalent self-reported reasons for school absenteeism during menstruation were pain during menstruation 75.6% followed by staining of cloths 43.6% and uncomfortable feeling 39.4%. School absenteeism was significantly associated with studying in government school, suffering from menstruation related problems, and pads being provided from schools.\r\nBulto (2021) found that 72.5 percent of school adolescents had adequate MHM practice and just 34.7 percent had acceptable overall knowledge about menstruation. Urban adolescents were getting information about menstruation from mothers and teachers. School toilets with inside lock, not missing school during menstruation, any whitish or grey discharge per-vagina and having good general awareness of menstruation were all significantly linked with adequate MHM practice.\r\nYaliwal et al. (2020) stated that 70.5 per cent of the girls reached between the ages of 12 and 14.9 years, 37.2 per cent of the girls had 28-34 day cycles, and 12.2 per cent of the girls had heavy periods. Dysmenorrhea affected 61.95 per cent of the girls, and 9.7 percent of the girls indicated they needed pain medication.70.7 percent of the girls used disposable sanitary napkins, 12.7 percent used cloth, and 15.3 percent used both 55.5 percent of the girls who used cloth as an absorbent did not allow the material to dry in the sun. More than two times a day, 57.1 percent of the girls washed their genitals.\r\nMETHODOLOGY\r\nThe study was conducted purposively in Hisar district of Haryana state as the study required frequent visits to each selected school for data collection. One district was selected randomly. From selected district, to draw rural sample two villages was selected randomly and from selected villages two schools was randomly selected. For urban sample similar procedure was adopted to draw the sample from schools located in city area. From the selected schools of rural locations, total of 120 adolescent girls which comprise 60 early adolescents and 60 late adolescents were selected randomly. Similar procedure was adopted for selection of urban sample. Hence, a total of 240 adolescent girls (120 rural and 120 urban) constituted the sample for the study. Self- developed questionnaire was used to obtain information on personal and socio-economic variables. Information on facilities at school and home in terms of MHM was collected with the help of self -developed interview schedule. And academic performance measured by self –developed interview schedule.\r\nStatistical analysis. To draw the inferences as per different objectives data analyzed using appropriate statistical tests–frequency and percentage, mean, Standard Deviation. Chi-square test, z test and Anova.\r\nRESULTS\r\nPersonal Profile of rural and urban adolescent girls. Data on personal profile of the respondents is presented to bring out their characteristic features in Table 1. Results for the personal profile are revealed that sampling was done on the basis of area of residence as well as for the total sample. Results tabulated on presented in Table 1 illustrated that for the total sample overall mean age of 10-14 year age group was 13.0±0.80 years and for 15-19 age group was 16.6±0.67 years. Regarding the class wise distribution of respondents, 31.7 percent were studying in 6th - 8th classes and 33.3 percent were in the 9th - 10th standard and rest of 35 percent were in the 11th - 12th classes. Further, regarding the birth order, maximum respondents (57.1%) were 2nd and 3rd born followed by 35.4 percent were 1st born and rest 7.5 percent respondents were only child in their families. Mean age of menarche observed in overall sample was 12.76±0.96 years. In case of menstrual profile more than half of the respondent (54.2%) had medium menarche (13-14) while 35.4 percent had early menarche (10-12) and rest 10.4 percent had delayed menarche. With regards to duration of menarche of respondents, results depicted that 15 percent respondents duration of menstrual cycle was <21 days followed by 62.9 percent had cycle of 28-35 days and rest 22.1 percent experienced cycle duration of >35 days. In case of menstrual bleeding more than half (62.9%) of the respondent had menstrual bleeding from 2-6 days followed by 32.9 percent had bleeding <2 days and rest 5.4 percent had menstrual bleeding >6 days. With regards to menstrual cycle pattern, 66.7 percent respondents had regular and only 33.3 percent had irregular cycle pattern. Out of total sample 59.2 percent respondents had moderate amount of menstrual bleeding followed by 26.6% respondent who reported heavy bleeding and rest 14.2 percent had minimal amount of bleeding during periods. Table data highlights that maximum (55.8%) respondents experienced moderate pain followed by 27.5 percent had severe pain and rest 16.7 percent respondents had minimal pain during menses.\r\nFacilities at home in term of menstrual hygiene management (MHM). This study showed data on assessment area wise facilities at home in term of menstrual hygiene management (Table 2). Majority of the respondents (93.8 %) had clean and hygiene toilet and bathroom facilities at home followed by 91.3% respondents reported proper privacy in toilet and bathroom. Majority of rural (91.7%) and urban (97.5%) homes had adequate supply of clean water facilities. Similar trend was observed for availability of soap and hand wash materials. More than half of the respondents (67.1%) had proper disposal facility for MHM material, approximately three fourth (71.7%) had availability of adequate and hygiene sanitary material for periods, 57.5% respondents received proper health care facilities during menstruation, and 52.9% had proper dietary care during menstruation. Regarding behavioral practices by family member’s nearly one third (30.8%) rural respondents and 20.8 % urban girls reported various social and cultural restrictions used by their families. Regarding family communication and guidance on MHM issues more than half of the rural adolescents (66.7%) reported lack of such activities, whereas, their counter parts were at better position as 74.2% respondents agreed on the fact that their families were providing guidance and healthy communication on MHM issues. \r\nLevel of facilities at home in term of menstrual hygiene management (MHM). Presents data on level of facilities at home in term of menstrual hygiene management as reported by rural and urban adolescent girls (Table 3). Results highlighted that 42.5% respondents from rural area and 23.3% respondents from urban area were unsatisfied with home facilities, whereas, 57.5% respondents from rural area and 76.7% respondents from urban area were satisfied with home facilities. \r\nDistribution of adolescents on different aspects of academic performance \r\nTable 4 presents data on distribution of adolescents on different aspects of academic performance. \r\n(i) Classroom performance: Data presented in the table revealed that out of total sample 60.8 per cent respondents had no interest to go to the school, 70 per cent lack concentration during study hours, 51.3% reported difficulty in remembering all that is studied and 70.4% were hesitant to go for practical during periods due to menstrual distress.\r\n(ii) Examination performance: Regarding this aspect, table showed that 67.5% respondents had no interest to write examination during this time, 55.4% respondents were unable to prepare for examination, 49.2% were getting slow in writing examination and more than half of the respondents (53.3%) lack concentration during examination due to feeling of distressed during periods. \r\n(iii) Assignment performance: With regard to assignment performance results highlight that 55.8% respondents were unable to complete the assignment in time, 59.6% were not able to think critically, 69.2% made excuses from teachers for assignment and 67.5% respondents were not able to do presentation.\r\n(iv) Extracurricular performance: Data depicted that majority (81.7%) respondents were not interested in stage performance, 78.7% had difficulty in participating in extracurricular activities, more than half of the respondents 65% faced difficulty in public speaking and 84.2% were not interested in extra classes during periods. \r\n(v) Relationship performance: Results revealed that 59.2% respondents were getting mood swings, 52.9% had feeling of inferiority, 60% lack of self-confidence and 70.4% were not interested to meet the teachers due to effects of menstrual distress.\r\nDISCUSSION \r\nIn the present study the age of the study participants ranged from 10 to 19 years with the mean age being 13.0 years for early adolescents and 16.6 years for late adolescents. Majority of the rural and urban respondents were studying in the 11th - 12th class with 2nd or 3rd birth order. The mean age of menarche of study participants was 12.76 years which was comparable with studies conducted by (Ghongdemath et al., 2016). It further supports the statement that age at menarche has largely decreased in most developed countries and seems stabilized at 13 ± 0.5 years with variations between countries (Gaudineau et al., 2010). Data related to menstrual profile revealed that more than half of the respondents had attained menarche at medium age (13-14 years) with 28-35 days of menstrual cycle. Maximum respondents had regular cycle pattern and menstrual bleeding lasted for 2-6 days every month. More than half of the respondents had moderate amount of menstrual bleeding and pain occurred during their menstruation. Appropriate facilities at home in term of MHM help to reduce the menstrual distress among the adolescent girls. Results revealed that more than half of the respondents irrespective with the area were satisfied with home facilities. The results revealed that rural adolescents reported lack of school and home facilities in terms of MHM in comparison to urban adolescent girls. Ha and Alam (2022) study observed significant urban–rural differences in terms of menstrual hygiene management practices. Like the residents of urban areas have better menstrual hygiene management practices than rural areas. As a result, the percentage of respondents who did not participate in social activities, school, or work due to their last menstruation was significantly higher in rural areas than urban. Kapoor and Khari, (2016) finding that 85% girls had toilet facility at home; still many had poor menstrual hygienic practices, thus emphasizing the need of health education to them. Majority of the respondents had reported that their academic performance in terms of classroom, examination, assignment, extracurricular and relationship was affected during their menstruation. The results are in line with Raju and Suguna (2017) study which showed that 134 students (67%) were not having interest to go to the college during menstruation, and 142 (71%) were reported lack of concentration during study hours. The menstrual symptoms were affecting the remembrances ability of the students also, while 116 (58%) said that they had difficulty in remembering the studied contents and 152 (76%) were said that they had a feeling of hesitation to go for practical classes. Another study (Tolossa and Bekele 2014) reported that academic performance impairment due to premenstrual syndrome, 28.3% reported frequent class missing, 9.8% exam missing, 8.1% low grade scoring associated with their premenstrual syndrome and 1.7% of them reported withdrawal from their learning in study done in Mekelle University, Northern Ethiopia. Also another study done in Saudi Arabia (Balaha et al., 2010) about phenomenology of premenstrual syndrome in female medical students, reported that performance impairment like poor concentration in class 48.3%, low college attendance 46%, going out of the home 43.8%, daily home chores 41.6% and homework tasks 36% was due to premenstrual syndrome. Ahmed and Piro (2014) study about impact of menstruation on school performance revealed that menstruation affected school exams, participation in class activities and school attendance among 62.7%, 57.1%, 23.2% respectively of the students.\r\n', 'Jyoti Sihag, and PoonamYadav (2022). Menstrual Hygiene Management Facilities at home affect the Academic Performance of Adolescent Girls. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 746-752.'),
(5356, '136', 'Evaluation of Sensory, Packaging and Storage Quality Attributes of different varieties of Paddy for Popped Rice', 'Praveen Kumar Patle, Anubha Upadhyay, S.S. Shukla and G.K. Rana', '126 Evaluation of Sensory, Packaging and Storage Quality Attributes of different varieties of Paddy for Popped Rice Praveen Kumar Patle.pdf', '', 1, 'This study was aimed to evaluate of sensory, packaging and storage quality attributes of seven paddy varieties developed product such as popped rice from varieties developed by JNKVV Jabalpur. It was observed that significant differences found in most of the characteristics of packaging, sensory and storage quality of popped rice were observed across different cultivars. Among the seven rice varieties, best popping quality product was obtained by the JR-206 and Kranti varieties. It was found that most acceptable popped rice had the best overall acceptability score viz. 7.73 was observed in JR-206 and least score viz. 7.44 in kranti variety. The highest score of color, flavor, texture, taste and overall acceptability score was found in aluminum foil packaging material in the storage period up to 90 days. The probable reason could be the better popping quality of rice. It was noticed that higher popping quality characteristics were observed for each variety at 150-160°C roasting temperature. Higher popping yield was found in JR-206 and Kranti varieties which was rated high in sensory acceptability. The data were analyzed by skeleton of ANOVA for complete randomized design (CRD). Selection of rice variety for popping is primarily dependent upon its quality of popped grain which is directly correlated with its expansion during popping and its sensory preferences. However, the sensory preferences also vary among popped rice produced from different varieties of rice with similar high amylose content. Current work aims to establish storage duration with packaging material for retain of moisture and economical losses. A rice from a group of similar long storage period containing varieties by forming correlations between sensory characteristics of popped rice. ', 'Packaging, popping, sensory, cultivars, storage', 'Popping is a simple and low-cost processing method that improves the textural and sensory qualities of cereals while causing minimal changes in the nutrient composition of the processed product. The current study\'s goal is to examine several advanced methods for measuring the sensory quality of popped rice and to propose a traditional method for evaluating rice product in sensory evaluation based on hardness. We measured the packaging and storage properties of commercial rice roasted product to assess their quality and deterioration during storage and increased significantly after 30 days at room temperature storage. \r\nTraditionally, popped products are only prepared on a few occasions. As consumer preferences shift toward more convenient foods and less refined or polished grains, this type of home processed ready-to-eat snack has a large market potential as value added health products and convenient food. \r\n', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRice (Oryza sativa) is the staple food for 65% of the population in India. It remains the largest expended calorie source among the food grains. Popped, Puffed and flaked rice is a general snack food product in India and has been widely produced for centuries. Global paddy production in 2020-21 is 791 MT (FAO), India and MP produce record of 117.46 MT and 10.9 MT in 2020-21 respectively (Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare). In the present research application of sand roasting in the production of value-added products from rice such as popped and roasted cereals. In addition, the importance of sand roasting in terms of grain characteristics, nutritional, sensory, and functional properties of the products is highlighted (Mishra et al., 2014) Popped rice. It is known as pelalu (telugu), khoi (bengali) etc. in various Indian languages. It is a traditional value-added product with high cold water swelling capacity originated from raw paddy; arising from high starch gelatinization and low retrogradation. It is prepared directly by high-temperature short-time treatment from the moisture-adjusted raw paddy (12–14%) by sand roasting in a pan at a temperature of 220-240°C for 25–45s. In comparison with other value-added rice products, popped rice production is less and mostly used during religious ceremonies (Chitra et al., 2010). Popping using advance technologies are processes which can accomplish all these targets. As a simple, inexpensive and quick traditional method of dry heat application for preparation of weaning food formulations and ready to eat snacks products, popping has been practiced since hundreds of years. Popped rice is one of the earliest known rice’s based popular traditional ready to eat breakfast cereal products in South-East Asia (Bhat et al., 2008). Except moisture, not much is known on the factors influencing popping in rice unlike in maize, where several physio-chemical properties of the kernel are well studied (Ceylan et al., 2002). High popping could be achieved with paddy containing moisture content between 14 and 15%. Time of heating is a sensitive parameter for sharp rise in popping percentage as compared to power level (Swarnakar et al., 2014). The present study was conducted to determine the effect of processing conditions, including temperature and moisture percentage on expansion of popped rice cultivars.\r\nThis study aims to clarify the various properties of popped rice and flake rice starch products. In this study, we investigated the effects of processing conditions such as temperature, soaking time, and moisture of rice products on the expansion of processed rice varieties.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nConcept of Popping and Roasting. Popping of cereals has been practiced since hundreds of years. Popping is a process in which kernels are heated until internal moisture expands and pops out through the outer shell of the kernel. \r\nRoasting is cooking in dry heat in an oven or on a split with the addition of fat or oil. Radiant heat is the means of cooking when using a split; oven roasting is a combination of convection and radiation. (Arkhipov et al., 2005).\r\nSand roasting method. Pre-gelatinized cereals are exposed to hot sand, while temperature of sand is about 250°C. Due to sudden thermal gradient, the moisture inside the grains vaporizes and tries to escape through the micropores, expanding the starchy endosperm in size in this process (Chinnaswamy and Bhattacharya 1983).\r\nBengal gram can also be puffed when the preliminary roasting of grains with sand at 170°C for 75s was carried out followed by tempering the grains for about 90 minutes to reach the moisture content of about 14.9% (wb). The tempered grains were then dipped in water for 5 seconds and impacted between a roller and a hot plate for de-husking and splitting. Under these conditions the bulk volumes of grains doubled during puffing (Pratare and Kurlien 1986).\r\nPopped rice. About 1 kg of paddy was moistened to a ~14% moisture and tempered (equilibrated) overnight. It was then subjected to high temperature short time (HTST) treatment in hot sand (temperature of sand ~240° C) for 25-30 sec as described by Hsieh and Bor (1991), Swarnakar et al. (2014). The paddy to sand ratio taken was 1:10. The mixture was then poured on to a sieve of ~12 mesh size, all the sand particles were removed and popped rice was poured on to a measuring cylinder and expansion ratio was calculated by taking the ratio of the volume of popped rice to volume of processed paddy (initial volume).\r\nPackaging and storage quality. The cooled popped Paddy was packed in three different packaging materials i.e., low density polyethylene bags, Aluminum Foil bags and polypropylene bags for storage study. The sample size was kept in each packaging materials for storage. The duration for experiment was 90 days and observations were recorded at 30 days interval up to 90 days (Lim K.R. et al.2004). \r\nSensory Evaluations. Breakfast cereal was evaluated for sensory parameters like colour, taste, crunchiness and overall acceptability at different intervals of 0, 30, 60 and 90 days by the panel of 10 selected judges. A panel consisting of 10 people evaluated the product for individual characters as color, taste, crunchiness and overall acceptability. The 9- point hedonic scale was used to assess the degree of liking that ranged from ‘Like very much’ to ‘Dislike very much’ with ‘Neither like Nor Dislike’(NLND) as midpoint. Data were analyzed and expressed the number of responses, as percentage (Ranganna, 1986; Rathi et al., 2004). \r\nStatistical Analysis. All experiment were replicated and standard deviations have been reported. The experiment was conducted in complete randomized design (CRD) using OPSTAT, (http://14.139.232.166/opstat/). The data was subjected to one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) at 5% level of significance: (Cyprien and Kumar 2012).\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nResults showed significant differences between newly introduced rice varieties for most of the traits investigated.\r\nSensory attributes. Rice product like popped rice was served to each member of panel. The panel consisted of 10 members belonging to scientist, research scholars and student of food Technology. On the basis of popping yield and chemical parameters the best-found treatment of all varieties was subjected to sensory studies. Sensory parameters were judges on the basis of 9 points hedonic scale (0-9). The mean score value for these attributes of the popped rice processed from different paddy varieties are presented in Table 1. On the basis of observations recorded by the panelist for the varieties Kranti, JRH5, JRH-8, JRH-10, JR-206, JRH-19 and IR-36, the mean color score was 7.31, 7.33, 7.31, 8.51, 8.88, 7.57 and 7.25, mean flavor score was 7.49, 7.47, 7.59, 6.47, 7.51, 7.98 and 7.77, mean texture score was 6.48, 6.43, 6.38, 8.43, 8.39, 8.29 and 6.64 mean taste score was 7.51, 8.34, 7.28, 7.43,7.33, 8.70 and 7.51, mean overall acceptability score was 7.44, 7.31, 7.27, 7.57, 7.67, 7.73 and 7.27 respectively.\r\nThe highest color, flavor, taste and overall acceptability wise score (8.88), (7.98), (8.70) and (7.28) were found in JR-206 variety and the lowest color score (7.25) was found in IR-36, the lowest flavor score (6.47) was found in JRH-10 variety, lowest taste score was found in (7.28) in JRH-8 variety. Highest texture score (8.43) was found in JRH-10 variety. The lowest texture score (6.37) was found in JRH-8 and the lowest taste score (7.28) was found in JRH-8 and the lowest overall acceptability score (7.27) was found in IR-36.\r\n2 % salt addition was also found to be optimum during the sensory evaluation of the popped rice samples. It was also interesting to note that the addition of salt produced a smoother surface of the popped rice while rice popped without the addition of salt showed an uneven blistered surface (Hoke et al., 2005).\r\nStorage study on the basis of Sensory attributes. On the basis of popping sensory score, the best treatment of the variety JR-206 was subjected to storage study on 90 days in the interval of 30 day in three different type of packaging material i.e., polypropylene, Low density polyethylene and aluminum foil.\r\nIn polypropylene the color score found in the range from 5.74 to 8.70, flavor score found in the range from 5.66 to 7.75, texture score varied from 5.66 to 8.48, taste score varied from 5.46 to 8.73 and overall acceptability score was found in the range from 5.33 to 7.38 in the storage period up to 90 days.\r\nIn low density polyethylene color score was varied from 6.35 to 8.42, flavor score varied from 6.72 to 7.45, texture score varied from 5.71 to 8.63, taste score varied from 5.81 to 7.79 and overall acceptability score was varied from 6.65 to 7.78 in the storage period up to 90 days.\r\nIn aluminum foil color score was found in the range of 6.85 to 8.75 and the highest color score was found in aluminum foil in 0 days to 90 days, flavor score was found in the range of 7.59 to 8.84 and the highest flavor score was found in aluminum foil in 0 days to 90 days, texture score was found in the range of 6.74 to 8.85 and the highest texture score was found in aluminum foil in 0 days to 90 days, taste score varied from 6.67 to 8.89 and the highest taste score was found in aluminum foil in 0 days to 90 days and overall acceptability score was found in the range of 6.57 to 8.15 and the highest overall acceptability score was found in aluminum foil in 0 days to 90 days in the storage period up to 90 days.\r\nThe results showed that the highest color, flavor, texture, taste and overall acceptability score was found in aluminum foil in the storage period up to 90 days of stored popped rice. The overall acceptability of popped rice was significantly affected by different packaging materials and storage days. Popped rice variety was better in aluminum foil bags as compared to low density polyethylene and polypropylene bags during storage. This might be due to high absorption and permeability of atmospheric gasses involved in reduction of color and flavor. The similar finding was reported by Bunker et al. (2012). \r\nThe highest color, flavor, texture, taste and overall acceptability score was found in aluminum foil in the storage period up to 90 days.\r\n', 'Praveen Kumar Patle, Anubha Upadhyay, S.S. Shukla and G.K. Rana (2022). Evaluation of Sensory, Packaging and Storage Quality Attributes of different varieties of Paddy for Popped Rice. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 753-756.'),
(5357, '136', 'Identifying Restorers and Maintainers through Pollen and Spikelet Fertility Studies on Hybrid Rice (Oryza sativa L.)', 'T. Ramakrishna, L. Krishna, Y. Chandra Mohan3 V. Gouri Shankar and D. Saida Naik', '127 Identifying Restorers and Maintainers through Pollen and Spikelet Fertility Studies on Hybrid Rice (Oryza sativa L.) T. Ramakrishna.pdf', '', 1, 'A study was carried out to identify restorers and maintainers for use as parental lines in a hybridization programme. Twenty elite rice genotypes were crossed in a Line x Tester pattern with four CMS lines (CMS 23A, CMS 59A, CMS 64A and JMS 13A) in a Randomized block design with two replications to examine their maintainer or restorer response during Kharif-2018. Out of the 20 male genotypes studied for pollen and spikelet fertility analysis, 8 lines (MTU 1153, RNR 26015, RNR 28355, JGL 25960, MTU 1010, IET 27253, RNR 26085 and JAYA) were identified as restorers for the majority of CMS lines used, 6 lines as partial restores and 6 lines as partial maintainers. There are no maintainers identified in any of the lines. In heterosis breeding programmes, it has been suggested that stable germplasm with restorer behaviour be used, while those with maintainer behaviour be used to create new CMS lines through conversion. The newly discovered restorers in this study could be used as pollen parents in future hybrid rice breeding programme to develop promising rice hybrids with improved grain and cooking quality to combat malnutrition and suitable for local climatic conditions.', 'Oryza sativa, Testcrosses, CMS lines, Pollen fertility, Spikelet fertility, Restorers', 'In hybrid rice breeding, more emphasis should be placed on using well-known rice cultivars as parental lines in order to produce superior hybrids with improved grain quality. Despite the fact that no maintainers were discovered throughout the experiment, the restored lines that have been recognized can be employed as pollen parents to create new commercial hybrid types. Additionally, by pyramiding complementing features from multiple sources based on breeding objectives, a crossover programme can increase the genetic diversity of restorers and produce new restorers.', 'Introduction\r\nThe most significant food crop in the world is rice (Oryza sativa L.), whose consumption has continuously climbed from 474 million tonnes in 2015 to 504 million tonnes in 2020 and is projected to rise by around 650 million tonnes by 2050. Rice is known as the \"grain of life\" because it is the most important basic food in the world, providing more than 80 percent of the calories for nearly 2 billion people. Not only is it a fundamental requirement for life but also the most important grain in the human diet, providing 15% of the protein and 21% of the calories consumed globally by people per capita, in addition to being Asia\'s main source of carbohydrates (Veeresha et al., 2015). To fulfil the needs of a growing population while remaining self-sufficient, world\'s rice production level must be increased to 852 million tonnes by 2035. This is a challenging endeavour given the rise in the yield potential of high yielding cultivars and the declining natural resources. As the People\'s Republic of China has amply demonstrated, Rice hybrids are one of the feasibly and economically viable and easily adoptable genetic variations for increasing rice production. As a result of breeders\' ongoing efforts, rice breeding programmes have shifted to hybrid rice development, demonstrating the hybrid rice technology\'s ability to boost output and productivity.\r\nA major development in rice improvement has been the introduction of hybrid rice cultivars using a male sterility and fertility restoration mechanism. A trustworthy mechanism for restoring fertility and preventing male sterility in the cytoplasm is necessary for commercial heterosis to exist in rice. Cytoplasmic genetic male sterile lines that have been presented by different sources might not be well suited to a particular target region. For hybrid vigour to be used successfully in rice, locally produced cytoplasmic genetic male sterility and restorer lines are essential (Kumar et al., 1996). Identification of regionally appropriate maintainers and restorers that demonstrate full sterility and consistently high degrees of restoration of CMS lines would be tremendous utility in commercial hybrid if high combining ability is paired with restorative ability.\r\nPrior research (Parimala et al. 2019; Upendi et al. 2017) looked at rice test crosses to detect restorative and maintainer reactions and observed variable degrees of pollen and spikelet fertility %. The initial stage in three line heterosis breeding is to set up a test cross nursery to find restorers and maintainers (Priyanka et al., 2016). Male sterility would be a suitable strategy for commercialising heterosis in rice. It would be suitable to utilise a male sterility mechanism. Given the preceding, the current study sought to find the most efficient fertility restorers and maintainers.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nMaterials for the current study include 20 different male fertile genotypes, four CMS lines (CMS 23A, CMS 59A, and CMS 64A) and crosses produced using a L×T fashion. To achieve synchronous flowering and adequate crossed seed, parental lines were sown in stages. During Rabi 2017-18, using a 20 × 15 cm spacing, 28-day-old seedlings of CMS lines and male viable genotypes were transplanted in a crossing block at the Rice Research Centre in Rajendranagar, Hyderabad.\r\nA suggested set of procedures and need-based plant defence strategies were put into operation in order to grow a healthy crop. Newly developed panicles on male sterile lines were removed and potted into mud-filled plastic buckets before being brought to the crossing room. The panicles\' leaf sheaths were gently cut off. Additionally, the panicle\'s top and bottom florets were cut off. Florets that were scheduled to open the next day used for crossing. Each floret had its top third chopped off the day before and it was then wrapped in butter paper bags. Pollen from male parents was gathered at anthesis the next morning and sprinkled on CMS line panicles that were bagged and labelled. The crossed seeds were gathered once the seeds had fully developed. To assess the restorer / maintainer reaction, 80 test crosses that were created during Rabi 2017-18 were transplanted in 4 metre rows with a 20 x 15 cm spacing in Kharif 2018.\r\nEstimation of pollen fertility. Pollen fertility was assessed at the blooming stage by gathering 5–10 spikelets in a vial of 20% ethanol from 5 randomly chosen plants from each entry. Forceps were used to extract the anthers from the spikelets, which were then put on a glass slide with a 2 % iodine potassium iodide solution. To release the pollen grains, gently crushing the anthers with a needle. To determine the pollen fertility %, the slides were cleaned of dirt, covered with a cover slip and viewed under a microscope.\r\nPollen fertility (%) = \r\nEstimation of spikelet fertility. From five randomly chosen plants in each test, three panicles were cross-tagged and the panicles were harvested and threshed once they reached maturity. Using the following formula, each panicle\'s full and chaffy grains were counted individually in order to calculate spikelet fecundity.\r\nSpikelet fertility (%) = \r\nClassification of pollen parents. Based on the pollen and their spikelet fertility percentages, the pollen parents were divided into four groups.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS\r\nThe first step in three-line hybrid rice breeding is to establish a test cross nursery to identify restorers and maintainers. Restorers can help to develop good hybrids by serving as parental lines. The current study\'s findings indicated that the genotypes\' response to fertility restoration depends on their ancestry.\r\nThe pollen fertility percentage in crosses with CMS 23A ranged from 5.1 percent (IET 27258) to 96.05 percent (RNR 28363) and the spikelet fertility percentage ranged from 10.4 percent (CMS 23A × IET 27260) to 93.61 percent (CMS 23A × MTU 1010). With CMS 23A, nine lines displayed greater than 80% pollen fertility and ten lines displayed more than 75% spikelet fertility.\r\nThe pollen fertility percentage of hybrids with CMS 59A ranged from 12 percent (WGL 1054) to 92 percent (WGL 1063) and the spikelet fertility percentage ranged from 15.8 percent (IET 27260 x CMS 59A) to 93.09 percent (IET 27253 × CMS 59A). With CMS 59A, 7 lines demonstrated more than 80% pollen fertility and 10 lines demonstrated spikelet fertility of greater than 75%.\r\nThe pollen fertility percentage in crosses with CMS 64A ranged from 8.5 percent (WGL 1054) to 95.05 percent (RNR 28363) and the spikelet fertility percentage ranged from 10.5 percent (WGL 1054 × CMS 64A) to 83.23 percent (RNR 28355 × CMS 64A). With CMS 64A, 6 lines demonstrated pollen fertility of greater than 80% and 6 lines demonstrated more than 75% spikelet fertility.\r\nSpikelet fertility ranged from 10.2 percent (IET 26132 × JMS 13A) to 84 (MTU 1010 × JMS 13A) percent in hybrids with MS 13A, while pollen fertility ranged from 12 percent (WGL 1054 × JMS 13A) to 90 percent (WGL 1063 × JMS 13A). With JMS 13A, six lines demonstrated more than 80% pollen fertility and seven lines demonstrated more than 75% spikelet fertility. According to the results above, (Awad-Allah 2020; Pankaj Kumar et al., (2015) indicated that the genotypes\' responses to fertility restoration depend on the genetic background of CMS lines.\r\n \r\nThe pooled analysis reveals, the pollen fertility percentage ranged from 10.62 % (WGL 1054) to 88.07% (WGL 1063) and spikelet fertility percentage ranged from 16.05 % (WGL 1054) to 86.49 % (MTU 1010) with varying fertility restoration according to male parent (Mirzababapour et al., 2021). Eight lines that are considered restorers and have spikelet fertility rates of more than 75% include MTU 1153, RNR 26015, RNR 28355, JGL 25960, MTU 1010, IET 27253, RNR 26085 and JAYA. These results are according to (Singh et al., 2022; Parimala et al., 2019).\r\nEight lines from this research (MTU 1153, RNR 26015, RNR 28355, JGL 25960, MTU 1010, IET 27253, RNR 26085 and JAYA) have been identified as restorers for the majority of CMS lines employed, with more than 75% average spikelet fertility, out of the 20 male genotypes evaluated for pollen and fertility analysis. However, 6 lines had average spikelet fertility ranging from 50.1 to 75 percent and were classified as partial restores, whereas hybrids with 6 lines had average spikelet fertility between 0.1 and 50 % and were classified as partial maintainers. These results were supported by (Singh et al., 2022; Ramesh et al., 2018). There are no maintainers identified in the lines studied.\r\nOther researchers have reported similar findings (Mamdouh et al., 2022; Samuel et al., 2018; Rajendraprasad et al., 2017; Shalini et al., 2015; Ghosh et al., 2013; Krishnalatha et al., 2012). It is possible that the different nuclear cytoplasmic interactions between the testers and CMS lines, as well as the penetrance or expressivity of certain genes that varied with genotype or the presence of modifier genes, account for the genotype-specific differences in fertility restoration (Umadevi et al., 2010). Contrarily, adding a lot of legitimacy to such fertility restoration investigations through the use of several CMS lines in testcrosses (Hossain et al., 2010).\r\n', 'T. Ramakrishna, L. Krishna, Y. Chandra Mohan, V. Gouri Shankar and D. Saida Naik (2022). Identifying Restorers and Maintainers through Pollen and Spikelet Fertility Studies on Hybrid Rice (Oryza sativa L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 757-760.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5358, '136', 'Assessment of Quality Parameters of Chemically Mutagenized Wheat Seeds', 'Nikita Aggarwal, Sudheer K. Pathak and Shama Parveen', '128 Assessment of Quality Parameters of Chemically Mutagenized Wheat Seeds Sudheer K Pathak.pdf', '', 1, 'Wheat being one of the most important staple foods globally plays an important role for food security in terms of cereal source of nutrients. Presently, with global population booming up and billions of people suffer micronutrient malnutrition and therefore improving seed quality traits through genomic assisted breeding or mutation breeding to create genetic variations of utmost importance. The present study was undertaken to evaluate the effect of mutagens Hydroxyl Amine (HA) and Sodium Azide (SA) on different seed quality parameters in two wheat genotypes i.e., MP-3382 and RVW-4106. An experiment was conducted to evaluate wheat varieties MP-3382 and RVW- 4106. Seeds were pre-soaked in distilled water for six hours and later treated with five different doses of Sodium Azide (0.2 % ,0.3% ,0.4% ,0.5% and 0.1%) and five different doses of Hydroxyl Amine (0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05% and 0.1%) including control during Rabi 2021- 22 (M1 generation) at Genetics and Plant Breeding Laboratory, ITM University Gwalior. The experiment was conducted in Completely Randomized Design with 4 replications and to determine mutagen sensitivity with regard to germination (%), root-shoot length (cm), seed vigor index -I, dry weight and seed vigor index-II under laboratory conditions on mutagenized seeds. It was observed that both the mutagens were significantly affected all the seed quality parameters and induced genetic variability.', 'Hydroxyl Amine, Mutagen sensitivity, Sodium Azide, Variability, Wheat', 'A general trend has been observed that mutagen HA is more effective than SA as there is trend of reduction in the magnitude of characters with increase in dose of SA, whereas, a bell shaped curve is clearly evident in HA where increase in dose from 0.2% increased the magnitude of character up to 0.4%. Further increase in the dose leads to decline in the magnitude of the characters. Hence, the optimum dose for HA which is most effective was found to be 0.4 %.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nWheat (Triticum aestivum L.) is one of the major staple food crop feeding about 35 % of the world population. The global production of wheat is about 766 million tons and it is cultivated across nearly 216 million hectares in more than 125 countries (Sharma et al., 2021). The crop is self-pollinated and allohexaploid with chromosome number 2n =6x = 42 (Bonjean et al., 2001). Wheat is a rich source of complex carbohydrates (74-77%) and protein (11-15%) and poor source of sodium, amino acids and total fat (Dziki et al., 2021). The existing and projected high population growth rates would worsen the gap between wheat output and demand, adding to the country\'s limited food supplies. This situation emphasizes the importance of wheat breeding in increasing current productivity. Plant breeding is based on the notion of genetic variability. It could be developed by hybridization or mutations followed by selection (Addisu and Shumet 2015). Hybridization is tedious, time consuming, labour intensive and expensive nature of manual emasculation and pollination (Yahaya et al., 2020). Mutation breeding provides the advantage of being able to change specific qualities in otherwise acceptable varieties in a shorter amount of time by UPDATEing some relevant variant. The Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations/International Atomic Energy Agency\'s Mutant Variety Database (FAO/IAEA-MVD data 2019) reports on 3,275 accessions from 225 species generated and freely disseminated by the FAO/IAEA. In crops, changes in the gene structure and sequence can be randomly caused by rupturing the DNA through physical and chemical mutagens (Viana et al., 2019). Nucleotide substitution causes random point mutation in plant material. The use of Sodium Azide and Hydroxyl Amine to induce mutants has been reported by number of workers (Weldemichael et al., 2021), (Ibukun et al., 2019) and (Kirtane et al., 2018). Keeping this in view, the present investigation was carried out to determine the effect of SA and HA on seed characteristics viz., germination percentage, shoot length, root length, seed vigour index-I, dry weight and seed vigour index-II. Different doses of HA and SA were also evaluated for vitality of the seeds.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe study was conducted during Rabi 2021-2022 at Genetics and Plant Breeding Laboratory, School of Agriculture, ITM University, Gwalior (M.P.).\r\nExperimental material: “MP-3382” Matures in 119 days, high yielding (5975 kg/ ha), bold seeded, multiple resistances and heat tolerant. Recommended for irrigated, timely sown conditions of M.P. \r\n“RVW-4106”: It matures in 115-120 days. Resistant to black and brown rust disease. Average yield is 5035 kg/ha. Recommended for late sown irrigated conditions of M.P.\r\nChemical Treatment: To begin with experiment, selected seeds were soaked in distilled water for 6 hours and the wet seeds were treated with different concentrations of HA and SA for six hours (Jeberson et al., 2020). The seeds were treated with 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5% and 0.6% HA, whereas, 0.02%, 0.03%, 0.04%, 0.05% and 0.1% SA. The untreated seeds served as control.\r\nThe treated seeds were washed thoroughly in running water for two hours to terminate the reaction of chemical mutagen and to leach out the residual chemicals. We have total 11 treatments including control for each variety. The treatment details are given in table 1.\r\nObservations to be recorded: For the assessment of seed quality parameters, 100 seeds of each treatments and replication including control were sown in petridish cover by blotting paper and half filled with water. Each of the treatments were replicated four times. The petridish were kept in seed germinator at 25±1ºC temperature and relative humidity was 85 ± 1 %. Observations were recorded for six characters i.e., germination percentage, root length, shoot length, seed vigour index – I, dry weight and seed vigour index – II.\r\nStatistical analysis: Data were collected and subjected to Analysis of Variance by using OP STAT (O.P. Sheoran Programmer, Computer Section, CCS HAU and Hisar) and significant mean was separated using t-test (One factor analysis).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nAnalysis of Variance (ANOVA) revealed highly significant variation among the treatments for both the varieties for all six characters under study as shown in Table 2 and 3.\r\nThe observation on six characters viz., germination percentage, root length, shoot length, seed vigor index -1, dry weight and seed vigor index –II on two different varieties; MP-3382 and RVW-4106 has been analyzed for the inference of result discussed as under. The effect of different doses of mutagens SA and HA is depicted through Fig 2. The graph represents the effect of the mutagens on two varieties with four characters.\r\nFor the character Germination Percentage, maximum germination was found in MP-3382 for 0.4% HA (98%) which is more than control (95%). Least value of germination (83%) was found in RVW-4106 for 0.1% SA. The treatment V1T9 was observed to display maximum Root and Shoot length (11.31 cm and 11.20 cm) respectively. Least values of root and shoot length (3.26 cm and 2.85 cm) was observed in V2T6. Maximum Seed Vigor Index-I was again observed in same treatment V1T9 (2205.98) because the germination percentage as well as both root and shoot length was highest in this treatment as compared to control (1899.10) . The SVI of V1T9 was evaluated to be higher than 306 degrees. The character Dry Weight depends upon seedling length as more the seedling length more will be the weight therefore maximum dry weight was obtained in V1T9 because of maximum seedling length. The character SVI-II depends upon germination percentage and dry weight. Both the parameters displayed maximum magnitude for the treatment V1T9. Therefore, it is obvious to have maximum SVI-II (37.89) for the treatment T9.\r\nAs per the Table 4, it is clearly evident that the different doses of mutagens created a significant variability for the characters still no such dose is validated which may act as LD50. All the treatments were found to be sub vital in survivability.\r\nIn total, it was analyzed two categories of effect of mutagens. Increase in the magnitude and Decrease in the magnitude.\r\nAn increase in the values of all the seed parameters taken under study can be explained due to increased embryonic growth coupled with high rate of mitotic cell division. Similar pattern of mutagenic effect has been recorded by Sharma et al., (2015), Irfaq and Nawab (2001); Jain et al. (2015). The mutagen Sodium Azide displayed delayed or inhibition in all the characters which might be due to suppressed enzymatic activities, hormonal imbalance and slow down of physiological process necessary for seed germination .This result is in synchronization with Herwibawa et al. (2018) in chill pepper, Abu et al., (2019); Ibukun et al. (2019); Akinyosoye (2020) in maize and Julia et al. (2022) in Indian Mustard.\r\n', 'Nikita Aggarwal, Sudheer K. Pathak and Shama Parveen (2022). Assessment of Quality Parameters of Chemically Mutagenized Wheat Seeds. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 761-765.'),
(5359, '136', 'Response of Fodder Maize (Zea mays L.) to Urea and Nano Urea on Growth, Yield and Economics', 'M. Srivani, P. Satish, S.A. Hussain and K. Shailaja', '129 Response of Fodder Maize (Zea mays L.) to Urea and Nano Urea on Growth, Yield and Economics Medipelly Srivani.pdf', '', 1, 'In order to meet the increasing demand for supply of quality forage due to increasing pressure on agricultural land for food and cash crops, quality fodder production for sustainability on limited space and time could be achieved from ideal forage crops and best management practices. Hence there is a need for nitrogen management with increasing use efficiency. In this regard present investigation was set to study the response of fodder maize (Zea mays L.) to urea and nano urea on growth, yield and economics. The experiment was carried out in randomised block design with 6 treatments and 4 replications at College farm, College of Agriculture, Rajendranagar, Hyderabad, Telangana, in sandy loam soils during rabi 2021. The study revealed that soil application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 each at basal, 20 & 40 DAS (T2) recorded significantly at par with basal soil application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 + foliar spray of nano urea @3 ml l-1 each at 20 & 40 DAS with respect to growth and yield of fodder maize crop. 100 % RDN application through urea recorded higher with respect to economics over other treatments. Hence, nitrogen management through urea and also urea + nano urea foliar spray @3 ml l-1 might be the best combination among other foliar spray rates for attaining best use efficiency and sustainability.', 'Nano urea, fodder maize, urea, foliar spray, leaf to stem ratio, nitrogen', 'Based on the present investigation, it can be concluded that basal application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 + foliar spray of nano urea @3 ml l-1 each at 20 & 40 DAS could be the best nitrogen management option. However soil application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 each at basal, 20 & 40 DAS as 100% RDN application through urea recorded statistically at par with urea + nano urea foliar sprays @3 ml l-1 each at 20 & 40 DAS with respect to growth & yield of fodder maize. 100% RDN application through urea recorded higher gross returns, net returns and B: C ratio over other treatments.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nFodder crops are the plant species that are cultivated and harvested for feeding livestock in the form of forage (cut green and fed fresh), where livestock is an important asset and livelihood option for people in rainfed areas of India. Better feeding could be achieved by ensuring the adequate supply of good quality forage from improved varieties and best management practices (BMPs). Fodder production depends on the cropping pattern, climate and socio-economic conditions of the region. Total area under fodder crops in India is 9.58 m. ha (Indiastat, 2020) on individual crop basis. Which is only 4.2 to 4.4% of the total cultivated area and currently a net deficiency of 35.6% green fodder, 10.95% dry fodder and 44% concentrate feed materials in the country (IGFRI Vision, 2050). There is hardly any scope of expansion due to increasing pressure on agricultural land for food and cash crops. The solution, therefore, lies in increasing quality fodder production on limited space and time as green fodder is considered as the rich and cheapest source of protein, vitamins, carbohydrates and minerals for livestock (Kumar et al., 2020). \r\nAmong the cultivated forage crops, maize is an ideal crop for fodder as well as silage on account of its high yield potential and nutritional profile. It has highest fodder production potential, per day productivity, wider adaptability, succulent nature, excellent fodder quality with high digestibility and palatability. Hence it can be fed at any stage of growth without any risk to animals as it is free from anti metabolites. It is one of the most adaptable emerging crops having wider adaptability under varied agro climatic conditions (Arya et al., 2015). Nitrogen is the most important limiting factor for plant growth and its application increases the nitrogen, crude protein content and metabolizable energy besides improving succulency, palatability and digestibility of fodder maize (Patel et al., 2007). \r\nApplied N through conventional fertilizers undergoes transformation processes. In order to improve the N use efficiency, several strategies have been suggested in the past few decades. Nano fertilizers are the important tools in agriculture to improve crop growth, yield and quality parameters, reduce wastage of applied fertilizers and cost of cultivation. Nano urea (Liquid) is a source of nitrogen, crucial towards proper crop growth and development. Typically, nitrogen content in a healthy plant is in the range of 1.5 to 4 %. Foliar application of Nano urea (Liquid) at critical crop growth stages effectively fulfills the nitrogen requirement and reflects higher crop productivity and quality in comparison to conventional urea. The present study was therefore, designed to analyze the response of fodder maize with urea and nano urea liquid on growth, yield and economics.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present field experiment was carried out at College Farm, College of Agriculture, PJTSAU, Rajendranagar, Hyderabad, Telangana during rabi 2021 which is geographically situated at 17°19\'19.2\'\' N Latitude and 78°24\' 39.2\'\' E longitude and at an altitude of 542.3 m above mean sea level. Experimental location falls under Southern Telangana Agro Climatic Zone of Telangana. The soil was sandy loam in texture having pH 7.5, electrical conductivity 0.67 dS/m and organic carbon 0.44 % with available nitrogen (187 kg ha-1), phosphorus (64 kg ha-1) and potassium (334 kg ha-1). The total amount of rainfall received during the crop growth period was 2.59 mm in 2 rainy days. During crop growth period the average of weekly mean Tmax, Tmin, RH(morning), RH(evening) and evaporation recorded were 28.87°C, 16.07°C, 89.63 %, 52.87 % and 3.11 mm respectively. The experiment was laid out in a Randomized Block Design using six treatment combinations with four replications. In this experiment, Nitrogen was applied in three split doses with both forms of Urea and Nano urea liquid with different doses through soil and foliar application methods. P2O5 & K2O were applied basally through SSP and MOP sources respectively. The standard RDF (100%) dose is 100:40:30 NPK Kg ha-1. These six treatment combinations were laid out with four replications, among which nutrients 1/3rd dose of nitrogen (Urea), full dose of phosphorus and potassium were applied at the time of sowing. Remaining, 1/2 dose of nitrogen (soil application of urea and foliar spray of nano urea liquid) were applied each at 20 and 40 DAS respectively. \r\nThe other agronomic practices like irrigation, insect pests and weed control measures were done as per recommended practices of PJTSAU, Rajendranagar. All growth and yield parameters of fodder maize were recorded periodically on randomly selected and tagged plants. The plant samples were collected at crop harvest and analyzed for quality parameters following standard procedure. The data obtained from various parameters under study were analysed by the method of analysis of variance (ANOVA) as described by Gomez and Gomez (1984). The level of significance used in the “F” test was given at 5%.\r\nThe cost of cultivation and the gross returns were calculated using the green fodder yield of fodder maize and the market price of the produce at the time of marketing. The net returns per hectare were calculated by deducting the cost of cultivation per hectare from the gross returns per hectare. \r\nNet monetary returns = Gross monetary returns - Total cost of cultivation \r\nBenefit cost ratio was worked out for each treatment by using the formula given by Subba Reddy and Raghuram (1996). \r\nB:C= (Gross returns (₹/ha))/(Cost of cultivation (₹/ha))\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nGrowth Parameters. The data pertaining to growth parameters viz., plant height, number of leaves plant-1 and stem diameter are presented in (Table 1). Highest plant height, number of leaves plant-1 and stem diameter (178 cm, 15.15 and 3.08 cm respectively) were recorded with soil application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 each at basal, 20 & 40 DAS (T2) which was statistically at par with basal soil application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 + foliar spray of nano urea @3 ml l-1 each at 20 & 40 DAS (T4) (164 cm, 14 and 2.86 cm respectively). T4 recorded at par with basal soil application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 + foliar spray of nano urea @3.5 ml l-1 each at 20 & 40 DAS (T5) (157 cm, 13.75 and 2.80 cm respectively). While lowest growth parameters are recorded with no nitrogen application (105 cm, 9.75 and 2.01 cm respectively). Growth parameters increased by 16-36%, 11-30% and 11-30% respectively with the influence nano urea foliar spray in combination with urea application over control.\r\nResults revealed that application of N through both sources (Urea and nano urea) either individually or in combination significantly increased growth parameters over control. Similar results were reported by Sumanta et al. (2022); Ajithkumar et al. (2021). The increase might be due to increased availability of nutrients for plant growth which may have increased chlorophyll formation, photosynthetic rate, dry matter production and thus resulted in improved overall growth of the plant. Increased plant height resulted in more nodes per plant which accommodated more leaves per plant. Again nitrogen helps in rapid growth and development of plants as they help in photosynthesis and various plant biochemical processes which respond towards growth (Jasim Iqbal et al., 2016). The middle nano urea foliar spray rates were in close agreement with the findings of Abdel Salam et al. (2018) in lettuce.\r\nLeaf Stem ratio. Leaf stem ratio of fodder maize influenced by urea and nano urea applications presented in (Table 1) reveals that among the nano urea foliar spray applications, basal soil application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 + foliar spray of nano urea @3 ml l-1 each at 20 & 40 DAS recorded (0.59) L: S ratio and was statistically at par with basal soil application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 + foliar spray of nano urea @3.5 ml l-1 each at 20 & 40 DAS (0.55) and significantly highest leaf: stem ratio was recorded with absolute control (0.73). Statistically lowest leaf: stem ratio (0.43) was recorded with soil application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 each at basal, 20 & 40 DAS. Lower leaf to stem ratio registered might be due to advancing in age of the crop from one stage to another stage, weight of stems increased more comparatively to weight of leaves. In comparison with urea to that of nano urea foliar sprays, maximum weight of stem was registered in plants fertilized with 100% urea application (T2) which resulted in lower leaf to stem ratio. It ranged from 0.43 to 0.73. Similar findings were reported by Tiwana et al. (2005) in fodder pearl millet. \r\nYield. Perusal of yield data presented in (Table 1) revealed that green fodder yield and dry fodder yield were significantly influenced by urea and nano urea applications. Soil application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 each at basal, 20 & 40 DAS (T2) recorded green and dry fodder yield (347 and 90.61 q ha-1 respectively) and was significantly similar with basal soil application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 + foliar spray of nano urea @3 ml l-1 each at 20 & 40 DAS (T4) (322 and 82.59 q ha-1 respectively). (T4) recorded on par yield with basal soil application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 + foliar spray of nano urea @3.5 ml l-1 each at 20 & 40 DAS (T5) (308 and 76.55 q ha-1 respectively). While significantly lowest yield was recorded with no nitrogen (224 and 35.74 q ha-1 respectively). Yield viz., green and dry fodder yield increased by 11-30% and 37-57% with the influence of urea in combination with nano urea foliar sprays over absolute control respectively. This may be attributed that nitrogen is an essential constituent of plant tissue and is involved in cell division and cell elongation which reflected its beneficial effect on the growth characters viz., plant height, number of leaves per plant and stem diameter and yielding higher green and dry fodder. Almost similar findings were reported by Rajesh et al. (2021) and Abdel-Aziz et al. (2018). The middle nano urea foliar spray rates were in close agreement with the findings of Abdel-Salam et al. (2018) in lettuce. \r\nEconomics. On perusal of data (Table 2) gross returns and net returns influenced by urea and nano urea applications in fodder maize revealed that higher relative economics were realized with application of 100% RDN through soil application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 each at basal, 20 & 40 DAS (T2) (69400 and 21900 Rs ha-1 respectively). The next best treatment was T4 (basal soil application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 + foliar spray of nano urea @3 ml l-1 each at 20 & 40 DAS) (64100 and 14800 Rs ha-1 respectively) and the lowest were realized with T1 (Absolute control) (44700 and 1000 Rs ha-1 respectively). Gross returns increased by 8- 28% and 36% with 100 % RDN application through urea over urea in combination with nano urea foliar sprays and absolute control respectively and increased by 11-30% with the influence of urea in combination with nano urea foliar sprays over absolute control. \r\nHigher level of nitrogen application which might be owing to better nitrogen use efficiency increased green fodder yield resulting in higher gross returns and net returns. Similar results were also reported by Kumar et al. (2020b). The data on B: C ratio influenced by urea and nano urea applications in fodder maize presented in (Table 2) revealed that highest benefit-cost ratio was recorded with soil application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 each at basal, 20 & 40 DAS (T2) (1.46), followed by T4 (basal soil application of urea @33 kg N ha-1 + foliar spray of nano urea @3 ml l-1 each at 20 & 40 DAS) (1.30) and the lowest B: C ratio was realized with T1 (Absolute control) (1.02).\r\nB: C ratio increased by 1-22% with urea in combination with nano urea foliar spray over absolute control. Higher green fodder yield and net returns obtained with T2 might be responsible for higher benefit-cost ratio. The present findings confirm with that of Ajithkumar et al. (2021).\r\n', 'M. Srivani, P. Satish, S.A. Hussain and K. Shailaja (2022). Response of Fodder Maize (Zea mays L.) to Urea and Nano Urea on Growth, Yield and Economics. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 766-769.'),
(5360, '136', 'Performance of Pre-kharif Maize under different Sowing Windows and Inter-Cropping with Green Gram', 'Kousik Nandi, Subhendu Bandyopadhyay, Abhijit Nandi, Soumya Saha and Tarun Paul', '130 Performance of Pre-kharif Maize under different Sowing Windows and Inter-Cropping with Green Gram Trisha Sinha.pdf', '', 1, 'A field experiment was conducted at the Research Farm of Uttar Banga Krishi Viswavidyalaya, Pundibari, West Bengal, India during the pre-kharif season i.e. 3rd week of January to 2nd week of June for the year 2017 and 2018in order to study the performance of maize under different sowing dates and spatial arrangements with green gram. The experiment was laid out in split plot design having five main-plot treatments as sowing dates i.e. 17th January (3rd meteorological week), 24th January (4th meteorological week), 31st January (5th meteorological week), 7th February (6th meteorological week) and 14th February (7th meteorological week); and three sub-plot treatments (cropping systems) i.e. sole maize, maize + green gram (1:1) and maize + green gram (1:2) with three replications. Results from the experiment revealed that, different sowing dates were determining factors for growth attributes such as plant height, dry matter accumulation and leaf area index. Sole maize crop recorded the highest value of dry matter accumulation at 30 and 50 DAS when sown on February 14th, while 5th meteorological week i.e. 31st January-sown sole maize crop accumulated its highest dry matter at 70 DAS, 90 DAS and at harvest. February 7th planted maize recorded higher value of cob length, number of seeds row-1, grain weight cob-1and grain yield for both the years. ', 'Maize, inter-cropping, green gram, sowing date', 'In consideration with the results obtained from the two experimental years, it is suggested that the sowing for spring maize should be conducted at 6th meteorological week i.e. around 7th February. Drawing conclusion on the adaptability of the cropping systems requires further analysis on different cropping system parameters which were out of the focus area and objective of this present article.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nMaize (Zea mays L.) is one of the most significantly emerging, multifaceted crops with spacious adaptability to conglomerate agro-climatic conditions and to grow under adverse climatic conditions and ecologies (Ramachandiran and Pazhanivelan 2016). It is successfully grown from 500 m to more than 3000 m above mean sea level under a wide range of moisture level i.e. from irrigated to semi-arid conditions. Globally, it has obtained commanding role in the farming sector and in the macro-economy of Asia. Maize is known as ‘Queen of cereals’ for its highest yield potential among the cereals. This crop also has the highest potential of per day carbohydrate productivity. Maize stands third among important food crops of India after rice and wheat. In India, the crop is cultivated in an average area of 9.21 million ha with an average production and productivity of 25.1million tones and 2727 kg ha-1 respectively during the time span of 2013-14 to 2017-18 (DoES, 2020). The projected demand of maize is 45 million tonnes to meet its requirement for human consumption, pharma industry, and supply of feed and fodder for cattle, poultry and piggery by 2030 (Kumar et al., 2013). Greengram (Vigna radiate L.) is an important pulse crop that contains high quality protein and satisfactory amounts of minerals and vitamins. It has the potential to endow on a large scale to the pulse production in India. Greengram being a short stature legume crop with short duration and fast growing in nature can find place in many intercropping systems. One or two rows of green gram can profitably be raised between two rows of maize. Considering the ever-increasing demand for pulses, the country\'s pulse production needs to be uplifted with concerted efforts. This can be achieved either by expansion of more area under pulses or by enhancing the productivity per unit area or by intercropping. Efficient practice to exploit the available inter-row space which gets occupied by weed in conventional method also enhances the production per unit area and improves the fertility of soil for successive crop production. Moreover, there exists least chance of total crop loss by biotic/abiotic factors.\r\nRecently, the area of rabi maize in northern districts of West Bengal including Cooch Behar has increased in a significant manner and rice-maize has become a very popular cropping system in this Teraiagro-climatic zone. The time of sowing of maize is an important and decisive factor having direct bearing on weather condition. It governs the crop’s phenological development and total biomass production along with efficient conversion of biomass into economic yield. Field experiment by Singh et al. (1990) proved the growing degree day (GDD) requirement for maize cultivars in each growth phase is differentand also found high variations in GDD with different sowing dates which principally depend upon the maximum and minimum temperature of the crop-growing period. Maize sowing under late condition hastened development from seedling emergence to silking stage, while delayed sowing resulted in increased and decreased crop growth rate (CGR) respectively during the vegetative and post-anthesis stages (Cirilo and Andrade, 1994). Sowing of maize before and beyond the optimum date of planting resulted in reduction in leaf area index (LAI), leaf area duration (LAD) and total dry matter (Swanson and Wilhelm, 1996). Plants sown on earlier condition had an advantage with respect to plant height, LAI and dry matter accumulation over the delayed planting. However, the vegetative phase in case of late sowing condition was shortened by 6 days (Lauer, 2003).Delayed planting at early June decreased the number of days after planting to grain maturation by 9 days with respect to sowing at early May (Thomison et al. 2002). Planting date has been most crucial factor for significant losses in maize production due to extreme variations in temperatures during growth period from sowing to harvesting, most particularly at anthesis stage (Nielson et al., 2002). Considering the information it is to suggest that different dates of sowing with specific interval may generate sufficient information and clear understanding to find out the most suitable time of sowing for maize in pre-kharif season.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nExperimental site. The study was conducted in the instructional farm (26°19\'86\"N, 89°23\'53\"E) of Uttar Banga Krishi Viswavidyalaya, Pundibari, Cooch Behar, West Bengal in 2017 and 2018 during the pre-kharif orlate rabi season (Mid-January to mid-June). The location is situated in the eastern part of India with the elevation of 43 meters above mean sea level. The soil was sandy-loam in nature with the sand, silt and clay contents of 63.4% 20.4% slit and 17.2% respectively. The initial soil (0-20cm depth) recorded 162.6 and 155.4 kg of available Nha-1(determined by Kjeldahl method), 10.7 and 12.2 kg of available Pha-1 (determined by Bray\'s No. I Method), and 84.3and 78.9 kg of available Kha-1 (determined by Flame photometer method) during the year 2017 and 2018respectively. The study area is characterized with sub-tropical humid climate with prolonged winter season. The average rainfall of this zone varies between 2100 and 3300 mm, while it has the temperature ranges from the minimum of 7-8 °C to the maximum of 24-33.2°C. \r\nTreatment details. Sowing was performed in seven days interval starting from mid-January to mid-February for both the year in such a way that latest and earliest possible dates for maize and green gram sowing were included in the tested site. The experiment was laid out in split plot design having five main-plot treatments as sowing dates i.e. 17 January (3rd meteorological week),24 January(4th meteorological week),31 (January 5th meteorological week),7 February(6th meteorological week) and7 February(7th meteorological week); and three sub-plot treatments i.e. sole maize, maize+ green gram (1:1) and maize+ green gram (1:2)with three replications. Maize variety ‘DHM 117’ and green gram variety ‘Pusa Baisakhi’ was taken for the experiment. Individual plot size of 4 m ×3 m was maintained in the trial.\r\nStatistical analysis. All the data obtained from the experiment conducted under split plot design were statistically analyzed using the ‘F-test’ as per the procedure given by Gomez and Gomez (1984). Critical difference values at P=0.05 were used to determine the significance of difference between treatment means.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nPlant growth attributes\r\nPlant height. Maize sown on 7th and 14th February was recorded with greater plant height at all the stages of growth compared to the previously sown plants (Table 1). However, difference in plant height at maturity was very narrow among maize plants sown on different dates. Among the cropping system sole maize recorded significantly highest plant at all the dates of growth stages. Maize + green gram (1:2) recorded significantly lowest plant height irrespective of the growth stages. These results are in accordance with the findings of Singh (2005).\r\nDry matter accumulation. February 14 sown maize recorded significantly highest value of dry matter at 30 and 50 DAS whereas, 31st January sown maize accumulated higher dry matter at 70 DAS, 90 DAS and at harvest (Table 2). The reason behind the lower dry matter accumulation for the early sown maize in all the dates of observations recorded might be due to lower night temperature which affected leaf production, cell division and cell enlargement. Among the cropping systems, sole maize produced highest dry matter followed by maize + green gram (1:1) and maize + green gram (1:2) at different stages of growth. \r\nLeaf area index. Leaf area index (LAI) increased progressively with the growth of the plants and found maximum at 90 days after sowing after which it declined towards maturity due to senescence of lower leaf. At maximum LAI stage, 14th February planted maize recorded significantly highest LAI value over 17th January sown maize, however, other sowing dates were found with statistically similar LAI value with 14th February sown maize. Sole maize was found to best in terms of recorded LAI followed by the cropping system of maize + green gram (1:1) and maize+ green gram (1:2) irrespective of the growth stages and year of experimentation. This might be due to favourable ecological condition formed due to lesser competition for space, nutrient, soil moisture and light. These results are in conformity with the findings of Dhingra et al. (1991).\r\nThe unfavourable weather condition i.e. lower day and night temperatures during the initial growth stages might be responsible for reduced growth attributes in early sown maize crops. Superior growth of sole maize was due to lesser competition for space, light, water and nutrients than in the intercropping systems. Similar findings were also scrutinized by Swanson and Wilhelm (1996); Irilo and Andrade (1994).\r\nYield attributing characters \r\nCob length and cob girth. February 7th sown maize for both the years 2017 and 2018 produced longest cob (16.33 and 14.95 cm respectively) which was statistically at par with February 14th sown maize (15.47 and 14.04 cm respectively) and January 24th sown maize (15.48 and 13.95 cm respectively) as represented in the Table 4. The lowest recorded lowest cob length was recorded for maize sown on January 17th which was 13.97 cm and 14.19 cm for2017 and 2018 respectively. This might be due to the unsuitable weather condition prevailing during initial growth stages. Liu et al. (2009) also reported similar trend of result. Among the three cropping systems, sole maize was recorded with the highest cob length of 16.13 and 14.83 cm respectively for 2017 and 2018, followed by the cob length of 14.97 and 13.47 cm for 2017 and 2018 under maize + green gram (1:1) cropping system. Cob girth was found to be significantly superior for maize sown on 14th February to other planting dates. \r\nNumber of seeds row-1 and number of seed rows cob-1 of maize. February 7th sown maize was recorded with significantly higher number of seeds row-1 than 17th January planted maize, however, number of seed rows cob-1 was found highest for the 31st January planted maize which was statistically at par with February 7th sown maize (Table 4). Sowing maize on 17th January was recorded with significantly lowest number of seeds row-1 and number of seed rows cob-1for both the years of experimentation which might be due to affected plant growth and development and also reduced synthesis and translocation of photosynthates under lower day and night temperature and reduced solar light intensity particularly during early stages of crop growth. Similar findings were also scrutinized by Jasemi et al. (2013). Among the cropping systems, sole maize was observed with higher values of number of seeds row-1 (38.0 and 36.6 for the year 2017 and 2018, receptively). The number of seed rows cob-1 of 16.53 and 16.14 recorded in 2017 and 2018 for sole maize was also highest followed by maize + green gram (1:1) and maize + green gram (1:2). These results confirm the findings of Padhi (2001).\r\nTest weight, total seeds cob-1, cob weight, grain weight cob-1 and shelling percentage. February 14th sown maize recorded highest value of test weight, though test weight obtained with other dates of sowing was statically at par (Table 5). The highest test weight of 248.5 g and 248.20 g (respectively for the year 2017 and 2018) was recorded under the cropping system of sole maize followed by maize + green gram (1:1) and maize + green gram (1:2). Similar trends were also registered by Reddy and Bheemaiah (1991).The cob weight of maize in different sowing dates and cropping systems varied significantly for both the seasons as represented in the Table 5. Sowing on 7th February was resulted in highest cob weight of 184.0 g and 179.8 g which was statistically at par with the sowing on 31st January and 14th February. Sole maize obtained the cob weight of 184.7 g and 179.2 g in 2017 and 2018 respectively which was the highest and also statistically different from maize + green gram (1:2) and maize + green gram (1: 1) in both the seasons. Similar results were also reported by Sarkar and Shit (1990). The differences in the grain weight cob-1of maize under different sowing dates and cropping systems observed for both the seasons have been presented in the Table 5. Maize sown on February 7th obtained the highest grain weight cob-1of 152.9 g and 150.3 g (for the year 2017 and 2018 respectively) which was statistically at par with the sowing dates of 31st January and 14th February for both the years. Among the cropping systems, sole maize was the best performer in terms of recorded grain weight cob-1 which was 156.6 g and 151.7 g in 2017 and 2018 respectively. Data regarding the shelling percentage were found statistically non-significant with varied sowing dates for both the seasons (2017 and 2018). Recorded shelling percentage of 84.6 in the first season i.e. 2017 for the cropping system of sole maize was at par with two other intercropping systems but for the second season i.e. 2018 sole maize recorded shelling percentage of 84.5 which was significantly higher than the rest two cropping systems.\r\nYield and production efficiency. Grain yield of maize varied significantly under different dates of sowing and cropping systems as to be found from the Table 6. February 7th sowing recorded the highest grain yield viz. 9.61 t ha-1 and 9.32 tha-1 for maize which was significantly superior to other dates of sowing in both the years except January 31st sowing in which maize obtained the grain yield of 9.40 t ha-1 and 8.95 t ha-1 (for 2017 and 2018 respectively). In the contrary, sowing performed on 17th January let the maize obtain the lowest grain yield which was 7.65 t ha-1 and 7.31 t ha-1 for the year 2017 and 2018 respectively. About more than 25% increment in grain yield of maize was observed when maize was sown on February 7th than that of January 17th for both the experimental years. The highest grain yield of 9.54 t ha-1 in 2017 and 9.12 t ha-1 in 2018 was obtained by maize crop when sown alone followed by the cropping system of maize + green gram (1: 2) that recorded the maize grain yield of 8.53 t ha-1and 8.43 t ha-1 for 2017 and 2018 respectively. Lower grain yield might be due to the occurrence of rainfall during flowering stages of the crop which might be resulted into reduced pollination in the second season. The result was conformity with the Mandal et al. (2014).\r\nThe stover yield recorded in different sowing dates was also found to be significantly affected. The highest stover yield (12.97 t ha-1 and 13.07 t ha-1 for 2017 and 2018 respectively) was recorded in 6thmeteorological week which was statistically at par with that of 5th meteorological week (13.23 tha-1 and 12.63 t ha-1 for 2017 and 2018 respectively). Sole maize was again the top performer in terms of obtainment of stover yield also (13.78 t ha-1 and 13.12 t ha-1 respectively for the experimental year 2017 and 2018). Next to it, maize recorded the stover yield of 11.94 t ha-1and 11.65 t ha-1 for the first and second season respectively under the cropping system of maize + green gram (1: 2). These results were in conformity with the finding by Mandal et al. (2014).\r\nThe production efficiency of maize in different sowing dates and cropping systems was evaluated by harvest index (HI) and per-day grain production. The harvest index of maize was statistically in different among each other when different sowing dates were compared. Sowing on February 7th resulted in the obtainment of the highest harvest index for maize (42.68 and 41.95 respectively in 2017 and 2018) followed by the sowing on 31st January that recorded the HI of 41.82 and 41.91 in the first and second season, respectively. Harvest index was found to be lowest i.e. 39.99 and 39.92 under the sowing operation on 3rd meteorological for the experimental year 2017 and 2018 respectively. In terms of harvest index too, sole maize recorded its highest values viz., 41.34 and 43.12 (for 2017 and 2018 respectively) followed by the cropping system of maize + green gram (1: 2) that recorded the respective HI of 41.90 and 42.28 in 2017 and 2018. Similar findings as obtained by Patra et al. (1999) confirmed these present experimental results. Sowing of maize on February 7th was found to be superior in terms of per-day grain production to almost all the sowing dates (Fig. 2). Growing sole maize was resulted in recording of highest values of per-day production among the cropping systems with all sowing dates except in February 14th sowing during the first year i.e. 2017. Maize requires accumulating optimum growing degree days (GDD) for the production of maximum grain yield and biological yield (Dahmardeh, 2012). Sowing maize after 31st January facilitated the crop to acquire optimum GDD due to congenial day and night temperatures which adversely affected the crops sown earlier.', 'Kousik Nandi, Subhendu Bandyopadhyay, Abhijit Nandi, Soumya Saha and Tarun Paul (2022). Performance of Pre-Kharif Maize under Different Sowing Windows and Inter-Cropping with Green Gram. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 770-776.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5361, '136', 'Inheritance Studies of Yellow Rust Resistance in Bread Wheat Genotypes for Yr5 gene', 'Kritika Singh, H.K. Chaudhary, NV Manoj and Shubham Verma', '131 Inheritance Studies of Yellow Rust Resistance in Bread Wheat Genotypes for Yr5 gene Kritika Singh.pdf', '', 1, 'Yellow rust of wheat, caused by Puccinia striiformis Westend. f.sp. tritici poses a serious threat to quality and yield potential in cooler regions. The economic and environment friendly strategy to combat this disease is deployment of resistance genes. The aim of the study was to study the inheritance pattern of Yr5 gene and test genetic linkage of marker STS 7/STS 8 in F2 segregating population derived from crosses between yellow rust susceptible parents HS 240 & DH 40 and resistant parent Avocet-Yr5. Two sets of F2 segregating population derived from crosses HS 240 × Avocet-Yr5 and DH 40 × Avocet-Yr5 were evaluated phenotypically for their reaction to yellow rust disease under controlled conditions. The chi square analysis showed that resistance in segregating populations of two crosses was governed by single dominant gene and marker STS 7/STS can be utilized efficiently for selection of Yr5 gene in the breeding material.', 'Wheat, yellow rust, Puccinia striiformis Westend f.sp. tritici, Yr5 gene, STS7/STS8', 'R genes responsible for imparting genetic resistance to wheat yellow rust have proven to be ineffective after deployment. However, some genes like Yr5 shows potential to combat the havoc caused by the Pst races. Inheritance pattern studies revealed that resistance in wheat genotypes genotypes is governed by the single resistance gene i.e.Yr5. STS marker STS7/STS8 used in the study can identify individual gene and its co-segregation with the target gene indicate its possible use in recombining R genes as required.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nWheat (Triticum aestivum L. em Thell) is an important cereal crop grown globally. Wheat production is a key component in sustaining global food security. Among various threats to wheat production, rust poses a serious problem to wheat cultivation worldwide. There are several evidences of increased yellow rust epidemics around the world which may be due to changing climatic conditions and increased adaptation of pathogen races. Yellow rust also known as stripe rust, caused by Puccinia striiformis Westend f.sp. tritici Eriks and Henn. (Pst), is an economically important foliar disease of wheat crop. In the past two decades, there has been global emergence of aggressive and genetically diverse pathogen populations which are adapted to warmer temperatures (Milus et al., 2009; Hubbard et al., 2015; Hovmøller et al., 2016). In India, yellow rust has become economically important in the recent past especially in cooler areas and is a threat in 10 mha area under Northern parts of India (Bhardwaj et al., 2019). Virulence on major seedling resistance genes including Yr2, Yr6, Yr9, Yr11, Yr12, Yr17, Yr24 and Yr27 has been reported (Wellings and McIntosh 1990; Nsabiyera et al., 2018; Gangwar et al., 2016). Only a few resistance genes are still effective against Pst races which urges the demand to develop durable resistant varieties. Deployment of resistant genes effectively and economically is important to reduce fungicide use and minimize crop losses. Yellow rust resistance genes have been identified progressively in wheat bringing the total number of catalogued genes to 70. Among all the R genes which are still effective against Pst races, Yr5 is dominant seedling- expressed yellow rust R- gene originally identified in T. aestivum subsp. spelta var. album accession (Macer, 1963) and later to be shown in a number of spelta wheats (Kema, 1992). The gene is located on the long arm of chromosome 2B (Law, 1976). This gene can be used effectively in varieties grown in north western Himalayas in India where yellow rust poses havoc to wheat cultivation. In the present study, the inheritance pattern of Yr5 gene was studied in the cross of Avocet-Yr5 with the agronomically superior variety HS 240 and a doubled haploid genotype DH 40 which are suitable for cultivation in NWH zone but susceptible to yellow rust disease.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe plant material for the study comprised of wheat genotypes HS 240 (spring wheat variety), DH 40 (a doubled haploid genotype developed by Imperata cylindrica- mediated doubled haploidy breeding technique (Chaudhary et al., 2005), and Avocet-Yr5 (resistant source for Yr5 gene). DH 40 and HS240 were hybridized with Avocet-Yr5 Two sets of F2 population derived from crosses, HS 240 × Avocet-Yr5 and DH 40 × Avocet-Yr5 were tested for rust resistance and linkage with marker. The molecular marker used for the amplification was STS7/STS8 (Chen et al., 2003) (Table 1, Table 2).\r\nA. Seedling resistance test\r\nSeedling tests were conducted under controlled environment conditions. The parents and segregating generation were tested with pathotype110S119. Fully extended primary leaves were inoculated with the uredospore suspension. The seedlings were transferred to humid glass chamber for 48 hours. The inoculated seedlings were then transferred to glass house at about 15° C. The infection types were recorded 20 days after inoculation and were classified as resistant and susceptible according to Nayar et al. (1997). After phenotypic evaluation, F2 populations were screened for analysis of marker gene association and inheritance of Yr5 gene.\r\nB. DNA isolation and PCR amplification\r\nGenomic DNA was extracted from leaf samples as per CTAB method (Murray and Thompson 1980). The PCR reaction was performed in a total volume of 15µl, containing 100ng template DNA, 1× PCR Buffer, 2.5 mM MgCl2, 0.2MM dNTP, 0.75U Taq DNA polymerase and 0.3µM of each primer. STS marker STS7/STS8 was used for detection of Yr5 gene (Chen et al., 2003). Amplification were performed in thermal Cycler at 94°C for 4 minutes followed by 40 cycles at 94°C for 45 seconds, 45°C for 45 seconds and 72°C for 60 seconds. A final elongation was performed at 72°C for 10 minutes. PCR products were analyzed by electrophoresis using 3% high resolution agarose gel melting in 1× TAE followed by staining with ethidium bromide and visualized with UV light. \r\nC. Data Analysis\r\nChi square analysis was applied to check the validity of expected ratios to that of observed ratio in the segregating generation to test goodness of fit and investigate the inheritance of stripe rust resistance gene & molecular marker.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nIn F2 population derived from cross HS 240 × Avocet-Yr5, sixty three individuals exhibited resistant response and twenty four showed susceptible reaction. The segregation pattern in F2 population developed from cross DH 40 × Avocet-Yr5 revealed that sixty nine plants were resistant and twenty nine were susceptible to yellow rust (Table 3). The segregation ratio exhibited goodness of fit to 3:1 ratio in both the crosses. The segregation pattern was analogous to the ratio exhibited by single dominant gene. DNA samples from F2 plants were analyzed to determine linkage between STS marker and resistant gene Yr5. STS marker STS7/STS8 showed polymorphism in the parental genotypes. This marker was further used to analyze segregating ratio in F2 individuals. The PCR amplification showed bands of 478bp in resistant homozygous individuals, 472bp in susceptible homozygous individuals and both the bands in heterozygous genotypes (Fig. 1). The resistant gene Yr5 followed a segregation ratio of 1:3:1 with marker STS7/STS8 in segregating F2 population of crosses HS 240 × Avocet-Yr5 and DH 40 × Avocet-Yr5. These results suggested that the yellow rust resistance to Pst strain is determined by a single dominant gene Yr5. There was no recombination between molecular marker and Yr5 gene, indicating complete linkage between the two.\r\n', 'Kritika Singh, H.K. Chaudhary, N.V. Manoj and Shubham Verma (2022). Inheritance Studies of Yellow Rust Resistance in Bread Wheat Genotypes for Yr5 gene. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 777-779.'),
(5362, '134', 'Entrepreneurial Behaviour of Vegetable Growers in Odisha', 'Bijayalaxmi Nayak and Pradip Kumar Banerjee', '101 Entrepreneurial Behaviour of Vegetable Growers in Odisha Bijayalaxmi Nayak.pdf', '', 1, 'In terms of the variety of rural vocations, India has enormous potential for the development of entrepreneurship. One of the promising areas for Indian business development is the production of vegetables. In rural India, industries based on vegetables are becoming significant drivers of economic growth. Growing evidence suggests that the enterprise of producing vegetables could contribute more positively to rural welfare and poverty reduction by creating jobs at the farm level. Keeping this in view the present study was carried out in Cuttack and Koraput district of Odisha State. An ex-post facto design of social research was used. A sample of 200 vegetable growers as respondents were drawn and information obtained from them was considered for tabulation and analysis of data. Findings revealed that majority of the vegetable growers had medium level in all entrepreneurial traits/attributes namely innovativeness, risk orientation, economic motivation, decision making ability, leadership ability, scientific orientation, achievement motivation, self confidence, utilization of available assistance, credit orientation and management orientation. The overall entrepreneurial behavior was found to be of medium level. Though the present paper attempts to examine the entrepreneurial behaviour of vegetable growers of Odisha, the study was confined to Cuttack and Koraput districts of Odisha. Hence, generalization on this could be restricted to other areas with similar condition. The findings of the study were based on verbal expression of the respondents, therefore the findings were conditioned by the extent of reliable and valid information provided by those selected for the purpose of investigation.', 'Entrepreneurial behaviour, Entrepreneurial attributes, Vegetable growers, Innovativeness', 'The study concluded that majority of the respondents possessed medium level of entrepreneurial behaviour with respect to all the components of entrepreneurial behaviour. It is an indication of the progressiveness of the farmers. Thus, it calls for intensification of efforts and policy support to the farmers by field extension workers of the development departments. Due to time & resource constraints the result of the study was having regional implication with respect to area and sample size. Based on this, extensive studies on the similar aspect can be conducted in future for better implication. The study has implication for the planners and policy makers specially related to increase in production and productivity of seasonal vegetables in a better organized manner considering the commercial impact and crop diversification aspect in future. Specific vegetable cultivation zones can be developed in the state based on various resource availability.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSince vegetables are a staple of the human diet, a meal without one is considered insufficient in every region of the world. After China, India is the second-largest vegetable producer in the world. These make around 3% of the total agricultural area and are grown on about 6 million hectares. Despite the need for vegetables is 300g/day/person as advised by a nutritionist, we can only satisfy roughly 1/9th of that need. Vegetables from other countries are introduced in large quantities in India. In order to face the challenge of providing enough food to India\'s expanding population, a planned development in the sector of vegetable production would not only increase the nutritional requirements for the general public but also the labor-intensive nature of vegetable growing can also greatly expand employment opportunities (Jena and Parida 2016).\r\nIn India, agriculture is very significant because it not only helps to feed the rural population but also significantly boosts the country\'s economy. The fact that agriculture employs and sustains over 65% of India\'s people makes it important as well. Entrepreneurship and rural development are more closely related than ever. Any country\'s economic growth is largely dependent on the crucial role that entrepreneurs play in society. In developing nations like India, where there are many chances for applying innovations to harness the resources available, notably in the sector of agriculture, the role performed by such entrepreneurs is crucial.\r\nWe can find people with the necessary entrepreneurial skill in all facets of the population in our nation, where there are abundant human resources. The Indian government created a distinct ministry for micro, small, and medium-sized businesses to encourage entrepreneurship in rural and semi-urban areas. Changes in an entrepreneur\'s knowledge, ability, and attitude are referred to as entrepreneurial behaviour. The first step in bringing about change is understanding how an individual will react to it. In order to take action to foster entrepreneurial qualities and promote entrepreneurship, it is important to understand a person\'s unique characteristics. This is why studying entrepreneurial behaviour is important in order to maintain a healthy society, entrepreneurship serves as a means of enhancing the standard of living for people, families, and communities.\r\nTo enhance the standard of extension services provided by institutional and noninstitutional bodies, it is crucial to comprehend such entrepreneurial behaviour. Vegetable farming requires a lot of capital and is risky, thus in order to manage the business successfully, a farmer needs the ability to take risks, be original, inventive, and resourceful. These traits provide them the ability to choose and accept the adoption of suitable scientific farming techniques. Individual, situational, psychological, social, and experiential aspects all affect how entrepreneurs behave (Rao, 1985).\r\nOdisha is blessed with a wide range of agro-climatic conditions that are ideal for the growth of horticulture crops. Farmers in rain-fed regions and dry tracks have a great potential to increase their income by investing in the horticultural sector. So, compared to cereals and pulses, horticulture generates a larger income per hectare of land. Under horticulture, vegetable crops are important sector. ( https://www.agrifarming.in/agriculture-in-odisha-crops-farming-practices#:~:text=)\r\nAdditionally, given the abundance of opportunities in the vegetable farming industry, entrepreneurship is essential for both small businesses and self-employment. Therefore, there is a need to integrate different sources of innovation and extension so that they produce an appropriate synergetic impact in boosting their economy by encouraging vegetable growers to adopt entrepreneurial behaviour.\r\nThe studies conducted in the past were insufficient for development organisations to strengthen their programmes for vegetable growers and establish new methods. With extensive strategic planning for the growth of entrepreneurs, certain research components take on special significance. The study\'s findings would assist extension specialists in developing relevant programmes and employing acceptable techniques to boost vegetable growers\' entrepreneurial behaviour and, as a result, enhance vegetable production. Keeping the above facts in view, the study entitled “Entrepreneurial Behaviour of Vegetable growers in Odisha” was undertaken.\r\nMETHODOLOGY\r\nThe state of Odisha consisted of ten agro-climatic zones based on soil, weather and other relevant characteristics. From these 10 agro climatic zones we have selected two diverse zones for our study for better comparability and representation of the vegetable farmers and their characteristics. Based on the data from Odisha Agricultural statistics (2013-14) East and South Eastern coastal plain (Ranked no1 in both GCA and Production) and Eastern Ghat high land (Ranked no7 in both GCA and production) were selected purposively as they both comes under two completely different cultivation conditions. From these two agro-climatic zones, Cuttack (East and South Eastern coastal plain) and Koraput (Eastern Ghat high land) districts were purposively selected based on highest GCA and production under vegetable cultivation in their respective zones. Out of these selected districts, two blocks from each district were randomly selected constituting total four blocks Banki, Damapara, Pottangi and Laxmipur. From each of the 4 blocks, two gram panchayats and from each gram panchayats one village was randomly selected, thus making it total 8 gram panchayats and 8 villages. Thus, finally eight GPs namely Berhampura, Kiapalla (Banki block), Similipur, Bilipada (Damapara block), Nuagaon, Maliput (Pottangi block), Panchda, Champi (Laxmipur block) and eight villages namely Berhampura (Berhampura GP), Kumusar (Kiapalla GP), Makundpur (Similipur GP), Bilipada (Bilipada GP), Galigabdar (Nuagaon GP), Champakendu (Maliput GP), Niraniguda (Panchda GP) and Titijhila (Champi GP) were selected. From each selected village, for our study 25 farmers who were involved in vegetable farming were selected randomly constituting a total 200 respondents in consultation with horticulture assistant and extension personnel of area. Data was collected by personal interview method at the farmers door steps or at their farms with the help of pretested structured interview schedule and focused group discussions. The collected data were analyzed using various statistical tools like Average, Frequency, and Percentage and they have been categorized based on the Mean±S.D.\r\nThe entrepreneurial behaviour of vegetable growers was measured in terms of eleven dimensions namely, innovativeness, risk orientation, economic motivation, decision making ability, leadership ability, scientific orientation, achievement motivation, self confidence, utilization of available assistance, credit orientation and management orientation. The scores against all these eleven components were added together to arrive at the score for entrepreneurial behaviour. \r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSIONS\r\nThe results pertaining to the entrepreneurial behaviour of vegetable growers comprised eleven components viz. innovativeness, risk orientation, economic motivation, decision making ability, leadership ability, scientific orientation, achievement motivation, self confidence, utilization of available assistance, credit orientation and management orientation are depicted in Table 1 and 2.\r\nInnovativeness. It could be observed from Table 1 that more than half (56.50%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of innovativeness, followed by high (23.50%) and low (20.00%) levels of innovativeness, respectively. The possible reason for the above trend might be that the members had medium level exposure to mass media. The results were in line with Nomeshkumar and Narayanaswamy (2000), Vijaykumar (2001); Bhagyalaxmi et al. (2003); Suresh (2004); Ram et al. (2010); Naidu (2012).\r\nRisk Orientation. It is apparent from Table 1 that majority (64.50%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of risk orientation, followed by 23.00 per cent and 12.50 per cent of them had high and low level of risk orientation, respectively. The vegetable growers with more experience had medium risk orientation, which might be the possible reason for this trend. The results were in line with Chidananda (2008); Madhushekhar (2009); Naidu (2012); Lakshmi Devi et al. (2019); Yewatkar et al. (2019).\r\nEconomic motivation. It is apparent from Table 1 that more than two-third (68.50%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of economic motivation, followed by 20.50 per cent and 11.00 per cent of them had high and low level of economic motivation, respectively. One of the characteristics of entrepreneur is an economic agent, who is busy in financial transactions in terms of buying and selling activities. They should strive hard to reduce the cost of production and marketing and aims for achieving high returns per unit of good. This trait makes an entrepreneur a brilliant visionary when it comes to predicting economic potential. As a result, the above pattern was noticed. The results were in line with Chaudhari (2006).\r\nDecision making ability. It represents from Table 1 that majority of the vegetable growers (60.00%) had medium level of decision making ability, followed by 23.00 per cent of them had low level of decision making ability and only 17.00 per cent of them had high level of decision making ability. Taking right decisions at the appropriate time is crucial to any entrepreneurial endeavor\'s success. This might be due to the fact that most of the vegetable growers had medium level of mass media exposure along with medium level of annual income and most of them took decisions by having discussion with family members, friends and relatives with regard to various activities. As a result, the above pattern was noticed. The results were in line with Yogesh (2016).\r\nLeadership ability. It is evident from Table 1 that that a great majority (88.50%) of the vegetable growers were found to have medium level of leadership ability followed by only 11.50 per cent of them had low level of leadership ability and none of them had high level of leadership ability. As an entrepreneur one should gain leadership skill because enterprise management necessitates coordination among different subsystems which require different skills. Among them leadership skill should be developed as every entrepreneur is expected to interact with various types of people. They also can influence, help, guide and support the fellow farmers in solving their problems. The result is similar to the findings of Mubeena (2017).\r\nScientific orientation. It is quite clear from the Table 1 that a great majority (85.00%) of the respondents had medium level of scientific orientation, followed by only 15.00 per cent of them had low level of scientific orientation and none of them had high level of scientific orientation. The results were in line with Thorat (2005); Nagabhushana (2007); Begum (2008); Gowda et al. (2011); Kalyan (2011).\r\nAchievement motivation. It is evident from Table 1 that majority (76.50%) of the vegetable growers were found to have medium level of achievement motivation, followed by 23.50 per cent of the vegetable growers had low level of achievement motivation and none of them had high level of achievement motivation. Individuals who are motivated by achievement are more likely to achieve the goals they set for themselves. The bulk of vegetable growers are in their middle years, which explains the above statistic. These people are in their forties and fifties. Their motivation to reach a higher status is moderate, and their aspirations are also moderate. The results were in line with Kiran et al. (2012); Ram et al. (2013); Mubeena (2017).\r\nSelf confidence. It is quite clear from the Table 1 that majority (75.50%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of self confidence, followed by low level of self confidence (23.50%) and only 01.00 per cent of them had high level of self confidence. Majority of the respondents had primary and high school level of education along with medium level of farming experience might be the probable reason for this type of findings. The results were in line with Kiran et al. (2012); Wankhade et al. (2013).\r\nUtilization of available assistance. It is evident from Table 1 that majority (78.50%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of utilization of available assistance, followed by 17.50 per cent of them had high level of utilization of available assistance and only 4.00 per cent of them had low level of utilization of available assistance. \r\nCredit orientation. A glance at the Table 1 shows that, more than half (56.00%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of credit orientation, followed by 40.50 per cent of them had high level of credit orientation and only 3.50 per cent of them had low level of credit orientation. The available own funds of the vegetable growers might not be sufficient and making them think towards source of credit. Nearly half of them had medium level of income, so to establish reasonably high profit business, they were depending on different sources of credit. They were motivated by this mentality to use credit responsibly in order to succeed in their entrepreneurial endeavors. They may believe that accepting credit will help their entrepreneurial operations run smoothly and profitably. Hence, the above trend was noticed. The results were in line with Sofeghar (2017).\r\nManagement orientation. It is operationally defined as the degree to which a vegetable grower is oriented towards scientific farm management comprising planning, production and marketing function.It is evident from Table 1 that more than half of the vegetable growers (58.50%) medium level of management orientation, followed by 26.00 per cent of them had low level and 15.50 per cent of them had high level of management orientation. The possible reason might be due to their medium experience in vegetable cultivation and medium extension contact. These variables might have helped in a good management. The results were in line with Shreekant and Jahagirdar (2017).\r\n(a) Planning orientation. It is quite clear from the Table 1 that nearly three-fourth of the vegetable growers (73.50%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of planning orientation, followed by 15.50 per cent of them had low level and only 11.00 per cent of them had high level of planning orientation. \r\n(b) Production orientation. It is quite clear from the Table 1 that a great majority of the vegetable growers (95.00%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of production orientation, followed by 5.00 per cent of them had low level and none of them had high level of production orientation, respectively.\r\n(c) Marketing orientation. It is evident from Table 1 that majority (71.50%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of marketing orientation, followed by those with low marketing orientation (17.50%) and with high marketing orientation (11.00%).\r\nOverall Entrepreneurial Behaviour of Vegetable growers. The vegetable farming requires much management decisions to be taken up by the farmers during activities of vegetable farming. Entrepreneurial behaviour of vegetable growers is operationally defined as cumulative outcome components namely, innovativeness, risk orientation, economic motivation, decision making ability, leadership ability, scientific orientation, achievement motivation, self confidence, utilization of available assistance, credit orientation and management orientation.\r\nFrom the Table 2 it is evident that majority (70.00%) of the vegetable growers belonged to medium entrepreneurial behaviour, followed by (20.50%) and (9.50%) vegetable growers had low and high level of entrepreneurial behaviour, respectively. The probable reason for this might be better social participation, expose with mass media, contacting different extension officials etc. might have developed a positive entrepreneurial attitude towards vegetable farming. Moreover, majority of the respondents were of medium income group enthusiastic in improving their standard of living might be another reason for this trend.\r\nFurther their past experiences in farming might have taught them managerial skills which are essential to maintain the profit from their vegetable farming enterprise. It could also be noticed that, only one-fifth of the respondents had low level of entrepreneurial behaviour. This might be due to their lack of education, lack of exposure to trainings given etc. Hence the above trend was noticed. The results were in line with Tamilselvi and Sudhakar (2010); Sabale et al. (2014); Yewatkar et al. (2019).\r\n', 'Bijayalaxmi Nayak and Pradip Kumar Banerjee (2022). Entrepreneurial Behaviour of Vegetable Growers in Odisha. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 608-613.'),
(5363, '134', 'Entrepreneurial Behaviour of Vegetable Growers in Odisha', 'Bijayalaxmi Nayak and Pradip Kumar Banerjee', '101 Entrepreneurial Behaviour of Vegetable Growers in Odisha Bijayalaxmi Nayak.pdf', '', 1, 'In terms of the variety of rural vocations, India has enormous potential for the development of entrepreneurship. One of the promising areas for Indian business development is the production of vegetables. In rural India, industries based on vegetables are becoming significant drivers of economic growth. Growing evidence suggests that the enterprise of producing vegetables could contribute more positively to rural welfare and poverty reduction by creating jobs at the farm level. Keeping this in view the present study was carried out in Cuttack and Koraput district of Odisha State. An ex-post facto design of social research was used. A sample of 200 vegetable growers as respondents were drawn and information obtained from them was considered for tabulation and analysis of data. Findings revealed that majority of the vegetable growers had medium level in all entrepreneurial traits/attributes namely innovativeness, risk orientation, economic motivation, decision making ability, leadership ability, scientific orientation, achievement motivation, self confidence, utilization of available assistance, credit orientation and management orientation. The overall entrepreneurial behavior was found to be of medium level. Though the present paper attempts to examine the entrepreneurial behaviour of vegetable growers of Odisha, the study was confined to Cuttack and Koraput districts of Odisha. Hence, generalization on this could be restricted to other areas with similar condition. The findings of the study were based on verbal expression of the respondents, therefore the findings were conditioned by the extent of reliable and valid information provided by those selected for the purpose of investigation.', 'Entrepreneurial behaviour, Entrepreneurial attributes, Vegetable growers, Innovativeness', 'The study concluded that majority of the respondents possessed medium level of entrepreneurial behaviour with respect to all the components of entrepreneurial behaviour. It is an indication of the progressiveness of the farmers. Thus, it calls for intensification of efforts and policy support to the farmers by field extension workers of the development departments. Due to time & resource constraints the result of the study was having regional implication with respect to area and sample size. Based on this, extensive studies on the similar aspect can be conducted in future for better implication. The study has implication for the planners and policy makers specially related to increase in production and productivity of seasonal vegetables in a better organized manner considering the commercial impact and crop diversification aspect in future. Specific vegetable cultivation zones can be developed in the state based on various resource availability.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSince vegetables are a staple of the human diet, a meal without one is considered insufficient in every region of the world. After China, India is the second-largest vegetable producer in the world. These make around 3% of the total agricultural area and are grown on about 6 million hectares. Despite the need for vegetables is 300g/day/person as advised by a nutritionist, we can only satisfy roughly 1/9th of that need. Vegetables from other countries are introduced in large quantities in India. In order to face the challenge of providing enough food to India\'s expanding population, a planned development in the sector of vegetable production would not only increase the nutritional requirements for the general public but also the labor-intensive nature of vegetable growing can also greatly expand employment opportunities (Jena and Parida 2016).\r\nIn India, agriculture is very significant because it not only helps to feed the rural population but also significantly boosts the country\'s economy. The fact that agriculture employs and sustains over 65% of India\'s people makes it important as well. Entrepreneurship and rural development are more closely related than ever. Any country\'s economic growth is largely dependent on the crucial role that entrepreneurs play in society. In developing nations like India, where there are many chances for applying innovations to harness the resources available, notably in the sector of agriculture, the role performed by such entrepreneurs is crucial.\r\nWe can find people with the necessary entrepreneurial skill in all facets of the population in our nation, where there are abundant human resources. The Indian government created a distinct ministry for micro, small, and medium-sized businesses to encourage entrepreneurship in rural and semi-urban areas. Changes in an entrepreneur\'s knowledge, ability, and attitude are referred to as entrepreneurial behaviour. The first step in bringing about change is understanding how an individual will react to it. In order to take action to foster entrepreneurial qualities and promote entrepreneurship, it is important to understand a person\'s unique characteristics. This is why studying entrepreneurial behaviour is important in order to maintain a healthy society, entrepreneurship serves as a means of enhancing the standard of living for people, families, and communities.\r\nTo enhance the standard of extension services provided by institutional and noninstitutional bodies, it is crucial to comprehend such entrepreneurial behaviour. Vegetable farming requires a lot of capital and is risky, thus in order to manage the business successfully, a farmer needs the ability to take risks, be original, inventive, and resourceful. These traits provide them the ability to choose and accept the adoption of suitable scientific farming techniques. Individual, situational, psychological, social, and experiential aspects all affect how entrepreneurs behave (Rao, 1985).\r\nOdisha is blessed with a wide range of agro-climatic conditions that are ideal for the growth of horticulture crops. Farmers in rain-fed regions and dry tracks have a great potential to increase their income by investing in the horticultural sector. So, compared to cereals and pulses, horticulture generates a larger income per hectare of land. Under horticulture, vegetable crops are important sector. ( https://www.agrifarming.in/agriculture-in-odisha-crops-farming-practices#:~:text=)\r\nAdditionally, given the abundance of opportunities in the vegetable farming industry, entrepreneurship is essential for both small businesses and self-employment. Therefore, there is a need to integrate different sources of innovation and extension so that they produce an appropriate synergetic impact in boosting their economy by encouraging vegetable growers to adopt entrepreneurial behaviour.\r\nThe studies conducted in the past were insufficient for development organisations to strengthen their programmes for vegetable growers and establish new methods. With extensive strategic planning for the growth of entrepreneurs, certain research components take on special significance. The study\'s findings would assist extension specialists in developing relevant programmes and employing acceptable techniques to boost vegetable growers\' entrepreneurial behaviour and, as a result, enhance vegetable production. Keeping the above facts in view, the study entitled “Entrepreneurial Behaviour of Vegetable growers in Odisha” was undertaken.\r\nMETHODOLOGY\r\nThe state of Odisha consisted of ten agro-climatic zones based on soil, weather and other relevant characteristics. From these 10 agro climatic zones we have selected two diverse zones for our study for better comparability and representation of the vegetable farmers and their characteristics. Based on the data from Odisha Agricultural statistics (2013-14) East and South Eastern coastal plain (Ranked no1 in both GCA and Production) and Eastern Ghat high land (Ranked no7 in both GCA and production) were selected purposively as they both comes under two completely different cultivation conditions. From these two agro-climatic zones, Cuttack (East and South Eastern coastal plain) and Koraput (Eastern Ghat high land) districts were purposively selected based on highest GCA and production under vegetable cultivation in their respective zones. Out of these selected districts, two blocks from each district were randomly selected constituting total four blocks Banki, Damapara, Pottangi and Laxmipur. From each of the 4 blocks, two gram panchayats and from each gram panchayats one village was randomly selected, thus making it total 8 gram panchayats and 8 villages. Thus, finally eight GPs namely Berhampura, Kiapalla (Banki block), Similipur, Bilipada (Damapara block), Nuagaon, Maliput (Pottangi block), Panchda, Champi (Laxmipur block) and eight villages namely Berhampura (Berhampura GP), Kumusar (Kiapalla GP), Makundpur (Similipur GP), Bilipada (Bilipada GP), Galigabdar (Nuagaon GP), Champakendu (Maliput GP), Niraniguda (Panchda GP) and Titijhila (Champi GP) were selected. From each selected village, for our study 25 farmers who were involved in vegetable farming were selected randomly constituting a total 200 respondents in consultation with horticulture assistant and extension personnel of area. Data was collected by personal interview method at the farmers door steps or at their farms with the help of pretested structured interview schedule and focused group discussions. The collected data were analyzed using various statistical tools like Average, Frequency, and Percentage and they have been categorized based on the Mean±S.D.\r\nThe entrepreneurial behaviour of vegetable growers was measured in terms of eleven dimensions namely, innovativeness, risk orientation, economic motivation, decision making ability, leadership ability, scientific orientation, achievement motivation, self confidence, utilization of available assistance, credit orientation and management orientation. The scores against all these eleven components were added together to arrive at the score for entrepreneurial behaviour. \r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSIONS\r\nThe results pertaining to the entrepreneurial behaviour of vegetable growers comprised eleven components viz. innovativeness, risk orientation, economic motivation, decision making ability, leadership ability, scientific orientation, achievement motivation, self confidence, utilization of available assistance, credit orientation and management orientation are depicted in Table 1 and 2.\r\nInnovativeness. It could be observed from Table 1 that more than half (56.50%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of innovativeness, followed by high (23.50%) and low (20.00%) levels of innovativeness, respectively. The possible reason for the above trend might be that the members had medium level exposure to mass media. The results were in line with Nomeshkumar and Narayanaswamy (2000), Vijaykumar (2001); Bhagyalaxmi et al. (2003); Suresh (2004); Ram et al. (2010); Naidu (2012).\r\nRisk Orientation. It is apparent from Table 1 that majority (64.50%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of risk orientation, followed by 23.00 per cent and 12.50 per cent of them had high and low level of risk orientation, respectively. The vegetable growers with more experience had medium risk orientation, which might be the possible reason for this trend. The results were in line with Chidananda (2008); Madhushekhar (2009); Naidu (2012); Lakshmi Devi et al. (2019); Yewatkar et al. (2019).\r\nEconomic motivation. It is apparent from Table 1 that more than two-third (68.50%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of economic motivation, followed by 20.50 per cent and 11.00 per cent of them had high and low level of economic motivation, respectively. One of the characteristics of entrepreneur is an economic agent, who is busy in financial transactions in terms of buying and selling activities. They should strive hard to reduce the cost of production and marketing and aims for achieving high returns per unit of good. This trait makes an entrepreneur a brilliant visionary when it comes to predicting economic potential. As a result, the above pattern was noticed. The results were in line with Chaudhari (2006).\r\nDecision making ability. It represents from Table 1 that majority of the vegetable growers (60.00%) had medium level of decision making ability, followed by 23.00 per cent of them had low level of decision making ability and only 17.00 per cent of them had high level of decision making ability. Taking right decisions at the appropriate time is crucial to any entrepreneurial endeavor\'s success. This might be due to the fact that most of the vegetable growers had medium level of mass media exposure along with medium level of annual income and most of them took decisions by having discussion with family members, friends and relatives with regard to various activities. As a result, the above pattern was noticed. The results were in line with Yogesh (2016).\r\nLeadership ability. It is evident from Table 1 that that a great majority (88.50%) of the vegetable growers were found to have medium level of leadership ability followed by only 11.50 per cent of them had low level of leadership ability and none of them had high level of leadership ability. As an entrepreneur one should gain leadership skill because enterprise management necessitates coordination among different subsystems which require different skills. Among them leadership skill should be developed as every entrepreneur is expected to interact with various types of people. They also can influence, help, guide and support the fellow farmers in solving their problems. The result is similar to the findings of Mubeena (2017).\r\nScientific orientation. It is quite clear from the Table 1 that a great majority (85.00%) of the respondents had medium level of scientific orientation, followed by only 15.00 per cent of them had low level of scientific orientation and none of them had high level of scientific orientation. The results were in line with Thorat (2005); Nagabhushana (2007); Begum (2008); Gowda et al. (2011); Kalyan (2011).\r\nAchievement motivation. It is evident from Table 1 that majority (76.50%) of the vegetable growers were found to have medium level of achievement motivation, followed by 23.50 per cent of the vegetable growers had low level of achievement motivation and none of them had high level of achievement motivation. Individuals who are motivated by achievement are more likely to achieve the goals they set for themselves. The bulk of vegetable growers are in their middle years, which explains the above statistic. These people are in their forties and fifties. Their motivation to reach a higher status is moderate, and their aspirations are also moderate. The results were in line with Kiran et al. (2012); Ram et al. (2013); Mubeena (2017).\r\nSelf confidence. It is quite clear from the Table 1 that majority (75.50%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of self confidence, followed by low level of self confidence (23.50%) and only 01.00 per cent of them had high level of self confidence. Majority of the respondents had primary and high school level of education along with medium level of farming experience might be the probable reason for this type of findings. The results were in line with Kiran et al. (2012); Wankhade et al. (2013).\r\nUtilization of available assistance. It is evident from Table 1 that majority (78.50%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of utilization of available assistance, followed by 17.50 per cent of them had high level of utilization of available assistance and only 4.00 per cent of them had low level of utilization of available assistance. \r\nCredit orientation. A glance at the Table 1 shows that, more than half (56.00%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of credit orientation, followed by 40.50 per cent of them had high level of credit orientation and only 3.50 per cent of them had low level of credit orientation. The available own funds of the vegetable growers might not be sufficient and making them think towards source of credit. Nearly half of them had medium level of income, so to establish reasonably high profit business, they were depending on different sources of credit. They were motivated by this mentality to use credit responsibly in order to succeed in their entrepreneurial endeavors. They may believe that accepting credit will help their entrepreneurial operations run smoothly and profitably. Hence, the above trend was noticed. The results were in line with Sofeghar (2017).\r\nManagement orientation. It is operationally defined as the degree to which a vegetable grower is oriented towards scientific farm management comprising planning, production and marketing function.It is evident from Table 1 that more than half of the vegetable growers (58.50%) medium level of management orientation, followed by 26.00 per cent of them had low level and 15.50 per cent of them had high level of management orientation. The possible reason might be due to their medium experience in vegetable cultivation and medium extension contact. These variables might have helped in a good management. The results were in line with Shreekant and Jahagirdar (2017).\r\n(a) Planning orientation. It is quite clear from the Table 1 that nearly three-fourth of the vegetable growers (73.50%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of planning orientation, followed by 15.50 per cent of them had low level and only 11.00 per cent of them had high level of planning orientation. \r\n(b) Production orientation. It is quite clear from the Table 1 that a great majority of the vegetable growers (95.00%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of production orientation, followed by 5.00 per cent of them had low level and none of them had high level of production orientation, respectively.\r\n(c) Marketing orientation. It is evident from Table 1 that majority (71.50%) of the vegetable growers had medium level of marketing orientation, followed by those with low marketing orientation (17.50%) and with high marketing orientation (11.00%).\r\nOverall Entrepreneurial Behaviour of Vegetable growers. The vegetable farming requires much management decisions to be taken up by the farmers during activities of vegetable farming. Entrepreneurial behaviour of vegetable growers is operationally defined as cumulative outcome components namely, innovativeness, risk orientation, economic motivation, decision making ability, leadership ability, scientific orientation, achievement motivation, self confidence, utilization of available assistance, credit orientation and management orientation.\r\nFrom the Table 2 it is evident that majority (70.00%) of the vegetable growers belonged to medium entrepreneurial behaviour, followed by (20.50%) and (9.50%) vegetable growers had low and high level of entrepreneurial behaviour, respectively. The probable reason for this might be better social participation, expose with mass media, contacting different extension officials etc. might have developed a positive entrepreneurial attitude towards vegetable farming. Moreover, majority of the respondents were of medium income group enthusiastic in improving their standard of living might be another reason for this trend.\r\nFurther their past experiences in farming might have taught them managerial skills which are essential to maintain the profit from their vegetable farming enterprise. It could also be noticed that, only one-fifth of the respondents had low level of entrepreneurial behaviour. This might be due to their lack of education, lack of exposure to trainings given etc. Hence the above trend was noticed. The results were in line with Tamilselvi and Sudhakar (2010); Sabale et al. (2014); Yewatkar et al. (2019).\r\n', 'Bijayalaxmi Nayak and Pradip Kumar Banerjee (2022). Entrepreneurial Behaviour of Vegetable Growers in Odisha. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 608-613.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5364, '136', 'Studies in ASD 16 × Improved Pusa Basmati 1 RIL Population for yield and Physical properties in Rice (Oryza sativa L.)', 'V. Blessy, E. Murugan, R. Suresh, R.P. Gnanamalar, S. Vellai Kumar and S. Kanchana', '132 Studies in ASD 16 × Improved Pusa Basmati 1 RIL Population for yield and Physical properties in Rice (Oryza sativa L.) V. Blessy.pdf', '', 1, 'The present study was carried out from the segregating population of F3 generations of the cross “ASD16 × Improved Pusa Basmati 1” to determine genetic variability, degree of association between yield and its component traits. Two sets viz., long slender type and medium grain type RIL’s were taken for the above study. The extent of phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV) was in general high compared to genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV) for all the traits. Yield and its contributing characters had high heritability coupled with high genetic advance in both categories. High heritability coupled with moderate genetic advance was exhibited by kernel length and kernel breadth in the medium slender category. Moderate heritability coupled with low genetic advance was exhibited by kernel length- breadth ratio in long slender grain category. Based on the correlation and path analysis positive significance association and direct effects were exhibited by plant height, number of productive tillers, number of filled grains per panicle and kernel breadth in long slender category. In medium slender category the positive significant association and direct effects were exhibited by plant height, number of productive tillers, number of filled grains per panicle and kernel length. As Improvement of yield along with quality is the major challenge for the breeders. Selection of Genotypes based on the above said parameters were reliable.', 'Rice, grain types, Phenotypic coefficient of variation, genotypic coefficient of variation, heritability, genetic advance per mean percent, correlation and path analysis. ', 'Based on the PCV and GCV values, number of productive tillers, number of filled grains, single plant yield in both grain types have high values. Based on the heritability and genetic advance percentage of mean yield and yield attributing traits showed high heritability and high genetic advance percent of mean. As per the correlation and path analysis selection should be based on plant height, number of productive tillers, number of filled grains, kernel breadth in the long slender grain type whereas in the medium slender types plant height, number of productive tillers, number of filled grains, third trait i.e., kernel length should be given importance for improving respective quality traits along with high yield.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRice is the staple food crop for majority of the countries in the world. The major rice producing states are West Bengal, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Odisha, Assam, and Haryana in India. The production of rice during 2020-21 was 121.46 million tonnes. It was higher by 9.01 million tonnes against five years\' average production of 112.44 million tonnes. As India attained self-sufficiency in the food grain production, a paradigm shift has happened towards the rice quality improvement. Rice quality is the driving force which determines the consumer acceptance. The definition of rice quality is uncertain and differed from geographical area, economic condition of the people and consumer acceptance. Rice has been classified as premium, good and poor quality. According to the Indian standards, premium grade consists of India’s famous Basmati type with aroma and good quality rice with long, medium and short slender grains with or without aroma along with good palatability and taste. Indians prefer linear expansion in grains than volume expansion of rice, less water to cook and with less sticky (intermediate amylose) in nature. Poor quality rice is mostly bold, sticky with more breakages. Indian cosmopolitan varieties have evolved by making quality as a paramount importance along with pest and disease resistance and high yield. India, one of the largest exporters of rice in the world, exports more non-Basmati types than Basmati types with 8217.26 million tonnes. While Basmati types accounts 3380.65 million tonnes (INDIASTA, 2021). The major importers are Nepal followed by west African country Benin. According to the DGCIS data, India exported non-basmati rice worth USD 2015 million in 2019-20, which rose to USD 4799 million in 2020-21 and USD 6115 million in 2021-22. Hence present study was under taken with ASD 16 and Improved Pusa Basmati 1 to get desirable segregants for long slender aromatic types and short and, medium slender non aromatic types. ASD 16 is the short bold, grain type with high yield potential. IPB 1 was a long slender grain with exceptional cooking quality, expands linearly rather than breadth wise with good aroma. Variability studies indicate the presence of more variation present in the population for several traits which is an important tool for the development of a good quality traits. Heritability and genetic advance are important for transfer of character to the next generation and helps in fixing the desirable trait. Correlation and path analysis revealed the degree and direction of the trait. Path analysis splits the correlation coefficient in to direct and indirect effect and thus helps the plant breeder to select the other trait connected with dependent trait.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nASD16 and Improved Pusa Basmati 1(IPB 1) were taken for the present study. In the F3 generation, two hundred and thirty-eight RIL’s were selected and raised in single seed decent method without replication. The 238 RIL’s were divided as two categories based on length and breadth. Among 238 RIL’s Ninety RIL’s were long-slender grains (>6.61-7.5 mm) (slender>3.00) type and one hundred and nineteen RIL’s were under medium slender (5.51-6.60 mm) ((slender>3.00) category. Observations were recorded for each RIL for the traits viz., days to 50% flowering, plant height, number of productive tillers, panicle length, number of filled grains per panicle, hundred seed weight, single plant yield and physical properties viz., kernel length, kernel breadth and kernel length- breadth ratio. Based on the data obtained, T NAUSTAT software was used to analyse the mean performance, correlation (Snedecor and Cochran 1967) and path analysis as suggested by Dewey and Lu (1959).\r\nRESULTS\r\nThe results obtained from the above data were discussed separately for each category. In the long slender category range for days to 50 percent flowering was 81 to 1178 days where as for plant height ranges from 69 to 147.5 cm. Panicle length ranged from 15 to 35cm, number of the productive tillers from 6 to 27. Regarding the number of the filled grains ranged from100 to 200, hundred grain weight 2.04g to 4.04 g and for the single plant yield 11.0 g -37.5g. kernel length ranged from 6.6-7.5 mm with kernel breadth 1.8-2.6 mm and for kernel L/B ratio 2.58-4.17mm (Table 1).\r\nIn the medium slender category days to 50% flowering registered 72 to 123days, plant height from 73 to 150 cm, number of productive tillers ranges from 10 to 27. Regarding panicle length, which ranged from 18.5 to 36 cm in length. The number of filled grains had range from 11 to 220. The hundred grain weight from 2.04 to 3.93 g, single plant yield has shown wide variation of 10-39.5g. The kernel length was from 5.5 to 6.6 mm, kernel breadth ranged from 1.7-2.6 mm and the L/B ratio was from 2.15-3.82 mm (Table 1).\r\nIn the long slender grain category, the mean for days to the 50% flowering was100 days, plant height (101.3 cm), number of productive tillers (18.5), panicle length (25.4cm), number of filled grains per panicle was (159.1) and hundred grain weight was (2.7 g). Regarding single plant yield the mean exhibited was (25.6) g. The kernel length (7.0mm) and kernel breadth (2.0mm) and for kernel L/B ratio (3.4mm) (Table 1).\r\nRegarding medium slender category the mean for days to 50% flowering showed 92.8 days, plant height (101.2cm),number of productive tillers (18.7), panicle length was (26.9cm), number of filled grains per panicle (157.2), hundred grain weight (2.8 g) single plant yield (25.8 g). Mean for kernel length (6.2 mm), kernel breadth (2.1 mm) and L/B ratio of 2.9 mm (Table 1).\r\nPhenotypic and Genotypic coefficient of variation. The magnitude of PCV and GCV values did not exhibited notable differences in both of the categories. In the long slender grain type, the values of PCV and GCV were high for number of productive tillers of 23.4 and 21.6 respectively. The single plant yields the PCV was 22.4 and GCV 21.5. Moderate PCV and GCV were recorded for number of filled grains per panicle (15.9), (15.2), panicle length (15.3), (14.3), plant height (14.8) and (14.2) respectively. Regarding hundred grain weight PCV and GCV values were (14.1), (12.4) respectively where as Low PCV and GCV value was recorded for Kernel L/B ratio, kernel breadth and kernel length (Table 2).\r\nIn the medium slender grain type high PCV and GCV was observed by number of productive tillers per plant (26.1), (23.7), single plant yield (24.2), (23.3). Moderate PCV and GCV was observed for number of filled grains per panicle (16.2),(15.5) followed by panicle length (14.5), (13.5) and plant height (14.1), (13.7) in the F3 generation (Table 3).\r\nHeritability and Genetic advance as percentage of mean. In the long slender grain type high heritability coupled with high genetic advance as percent of mean was detected for single plant yield (91.7), (42.4), followed by number of productive tillers (85.2), (41). The traits like, plant height (94.2), (28.8), number of filled grains per panicle (91), (29) and hundred grain weight (77.7), (22.5) also revealed the presence of high heritability with high genetic advance. High heritability coupled with moderate genetic advance was recorded for the days to 50% flowering (88.9), (17.1). respectively. Similarly, high heritability with low genetic advance has been observed for Kernel length (72.8), (4.8) kernel breadth (61.1), (9.9) respectively. Moderate heritability with low genetic advance was exhibited for kernel length-breadth ratio (32.7) and (5.6) (Table 2).\r\nIn the medium slender grain type high heritability coupled with high genetic advance was exhibited by single plant yield (93) and (46.3), plant height (93.6), (27.2), number of productive tillers per plant (88.3), (47.5) panicle length exhibited (87.2), (26.1) hundred grain weight (79.6), (23.7). High heritability with moderate genetic advance was observed for days to 50% flowering (69.7), (12.4), and kernel breadth (69.8), (12.48). Similarly, high heritability coupled with low genetic advance was observed for kernel length (84.0), (8.3) (Table 3).\r\nAssociation study for long slender grain type. Correlation coefficient is a statistical measure which is found out to measure the degree of relationship between two or more variables. It is represented by ‘r’. In the long slender grain type number of productive tillers (0.74), number of filled grains per panicle (0.58), plant height (0.34) and kernel breadth (0.20) showed positive and highly significant association with the single plant yield. Whereas days to 50% flowering showed (-0.41) negative the kernel L/B ratio (-0.21) had negative association with the single plant yield. Positive and significant intercorrelation was observed between panicle length and plant height (0.46). Similarly, positive with high significant inter-association was observed between number of filled grains to the plant height (0.31), number of productive tillers (0.27), same was observed between kernel breadth and number of filled grains (0.23). Kernel L/B ratio showed positive and high significance with kernel length (0.45) but it has high negative significance with kernel breadth (-0.92) followed by the number of filled grains (-0.21) (Table 4). Regarding path analysis high direct effects was exhibited by number of productive tillers per plant (0.56) followed by number of filled grains per panicle (0.36) to single plant yield. Number of filled grains showed low positive in direct effect through number of productive tillers (0.15) on yield (Table 5).\r\nAssociation analysis for medium slender grain type. In the medium slender group, single plant yield showed positive and highly significant association with the number of productive tillers (0.78). Followed by number of filled grains (0.65), plant height (0.34) and kernel length (0.15). Similarly, panicle length exhibited positive and significant inter-association with plant height (0.52). Similarly, number of filled grains showed positive and significant intercorrelation with plant height (0.34) and with number of productive tillers per plant (0.41). Regarding kernel length showed positive significant inter-association with plant height (0.21). Kernel breadth it had a significant negative association with kernel length (-0.36). Kernel L/B ratio showed positive and significant inter- association with Kernel length (0.68) and negative association with kernel breadth (-0.92) and days to 50% flowering (-0.19) (Table 6). Path analysis revealed that high and positive direct effect was registered by number of productive tillers per plant (0.57), number of filled grains per panicle (0.36) and negative indirect effect with kernel length -breadth ratio (-0.17). Number of filled grains per panicle showed positive indirect effect on single plant yield through number of productive tillers per plant (0.23). Number of productive tillers per plant showed positive and indirect effect on single plant yield through number of filled grains per panicle. Regarding and kernel l/b ratio it was positive with kernel breadth (0.15) (Table 7).\r\nDISCUSSION \r\nThe extent of phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV) in general was found to be higher than genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV) for all the traits included in the study indicated the influence of environment on the expression of these characters. The high magnitude of GCV and PCV for the traits indicated the presence of high degree of variability and so there will be better scope for the improvement of the trait through simple selection. In the present study number of productive tillers, single plant yield and exhibited high heritability with high genetic advance. Similar results were reported for number of productive tillers and single plant yield by Kahani and Hittalmani (2016); Harsha et al. (2017); Sharma and Hemant (2020). The traits exhibiting moderate PCV and GCV the selection for these traits are likely to provide scope for improvement of the trait through selection in their particular environment due to their moderate genetic variability (Paswan et al., 2014). In the present study, panicle length, number of filled grains per panicle had moderate PCV and GCV in both categories. Similar kind of findings for panicle length, number of filled grains per panicle was observed by Rukmini et al. (2014); Srujana et al. (2017); Sharma and Hemant (2020).\r\nAccording to Panse and Sukhatme (1954) if a character is governed by non-additive gene action, it may exhibit heritability but low genetic advance, whereas if it is governed by additive gene action, high heritability (above 60%) along with high genetic advance (above 20%) provide good scope for further improvement of the trait. Traits governed by high heritability and high genetic advance per mean percent selection of such traits may be rewarding. In the present study, days to 50% flowering, plant height, number of productive tillers, panicle length, number of filled grains per panicle, hundred grain weight, single plant yield in long and medium slender grain category Similar results for the days to 50% flowering, plant height, number of productive tillers panicle length the number of filled grains per panicle hundred grain weight and single plant yield was obtained by Veni et al. (2013); Rukmini et al. (2014); Behera et al. (2018); Sharma and Hemant (2020). Regarding association analysis single plant yield had significant and positive correlation with plant height, number of productive tillers, number of filled grains per panicle and kernel breadth in long slender grain type group. Whereas in the medium slender grain category also plant height, number of productive tillers, number of filled grains per panicle and kernel length had positive correlation with yield. These results were in accordance with Menaka and Ibrahim et al. (2015), Premkumar et al. (2015). So, selection of these traits will be more effective towards the improvement of single plant yield in both long and medium slender grain types. In the path analysis plant height, number of productive tillers, number of filled grains per panicle, contributes positive and high direct effect towards the improvement of yield in both long and medium slender grains.\r\n', 'V. Blessy, E. Murugan, R. Suresh, R.P. Gnanamalar, S. Vellai Kumar and S. Kanchana (2022). Studies in ASD 16× Improved Pusa Basmati 1 RIL Population for yield and Physical properties in Rice (Oryza sativa L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 780-785.'),
(5365, '136', 'Evaluation of Citrus Rootstocks to Salinity Tolerance', 'A. Srinivasulu, C.M. Panda, S.N. Dash, A. Mishra and R.K. Panda', '133 Evaluation of Citrus Rootstocks to Salinity Tolerance A. Srinivasulu.pdf', '', 1, 'Citrus fruit being a major horticultural crop consumed globally, is severely affected by issues related to biotic and abiotic stresses. Following stress effects, a research study was carried out to evaluate the morphological and physiological responses of citrus rootstocks to different levels of salinity stress. The use of salt tolerant genotypes as rootstock to mitigate the adverse effects of salinity could be helpful for commercial citrus production in salt affected areas. The present investigation was carried at the Horticulture Research Station, College of Agriculture, Odisha University of Agriculture and Technology, Bhubaneshwar, during the years 2018-20, wherein the germination percentage nucellar citrus genotypes namely Rough lemon 8779, CRH-12, Gajanimma, Rangapur lime –Tirupati strain, Rangapur lime - Texas strain, Sour dig, Sour orange 8751, Emmekaipuli, Chinnato sour orange, Carizo citrange, Balaji acid lime, Japanese summer sour orange and Australian sour orange subjected to salinity stress by NaCl, CaCl2, NaCl + CaCl2 (1:1 w/w) at 0 mM, 25 mM, 50 mM and 75 mM concentrations in irrigation water. For germination studies the Coco peat was used as growing media. Among these genotypes, Rangapur lime –Tirupatistrain, Rangapur lime - Texas strain and Balaji acid lime showed early and maximum germination and it is confirmed that the citrus seeds can germinate under 75 mM salinity stress with congenial environment and growing media. Hence the findings stated that the salinity caused reduction in seedling growth, biomass content. From the research findings it could be concluded that the germination percentage, days taken for first germination, days taken for 50% flowering were unaffected by salinity level studied and Maximum reduction in plant height, stem diameter and number of leaves were noticed in the seedlings of Carizo citrange, Chinnato sour orange and CRH-12 whilst the minimum was recorded in Australian sour orange, Sour dig, Sour orange 8751, rough lemon and Rangpur lime seedlings and the least reduction of leaf area and root length, was in the seedlings of Australian sour orange, Sour dig and Sour orange 8751. The genotypes Australian sour orange, Sour dig, Sour orange 8751, Rough lemon and Rangpur lime depicted the lowest decrease in biomass content (fresh and dry weight of shoot and root) while the maximum reduction was noticed in Carizo citrange followed by Chinnato sour orange and CRH-12.', 'Citrus rootstocks, Germination, Growth and development and Salinity stress', 'In the light of above presented results, it was observed that different salinity levels show a detrimental influence on all the growth attributes of citrus rootstock. Increasing soil salinity levels from 0 mM to 75 mM NaCl attained reduction in vegetative growth (plant height, number of leaves, stem thickness, leaf area, root and shoot fresh weight, root, and shoot dry weight). The maximum value of growth attributes, less toxicity symptoms, were recorded in Australian sour orange rootstocks compared to other citrus rootstocks. Among the citrus rootstocks, sour orange give best results regarding growth performance under saline condition, while ‘Carizo citrange’ was found the least tolerant rootstock.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nBiotic and abiotic stresses have become a serious issue all over the world, affecting plant growth and productivity. Abiotic stress causes a serious crop loss worldwide, contributing to the production decline of major crops by 50%. Moreover, soil salinity has become one of the major environmental factors affecting many crop plants\' growth and productivity. The reduction in arable land due to salinization is in direct relation with the needs of the increasing population which is at an increasing rate (Sudhir and Murthy 2004). The deleterious effect of high salinity damages is noticed at germination, seedling stage, and other stages of plants life that lead to a significant decrease in growth, yield, and finally death of the plants. About 19.5% of total irrigated lands and 2.1% of total cultivated drylands are salt-affected throughout the world (FAO, 2016). \r\nCitrus is one of the most important members of the Rutaceae family considered a major household item in the world of the fruit juice industry. The genus citrus consists of different species like mandarin, oranges, grapefruit, lemon, and lime with small categories as tangerine, pummelos, and tangelos, widely grown in the subtropical and tropical regions of the world (Chaudhary et al., 1989). It is one of the well-known fruits for their refreshing fragrance, providing an adequate amount of Vitamin C and phytochemicals like carotenoids, limonoids, flavanones, and Vitamin B complex that greatly pays off against cardiovascular and degenerative diseases, obesity, cancer, thrombosis, and atherosclerosis (Iglesias et al., 2007). For a particular area, while selecting fruit plants, rootstocks should be given careful consideration on which scion varieties are to be grafted or budded. Rootstocks affect the vigor, productivity, longevity, quality, and resistance to different diseases, insects, and pests of a scion variety. Rootstock should be adaptable to various soil and climatic conditions and resistant to different diseases and insect pests. Citrus is considered the top-ranked fruit of world production and is produced commercially in more than 50 countries. Citrus plants are considered to be sensitive to saline condition (Al-Yassin, 2005) due to the specific toxicity of Cl− and/or Na+ and to the osmotic effect caused by the high concentration of salts (Garcia-Sanchez et al., 2000) and plants face physiological disturbances and reduction in growth even at low to moderate exposure of salts. Semi-arid areas are preferable to citrus cultivation and in these areas soils and water contain many soluble salts like chlorides and sulfates which disturb the nutritional balance of plants resulting reduction in the growth and yield of citrus crops. The exposure of citrus to salinity causes serious physiological dysfunctions such as reduced leaf area, chlorotic or necrotic patches on leaves, delayed development, growth inhibition, and a limitation in development (Khoshbakht et al., 2018). Although Citrus species are classified as salt-sensitive (Mass1993), there is great variation in the ability of citrus plants to tolerate salinity depending upon rootstock (Zekri and Parsons 1992) and scion (Lloyd et al., 1990). The tolerance of the different species of Citrus can be determined by their capacity to exclude the potentially toxic Na+ and Cl− ions (Storey, 1995). Several approaches are used to mitigate the adverse effects of soil and irrigation water salinity but, a more permanent solution to this problem keeping in view the increasing utmost food demand of the world would be the use of salt-tolerant rootstocks. This study was aimed to investigate the performance of citrus rootstocks in terms of salinity tolerance; to find out the minimum level of salinity for better growth of citrus rootstock; to evaluate minimum toxicity symptoms of salinity stress on different citrus rootstocks.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe HRS, Bhubaneswar is located at latitude of 20°15’ N and longitude of 85°52’ E. It is about 60 km away from the Bay of Bengal and at an altitude of 25.5 meters higher than mean sea level (MSL), with an average rainfall of about 1628 mm. Meteorological data during the investigations collected from the Meteorological Observatory of the OUAT, Bhubaneswar. The experiment was conducted in Factorial Completely Randomized Design (FCRD) with six plants in each genotype. The matured fruits of 13 nucellar citrus genotypes namely Rough lemon 8779, CRH-12, Gajanimma, Rangapur lime –Tirupati strain, Rangapur lime - Texas strain, Sour dig, Sour orange 8751, Emmekaipuli, Chinnato Sour Orange, Carizo citrange, Balaji acid lime, Japanese Summer Sour Orange and Australian Sour Orange were collected from the trees of respective genotypes growing at AICRP on Citrus, Tirupati. The seeds from ripened fruits were extracted and washed thoroughly in running water and shade dried for five days. 100 g of healthy seed were collected and were used for sowing.\r\nPreparations of NaCl solution. To prepare different levels of salinity i.e., 25 mM, 50mMand 75 mM atomic mass of NaCl were multiplied with different salinity levels then divided with thousand and results were obtained in grams. i.e., 1.47 g, 2.94 g and 4.41 g then each level was dissolved in one liter of water. The electric conductivity (E.C.) of the media was determined before treatment application by taking random samples from the seedling transplantation media.\r\nGrowth measurements:\r\nPlant height. The height of randomly selected plants from each treatment was measured using the measuring tape and their average was calculated. Number of leaves plant 1. The number of leaves per plant was counted carefully after application of treatment and their mean were taken. Stem girth (mm) Stem thickness of randomly selected plants from each treatment in every replication was measured by using digital Vernier caliper and the average was computed. Single leaf area (cm2) of four leaves were randomly selected from all treatments of all replications and their areas were found through the graph paper method, then average leaf area per single leaf was obtained and recorded. Toxicity symptoms Toxicity symptoms like leaf tip burning, defoliation, yellowing, etc., particularly in the leaves were observed visually. Fresh weight and dry weight of shoots. All the shoots were detached and were weighed with the help of a digital electronic balance. The same shoot was then oven-dried at 80°C for 48 hours for measuring the dry weight. Fresh weight and dry weight of roots The roots were detached, then washed with tap water and weighed with the help of digital electronic balance. The same roots were then oven-dried at 80°C for 48 hours for measuring the dry weight. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nDays to emergence of first seedling. Days to emergence were recorded during two seasons, 2018-2019 and 2019-2020 and the following results were obtained.During, 2018-2019, days to emergence of first seedling depicted significant data (Table 1) among the genotypes ranging from 21.44 to 16.23. The maximum number of days for emergence was taken by G13 (21.44), followed by G6 (19.08). In contrast, least days were taken by G4 (16.23), followed by G9 (16.83). Among the salinity treatment levels, maximum number of days for germination was taken by the treatment, 75 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (19.15) against the control with 15.85. Least number of days for germination was taken by 25mM NaCl + CaCl2 (17.33). Pertaining to the interactions, maximum days were taken by G13 × 75mM NaCl (22.22), while least days were taken by G8 × 50 mM NaCl (15.40). In the following season (2019-2020), maximum days for emergence was taken by the genotype G13 (20.19) (Table 1), while minimum days by G4 (16.02), G8 (16.07) and G9 (16.74). Among the treatments, maximum days were taken by 75mM NaCl (18.78), followed by 75mM NaCl + CaCl2 (22.04) and minimum was taken by 25mM NaCl + CaCl2 (16.75). Regarding the interactions, G13 × 75mM CaCl2 (22.14), has taken maximum days for emergence, while least was tan by G4 × 50 mM CaCl2 (14.05).\r\nDays to 50% emergence. Significant data was recorded among the genotypes for days to 50% emergence in both the seasons. During 2018-19, the genotype G13 showed (Table 1) the maximum days (24) followed by G5 (23.06) and G9 (22.98) for 50% emergence, while the minimum days by G7 (19.30). Among the salinity levels 75MM CaCl2 recorded the maximum days (23.43) for 50% emergence, followed by 50mM NaCl + CaCl2 (22.77), while least percentage was recorded by 25mM NaCl (21.15) against the control with 19.34 percentage. Among the interactions the maximum days were occupied by G13 × 75 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (25.36), while minimum duration was observed in G7 × 50 mM NaCl (18.79), followed by G7 × NaCl (19.02). During 2019-20, in the Table 2 the genotype G8 showed maximum days (23.02), while minimum days for 50% emergence was showed by G7 (20.02), followed by G2 (20.70). Among the treatments, 50mM CaCl2 (23.43) occupied the maximum no of days. In contrast, least days were taken by 25 mM CaCl2 (20.92). Pertaining to the interactions, maximum days was seen in G12 × 50 mM CaCl2 (26.21), while least was seen in G11 × 25 mM CaCl2 (18.32).\r\nSeed germination is a crucial stage for survivability of any crop, mainly in those crops which are propagated by means of sexual reproduction. The existence and distribution of any plant species mainly depend on their ability to complete germination and the ability of seedling to survive in unfavorable situations (Zivkovic et al., 2007). Our results indicated that in the table number 1.1 Elucidates that, the maximum number of days for emergence was taken by the genotype (G13) Australian sour orange followed by (G6) Sour dig and (G5) Rangpur lime Texas strain which differs significantly from control.\r\nBut among the saline treatments 75 mM NaCl + CaCl2 took 19.15 days to germinate, which differs significantly from control (15.85). Days to 50% emergence the genotype G13 showed maximum days 24 followed by G5 (23.06 days) for 50% emergence, while the minimum days by G7 (19.30 days). Among the salinity levels 75mM CaCl2 recorded the maximum days (23.43) for 50% emergence.\r\nGermination percentage. In the season 2018-2019, max germination percent (Table 3) was observed in the genotype G4 with 94.16%, followed by G5 (86.69%), while least was observed in G2 with 45.32 %, followed by G7 (48.94%). Among the treatments, 25mM NaCl + CaCl2, depicted maximum germination percentage (79.39%), while least was observed in the treatment 75 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (31.44), followed by 75 mM NaCl (31.55%). The interaction, G4 × 25 mM NaCl and G5 × 25 mM NaCl + CaCl2 depicted maximum germination percentage (100 %) and minimum germination percent was seen in the interaction, G7 75 mM NaCl (8.90 %), followed by G7 × 75 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (11.05 %). During the season 2019-2020, maximum germination percent (Table 3) was observed in the genotype, G4 (91.39%). Minimum germination percent was observed in the genotype G2 (48.55%), followed by G10 (48.79%). Among the treatments, maximum germination percent was seen in 25 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (82.31%), while least was observed in 25 mM NaCl (21.20%). Among the interactions, G4 × 25 mM NaCl showed maximum percentage (100), while minimum germination percentage was obtained in the interaction G10 × 75 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (12.65) and G7 × 75 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (12.66). While, the maximum germination percent was observed in the genotype G4 with 94.16%, while least was observed in G2 with 45.32 %, followed by G7 (48.94). Among the treatments, 25mM NaCl + CaCl2, depicted maximum germination percentage (79.39), followed by 25 mM CaCl2 (77.40), while least was observed in the treatment 75 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (31.44). This may be due to the salt susceptibility variation among genotypes. This indicates the determinate effect of salt solution at higher concentration which delays the process of germination.\r\nPlant height (cm). The pooled data over two years of study presented in Table 4. Significant data was recorded among the genotypes. The maximum plant height was recorded in in the genotype G4 (5.09cm) followed by G12 (5cm) and G3 (4.92cm). The minimum plant height was recorded in G6 (3.79 cm). Among the salinity levels, 25 mM NaCl (4.64 cm) has recorded the maximum plant height followed by 25 mM CaCl2 (4.53 cm), whereas minimum plant height was recorded in 75 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (3.86 cm) against the control with 6 cm. Among the interactions the maximum plant height was recorded in the combination of G5 × 50 mM CaCl2 (5.67 cm), followed by G4 × 25 mM NaCl (5.65 cm) and G12 × 25 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (5.65 cm), while minimum was recorded in G2 × 75 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (2.12 cm), G11 × 75 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (3.10 cm) and G6 × 75 mM CaCl2 (3.20 cm).\r\nNumber of leaves. Number of leaves was in the range of 2.18 to 3.51 among citrus germplasm during 2018-19 and 2019-20 (Table 4). Significant data was recorded among the genotypes for number of leaves. The maximum number of leaves was recorded in G4 (3.51) followed by G5 (3.12). The minimum number of leaves was recorded in G2 (2.18).\r\n \r\nAmong the salinity levels, 25 mM CaCl2, recorded the maximum (3.41), followed by 50 mM CaCl2 (3.24), whereas minimum number of leaves was recorded in 75 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (1.70) followed by 75mM NaCl (2.21). Among the interactions the maximum number of leaves was recorded in the combination G4 × 25 mM NaCl and G4 × 50 mM CaCl2 (4.20), followed by G7 × 25 mM CaCl2 (4.16) and minimum was recorded in the interaction G9 × 75 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (1.22).\r\nRoot length. Pooled data (Table 5) of root length showed significant data among the genotypes and the maximum root length was recorded in G4 (5.50cm), while minimum was recorded in G2 (3.61cm). Among the salinity levels, 25mM CaCl2 (4.89 cm) has recorded the maximum root length. Whereas, minimum root length was recorded in 75 mM CaCl2 (3.02). Among the interactions the minimum root length was recorded in the combination of G2 × 75 mM CaCl2 (2.25 cm), while maximum was recorded in G4 × 25 mM CaCl2 (6.10).\r\nPlant fresh weight. The genotypes showed significant data for plant fresh weight (Table 5). The maximum plant fresh weight was recorded in G6 (1.34g) followed by G1 (1.32g). The minimum plant fresh weight was recorded in G10 (0.80g).Among the salinity levels 75 mM CaCl2 (1.26 g) recorded the maximum plant fresh weight followed by 25 mM CaCl2 (1.23g) whereas, minimum plant fresh weight was recorded in 75 mM NaCl (0.84g). Coming to the interactions the maximum plant fresh weight was recorded in the combination of G6 x 25 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (1.44g), while least plant fresh weight was observed in the combination G2 × 75 mM NaCl (0.36g), G10 × 75 mM NaCl (0.50g) and 75 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (0.55g).\r\nDry shoot weight. Significant data was recorded (Table 6) among the genotypes. The maximum shoot dry weight was recorded in G1 (0.33g) followed by G13 (0.30g) and G11 and G12 (0.30), while the minimum shoot dry weight was recorded in G10 (0.16g) followed by G2 (0.18g) and G8 (0.20g). Among the salinity levels, maximum dry shoot weight was observed in 25 mM NaCl (0. 30g), followed by 25 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (0.29g) and 50 mM NaCl (0.26g), whereas minimum was recorded by 75 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (0.17g). Among the interactions the maximum shoot dry weight was recorded in the combination of G1 × 25 mM NaCl + CaCl2, G1 × 25 mM NaCl (0.42g), while minimum was observed in the interaction, G2 × 75 mM CaCl2 (0.10g).\r\nDry root weight (g). Significant data was recorded among the genotypes. The data presented in Table 6 maximum root dry weight was recorded in G1 (0.26g). The minimum root dry weight was recorded in G10 (0.14g). Among the salinity levels 25 mM NaCl and 25 mM NaCl + CaCl2 (0.25) recorded the maximum root dry weight, whereas minimum root dry weight was recorded in 75 mM CaCl2 (0.13). \r\nPertaining to the interactions, the maximum root dry weight was recorded in the combination of G1 × 25 mM NaCl + CaCl2 and G6 × 5 mM NaCl (0.33g) followed by G7 × 25 mM NaCl (0.32g). In contrast, least minimum was recorded in G10 × 75 mM NaCl + CaCl2 and G8, G9 × 75 mM CaCl2 (0.08g).\r\nA plant undergoes different stages of growth and development during its entire life cycle and among these, seedling stage is the most vulnerable for its survival during adverse conditions. Citrus, being a salt sensitive crop (Abo-Rekab and Zeinab 2014), suffers severely during early stages of growth under salinity (Srivastav et al., 2007).\r\nOur results on growth and development of citrus rootstock seedlings under varying levels of salinity showed that salinity stress caused negative impact on their growth and biomass content including plant height, number of leaves, leaf area, intermodal length, fresh weight of shoot, fresh weight of root, dry weight of shoot, dry weight of root and stem diameter, which are documented in Table 4. The genotypes Australian sour orange, Sour dig and Sour orange 8751 showed less reduction in growth and biomass content while maximum was noted in Carizocitange, Chinnato sour orange and CRH-12. The adverse effect of salinity on growth and development of plant is because of two reasons as explained by Munns et al. (2006). The first reason is osmotic stress that causes an immediate effect on the water uptake capacity of plants, slowing down the growth. Second one is the entry of salts into the different plant parts which causes cell injury in the transpiring leaves with simultaneous effect on photosynthesis and growth morphology (Netondo et al., 2004). In the present studies it was observed that salinity stress caused severe scorching of leaves which led to their senescence and defoliation, due to retardation of nutrients supply and photosynthesis, which ultimately affected the plant growth. Forner-Giner et al. (2011) also confirmed that inhibition in cell division and cell expansion in growing tissues of roots, stem and leaves under salinity stress were collectively responsible for growth reduction in citrus. Several hormones (Auxin, Cytokinin, Gibberellins and Brassinolides) play an important role in cell elongation and division. Under salinity stress and the reduced concentrations of this growth regulating hormones inhibits the cell expansion (Zhu, 2001). With support of the above reasons, Rhodes (1994) stated that reduction in cytoplasmic volume and the impaired cell turgor pressure under saline conditions resulted in plant growth inhibition. We also found a reduction in the number of leaves, leaf area, stem girth and internodal length under varying levels of salinity stress. Roy et al. (2014) also found that graded levels of NaCl salt affected the plant height, stem diameter, number of leaves, leaf area and survivability of mango. Significant reduction in growth parameters (shoot length, number of leaves, leaf area, fresh and dry weight etc.) under salinity stress was also observed by Perez Tornero et al. (2009); Tsai et al. (2015); Sharma et al. (2013) in citrus microphylla, Pink wax apple, Sour orange and Citrus jambhiri respectively. Zhu (2001) noted that higher salt stress disrupted the water and ion homeostasis at the cellular and whole plant level and that this imbalance led to molecular damage, growth inhibition or sometimes death of the plant.\r\n', 'A. Srinivasulu, C.M. Panda, S.N. Dash, A. Mishra and R.K. Panda (2022). Evaluation of Citrus Rootstocks to Salinity Tolerance. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 786-793');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5366, '136', 'Growth and Yield Increments of Onion (Allium cepa L.) with Transplanting Dates, Cultivars and Zinc in Semi-Arid Conditions of Rajasthan', 'Gulab Choudhary*, L.N. Bairwa, O.P. Garhwal, A.K. Soni, M.R. Choudhary, D.K. Yadav, S.P. Singh, K.K. Meena and S.K. Bairwa', '134 Growth and Yield Increments of Onion (Allium cepa L.) with Transplanting Dates, Cultivars and Zinc in Semi-Arid Conditions of Rajasthan Gulab Choudhary.pdf', '', 4, 'Due to early and late transplanting of onion seedling, use of local seed and inefficient cultivars as well as inadequate nutrients are contributing factors to reduce marketable yield of onion. For optimal marketable bulb yield, ideal planting time is critical for better and efficient exploitation of plant resources. It is also a well-known premise that selection of cultivar seed is one of the most important variables in getting in higher growth and yield attributes. The experiment was conducted at Horticulture Farm, S.K.N. College of Agriculture, Jobner (Rajasthan) during 2020-21 and 2021-22 in Rabi season. The treatment combinations, was laid out in split-plot design with two transplanting dates (10th December and 01st January) and three cultivars (RO-01, RO-59 and Bhima Shakti) were kept in main plots. Four zinc (control, Soil application of zinc sulphate @ 25 kg/ha, dipping of seedling in zinc solubilizer before transplanting, foliar spray of zinc sulphate @ 0.5% at 30 & 45 DAT) were applied in sub plots. As per results transplanting on 01st January and Bhima Shakti cultivar with foliar spray of zinc sulphate @ 0.5% at 30 & 45 DAT siginificantly increased the growth, yield attributes and yield of onion i.e. plant height and number of leaves at 45 DAT, bolting percent, average bulb weight and marketable bulb yield in both years as well as in pooled analysis. Thus, findings were in conclusion that 01st January transplanting and Bhima Shakti cultivar with foliar spray of zinc sulphate @ 0.5% at 30 & 45 DAT have the potential effect to improve growth parameters as well as average bulb weight and marketable bulb yield of onion.', 'Cultivar, growth, onion, yield and zinc', 'The results of two years of experimentation and pooled analysis relieved that transplanting date 10th December and Bhima Shakti significantly increased plant height, number of leaves per plant, bolting per cent, average bulb weight and marketable bulb yield. Similarly, foliar application of zinc sulphate (0.5 %) recorded maximum plant height, number of leaves per plant, bolting per cent, average bulb weight and marketable bulb yield harvest.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nOnion (Allium cepa L.) is one of the most important commercial crop not only in India but also in the world. It can be transported to a long distance without much transit injury losses. India ranks second in onion production contributing 13.31 percent of total vegetable production of the India. Production of onion in India is 26.64 million tonnes in area of 1.62 million ha (Anonymous, 2020-21). Onion is rich in protein, calcium, phosphorus and carbohydrates Bhattacharjee et al. (2013). The pungency in onion is due to a volatile oil known as allylpropyl disulphide. The outer skin colour is due to the presence of quercetin. Now a day, commercially prepared onion products include dehydrated flakes and powders usually made from white cultivars with high dry-matter content and onion oil is produced by distillation Currah and Proctor (1990). Dehydration of onion is required to provide a way for utilization during off-season and pretreatments are used to improve the quality attributes of onion slices. Onion is very sensitive to temperature and photoperiod. Therefore, the transplanting date play a vital role in determining the bulb yield. In North Indian conditions, sowing time of nursery is October to the middle of November and transplanting time of seedlings is from middle of December to January. Bolting and seed germination are dependent on temperature Corgan et al. (2000). Onion varieties differ in size, colour of skin, pungency and maturation of bulbs etc. Large sized bulbs are mild in pungency with sweet in taste as compared to small sized onions. Red coloured cultivars are more pungent than silver skinned varieties and keep better in storage. Various cultivars of the same species grown even in the same environment give different yields as the performance of a cultivar mainly depends on the interaction of genetic makeup and environment. \r\nTherefore, cultivators are not able to get desired growth and yield of onion only by management practices. Hence, application of zinc through zinc solubilizer, soil application and foliar application stimulate plant growth that enhances the biological efficiency of crops. The present investigation was conducted to know the \r\neffect of transplanting dates, cultivars and zinc on growth and Yield of Onion.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS \r\nThe experiment was conducted during 2020-21 and 2021-22 in rabi season at Horticulture Farm, S.K.N. College of Agriculture, Jobner (Jaipur) by laying out in split block design (SPD) with three replications consisting of twenty four treatment combinations. The treatment combinations, was laid out in split-plot design with two transplanting dates (10th December and 01st January) and three cultivars (RO-01, RO-59 and Bhima Shakti) were kept in main plots. Four zinc methods (control, Soil application of zinc sulphate @ 25 kg/ha, dipping of seedling in zinc solubilizer before transplanting, foliar spray of zinc sulphate @ 0.5% at 30 & 45 DAT) were applied in sub plots. The raised beds were prepared of size 3 × 1 m. The seed sowing was performed on 15th October and 03rd November of 2020 and 2021, respectively followed by light irrigations with the help of watering can. Nutrients like nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium were applied through urea, single super phosphate and muriate of potash, respectively. Healthy, uniform size and inoculated/no-inoculated seedlings different cultivars of onion of about 10 cm height were transplanted in the main field on 10th December of 2020 & 2021 and 01st January of 2021 and 2022. The plant spacing was kept 20 × 10 cm.\r\nZinc was applied by three methods viz. soil application of zinc sulphate, treating of onion seedling with zinc solubilizer and foliar spray of zinc sulphate. As per treatment combination, 25 kg zinc sulphate per ha was mixed in soil just before transplanting. Two foliar spray of zinc sulphate @ 0.5 percent after 30 and 45 days of transplanting. Suspension of 5 ml zinc solubilizer in 1 litre of water was prepared for treatment of seedlings and then dipped the roots of onion seedling in the solution for 10 minutes before transplanting. Five plants were tagged in each plot to record observations. Observations were recorded manually plant height, number of leaves, bolting percent, average weight of bulb and marketable bulb yield. The bolting percent and marketable bulb yield were calculated by using formula as given below:\r\nBolting (%) = \r\nMarketable bulb yield (q/ha) = \r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe effect of two transplanting dates (10th December and 01st January) and three cultivars (RO-01, RO-59 and Bhima Shakti) combined with application methods of zinc (control, soil application of zinc sulphate at 25 kg/ha, dipping of seedling in zinc solubilizer before transplanting and foliar spray of zinc sulphate @ 0.5%) was studied to understand the growth and yield attributes of onion. The results obtained are presented in Table 1 & 2.\r\nEffect of transplanting dates on growth and yield parameters of onion. The result of present study (Table 1 and 2) clearly indicated that plant height (34.17 cm), number of leaves (5.20), minimum bolting percent (0.155), average bulb weight (81.10 g) and marketable bulb yield (360.00 q/ha) of onion in both the years as well as in pooled mean analysis increased significantly with delay transplanting, cultivars and zinc. This might be because of low average temperature in late transplanting during the growth period resulted in good foliage growth and formation of ample canopy able to enhance photosynthesis, hence increasing average bulb weight as well as bulbs yield per fad. Temperature and photoperiod are the major ecological factors influencing the growth and development of onion plant in all phases Coolong and Randle (2003). Prolong low temperature increases bolting and also the speed of the phenomenon Tarpaga et al. (2011). From early planting, bulb formation might have occurred earlier and thus may receive more induction, which resulted into higher number of bolter Nandpuri (1990). Increasing trend in yield attributes as noted with delayed transplanting might be due to more congenial climate and low temperature prevailing for long period provide favourable climatic condition for bulb development and genetic makeup.\r\nSimilar findings have been reported by Nayee et al. (2009); Jilani et al. (2010); Mohanta and Mandal (2014); Ali et al. (2016 b) in onion.\r\nEffect of cultivars on growth and yield parameters of onion. The results (Table 1 and 2) showed that significantly increased the plant height at 45 DAT (33.52 cm), number of leaves at 45 DAT (5.14), bolting percentage (0.182), average bulb weight (79.37 g) and marketable bulb yield (361.10 q/ha)of onion in cultivar Bhimashakti as compared to RO-01 cultivar. However, it is found statistically at par to RO-59 cultivar in case of all above growth and yield parameters in pooled mean analysis. This might be due to primitive effects of varietal genetic makeup affects to vegetative growth which ultimately lead to more photosynthetic activities and enhancing the rate of cell division and cell enlargement of plants Dwivedi et al. (2012). Each cultivar has its own specific characteristics and accordingly variation in these parameters may be attributed to genetic difference of cultivars. Onion cultivars may have different morphological and biochemical characteristics that affect the biomass accumulation among different storage and vegetative parts and the average bulb weight within cultivars was due to their genetic variability, reported by Jilani and Ghaffoor (2003).\r\nSimilar results were also reported by Devi et al. (2014); Tarai et al. (2015); Utangi et al. (2015); Gosai et al. (2018); Ganiger et al. (2018)in onion and Thakur et al. (2022) in coriander.\r\nEffect of zinc on growth and yield parameters of onion. The maximum and significantly better values of growth attributes of onion like plant height at 45 DAT (34.77), number of leaves per plant at 45 DAT (5.26), bolting percentage (0.145), average bulb weight (79.68 g) and marketable bulb yield (357.58 q/ha) were recorded under foliar application of zinc sulphate @ 0.5% over rest of the treatments except soil application of zinc sulphate at 25 kg per ha which was found statistically at par in pooled analysis. This might be due to the stimulating effect of zinc sulphate in cell division and cell elongation. It is effective for the synthesis of plant hormones like auxin and carbohydrate formation Pankaj et al. (2018). The potent reasons responsible for superior performance of growth, yield and yield attributes might be due to supply of nutrients in available form. The increased growth parameters provided greater sites for photosynthesis and diversion of photosynthates towards sink. Foliar application of zinc also helpful for matching to the need of plants Abedin et al. (2012).\r\nThese results are in conformity with the findings of Tohamy et al. (2009); Samad et al. (2011); Bhat et al. (2018) in onion.\r\n', 'Gulab Choudhary, L.N. Bairwa, O.P. Garhwal, A.K. Soni, M.R. Choudhary, D.K. Yadav, S.P. Singh, K.K. Meena and S.K. Bairwa (2022). Growth and Yield Increments of Onion (Allium cepa L.) with Transplanting Dates, Cultivars and Zinc in Semi-Arid Conditions of Rajasthan. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 794-797.'),
(5367, '136', 'Growth and Yield Increments of Onion (Allium cepa L.) with Transplanting Dates, Cultivars and Zinc in Semi-Arid Conditions of Rajasthan', 'Gulab Choudhary*, L.N. Bairwa, O.P. Garhwal, A.K. Soni, M.R. Choudhary, D.K. Yadav, S.P. Singh, K.K. Meena and S.K. Bairwa', '134 Growth and Yield Increments of Onion (Allium cepa L.) with Transplanting Dates, Cultivars and Zinc in Semi-Arid Conditions of Rajasthan Gulab Choudhary.pdf', '', 1, 'Due to early and late transplanting of onion seedling, use of local seed and inefficient cultivars as well as inadequate nutrients are contributing factors to reduce marketable yield of onion. For optimal marketable bulb yield, ideal planting time is critical for better and efficient exploitation of plant resources. It is also a well-known premise that selection of cultivar seed is one of the most important variables in getting in higher growth and yield attributes. The experiment was conducted at Horticulture Farm, S.K.N. College of Agriculture, Jobner (Rajasthan) during 2020-21 and 2021-22 in Rabi season. The treatment combinations, was laid out in split-plot design with two transplanting dates (10th December and 01st January) and three cultivars (RO-01, RO-59 and Bhima Shakti) were kept in main plots. Four zinc (control, Soil application of zinc sulphate @ 25 kg/ha, dipping of seedling in zinc solubilizer before transplanting, foliar spray of zinc sulphate @ 0.5% at 30 & 45 DAT) were applied in sub plots. As per results transplanting on 01st January and Bhima Shakti cultivar with foliar spray of zinc sulphate @ 0.5% at 30 & 45 DAT siginificantly increased the growth, yield attributes and yield of onion i.e. plant height and number of leaves at 45 DAT, bolting percent, average bulb weight and marketable bulb yield in both years as well as in pooled analysis. Thus, findings were in conclusion that 01st January transplanting and Bhima Shakti cultivar with foliar spray of zinc sulphate @ 0.5% at 30 & 45 DAT have the potential effect to improve growth parameters as well as average bulb weight and marketable bulb yield of onion.', 'Cultivar, growth, onion, yield and zinc', 'The results of two years of experimentation and pooled analysis relieved that transplanting date 10th December and Bhima Shakti significantly increased plant height, number of leaves per plant, bolting per cent, average bulb weight and marketable bulb yield. Similarly, foliar application of zinc sulphate (0.5 %) recorded maximum plant height, number of leaves per plant, bolting per cent, average bulb weight and marketable bulb yield harvest.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nOnion (Allium cepa L.) is one of the most important commercial crop not only in India but also in the world. It can be transported to a long distance without much transit injury losses. India ranks second in onion production contributing 13.31 percent of total vegetable production of the India. Production of onion in India is 26.64 million tonnes in area of 1.62 million ha (Anonymous, 2020-21). Onion is rich in protein, calcium, phosphorus and carbohydrates Bhattacharjee et al. (2013). The pungency in onion is due to a volatile oil known as allylpropyl disulphide. The outer skin colour is due to the presence of quercetin. Now a day, commercially prepared onion products include dehydrated flakes and powders usually made from white cultivars with high dry-matter content and onion oil is produced by distillation Currah and Proctor (1990). Dehydration of onion is required to provide a way for utilization during off-season and pretreatments are used to improve the quality attributes of onion slices. Onion is very sensitive to temperature and photoperiod. Therefore, the transplanting date play a vital role in determining the bulb yield. In North Indian conditions, sowing time of nursery is October to the middle of November and transplanting time of seedlings is from middle of December to January. Bolting and seed germination are dependent on temperature Corgan et al. (2000). Onion varieties differ in size, colour of skin, pungency and maturation of bulbs etc. Large sized bulbs are mild in pungency with sweet in taste as compared to small sized onions. Red coloured cultivars are more pungent than silver skinned varieties and keep better in storage. Various cultivars of the same species grown even in the same environment give different yields as the performance of a cultivar mainly depends on the interaction of genetic makeup and environment. \r\nTherefore, cultivators are not able to get desired growth and yield of onion only by management practices. Hence, application of zinc through zinc solubilizer, soil application and foliar application stimulate plant growth that enhances the biological efficiency of crops. The present investigation was conducted to know the \r\neffect of transplanting dates, cultivars and zinc on growth and Yield of Onion.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS \r\nThe experiment was conducted during 2020-21 and 2021-22 in rabi season at Horticulture Farm, S.K.N. College of Agriculture, Jobner (Jaipur) by laying out in split block design (SPD) with three replications consisting of twenty four treatment combinations. The treatment combinations, was laid out in split-plot design with two transplanting dates (10th December and 01st January) and three cultivars (RO-01, RO-59 and Bhima Shakti) were kept in main plots. Four zinc methods (control, Soil application of zinc sulphate @ 25 kg/ha, dipping of seedling in zinc solubilizer before transplanting, foliar spray of zinc sulphate @ 0.5% at 30 & 45 DAT) were applied in sub plots. The raised beds were prepared of size 3 × 1 m. The seed sowing was performed on 15th October and 03rd November of 2020 and 2021, respectively followed by light irrigations with the help of watering can. Nutrients like nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium were applied through urea, single super phosphate and muriate of potash, respectively. Healthy, uniform size and inoculated/no-inoculated seedlings different cultivars of onion of about 10 cm height were transplanted in the main field on 10th December of 2020 & 2021 and 01st January of 2021 and 2022. The plant spacing was kept 20 × 10 cm.\r\nZinc was applied by three methods viz. soil application of zinc sulphate, treating of onion seedling with zinc solubilizer and foliar spray of zinc sulphate. As per treatment combination, 25 kg zinc sulphate per ha was mixed in soil just before transplanting. Two foliar spray of zinc sulphate @ 0.5 percent after 30 and 45 days of transplanting. Suspension of 5 ml zinc solubilizer in 1 litre of water was prepared for treatment of seedlings and then dipped the roots of onion seedling in the solution for 10 minutes before transplanting. Five plants were tagged in each plot to record observations. Observations were recorded manually plant height, number of leaves, bolting percent, average weight of bulb and marketable bulb yield. The bolting percent and marketable bulb yield were calculated by using formula as given below:\r\nBolting (%) = \r\nMarketable bulb yield (q/ha) = \r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe effect of two transplanting dates (10th December and 01st January) and three cultivars (RO-01, RO-59 and Bhima Shakti) combined with application methods of zinc (control, soil application of zinc sulphate at 25 kg/ha, dipping of seedling in zinc solubilizer before transplanting and foliar spray of zinc sulphate @ 0.5%) was studied to understand the growth and yield attributes of onion. The results obtained are presented in Table 1 & 2.\r\nEffect of transplanting dates on growth and yield parameters of onion. The result of present study (Table 1 and 2) clearly indicated that plant height (34.17 cm), number of leaves (5.20), minimum bolting percent (0.155), average bulb weight (81.10 g) and marketable bulb yield (360.00 q/ha) of onion in both the years as well as in pooled mean analysis increased significantly with delay transplanting, cultivars and zinc. This might be because of low average temperature in late transplanting during the growth period resulted in good foliage growth and formation of ample canopy able to enhance photosynthesis, hence increasing average bulb weight as well as bulbs yield per fad. Temperature and photoperiod are the major ecological factors influencing the growth and development of onion plant in all phases Coolong and Randle (2003). Prolong low temperature increases bolting and also the speed of the phenomenon Tarpaga et al. (2011). From early planting, bulb formation might have occurred earlier and thus may receive more induction, which resulted into higher number of bolter Nandpuri (1990). Increasing trend in yield attributes as noted with delayed transplanting might be due to more congenial climate and low temperature prevailing for long period provide favourable climatic condition for bulb development and genetic makeup.\r\nSimilar findings have been reported by Nayee et al. (2009); Jilani et al. (2010); Mohanta and Mandal (2014); Ali et al. (2016 b) in onion.\r\nEffect of cultivars on growth and yield parameters of onion. The results (Table 1 and 2) showed that significantly increased the plant height at 45 DAT (33.52 cm), number of leaves at 45 DAT (5.14), bolting percentage (0.182), average bulb weight (79.37 g) and marketable bulb yield (361.10 q/ha)of onion in cultivar Bhimashakti as compared to RO-01 cultivar. However, it is found statistically at par to RO-59 cultivar in case of all above growth and yield parameters in pooled mean analysis. This might be due to primitive effects of varietal genetic makeup affects to vegetative growth which ultimately lead to more photosynthetic activities and enhancing the rate of cell division and cell enlargement of plants Dwivedi et al. (2012). Each cultivar has its own specific characteristics and accordingly variation in these parameters may be attributed to genetic difference of cultivars. Onion cultivars may have different morphological and biochemical characteristics that affect the biomass accumulation among different storage and vegetative parts and the average bulb weight within cultivars was due to their genetic variability, reported by Jilani and Ghaffoor (2003).\r\nSimilar results were also reported by Devi et al. (2014); Tarai et al. (2015); Utangi et al. (2015); Gosai et al. (2018); Ganiger et al. (2018)in onion and Thakur et al. (2022) in coriander.\r\nEffect of zinc on growth and yield parameters of onion. The maximum and significantly better values of growth attributes of onion like plant height at 45 DAT (34.77), number of leaves per plant at 45 DAT (5.26), bolting percentage (0.145), average bulb weight (79.68 g) and marketable bulb yield (357.58 q/ha) were recorded under foliar application of zinc sulphate @ 0.5% over rest of the treatments except soil application of zinc sulphate at 25 kg per ha which was found statistically at par in pooled analysis. This might be due to the stimulating effect of zinc sulphate in cell division and cell elongation. It is effective for the synthesis of plant hormones like auxin and carbohydrate formation Pankaj et al. (2018). The potent reasons responsible for superior performance of growth, yield and yield attributes might be due to supply of nutrients in available form. The increased growth parameters provided greater sites for photosynthesis and diversion of photosynthates towards sink. Foliar application of zinc also helpful for matching to the need of plants Abedin et al. (2012).\r\nThese results are in conformity with the findings of Tohamy et al. (2009); Samad et al. (2011); Bhat et al. (2018) in onion.\r\n', 'Gulab Choudhary, L.N. Bairwa, O.P. Garhwal, A.K. Soni, M.R. Choudhary, D.K. Yadav, S.P. Singh, K.K. Meena and S.K. Bairwa (2022). Growth and Yield Increments of Onion (Allium cepa L.) with Transplanting Dates, Cultivars and Zinc in Semi-Arid Conditions of Rajasthan. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 794-797.'),
(5368, '100', 'Relational Analysis of Foodgrains and its Seed Production in India: Current Scenario and Future Prospects', 'Rajeev Kumar Srivastava and Sudhanand Prasad Lal', '106 Relational Analysis of Foodgrains and its Seed Production in India Current Scenario and Future Prospects SUDHANAND PRASAD LAL.pdf', '', 1, 'In the current study the status of foodgrains and its seed production in India was tried to be figured out. A positive trend in production of foodgrains during last 10 years was recorded from the period of 2010-11 to 2019-20. Various tools and techniques were used to analyze the secondary data viz., descriptive statistics, Compound Annual Growth Rates, Cuddy-Della Valle Instability Index and Correlational Analysis. Production and Irrigation was flabbily significant at 20% level and it implied that with better strategies; production can be achieved even without much irrigation coverage. The research concludes that Decadal Production growth rate of foodgrains was relatively high which is commendable at 1.95% CAGR. But, pulse productivity is 3.75 times less than the Rice-Wheat. The production crossed the landmark of >25 MT in 2017-18 but in 2020-21 also India is the net importer of Pulse. So, it’s high time to ‘act on pulses now’. ', 'Decadal analysis, Foodgrains, Green Revolution, Pulses Revolution, Seeds', 'The research concludes that Decadal Production growth rate of foodgrains was relatively high which is commendable at 1.95% CAGR. But, as the yield ratio of Cereal to Pulse is 3.75 and from this it can be inferred that Pulse productivity is 3.75 times less than the Rice-Wheat. The production crossed the landmark of >25 MT in 2017-18 but in 2020-21 also India is the net importer of Pulse. So, it’s high time to ‘act on pulses now’ as pulse and cereals diets combination is best and cost effective diet in whole world. Innovative, multifaceted strategies, collaborations, and technologies for increasing productivity and expanding the production area are required to meet the predicted 33 MT of pulse demand by 2024. In furtherance, collective action, convergence, and capacity building with an integrated extension approach may help to realize the desired yield of pulse. Finally, only the integrated application of chemical fertilizers and organic manures can restore the soil\'s fertility and boost rice, wheat and other cereals crop output in both quantity and quality.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nIndia\'s economy is centered on agriculture and allied sectors, and 70% of its rural households depend on it (FAO, 2021). India\'s arable land (% of total land area) was reported to be 52.61% of the total geographical area in 2018 (World Bank, 2021). This indicates that India has a great deal of opportunity for utilizing agricultural resources for current and long-term food security. During the Green revolution, India initiated using several high-yielding varieties (HYVs) of cereals around 1965 (2nd five-year plan). It involved the inclusion of various techniques comprising seeds of HYVs, chemical fertilizers, pesticides, pump sets, combined harvesters, tractors, threshers etc. The food grain production growth was about 2.4% per annum before 1965, but it had been increasing at the rate of 3.5% after 1965 (Bowonder, 1979). According to the third advance estimates for 2020–21 published by the Directorate of Economics and Statistics (DES), the nation\'s total foodgrain production is projected to reach a new height with 305.44 million tones i.e. an increase of 7.94 million tones (MT) over the 297.50 MT during 2019–20. Additionally, foodgrain production in 2020–21 is greater by 26.66 MT than the average of the preceding 5 years (2015–16 to 2019–20) production. A total of 121.46 million tonnes of rice are expected to be produced overall in 2020–21, which is a record production. It exceeds the 112.44 million tonnes average production over the previous 5 years by 9.01 million tonnes. \r\nThe production of wheat is anticipated to reach a record 108.75 million tonnes in 2020–21. Compared to the production of 100.42 million tonnes (MT) on average, it is 8.32 million tonnes higher. Nutri/coarse cereal production is projected to be 49.66 MT, which is higher by 1.91 MT than the 47.75 million tonnes produced in 2019–20. Furthermore, it exceeds the average production by 5.68 million tonnes. The predicted 25.58 million tonnes of the total production of pulses in 2020–21 is an increase of 3.64 million tonnes from the average production during the preceding five years, which was 21.93 million tonnes (DES, 2021). As per the International Year of Millets (IYoM) 2023 portal, Millets should be marketed as \"nutri cereals\" rather than \"coarse grains,\" and their advantages should be made known to the general public through a concerted, effective campaign. To promote millets for nutrition security, India proclaimed 2018 as the National Year for Millets. India has also taken the lead role in the celebrations of the International Year of Millets 2023. A subsidiary programme of the National Food Security Mission is NFSM-Nutri Cereals. There is a total of 25 nutri-cereals seedhub in India (IYoM, 2021). A total of ₹ 8760.81 crores have been sanctioned to the states and the other operational institutions as a central share between 2014–15 and 2019–20. Following the program\'s national adoption and coordinated efforts by the state governments and the Indian government; as a result, the production of all foodgrains increased, rising by 17.71% from 252.02 MT in 2014–15 to 296.65 MT in 2019–20. Foodgrain productivity grew from 2028 kg/ha to 2325 kg/ha from 2014–15 to 2019–20, respectively (i.e. 14.64% raise). The production of pulses, which enhanced by almost 35% from 17.15 million tonnes (2014–15) to 23.15 million tonnes (2019–20), is specifically commendable (PIB, 2021). \r\nThe key ingredient for increasing agricultural productivity is the seed. Utilizing high-quality seeds can increase yield by 15 to 20 per cent (Seednet, 2021). As a result, increasing the replacement ratio of the high-quality seeds from hybrids or high-yielding varieties is crucial to improving agricultural output rates. Thus, the seed industry would need to expand considerably more quickly in order to fulfill the growing demand for the different hybrid seeds and also to switch out outdated types for new, high-yielding ones. The Indian Seed Programme plays an instrumental role in the agriculture of India and is well positioned for future expansion (NITI Aayog, 2018). According to DA&FW (2021), India\'s total breeder seed production was 92.7 thousand quintals in 2019-20, a decrease of 11.56 thousand quintals over the 104.26 thousand quintals realized during 2018–19. The production of breeder seed in 2019-20 is lesser by 6.62 thousand quintals than the average production during the preceding 5 years (2014–15 to 2018–19). But the production of foundation seed was 22.25 lakh quintals in 2019-20, which was 4.25 lakh quintals higher than the last year. Moreover, it exceeds the average production of the previous five years (2014–15 to 2018–19) by 4.18 lakh quintals. In 2019-20, the total amount of distribution of certified/quality seed was 383.72 lakh quintals, which was an increase of 63.31 lakh quintals over the last year. Even it was 58.08 lakh quintals greater than the preceding five years (2014–15 to 2018–19) average distribution. Therefore, among the breeder seeds, foundation seeds, and certified/quality seeds, the production of breeder seeds is in a decreasing trend. If we see the current status of the requirement and availability of different seeds. In that case it can be observed that the production of all the cereals, pulses, and oilseeds was in a bountiful position. The availability of seeds for the cereal crops was 257.07 lakh quintals, which was 33.08 lakh quintals higher than its total requirement of 223.99 lakh quintals in 2019-20. Similarly, the availability of the seeds for the production of pulse crops in 2019-20 was 4.23 lakh quintals higher than its requirement of 35.16 lakh quintals in the country. The requirement for oilseeds was 55.50 lakh quintals. For the oilseeds, the amount of seed availability exceeded the amount of seed requirement by 7.64 lakh quintals. In the last two years (2017-18 and 2018-19) also, the availability of seeds for all the cereal, pulses and oilseeds was greater than its actual requirement. If one look at the last eight years\' trend (2012-13 to 2019-20) of the requirement and availability of quality/certified hybrid seeds of various food crops like paddy, maize, jowar, bajra etc., the seeds available are always higher than the seeds required (DA&FW, 2021). Therefore, it can be assumed that presently there is no scarcity of crop seeds in India. It could happen because different seed crop zones have developed with high specialization levels over time. Likewise, India\'s seed processing or conditioning industries have acquired the processes of quality upgrading and upkeep to maintain the high standards of physical condition as well as quality for post-harvest handling. Various geographical regions in the nation have flourished as the optimal storage places for seeds under circumambient conditions as a result of the varied agro-climates. There are more than 20000 seed dealers as well as distributors working in the seed marketing and distribution industry. The various seed corporations under the public sector will maintain to hold a central position in the production of seeds for cereal crops, pulse crops and oilseeds in the upcoming years as the private sector has not been optimistic about approaching the high volume and low margin crop seed production of paddy, wheat, other cereals, pulses and oilseeds (NITI Aayog, 2018). The Seed Replacement Rate (SRR) and productivity are directly proportional. There is a poor seed replacement rate in India as a result of the enormous demand-supply disparity. Only approximately 15% of the net total cropped area of India is currently sown each year with newly acquired and high-quality seeds. Farm-saved seeds are used for sowing a sizable 85 percent of the region. This percentage ranges from 7% for staple crops to a maximum of 70% for various vegetables and fruits, depending on the crop. Between 9 and 18 per cent applies to rice and wheat (Lal et al., 2019). Vegetables, fruits, flowers, and varied high value/ expensive seed crops can all get their hands on seeds, but the low value/large volume crops like rice and wheat don\'t get nearly enough of them (NITI Aayog, 2018; Srivastava, 2018). As per FAO observation, the production of India is cereal-centric, resource-intensive, and regionally biased even though Indian agriculture has attained grain self-sufficiency. Serious sustainability challenges have also been brought up by the resource-intensive methods used in Indian agriculture. Restructuring and reconsidering policy would be necessary given the country\'s increasing demand for its water supplies. Agriculture in India is also seriously threatened by desertification and land degradation (FAO, 2021). Considering these facts and figures in the backdrop, it was sensed that foodgrains production measurement is a key factor to ensure sustainability of livelihood security in a long term. In light of this, the current study was executed with the following three objectives: i) To execute the decadal analysis of food grain in India ii) To figure out the relationship of foodgrains production and irrigation percentage and iii) To perform Relational Analysis of foodgrains and its seed production in India. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nIn this research secondary data was used to quantify Relational Analysis of foodgrains apropos seed production in India from the primary data collected by Department of Agriculture, Cooperation and Farmers\' Welfare, Government of India. Analysis of data that has already been acquired by others is referred to as secondary data analysis. Various tools and techniques were used to analyze the secondary data as mentioned below: \r\nCompound Annual Growth Rates to compute Decadal growth of Foodgrain\r\nCAGR was used to compute Decadal growth of Foodgrain Production in (Million Tonnes) in India. Log linear functions were used to determine CAGR since it is the apposite functional form as explained by Gujarati in 1988 (Gujarati, 2009; Joshi et al., 2021). The function was used to calculate CAGR in numerous more investigations. The formula to calculate CAGR is:\r\nCAGR=(V_initial/V_final )1/t-1\r\nWhere,\r\nCAGR = Compound Annual Growth Rate \r\nVinitial = initial value \r\nVfinal = closing value\r\nT = time in years.\r\nCuddy-Della Valle Instability Index to compute instability\r\nInstability analysis in Decadal growth of Foodgrain Production in (Million Tonnes) in India was figured out through Cuddy Della Valle Index. Coefficient of Variation measures instability but it exaggerates the level of it in time-series data. The Cuddy Della Valle Index (Cuddy & Valle 1978) de-trends and pinpoints the exact direction of the instability (Nimbrayan et al., 2019). \r\nThe equation is mentioned as follows \r\nCDVI=I=CV*√(1-AdR^2 )\r\nCuddy-Della Valle-Instability index (%)\r\nI = Instability Index (in %)\r\nCV = Coefficient of variation (in %) \r\nAdR2 = Adjusted \r\nR-Square = Coefficient of determination\r\nCorrelational Analysis between foodgrains production and irrigation percentage\r\nFinding out whether two or more variables are connected is the rationale of correlational analysis (Marczyk et al., 2005). Here, correlational analysis was used to compute relationship between top 12 major foodgrains producing states in 2019-2020 along with coverage under irrigation. The equation is mentioned as follows \r\nr=(∑(x_(i )-x ̅ ) (y_(i )-y ̅ ))/(√(∑〖(x_(i )-x ̅)〗^2 ) ∑〖(y_(i )-y ̅)〗^2 ) \r\nr = correlation coefficient\r\nx_(i )= values of the x-variable in the present study\r\nx ̅ = mean of the values of the x-variable\r\ny_(i )= values of the y-variable in the present study\r\ny ̅ = mean of the values of the y-variable.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION \r\nA. Growth Performance of foodgrain in India\r\nThe growth performance of production of foodgrain was calculated by using compound annual growth rate (CAGR) for the year 2010-11 to 2019-20. Decadal Production growth rate of foodgrains was relatively high which is commendable at 1.95% CAGR. The implementation of new technology for growing foodgrains viz., the use of high yielding cultivars, improved packages of practices, and improved infrastructure for farming, may be the plausible cause of this humongous growth. Fig. 1 denotes that over the course of 10 years i.e. from 2010-11 to 2019-20 the foodgrain production grew from 244.49 to 296.65 Million Tonnes thus having the praiseworthy compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 1.95 %, when the country has almost reached the plateau of foodgrain production. It can also be deduced that the range of foodgrain production was from 244.49 MT in 2010-11 to 296.65 MT in 2019-20 (Fig. 1). The contributing factor to this humongous foodgrains production may be due to scaling up of indigenous science-led technologies, policy initiatives, extension machinery efforts and measures to ensure food and nutritional security across the country.\r\nB. Instability index in production of foodgrain in India\r\nThe Instability index in production of foodgrain was computed by using Cuddy- Della Valle index. The result indicated that the instability index of production was high i.e. 69.99%. The ranges of CDVI are Low instability = between 0 and 15; Medium instability= >15 to 30 and High instability => 30 (Tambe et al., 2021). High instability was due to the fact that production increased from 244.49 to 296.65= 52.16 MT over a period of 10 years.\r\nMajor Foodgrains Producing States and corresponding Irrigation Coverage\r\nAfter studying the production relationship it was tried to figure out which state is contributing the most to food basket of India. From Table 2 it is evident that top 3 major food grain producing states are Uttar Pradesh (55.03 MT) trailed by Madhya Pradesh (33.03 MT) and Punjab (30.02 MT). Top 11th and 12th foodgrain producing states were from South India i.e. Tamil Nadu (11.04 MT) and Telangana (11.02 MT) thus contributing 296.65 MT into the nation. Further it was tried to figure out the relationship between Production and Irrigation and it was revealed that there was a weak significant relationship between Production and Irrigation at 20% level and it was found to be non-significant at classical 1%, 5% and 10% level. The statistical finding is also supported by figures presented in Table 2. In top 5 foodgrains producing states viz., Madhya Pradesh and West Bengal has irrigation coverage of less than 60% and in Rajasthan it is <1/3rd.\r\nProbability Output estimation of Top 12 major Foodgrains Producing States\r\nProbability Output is denoted through Normal Probability Plot for Production vs Sample Percentile. From Fig. 2 it is evident that only 3 states viz., Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh and Punjab has sample Percentile >30 units. \r\nCrop-wise Requirement and Availability of Certified/Quality Seeds\r\nIf we see the current status of the requirement and availability of different seeds. In that case it can be observed that the production of certified seeds of all the cereals was in a bountiful position. The availability of seeds for the cereal crops was 257.07 lakh quintals, which was 33.08 lakh quintals higher than its total requirement of 223.99 lakh quintals in 2019-20. Similarly, the availability of the seeds for the production of pulse crops in 2019-20 was 4.23 lakh quintals higher than its requirement of 35.16 lakh quintals in the country.\r\n', 'Rajeev Kumar Srivastava and Sudhanand Prasad Lal (2021). Relational Analysis of Foodgrains and its\r\nSeed Production in India: Current Scenario and Future Prospects. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 13(2): 726-731.\r\n');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5369, '136', 'Different Approaches for Extraction of Oil from Diatoms for Biofuel Production: A Review', 'Suman Jyoti Bhuyan, Suvechha Kabiraj and Umesh Goutam', '135 Different Approaches for Extraction of Oil from Diatoms for Biofuel Production A Review Umesh Goutam.pdf', '', 1, 'The increase in the consumption of fossil fuels have resulted in reduction of natural resources. Thus, hunt for alternate energy sources is getting much attention now a days. Hence, diatoms a class of photosynthetic microalgae available naturally are best suited class of microorganisms utilized for the production of biofuels. Because of their universal presence, ability to grow rapidly, diatoms can be utilized for production of biofuel. One most useful outcome out of these is biodiesel. “Biodiesel” used as a form of sustainable diesel fuel is derived from natural sources. Conventional approach involved in lipid production from diatoms and later transforming it into bio-oil includes list of stages such as cell harvesting and also involves application of stressed condition so as to maximize the assembly of lipids, cell lysis to extract out the lipid content, transformation of lipid content into biodiesel by the method of transesterification. The process of Extraction initiates with disruption of diatom cell wall and further the lipid extraction process can be carried out by performing several processes. Namely spontaneous oozing pulsed electric field, mechanical pressure, High-pressure homogenization, microwave oven and ball mill and so forth. Out of all microwave oven and Solvent assisted ultrasound are considered as effective process for cell wall disruption however for extraction of lipids above mentioned procedures utilizes high energy input and also it is hard to scale up. Diatom-based biofuel comes under third-generation biofuel which ultimately contribute approximately 60 to 90% less greenhouse gases as compared to traditional fuel sources. Extraction steps in biofuel production needs to be renewed because it sometimes causes destruction in entire diatom biomass. The extraction and purification process yields organic wastes which results in demand of significant amount of energy inputs. So, it is preferable to develop eco-friendly purification processes in order to keep the diatom cells alive during extraction.', 'Diatoms, Biofuels, Microalgae, Transesterification, lipid', 'It has been acknowledged world-wide that first generation and second-generation biofuels, which are predominantly produced by terrestrial crops are insufficient to fulfil the universal energy demand, and hence researchers are in search for alternative sources for production of biofuel. Also for growing terrestrial crops the need for agricultural land will increase as well as demand for fertilizers will increase accordingly. Recently, third-generation biofuels that can be gained from microalgae are graving a lot of attention because of its capability to propagate on non-arable land and also gives high oil yield per area. Morphological as well as physiological variation among diatom species permits these cells to react rapidly to any kind of stress condition. The oil content of diatom cells relies upon the selection of the strain or species to be used for cultivation purpose, the culture parameters, such as nitrogen stress condition provided, intensity of light required for growth, framework selected for recovering biomass concentration, and particularly protocol selected for extraction of oil. Effectiveness of the withdrawal strategy relies upon various elements which have impact for the selection of best technique for cell lysis, plus the strain selected and nature of their cell wall, whether nonpolar or polar lipid present , beyond operational cost and energy costs. Microwave oven and Solvent assisted ultrasound are accounted as proficient process for cell disruption and how ever biofuel extraction process utilizes highly energy input as well as hard to perform scale up process. Primary method for developing biofuel production strategy from diatom lipids is to obtain it at inexpensive cost, via the selection of finest strain for cultivation and development of better cultivation strategy that permits maximum lipid yield. Terrestrial yields like corn, rapeseed, and soybean acts as primary feedstock for production of biodiesel. Sadly, utilization of food yields for the production of biodiesel causes competition among utilization of agricultural land and its utilization for producing biological fuel with a subsequent growth in food costs and potential biodiversity and habitat loss.\r\nFor obtaining sustainable as well as cleaner diatom fuels of profitable feasibility, attention must be set to extraction procedures which are eco-friendly also, with a smaller amount of solvent utilization, by increasing the biofuel quality and limiting energy as well as time utilization and steps for downstream processing. Solvents must be precisely evaluated keeping in view about effective way for extracting out lipid content to make the bio refinery techniques more practical, constructing bio-economy based on renewable resources.\r\nTherefore, production of bioethanol and biodiesel both the processes can be coordinated. This way, biodiesel can be obtained from fatty acids of microalgae and bioethanol can be obtained from de-fatted biomass (methyl solvent is swapped by ethyl solvent during transesterification process), rather than utilizing solvents derived from petroleum. Hence, the utilization of green solvents for microalgae extraction and biofuel production is significant for a successful economic, ecological, and such approaches can be useful in social production of multiple products over individual processes, under the idea of a bio refinery.\r\n', 'INTRODUCTION\r\n“Mother of origin of life”, the Ocean serves as the source for unlimited unique and precious organisms. Keeping this in mind Scientists and Researchers these days are looking forward to the solutions that satisfies human needs by making good use of the already available natural resources. The increase in human population and the expansion of these many growing populations towards the countryside adds up to a faster reduction in natural resources, which ultimately results in expanding the costs of these resources in commercial Market (Alexandratos and Bruinsma 2012). In order to deal with such hassle in growing populations and also reduction in the cost of resource, hunt for alternate pharmaceutical based product, food product, high value molecules (HVM), and also other energy sources, are getting much attention. Therefore, utilizing already available organisms such as diatoms are considered as remarkably promising source for production of biofuels out of all other microorganisms. There are also wide variety of characteristics which makes these diatoms better suited for the production of biofuel. Presence of diatoms globally (saline water, fresh water, in soil or on damp surfaces) gives diatom cells competitive advantage against all other microalgae, they are usually free living and unicellular, Diatom cells are surrounded by a rigid cell wall termed as frustule, Diatom cells show rapid growth under suitable conditions, biomass concentration doubles in a couple of hours, diatoms produce characteristic spores, Diatom growth can be controlled effortlessly by the accessibility of silicate, most importantly entire of their biomass can be utilized to productive use. Amongst all the advantages of a diatom-based, open pond system in production of biofuels are the instantaneous ability of utilizing available carbon dioxide and eliminating nutrients from various wastewater sources, although simultaneously, producing valuable fuels and other bio products (Wang and Seibert 2017). One most useful outcome out of these is biodiesel. Biodiesel which is used as a form of renewable diesel fuel, is mainly derived from natural sources such as fats and natural oils. Biodiesel additionally offers various benefits such as economic benefits, quality of fuel obtained, environment friendly, as well as energy safety benefits vs. petroleum diesel also named as petro diesel. Obtained Natural oils can be transformed into biodiesel with the help of a comparatively easy refining practice known as transesterification. Mentioned procedure utilizes sources such as animal fats, oil derived from vegetable, micro algal oils which are further forwarded for esterification process by utilizing alcohol (either one out of methanol or ethanol) in the existence of a catalyst (it can be either potassium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide) to further form fatty esters (either methyl ester or ethyl ester) (Vasudevan and Briggs 2008). \r\nDiatoms: Structure and Evolutionary origin. Diatoms are a class of eukaryotic microalgae, photosynthetic in nature which are not just found in the Bacillariophyta family, they are also found in other families namely (Chaetocerotaceae, Thalassiosiraceae, and Lithodesmiaceae etc.) Commonly organisms belonging to class Bacillariophyta is known for the presence of cell wall made up of hydrated silica. About more than 200 genera of existing diatoms and about one hundred thousand of living species are recorded (Round et al., 1990). Entire of diatom lineage is commonly distributed into two orders: centric diatoms which are symmetrically radial and the other order is of pennate diatoms which are symmetrically bilateral (d’Ippolito et al., 2015). Centric diatoms are again subdivided into polar centric and non-polar centric, while the second order comprises of the classes namely Fragilariophyceae and Bacillariophyceae classified on the basis of the existence of raphe or lack of a raphe (Mann 1999). Diatoms characterized as a microalgae, eventually these diatoms are unique in different traits in relation to wide range of various eukaryotes which are photoautotrophic in nature (Armbrust et al., 2004; Saade and Bowler 2009; Smith et al. 2012; Obata et al. 2013). The presence of cell wall in diatoms, which is considered as utmost characteristic cellular feature. Diatoms cell wall is made up of silica, with complicated designs and having different symmetry within their cell wall made up of silica. Usually, diatoms size ranges between 20-200 microns in length, mainly majority of the species ranges in between 10 and 50 μm (Hildebrand et al. 2012). It has already been proven earlier that diatoms have various characteristic features making them best alternative for large scale-based bio-fuel cultivation (Singha et al., 2022). \r\nThe evolutionary story for diatoms is somewhat complex; early evidences puts forward that at a certain point in the evolution of plant cell progenitor, a Chlamydial invasion took place (Becker et al., 2008). As reported at an earlier stage in the evolution of life on the earth, diatoms were believed to be originated from photosynthetic scale covered cells. Since then diatoms are further categorized into major morphological forms (an event occasionally known as the big-bang theory of evolution). Later on this diversification was followed by a relative stasis period till existing day (Round 1981). There are also evidences reporting that nuclear genes of green algal biomass are found in secondary endosymbiont (Moustafa et al. 2009), which proposes an existence of endosymbiotic event with green alga. Genomes of diatom additionally contain rich numbers almost up to 5% of genes which are from bacterial origin belonging to different bacterial classes, and nearly more than half of these genes are shared between two diatom groups which are evolutionarily diverse, namely Thalassiosira pseudonana and Phaeodac tylumtricornutum (Bowler et al., 2008). Consequently, genomes of diatom, and their resultant metabolomes, are a complicated combination of components derivative of sources which are exceptionally dissimilar (Bowler et al. 2008; Finazzi et al., 2010). The four groups of diatoms divided on the basis of their silica cell wall features are: 1) Radial centrics, 2) Bipolar centrics and multipolar centrics, 3) Araphid pennates, 4) Raphid Penates. Every single cell of these group arose and later differentiated sequentially under decreasing CO2 concentration and this event took place during Mesozoic era (Armbrust, 2009). Early fossil evidences shows that larger eukaryotic phytoplankton of the lineage red algae over the Mesozoic era, comprising coccolithophorids, diatoms, and dinoflagellates, banished a greater percentage of other algal group residing in the ocean, mainly very small green algae and cyanobacteria (Falkowski et al. 2004). Additionally, some initial reports recommended that the most important source of carbon for fossil fuels were diatoms. During the main carbon export period coccolitho-phorids in addition dinoflagellates were considered as the leading variety of phytoplankton. In recent times, diatoms are liable for an enormous part of the natural carbon covered on continental margins and are significant supporters of nascent petroleum reserves.\r\nBIOFUEL PRODUCTION FROM DIATOMS\r\nBiofuels from diatoms, could be basically obtained by means of two routes. The first method is to thermochemically convert the entire biomass fraction into bio-crude oil such as crude oil and the next is directly extracting out lipid content and later sent for processing into biofuel. Though the second method is the conventional mode of technology so far, but the first route is attaining motion because it has some positive advantages. Another fact of concern, is: what is the percentage of oil content in a diatom cell? In order to find out the oil content the most important step is to find out everything related to available lipids including all unsaturated fatty acids forms and forms of saturated fatty acids, followed by extraction process, and lastly quantify the oil content (Jha and Zi-Rong 2004). Along with selecting the best approach to maximize bio products it is very important to select a suitable strain which can give high yield. It is most popular that by choosing specific species and by manipulating the provided supplements in growth medium, the oil production of microalgae can be affected. It has been found that under conditions where organisms grow under nitrogen starvation, Chaetocerosgracilis triacylglycerols can account for more than 70% of total cell volume (Syvertsen, 2001). Measurement done because of per weight is much preferable, but this discloses additional possible problem associated with prevailing processes of algal biofuel production. Algal cells growing under nutrient starved condition will support in obtaining maximum lipid content, but this is only possible if we extend microbial growth period. This affects the overall productivity of the manufacturing process per unit area over time. Algae that are not exposed to stressful conditions can grow rapidly, but the resulting lipid content is limited. Additionally, a large difference among lipids is establish in diatoms, few of them are extra chloroplastic phospholipids and membrane associated glycolipids. Significantly within a species the quantity of these lipids may differ, it can also be determined by the provided culture conditions along with the method of cultivation. Therefore, increasing the lipid content of diatoms, including other microalgae, is costly, which requires much more additional culture time to maximize the lipid content under stress conditions. Evidently, if our main aim relies upon bio crude production, then the organic carbon content of diatom must be exploited, and not essentially the lipid content (though content of lipid can affect bio crude quality, in algae at least). The warning is that bio crude would need to be moved up to a fuel-grade item (this should be possible in a petroleum processing plant, however, requires H2 input), though bio-oil (lipid that is upgraded) requires limited processing before it can be used as a fuel. In general, the method of lipid production from diatoms or algae and later conversion into bio-oil involves series of steps shown in Fig. 1.\r\nEXTRACTION OF OIL FROM DIATOMS FOR BIOFUEL PRODUCTION\r\nPlastic Bubble Wrap approach for culturing diatom cells: Recently studied on Employing newly developed plastic bubble wrap technique for biofuel production from diatoms cultivated in discarded plastic waste and concluded that diatoms serves as the best source for Diafuel i.e. biofuel extracted from diatoms. The main aim of the mentioned study was to culture diatom cells in a closed system and this was done by tightly sealing the reactor rim with plastic bubble wrap and cheap priced plastic material which are disposed of in a lodging and transportation of goods. In order to optimize it, different plastic wraps disposed of from a plastic industry were sent first for their permeability test to gases and impermeability to water loss. As a result it was found that among all the plastic bubble wrap varieties LDPE (low density poly ethylene) used for sealing glass containers as photo bioreactors allowed harvest highest cell count of (1152 × 102 cells mL−1), maximum Diafuel (37%), lipid (35 μgmL−1), maximum CO2 absorbance (0.084) with nutrient uptake for 40 days and nearly no water loss was observed. In order to check the usability of Low density poly ethylene on other microalgae Haematococcus pluvialis example of red green microalgae demonstrated scope to be extended for production of astaxanthin utilizing disposed bubble wrap plastic. Results of this study may be beneficial for a new way to decrease plastic disposal and the application of diatoms for biofuel production (Khan et al., 2022).\r\nThe extraction as well as fatty acid and lipid analysis from diatoms varies in comparison to other entities, such as foods and vegetable oils, because they possess stiff cell wall, and variety among different classes of fatty acids as well as lipids. Therefore, precise approaches should exist for cell lysis and to release out the lipids and then converting these lipid content into biofuels. The method for lipid extraction must be speedy, effective and subtle so that degradation of lipid content can be reduced and also have to be feasible economically. The process of biofuel extraction begins with the destruction of the diatom cell wall, and the lipid extraction process can be carried out in a variety of ways. The cytolysis process is an essential step in extracting oil from diatoms for biofuel production. \r\nSpontaneous oozing: Researchers has already discovered a diatom strain known as Diadesmis confervacea that not only accumulates high amount of oil (14.6%) but also extracts oil naturally almost near the 31st day of culturing in in- vivo conditions, when the cells attain maturity which is very important in the area of economical biofuel production (Bongale and Gautam 2012). It was also proposed that diatoms be confined at stationary phase of growth in solar panels in which they would keep on delivering organic compounds appropriate for biofuel in the form of droplets of oil (Ramachandra et al., 2009), otherwise known as lipid droplets or oleosomes. Spontaneous oozing significantly reduces the cost of algal fuels, as separation of the oil from the diatom cells has previously been an expensive as well as fuel requiring process, and now because of spontaneous oozing it is easier to design diatom biofuel solar panels. The overall protocol for spontaneous oozing can be carried out by Sample collection followed by culturing (the water sample should be first studied for its species richness and further inoculation onto cultured media such as f/2 solid agar medium, appearance of mixed colonies under different cultured conditions, the mixed colonies of cultured diatoms further serially diluted to obtain axenic cultures. Every day the respective plates observed for the presence and size of oil globules in the diatom cells. The exocytosis of oil from the diatom cells is looked for on each day after their inoculation. Cell counting followed by estimation of oil content with the help transesterification method. Fatty acid methyl esters shortly known as (FAME) can be analyzed by GCMS and tested using TLC (Bongale and Gautam 2012).\r\nPulsed electric field (PEF): PEF also termed as Pulsed electric field uses high voltage, short electrical pulses and a uniquely planned treatment chamber to permeabilize cell membranes. There are two particular uses of PEF to algal development and processing - extraction of intracellular material and microalgae predator population control. Pulse electric field processing can possibly give lower costs and higher efficiency for the process of biofuel production, high-esteem specialty chemical compounds from large scale farms cultivating algae, also animal and human feed and nutritional supplements.\r\nAlgal products mostly nowadays depend on solvent extraction processes and drying process to reach out final commercial end product. Extraction processes such as freeze drying and separation done with the help of supercritical Carbon dioxide are intrinsically energy intensive and costly also, restricting the market for microalgae items. Pulsed electric field has been demonstrated by various analysts to lyse various number of microalgae species via electroporation, which delivers their intracellular substance into the neighbouring solution. The main advantage of algal cell wall lysis through Pulsed electric field is to form those intracellular materials that might include lipids, proteins and different chemicals, accessible for downstream processing into precise products. It is very important to adjust the physical parameters as the outcome of pulsed electric field is dependent on cell size (the smaller the cell size will be, the stronger the electric treatment should be) (Coustets et al., 2015; Sixou and Teissié 1990; Bellard and Teissie 2009). \r\nPEF won\'t fundamentally help in the separation or extraction of intracellular compounds that are found within the cell wall, nonetheless, such extraction process needs a mixture of concentration (to eliminate the water from the algal development media), drying, and chemical treatments. The step performed for drying is very energy consuming and in this way expensive process. Leaving this drying step, and empowering wet extraction, is one of the essential advantages of PEF. \r\nMechanical Stress: We can exert outward mechanical pressure on Algal cells lacking a natural oozing mechanism, it can be either done by applying ultrasound or touch, which helps in forcing High Value Molecule to come out of the cell. Ultrasound has been utilized in order to improve extraction processes of carotenoids Haematococcus pluvialis (Ruen-ngam et al., 2010; Zou et al., 2013), Dunaliella (Macías-Sánchez et al., 2009; Pasquet et al., 2011), chlorophyll Chlorella sp. (Kong et al., 2014) and lipid Chlorella vulgaris (Araujo et al., 2013). As ultrasound effects can be harmful sometimes and can cause death (Rajasekhar et al., 2012) or stimulate programmed cell death (Broekman et al., 2010), nonviable cellular damage one of the features of ultrasound treatment ought to be selected for keeping the cells alive and, hence, be competent for incorporation in a milking protocol. Diatom cells are known for their unique features of being enclosed in a hydrated cell wall made of silicon dioxide which is denoted as frustule. Also every diatom cell possess imperfect bilateral symmetry subsequently resulting in one of the frustules somewhat bigger than the other, allowing one valve to fit inside the edge of the other. Due to this and frustule robustness, mechanical strategies could provide an exceptionally strong strategy that supports the discharge of high value molecule outside the cell surface. \r\nIn order to carry out this option, selected diatom cells should be first harvested and further positioned on a stiff surface in water and place a 18×18 mm2 coverslip, slightly put some stress with the help of a microbial needle (Vinayak et al., 2015). Insure that stress should be applied on the coverslip mid region till water comes out. Water content that flows out persisted at the coverslip edge on the slide. Perform Visual screening of the diatom population residing under the coverslip and document the variations (cell wall lysis, release of oil outside the cell surface). Alive diatom cells are not damaged visibly with the application of mechanical stress in the cover slip and oil discharge from certain species like Terpsinoë musica is already documented and as a result it was found Terpsinoë musica cells were kept in incubater for 7 days and after putting some mechanical stress oil came out of the cell. The observations reported by the mentioned study shows that oil is released out of the cell via apical pore field, from where release of carbohydrates also takes place (Bahulikar and Kroth 2007).\r\nHigh-pressure homogenization: HPH is also known as the French press method. This cytolysis procedure utilizes hydraulic shear force which is produced when high-pressure biomass is sprayed down a narrow tube. (Kim et al., 2013; Dong et al., 2016). Because this process is a heat generating process, so it puts forward risk of average energy consumption, thermal degradation, and probability of scale up process.\r\nThis method involves high pressure homogenizer, where two liquids are dispersed one is considered as aqueous phase and the other one is oily phase. Or finely divided solids in liquid is attained by pushing their combination via an inlet orifice small in size along with high pressure almost 500 to 5000 psi, which put through the product into strong turbulence and hydraulic shear resulting in enormously fine particle of suspension. Depending upon the cell wall rigidity efficiency of high pressure homogenization in diatom cells differs between different species and may drop (Dong et al., 2016).\r\nBall Mill: A ball mill is made up of its hollow spinning metal cylinder filled of magnetic beads that serves as a crushing frame. As a result of this framework harm the cell wall, due to collision or friction, caused by rapid rotation of metallic beads. Harm that is brought by metallic beads can cause cell lysis within minutes without the use of any biomass preparation. While working open the lid of metallic cylinder and fill in the feedstock or cells of interest into the chamber (diatom cells should cover almost 60 percent of the cylindrical volume), cover almost 40 to 30 percent of the volume of cylinder with stainless metal balls, close the lid of cylindrical chamber, adjust the mill at critical speed that is 2/3rd centrifugation speed and switch on the mill to rotate. (In case of high speed the metallic balls will be thrown towards the wall of the chamber and no grinding will take place due to the action of centrifugal force whereas in case of low speed the ball mass will slide up into one another which may cause an inconsequential amount of size reduction). After size reduction of feed stop the mill, separate balls from desired product and finally recover desired product. Numerous factors that affect the rupture performance and the power intake of the method, e.g., the stirring speed, the form of the container, the size, type, and the amount of sphere. This method has benefits due to the simplicity of the tools and the quickness of the procedure. However, its scheduling necessitates an extensive cooling device simply to keep away from thermal degradation of the lipids (Kim et al., 2013; Mubarak et al., 2015; Prabakaran and Ravindran 2011; Halim et al., 2012).\r\nAccomplishment of ball mill as a pre-treatment process for extraction of lipid content is useful for few microalgae species. As recorded, extraction process carried out by ball mill method gave over 28% of lipids from Botryococcus sp., hence was found 20% superior as compared to ultrasound method along with solvent extraction. \r\nMicrowave oven: Fundamentally, microwaves are electromagnetic waves with wavelengths between one metre and one millimetre and frequency between 300 MHz and 300 GHz. Though, small-scale microwaves, approximately of range 2450 MHz are preferable for causing cell lysis in microwave oven (Kim et al., 2013; Balasubramanian et al., 2013). Microwaves used for lipid extraction from microbial cells is done with the help of waves causing cell wall breakage by inducing heat and interacting with molecules hence resulting in lipid molecules to drained from the cell (Mubarak et al., 2015; Pragya et al., 2013). Microwave aided heating system is quicker as compared to traditional heating because transmission of heat happens due to radiation rather than conduction/convection. This process is better option for polar solvents such as water that produces steams resulting in cell wall breakage, later releasing intracellular contents (Dong et al., 2016) and results to an effective lipid withdrawal technique. Due to generation of high temperature, certain products such as fatty acids, lipids can sometimes result in degradation. In that situation, it is essential to reduce process time and use cooling system which can avoid several bio products degradation. By means of microwave we can achieve a method with less demand for solvents and reduced extraction time, but needs high energy cost seeing its scale up process (Halim et al., 2012; Pohndorf et al., 2016). \r\nMicrobial lipids further used for the biofuel production via conversion process: Direct Transesterification\r\nDirect transesterification has been examined as a procedure of biodiesel producing strategy without even performing the steps of extracting and purifying oil (Liu et al., 2015; Griffiths et al., 2010; Zhang et al., 2015). Done on the presence of algal biomass, a catalyst and an alcohol, commonly acid, when combined together and heated at ultra-high temperature. Extraction process of lipid as well as transesterification process take place at the same time, and results in the production of biodiesel (Mubarak et al., 2015; Singh et al., 2014; Velasquez-Orta et al., 2012; Ehimen et al., 2010). Mentioned procedure can be performed out with dry or else with wet biomass (Liu et al., 2015; Suh et al., 2015). Direct transesterification process reduces the stages of biodiesel production, moreover decreases protocol cost as well as final cost. Left over biomass concentration separation from cell debris and biodiesel, additional alcohol and glycerol is done by via centrifugation or filtration methods (Chen et al., 2015). Direct transesterification can be utilized for finding out the composition of fatty acids and profile of fatty acids in lesser microalgae sample (Liu et al., 2015). The drawback of this process lies while conversion of lipids into fatty acids, lipids cannot be classified and evaluated into various classes, e.g., phospholipids, triacylglycerols, as well as glycolipids. If it is necessary to differentiate lipids into various classes, solvent extraction have to be performed (Griffiths et al., 2010). \r\nADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF USING DIATOMS AS BIOFUEL\r\nStudies that specifically aims to find out the viability of diatoms for industrial scale biofuel production are confined and their efficiency varies by different ecological factors, quite a few comparative outcomes are existing under favourable culture conditions. Researches that are performed to compare the productivity of diatom cells at favourable culture conditions that varies in different ecological conditions are important to gather information on the ecological condition-driven biases and possibility of culture success. Very few information is available on particular strains that can be used for biofuel production. Media required for culturing diatom cells utilizes silica which ultimately results in increment of costs (Marella et al., 2019; Tan et al., 2018). Moreover, the soluble silica is found in the form of silicic acid in aqueous conditions. Which may result in the formation of complexes with metal ions, of which magnesium silicate forms a precipitation that adversely disturbs the culture system. \r\nDiatom cells are effectively developed in the aquaculture industry. Hence, making diatom cultivation for production of biofuel. Some research studies recommend that diatom based biofuel can be utilized in modern vehicles and engines also can be stored and burned in the same way as traditional fossil fuels (Eva-Mari, 2016; Bhagea et al., 2019). Enormous utilization of diatom based biofuel will give energy security, especially when fossil fuel supply is disrupted and affected. This can additionally help in bringing improvement to energy balance through domestic energy crops. Transportation leads to higher greenhouse gas emissions because of pollutants in fossil fuels, while diatom based biofuels can potentially address significant challenges with respect to emission and fuel quality. Diatom based biofuel is supposed to decrease emissions of cancer-causing compounds upto a range of 75% - 85% and is considered as more nontoxic to handle as compared to conventional fossil fuel because of its low volatility (Sharma et al., 2021). \r\nSilica from diatom can be obtained from a monoculture for additional useful properties that can have applications in nanotechnology. Diatoms are known to make nanostructured silica in variable shapes (Zgłobicka et al., 2021). Silica obtained from diatom cells in a production system can serve as a useful marketable product. Hence, along with the production of biofuel, diatom might give added benefits such as filtering materials it is because of porous nature of diatom frustules that makes it convenient sieving materials that can be used for separating very minute particles, silica known for its hygroscopic nature is utilized as neutral wormicides and natural insecticides (the contact of ghygroscopis silica with cuticle causes dehydration in the insect along with perforating the cuticle with sharply edged tiny particles, diatoms are also utilized in cosmetic industry prospected for amino acid synthesis, the abrasive nature of diatoms makes them useful for toothpaste, metal polish etc (Ahirwar et al., 2021). Hence, cultivation of diatoms in large scale and diatom based biofuel production can introduce multiple benefits in today’s demanding market.\r\n', 'Suman Jyoti Bhuyan, Suvechha Kabiraj and Umesh Goutam (2022). Different Approaches for Extraction of Oil from Diatoms for Biofuel Production: A Review. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 798-806.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5370, '136', 'Phylogenetic Relationships Based on Morphological Characterization of Niger (Guizotia abyssinica (L.f.) cass) Accessions', 'Swati Saraswat and Rajani Bisen', '136 Phylogenetic Relationships Based on Morphological Characterization of Niger (Guizotia abyssinica (L.f.) cass) Accessions Swati Saraswat.pdf', '', 1, 'Niger despite being nutritionally rich is an underutilized trivial oilseed crop and considered as one of the orphan crops. The present experiment aims to characterize a hundred and three accessions of niger. The experiment was carried out using un-replicated Augmented Block Design for a period of two seasons conducted during Kharif, 2020 and 2021 at Project Coordinating Unit, All India Coordinated Research Project on Sesame and Niger (ICAR), JNKVV Campus, Jabalpur, M.P. Twenty-two morphological traits distinguished the niger accessions. Most of the studied traits showed a reasonably large amount of variation. Maximum variation was recorded in leaf shape, leaf color, leaf angle of branching, leaf length, leaf width, the color of ray floret, number of ray florets, number of nodes, seed shape, and seed color. Among the different traits assessed, the number of bracts showed 100% frequency. Higher frequency for medium seed length (96.12%), yellow color of disc floret (92.23%), elongated ovate seed shape (91.26%), serrate leaf serration of margin (91.26%), smooth seed texture (87.38), erect plant branching habit (86.40%), yellow color of ray floret (85.43%) and yellow pollen color (84.46%) was observed. Genetic diversity analysis using morphological traits grouped 103 accessions into five clusters. The maximum genetic distance was found between cluster II and Cluster IV genotypes, followed by Cluster IV and Cluster V. Therefore, good recombinants can be obtained on mating between genotypes of clusters II and IV. Results revealed divergent characteristics of niger accessions and indicated the presence of diversity in the collection studied. Studying these traits at the genetic level will be very important to breeders since these traits may be further useful for genotype identification. ', 'Niger, morphology, phylogeny, accessions', 'A huge variation is present in 103 accessions for different morphological traits. In our experiment, maximum accessions acquired serrate leaf serration of margin, erect plant branching habit, erect leaf angle of branching and presence of lodging tendency, and sparse stem hairiness concerning a trait of color. Maximum accessions were green in leaf color, purple in stem color, yellow in pollen color, yellow in the color of ray floret, yellow in the color of disc floret, and brown in seed color. Most accessions were having medium leaf length and leaf width, exhibited seven to eight ray florets, five bracts, ten to fourteen nodes, and medium internode length. Concerning trait of shape, maximum accessions were medium in leaf shape, elongated ovate seed shape, small diameter of capitula, and medium seed length with smooth seed texture. Genetic diversity analysis using morphological characters was done, and hundred and three Niger accessions were grouped into five clusters. The maximum genetic distance was found between cluster II and Cluster IV genotypes, followed by Cluster IV and Cluster V. So, good recombinants can be obtained on mating between clusters II and IV. The present experiment indicates the presence of diversity in the collection. Studying these traits at the genetic level will be very important to breeders and researchers to identify and conserve favorable genes for crop improvement programmes. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nNiger (Guizotia abyssinica (L.) Cass.) belonging to family Compositae is an oilseed crop grown in Ethiopia and India, accounting for about 50% of Ethiopian and 3% of Indian oilseed production (Getinet and Sharma 1996). Five of six species, including niger of the genus Guizotia, are native to the Ethiopian highlands. The species of the genus are diploid with 2n=30 chromosomes (Hiremath and Murthy 1992; Dagne, 1994). Niger is an annual dicot with epigeal germination, and seedlings have pale green to tan hypocotyls and cotyledons (Seegeler, 1983). It is usually grown on light, poor, coarse-textured soils (Chavan, 1961). It is a fully outbred species with a self-incompatibility mechanism (Chavan, 1961; Mohanty, 1964; Shrivastava and Shomwanshi 1974; Sujatha, 1993) and is entomophilous, particularly via bees (Ramachandran and Menon 1979).\r\nThe pale yellow niger seed oil has a nutty flavor and a pleasant odour (Getinet and Sharma 1996). The seed contains about 40% oil with a fatty acid composition of 75-80% linoleic acid, 7-8% palmitic and stearic acid, and 5-8% oleic acid (Getinet and Teklewold 1995). The Indian varieties contain 25% oleic acid and 55% linoleic acid (Nasirullah et al. 1982). The meal left after oil extraction is free of toxins but contains more crude fiber than most oilseed meals. Niger\'s oil, protein, and fiber content are affected by husk thickness, and thick-skinned seeds tend to contain less oil and protein and more fiber (Getinet and Sharma 1996).\r\nCharacterization is the description of plant germplasm. Morphological characters are easily observable, and characterization helps identify suitable genotypes, assist breeders in selecting diverse parents for breeding, and adopt effective breeding methodologies, which may aid in the genetic improvement of crops (Shilpashree et al., 2021). \r\nPhylogenetic relationships between various lines could be revealed using morphological characterization to limit recurring parents and benefit breeders in developing enhanced varieties with a broader genetic base (Thakur et al., 2022).\r\nConsidering the above point of view, the main objective of this experiment is to characterize the niger accessions based on their morphological traits.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS \r\nIn the present research, a total of 103 accessions (Table 1), including three checks (JNS-9, JNS-30, and JNS-28), were evaluated which were collected from Project Coordinating Unit, All India Coordinated Research Project on Sesame and Niger (ICAR), JNKVV Campus, Jabalpur, M.P., India. Spacing between row to row and plant to plant was kept at 45.0 cm and 15.0 cm. The experiment was conducted using an un-replicated Augmented Block Design for two seasons during Kharif, 2020 and 2021. The observations were recorded on 22 traits viz. leaf serration, leaf shape, leaf color, leaf angle of branching, leaf length, leaf width, stem color, stem hairiness, pollen color, the color of ray floret, number of ray florets, the color of disc floret, number of bracts, number of nodes, internode length, plant branching habit, the diameter of capitula, lodging tendency, seed shape, seed length, seed color, and seed texture. Twenty-two morphological traits have been considered essential for describing hundred and three niger accessions.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nA total of 22 morphological traits of the niger accessions were studied and results revealed that a significant amount of variation was recorded in almost all the traits studied. Grouping and the frequency distribution of accessions have been provided in Table 2 and its discussion in this section.\r\nVarious taxa of dicotyledonous plants have leaves possessing regular and familiar patterns of architectural organization for example; the dicot plant can have its margin as entire, lobed, or toothed (serrate and dentate) (Hickey, 1973). The niger accessions were grouped as entire, serrate, and dentate based on leaf serration of margin. A maximum number of accessions were observed as serrate (94) followed by dentate (05) and entire (04). Gebeyehu et al. (2021) and Kumar et al. (2021) also observed same trait in their experiments on niger.\r\nThe leaf is of prime importance to the rape, substitute as the plant\'s power generator and aerial environmental sensor (Bylesjo et al., 2008; Efroni et al., 2010). The number, area, shape, and size of leaves are important to plant science, allowing scientists to distinguish between different species and even to model climate change (Cope et al., 2012). In the case of leaf shape, maximum accessions were medium (58), followed by broad (28) and narrow (17). Kumar et al. (2021) reported similar findings. \r\n\r\nThe intensity of the green color is a clear indication of Chlorophyll pigment in leaves. The leaf chlorophyll content is often well correlated with plant metabolic activity, e.g., photosynthetic capacity and RuBP carboxylase activity (Evans, 1983; Seeman et al., 1987), plant stress (Eagles et al., 1983; Fanizza et al., 1991), and leaf N concentration as well. In the study for the trait of leaf color, maximum green leaf color (76) was observed, followed by light green (19) and dark green (08). None of the accessions had very light green and dark green leaf colors. Gebeyehu et al. (2021), Kumar et al. (2021), and Rani et al. (2010) also used this trait as one of the criteria for characterization of genotypes in niger. \r\nBranch angle is a key morphological trait that shapes the canopy design and influences yield. Plants with effectively small branch angles exhibit compact canopy architectures, and these plants are, for that reason, more suitable for high-density planting (Wang et al., 2014), so a condensed canopy architecture maintains light capture under elevated densities by minimizing shade by adjacent plants (Sun et al., 2016). In the trait leaf angle of branching, maximum accessions were observed as having erect (acute) (52) followed by horizontal (39 accessions), erect (07 accessions), and 05 accessions were observed as having hanging branches. Kumar et al. (2021) reported similar findings. \r\nBased on length of leaf, accessions were categorized into three classes i.e. small, medium and long. Most accessions were observed as medium (81) followed by long (20) and small (02). In leaf width trait, a maximum number of accessions (77) were observed as having medium width followed by narrow (25) and broad (01).\r\nIn the case of stem color, most accessions (79) were observed as purple colored, followed by purplish green (19), and 05 accessions had green stem color. Rani et al. (2010), Kumar et al. (2021), and Gebeyehu et al. (2021) observed same trait for categorizing niger genotypes. Hairiness and pubescence are reported to be a usual defense mechanism for biotic and abiotic factors, and they are rich in defense-related proteins also (Amme et al., 2005). In the study for the trait of stem hairiness, maximum accessions were observed as sparse (81), followed by medium (17) and dense (04). None of the accessions were found to be glabrous (0). Gebeyehu et al. (2021), Ranjithkumar and Bisen (2021) and Kumar et al. (2021) also elucidated this trait.\r\nDiverse ﬂowers produce different carotenoids. The ﬂowers become intensely dark as the amount of pigment elevates (Miller et al., 2011). In the case of pollen color, most of the accessions (87) were observed as a yellow color, and 16 accessions were pale yellow. In the study for the trait of the color of ray floret, was observed maximum yellow (88) followed by pale yellow (10) and whitish yellow (05) in niger accessions. Kumar et al. (2021) reported similar findings.\r\nIn the inﬂorescence of the family Asteraceae, the capitulum comprises the ray ﬂorets (outer ﬂorets) and the disc ﬂorets (inner ﬂorets) and can be regarded as the basic pollination unit (Leppick1977). In the case of no. of ray florets, most of the accessions (79) had seven-eight ray florets, followed by more than eight ray florets (20) and up to six ray florets (04). Kumar et al. (2021) reported similar results. In the study for the trait of the color of disc floret, maximum accessions were observed as yellow (95), and eight accessions had purple-colored disc floret.\r\nIn the case of the number of bracts, all the accessions under study (103) were observed as having five bracts. None of the accessions had more than five bracts (0). In the case of the number of nodes, most of the accessions (50) had ten to fourteen nodes followed by more than fourteen nodes (35) and up to ten nodes (18). In the study of internode length trait, the maximum number of accessions (66) were observed as having medium internode length followed by small (32) and long (05).\r\nPlant growth habit is a significant agronomic trait since a dense ground cover affects the interception of light for photosynthetic buildup, the inhibition of weed development, and the decline of water evaporation from soil (Baum et al., 2003). In the case of plant branching habit, most accessions were erect (89), and fourteen accessions were drooping. In the trait of diameter of capitula, the maximum number of accessions (71) were small, followed by medium (29) and large (03). Gebeyehu et al. (2021) and Rani et al. (2010) elucidated this trait for characterization of niger germplasm. Lodging tendency was present in maximum accessions (60), followed by absent in 43 accessions. Rani et al. (2010) also explained this trait during their studies on the characterization of niger genotypes.\r\nIn the case of seed shape, most of the accessions were elongated ovate (94) followed by elongated (06) and ovate (03). Kumar et al. (2021) studied same trait and reported similar findings. In the case of seed length, maximum accessions were medium (99), followed by small (03) and large (01). All former researchers in sesame outlined seed coat color under digenic control with several puzzling segregants beyond possible explanation (Baydar and Turgut, 2000; Falusi, 2007). In recent times Zhang et al. (2013) using a high-density linkage map, analyzed the genetic segregation and quantitative trait loci (QTL) for sesame seed coat color and showed that two major genes with additive dominant- epistatic effects together with polygenes were answerable for controlling the seed coat color trait. In the trait of seed color, a maximum number of accessions (70) were brown, followed by dark brown (23) and black (10). Rani et al. (2010) and Kumar et al. (2021) also observed same trait in their experiments on niger. In the case of seed texture, most of the accessions were smooth (90), and 13 were rough.\r\nGenetic diversity analysis using morphological traits\r\nIn the present investigation, the genetic divergence of 103 niger accessions including 03 checks viz., JNS-9, JNS-30 and JNS-28. was determined by using nominal variables of morphological characters, which were used as an input for Nbclust hierarchical cluster analysis in which clustering was done using Ward’s minimum variance method and Euclidean’s method of genetic distance was derived. The Phylogeny tree was further constructed based on clustering using the igraph package. The dendrogram and phylogeny tree were constructed by using R studio software ver. 4.1.2.\r\n\r\nGrouping of genotypes into different clusters\r\nIn the present study, 103 niger accessions were grouped into 5 clusters based on analysis of divergence at the genetic distance of 10 (Table 3). The clustering of genotypes was grouped mainly by their morphological differences. Cluster V was the largest among all clusters comprising 61 genotypes. Cluster IV has 35 genotypes, Cluster II has five genotypes, and Cluster I and Cluster III have one genotype each i.e. monogenotypic.\r\nThe maximum genetic distance was found between the genotypes of cluster II and Cluster IV, followed by Cluster IV and Cluster V. So, good recombinants can be obtained on mating between clusters II ((PCU-32, PC-30, PCU-47, BMD-202, and BMD-204) and Cluster IV (BMD-197, BMD-219, AJSR-1, JNS-9, PCU-43, JNS-9, BMD-196, JNS-28, BMD-190, and AJSR-5). In contrast, the minimum genetic distance was found between cluster I and Cluster II genotypes, followed by Cluster I and Cluster III. As a result, on mating lines between those clusters, good recombinants may not be obtained. ', 'Swati Saraswat and Rajani Bisen (2022). Phylogenetic Relationships Based on Morphological Characterization of of Niger (Guizotia abyssinica (L.f.) cass) Accessions. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 807-813.'),
(5371, '136', 'Impact of different Vegetative Propagation Techniques in Guava \r\n(Psidium guajava L.) cv. Dhawal under Western U.P. conditions\r\n', 'Avdhesh Kumar, Arvind Kumar, S.K. Tripathi, Deepak Kumar, Vishal Gangwar1, Veersain, Siddharth Kumar, Upendra Maurya and Abhishek Chandra', '137 Impact of different Vegetative Propagation Techniques in Guava Avdhesh Kumar.pdf', '', 1, 'An Investigation entitled “Studies to identify suitable vegetative propagation technique in Guava (Psidium guajava L.) cv. Dhawal, under western U. P. conditions” was conducted at Horticulture Research Centre, Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel University of Agriculture and Technology, Meerut, Uttar Pradesh, to study the impact of different vegetative propagation techniques in Guava (Psidium guajava L.) cv. Dhawal. The present experiment comprising three treatments i.e., Inarching, Air Layering and Stooling were laid out in Randomized Block Design (RBD) with three replications. The experimental results revealed that the maximum Number of branches (10), Number of leaves (68), Shoot length (42 cm), Shoot diameter (7 cm), Leaf area (68 cm), Plant spread (22 cm), Canopy height (25 cm) and Survival per cent (81 %) was observed with Inarching method. So, it is concluded that the inarching significantly influenced the survival percent and growth parameter of guava among layering and stooling.', 'Guava, Dhawal, Inarching, Air Layering and Stooling', 'On the basis of results summarized above, it can be concluded that the inarching was found to be most superior in terms of the number of branches, number of leaves, shoot length (cm), Shoot diameter (mm), leaf area (cm), Plant spread (cm), canopy height (cm) and survival (%). However, the minimum was shown in stooling. So, this study concluded that the inarching is significantly influenced the survival percent and growth parameter of guava among layering and stooling. Thus, inarching is recommended as successful commercial propagation of guava under Western conditions of Uttar Pradesh.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nGuava (Psidium guajava L.) is a native of Tropical America (from Mexico to Peru) and belongs to the family Myrtaceae. In guava, most of the commercial cultivars are diploid (2n=2x=22). However, Psidium guajava is the common guava cultivated commercially in India as well as in other countries. Plants are mostly small trees or shrubs. The short trunk produces branches near ground and gets suckers from roots near the base of trunk. The bark is smooth, scaly, greenish brown to brown in color and peeling off in flakes. Leaves are opposite in pairs, elliptical to oblong in shape and are evergreen becoming slightly reddish or purplish in winter. Upper surface of the leaves is glabrous and lower surface is finely pubescent. Flowers are produced in axils on the branches in current season growth and are white in color. Fruit type is berry, globose and pyriform. Fruit skin is pale green to bright yellow. Flesh is white, yellow, pink or red with embedded numerous small seeds. Besides its high nutritional value, it bears heavy crop every year and gives good economic returns. This has prompted several farmers to take up guava orcharding on a commercial scale (Singh et al., 2007).\r\nIn recent years, guava is getting popularity in the international trade due to its nutritional value and processed products (Singh, 2005). In view of the high return and potential for processing there is tremendous scope for bringing substantial additional area under this crop in India.\r\nDue to its delightful taste, flavor and availability for a longer period, guava is a popular fruit crop of India. Guava is the fourth important fruit crop after mango, banana and citrus. Guava is considered as “the apple of tropics”. Its cost of production is low because its irrigation, fertilization and plant protection requirements are very less. Further, its nutritive value is very high. This fruit crop is a rich source of vitamin C (ranges from 75-250 mg per 100g fresh fruits) and is approximately four times greater in winter than in rainy season. It also a good source of vitamin-A and B. The proximate composition of the seeds of white and pink fleshed varieties of guava fruits suggest that they are good sources of carbohydrates (11 to 13 %), fat (0.5 %), protein (0.71 %) and other minerals such as calcium; 29 mg, iron; 0.5 mg and phosphorus; 10 mg per 100 g fresh fruits. Dhawal variety of guava is developed by half-sib selection from Allahabad Safeda variety. Dhawal is high yielding variety of guava with large attractive fruits, sweet white pulp and seeds are soft and moderate in number.\r\nAt present besides India, the major guava growing countries in the world are Brazil, U.S.A., Mexico, Hawaii islands and Cuba. Brazil leads in area and production of guava in the world. Guava occupies nearly 255 thousand hectares area with 4048 thousand metric tons production in India.\r\nIt is widely grown in several states viz., Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal, Assam, Orissa, Karnataka, Kerala, Rajasthan and Gujarat. Uttar Pradesh is one of the leading states where total area is 49.53 thousand hectares under guava cultivation with production of 928.44 thousand metric tons (Anonymous, 2018).\r\nUttar Pradesh is by far the most important guava growing state in India and Allahabad has earned the reputation of producing the best quality of guava in the country as well as in the world.\r\nGuava is a very popular fruit crop, yet its cultivation in our country has remained in a state of negligence. The non-availability of the quality planting materials and lack of efficient propagation techniques and other information on the performance of cultivars under different agro-climatic conditions of tropical and subtropical regions are the major constraints in the expansion of guava cultivation in India. In guava no systematic work has so far been done on their survivability and morphological performance in relation to propagation method\r\nGuava is propagated by both, sexual (seeds) and asexual (vegetative parts) methods of propagation. The propagation of guava through seeds should not be encouraged because the seedlings have long juvenile phase, give lower yields and bear poor quality fruits. \r\nVegetative propagation technique of guava is one of the most important practices that influence the vigor, productivity and quality of the fruits. Asexually guava can be successfully propagated by stooling, inarching, layering, cutting, grafting and budding. These methods have their own merits and demerits. Inarching is usually cumbersome and requires time and labour. It’s cutting, rooting and survival is very low. Budding has also been used to a limited extent, but air layering remains the best methods of propagation for this crop. On account of its safety, cheaper cost, rapid, simple and more convenient method with higher success and survival percentage, air layering is becoming more and more popular in India. It does not require any special technique as in the case of grafting and budding. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present field experiment was carried out during the year 2021-22 in rainy season at Horticulture Research Centre, College of Horticulture, Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel University of Agriculture and Technology, Meerut, Uttar Pradesh. Geographically Meerut is located at latitude of 29° 40’ North and longitude of 77° 42’ East and at an altitude of 237 meter above mean sea level (MSL). The mean annual rainfall of the Meerut is about 840 mm, of which nearly 85 percent is received in the monsoon period from June to September and the remaining in the period between October to May.The uniform sizes, healthy and vigorous growth of seven years old mother plants of Psidium guajavacv. ‘Dhawal’ grown at Horticulture Research Centre were selected to check best mode of propagation for the cultivated variety Dhawal. The average length of branch was 60 cm with total 3 treatment combinations, each treatment having 25 inarching, air layering and stooling mode of propagation were applied based on the performance. Total 5 plants were selected from each treatment and average was taken based on the performance of each plant\r\nExperimental Design and Treatments. The experiment was conducted in Randomized Block Design (RBD) with three, treatment combination consisting three treatments i.e., Inarching, Air Layering and Stooling which were replicated three times.\r\nSelection of Plants and Branches. The uniform sizes, healthy and vigorous growth of seven years old mother plants of Psidium guajavacv. ‘Dhawal’ grown at Horticulture Research Centre were selected to check best mode of propagation for the cultivated variety Dhawal. The selected mother plants were grown under similar soil and environmental conditions. On these plants, all the horticultural practices were done and different modes of propagation were applied as per the propagation rules using well matured and healthy. The average length of branch was 60 cm with total 3 treatment combinations, each treatment having 25 inarching, stooling and air layering mode of propagation were applied based on the performance. Total 5 plants were selected from each treatment and average were taken based on the performance of each plant.\r\nRinging. A ring of bark about 5 cm in length was removed from selected shoot of guava just below the bud without injuring the inner wood.\r\nWrapping. Transparent polythene, 200 gauge of thickness was used as wrapping material.\r\nCovering for air layering. For both years in the month of July and August, the treated exposed portion of shoots was covered with rooting medias i.e., Soil: Sphagnum moss: Coco peat (1:1:1) and then wrapped with transparent polythene and tied with the help of gunny string. Control branches were layered without applying growth regulator.\r\nSeparation of Layers from Mother Plant. After 60 days from the date of operation, air layers were detached from the mother plants. When roots were visible from the transparent polythene covers, a cut was made justbelow the lowest end of the ringed portion with the help of sharp secateurs. After detachment of air layers, the twigs were brought under the shade of trees and their polythene wrapping was removed gently. Care was taken that the roots may not be injured while removing the polythene cover. For well establishment of air layers were transplanted into a polybag containing Soil, FYM and sand in the ratio of 2:1:1 and kept under for further observation.\r\nParameters of Study\r\nNumber of Branches: \r\nNumber of branches was counted based on the number of best branches which were developed healthy.\r\nNumber of Leaves. Numbers of leaves were counted based on per plants of the replications of different modes of propagation.\r\nShoot Length (cm). Shoot lengths of randomly selected five plants were taken with the help of scale from each replication where all the plants shoot length were measured to the tip of the shoot and average was found.\r\nShoot Diameter (mm). The width of Shoot in each treatment was measured in millimetres with the help of Digital Vermeer Calliper.\r\nLeaf Area (cm). Leaf area was taken in millimetre through using (Li-3000 portable area meter, Lincoln NE, United states by randomly selected plant sample. Total number of secondary roots per rooted layer was counted. While, the mean number of secondary roots per rooted layer was found from the concerned observation.\r\nPlant Spread (cm): \r\nThe plant spread was counted based on the 5 randomly plants taken from each replication. Where plant spread was measured at the widest part from leaf tip.\r\nCanopy Height (cm): Randomly from each selected replication from each treatment the height of different canopies was measured using meter scale.\r\nTotal survival percentage (%). The survival of propagated plants from mother plants was done after 60 days of different operation. The total number of successful layers under each treatment/mode of propagation was noted after 30 days of transplanting and survival and mortality percentage of layers was calculated by following formula: \r\nTotal survival (%) = Number of survival plants (best) /Total number of Plants propagated × 100\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nIn present investigation, a significant difference has been observed among all the treatments and presented in Table 1. Number of Branches: Regarding the effects of various propagation of Inarching, air layering and Stooling was significant. The best results were observed under Inarching method(10) because of best compatibility towards the stock of the plant and hence for the variety Dhawal this method is best. Whereas, the number of branches were found minimum (30) in Stooling These findings also are in close conformity with earlier findings of Kakon et al. (2005).\r\nNumber of leaves: The number of leaves (68) was found significantly effective in respect with inarching. However, the number of leaves were found minimum (30) in Stooling. Similar results were also reported by several investigators such as Geoffery and Sani (2017); Raut et al. (2015).\r\nShoot Length (cm): Various propagation techniques of the inarching shows maximum (42 cm) shoot length which was found significant. Moreover, the minimum (24 cm) shoot length was found in stooling during the experimentation. These results were very closely related to Tyagi and Patel (2004); Geoffery and Sani (2017); Raut et al. (2015); Mandloi et al. (2019).\r\n Shoot Diameter (mm): The results indicated that the maximum (7mm) shoot diameter was found in air layering with minimum(5mm) shoot diameter in stooling. Similar results were also indicated to support the study with earlier findings of Gohil and Lele (2014); Raut et al. (2015); Mandloi et al. (2019).\r\nLeaf Area (cm): The significant difference were found in different propagation technique were maximum (68 cm) leaf area was found in Inarching. Moreover, the minimum (59 cm) leaf area was found in stooling. These findings also are in close conformity with earlier findings of Raut et al. (2015); Mandloi et al. (2019).\r\nPlant Spread (cm): The maximum (22 cm) plant spread was found in Inarching significant. However, the minimum (19 cm) results in plant spread were found in stooling. Similar results were also indicated to support the study with earlier findings of Raut et al. (2015); Mandloi et al. (2019).\r\nCanopy Height (cm): The maximum (25 cm) canopy height was found in Inarching significant. Whereas, the minimum (19 cm) results in canopy height were found in stooling. These findings also are in close conformity with earlier findings of Verma et al. (2019); Mandloi et al. (2019).\r\nTotal survival percentage (%): Results indicate that from different propagation techniques the better survival per cent (81 %) was found best in Inarching. However, the lowest survival per cent (65 %) was found in stooling in guava. Similar results were also indicated to support the study with earlier findings of Similar results were also indicated to support the study with earlier findings of Tryambake and Patil (2002); Tomar (2011).\r\n', 'Avdhesh Kumar, Arvind Kumar, S.K. Tripathi, Deepak Kumar, Vishal Gangwar, Veersain, Siddharth Kumar, Upendra Maurya and Abhishek Chandra (2022). Impact of different Vegetative Propagation Techniques in Guava (Psidium guajava L.) cv. Dhawal under Western U.P. Conditions. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 814-817.'),
(5372, '136', 'Studies on Mass Transfer Kinetics of Kokum based anthocyaninin fused osmo-Dehydrated Pineapple Cubes', 'Shridhar S. Channannavar, Thippanna K.S., K. Ramachandra Naik, Shiddanagouda Yadachi, Anil I. Sabarad and Abdul Kareem M.\r\n', '138 Studies on Mass Transfer Kinetics of Kokum based anthocyaninin fused osmo-Dehydrated Pineapple Cubes Shridhar S.pdf', '', 1, 'Bioactive compounds play an important role in functional food. Various bioactive compounds can be successfully infused into the solid food matrix by means of osmotic dehydration. The current experiment focused on the use of anthocyanin as a food colourant to infuse into pineapple cubes via osmotic dehydration and evaluated for changes in mass transfer kinetics and anthocyanin infusion. A study was conducted to develop kokum-based anthocyanin-infused osmo-dehydrated pineapple cubes using 5 levels (0, 40, 50, 60 and 100%) of kokum extract, 4 levels (6, 12, 18 and 24 h) of infusion time followed by 2 drying methods (solar tunnel drying and tray drying) to optimize the process parameters. Pineapple cubes infused with 60% kokum extract for 24 h followed by tray drying were found acceptable with superior sensory quality and anthocyanin content.', 'Pineapple, infusion, kokum, anthocyanin, Osmo-dehydration, mass transfer, drying', 'Among different combination of treatments pineapple cubes infused with 40% kokum extract for the duration of 12 hours recorded the maximum water loss, weight reduction and total solid. While, the superior quality pineapple cubes were prepared using 60% kokum extract infused for 24 h followed by tray drying with respect to overall acceptability and good amount of anthocyanin content.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nPineapple (Ananas comosus. L.) belongs to the family Bromeliaceae (Nazaneen et al., 2015). It is one of the most prominent tropical fruits and is known as the “Golden Queen” all over the world due to its excellent taste and flavour (Sarkar et al., 2018). After banana and citrus fruits, pineapple is the world\'s third most important tropical fruit. India in stands sixth position (Nazaneen et al., 2015) among the world largest producer of pineapple contributing 8 per cent of global trade with the annual production of 1799 thousand metric tonnes (Anon., 2020). This fruit is highly perishable and only available during the season. Mature fruit contains 14 per cent sugar, bromelain- a protein digesting enzyme and a good amount of malic acid, citric acid, vitamin A and B. Pineapples can be eaten or served fresh, cooked, juiced, or preserved. Pineapple is used to make a variety of foods such as syrup, squash, jelly, and candy (Chaudhary et al., 2019). Osmotic dehydration, in combination with other drying technologies, allows for the production of novel shelf-stable types of high-quality pineapple products for both the domestic and export markets.\r\nOsmotic dehydration is a processing method used to obtain partially dehydrated foods. Food is placed in a concentrated hypertonic solution in such a way that a driving force for removal of water is established due to an osmotic pressure difference between the food and the solution in this operation. The food acts as a semipermeable nonselective membrane, allowing leaching of solutes from the fruit tissue into the osmotic solution. Osmotic processes are not only used to dehydrate products; they can also be used to introduce physiologically active components such as calcium, iron, or selenium, as well as preservatives or nutritional or sensory important compounds, into a product to improve its nutritional or functional properties without compromising their integrity.\r\nAnthocyanins are the most numerous and likely the important class of water-soluble natural pigments which imparts orange, red, purple and blue colours in many fruits, vegetables, flowers, leaves, roots and other plant organs. Anthocyanins are well-known for their pharmacological properties, which include antioxidant, anti-inflammatory and anti-carcinogenic activity. Phenolic from diverse sources are used as a food colouring agent. Anthocyanin\'s eye-catching colour and water solubility allow it to be incorporated into aqueous food systems, as well as potential health benefits, which considered anthocyanin as a potential replacement for synthetic colour (Nayak et al., 2009). The ripe kokum fruits of dark purple colour or red with yellow tinge having a pleasant flavour and a sour taste are good source of anthocyanins.\r\nKokum (Garcinia indica) is an underexploited tree also known as ‘Cool King’ of Indian foods, belongs to the botanical family Clusiaceae. The ripe fruits are sour to taste and have a short shelf life of approximately a week. The rind contains moisture (80.0 g/100 g), protein (1%), tannin (1.7%), pectin (0.9%), total sugars (4.1%) and fat (1.4%). The fresh fruit kokum contains 2.4 g per 100 g anthocyanins (Nayak et al., 2010). The main anthocyanins found in kokum are cyanidin-3-sambubioside and cyanidin-3-glucoside.\r\nFrom the past research it has been found that various bioactive compounds can be successfully infused into the solid food matrix by means of osmotic dehydration. The current study focused on the use of anthocyanin as a food colourant to infuse into pineapple cubes via osmotic dehydration therefore a study was conducted to optimize the process parameters for development of kokum-based anthocyanin infused osmo-dehydrated pineapple cubes.\r\nMATERIALAND METHODS\r\nThe investigation was carried out in the Department of Post Harvest Technology, College of Horticultural Engineering and Food Technology, Devihosur, Haveri (UHS, Bagalkot), Karnataka, during the year 2020-21.\r\nProcurement of raw materials: Pineapple variety Gaint Kew fruits were collected from the farmers field at Thogarsi, Shivamogga. Kokum rind was procured from Kadamba Marketing Souharda Sahakari Niyamita, Sirsi for infusion of kokum extract into the osmosed pineapple cubes.\r\nPreparation of sample: Fresh pineapple fruits with uniform maturity (60-70%), good colour and shape were selected. The fruits washed, weighed and de-crowned before the central core was removed with a pineapple corer, hand peeled with a knife and individual eyes were removed with scissors. The fruit is then cut into 15 mm thick uniform slices, which are further cut into 6-8 uniform cubes.\r\nPreparation of kokum anthocyanin extract: Dried kokum rind was washed and immersed in R.O. purified water in a 1:2 ratio. The mixture was slightly heated and left for 24 h to extract anthocyanin. The extract was filtered using muslin cloth. Total soluble solids in the kokum extract was found to be 22.5°Brix, which was raised to 60°Brix by adding sugar. The extract was stored in the refrigerator at 4-5°C and was drawn as needed for the experiment.\r\nOsmotic treatment for candy making process: Sugar syrup of 60ºBrix were prepared. To make 60°Brix concentration sugar syrup, 1.2 kg of sugar was mixed with 0.8 kg of water. While boiling the sugar syrup solution, citric acid (0.2%) was added and 0.1 per cent of potassium metabisulfite was added to sugar syrup after dissolving in little sugar syrup once the syrup was cooled. The pineapple cubes were subjected to osmotic treatment by boiling in prepared sugar solution for 15-20 min, followed by cooling for 24 h at room temperature. Cubes to sugar syrup ratio followed was 1:1.\r\nOsmotic treatment for anthocyanin infusion: The osmosed pineapple cubes were further subjected to impregnation with anthocyanin solution having 60°Brix at different concentration (40, 50, 60 and 100%) for a period of 6, 12, 18 and 24 h in each solution\r\nOsmotic treatment for anthocyanin infusion: The anthocyanin infused pineapple cubes were subjected to solar tunnel drying and tray drying to attain the optimum moisture level. The cubes subjected to drying in tray drier at temperature of 60°C for a period of 8 to 10 h. While, in solar tunnel drier with recorded average temperature of 35 and 55°C during morning and evening respectively, dried for 2 days. The methodology used for the preparation of kokum-based anthocyanin-infused osmo-dehydrated pineapple cubesare mentioned in Fig. 1.\r\nObservation recorded: The following physico-chemical parameters were recorded immediately after preparation of kokum-based anthocyanin-infused osmo-dehydrated pineapple cubes.\r\nWater loss (%): The weight of fresh fruit before and after osmosis was recorded in an electronic balance. The dry mass of fresh fruit and dry mass after osmosis were measured, and per cent water loss was calculated using the formula given by Sridevi and Genitha (2012).\r\n \r\nWO = Initial weight of fruit slices, Wt = Weight of fruit slices after osmotic dehydration\r\nS0 = Initial dry mass of fruit slices, St = Dry mass of fruit slices after osmotic dehydration\r\n \r\nSolid gain (%): It was determined using the procedure followed by Chavan et al. (2010).\r\nm = Dry mass of fruit after osmosis, mo= Initial dry mass of fresh fruit prior to osmosis\r\nWeight reduction (%): Weight reduction was calculated in terms of percentage using the method described by Yadav et al. (2011).\r\n \r\nMo= Initial mass of fruit slices prior to osmosis (g), M = Mass of fruit slices after osmosis (g)\r\nMoisture content (%) and total solids (%). The moisture content of fresh slices, osmosed slices, and osmotically dehydrated samples was calculated as a percentage. Ten grammes of sample were placed in a pre-weighed China dish and placed in a hot air oven at temperature of 105° for a period of 6 hour, with the weight recorded using an electronic balance. Drying was continued until consistent weights were observed between two subsequent weightings. Moisture content was determined on fresh \r\n \r\nweight basis. Total solids were calculated by subtracting moisture content from 100.\r\nTotal solids (%) = 100 - moisture content\r\nDetermination of Anthocyanin content (mg/100 g): Total anthocyanin content was estimated by using the method given by AOAC (1990).\r\n \r\n \r\nOrganoleptic evaluation: The organoleptic characters were evaluated by a panel of semi-trained judges consisting of teachers and post-graduate students of CHEFT, Devihosur, on a nine-point hedonic scale as per the method of Ranganna (2003).\r\nExperimental design: The data obtained from the experiment was analysed by using factorial Completely randomized design (FCRD). The interpretation of data was carried out in accordance with Panse and Sukhatme (1985). The level of significance used in the ‘F’ test was p=0.05.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Effect of treatments on mass transfer of water loss \r\nTable 1 shows data on percent water loss during osmotic infusion as influenced by different treatments. The pineapple cubes infused for 12 h with 40 per cent kokum extract recorded maximum water loss (47.44%). Further, mean value for maximum water loss (45.79%) was recorded in pineapple cubes infused with C2 (kokum extract 40%) for the factor concentration of kokum extract. During osmotic dehydration over the period of increase in infusion time increased the water loss (44.63%) upto 18 h of infusion for the factor infusion time. A close perusal of data indicates that increase in water loss percentage may be due to combination of dewatering and infusion which can modify the functional properties of food materials and also due to higher solute water exchange due to increase in concentration and duration of infusion. Similar results were reported by Katke et al. (2018) in sugarless amla (Phyllanthus emblica) candy, Tippanna et al. (2019) in pineapple slices. \r\nB. Effect of treatments on mass transfer of weight reduction\r\nThe kinetics of osmotic dehydration is affected by geometry and size of the food material. Maximum weight reduction of 27.50 per cent was obtained for cubes infused with C2 (kokum extract 40%) for the duration of T2 (12 h).Whereas, for the factor kokum extract concentration pineapple cubes infused with 40% kokum extract showed maximum weight reduction (26.13%) (Table 1). Increase in infusion time of pineapple cubes showed the decreasing trend in weight reduction up to T3 (18 h of infusion) with minimum weight reduction (21.65%) (Table 1). These results were in accordance with Khanom et al. (2015) in osmotic dehydration of pineapple cubes, Tippanna et al. (2019) in effect of osmotic dehydration on mass transfer kinetics in pineapple slices.\r\nC. Effect of treatments on mass transfer of solid gain\r\nSolid gain is an index of solute diffusion into the pineapple cubes and it has increased with increase in concentration of kokum extract and time. The highest solid gain (24.11%) was obtained in pineapple cubes with combination of treatments C4T4. Whereas, for the factor concentration of kokum extract maximum per cent of solid gain (22.59%) was observed in C4 (Table 2). Increase in surrounding solution concentration decreased the moisture content and significantly increased the solid content in osmotic dehydration process (Adsare et al., 2016; Chaudhary et al., 2018). Considering the factor time maximum solid gain (22.98%) was observed in T3. It may be due to mass transfer and final product quality of osmotically dehydrated products depends on several factors, such as tissue properties (Saurel, 1994; Fernandes et al., 2009); process time (Germer et al., 2010), apricot (Ispir and Togrul, 2009), cantaloupe (Fazli et al., 2006).\r\n\r\n \r\nD. Effect of treatments on mass transfer of total solid \r\nMaximum total solid of 37.05% was obtained for pineapple cubes with combination of treatments C1T3 (Table 2). Maximum per cent of total solid (33.41%) was observed in pineapple cubes infused with C2. Osmosis decreased the moisture content of pineapple cubes on the contrary facilitated the absorption of sugar and kokum extract by the cubes which ultimately increased the total solid content of osmosed pineapple cubes infused with kokum extract. Maximum total solid content (34.29%) was observed in T2 (12 h of infusion) (Table 2). These findings are also in conformity with observations made by other workers in case of mango (Duduyemi et al., 2016), apple (Abbasi et al., 2014), sapota (Gupta et al., 2014), strawberry (Nores et al., 2010).\r\nE. Moisture content\r\nThe pineapple cubes infused with plain sugar syrup (0% kokum extract) for 18 h recorded minimum moisture content (62.96%) (Table 3) pineapple cubes infused with kokum extract 40 per cent recorded minimum moisture content (66.59%). In the same way pineapple cubes osmosed for 12 h showed the minimum values for moisture content (65.71%). Similar results were noticed by Adsare et al. (2016) in osmotic treatment for the impregnation of anthocyanin in candies from Indian gooseberry (Emblica officinalis); sapota (Gupta et al., 2014), strawberry (Nores et al., 2010).\r\nF. Overall acceptability and Anthocyanin (mg/100 g)\r\nPineapple cubes infused with 60% kokum extract for 24 h followed by tray drying exhibited superior quality with respect to sensory values overall acceptability (8.75) (Table 5) and anthocyanin content (4.07mg/100 g) (Table 4). Increase in concentration of kokum extract significantly increased the anthocyanin content in pineapple cubes. Similar results reported by Adsare et al. (2016) in osmotic treatment for the impregnation of anthocyanin in candies from Indian gooseberry (Emblica officinalis), Bellary et al. (2016) in anthocyanin infused watermelon rind and its stability during storage.\r\n', 'Shridhar S. Channannavar, Thippanna K.S., K. Ramachandra Naik, Anil I. Sabarad, ShiddanagoudaYadachi and Abdul Kareem M. (2022). Studies on Mass Transfer Kinetics of Kokum based anthocyaninin fused osmo-Dehydrated Pineapple Cubes. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 818-823.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5373, '136', 'Screening of Rice Genotypes for their Resistance against Brown Plant Hopper, Nilaparvata lugens (Stal) under Field and Glasshouse conditions', 'R. Prathima Kumari, Ch. Anusha, R. Shravan Kumar, K. Rajendra Prasad and Y. Hari', '139 Screening of Rice Genotypes for their Resistance against Brown Plant Hopper, Nilaparvata lugens (Stal) under Field and Glasshouse conditions R. Prathima Kumari.pdf', '', 1, 'The present study was carried out to screen 45 rice genotypes along with resistant and susceptible checks to identify the sources of resistance against Brown Plant Hopper (BPH), Nilaparvata lugens (Stal) in rice by screening under field and glasshouse conditions (standard seed box technique) during Kharif, 2021 at Regional Agricultural Research Station(RARS), Warangal. Among 45 rice genotypes screened, 3 genotypes (Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-43, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-30 and Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-64) were found resistant; 9 genotypes (Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-11, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-12, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-19, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-24, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-52, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-56, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-57, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-60 and Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-61) were found moderately resistant under both the conditions. ', 'Brown Plant Hopper, Genotypes, Screening, Resistance', 'In the present study, out of 45 genotypes screened 12 genotypes had shown resistance reaction under both field and green house conditions. 3 genotypes viz., Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-43, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL- 30 andSiddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-64 were resistant; 9 genotypes viz., Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-11, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-12, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-19, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-24, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-52, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-56, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-57, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-60 andSiddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-61were moderately resistant. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRice (Oryza sativa L.) is the primary food source for nearly half of the world’s population and is being cultivated extensively in the most diverse ecosystems of tropical and sub-tropical regions of the world. It is the staple food for people in 39 countries and source of calories for one third of the world population which include 2.70 billion people in Asia alone. Globally, rice is being cultivated in an area of 167.2 million hectares with an annual production of 769.6 million tonnes and productivity of 4,600 Kg/ha. In India, during 2019-20 rice crop was cultivated in an area of 43.66 million ha with an annual production of 118.87 million tonnes and productivity of 2,722 kg/ha (FAO, 2021). The world will need about 25% more rice by the year 2030 to meet the estimated demand for an increasing global population (Yarasi et al., 2008).\r\nOn the other hand, the limiting factor to rice production is an aggregation of both abiotic and biotic constraints which causes a total loss of 0.8 tons per hectare. Among various biotic constraints of rice production, the insect pests are of prime importance and warm humid environment of the crop is more favourable for their survival and proliferation. More than 100 insect species attacks rice, of these 20 are major pests (Atwal and Dhaliwal 2002).\r\nAmong them brown plant hopper, Nilaparvata lugens (Homoptera; Delphacidae), is a typical phloem sap feeder and one of the most serious and destructive pests of rice throughout Asia (Normile, 2008; Heong and Hardy 2009). It causes yield loss amounting to as high as 60% under epidemic conditions (Srivastava et al., 2009, Kumar et al., 2012). Both nymphs and adults suck sap from the leaves and leaf sheaths, which results in yellowing of leaves and severe attack of BPH causes ‘hopper burn’ symptoms (Liu et al., 2008; Horgan, 2009; Vanitha et al., 2011).\r\nOver the years, the insect has attained the key pest status which is a consequence of the injudicious and indiscriminate insecticide application for its management. Though many chemicals were recommended for the control of this pest (Sarao, 2016), due to its feeding behaviour at the base of the plant, the farmers are unable to control this pest effectively. As a result, farmers resort to application of insecticides which often disrupts the ecological balance of rice ecosystem due to which this pest has already developed resistance against many insecticides in different Asian countries. (Gorman et al., 2008; Matsumura et al., 2009). Growing resistant variety can be one of the safer alternatives which can be helpful in increasing the rice production to satisfy the ever increasing population thereby minimizing the loss caused by insects in a sustainable approach. Identification of resistant varieties is very important as the biotypes of the pest is changing its behaviour from time to time and the earlier released resistant rice varieties showing susceptibility to the pest (Painter, 1958).\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe present investigation was carried out at Regional Agricultural Research Station (RARS), Warangal during Kharif, 2021. The investigation includes identification of resistant genotypes against BPH through phenotypic screening. The experimental material consisted of 45 rice genotypes, two resistant checks (BM 71 and PTB 33) and one susceptible check (TN1).\r\nScreening under field conditions. Siddhi back cross derived genotypes (45) of F6 generation were collected from Regional Agricultural Research Station (RARS), Warangal and screened to identify the resistant genotypes against BPH. Along with test entries, BM 71 and PTB 33 as resistant checks and TN1 as susceptible check were transplanted with a spacing of 20 × 10 cm. The screening was done with 0-9 Grade (Table 1). The extent of damage on each plant was examined by visual scoring and evaluated according to the criteria, standard evaluation system (SES) of rice (IRRI, 2014).\r\nScreening under glass house conditions\r\nMass rearing of the BPH. Initial BPH population was collected from the rice fields in Warangal district. The BPH was mass reared on the susceptible rice variety Taichung Native I (TN1) to produce enough nymphs for infestation (Heinrichs, 1985). Using this technique, a continuous pure culture of the BPH was maintained. First and second in star insects were collected and used for experiments. \r\n Standard seed box screening technique. The pre-germinated seeds were sown in seed boxes (plastic trays or wooden boxes) of size 50 × 40 × 7 cm filled with fertilizer enriched puddled soil along with susceptible check TN1 in the two border rows and seeds of resistant check PTB 33 and BM 71 were sown in the middle row. Each screening tray included 20 test genotypes with about 15 seedlings per line; one row of resistant check (PTB 33) in the middle and two rows of susceptible check TN1 in the borders. First and second in star hopper nymphs were released (6-8 nymphs per seedling) on to 8-10 days old seedlings in the screening trays. When 90% of the plants of the susceptible check line TN1 were killed, scoring of the entries for damage was taken based on standard evaluation system of rice (SES) (IRRI, 2014). Average of the individual score of all the plants in each test line was taken as the damage score (Table 2).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nScreening under field conditions. Out of 45 rice genotypes evaluated for resistance to BPH under field conditions, three genotypes viz., Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH-BL-43, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH-BL-30 and Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH-BL-64 were found to be resistant with a damage score of 1, nine genotypes were moderately resistant with a damage score of 3. Eight genotypes were moderately susceptible with damage score of 5, 19 genotypes were susceptible with a damage score of 7 and 6 genotypes were highly susceptible with a damage score of 9 (Table 3).\r\nThe similar results were reported by Meshram et al. (2022) who conducted an experiment comprised of 24 rice germplasm. Out of 24 rice germplasm lines, 13 germplasm lines showed the resistant reaction. The present results were similar with the findings of Tetarwal et al. (2014) who evaluated a total of 178 rice for resistance against brown planthopper (BPH) under natural infestation condition. The results revealed that only nine genotypes were resistant; 28 were found moderately resistant; 102 were moderately susceptible and the 46 were susceptible to brown planthopper. \r\nScreening under glass house conditions. Among 45 genotypes tested in glass house conditions, three genotypes were categorized as resistant viz., Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-43, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL- 30, and Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-64 with a damage score of 1.6, 2.7 and 3.0, respectively; nine genotypes were moderately resistant viz., Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-11, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL- 12, and Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-19, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-24, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-52, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-56, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-57, Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-60 and Siddhi-BC2F6 BPH BL-61 with a damage score of 3.1 to 5.0; eight genotypes were moderately susceptible with damage a score of 5.1 to 7.0, 19 genotypes were susceptible with damage a score of 7.1 to 8.9 and six genotypes were highly susceptible with damage a score of 9.0 (Table 4).\r\nThe present results were similar with the findings of Soundararajan et al. (2019) who screened the advanced rice entries in standard seed box technique which indicated almost similar score of resistance for the rice genotypes. \r\n', 'R. Prathima Kumari, Ch. Anusha, R. Shravan Kumar, K. Rajendra Prasad and Y. Hari (2022). Screening of Rice Genotypes for their Resistance against Brown Plant Hopper, Nilaparvata lugens (Stal) under Field and Glasshouse conditions. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 824-828.'),
(5374, '136', 'Character Association and Path coefficient Analysis among Diverse Genotypes of Forage Maize (Zea mays L.)', 'Tejaskumar H. Borkhatariya, Dipakkumar P. Gohil, Praful M. Sondarava, Rumit Patel and Kuldeep M. Akbari\r\n', '140 Character Association and Path coefficient Analysis among Diverse Genotypes of Forage Maize (Zea mays L.) Tejaskumar H. Borkhatariya.pdf', '', 1, 'Forage crops are highly important, especially for the countries like India which has a large livestock population. Therefore in the present investigation,fifty elite genotypes of forage maize (Zea mays L.) were evaluated for the study of character association and path coefficient analysis during Kharif-2021 at Main Forage Research Station, AAU, Gujarat, India. Results revealed that days to 50% tasseling, days to 50% silking, number of leaves per plant, plant height, stem thickness, leaf length, leaf width, leaf: stem ratio and dry matter content had a significantly positive correlation with green fodder yield at both genotypic as well as phenotypic level. The highest correlation of plant height (rg = 1.043) and stem thickness (rp = 0.819) with green fodder yield was found at genotypic and phenotypic levels, respectively. The path coefficient analysis revealed positive direct effects of such yield contributing traits, like days to 50% tasseling, days to 50% silking, number of leaves, stem thickness, leaf length, dry matter content and crude protein content. The highest positive direct effect was observed from leaf length. Therefore, selecting the plant with more number of leaves, higher leaf length and good stem thickness will ultimately increase the green fodder yield. ', 'Forage maize, Character association, Path analysis, Correlation coefficient, Fodder quality', 'Results of the present investigation lead to the conclusion that selection for the traits like days to 50% tasseling, days to 50% silking, number of leaves per plant, plant height, stem thickness, leaf length, leaf width, leaf: stem ratio and dry matter content could improve green fodder yield as they had a positive correlation. As per path analysis, selection for the plant with more number of leaves, higher leaf length and good stem thickness will efficiently increase the green fodder yield. At the same time selection for higher crude protein content and acid detergent fibre content can adversely affect the progress in breeding for improving green fodder yield due to the strong negative association of these traits with it. However, balancing different quality parameters is also an important task while practising the selection for various quantitative traits to improve green fodder yield in forage maize. Overall, selection for the plant height in forage maize can lead to higher production of green fodder as it had the highest positive correlation with it. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nIndia is ranked first in milk production contributing 23% of the global milk production. Milk production in the country has grown at a compound annual growth rate of about 6.2% to reach 209.96 million metric tonnes in 2020-21 from 146.31 million tonnes in 2014-15 (Economic survey, 2022). Milk production is heavily reliant on the availability of high-quality fodder. Also, an insufficient supply of high-quality feed and fodder is the primary factor lowering milch animal productivity in India (Kumari et al., 2022). On all India basis, there is an overall deficit of 11.24% in green fodder availability in the country. Total green fodder availability is 734.2 million metric tonnes against the requirement of 827.19 million metric tonnes. The major source of green fodder in India is cultivated land, followed by pasture land and forests (Roy et al., 2019). To meet the needs of an ever-increasing livestock population, fodder production and productivity must be increased. \r\nMaize (Zea mays L.) is a dual-purpose crop that produces kernels for human consumption as well as fodder for livestock. It is an excellent source of animal feed due to its high content of protein, good palatability and good digestibility (Ballard et al., 2001). Forage maize also holds sufficient nutritional quality when we compare it to other non-leguminous fodders (Mahdi et al., 2011).Identifying the genetic compositions that are superior in green fodder yield is the main problem faced by forage maize breeders. Green fodder yield is influenced by various metric traits and it is the consequence of numerous complex morphological and physiological processes that take place at different stages of growth. To select better genotypes with higher green fodder yield and good nutritional quality, it is critical to understand how these economically beneficial traits are related to other characteristics. Correlation analysis identifies relationships between different agronomical qualitative traits in genetically diverse populations for crop improvement (Silva et al., 2016). \r\nWhile going for selection in forage crops, a breeder must know about the direction and magnitude of the association between the forage yield and its contributing traits. Correlation measures the extent and direction (positive or negative) of the relationship between two or more variables, while path analysis partitions correlations into direct and indirect effects. The estimates of correlation and path coefficients help breeders to understand the roles and relative contributions of various traits in determining the growth behaviour of crop cultivars under specific environmental conditions (Shahbaz et al., 2007). The aim of this study was to determine the relationships between various forage maize characters and to identify the direct and indirect effects of yield contributing characters on green fodder yield.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nExperimental site. The experiment was conducted during Kharif-2021 at Main Forage Research Station, Anand Agricultural University, Anand (22° 35’ N, 72° 55’ E), Gujarat, India. The soil texture of the experimental location at Anand centre is sandy loam, with a pH range of 8.1 to 8.5. It has low organic matter, nitrogen and cation exchange capacity, while it has a medium phosphorus content and it is moderately rich in potash. \r\nExperimental design and material. Fifty diverse forage maize genotypes were evaluated in a randomized complete block design with three replications. Each genotype was planted in a single row of 5.0 m in length, 30 cm apart, with a 10 cm plant-to-plant spacing. To avoid damage and border effects, the experiment was surrounded by border rows. The recommended agronomical and plant protection practices were followed for the successful raising of the crop. \r\nObservations recorded and characters investigated. Observations were recorded on five randomly selected plants from each entry for thirteen different traits viz., days to 50% tasseling, days to 50% silking, number of leaves per plant, plant height (cm), stem thickness (cm), leaf length (cm), leaf width (cm), leaf: stem ratio, dry matter content (%), crude protein content (%)[CP], neutral detergent fibre content (%)[NDF], acid detergent fibre content (%)[ADF]and green fodder yield per plant (g). The sample collected from each genotype was chopped and air-dried for three days followed by oven drying at 100º C till the attainment of constant weight and then dry matter content was calculated from the data. After that, the sample was powdered and scanned with “FOSS NIR System” (Model: 5000 composite) following the standard analytical protocol to estimate all the quality parameters such as CP, NDF and ADF. \r\nStatistical analysis. The data collected were analysed for correlation and path coefficient study. Genotypic and phenotypic coefficients of correlation were calculated from genotypic and phenotypic co-variances and variances as described by Singh and Chaudhry (1985); Johnson et al. (1955). Direct and indirect effects were calculated by the path coefficient analysis as suggested by Dewey and Lu (1959) at both phenotypic and genotypic levels. The data were analysed using the “Variability” package (Popat et al., 2020) in the R-studio.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nFodder yield is a complex character that is influenced by a number of other traits, each of which has either a positive or negative association with green fodder yield, with direct as well as indirect effects. It is important to remember that whenever two traits are correlated, selecting for one trait would ensure selection for the other automatically. As a result, choosing the best traits in this study that correlated with yield would lead to a higher yield in forage maize. Determining appropriate selection methods for the yield components requires knowledge of the mechanisms of association, causes and effects relationships, which forms the basis for achieving rational improvement in fodder yield and its components. \r\nAssociation between forage traits. The genotypic correlation coefficients and phenotypic correlation coefficients for various traits are given in Tables 1 and 2, respectively. Results indicated that all the traits, except CP and ADF, had a positive and significant correlation at the genotypic level with green fodder yield per plant. CP and ADF also had a significant, but negative genotypic correlation with green fodder yield. Earlier negative genotypic correlation for ADF content in forage maize was found by Kapoor and Batra (2015). While at the phenotypic level, all the traits, except three quality traits viz., CP, NDF and ADF; were found positively and significantly correlated with green fodder yield per plant. Thus, selection based on these traits will result in improving the green fodder yield in forage maize genotypes. These results were in harmony with the findings of Kapoor and Batra (2015) as well as Rathod et al. (2021) for number of leaves, plant height, stem girth, leaf length and leaf width. Kapoor and Batra (2015) as well as Naharudin et al. (2021), also observed non-significant phenotypic correlations for quality parameters, which was in accordance with the present investigation.\r\nThe genotypic as well as phenotypic correlation coefficients among various yield component traits viz., days to 50% tasseling, days to 50% silking, number of leaves per plant, plant height, stem thickness, leaf length and leaf width were significantly positive. Crude protein content was found negative but significantly correlated with all the characters except with leaf: stem ratio at the genotypic level. Also, acid detergent fibre content had a negative and significant genotypic correlation with most of the traits, except dry matter content and neutral detergent fibre content.\r\nThe maximum positive genotypic correlation coefficient was observed between NDF and ADF (rg = 7.999), followed by dry matter content and ADF (rg = 3.919). While the highest negative and significant correlation coefficient was found between CP and ADF (rg = 2.788), followed by number of leaves per plant and ADF (rg = 2.183). The highest value of positive and significant phenotypic correlation was observed between days to 50% tasseling and days to 50% silking (rp = 0.929), followed by stem thickness and green fodder yield per plant (rp = 0.819). Whereas dry matter content and CP (rp = 0.419) exhibited the highest value of negative and significant correlation at the phenotypic level, followed by CP and NDF (rp = 0.392). \r\nThe highest correlation of plant height (rg = 1.043) and stem thickness (rp = 0.819) with green fodder yield per plant was found at genotypic and phenotypic levels, respectively. While the highest negative correlation of green fodder yield per plant was observed with crude protein content (rg = 0.674, rp = 0.140).Significant correlations between fodder yield as well as various yield contributing traits suggest that these characteristics were controlled by genes with pleiotropic effect or controlled by multiple genes that are linked (Chen and Lubberstedt 2010).\r\nPath coefficient analysis. The partitioning of the total correlation coefficient into direct and indirect effects for green fodder yield revealed positive direct effects of many yield contributing traits, like days to 50% tasseling (2.3479), days to 50% silking (0.8148), number of leaves (1.5062), stem thickness (0.6432), leaf length (3.5755), dry matter content (2.1036) and crude protein content (0.7623) [Table 3]. Similarly, the positive direct effect of days to 50% tasseling was found by Rathod et al. (2021). While, Kapoor and Batra (2015) as well as Kapoor (2017) for number of leaves; Kapoor and Batra (2015); Kapoor (2017); Rathod et al. (2021) for stem girth; Kapoor (2017); Rathod et al. (2021) for leaf length; Rathod et al. (2021) for dry matter content; observed positive direct effects. Thus, the improvement in yield contributing characteristics such as number of leaves, stem thickness and leaf length will help to improve green fodder yield directly as well as indirectly. \r\nHowever, negative direct effects were observed for such traits as plant height (-3.5099), leaf width (-3.3638), leaf: stem ratio (-0.3853), NDF (-0.2799) and ADF (-0.0474). It ultimately indicated that the positive significant correlation of most of these traits with green fodder yield per plant was due to indirect effects generated through other characters mainly. The negative direct effect of leaf width and leaf: stem ratio was observed by Kapoor (2017), also Kapoor and Batra (2015) reported a negative direct effect of ADF on green fodder yield.\r\nThe highest positive direct effect on green fodder yield per plant was observed from leaf length followed by days to 50% tasseling and dry matter content. Although plant height had the highest negative direct effect, the positive correlation with green fodder yield was due to the positive indirect effects via leaf length and other important traits.\r\nFurther, days to 50% tasseling, days to 50% silking, number of leaves per plant, stem thickness, leaf length and dry matter content had a true relationship with green fodder yield per plant by establishing a significant positive association and positive direct effect on green fodder yield. Thus, selection for these traits will be more rewarding for the improvement of green fodder yield per plant in forage maize.\r\n\r\n', 'Tejaskumar H. Borkhatariya, Dipakkumar P. Gohil, Praful M. Sondarava, Rumit Patel and Kuldeep M. Akbari (2022). Character Association and Path coefficient Analysis among Diverse Genotypes of Forage Maize (Zea mays L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 829-833.'),
(5375, '136', 'Morphological and Molecular characterization of Phytophthora infestans causing Potato Late Blight Disease', 'P. Parameshwari, G. Senthilraja, T. Anand and M. Raveendran', '141 Morphological and Molecular characterization of Phytophthora infestans causing Potato Late Blight Disease G. Senthilraja.pdf', '', 1, 'Potatoes are an important vegetable crop of India, grown throughout the year under moist and humid conditions, which makes them more prone to diseases. Among the potato diseases, late blight caused by Phytophthora infestans is the most devastating. This paper describes the morphological and molecular characterization of four isolates of potato late blight pathogen P. infestans collected from different potato-growing areas in the Nilgiris district in Tamil Nadu. The four isolates were varied with respect to their pathogenic and morphological features, such as growth rate, colony colour, colony pattern, and sporangial production. The maximum mycelial growth rate of P. infestans was observed on clarified V8 juice agar and carrot agar after 5-7 days of incubation, while glucose as paragine agar showed minimal mycelial growth. The maximum sporangial production was seen when diluted tomato juice broth was used. Molecular analysis of ITS-PCR confirmed the identification of the isolates as P. infestans.', 'Potato, Phytophthora infestans, isolation, late blight, morphology, characterization', 'The pathogen, P. infestans causes significant yield loss to potato farmers worldwide. This study revealed information on the morphological and molecular characteristics of P. infestans from the Nilgiris district of Tamil Nadu. This is important for understanding host-pathogen interactions and developing disease control strategies.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPotato (Solanum tuberosum L.) is one of the most popular vegetables in the world, belonging to the Solanaceae family. There are nearly 200 different wild potato species, each with its own unique flavour and nutritional value. Potatoes are the fourth most commonly grown food crop in the world, after maize, wheat and rice. They are available throughout the year, and can help to meet nutritional needs in people who are deficient in these nutrients. It is also largely rich in antioxidants such as vitamin A, B1, B6, C and carotenoids (White et al., 2009). Phytophthora infestans (Anton de Bary) is the most destructive oomycete pathogen that causes late blight disease in potato and was responsible for the Irish famine in the 1840s (Montarry et al., 2008; Chowdappa et al., 2015). This pathogen is a heterothallic and hemibiotrophic in nature. The pathogen is sensitive and short-lived, and it destroys the plants it infects within two weeks under favourable conditions (Fry et al., 2008). The pathogenesis comparatively sensitive, short lived in infected potato leaf tissue, and the pathogen seems to possess a limited competitive saprophytic ability. In these aspects, the isolation and culturing of pathogen in artificial medium is relatively difficult. Several culture media have been used in various countries to isolate and maintain P. infestans isolates. It is very essential to supplement the necessary elements and compounds required for the growth and metabolism of the pathogen in the medium (Padmaja et al., 2015). Thus, different synthetic media were used in this study to see which was the best medium for the growth of P. infestans.\r\nSymptoms of the disease appear near the leaf tips as water-soaked irregular pale green lesions, which rapidly grow into large brown to black necrotic spots on the upper surface of leaves, and white hyphae growth can be seen on the lower surface of infected leaves (Mhatre et al., 2021). The infection on the stem appears as a brown lesion around the stem, eventually leading to collapse. In severe cases, the disease can affect the entire crop in a week and transform it into a dark blighted crop. The disease also affects tubers, making them hard, dry and rigid, resulting in rotting in the field and in storage (Agrios, 2005; Arora et al., 2014). In India prior to 2006, late blight was seen as a frequent threat to potato cultivation in the North Indian states (Chowdappa et al., 2011). Since 2008, severe outbreaks of the disease have been seen in South Indian potato crops, resulting in total crop loss (Jain et al., 2019).\r\nIn addition, many diagnostic laboratories are not familiar with oomycete culture procedures, and the rapid growth of bacteria from leaf samples with secondary bacterial infection usually limits the isolation of P. infestans (George et al., 2017). Plant pathogenic oomycetes can be rapidly and efficiently isolated from infected plant tissues using antibiotic-enriched selective media following proper laboratory procedures. The selective media used for the isolation of oomycetes pathogen often contain antibacterial agents such as penicillin, ampicillin and rifampicin which prevent the development of bacterial growth and fungal growth. The molecular characterization of P. infestans by using the internal transcribed spacer regions (ITS) of rDNA may be helpful for easy detection and confirmation of species and the assessment of genetic variability among isolates. The main focus of this study is to i) isolate the pathogen from the infected leaf tissues, and ii) characterize the isolates of P. infestans with respect to their morphological and molecular features.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS \r\nSurvey and sample collection. A roving field survey was conducted in major potato growing areas such as, Muthorai, Nanjanad, Wellington, Emerald and Palada in the Nilgiris district, Indiaduring Rabi 2021-22 to assess the severity and incidence of late blight disease in potato. Two fields were selected in each place. Totally, ten fields were surveyed at the time of survey, late blight infected leaves and stem samples were collected for pathogen isolation and characterization. The disease incidence in each field was determined by visually inspecting the plants and cutting two diagonal transects across the field (number of infected plants and healthy plants along each diagonal).\r\nIsolation of P. infestans and pure culture maintenance. The plants exhibiting typical symptoms of late blight were collected from the field during the survey and brought to the laboratory. Tissue segment method (Vasudeva et al., 1958) was employed for isolation of P. infestans on clarified V8 PARP medium supplemented with antibiotics such as pimaricin (400µl), penicillin (50µg/ml), ampicillin (250mg/ml), and rifampicin (100mg/ml) to suppress the growth of other microbes (Jadesha et al., 2020). Liquid soap was used to gently remove all soil-associated surface impurities from infected leaf samples. Small pieces (5×5 mm) of infected leaf tissues from the sporulating border of young lesions including a little bit of healthy leaf tissue was dissected using sterile scalpel. Leaf bits were placed in 70% ethanol for 1 minute followed by 4% sodium hypochlorite solution for 60 seconds for surface sterilizing the tissue then rinsed thrice with sterile distilled water in laminar airflow chamber. The excess moisture was blotted with sterile Whatman filter papers. The sterile leaf bits were placed in half plate containing selective medium, clarified V8 PARP supplemented with combination of antibiotics. Inoculated plates were incubated at 20°C for 7-10 days under 12 hours of photoperiod in BOD (Martin et al., 2012). \r\nPhytophthora infestans was initially identified based on mycelial and morphological characteristics using standard mycological keys. The pure fungus culture was obtained using the single hyphal tip method (Tutte et al., 1969), which involved transferring the upper portion of actively growing mycelium from a 10-day-old culture into a 1.5ml microfuge tube containing 1 ml of sterile water. On the surface of V8 juice agar plates, three to five drops of suspension were added. The single hyphal bit was forced to ramify through the agar using this technique. Plates were examined under a dissecting microscope at 10x magnification after 5 days, and a single hyphal branch was transferred to V8 juice agar plates. On the surface of V8 juice agar plates, three to five drops of suspension were added. The single hyphal bit was forced to ramify through the agar using this technique. Plates were examined under a dissecting microscope at 10x magnification after 5 days, and a single hyphal branch was transferred to V8 juice agar plates.\r\nPathogenicity assay under controlled conditions. Pathogenicity study of all four isolates (PPI1, PPI2, PPI3 and PPI4) was performed under controlled conditions on the highly susceptible cultivar Kufri Swarna. Inoculation of P. infestans four isolates were done by spraying zoospore suspensions (Becktell et al., 2005). Five 7mm mycelia discs of each isolate were placed in 90mm Petri dishes containing 15-20ml of diluted tomato juice broth. The cultures were allowed to grow for 24-48 hours at 20°C under continuous light conditions (Widmer et al., 2009). Zoospores were released from the sporangia after the cultures were refrigerated for 30 minutes and then incubated at room temperature. The released zoospores were diluted to the final concentrations. The motility of zoospores was verified under compound microscope.\r\nAll the potted potato plants were inoculated by spraying a zoospore suspension (10,000-20,000 sporangia/ml) with handheld sprayer. Spraying of sterile water serves as control kept separately (Wang et al., 2020). The plants were watered daily for 3-4 times at 3hours interval. Each isolate containing 3 potted was considered as one replication and was replicated five times. Initial symptoms were observed after 48-72 hours after inoculation (Pande et al., 2011).\r\nDisease assessment. Late blight incidence was assessed using the formula (Ahmed et al., 2015) as mentioned below. \r\n\"Percent disease incidence =\" \"Number of infected plants\" /\" Total number of plants observed\" × 100\r\nThe pathogen was re-isolated from the artificially inoculated potato plant shown typical late blight symptoms and the culture was confirmed with the original culture for morphology and colony characters. To evaluate the virulence of four isolates, per cent disease incidence was calculated and virulent isolate was used throughout the research. \r\nMorphological characterization \r\nSporangial induction and zoospores production. Six day old culture of P.infestans (PPI3) was taken for induction of sporangia and zoospores. Mycelial discs of 9mm diameter of P. infestans were cut using sterile cork borer from the edge of 5 days old culture grown on clarified V8 juice agar and inoculated into 90mm diameter to different Petri dishes flooded with 10-15 ml of 1% non sterile soil extract, tap water, distilled water, rain water, pond water (Malvi et al., 2022) and diluted tomato juice broth (Jadesha et al., 2020). The Petri dishes were kept for 48-72 hours at 19-22°C under light conditions. Consistent light condition and non-sterile liquids may promote the sporangial formation. Then, the plates were observed under stereo zoom microscope Induction of sporangia was initiated and abundant production was observed within 48-72 hours primarily towards the margin of the colony. The sporangial suspension was incubated at 4°C for 1 to 2 hours to release of zoospores from the sporangia (Widmer et al., 2009).\r\nMicro morphology. All the four isolates were isolated aseptically on the V8 juice agar plates and incubated at 21±2°C for 7 days and cultural characteristics such as colony pattern, growth rate and colony color were observed after 15 days of incubation (Vanegas et al., 2022). Mycelial characters and fungal morphology as described in were observed under LEICA DM2000 phase contrast microscope at 40X magnification of objective lens. \r\nMacro morphology \r\nColony pattern. Twelve different culture media viz., Carrot agar, Clarified V8 juice agar, Corn meal agar, Czapek’s Dox agar Glucose asparagine agar, Potato carrot agar Oat meal agar, Potato dextrose agar, Potato leaf extract agar, Richard’s synthetic agar, Saboraud dextrose agar, Tomato juice agar were prepared in accordance with the manufacturer\'s (HiMedia, India) specifications and compositions (Dhingra and Sinclair, 1985). Mycelial discs of 7mm diameter were taken from ten days old pre-cultured Petri plates by using sterile cork borer and placed in all the Petri dishes containing twelve different media. Three replications in each media were maintained and the mean mycelial growth was recorded. The plates were incubated at 19±2°C in 12 hours dark and 12 hours light conditions for 7-10 days. This study was conducted for evaluating the best culture media for the radial growth of P. infestans using the twelve different solid media (Rangaswami et al., 1958). The average colony diameter of the fungal growth was measured in millimeters (Jadesha et al., 2020).\r\nMolecular characterization \r\nDNA extraction. Isolates of P. infestans were cultured on oat meal agar for 7-10 days. Mycelia were scrapped from the plates and ground at liquid nitrogen. Extraction of DNA is done by cetyl trimethyl ammonium bromide (CTAB) procedure (Wangsomboondee et al., 2002). The frozen mycelia were added with 750µl CTAB buffer and transferred the extract into 2ml centrifuge tubes. Then the tubes were vortexed and incubated in water bath at 65°C for 30 minutes. After incubation, 750µl of phenol: chloroform: isoamyl alcohol (25:24:1) was added to each tube and centrifuged at 13000 rpm for 15 minutes at room temperature. The uppermost aqueous phase was removed to a new tube and ice cold isopropan-2-ol (600µl) was added and tubes were incubated at -20°C for overnight incubation. After incubation, tubes were centrifuged at 13000 rpm for 15 minutes. The supernatant was discarded and pellets were washed with 70% ethanol, then air dried. DNA was suspended in 30µl TE buffer and stored in -20°C. DNA concentration was checked with 0.8% agarose gel for one hour. \r\nPCR amplification. The identification of Phytophthora was confirmed later by performing ITS-PCR assay. Employing the universal primer pairs ITS1 (5’-TCCGTAGGTGAACCTGCGG-3’) and ITS4 (5’-TCCTCCGCTTATTGATATGC-3’), amplified the ITS regions between small nuclear 18S rDNA and the larger nuclear 28S rDNA, including 5.8S rDNA (Hussain et al., 2014). PCR was performed in a volume of 25µl, containing 10mM of oligonucleotide primer (1 µl), 20mM of each of the four deoxynucleotide triphosphates (0.75 µl) 25mM MgCl2 (1.0 µl), 0.35 µl of Taq DNA polymerase, 10 × Assay buffer (2.5 µl) and 1.0 µl template DNA (60 ng/µl) (Nath et al., 2015). All PCR reactions were carried out using Mastercycler® Nexus gradient X2 PCR cycler (MA, USA) with the following PCR conditions, initial denaturation at 94°C for 3 min, 35 cycles of amplification with denaturation 94°C for 30 sec, annealing at 56°C for 1 min and 72°C for 2 min for extension with final extension 72°C for 10 min (George et al., 2017) and the PCR products were checked for amplification by 1.0 percent agarose gel electrophoresis. The UVITEC Gel doc EZ Imaging system was used to view the size of amplicons and sanger dideoxy sequencing was done to analyze the nucleotide sequence of DNA. The resulted high quality sequences were analyzed with NCBI BLASTn to confirm the authenticity of isolates. \r\nStatistical analysis. The obtained data were statistically analyzed by IBM SPSS Statistics 22. Duncan’s multiple range test and post hoc tests were performed at 5% level of significance (Gomez et al., 1984).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nSurvey and assessment of potato late blight incidence\r\nThe survey results have shown that the disease was prevalent in all the surveyed areas with different magnitude of infection. The small circular to irregular-shaped water-soaked spots were observed on leaf surface with whitish mildew-appearing area is visible at the edge of the lesions or along petioles. The maximum disease incidence was recorded in Muthorai (95.63%) followed by Palada (87.29%) and Emerald (82.56%). The minimum disease incidence was recorded in Nanjanad (59.37%) followed by Wellington (69.01%) have shown in Fig 1. \r\nIsolation of P. infestans\r\nMostly Phytophthora spp. was hard to isolate, especially from infected potato leaf tissues due to the hasty growth rate of other saprophytic fungi according to Henricot et al. (2014). Successful isolation of Phytophthora spp. can be accomplished by the use of selective media that either impedes the development of other fungus and bacteria. Five different media viz., potato dextrose agar, corn meal agar, carrot agar, lima bean agar, and potato leaf extract agar were screened for isolation of P. infestans from the infected leaf bits (Fatima et al., 2015). In the present study, among all the media tested, V8 PARP (V8 juice amended with pimaricin, ampicillin, rifampicin, penicillin) medium was found effective in supporting the growth of P. infestans which minimized the bacterial contamination by the presence of antibiotics supplemented in the medium. The results of the present study was in compliance with findings of (Jadesha et al., 2020). Totally, four isolates (PPI1, PPI2, PPI3 and PPI4) were identified form this study (Table 1).\r\nMorphological characterization\r\nEvaluation of different media on the growth of P.infestans. The suitable culture media and physiological conditions for mycelial growth was evaluated by placing of 7 mm mycelial discs into twelve different culture media (Table 2). Among twelve different media evaluated against P. infestans, the maximum mycelial growth of pathogen was observed in clarified V8 juice agar (90 mm) followed by carrot agar (89 mm), potato dextrose agar (88 mm), potato carrot agar (79.30 mm), and potato leaf extract agar (70.30 mm). The results are in agreement with George et al, (2017) who found the suitability ofV8 juice agar for culturing the P. infestans. The minimum mycelial growth was noticed in glucose asparagine agar of 22.70 mm followed by Richard’s synthetic agar of 31 mm was recorded. The obtained results were similar to findings of (Henricot et al., 2014) that recorded maximum growth of P. pachyplura was noticed in V8 juice agar of 90mm and in potato dextrose agar (84 mm). The least mycelial growth was recorded in glucose asparagine (41.80 mm) was observed in P. parasitica (Prasad et al., 2017) which is similar to that of our results.\r\nColony pattern. In the present study, four isolates were obtained from the infected potato leaf and stem samples collected from the Nilgiris district. The colony colour of P. infestans was observed cottony white to dull white with rosette pattern. Mycelium was long, aseptate, hyaline, sympodial branching pattern, uniform in diameter. The mycelium was too sensitive and had a watery nature. The pathogen growth was achieved in transparent media. So, thin film of media is enough for establishment of the pathogen under artificial conditions. The sporulation was not observed in culture media. The sporangia were observed in 1% soil suspension with mycelial discs which were incubated for 48-72 hours (Mehmood et al., 2022). The lemoni form sporangium with semi papilla was seen under stereo zoom microscope. The limitations in availability of nutrients and temperature might be the reason for lack of sporulation in Phytophthora spp. On the basis of the study of cultural and morphological characteristics, it was concluded that the species closely resembled to P. infestans (Prasad et al., 2017). However sporulation was not observed in any of the medium tested.\r\nSporulation of P. infestans. The study showed that different methods given by research workers were tried for induction of sporangia of P. infestans and results were given in Table 3. The result revealed that out of six methods tried, diluted tomato juice broth produced more amounts of lemon shaped sporangia with semi papilla and oospores also observed under stereo zoom microscope. The obtained results were similar to that of Jadesha et al. (2020). The sporangial production was formed in a lesser amount in 15 ml of rain water and river water. Non-sterilized liquids and non-sterile soil extracts may induce sporangial development in P. infestans (Fig. 2). \r\nMolecular characterization of P. infestans. The internal transcribed spacer (ITS) regions of 18S rDNA were amplified by employing primer pair ITS1 and ITS4 (Cespedes et al., 2013). The initial identification was confirmed by the amplicon size of 850 base pairs in all the four isolates (Fig. 3). Similarly, George et al. (2017) obtained the amplicon size of 850 base pairs in Phytophthora isolates. BLASTn analysis revealed that the sequence of ITS regions of all the four isolates were shown 100% sequence homology with sequences of P. infestans in GenBank, NCBI and the nucleotide sequences were submitted and accession numbers were assigned by NCBI GenBank. \r\nPathogenicity test. Twenty five days old potato plants of highly susceptible variety (Kufri Swarna) was artificially inoculated with P. infestans by spraying zoospore suspension method. The first symptom of late blight disease was recorded during the pathogenicity test was almost identical to the symptoms at open field conditions. Initially, a small water soaked lesion of late blight disease was appeared on upper leaf surface during third day after inoculations. The infection progressed and lesion became enlarged with whitish downy growth on its lower surface after fifteen days from inoculation. The fungus was re-isolated from the infected leaves were compared with original culture of P. infestans. Jadesha et al. (2020) observed the symptom development in redgram after 48 hours of inoculation with P. infestans pathogen.\r\nVirulence of P. infestans isolates\r\nArtificial inoculation was employed for assessing the virulence of four isolates viz., PPI1, PPI2, PPI3, PPI4 in potato plants (Kufri Swarna) and the results were presented in Table 4. It was found that PPI3 was most virulent with disease incidence of 95.30 percent on 20th day after inoculation followed by PPI1 (81.05 percent). The least virulent with disease incidence was found in PPI4 and PPI3 with percent disease incidence of 73.14 and 66.30 percent, respectively. Hence, the isolate PPI3 was used throughout the study. The infective potential of zoospores and concentrations were observed more in PPI3 when compared to other isolates. The results obtained from this study were similar to that of Widmer et al. (2009).\r\n', 'P. Parameshwari, G. Senthilraja, T. Anand and M. Raveendran (2022). Morphological and Molecular characterization of Phytophthora infestans causing Potato Late Blight Disease. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 834-840.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5376, '136', 'Citrus Budding: Research Perspectives and Recent Trends', 'Nilakshi Bordoloi, L. Wangchu and P.K. Nimbolkar', '142 Citrus Budding Research Perspectives and Recent Trends P.K. Nimbolkar.pdf', '', 1, 'The major commercially important Citrus groups include Mandarin group, Orange group, Pummelo-Grapefruit group and the Acid group.Citrus spp propagated by seeds are highly susceptible to numerous diseases. Therefore, budding and grafting using compatible rootstock-scion is a necessity. It is important to use budwood from certified mother plant for disease free quality planting material. Climatic condition and season equally influence the budding success. Rootstock is an important component in influencing tree vigour, tree height, fruit size, its characters and qualities, precocity in bearing, disease resistant etc. There are various methods of budding followed commercially in different varieties or species in Citrus out of which T-budding and Chip budding are common. For a successful budding operation, specific time and rootstocks that are adaptable to the region are utmost important which otherwise results in lower bud take success. Microbudding helps in faster multiplication of plant and is cheaper. However, the concept is limited to few citrus species which needs further studies to popularize it.', 'Propagation, Budding, Compatibility, Rootstock and Microbudding', 'This review presents a comprehensive study on importance of budding technique in citrus production which is more reliable as compared to sexual propagation through seed, due to the fact that as the budded plants can survive in adverse climate, soil and stress conditions by the use of desired rootstocks, besides early bearing than the seed propagated plants. Budding makes excellent use of a bud stick as only one bud is necessary for propagation. It allows more efficient use of planting material when a bud stick for a specific rootstock is present in a limited condition. The technique of Microbudding can be employed reliably and economically to produce healthy citrus seedling for initial orchard setup at faster and cheaper way. The method demonstrated 76 % success in Sweet Lime, 68 % in grapefruit and 44 % in Feutrell\'s Early when Rough Lemon was used as rootstock (Alam et al., 2006). The plants can be used for biological indexing for Tristeza, Psorosis, Exocortis, etc. The budwood certification is crucial in supplying virus free budwood for quality planting materials in establishing a successful orchard. Arizone, U.S the program was operated on voluntary basis during 1960s to deal with citrus tristeza virus and viroid. Over the past five years, the 175,000 buds from registered tree from 285 different citrus varieties are being distributed by California Citrus Clonal Protection Program (CCPP) at the Lindcove Research and Extension Center in Central California. The University of Arizona collaborated with Yuma County Citrus Pest Abatement District (YCCPAD) releases about 500 buds per year (Vidalakis, 2010). Hence, the review will disseminate the knowledge about the recent trends and research perspective of citrus budding to the researchers.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nCitrus is one of the major demanding fruit crops grown throughout the world. The genus is a member of Rutaceae family which includes various wild species to cultivated edible species, classified by Swingle and Tanaka. There are 16 species as given by Swingle in 1948 and 162 by Tanaka in 1977 (Bose et al., 2001). A reformulation of citrus classification including the hybrids has been described recently by Nicolosi et al. 2000 and Wu et al., 2018. The economic importance of the crop varies according to the species. Among these the major commercially important groups include Mandarin group, Orange group, Pummelo-Grapefruit group and the Acid group. According to National Horticulture Board (NHB) data, the crop occupies an area of 10.58 Lakh hectares with production of 140.32 Lakh MT (Anonymous, 2020). In India, Madhya Pradesh stands first position in Mandarin production with 2103.64 thousand MT, followed by Punjab and Maharashtra whereas Andhra Pradesh occupies first position in Sweet Orange production with 2003.11 thousand MT (Anonymous, 2018). From consuming fresh to processed products, from using it commercially in pharmaceutical to various other industries, not only the fruit but also the flowers and leaves are of immense importance to human kind. Indian citrus industry is a boon to its economy, so production and multiplication of healthy sapling is a prerequisite. Most of the farmers use seed as propagating material which leads to variations in orchard, longer time to flower and fruit which are the major concerns for orchard loss. Moreover, seedling plants are highly susceptible to numerous diseases. Therefore, replacement with improved technique such as budding and grafting using compatible rootstock-scion is a necessity which will increase the production within short time, reduce vegetative phase, induce biotic and abiotic stresses, impart dwarfism for high density planting and production of certified planting materials. Most importantly, they are easier and faster to perform although success rate depends on the skill of the performer.\r\nCITRUS PROPAGATION\r\nCommercially, Citrus species are propagated through various means such as Acid Lime and Rangpur lime by seed, sweet lime by layering and hardwood cuttings, Persian lime by ground or air layering, lemon by cutting, sweet orange and Mandarin by budding (Singh, 2018). Wedge and side grafting in Kinnow Mandarin showed highest graft union with 90% and 86.27% respectively in Jaffa Sweet Orange and Tongue grafting led to 76.67% success (Hussain et al., 2017). Again, in Kinnow Mandarin micropropagation was standardized using nodal segment as explant (Kumar et al., 2016; Singh et al., 2018). Standard protocols were also being made for Sweet Orange cultivar Blood Red (Kanwar et al., 2015). Veneer grafting trial in Poncirus trifoliata using Mandarin cultivar ‘Dhankuta Local’ and ‘Ota Ponkan’ as scion was highly successful in mid hills of Nepal (Bhandari et al., 2021). Shoot tip in vitro propagation was carried out successfully in Pummelo (Paudyal and Haq 2000).\r\nBudding. In budding, a vegetative dormant bud is attached to the incision made on the rootstock. Budding gives uniform and true to type plants while seed propagation may produce inferior quality seedlings and variations in orchard plants. As compared to grafting, it produces stronger union resulting in less damage to budded plants from storms and strong winds and it is faster and more efficient form of propagation that does not necessarily require any professional. Budding entails a number of procedures, beginning with the selection of a mother tree, scion wood, and so on to all the way through the final delivery of budlings to the orchard site. \r\nMother plant and scion wood. Scion budwood should always be selected from mother plant which is high yielding, free of bud sports and chimaeras, healthy, strong, matured and capable of producing disease resistance and quality fruits. The mother plant should be examined critically over a period of 5 years for detection of any symptoms or abnormalities. Thus, the plant should be certified under budwood certification program. Again, the bud wood must be taken from past season’s growth which is in dormant condition. Scion curing is most important before taking out of the scion woods from mother plant.\r\nPreparation of rootstock. Rootstocks should be about 9-10 months old with diameter of 0.7-0.9 cm (Singh, 2012). Rootstocks attain buddable size at different age. It also depends on the climatic conditions and nursery care. \r\nAccording to a research done at Citrus Experiment Station, Coorg, Rough Lemon attained buddable size at 6-7 months, Cleopatra Mandarin at 10-11 months, Rangpur lime attained at 7-8 months and Trifoliate orange at around 16 months. Few days before budding operation, all the leaves, thorns, suckers should be removed up to the point of incision made for UPDATEion of budwood from the ground level. Incision, on the stock, is usually made at a height of 15-20cm from the ground (Rajput and Haribabu 1995). According to Labanauskas et al., (1976) fruit yield decreases with increase in budding height and it was stated that budding at a height of 15 cm gave highest budding success in Cleopatra Mandarin and Troyer Citrange when budded with Valencia Orange. Budding should be done at a height of 22-30 cm in South Indian condition (Aiyappa and Srivastava 1968) where as in Punjab region a height of 15-20 cm is recommended (Nijjar and Nauriyal 1962).\r\nCollection and preparation of bud wood. Bud wood from the desired selected mother plant should be collected immediately prior to the budding operation. The bud sticks should be collected from round twig with white stripes on the bark bearing swollen buds that are healthy and sprouts easily. It is advisable to discard basal one or two buds (De and Patel 2019). The cured scion budwoods after collection should be packed in polybags or cotton cloths containing moistened cocopeat to prevent drying of budsticks by maintaining the moisture and humidity (Fig. 1). Bud sticks after collection should be stored in moist condition or in shade to prevent drying. If in case storage is required, they can also be refrigerated for some time (Hartmann et al., 1997). Salomao et al. (2008) confirmed the storage of bud sticks for 74 days at 5°C with 15 minutes drip treatment in distilled water and solution of NAA, GA3 and 2,4-D without any deterioration effect on viability. For Valencia Sweet Orange and ‘Murcott’ Tangor, the concentration of NAA and 2,4-D used were 200µmol/L and 20µmol/L respectively and for ‘Baianinha’ Sweet Orange 1000 µmol/L and 100 µmol/L respectively.\r\nTime of budding. Budding is done when the bark is slipping, i.e., when the plant is actively growing, cambium is in active condition and thus bark can be easily detached from the wood. In plants this condition may occurs at different season and accordingly there are three types of budding viz., Spring budding, June budding (done in early June) and Fall budding which is done in late summer.\r\nInfluence of budding time on budding success. In citrus, spring budding is generally followed. However, it has been seen successful in other seasons too. When Sour Orange budded on Clementine Mandarin, autumn budding was found superior than the spring budding in most of the characters specially the percentage of budding success, length of shoots, number of leaves/plants, leaf area/plant (Jomaa et al., 2008). In Kodur region, July-September favours better UPDATEion of bud, January, February, June, and August gives higher bud take success while March, May, and November are not favourable for budding (Naik, 1963). Budding during August was found better than July for lemon cv. Pant Lemon-1 on Trifoliate Orange (Poncirus trifoliata) rootstock (Dimri, 1999). Grafting and budding in Mandarin should be performed from 16 to 31 January to get the highest success percentage (Gautam et al., 2001). Various researchers suggested different time for different citrus species and cultivars (Table 1).\r\nFormation of bud union. A series of events follows the completion of budding. Various stages of bud union formation are: Pre callus stage in which the vascular cambiums of both scion and stock are lined up and it lasts up to 5-8 days after budding which, however, may varies according to species. It is stimulated by Auxin production. Next is the callus formation and cambial bridge formation by the callus cells. After 12-15 days of budding, de-differentiation of secondary xylem and phloem takes place that form a potential pathway of communication among the cells, thus establishing connection between scion and stock. The last stage is the wound healing process or healing of the bud union. New xylem and phloem are formed within 6-8 months of budding. Finally callus unites completely after healing (Sharma and Srivastav 2004).\r\nMethods of budding. Various methods of budding such as T-budding, inverted T-budding, chip budding, patch budding, ring or angular budding, I-budding, Flute budding, Forkert budding, Skin budding, Microbudding and Top budding are followed in various fruit crops depending on season or time, species and environmental conditions (Sharma and Srivastav 2004). T-budding and chip budding are common in citrus. The name T-budding is given for the ‘T’ shaped incision made on the stock for UPDATEion of the scion bud (Fig. 2). It is the most common method used commercially. Chip budding as the name indicates, a chip of bark with wood is removed from the stock to make the incision. Therefore, this method does not require bark slipping condition of the plant (Sharma and Srivastav 2004). Bhullar et al. (1980) stated that patch budding gave highest bud take of 95% in Kinnow Mandarin budded on Citrus jambhiri rootstock, followed by ‘T’ budding with bud take of about 85-90% and flute budding with 85%.\r\nBudding success in relation to various states of India. Climatic conditions and season equally influence the budding success. Budding is practiced in February-March and September-October in Punjab and Uttar Pradesh whereas in Saharanpur, 80-85% success was seen when Sweet Orange is budded on C. karna rootstock in June than March and September (Singh, 1954). In Allahabad, mid-winter or early rainy season is recommended (Hayes, 1957). In Gujarat and Maharashtra budding October, November and December are best. While July to September budding is reported best in Kodur region, and September to November in Coorg (Naik, 1963). In North eastern region, the best time for budding is from November to January.\r\nRootstock influence on budding. Rootstocks play a crucial role in grafting and budding; influencing tree vigour, tree height, fruit size, its characters and qualities, precocity in bearing, disease resistant etc. An appropriate rootstock must be easily available, compatible to the scion cultivar and should have strong root system with soil and climatic adaptations. The use of rootstocks in citrus industry dated back to 1842 when phytophthora resistant rootstocks were used. There have been a number of rootstock trials in India since 1920 (Sonkar, 2002). The trials were mainly meant for better growth and superior yield, good adaptation to the local climatic conditions and various other abiotic stresses. It was only 50 years ago when the trial for disease resistance achieved mass attention (Fawcett, 1934). Rootstocks may be produced by seeds or by clonal propagation through vegetative means. Clonal rootstocks are used for producing uniformity, special characteristics, for size and growth habit of the plant. It was observed that budded trees of ‘Kagzi Lime’ budded on Rough Lemon rootstock comes to bearing within 33 months as compared with 46 months for seedling trees (Desai et al., 1994). Kodur Sathgudi (Citrus sinensis (L) Osbeck) budded on ‘Carrizo Citrange’ showed best growth and gave highest yield followed by Troyer Citrange and Rough Lemon (Ramkumar and Ganapathy 1998). A study was conducted on the vegetative growth, yield and fruit quality of four Mandarin and hybrid cultivars budded on four rootstocks viz., Rangpur Lime (C. limonia Osbeck.), ‘Swingle Citrumelo’, \'Orlando Tangelo’ and Cleopatra Mandarin. The study concluded that ‘Swingle\' citrumelo induced reduced size trees in most of scion cultivars (Stuchi et al., 2008). ‘Nova Tangelo’ has adequate characteristics and potential as a fresh fruit market cultivar. Rangpur Lime and Citrumelo are reported to be compatible and tolerant to tristeza (Pompeu et al., 2011). Grace (2012) reported that Sweet Orange (Citrus sinensis L. Osbeck) cv. Sathgudi when budded with Sathgudi rootstock gave higher relative nutrient accumulation indices (RNAIs) with value of 1.00 followed by Rangpur Lime (0.98), Cleopatra Mandarin (0.96), Trifoliate Orange (0.76) and then Troyer Citrange (0.69). C. volkamariana was found to be the best rootstock for Khasi Mandarin in Arunachal Pradesh (Kumar et al., 2016). In a study of rootstock contribution to orange tree qualities and fruit characteristics, it was found that Rough Lemon, Khasi Mandarin and C. grandis were vigorous and excellent in fruit yield. Citrange produced best quality fruit and also resistant to cold. Rough lemon, Sour orange, Khasi Mandarin had good resistance against exocortis. Rough Lemon was found resistant against scab, canker, gummosis and tristeza virus. Khasi Mandarin, Rangpur Lime and Troyer Citrange were resistant to tristeza viral diseases while Sour Orange was susceptible to it (Sharma et al., 2004). Some studies regarding rootstock influence on budding are summarized below in the Table 2 and 3.\r\nMICROBUDDING\r\nA new advanced form of budding known as Microbudding is gaining popularity recently. It is a rapid method of propagating plants which was first developed by Dr. Mani Skaria at Kingsville Citrus Center, Texas A & M University, Texas, U.S. In India, it was first adopted at ICAR-Central Citrus Research Institute, Nagpur and first standardized in Citrus reticulata Blanco. (Nagpur Mandarin) on just 5-month-old citrus rootstocks. Around 15,000 Nagpur mandarin planting material in about 11-12 months and distributed to the farmers. This has also been standardized in Rough Lemon, Rangpur Lime, Acid Lime, recently released varieties like ‘Cutter’ Valencia, ‘Flame’ Grapefruit, etc., in many of the commercial Citrus species as well as exotic cultivars (Vijayakumari et al. 2008). Propagation through Microbudding ensures year-round multiplication of plants and make seedlings available at lower cost than conventional budding techniques as the latter is season specific and takes longer time to form a budded plants to be ready for planting than the former. Besides, different species attain buddable age at different age. In ICAR-Central Citrus Research Institute, Nagpur, Microbudding technique has been performed for producing virus and virus like disease free planting material (Vijayakumari 2019). This method is performed on healthy, five to six-month-old rootstock seedlings. The scion consists of 45-60 days old delicate young buds generally of 3-4mm in size. A wedge-shaped cut of about 2-2.5 cm is given on the rootstock seedling which is beheaded at 15-20 cm above ground and bud is UPDATEed (Kamatyanatti and Singh 2019). Central Citrus Research Institute (CCRI), Nagpur recommends decapitation height of 10 inches from bottom. Emergence of sprouted shoots in Microbudding is reported to take half of the time required in conventional T-budding. Karunakaran et al. (2014) performed this novel method on 5-and 6-months old Rangpur Lime rootstock by using 45- and 60-day-old Coorg Mandarin scion buds under protected structures and in open field conditions. Higher success was reported on six-month-old Rangpur Lime rootstocks when 60-day-old scion bud was used under polyhouse conditions. Microbudding on Rough Lemon with Sweet lime, Grapefruit cv. Sham Bar and Mandarin cv. Feutrell\'s Early showed highest success in sweet lime, followed by grapefruit and Feutrell\'s Early (Alam et al., 2006). Thus, Microbudding, being simple and economical is promising and has wide scope in commercial Citrus industry of India. Procedure for Microbudding is depicted in Fig. 3.\r\nBUD-WOOD CERTIFICATION PROGRAM\r\nCitrus is highly affected by virus such as Tristeza or quick decline, Xyloporosis, Psorosis, Excortis, etc., causing significant loss to the growers. These are bud transmissible and most of them are vector transmissible. Precautions to prevent viral diseases are always a top priority. This has led to the concept of budwood certification programme, which aims at providing virus free budwood to eliminate the causal organism at the time of UPDATEion itself. It was first started in 1937 in California and later adopted by Brazil, Argentina, Philippines, Italy and Israel. In India it was started around 1960’s by ICAR at Assam, Tirupati, Pune and Abohar (Rajput and Haribabu 1995). In California, the program started around 1930s, which is considered as oldest in the world, in the name of “Psorosis free program”. It is now being run with cooperation of University of California Riverside (UCR), the California Department of Food and Agriculture (CDFA), and the California Citrus Nursery Board (CCNB). All the nurseries of California were made mandatory to use plant propagules from registered mother plant. Florida budwood certification has its origin during 1953 for Psorosis, Cachexia and Exocortis disease (Vidalakis et al., 2010).\r\nCertification of mother plant:\r\n1. First is the selection of the “candidate tree”. A candidate tree is the one which gives good yield, true to the type, health and free from any kind of diseases.\r\n2. Once the candidate tree is identified, it is led to a virus indexing program.\r\n3. Virus indexing program is done with a set of indicator plant which are grown in insect proof net house. Indicator plants for different viruses are highlighted in Table 4.\r\n4. Next, a set of indicator plants are budded with budwood taken from the candidate tree. \r\n5. If any symptoms are seen, the set of indicator plants as well as the whole candidate tree are discarded and removed from the program.\r\n6. In either case, the candidate trees are propagated and grown to form the “foundation stock” which delivers the disease free budwood to the nurseries for large scale multiplication.\r\n7. The candidate tree and the foundation stock are kept under strict supervision and control measures are taken to avoid re infection by viruses.\r\n', 'Nilakshi Bordoloi, L. Wangchu and P.K. Nimbolkar (2022). Citrus Budding: Research Perspectives and Recent Trends. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 841-849.'),
(5377, '136', 'Performance on Biomass Carbon of Tree Species for Rehabilitation of Deep Chambal Ravines of Madhya Pradesh', 'Ramswaroop Jat, Y.P. Singh, P.A. Khambalkar and Shankar Lal Yadav', '143 Performance on Biomass Carbon of Tree Species for Rehabilitation of Deep Chambal Ravines of Madhya Pradesh Ramswaroop Jat.pdf', '', 1, 'The present study was conceptualized in 2012 under the Morena district of Madhya Pradesh\'s Niche Area of Excellence of Research Work Plan to control and reclamation of ravines and their management for sustainable livelihood security. To assess the contribution of various plantations after 10 years, the current study, which runs from 2020–2021 to 2021–2022, was done. Several types of native fruit trees and forest trees were assessed on various uneven and flat areas of ravine ground such as Moringa oleifera, Terminalia arjuna, Azadirachta indica, Gmelina arborea, Millettia pinnata, Albizia lebbeck, Acacia nilotica, Dalbergia sissoo, and Justicia adhatoda. The pooled analysis effect of the carbon content of the tree (pounds/plant) varies within different tree species during 2020–2021 to 2021–2022. The results revealed that the highest carbon weight of the tree was recorded for Moringa oleifera (2753.02 pounds/plant), followed by Albizia lebbeck (1637.58 pounds/plant), Azadirachta indica (768.94 pounds/plant), Acacia nilotica (704.23 pounds/plant), Dalbergia sissoo (698.84 pounds/plant), Terminalia arjuna (356.38 pounds/plant), Millettia pinnata (282.65 pounds/plant) and Gmelina arborea (147.93 pounds/plant). While the lowest carbon weight of the tree was recorded in Justicia adhatoda (4.59 pounds/plant).', 'Biomass carbon, Tree, Rehabilitation, Reclamation and Ravine management', 'The ravine area has significant effects both on-site and off-site, making it one of the harshest and most sensitive ecosystems. Managing the ravine by planting a variety of tree types will let farmers have more options for a living while also managing the soil\'s health. In comparison to other species, Moringa oleifera may have a good potential for biomass carbon.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe capacity of ravine land to produce biomass and provide other goods and ecosystem services has declined due to natural and anthropogenic factors. It\'s improbable that these deteriorated places, like ravines land, would be covered with a lush, natural environment. Through various ravine management modules, it is necessary to convert these underutilized biomass land uses into carbon-rich plantations of horticulture, forestry, agroforestry, and medicinal plants. A lot of attention has recently been paid to managing agricultural systems to reduce the impact of climate change through carbon sequestration. Agroforestry offers a lot of potential for preserving and enhancing land-based carbon sinks in degraded areas. Agroforestry may play a significant role in lowering vulnerability, boosting the resilience of farming systems, and protecting families from climate threats by increasing the building of soil organic matter and by producing biomass that can capture more CO2 from the air (Lorenz and Lal 2014). Nowadays, sequestering carbon via a tree-based method is viewed as a lucrative business prospect for carbon trading.\r\nIn order to increase the ability of terrestrial ecosystems to store carbon, restoration strategies including rehabilitation, afforestation, reforestation, natural regeneration of native species, and adaptive conservation forestry approaches are more economically and environmentally sound. The IPCC (2007) also said in its special report that the best opportunity to increase carbon stocks and provide other immediate benefits is through the conversion of grassland and wasteland to agroforestry. Restoration of ravine lands using a methodical, scientific approach can boost C-stock in the soil as well as in above- and below-ground biomass. There are several advantages to increasing the terrestrial C-stock of ravines, including better soil quality and health, renewability and purification of water, increased above- and below-ground biodiversity increased net primary production, and general improvement in the environment (Somasundaram et al., 2012; Dagar and Singh 2018). Compared to other landscapes in the same biome that are not degraded, ravine-prone landscapes have lower soil organic carbon reserves. Therefore, via restoration and rehabilitation, degraded and depleted ravine lands offer the significant technical potential for C-stock (Singh et al., 2018). One of the main pathways for C and nutrient cycling in forest ecosystems is litterfall and fine root formation, and their turnover is influenced by a variety of variables, including species, age groups, canopy cover, meteorological conditions, and biotic factors (Lodhiyal et al., 2002; Stewart and Frank 2008).\r\nTherefore, the present study was conducted in the ravine-prone area of Chambal to assess the carbon sequestration potential of different forest tree species after 10 years of plantation and their contribution to biomass carbon to enrich the organic carbon of ravine land and identify the best tree species for the rehabilitation ravine lands. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHOD\r\nDescription of the study area. The study was conceptualized in 2012 under the Morena district of Madhya Pradesh\'s Niche Area of Excellence of Research Work Plan to control and reclamation of ravines and their management for sustainable livelihood security. The study region is situated at 26°40\'40.84 N latitude and 78°06\'29.21 E longitude, 150 to 240 meters above mean sea level. In these studies, a strong focus on the plantation was placed right from the start. Several types of native fruit trees and forest trees were assessed on various uneven and flat areas of ravine ground. To assess the contribution of various plantations after 10 years, the current study, which runs from 2020–2021 to 2021–2022, was done.\r\nEstimation of Biomass Carbon. The algorithm is used to calculate the weight of a tree (Clark et al., 1986). \r\nBiomass carbon in plants per year. In agroforestry, especially in tropical areas, trees are planted to help store about 50 pounds of CO2 per tree each year. The features of a plant\'s development, the density of its wood, and the environment in which it is planted are just a few examples of the many factors that can influence how quickly carbon is absorbed by plants. Early ages, between 20 and 50 years, saw the highest levels of carbon sequestration. The yearly biomass carbon sequestration rate was determined by dividing plant age to determine the amount of carbon stored in a given plant. The procedure involved determining:\r\n1. Green weight of the tree\r\n2. Dry weight of the tree\r\n3. Carbon content in the tree\r\nGreen weight of the plant\r\nW = weight of the plant (pounds), D = Diameter of stem (inches), H = Height of the plant (feet). \r\nIf D < 11 then, \r\nW = 0.25D2H (1)\r\nIf D >11 then, \r\nW = 0.15D2 H (2)\r\nThe two equations provided could be viewed as the average of all the equations relating to plant species. Depending on the plant species, the coefficient (for example, 0.25), and D2 and H could be raised to exponents just above or below. 20% of the weight of the tree above ground is made up of its root system. Therefore, the above-ground weight of the tree was multiplied by 120 percent to determine the total green weight of the plant.\r\nDry weight of the tree. The plant\'s weight was multiplied by 72.5% to get the tree\'s dry weight. All species are considered in the calculation, with an average tree having dry matter (72.5%) and moisture (27.5%).\r\nCarbon content in the tree. 50% of the average carbon content is often found in the tree\'s overall volume. Consequently, 50% of the plant\'s dry weight is made up of carbon.\r\nRESULT\r\nThe height, diameter and weight of plant above ground of the different tree species is presented in table 1 and depicted in Fig. 1.\r\nCarbon content in the tree (biomass carbon). In the year 2020-21, research findings as per the data presented in Table 2 and depicted in Fig. 2 revealed that the different tree species influenced the carbon content in the tree (pounds/plant). The maximum carbon content of the tree (2650.38 pounds/plant) was demonstrated by the Moringa oleifera plantation followed by Albizia lebbeck (1572.11 pounds/plant), Azadirachta indica (729.19 pounds/plant), Acacia nilotica (671.03 pounds/plant), Dalbergia sissoo (670.59 pounds/plant), Terminalia arjuna (346.76pounds/plant), Millettia pinnata (269.40 pounds/plant) and Gmelina arborea (138.34 pounds/plant). The minimum carbon content of the tree was found in Justicia adhatoda(3.84 pounds/plant).\r\nA perusal of data during the year 2021-22 of the experiment also observed that the carbon content of the tree (pounds/plant) varies significantly within different tree species. Data presented in Table 2 and Fig. 2 revealed that the highest carbon content of the tree of the plant was observed for Moringa oleifera followed by with a value of (2855.67 pounds/plant), followed by Albizia lebbeck (1703.05 pounds/plant), Azadirachta indica (808.69pounds/plant), Acacia nilotica (737.43 pounds/plant), Dalbergia sissoo (727.09 pounds/plant), Terminalia arjuna (366.00 pounds/plant), Millettia pinnata (295.90 pounds/plant) and Gmelina arborea (157.52 pounds/plant). While the lowest carbon content of the tree was recorded in Justicia adhatoda (5.35 pounds/plant).\r\nThe pooled analysis effect of the carbon content of the tree (pounds/plant) varies within different tree species. Data presented in Table 2 and Fig. 2 revealed that the highest carbon weight of the tree was recorded for Moringa oleifera (2753.02 pounds/plant), followed by Albizia lebbeck (1637.58 pounds/plant), Azadirachta indica (768.94 pounds/plant), Acacia nilotica (704.23 pounds/plant), Dalbergia sissoo (698.84 pounds/plant), Terminalia arjuna (356.38 pounds/plant), Millettia pinnata (282.65 pounds/plant) and Gmelina arborea (147.93 pounds/plant). While the lowest carbon weight of the tree was recorded in Justicia adhatoda (4.59 pounds/plant).\r\nDISCUSSION\r\nThe highest carbon content of the tree (above ground + below ground) in pooled varies significantly and was observed for Moringa oleifera (2753.02 pounds/plant), followed by Albizia lebbeck (1637.58 pounds/plant), Azadirachta indica (768.94 pounds/plant),Acacia nilotica (704.23 pounds/plant), Dalbergia sissoo (698.84 pounds/plant), Terminalia arjuna (356.38 pounds/plant), Millettia pinnata (282.65 pounds/plant) and Gmelina arborea (147.93 pounds/plant). While the lowest carbon content of the tree (above ground + below ground) was recorded in Justicia adhatoda (4.59 pounds/plant). The present study revealed that biomass carbon production levels of different tree species varied with the nature and number of the woody perennial grown. Similar observations for above-ground biomass production (642.32 t ha-1) were recorded by Reddy, et al. (2014), who reported 635.33 t ha-1 as the above-ground biomass production in a hilly zone for teak plantation. Kalita et al. (2016) also reported 32.57 t ha-1 above-ground biomass in tea plantation which was slightly lower than the present study (41.37 t ha-1). The teak plant had a bigger girth and taller height than other plants taken under study. As a result, the teak plantation was found to be maximum in above ground, below ground and total biomass production. Bhardwajand Chandra (2016) also revealed, after 25 years of planting on entisol soil, the biomass and carbon stored in plantations of several tree species were assessed. Compared to the average biomass of all tree species (8.15 q/tree), the highest total biomass was recorded in A. lebbeck and E. globulus, followed by 16.66 q/tree. D. indica and D. sissoo had unsatisfactory results because they produced less biomass in entisol soil. A. lebbeck had the largest estimated total carbon stocks in the plantation (942.50 t/ha), followed by E. globulus (520.62 t/ha), and T. arjuna (143.12 t/ha), A. indica (106.87 t/ha), etc.\r\n', 'Ramswaroop Jat, Y.P. Singh, P.A. Khambalkar and Shankar Lal Yadav (2022). Performance on Biomass Carbon of Tree Species for Rehabilitation of Deep Chambal Ravines of Madhya Pradesh. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 850-854.'),
(5378, '136', 'Genetic Variability Studies on Yield and its Related Traits in Indian Mustard [Brassica juncea]', 'Rahul Kumar, Mukesh Kumar, L.K. Gangwar, S.K. Singh and M.K. Yadav', '144 Genetic Variability Studies on Yield and its Related Traits in Indian Mustard [Brassica juncea] Rahul Kumar.pdf', '', 1, 'Existing nature and magnitude of genetic variability, heritability and genetic advance determines the potential of a crop for being responsive to a breeding programme. It is necessary to study the direct and indirect effects of various components on yield also. An experiment was conducted with 10 parents and their 45 crosses in half diallel fashion in Indian mustard for fourteen quantitative characters. Analysis of variance showed significant variation among the genotypes for all the studied yield and yield contributing characters. The phenotypic co-efficient of variation was higher than the genotypic co-efficient of variation for all the characters measured, indicating that the there was major influence of environment. High heritability coupled with high genetic advance as per cent of mean was observed for the characters like harvest index, biological yield per plant, grain yield per plant, number of secondary branches, thousand seed weight, pod length and number of siliqua on the main shoot. Yield is a complicated trait that is governed by a number of supplementary characters or traits. So the traits which are high heritable or have a positive association or correlation with yield can be used for selection in an indirect way. Hence these traits could be considered as the best for exploiting the higher yields in further breeding programmes.', 'Variability, heritability, genetic advance, yield and Indian mustard', 'By and large, in the present study, higher GCV, high heritability and high genetic advance as percent of mean were observed for harvest index, biological yield per plant, grain yield per plant revealed that simple directional selection would be effective for improving these traits with connotation that genetic variation was mainly due to the presence of additive gene effects.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe oilseed crops Brassica napus, Brassica rapa and Brassica juncea are one of the most important sources of vegetable oil globally. In many countries, canola quality (low erucic acid, low glucosinolates) B. rapa and B. napus are the main Brassica oilseed crops. Indian mustard (Brassica juncea) is an important oil seed crop of the world. It is popularly known as rai, raya or laha in India. It belongs to family Cruciferae. Cytologically, Brassica juncea is a natural amphidiploid (2n= 36) derived from interspecific cross of Brassica campestris (2n= 20) and Brassica nigra (2n= 16) (Nagaharu, 1935). The major rapeseed producing countries are Canada, China, Germany and France. The area, production and productivity of rapeseed-mustard in the world was 36.59 million hectares (M ha), 72.37 million tonnes (M t) and 1980 kg/ha, respectively, during 2018-19. India occupies the first position in area and second position in production of mustard after China. Globally, India account for 19.8 % and 9.8% of the total acreage and production (USDA). In India, Soybean, groundnut and rapeseed-mustard contributes nearly 84% and 88% to its total acreage and production, respectively (Average of 2014-15 to 2018-19). The major rapeseed-mustard growing states in India are Rajasthan (44.97% area), Uttar Pradesh (10.60%), Madhya Pradesh (11.32%) and Haryana (12.44%) (https://www.drmr.res.in/about_rmcrop.php).\r\nFor measurement of genetic variability, several biometric tools such as genetic parameters like the genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV), phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV), heritability and genetic advance (GA) are being used ( Manjunath et al., 2017). Coefficient of variation is helpful in exposing and understanding the clear picture of existing variability within the population. An estimate of genetic advance along with heritability is helpful in assessing the reliability of character for selection. By intermating of superior genotypes of segregating population (developed from combination breeding), the character showing high heritability along with low genetic advance can be improved (Synrem et al., 2014). The biological method of nanoparticle synthesis is a relatively simple, cheap and environmentally friendly method (Kumar et al., 2017). Chakraborty et al. (2021) conclude that significant genetic variation among the genotypes and the traits. The study of contributing characters of the yield can prove to be beneficial in studying the genetic architecture of yield. As a result, a plant breeder would be able to breed for high yielding genotypes with desired combination of traits (Khan and Dar 2010). \r\n\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS \r\nForty five crosses were made among ten parents during rabi season 2020- 2021 and a set of 55 genotypes comprising of ten parents and their 45 F1 s were sown in randomized block design (RBD) with three replications. Each genotype was sown in three rows each of 5 meter length with a spacing 45 × 15 cm at CRC, SVPUAT, Meerut. All recommended package of practices has been followed to retain a good crop. Five competitive plants were randomly selected for each genotype from each replication. Data on several observations viz., days to 50% flowering, days to maturity, plant height (cm), number of primary branches per plant, number of secondary branches per plant, number of pods on main shoot, length of main shoot, pod length (cm), number of seeds per pod, test weight (g), biological yield per plant (g), harvest index (%), oil content (%), grain yield per plant (g) was recorded. The characters viz., days to 50% flowering and days to maturity were recorded on per plot basis. Means were computed and data were analysed for variances by Panse and Sukhatme (1967) and coefficient of variation as suggested by Burton (1952) and heritability (broad sense) as the ratio of genotypic to phenotypic variance. The expected genetic advance and genetic advance as per cent of mean was calculated as per the procedure of Johnson et al., (1955). All the statistical analysis was conducted by IBM SPSS 22 statistical package (IBM Cooperation, 2019).\r\nRESULTS \r\nAnalysis of variance (ANOVA) for different characters is being presented in Table 1. The results revealed highly significant differences among the material used in the current investigation for all yield related traits viz., days to 50% flowering, days to maturity, plant height, number of primary branches per plant, number of secondary branches per plant, numbers of pods on main shoot, length of main shoot, pod length, number of seeds per pod, test weight, biological yield per plant, harvest index, oil content and grain yield per plant components, among parents, crosses and parents vs crosses, which showed significant differences for all the traits.\r\nThe results of variability, heritability and genetic advance as percentage of mean are presented in Table 2. In the present study, the genotypic coefficients of variation (GCV) for all the characters studied were found to be lesser than the phenotypic coefficients of variation (PCV) indicating the modifying effect of the environment in association with the characters at genotypic level. The difference between magnitude of genotypic and phenotypic coefficient of variation showed low difference for all the characters studied that indicated that there was good correspondence between genotypic and phenotypic expression of traits with low effect of environmental factors operating on the traits. The highest estimate of coefficient of variation was registered for harvest index (GCV = 27.34%; PCV = 27.67%) followed by biological yield per plant (GCV = 24.30%; PCV = 24.64%), grain yield per plant (GCV = 20.52%; PCV = 20.93%), which indicated that the vast inherent variability, that remained unaffected by environmental conditions among the genotypes, was present there, which in turn can be more useful for exploitation in hybridization and/or selection. Our results are in line as per findings for high variance in biological yield per plant was reported by Bind et al. (2014), Seed yield per plant was observed by Singh et al. (2018), Kumar et al. (2018) and Singh et al.(2019) and harvest index was reported by Swetha et al. (2019).\r\nModerate estimates of coefficients of variation were observed for number of secondary branches (GCV = 15.36%; PCV = 15.97%) followed by pod length (GCV = 13.59%; PCV = 14.28%), thousand seed weight (GCV = 13.40%; PCV = 14.06%), number of pods on the main shoot (GCV = 12.03%; PCV = 12.79%) and number of primary branches (GCV = 10.06%; PCV = 10.90%). These results showed that sufficient variability was present there for attempting selections to improve these traits in the genotypes studied. On the other side, moderate PCV and low estimates of GCV were recorded for number of seeds per pod (GCV = 9.90%; PCV = 10.74%) followed by main shoot length (GCV = 9.79%; PCV = 10.61%), Whereas low GCV and PCV was seen for days to 50% flowering (GCV = 7.96%; PCV = 8.96%), plant height (GCV = 7.09%; PCV = 8.16%), days to maturity (GCV = 3.07%; PCV = 3.51%) and oil content (GCV = 1.19%; PCV = 1.34%) indicating a narrow range of variability for these traits there by restricting or limiting the scope for selection which were also reported by Gadi et al. (2020).\r\nIn the present study, the heritability ranged from 75.63% (plant height) to 97.61% (harvest index). High heritability (> 80%) was observed for characters such as harvest index (97.61%) followed by the biological yield per plant (97.33), grain yield per plant (96.11), number of secondary branches (92.52), thousand seed weight (90.89), pod length (90.63), number of siliqua on the main shoot (88.46). Singh et al. (2018) Kumar et al. (2018) Ray et al. (2019) corrobates the similar finding. While number of primary branches (85.15), main shoot length (85.11) and number of seeds per pod (84.94), while oil content (79.36) followed by the days to flowering (79.04), days to maturity (76.60) and plant height (75.63) showed moderate heritability (60 – 80%).\r\nHigh genetic advance as percent of mean (> 20%) was recorded for harvest index (55.64) followed by biological yield per plant (49.40), grain yield per plant (41.43), number of secondary branches (30.44), pod length (26.65), thousand seed weight (26.32) and number of pods on the main shoot (23.31). Moderate genetic advance as percent of mean (10 -20%) is for in number of primary branches per plant (19.12) followed by number of seeds per siliqua (18.80), the main shoot length (18.60), days to 50 % flowering (14.59) and plant height (12.71), whereas days to maturity (5.54) and oil content (2.19) exhibited low genetic advance as percent of mean (>10%). \r\nHigh heritability coupled with high genetic advance as per cent of mean was observed for the characters like harvest index, biological yield per plant, grain yield per plant, number of secondary branches, thousand seed weight, pod length and number of siliqua on the main shoot. On the other side, High heritability coupled with moderate genetic advance as per cent of mean was found for number of primary branches and main shoot length. While moderate heritability coupled with moderate genetic advance as per cent of mean was observed days to 50 % flowering, plant height whereas, moderate heritability coupled with low genetic advance as per cent of mean was observed for oil content and days to maturity. In a study conducted by Kaur et al (2022), High heritability along with high genetic advance (GA) was observed for siliquae/ plant, biological yield/ plant and test weight (TW). Singh et al. (2018) Kumar et al. (2018) Ray et al. (2019) and Tiwari (2019) have also reported the same results.\r\nHeritability is the heritable portion of phenotypic variance. It is a good index of transmission of characters from parents to their offspring. The estimates of heritability can prove to be useful for plant breeders in selection of elite genotypes from divergent population. Heritability does not provide any indication towards the amount of genetic progress that would result in selecting best individual rather it depends upon the amount of genetic advance. Hence, for selection of elite genotypes, high heritability coupled with high genetic advance as percent of mean could be considered. In the present investigation, high heritability coupled with high genetic advance as percent of mean were recorded for harvest index, biological yield per plant, grain yield per plant, number of secondary branches, thousand seed weight, pod length and number of pods on the main shoot which indicated that the traits were controlled majorly by the predominance of additive gene effects thus suggesting the early and simple selection could be exercised due to fixable additive gene effects. High heritability coupled with moderate genetic advance was registered for number of primary branches and main shoot length. indicating that the character is governed by additive genes and may express consistently in succeeding generations, leading to greater efficiency of breeding programme. Moderate heritability coupled with moderate genetic advance as percent of mean was observed for days to 50 % flowering, plant height indicating that both additive and non-additive gene actions had a role in inheritance and phenotypic selection would be effective.\r\nBy and large, in the present study, higher GCV, high heritability and high genetic advance as percent of mean were observed for harvest index, biological yield per plant, grain yield per plant revealed that simple directional selection would be effective for improving these traits with connotation that genetic variation was mainly due to the presence of additive gene effects.\r\n', 'Rahul Kumar, Mukesh Kumar, L.K. Gangwar, S.K. Singh and M.K. Yadav (2022). Genetic Variability Studies on Yield and its Related Traits in Indian Mustard [Brassica juncea]. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 855-858.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5379, '136', 'Influence of Integrated Nutrient Management on Seed Yield of Okra under Palam Valley of North Western Himalayas', 'Ayush Paul, R.K. Kataria and Anubhav Thakur', '145 Influence of Integrated Nutrient Management on Seed Yield of Okra under Palam Valley of North Western Himalayas Anubhav Thakur.pdf', '', 1, 'A field experiment was conducted to study the effect of different quantity of farm yard manure, vermicompost and fertilisers on the seed yield in okra at the experimental farm of Seed Science & Technology department at Palampur. Different seed yield parameters namely days to complete emergence, plant height, capsule length, capsules per plant, and seeds per capsule, shelling percentage & harvest index were recorded. The total number of treatments were ten viz; T1: FYM @ 10t/ha + 75% RDF, T2: FYM @ 10t/ha + 100% RDF (75:50:50), T3: Vermicompost @ 5t/ha + 75% RDF, T4: Vermicompost @ 5t/ha + 100% RDF, T5: FYM @ 5t/ha + Vermicompost 2.5t/ha + 75% RDF, T6: FYM @ 5t/ha + Vermicompost 2.5t/ha + 100% RDF, T7: FYM @ 5t/ha + Fortified Vermicompost 2.5t/ha + 75% RDF, T8: FYM @ 5t/ha + Fortified Vermicompost 2.5t/ha + 100% RDF, T9: FYM @ 5t/ha + Vermicompost 2.5t/ha, T10: FYM @ 10t/ha + Fortified Vermicompost 5t/ha. Treatment T8which consisted of FYM @ 5t/ha + Fortified Vermicompost 2.5t/ha + 100% RDF was found significantly superior for seed yield parameters in comparison to other treatments.', 'FYM, Okra, Seed Yield, Treatment', 'Therefore, from the present investigation it can be concluded that seed yield, yield contributing characters such as number of capsules, length of capsules, number of seeds per capsule, recovery and shelling percentage were affected significantly by different treatment combinations. Keeping in these observations it can be recommended that treatment T8 i.e. FYM 5t/ha + Fortified Vermicompost 2.5t/ha + 100% RDF can be used in cultural practices. Further research can be carried out using these treatments in others crops.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nOkra (Abelmoschus esculentus L.) commonly known as Bhindi or lady’s finger belongs to family Malvaceae and is a fast-growing annual vegetable crop grown in tropical and sub-tropical regions of world. It is considered as an important vegetable crop cultivated almost across the country under various agro -climatic conditions. India is the major producer of okra (73.2%) in the world followed by Nigeria (12.1%) and Sudan (3.2%), respectively. In India okra is cultivated over an area of 519000 hectares with estimated production of 6371000 MT (Anonymous, 2020). It is a widely adopted and popular vegetable in Indian households and can be grown in summer and rainy seasons throughout the country. Okra is adaptative up to 1523 m above mean sea level in the Shivalik Hills. In Himachal Pradesh, it covers an area of 3920 ha with a total production of 60,950 tonnes (Anonymous, 2020). However, productivity of okra is shallow in Himachal Pradesh in comparison to other states. The main cause for low productivity is poor organic matter status of soil due to misappropriate application of major nutrients in continuous cropping systems. After the occurrence of green revolution, use of synthetic fertilizers was popularized however, today India stands self-sufficient in food grain production, therefore, addition of organic matter either in the form of crop residues or farmyard manure/vermicompost are important sources for supplementing plant nutrients and maintaining of soil fertility. Vermicompost is a type of bio-fertilizer and it is rich in humus and nitrogen fixing microorganisms. Use of fortified vermicompost has a great significance in organic farming as it plays a therapeutic and nutritional role in enhancing the growth, quality and yield of vegetable crops. Bio-fertilizers are gaining importance because they have low cost, non-residual toxicity and have good ability to augment soil fertility and also provide high returns under favourable conditions.\r\nNeither inorganic nor organic amendments solo can prolong organic matter status of soil and maintain the productivity in a particular area and crop. Okra being a nutrient livening crop responds well to added nutrient, in soil. Thus, the integrated nutrient supply system involving the combined use of bio -fertilizers, organic and chemical sources has been considered as best choice for meeting out the nutrient requirement of the crop and ultimately increasing the seed yield.\r\nKeeping in view these factors, the present investigation was conducted at Experiment Farm of Department of Seed Science and Technology, College of Agriculture, Chaudhary Sarwan Kumar Himachal Pradesh Krishi Vishvavidyalaya, Palampur during Kharif 2018 season to study the influence of integrated nutrient management on quality and seed yield of okra in the palm valley under mid hill conditions of Himachal Pradesh.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experimental farm was located at 32°6\' N latitude and 76°3\' E longitude with a height of 1290.8 m above mean sea level in North Western Himalaya. During the crop season (June 2018 to Oct 2018) the weekly maximum and minimum temperature ranged between 23.6 to 32.9 ◦C and 10.1 to 20.6 ◦C respectively. The weekly relative humidity in morning and evening ranged between 28.1 to 98.3 and 20.0 to 87.6 per cent. The mean weekly sunshine hours ranged from 0.5 to 9.5 hours during the growing season. The soil of experimental site was silty laom in texture, slightly acidic in nature and classified as Typic Hapludalf as per the taxonomic system of soil classification. The Nitrogen content at the initiation of experiment was 294.6 Kg ha-1, available phosphorus was 15.6 Kg ha-1 and available potassium was 184.2 Kg ha-1.The experiment was laid out in Randomized Block design comprising of ten treatment combination and replicated four times. The experiment consisted of 10 treatments viz. T1: FYM @ 10t/ha + 75% RDF, T2: FYM @ 10t/ha + 100% RDF (75:50:50), T3: Vermicompost @ 5t/ha + 75% RDF, T4: Vermicompost @ 5t/ha + 100% RDF, T5: FYM @ 5t/ha + Vermicompost 2.5t/ha + 75% RDF, T6: FYM @ 5t/ha + Vermicompost 2.5t/ha + 100% RDF, T7: FYM @ 5t/ha + Fortified Vermicompost 2.5t/ha + 75% RDF, T8: FYM @ 5t/ha + Fortified Vermicompost 2.5t/ha + 100% RDF, T9: FYM @ 5t/ha + Vermicompost 2.5t/ha, T10: FYM @ 10t/ha + Fortified Vermicompost 5t/ha (Table 1). For sowing P-8 variety is used. Before sowing okra seeds were treated with bavistin @2.5 gram/kg. \r\nHand ploughing method is used for sowing with a seed rate of 10kg/ha. Row to Row distance used was 45 cm and plant to plant distance was 15 cm with a depth of 4-5 cm and seeds are covered with soil appropriately. \r\nData was recorded on various parameters like days to complete emergence, number of capsules per plant, plant height (cm), capsule length (cm), Number of seeds/ capsule, 100 seed weight (g), Seed yield - raw seed yield & graded seed yield, seed recovery (%), shelling percentage (%), harvest Index.\r\nSeed recovery percentage was calculated by using following formula:\r\n \r\nUnder laboratory conditions seed were tested for germination after harvesting of crops.\r\nGermination test was conducted in four replications of 50 seeds each by adapting between paper (BP) method as described by ISTA procedures. Each treatment seeds were placed in moist germination paper in incubator at 30℃. Per cent normal seedlings were recorded after 4 days and final count was recorded 21 days after seeding. The germination percentage was calculated as:\r\n After harvest available NPK in soil is also calculated. Data was analysed using OPSTAT software (Sheoran et al., 1998).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nData on days to complete emergence is presented in Table 2. Days to complete emergence was not affected by different nutrient management treatments. This could be due to the availability of sufficient moisture content in the soil at time of sowing. Same results were also recorded by Maheshbabu et al. (2008); Devi et al., (2013) in soybean. Similar results were reported in 100 seed weight (g) because test weight is a varietal character and is less sensitive to management practices (Table 2). On the other hand, Plant height was significantly affected by treatments. After 30 DAS significantly higher plant height was observed in treatment T8 while lowest was reported in T9 (Table 2). More plant height was due to proper nutrition availability which resulted in increase in vegetative growth of the plants. These results were in similarity with the finding of Prasad and Naik (2013); Singh et al. (2018) in okra and broccoli. Capsules per plant is most important factor of yield in okra and it was significantly influenced by combined application of chemical fertilizers, vermicompost and biofertilizer. More number of capsules/ plant were recorded in treatment T8 and lowest was recorded in T9 (Table 2). Similar findings with higher number of capsules per plant by integrated application of fertilizers has also been recorded by Meena et al. (2022) and Sonwami et al. (2022) in okra. Different treatments also have significant effect on capsule length and number of seeds per capsule. More capsule length and number of seeds per capsule was recorded in treatment T8 (Table 2). \r\nThis could be due to the higher nutrient use in case of vermicompost fortified with PSB, Azotobacter, and Trichoderma which resulted into early establishment, vigorous and enhanced vegetative growth leading to longer and wider fruits which also resulted into a greater number of seeds per capsule. These finding are also in similarity with finding of (Rana et al., 2018; Kumar et al., 2022) in okra. Use of farm yard manure, vermicompost and fertilizers (T8) had significantly affected the seed yield i.e., raw and graded seed yield (Table 3 & Fig. 1). The main reason for this could be rapid mineralization and constant supply of nutrients from Farm yard manure and vermicompost, which might have met the nitrogen requirement of crop at critical stage. Farm yard manure also acts as nutrient reservoir and upon degradation produces organic acids, thereby absorbed released during entire growth period leading to more growth and better yield components. Same finding was also reported by Chaudhary et al., (2015); Masud et al. (2022). Shelling percentage & Harvest Index had also showed the similar patterns. T8 treatment had shown the highest shelling percentage (61.6%) and harvest index (0.44) as compared to other treatments (Table 3). Same scenario was also concluded by Sharma et al. (2022) in pea. \r\n', 'Ayush Paul, R.K. Kataria and Anubhav Thakur (2022). Influence of Integrated Nutrient Management on Seed Yield of Okra under Palam Valley of North Western Himalayas. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 859-862.'),
(5380, '136', 'Survey, Symptomatology and Host Range of Yellow Vein Mosaic Disease in Pumpkin', 'Anjaneya Reddy B., Chethan T.R., Ramachandra R.K. , Manjunath Reddy T.B., Mohan Kumar S. and Krishna Reddy M.', '146 Survey, Symptomatology and Host Range of Yellow Vein Mosaic Disease in Pumpkin Anjaneya Reddy B.pdf', '', 1, 'The pumpkin is an important vegetable crop in southern India due to its nutritional value. The yellow mosaic disease, transmitted by Bemisia tabaci is a serious disease at many locations. The survey was conducted during kharif 2016-17 to determine the prevalence of incidence of mosaic disease in major pumpkin growing districts namely, Chikkaballapura, Kolar, Bengaluru rural and Tumkuru. The per cent incidence of mosaic disease based on symptoms in field noticed was highest in Kolar (22.30 %) and the least incidence of mosaic disease was observed in Chikkaballapura (19.20%). The symptoms includes mottled leaves with areas of tonal differences in color, shriveled, puckered, or contorted leaves, vein yellowing, Infected plants were stunted and flowers drop prematurely. Host range studies under glasshouse conditions revealed that PYVMD is transmitted artificially by whitefly, Bemisia tabaci. Among 22 host plants tested, 3 plant species, Luffa acutangula (L.) Roxb.] (ridge gourd), Cucumis pepo L. (squash), Legenaria sciceraria (Molina.) Standl. (bottle gourd) were infected with the pumpkin yellow vein mosaic virus disease. The disease was prevalent in all the fields visited with the disease incidence of up to 22.30 per cent and the few cucurbitaceous hosts will serve as reservoirs for the virus.', 'Pumpkin, PYVMD, Bemisia tabaci, host range and survey ', 'It is concluded that the PYVMV is prevalent in all the districts surveyed with the disease incidence up to 38.10 per cent. The symptoms of yellow veins in the initial stages followed by yellow mosaic and yellowing are the common symptoms and among the different plant species tested three crop plants viz., Luffa acutangula (L.) Roxb.] (ridge gourd), Cucumis pepo L.(squash), Legenaria siceraria (Molina.) Standl. (bottle gourd) are the reservoirs of the virus. There is a need for continuous monitoring of the virus related to it\'s host range both the crop varieties and the weed hosts for effective management of the disease.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nPumpkin (Cucurbita moschata Duch. Ex Poir) is an important vegetable crop in India and is grown extensively throughout the year in different parts of the country. It is one of the most popular summer vegetables grown on commercial scale. The crop is also extensively grown in United States of America, Mexico and China. In India, it is mainly grown in Odisha, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, West Bengal, Chhattisgarh, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Kerala and Bihar. In India, pumpkin is cultivated over an area of 67640 ha, with a total production of 1508990 mt and the productivity is about 22.31 mt/ha (Anon., 2016). The crop is cultivated over an area of 1480 ha in Karnataka with the production of 64870 tonnes and productivity of 25.74 t/ha. In Karnataka the major pumpkin growing districts are Hassan, Mandya, Kolar, Haveri, Koppal, Bagalkot, Kolar, Chikkaballpur (Anon., 2006).\r\nThe fruits are having creamy orange color flesh and almost all parts of plant are edible. The fruit contains protein 1.0 g, moisture 91.5 per cent, fat 0.1 g, carbohydrate 6.5g, energy 26 k cal, cholesterol 0 mg, dietary fiber 0.5 g, Vitamin A (7384 mg/100g, Vitamin C (9.0 mg/100g), Vitamin E (1.06 mg/100g), riboflavin 0.110 g, potassium 340 mg, phosphorous 44 mg, iron 0.8 mg and magnesium 12 mg for 100 g edible portion. Because of its high carotene content and good keeping quality, it is considered as vegetable of immense value. The crop has been reported to be affected with a number of diseases. Among them viral diseases are known to cause severe yield losses.\r\n Pumpkin Yellow Vein Mosaic Disease (PYVMD) is an important disease infecting the plants at all stages of growth and is responsible for the distortion and mottling of fruits, which is unmarketable (Nath, 1994). The casual virus is designated as “Pumpkin Yellow Vein Mosaic Disease” (PYVMD) and occurrence of this disease was first reported by Varma (1955) from New Delhi; Capoor and Ahmad (1975) from Pune, Maharashtra; Bharghava and Bharghava (1977) from Uttar Pradesh; Ghosh and Mukhyopadhyay (1979) from West Bengal; Latha and Gopalkrishnan (1993) from Kerala; Babhitha (1996), Jayashree et al. (1999) and Muniyappa et al. (2003) from Karnataka. In 1990 a severe epidemic of leaf curl in muskmelon (Cucumis melo L.) and yellow vein mosaic in pumpkin, caused by begomoviruses, appeared in northern India (Varma, 1990). This epidemic was caused due to increase in whitefly populations early in the cucurbit-growing season. Since then, disease caused by begomoviruses have emerged as a major constraint in the production of a variety of cucurbits in India (Varma and Giri 1998; Muniyappa et al., 2003; Varma and Malathi, 2003).\r\nTwo species of geminiviruses, with bipartite genome, causing PYVM have been reported from India. Tomato leaf curl New Delhi virus-India (Maruthi et al., 2007) has been reported from North India and squash leaf curl China virus-India, from South India. Later, bipartite Squash leaf curl Palampur virus was also reported to be associated with PYVM (Jaiswal et al., 2011). Most of the viruses causing yellow vein mosaic in crop pants belong to genus begomovirus. Taking the severity of the disease in the field in to consideration the work on survey, symptomatology and host range of PYVMV was taken up.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nA roving survey was conducted during 2016-17 to determine the prevalence of incidence of mosaic disease in major pumpkin growing districts of Southern Karnataka (Chikkaballapura, Kolar, Bengaluru Rural and Tumkuru). Plants were observed for the typical symptoms viz., yellowing of veins, mosaic symptoms, mottling etc. For each one acre of field five randomly selected sites (10m × 10m) were selected and the average disease incidence was calculated using the following formula.\r\nPer cent disease incidence (PDI) = \r\n\r\n \r\nTo study the host range for PYVMD and to determine the natural reservoirs of PYVMD, the different plants belong to family solanaceae like tomato, brinjal, chilli, capsicum and cucurbitaceae like bottle gourd, ridge gourd, bitter gourd, watermelon, cucumber, muskmelon and other crops like tobacco, okra, french bean, soya bean, green gram, black gram and also the other weed hosts, which were found in and around the field were inoculated by using viruliferous whiteflies as described by Sohrab (2005). The plants were kept in insect proof net house and observed for symptom expression and the symptoms were recorded. Later the details on date of inoculation, days for symptom expression and number of plants infected and per cent transmission also was recorded.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe survey was undertaken in four different districts in southern Karnataka. In Kolar district, the percent disease incidence was ranged from 16.30 to 38.10 per cent and in Chikkaballapura district the percent disease incidence was ranged from 14.50 to 22.60 per cent, in Tumkuru district the per cent disease incidence was ranged from 12.70 to 36.30 per cent, and in Bengaluru district the per cent disease incidence was ranged from 12.70 to 28.10 percent (Table 1, Fig. 1 and Plate 1). The disease incidence was varied from taluk to taluk in different districts. This difference may be attributed to different climatic factors, vectors activity, different cultivars and different cultivation practices followed. It may also be due to variation in plant protection practices followed by the farmers, low quality seeds. The similar work was carried out by Namrata (2012), conducted roving survey, pumpkin plants exhibited different kinds of symptoms such as severe yellow-vein mosaics accompanied by leaf curl and stunted growth. The incidence of symptomatic plants varied between fields at different locations and it was ranged from 40 to 80 per cent in monocropping system. Rekha et al. (2005) conducted survey in pumpkin-growing areas of Karnataka to assess the incidence and severity indicated that PYVMD incidences ranged from 45 to 100% in Kunigal and Nagamangala taluks of Tumkur and Mandya districts. Therefore, the natural incidence of pumpkin yellow vein mosaic virus disease would vary from field to field in the surveyed area. \r\nThe symptoms of disease started occurring on 11th day of inoculation and symptoms includes the development of yellow vein mosaic. The diseased plants show vein yellowing, later coalesces to form chlorotic patches. Infected plants stunted in growth and flowers drop prematurely, greatly reducing yields. The entire plants will become yellow vein mosaic in 24-30 days (Plate 2). Similar symptoms of stunted growth, vein yellowing, chlorotic patches, premature flower drop were reported by Muniyappa et al. (2003).\r\nTo identify the natural reservoirs and those susceptible to virus, the host range study of the virus was conducted. Twenty two different plant species belong to family solanaceae like tomato, brinjal, potato, chilli, capsicum and cucurbitaceous crops like bottle gourd, ridge gourd, bitter gourd, watermelon, cucumber, muskmelon and other crops like tobacco, okra, french bean, soya bean, green gram, black gram and also the weed species like Acalypha indica L., Euphorbia geniculata Orteg., Chenopodium amaranticolor, Datura metel L. Parthenium hysterophorus L. from among these only three plant species viz., Luffa acutangula (L.) Roxb.] (ridge gourd), Cucumis pepo L.(squash), Legenaria segeraria (Molina.) Standl. (bottle gourd) have showed virus infection. None of the other plant species including weed species were showed any symptoms (Table 2 and Plate 2). Among the different plant species only three plant species viz., Luffa acutangula (L.) Roxb.] (ridge gourd), Cucumis pepo L. (squash), Legenaria siceraria (Molina.) Standl. (bottle gourd) have showed virus infection (Plate 2). None of the other plant species including weed species were showed any symptoms. This showed that the virus mainly confined to important cucurbitaceous species only. Similarly Muniyappa et al. (2003), studied forty-three crop plants, including 11 ornamental and 13 weed species belonging to 16 families to test their susceptibility to PYVMD. Of all the plants tested few cucurbits viz., summer squash (100%), winter squash (100%), bottle gourd (96%) and N. tabacum, varieties like White Burley and Xanthi., were infected with 7 % and 42% respectively.\r\n \r\n \r\n\r\n', 'Anjaneya Reddy B., Chethan T.R., Ramachandra R.K., Manjunath Reddy T.B., Mohan Kumar S. and Krishna Reddy M. (2022). Survey, Symptomatology and Host Range of Yellow Vein Mosaic Disease in Pumpkin. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 863-867.'),
(5381, '136', 'Impact of Training Need for Papaya Growers in Begusarai District of Bihar', 'Raju Kumar, M.N. Ansari, Mahesh Kumar and Nirala Kumar', '147 Impact of Training Need for Papaya Growers in Begusarai District of Bihar Kumar Raju.pdf', '', 1, 'Papaya is an important and vital table fruit crop of tropical and sub-tropical countries. According to the research, the respondents (61.67%) indicated a medium need for training, which was followed by low and high needs for training (20% and 18.33%, respectively). Additionally, the results showed that all of the chosen papaya farmers gave training in plant protection measures top priority, followed by the areas of high producing varieties and manures and fertilizer management, respectively. Seed treatment was ranked fourth with a mean score of 2.13, followed by weed management in fifth place with a mean score of 2.07, marketing and storage in sixth place with a mean score of 1.93, sowing techniques and timing in seventh place with a mean score of 1.82, raising seedlings in eighth place with a mean score of 1.78, and seed bed preparation in ninth place with a mean score of 1.73. Other significant areas are the timing and manner of transplanting (10th rank), management of irrigation and drainage (11st rank), post-harvest management (12th rank), and marketing & storage (13th rank), all of which show mean scores of 1.62, 1.60, and 1.58, respectively. The study\'s findings regarding plant protection measures showed that papaya growers prioritized the identification of the most common insect pests and diseases as their top priority, followed by knowledge of the use of different insecticides and pesticides and the residual effects of those chemicals as their second and third priorities, respectively. The overall training need of papaya growers was found to be of medium level. Though the present paper attempts to examine the training need of papaya growers of Bihar, the study was confined to Begusarai District of Bihar. Hence, generalization on this could be restricted to other areas with similar condition. The findings of the study were based on verbal appearance of the respondents, therefore the findings were conditioned by the extent of reliable and valid in rank provided by those selected for the purpose of investigation.', 'Training need, Papaya training need, Impact of training on papaya production', 'From this study it is found that The respondents (61.67%) indicated a medium need for training, followed by low need (20.00%) and high need (18.33%), in that order. The survey found that the greatest number, or 76.67% of papaya producers, needed the most training in papaya plant protection measures, followed by high producing varieties (71.67%) and 46.67% of papaya growers, who needed the most training in manure and fertilizer management. The priority themes in the training programme for better papaya cultivation should include, in descending order: plant protection measures, high yielding variety, manures & fertilizer management, seed treatment, weed management, marketing and storage, sowing methods and sowing time, raising seedling, seed bed preparation, transplanting method and time, irrigation and drainage management, post harvesting management and harvesting. Within the constraints of a student researcher, this investigation was completed within the allotted time and budget. Survey and action research, however, have more room to grow in this area. Only one district was the focus of the investigation. To verify the results and pinpoint particular issues facing papaya producers, this might be expanded to include all of the state\'s significant papaya-growing districts. To persuade the farmers of the possible yield realizations with the current technology alone, action research to show the technologies at farmers\' fields on a broad scale may be conducted. The study has implication for the planners and policy makers specially related to increase in production and productivity of papaya in a better organized manner considering the commercial impact and crop diversification aspect in future. Specific papaya cultivation zones can be developed in the state based on various resource availability.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nFruit cultivation was crucial to agricultural diversity and the provision of food and nourishment for the world\'s population, which is constantly expanding. Fruit crops thrive in Bihar\'s agro-climatic conditions, which are very favourable. The state is third in the nation for vegetable output and fourth for fruit production. The papaya, or Carica papaya, has a prominent place among the fruits. Similar to the banana, it is readily accessible all year long and is simple to grow. Only the banana generates more money per square foot and has more nutritional and therapeutic value. The pharmaceutical, textile, apparel, and other sectors all utilize it.\r\nWith an annual output of over 5.988 million tones and a surface area of 0.138 million hectares, India is the world\'s top producer of papaya (Horticulture Statistics at a Glance-2018). Gujarat and Andhra Pradesh are the two states that generate the most papaya in our nation (1.68 million tonnes each) (1.257 million tons). Bihar produces almost 0.043 million tonnes of papaya over an area of 1900 acres, placing it in 15th place overall (Horticulture Statistics at a Glance-2018). Papaya is mostly grown in the districts of Vaishali, Samastipur, Begusarai, Patna, and Muzaffarpur in Bihar. Bihar has a lower papaya output on average than the rest of the country. However, if the present technology is efficiently distributed to the farmers, papaya yield might be significantly boosted. Our training programmes need to focus more on transferring new technology from the confines of laboratories and research institute to the farmers and make then result oriented. The profitability of papaya farming still has to be improved, however this is due to the numerous production and marketing-related challenges that papaya producers must overcome. As a result, in order to increase papaya output and productivity, papaya producers must receive the most up-to-date training in growing techniques. Training in organizational skills is intended to put information into practise rather than to impart it. Every training session must increase output. Application is more important than theory. The main goal of training is to increase performance. Training need is a gap between the existing and desired level of competency of farmers. As a result, if the gap is substantial, training is required since farmers\' knowledge, attitude, and abilities fall short of what is expected. The current study was conducted with all of these factors in mind in order to identify the training need for enhanced papaya farming and plant protection strategies for papaya producers. According to a study by Kumari and Laxmikant (2016), beekeepers need the most training in a variety of areas to protect themselves from pests, diseases, and other risks. These areas were followed by the beekeeping industry, beehive products and the value of their extraction, processing, and medicinal uses, management of bee colonies throughout the year, and basic tasks. Sharma (2016) found that the majority of marigold producers need instruction in 64% of cases. The farmers discussed how they would like to be trained in many areas, including plant protection, nursery management, fertilizer management, field management, and marketing management. The results of a correlation study showed that education, farm size, yearly income, decision-making behaviour, risk orientation, and marketing orientation were all positively and substantially connected with training needs, whereas age and caste were not. Sharma and Sharma (2014) found that all krishi input merchants (100%) believed that training was necessary in the seed-related sub-areas of type, germination power, viability, and enhanced crop varieties included in the top rank. All respondents (100%) said that there was a need for training in the sub-areas of fertilizer, such as fertilizer type, fertilizer composition, fertilizer application techniques, fertilizer dose calculation, and bio-fertilizer mentioned in the top three. Similarily, all Krishi input dealers (100%) perceived training needs in seed sub-areas such as kind of pesticides, calculation of pesticide dose/ha, major crops pests, and pests management by pesticides included in top rank. According to Verma et al. (2013) research, determining the need for training is the first and most important step in programme development. To fit and be effective in doing their jobs, they need receive suitable training based on their needs, which would assist to enhance output. Following the management of fertilizer, nursery growing, marketing, and field management, the farmers identified a need for instruction on plant protection. It also showed that more than three-fifths of marigold producers (61.66%) fit into the medium category, while 20.00% and 18.34% of marigold growers, respectively, were placed under the high and low groups of training needs. According to Verma and Ansari (2013), all of the chosen potato producers placed the area of high yielding variety as their second top priority after training in plant protection measures. The seed treatment was ranked third in terms of the training requirements for potato producers, behind sowing technique and sowing window. According to the order of merit and their average mean scores of 2.38, 2.31, and 1.88, respectively, the manures and fertilizer management, irrigation and drainage, and weed management were afterwards identified as the key related training requirements areas among the potato producers. The survey found that potato producers desired knowledge on the use of different insecticides and pesticides, the identification of common insect pests and diseases, the causes of spread, as well as the timing and technique of treatment. According to Naik (2006) research, 43.34 percent of groundnut farmers fell into the medium training needs group, followed by the high (29.33%) and low (27.33%) categories. According to Maneria, et al. (2002), the majority of respondents, or 62.50 percent, fall into the medium level of training need category, while 20.83 percent were kept in the high level of training need category, and the remaining 16.67 percent had low level training needs regarding soybean production technology. According to Leihaothabam et al. (2002), the majority of the farmers had medium level (58.33%) of training needs followed by low level (23.34%) and high level (18.33%) of training needs.\r\nMETHODOLOGY\r\nBegusarai district of Bihar state has been identified as the area for present research work in view of its importance in terms of area and total production of papaya crop in the state. There are eighteen blocks in Begusarai district. Five of the eighteen blocks that had the most land planted with papayas were chosen. Two villages from each of the five blocks that had the most land planted in papaya were chosen. Ten communities in all were thus chosen as example villages for this study. There were taken six papaya farmers from each of the chosen villages. Thus a total number of sixty papaya growers was constitute as the sample for the present study and the survey details are presented in Table 1.\r\nAccording to the results in Table 2, the majority of respondents (61.67%) fell into the category of medium need for training, while 20.00% went into the area of low need, and the remaining 18.33% fell into the category of high need. Due to the farmers\' medium level of education, moderate level of extension interaction, moderate level of economic motivation, preference for high risk situations, and small and marginal agricultural holdings, the demand for training was determined to be in the high category. As a result, the government must focus more on implementing need-based training programmes that include course material organized according to the primary areas that have been identified. The urgent need is for district-level extension and training centres to be established, along with vigorous attempts to expand their services to farmers. The results were in line with Adebisi-Adelani et al. (2020); Pale et al. (2019); Pujari et al. (2018); Sahoo and Satapathy (2021); Verma and Ansari (2013). \r\nFurther, the data relevant to the various papaya producers\' agricultural practices was gathered, tallied, and examined. Fig. 1 displays the findings. \r\nAccording to data from Fig. 1, high yielding varieties (about 71.67%) and manure and fertilizer management (roughly 46.67%) were the two areas where papaya producers most urgently needed training. Plant protection measures (76.67%) and high yielding varieties (roughly 71.67%) were the other two. It was found that seed treatment, irrigation, and drainage management, seed bed preparation, marketing, and storage, and raising seedlings, sowing method and sowing time were the areas where papaya growers had the greatest need for training. Weed management was the area where the greatest need for training was found in 56.67% of papaya growers. Additionally, it was found that 55.00% of papaya producers had the least need for training in weed picking, followed by the method and timing of transplanting (50.00%), and 48.33% of papaya growers had the least need for training in post-harvest management.\r\nThere are thirteen distinct cultivating activities for training needs that have been found and are categorized into categories like most needed, needed, and least needed. 3 points, 2 points, and 1 point were used for scoring. Based on the mean score, the order of the major regions was selected. Figure-1 presents the findings. \r\nTraining needs of papaya growers for different cultivation activities: The respondents\' perceptions of the relative training needs of farmers in the thirteen distinct cultivation activities with regard to better papaya farming are shown in Table 3.\r\nOn perusal of data presented in the Table 3 revealed that the Plant protection measures came in first place and were deemed to be the most important training need, with a mean score of 2.77. High yielding varieties came in second place with a mean score of 2.72, while manures and fertilizer management came in third place with a mean score of 2.15. Weed management came in fifth and had a mean score of 2.07, followed by \"marketing and storage\" in sixth place with a mean score of 1.93, \"sowing methods and sowing time\" in seventh place with a mean score of 1.82, \"raising seedlings\" in eighth place with a mean score of 1.78, and \"seed bed preparation\" in ninth place with a mean score of 1.73. The fourth rank was \"seed treatment\".\r\nOther significant activities are the transplanting method and time (10th rank), irrigation and drainage management (11th rank), post harvesting management (12th rank), and harvesting (13th rank), all of which show mean scores of 1.62, 1.60, 1.58 and 1.47 respectively. The majority of papaya producers believed that these tasks were most important. In reality, several diseases and pests frequently impact papaya harvests. Therefore, it seems sense that plant preservation is seen as the top concern. The next crucial topic was thought to be one that farmers had limited opportunity to learn about: high yielding varieties. Therefore, they have acknowledged it as an important area of training needs. The result is similar to the findings of Verma and Ansari (2013); Raina, et al. (2014); Sharma, et al. (2021); Kumar et al. (2020).\r\nTraining need of papaya growers in the sub-areas of plant protection measures: Table 4 displays the data of the relative requirement for papaya growers training in the sub-areas of plant protection measures.\r\nThe results shown in Table 4 show that the sub-areas of identification of major insect pests and diseases for cultivation were considered by the chosen papaya farmers as having the greatest need for training, with a mean score of 2.85. The second and third-placed sub-areas of awareness about use of various insecticides and pesticides as well as residual effects of insecticides and pesticides, respectively, earned mean scores of 2.70 and 2.63. The sub-area connected to \"cause of spread\" was found to be the fourth most necessary, with a mean score of 2.57, while \"preparation of pesticides solution\" was found to be the fifth most necessary, with a mean score of 2.52. The papaya producers said that among the six sub-areas under \"time and method of control,\" with a mean score of 2.47, they felt that training was most necessary. In the sub-area of \"handling of plant protection implements\" where papaya producers scored a mean of 2.25, they demonstrated the least amount of training that was necessary. Controlling infections has long been a significant issue for papaya farmers among the several facets of identifying plant protection. The crop\'s yield is significantly decreased once the diseases occur. Consequently, it makes sense that papaya farmers felt the need for training to take preventative measures against the diseases. The results were in line with Pujari et al. (2018); Raghav & Singh (2020); Sharma (2016); Verma and Ansari (2013); Verma, et al. (2013).', 'Raju Kumar, Ansari M.N., Kumar Mahesh and Kumar Nirala (2022). Impact of Training Need for Papaya Growers in Begusarai District of Bihar. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 868-872.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5382, '136', 'A Study on the Awareness of Women Farmers to Climate Change in Rice Crop in Karnataka', 'Sampreetha H.N., K. Ravi Shankar, B. Savitha and K. Bhanu Rekha', '148 A Study on the Awareness of Women Farmers to Climate Change in Rice Crop in Karnataka Sampreetha H.pdf', '', 1, 'Climate change is one of the serious environmental issues faced by the world. Climate change refers to the long term changes in the climate that occur over decades, centuries or longer. It is mainly caused by the rapidly increasing green house gases in the atmosphere. As agriculture depends entirely on climate, it is the most vulnerable sector to climate change. The production of rice is mostly affected both by rising temperature and availability of water. Women commonly suffer greater risks and burdens from the effects of climate change in the situation of poverty who make up the majority of the world\'s poor, generally have lower income, less access to credit and decision making authority and limited control over resources, increasing their vulnerability to many climate impacts. Majority of the operations in rice crop were carried out by women farmers. Therefore it is necessary to understand whether women farmers are aware of climate changes and its influence in rice crop. An attempt has been made to study the awareness of women farmers on climate change in rice crop. Ex-post facto research design was adopted for the study with a sample of 120 respondents covering two districts of Karnataka. From the analysis, it was found that majority of the women farmers had high level of awareness. Major challenge of the study is to unearth the profile characteristics of women farmers and to determine the factors influencing awareness of women farmers towards climate change in rice crop.', 'Climate change, Awareness, Women farmers, Rice crop, Karnataka', 'The study concluded that women farmers had high level of awareness on climate change in rice crop. As the women farmers had high farming experience and undergone primary education they were exposed to climate change indications. Most of the women farmers indicated that television and radio were their main source of information on climate change. So the policy makers can make use of the potential of mass media to spread information on climate change and create more awareness about the cause and effects of the climate change as well as adaptation measures to combat climate change among the women farmers.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nClimate change is one of the most defining concerns of today’s world and has greatly altering the earth’s ecosystem. It refers to any change in the climate over time, whether due to natural variability or as a result of human activity (Parry, 2007). An increase in the concentration of atmospheric green house gases has resulted in tremendous rise in global warming. Worldwide temperature have increased more than 0.6 over the past century and it also reported that average temperature will increase between 1.4 to 5.8°C, by the end of 2100 (Intergovernmental Panel for Climate Change, 2014). Climate-smart agriculture is also essential for increasing yields and improving product quality. Agriculture and climate change are inextricably linked. The rapid speed of climate change will undoubtedly have a significant influence on agro-ecosystem productivity. As such the production of most cereals like rice is affected both by rising temperature and availability of water. Rainfall has been found to have a deleterious influence on rice crop throughout the heading and flowering periods. The effects of high temperatures on cellular and developmental processes result in decreased fertility and grain quality (Barnabas et al., 2008). Therefore, climate change is the biggest hazard to the rice cultivation. Most of the farmers had come across the changing climatic conditions but not fully aware of the effects of climate change on agriculture.\r\nWomen farmers are involved both in the production and processing of rice crop and role of women farmers in agriculture is remarkable. Hence, the level of income and welfare of a household largely depends on the degree of women’s effective participation. Majority of the operations in rice cultivation like weed management, nursery management, transplanting, harvesting and irrigation management are performed mostly by the women farmers. They are involved in farm management decision about inputs, hiring of labour apart from monitoring of pests incidence and weeds in rice crop. Nearly half of the human resources in rural areas are women and most of them are unaware about climate change. So it is important to know and understand about whether women farmers are aware of climate change and its effect in order to take necessary measures to combat climate change.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe state of Karnataka was chosen for the study purposively. The districts (Shimoga and Hassan) were selected purposively based on highest area under rice crop in Southern Transition Zone of Karnataka as this zone experiences heavy floods. Two taluks from each districts were selected randomly. Two villages from each taluk were selected randomly and from each of the selected village, fifteen women farmers were selected randomly. The sample constituted to a total of one hundred and twenty (120) respondents. The data was collected using a pre tested structured interview schedule and analysed using SPSS. The women farmers were personally interviewed by the researcher.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nSocio-economic profile of the women farmers. A socio-economic profile of the women farmers is presented in Table 1.\r\nFrom the overview of data (Table 1), majority of the women farmers in study sample were middle aged (60.00%), educated up to primary and upper primary (almost 45%), had high farming experience (48.33%), semi medium farm size (40.00%), medium annual income (49.16%). Further they displayed medium innovativeness (66.66%) and moderate risk taking ability (40.83%), low source of information (58.33%), low access to weather information (45.00%), low training undergone on Climate Resilient Agriculture (CRA) (50.00%). \r\nAwareness about climate change. In the study sample, 100% of the women farmers claimed to be aware of the climate change. In addition, when questioned about their level of knowledge on climate change in rice, nearly half of the respondents (42.5%) showed ‘high’ awareness about climate change, followed by 30.83 percent had ‘medium’ level and 26.6 percent of respondents had ‘low’ level of awareness about climate change. The women farmers showed a high level of awareness on climate change over time in rice crop mainly due to their extensive farming experience and ongoing participation in numerous farming activities. Medium farm size medium innovativeness also aids to high awareness of women farmers to climate change. Tewari et al. (2019) reported that 91.00 % of farm women were completely aware of climate change indications viz., increased temperature, water level fluctuations (77.00%), and irregular and variable rainfall (69.0%). Chanana-Nag and Aggarwal (2020) stated that large number of women farmers were aware of and affected by high level of drought probability, excess rainfall and heat wave. Lawson et al. (2020) discovered that majority of women farmers saw a shift in temperature, rainfall and the frequency of dry periods. Diarra et al. (2021) documented that women farmers in Cinzana were aware of the effects of climate change. He further added that during the season, 72 per cent of women noticed an increase in daytime temperatures, as well as a drop in rain intensity and quantity. Sohail et al. (2021) reported that farmers were well aware of wastewater\'s fertility potential, but they were less knowledgeable of how dirty water affected crops. Agriculture suffers from the pollution of industrial wastewater discharges. The findings also indicated that the main concerns associated with climate change and how it is affecting agriculture include droughts, temperature changes, floods, and variance.\r\nAwareness about indications of climate change in rice crop. Women farmers, when questioned about awareness of climate change indications, they replied that awareness on changes in climate over a past few yew years ranked I followed by results showed that awareness on increased fluctuation in rainfall pattern in the last few years (II), awareness on the increased average temperature over the last few years (III), awareness on increase in severity of diseases like Blast and Bacterial Leaf Blight in rice due to high relative humidity and temperature (IV), awareness on decreased rice yield due to high temperature during day time (V), awareness on increased major pest infestation like BPH due to high temperature, relative humidity and rainfall (VI), increased frequency of winds over the last few years (VII). The women farmers were made more aware of these climate change situations because they directly affect farming and high education, farming experience and farm size also contributed to their high awareness.\r\nThe lowest ranks were assigned on the statements like awareness on the smut tolerant varieties of rice (XVII), flood tolerant varieties in rice like Swarna sub 1, FR13A (XVI), drought tolerant varieties in rice like IET-7191, KHP-2 (XV), increased rainfall at the time of flowering and low temperatures causing severity of Smut disease in rice (XIV) and low temperatures during pollination leading to spikelet sterility in rice (XIII). Women farmers lack adequate information regarding these aspects due to lack of training programmes, source of information and lack of innovativeness.\r\nRelation between characteristics of women farmers and their level of awareness on climate change in rice crop.\r\nThe coefficient of correlation was calculated to determine the relationship between selected characteristics of women farmers and their level of awareness of climate change in rice crop. \r\nData on the correlation between selected socio economic, personal and psychological characteristics comprised of age, education, farming experience, farm size, annual income, innovativeness, risk taking ability, sources of information, access to weather information, trainings undergone on Climate Resilient Agriculture (CRA) and their level of awareness towards climate change (Table 2).\r\nIt is clear from the above table that out of ten independent variables selected to study the relationship with level of awareness of women farmers towards climate change, all the variables except risk taking ability were found to have positive (and significant) relationship with the dependent variable i.e., level of awareness of women farmers. Further, one variables i.e., farming experience – was found to have significant positive relationship with farmer’s level of awareness at 1 per cent level of significance and the remaining eight variables were found to be significant at 5 per cent level of significance. It may be due to the reason that more the farming experience of the women farmer, greater is the exposure to wide range of weather extremes and encountered a wide range of scenarios of climate change and its impact on farming. Thus, age, education, farming experience, farm size, annual income, innovativeness, sources of information, access to weather information had a significant and positive relation with the level of awareness of women farmers towards climate change. On the other hand risk taking ability was negatively correlated with the level of awareness of the women farmers towards climate change.\r\n', 'Sampreetha H.N., K. Ravi Shankar, B. Savitha and K. Bhanu Rekha (2022). A Study on the Awareness of Women Farmers to Climate Change in Rice Crop in Karnataka. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 873-877.'),
(5383, '136', 'Factors Influencing the Adoption of Pre-and Post-Harvest Management Technologies of Groundnut in Telangana State', 'Yasa Sirilakshmi, G.D.S. Kumar and M. Jagan Mohan Reddy ', '149 Factors Influencing the Adoption of Pre-and Post-Harvest Management Technologies of Groundnut in Telangana State Yasa Sirilakshmi.pdf', '', 1, 'Groundnut (Arachis hypogea) is one of the important oilseed crop due to its nutritional value and high consumption all over the world. India ranks second in groundnut production in the world. Groundnut seeds contains (40–56%) edible oil, (20–30%) protein, (10–20%) carbohydrate and several nutritional components. There is a gap between the yield obtained in demonstrations plots and farmers’ fields. There are several reasons that contribute for these yield gaps, non- adoption of recommended technologies is one of the major reason. The reasons for non-adoption may be due to low knowledge and other socio-economic constraints encountered by the farmers. The present study was conducted in Mahabubnagar district of Telangana State. A total of 60 respondents were selected from 8 villages of Koilkonda and Mohammadabad mandals by simple random sampling method. Majority (56.7%) of groundnut farmers belonged to medium level of adoption. The characteristics like age had negative and non- significant relationship with extent of adoption of technologies while size of landholding, annual income, farming experience, irrigation potential, social participation, input acquisition pattern, achievement motivation, risk taking ability, market intelligence had positive an significant relationship with extent of adoption technologies and education, annual income, information seeking behaviour and knowledge had positive and highly significant relationship with extent of adoption pre- and post- harvest management technologies of groundnut crop.', 'Groundnut growers, socio-economic characters, adoption, pre- and post-harvest technologies', 'Farmers of the district had adopted the recommended practices of pre-harvest management in groundnut such as recommended variety, optimum seed rate and spacing, irrigation management, weed management and timely management of pests and diseases. But, the adoption of post-harvest management practices such as proper drying (<8% moisture level) and storing in hermetic bags, which are very important to reduce the aflatoxin contamination and storage pests were less than the anticipated. Farmers had not adopted any value addition in groundnut at farm level due to the need for immediate sale to local agents and local market to clear off the borrowed loans. \r\nFurther it is suggested that farmers need to be educated on the adoption of the technologies through conducting proper trainings on crop management practices, demonstrations, creating awareness on the importance of value addition in groundnut, increasing the frequency of contact of extension agencies for timely information and establishment of processing units at local level will go a long way in popularizing the post-harvest management practices.\r\n', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nGroundnut (Arachis hypogea) is one of the important oilseed crop due to its nutritional value and high consumption all over the world. India ranks second in groundnut production in the world. The NARS has developed many new technologies for increasing the yield of groundnut, but the adoption of these technologies by the farmers is far less than the anticipated. There is a huge Yield Gap between FLDs plot and farmers’ practice. There are several reasons that contribute for these yield gaps, non- adoption of recommended technologies is one of the major reason. The reasons for non-adoption may be due to low knowledge and other socio-economic constraints encountered by the farmers. Hence, awareness has to be created among farming community about the suitable technologies in groundnut cultivation. Adoption of proper pre- and post-harvest management technologies plays a crucial role for improving famers’ yields. Timely and proper adoption of the recommended technologies is important to control the incidence of pest and diseases and for obtaining the potential yield. The present study was conducted with the objectives to study the profile characteristics of the groundnut farmers, analyse the practice wise extent of adoption of pre- and post-harvest management technologies, and understand relationship between profile characteristics of groundnut farmers and their extent of adoption of pre- and post-harvest management technologies .\r\nMETHODOLOGY\r\nThe study was conducted in Mahabubnagar district of Telangana State. Two mandals from the district viz., Koilkonda and Mohammadabad were selected based on the highest area under groundnut. From each mandal, four villages were selected based on the area under groundnut and FLD conducted in the villages. Sixty respondents were selected from the eight villages by simple random sampling method. The variables were selected based on the discussion with the experts. A semi-structured schedule was developed for the study and data were collected by personal interview of the respondents. To measure the extent of adoption of recommended pre- and post-harvest technologies in groundnut, the important practices (15 items) were listed and responses of farmers were recorded on a three-point continuum. Based on the farmers’ response, a score of 3, 2 and 1was given for full adoption, partial adoption and low adoption, respectively.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nSocio-economic characteristics of farmers. The results (Table 1) indicated the distribution of the farmers according to their profile characteristics. More than half of the respondents belonged to middle age group (60.0%), where as most (26.7%) of the farmers were educated up to primary level. Majority (40.0%) of the farmers possessed small size land holdings and most (43.3%) of the famers belonged to lower- middle group of annual income. Majority (70.0%) of the farmers had medium farming experience, categorized under low training (63.3%). In case of irrigation potential, majority (48.3%) of farmers had bore well as a major source of irrigation, medium level of social participation (56.6%), medium input acquisition pattern (53.4%), medium information seeking behaviour (66.7%), medium achievement motivation (65.0%), medium risk orientation (55.0%), medium knowledge (60.0%), low market intelligence (46.6%) and medium adoption (56.7%).\r\nExtent of adoption of pre- and post-harvest technologies by the farmers. The results (Table 2) indicated that majority (56.7%) of the farmers belonged to medium level of adoption followed by low (25.0%) and high (18.3%) adoption level. The reason for medium to low adoption might be because of medium knowledge, medium risk taking ability, medium input acquisition pattern and no proper trainings received regarding management technologies, low awareness about the new technologies. The results were similar with the findings of Shasani et al. (2020); Hadiya et al. (2016).\r\nThe results (Table 3) indicated that majority of the farmers fully adopted the practices such as land preparation (85.0%), followed by use of improved seeds (80.0%), fertilizers (71.7%), optimum time of harvesting (65.0%) and time of sowing (60.0%), dry pod threshing (58.3%), management of pest and diseases (53.3%) and weed management (50.0%). Farmers had proper knowledge and benefited by adoption of the practices in reducing the yield losses due to pests and diseases, producing quality produce due to optimum time of sowing and proper use of good quality seed and hence will continue to use the recommended practices each season. \r\nThe practices which were partially adopted by the farmers were optimum spacing (60.0%), recommended seed rate (45.0%), water management (36.6%), weed management (31.6%), sun drying of groundnut pods (30.0%), optimum time of sowing (28.3%) and threshing (26.7%). Majority of the farmers had not -adopted any value addition in groundnut (91.6%) and sold their produce directly in the market, seed treatment (78.3%) and use of hermetic bags for storage of groundnut pods (63.3%). Few of the farmers had not adopted management of pests and diseases (31.7%), sun drying of groundnut pods (26.7%), optimum seed spacing (25.0%) and optimum seed rate (21.7%). Farmers were not aware of the technologies, lack of processing units for value addition in groundnut, poor knowledge about importance of the seed treatment, lack of proper trainings, majority of the farmers were not able to purchase the hermetic storage bags because of high cost.\r\nThe results (Table 4) indicated that the age had negative and non-significant relationship with extent of adoption.\r\nThe independent variables like education, size of landholding, annual income, farming experience, trainings undergone, irrigation potential, social participation, input acquisition pattern, information seeking behaviour, achievement motivation, risk taking ability, knowledge, market intelligence had positive and significant relationship with extent of adoption pre- and post- harvest management technologies of groundnut crop. The findings were in congruence with of that of Shasani et al. (2020); Meena et al. (2019); Kumar et al. (2019); Prasad et al. (2019); Gorfad (2018), Hadiya et al. (2016); Rai et al. (2016); Chand and Meena (2011).\r\n', 'Yasa Sirilakshmi, G.D.S. Kumar and M. Jagan Mohan Reddy (2022). Factors Influencing the Adoption of Pre-And Post-Harvest Management Technologies of Groundnut in Telangana State. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 878-882.'),
(5384, '136', 'Assessment of Genetic Variability and Heritability in Gerbera (Gerbera jamesonii L.) Cultivars', 'M. Vijayalaxmi, A. Manohar Rao, A. Nirmala and K. Swathi', '150 Assessment of Genetic Variability and Heritability in Gerbera (Gerbera jamesonii L.) Cultivars M. Vijayalaxmi.pdf', '', 1, 'An attempt was made to study the extent of genetic variability, heritability, genetic advance and genetic gain for vegetative and floral characters of Gerbera (Gerbera jamesonii L.) under naturally ventilated polyhouse. Varieties namely Balance, Stanza, Savannah, Dana Ellen, Goliath, Primerose, Helix, Liberty, Sabrina and Montenegro were selected for their evaluation. Consumers desire characteristics such as good blooming quality and a long vase life since they enhance value and are more likely to make a good and lasting impression on the gift recipient. Hence, there is need to study their performance in different growing medium and conditions for the development of production technology for better yield and quality of the produce round the year. Notable variations were registered for twenty parameters studied in a layout of randomized block design with three replications during 2015–2016. The range of variation was high for duration of flowering from 238.33 to 266.13 followed by leaf area ranged from 123.93 to 197.92. Analogy of genotypic and phenotypic co-efficient of variation for distinct characters indicated that the value of PCV wasfound to be higher than GCV due to influence of environment. The higher GCV and PCV estimates registered for number of ray florets per flower (41.27% and 41.92% respectively) followed by number of suckers per plant (19.72 and 26.45 respectively). Heritability in the broad sense ranged from 96.89 for ray florets to 55.56 for suckers’ number per plant. However, high heritability was associated with high genetic advance was recorded for number of ray florets per flower (76.15) followed by leaf area (51.68) indicating existence of adequate genetic variability for selection in these traits. Great heritability accompanied with low genetic advance for the characters days to first flower opening, 50% flowering and duration of flowering implies that non-additive gene action.', 'Heritability, genetic advance, genetic gain, gerbera, genetic variability', 'Yield attributes can be obtained through effective selection based on heritability and genetic advance estimates. The results from high heritability accompanied with low genetic advance for the characters days taken to first flower opening, 50% flowering and duration of flowering implies that there is no additive gene action. More number of ray florets, leaf count per plant and number of flowers per plant which exhibited high heritability along with greater genetic gain which implies that these traits could be used to select genotypes for a significant improvement in cultivation, especially under polyhouse conditions.', 'INTRODUCTION \r\nGerbera (Gerbera jamesonii L.) is a very attractive and high value cut flower, connected to close family Asteraceae; a well-known cut flower grown all over the world in a varied meteorological condition. It is famously known as \'Barberton daisy\' or \'Transvaal daisy’. The daisy ranks fourth in the worlds cut flower trade and a popular cut flower in Holland, Germany and USA (Sridhar and Biradar 2016). With its huge, brilliant flowers and stemless perennial nature, gerbera has gained favour among those who enjoy flowers. This flower comes in a very wide range of variations. The freshness and long lasting characteristics of this flower used as decorative flower in parties, functions and flower bouquet.\r\nThe daisy-like flowers grow in a wide range of colors including yellow, orange, cream-white, pink, brick red, scarlet, maroon, terracotta and various other intermediate shades. The center floral disk can range from a yellowish to light-bronze to black in color.\r\nIn the recent years, floriculture is quickly growing as highly competitive, commercial and economic industry with the potential to generate significant foreign exchange aided by liberalization of economy and import policy. As a result, several adventures and enthusiastic entrepreneurs and nursery men are taking advantage of this opportunity and bringing the newest and improved gerbera cultivars from abroad for cultivation in the state and elsewhere. Additionally, a number of reputable companies here in the country have begun supplying improved plant materials multiplied through tissue culture techniques.\r\nThe consumer preferences changes with time and longevity of cut flowers. Hence crop improvement is necessary right now in order to maintain the supply of desirable cultivars Improvement through selection is dependent on the variability present in the genotypes that are now accessible, which may be caused by variations in the genetic constitution of cultivars or in the growing environments. Gerbera is a vegetative propagated crop through suckers on commercial scale and selection is an easy method for varietal improvement in it. Selection is successful only when the observed variability in the population is heritable in nature. Genetic variance, heritability and other genetic factors are reported to be subject to fluctuations with changing environments (Lal et al., 1985).\r\nAs the profitable cultivation of gerbera is obtaining importance, introduction and popularization of high yielding varieties and better quality is necessary. Thus, it is important to investigate morphological variation and genotypes performance in a new environment to enhance the efficiency of a breeding programme. It is crucial to estimate the heritability and genetic advance of the significant yield attributing traits in a crop as well as the nature and extent of genetic variability in the germplasm for a successful breeding programme. Therefore, the current investigation was carried out to comprehend the heterogeneity within the ten gerbera cultivars and their respective performance.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe polyhouse trail was carried out at division of Floriculture and Landscape Architecture, College of Horticulture at Sri Konda Laxman Telangana State Horticultural University, Rajendranagar, Hyderabad, during 2015-2016. The leaves and roots were cut off, and the healthy suckers were separated from the clump. Thereafter, the suckers were then planted taking extreme care to avoid burying the crown under soil. A 30 x 30 cm space between the suckers was used to plant about 16 plants in each plotin double row zig-zag pattern in completely randomized system with three replicationscomprising of ten different cultivars viz., Balance, Dana Ellen, Goliath, Helix, Liberty, Montenegro, Primerose, Sabrina, Savannah and Stanza.\r\nIn the early morning, planting was done immediately, and then irrigation water was applied. Manual weeding was used to keep the plots free of weeds throughout the growth season. Numerous cross-cultural practices, including irrigation, earthing up, removing dried leaves and blossoms, etc., were carried out on a regular basis to ensure optimal plant growth and development. In each replication, five selected plants from each cultivar were measured onplant height, number of leaves per plant, leaf length, leaf breadth, leaf area, leaf area index, number of suckers per plant per year, chlorophyll content, first flowering, flower diameter, flower stalk diameter, length of the flower stalk, number of ray florets, disc diameter, days take to flower 50%, duration of flowering, field life, number of flowers per plant, fresh weight and dry weight of flowers.\r\nThe Singh and Chaudhary (1985) technique was used to compute the genotypic and phenotypic coefficients of variation. Parameters of variability were estimated as per formula provided by Burton (1952). Heritability in broad sense was determined according to the methodology given by Allard (1960). From the heritability estimates the genetic advance and predicted genetic gain were calculated by using formula given by Johnson et al. (1955). \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nIn ten daisy cultivars, the degree of variability with regard to twenty quantitative characters were calculated in terms of mean performance, phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV), genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV), heritability, genetic advance, and genetic gain are shown in Table 1. The range of variation was high for duration of flowering from 238.33 to 266.13followed by leaf area ranged from 123.93 to 197.92. While leaf area index showed lowest range was recorded from 0.14 to 0.21.\r\nFor all the traits under study, the phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV) was greater than genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV), indicating how environment affect the expression of cultivar. Rajiv Kumar et al. (2012) also reported higher PCV than GCV for various traits. It was indicating the importance and influence of interaction of environment expression of the characters. The differences between the PCV and GCV were relatively very small which indicated that large amount of variability was contributed by genetic component and less by environmental influence. However, close correspondence was seen between GCV and PCV for some characters like leaf area, leaf area index, first flower opening, number of ray florets, days taken to flower for 50% and flowering duration, noticing little influence of environment on these characters. But, Anand et al. (2014) was also seen a close correspondence between GCV and PCV for certain characters like plant height, leaf length, number of suckers plant, stalk length and numbers of flowers per clump per year indicating little influence of environment on these characters.\r\nThe highest genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV) and phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV) were found for number of ray florets per flower (41.27% and 41.92% respectively) followed by number of suckers per plant (19.72 and 26.45 respectively), number of leaves (23.88 and 25.33), dry weight flower (22.70 and 27.06) and flower count per plant (20.29 and 21.83) suggesting that these characters are under genetic control. Hence, these characters greater scope for further improvement. Chobe et al. (2010) reported same results observed for number of ray florets flower-1 and Anand et al. (2013) obtained for number of leaves, number of suckers and number flowers per plant. Senapati et al. (2013) reported the highest GCV and PCV were recorded for number of leaves per plant, followed by number of clumps per plant, leaf area index and hollowness of the stalk, indicating high variation in these characters, predicting greater scope for improvement of these four characters. The low estimate of GCV and PCV were recorded for duration of flowering (3.90 and 4.11) after days taken for 50% blooming (4.96 and 5.34). This implied that there was little variance in these traits amongst cultivars. The lesser number of genotypes evaluated might be the probable reason attributed for low variability.\r\nEstimates of heritability in a wide sense give a measure of transmission of characters from one generation to another. Thus, giving an idea about the heritable portion of variability which enables the plant breeder to isolate elite selections in the crop. Heritability and genetic advance increase efficiency of selection in a breeding programme by assessing influence of the environmental factors and additive gene action.High heritability was observed for all the vegetative and floral characters under study. Sunil Kumar (2014) also suggested high heritability for most of the quantitative traits in gerbera.\r\nWhen heritability is studied along with genetic advancement, the determination of heritable variation becomes more accurate. In the current study, ray florets showed high heritability associated with high genetic advance (96.89 and 76.15) followed by leaf area (92.32 and 51.68) indicating the possible role of additive gene action in their inheritance. As a result, these characteristics are found suitable for selection. Therefore, response to selection could be anticipated in improving the yield. \r\nHigh heritability with low genetic advance recorded for number of leaves per plant, first flower opening, Length of the flower stalk, Days taken for 50% flowering, Duration of flowering. Similar findings obtained by Ghimiray and Sarkar (2015) for circumference of plant, days to visibility, days to full bloom and days to opening of flower buds had low estimates of genetic advance but high heritability indicating greater contribution of non-additive gene effect in controlling these characters as was also observed by Chobe et al. (2010) for days to first flowering, vase life and number of flowers/ plant/year. The high heritability is being exhibited due to favourable influence of environment rather than genotype. Medium heritability with low genetic advance exhibited in plant height, leaf length, leaf breadth, diameter of flower, diameter of flower stalk and flower dry weight.\r\nGreater heritability (>60%) accompanied with high genetic advance as percentage of mean (GAM >20%) was obtained in almost all characters except chlorophyll content, days to take flower for 50% and duration of flowering indicating contribution of additive gene effects in the expression of these traits and proving more useful for efficient character improvement through simple selection. Similar results have been reported by Raj Narayan et al. (2016), Rajiv Kumar (2013) and Rajiv Kumar (2015) stated that greater heritability paired with high genetic advance as per cent of mean was recorded for leaf count per plant, leaf breadth, suckers’ number per plant. \r\nAmong the flower characters, the traits that determine the earliness specifically days taken for first flower opening, 50% flowering and duration of flowering recorded a very high heritability (94, 86 and 90%) but a low genetic advance (9.51, 8.08 and 19.42) with low genetic advance as percentage of mean (13.05, 9.49 and 7.64 %) which indicates non-additive gene action. The high heritability is being showed due to suitable environment instead of genotype, selection for these traits may not be rewarding. Anujaand Jahnavi (2012) reported same results for days taken to flower 50% and duration of flowering in French Marigold.\r\n', 'M. Vijayalaxmi, A. Manohar Rao, A. Nirmala and K. Swathi (2022) Assessment of Genetic Variability and Heritability in Gerbera (Gerbera jamesonii L.) Cultivars. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 883-887.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5385, '136', 'Pools and Fractions of Inorganic Phosphorus in Indian Soil and Evolution of its Fractionation Schemes: A Mini Review ', 'Anwesha Das, Arkaprava Roy, Dolgobinda Pal and Animesh Chowdhury', '151 Pools and Fractions of Inorganic Phosphorus in Indian Soil and Evolution of its Fractionation Schemes A Mini Review Arkaprava Roy.pdf', '', 1, 'On account of its participation in important physiological processes such as photosynthesis and energy conversion, phosphorus (P) is crucial for all forms of life on earth. The role it plays in maintaining and increasing soil fertility, especially under intensive farming system, is also indispensable. \"Solution P,\" \"sorbed P,\" and \"mineral P\" are the three broad, theoretically defined pools of soil inorganic P (Pi). Soil Pi might be \"labile\" or \"nonlabile\" regarding plant availability. By applying successively stronger extractants to the soil, fractionation produces information about the association of P with various soil phases. The transformation of applied P in soil and the uptake of P by plants are both significantly influenced by fractionation pattern of P, thus making it crucial. As the main physicochemical characteristics of the soil change, the fractionation of P in the soil also varies. The P fractions in Indian soils vary significantly in terms of soil characteristics. Over the past six decades, researchers have come up with several approaches to evaluate various soil Pi fractions as accurately as possible. However, there is still a lot of scope for improvement in terms of designing a robust extraction technique that works in a wide range of soils.', 'Phosphorus, pools, P-fractions, Indian soil, fractionation schemes', 'Phosphorus plays a vital role in enriching and sustaining soil fertility. Solution P, sorbed P, and mineral P are the broad conceptually defined pools of soil Pi. Soil Pi can be \'labile\' or \'nonlabile\' in terms of plant availability. By sequentially treating the soil with increasingly stronger extractants, soil fractionation generates information regarding the partitioning-pattern of P with different soil phases. Knowledge about various forms of any nutrient in soil is essential since not all the forms contribute equally to a specific process. Analytical fractionation of soil P has been used in studies pertaining to the development of soil tests for P, assessment of the contribution of various P fractions to crop nutrition, conversion of added fertilizer P into various soil P fractions, prediction of crop response to applied P, and as a weathering index. In neutral, alkaline, calcareous, and sodic soils, Ca-P is the dominant fraction. Whereas, in acid, red, and lateritic soils, Al- and Fe-P predominate. Plant P uptake is invariably connected to Al-P and Fe-P, and this has been observed even in Ca-P dominating soils. Under reducing conditions, a significant portion of Fe-P (and in some cases, occluded P) is rendered soluble and becomes crucial in rice crop nutrition. Legumes and oilseed crops require a great deal of Ca-P. In Entisols, correlation studies have revealed that Al-P and Fe-P are more important sources of bioavailable P than Ca-P. Chemical weathering is measured by the distribution of Pi in soils, with Ca-P getting weathered first, followed by Al-P, Fe-P, and occluded-P. As the primary physicochemical parameters of soil change, so does the fractionation of P in soil. Over the last six decades, experts have presented many techniques to quantify various fractions of soil P. However, more efforts remain to be put in terms of developing a consistent extraction technology that works in wide spectrum of soils.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nFor plants, phosphorus (P) is an essential macronutrient (Chan et al., 2021). It is crucial for sustenance and build-up of land fertility, particularly under intensive agriculture (Yasmeen et al., 2022). In soil, available P is always in dynamic equilibrium with other forms of P that are not extracted by conventional soil test methodology. One way to know those different forms of P is to study P-fractionation. Numerous investigations have been undertaken on the dynamics of P fractionation in soil system to gain a deeper insight into its fixation and release pattern (Lizcano-Toledo et al., 2021). The critical concern in actual practice is to know how much P from the native soil pool can be made available to the crops growing in the field. The average mineral soils contain far less P than other macronutrients such as potassium, calcium, magnesium, or nitrogen. More crucially, plants cannot easily access the majority of the inorganic P (Pi) present in the soil. Even under favourable soil conditions, when soluble fertilizer salts are added to the soil, P is quickly fixed and rendered unavailable to higher plants. Phosphorus in soil fertility faces a three-fold challenge (Mardamootoo et al., 2021). First off, the total P level, in general, is low in soils ¬— typically between one-tenth and one-fourth of nitrogen and one-twentieth of potassium content. In the top fifteen cm of a ha of soil, the total P content ranges only from 200 to 2000 kg. Secondly, the common P compounds that are found in soils have very low solubility and contain P mostly in unavailable forms. Thirdly, soluble forms of P, like those found in fertilizers and manures, are fixed and converted into very insoluble compounds once introduced into soils. It has been observed that the vast majority of soils are unable to consistently deliver enough P to plants. Despite sustainability issues, continuous use of P fertilizers can solve this problem in cultivated soils. Given that soil-based fertilizer reaction products are the main source of P to plants, understanding how this element is partitioned into different inorganic forms is crucial (Prasad and Shivay 2021). In addition, it is also essential for comprehending the genesis and fertility of soil. The distribution of different forms of Pi in the soil reflects its chemical characteristics, age, drainage, and mineralogical makeup. The differential fate of applied P fertilizers under varying soil conditions can be traced only with the help of fractionation study. Apart from that, in order to evaluate the P uptake by crops, one must be aware of the quantities of each fraction and the related affecting factors. Since different phosphate forms have varied solubility, their distribution may provide a clue as to the amount of P that is available to plants.\r\nFORMS OF PHOSPHORUS IN SOILS \r\nSoil contains P in both organic and inorganic forms. Knowledge regarding different forms of P is essential for understanding how plants use P and how much P can flow through the environment. Phosphorus is the least mobile of the major plant nutrients. Soil P pools have been conceptualized as \"solution P\", \"sorbed P\" , \"mineral P\" and \"organic P\" based on their association with various soil constituents (Fig. 1). It is important to note that this concept does not directly address the accessibility, extractability, and plant availability issues of P in soil. Products of all living things, including microbial tissues and plant leftovers, contain organic P. Fresh manure contains about two-third of its P in organic form. The usual share of organic P in soil ranges between 16 and 46% of total P. In India, this may range from 0% in the Rajasthani desert dunes to 92.8% in the Assamese fresh alluvial highlands. Inositol phosphate, phospholipids, and nucleic acids are the three major organic forms of P in soils. The vast majority of Pi ingested by living organisms is transformed into organic compounds via immobilization. Organic P is gradually converted to plant-useable inorganic phosphate via microbial mineralization when plant (and animal) waste is returned to the soil. \r\nDespite the fact that organic P may make up a sizeable portion of total soil P, Pi predominates in majority of the situations (54–84% of total P). The Pi pool in soil is comprised of \"Sorbed P\", \"Mineral P\" and \"Solution P.\" Phosphorus that has been electrostatically and covalently bound to the surfaces of iron(Fe)-and aluminium(Al)- oxyhydroxides, clay, and calcium carbonate is known as sorbed P. Strongly bound P that has been coated with Fe- or Al-oxyhydroxide layers to make their solubilization even more challenging is referred to as occluded or reductant soluble P. \r\nIn severely weathered acid red and lateritic soil, the occluded P may constitute as much as 50% of the total P. As the soil ages and weathering becomes more severe, the P-spectrum changes from being dominated by Ca-P to that by occluded-P. The term \"mineral P\" refers to discrete solid-phase P compounds with a range of surface area and structural arrangement (from crystalline to amorphous); these compounds, such as apatites, might be the result of pedologic processes or the reaction products of P fertilizers applied to the soil (e.g. di-calcium phosphate from superphosphates). The phosphate anions in soil solution can bind with cations such as Fe, Al and Ca to form mineral P. Al-P and Fe-P can make up anywhere between 1% and 25% (typically 8–10%) of the total P in soils. In neutral, calcareous and slightly alkaline soil, the Ca-P can make up 40–50% or even more of the total P. All the P pools maintain equilibrium with the soil\'s orthophosphate through the processes of sorption-desorption (for sorbed P), precipitation-dissolution (for mineral P), and mineralization-immobilization (for organic P). We shall concentrate on the inorganic pool in this review. Soil ‘solution-P’ serves as a central meeting point for all P pools and it regulates the instant supply of P to the plants. The soil solution, however, has a very low P content. In some severely weathered tropical soils, the concentration of phosphorus in the soil solution can be as low as 10-8 M (Johnston et al., 2014). If the top 30 cm of soil contains 6 cm of water (equivalent to 6 lakh L ha-1) and the concentration of P in the soil solution is 10-5 M, or 0.3 mg P L-1, then the solution pool of P will amount to only 0.2 kg P ha-1. Even in the best case scenario, its content hardly ever exceeds 0.5 kg P per ha of plough layer soil. Following the application of P-containing fertilizer to soil, the solution P pool rises for a brief period of time. Soluble P steadily changes over time into less soluble (and therefore less plant-available) forms. The concentration gradient of P between bulk-solution and root surface, the rate of P recharge to solution as it is uptaken, the volumetric soil moisture content, the interconnectivity of water films inside pores, and soil P buffering capacity are some of the factors that have an impact on the sustained supply of P (in the form of H2PO4- and, to a lesser extent, HPO4=) to the plants.\r\nThe organic and inorganic reserves of P associated with different soil solid phases replenish the phosphate ions depleted from the soil solution. Based on the ease of availability, these reserves are categorised as either \"Labile\" or \"Nonlabile\" While nonlabile P equilibrates slowly and refill the labile reserves gradually over time, labile P promptly equilibrates with the soil solution P and becomes available (Fig. 2). Irrespective of the mechanism by which P is retained in soil, soil Pi can be conceptualized to be in four pools on the basis of its accessibility, extractability and availability to plants (Syers et al., 2008; Johnston et al., 2014). Although P can be present in soil in both inorganic and organic forms, the former has received the majority of attention in study.\r\nINORGANIC PHOSPHORUS FRACTIONATION SCHEMES\r\nA variety of fractionation schemes and soil test procedures have been developed so far to understand the Pi status and its availability in soil. The fractionation procedures are based on the differential solubilities of various Pi forms against various extractants. The P fractions have been proven to be useful in understanding how applied P fertilizer transforms in soils and also in interpreting P-soil-test outcomes. Inorganic P can react with Ca, Al, or Fe in soil to yield discrete phosphate-minerals with meagre solubility such as hydroxyapatite [Ca10(PO4)6(OH)¬2], octacalcium phosphate [Ca8H2(PO4)6.5H2O], variscite (AlPO4.2H2O), and strengite (FePO4.2H2O) etc. Most P fractionation procedures involve the separation of \"loosely bound P\" using a salt solution (such as 1 M NH4Cl), followed by Fe- and Al-bound P using a mixture of alkali reagents (0.1 M NaOH, 0.5 M NaHCO3), and lastly Ca-bound P using acid (0.5 M HCl, 0.5 M H2SO4). Researchers have come up with a number of Pi fractionation techniques in the last sixty years to investigate the Pi transformation in soils and sediments of a variety of natural as well as man-made ecosystems. These cover specific techniques for determining only inorganic (Chang and Jackson 1957; Hieltjes and Lijklema 1980; Kuo, 1996), both organic and inorganic (Van Eck, 1982; Psenner, 1988; Ruttenberg, 1992; Golterman et al., 1997; Chen et al., 2000; Pardo et al., 2003; Tiessen and Moir 2008), and combinations of organic, inorganic and microbial forms of P (Hedley et al., 1982). The fractionation scheme developed by Chang and Jackson has been extensively used to investigate the forms of Pi and fate of added P fertilizers. Later, investigators realized that various extractants of this scheme were not as specific as originally thought. When Chang and Jackson’s (1957) method is employed to fractionate P in calcareous soils and sediments, retention of P by calcium fluoride (CaF2), which is generated from the reaction of calcium carbonate (CaCO3) and ammonium fluoride (NH4F), impacts result. Several researchers, later on, modified the procedure and enabled its usage with wide spectrum of soils. Kuo et al. (1996) described the most significant changes among them (Fig. 3).\r\nDespite criticism regarding the efficiency of Chang and Jackson’s extractants on pure compounds, very little attempt has been made to systematically explore the extraction-yield of P from common solid phases present in soil. This research gap has been created as because accurate separation of different solid phases from soil is unfeasible. Williams et al. (1980) employed a mixture of citric acid, dithionite and bicarbonate (CDB), at a relatively high pH, followed by NaOH and, HCl. The CDB was meant to extract Fe-P, leaving the organic P to be extracted by NaOH. The HCl was supposed to be specific for Ca-P. It wasn\'t recognised for quite a long time that NH4F and NaOH both promote the formation of hydroxyapatite. Not only does this apatite formation affects the outcomes undesirably, but the amount of P hydrolyzed by NaOH is also inconsistent. The amount of P brought into solution by NaOH is often influenced by the length of extraction period and the strength of NaOH, thus, it is difficult to assign a specific P fraction against this extractant. The concentration of extractable P either increases or decreases with duration. Re-adsorption onto CaCO3 is what causes the drop, whereas the hydrolysis of the recalcitrant organic P is what causes the increase.\r\nTherefore, the relative abundance of these compounds in soil affects the concentration of extracted P. Psenner (1988) employed a modified reducing agent, namely dithionite-bicarbonate (without citrate), in the first step. Unfortunately, this made the following steps questionable since the dithionite-bicarbonate removed only the P associated with Fe-compounds and not the ferric oxyhydroxide itself. The next step involving NaOH was supposed to extract organic P or non-reactive P, but the problem of the hydrolysis of organic P was not fully addressed. The subsequent steps involved extraction with HCl, succeeded by hot NaOH. The hot alkaline hydroxide extracted merely 10% of what was extracted by cold NaOH in the second step. It was unclear how much of the ferric oxyhydroxide was eliminated by the extractants, which could be an important lead for further investigation. The SEDEX extraction sequence was developed by Ruttenberg (1992) which had CDB as its first extractant, followed by acidic sodium acetate (at pH 4), and, finally, H2SO4. Golterman et al. (1997) discovered that EDTA removed more Ca-P than what was combinedly extracted by acidic sodium acetate and H2SO4 in Ruttenberg’s scheme. There are other fractionation techniques, such as the iron-oxide stripping method of House et al. (1995) which, as its drawback, requires multiple extractions. Huettl et al. (1979) added aluminium hydroxide to a cation exchange column to determine the quantity of adsorbed phosphate, and this was termed as Pad. While employing this step, it\'s important to be aware of a number of potential sources of errors, some of which include partial P recovery from the exchanger and incomplete P transfer to the exchanger. Jiang and Gu (1989) developed their fractionation scheme based on the capacity of NaHCO3, NH4F, NaOH, Na2CO3 and H2SO4 to extract CaHPO4.2H2O, Ca8H2(PO4)6, AlPO4.nH2O, FePO4.2H2O and Ca10(PO4)6F2, respectively. Solis and Torrent (1989) showed that CDB-extractable Fe was related to occluded P, and that the occluded P was associated with the crystal structure of Fe-P minerals. Even in calcareous soils, studies have revealed that the presence of even minute quantities of iron or aluminium oxides controls P behaviour (Samadi and Gilkes 1998). The sequential fractionation of soil P developed by Hedley et al. (1982) differentiated between bioavailable and unavailable forms of P within the P cycle. Hedley fractionation uses anion exchange to remove labile soil P from the soil solution. Subsequently, stronger reagents are used to extract additional forms of soil P that are more tightly attached to soil surfaces or are less biologically accessible. This fractionation is frequently used to assess how management has affected the soil P forms. This method extracts five fractions: resin-P, bicarbonate-P, NaOH-P, HCl-P, and H2SO4-H2O2 digest (residual) P. The forms of P that can be easily exchanged from soil particles include resin-P and bicarbonate-P. The NaOH-P is less available to plants because it is that P which is attached to or precipitated on hydrous oxides or clay edges. In P fractionation, residual P is the totally recalcitrant form of P which is believed to be in its most stable form. Due to its high resistance, residual P is removed from the soil using highly powerful chemicals like peroxide and mineral acids. This fraction consists of humified organic P and precipitated, crystalline Pi compounds (Hedley et al., 1982; Zhang et al., 2008).\r\nSOIL PROPERTIES AND MANAGEMENT PRACTICES AFFECTING PHOSPHORUS FRACTIONATION\r\nThe relative amount of soil-P fractions present in any soil are very much dependent on pH, degree of weathering, organic matter, cropping system and fertilizer practices. Chand and Tomar (1993) conducted an eight-week-long incubation experiment with twenty eight alkaline soils to study the effect of soil properties on apportionment of added as well as native soil P into different Pi fractions. In all the soils, proportion of saloid-P and Al-P dropped, while native Fe-P, Ca-P, and Olsen\'s-P increased with time. With rising CEC, active Fe, clay, and organic carbon content, the tendency of the added P to enrich the saloid-P fraction decreased logarithmically. More P entered into Ca-P fraction with rising pH and calcium carbonate content, whereas, the opposite was observed in case of Fe-P. One unit elevation in pH resulted in 9.3% increase in the recovery of added P as Olsen-P, while the same decreased to the tune of 15.6 and 0.6% with each per cent increase in organic carbon and clay content, respectively. The available P showed significant positive correlation with saloid-P but the same was not observed with Al-, Fe- or Ca-P. The cumulative contribution of all the P fractions to available P was 86% in the studied soils. Sharma and Tripathi (1992) studied the P fractions in the surface layers of some hilly acid soils collected from north-western part of India. The preponderance of reductant soluble P was most likely the cause behind low-land rice crops\' little response to applied P in this region. As revealed by the relative distribution of different fractions of P, majority of the soil samples (about 92%) were in an advanced stage of weathering, while remaining samples were only mildly worn. Only clay content had a discernible impact on the soil\'s overall and Fe-P contents. Amorphous and total Fe accounted for the largest variation in the Fe-P fractions, whereas total and extractable Al was significantly connected to the formation of Al-P. There was no association between forms of Ca and Ca-P fraction. The variation in extractable and amorphous Fe, on the other hand, accounted for the majority of the variation in reductant soluble P. Studies focused on the effect of long-term nutrient management and cropping pattern on inorganic soil P fractions reported increased amount of saloid-, Fe-, Al-, reductant soluble-, and available-P in the soils receiving NPK at recommended dose in comparison to the control. Nunes et al. (2020) studied the impact of long-term tillage and fertilizer management on the distribution of soil P fractions and observed that, as compared to conventional tillage, no-tillage led to higher Pi build-up in labile fractions, whereas, organic P was partitioned more inside protective aggregates. Also, there was an increase in the Ca-P fraction when reactive rock phosphate was used under no-tillage instead of triple super phosphate under conventional tillage. This increase in the Ca-P was more prevalent when the fertilizer was broadcast. Mahawar et al. (2022) showed that application of FYM @5 t ha-1 could significantly increase the proportional abundance of saloid-P fraction. It should be noted in this regard that saloid-P represents that fraction of P which is almost instantly accessible to plants.\r\nINORGANIC PHOSPHORUS FRACTIONS IN INDIAN SOILS\r\nThe relative proportion of P fractions is largely controlled by their solubility and reactivity in soils. Fe-P and Al-P are difficulty soluble compounds at low pH and so is Ca-P at high pH. However, P forms relatively more soluble compounds with Ca2+ and Mg2+ at near neutral pH. The principal active forms of Pi that contribute at different degrees in the available P pool are soluble or loosely bound P, Al-P, Fe-P, and Ca-P. The occluded and reductant-soluble versions of P are both less active. Although their proportions vary, all the fractions of P are generally found in every soil. Acid soils have more Al-P and Fe-P, whereas, neutral to alkaline soils have more Ca-P. Phosphorus is assumed to be associated to Na in sodic soils and it is extremely mobile. Except in lowland rice, the reductant soluble P fraction in soil, in general, is insoluble enough to be of any practical importance. Several scientists have made contribution to the identification of different fractions of Pi in Indian soils. As per Singh and Sharma’s (2007) report, saloid-P, Fe-P, Al-P, and Ca-P ranged from 1.5–4.2, 1.4–14.0, 12.8–29.8 and 17.8–328 mg kg-1 in soils collected from different agro-ecological zones of Punjab. In three major agricultural valleys of Himachal Pradesh, saloid-P, Fe-P, Al-P, and Ca-P fractions ranged from 0.2 to 22.5, 4.1 to 120.3, 0.3 to 89.4, and 14.8 to 400.4 mg kg-1, respectively (Jaggi, 1991). Because of differential P management approaches, the saloid-P and Fe-P did not show any obvious trend in these valleys. According to Patiram and Prasad (1990), Fe-P predominated among the various forms of P identified in the acid soils of Sikkim, being around 1.5 times more abundant than Ca-P or Al-P, whereas, Ca-P and Al-P differed little from one another in terms of abundance. Additionally, they stated that residual P had a negative correlation with other kinds of Pi but was substantially related to total and organic P. Laxminarayana (2007) investigated the distribution of saloid-, Al-, Fe-, and Ca-P in rice soils of Kolasib district, Mizoram, and found that those ranged from 3.25–9.03, 29.6–46.8, 18.2–33.7, and 22.4–39.4 mg kg-1, respectively, with the total P content ranging from 132.3–365.8 mg kg-1. The available P pool in the Kolasib rice-soil was largely made up of Al-P, Fe-P, and Ca-P fractions. Following are the P-fractions\' relative abundances in various soils: Al-P (19.6%) > Fe-P (15.8%) > Ca-P (12.0%) > Saloid-P (2.46%). According to Perumal and Velayutham\'s (1977) observation, Al-P and Fe-P made up 55% of the total P while Ca-P made up just 12% of the same in rice soils. However, unidentified residual P and saloid P accounted for the highest and lowest individual shares of total P, respectively. Reductant soluble P and Ca-P had similar abundance in those rice soils. The distribution of P in Indian Alfisols falling under the pH range of 5.5 to 6.8 was Fe-P > Ca-P > Al-P (Sahrawat, 1977). Doddamani and Seshagiri Rao (1989) investigated different forms of P in soils of Karnataka and found that Ca-P constituted the dominant share of total P in Vertisols (upto 19.5%) and Inceptisols (upto 11.5%). Fe-P constituted 14.2, 9.1, 2.5, and 2.4% of total P in Oxisols, Alfisols, Vertisols and Inceptisols of Karnataka, respectively. Highest amount of reductant-soluble P was found in Oxisols followed by Alfisols, Vertisols and Inceptisols. Occluded and saloid P accounted for 2.9–3.0 and 0.5–0.6%, respectively, of the total P in the soils of Karnataka. Viswanatha and Doddamani (1991) also found Ca-P to be the dominant fraction of P in alkaline Vertisols of Karnataka. According to Rao and Krishnamurthy (2007), the distribution of Pi fractions, such as saloid-, Al-, Fe-, and Ca-P in the soils of Andhra Pradesh\'s Khamman district ranged from 13.5–78.4, 45.0–499, 6.2–47.9, and 6.9–438.2 mg kg-1, respectively. In the rice soils of West Bengal, Al-P, Fe-P, Ca-P, reductant soluble P and occluded P fractions made up approximately 7.2, 27.8, 46.6, 16.2, and 2.2% of the total inorganically bound P, respectively (Mandal, 1975). Debnath and Mandal (1982) also found Ca-P to be the dominant fraction of P in West Bengal soils. They reported the respective ranges of Ca-P, Al-P and Fe-P as 41.4–328.4, 21.4–120.4 and 57.1–142.8 and mg kg-1. Adhikari and Si (1994), however, observed that Fe-P is the leading fraction of Pi in the acidic soils of West Bengal. In their study, saloid-P, Al-P, Ca-P, Fe-P and total P varied from 5.4–15.0, 11.2–18.0, 9.5–31.0, 32.5–41.8 and 122.9–190.1 mg kg-1, respectively. Dutta and Mukhopadhyay (2007) worked with acid (pH 4.21–5.67) soils of north Bengal having moderate to high organic carbon content and their findings revealed that Al-P was the chief form of Pi in those soils, followed by Fe-P. In some coastal soils of West Bengal the major extractable Pi fractions followed the order of Ca-P > Al-P > Fe-P. Lungmuana et al. (2012) studied the distribution of P in the rice-growing red and laterite soils of West Bengal and reported that the average contribution of different Pi fractions towards total P was in the order of Fe-P (18.5%) > Al-P (7.9%) > Ca-P (5.8%) > saloid-P (0.8%). \r\n', 'Anwesha Das, Arkaprava Roy, Dolgobinda Pal and Animesh Chowdhury (2022). Pools and Fractions of Inorganic Phosphorus in Indian Soil and Evolution of its Fractionation Schemes: A Mini Review. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 888-895.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5386, '136', 'Morphological characterization of Quantitative Traits and Estimation of Dormancy Period in Promising Rice Varieties (Oryza sativa L.) of Telangana State', 'J.S. Vijaylaxmi, Y. Bharathi, K. Prabhavathi, Razia Sultana and L. Krishna', '152 Morphological characterization of Quantitative Traits and Estimation of Dormancy Period in Promising Rice Varieties (Oryza sativa L.) of Telangana State Bharathi Y.pdf', '', 1, 'Among the 15 rice varieties studied, variations were observed for the quantitative morphological characters viz., leaf length, stem thickness, stem length, panicle length of main axis, panicle number plant-1, 1000 grain weight, grain length, grain width, decorticated grain length, decorticated grain width, time of heading and maturity. No variations were observed for the characters endosperm amylose content and leaf width. Long leaf blade length is recorded in the variety WGL 915. Medium stem thickness is observed in JGL 18047 and KNM 1638. The length of the main axis of the panicle in the variety WGL 962 is categorized as short while long in RNR 15435 and WGL 915. The varieties JGL 18047, KNM 1638, KNM 733, KNM 118, Tellahamsa and RNR 21278 are categorized as early for days to heading. Even though for endosperm amylose content all the varieties fallen under medium category, the variety WGL 739 is recorded highest amylose content (24.5%) whereas, the variety KNM 118 is recorded the lowest amylose content (20.7%). For the dormancy studies in 15 rice varieties, no dormancy was recorded in Tellahamsa whereas; RNR-11718 exhibited the longest period of dormancy (45 days). The remaining rice varieties exhibited dormancy period from 19 days to 45 days. The highest % of fresh seed germination was recorded in WGL-962 (96.0%) followed by RNR-15048 (95.0%) while the lowest was recorded in RNR-15435 (85.3%). RNR-29325 has recorded the highest initial seedling vigor index-I (2516) while KNM 118 has recorded the lowest (1843). JGL-24423 recorded maximum initial seedling vigour index-II (9312) followed by Tellahamsa (8619) and JGL-18047(8363). Among the rice varieties studied JGL-24423 has recorded good seedling vigour index-I and II.', 'Rice, dormancy, germination, vigour index', 'From the present study we can conclude that, among the varieties studied for fourteen quantitative morphological characters variation is found among the fifteen rice varieties for 13 quantitative characters .No variations were observed for Endosperm amylose content and leaf width. No dormancy was recorded in the variety Tellahamsa and in the remaining varieties varies it ranged from from 19 days to 45days. The highest fresh seed germination % was recorded in the variety WGL-962 (96.0%) and lowest in RNR-15435 (85.3%). The variety RNR-29325 has recorded the highest fresh seedling vigor index-I (2516) and the variety KNM 118 has recorded the lowest seedling vigour index-I (1834). The variety JGL-24423 recorded maximum fresh seedling vigour index-II (9312). Among the varieties studied the variety JGL- 24423 has recorded good seedling vigour index-I and II which indicating the good initial plant establishment and good seed longevity for this variety.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nIn India, rice is cultivated in an area of 43.66 million ha with a productivity of 2722 kg ha-1. India ranks first in the area and second in production after China (India Stat, 2019-2020) and in newly formed Telangana state rice is cultivated in an area of 32.15 lakh hectares with the production and productivity of 19.361 million tones and 6093kg ha-1respectively (Directorate of Economics and statistics, Hyderabad, 2020). The quantum jump in area, production and productivity was possible due to the release and adoption of short duration varieties in the state since 2014 as compared to 14.15 lakh hectares, 7.121 million tones, 5093 kg ha-1, area, production, productivity respectively during 2014-2015 (Directorate of Economics and statistics, Hyderabad, 2020). Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University (PJTSAU) has recently released a good number of promising and outstanding paddy varieties which were very popular among the farmers. The Telangana State is also endowed with excellent agro-climatic conditions, irrigation facilities that were suitable for paddy seed production in both kharif and rabi seasons. \r\nVarietal characterization is an important criterion for registration of newly developed varieties as it ensures varietal identification by the plant breeders and ultimate consumers and further helps in maintaining genetic purity and identity of variety during various stages of seed production. The aspect of Distinctness, Uniformity and Stability (DUS) is fundamental for characterization of varieties. Accurate identification of varieties is not only a pre requisite for DUS testing, but is critical for the production of quality seed also. The present day rice varieties in different categories either in short, medium and long slender group have similar grain types which are very difficult to distinguish either by using morphological traits of the plant or by using seed characters or even they may not be separated during the seed processing also. Use of same mechanical harvester for different varieties is also one of the major factors for varietal admixtures. Due to shortage in the production of nucleus seed of most popular varieties under contingent conditions the breeder seed is used for production of breeder seed in the multiplication chain which might be one of the reasons for varietal deterioration also. \r\nWhile grow out test is preferred for hybrids, now a days it is also advisable to conduct for varieties as there are many issues related to quality particularly in varieties with similar grain types. The use of morphological differences between varieties and identification of off types is always apparent and cannot be recognized easily as the varieties look phenotypically similar. We have characterized using all the DUS characters for the rice varieties under study. In this paper we are discussing the quantitative morphological characters along with their dormancy periods.\r\nThe seed dormancy can be defined as the state or a condition in which seeds are prevented from germinating even under the favorable environmental conditions for germination. During seed maturation primary dormancy is induced (Graeber et al. 2012; Holdsworth et al. 2008; Hong et al. 2015). Almost all cereal seeds are having fresh seed dormancy immediately after harvest and the seeds will not germinate if we want to use them for sowing immediately for next season. Seed dormancy is a boon in agriculture as it prevents the seeds from sprouting in the field, if wet weather prevails during the time of harvest, thereby retains seed quality by avoiding pre harvest sprouting (Sugimoto et al., 2010; Nonogaki et al., 2014; Ashkawa et al., 2014). It can be a bane when it is necessary to sow successive generations immediately after harvest. Hence the present investigation aimed to identify fresh seed dormancy period of paddy varieties developed from Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University (PJTSAU). \r\nSeveral factors associated with dormancy in rice and Mikkelsen (1967) reported that dormancy in rice is not true embryo dormancy, since embryos excised from dormant seed germinate freely. Seshu and Sorrells (1986) investigated, how to impose dormancy in rice and found that the hull and the pericarp act independently and hull-imposed dormancy in rice is more prolonged than pericarp-imposed dormancy. Roberts (1961) reported impermeability of the hull and the pericarp concerned with the non-availability of oxygen to the embryo or high peroxidase activity (Navasero et al., 1975). Takahashi, (1967) figured out, the occurrence of growth inhibitors such as ABA (Gu et al., 2011; Baskin and Baskin 2004) and phenols in the covering structures responsible for seed dormancy in rice, (Hartman et al. 2011) or might be due to short-chain saturated fatty acids (SCSFAs) (Majumder et al., 1989). The present investigation on morphological characterization of quantitative traits and estimation of dormancy period in 15 rice varieties were carried out. \r\nMETHODOLOGY\r\nThe present investigation was carried out during Kharif, 2020 using fifteen elite rice varieties. The breeder seed of 15 rice varieties was obtained from different Rice Research Stations viz., Regional Agricultural Research Station, Jagtial (JGL-24423, JGL-18047), Regional Agricultural Research Station, Warangal (WGL-44, WGL-915, WGL-739, WGL-962), Agricultural Research Station, Kunaram (KNM-733, KNM-118, KNM-1638) and Rice Research Centre, Rajendranagar (RNR-11718, RNR-21278, RNR-15435, RNR-15048, RNR-29325 and Tellahamsa) of Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University. The nursery was sown during the last fortnight of June and transplanted during the last week of July, 2020 in Randomized Block Design with three replications at seed production area of Seed Research and Technology Centre, Rajendranagar, Hyderabad. Each variety was transplanted in twenty rows of 6m length with the Plot size of 30m2. All the recommended agronomic practices were followed for crop cultivation and need based crop protection measures were adopted. The data collection on morphological characteristics was initiated from the seedling stage itself. Five plants were randomly selected for each variety in each of the three replications. The data on morphological characters were recorded at different crop growth stages as per the DUS (Distinctness, Uniformity, and Stability) characteristics. The crop was harvested manually in the month of November, 2020 the seed was threshed and dried to the safe moisture limits. From the 3rdday of the harvest, the seeds of all the fifteen varieties were subjected to germination test for every alternate day till the seed reaches above ninety percent germination for finding the dormancy period.\r\nProcedure for analysis of amylose content of endosperm: The simplified procedure of Juliano (1971) is used for the amylose content analysis. Twenty wholegrain milled rice is ground. 100 mg of rice powder is put into a 100 ml volumetric flask and 1 ml of 95% ethanol and 9 ml of 1N Sodium hydroxide are added. The contents are heated on a boiling water bath to gelatinize the starch. After cooling for one hour, distilled water is added and contents are mixed well. For each set of samples run, low, intermediate and high amylose standard varieties are included to serve as checks. 5 ml of the starch solution is put in a 100 ml volumetric flask with a pipette. 1 ml of 1 N acetic acid, 2 ml of iodine solution (0.2 g iodine and 2.0 g potassium iodide in 100 ml of aqueous solution) is added and volume is made up with distilled water. Contents are shaken well and let stand for 20 minutes. Absorbance of the solution is measured at 620 nm with a spectrophotometer. Amylose content is determined by using a conversion factor and the results are expressed on a dry weight basis. \r\nStandard germination test: The germination test was conducted in laboratory using between paper methods (ISTA, 2019). One hundred seeds in each of four replications were placed on germination paper towels, which were then rolled. The rolled towels were kept in walk in seed germination chamber maintained at 25 ± 1ºC with 90 percent relative humidity. The seedlings were evaluated on the 14th day, and the percent of germination was expressed based on normal seedlings, evaluation was conducted according to He et al. (2019). In order to study the seed dormancy period, freshly harvested seeds were kept for germination at an interval of every 2 days subsequently till it reaches standard germination percentage.\r\nSeedling Vigour Index (SVI): Ten seedlings from each replication were selected at random on the 14th day after germination and seedling length was measured. The same seedlings were dried at 80± 1ºC for 24 hours and dry weight was recorded. The mean seedling length and seedling dry weight were used for estimation of seedling vigour index-I (SVI-I) and Seedling vigour index-II (SVI-II) in two different methods using the following formula given by (Abdul Baki and Anderson, 1973).\r\nSVI –I = Mean seedling length (cm) × Germination (%)\r\nSVI-II = Mean seedling dry weight (mg) × Germination (%)\r\nStatistical analysis: For measurable characters the data generated is subjected to analysis of variance by adopting standard procedures given by Panse and Sukhatme (1969).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nMorphological observations on quantitative traits \r\nThe morphological characters pertaining to quantitative characters (as per DUS guidelines) were recorded for fifteen rice varieties are furnished in Table 1. For the character length of leaf blade, the varieties WGL 915 (58.10 cm) and KNM 1638 (45.60 cm) are recorded long leaf length and medium leaf length is recorded in rest of the thirteen rice varieties. The length of leaf blade ranged from 36.01cm in KNM 118 to 58.10 cm in WGL 915 (Table 1 & Fig 1a). \r\n\r\nFor the character width of the leaf blade all the rice varieties studied are categorized under the medium leaf width ranged from 1.22 cm in KNM 733 to 1.96 cm in WGL 915. The days to heading varied among the varieties under study. The varieties JGL 18047, KNM 1638, KNM 733, KNM 118, Tellahamsa, RNR 21278 are early with the duration ranging from 71 to 90 days. The varieties JGL 24423, WGL 739, WGL 962, WGL 44, RNR 29325, RNR 15048, RNR 15435 are medium with duration ranging from 92 to 105 days and the varieties RNR 11718, WGL 915 are observed as late with 110 days duration (Table 1). Singh et al. (2015) reported the variations in time of heading among the rice varieties and the present results are in conformity with them.\r\nMedium stem thickness is observed in rice varieties JGL 18047 and KNM 1638 whereas; remaining thirteen rice varieties are categorized under thick stem. For the character stem length the variety WGL 915 has categorized under short whereas, remaining fourteen rice varieties are categorized under very short stem length (Table 1). With respect to the length of the main axis of the panicle the rice variety WGL 962 is categorized as short, RNR 15435 and WGL 915 as long and remaining twelve rice varieties are categorized under medium (Table 1). Except RNR 15435 (29.3cm) and WGL 915 (30cm) which are categorized as long the remaining thirteen rice varieties were categorized as medium because the length of panicle main axis does not cross above 25cm. The present study results are in line with the findings of Borah et al. (2016), where they reported that 75.66% rice varieties studied were having medium panicle length. Sharma et al. (2004) observed similar results in rice genotypes and discovered that only eight genotypes had panicle lengths greater than 25 cm while the rest genotypes had panicle lengths less than 25 cm and the present study is also in conformity with them. \r\nThe rice varieties WGL 739, RNR 15048 and RNR 11718 has few number of panicles per plant whereas, the remaining twelve rice varieties are categorized under medium number of panicles per plant (Table 1). Based on number of days taken for maturity the varieties JGL18047, KNM733, KNM 118, KNM1638 and Tellahamsa are grouped under early maturity. The days to maturity is ranged from 110 days to 120 days in this early group; the varieties JGL 24423, RNR 21278 and RNR15048 are fall under medium maturity group (125 to 138 days) and the varieties WGL739, WGL 44, WGL 915, WGL 962, RNR 29325, RNR11718, RNR15435 are categorized under late maturity group (138 to 148 days) (Table. 1) similar results are also reported by Ghosh et al. (2019); Borah et al. (2016). Bishnoi et al. (2021). The test weight of 1000 fully matured grains ranged from 14.41g in WGL 962 to 27.47g in JGL 24423. \r\nThe varieties WGL 962, WGL 915, RNR 21278 are categorized under very low test weight group (14.41 g to 14.80 g); the varieties KNM 1638, KNM 733, KNM 118, WGL 44 are classified under low test weight group (15.44 g to 16.85 g); the varieties WGL 739, Tellahamsa, RNR 29325, RNR11718, RNR15435 are categorized under medium test weight group (21.42g to 21.95g) and the highest test weight is recorded in JGL 18047& JGL 24423 (Table 1).The grain length ranged from 7.46 mm in WGL 962 to 11.64 mm in RNR 15435. The varieties KNM 1638, WGL 44, WGL 962, WGL 915, RNR 11718, RNR 21278 and RNR 15048 are recorded short grain length and the grain length ranged from 7.67 mm to 8.42 mm. The variety RNR-15435 is recorded long grain length. The varieties JGL 18047, JGL 24423, KNM 733, KNM 118, WGL739, Tellahamsa recorded medium grain length (8.75 to 9.69 mm) (Table 1 & Fig.1a). The grain width of fifteen rice varieties is studied and it ranged from 1.56 mm in RNR-15048 to 2.47 mm in JGL-24423. The grain width was very narrow in the rice varieties JGL 18047, KNM 1638, KNM 733, KNM 118, WGL 739, WGL 44, WGL 962, WGL 915 RNR 15435, Tellahamsa, RNR 29325, RNR 21278 and RNR 15048 (1.56 to 2.00 mm) and in the varieties JGL 24423, RNR 11718 narrow grain width is recorded (Table 1&2).\r\nDecorticated grain length for all the fifteen rice varieties studied is ranged from 5.12 mm in RNR 21278 to 8.4 mm in RNR-15435. The rice varieties RNR 21278, WGL 44, WGL 962, KNM 1638 are classified as short (5.12 to 5.18mm); the varieties KNM 733, KNM 118, WGL 915, RNR 11718, RNR-15048 are classified under medium (5.43 to 5.83mm); the varieties JGL 18047, JGL24423, WGL 739, Tellahamsa, RNR 29325 are categorized under long (6.30 to 6.90 mm) and RNR-15435 is categorized under very long. Decorticated grain width of all the varieties is categorized under narrow and the grain width ranged from 1.31 mm in WGL 915 to 1.96 mm in RNR 11718 (Table 1 & 2). Physical measurements of length, width, as well as 1000 grain weight are used in the laboratory to quantify these features. Earlier reports by Sinha and Mishra (2012); Tirkey et al. (2013); Semwal et al. (2014) revealed that 1000 grain weight was used to characterize rice varieties. Bai et al. (2010); Mao et al. (2010) reported that the seed size is also an essential agronomic feature to consider when assessing the yield potential and to distinguish rice varieties. Amylose content in the endosperm is estimated for fifteen rice varieties and all the varieties were fall under medium category ranging from 20.7% to 24.5%. The variety WGL 739 has recorded highest amylose content (24.5%) whereas, the variety KNM 118 has recorded the lowest amylose content (20.7%) (Table 1 & Fig. 1b). Rice with high amylose content (25-30%) tends to cook firm and dry, whereas rice with intermediate amylose content (20-25%) is generally soft and sticky whereas with low amylose content (<20%) cooks soft and sticky. Kapoor et al. (2019) studied endosperm amylose content in fifty rice cultivars out of which thirty six cultivars were having medium amylose content, thirteen having low and one cultivar has high amylose content. Verma et al. (2015) observed variation for endosperm amylose content from 2.0 to 24.5% in rice cultivars which were grouped under low to medium category. These results suggested that the plant morphological traits exhibited dissimilarities among the rice varieties studied and these morphological characters can be used for distinguishing the varieties from each other.\r\nThe mean, range, standard deviation and coefficient of variation for the fourteen quantitative characters among 15 rice varieties are given in Table 2. The mean data recorded on various quantitative morphological characters viz., length of leaf blade (cm), width of leaf blade (cm), stem thickness (cm), stem length (cm), panicle length of main axis (cm), panicle number per plant, time of heading (days), maturity (days), 1000 grain weight (g), grain length (mm), grain width (mm), decorticated grain length (mm), decorticated grain width (mm), amylose content of endosperm (%). These characters are subjected to statistical analysis of variance which indicated that there is significant difference among all the characters at the 0.001 probability levels except for the character stem length which recorded significant difference at 0.01 probability level. The mean sum of squares for all the above mentioned characters is presented in Table 3. \r\nStudies on estimation of dormancy period. The results of dormancy breaking studies conducted in sixteen varieties were presented in Table 2. Among the varieties studied from Rajendranagar station, the variety Tellahamsa exhibited 90% germination immediately after harvest whereas, RNR-11718 has taken the longest duration to break dormancy i.e., 45 days after harvest to exhibit 90% germination. Immediately after harvest the varieties RNR-21278, RNR-15435 and RNR-15048 showed very low germination %, i.e., 20%, 16%, 29% respectively. And both RNR-21278 and RNR-15435 were taken 35 days to break dormancy after harvest. Whereas, the varieties RNR-15048 and RNR-29325 have taken 31days and 27 days respectively to break dormancy after harvest (Table 4). The two varieties from Jagtial station took approximately one month to completely break their dormancy. The variety JGL-24423 has registered a higher germination percentage at 27 days after harvest followed by the variety JGL-18047 which has taken 34 days for breaking its dormancy (Table 4 and Fig 2). The cultivars from Kunaram station, KNM-1638 and KNM-118 exhibited a relatively lower dormancy period compared to KNM-733. KNM-1638 has taken only 19 days to break its dormancy completely. Whereas KNM-118 has taken 27 days and KNM-733 has taken 38 days to completely break its dormancy (Table 4). Among the varieties obtained from Warangal station varieties, WGL-44 and WGL-962 showed lower dormancy periods i.e., 26 days and 28 days respectively, compared to other varieties of the station.\r\nThe variety WGL-739 has taken 33 days to break its dormancy after harvest followed by WGL-915 which has taken 30 days after harvest (Table 4). The dormancy periods among the varieties obtained from different research stations differ significantly and the results were in accordance with (Shanmugasundaram, 1953; Ghose et al., 1956). Except for the variety, Tellahamsa rest of the varieties studied were showing the dormancy period varies from 19 days to 45 days which indicates these varieties will not have any problem regarding in situ germination. And the physical or mechanical means of dormancy breaking methods need to apply if one wishes to go for immediate sowings for the next season. \r\nGermination % and Seedling vigour. After studying the dormancy period among the varieties the germination % and seedling vigour were studied. The germination % was recorded highest in the variety WGL-962 (96.0%) followed by RNR-15048 (95.0%) which were taken 28 and 31 days for breaking their dormancy respectively. The lowest germination percentage was recorded in the variety RNR-15435 (85%) which has taken 35 days for breaking the dormancy (Table 5 & Fig. 2). The fifteen entries were studied for their seedling vigour both for vigour index-I and II. The variety RNR-29325 has recorded the highest seedling vigour index-I (2516) followed by the variety JGL-24423 (2411) which were showed the germination % of 93% and 89% respectively. Chaturvedi et al. (2012) reported Speed of germination provides good reflection of seed vigor, similar results were obtained in the present study. The variety KNM 118 has recorded the lowest seedling vigour index-I (1834) with 90% germination (Table. 5 & Fig. 2). In case of seedling vigour index-II the variety JGL-24423 recorded maximum seedling vigour index-II (9312) followed by Tellahamsa (8619) and JGL-18047 (8363). Among the varieties studied the variety JGL-24423 has recorded good seedling vigour index-I and II which indicating the good initial plant establishment and good storability characters for this variety (Table 5 & Fig. 2). \r\n \r\n', 'J.S. Vijaylaxmi, Y. Bharathi, K. Prabhavathi, Razia Sultana and L. Krishna (2022). Morphological characterization of Quantitative Traits and Estimation of Dormancy Period in Promising Rice Varieties (Oryza sativa L.) of Telangana State. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 896-905.'),
(5387, '136', 'Effect of different Training System on Growth of Pear (Pyrus communis L.)', 'Imran Ali, Satya Prakash, Arvind Kumar, S.K. Tripathi, R.S. Sengar, Jitender Singh and Upendra Maurya', '153 Effect of different Training System on Growth of Pear (Pyrus communis L.) Imran Ali.pdf', '', 1, 'Pear (Pyrus communis L.) is an important temperate fruit crop after apple belonging to the family Rosaceae. An experiment was conducted to determine the effect of plant training system on growth of Pear (Pyrus communis L.) during the year 2020-2021 with the varieties (V1-Baggugosha, V2-Punjab Beauty and V3-Punjab Gold) and Training systems (T1-Y-trellis, T2-Cordon, T3-Espalier and T4-Control) at the Horticulture Research centre of Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel University of Agriculture and Technology, Meerut (U.P.). The experiment was laid out in Factorial Randomized Block Design (FRBD) with four replications. The maximum tree height (4.08 m) was observed in control with variety Baggugosha, while the minimum tree height was observed in trellis system with variety Pubjab Gold. The maximum canopy volume (7.04 m3) was observed in Espalier system with variety Punjab beauty. The maximum number of shoots per tree (103.95), shoot diameter (13.27 cm) and number of flower per tree (277.05) were observed in Espalier system with variety Baggugosha. Whereas, the minimum values for the above parameters were recorded in control with variety Punjab Gold.', 'Growth, Pear, Training system and Varieties', 'On the basis of results summarized above, it can be concluded that there was a significant effect of training system on growth of Pear in terms of tree height (m), canopy volume (m3), number of shoots per tree, shoots diameter (mm) and number flowers per tree. The maximum tree height was observed in control with variety Baggugosha. While, the minimum tree height was observed in trellis with variety Punjab Gold. The maximum canopy volume was observed in Espalier system with variety Punjab beauty. The best results were observed for number of shoots per tree, shoot diameter and number of flower per treein Espalier system with variety Baggugosha. Whereas, the minimum values for the above parameters were recorded in control with variety Punjab Gold. Therefore, Espalier training system with variety Baggugosha and their combination may be suggested for getting higher yield in Pear under western Uttar Pradesh Conditions.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPear (Pyrus communis L.) is one of the most important temperate fruit crop after apple in the family Rosaceae. It is diploid with chromosome number of 2n=2X=34 and belongs to the sub-family Pomoideae. The most important species of Pear are Pyrus communis L. (European pear), Pyrus pyrifolia L. (Asian/Japanese pear), Pyrus nivalis L. and Pyrus calleryana L. Pear is originated from China. Pyrus species are scattered over a large area in countries ranging from north to north west, west and south-Central regions (Sharifani et al., 2008). It is next only to apple in importance, production and vertical diversity among the temperate fruit. Pear is a mild sweet fruit with fibrous centre. It is rich in essential antioxidants plant compounds and dietary fibre.The improved pear cultivars in India were introduced in the later part of the 19th century. In India, pear occupies the second place among temperate fruits both in area and production. In India, Pear is grown on 44 thousand hectares area with a production of 318 Metric tons fruits annually (Anonymous, 2018).\r\nPear is among few fruit crops, which is adaptable to a wide range of agro-climatic condition. Pears can be cultivated in a climate ranging from very cold temperature to humid subtropical and can tolerant temperature as low as -26ºC temperature during dormancy and as high as 45ºC during growing period. Best temperature for its flowering and fruiting is 2ºC in winter and 32ºC in summers. Annual rainfall 100-125 cm is adequate for its growth. Summers should be less humid. Fruits make good growth if sufficient rains are there at maturity stage. Most of the European cultivars need sufficient cold requirement of 1,000-1500 chilling hours (Sharma and Krishna 2017).\r\nHowever, in other Pear cultivars, it may vary significantly under varied climatic conditions. Hard pear is widely adapted to soil and agro-climatic conditions of India. Low chilling varieties of hard pear require 200-300 chilling hours under Punjab conditions contrasting to 900-1000 chilling hour required by high chilling varieties grown in states of higher altitudes. The fruit of Pear is mostly used for table purpose. It is the rich source of nutrients like Protein (0.4 gm/100 gm), Carbohydrate (15 gm/100gm), Fat (0.1 gm/100 gm), Dietary fibres (3.1 gm/100 gm), Potassium (116 mg/100gm), Sodium (1 mg/100gm), Iron (1%), Magnesium (1%) and Vitamin C (7%). It reduces the risk of cardiovascular disease, promotes gut health and anti-cancer effects etc. (USDA National Nutrient Data Base).\r\nPear fruits are recommended for the patients suffering from diabetes because of low sucrose content, helps in lowering blood pressure and regulate heart pulse. It contains a 3.1 gm dietary fibre which is very good for gut health. It is a good source of antioxidants and about 27 to 41 mg phenolics are found per 100 mg of fruit. Pear has also proved to be a vasodilator and anti-arrhythmic properties of its elements generally lowers the blood pressure and regulates the heart pulse. Folic acid is available in the fruits and forms the complex of vitamin B. It contains a glycoside called arbutin which could be used to treat urinary tract infections. It helps in the expulsion of uric acid from the body. The leaves of pear help in the treatment of sores and swelling. They also help in the treatment of fever, anaemia and general debility. Bark of pear trees may be used as a destion. It is commonly processed into drinks (like RTS, squashes), candies, preserved fruits, and jam (Reiland and Slavin 2015).\r\nTraining is started from nursery stage of plant. Training means developing a desired shape of the tree with particular objectives by controlling habit of growth. The main goal of tree training is to promote favourable growth patterns, whereas training is used to bring trees into production earlier, develop a strong structural frame work that will support heavy crop loads without breaking, promote good sun light penetration through the canopy, and make the trees easier to manage (Hassan et al., 2010). \r\nTraining helps to establish a strong framework of scaffold limbs capable of supporting regular annual succession of crops, expose maximum leaf surface to the sun, direct the growth of trees so that various cultural operation like spraying and harvesting become economical, protect the tree from sunburn and promote early production (Kaiths et al., 2011). \r\nIn Pear training system is appropriate choice for high density planting in Pear cultivars rather than use of dwarfing root stock or cultivars. Various training systems like Open vase, Espalier, Cordon, Palmette, Fuestoo, Free spindle and Y-Trellis are uses in Pear for quality production of fruits.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experiment was conducted at Horticulture Research Center of Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel University of Agriculture and Technology, Modipuram, Meerut, Uttar Pradesh during the year 2020-2021. The experimental materials consist of 48 Pear trees and the Experiment was conducted with different training system and varieties. The experiment was laid out in Factorial Randomized Block Design (FRBD) consisting of 12 treatments and four replications.\r\nTreatment details\r\n Factor A: Variety, \r\nV1= Baggugosha, V2= Punjab Beauty, V3= Punjab Gold\r\nFactor B: Training System, \r\nT1= Y-trellis, T2= Cordon, T3= Espalier, T4= Control\r\nTreatment combinations\r\nT1=V1T1T5=V2T1T9=V3T1\r\nT2=V1T2 T6=V2T2T10=V3T2\r\nT3=V1T3T7=V2T3T11=V3T3\r\nT4=V1T4T8=V2T4T12=V3T4\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nIn present investigation, a significant difference has been observed in terms of growth parameters among all the treatments as compare to control and presented in Table 1.\r\nTree height (m). The maximum tree height (3.26 m) was observed with variety V1 (Baggugosha) which was found significantly superior over the treatments and the average minimum plant height (2.60 m) was recorded with variety V3 (Punjab Gold). Training system had non-significant impact on tree height. The average maximum tree height (3.20) was found without training system (Control), whereas the average minimum value (2.39 m) was found to be lower with T1 (Trellis).The interaction impact of training system and variety for tree height was found non- significant. The average maximum tree height (4.08 m) was observed with control (V1T4). While, the minimum tree height (2.04 m) was recorded with trellis (V3T1). Similar results were also reported by Singh et al. (2012); Cean and Stanica (2013); Choi et al. (2014); Bhat and Dhillon (2015); Walsh et al. (2015); Sharma, Y. (2016).\r\n Canopy Volume (m3) \r\nThe maximum canopy volume (4.53 m3) was observed with variety V1 (Baggugosha), which was found significantly superior over the treatments and the average minimum (4.19 m3) was recorded with variety V3 (Punjab Gold). Training system has the significant impact on canopy volume. The average maximum canopy volume (6.09 m3) was found to be significantly higher with T3 (Espalier). Whereas, the average minimum (3.13 m3) was found to be lower with T4 (Control).The interaction impact of training system and variety for canopy volume was found significant. The average maximum canopy volume (7.04 m3) was found to be significantly higher with Espalier (V2T3). However, the average minimum canopy volume (2.77 m3) was recorded with Control (V3T4). Similar findings have been reported by Bianco et al. (2007); Kiprijanovski et al. (2009); Gill et al. (2011); Lukic et al. (2012); Rufato et al. (2014).\r\nNumber of shoots per tree. The maximum number of shoots per tree (96.55) was recorded with variety V1 (Baggugosha) which was found significantly superior over the treatments and the average minimum (84.99) was recorded with variety V3 (Punjab Gold). Training system has the significant impact on number of shoots per tree. The average maximum number of shoots per tree (98.21) was found to be significantly higher with T3 (Espalier). Whereas, the average minimum (80.99) was found to be lower with T4 (Control).The interaction impact of training system and variety for number of shoots per tree was found significant. The average maximum number of shoots per tree (103.95) was found to be significantly higher with Espalier (V1T3). While, the average minimum number of shoots per tree (71.50) was recorded with Control (V3T4).The above findings are in agreement with the findings of Sharma and Kaur (2006); MA et al. (2012); Cean and Stanica (2013).\r\nShoot Diameter (mm). The maximum Shoot diameter (11.44 mm) was recorded with variety V1 (Baggugosha) which was found significantly superior over the treatments and the average minimum (10.98 mm) was recorded with variety V3 (Punjab Gold).Training system has the significant impact on shoot diameter. The average maximum shoot diameter (12.36 mm) was found to be significantly higher with T3 (Espalier). However, the average minimum (10.67 mm) was found to be lower with T4 (Control).\r\nThe interaction impact of training system and variety for shoot diameter was found significant. The average maximum shoot diameter (13.27 mm) was found to be significantly higher with Espalier (V1T3). Moreover, the average minimum Stem Diameter (10.19) was recorded with Cordon (V3T2).Similar finding has been also reported by Rathi et al. (2003); Demirtas et al. (2010); Ikinci et al. (2014); Choi et al. (2014); Nasar et al. (2015).\r\nNumber of flowers per tree. The maximum number of flowers per tree (235.35) was recorded with variety V1 (Baggugosha) which was found significantly superior over the treatments and the average minimum (221.98) was recorded with variety V3 (Punjab Gold). Training system has the significant impact on number of flowers per tree. The average maximum number of flowers per tree (246.08) was found to be significantly higher with T3 (Espalier). However, the average minimum (219.44) was found to be lower with T4 (Control). The interaction impact of training system and variety for number of flowers per tree was found significant. The average maximum number of flowers per tree (277.05) was found to be significantly higher with Espalier (V1T3). Moreover, the average minimum number of flowers per tree (200.56) was recorded with Control (V3T4). Similar findings have been reported by Khattab et al. (2003); Lawande et al. (2014).\r\n', 'Imran Ali, Satya Prakash, Arvind Kumar, S.K. Tripathi, R.S. Sengar, Jitender Singh and Upendra Maurya (2022). Effect of different Training System on Growth of Pear (Pyrus communis L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 906-910.'),
(5388, '136', 'Genetic Diversity Study among Garden Pea (Pisum sativum var. hortense L.) Genotypes', 'Mamatha R.M., Ramesh Kumar Sharma, Ajay Bhardwaj and Randhir Kumar', '154 Genetic Diversity Study among Garden Pea (Pisum sativum var. hortense L.) Genotypes Mamatha RM.pdf', '', 1, 'Pea (Pisum sativum var. hortense L.), is leguminous vegetable crop belongs to the family leguminosae with a diploid chromosome number 2n=14 and it is grown as a garden and field crop throughout the temperate regions of the world. China is the major pea producing country followed by India and USA. Although, it is cultivated in different regions of the country, but the average pod yield is quite low in Bihar when compared with National average (7.5 t/ha). The plant breeders are always interested to know the genetic divergence among the varieties available due to reasons that crosses involving genetically diverse parents are likely to produce high heterotic effect and they produce wide spectrum of variability. Hence the investigation was carried out to identify high yielding genotypes for Bihar condition. A total of 28 garden pea (Pisum sativum var. hortense L.) genotypes were evaluated to study the genetic diversity for the characters under study. The genotypes were grown in plots using Randomized Complete Block Design (RCBD) at Experimental farm of the Department of Horticulture (Vegetable and Floriculture), Bihar Agricultural College, BAU, Sabour, Bhagalpur, Bihar during 2018-19. The analysis of variance shown that mean sums of squares due to genotypes were significant for all the parameters. The multivariate analysis revealed that genotypes were arranged in 9 clusters with maximum number of genotypes in cluster I (15). Protein content contributed maximum towards total genetic divergence. The inter-cluster distance ranged from 118.51-3590.62. The highest intra-cluster distance was exhibited by cluster I (324.27). The maximum inter-cluster genetic divergence was recorded between II and IX (3590.62). Crosses involving genotypes of cluster II (Badshah-10, Taj-C3, IC-109696, ADU-12, Same-04 and Arkel) and IX (Nirali) would expect maximum heterosis and desirable recombinants in the segregating generations of garden pea. Genotypes ‘Peas TSX-10’, ‘Punjab-89’, ‘Badshah-10’, ‘Haze-02’ and ‘VM-10’ were observed to be promising on the basis of pod characters and yield.', 'Diversity, garden pea, yield, heterosis, genetic divergence', 'The multivariate analysis revealed considerable genetic diversity present in the 28 genotypes studied. Hybridization between genotypes of cluster I such as ‘VM-10’, ‘Peas TSX-10’, ‘EC-507771’, ‘Pusa Prabhat’, ‘IC-552770’, ‘Muze-02’, ‘EC-412882’, ‘Azad P-3’, ‘EC-269571’, ‘AP-3’, ‘VM-12’, ‘P-3771’, ‘Muze-01’, ‘P-3824’, ‘Buxe-03’ and ‘Nirali’ of cluster V, could get more recombinants in the segregating generations.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nGarden pea (Pisum sativum var. hortense L.), belongs to family leguminosae (Fabaceae), and is extensively grown and popular vegetable crop. It is the second most important food legume worldwide after Phaseolus vulgaris (Taran et al., 2005). It is a rich source of protein, amino acids and carbohydrates. Peas are highly nutritive and are rich source of digestible proteins (7%), along with carbohydrates and minerals. It is used as a fresh vegetable or in soup, canned, processed or dehydrated. Worldwide garden pea occupies an area of 2.66 million hectares, production of 20.67 million tonnes with a productivity of 7.75 t/ha. In India, area of 0.053 million hectares, production 5.345 million tonnes with a productivity of 10.08 t/ha. In Bihar, it occupies an area 10,510 ha with a production of 66,360 tonnes and the productivity is 6.31 t/ha (Anonymous, 2017). Although, it is cultivated in different regions of the country and is one of the preferred winter vegetables, but the average green pod yield is quite low in Bihar (6.31t/ha) when compared with National (10.08t/ha) and world average (7.5 t/ha). Hence the investigation was carried out to identify high yielding genotypes for Bihar condition. The variability between different cultivars of a crop species is known as genetic diversity. Variability differs from diversity in such a way that variability shows observable phenotypic differences whereas diversity may or may not having observable phenotypic differences, latter may or may not have such an expression. The method of surveying hereditary difference is the D2 measurement proposed by Mahalanobis (1936). In this method, forces of differentiation at two levels (intra and inter cluster levels) are screened out, and thus play an effective part in the selection of genetically divergent parents for utilization in any hybridization programme (Singh 1983). Keeping these facts in view, the present investigation was carried out with the objective to analyse genetic diversity among the genotypes of garden pea.\r\n \r\n\r\n\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experimental material for the present study comprised of 28 genotypes of vegetable pea (Pisum sativum var. hortense L.). These genotypes were evaluated during rabi season at the Experimental farm of the Department of Horticulture (Vegetable and Floriculture), Bihar Agricultural College, BAU, Sabour, Bhagalpur, Bihar during 2018-19. The experiment was laid out in complete randomized block design with three replications. The pea seeds were sown at a spacing of 30 cm x 10 cm during the first week of October. Recommended package of practices were followed for healthy growth of the crop. The observations were recorded on randomly taken five plants of each genotype in each replication followed by computing their means for the horticultural and quality traits. The data were statistically analysed as per the standard procedure for analysis of variance (Panse and Sukhatme 1954). Using D2 values, different genotypes were grouped into various clusters following Tocher\'s method as suggested by Rao (1952). \r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe analysis of variance shown that mean sum of squares due to genotypes were significant for all the growth parameters, yield contributing traits, and quality characters, indicating the presence of sufficient genetic variability in the genotypes.\r\nOn the basis of D2 values, 28 genotypes of garden pea were arranged into nine clusters following Tocher\'s procedure (Rao, 1952) and also represented in dendrogram (Fig. 1). Among different clusters, cluster I was the largest one. Singh and Mishra (2008); Katkani et al. (2022) also reported cluster I as the largest one. Out of the 9 clusters of 28 genotypes, cluster I comprised of maximum 15 genotypes (VM-10, Peas TSX-10, EC-507771, Pusa Prabhat, IC-552770, Muze-02, EC-412882, Azad P3, IC-269571, AP-3, VM-12, P-3771, Muze-01, P-3824 and Buxe-03) followed by cluster II with 6 genotypes (Badshah-10, Taj-C3, IC-109696, ADU-12, Same-04 and Arkel) and the remaining clusters namely III (EC-598559 ), IV (Punjab -89), V (NBR-Ruchi), VI (EC-269571), VII (VM-11), VIII (Haze-02), IX (Nirali) were monogenotypic i.e., containing one genotype (Table 1). Different clustering patterns in garden pea were also obtained by earlier workers Siddika et al. (2014), Georgieva et al. (2016); Katkani et al. (2022); Singh and Mishra (2008); Ahmed et al. (2021). \r\nThe average intra-cluster distance ranged from 0 to 324.27 with the highest in cluster I (324.27) followed by cluster II (239.4). The clusters III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII and IX were constituted by a single genotype each and hence, their intra-cluster distance was zero. The inter-cluster distance ranged from 118.51-3590.62. The maximum inter-cluster genetic divergence was observed between clusters II and IX (3590.62) followed by clusters III and clusters IX (2542.12), clusters II and VII (2193.85) and clusters II and VI (1902.16) (Table 2). This clearly suggests the presence of sufficient amount of genetic diversity among the garden pea genotypes. Since the intra-cluster distance was low, the chances of getting good recombinants by hybridization between parents within cluster would be low. Therefore, it is necessary to attempt hybridization between genotypes falling under different clusters based on inter-cluster distance. A wide range of inter-cluster genetic distance among the different clusters of pea genotypes have also been reported by Singh et al. (2008); Georgieva et al. (2016); Khan et al. (2017); Muthuselvi and Shanthi (2013); Kumar and Kumar (2016) also reported. Maximum number of transgressive segregants could be obtained in a hybridization programme involving genotypes of cluster II and IX as parents.\r\nCluster means for different traits showed substantial differences among the clusters for each trait (Table 3). The cluster IV superior for lower node number at which at which first flower appeared, seeds per pod and shelling (%). Cluster V found superior for early maturity manifested by days to first picking and also for pod length and high TSS. Cluster VI Showed maximum mean values for number of primary branches. Cluster VII exhibited highest mean values for five traits namely days to first flower, days to 50% flowering, minimum internodal length, ascorbic acid and total sugar, whereas cluster VIII for maximum plant height, pods per plant and pod yield per plant. Cluster IX showed maximum mean values for nodes per plant and protein. These findings are in accordance with Brahmaiah et al. (2014). The contribution of individual characters to divergence has been worked out in terms of number of times it appeared first (Table 4). Protein (38.62%) contributed maximum towards genetic divergence followed by ascorbic acid (38.10%), total sugar (12.17%) and no. of primary branches (3.97%). Variable contribution of different plant growth and yield characters to genetic distance have also been reported by Georgieva et al. (2016); Gupta et al. (2017) in garden pea.\r\n', 'Mamatha R.M., Ramesh Kumar Sharma, Ajay Bhardwaj and Randhir Kumar (2022). Genetic Diversity Study among Garden Pea (Pisum sativum var. hortense L.) Genotypes. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 911-915.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5389, '136', 'Analysis of Correlation and Path coefficient among the Yield and Yield Attributes Characters in Potato (Solanum tuberosum L.)', 'Rahul Kumar, Satya Prakash, S.K. Luthra, Bijendra Singh, Pooran Chand, Vipin Kumar, Rajendra Singh and Khursheed Alam', '155 Analysis of Correlation and Path coefficient among the Yield and Yield Attributes Characters in Potato (Solanum tuberosum L.) Rahul Kumar.pdf', '', 1, 'The present investigation was carried out at Horticulture Research Center (HRC), Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel University of Agriculture and Technology, Meerut during Rabi season 2020-21 to determine the correlation and path-coefficient analysis in potato (Solanum tuberosum L.). The experiment comprised 21 genotypes of potato which were sown in Randomized Block Design (RBD) with three replications. The correlation coefficient is used to convey the degree of association between dependent and independent variables. It gives a clear image of the degree of the association between a pair of the features and suggests whether related features can be improved simultaneously. Path coefficient analysis is useful method for estimating the direct and indirect effects of different contributing features on tuber yield. Tuber yield plant-1 showed highly significant and positive correlation with tuber size, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of tubers plant-1, germination % at 20 DAP, number of leaves at 30 DAP and positive but non-significant correlation with number of stem plant-1, number of nodes at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP. Whereas, it was negative and highly significant correlation with plant height, length of internodes both at phenotypic and genotypic level. The genotypic correlation was significantly stronger than the corresponding phenotypic values, indicating a strong underlying link between several character pairings. Path coefficient analysis revealed that positive and direct effect on tuber yield per plant was exerted by the length of internodes followed by tuber size, number of tubers plant-1, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 60 DAP, germination % at 20 DAP. While, negative direct effect on tuber yield per plant was exerted by the plant height followed by number of nodes at 60 DAP, number of stem plant-1 and number of nodes at 30 DAP.', 'Correlation, path coefficient, potato, Yield Attributes, Solanum tuberosum', 'Based on correlation result it was concluded that tuber yield plant-1 (g) exhibited highly significant and positive correlation with tuber size (cm) followed by number of leaves at 60 days, number of tubers plant-1, germination % at 20 DAP both at genotypic and phenotypic level.\r\nBased on path coefficient analysis, the highest positive and direct effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exhibited by length of internodes followed by tuber size, number of tubers plant-1, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 60 DAP and germination % at 20 DAP would be considered as the reliable selection parameters for developing high yielding genotype.\r\n', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPotato (Solanum tuberosum L. 2n=4x=48) is known as the \"King of vegetables\". It\'s a tuber crop that belongs to the solanaceae family (Rahman et al., 2016). Thebase chromosome number of Potato is X=12, In addition to diploids (2n = 2x = 24), triploids (2n = 36), tetraploids (2n = 48), pentaploids (2n = 60), and hexaploids (2n = 72) (Lee et al., 2021). In terms of food and protein production per unit area and time, it is superior to all other major food crops, thus contributing to global food and nutritional security. Potato is widely used as raw material in the starch extraction industry. About 75 to 80% of a potato tuber\'s weight is made up of water, followed by 16 to 20% of carbs, 2.5 to 3.2% of crude protein, 1.2 to 2.2% of true protein, 0.8 to 1.2% minerals, 0.1% to 0.2% of crude fat, 0.6% of crude fibre, and vitamins B and C. (Patel et al., 2018).\r\nPotato is a Rabi season crop. It’s better growth and production around 20-degree Celsius temperature are needed. In potato, tubers formed from the stolon. It is a most basal node of the plant, below the soil level. Stolon formation and tuberization of stolons are the two stages of tuber formation. The potato tuber is a modified stem with a shorter axis and leaf tissue that is noticeably undeveloped. Inflorescence of potato is cymose, it’s fruit type is berry, and it’s flowers are generally open in the early morning. Potato is self-pollinated crop (Ram 2019).\r\nYield is a complex character that is influenced by many different contributing factors and how they interact. A correlation coefficient analysis measures the relationship between two or more plant characters and determines the component characters for selection that can be used to improve yields through genetic improvement and the term correlation is given by Galton (1988). Path coefficient analysis can help determine whether the association of these characters is due to their direct effects on yield or is a result of indirect effects they exert via other component characters. The path coefficient technique was developed by Wright (1921). In order to determine the degree of correlation between various yield-contributing attributes and their direct and indirect effects on tuber yield, the current study was conducted (Prabha et. al., 2016).\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe current study was carried out utilizing a Randomized Block Design with three replications at the Horticulture Research Center of the Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel University of Agriculture and Technology in Modipuram, Meerut, during the Rabi season 2020–21. Individual plot dimensions for the potato genotypes were 1.8×1.0 meter with spacing (60 × 20 cm). In that experiment materials comprised 21 morphological different potato genotypes (Table 1) were taken from CPRI Modipuram Meerut. For observation five plants were selected in each plot to grow a healthy crop entire suggested agronomical operations and plant protection measures were applied during studied. The following eleven characters were observed in five selected plants viz., germination % at 20 DAP, number of leaves at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP, length of internodes, plant height, number of stem plant-1, number of tubers plant-1, tuber sized, tuber yield plant-1. Correlation coefficient was suggested by employing the formula given by (Al-jibouri et al., 1958). The path coefficient was calculated using Dewey and Lu\'s approach from 1959.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nCorrelation coefficient. In general, the genotypic correlation coefficient was found to be larger than the phenotypic correlation coefficient among the eleven characters under study (Table 2), indicating a significant intrinsic link between various pairs of features in potato germplasm.\r\nAt the genotypic level, tuber yield plant-1 showed positive and highly significant correlation with tuber size (cm) (0.772**), followed by number of leaves at 60 DAP (0.550**), number of tubers plant-1 (0.501**), germination % at 20 DAP (0.332**), number of leaves at 30 DAP (0.288*). Whereas, negative and highly significant correlation with plant height (-0.339**), length of internodes (cm) (-0.316*). Positive and non-significant correlation with number of stem plant-1 (0.215), number of nodes at 60 DAP (0.148), number of nodes at 30 DAP (0.111).\r\nAt the phenotypic level, tuber yield plant-1 exhibited highly positive and significant correlation with tuber size (cm) (0.742**) followed by number of leaves at 60 DAP (0.549**), number of tubers plant-1 (0.489**), number of leaves at 30 DAP (0.277*), germination % at 20 DAP (0.246*). Highly significant but negative correlation with plant height (-0.328**), length of internodes (cm) (-0.294*). Whereas positive and non-significant correlation with number of stem plant-1 (0.207), number of nodes at 60 DAP (0.148), number of nodes at 30 DAP (0.110).\r\nGermination % at 20 DAP showed highly significant and positive correlation with tuber size, tuber yield plant-1. Whereas, positive and non-significant correlation with number of stem plant-1, number of leaves at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP. Negative and non- significant correlation with length of internodes, plant height, number of tubers plant-1. Number of leaves at 30 DAP exhibited positive and highly significant correlation with number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of stem plant-1, tuber yield plant-1. Whereas, positive and non-significant correlation with number of nodes at 60 DAP, germination % at 20 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, tuber size (cm), number of tubers plant-1 while, negative and non-significant correlation with plant height (cm), length of internodes (cm). Number of leaves at 60 DAP showed positive and significant correlation with number of nodes at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of stem plant-1, number of leaves at 30 DAP, tuber yield plant-1, number of tubers plant-1. Whereas, positive and non-significant correlation with tuber size, germination % at 20 DAP, length of internodes while negative and non-significant correlation with plant height. Number of nodes at 30 DAP showed highly positive and significant correlation with number of nodes at 60 DAP, number of stem plant-1, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of tubers plant-1. Positive and non-significant correlation with number of leaves at 30 DAP, tuber yield plant-1, germination % at 20 DAP, while negative and non-significant correlation with tuber size (cm), plant height, length of internodes. Number of nodes at 60 DAP exhibited positive and significant correlation with number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of stem plant-1, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of tubers plant-1. Whereas, positive and non-significant correlation with number of leaves at 30 DAP, tuber yield plant-1, germination % at 20 DAP, length of internodes while negative and non-significant correlation with tuber size, plant height. Length of internode showed positive and highly significant correlation with plant height, and negative and highly significant correlation with number of tubers plant-1, while negative and less-significant correlation with tuber yield plant-1, number of stem plant-1. Positive and non-significant correlation with number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP and negative and non-significant correlation with tuber size, germination % at 20 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 30 DAP. Plant height showed positive and highly significant correlation with the length of internodes, while negative and significant correlation with number of stem plant-1, number of tubers plant-1, tuber yield plant-1. Negative and non-significant correlation with tuber size, germination % at 20 DAP, number of leaves at 30 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP. Number of stem plant-1 exerted positive and highly significant correlation with number of nodes at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of tubers plant-1, number of leaves at 60 DAP, while positive and less significant correlation with number of leaves at 30 DAP. Negative and highly significant correlation with plant height whereas, negative and less significant correlation with length of internodes. Positive and non-significant correlation with germination % at 20 DAP, tuber yield plant-1 while, negative and non-significant correlation with tuber size. Number of tubers plant-1 showed positive and highly significant correlation with number of stem plant-1, tuber yield plant-1, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, while negative and highly significant correlation with length of internodes, plant height. Positive and non-significant correlation with number of leaves at 30 DAP, tuber size, while negative and non-significant correlation with germination % at 20 DAP. Tuber size exhibited positive and highly significant correlation with tuber yield plant-1, germination % at 20 DAP. Positive and non-significant correlation with number of leaves at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of tubers plant-1 while negative and non-significant correlation with length of internodes, plant height, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP, number of stem plant-1. Similarly, result was earlier finding by Sattar et al. (2007); Haydar et al. (2009); Lamboro et al. (2014); Alam et al. (2020); Kumar et al. (2020); Lavanya et al. (2020).\r\nPath coefficient analysis. To determine the direct and indirect effects of various features on tuber yield plant-1, the path coefficient analysis was conducted from genotypic and phenotypic correlation coefficient (Table 3).\r\nGenotypic path coefficient. At genotypic level, it was observed that the length of internodes showed high positive direct effect on tuber yield plant-1 (kg) followed by tuber size, number of tubers plant-1, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 60 DAP, germination % at 20 DAP, whereas, negative direct effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the plant height followed by number of nodes at 60 DAP, number of stem plant-1, number of leaves at 30 DAP.\r\nAt the genotypic level highly positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exhibited by the tuber size (cm), number of leaves at 30 DAP, number of stem plant-1, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP while highly negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was showed by the length of internodes (cm), plant height, number of tubers plant-1 via., germination % at 20 DAP respectively. Highly positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was showed by the plant height, length of internodes (cm) while highly negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exhibited by the number of leaves at 60 DAP, germination % at 20 DAP, number of stem plant-1, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP, tube size (cm), number of tubers plant-1 via., number of leaves at 30 DAP respectively. Number of nodes at 60 DAP, number of stem plant-1, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 30 DAP, number of tubers plant-1, germination % at 20 DAP, tuber size (cm), and length of internodes (cm) showed considerable positive indirect effects on tuber yield plant-1 while plant height exhibited negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 via., Number of leaves at 60 DAP respectively. Number of leaves at 30 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of stem plant-1, germination % at 20 DAP, and number of tubers plant-1 exhibited considerable positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 whereas tuber size (cm), plant height and length of internodes (cm) showed considerable negative indirect effect on tuber yield per plant via., number of nodes at 30 DAP respectively. Tuber size (cm), plant height showed considerable positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 while number of tubers plant-1, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of stem plant-1, number of leaves at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 60 DAP, germination % at 20 DAP and length of internodes (cm) exhibited considerable negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 via., number of nodes at 60 DAP respectively. Plant height, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP exhibited considerable positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 whereas number of tubers plant-1, number stem plant-1, tuber size (cm), germination % at 20 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 30 DAP showed considerable negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 via., length of internodes (cm) respectively. Number of stem plant-1, number of tubers plant-1, germination % at 20 DAP, tube size (cm), number of leaves at 30 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP exhibited considerable positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 while length of internodes (cm) showed considerable negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 via., plant height (cm) respectively. Plant height, length of internodes (cm), tuber size (cm) showed considerable positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 while number of tubers plant-1, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of leaves at 30 DAP, germination % at 20 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP exhibited negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 via., number of stem plant-1 respectively. Number of stem plant-1, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 30 DAP, tuber size (cm) showed considerable positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 whereas, length of internodes (cm), plant height, germination % at 20 DAP exhibited considerable negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 via., number of tubers plant-1 respectively. Germination % at 20 DAP, number of leaves at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of tubers plant-1 showed considerable positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 while, plant height, length of internodes (cm), number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP, number of stem plant-1 exhibited considerable negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 via., tuber size respectively. Similarly, the finding was reported earlier by Tripura et al. (2016); Shubha and Singh (2018); Patel et al. (2018); Hajam et al. (2019); Supriatna et al. (2019).\r\nPhenotypic path coefficient. At phenotypic level, it was recorded that highly positive direct effect on tuber yield plant-1 were exerted by length of internodes followed by tuber size, number of tubers plant-1, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 60 DAP, germination % at 20 DAP whereas, negative direct effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the plant height followed by number of nodes at 60 DAP, number of stem plant-1 and number of leaves at 30 DAP.\r\nAt the phenotypic level highly positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the length of internodes (cm) followed by plant height, number of tubers plant-1 while negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the tuber size, number of stem plant-1, number of leaves at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP via., germination % at 20 DAP respectively. Highly positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the plant height followed by length of internodes (cm) while negative indirect effect on tuber yield was exerted by the number of leaves at 60 DAP followed by number of stem plant-1, number of nodes at 60 DAP, germination % at 20 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, tuber size (cm), number of tubers plant-1 via., number of leaves at 30 DAP respectively. Highly positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the number of nodes at 60 DAP followed by number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of stem plant-1, number of leaves at 30 DAP, number of tubers plant-1, tuber size (cm), germination % at 20 DAP, length of internodes (cm) while negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the plant height via., number of leaves at 60 DAP respectively. Highly positive indirect effect on tube yield plant-1 was exerted by the tuber size (cm), followed by plant height, length of internodes (cm) while negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the number of nodes at 60 DAP, followed by number of stem plant-1, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of tubers plant-1, number of leaves at 30 DAP, germination % at 20 DAP, via., number of nodes at 30 DAP respectively. Highly positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the number of nodes at 30 DAP followed by number of stem plant-1, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of tubers plant-1, number of leaves at 30 DAP, germination % at 20 DAP, length of internodes (cm) while negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the tuber size (cm), followed by plant height via., number of nodes at 60 DAP respectively. Highly positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the plant height, followed by number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP while negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the numbers of tubers plant-1 followed by number of stem plant-1, tuber size (cm), germination % at 20 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 30 DAP via., length of internodes (cm) respectively. Highly positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the number of stem plant-1 followed by number of tubers plant-1, tuber size (cm), germination % at 20 DAP, number of leaves at 30 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP whereas, negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the length of internodes (cm) via., plant height (cm) respectively. Highly positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the plant height followed by length of internodes (cm), tuber size (cm)whereas, negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the number of nodes at 60 DAP followed by the number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of tubers plant-1, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of leaves at 30 DAP, germination % at 20 DAP, via., number of stem plant-1 respectively. Highly positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the number of stem plant-1 followed by number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 30 DAP, tuber size (cm) while negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the length of internodes (cm) followed by plant height, germination % at 20 DAP via., number of tubers plant-1 respectively. Highly positive indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the germination % at 20 DAP followed by number of leaves at 30 DAP, number of leaves at 60 DAP, number of tubers plant-1 while negative indirect effect on tuber yield plant-1 was exerted by the length of internodes (cm) followed by plant height, number of nodes at 30 DAP, number of nodes at 60 DAP, number of stem plant-1 via., tuber size (cm) respectively. The similar finding was also reported earlier by Dash et al. (2015); Singh et al. (2015); Mandi et al. (2016); Yerima, (2016); Panigrahi et al. (2017).\r\n', 'Rahul Kumar, Satya Prakash, S.K. Luthra, Bijendra Singh, Pooran Chand, Vipin Kumar, Rajendra Singh and Khursheed Alam (2022). Analysis of Correlation and Path coefficient Among the Yield and Yield Attributes Characters in Potato (Solanum tuberosum L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 916-922.'),
(5390, '136', 'Growth and Yield of Toria (Brassica campestris var. toria) under various Integrated Nutrient Management Schedules in Trans-Gangetic Plains of Punjab', 'Sayan Sau, Barkha, Sandal Chaudhary and Miraan Mallick', '156 Growth and Yield of Toria (Brassica campestris var. toria) under various Integrated Nutrient Management Schedules in Trans-Gangetic Plains of Punjab Sayan Sau.pdf', '', 1, 'Increasing crop yield is essential in the current context of a growing population and a relatively stable amount of farmland. To achieve this goal, chemical fertilizers are often over-applied to high-yielding cultivars, which not only reduces agricultural net profit but also negatively impacts soil quality and human health. The aim of the present study was to assess potential solutions, such as the INM method, to this difficulty. The research experiment was carried out during Rabi season of 2021-22 at the agriculture farm of Lovely Professional University, Phagwara, Punjab. TL-17 variety of toria with nitrogen and phosphorus doses of 100%, 75%, and 50% RDF along with FYM at a dose of 5t/ha, vermicompost dose of 2t/ha, boron, zinc, and Azotobacter was evaluated for various parameters at 30, 60 and 90 days. The present research study defined the effect of growth and yield of toria (Brassica campestris var. toria) under various integrated nutrient management schedules in the trans-Gangetic plains of Punjab. The experiment consists of eight treatments and three replications and was set up in a Randomized Block Design (RBD). The study revealed that the treatment 75% RDF + FYM (5t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment) reported significantly higher plant height (58.33, 120.66 and 148.41cm), leaf count (7.94,42.83 and 17.82), No. of branches (6.67 and 9.23), dry weight (1.76, 6.76 and 48.24g), siliqua length (7.23 cm), No. of siliqua (284), No. of seeds/siliqua (13.38), test weight (4.68g), seed yield (1772.82kg/ha) and stover yield (3009.75 kg/ha) compared to all other treatment combinations. The outcomes achieved may provide a better way to reach the desired level of productivity, profitability, and sustainability.', 'Recommend Dose of Fertilizer, Integrated Nutrient Management, Farm Yard Manure', 'Based on the above findings, it can be concluded that using 75 % of RDF from chemical fertilizers along with FYM at a dose of 5t/ha in combination with Azotobacter improved growth and productivity in toria crops grown in the trans-Gangetic plains of Punjab.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nOilseeds are the second-most significant crop after cereals for the agricultural economy. They supply vital fatty acids and are also used to make cattle feed and are popular in pharma, biofuel and oleochemical industries. Currently, oilseed production in India is 1.04 percent higher than in 2008-09 (Kumar and Tiwari 2020). In India, rapeseed and mustard are the 2nd most valuable edible oilseed crops in India. Toria (Brassica campestris var. toria) is a short-duration crop used as a catch crop in the tarai region of UP, Assam and Odisha. Brassica crops are grown in a rainfed, resource-poor environment. Small and marginal farmers with minimal resources can grow toria in these locations. Rapeseed-mustard contributes greatly to small and marginal farmers\' livelihoods as they rely heavily on it, especially in rainfed areas (Kumar et al., 2015). India is the biggest producer in the world, with 6.32 million hectares of land used to grow Brassica, which accounts for about 7.39 million tonnes of total world production (Mahanta et al., 2019).\r\nWith a continuously growing population, edible oil demand is soaring too. In order to maintain productivity as well as sustainability, integrated nutrient management (INM) can be a very effective approach. INM combines inorganic and organic fertilizers to maintain soil fertility without reducing crop output. It involves a judicious blend of organic and inorganic nutrition coupled with biofertilizers. INM was not practiced earlier as no one understood its significance also the crop nutrient loss was minimal cause of subsistence farming practiced by the farmers (Sharma et al., 2022). Chemical fertilizer efficiency can be improved with organic manure. It minimizes nutrient loss from inorganic fertilizers by improving the soil\'s Physico-chemical characteristics, which replenishes biological activity in the soil (Kumarswamy, 2001). Vermicompost is effective organic manure for establishing beneficial soil bacteria and increasing nitrogen-fixing microorganisms. FYM is a broken-down mixture that can be used as a soil conditioner. It contains animal waste, urine, trash, and leftover roughage or feed. Azotobacter improves crop growth rate (CGR) by adding nitrogen to the soil. Zinc and Boron are two of the most essential micronutrients. Zinc helps in producing chlorophyll which eventually leads to the proper growth and development of plant whereas, Boron helps in the transportation of sugar as well as cell division in plants.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nDuring the Rabi season of 2021-22, an experiment was carried out at Agriculture Farm, School of Agriculture, Lovely Professional University, Phagwara, Punjab with the objective of studying growth and yield of Toria (Brassica campestris var. toria) under various integrated nutrient management schedules in trans-Gangetic plains of India on sandy loam soils. The experimental site was situated at an altitude of 234m above mean sea level at 31.2560° N latitude and 75.7051° E longitude, respectively. The experiment was laid out in Randomized Block Design (RBD) in three replications with eight treatments viz., T1: Control, T2: 100% RDF(N: P 63: 20kg/ha), T3: 75% RDF + VC (2t/ha), T4: 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha), T5: 75% RDF + VC (2t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment), T6: 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment), T7: 50% RDF + VC (2t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment)+ Zn (0.5% foliar) + B (0.5% foliar), T8: 50% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment) + Zn (0.5% foliar) + B (0.5% foliar). Nitrogen and phosphorus were applied through urea and SSP with a half dose of N and a full dose of P at the time of sowing and the remaining half dose of N with first irrigation. Vermicompost and FYM, as per the treatments were added one week prior to sowing during land preparation and were properly mixed into the soil while planking. Boron (0.5% foliar) and Zinc (0.5% foliar) were applied through foliar application. Seeds were treated with Azotobacter before sowing. Observations were taken from 5 randomly chosen plants from each plot in each replication. Significant findings were later determined using statistical analysis done at the level of 5% probability.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Effect of integrated nutrient management on growth attributes of toria\r\nPlant height. Growth parameters of toria (TL-17) were significantly affected by different treatments as shown in the Table 1 and 2.75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment) (T6) recorded significantly maximum height at 30,60 and 90 days after sowing (58.33, 120.66 and 148.41cm, respectively) which stayed at par with 50% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment) + Zn (0.5% foliar) + B (0.5% foliar) (T8) and 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) (T4). This increase in plant height is attributed to the N, P and K applied in the soil through 75% RDF and FYM as the integration of both these sources together prolonged the availability of nutrients to the plants. Treating the seeds with Azotobacter helps in fixing the atmospheric nitrogen which makes more nitrogen available for the plant, thus influencing the plant height in a positive way (Bijarnia et al., 2017).\r\n \r\nLeaf count. As evident from Table 1, significantly higher leaf count (7.94, 42.83 and 17.82) at 30,60 and 90 days after sowing were observed in 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment) (T6). However, at 30 DAS, treatments 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) (T4) and 50% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment) + Zn (0.5% foliar)+ B (0.5% foliar) (T8) recorded leaf count (7.27 and 7.16cm) which is at par with T6. Application of N directly influences the vegetative growth of the plant. FYM improves the soil\'s physio-chemical condition, creating a favourable environment that promotes the absorption of nutrients and boosts macro as well as micronutrients which eventually increases the nutrients available for the plants. FYM along with Azotobacter enhances the nutrient availability for the plants which eventually leads to higher leaf count as well as vegetative growth. These results are in agreement with the findings of Tripathi et al. (2010).\r\nNumber of branches. Among all the treatments, 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment) (T6) recorded significantly higher number of branches in toria (6.67 and 9.23) at 60 and 90 days after sowing as shown in Table 2. Application of 75% RDF + FYM @ 5t/ha along with biofertilizer (Azotobacter) increases the nutrients available for the plants which eventually influences the vegetative growth. Similar results were given by Kalita et al. (2019); Kashved et al.(2010)\r\nDry weight accumulation. 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment) (T6) recorded the maximum dry weight (1.76, 6.76 and 48.24g) at 30, 60 and 90 days after sowing as shown in Table 2. Treatments with 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) (T4) and 50% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment) + Zn (0.5% foliar) + B (0.5% foliar) (T8) was also statistically at par with T6. As a result of increased plant height due to sufficient N and other nutrient supplies in the soil, total dry matter assimilation improved as well. This is because taller plants have greater opportunities to create and store photosynthates, they produce more dry matter which eventually leads to more dry weight. It was also seen that the application of chemical fertilizers alongside FYM, Zn, and seed treatment had positive effects on the height and dry matter content of mustard plants (Singh and Pal 2011; Tripathi et al., 2010).\r\nB. Effect of integrated nutrient management on yield attributes and yield of toria\r\nNumber of siliqua. Significantly higher number of siliqua per plant in toria (284) was observed under 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment) (T6) (Table 3). FYM application with chemical fertilizers and Azotobacter improved the soil\'s physio-chemical condition, provided favourable conditions, and stimulated the uptake of nutrients and almost continuous supply of N, P, K, and S with micronutrients distributed over the entire crop, which resulted in better plant vigor, as well as a greater ability to produce a higher yield at the critical growth period (Mohapatra and Dixit 2010; Tripathi et al. 2010).\r\nSiliqua length. Among all the treatments, 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment) (T6) recorded the highest siliqua length (7.23 cm) at harvest. However, the treatment 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) (T4), 100% RDF (T2) and 50% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment)+ Zn (0.5% foliar) + B (0.5% foliar) (T8) remained statistically at par with T6 by recording siliqua length of around 6.83, 6.57 and 6.69cm, respectively (Table 3). A combination of FYM, chemical fertilizers, and biofertilizers may have resulted in fast cell multiplication and cell elongation because of the enhanced and longer availability of nutrients which might have influenced the length of the siliqua. Similar results were given by Tripathi et al. (2010).\r\nNumber of seeds per siliqua. As shown in Table 3, treatment 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment) (T6) recorded highest seeds/siliqua (13.38) which is statistically at par with 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) (T4) (12.98). As these treatments improved cell division and tissue development, the number of seeds per siliqua also have risen. Increased seeds per siliqua also arise from higher growth and more photosynthesis as a result of enough nutrients in the crop. Similar findings were reported by Mandal and Sinha (2002); Tripathi et al. (2010).\r\nTest weight. Significantly higher test weight (4.68 g) was observed at 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment) (T6) which is statistically at par with 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) (T4) (4.34). It is due to the result of combining FYM with chemical fertilizers and biofertilizers, that the availability of plant nutrients rises, leading to a more robust seed and an increased seed weight (Chauhan et al., 1995; Tripathi et al., 2010).\r\nSeed yield. According to the findings shown in Table 3, a significantly higher seed yield (1772.82 kg/ha) of toria was observed under75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment) (T6).Due to the combined effect of FYM, chemical fertilizers, and biofertilizers, the highest seed production was achieved. Since FYM releases its nutrients slowly, there is less nitrogen loss and more efficient uptake occurs over time. Growth and yield metrics such as plant height, number of primary and secondary branches, siliquae, length of siliqua, number of seeds per siliqua, and seed weight were all improved as a result of better nutrient utilization. Another factor contributing to the increased yields was the capacity of Azotobacter to fix nitrogen. Similar findings were reported by Chauhan et al. (1995); Mandal and Sinha (2002); Chand (2007); Triphati et al. (2010).\r\nStover yield. Among different integrated nutrient management treatments, 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment)(T6)recorded highest stover yield (3009.75 kg/ha) which is statistically at par with 100% RDF (T2), 75% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) (T4), 75% RDF + VC (2t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment) (T5) and 50% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) + Azotobacter (40g/kg seed treatment) + Zn (0.5% foliar)+ B (0.5% foliar) (T8) showing stover yield of 2686.81, 2771.76, 2651.77 and 2623.78 kg/ha, respectively. The stover yields were boosted by the use of FYM, biofertilizers, and chemical fertilizers. Soil Physico-chemical qualities and microbial populations were enhanced, which resulted in increased crop growth and productivity as a result of fixing atmospheric nitrogen and providing micronutrients favourable to crop growth. Higher fertility enhanced plant height, leaf area, and dry matter per plant, which boosted stover output. These findings are in confirmation with Singh and Pal (2011).\r\nHarvest index. Different treatments failed to show any significant effect on harvest index of toria. One possible explanation for this is that there has been a proportional rise in the yield of both seeds and stover.\r\n', 'Sayan Sau, Barkha, Sandal Chaudhary and Miraan Mallick (2022). Growth and Yield of Toria (Brassica campestris var. toria) under various Integrated Nutrient Management Schedules in Trans-Gangetic Plains of Punjab. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 923-927.'),
(5391, '136', 'Qualitative characterization and Categorization of Barnyard Millet (Echinochloa spp.) Accession, Collected from different Regions of India', 'Nishi Mishra, Sharad Tiwari, Swapnil Sapre, Sushma Nema, Vinod Kumar Sahu, Keerti Tantwai and Prakash Narayan Tiwari', '157 Qualitative characterization and Categorization of Barnyard Millet (Echinochloa spp.) Accession, Collected from different Regions of India Sharad Tiwari.pdf', '', 1, 'This study assesses the critical physical characteristics of barnyard millet (Echinochloa spp.) to analyze qualitative morphological traits based on descriptive scoring. For this study, a total of eight barnyard millet species were assessed in field conditions based on their morphological characteristics, viz. plant growth habit, plant pigmentation, the colour of inflorescence, inflorescence shape, compactness of inflorescence, shape of a lower raceme, branching of the lower raceme, culm branching, degree of lodging at maturity, grain colour and the grain shape. The qualitative data assessment concluded that the diversified characteristics of lines showed a large amount of variation among barnyard millet. This finding could be used to identify species on field conditions, selection, regulating seed quality, seed production, multiplication, and seed certification process because of the variation in genetic makeup. These differences in morphological traits were helpful in the recognition of individual barnyard millet cultures. ', 'Barnyard millet; Morphological characterization; Qualitative traits; Echinochloa', 'This study revealed sufficient genetic diversity available in the barnyard millet germplasm in accessions BYM-7, BYM-3, and BYM-1 for the following traits viz., plant growth habit, plant pigmentation, inflorescence colour, inflorescence shape, compactness of inflorescence, the shape of lower raceme and grain colour showed higher variations. These traits and accession may help identify the genotypes and introgression of novel traits in breeding programmes. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nBarnyard millet (Echinochloa spp.) is one of Asia\'s most substantial minor millet crops. Generally, two species of barnyard millet, Indian barnyard millet (Echinochloa frumentacea) and Japanese barnyard millet (Echinochloa utilis) are cultivated on a large scale in different regions of India. About 8600 barnyard millet germplasm accessions are found across the world, with the most extensive germplasm collection by Japan (~3700 accessions), followed by India (~3200 accessions) (Shingane, 2016). In India, barnyard millet is cultivated in the area of 0.146-m-ha−1 and produces 0.147 mt with an average yield of 1034-kg-ha−1 (Renganathan et al., 2020; Karthikeyan et al., 2020). Barnyard millet is generally cultivated in tribal or hilly areas where climatic conditions or soil are not suitable to grow major cereals like rice and wheat. The duration of early maturity and its climate-resilient qualities give it an added benefit in supporting agricultural production and the sustenance of farmers in these areas. \r\nIt has high nutritional value and is rich in antioxidant components, increasing the demand for the crop. Barnyard millet contains protein ranging from 11.1% to 13.9% (Kuraloviya et al., 2019) and also contain carbohydrate of about 65%, fat of 3.9%, crude fibre of 13.6%, and is an excellent source of iron (Fe), zinc (Zn) and other compounds (Vetriventhan and Upadhyaya 2018). It could cure health-related diseases such as diabetes and cardiovascular diseases. It has enormous potential to provide nutrition and food security, especially in hilly areas where major cereals cannot cultivate due to harsh climatic conditions. \r\nThus, this study must differentiate all the morphological characteristics of barnyard millet accession with desirable traits so they can be directly selected to further crop improvement breeding programs. The various characteristics of accession indicate that the morphological variations in collected germplasm occur because of differences in genetic makeup. This variation could be better employed for identifying crops under field conditions, certification process, seed multiplication, and regulating the seed quality. Therefore, the present study is based on the qualitative characterization and categorization of barnyard millet germplasm. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe study used eight accessions of Barnyard millet collected from different areas of India. The field trial was conducted in the poly house of Biotechnology Centre, JNKVV Campus, Jabalpur, India, during the Kharif season (2020-2021). The complete list of the accessions is presented in Table 1.\r\nThese eight accessions were evaluated using Randomized Block Design (RBD) in three replications. The recommended agronomical and plant protection practices were followed during the trial. All the observations were taken on five randomly selected plants for each trait in each replication at different growth stages. The morphological characteristics include plant growth habit, plant pigmentation, the colour of inflorescence, inflorescence shape, compactness of inflorescence, shape of a lower raceme, branching from a lower raceme, culm branching, degree of lodging at maturity, grain colour, and grain shape were observed. All the observations were scored on the basis of Echinochloa millet descriptors developed by IBPGR (1893) (Table 2). The data were analyzed using SPSS statistical software. The similarity matrix was prepared with a similarity coefficient using Past software. The Unweighted Pair Group Method with Arithmetic Mean (UPGMA) clustering method of the clustering subroutine SAHN was used to construct the dendrogram.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nQualitative characterization of the plant showed constant and distinct inheritance, which could be used to distinguish the genotypes. Qualitative analysis generally is less affected by environmental instabilities. An entire of 11 qualitative plant characters was examined for characterization of the barnyard accession (Table 2), and character descriptors were screened and presented in Table 3. The highest frequency of variation of characters was founded in plant growth habit (Fig. 2), plant pigmentation, inflorescence colour, inflorescence shape, compactness of inflorescence (Fig. 3), and the shape of lower raceme and grain colour (Fig. 4). Moderate frequency variants resulted only in culm branching. Among all qualitative traits, no variants were found for traits like the branching of lower raceme and grain shape. Similar results were also obtained for plant growth habits, pigmentation, culm branching, and branching of lower racemes (Joshi et al., 2015). Similar variation for various qualitative traits in barnyard millet (Renganathan et al., 2017; Nilavarasi et al., 2020) and in foxtail millet has been reported by Sapkota et al. (2016). \r\nThe cluster analysis of the eight accessions for eleven qualitative characters using the Unweighted Pair Group Method with Arithmetic Mean (UPGMA) method resulted in the grouping of accessions into 5 clusters while truncating the dendrogram tree similarity coefficient of 0.67 (Fig. 1) (Table 4). Cluster I has accustomed to the most prominent cluster with three accessions, and cluster II consists of 2 genotypes followed by III, IV, and V and with a single genotype. Similar results of solitary clusters were also reported by (Nilavarasi et al., 2020) in barnyard millet. The similarity matrix coefficient ranged from 52% to 97%, averaging 67%. Between 82% to 97% similarity, one major cluster formed, further divided into three minor clusters consisting of 7 genotypes, while clusters III, IV, and V include only a single genotype, indicating that wide variation was found among these genotypes. \r\n \r\nHence the diverse genotypes can be easily identified. Similar findings for genetic diversity were also concluded by (Tiwari et al., 2017; Neeru et al., 2017; Mishra et al., 2021) in Indian mustard and soybean.', 'Nishi Mishra, Sharad Tiwari, Swapnil Sapre, Sushma Nema, Vinod Kumar Sahu, Keerti Tantwai and Prakash Narayan Tiwari (2022). Qualitative characterization and Categorization of Barnyard Millet (Echinochloa spp.) Accession, Collected from different Regions of India. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 928-932.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5392, '136', 'Study on the Effectiveness of Telugu Farm Magazines in Telangana State', 'G.D. Neeraja, S. Chandra Shekar and M. Jagan Mohan Reddy', '158 Study on the Effectiveness of Telugu Farm Magazines in Telangana State G. D. Neeraja.pdf', '', 1, 'The printed materials like farm periodicals, newspapers, leaflets, folders, journals are regarded as the important source of agricultural information for literate farmers and also for the farmers who passively get benefit from it. Increase in literacy rate in the country offers new prospects and promises for the utilization of printed literature as a source of information on Agricultural technologies. Even though the farmers are getting agricultural information from different sources, there is a lot of confusion about credibility of the information, as the source of that bunch of information is anonymous. Farmers have faith in print sources of information as it comes from credible source and contains the name of the source. There is an evidence of high use of magazines by seeing the circulation of copies. The present study is emphasized on understanding the effectiveness of two prominent Telugu farm magazines namely, Annadata and Vyavasayam. The study revealed that among the selected 6 indicators, cost-effectiveness has been ranked first in both the magazines followed by titles as attractive in Vyavasayam whereas, illustrations and tables were effective in Annadata and the least effective component in both the magazines was usefulness of topics covered. Z-test analysis reveals that there was a significant difference in the titles, content, illustrations and tables and usefulness of topics covered between Vyavasayam and Annadata farm magazines whereas no significant difference in format and cost component.', 'Annadata, Vyavasayam, Effectiveness, components of effectiveness, agricultural information', 'From the following results, it can be concluded that the readers perceived of Annadata magazine highly effective compared to Vyavasayam magazine. The readers don’t mind paying higher prices for the magazines and ranked cost effectiveness component first by the usefulness of the topics covered was ranked last as the content they were providing insufficient and more useful topics were given less importance. The significant difference was seen only between effectiveness of titles, content, illustrations and tables and usefulness of topics covered between the Annadata and Vyavasayam farm magazine whereas, there was no significant difference in format and cost effectiveness component. Both the magazines were playing a significant role in dissemination of agricultural information but there is a wide scope for increasing the effectiveness of Vyavasayam magazine. The magazines should concentrate on providing timely and adequate information and profit and market oriented content should be focussed more to provide effective information through farm magazines.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe farm magazines are regarded as the important source of agricultural information for literate farmers and also for the farmers who passively get benefit from it. Increase in literacy rate in the country offers new prospects and promises for the utilization of printed literature as a source of information on Agricultural technologies. In Telangana urban literacy rate is 23.4 percentage points higher than rural literacy, and Andhra Pradesh, where the difference is 19.2 percentage points. (NSO, 2019). According to the Indian Readership Survey for Q1 of 2019 the penetration of dailies in urban India remained the same as it was in 2017, which is 53 per cent. However, in rural India it grew from 31 per cent to 32 per cent. Even though the transfer of agricultural information through the internet and electronic media is going hype, the credibility of information is high for magazines when compared to electronic media. In order to provide users with quality and timely information, and make them believe in the farm magazines, it is necessary to maintain the credibility of information as well as information providers. The effectiveness of farm magazines depends on the attitude and perception of readers towards farm magazines and its components. Therefore, to study the perception of readers towards farm magazines and compare the effectiveness of two farm magazines namely Vyavasayam and Annadata published by Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University and private agency (Eenadu publications) were selected respectively for the study. The study was concentrated on assessing the effectiveness as perceived by readers and comparing the different components of effectiveness of both the farm magazines.\r\nMETHODOLOGY\r\nThe state of Telanagana with three agro-climatic zones (Northern, Central and Southern Telangana zones) waspurposively chosen for the study. From each zone, one district namely, Warangal from Central Telangana zone, Nagar kurnool from Southern Telangana zone and Jagtial from Northern Telangana zone were selected purposively.Two prominent Telugu farm magazines which are having wide circulation in the state were selected for the study.List of subscribers for the selected two magazines were collected from the respective publishing agencies for the selected districts. From the list 120 respondents are selected by simple random sampling method. In order to satisfy the required number of sample size and keeping in view the principles of statistics from each magazine 60 respondents were selected for the study for each magazine i.e., 20 from each of the selected three districts. Thus constitute 120 respondents for the study. Structured interview schedule comprising of 6 components namely, format, title, content, illustration and tables, cost effectiveness and usefulness of topics covered (Savaliya, 2008) and measured on 5 point continuum namely, highly satisfied, moderately satisfied, satisfied, least satisfied and not satisfied with the weight of 5, 4, 3, 2 and 1 respectively. After combining the total score of the respondents of each magazine separately, the data of both the respondents was pooled and then categorized into low, medium and high category separately and accordingly the components were ranked. Later based on their obtained scores comparison was made among the Vyavasayam and Annadata farm magazines. The effectiveness scores of each component were subjected to Z-test analysis to study the significant difference between different components of two magazines.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe results in the Table 1 indicated that, the readers of Vyavasayam magazine were mostly satisfied with the colour and design of cover page (4.82 in the format component. Annadata readers were satisfied with colour and design of cover page (4.8) and less satisfied with quality of papers inside the farm magazine (3.97). \r\nThe readers of vyavasayam magazine were highly satisfied with the relevancy of caption (4.83) and less satisfied with relevancy of subtitles (4.43 in the title component. In case of Annadata magazine readers relevancy of caption (4.83) ranked first and title font (4.3) ranked last (V). Vyavasayam magazine was slightly more effective in title component compared to Annadata magazine because Vyavasayam magazine publishers were using catchy titles and title font which attracted the interested of readers.\r\nVyavasayam readers ranked credibility of the messages (4.8) first in the content component and novelty (3.08) and adequacy (2.87) of messages ranked second last (XIII) and last (XIV). In case of Annadata magazine, readers ranked relevancy of messages to season (4.72) first and market orientation of messages (3.58) last (XIII). Vyavasayam magazine was less effective in content component compared to Vyavasayam magazine because the farmers might have felt that the content was not new and it has been repeated. If the content aspects are not relevant, timely and inadequate, then the other components also will not be liked by readers.\r\nThe readers of vyavasayam magazine ranked usefulness of illustrations and tables (4.62) first and size of illustrations and tables (4.23) last (VII). Annadata readers ranked relevancy of illustrations (4.77) first and clarity of illustrations (4.06) last (VII). Annadata magazine was slightly more effective in illustrations and tables component compared to Vyavasayam magazine because the readers might have felt that Annadata magazine was using attractive, relevant and compatible illustrations compared to Vyavasayam.\r\nThe readers of vyavasayam magazine were satisfied with affordability of the magazine (4.83) followed by value for money (4.65). Same was seen in the case of Annadata magazine (4.92, affordability; 4.7, value for money). Annadata magazine was slightly more effective in cost effectiveness component compared to Vyavasayam magazine.\r\nThe readers of Vyavasayam magazine ranked content on crop production (4.78) first and weather information (2.68 and food and nutrition aspects (2.07) second last (XV) and last (XVI) in the order of ranking whereas, in case of Annadata magazine, the readers ranked horticulture (4.77) first and weather information (2.5) and food and nutrition aspects (2.17) second last (XIV) and last (XV) respectively. Annadata magazine was effective in usefulness of topics covered component compared to Vyavasayam magazine as the readers of Vyavasayam magazine might have felt that the Vyavasayam publishers were not providing enough information on post-harvest management and value addition, animal husbandry and farm machinery due to their mandate or other information constraints and the information was inadequate on these aspects.\r\nIt is clear from the Table 2 that the readers of Vyavasayam were highly satisfied with the cost effectiveness of the farm magazine followed by titles, format, illustrations and tables, content and usefulness of content covered in the order of ranking whereas, Annadata readers were highly satisfied with the cost effectiveness followed by illustrations and tables, titles, format, content and usefulness of content covered. Cost effectiveness was ranked first in both the magazines. This indicated the importance of provision of qualitative information at affordable prices and the readers don’t mind paying money for getting quality information. Whereas content and usefulness of topics covered ranked last and second last respectively. The reason might be less market orientation of the messages, old repeated information and inadequate information on various items like market intelligence, animal husbandry ad extension and government schemes. Hence more information on these aspects needs to be provided so that the content will be more useful to the readers.\r\nFrom the data in the Table 3 it can be seen that majority (50.00 %) of the vyavasayam readers perceived the magazine as moderately effective followed by highly effective (30.0 %) and less effective (20.00%). The results were on par with results of Parmar and Kumar (2020). Majority (58.3 %) of the Annadata readers perceives the farm magazine as highly effective (58.33 %) followed by moderately effective (30.00 %) and less effective (11.66 %). It can be concluded from the above table that Annadata magazine was perceived as highly effective compared to Vyavasayam magazine. The results were in collaboration with Archana (2013).\r\nIt can be observed from the table 4. that there was a significant difference in the effectiveness of titles, content, illustrations and tables and usefulness of topics covered between the Annadata and Vyavasayam farm magazine whereas, there was no significant difference in format and cost effectiveness component of farm magazines. No significant difference was seen because both the magazines were equally effective in the format component and providing magazines at competitive prices. \r\n', 'G.D. Neeraja, S. Chandra Shekar and M. Jagan Mohan Reddy (2022). Study on the Effectiveness of Telugu Farm Magazines in Telangana State. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 933-937.'),
(5393, '136', 'Organoleptic and Consumer Evaluation Studies of Jaggery Incorporated Millet-based Cakes', 'Khyati Joshi, B. Anila Kumari, E. Jyothsna and M. Tejashree', '159 Organoleptic and Consumer Evaluation Studies of Jaggery Incorporated Millet-based Cakes Khyati Joshi.pdf', '', 1, 'Value-added products hold a lot of potential in the market. In the present research, an attempt has been made to develop value-added cakes by using minor millets like little millet (Panicum sumatrense) and foxtail millet (Setaria italica) by enhancing their nutrient content by replacing sugar with jaggery. The developed cakes were analyzed for their organoleptic qualities to check their acceptance rate over the regular maida (refined flour) cakes. The sensory analysis results showed that all the prepared millet cakes were approved by the semi-trained panel members, also the acceptance rate of the cakes increased with the addition of jaggery. Millet cakes containing 100% jaggery were highly accepted by the panelists and were selected as final formulations for further studies. The final cakes were subjected to consumer evaluation. The results showed a positive attitude of the consumers towards the developed cakes. Little millet jaggery cake was preferred over foxtail millet cake by most consumers. About 54% of the consumers wanted to purchase the cake daily. Almost two-thirds of the consumers (69%) reported that the major reason for preferring jaggery over sugar was health consciousness. Consumers appreciated the development of such products as these products are abundant in nutrients and also have functional benefits. The consumption of these millet based products on a regular basis can help in providing optimal nutrition and mitigating many diseases.', 'Cakes, foxtail millet, jaggery, little millet, sensory evaluation', 'The present study was conducted to know about the perception of the consumers towards the developed cakes, and to generalize whether the developed cakes were accepted among the people or not. In view of that, sensory evaluation and consumer acceptance studies were conducted which showed a positive attitude of the people towards the developed products. \r\nThus, it can be concluded that the development of millet-based products can be beneficial from the consumer’s point of view as well. These products are healthy, attractive and capable of attracting a huge percentage of consumers. With the increasing risk of malnutrition and lifestyle diseases, the development of millet-based products is a healthy initiative.\r\n', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nMillets are the powerhouse of many nutrients. These are found to be more nutritious and can be used as a replacement for regular cereals like wheat, rice and maize. Regular consumption of millets can be helpful to maintain good health. Millets are grown in several parts of the world. These low-maintenance crops require fewer inputs and are adapted to adverse conditions like extreme weather, alkaline soil, drought, etc., thus making them environment-friendly (Saxena et al., 2018; Asrani et al., 2021). Millets are widely grown in the Asian and African continents and India is the largest producer of millet crops across the world (Banerjee and Maitra 2020). The storage time of millet crops is also higher. Thus, these crops can be effectively used during emergencies like famines and can help to mitigate the problem of food scarcity (Amadou et al., 2013). \r\nMillets are highly abundant in nutrient content, especially micro-nutrients. On the basis of grain size, millets can be classified into major and minor millets. When compared to major millets, minor millets are used in a less frequent basis. Little millet (Panicum sumatrense) and foxtail millet (Setaria italica) are two such important minor millet crops that are cultivated by humankind from time immemorial. Both millets belong to the Poaceae family. Due to the corresponding warming and cooling effects that both millets have on the body, foxtail millet is referred to as “warm food” and little millet as “cool food” (Pradeep and Sreerama 2018).\r\nFoxtail millet, also called as Italian millet, is largely cultivated in Asian countries like India and China. In India, it is known by various names in various languages, such as Kakum in Hindi, Korra in Telugu and Tenai in Tamil (Sunil et al., 2016). Foxtail millet contains a sufficiently good amount of protein (11.13 to 18.75%) and fiber (210 g/kg) content. As compared to other cereals, the carbohydrate content of foxtail millet is generally low (Sachdev et al., 2021). Additionally, foxtail millet contains a high amount of thiamine (0.59 mg/100 g), vitamin E (31 mg/100 g) and phosphorous (422 mg/100 g). It also contains other minerals like zinc and iron (Bandyopadhyay et al., 2017). Foxtail millet contains certain phytochemicals and exhibits antioxidant and antiproliferative activity. The millet grain phenolics contain ferulic acid, chlorogenic acid, xanthophylls, etc., which deactivates free radicals and thus, protects the body from cellular damage (Zhang and Liu 2015). \r\nLittle millet is known as ‘kutki’ in Hindi and ‘samalu’ in Telugu (Patel et al., 2020). It has an excellent nutrient profile which includes about 7.7 g of protein, 7.6 g of crude fibre, 4.7 g of fat and 1.5 g of minerals. The micronutrients like iron and calcium are also present in good percentages in the little millet, i.e., 9.3 mg and 17 mg respectively (Gopalan et al., 2010). Apart from these, other micronutrients like phosphorous (220 mg), zinc (116 mg), magnesium (2.97 g/kg), carotenoids (78 μg/100 g), tocopherol (1.3 mg/100 g) and niacin (3.2 mg) are present as well in the millet. The fat content of little millet is rich in PUFA (Polyunsaturated fatty acid) and the starch content is comparatively lower than other cereals (Bhat et al., 2018; Chauhan et al., 2018; Pasha et al., 2018; Dey et al., 2022). \r\nLittle millet is also found to exhibit positive effects in the body. It contains a good amount of dietary fiber, which in turn is beneficial for gut health. The composition of dietary fiber was reported as 29.48% of insoluble and 1.33% of soluble dietary fiber (Chauhan et al., 2018). Little millet also contains many phytonutrients like gallic acid, vanillic acid, caffeic acid, ferulic acid, etc. and it also possesses radical scavenging activity (Saleh et al., 2013). \r\nThe products made by incorporating foxtail and little millet hold a lot of potential in the market. Due to the increasing awareness of the benefits of consuming millets among people, their attitude towards millets is changing. Now more and more people know about the benefits of consuming millets. Owing to this, it is necessary to know the perception of the common mass in order to decide the success rate of any product. In this regard, evaluation techniques like sensory evaluation, consumer acceptance studies, etc., are conducted which provide the base to approve or deny any product. Thus, the current research is focused on the “Organoleptic and consumer evaluation studies of jaggery incorporated millet-based cakes”.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present research was conducted at Millet Processing and Incubation Center (MPIC) and Post Graduate and Research Center (PGRC), Professor Jayashankar Telangana State Agricultural University, Rajendranagar, Hyderabad.\r\nDevelopment of cake. For the preparation of cake, the ingredients used were refined wheat flour, little millet flour, foxtail millet flour, sugar, sunflower oil, curd, milk, baking soda, baking powder and vanilla essence. Refined wheat flour was replaced in the proportions of 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% by each millet (separately), as mentioned in Table 1, while keeping other ingredients constant. One-one formulation of each millet was selected by sensory analysis for further studies. For the preparation of cakes, the steps followed are mentioned in Fig. 1.\r\nDevelopment of jaggery cake. In the selected formulations of millet cakes, sugar was replaced with jaggery in the proportions of 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%, as mentioned in Table 2, while other ingredients were kept constant.\r\nSimilar steps were followed for the preparation of jaggery cakes as mentioned in Fig. 1. The final formulations of jaggery cakes were selected by sensory evaluation.\r\nSensory analysis. Sensory analysis was done by a semi-trained panel of 15 members using a 9-point hedonic scale (Meilgaard et al., 1999). They compared all the formulated cakes and gave scores according to their perception. Statistical analysis was performed for the obtained responses and one cake formulation of each millet was selected for further research.\r\nConsumer evaluation studies. The final selected formulations were subjected to consumer evaluation studies. A structured questionnaire was developed in Google forms and the link was sent to the consumers after providing the cakes for evaluation. The questionnaire consisted of general information about the consumers and questions related to their perception and attitude towards the developed cakes. A total of 75 consumers were selected at random for the study (Chambers, 1994).\r\n \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nSensory analysis of millet and jaggery cakes. The control cake with refined wheat flour (CTL) obtained the highest sensory scores amongst all the formulated cakes. As the incorporation of millet flour increased, the mean sensory score for each attribute decreased. FCS1 and LCS1 obtained the highest scores in all the parameters among foxtail millet and little millet cakes respectively. The least accepted formulations were FCS4 and LCS4. This can be due to the fact that higher millet incorporation brought about evident changes in the flavour and texture of the cakes. Moreover, due to the absence of gluten, the cakes became crumbly and couldn’t hold their shapes properly. Based on the analysis data, the selected formulations of millet cake for further analysis were FCS3 and LCS3. \r\nThe addition of jaggery in the cakes brought about positive changes in the texture and taste of the cakes. The mean scores for the jaggery cakes were above 7 (liked moderately), for all the formulations. The mean sensory scores for the formulations containing 100% jaggery, i.e., FCJ4 and LCJ4, ranged from 8.4 (appearance) to 7.73 (after taste) and 8.46 (appearance) to 7.4 (after taste) respectively. These formulations were more preferred by the panelists than other cakes for some parameters like texture, taste, etc. The differences in the mean sensory scores among the control and millet cakes are depicted in Fig. 2 and 3.\r\nA similar study was conducted to develop biscuits, cake and cookies by adding foxtail millet flour at 10, 20 and 30 percent levels by replacing wheat flour. The sensory evaluation was performed on the developed products and the results reveal that at 20 and 30 percent incorporation of millet flour, the products received good sensory scores (Shadang and Jaganathan 2014). In another study, germinated millet flour was used along with rice flour in various proportions to make gluten-free cakes. The samples with 50% millet flour had highly acceptable and significantly different sensory scores among all the prepared products (Nada et al., 2016). \r\nLamdande et al. (2018) reported that upon replacing sugar with jaggery in various proportions to develop muffins, the formulation containing 84% jaggery obtained acceptable quality parameters and were organoleptically more acceptable compared to other formulations.\r\nBeing good in texture, obtaining higher scores in sensory evaluation and taking the health point into consideration, the final selected cakes were FCJ4 and LCJ4. Consumer evaluation studies were conducted for these cakes so as to find out the success rate of these products among the people.\r\nConsumer evaluation. Consumer evaluation is necessary to know the attitude of the people about any product. It helps to ascertain whether a product will be approved in the market or not. The consumer acceptance study for the selected products was done including 75 participants, out of which 81% were females and the rest 19% were males, belonging to various age groups as mentioned in Fig. 4. \r\nThe participants tasted the products and rated them using a 5-point hedonic scale for various parameters including appearance, colour, flavour, taste, texture and overall acceptability. Both cakes received good scores for all the parameters. The average of the sensory scores for both cakes is presented in Fig. 5. \r\nAmong both the cakes, little millet cake (LCJ4) was preferred more by most of the consumers. It received higher scores for appearance (4.37), flavour (4.07), taste (4.19), texture (4.25) and overall acceptability (4.33), while the colour parameter of foxtail millet cake (FCJ4) obtained higher score (4.31) as compared to little millet cake (LCJ4) which obtained a score of 4.16.\r\nA study conducted by Mahalaxmi and Hemlatha (2018) to develop little millet based cookies by incorporating jaggery revealed similar results. The millet based cookies with organic jaggery replacing sugar in the ratio of 100:0 showed highly acceptable results in the sensory and consumer evaluation.\r\nConsumer’s responses towards likeness, cost, acceptance and benefits of the products. The consumers preferred the given cakes over the ones which are generally available in the market. The major reasons to prefer jaggery over sugar, as mentioned by the participants, are displayed in Figure 6. The majority of the consumers (69.3%) hailed health consciousness as the major factor followed by its nutritive value to replace sugar with jaggery.\r\nThe consumers further mentioned their frequency of buying the millet-based cakes. As mentioned in Fig. 7, about 54% of the participants wanted to buy the cakes once a week, whereas 13% and 28% of them wanted to buy them twice a week and monthly, respectively. \r\nParticipants agreed that the production of such products will be a healthy initiative as these products are nutrient-rich and suitable for all age groups. The consumers had an overall positive attitude towards the developed cakes.\r\nAzzizah and Handayani (2021) developed millet coffee cake by substituting regular flour with millet flour. The results showed that the consumers highly accepted the cake containing 50% millet flour. \r\n \r\n', 'Khyati Joshi, B. Anila Kumari, E. Jyothsna and M. Tejashree (2022). Organoleptic and Consumer Evaluation Studies of Jaggery Incorporated Millet-based Cakes. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 938-943.'),
(5394, '136', 'Effectiveness of Nutrition Education on Knowledge and Perceptions of Women on Anemia', 'R. Neela Rani, B. Spandana, T. Kamalaja and Swetha Kodali', '160 Effectiveness of Nutrition Education on Knowledge and Perceptions of Women on Anemia R. Neela Rani.pdf', '', 1, 'This study aims to determine the effectiveness of nutrition education intervention programme intervention on knowledge and perception levels of women. A sample of 300 respondents (15-49 years) selected for the study from five AICRP adopted villages. The respondents were categorized into experimental groups and control groups. Nutrition education intervention was given to the experimental group. The results revealed that after the intervention programme, there was a significant improvement in the mean scores of knowledge and perception levels. In the experimental group, after the nutrition education intervention, the majority of the respondents had medium knowledge (76.8%) and perception (73%) levels. The findings revealed nutrition education intervention had a good impact on improving knowledge and perception levels of women.', 'Anaemia, Nutrition education, Nutritional status, nutrition deficiencies and iron deficiency', 'Nutritional education interventions have been widely used for control anemia, iron deficiency and other non-communicable diseases at early ages. In the present study, the results revealed that after the intervention programme, there was a significant improvement in the mean scores of knowledge and perception levels. Hence it can be concluded that nutrition education intervention had a good impact on improving knowledge and perception levels of women. Future nutrition education practices should be conduct about dietary practices, beliefs, and should introduce new health and nutrition topics especially to the women and children in rural and tribal areas.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nIron deficiency is the most important cause of anemia. According to World Health Organization (WHO) 42% of children less than 5 years of age and 40% of pregnant women worldwide are anemic. Global evidence shows that 56% of pregnant women in developing countries are anemic (Black et al., 2013). India is one of the countries with highest anemia prevalence. According to WHO estimates (2021), anemia affects 53% of women of reproductive age (15-49) in India. \r\nIt is a global public health problem that particularly affects young children and pregnant women. Anemia is more common in women of reproductive age (WRA) with low socio-economic status, are underweight, or have recently given birth. Adverse effects of anemia are seen in children, adolescents and in pregnant women mostly in developing countries where anemia is more prevalent (Kumar, 2014). The most common causes of anemia include nutritional deficiencies, particularly iron deficiency, though deficiencies in folate, vitamins B12 and A are also important causes; haemoglobinopathies; and infectious diseases, such as malaria, tuberculosis, HIV and parasitic infections. \r\nNutrition education programmes are the foundation and strategies for any program intended for nutritional improvement that could be used to improve the nutrition knowledge and attitudes of the public (Sunuwar et al., 2019; Adjei-Banuah et al., 2021). Research shows that appropriate nutrition intervention programmes has increased nutritional awareness, knowledge and practice levels. Effective nutrition education can decrease the occurrence ofchronic diseases, including obesity, type 2 diabetes, cardiovascular disease, and hypertension (Bhoge, 2016). Nutrition intervention programme showed a positive effect on students\' knowledge and attitude about iron deficiency anemia (Shakouri et al., 2009). \r\nGiven the significance of iron deficiency anemia prevention and the importance of nutrition education for women, the current study sought to determine the effectiveness of nutrition education on knowledge and perception levels of iron deficiency anemia among women of reproductive age.\r\n \r\nMETHODOLOGY \r\nA quasi-experimental (pretest-posttest control group) research design was selected for the study. The respondents were selected from the five adopted villages of Rangareddy district i.e. Gungal, Subhanpur, Amdapur, Edira and Kaslabad of All India Coordinated Research Project on Women in Agriculture (AICRP-WIA) from Hyderabad, India. A total of 300 respondents who are in reproductive age group (15-49 years) were chosen for the study. The respondents were categorized into experimental group and control group.A sample of 250 respondents was classified as the experimental group and 50 respondents as the control group.A structured questionnaire was used for the study. The nutrition education programme was conducted with only the experimental group over a period of 45 days. The intervention was instructed in the local language (Telugu) and checked by the experts for content validity. The intervention group and the control group, were provided with the posttest questionnaires to assess the impact of the nutrition education programme on knowledge, perception levels, but the control group did not undergo the educational program. Data analysis was performed using Microsoft excel and SPSS.\r\nRESULTS\r\nTable 1 presents the profile characteristics of the respondents. Out of the total population, 61.00% of the respondents belonged to 15-26 years of age group, 28.67% of the respondents had high school education, 32.00% of the respondents were housewives, 87.67% belonged to nuclear families, 76.00% had small family size, 52.33% had small land holding, 55.00% had low family income, 79.67% had medium mass media exposure, 64.33% had medium extension contact and 73.00% of the respondents indicated Asha workers as their information source.\r\nTable 2 presents the knowledge and perception levels of the respondents regards to anemia before and after intervention. Regarding knowledge, in the experimental group pre-test, 85.2% of the respondents had low knowledge levels about IDA, followed by medium (13.2%) and high (1.6%). In control group, 92% of the respondents had low knowledge about IDA, the remaining 8% had medium knowledge levels, and none of them had high knowledge levels. Discussions with the respondents revealed that, they had never heard about IDA, they were not aware of normal Hb levels, not aware of iron-rich foods and they were unaware of the signs, symptoms and consequences of IDA.\r\nIn terms of perception, 64.7% of respondents in the experimental group pre-test had low perceptions of IDA, followed by medium (32.1%) and high (3.2%). In the control group, 69.6% of respondents had a low perception of IDA, followed by 29% who had a medium perception and 1.4% who had a high perception. The majority of the respondents reported that they consume green leafy vegetables at least once a week. They wash their hands with soap before consuming food and after defecation.\r\nAfter the nutrition education intervention programme, there was a significant difference between the two groups in terms of knowledge and perception levels. In the experimental group, after the nutrition education intervention, the majority of the respondents (76.8%) had medium knowledge levels, followed by low (16.8%) and high (6.4%). This means after the intervention, they were aware of IDA, Hb levels, iron-rich foods, signs, symptoms and consequences of IDA etc. However, in the control group, the majority (90%) of the respondents had low knowledge levels, followed by medium (10%) and none of them had high knowledge levels.\r\nIn terms of perception, in the experimental group, the majority of the respondents (73%) had medium perception, followed by high (18.4%) and low (8.6%). In the control group, the majority (67%) of the respondents had a low level of perception about IDA, followed by medium (30%) and high (3%).\r\nThe results clearly indicate that after the nutrition education intervention programme, there was a significant improvement in the mean scores of knowledge and perception levels in the experimental group. Before the intervention programme the respondents had very limited knowledge regarding anemia in both experimental and control groups. During the intervention period, the experimental group screened for 30 minutes over 45 days (regarding anemia, signs & symptoms, food sources, balanced diet, and nutritive values of food items that are related to anemia) through different channels (Posters, flipcharts and lectures). In the experimental group, there was an increase in the mean scores of knowledge and perception levels, but there was no change in the control group. This clearly indicates that the nutrition education programme has influenced the respondents to consume more iron rich foods, and maintain good hygiene practices. Elsharkawy et al., (2022) indicated that after intervention there was a significant improvement in the mean scores of knowledge, food selection ability, compliance rate, and hemoglobin level for the intervention group than for the control group. Nutrition education initiatives have a good impact on improving nutritional health (María et al., 2011). Jalambo et al. (2018) revealed that nutritional education is an effective tool in improving hematocrit, Hb, serum ferritin levels and anemia status among adolescents. Sari et al. (2018) concluded that effective nutrition education raised the hemoglobin level and the girls’ knowledge score.\r\n', 'R. Neela Rani, B. Spandana, T. Kamalaja and Swetha Kodali (2022). Effectiveness of Nutrition Education on Knowledge and Perceptions of Women on Anemia. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 944-947.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5395, '136', 'Efficacy of Fungicides and Bio Agents in Managing the Black Leaf Spot Disease of Cabbage caused by Alternaria brassicicola (Schw.) Wiltsh', 'Y. Rachel Glory, S. Narasimha Rao, T. Vijaya Lakshmi, E. Padma and R. Venugopalan', '161 Efficacy of Fungicides and Bio Agents in Managing the Black Leaf Spot Disease of Cabbage caused by Alternaria brassicicola (Schw.) Wiltsh Y. Rachel Glory.pdf', '', 1, 'Black leaf spot caused by Alternaria brassicicola is one of the destructive diseases of crucifers and causes considerable loss in terms of quantity and quality. The yield loss due to Alternaria was 5-30% in the entire cabbage growing areas of India. Hence, experiments were conducted to determine the efficacy of fungicides and bioagents both in vitro and in-vivo against A. brassicicola causing black leaf spot of cabbage. In vitro studies were carried out by using poisoned food technique in case of fungicides and dual culture technique for bioagents in completely randomized design. All the fungicides and bioagents significantly inhibited the mycelial growth. Among the test fungicides; hexaconazole, difenconazole and propiconazole @1000ppm; chlorothalonil @2000ppm and mancozeb @ 2500ppm were found significantly effective and inhibited the mycelial growth cent per cent. Among the bioagents; T. viride recorded significantly highest level of inhibition (76.84%) and caused lysis and mycoparasitism on A. brassicicola after 20 days of incubation. The treatments which were found effective under laboratory conditions were evaluated at field level by foliar application of each treatment at 15 days intervals for three times. Triazole compounds like hexaconazole, difenconazole and propiconazole reduced disease severity by 49.04, 41.81 and 35.87% and increased yield by 24.50, 19.71 and 12.57%, respectively. Hence, such effective fungicides could be used to minimize disease severity. Significant effect of some bioagents against pathogen growth suggests their application as alternatives to chemicals.', 'Alternaria brassicicola, Bioagents, Cabbage, Hexaconazole, T. viride', 'Black leaf spot of cabbage caused by different species of Alternaria is a foliar fungal disease causing yield loss both qualitatively and quantitatively. The pathogen infecting cabbage was isolated, proved its pathogenicity and identified as A. brassicicola based on cultural, morphological and molecular characteristics. The use of fungicides is still the most popular method for management of black leaf spot on crucifers due to no proven source of transferable resistance and is currently unavailable in any of the hosts. In the present study, fungicides belonging to triazole group proved to be effective in reducing the mycelial growth under laboratory conditions and decreased the disease severity by three times by spraying at an interval of 15 days immediately after appearance of disease under field conditions. The field data indicated that for every 1.0% increase in the disease severity, there is 0.9% decrease in the yield with 0.93 confident of R2.', ' INTRODUCTION\r\nThe vegetables belonging to genus Brassica are often referred to as “cole crops” and comprises of cabbage, cauliflower, broccoli, kales, kohlrabi, etc. Cabbage (B. oleracea L. var. capitata) is grown as annual vegetable crop for its compact head which varies in shape from flat to long-oval out line (Nieuwhof, 1969).It was originated from a wild species B. oleracea var. oleracea (sylvestris L.), commonly known as wild cabbage or ‘Colewort’ (Balliu, 2014). \r\nCabbage production is affected by many fungal, bacterial and viral diseases at different stages of growth and development. Among fungal diseases; black leaf spot of cabbage may be caused by different Alternaria species viz.A. brassicicola (Schw.) Wiltsh., A. brassicae (Berk.) Sacc., A. alternata (Fr.) Kreissler and A. raphani (Groves and Skolko); (Kumar et al., 2014) and these casual organisms are responsible for significant yield losses (Verma and Saharan 1994) by reducing photosynthetic activity, accelerating senescence, defoliation, premature pod shatter and shriveled seed leading to considerable reduction in quality and quantity of yield products (Shresta et al., 2000; Kumar et al., 2014). The yield loss due to Alternaria was 5-30% in the entire cabbage growing areas of India (Pandey et al., 2002). Due tono proven source of resistance reported till date in any of the hosts (Meena et al., 2012) and also by continuous availability inoculum from numerous sources like seed, infected plant debris, collateral hosts etc., and wide range of spore dispersal (King, 1994), this disease is very difficult to manage. The use of fungicides is the most popular method for management of black leaf spot disease of cabbage. Hence, the present investigations were made in vitro and in vivo to find out the effective fungicide(s) and bioagents (s) against A. brassicicola causing black leaf spot disease of cabbage.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe experiments were carried out at Department of Plant Pathology as well as Instructional farm of College of Horticulture, Venkataramannagudem. Black leaf spot infected leaf samples were collected from farmer’s field and observed for the presence of the pathogen Alternaria. After assuring the presence of Alternaria spores, standard tissue isolation technique was followed for isolation from infected leaf tissues. Pathogen was purified by single spore isolation method and identified as A. brassicicola based on cultural, morphological and molecular characters by sequencing the ITS regions. The ITS sequence was deposited in NCBI GenBank and obtained accession number is OP161144.\r\nA. In vitro screening of fungal and bacterial bio-agents against A. brassicicola \r\nIn vitro efficacy of fungicides against A. brassicicola.\r\nIn vitro efficacy of seven fungicides viz., difenconazole 25% EC, hexaconazole 5% EC and propiconazole 25% EC @1000 ppm; captan 70% + hexaconazole 5% WP @ 1500 ppm; iprodione 50% WP and chlorothalonil 75%WP @2000 ppm and mancozeb 75% WP @ 2500 ppm was evaluated against A. brassicicola by poisoned food technique (Nene and Thapliyal 1993) on PDA medium. Requisite quantities of fungicides were calculated and solutions were prepared based on active ingredient, which were then added separately to the autoclaved, cooled (40°C) PDA in conical flasks just before pouring into Petri plates. Each poisoned PDA media was poured aseptically in Petri plates (90 mm dia.). After solidification, all the plates were inoculated aseptically and separately with five mm culture disc of A. brassicicola obtained from seven days old actively growing edges of pure culture placed at the centre of Petri plates. Petri plates containing plain PDA (without fungicide) inoculated with the test pathogen served as control. All the plates were incubated at 25±1°C. The experiment was designed in Completely Randomized Design (CRD) and all the treatments were replicated thrice. Observations of radial mycelial growth were recorded in all the treatment plates. Per cent inhibition of mycelial growth was calculated whenever Petri plate full growth of the test pathogen was observed in control plate by using the formula given by Vincent (1947). \r\n \r\nWhere, \r\nC = Diameter of fungal growth in control (mm) \r\nT = Diameter of fungal growth in treatment (mm)\r\nIn vitro bio efficacy of bioagents against A. brassicicola. In vitro evaluation of bio efficacy of bio-agents was carried out in CRD with seven treatments; containing four fungal (Trichoderma harzianum, T. viride, T. reesei and T. koningii) and two bacterial (Pseudomonas fluorescens and Bacillus subtilis) bioagents in three replications on PDA medium using dual culture method (Morton and Stroude 1955). Twenty ml of sterilised and cooled PDA medium was poured aseptically into 90 mm Petri plates and left to solidification. Five mm mycelial discs from the edges of seven days old culture of A. brassicicola as well as from fungal bioagents with the help of sterile cork borer were placed in opposite directions over the solidified PDA in such a way that the distance between each other was approximately 80 mm. In case of bacterial bioagents, the test pathogen was placed at one end of the Petri dish and pure cultures of bacterial bioagents were streaked with sterile inoculation loop at the centre. Control was maintained by inoculating A. brassicicola at the centre of Petri plate. The inoculated Petri plates were incubated in an incubator at 25 ± 1°C. Antagonistic activity, zone of inhibition and nature of parasitism were recorded. Per cent inhibition was calculated using the formula of Vincent (1947). \r\nB. In vivo evaluation of fungicides and bioagents \r\nThe fungicides and bioagents that showed effective growth inhibition under in vitro were selected to assess their efficacy under field conditions during Rabi crop season of 2021-2022 at Experimental plots of COH, V.R Gudem. Experiment was laid out in Randomized Block Design (RBD) with three replications and nine treatments including control. Five fungicides viz., propiconazole, hexaconazole, difenconazole @0.1%; mancozeb @0.25; chlorothalonil @0.2%; two fungal and one bacterial bioagents viz., T. viride, T. harzianum@106 cfu/ml and B. subtilis 108 cfu/ml were used. \r\nField preparation was carried out during the first week of October 2021-2022 and experimental block was divided into 27 plots and twenty one days old seedlings of cabbage (Golden boll) were transplanted at a spacing of 60 × 45 cm separately on 15th October 2021 at optimum soil moisture level. Each treatment was maintained in three rows consisting of 15 plants per row. All the recommended practices for cultivation of cabbage were followed as per the package of practices of Dr YSR Horticultural University, Andhra Pradesh in order to raise healthy crop. \r\nSpore suspension of A. brassicicola containing inoculum load of 1 × 106 spores/ ml was sprayed over the foliage at 25 days after transplanting (DAT) on cabbage (Sailaja et al., 2017). First spray of the treatments was done immediately after appearance of disease symptoms on lower and upper leaves and subsequently two sprays were followed at 15 days interval between sprays. Disease severity was assessed on 35, 50 and 65 DAT using 0-5 scale (0= no infection, 1= less than 5% leaf area infected, 2= 5-10% leaf area infected, 3= 10-25% leaf area infected, 4= 25-50% leaf area infected, 5= more than 50% leaf area infected (Sangeetha and Siddaramaiah 2007). Ten plants were selected randomly per each treatment, for disease assessment. Per cent Disease Index (PDI) by McKinney (1923) and Area under Disease Progress Curve (AUDPC) by Jerger (2004) were calculated for all the treatments. Heads were harvested separately for each treatment after attaining the maturity and yield of net plot was recorded in terms of kg and later expressed in t/ ha.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. In vitro evaluation of fungicides and bioagents against A. brassicicola\r\nEvaluation of fungicides against A. brassicicola. A total of eight treatments with seven fungicides viz., hexaconazole, difenconazole and propiconazole @ 1000 ppm, captan + hexaconazole @1500ppm, chlorothalonil and iprodione @2000ppm and mancozeb@ 2500ppm were evaluated under in vitro conditions against A. brassicicola by poisoned food technique. All the tested fungicides significantly inhibited the mycelial growth over the control and the results presented in Table 1 reveals that each fungicide at specified concentration showed varied levels of per cent inhibition.\r\nAmong the fungicides tested, cent per cent inhibition of mycelial growth of A. brassicicola was observed in hexaconazole, propiconazole, difenconazole @1000ppm, chlorothalonil @2000ppm and mancozeb @2500ppm. The next best treatment in inhibiting the mycelial growth was captan + hexaconazole @1500ppm (75.89%) and the lowest per cent inhibition (30.46%) was shown by iprodione @2000ppm (Fig. 1).\r\nThe triazole group of fungicides like hexaconazole, propiconazole, difenconazoleact on one specific enzyme i.e. C14- demethylase, which plays a key role in sterol biosynthesis. Sterols such as ergosterol is essential for the cell membrane structure and function. It is essential for the development of functional cell walls. Mancozeb being multisite inhibitor effects lipid metabolism, respiration and production of ATP and interferes with enzymes containing sulphydryl groups, disrupting different biochemical process within the fungal cell cytoplasm and mitochondria.\r\nThese results are in accordance with the findings of several earlier workers. Fungicides viz., propiconazole, difenconazole and hexaconazole used by Hossain and Main (2004); Gaikwad (2013); Tu et al. (2015), Pratima et al. (2017), mancozeb by Singh et al. (2017) and chlorothalonil by Tu and Somasekhara (2015) on inhibition of mycelial growth of A. brassicicola. \r\nBio efficacy of bioagents against A. brassicicola. Seven treatments comprising of four fungal bioagents, two bacterial bioagents and one untreated control were evaluated by using dual culture technique against A. brassicicola. Results presented in Table 2 and Fig 2. revealed the significant effect on mycelial growth inhibition. The bio agents inhibit the growth of the pathogen either by over growing or by formation of inhibition zone. Evaluations against A. brassicicola showed that T. viride was highly efficient by inhibiting (76.84%) of mycelial growth, followed by T. harzianum (64.90%) and both were significantly different with each other. The lowest inhibition was shown by T. reesei (31.24%). The growth inhibition noticed in case of bacterial bio agents were; B. subtilis (58.56%) and P. fluorescens (52.87%). The fungal bioagents showed mycoparasitism by causes the lysis of mycelium of A. brassicicola after 20 days of incubation (Fig. 3).\r\nThe antagonistic activity of Trichoderma spp. is mainly due to antibiosis by production of volatile components and non-volatile antibiotics could be possible cause of antagonism, competition for nutrients and niche competitions and also by the secretion of extracellular cell degrading enzymes such as chitinase, β-1,3-glucanase, cellulose, lectin and other secondary metabolites such as glioviridin, viridin and gliotoxin which may help mycoparasites in colonization of host. The results obtained were in line with the findings of Ahmad and Ashraf (2016), who found the bio efficacy of T. viride, T. harzianum, T. hamatum, T. koningii, T. reesei on growth inhibition. Similar findings were noticed by Jackson and Kumar (2019) and Pun et al (2020) on A. brassicicola.\r\nMycelial growth inhibition of A. brassicicola by P. fluorescens and B. subtilis through direct antagonism of phytopathogens and siderophores was observed. These results are in accordance with Khalse et al. (2017). \r\nB. In vivo evaluation of effective fungicides and bioagents against black spot disease \r\nOn the basis of in vitro antifungal activity of fungicides and bio-agents, effective treatments were selected and applied as foliar sprays at 15 days intervals. The results obtained by applying various treatments in managing black leaf spot disease severity, AUPDC and yields were recorded and presented in Table 3.\r\nA total of three spraying schedules of each treatment was planned. The first spraying was given 30 DAT. Data obtained revealed that all the treatments numerically influenced the per cent disease index of black leaf spot and significantly effective in managing the disease. The disease was found to be appeared at about 30 DAT and later increased steadily up to second spraying and slightly less increase was observed thereafter. Per cent disease index showed significant difference between sprayed and un-sprayed plots at 65 DAT (Terminal PDI). \r\nFrom the Table 3, it was evident that all the treatment options were significantly superior over control and reduced the per cent disease index. The terminal PDI ranged from 37.41 to 68.66%, while 73.41% was observed in control plot. Among the treatments, hexaconazole and difenconazole were significantly superior over rest of the treatment and controlled the disease by recording lowest PDI values of 37.41 and 42.72%, respectively and were at par with each other. The next best treatment in controlling the black leaf spot was propiconazole with PDI of 47.08%andwas significantly superior to the rest of the fungicides and bioagents. In case of bioagents, PDI ranged from 61.48 to 68.66%. Lowest PDI was observed in T. harzianum sprayed plot whereas the highest PDI was observed in B. subtilis, which significantly differ with each other.\r\nThe relative influence of disease development was assessed by AUDPC. The mean severity was used to calculate the AUDPC and results were furnished in Table 3. The increase in disease severity throughout the assessment days indicated the spread of disease in space and time. The data showed variation in spread of disease among fungicides. Highest AUDPC values 958.90%-days were observed from the control plots, whereas, the lowest AUDPC values 418.90%-days and 498.55%-days were recorded from hexaconazole and difenconazole sprayed plots, respectively. Similarly in case of bioagents, lowest and highest AUPDC was recorded in T. harzianum (779.95%-days) and B. subtilis (887.60%-days), respectively.\r\nWith respect to reduction of disease over control, among the fungicides; hexaconazole showed superiority with highest reduction of disease (49.04%). This was followed by difenconazole (41.81%) and propiconazole (35.87%). Among the bio agents; T. harzianum was effective in reducing the disease severity (16.25%) followed by T. viride (13.89%).\r\nThe results of field experiment (Table 3) on cabbage revealed that, all the treatments were significantly effective and reduced the disease severity and there by increased the yield compared to untreated check (control). Significant differences were found among the treatments regarding the efficacy of fungicides and bio-agents on yields. Yield (t/ha) ranged from 14.56 to 17.43 in other treatments and 14.00t/ha was recorded in control plot. Plots that were sprayed with hexaconazole, difenconazole and propiconazole recorded significantly highest yields viz., 17.43, 16.76 and 15.76 t/ha, respectively and these three treatments were at par with each other and the remaining treatments both fungicides and bioagents were also at par with each other.\r\nThe computed relative yield losses showed notable differences among treatments. Yield losses were highly reduced by fungicide sprayed plots as compared to the bio-agents. Lowest yield loss was recorded indifenconazole (3.84%) followed by propiconazole (9.58%). The remaining treatments recorded relative yield losses more than 12.00%.\r\nCorrelation and regression between yield and disease parameter. Correlation and regression analysis were worked-out to know the relationship between yield and disease severity. The results revealed that, highly significant negative correlation exist between yield and per cent disease index (0.965**). The linear correlation between per cent disease index and yield showed negative correlation (R2 = 0.99) (Fig. 4). Obviously, the yield was decreased with the increase in per cent disease index. Accordingly, regression equation was developed between per cent disease index and yield. A linear negative correlation between yield and PDI was observed representing the best fit having R2 = 93.5. [Y=219.41-10.62(x)].\r\nApplication of bio-control agents like T. harzianum, P. fluorescens and B. subtilis initiates number of biochemical changes, which triggers plant defense responses (Verma and Saharan 1994). Loganathan (2002) reported that induction of defense related proteins viz., phenylalanine ammonia lyase, peroxidase, polyphenol oxidase, phenol, chitinase and β 1-3- glucanase were found to be in higher levels in treatments involving bio-formulation mixture containing P. fluorescens against fungal pathogens and root knot nematodes in cabbage and cauliflower. Saikia et al. (2004) reported that P. fluorescens has different mechanisms to reduce plant diseases such as accumulation of phenolic compounds, increasing activity of PAL, PR-proteins and lysis of the fungal pathogen cell wall by secretion of extra cellular lytic enzymes.\r\nEfficacy of these fungicides in controlling black spot and increasing the yields were supported by the findings of Prasad (2014); Chavan et al. (2015); Tu et al. (2015); Kiran et al. (2018); Jackson and Kumar (2019); Meena et al. (2020) on cabbage. The effect of Trichoderma spp. and bacterial bioagents on black leaf spot on various crucifers in controlling the disease severity and increase in yield were found by Singh et al. (2015); Ahmad and Ashraf (2016); Khalse et al. (2017); Raghuvanshi et al. (2018). ', 'Y. Rachel Glory, S. Narasimha Rao, T. Vijaya Lakshmi, E. Padma and R. Venugopalan (2022). Efficacy of Fungicides and Bio Agents in Managing the Black Leaf Spot Disease of Cabbage caused by Alternaria brassicicola (Schw.) Wiltsh. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 948-954.'),
(5396, '136', 'Effect of Sowing Dates and Spacing on Alternaria Blight of Mustard and Economics of Cultivation', 'Sanjeet Kumar C.S. Choudhary, A.K. Mishra, T. Alam, R.K. Choudhary, M. Kumar and B. Rai', '162 Effect of Sowing Dates and Spacing on Alternaria Blight of Mustard and Economics of Cultivation Sanjeet Kumar.pdf', '', 1, 'Leaf blight of mustard incited by A. brassicae (Berk.) Sacc., is a devastating disease prevalent everywhere in India and the world which causes up to 47 % yield loss without any confirmed source of transferable resistance till date. This disease damages mostly foliage and pods of the brassica crop resulting into severe deterioration in yield of seed and oil content both, which ultimately lowers the farmers income and contribute into shortage of the edible oil in the country. Considering its seriousness and non-availability of resistant variety, the present investigations were accomplished to study the effect of cultural methods viz. Sowing dates and spacings on the disease severity, yield and economics of cultivation during two consecutive crop season of Rabi 2020-21 and 2021-22. The study was conducted at TCA Dholi under split plot design with three replicates accommodating four dates of sowing from 15th October to 15th November at 10 days interval as main plots and four spacings viz. 30 × 10 cm, 30 × 20 cm, 45 × 20 cm and 60 x 20 cm as sub plots. The result revealed that delayed sowing resulted into rapid enhanced of the disease severity, reduction of test weight of seed and seed yield. Widening of spacing resulted into slight reduction of the disease severity, enhancement of test weight of seed but decreased the seed yield of mustard crop due to large reduction of optimum plant density. The maximum yield (1865.50 kg ha-1) was obtained in 15th October sown crop at 30 × 10 cm spacing followed by (1831.50 kg ha-1) at 30 × 20 cm spacing both of which were at par, and the minimum yield (936.50 kg ha-1) was obtained in 15th November sown at 60 × 20 cm2, but yield of 1043 kg ha-1 was obtained in 15th November sown crop at 30 × 10 cm spacing. The successive 10 days delay in sowing of mustard from 15th October to 15th November, increased the days to attain 50 % flowering by 8 days from 58 days to 66 days but shortened the days to attain physiological maturity by 12 days from 148 to 136 days, thereby reducing the reproductive phase by 20 days from 90 to 70 days which coupled with increased disease severity on leaves as well as on pods at the most vulnerable stage of crop, lead into heavy reduction of yield (from 1866 to 1043 kg/ha), net return (from Rs. 87620 to Rs. 38010 per ha) and Benefit: Cost ratio (from 3.04 to 2.09).', 'Sowing dates, Spacing, Alternaria blight, Mustard, PDI, B:C Ratio', 'The result clearly revealed that delayed sowing resulted into rapid enhanced of the severity of Alternaria blight on leaves and pod at the most susceptible stage of crop and thereby gradual reduction of test weight of seed and seed yield, and widening of spacing resulted into slight reduction of the disease severity, enhancement of test weight of seed but decreased the seed yield of mustard crop. The maximum yield (1865.50 kg ha-1) was obtained in 15th October sown crop at 30 × 10 cm spacing followed but at par by (1831.50 kg ha-1) at 30 × 20 cm spacing and minimum yield of 1043 kg ha-1 was obtained in 15th November sown crop at 30×10 cm spacing. Result also indicate that successive 10 days delay in sowing of mustard from 15th October to 15th November increased the days to attain 50 % flowering from 58 days to 66 days but shortened the days to attain physiological maturity from 148 to 136 days, thereby reducing the reproductive phase from 90 to 70 days which coupled with increased disease severity on leaves as well as on pods during the most vulnerable stage of crop, lead into heavy reduction of yield (from 1866 to 1043 kg/ha), net return (from Rs. 87620 to Rs. 38010 per ha) and Benefit: Cost ratio (from 3.04 to 2.09).\r\n', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRapeseed-Mustard are globally known as “Oilseed brassica”, which holds the status of the third most important oilseed crop after soyabean and palm with the production of about 72 MT from about 35 m ha area. In terms of area and production, India stands third place after Canada and China, and fifth place in terms of productivity after Germany, France, Canada and China (Jat et al., 2019). It is grown all over India in both tropical and subtropical regions covering 6.23 m ha of area producing 9.34 MT with 1499 kg/ha average productivity. In India, Rajasthan stands the first in its production covering the area of 2.37 m ha producing 4.08 MT with the average productivity of 1720 kg/ha. Bihar produces 0.11 MT from an acreage of 0.08 m ha with average productivity of 1305 kg/ha (Anonymous, 2019). In India, rapeseed mustard shares 23.5% area and 24.2% production of total oilseeds in the country. Despite being the third largest producer (11.3%) of oilseed brassica in the world, India meets 57% of the domestic edible oil requirements through imports and ranked 7th largest importer of edible oils in the world (Jat et al., 2019). Rapeseed-mustard is the major source of income especially to the marginal and small farmers in rainfed areas. This group of oilseed crops is gaining wide acceptance among the farmers because of adaptability for both irrigated as well as rainfed areas and suitability for sole as well as mixed cropping. Since these crops are cultivated mainly in the rain-fed and resource scarce growing regions of the country, their contribution to livelihood security of the small and marginal farmers in these regions is also highly significant. \r\nIndian mustard (Brassica juncea L.) is widely cultivated in Indian sub-continent due to its inherent high yield and edible oil content potential besides its relative tolerance to bioticandabiotic stresses. Productivity of the crop, in the country is low due to a number of foliar diseases, viz., Alternaria blight, white rust, downy mildew and powdery mildew, among which, Alternaria blight incited by Alternaria brassicae (Berk.) Sacc. is the most important and devastating disease. It has been reported to cause variable losses in yield, depending upon disease severity. Yield loss tothe extent of 47 per cent has been reported (Chattopadhyay et al., 2005; Meena et al., 2010). Alternaria blight disease caused by A. brassicae are found everywhere in rape seed-mustard cropping are as and decrease15-71percentinproductivity, 14-36 percent in oil content (Meena et al., 2010). The fungus, not only leads to yield reduction by causing foliar damage to the crop, but also damages siliqua in pod formation stage, severely deteriorating both seed and oil yield. (Choudhary et al., 2018). \r\nA number of fungicides have been recommended for effective control of this disease but the spraying of fungicides in standing crop is practically difficult, uneconomical and no teco-friendly. Identification of suitable sowing dates and spacing can be a better cultural method to minimize the yield loss by escaping the disease and maximizing the yield.\r\nIn the context of paramount importance of this disease of mustard crop, indiscriminate use of pesticide causing environmental pollution and pesticide residue in the food, urgent need of non-chemical method to avoid or minimize the disease severity at most susceptible age of crop, the present investigation, focused to evaluate the effect of sowing dates and spacings on these verity of Alternaria blight disease on leaf and pod, test weight, yield and economics of cultivation of Indian mustard has been conducted. Relationship between the period of reproductive phase of the crop with disease severity, seed yield and benefit: cost ratio, has also been worked out.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe field experiment for management strategies of the Alternaria blight disease were carried in the experimental field of the Department of Plant Pathology at Tirhut College of Agriculture (T C A) Dholiunder Dr. Rajendra Prasad Central Agricultural University Pusa, Bihar during two consecutive Rabi crop season of 2020-21 and 2021-22. Geographically, the Dholi farm is located between 25°98 north latitude and 85°60 east longitude in the Indo- Gangetic plain of Bihar at an altitude of 52.18 meters above mean sea level. The experimental plot had a fairly uniform topography and the soil was deep, fertile, sandy loam, light, low in organic carbon, available nitrogen and potassium, and medium in phosphorus and well drained. Widely and popularly grown, Varuna variety of Indian mustard (Brassica juncea L.) highly susceptible to Alternaria leaf blight was used.\r\nThe experiments were laid out in split plot design with 3 replicates employing four spacings viz. 30 × 10 cm (S1), 30 × 20 cm (S2), 45 × 20 cm (S3) and 60 × 20 cm (S4) and four dates of sowing viz., 15th October (D1), 25th October (D2), 5th November (D3) and 15th November (D4). Within a replicate, the four sowing dates were considered as main plots and within such a main plot, the four spacings were treated as sub plots. Sowing dates were randomized first followed by randomization of spacing within a sowing date. Thus, each replicate had represented by four sowing dates columns and subplots represented by four spacings, providing a total of 48 (3 × 4 × 4) plots. The size of each plot measured 1.5 m × 5 m. Each spacing was maintained in a separate subplot within the main plot. The thinning operation to get desired spacing, plant density and plant geometry was done after 21 days of sowing. The weeds were removed by long tine hoe at 30 and 60 days after sowing during crop growth period. \r\nThe recommended dose of fertilizer of N80, P40, and K40kg/ha for the crop was applied in the form of Urea, Single Super Phosphate and Muriate of Potash uniformly. Full dose of P and K with half dose of nitrogen fertilizers were drilled just before the sowing as a basal application, and remaining half dose of nitrogen were applied at 25 DAS after thinning operation. Need need-based irrigation was given. Lower to moderate infestation of mustard aphid was observed which was managed through insecticide spray.\r\nThe disease severity in term of percent disease intensity (PDI) on leaf at 90 DAS (at 50% pod formation stage) and PDI on pod at 120 DAS (at physiological maturity stage) were recorded. After harvesting and threshing, seed yield (kg ha-1), test weight of one thousand seed (in gram), cost of cultivation (C3), gross return (on the market price of Rs. 70/Kg), net profit and B:C ratio were calculated for different treatment. Other valuable parameters like days to attain 50 % flowering, physical maturity age, period of reproductive phase of the crop were also recorded.\r\nThe severity of disease was recorded on leaves at 90 days after sowing at 50 % pod formation stage and on pods at 120 DAS at physiological maturity stage, following 0–5 scale of Sharma and Kolte (1994) where, 0=nosymptoms; 1=1-10% leaf area damaged; 2 = 11-25%; 3 = 26-50%, 4 =51-75%; and 5 ≥ 75% leaf/pod are a damaged.\r\nThe severity Index (SI) was then calculated in terms of PDI as:\r\nPercent Disease Index (PDI) =\r\n (Sum of all numerical ratings)/(Total no. of leaf/pod observed × Maximum rating)× 100\r\nAll recorded data, were analysed as the standard analysis of variance (ANOVA) technique prescribed for a split plot design (Syndecor and Cochran 1967) and the treatment means for both years were compared individually and was pooled at the 5% level of significance (P=0.05) using least significant difference (LSD) and hence results based on pooled analysis were presented to draw logical inferences. \r\nRESULTS\r\nThe effect of four different sowing dates viz. D1 (Oct. 15), D2 (Oct. 25), D3 (Nov. 05) and D4 (Nov. 15) as well as four plant spacings viz. S1 (30 × 10 cm2), S2 (30 × 20 cm2), S3 (45 × 20 cm2) and S4 (60 × 20 cm2) on disease severity as percent disease intensity (PDI) on leaves and PDI on pods, test weight (1000 seed grain weight) and seed yield were recorded significant (Table 1, 2 and 3). Days to attain 50% flowering, physiological maturity, period of reproductive phase, net profit and B:C ratio for different sowing dates were summarised (Table 3).\r\nEffect of Sowing dates: Pooled mean data of two years for different sowing dates D1 (Oct. 15), D2 (Oct. 25), D3 (Nov. 05) and D4 (Nov. 15) for PDI on leaf were 19.53, 24.54, 34.09 and 55.39; for PDI on pods were 10.45, 23.49, 35.10 and 48.79; for test weight of seed in gram were 5.50, 5.28, 5.09 and 4.55; for seed yield in kg ha-1 were 1810.50, 1618.90, 1340.80 and 996.10 respectively (Table 1 & 2). This data clearly revealed that delayed sowing resulted into rapid enhanced of the severity of Alternaria blight on leaves and pod and thereby gradual reduction of test weight of seed and seed yield of mustard crop. Rapid increase of disease severity in delayed sowing may be due to favourable environmental condition and advancing susceptible crop age. Decrease in test weight and seed yield in delayed sowing dates might be due to increased disease severity, delayed germination and enhancing temperature which shortened days of crop maturity therefore getting less time and leaf area site for biomass accumulation through carbon fixation before seed formation which in turn resulting into finally low net return and B:C Ratio (Table 3).\r\nEffect of plant spacing: The pooled mean data of two years for different plant spacings S1 (30 × 10 cm2), S2 (30 × 20 cm2), S3 (45 × 20 cm2) and S4 (60 × 20 cm2) for PDI on leaf were 36.67, 34.93, 31.92 and 30.03; for PDI on pods were 32.35, 30.53, 28.44 and 26.51; for test weight in gram were 5.03, 5.08, 5.13 and 5.19; for seed yield in kg ha-1 were 1488.50, 1458.00, 1328.90 and 1390.90 respectively (Table 1 & 2) which revealed that widening of spacing resulted into, however slight reduction of the severity of leaf blight and pod blight and thereby slight enhancement of test weight of seed but decrease in seed yield of the crop. This data under different plant spacings for changes in the disease severity on leaf as well as pod, test weight, seed yield, net profit and B:C Ratio might be due to differences in plant immunity, plant growth factors viz., nutrients uptake and availability of light, moisture, space and aeration in differed share by individual plants. Performance of individual plants in terms of disease severity on leaf and pod were observed better along with growth and yield attributing characteristics like test weight of seed in wider plant spacings, but due to decrease in plant density from the optimum level, seed yield, net return and B:C ratio got decreased (Table 3).\r\nEffect of sowing dates × plant spacing: The pooled mean data of two consecutive years for the interaction between sowing dates and plant spacings revealed that maximum disease intensity on leaf, that on pod and minimum test weight were with 57.77%, 52.10 % and 4.47 gram respectively in D4 × S1 (Table 1 & 2). The minimum disease on leaf, that on pod and maximum test weight of seed were 15.12%, 8.75 % and 5.61 gram respectively in D1 × S4. However, the maximum yield (1865 kg ha-1) was obtained in D1 × S1 followed by (1831.50kg ha-1), however statistically at par in D1 × S2 and (1791.00kg ha-1) in D1 × S3. The maximum disease on leaf, that on pod and minimum test weight of seed were 57.77 %, 52.10 % and 4.47 gram respectively in D4 × S1. However, the minimum yield (936.50 kg ha-1) was obtained in D4 × S4 followed by (991.50 kg ha-1) in D4 × S3 and (1013.50 kg ha-1) in D4 × S2 (Table 1 & 2). Effect of sowing dates on growth stages and economics: Result revealed that successive 10 days delay in sowing of mustard from 15th October to 15th November increased the days to attain 50 % flowering from 58 days to 66 days but shortened the days to attain physiological maturity from 148 to 136 days, thereby reducing the reproductive phase from 90 to 70 days which coupled with increased disease severity on leaves as well as on pods, lead into drastic reduction of yield (from 1866 to 1043 kg/ha), net return (from Rs. 87620 to Rs. 38010 per ha) and Benefit: Cost ratio (from 3.04 to 2.09).\r\nDISCUSSION\r\nOur experimental results are in close proximity with the findings of some other researchers viz., Prasad et al. (2003), Ayub (2001); Shivani and Kumar (2002); Mahapatra and Das (2015); Keerthi et al. (2016); Singh et al. (2018); Jat et al. (2019); Sohi et al. (2020); Lalruatfeli et al. (2021).\r\nLalruatfeli et al. (2021) also observed similar results from Nagpur, Maharastra that delay in sowing after first week of November reduced the yield, but in terms of spacing they found 45 × 10 cm as the best which differed from our result, which may be due to regional variation in climatic condition. Prasad et al. (2003) reported that the early sowing reduced the disease severity. Ayub, (2001) also suggested to adjust the sowing time of Indian mustard as the basic techniques to reduce the Alternaria blight incidence. Shivani and Kumar (2002) reported that seed yield decreased progressively with delay in sowing date and widening of spacing. They also found 30 cm as optimum row spacing for Indian mustard sown after 5th October. Khatun et al. (2011) also found 21st October sowing as the best along with lower disease percentage on leaf and silique. Mahapatra and Das (2015) also reported that disease severity gradually increased with delay in sowing. Keerthi et al. (2016) also reported similar results from Gujarat, regarding decrease of reproductive phase, seed yield, and B:C ratio with successive delay in sowing from 15th October to 15th November. Singh et al. (2018) from Dholi, also found similar effect on seed yields, net return and B: C ratio by different sowing dates and crop geometry. They reported that sowing on 14th and 24th November resulted in % reductions in seed yield by 23.3 and 43.3, net return 32.2 to 59.8 and B: C ratio 23.4 to 55.8 per cent as compared to sowing on 4th November. They also observed the reductions caused due to different crop geometry was to the extent of 11.12 to 31.08 per cent in seed yield, 10.92 to 30.44 per cent in net return and 15.71 to 50 14 per cent in B: C ratio as compared to the crop geometry of 30 cm × 10 cm. Jat et al. (2019) also found similar results of significant higher seed yield, (1882 kg/ha) and corresponding higher net return (Rs. 46737/ha) and B:C ratio (3.04) from sowing of mustard crop in the second fortnight of October and that of 1895 kg/ha, Rs. 46448/ha and 2.96 from the spacing of 30 cm × 10 cm. Sohi et al. (2020) also found increasing disease severity of Alternaria blight of mustard with delay in date of sowing.\r\n\r\n', 'Sanjeet Kumar, C.S. Choudhary, A.K. Mishra, T. Alam, R.K. Choudhary, M. Kumar and B. Rai (2022). Effect of Sowing Dates and Spacings on Alternaria Blight of Mustard and Economics of Cultivation. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 955-960.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5397, '136', 'Studies on Variability, Heterosis and Combining ability analysis in Rice (Oryza sativa L.)', 'M.V.S.K. Rohit, Abhinav Sao, Deepak Gauraha and S.K. Nair', '163 Studies on Variability, Heterosis and Combining ability analysis in Rice (Oryza sativa L.) M. V. S. K. Rohit.pdf', '', 1, 'The current study examined variability, heterosis, and combining ability in elite rice genotypes using four lines and six testers, including two check varieties, Swarna and Improved Samba Mahsuri. For analysis of variance, GCA, SCA, and heterosis, observation data for twelve yield and their contributing traits were acquired. High PCV and GCV was found in effective tillers plant-1 and grain yield, confirming variability in the hybrids and selection for these traits will be beneficial for genetic improvement. RP 5706-112-4-5-3-2 and IR10N134 are the best general combiners among the lines and testers since they have highly substantial GCA effects on grain yield plant-1 as well as several important traits. The estimates of SCA effects on grain yield in the cross combinations R2321-165-1-148-1/IR09N496 and R2296-341-1-212-1/RB-59 were highly significant. The heterosis over mid-parent and better parent was found to be highly significant for the hybrid RP5706-112-4-5-3-2 / IR09N496 for grain yield. The main challenge regarding the combining ability analysis is to select best cross combination out of all hybrids so that multilocation trails can be done for further study. ', 'Heterosis, general combining ability, specific combining ability, phenotypic coefficient of variation, genotypic coefficient of variation', 'The analysis of variance was foundto besignificant for all the characters studies, where sufficient variability is present among the genotypes.Among the lines, RP5706-112-4-5-3-2 and among the testers, IR10N134 came out to be the best general combiners for more yield and its attributing traits. The highest significant positive heterosis for grain yield over mid parent and better parent was found in RP5706-112-4-5-3-2/ IR09N496 and R2321-165-1-148-1/ IR09N496 over standard varieties. The best performing crosses i.e., RP5706-112-4-5-3-2/ IR14A150, R1138-688-3-533-1/ IR14A150, RP5706-112-4-5-3-2/ IR10N134, R 2296-341-1-212-1/ IR14A150, R1138-688-3-533-1/ IRRI-186 and R2321-165-1-148-1/ IR14V1020 were the most promising based on mean grain yield, GCA, SCA and heterosis.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRice is known as a grass crop as it\'s semi-aquatic, indicating it spends half of its life cycle submerged in water and the other half on land. It belongs to the Poaceae family. Globally, rice is grown on an area of 164.19 million hectares with an annual output of 756.74 million tonnes and a productivity of 4.60 tonnes per hectare, where there is a gain of 1.47 percent in area and 0.99 percent in production compared to 2019 (Anonymous, 2020). China is the leading producer, accounting for 27.99 per cent of total production followed by India with 23.56 percent, Bangladesh with 7.25 per cent, Indonesia with 7.22 per cent, Vietnam with 5.65 per cent, Thailand with 3.99 per cent, Myanmar with 3.31 per cent, Philippines with 2.54 per cent, Brazil with 1.46 per cent and Cambodia with 1.44 per cent are the top 10 countries which constitute nearly 85 % of global rice production.Combining ability and hybrid vigour are the most essential genetic characteristics for producing superior cultivars. Breeding techniques based on hybrid development demand a high degree of heterosis as well as the specific combining ability (SCA) of crossings. So, combining ability is necessary for picking the most elite parents by undertaking numerous cross combinations through Line × Tester analysis (Kempthorne, 1957). Jones (1926) originally documented heterosis in riceand noted a considerable increase in culm quantity and grain production in several F1 hybrids in contrast to their parents.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe experimental material used for the experiment are elite rice genotypes which comprise four lines viz., R1138-688-3-533-1, R2296 -341-1-212-1, RP5706-112-4-5-3-2, R2321-165-1-148-1and six testers viz., IR09N496, IR10N134, IR14A150, IR14V1020, IRRI-186, IRBB-59 and their cross combinations along with 2 checks were evaluated in Randomised block design (RBD) in two replications. To fulfil the objective and intent of the analysis, various yield and yield attributing traits were examined and evaluated. Randomly five plants are chosen from each row to obtain information on different observations during the optimum plant growth cycle. Average results from the sampled plantsregarding different traits weresubjected for statistical analysis. The observations recorded during the crop period are days to 50 % flowering, days to maturity, plant height (cm), panicle length (cm), effective tillers plant-1, panicle weight (g), total number of spikelets panicle-1, number of filled spikelets panicle-1, spikelet fertility %, grain yield plant-1, 1000 seed weight (g) and harvest index (%). As per standard statistical procedure, analysis of variance was calculated for each of the characters separately using a randomized block design (Panse and Sukhatme 1978). The significance was tested by referring to the values of ‘F’ table (Fisher and Yates, 1967). \r\nY(ij )=µ+gi+rj+eij\r\nwhere,\r\nYij = phenotypic observation of 𝑖th genotype and 𝑗th replication\r\nµ = general mean\r\ngi = effect of 𝑖th genotype\r\nrj = effect of 𝑗th replication\r\neij = random error associated with 𝑖th genotype and 𝑗th replication\r\nThe genotypic and phenotypic coefficient of variation were calculated according to the formula given by Falconer (1981). Heritability in a broad sense was calculated as the ratio of genotypic variance to the phenotypic variance and expressed as a per centage (Falconer, 1981). Genetic advance as per cent of mean for each character was worked out as suggested by Johnson et al. (1955). The combining ability analysis was done using line × tester model given by Kempthrone (1957). Heterosis may be defined as superiority of an F1 hybrid over both of its parents in terms of yield and any other character. It is manifested as increase in size, vigour, growth, yield, or any other characteristic may be considered.The significance of different types of heterosis was calculated by employing t-test suggested by Nadarajan and Gunashekharan (2005).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe analysis of variance for 36 genotypes revealed significant variability among the genotypes and selection is effective for genetic improvement. In the present research, the estimates of GCV and PCV were mentioned in table 1. Higher estimates of PCV were recorded in grain yield plant-1, effective tillers plant-1, harvest index. Higher estimates of genotypic coefficient of variation were recorded in grain yield plant-1 followed by effective tillers plant-1. The values of the phenotypic coefficient of variation were found to be higher than those of the genotypic coefficient of variation indicating the influence of the environment. Higher estimates of genotypic coefficient of variation and phenotypic coefficient of variation were recorded in grain yield plant-1 followed by effective tillers plant-1 indicating the presence of sufficient variability in the hybrids and thereby suggesting that selection of these traits will be useful for genetic improvement. Similar findings were reported by Noatia et al. (2021) for grain yield.\r\nThe estimates of broad sense heritability and genetic advance as a percent of mean were mentioned in Table 1. All the characters under study except the harvest index showed higher estimates of broad-sense heritability (i.e., > 60% as suggested by Johnson et al., 1995). High degree of the genetic advance as a per cent of mean observed for characters, grain yield plant-1, effective tillers plant-1, number of filled spikelets panicle-1, total number of spikelets panicle-1, harvest index, panicle weight and 1000 seed weight. High heritability coupled with high genetic advance as a per cent of mean was reported for the traits ofeffective tillers plant-1, panicle weight, total number of spikelets panicle-1, number of filled spikelets panicle-1, grain yield plant-1 and 1000 seed weight indicating that the expression of such charactersiscontrolled by the additive gene action and thus simple selection will be effective for the improvement of this character. Similar findings were reported by Sao and Motiramani (2006); Priyanka et al. (2020) for total number of spikelets panicle-1 and filled number of spikelets panicle-1, Noatia et al. (2021) for total number of spikelets panicle-1 filled number of spikelets panicle-1 grain yield and 1000 seed weight.\r\nHigh heritability coupled with moderate genetic advance as a percentage of mean was observed for traits such as plant height, panicle length, days to maturity, and days to 50% flowering, implying that expression control by both additive and non-additive gene action cannot be used to improve these traits and thus heterosis breeding could be successful.\r\nThe analysis of variance for combining ability was mentioned in Table 2. The variance due to line × tester was recordedas significant for all the characters. This suggests that sufficient variability is available in the material used for study. The GCA effects is main criteria for selection of good general combiners among the lines and testers. The estimates of GCA effects are mentioned in Table 3. The best general combiner among the lines is RP 5706-112-4-5-3-2 as it has highly significant GCA effects with the grain yield plant-1 along with some important traits like harvest index, total number of spikelets panicle-1, filled spikelets panicle-1 and spikelet fertility %. IR10N134 came to be the best general combiner out of all testers for grain yield plant-1, the total number of spikelets panicle-1, number of filled spikelets panicle-1 and spikelet fertility %. The estimates of SCA effects of the 24 cross combinations were mentioned in Table 4. The highest negative significant SCA effects for days to 50 % flowering have shown by cross R1138-688-3-533-1/ IR14A150 followed by R2296-341-1-212-1/ IR09N496 and R2321-165-1-148-1/ IRBB-59. Negative values indicate that these are good combinations for early flowering. The highest negative significant SCA effects for days to maturity have shown by cross R1138-688-3-533-1/ IR14A150 followed by R2296 -341-1-212-1/ IR09N496 and R2321-165-1-148-1/ IRBB-59. Negative values indicate that these are good combinations for early maturity so that harvesting can be done earlier. The highest negative significant SCA effects for plant height have shown by cross RP5706-112-4-5-3-2/ IR10N134 followed by R1138-688-3-533-1/ IRRI-186 and R2296 -341-1-212-1/ IR14A150. Negative values indicate that these are good combinations for developing dwarf and semi-dwarf hybrids. The highest positive significant SCA effects for panicle length havebeen shown by cross R1138-688-3-533-1/ IR14V1020 followed by R2296 -341-1-212-1/ IRRI-186 and RP5706-112-4-5-3-2/ IR14A150. The highest positive significant SCA effects for effective tillers plant-1 have been shown by cross R2296 -341-1-212-1/ IR09N496 followed by RP5706-112-4-5-3-2/ IR14A150 and RP5706-112-4-5-3-2/ IRRI-186. The highest positive significant SCA effects for panicle weight was shown by cross R2321-165-1-148-1/IRBB-59. The highest positive significant SCA effects for total number of spikelets panicle-1 have been shown by cross R2296-341-1-212-1/ IRBB-59 followed by RP5706-112-4-5-3-2/ IR10N134 and RP5706-112-4-5-3-2/ IR14A150. The highest positive significant SCA effects for number of filled spikelets panicle-1 have been shown by cross R2296-341-1-212-1/ IRBB-59 followed by RP5706-112-4-5-3-2/ IR10N134 and RP5706-112-4-5-3-2/ IR14A150. The highest positive significant SCA effects for spikelet fertility % have shown by cross R2296-341-1-212-1/IRBB-59. The highest positive significant SCA effects for grain yield have been shown by cross R2321-165-1-148-1/ IR09N496 followed by R2296 -341-1-212-1/ IRBB-59 and RP5706-112-4-5-3-2/ IRRI-186. Positive values indicate that these are good combinations for developing high-yielding varieties. Similar findings were also supported by Keerthiraj et al. (2021), Hussein et al. (2021); Yadav et al. (2021) and Gaballah et al. (2021). The highest positive significant SCA effects for 1000 seed weight have been shown by cross R2296 -341-1-212-1/ IR10N134 followed by RP5706-112-4-5-3-2/ IRBB-59 and R1138-688-3-533-1/ IR14A150. The highest positive significant SCA effects have been shown by cross RP5706-112-4-5-3-2/IR10N134 followed by R2321-165-1-148-1/ IRBB-59. Best general and specific combiners for yield and its attributing traits are mentioned in the Table 5.\r\nThe heterosis over mid parent (relative heterosis), over better parent (heterobeltiosis) and over standard check (standard heterosis/ useful heterosis) was estimated for all the characters under study and mentioned in Table 6. The highest significant positive heterosis for grain yield over mid parent and better parent was found in RP5706-112-4-5-3-2/ IR09N496 and R2321-165-1-148-1/ IR09N496 over standard varieties. Similar findings were reported by Nanditha et al. (2021); Ray et al. (2021); Barhate et al. (2021).\r\n', 'M.V.S.K. Rohit, Abhinav Sao, Deepak Gauraha and S.K. Nair (2022). Studies on Variability, Heterosis and Combining ability analysis in Rice (Oryza sativa L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 961-970.'),
(5398, '136', 'Field Establishment and Foraging activity of Bombus haemorrhoidalis Smith', 'Diksha Devi, Harish Kumar Sharma, Monika, Meena Thakur, Kiran Rana, Sawraj Jit Singh and Babita Kaushal\r\n', '164 Field Establishment and Foraging activity of Bombus haemorrhoidalis Smith Monika.pdf', '', 1, 'Bumble bees are found to be effective pollinators as compared to the honey bees due to their buzz pollination behaviour as well as their ability to work for longer period of time. Keeping this in view, the present study was conducted to evaluate the foraging behaviour of B. hameorrhoidalis Smith under shade net house conditions and reported that maximum incoming (1.61) and outgoing activity (1.57) was observed during 0900-1000 hours. Moreover, the foraging activity also varied among different months of the year and recorded maximum incoming (2.10) and outgoing (2.10) activity during October month, while minimum during May. ', 'Bumble bees, Pollinators, month, hours and activity', 'Bumble bees have long been recognized as efficient pollinators as compared to honey bees under protected conditions because of their potential of buzz pollination and long working hours. From the present study, it is clear that maximum incoming and outgoing activity of B. haemorrhoidalis Smith was observed during the month of October, at 0900-1000 hours. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nOne of the major factors responsible for good quality and productivity of agricultural and horticultural crop is pollination for which, a number of insect pollinators viz., honeybees, bumble bees, and solitary bees etc. helps in transferring pollens from one flower to another flower (McGregor, 1976). Out of a number of insect pollinators, bumble bees are the superstar of pollinators also known as teddy bear of insects. Bumble bees are most diverse group of pollinators in temperate regions and only 34 species out of the 250 species are found in tropics (Williams, 1998). The bumble bees are more efficient and reliable pollinators especially under protected conditions (Mackenzie, 2009), helping in high quality fruit production due to their high speed of pollination, buzz behaviour and efficiency at low temperature and sunlight (Paydas et al., 2000). Use of insect pollination within greenhouse, especially bumble bees gave cost effective and attractive substitute of manual pollination (Velthuis and van Doorn 2006). An external and internal environmental condition along with foraging efficiency of bumble bees has an impact on required pollination of various crops. Foraging activity of bumble bees was important to serve as successful pollinators under these greenhouse conditions as compared to honey bees (Wolf and Moritz, 2008).Bumble bees can fly and pollinate flowers under cool conditions due to their thermoregulatory abilities (Corbet, 1995). They have better adaptive qualities for pollen and nectar collection near their hives and preference increases in small patches with flower abundance (Sowig, 1989). Abak et al. (2000) conducted a pollination experiment on bumble bees and observed that their activity increased between 9:00 to 11:00 am, the peak activity was observed between 10:00 to 11:00 am then decreased gradually and they stopped between 13:00 to 14:00 pm. They started foraging again in afternoon between 15:00 to 18:00 pm. Spivak (2000) also reported that bumble bees are effective foragers than honey bees because of their ability of buzz pollination. \r\nBumble bee hang onto flower and buzz it by vibrating their muscles that control flight. Bumble bees are the most efficient pollinators not only for wild plants, but also for pollination services used in outdoor and greenhouse orchards and horticulture. Foraging behaviour studies conducted on four species of bumble bee in England revealed that the high foraging activity occurs at 1000-1100 h. The pollen collection was also high during noon hours (Free, 1955). Hines et al. (2007) also studied foraging activity of B. pullatus and observed foraging range within 2.6-9.5 bees per minute across different time period, with the highest activity in the morning (07:00-10:00 am). Pollen collection was also highest from 07:00 -10:00 am and declined throughout rest of the day, while the foraging rate for nectar foragers remained relatively constant. The percent of incoming foragers that carried pollen in a sample period ranged from 2.4 to 44.2 per cent. There was no significant relationship between ambient temperature and number of all foragers. Foraging trips lasted from 30-70.5 minutes, with a mean of 51 and a median of 49.5 minutes. Kashyap (2007) recorded maximum bumble bee activity during 0600-0700 and 1600-1700 hours while, minimum during 1200-1300 hours. Stelzer and Chittka (2010) reported that bumble bee activity was restricted between 08:00 to 23:00 hours. Thakur (2018) observed the peak incoming and outgoing activity during 1700-1800h (4.63 bumble bees/five min) and 0900-1000h (4.73 bumble bees/five min), respectively and minimum during 1300-1400h. Nayak (2018) also reported maximum activity during 1600-1700h while minimum during 1300-1400h. \r\nKeeping in view all these points, present studies were undertaken to investigate the foraging activity of Bombus haemorrhoidalis Smith kept under shade net house conditions.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe experiment was conducted in experimental farm, Bagaur under the Department of Entomology, College of Horticulture, Dr YS Parmar University of Horticulture and Forestry, Nauni-Solan (H.P.) in the first week of June, 2018. Foraging B. haemorrhoidalis queens were collected from field during early spring and then brought to laboratory for their in-vitro rearing. These captured queens were kept in wooden domiciles under controlled conditions (25 ± 2ºC temperature and 60 - 65 per cent relative humidity). Proper cleaning and daily feeding of 50 per cent sugar syrup and freshly collected pollens were given to colonies. After the production of first brood i.e., at the end of May, 2018these colonies were transferred to field under shade net hose conditions for their establishment and acclimatization. Under field conditions, small wooden boxes consisting of colonies were kept in Langstroth hive, which was kept on iron stand at the centre of the cage. Plastic pipe was also fitted at the entrance for easy movement of bumble bee foragers. The colonies were provided proper feed for first 2-3 days by closing their entrance. After 2-3 days, data on incoming and outgoing bumble bee forgers was noted down. Data recorded on various parameters were analysed statistically with no transformation in R.B.D. design by Gomez and Gomez (1986).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS\r\nIncoming activity of B. haemorrhoidalis foragers. Data recorded on incoming activity of bumble bees under shade net house conditions is presented in Table 1. The data showed that bumble bee activity was significantly low during initial months of shifting and development of colonies being 0.37, 0.55, 0.57 bumble bees/five min, respectively in May, June and July. The average activity of bumble bees in the field peaked during October (2.10 bumble bees) followed by September (1.76 bumble bees) which was at par with the activity observed during November (1.59 bumble bees) (Fig. 1). \r\nThe incoming activity of B. haemorrhoidalis varied greatly in the months of May to December during different day length. Irrespective of months, the B. haemorrhoidalis activity was maximum (1.61 bumble bees) during 0900-1000h followed by activity observed during 1800-1900h (1.27 bumble bees) which was statistically at par with the activity observed during 0600-0700h (1.14 bumble bees). Significantly low incoming activity was observed during 1500-1600h (0.82 bumble bees) and 1200-1300h (0.85 bumble bees) which was statistically at par. \r\nOutgoing activity of B. haemorrhoidalis foragers. Data recorded on outgoing activity of B. haemorrhoidalis under open field conditions presented in Table 2 revealed that the B. haemorrhoidalis activity was significantly low in the months of May, June, July and December being 0.49, 0.58, 0.65 and 0.60 bumble bees/five min, which were statistically same. However, the average outgoing activity of B. haemorrhoidalis peaked during the month of October (2.10 bumble bees) (Fig. 1). \r\nThe outgoing activity of B. haemorrhoidalis varied greatly in the months of May to December during different day hours. It varied from 0.11 bumble bees (in December during 1500-1600h) to 3.32 bumble bees (in October during 0900-1000h). Irrespective of months, the B. haemorrhoidalis activity was maximum (1.57 bumble bees) during 0900-1000h. Significantly low average outgoing activity (0.62 bumble bees) was observed during 1500-1600h.\r\n \r\n\r\n\r\nThe results of the present investigations with respect to foraging activity of B. haemorrhoidalis under shade net house conditions are in line with the findings of earlier workers (Chauhan et al., 2013; 2014; Thakur, 2018; Nayak, 2018). Chauhan et al. (2013; 2014) recorded maximum incoming and outgoing activity of B. haemorrhoidalis at hive entrance during 0900-1100h and 1600-1800h and minimum during 1300-1500h.Later, Thakur (2018) observed the peak incoming and outgoing activity during September and October months which was statistically at par. However, the minimum activity was observed in May. According to day hours, the peak B. haemorrhoidalis incoming and outgoing activity was observed during 1700-1800h (4.63 bumble bees/five min) and 0900-1000h (4.73 bumble bees/five min), respectively. On the other hand, the minimum activity was reported during 1300-1400h. Nayak (2018) also reported maximum activity during 1600-1700h while minimum during 1300-1400h. ', 'Diksha Devi, Harish Kumar Sharma, Monika, Meena Thakur, Kiran Rana, Sawraj Jit Singh and Babita Kaushal (2022). Field Establishment and Foraging Activity of Bombus haemorrhoidalis Smith. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 971-974.'),
(5399, '136', 'Evaluation of China Aster (Callistephus chinensis) Genotypes for Cut Flower Production', 'Shruti Mallikarjun Kolur, Iranna Hejjegar and Satish S. Patil', '165 Evaluation of China Aster (Callistephus chinensis) Genotypes for Cut Flower Production Shruti Mallikarjun Kolur.pdf', '', 1, 'China aster [Callistephus chinensis (L.) Nees] belongs to the family asteraceae and is native of Northern China. It is grown commercially as cut flower for flower arrangement and interior decoration. A field experiment was conducted to assess suitability of the china aster genotypes for cut flower production with regard to growth, yield and quality parameters at Department of Horticulture, University of Agricultural Sciences, Dharwad during 2019-20. The aim of present experiment was to identify the suitable cut flower genotype for Dharwad condition. The experiment was laid out in Randomized Block Design with three replications of ten varieties (Namdhari Pink, Namdhari White, Arka Kamini, Arka Poornima, Arka Shashank, Phule Ganesh Purple, Phule Ganesh Pink, AAC-1, Miraj Local and Pink Cushion). The results of the study indicated that maximum plant height (63.41 cm) was recorded in variety Phule Ganesh Purple while, Phule Ganesh Pink recorded maximum plant spread (41.72 cm) at 90 days after transplanting. Variety Arka Shashank is early to flower (39.08 days). Maximum flower diameter (7.42 cm), flower stalk length (42.38 cm), vase life of cut flowers (11.30 days) and number cut flower per plant (22.39) was reported in variety Phule Ganesh Pink. The overall study revealed that Phule Ganesh series found promising for cut flower production among the all genotypes evaluated in this zone (Dharwad). ', 'China aster, evaluation, varieties, Flower quality parameters, yield parameters', 'The significant variations were observed among the ten genotypes for the vegetative, yield and quality traits. Cut flower yield per plant, vase life and flower stalk length should be given top priority for the direct selection of best cut flower genotype. Among the all evaluated genotypes Phule Ganseh series were performed best under Dharwad condition. The evaluation of distinct china aster genotypes helps for identifying the superior genotype for crop improvement.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nChina aster [ Callistephus chinensis (L.) Nees] is one of the predominant members of the ‘asteraceae’ family and is native of Northern China (Navalinskien et al., 2005). The genus ‘Callistephus’ is procured from Greek words ‘kalistos’ and ‘stephos’ these are symbolizing ‘most beautiful’ and ‘a crown’(flower head) respectively. Cassini narrated Callistephus hortensis as china aster. Fore mostly Linnaeus described it as Aster chinensis however, Nees subsequently altered to Callistephus chinensis.\r\nChina aster is one of the most popular annual flower crops cultivated widely due to its myriad colours ranging from violet, purple, magenta, pink and white. Among the annuals, China aster is ranked third for popularity, after Chrysanthemum and Marigold. Small and marginal farmers of Karnataka, West Bengal, Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh and Maharashtra were commercially grown the china aster. \r\nThe cut flower is an important floricultural product and refers to a flowering stem ending in a single flower or bearing a number of small flowers radiating from the base. China aster is grown commercially as cut flower for flower arrangement, interior decoration and loose flower for garland making, worshipping (Munikrishnappa et al., 2013), pot plant and bedding in landscaping. \r\nAngadi et al. (2000) studied on performance of china aster varieties. The results revealed that the double type cultivar \'Violet Cushion\' was more acceptable for cut flower production.\r\nExperiment was conducted on performance of china aster varieties by Kaushal et al. (2014) the results revealed that variety Arka kamini gives maximum cut flower per plot (163.20). However early flowering (103.30 days) and longest vase life (10.14 days) was reported in variety Arka Shashank and Voilet Cushion respectively.\r\nAditya et al. (2019) carried out investigation on performance of seven china aster genotypes. Arka adhya registered for maximum flower head circumference (16.12 cm) and flower diameter (5.13 cm) while, Arka Shashank reported longest flower stalk (19.88 cm) and longer duration of vase life (7.70 days) in normal tap water.\r\nAn assessment on china aster genotypes for flowering , yield and post harvest life was carried out by Bhargav et al. (2019) revealed that the genotype ‘IIHRG13’ reported maximum flowering duration (34.40 days) and longer vase life (4.42 days). Maximum length of stalk was assessed in IIHRCC39 (49.10 cm) and these two genotypes were considered as suitable for cut flower production.\r\n However there is always a demand of superior and new flowers over the existing cultivars. Therefore, there is need to identify stable genotypes having maximum cut flower yield and post harvest quality. Therefore, an investigation was conducted on assessment of China aster (Callistephus chinensis) genotypes for cut flower production. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe current study was conducted at floriculture unit, university of agricultural sciences, Dharwad during 2019-20. Totally 10 genotypes were collected from different sources and evaluated for growth, yield and quality parameters. Geographical site of experimental fields is located in the Northern Transitional Zone (Zone VIII) of Karnataka state situated at 15°26North latitude, 75°07 East longitude with an altitude of 678 m above the mean sea level.\r\nThe experiment was laid out in Randomized Block Design with three replications. The seedlings of china aster were planted at 30 × 30 cm spacing. Uniform cultural practices were followed to raise the successful crop. Five plants per replication were selected for recording observations. The data on plant height (cm), plant spread (cm), days to flower bud appearance, days to full bloom (days), duration of flowering (days), number of cut flowers /plant, flower diameter (cm), stalk length (cm) and vase life (days). The observations were statistically analysed.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS\r\nThe china aster genotypes exhibited significant variation for all the traits studied under Dharwad condition. The genotype Phule Ganesh Purple recorded maximum plant height (59.56 cm) and Arka Shashank recorded minimum plant height (44.71 cm) which was less vigorous in growth (Table 1). Differences in plant height among the cultivars may be due to the varietal character coupled with growing condition. Similar variation in plant height was given by Dharmendra et al. (2019) in china aster and in marigold by Singh et al. (2004).\r\nCultivars had significant influence on plant spread. Phule Ganesh Pink recorded highest spread (39.14 cm) and it might be attributed to enhanced number of branches with more internodal length and wider angle between the branches during later period of growth. Whereas, lowest spread recorded in Arka Shashank (23.54 cm). The differences in plant spread is governed by genetic make up of particular variety. Correspondent variation for spread of plant in china aster recorded by Rai et al. (2016); Nishchitha et al. (2016).\r\nDays taken for initiation of flower bud is an important character describing the earliness of flowering which is useful for the selection of precocious varieties. Arka Shashank was found early to initiate flower bud (38.24 days) and first flowering (42.91 days) compared to others while, Phule Ganesh series were late (Table 1). This could be because of cultivar characters and enhanced vegetative growth might have influenced on early transformation of vegetative growth into reproductive stage in early cultivars as observed in the present study as well as earlier conclusions by Munikrishnappa et al. (2011); Kumari et al. (2017) in china aster and Chourasia et al. (2015) in tuberose. They reported that food stock in plant that could be related to the growth rate of plants regulating accumulation of requisite level of carbohydrates resulted early flowering.\r\nPhule Ganesh Pink recorded maximum flower diameter (7.31 cm) which was followed by Arka Poornima (6.48 cm) and Phule Ganesh Purple (6.31cm) whereas, Arka Shashank (3.85 cm) recorded minimum flower diameter. Longer flower stalk length (42.26cm) was reported by Phule Ganesh Pink (Table 2). While, Arka Shashank and Arka Kamini recorded minimum flower stalk length (29.04cm and 30.54 cm respectively). The diversity among the different varieties resembles the earlier studies by Srinivasulu et al. (2004); Nishchitha et al. (2016) in china aster and Sushma et al. (2017) in chrysanthemum. \r\nlonger vase life of flowers was recorded by Phule Ganesh Series. Phule Ganesh Pink documented maximum vase life of 10.80 days and it was followed by Phule Ganesh Purple (9.98 days) and Arka Poornima (9.15 days) while, Namdhari White (6.86 days) had minimum vase life. Variation among the different varieties perhaps attributed to inherent composition of these varieties as it has been demonstrated earlier in china aster (Ravimumar, 2002; Chowdhuri et al., 2016; Bhargav et al., 2018) and in marigold (Nandakishor and Raghava 2001).\r\nFor the trait number of cut flower per plant(22.39), were found highest in Phule Ganesh Pink compared to all other cultivars in study and suitable for cut flower production in china aster among the assessed cultivars due to longer and thick flower stalk along with maximum vase life and genetic factors also influence the variations among the cultivars. Munikrishnappa et al. (2011); Zosiamliana et al. (2012) in china aster and Philip et al. (2019) in rose.\r\n', 'Shruti Mallikarjun Kolur, Iranna Hejjegar and Satish S. Patil (2022). Evaluation of China Aster (Callistephus chinensis) Genotypes for Cut Flower Production. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 975-978.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5400, '136', 'Species Identification in Diatoms using DNA Barcoding: An Overview', 'Suvechha Kabiraj, Suman Jyoti Bhuyan and Umesh Goutam', '166 Species Identification in Diatoms using DNA Barcoding An Overview Umesh Goutam.pdf', '', 1, 'Diatoms are unicellular photoautotrophic microalgae found predominantly in freshwater and marine environments, but sometimes in soil and as aeroplankton. Diatoms are vital components of ecosystems as food sources for a variety of different creatures. Because many morphological features can only be identified using scanning electron microscopy or other high-resolution technologies, identifying diatoms morphologically below the genus level requires specialist taxonomic knowledge and often expensive infrastructure. Alternatives include DNA barcoding and high-throughput-sequencing which allows for the quick analysis of a large number of collected samples at a lower cost than microscopy. Therefore, in order to appropriately identify environmental sequences, a carefully managed reference library is required. Standardised processes now rely on microscopic measurements, which are gradually takes time and highly susceptible to misidentification. To address these issues, DNA barcoding is better alternative. A large number of barcodes can be captured from natural materials when barcoding is applied in combination with next-generation sequencing. By analysing the sequences to a reference genomic library and employing algorithms, these barcodes are classified as specific diatom taxa. The application of the DNA barcoding idea to diatoms has a lot of promise for resolving the problem of erroneous species identification and thereby facilitating biodiversity assessments of environmental samples. DNA barcodes in diatoms can be used for a variety of applications, including classification of taxonomic group using DNA, determining genetic variation in a specific circumstance. Researchers are currently interested in developing DNA barcodes for all living organisms and compiling data that will be available to the public to aid in the understanding of the world\'s natural biodiversity. The identification of unidentifiable biological material to a taxonomic group and species diversity of living organisms can be done using accurate and reliable information about DNA barcoding. The challenges include while performing this study are the phylogenetic framework of barcoding, development and testing of candidate barcodes and creation of diatoms and the emergence of a system of identification. Important future challenges will also focus on building a DNA barcode library and developing genomic sequencing methods as efficient as possible by utilizing these genetic identifiers to biological subfields.', 'Diatoms, DNA barcoding, DNA barcode marker, Gene locus', 'DNA barcoding is a system for rapid and accurate species identification that will improve access to the ecological system. It has many applications in various fields such as identification of new species, evolutionary relationships, biomonitoring and bioassessment, forensics, cryptic species, and databasing. DNA barcoding is a useful technique for identifying organisms at the molecular level. This technique includes polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to amplify a fragment of the gene, which is then sequenced and compared to a database of known organisms. The purpose of this study is to obtain the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) primers and reagents required for DNA barcoding on a wide range of taxonomic groups. This technology reduces the number of organisms that must be accumulated in the field while also decreasing the time between collection and identification.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nResearchers have traditionally handled species identification and classification, providing a nomenclatural framework and a necessary prerequisite for a wide range of biological studies. Today\'s society must address a number of critical biological issues, including the importance of protecting natural, ensuring survival, preserving biodiversity, and preventing pandemics. To address these challenges, the \'DNA Barcode of Life\' project seeks to create a standardised, rapid, and low-cost species identification method that is accessible to non-specialists (Frézal and Leblois 2008). With the development of PCR-based approaches for species identification in the 1990s, the concept of a standardised mechanism of identifying molecules emerged gradually. Bacterial research, surveys of the diversity of microorganisms, and routine pathogenic strain diagnosis are the main applications of molecular identification to address the demand for identifying systems that are not culturally specific. The identification of eukaryotic pathogens and vectors, as well as food and forensic molecular identification, have all benefited from the widespread use of PCR-based techniques. Several universal molecular-based identification systems have been used for lower taxa but have not been successfully implemented for broader scopes. The DNA barcode project\'s goal is not to create a molecular taxonomy tree, but rather to develop an easy new technique based on enormous biological data collected in the DNA barcode reference library. The DNA Barcode of Life data system allows for the collection, storage, analysis, and dissemination of DNA barcode records (Purty and Chatterjee 2016).\r\nA DNA barcode is one or a few short gene sequences found in the genome that are distinct enough to identify species. By sequencing a very short standardised DNA sequence in a well-defined gene, DNA barcoding is a useful tool for taxonomic classification and species identification. Using this technique, complete species information can be obtained from a single specimen, regardless of morphological or life stage characteristics. The species is identified by using Polymerase Chain Reaction to amplify a highly variable region of the nuclear, chloroplast, or mitochondrial genome\'s DNA barcode region (Urbánková & Veselá, 2013). Nuclear DNA, chloroplast DNA, and mitochondrial DNA are some of the most commonly used regions for DNA barcoding. DNA barcodes can be used to group unknown species based on barcode sequences into previously known species or new species. The set of DNA barcode markers has been applied to specific taxonomic groups of organisms and has proven to be invaluable in understanding species boundaries, community ecology, functional trait evolution, trophic interactions, and biodiversity conservation. The use of NGS technology has increased the versatility of DNA barcodes across the \'Tree of Life,\' habitats, and geographies, as new methodologies for characterising species are explored and developed (Purty and Chatterjee 2016). In an ideal world, a single gene sequence would be used to identify species across all taxa, from viruses to plants and animals. However, because the perfect gene has yet to be discovered, different barcode DNA sequences are used for animals, plants, microbes, and viruses.\r\nDiatoms. A diatom is a photosynthetic, single-celled organism, which produces its own food in the same way as plants do. They are a major group of algae and one of the most common types of phytoplankton, joining the swarms of organisms that float on currents in the upper layers of the ocean and lakes (Ballesteros et al., 2021). Diatoms can be found anywhere and everywhere. They can be found in rivers, oceans, lakes, bogs, damp rock surfaces, and even the skin of a whale. Diatoms are significant because they form the foundation of the food chain for both marine and freshwater microorganisms and animal larvae, and they are a major source of atmospheric oxygen, accounting for 20-30% of all carbon fixation on the planet. Diatoms can serve as environmental indicators of climate change and are used to make some household products such as pest/mite repellent and mild abrasives. Because diatoms have specific ecological requirements, they can also be used as environmental indicators, informing us about what is going on in the environment. Diatom cell walls can be preserved in sediments for long periods of time, providing a record of past changes in lake systems (MacGillivary & Kaczmarska 2011). Diatoms are the most common organisms in plankton and come in a wide range of shapes and sizes. Diatoms have silica cell walls, and each species has a unique pattern of tiny holes in the cell wall (frustule) through which they absorb nutrients and expel waste. When examined under a microscope, diatoms exhibit a wide range of shapes with numerous interesting and beautiful patterns (Liu et al., 2020). Their shapes and structures are typically regular and symmetrical, and these characteristics are used to identify and classify them (Hamsher et al., 2011). Phytoplankton are the smallest plankters, with sizes ranging from about 1mm to 7.5 micrometres, making them nearly invisible to the naked eye. All diatoms have a siliceous (glassy) exoskeleton composed of two halves that perfectly fit inside one another. Many diatoms remain as isolated cells and spend their entire lives adrift, whereas others form chains/clumps. Plankton samples were previously stored in formalin, which caused them to appear grey and lifeless – a stark contrast to their true colourful selves when fresh.\r\nCRITERIA FOR IDENTIFICATION OF DIATOMS\r\nGenes and gene locus. There have been numerous gene regions investigated for barcoding diatoms, and out of those genes, themitochondrial cytochrome oxidase I gene (cox1), 18S nuclear rRNA, plastidial rbcL (ribulose-1,5-bisphosphate carboxylase oxygenase gene) and, nuclear rDNA ITS region has been widely used. Following several studies, it was discovered that the rbcL gene is less dynamic than the cox1 gene within-species sampling, whereas it has been proven to be a favourable barcode marker in certain organisms.\r\nThe highly conserved 18S nuclear rRNA gene region has been used for environmental sample analysis and for phylogenetic research. It has been observed that the 18S rRNA has a high resolving and amplification power.Cox1 having high polymerization has revealed the molecular inventories that differed the greatest from the expected inventories which are owing to the limited amount of reference barcodes created by Sanger sequencing. This low number is due to the fact of primer specificity. Because of the extremely varied v4 region and a large number of reference barcodes, 18S (including the v4 region) demonstrated a high degree of similarity between molecular and anticipated inventories. rbcl has demonstrated a higher polymorphism than 18S with a similar number of reference barcodes therefore the molecular inventories closest to expected inventories were obtained with rbcL (Zimmermann et al., 2011). \r\nDNA Barcoding. DNA barcode is agene segment basically used in the species identification (Ács et al., 2016). It has been growing very fast in recent years and becoming an important tool for biodiversity research and monitoring, as well as molecular phylogeny and evolution. The most widely used method for species identification and biological sample consistency is DNA barcoding. It can identify specimens to the genetic level. Fig. 1 illustrates the process of DNA Barcoding. When compared to traditional identification methods, DNA barcoding is more cost-effective, and it can even be used when just a little amount of sample is available. After a trustworthy reference database has been created, the fundamental advantage of DNA barcoding is that it does not require specialised taxonomic expertise to identify particular samples. Additionally, since there is no need for reproductive material, identification can be carried out using small tissue samples from almost any part of the organism. It is also typically quick and repeatable. The lack of a single universal DNA region that can be used to all taxonomic groups is a disadvantage of the approach.\r\nDNA Barcode Marker. There are three basic requirements for a suitable barcode marker. They are (1) it should have a introductory sequence that can be easily amplified and sequenced in one single read (2) should be accompanied by a consensus sequence where universal primers can be UPDATEed, and (3) should have the capability of resolving organisms at the genetic level. A suitable barcode marker can be determined by two conditions. Those two conditions are discriminatory power and universality. Discriminatory power states the marker\'s ability to distinguish between genetic diversity and universality refers to research problems such as the utilisation of primer pairs, the standard of sequences acquired, and the homology modelling challenges (Nauer et al., 2022). The best functioning barcode markers for diatoms are currently available as follows: (i) the 3’ end of the large subunit of the rbcL (rbcL-3 P), (ii) a 540 bp fragment situated 417 bp downstream of the start codon of the rbcL (540 bprbcL), (iii) the 5’ end of the mitochondrial cytochrome c oxidase I gene (COI-5 P), (iv) a partial sequence of the large ribosomal subunit (D1-D3 LSU, usually either D1-D2 or D2-D3), and (v) the V4 sub-region of the small ribosomal subunit (V4 SSU) (Evans et al., 2007). The 5.8 S gene, when paired with the second internal transcribed spacer, could be used as a diatom barcode marker which is having sufficient universality and good discrimination power. It has been rejected in many studies due to a lot of intraclonal variation, which made it difficult to link even closely related lineages. As a result of not meeting the universality condition, all major subunits of the rbcL sequence are inappropriate for DNA barcoding. Due to its limited discriminatory power, the universal plastid amplicon was also proposed as a marker for all eukaryotic algae and cyanobacteria (Stiawan et al., 2022).\r\nADVANTAGES OF DNA BARCODING\r\nDocumenting, phylogenetic revision, and the possibilities of using a microscope for identification. Barcodes will immediately aid taxonomy revision, enhancing the morphological data previously accessible, because they represent new information about organism genotypes. However, the new collections that barcoding development will necessitate and generate are arguably more important. Many additional specimens will have to be obtained and somatic mutation cultures isolated to create the reference barcodes. As a result of barcoding, vast new sources for diatom DNA barcoding and microscopic identification will emerge. Barcodes can also help to keep the nomenclature of living diatoms consistent (Zou et al., 2021). Furthermore, because most types are permanently set in resin on slides and can only be studied by light microscopy, they frequently don\'t include enough information to limit the use of the defined term. Even when defragmented specimen is gathered for experimental results, determining how a name should be applied might be difficult. Barcoding will not eliminate these challenges immediately, but once barcodes are connected to type specimens and made operational there would be a significantly less of a requirement to refer natural kind specimens.. Unlike the morphology of a physical object, a barcode sequence — essentially a molecular type which is clear and easily communicated (Mann et al., 2010).\r\nSpecies Discovery. Determination of a new species DNA barcoding was first created for classes of organisms like birds and fish that already had a thorough and accurate alpha taxonomy. The purpose of barcoding in such organisms, as well as in certain others where it has lagged due to methodological issues, is to easily identify them. In diatoms, however, there is still a significant amount of alpha taxonomy to be completed. As a result, many barcode sequences taken from wild populations or cultures would directly relate to nothing in the database even after having diatom species even after having collection of barcodes. Some represents previously undiscovered phenotypic variation and resembles a known species barcode while others are unidentified species that would need to be further characterized, described, and assigned to the proper supraspecific group (Rimet et al., 2019).\r\nSo even though identification is the primary function of barcode but it can also be used for the evolutionary studies. It should be simple to align and involve both largely conserved and quickly evolving regions. One fair critique of barcode-based species finding is that it implies that speciation has not occurred below a certain level of divergence.\r\nThis is irrelevant since there is no causal connection between speciation and molecular divergence. When sister species are compared, neutral genetic variations build up in a pattern like a clock over time, although it may take a lengthy period following evolution by natural selection for sibling species to become reciprocally monophyletic about a barcode marker. The faster the barcode marker changes, the less likely newly developed species are to go unrecognized. Even if the two are linked, this is merely a modification of the concept of a molecular barrier for recognizing species, because compensatory base-change and speciation are not causally linked (Mann et al., 2010).\r\nNew avenues for research into diatom biogeography and the biodiversity of living diatoms. Diatoms are generally dead when they are recognized due to the necessity to inspect minute details of frustule ornamentation and structure for specific identification, and it is not always obvious either they died as a result of the cleaning or if they were already killed when tested. As a result, determining either those specific groups were contemporaneous, coexisted in nature, or had crustal or allochronic origins is frequently challenging. At first glance, the method for detecting diatoms while they are still intact appears to be convincing. However, for the reasons mentioned, this is challenging to accomplish using microscopical techniques. So the first point is that there is a difference in refractive index between water and diatom silica and mountants like Naphrax is significantly less, frustule features in living material are more difficult to perceive (Duarte et al., 2020). The second reason includes that the cell wall patterning is hampered by chloroplasts and other cellular proteins, however, utilizing interference contrast optics and the use of elevated filters on photographic images can occasionally improve identification. Thirdly, chloroplast morphology gives extra relevant data because it hardly ever changes between most taxa, and even less so between centric diatoms, this benefit does not outweigh the loss of frustule detail (Mann et al., 2010).\r\nLimitations of Barcoding. The premise behind barcoding is that evolution is associative by a change in the barcode gene\'s sequence. As massive divergence of sequences is random rather instead of continuous. Even if the barcode\'s components rapidly increase, barcoding will fail to recognise certain lineages. Additional information will be required to identify such species. There is a further issue, which is caused by the \'weak\' barcodes: some species may be impossible to barcode simply because they are largely undefined. As a result, barcoding has drawbacks and cannot identify all diatoms. Biological evolution, on the other hand, is a process in which various Species features emerge in a distinct order and at a different time in all characteristics, including morphology and reproductive isolation, are distinct lineages, may fail to differentiate species when utilized separately.\r\nSome species or groups will almost certainly never be able to use the specified barcode. If rbcL were considered as an effective diatom barcode marker, barcoding would be impossible for several species that do not have a functional plastid and are facultatively anaerobic. Even DNA extraction appears to be challenging in some diatoms that produce a lot of mucilage, according to DNA barcoding for diatoms 567.It should also be noted that barcoding does not eliminate the need for microscopy. A lot would be lost if barcoding was seen as a substitute for microscopy rather than as an adjunct to it because many aspects of community structure and function, such as three-dimensional cell arrangement, motility, and cell-size spectra, cannot be determined without the use of an optical or microscopical technique.\r\nChallenges in developing Barcoding for Diatoms. The principal challenges are (1) choosing the taxonomic basis for barcoding, (2) developing and testing candidate barcodes, and (3) generation of a sufficiently comprehensive set of barcodes to make barcode identification practical.\r\nThe phylogenetic framework of barcoding. One of the most difficult aspects of identifying diatoms is that several taxonomies are used. Diatom DNA barcoding is being held back by this dispute. The majority of researchers would most likely to create a sensitive enough barcode technology to distinguish including all of the new species they are or will be describing, including cryptic and pseudo-cryptic forms. As a result, taxonomists can select a molecular marker that develops quickly, such as ITS-1 or -2, or COI. This is referred to as a\' strong\' barcode. Those who have successfully used diatoms for bio monitoring and discovered that a crude taxonomy suffices for their needs, on the other hand, maybe a \'weak\' barcode with little ability to discriminate. It may be manageable to create a barcode system that closely resembles the widely used freshwater flora, with morphological features replaced by molecular ones (Fei et al., 2020).\r\nUnderstanding whether evolutionary change in diatoms is typically or always accompanied by differences in physical or chemical requirements, or specific to biotic factors, or whether clades of closely related species share the same niche, would be useful when deciding between \"weak\" and \"strong\" barcodes. To find a solution, speciation studies in depth, as well as ecological studies in diverse habitats and with various types of diatoms, are required. These studies are still in their early stages, but preliminary findings suggest that speciation is linked to niche, indicating that it is possible to improve the environmental monitoring resolution by using a \'strong\' barcode. As a result, using a \'weak\' barcode is likely to limit the exploitation of these organisms for bioengineering and biomonitoring, as well as genetic analysis, biodiversity, and ecology research. So this type of barcode has significant impacts. A strong barcode system\'s high resolution will almost certainly allow for future advancements in bio monitoring and ecological research. It will also enable the identification and study of cryptic species. Whereas a \'weak\' barcode system tends to stabilise taxonomy (Kollár et al., 2021). It would convert a classification based primarily on light microscopy, which is a molecular identification system, which is already recognised as inadequate for various research disciplines.\r\nDEVELOPMENT AND TESTING OF CANDIDATE BARCODES \r\nUp to this point, LSU rDNA, SSU rDNA, ITS rDNA, the universal plastid amplicon (UPA), rbcL, and COI have been tested. The criteria for evaluating barcodes are the same as for any other group of organisms: (A) universality, (B) practicability, and (C) discrimination. The term \"power\" refers to a marker\'s capacity for differentiation. The barcode\'s universality can be determined by putting it to the test on a phylogeny of the diatoms including wide range of taxa. There is no agreement based on the major diatom lineages\' branching order but a universality test, however, must contain references from each of the major lineages of \'radial centric diatoms,\' several\' multipolar centric diatoms,\' and a diverse range of pennate diatoms.\r\nAccording to practicality, the barcode must be short enough to allow to reads in both directions with a a fixed pair of primers, and analysis procedures must be simple. It does not necessitate the use of complex algorithms to achieve desired alignment. Practicality evolves and, as equipment and bioinformatics protocols improve, becomes less of a constraint. Anyway, more tests are required, and the desired universality is most apparently found in incomplete LSU rDNA, incomplete ITS-1–5.8S–ITS-2, rbcL or selective rbcl and UPA. The subject utilising any of the rDNA regions is one of practicality: Intragenomic variation is common as a result numerous, non-identical rDNA cistron copies are formed and may be dispersed throughout one, two, or more loci. \r\nAlthough there could be one dominant version, others would be plentiful enough to minimise precise reads during DNA amplification, considering the frequent length change due to UPDATEions and deletions. Direct ITS sequencing is not possible in several genera of species. Furthermore, arrangement of rDNA sequences is incredibly hard, becoming more challenging with evolutionary detachment measured by functional constraints on molecule speciation. Alignment isn\'t required for identification because algorithms like BLAST can be used to compare sequences.\r\nMoreover alignment ease of access becomes a key core challenge, given the current diatom taxonomy, if both species finding and classification are to be accomplished using barcode areas. In other rDNA regions, intragenomic variation may be insufficient and interspecific variation may be excessive to make them useful as barcodes. Protein-encoding genes, such as COI and rbcL, present serious fewer obvious issues that are produced than rDNA and can be easily combined and contrasted. Once the universality and practicability conditions are in place, the discrimination of barcode markers must be tested. Because of the existing system of taxonomy and the choice between \'weak\' and\' strong\' barcodes, this is the most difficult of the three factors to analyse in diatoms. Examining a barcode\'s performance in distinguishing between random selection of organisms with novel associations that can only be deduced from the barcode is meaningless. Evidently, only a few groups of species have been highlighted sufficiently to be used as diatom related species (Cristóbal et al., 2020).\r\nCreation of diatom barcodes and the emergence of a system of identification. Extracting material for producing the reference barcode is usually difficult in multicellular organisms: A single genotype is represented by a leaf or a scrap of tissue cut from any living organism, and enough DNA is provided for analysis and culture is necessary to supply diatoms cellular composition and DNA content. Though many diatoms have never been successfully cultured, others cannot be kept in culture indefinitely due to their mating system. As a result, diatoms are unrepresented and unbalanced in accumulation of cells, and efforts to isolate and propagate strains are renewed through barcoding diatoms (Kahlert et al., 2021).\r\nSequencing is most likely the least difficult stage. It is imperative to preserve DNA whenever we need to check the barcodes and provide materials for upcoming research. The complete diatom marker has not yet discovered but this is equally important as it may be still under development. Given the current state of sampling, in the future all specimens in the barcode database could have additional barcode markers if DNA is made available. Indeed, it would be incredibly difficult to redo the massive culturing and vouchering effort that will be required to establish the barcode database (Hiransuchalert et al., 2022).\r\nFor taxa that are resistant to isolation and culture, it is now possible to amplify the entire genome from a single or a few cells. However, due to the difficulty in profiling and verifying the morphology of the cells extracted, this is problematic for barcoding. So there are the following steps:\r\n— Consensus on two or more barcode areas(on the basis of their universality, practicability, and discriminatory power) that all species need to be sequenced. Presently, the most promising candidates are 3\'-rbcL and partial LSU rDNA. \r\n— All the data for the preparation of common protocols for culturing, vouchering, characterization, DNA preservation, and the use of primers, more specifically has been added to the central database.\r\n— Further testing of potential barcode markers, as well as on-going attempts to determine model group’s species limits. Existing markers and protocols are being continuously improved. \r\n— Increasing the effort being put into culturing, vouchering, characterization, and identification.. All these processes can be assigned to technical experts, but these are areas that require significant new funding. Initially, specific habitats and model groups should be prioritised, but there should also be a relatively broad coverage. Contributions from every taxonomists who study diatoms will be required to confirm that identification numbers for barcodes are properly related with the current taxonomy through a microscope, and approaches to overcome strong linkages to the extensive amount of alpha-taxonomic research and the barcode endeavour performed in diatoms should be sought (Smith et al., 2022).\r\nAPPLICATIONS OF DNA BARCODING\r\nDNA barcodes are used in a variety of fields, including taxonomy, ecology, biosecurity, and food safety. One of the DNA barcoding\'s primary goals is to accelerate the process of cataloging biodiversity through the use of standardized genetic markers for species identification. Molecular barcodes aid in the completion of the biodiversity inventory by 1) revealing cryptic diversity at different taxonomic levels 2) recognizing species in taxa with no distinguishing morphological features. DNA barcodes can also aid in the resolution of long-standing nomenclatural debates, resulting in the taxonomic revision of poorly defined morphospecies. In ecology and conservation biology, DNA barcoding is also widely used. Molecular barcodes are sometimes used to detect and monitor invasive and endangered species by tracing their DNA contained in hair, faeces, or water samples (Al-Meshhdany & Hassan 2020).\r\nThe analysis of non-degraded DNA in stomach contents reveals specific species diets or interspecies interactions, such as the predation pressure of some invasive species.DNA barcodes are also commonly used for pest species detection and food quality control. Metabarcoding, also known as environmental DNA barcoding, is another emerging barcoding technique which uses genetic markers to identify individuals found in environmental materials such as dirt seawater etc (Naeem et al., 2019). Short DNA barcodes are used in metabarcoding to classify species diversity or to detect specific species in environmental DNA extracts (Ahmed et al., 2022).\r\nThe advancement of next-generation sequencing (NGS) technologies capable of producing millions of sequences at a low cost prompted the development of metabarcoding (https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2022.05.04.490577v1). The results of next-generation sequencing studies revealed a huge variety of aquatic eukaryotes, including many promising lineages and undiscovered species. Metabarcoding has also been used to measure the environmental impacts of human activities, and to monitor freshwater benthic diversity (Pawlowski & Holzmann 2014).\r\n', 'Suvechha Kabiraj, Suman Jyoti Bhuyan and Umesh Goutam (2022). Species Identification in Diatoms using DNA Barcoding: An Overview. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 979-985.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5401, '136', 'Evaluation of Systems of Cultivation and Nutrient Management Practices on Yield Attributing Characters and Yield of Rice', 'G. Santhosh Kumar, R. Mahender Kumar, A. Srinivas, G. Jayasree and T. Ramesh', '167 Evaluation of Systems of Cultivation and Nutrient Management Practices on Yield Attributing Characters and Yield of Rice G Santhosh Kumar.pdf', '', 1, 'A field study was conducted during kharif and rabi seasons of 2011-12 and 2012-13 at research farm of Indian Institute of Rice Research (formerly DRR), Hyderabad to evaluate the performance of different systems of cultivation under different nutrient management practices. The treatment consisted of four systems of cultivation i.e., system of rice intensification (SRI), modified drum seeder with 25 × 25cm spacing, normal drum seeder and conventional transplanting in main plots and four nitrogen management practices i.e., 100 % RDN (recommended dose of nitrogen) through inorganic, 75 % RDN through inorganic+ 25% RDN through organic, 50 % RDN through inorganic + 50% RDN through organic and 100 % RDN through organic in sub plots. Experimental data revealed that SRI recorded significantly superior yield attributing characters i.e., higher panicles number meter-2, total grains number panicle-1, filled grains panicle-1 and lower spikelet sterility (%) compared to other establishment methods during all the seasons of experiment. Significant higher grain and straw yield was recorded with SRI followed by modified drum seeder, normal drum seeder and conventional transplanting. Under different nutrient management practices 50% inorganic + 50% organic treatment registered higher panicles number meter-2, filled grains panicle-1, lower spikelet sterility (%), grain and straw yield as compared to remaining nutrient management practices during all the four seasons of data.', 'SRI, modified drum seeder, sterility percentage, INM, grain yield', 'In conclusion from the above study, wider spacing in SRI recorded superior yield attributing characters and higher yield. Among nutrient management practices 50% RDN through inorganic + 50% RDN through organic source was found to be superior in all the yield attributing characters and yield. Interaction effect revealed that SRI in combination with 50% RDN through inorganic source + 50% RDN through organic recorded significantly higher grain yield over other establishment and nutrient combinations.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRice is the staple food for a large part of the human population. Globally, for 40 % of the population rice (Oryza sativa L.) is the major source of energy (Baishya et al., 2015) and supplies as much as 50% of the daily calories (Abbasi et al., 2011). Annually in India, around 120 million tonnes of rice is produced in an area of 44 million hectares with a productivity of over two tonnes per hectare of milled rice.\r\nAbout 77% of the global rice production in the world is produced by practicing conventional transplanting method in puddled soil (Chakraborty et al., 2017; Xu et al. 2019). Conventional transplanting system of rice crop production requires water, labour, energy and capital in large amount so that it has become less profitable at present due to the lack of these resources (Guruprem et al., 2017). Transplanting takes roughly 25% of the total labour requirement of the crop.A shortage of labour during peak period causes delayed transplanting, it leads to increasing transplanting shock and lower productivity. Increased cost of rice cultivation was observed in conventional methods due to decreased availability and increasing cost of labour. All these factors demand a major shift from conventional transplanted rice production to wet direct seeding of rice.\r\nDirect seeding on puddled soil avoids drudgery of nursery raising and transplanting. It saves time and investment compared to transplanting. Absence of nursery management and transplanting operation, less labour requirement, reduction in methane emission, increased water use efficiency and higher profitability are the advantages of direct seeding compared to transplanted rice (Chauhan et al., 2012). Risk of terminal drought can avoided by practicing direct seeded rice as it matures 1-2 weeks earlier than transplanted rice and it also allows earlier sowing of a following non-rice crop (Rana et al., 2014).\r\nIn India after green revolution cultivation of high yielding dwarf varieties took place. These HYVs are responsive to fertilizer. To meet the nutrient needs of these high yielding varieties farmers become depended on application of chemical fertilizers. Increased use of the chemical fertilizers leads higher rice yields and biomass production (Ghosh et al., 2013). Inherent soil fertility was badly effected with excess use of inorganic fertilizers. The decline or stagnation in yield has been observed in spite of application of increased rate of chemical fertilizers. Data analysis of the long-term studies all over the country revealed that in spite of continuous use of chemical fertilizers also a decrease in rice productivity was observed (Baishya et al., 2015). Organics can improve yield and nutrient use efficiency of rice (Singh and Kumar 2014). Nutrients demand at the peak period can be met through organics. Organic manures also acts as source for micro nutrients and increase the efficiency of applied nutrients by modifying the soil-physical behavior. The combined application of organic manures and inorganic fertilizers not only supply the nutrients demanded by the crop but also helps to attain productivity goals by maintaining the sustainability of the system (Yadav and Meena 2014).\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present study was under taken during kharif and rabi seasons of 2011-12 and 2012-13at Indian Institute of Rice Research farm, Rajendranagar, Hyderabad. The farm is geographically situated at an altitude of 542.7 m above mean sea level on 17° 19’ N latitude and 78° 29’ E longitudes. The soil was clay loam, alkaline in reaction (pH 8.0-8.2), with 0.48-0.52% of organic matter, 210-223 kg ha-1 of available nitrogen, 39-43 kg ha-1 of available P and 525-542 kg ha-1 of available K. The experimental design was split plot design with four main plot treatments, four subplot treatments and replicated thrice. The treatment combinations consisted of four establishment methods i.e., system of rice intensification(SRI) (M1), modified drum seeder (25 × 25cm spacing)(M2), normal drum seeder (M3) and normal transplanting(NTP) (M4) in main plots and four nutrient management practices i.e., 100 % RDN (recommended dose of nitrogen) through inorganic (N1), 75 % RDN through inorganic + 25% RDN through organic (N2), 50 % RDN through inorganic + 50% RDN through organic (N3) and 100 % RDN through organic (N4) in sub plots. In normal drumseeders, the spacing will be 20 × 5-8 cm. By making some alterations modified drum seeder was fabricated with spacing of 25 × 25 cm for this study to test the wider spacing efficiency in direct seeding. The high yielding, semi dwarf rice variety Sampadha, having crop duration of 135 days and yield potential of 5.8-6.8 t ha-1 was grown in the experimental site. The recommended dose of fertilizer was 120 Kg N: 60 Kg P2O5: 40 Kg K2O ha-1. In case of 100% inorganic treatment nitrogen was applied through urea in three equal splits as ½ as basal, ¼ at maximum tillering and ¼ at panicle initiation stage. In INM treatments inorganic source of nitrogen was applied through urea in three equal splits at basal, 30 DAT (days after transplanting) and at 60 DAT. The organic source of nitrogen was applied based on the nitrogen equivalent of vermicompost as basal. In case of direct seeding sprouted seeds were sown on thoroughly puddled and well leveled main field. On the same day the sprouted seeds were broadcasted uniformly on well prepared nursery bed for NTP and SRI.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nNumber of panicles (m-2). Systems of cultivation significantly influenced number of panicles meter-2. During all the four seasons SRI exhibited significantly higher number of panicles m-2 than all other systems of cultivation and it was followed by modified drum seeder. It was in conformity with the findings of Jeet et al., (2021); Bhat et al., (2018); Dhakal et al., (2017) and Bhandari et al., (2020). It was also observed that normal transplanting method showed significantly lower number of panicles m-2 as compared toall other establishment methods. NTP recorded 43.25, 34.16, 29.16 and 38.46% lower number of panicles m-2 as compaped to SRI during kharif 2011, kharif 2012 and rabi 2011-12 and rabi 2012-13, respectively. These observations were in conformity with the findings of Singh et al. (2015).\r\nDuring all the four seasons the treatment N3 (50% Inorg + 50% Organic) noticed higher number panicles m-2over other nutrient management practices and it was followed by N1 [100% Inorganic]. The per cent increase in number of panicles noticed in N3 [50% Inorg + 50% Organic] (10.0, 11.0 and 10.5 %), N1 (100% Inorganic) (6.3, 8.5 and 7.4 %) and in N2 [75% Inorganic + 25% Organic] (10.0, 11.0 and 10.5 %) was appreciable over N3 [100% Organic] during 2011 kharif, 2012 kharif, 2011-12 rabi, 2012-13 rabi and in pooled kharif and rabi means, respectively. This might be due to integrated use of inorganic and organic sources of nutrients have resulted in enhanced nitrogen availability in the root zone resulting in enhanced N uptake by rice which ultimately helped in production of more panicles. These results are in support with Shrinivas and Krishnamurthy (2017); Bhat et al., (2018); Patel et al., (2013).\r\nTotal number of grains panicle-1. During all the four seasons of study it was observed that methods of planting were significantly influenced the total number of grains panicle-1. Numerically higher number of grains panicle-1was observed with SRI during all the four seasons. This might be attributed to wider spacing adopted in SRI resulted in more light interception that finally lead to more dry matter accumulation and partitioning into sink (panicles). These results are in accordance with the findings of Jeet et al., (2021); Bhat et al., (2018).\r\nAmong all the nutrient management practices 50% RDN through inorganic source + 50% RDN through organic source treatment recorded significantly higher number of grains panice-1 over treatment N2 (75% RDN through inorganic + 25% RDN through organic source) and treatment N4 (100% RDN through organic source) and it was statistically on par with N1 (100% RDN through inorganic source) during all the seasons of the study. Application of organics and inorganics in equal ratios supplies nutrients during the reproductive stage by decomposing the applied vermicompost to the rice crop. These nutrients were utilized by the plants and resulted in more number of grains panicle-1. These observations were in conformity with the findings of many researchers (Bhat et al., 2018; Laljiyadav and Meena 2014). Treatment 100% RDN through organic source recorded the lowest number of grains panicle-1.\r\nNumber of filled grains panicle-1. Number of filled grains panicle-1 differed significantly among planting methods during all the four seasons of study. The numerically higher number of filled grains panicle-1 was observed with SRI. This was due to wide spacing in SRI has resulted in more leaf area, this leaf area is the source for carbohydrate production. That more carbohydrate production maintained source sink relationship positively in producing more number of filled grains in SRI. These results are in support with the findings of Jeet et al. (2021); Dhakal et al. (2017). 50% RDN through inorganic + 50% RDN through organic source treatment recorded significantly higher number of filled grains panice-1 (105.8, 117.8, 105.9 and 126.8 during kharif 2011, kharif 2012, rabi 2011-12, rabi 2012-13, respectively) over treatment N2(75% RDN through inorganic + 25% RDN through organic source) and treatment N4 (100% RDN through organic source) and it was at par with N1 (100% RDN through inorganic source) during all the seasons of study. This might be due to conjunctive application of organics and inorganics in equal quantity supplied nitrogen as and when needed to crop and this improved N supply contributing to enhanced N uptake by the plant. Increased N uptake resulted in more dry matter production and its translocation from source to sink. Similar observations were also reported by Mangaraj et al., (2022). Treatment N4 (100% RDN through organic source) recorded the lowest number of filled grains panicle-1 (74.3, 90.3, 88.9 and 99.3 during kharif 2011, kharif 2012, rabi 2011-12, rabi 2012-13, respectively). \r\nSpikelet sterility (%). During both the years of study planting methods and nutrient management practices significantly influenced the spikelet sterility percentage (Table 4). The mean spikelet sterility percentage of rice was 16.11, 16.28 and 16.19 % during kharif seasons of 2011, 2012 and in pooled mean respectively, 12.98, 13.66 and 13.32% during rabi seasons of 2011, 2012 and in pooled mean respectively. \r\nThe lowest spikelet sterility percentage was observed in SRI method of planting as compared to modified drumseeder (13.12, 18.51, 12.06, 13.01, 15.82 and12.53 %), normal drumseeder (18.56, 13.98, 14.47, 16.04, 16.27 and 15.26%) and normal transplanting (23.30, 21.65, 17.47, 17.73, 22.48 and 17.60%) during kharif and rabi seasons of 2011-12 & 2012-13 and in pooled means, respectively. This could be due to closer spacing adopted in in normal drum seeder and in normal transplanting lead to intense shading and greater competition between plants and resulted in less nutrient uptake. These observations were in agreement with the findings of Jeet et al., (2021); Dhakal et al., (2017); Bhandari et al., (2020).\r\nDuring both the years of study significantly lower spikelet sterility percentage of rice was registered with 50% RDN through inorganic + 50% RDN through organic source than all other nutrient management practices. Among all the nutrient management treatments 100% RDN through organic source registered highest sterility percentage of 21.58, 20.38, 16.93 and 18.71% during kharif 2011, kharif 2012, rabi 2011-12 and rabi 2012-13 respectively. This was probably due to more vegetative growth and secondary tillers and less partitioning of biomass to the reproductive parts due to less availability of N at grain filling phase of the crop. These results are in agreement with the findings of Harish et al. (2011).\r\n1000 grain weight (g). The mean 1000 grain weight of rice was 19.39, 20.11 and 19.75 g during kharif seasons of 2011& 2012, 20.33, 21.81 and 21.07 g during 2011-12. \r\nNo significant influence on 1000 grain weight of rice was observed with planting methods and nutrient management practices. Among the different systems the mean higher values of test weight was observed with system of rice intensification. All the planting methods performed significantly on par in respect of 1000 grain weight and which was mainly depending on genetically inherent character of the variety. The similar results were also recorded by Jnanesha and Kumar (2017); Bhandari et al. (2020).\r\n50% RDN through inorganic + 50% RDN through organic treatment recorded the numerically higher average values of test weight and it was followed by 100% RDN through inorganic source. 1000 grain weight of rice in general is a character governed by the plant genetic makeup which has been reflected in crop performance. \r\nGrain yield (kg ha-1). The higher grain yield of 6535 kg ha-1 & 6140 kg ha-1 was recorded by SRI method during 2012 & 2011 kharif seasons respectively. Next to SRI method modified drumseeder proved its significant superiority over normal drumseeder and normal transplanting. Whereas, during 2011 kharif modified drumseeder remained at par with normal drumseeder but was found significantly superior over normal transplanting normal drumseeder (Table 6). The pooled data also indicated that SRI method stood first with grain yield of 6337.5 kg ha-1 followed by modified drumseeder, normal drumseeder and normal transplanting. In terms of percentage increase in yield due to SRI over modified drumseeder, normal drumseeder and normal transplanting was 9.27, 18.24, 21.74% respectively. During rabi season of 2011-12 and 2012-13 SRI method was found significantly superior than the remaining three crop establishment methods. There was high yield difference of 579kg ha-1 and 358 kgha-1 between SRI and modified drumseeder in first and second rabi seasons respectively. The pooled data also showed the advantage of 468 kg ha-1 by SRI over modified drumseeder. These observations were in conformity with the findings of Upendrarao et al. (2020); Pramod et al.,(2021); Bhat et al., (2018); Dhakal et al., (2017); Bhandari et al., (2020).\r\nThe yield advantage due to SRI over conventional planting was mainly owing to more number of tiller productions per square meter accompanied by maximum panicle bearing tillers with low spikelet sterility. Since planting of young seedlings of 12 days in main field with immediate establishment have facilitated early initiation of tillers. It is evident that highest tillers production was observed with SRI planting. Controlled irrigation also augmented the fresh root production till flowering stage and does helped in supplementation of nutrient requires for supporting of filling capacity of panicles.\r\nAmong the nitrogen management treatments 50% RDN through inorganic + 50% RDN through organic proved its superiority during all the seasons of experiment. During first kharif season 50% RDN through inorganic+ 50% RDN through organic remained at par with 100% RDN through inorganic. But 2012 kharif data and the kharif pooled data indicated the significant superiority of 50% RDN through inorganic + 50% RDN through organic source. Both the rabi seasons data revealed that 50% RDN through inorganic + 50% RDN through organic was on par with 100% RDN through inorganic and found significantly better over remaining other treatments. The results emphasize the concepts of INM for high grain production and also sustainability of soil fertility (Amanullah and Hidayatullah 2016; Meher Malika et al., 2015). During all the seasons 100% organic treatment recorded lowest grain yield (Elhabe, 2018; Mangaraj et al., 2022; Bhat et al., 2018).\r\nIn respect of grain yield during all the seasons of study the interaction effect of planting methods and nutrient management practices was found to be significant (Table 6a). During kharif 2011, kharif 2012, rabi2011-12, rabi 2012-13 and in kharif and rabi pooled means showed that SRI in combination with 50% RDN through inorganic source+50% RDN through organic source recorded significantly higher grain yield over other establishment and nutrient combinations.\r\nStraw yield (kg ha-1). Straw yield of rice was significantly higher in system of rice intensification and during kharif and rabi seasons of 2012-13 it was significantly on par with modified drum seeder treatment (Table 7). During all the seasons straw yield recorded by modified drum seeder was statistically on par with normal drum seeder. By observing the data of all the four seasons it was witnessed that wider spacing treatments recorded higher straw yield as compared to closer spacing treatments. It was probably due to more dry matter production per unit area caused by better nutrient absorption from soil, increased rate of metabolic processes, higher rate of light absorption and increased rate of photosynthetic activity that produced higher plant height and leaf area index as compared to normal transplanting. These results are in agreement with the findings of Upendrarao et al., (2020); Pramod et al. ,(2021); Nahar et al., (2017); Bhat et al. (2018).\r\nDuring all the four seasons highest straw yield was observed with treatment 50% RDN through inorganic source + 50% RDN through organic source. The superiority of this treatment was due to conjunctive use of organic manures and inorganic lead to adequate supply of nitrogen throughout crop growth period that resulted in higher dry matter production (Meher Malika et al., 2015; Mangaraj et al., 2022). The lowest straw yield was found with treatment 100% organic during all the seasons (Elhabe, 2018; Bhat et al., 2018).\r\n', 'G. Santhosh Kumar, R. Mahender Kumar, A. Srinivas, G. Jayasree and T. Ramesh (2022). Evaluation of Systems of Cultivation and Nutrient Management Practices on Yield Attributing Characters and Yield of Rice. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 986-994.'),
(5402, '136', 'Comparison of Anthocyanin Pigment Extraction Techniques to Evaluate the Free Radical Scavenging Capacity of Butterfly Pea (Clitoria ternatea L.) Flower', 'Netravati, Saji Gomez, Berin Pathrose, Meagle Joseph, Mini Raj N., Suma A. and Shynu M.', '168 Comparison of Anthocyanin Pigment Extraction Techniques to Evaluate the Free Radical Scavenging Capacity of Butterfly Pea (Clitoria ternatea L.) Flower Netravati.pdf', '', 1, 'The Fabaceae plant species Clitoria ternatea L., often known as butterfly pea, contains edible flowers that are a rich source of anthocyanins (water soluble plant pigment) called ternatins having bright blue colour. The objective of present study was to evaluate the free radical scavenging activity of the anthocyanin pigment concentrate obtained by different extraction methods using hydrogen peroxide (H2O2) scavenging activity (%) assay. The extraction methods followed were aqueous (distilled water), acidified aqueous (distilled water with 1% citric acid), solvent (50% ethanol), acidified solvent (50% ethanol with 1% citric acid) and microwave assisted extraction (MAE) with aqueous solvent. The results revealed that significantly higher (79.28±0.47%) scavenging activity was observed in MAE with aqueous medium and lowest (64.39±1.75%) in aqueous extraction method. Using MAE method with aqueous medium as solvent resulted in the pigment concentrate with an intense blue colour and high antioxidant properties. ', 'Butterfly pea flower, anthocyanin, pigment extraction, free radical, hydrogen peroxide, antioxidants', 'The butterfly pea bears edible flowers that are a rich source of anthocyanins called \"ternatins\" with bright blue colour. Phytochemicals having anti-diabetic, antioxidant, anti-microbial, anti-inflammatory, and anti-proliferative/anti-cancer activities are also abundant in the flower. From the current study, it could be concluded that aqueous medium with and without MAE method resulted in the pigment concentrate with a bright blue colour and high free radical scavenging activity. More research is required to determine the pigment\'s antioxidant property using other assays given the present demand for plant based blue colourants.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nReactive oxygen species (ROS) are a class of oxygen containing free radicals produced by oxidation reactions in organisms. These free radicals viz., single oxygen (1O2), hydrogen peroxide (H2O2), superoxide radical (•O−2) and hydroxyl radical (•OH) are chemical substances that can exist individually with one or more unpaired electrons, produced as undesirable byproducts (Das and Roychoudhury 2014). Free radical production can result in thousands of reactions and significant tissue damage, which in turn leads to harm DNA, proteins, and lipids (Sreejayan, 1997; Basile et al., 1999). Oxidative stress (OS) is the imbalance between cellular ROS production and cellular ROS scavenging ability (Khan et al., 2013). Antioxidants are crucial in providing resistance to OS by scavenging free radicals. The ability to contribute hydrogen atoms or electrons to free radicals and displace them is what is known as the antioxidant property. This prevents the damage that free radicals would otherwise inflict (Tan and Lim 2015). Recent studies have shown that the abundance of antioxidants present in a variety of foods and beverages such as fruits, vegetables, medicinal herbs, tea, coffee etc., have a positive impact on human health (Gulcin, 2012). \r\nAnthocyanins are blue, red, or purple pigments that are present in plants, particularly in their flowers, fruits, and tubers, while it is blue and red in alkaline and acidic conditions, respectively. Despite having a positive charge on the oxygen atom of the C-ring of the basic flavonoid structure; nevertheless, it is regarded as one of the flavonoids (Khoo et al., 2017). Anthocyanins are known for their high antioxidant properties which by giving the hydrogen atom to free radicals, they can either directly scavenge free radicals or indirectly prevent them by chelating free metal ions (Mishra et al., 2013). In addition, it provides more health advantages in terms of antimicrobial, antiproliferative, hypoglycemic, and others (Yoon et al., 2018; Li et al., 2019; Yue et al., 2019; Gamage et al., 2021). \r\nOne of the crops that contains abundance of anthocyanin pigment is Clitoria ternatea L., known as butterfly pea, blue pea, Cord of an pea, and Asian pigeon wings belongs to the Fabaceae family, which yield edible flowers with colours ranging from dark blue, light blue to white and it is one of the important plants widely cultivated in tropical and temperate regions worldwide including Asia, Southeast Asia, the Caribbean, and Central and South America (Adisakwattana et al., 2020). Anthocyanins in butterfly pea flowers are distinctive for their profusion of polyacylated anthocyanins, or \"ternatins\" which are polyacylated derivatives of delphinidin 3,3′,5′-triglucoside (Gamage et al., 2021). As a result butterfly pea flowers with greater potential to be used as a natural source of anthocyanin pigment with blue hue besides health benefits as a supplement in the food and pharmaceutical industries (Jeyaraj et al., 2020). \r\nThe first crucial stage in recovering active compounds from plant materials is extraction (Panda et al., 2022; Jeyaraj et al., 2020). The goal of choosing an effective extraction technique is to produce the highest yield with the highest concentration of the target chemicals (Gamage et al., 2021). It is crucial to use an appropriate extraction technique to obtain the most number of anthocyanins without degrading them because these are sensitive to heat, light, acids and alkalis (Chandrasekhar et al., 2012; Jeyaraj et al., 2020). In this regard, the experiment was conducted to evaluate the free radical scavenging activity of the anthocyanin pigment concentrate obtained by different extraction methods. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe laboratory experiment was conducted at Department of Post Harvest Technology, College of Agriculture, Vellanikkara, Kerala Agricultural University, Thrissur, Kerala during 2021-22.\r\nSample preparation. Fresh flowers were gathered in the early morning from Medicinal and Aromatic field block, College of Agriculture, Vellanikkara. The flowers were rinsed under running water from the tap and then drained free of water. The petals were separated from the sepals and dried in a cabinet dryer at 40±2 °C until they reached a consistent weight. The dried petals were then pulverised in a commercial blender and sieved through an 80 mesh size sieve. The petal powder was then sealed in a laminated pouch of aluminium foil and kept in the freezer until pigment extraction.\r\nExtraction of anthocyanin pigment. The experiment was laid out in a Completely Randomized Design with five treatments. The extraction was carried out by using the following methods: T1 - Aqueous (distilled water) extraction, T2 - Acidified aqueous (1% citric acid) extraction, T3 - Solvent extraction (50% ethanol), T4 - Acidified solvent extraction (50% ethanol with 1% citric acid) and T5 - Microwave assisted extraction with aqueous solvent (distilled water). At a temperature of 45 °C, the sample was agitated in the solvent for 45 min. The solvent and plant samples were mixed in a 1:20 (w/v) ratio. In microwave-assisted extraction method, the sample was combined with distilled water, and the tube containing the suspension was heated between 45 and 50 °C by being exposed to a 300-watt microwave for 120 seconds. Filter paper was used to filter the extract and a rotary vacuum evaporator (Heidolph rotary evaporator, Germany) was used to evaporate the filtrate at 60 °C and 114 mbar (Azima et al., 2017). The concentrated filtrates were preserved in glass vials, enclosed inside a laminated aluminium foil bag and kept refrigerated (4–7 °C) condition until analysis.\r\nHydrogen peroxide scavenging activity (%). The free radical scavenging activity of the anthocyanin pigment concentrate was determined by hydrogen peroxide assay (Mahendran et al., 2021). Hydrogen peroxide (10 mM) solution was prepared in phosphate buffered saline (0.1 M, pH 7.4). One mL of the pigment sample was rapidly mixed with two mL of hydrogen peroxide solution. The absorbance was measured at 230 nm in the UV spectrophotometer (Agilent Cary 60 Spectrophotometer, Australia) after 10 min of incubation at 37 °C against a blank (distilled water with hydrogen peroxide solution). The percentage of scavenging of hydrogen peroxide was calculated using the following formula.\r\n \r\nIn which, Ao and A1 is Absorbance of control and sample, respectively.\r\nStatistical analysis. The experiment was carried out in triplicates and results were expressed as mean values with standard deviation (±SD) (Panse and Sukhatme, 1989). One-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was carried out to determine significant group differences (p≤0.05) between means. Duncan Multiple Range Test (DMRT) was used to compare mean values.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe free radical scavenging activity of anthocyanin pigment concentrates of butterfly pea flowers was determined by hydrogen peroxide scavenging activity (%) and the results pertaining to it are shown in Fig. 1. The anthocyanin pigment concentrates obtained using different extraction methods have demonstrated their ability to diminish the free radicals. Significantly higher (79.28±0.47%) scavenging activity was noted in microwave assisted extraction method using aqueous solvent (T5) and significantly lower (64.39±1.75%) scavenging activity was observed in aqueous method of extraction (T1). The hydrogen-donating activity, measured utilizing hydrogen peroxide radicals as the hydrogen acceptor, demonstrated that a strong association could be found between anthocyanin pigment concentrates obtained using different extraction methods and their rate of inhibition (Al-Amiery et al., 2012). In addition, during the process of pigment extraction, the extract will not only contain the anthocyanin pigment but a mixture of bioactive components. Since the butterfly pea flowers are known to contain higher amount of polyphenols (Tuan Putra et al., 2021), the main polyphenol constituent being the anthocyanin itself (Pasukamonset et al., 2016) might have contributed to its higher free radical scavenging activity depending upon the method of extraction and solvent used. The phenolics play an important role in the absorption or neutralization of free radicals (Basile et al., 1999).\r\n', 'Netravati, Saji Gomez, Berin Pathrose, Meagle Joseph, Mini Raj N., Suma A. and Shynu M. (2022). Comparison of Anthocyanin Pigment Extraction Techniques to Evaluate the Free Radical Scavenging Capacity of Butterfly Pea (Clitoria ternatea L.) Flower. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 995-998.'),
(5403, '136', 'Assessment of Genetic Variability Parameters for Yield and its Contributing Traits in Rice (Oryza sativa L.)', 'Maradana Hemalatha, Abhinav Sao and P.K. Chandrakar', '169 Assessment of Genetic Variability Parameters for Yield and its Contributing Traits in Rice (Oryza sativa L.) Maradana Hemalatha.pdf', '', 1, 'The current study was undertaken to evaluate the genetic variability, heritability, and genetic advance as % of the mean for grain yield and its attributing traits in 42 rice genotypes. Analysis of variance revealed that the genotypes differed significantly for all the traits studied. For all of the traits, phenotypic coefficients of variation were higher than the genotypic coefficient of variation, indicating that the apparent variation is related to G × E interaction. The number of unfilled spikelets/panicles had the highest magnitude of the phenotypic coefficient of variation and genotypic coefficient of variation. The highest heritability (broad sense) was noted in this research in cooked rice length. The high heritability (%) combined with high genetic advance as % of mean was observed for plant height, flag leaf length, number of spikelets/panicle, number of filled spikelets/panicle, number of unfilled spikelets/panicle, 1000 seed weight, harvest index, biological yield and grain yield/plant, grain length, L: B ratio, brown rice length, milled rice length and cooked rice length.', 'Rice, genetic variability, coefficient of variation, heritability, genetic advance as % of mean', 'Analysis of variance revealed that the genotypes differed significantly for all the traits studied. The highest magnitude PCV and GCV were observed for a number of unfilled spikelets/panicles indicating that selection will benefit genetic improvement. The high heritability (%) combined with high genetic advance as % of mean indicates it is most likely due to an additive gene effect. As a result, selecting advanced rice breeding lines based on these characteristics will be useful for increasing grain yield quickly.Top 10 promising rice genotypes based on grain yield / plant performance R 2412-338-1-236-1, R 2358-109-1-86-1, R 2370-115-1-93-1, R 2370-112-2-90-1, R 2409-266-2-207-1, R 2447-1027-1-456-1, R 2358-101-81-1, R 2377-70-2-61-1, R 2358-103-2-83-1, R 2449-1032-1-462-1. These can be incorporated in future rice hybridization programmes and can be released as new high-yielding varieties after thorough testing.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe monocotyledonous angiosperm rice (Oryza sativa L.) is a member of the tribe Oryzeae, subfamily Bamboosoideae, and family Graminae. It is known as \"Global Grain\" because it provides around 20% of the world\'s calories and is the main source of food for more than 50% of the population. Unlike other cereals, rice is the only grain that is almost totally used as human food (Swaminathan, 1999). The global population of 7.7 billion will increase to 9.7 billion by 2050 (Anonymous (2018-19). Developing disease-resistant and high-yielding rice cultivars should receive special focus when it comes to improving rice yield. The current slowing trend in output and yield must be reversed to fulfil the rising demand. To optimize output and maintain the nation\'s food security and economic success, it is imperative to utilize the genetic resources and knowledge that are now accessible for rice.\r\nAn efficient breeding programme requires an understanding of the genetic variability of yield-contributing traits, how they interact, and how they relate to yield (Nayak et al., 2016). The comprehensive breeding programme includes actions like introducing genetic variability, engaging in the selection, and exploiting chosen genotypes to develop fruitful variations. A sensible evaluation of the genetic variability dimensions, particularly the genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV), phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV), heritability and genetic advance as % of the mean, is a core component of the grain yield and its contributing traits to play a rare vintage role in improving crop productivity as well as in developing breeding programmes. Genetic factors like genotypic coefficient of variation and phenotypic coefficient of variation evaluate the degree of environmental genotype modification as well as the genetic variability present in genetic resources. The heritability estimates give accurate information about a certain genetic trait that will be passed down through the generations and are an effective tool for breeders to choose parents for crop improvement and pick elite genotypes from a variety of genetic populations (Rashmi et al., 2017). Heritability estimations that are combined with genetic advance as % of mean are often more useful in detecting the gain amenable to selection. The current study was conducted within the framework of elucidating information on variability, heritability and genetic advance as % of the mean of yield and yield attributed attributes in prospective rice genotypes to support future breeding programmes for yield enhancement.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present investigation was carried out at the Research cum Instructional farm Department of Genetics and Plant Breeding, College of Agriculture, IGKV, Raipur (C.G.). Quality parameters estimation was done at the crop quality laboratory (Dr. Richharia Research Laboratory). In Kharif, 2021, 42 aromatic and high-yielding rice genotypes were used including four checks: Chhattisgarh Devbhog, Chhattisgarh Sugandhit Bhog, Dubraj Sel.-1, Vishnubhog Sel.-1. The experiment was laid out in Randomized Complete Block Design with 2 replications. The observations were recorded for traits such as plant height, days of 50 % flowering, flag leaf length, days to maturity, effective tillers/plant, panicle length (cm), number of spikelets / panicle, number of filled spikelets/panicle, number of unfilled spikelets/panicle, spikelets fertility %, 1000 seed weight, harvest index, biological yield, grain yield / plant, grain length, grain breadth, L: B ratio, brown rice length, brown rice breadth, milled rice length, milled rice breadth, hulling (%), milling (%), HRR (%), cooked rice length, cooked rice breadth and amylose content (%). The observations were made on five competing plants from each genotype in each block that was randomly labeled. Finally, average values were calculated and statistical analysis was performed. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nAnalysis of variance. The cornerstone of any plant breeding effort is genetic variability. In terms of grain output and quality, rice varieties vary greatly. The huge variation in genetic makeup accounts for the enormous variability in the combinations of numerous yield-related characteristics. The presence of genetic variability is necessary for ongoing progress since it allows breeders to create new types and hybrids. Analysis of variance was performed on the replication-wise mean data for the fourteen quantitative traits and thirteen-grain quality traits for yield and its contributing traits of 42 rice genotypes. The analysis of variance revealed a significant difference in all of the attributes shown in Table 2. The results are in close harmony with Sao et al. (2004), Babu et al. (2012); Islam et al. (2015); Khaire et al. (2017); Adhikari et al. (2018); Saha et al. (2019); Rathan et al. (2019); Bhor et al. (2020); Priyanka et al. (2020).\r\nGenetic variability parameters. The assessment of heritable and non-heritable components in the total variability observed is indispensable in the adoption of a suitable breeding procedure. The heritable portion of the overall observed variation can be ascertained by studying the components of variation viz., range and mean performance, phenotypic and genotypic coefficient of variation (PCV and GCV), heritability in a broad sense and genetic advance as % of mean was computed for yield contributing characters in Table 3. Number of spikelets/panicle (83.4 to 294.5), number of filled spikelets/panicle (43.4 to 241), plant height (71.86 to 178.31), days to maturity (107.5 to 148), and milled rice breadth showed the widest ranges of mean variation. Milled rice breadth (1.47 to 2.36) showed the narrowest range of mean variation.\r\nCoefficient of variation. The phenotypic coefficients of variation and genotypic coefficients of variation were found to have a strong relationship for all characters examined. According to this study, estimations of the phenotypic coefficients of variation were higher than their respective genotypic coefficients of variation, implying that both environmental factors and genotypes participate in the apparent variation. According to a genetic study, the phenotypic coefficients of variation ranged from 52.52 % to 8.07 % ina number of unfilled spikelets/panicle and milled rice breadth respectively. The genotypic coefficients of variation ranged from 50.14 % to 7.02 % in a number of unfilled spikelets/panicle and milled rice breadth respectively. The number of unfilled spikelets/panicle (52.52 % and 50.14 %), harvest index (48.02 % and 45.77 %), grain yield / plant (43.78 % and 45.77 %), number of filled spikelets/panicle (33.3 and 29.73), biological yield (29.43 and 26.43), and number of spikelets/panicle (27.68 % and 23.33 %) are the characteristics with the highest PCV and GCV levels. Revealing that the genotype has enough variability and adopting individuals with these traits would assist in genetic advancement. The results are in agreement with Sao et al. (2004); Babu et al. (2012); Patel et al. (2014); Nayak et al. (2016); Khaire et al. (2017); Saha et al. (2019); Gupta et al. (2020); Noatia et al. (2021).\r\nHeritability (Broad sense). To communicate the accuracy of phenotypic value, heritability estimates serve as a forecasting tool. The range of heritability varied from 99.24 % in cooked rice length to 38.78 % in panicle length. The highest heritability was noted in cooked rice length (99.24 %), followed by days to maturity (98.44 %), days to 50 % flowering(98.09 %), grain length (96.00 %), brown rice length (95.68 %), milled rice length (95.58 %), cooked rice breadth (94.18 %), L:B ratio (93.53 %), number of unfilled spikelets/panicle (91.15 %), harvest index (90.86 %), brown rice breadth (90.48 %), grain yield/plant (89.34 %), grain breadth (88.54 %), hulling % (88.23 %), milling % (84.00 %), plant height (81.17 %), biological yield (80.67 %), number of filled spikelets/panicle (79.71 %), flag leaf length (77.52 %), 1000 seed weight (76.18 %), milled rice breadth (75.51 %), number of spikelets/panicle (71.01 %). High heritability values indicate that phenotypic-based selection will be advantageous for these attributes. These results are in conformation with Islam et al. (2015); Khaire et al. (2017); Adhikari et al. (2018); Amudha and Ariharasutharsan (2020); Behera et al. (2020); Noatia et al. (2021).\r\nGenetic advance as % of mean. High genetic advance as percentage of mean were found in characters like Number of unfilled spikelets/panicle(98.614 %), followed by harvest index (89.88 %), grain yield / plant (80.57 %), number of filled spikelets/panicle (54.69 %), biological yield (48.90 %), number of spikelets/panicle (40.49 %), 1000 seed weight (35.64 %), flag leaf length (35.56 %), L:B ratio (34.07 %), effective tillers / plant (32.05 %), milled rice length (31.15 %), brown rice length (29.10 %), grain length (28.51 %), plant height (27.63%), cooked rice length (25.76 %), HRR (21.22 %) and brown rice breadth (19.99 %). These findings are in accordance with those of Amudha and Ariharasutharsan (2020); Bhor et al. (2020); Kumar et al. (2020); Lipi et al. (2020); Mahamadali et al. (2020); Noatia et al. (2021); Priyanka et al. (2020).\r\nHeritability coupled with genetic advance as percent of mean. Determining the gene activity involved in character expression depends critically on estimates of heritability and genetic progress expressed as a percent mean. Breeders should use caution when making choices depending on heritability since it can disclose both additive and non-additive gene effects. It is better to have high heritability and a high genetic advance as a percentage of the mean, which shows that heritability is most likely caused by an additive gene effect and is least impacted by the environment. Relying solely on these traits will be advantageous for speedy grain yield development in advanced rice breeding lines due to their high transmissibility and variability. The high heritability (%) combined with high genetic advance as percent of mean was observed for plant height followed by flag leaf length, number of spikelets per panicle, number of filled spikelets/panicle, number of unfilled spikelets/panicle, 1000 seed weight, harvest index, biological yield, grain yield / plant, grain length, L: B ratio, brown rice length, milled rice length and cooked rice length. These results Sao et al. (2004); Babu et al. (2012); Patel et al. (2014); Nayak et al. (2016); Rahangdale et al. (2019); Bhor et al. (2020); Devi et al. (2020); Kumar et al. (2020); Lipi et al. (2020); Noatia et al. (2021).\r\n', 'Maradana Hemalatha, Abhinav Sao and P.K. Chandrakar (2022). Assessment of Genetic Variability Parameters for Yield and its Contributing Traits in Rice (Oryza sativa L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 999-1003.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5404, '136', 'Assessment of Genetic Variability to Emphasizes the Yield and its Components in Bread Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.)', 'Vivek Kumar, L.K. Gangwar, Atar Singh, Nirdesh Kumar Chaudhary, Anjali, Raj Kumar, Pooja Tiwari and Chiranjeev', '170 Assessment of Genetic Variability to Emphasizes the Yield and its Components in Bread Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) Vivek Kumar.pdf', '', 1, 'An experiment was conducted to find out the extent genetic variability for yield and its contributing characters in 40 bread wheat genotypes to contribute a significant work in order to wheat improvement programme. Research work has been conducted at SVPUAT, Meerut, (U.P.) in Randomized Block Design with 3 replications. Analysis of variance revealed substantial amount of variability among the genotypes for all the characters under study. The estimates of GCV in all the traits studied were lower than those of the PCV. Most of the characters displayed high heredity. High genetic advance coupled with high heritability (as % mean) were recorded for gluten content, grain yield per plant, biological yield per plant, harvest index and number of productive tillers per plants, showing that heritability might be to additive gene effects and direct selection for these traits may be successful. Thus these are traits which may be used for an effective breeding (hybridization) programme in order to improve yield in bread wheat.', 'GCV and PCV, Heritability, Variability, Genetic advance', 'It is established that there was sufficiently wide variation in the experimental material because the current analysis found significant differences for all the features under examination. High heritability coupled with high genetic advance observed for gluten content, grain yield per plant, biological yield per plant, harvest index, number of productive tillers per plants. Hence, direct selection of genotypes can be done through these characters for further improvement of genotypes of wheat. The estimates of PCV and GCV were high for characters viz., gluten content, and grain yield per plant. Moderate PCV and moderate GCV were observed for biological yield per plant, harvest index, number of productive tillers per plants. Variability analysis revealed that important agronomic characters namely gluten content, grain yield per plant, biological yield per plant, 1000 seed weight, number of productive tillers per plants and plant height. The study provides the opportunity to identify the promising genotypes which can be used in direct selection for further utilization in breeding (hybridization) programme.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nWheat is world\'s leading cereal crop, cultivated near about 217 million hectares with a production of 731 million tonnes of grain with 3424 kg/ha productivity (2020-21). Among the three main cereals, wheat, maize, and rice the wheat is a staple crop that is essential globally and contributes significantly to daily protein and calorie consumption (Kizilgeci et al., 2021; Iqbal et al., 2021). India wheat production has touched the landmark figure of 108.75 million tonnes (3rd AE, 2021) from 31.76 million hectares (13.43% of global area) registering an all-time highest crop productivity of 3424 kg/ha (Annual report 2020-21, IIWBR, Karnal). After China, India is the world\'s second-largest producer of wheat (Kumar et al., 2019). It is primarily grown on the plains of India, as opposed to the mountainous regions of North India, the Nilgiris, and the Palani hills in South India, where it is grown in the hills. Wheat production is affected by several environmental factors responsible for yield losses over world including India. According to reports, drought and heat stress brought on by climate change have decreased wheat productivity and production by 5.5% over the past three decades (Daryanto et al., 2016). To fulfill the anticipated demand for wheat, it is necessary to create wheat cultivars with increased yield potential and biotic and abiotic stress resistance. One of the main factors limiting wheat yield and production is drought stress. According to Daryanto et al. (2016), 40% reduction in moisture availability in wheat might result in a yield loss of 21% on average. This requirement can be satisfied by creating high yielding cultivars with improved biotic and abiotic stress resistance. The complex polygenic trait of grain yield is highly influenced by genetic, physico-morphological, ecological, and pathological factors. A cultivar\'s and genotype\'s hereditary potential is reliant on stability and productivity. Genetically related to yield contributing features such as yield components (productive tillers, number of grains, 1000 grain weight, etc.), there genetic type and magnitude of association are accountable for realisation of yield potential impacted by altering seraphic, agroclimatic condition. Thus, it is essential to accumulate information on these aspects to resolve and quantify their mode of contribution to grain yield. Existence of large genetic variability is a prime pre-requisite for any breeding programme aimed at developing new varieties with high yield potential and yield stability. If a trait\'s heritability is high, it should be very simple to improve that trait. Heritability provides an index of the transmissibility to quantify the genetic link of a trait in the population. Genetic advance estimates provide insight into an experiment\'s mean performance improvement of the chosen clusters over the base populations. Breeding programme not getting proper flow due to lack of information of variable genotypes and traits regarding grain yield. Superior people can be chosen through selection due to genetic variance. Lack of genetic variation, loss of genetic diversity in better cultivars, substantial environmental variance encountered during phenotyping, and other variables have all made it difficult to breed wheat populations to tolerate dryness. Stalling yields and wheat\'s great susceptibility to environmental stress are both effects of genetic variety loss. (Keneniet al., 2012; Voss-Felset al., 2015).This aspect need an extensive research, as most of the quality constituents of wheat are having contrary relationship with yield. The present study aim to vanquish all these constraints and to help the breeders by providing the information about variability present in wheat in particular genotypes for yield and its contributing traits so researcher can utilize this for wheat improvement.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe present experiment was carried out during Rabi 2019-20 at Technology Park of SVPUAT, Meerut-250110 (U.P.) using 40 indigenous genotypes of wheat (Triticum aestivum L).The experiment was laid out in Randomized Block Design with 3 replication. All the recommended agronomic practices were followed to raise a good crop of wheat with keeping row to row spacing 20 cm. Observations were recorded on yield and yield attributing characters. All the observations were taken from each plot, on randomly five selected plants from each genotype. The data were recorded for the following characters: 1. Days of 50% flowering, 2. Days to maturity, 3. Plant height (cm), 4. Number of productive tillers/plant, 5. Spike length (cm), 6. Total number of spikelet’s/spike, 7. Number of grains/ spike, 8. Biological yield / plant (g), 9. Grain yield / plant (g), 10. Harvest index (%), 11. 1000 seed weight (g), 12. Gluten content (%). For statistical analysis, the genotype mean values from each replication were used. The procedures used to analyse the RBD were those that Panse and Sukhatme specified (1985).Heritability in broad sense h² was computed as a ratio of genotypic variance to phenotypic variance by applying the method of Allard, (1960). According to Johnson, et al., (1955) recommendation, the projected genetic advance under selection for the various traits was estimated.\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nAnalysis of variance. The analysis of variance revealed significant differences for all the 12 characters studied in 40 wheat genotypes Table 1 and it revealed that mean sum of squares due to genotypes were highly significant for all the characters under study viz., days of 50% flowering (21.45),days to maturity (114.84), plant height in cm (120.82), number of productive tillers per plant (1.04), spike length in cm (1.24), total number of spikelets per spike (4.68), number of grains per spike (23.67), 1000 seed weight in gram (8.90), gluten content in % (14.84), biological yield per plant in gram (79.10), harvest index in % (67.92), grain yield per plant in gram (14.17), . The results of the present study are in accordance with the Paul et al. (2006); Singh and Sharma (2007); Yousaf et al. (2008); Kalimullah et al., (2012); Ashish et al., (2020); Prasad et al. (2021) who had also reported the high variability in wheat for different traits.\r\nGenetic variability, Heritability and Genetic Advance. The study of genetic variability including mean, genotypic and phenotypic coefficient of variation, heritability and genetic advance presented in Table 2.\r\nPhenotypic and genotypic coefficient of variation. In the present study both phenotypic and genotypic coefficient of variation was found to be high for gluten content % (P 27.84, G 27.69) and grain yield per plant (P 21.12, G 20.97,). Similar observation were also reported by Kalimullah et al. (2012); Ranjana et al. (2013); Dutamo et al. (2015); Arya et al. (2017); Kumar et al. (2019); Prasad et al. (2021); Mohan, et al. (2022). Moderate PCV and GCV were observed in number of productive tiller per plant (P 10.89, G 10.60), biological yield per plant (P 17.70, G 17.55), harvest index (P 13.55, G 13.30). Low PCV and GCV were found for Days to 50% flowering (P 3.11, G 2.80), days to maturity (P 4.96, G 4.66), plant height (P 6.94, G 6.58), spike length (P 7.10, G 6.49), total number of spikelets per spike(P 7.29, G 6.80), number of grains per spike (P 5.85, G 5.19), 1000 seed weight (P 4.69, G 4.33).\r\nHeritability: High heritability observed in days to 50 % flowering (81.26), days to maturity (88.17), plant height (89.89), number of productive tiller per plant (94.75), spike length (83.59), total number of spikelet per spike (87.03), biological yield per plant (98.26), grin yield per plant (98.57), harvest index (96.40), 1000 seed weight (85.10), gluten content (98.92) . It is in confirmation with the results of earlier workers Kumar et al.,(2003); Saktipada et al. (2008); Ajmal et al. (2009); Kumar et al., (2012), Kumar et al., (2013); Fellahin et al., (2013); Bhushan et al. (2013); Desheva and Kyosev et al. (2015); Dutamo et al. (2015); Fikre et al., (2015); Arya et al. (2017); Ashish et al. (2020); Prasad et al. (2021); Mohan et al. (2022). Moderate heritability was observed in number of grains per spikes (78.51) which is according to the previous report by Desheva and Kyosev et al. (2015). \r\nGenetic Advance. High genetic advance were observed for number of productive tiller per plant (21.26), biological yield (35.83), grin yield per plant (42.88), harvest index (26.90), gluten content (56.73). These results were confirmed by earlier findings of Kumar et al. (2003); Saktipada et al. (2008); Ajmal et al. (2009); Kumar et al. (2012); Kumar et al. (2013); Bhushan et al. (2013); Desheva and Kyosev et al. (2015); Fikre et al. (2015); Arya et al. (2017); Ashish et al. (2020). Moderate genetic advance was observed in total number of spikelets per spike (13.06), plant height (12.85), spike length (12.22) which is according to the previous report by Kumar et al. (2012); Fikre et al. (2015). Low genetic advance was observed in number of grain per spikes (9.47), days to maturity (9.01), 1000 seeds weight (8.22) and days of 50% flowering (5.20) which is according to the previous report by Saktipada et al. (2008).\r\nHigh Heritability observed with High Genetic Advance for number of productive tiller per plant (94.75, 21.26), biological yield (98.26, 35.83), grin yield per plant (98.57, 42.88), harvest index (96.40, 26.90), gluten content (98.92, 56.73). \r\nHence direct selection of genotypes can be done through these characters for further improvement of genotypes of wheat. Such finding were earlier reported by Ajmal et al. (2009); Kumar et al. (2012); Bhushan et al. (2013); Dutamo et al. (2015); Arya et al. (2017); Kumar et al. (2019); Ashish et al. (2020); Mangroliya et al. (2020); Prasad et al., (2021); Mohan et al. (2022).', 'Vivek Kumar, L.K. Gangwar, Atar Singh, Nirdesh Kumar Chaudhary, Anjali, Raj Kumar, Pooja Tiwari, Chiranjeev (2022). Assessment of Genetic Variability to Emphasizes the Yield and its Components in Bread Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1004-1008.'),
(5405, '136', 'Storage Stability of Pseudocereal-based Carrot Pomace enriched Bakery Products', 'Harpreet Kaur Saini, Anupama Anand*, Ruchi Sharma, Aastha Verma, Anjali Gautam, Pooja Soni', '171 Storage Stability of Pseudocereal-Based Carrot Pomace enriched Bakery Products ANUPAMA ANAND.pdf', '', 1, 'Psuedocereals are gluten free grains, including buckwheat, amaranth and quinoa, known for their high quality protein and outstanding phytochemical composition. Present study was conducted with an objective of exploiting these underutilized crops for development of nutritionally superior gluten-free products, with an additional aim of utilizing carrot juice processing by-product. In this study, bakery products (biscuits and cake) were prepared using buckwheat, amaranth and quinoa flour and also by replacing some quantity of flour with carrot pomace powder (CPP). Three types of biscuits (buckwheat-based, quinoa-based and amaranth-based) were prepared and stored in polyethylene pouches under ambient conditions for 90 days and were subjected to chemical analysis at 0, 30, 60 and 90 days. Likewise, buckwheat-based, quinoa-based and amaranth-based cakes were prepared and stored in polyethylene pouches under ambient conditions. Prepared cakes were analyzed every 10 days for 1 month and it was observed that cakes remained acceptable up to only 20 days of storage and deteriorated on further storage, however, biscuits were microbiologically safe at the end of 90 days period. During storage there was non-significant increase in moisture, total sugar and reducing sugars of the biscuits, while the carotenoids, phenols and antioxidant activity decreased significantly. In case of cakes, ash, fat, crude fiber and protein content of stored products decreased non-significantly, while moisture content, phenols, carotenoids and antioxidant activity decreased significantly. It was found that partial replacement with CPP improved nutritional value of the products and CPP enriched products were comparatively more stable during storage than respective control. Therefore, the developed products are the perfect example of bio-waste utilization as well as hold the potential for solving the problem of protein energy malnutrition and diet restriction in celiac disease.', 'Psuedocereals, phytochemical composition, carrot pomace powder, bio-waste utilization', 'This work showed that it is possible to use pseudocereals flour for complete replacement of wheat flour in the preparation of bakery products with improved nutritional and health benefits. Nevertheless, the substitution of carrot pomace in pseudocereal flour improved the nutritional parameters of bakery products as well as their storage stability. In addition it has been observed that minimal changes occurred in nutritional characteristics of pseudocereal based cakes and biscuits during storage study. Furthermore, the use of pseudocereals and carrot pomace in bakery products pursued the objectives of study i.e., improving nutritional quality, gluten-free products, special organoleptic characteristics, and storage stability of pseudocereal-based bakery products.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPseudocereals are a class of foods known as “sub-exploited foods” that include non-grass plant species which are not members of the cereal family but have characteristics and functions similar to those of cereals. Pseudocereals are dicotyledonous, which makes them different from cereals (monocotyledonous) in terms of their botanical characteristics (Ciudad-Mulero et al. 2019; Schoenlechner et al., 2008), but the term “pseudocereals” is used because of the similarities between their grain’s starch content, texture, palatability, and cooking method. The most widely grown and researched pseudocereals are buckwheat (Fagopyrum spp.), amaranth (Amaranthus spp.), and quinoa (Chenopodium quinoa). Pseudocereals may offer an alternative with potential advantages in terms of nutrition in nations lacking biologically useful protein sources, as well as from a socioeconomic standpoint in times of constrained food supply. Pseudocereals can also enhance and broaden the diversity of natural resources from an environmental perspective. The importance of pseudocereals is economic, social, ecological, nutritional, and functional due to their agronomic traits, ecological resilience to challenging situations, and high nutritional content (Rodríguez et al., 2020). In the past 10 years, excellent nutritional content and agro-food potential of pseudocereals have been presumed.\r\nThe nutritive value of pseudocereal grains is chiefly associated to the presence of high-quality protein and dietary fiber. The protein fraction of pseudocereal flour is primarily composed of albumin and globulin, while the prolamin and glutelin-like proteins are present in small quantities. Moreover, gluten forming prolamins such gliadins and related protein fractions are completely absent, rendering these grains essentially gluten-free. The high concentration of vitamins B1 and B2, as well as the substantial amount of essential amino acids in its proteins, make buckwheat a nutritional powerhouse. It contains a lot of soluble carbohydrates, phytosterols, flavonoids, and other nutrients including thiamine-binding proteins, fagopyritols and D-chiro-inositol (Przybylski and Gruczynska 2009). Compared to other conventional cereal crops, amaranth (Amaranthus L.) has greater protein content (14-19%) and almost an adequate percentage of essential amino acids, which are abundant in lysine and methionine (Narwade and Pinto 2018). Flavonoids and tocotrienols are also abundant in amaranth along with minerals such as magnesium, potassium, phosphorus and zinc. Squalene molecules, which make up 6-7 per cent of it, can improve the immune system, manage lipid metabolism and have anti-aging benefits on the skin (Nascimento et al., 2014). Likewise, Quinoa is also a rich source of various macronutrients as well as high quality proteins and unsaturated fatty acids. Additionally, it has high levels of fiber, minerals, and low-glycemic index carbohydrates like polysaccharides. Moreover, antioxidants like tocopherols and flavonoids like quercetin and kaempferol renders quinoa a phyto-chemical rich grain (Wang and Zhu 2016).\r\nCarrots are a ubiquitous cool-season root vegetable that are grown in temperate regions mostly in the spring and summer and in tropical regions in the winter. Despite the fact that the carrot’s greens can also be eaten, the taproot is the component that is most frequently consumed (Di Donato et al., 2014). Carrot can be consumed raw as salad or can be processed into products such as pickles, juices, candy, preserve etc. Consumer demand for nutritious fruit and vegetable juices has led to an increment in juice production, as a consequence to which an ample quantity of pomace is produced. The food industry produces a lot of by-products, so it’s important to properly dispose of them in order to minimise environmental pollution. However, significant amounts of polysaccharides, polyphenols, carotenoids, and other useful components are present in these residual components (Stolarczyk and Janick 2011), which can be recovered and then used to create variety of functional foods. The aim of the present study was to investigate the storage stability of bakery products (biscuits and cake) developed from pseudocereals (buckwheat, amaranth and quinoa) and fortified with carrot pomace.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nA. Raw materials\r\nCarrots were procured from the fruit and vegetable market in Solan, Himachal Pradesh, while pseudocereal grains, such as buckwheat, quinoa, and amaranth, were acquired from the National Bureau of Plant Genetic Resources (NBPGR) Research Station, Shimla. The raw material was transferred to the Fruit Processing Laboratory at the Dr. Yashwant Singh Parmar University of Horticulture and Forestry in Nauni, Solan, Himachal Pradesh, for further use.\r\nB. Development of pseudocereal-based bakery products \r\nPreparation of pseudocereal-based biscuits supplemented with carrot pomace powder (CPP). Method standardized by Thejasri et al. (2017) for making biscuits was used, although with a few minor adjustments. Powdered sugar and fat (refined oil) were combined and beaten until the mixture was creamy. The above-prepared creamy mixture was added to the correctly combined other components (22-34% CPP and 66-78% pseudocereal flour), and the necessary amount of water was used to turn the combination into dough. After being well mixed for 10 minutes, the resulting dough was wrapped in aluminium foil and left at room temperature for 30 minutes. A consistent sheet of dough with a thickness of 0.5 cm was hand sheeted using a rolling pin. A cookie or biscuit cutter was used to cut the sheet into the desired shapes. The cut pieces were placed on baking sheets covered with parchment paper and cooked for 25 minutes at 150°C. Before packing, the processed product was allowed to cool to room temperature.\r\nPreparation of pseudocereal-based cake supplemented with CPP. The cake was made using a modified version of the standard recipe published by Kaur et al. (2018). In several experiments, different combinations of the components were tested, and the recipe that performed best in terms of the sensory metrics was chosen. Powdered sugar and fat (refined oil) were combined and stirred until the mixture was light and fluffy. Separately beaten eggs were added, along with the aforesaid combination, after they had already been mixed. CPP (28-34%) and pseudocereal flours (66-72%) along with other dry components (baking powder) were well combined and added to the foamy mixture. To produce a batter with the correct consistency, the entire mixture was repeatedly whisked. The prepared batter was placed onto a baking pan that had been oiled, and after being properly leveled and set, it was cooked for 30 minutes at 200°C in a preheated oven.\r\nC. Packaging and storage of developed products\r\nTo assess the quality of the biscuits throughout a 90-day storage period, they were packaged in polyethylene pouches (0.75 mm gauge), heat sealed, and stored at room temperature (1.9 - 29.7°C). The prepared cakes were also stored in polyethylene pouches (0.75 mm gauge) under ambient conditions and were subjected to evaluation of storage stability at regular intervals during 30 days storage period.\r\nD. Chemical Characteristics\r\nThe moisture and ash content of samples was determined using the method suggested by Ranganna (2009). Fat content of the sample was estimated using the automatic SoxTron fat extraction instrument (Model: Sox-2 version 0.1), protein content using semi-automatic instrument i.e. KjelTRON (KDIGB 6M & KjelDISTEA) and crude fiber content using FibroTRON-FRB-2 instrument by referring to the method given in AOAC (2012). The total carbohydrate content was determined by subtraction method explained by Ranganna (2009). Reducing and total sugar content was determined by volumetric method described by Lane and Eynon (1923). The total carotenoids content of products was estimated by solvent extraction method described by Ranganna (2009) and total phenol content of samples by the method given by Bray & Thorpe (1954). The optical density for above parameters of the samples was measured at using UV-VIS spectrophotometer (Shimadzu, Japan) and the concentration was determined as per the standard procedure from the standard curve. Antioxidant potential of raw materials as well as products developed was estimated using the DPPH radical scavenging method described by Brand-Williams (1995). Using methanol as blank, the optical density of sample was measured at 515 nm (till absorbance became steady) with UV-VIS spectrophotometer and remaining DPPH concentration was calculated.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Storage stability of developed bakery products\r\nBuckwheat-based biscuits. Optimization of concentration of buckwheat flour and carrot pomace powder for development buckwheat-based biscuit was done on sensory basis and treatment containing 78 per cent buckwheat flour (BF) and 22 per cent CPP was selected for evaluation during storage.\r\nChanges in chemical characteristics during storage. Data pertaining to changes in nutritive value of buckwheat-based biscuits containing CPP is shown in Table 1. Results indicated that the moisture content, total sugars and reducing sugars content of biscuits increased during the storage, however, the effect was non-significant, while the total phenols, carotenoids and antioxidant activity of biscuits decreased significantly. Similar trend was observed in the findings of Nagarajaiah and Prakash (2015), Divyashree et al. (2016) and Soni (2019). \r\nMicrobiological characteristics during storage. The microbiological analysis of a biscuit made of buckwheat and CPP revealed no microbial growth on day zero. The microbiological investigation showed a marginal rise in total plate count (TPC) under ambient settings after 90 days. However, the growth observed was within the safe limits and the product was safe for consumption.\r\nB. Quinoa-based biscuits \r\nQuinoa-based biscuits were prepared using 72 per cent quinoa flour (QF) and 28 per cent CPP, as this combination was found most acceptable in terms of its organoleptic properties. The developed product was compared with control (100% QF) for changes in its chemical composition during storage period of 90 days.\r\nChanges in chemical characteristics during storage. Data related to the effect of storage on chemical characteristics of quinoa-based carrot pomace enriched biscuit is presented in Table 2. It is clear from the data that there was an increment in moisture content, total sugars and reducing sugars content of developed products. However, the phyto-chemical composition of products reduced significantly resulting in reduced antioxidant activity of the products. The results are in accordance with findings of Pasha et al. (2002) and Kausar et al. (2018).\r\nMicrobiological characteristics during storage. The total plate count (TPC) of the product was measured at mentioned intervals during storage in order to evaluate the microbial composition of quinoa-based biscuits. No microbiological growth was seen on the first day of storage, however during the course of the storage period in ambient conditions, TPC gradually increased. Results from the microbiological investigation of the product held in ambient conditions after 90 days showed that QB2 had a higher TPC of 5 × 103 cfu/ mL and QB1 had a lower TPC of 4 × 103 cfu/ mL.\r\nC. Amaranth-based biscuits \r\nTreatment combination containing amaranth flour (AF) at the concentration of 66 per cent and CPP at the concentration of 34 per cent was found best in terms of sensory characteristics. The developed product was evaluated for changes in its nutritional properties during storage and was compared to control (100% AF).\r\nChanges in chemical characteristics during storage. Perusal of data in Table 3 indicates that ash, fat, crude fiber and protein content of stored products decreased during 90 days storage period, accompanying the decrease in carotenoids content, total phenols and resultant antioxidant activity. Decrease in former components was found non-significant, while the later reduced significantly. The results obtained are in agreement with findings of Kumar and Barmanray (2007) and Wani and Sood (2014).\r\nMicrobiological characteristics during storage. Microbiological quality of amaranth-based biscuit was measured as TPC of the product at regular intervals during storage. There was absence of microbial growth at the beginning of storage period (0 day), but, with the advancement of storage period, a gradual increase in TPC of the product was recorded. At the end of 90 days, microbial analysis of product stored under ambient condition indicated higher TPC of 5 × 103 cfu/ mL in AB1 and relatively lower TPC of 4 × 103 cfu/ mL in AB2.\r\nD. Buckwheat-based cake\r\nBuckwheat-based cake was developed by replacing BF with 28 per cent CPP in the standardized recipe. Thus, BF: CPP ratio of 72:28 was employed for making buckwheat-based cake and developed combination was compared with control (100% BF cake) during storage period of 30 days at regular intervals.\r\nChanges in chemical characteristics during storage. An appraisal of results presented in Table 4 shows that moisture content, ash, fat, crude fiber and protein content of developed products decreased during storage. It is also evident from the table that there was significant reduction in total carotenoids, total phenols and antioxidant activity of products with the advancement of storage period up to 20 days. Nagarajaiah and Prakash (2015) and Mittal (2018) also reported a decline in carotenoid content in their studies on carrot pomace enriched cookies and pumpkin based-bakery products, respectively. Also, it was observed that storage beyond 20 days increased the microbial counts beyond acceptable levels and products was discarded and was not evaluated further.\r\nMicrobiological characteristics during storage. A total plate count was used to conduct a microbial study of the cake. The zero-day microbiological quality test confirmed that the cakes were microbiologically sterile. However, as the storage time progressed, a few colonies started to form. Up to 20 days of storage, the microbiological growth under ambient conditions was within acceptable limits (11 × 103 cfu/ mL in BC2 and 8 × 103 cfu/ mL in BC1). However, when the storage period extended over 20 days, visible growth began to emerge, and the product quality as well as safety was diminished.\r\nE. Quinoa-based cake\r\nFor evaluating the storage stability of quinoa-based cake, the treatment containing 72 per cent QF and 28 per cent CPP was taken and compared with the control (100% QF cake) for changes in chemical composition and microbiological quality during storage.\r\nChanges in chemical characteristics during storage. Table 5 shows the effect of storage on chemical characteristics developed products. The addition of CPP increased the moisture, ash, fiber and carotenoid contents of cake in comparison to control. Increasing and decreasing trend in chemical composition of quinoa-based cake was similar to buckwheat-based cake.\r\nMicrobiological characteristics during storage. On day zero, a total plate count of the product showed that it was completely free of microorganisms, but as the storage days progressed on, a few colonies started to form in the cakes. Up to 20 days of storage, the microbiological growth under ambient conditions was within tolerable limits (15 × 103 cfu/ mL in QC2 and 12 × 103 cfu/ mL in QC1). However, when the storage period extended over 20 days, microbial numbers increased considerably resulting in deterioration of products and the product was discarded.\r\nF. Amaranth-based cake \r\nAmaranth flour at the concentration of 66 per cent and CPP at the concentration of 34 per cent was selected for the development of CPP enriched amaranth-based cake.\r\nChanges in chemical characteristics during storage. Data pertaining to storage stability of developed products is shown in Table 6. Products were evaluated only up to 20 days of storage and were discarded later due to increase in microbial numbers beyond safe limits. Supplementation with CPP improved the crude fiber, total phenols, total carotenoids and antioxidant activity of the product. Storage stability of developed products greatly reduced during storage resulting in loss of its nutritive potential. \r\nSimilar effects of storage were reported by Antoniewska et al. (2018) in muffins made from amaranth, buckwheat and wheat flour blends and Soni (2019) in bakery products made from apple pomace and oat flour.\r\nMicrobiological characteristics during storage. Microbial evaluation of amaranth-based cake indicated the absence of growth of micro-organisms at the beginning of storage period (0-day analysis). However, as the storage period progressed, few colonies were observed in the stored product. The cakes became unacceptable at the end of 30 days but were safe for consumption up to 20 days having TPC of 21 × 103 cfu/ mL in AC1 and 18 × 103 cfu/ mL in AC2, which was within the safe limits. \r\nDISCUSSION\r\nSome of the important properties when assessing the nutritional quality and stability of baked products during storage are moisture content, crude protein, ash content, crude fat, antioxidant activity and microbial load. This study showed how nutritional characteristics can be significantly affected during storage period of baked products. An increase in moisture content of biscuit during storage was probably because of the hygroscopic nature of the biscuits and the higher moisture content of biscuits containing CPP might be due to high moisture absorbing capacity of fiber present in CPP. Similar increasing trend in moisture during storage of gluten free biscuit prepared by using rice flour, soya flour and BF was reported by Gogoi et al. (2020). In contrast, the decrease in moisture content of the cake was noticed during storage, which was probably due to retro-degradation of starch during storage and is greatly affected by the storage temperature and packaging material used. This could be confirmed by results reported by Li (2022) in his study on determination of quality characteristics of sponge cakes made from rice flour. Likewise, the changes in ash content might be correlated to biochemical activities occurring in the product and the decline in fat content of biscuit might be related to hydrolysis of triglycerides during storage or due to oxidation of unsaturated fatty acids with atmospheric oxygen and moisture uptake. A similar decreasing trend in ash and fat content of biscuits during 12 weeks storage was observed in biscuits made from composite flour containing 60 per cent sprouted sorghum flour, 30 per cent soybean flour and 10 per cent finger millet (Kumarasiri et al., 2018). Similar observations have also been reported by Nwabueze and Atuonwu (2007) while assessing organoleptic and nutritional properties of wheat biscuits supplemented with African bread fruit seed flour. The decrease in protein during storage may be due to splitting of protein molecules owing to the hydrolysis of peptide bonds by protease enzyme. Similar behaviour of crude protein was observed by Nwabueze and Atuonwu (2007) in African bread fruit seeds incorporated biscuits which confirm our findings. \r\nAn increment in total sugars during storage was probably due to partial hydrolysis of starch during storage and increment in reducing sugars might be due to the disintegration of polysaccharides to form reducing sugars. Similar trend was found in biscuits incorporated with buckwheat flour in study of Jan et al. (2015). DPPH inhibition potential (antioxidant activity) of the products decreased during storage period, which was probably due to oxidative degradation of phytochemicals such as phenols and carotenoids during storage, owing to their heat and light sensitive nature. These results are in accordance with the findings of Slima et al. (2022) where comparable decrease in antioxidant activity of cake formulated from Lepidium sativum polysaccharide was observed during 15 days storage at room temperature. The loss of carotenoids in the stored product was probably due to heat sensitive nature of carotenoids and their oxidative degradation during storage. Microbial study determined that initially, the pseudocereal based bakery products did not have any microbial contamination. However, as the storage period progressed, few colonies were observed in the stored product. The increase in microbial count might be due to the increase in moisture content during storage. Microbial studies indicated that the biscuits stored at room temperature up to 90 days and cake up to 20 days had better stability as the microbial count remained within permissible limits. The findings of Nagi et al. (2012) in cereal bran included biscuits and Hussain et al. (2018) in barley and buckwheat based cookies were supported our study’s findings.\r\n', 'Harpreet Kaur Saini, Anupama Anand, Ruchi Sharma, Aastha Verma, Anjali Gautam, Pooja Soni (2022). Storage Stability of Pseudocereal-Based Carrot Pomace enriched Bakery Products. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1009-1016.'),
(5406, '132', 'Two New Distributional Records of Clerodendrum L. Species for Andaman and Nicobar Islands, India', 'Apurba Kumar Das, C. Sivaperuman', '5_JNBR_11_1_2022.pdf', '', 1, '-', '-', '-', '-', 'DasAK, Sivaperuman C.2022.Two New Distributional Records of Clerodendrum L. Species for Andaman and Nicobar Islands, India.J New Biol Rep 11 (1): 16 – 19.'),
(5407, '132', 'Morpho-Molecular characterization of Beltrania pseudorhombica Crous & Y. Zhang: A new addition to mycoflora of India', 'Rashmi Dubey', '6_JNBR_11_1_2022.pdf', '', 1, '-', '-', '-', '-', 'Dubey R. 2022. Morpho-Molecular characterization of Beltrania pseudorhombica Crous & Y. Zhang: A new addition to Mycoflora of India. J New Biol Rep 11 (1): 20 – 23.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5408, '134', 'Comparative Efficacy of Holorrhena antidysentrica and Amprolium against induced Eimeria tenella Infection in Broilers', 'Suman Kumar, S. Samantaray and Ajit Kumar', '102 Comparative Efficacy of Holorrhena antidysentrica and Amprolium against induced Eimeria tenella Infection in Broilers Suman Kumar.pdf', '', 1, 'Anticoccidial efficacy of Holorrhena antidysentrica extract was assessed against induced Eimeria tenella infection in broilers and compared with amprolium. Experimental chicks were reared under coccidia free condition and maintained on coccidiostats free ration and divided into six equal groups. Broilers of groups I, III, and V, were infected with 20,000 sporulated viable oocysts of single line E. tenella. Birds of group II and IV were maintained as uninfected treated control, whereas birds of group VI were maintained as the uninfected untreated control. On the 4th-day post-infection, all the birds of group I and II were treated with H. antidysentrica extract, and birds of group III and IV were treated with amprolium. On day 28th, all the surviving birds were challenged with 40,000 sporulated oocyst of E. tenella. The anticoccidial efficacy of extract was assessed based on the bodyweight gain, oocyst per gram (OPG) of faeces, mortality rate, and lesion score during post-infection and post-challenge. The performance in terms of checking mortality was better with amprolium (15%) at the dose rate of 0.024 percent in drinking water in comparison to H. antidysentrica (20%) at the dose rate of 5ml/litre of drinking water. Whereas during the post-challenge period, the minimum mortality was recorded in birds H. antidysentrica treated group (58.33%), and he maximum mortality was recorded in the amprolium treated group (75%) as well as in the infected untreated group. Similar trends were observed for lesion score and OPG in pre as well as post-infection. The maximum body weight gain was recorded in the birds of amprolium treated group (908.88g), and the minimum in the birds in the infected H. antidysentrica treated group (904.4g). In contrast, among the uninfected groups, the maximum bodyweight was recorded in the birds of H. antidysentrica treated group (1009.5g), and the minimum in the amprolium treated group (1004.5g) whereas it was (705.5g) in the infected untreated group and (1002.5 g) in the uninfected untreated group. The immunomodulatory property of extract was assessed based on haemagglutination titre (log2) on post SRBC inoculation and Cutaneous Basophilic Hypersensitivity (CBH) reaction to DNCB injection. Results revealed that there was a significant increase in HA titre and CBH responses at 24hrs post-challenge in the birds treated with H. antidysentrica, indicating that it possessed an immunomodulatory property which could help in suppressing mortality, lesion score, and OPG and at the same time increase the body weight in birds of infected as well as control groups. Based on overall results, the present study suggests that the H. antidysentrica extract could alleviate the impact of infection by exerting an anticoccidial effect against E. tenella, which was lower than that exhibited by amprolium. However, further study need to be carried for isolation and identification of the active principles and their mechanism of action. ', 'Amprolium, Anticoccidial, Broilers, Eimeria tenella, Holorrhena antidysentrica', 'Based on the overall results, the present study suggests that H. antidysentrica extract could alleviate the impact of infection by exerting the anticoccidial effect against E. tenella, which was lower than that exhibited by amprolium. Moreover, it has added property of growth promoter and immunomodulation, which may be helpful in fighting with the other infections as well. Further research is needed to identify the active components and study their mechanism of action.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nCoccidiosis is one of the earliest identified, ubiquitous intestinal protozoal infections of poultry caused by different Eimeria species and resulting in significant economic losses worldwide (Abebe and Gugsa 2018). The disease occurs as an outbreak, especially in a younger stock resulting in massive morbidity and mortality. Conventional disease control strategies have primarily relied on chemotherapeutic medication, but the increasing occurrence of drug resistance, the cost of developing new drugs, and legislative pressure combine to cause concern over the long-term sustainability of drug-based control measures (Williams, 1998). Limitations of the chemical anticoccidials compelled to look for safe and economical alternative phytogenic agents to control avian coccidiosis. Some of the herbs have already been reported to have the anticoccidial property (Youn and Noh 2001). For the present study, H. antidysentrica (Kutaja) was selected to screen its anticoccidial property against E, tenella, based on the previous reports (Tipu et al., 2006). It is a small deciduous tree with white flowers that belongs to the family Apocynaeceae and found throughout the dry forest of India (Gopal and Chauhan 1996). The present study aimed to assess the comparative efficacy of H. antidysentrica and amprolium against induced E. tenella infection in broilers.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nIdentification of the herb and preparation of extract: Barks of H. antidysentrica were collected from the vicinity of Patna, and the identification was established by Rashtriya Ayurvedic College, Patna. After identification, the collected parts were shade dried and ground into coarse powder and stored in an airtight container for further use. Finally, the alcoholic extract was prepared according to Nair and Bhide (1996) with certain modifications.\r\nPreparation of the infective inocula: In order to isolate the oocyst of E. tenella, coccidial lesions were noted in caeca, and caecal contents along with caecal scrapping were collected from dead birds. These contents were cultured in freshly prepared 2.5 % potassium dichromate solution kept in wide petri dishes and incubated at 21ºC in BOD incubator, as described by Richardson and Kendall (1963). Agar media was used to isolate a single oocyst of E. tenella. Five one-week-old chicks reared in the cage system were infected with single oocyst and maintained on anticoccidials free diet and water. Faecal materials and caecal contents, along with its scrapings from the infected broilers, were collected in 2.5% potassium dichromate solution for sporulation. The confirmation of the species E. tenella was done with the help of the morphological characteristics of sporulated oocysts, sporulation period, prepatent period, caecal lesion, pathogenicity, and clinical manifestation of the disease. The sporulated oocysts were counted by McMaster Technique as per the procedure described by Shashikala (2005) and used as infective inocula.\r\nChickens and diet: Clinically healthy one hundred twenty one-day-old Cobb- 400 broiler chicks of both sexes, weighing 48- 50 g, were obtained from a commercial hatchery and were reared on deep litter system of housing using rice husk with the provision of artificial light at night. The chicks were fed a standard prepared feed free from anticoccidials, starter up to 14 days, after that a grower diet up to 28 days and finisher up to 42 days. All chickens were allowed access to the diets and fresh and clean drinking water ad libitum. All the experimental chicks were kept under close observation during the entire period of study. \r\nExperimental Design: Individually, weighed chicks were randomly divided into six groups of 20 chicks. The experimental design consisted of six different oral treatment groups, as mentioned below: \r\nGroup I: 20,000 oocysts + alcoholic extract of H. antidysentrica\r\nGroup II: Alcoholic extract of H. antidysentrica\r\nGroup III: 20,000 oocysts + amprolium\r\nGroup IV: Amprolium\r\nGroup V: 20,000 sporulated oocysts of E. tenella\r\nGroup VI: Drinking water (control).\r\nOn the 14th day of age, broilers were infected by 20,000 sporulated oocyst of E. tenella, and treatments were started on the day 4th post-infection. On the day 7th and 14th of post-infection, 20 percent of birds of each group were weighed and sacrificed to record lesions score, and the caecal contents were collected for examination. On day 28th, all the surviving birds were challenged with 40,000 sporulated oocyst of E. tenella. Efficacy of the herbal extract was assessed on the basis of parameters like body weight gain, O.P.G. (Oocyst per gram), mortality percent, and lesions score. Immunomodulatory property of the extract was assessed on the basis of haemagglutination titre (log2) at 28th-day post SRBC inoculation as per the method described by Beard (1980) and Cutaneous Basophilic Hypersensitivity (CBH) reaction to DNCB application at 24 hours post-challenge as per the method described by Chauhan and Verma (1983) with minor modifications. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe results of the comparative efficacy of H. antidysentrica and amprolium against induced E. tenella infection in broilers have been shown in Table 1. The results revealed that the post-infection mortality percentage was recorded higher in infected broilers treated with H. antidysentrica extract than amprolium treated infected broilers; however, maximum mortality was observed in infected untreated broilers (group V). \r\n \r\nDuring the challenge, the broilers of infected groups which had prior exposure to the infection become immune did not show any mortality, whereas the broilers of uninfected groups which did not have prior exposure to infection, suffered clinically and shown higher mortality in amprolium treated broilers (group IV) as compared to H. antidysentrica treated broilers (group II). However, maximum mortality (88.33%) was observed in uninfected untreated broilers (group VI). The lowered mortality in the broilers of the herbal treated group was in agreement with the findings of the previous studies (Allen et al., 1997; Youn and Noh 2001). Some herbal extracts have already been shown to have a coccidiostatic activity (Allen et al., 1997; Youn and Noh 2001). In a similar study, Ghadage (2000) successfully reduced mortality in broilers from 36 percent to 12 percent by adding amprolium in combination with H. antidysentrica therapy.\r\nOn 7th day post-infection, the mean lesion score was found higher in H. antidysentrica treated infected broilers in comparison to amprolium treated infected broilers; however, the maximum mean lesion was observed in group V, and a similar trend was also observed on 14th post-infection as well. During the post-challenge period, a reverse trend observed, i.e., higher lesion score recorded in amprolium treated group as compared to H. antidysentrica treated group; however, the highest score (4.0) was observed in control group VI. No lesions were recorded in broilers of groups I and III, which had previous exposure of infection, whereas the mild lesion was observed in broilers of group IV as they did not recover completely from the infection. The result of the present investigation is in agreement with the finding of Yvore et al. (1980); Badstue et al. (1996); Huang et al. (2002), who observed lesser lesion scores in birds having prior exposure to coccidiosis. The decreased lesion scores in the broilers of herbal treated group as compared to the infected control group were in agreement with the finding of Youn and Noh (2001).\r\nThe broilers of all infected groups started shedding oocyst on the 7th-day post-infection, which reached the maximum on 8th day. The mean OPG calculated on 11th-day was found highest for the infected untreated group (group V), followed by H. antidysentrica (group I) and amprolium (group III) treated groups. Birds of all negative control groups (Group-II, Group-IV, and Group-VII), which were not infected, remain negative for any coccidian oocysts. Hayat et al. (1996) reported that herbal extracts markedly reduced the number of oocysts per gram of faeces. Lee et al. (2012) reported Gallarhois extracts were found effective in reducing faecal oocyst count against E. tenella infection in chickens.\r\nDuring post-challenge, broilers of all negative control groups which did not have any prior exposure infection started shedding oocyst on 7th day e.g., a day earlier to infected groups. The OPG started to decline from 10th day in control groups and 9th day in infected groups. Among control groups, higher OPG was recorded in the amprolium treated group as compared to H. antidysentrica treated group; however, maximum was observed in group V. In the infected groups, the highest mean OPG was recorded in the group I followed by group III and group V. Allen et al. (1997); Youn and Noh (2001), found that herbal extracts were effective in reducing oocyst output. In another study, Tipu et al. (2006) reported that H. antidysentrica had strong anticoccidial activity.\r\nThe data presented in Table 1 revealed that among uninfected treatment groups, there was no significant difference in body weight gain at 2nd and 3rd week of age but it was significant at 4th week of age and recorded the maximum in broilers of H. antidysentrica treated group and minimum in broilers of the uninfected untreated group. Whereas, among infected treated groups, there was no significant difference in body weight at 2nd week of age, but it was significant at 3rd and 4th week of age and recorded maximum in broilers of infected amprolium treated group and minimum in broilers of infected untreated group. All isolates of Eimeria cause significant weight suppression and impaired FCR (Logan et al., 1973). Michels et al. (2011) reported that an increase in weight gain was found when broilers were treated by Eclipta alba, with a reduction in excreted oocysts. Most recently, Gallarhois extract was tested for anticoccidial activity against E. tenella and found effective in reducing faecal oocyst count and improvement in body weight loss (Lee et al., 2012). Recently, efficacy of ethanolic extracts of Carica papaya leaves have been tested against coccisiosis as a Substitute of Sulphanomide, Nghonjuyi (2015).\r\nResults of immunological tests revealed a higher HA titre, and CBH response in H. antidysentrica treated broilers in infected and uninfected groups than broilers of other groups. These findings indicating that H. antidysentrica possess immunomodulatory property (Pathak et al., 2015) which could help in suppressing mortality, lesion score, and OPG and at the same time increase the body weight in birds of infected (during primary infection) as well as control group II (during challenge infection). No side effects of the herbal extract were observed in both infected and normal chicks during the entire course of the experiments. \r\n', 'Suman Kumar, S. Samantaray and Ajit Kumar (2022). Comparative Efficacy of Holorrhena antidysentrica and Amprolium against induced Eimeria tenella Infection in Broilers. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(2a): 614-617.'),
(5409, '136', 'dcsd', 'dfcsd', '172 Synthesis, Characterization and Biological Evaluation of Benzylidenes and ꞵ-Lactams Bearing Aza Heterocyclic Moieties Diksha Verma.pdf', '', 4, 'fvf', 'dss', 'fdv', 'dvs', 'dfvs'),
(5410, '136', 'Synthesis, Characterization and Biological Evaluation of Benzylidenes and ꞵ-\r\nLactams Bearing Aza Heterocyclic Moieties', 'Diksha Verma, Sunita Sharma, Tanvi Sahni, Amanpreet Kaur and Harleen Kaur', '172 Synthesis, Characterization and Biological Evaluation of Benzylidenes and ꞵ-Lactams Bearing Aza Heterocyclic Moieties Diksha Verma.pdf', '', 1, 'One of the most promising challenges faced by agriculturists is the control of crops against\r\nthe attack of pathogens. To overcome this, various fungicides like Carbendazim and Mancozeb has been\r\nused due to the presence of potential nuclei, nitrogen. In the light of importance of nitrogen nuclei, present\r\nstudy was carried out with the synthesis of benzylidenes 1-7 by reacting different aza heterocyclic amines\r\nand iso vanillin followed by synthesis of β-lactams 8-9 using chloroacetyl chloride that carried the\r\ncyclization of CH=N moiety in benzylidenes of 1 and 5 compounds. Structural elucidation of the\r\nsynthesized compounds using various spectroscopic techniques viz. UV-Visible, IR, 1H NMR, and 13C NMR\r\nalong with their elemental analysis was done. Synthesized compounds were biologically evaluated as\r\nantioxidants using phosphomolybdate assay and ascorbic acid as standard. In addition to this, fungitoxicity\r\nof the compounds was evaluated against pathogenic strains Rhizoctonia solani, Macrophomina phaseolina,\r\nFusarium verticillioides, and Dreschlera maydis. It was found that compound 1 was most effective against\r\nRhizoctonia solani and Macrophomina phaseolina while compound 6 was effective against Fusarium\r\nverticillioides. Compound 8 was proved better antioxidant as compared to other derivatives. Henceforth,\r\nthe present study highlighted the biological importance of aza heterocycles.', 'Aza heterocycles, Benzylidenes, β-lactams, phosphomolybedate, Rhizoctonia solani, Macrophomina\r\nphaseolina, Fusarium verticillioides, and Dreschlera maydis.', 'In conclusion, we designed various benzylidene\r\nderivatives of iso vanillin using aza heterocyclic amines\r\nfollowed by their characterization. Antifungal and\r\nantioxidant potential of the synthesized derivatives\r\nwere also done along with their statistical analysis. It\r\nwas observed that compound 1 exhibited better\r\nantifungal potential against three maize fungal strains\r\nviz. R. solani, D. maydis and M. phaseolina while\r\ncompound 6 gave better result against F. verticillioides.\r\nCompounds 8 (β-lactam ring with triazole moiety)\r\ndisplayed better antioxidant potential at all the\r\nconcentrations. Thus, it can be concluded that triazole\r\nmoiety has remarkable potential to be used as\r\nantifungal and antioxidant agents.', 'Arora, G., Sharma, S., Sahni, T., and Sharma, P. (2018).\r\nAntioxidant and Antimicrobial Activity of Some 2-\r\nPhenyl-1H-indoles and Benzimidazoles. Indian Journal\r\nof Pharmaceutical Sciences, 80(4): 739-744.\r\nAboul-Fadl, T., Mohammed, F. A. H., and Hassan, E. A. S.\r\n(2003). Synthesis, antitubercular activity and\r\npharmacokinetic studies of some Schiff bases derived\r\nfrom 1-alkylisatin and isonicotinic acid hydrazide\r\n(INH). Archives of Pharmacal Research, 26(10): 778-\r\n784.\r\nAli, S. M. M., Jesmin, M., Azad, M. A. K., Islam, M. K., and\r\nZahan, R. (2012). Anti-inflammatory and analgesic\r\nVerma et al., Biological Forum – An International Journal 14(3): 1017-1024(2022) 1024\r\nactivities of acetophenone semicarbazone and\r\nbenzophenone semicarbazone. Asian Pacific Journal of\r\nTropical Biomedicine, 2: S1036-S1039.\r\nBakshi, R., Sharma, S. and Arora, G. (2017). Clean synthesis\r\nof benzylidene derivatives containing 1,2,4-triazole\r\nmoiety. Indian Journal of Hetercyclic Chemistry, 27:\r\n43-49.\r\nChinnasamy, R. P., Sundararajan, R., and Govindaraj, S.\r\n(2010). Synthesis, characterization, and analgesic\r\nactivity of novel Schiff Base of isatin\r\nderivatives. Journal of Advanced Pharmaceutical\r\nTechnology & Research, 1(3): 342-347.\r\nChaubey, A. K., and Pandeya, S. N. (2012). Synthesis &\r\nanticonvulsant activity (Chemo Shock) of Schiff and\r\nMannich bases of Isatin derivatives with 2-Amino\r\npyridine (mechanism of action). International Research\r\nJournal of PharmTech Research, 4(4): 590-598.\r\nde Lange E. S., Elvira S., Dirk Balmer, Brigitte Mauch Mani,\r\nand Ted CJ Turlings. (2014). Insect and pathogen attack\r\nand resistance in maize and its wild ancestors, the\r\nteosintes. New Phytologist, 204: 329-341.\r\nDhar, D. N., and Taploo, C. L. (1982). Schiff-bases and their\r\napplications. Journal of Scientific Research, 41(8): 501-\r\n506.\r\nGrove, R. K., and Moore, J. D. (1962). Toximetric studies of\r\nfungicides against brown rot organism Sclerotina\r\nfruticola. Phytopathology, 52: 876-880.\r\nKaur, P., Sharma, S., and Gaba, J. (2021). Preparation and\r\nbiological activities of novel cuminaldehyde\r\nderivatives. Organic Preparations and Procedures\r\nInternational, 53(3): 240-253.\r\nLogin, C. C., Bâldea, I., Tiperciuc, B., Benedec, D., Vodnar,\r\nD. C., Decea, N., and Suciu, Ş. (2019). A novel\r\nThiazolyl Schiff base: antibacterial and antifungal\r\neffects and in vitro oxidative stress modulation on\r\nhuman endothelial cells. Oxidative Medicine and\r\nCellular Longevity, 1-11.\r\nMeena, P. N., Roy, A., Satpathy, S., and Mitra, S. (2021).\r\nEfficacy of strobilurin, triazole and propylene bisdithiocarbamate\r\nfungicides against Macrophomina\r\nphaseolina (Tassi) goid of jute. Phytopathology, 74: 45-\r\n51\r\nPandey, A., Rajavel, R., Chandraker, S., and Dash, D. (2012).\r\nSynthesis of Schiff bases of 2-amino-5-aryl-1, 3, 4-\r\nthiadiazole and its analgesic, anti-inflammatory and\r\nanti-bacterial activity. European Journal of\r\nChemistry, 9(4): 2524-2531.\r\nPrieto, P., Pineda, M., & Aguilar, M. (1999).\r\nSpectrophotometric quantitation of antioxidant capacity\r\nthrough the formation of a phosphomolybdenum\r\ncomplex: specific application to the determination of\r\nvitamin E. Analytical Biochemistry, 269(2): 337-341.\r\nSondhi, S. M., Singh, N., Kumar, A., Lozach, O., and Meijer,\r\nL. (2006). Synthesis, anti-inflammatory, analgesic and\r\nkinase (CDK-1, CDK-5 and GSK-3) inhibition activity\r\nevaluation of benzimidazole/benzoxazole derivatives\r\nand some Schiff’s bases. Bioorganic and Medicinal\r\nChemistry, 14(11): 3758-3765.\r\nSahni, T., Sharma, S., Verma, D., Sharma, P., and Kaur, S.\r\n(2021). Antioxidant and Antibacterial Evaluation of 2,\r\n6-dimethoxy-4-((phenylamino) methyl) Phenol and 2,\r\n6-Dimethoxy-4-((4′-nitrophenylimino) methyl) Phenol.\r\nBiological Forum-An International Journal, 13(4): 01-\r\n07.\r\nVashi, K., and Naik, H. B. (2004). Synthesis of novel Schiff\r\nbase and azetidinone derivatives and their antibacterial\r\nactivity. European Journal of Chemistry, 1(5): 272-276.\r\nVerma, D., Sharma, S., Sahni, T., Kaur, H., and Kaur, S.\r\n(2022a). Designing, antifungal and structure activity\r\nrelationship studies of Azomethines and β-lactam\r\nderivatives of aza heterocyclic amines. Journal of the\r\nIndian Chemical Society, 99(8): 100587.\r\nVerma, D., Sharma, S., Sahni, T., and Arora, G. (2020).\r\nGreen tamarind extract catalyzed synthesis of 4-\r\namino-1, 2, 4-triazole derivatives and their invitro\r\nantimicrobial activity. International Research\r\nJournal of Pure and Applied Chemistry, 21(11): 44-56.\r\nVerma, D., Sharma, S., Sahni, T., and Kaur, H. (2022b).\r\nDesigning, Characterization, and Antifungal Evaluation\r\nof Aza Heterocyclic Azo Compounds and their\r\nDerivatives. Indian Journal of Heterocyclic\r\nChemistry, 32(1): 125-134.', 'Diksha Verma, Sunita Sharma, Tanvi Sahni, Amanpreet Kaur and Harleen Kaur (2022). Synthesis,\r\nCharacterization and Biological Evaluation of Benzylidenes and Β-Lactams Bearing Aza Heterocyclic Moieties. Biological\r\nForum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1017-1024.'),
(5411, '136', 'Assessment of Grain Quality Characteristics in Selected Rice Varieties of PJTSAU', 'Y. Sulochana, T. Kamalaja, T. Sucharita Devi and S. Triveni', '173 Assessment of Grain Quality Characteristics in Selected Rice Varieties of PJTSAU Y. SULOCHANA.pdf', '', 1, 'Rice is grown in almost all parts of the state in all seasons and all kinds of soils, and is rightly called as “Annapurna State bowl of India and granary of South India’’. In the present study five rice varieties viz. RNR15048, RDR1200, WGL44, JGL24423 and RNR 29325 of PJTSAU were selected and assessed the Grain Quality Characteristics. The findings of milling quality characteristics (Hulling%, Milling%, HRY%, and BRR%) were found to be no significant difference among all the selected rice varieties. While, the physical quality characteristics found a significant difference (P<0.01) in length, breadth, L/B ratio, 1000 kernel weight, and volume, whereas no significant difference was observed in bulk density among all rice varieties. Further, the chemical and nutritional characteristics showed a significant difference (p<0.01) in moisture, protein, fat, crude fibre, and amylose content, whereas the ash content of rice samples showed a significant difference (p<0.05) among them. From the study it can know that the selected rice varieties of PJTSAU had good grain quality which plays a pivotal role in uttering market price and adapting new rice varieties.', 'Milling quality, physical quality, Chemical and Nutritional quality, Rice Grain quality', 'The present study concluded that the selected rice varieties were not shown a significant difference in all the milling quality characteristics such as percentage of hulling, head rice, broken rice and milling recovery. While in terms of kernel length highest was found in the RNR29325 variety and lowest in WGL 44 variety and highest breadth in the JGL24423 variety and the lowest in the 15048 variety and the L/B ratio was highest in the RNR15048 variety and the lowest was found in RDR1200 variety. Further, chemical and nutritional quality showed a significant difference (p<0.01) between all selected rice varieties of PJTSAU. Then all the varieties are having preferable grain quality characteristics. Hence, the selected PJTSAU rice varieties can be popularised among the farmers.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nRice is a cereal grain that supplies approximately 23% of the world’s human calories Kahlon and Smith (2004). In India rice is an important source of food and income for the farming community and it is a great source of complex carbohydrates, which is an important source of fuel for our body’s requirements. Grain quality is a general concept that covers many characteristics, ranging from Milling to biochemical properties. \r\n The value of each trait, for example, the length of the grain, varies according to local cuisine and culture. Milling properties like the yield of edible and marketable polished grain, degree of milling, and marketable polished grains are important characteristics in consumer preferences. Sundaram et al. (2007) explained the grain quality attributes of rice include its external appearance (size, shape, colour, chalkiness, and lack of defect or decay) and internal nutritional quality (Moisture, Protein, carbohydrates, and lipid content). Grains\' shape, uniformity, and translucence are crucial aspects of grain quality for consumers, millers, wholesalers, and retailers. \r\nThe main challenge for the rice industry is to maintain the quality of rice. Predictable expression of these traits across seasons and years gives the variety its reputation. The main objective of this study was to measure the Grain quality characteristics of selected rice varieties of PJTSAU in terms of milling, physical, chemical, and nutritional properties.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe selected rice varieties were procured from the Agricultural research station (ARI) Rajendranagar, Hyderabad. All the rice varieties used in this study are belonging to the same season i.e., Kharif. The paddy samples collected were stored in jute bags and kept at room temperature till further analysis.\r\nMilling quality characteristics of paddy such as Hulling%, Head rice recovery %, broken rice recovery %, and Milling % were analyzed as per the standard procedures of Sahay and Singh (2005).\r\nCalculations\r\nHulling %=(Weight of dehusked kernel (g))/( Weight of paddy (g) ) ×100\r\nMilling %=(Weight of polished kernel (g) )/(Weight of paddy (g) )×100\r\nHRR %=(Weight of whole polished grains (g))/(Weight of paddy (g))×100\r\nBRR %=(Weight of polished broken grains (g))/(Weight of paddy (g))×100\r\nPhysical quality characteristics such as Length, breadth, L/B ratio, 1000 kernel weight, Volume, and bulk density of rice were analyzed by using standard methods Sahay and Singh (2005). \r\nThe chemical and nutritional properties of rice will be analyzed by standard procedures viz., Moisture (AOAC 2005), Ash (AOAC 2005), Crude fiber (AOAC 1995), Fat (AOAC 1997), Protein (AOAC 2005), CHO (Gopalan et al., 2007), and Energy (Gopalan et al., 2007).\r\nAll the results were statistically analyzed to test the significance of the outcomes using percentages, means, standard deviations, and the analysis of variance (ANOVA) technique Snedecor and Cochran (1983).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Milling quality\r\nMilling quality characteristics such as Hulling %, Milling %, Head Rice Recovery (HRR)%, and Broken rice recovery (BRR)% of selected rice varieties were depicted in (Table 1 and Fig 1). Hulling percentage indicates the amount of brown rice yield after removing the husk. Among selected rice varieties the lowest hulling percentage was observed in the WGL 44 (78.41±0.58) and the highest in the RNR 15048 (82.26±1.64) rice varieties. while the milling percentage was found minimum in the RNR 29325 (70.49±1.66) rice variety and maximum in the RNR 15048 (74.58±0.91) rice variety followed by RDR1200 (73.44±2.20) rice variety. However, the HRR was found lowest inthe RNR29325 (63.75±0.41) rice variety and highest in the RNR 15048 (73.23±4.40) rice variety. Further, the lowest broken rice per cent was recorded in the WGL 44 (30.17±0.59) rice variety and the highest was recorded in the JGL 24423 (37.40±3.77) rice variety. Statistically, no significant difference was found in hulling percentage, head rice yield, broken rice, and milling percentage among all selected rice varieties.\r\nSimilar observations were reported by Pandey and Gupta (2000), brown rice yield varied from 75.1% to 79.60 % whereas, the milling yield ranged from 67.01 % to 75.45 % at a constant time of polishing among eighteen varieties of paddy grown in India. Ravindra et al. (2009) also reported the head rice yield of brown rice ranges from 67.0 to 73.0 % and from 48.7 to 67.9 % after polishing. Hulling per cent ranged from 76.52% to 71.44% and the milling per cent ranged between 66.21-58.28 observed in pigmented rice varieties (Ponnappan et al., 2017). \r\nB. Physical quality\r\nPhysical quality characteristics such as kernel length, breadth and L/B ratio, 1000 kernel weight, volume, and bulk density of all selected rice varieties were analyzed and expressed in (Table 2 and Fig. 2). Grain size, shape, and L/B ratio are important characteristics that determine consumer preference and the commercial success of any paddy variety Krishnaveni and Shobha (2008). The length and breadth of the rice kernels were measured using Dial Micrometer by placing the kernels horizontally and vertically. \r\nThe highest grain length was observed in the RNR 29325 (6.92±0.31mm) rice variety and the lowest was recorded by the WGL 44 (5.04±0.08 mm) rice variety, and the statistical analysis showed a significant difference (p<0.01) between them. The higher grain breadth was recorded in the RNR 29325 (3.01±0.03) rice variety, and the lower grain breadth was recorded by the RNR 15048 (1.39±0.06) rice variety and the statistical analysis revealed a significant difference (p<0.01) among all the selected rice varieties. While, the L/B ratio was found to be highest in the RNR 15048 (3.32±0.28) rice variety, followed by the WGL 44 (3.08±0.07) and RNR 29325 (3.07±0.07) rice varieties, and the lowest was recorded by the RDR 1200 (1.77±.21) rice variety. Statistically, significant difference was found (p<0.01) among all the selected rice varieties. Based on the L/B ratio classification, the selected rice varieties were categorized into three different classes such as long slender (LS) - RNR 29325; long bold (LB) - JGL 24423; short slender (SS)-RNR 15048, RDR 1200, and WGL 44.\r\nThe weight of 1000 kernels ranged between 9.00±0.02g (RNR 15048) to 21.35±0.21 g (JGL 24423). While, the volume of 1000 kernels ranged between 10.25±0.25ml (RNR 15048) to 25.02±0.02 ml (JGL 24423) and the density of rice varieties ranged from 0.84±0.01 g/ml (RNR 29325) to 0.88±0.005 g/ml (RDR 1200) and Statistical analysis showed a significant difference (P<0.01) among all selected rice varieties. However, no significant difference was observed in bulk density.\r\nC. Chemical and Nutritional quality \r\nChemical and nutritional quality characteristics such as moisture, fat, protein, crude fibre, and ash, CHO and Energy were analyzed in triplicates, and the data were presented in (Table 3 and Fig. 3).\r\n Generally, moisture content plays an important role in storage as well as shelling and milling. The moisture content of the selected rice varieties ranged from 10.44±0.16 (RNR 29325) to 12.48±0.11 (RDR 1200). The results showed a significant difference in moisture content of all the selected rice varieties (p<0.01). Moisture levels commonly accepted for safe storage of rice are 13% for storage duration of fewer than 6 months and 12% for long-term storage Rosniyana et al. (2004). Therefore, the moisture content of all selected varieties was within the acceptable range indicating that the grains will have good keeping quality/shelf life.\r\nThe results of protein estimation of selected rice varieties ranged from 15.89±0.14 (RDR 1200) to 9.37±0.07 (RNR 15048). A statistically significant difference (p<0.01) was found among all the selected rice varieties.\r\nThe fat percentage among all selected rice varieties highest was found in the WGL44 rice variety (3.19±0.20) and the lowest was found in the RNR 15048 (1.37±0.10) rice variety and observed statistical difference (p<0.01) among them. The higher the fat content in food grains generally results in the desirable palatability of cooked form. Okaka (2005) stated that higher fat content exposes the grains to spoilage during storage due to oxidation.\r\nThe amount of ash present in a food sample plays an important role in determining essential minerals\' levels (Bhat and Sridhar 2008). The ash content of all the selected rice varieties ranged from 1.22±0.10 per cent (WGL 44) to 0.78±0.01 per cent (RNR15048) and was found statistically significant difference (p<0.05).These values are within the range 0.18±0.028 to 0.97±0.028 percentage reported by Shayno et al. (2011).\r\nAmong all the selected rice varieties highest crude fibre content was identified in RNR 15048 (0.49±0.0022) rice variety followed by the RDR1200 (0.39±0.0007), RNR 29325 (0.39±0.0006) rice varieties and the lowest content was found in JGL 24423 (0.29±0.0003) rice variety. Among all the selected rice varieties, a highly significant difference was found (p<0.01).The fiber content affects the rice digestibility (WHO, 1985) where by high fiber content in rice lowers its digestibility. In this case, the RNR 15048 rice variety with high fiber content had lower digestibility while the JGL 24423 rice variety with least fiber content would be higher digestible.\r\nAmong all the selected rice varieties the highest CHO content was observed in JGL 24423(74.78±0.01) followed by RDR 1200 (73.32±0.16) and the least CHO content was found in RNR 15048 (64.79±0.14) and statistically a highly significant difference (p<0.01) was observed among all of them. The mean energy values of all selected rice varieties ranged from 364.71±0.09 (WGL 44) to 308.97±0.05 (RNR 15048) and a statistically highly significant difference (p<0.01) was noticed among them. The results reported are in agreement with those reported earlier by OKo and Ugwu (2011). The high percentage of carbohydrate contents in the rice varieties make it a good source of energy.\r\n', 'Y. Sulochana, T. Kamalaja, T. Sucharita Devi and S. Triveni (2022). Assessment of Grain Quality Characteristics in Selected Rice Varieties of PJTSAU. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1025-1029.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5412, '136', 'Performance of Field Crops and Growth of Eucalyptus Clones under Eucalyptus based Agri-silvicultural System in Semi-arid Regions of Western Haryana', 'Ashish Kumar, Manish Kumar, Pawan Kumar Poonia, R.S. Dhillon, Vijay Daneva and Harender Dagar', '174 Performance of Field Crops and Growth of Eucalyptus Clones under Eucalyptus based Agri-silvicultural System in Semi-arid Regions of Western Haryana Manish Kumar.pdf', '', 1, 'The experiment was carried out to study performance of two different crops such as barley and cowpea with eucalyptus different clones. It was carried out at 29o09\'N latitude and 75o 43\'E longitude at an elevation of 215.2 m above the mean sea level situated in the semi-arid region of western Haryana, India. Experiment was laid out in Randomized Block Design. The observations revealed that growth and yield attributes of both of the crops had higher value or performance in sole cropping as compare to agroforestry system with eucalyptus. Whereas, among the eucalyptus clones it was found that C-413 perform better in tree growth parameters viz. tree height, basal diameter and diameter at breast height, while the growth parameters and green and dry fodder yield were found higher under the interspaces of C-83 clone. The reduction in yield may be due to less PAR (Photosynthesis active radiation) interception and available energy below the canopy of eucalyptus species in comparison to sole crop (open condition).', 'Eucalyptus, Growth, Agroforestry, Clones, Parameters', 'Among the eucalyptus clones it was found that C-413 perform better in tree growth parameters viz. tree height, basal diameter and diameter at breast height, while the growth parameters and green and dry fodder yield were found higher under the interspaces of C-83 clone. The crude protein percent in cowpea was found higher under C-413 clone while the crude protein yield was higher under C-83 clone. Thus, the study concluded that clones C-413 and C-83 were found suitable for agroforestry on the basis of the objective of management of eucalyptus based agri-silvicultural system.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe population of the country is rising at an increasing pace, this has raised the demand for timber and non-timber wood products and ultimately also threatens the natural forest cover because of agricultural expansion and construction and industrialization. Besides this, managing the productivity of the soil is challenging the sustainability of the present mono-cropping system. These problems call for a holistic solution like agroforestry, which provides a dynamic land-use system that integrates both traditional knowledge and modern techniques where trees are managed with farm crops and livestock to enhance productivity, profitability, diversity and ecosystem sustainability. Along with this, agroforestry also helps in diversified and sustained food production and escalates ecosystem services through carbon storage, prevention of deforestation, biodiversity conservation, and soil and water conservation and ultimately, decreases the vulnerability of small-scale farmers to climate change in the long run (Murthy et al., 2013). Agroforestry is a means of halting the vicious circle of deforestation, soil erosion and other environmental problems facing the country (Sobola et al., 2015). In 2014, India became the first country in the world to adopt a national agroforestry policy. One of the major objectives of NFP 2014 is to encourage and expand tree plantation in a complementarity and integrated manner with crops and livestock to improve productivity, employment, income and livelihoods of farmers (Cooperation, 2015). In India, major Agroforestry systems are estimated to cover 25.32 million ha (Kumar et al., 2017). Agroforestry systems in the country are highly diverse in their function, structure, composition and on the basis of the climatic condition of the country and there are a number of multi-purpose trees species e.g., poplar, eucalyptus, teak, sal, acacias etc. that are found suitable for agroforestry systems depending upon the agro-climatic regions of the country. \r\nEucalyptus is one of the multi-purpose exotic trees that are most widely preferred for planting in cooperation with field crops because of its fast-growing habits, no negative effect on the production of field crops, straight bole, short rotation, higher density wood, higher timber production and returns (Luna, 2009). Eucalyptus is the second most widely planted species after teak, to be planted along the edges, or bunds, of agricultural fields, and appears to be well incorporated and accepted in agroforestry in India. In states like Haryana and Punjab, nearly 90% of the timber produced annually is generated outside the forests through sustainably managed plantations (Lal, 2010).\r\nEucalyptus is a genus of the Myrtaceae family endemic to Australia, Tasmania, and nearby islands. Eucalyptus plantations occupy more than 20 million hectares worldwide, especially in tropical regions (Iglesias et al., 2009; Laclau et al., 2010; Ribeiro et al., 2015). Productivity and profitability of eucalypt plantations have been revolutionized with the deployment of genetically improved clonal planting stock of Eucalypts since 1992. The average productivity of commercial eucalyptus clones is around 20 to 25 m3 ha-1 yr-1 and many farmers have achieved record growth rates of 50 m3 ha-1 yr-1 even under rain-fed conditions making clonal Eucalyptus plantations an economically attractive land-use option both for reforestation projects and agroforestry plantations (Lal, 2003, 2011)8, 9. Agroforestry and farm forestry promoted by the private sector with clonal eucalyptus plantations benefited thousands of farmers who planted 8 million ha from 1992 to 2007 (Piare Lal, 2015).\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nExperimental site. Geographically, the experimental site is situated at 29o 09\' N latitude and 75o 43\' E longitude at an elevation of 215.2 m above the mean sea level situated in the semi-arid region of north-western India. The climate is subtropical-monsoon with an average annual rainfall of 350-400 mm, 70-80 percent of which occurs during July to September. The summer months are very hot with mean maximum temperature ranging from 40 to 45 °C in May and June whereas; December and January are the coldest months (lowest temperature may reach as low as 0°C). The soil of the experimental area classified as coarse loamy Typic Ustochrept according to Soil Survey Staff (1992), is alkaline but non saline and has loamy sand to sandy loam texture, low lime content and inadequate organic C and phosphorus. Nitrogen was also at a low level while potassium was medium in upper as well as in the deeper layers.\r\nExperimental details. The fodder crop was intercropped under a one year old, pre-established plantation of four different eucalyptus clones viz., C-7, C-413, C-83 and C-288 planted at spacing of 7×3 m during the kharif season of 2016-17. The randomized block design was used for assessing the variability of the clones and it was replicated three times. The standard package and practices as recommended by university were followed for raising of fodder cowpea crop. The fertilizer and irrigation requirements of trees were fulfilled from the irrigation and fertilizers application to the fodder crop. Growth measures of eucalyptus clones viz., Diameter at breast height (DBH), basal diameter, tree height and crown width were measured at the beijing and the end of the cropping season. Growth attributes of cowpea viz., plant population was recorded 20 DAS. Plant height and number of green leaves per plant were recorded at 50 percent flowering of cowpea. Fresh leaves and stem weight per plant, green and dry fodder yield of cowpea were recorded from each plot by quadrant method (using a quadrant of 1 × 1 m). Green leaves of cowpea from each plot were harvested, oven dried, grinded to powder form and analyzed for crude protein percentage by using formula \r\nCrude Protein (%) = N content (%) × 6.25 (Ezeagu et al. 2002)\r\nCrude Protein Yield = Crude protein content (%) × Total green fodder yield from cowpea (t/ha)\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe growth parameters of eucalyptus clones differ significantly as shown in Fig. 1.\r\nThe C-413 clone was reported to exhibit maximum height at the beginning of the year as well as the end of the cropping season, while the minimum height was recorded under the C-83 clone. The maximum increment in height was shown by the C-413 clone closely followed by C-7, C-288 and C-83 clones respectively. Similar trend was recorded for basal diameter and diameter at breast height (DBH). The C-413 clone exhibits maximum basal diameter and DBH while these parameters are reported as minimum by the C-83 clone as shown in Fig. 1. However, the maximum crown width was reported by the C-288 clone that was closely followed by the C-413 clone. \r\nA. Growth performance of cowpea\r\nPlant population. The plant population (m-2) of cowpea showed a significant variation under the eucalyptus based agri-silvicultural system as depicted in Fig. 2. The number of plants per meter sq. was found maximum under the sole cropping system (crop devoid of trees) and among different clones, C-83 exhibits the maximum plant population followed by C-288, C-7 and least plant population was reported under C-413 clone. The reduction of plant population range from 25 to 68 % over sole cropping (crop without trees). Kiran et al. (2002) also revealed that plant population of wheat crop reduced up to 34 to 54 percent, respectively under Eucalyptus teretocornis and Dalbergia sissoo based agroforestry system.\r\nPlant height and number of leaves per plant. The plant height and number of leaves per plant were higher in sole cowpea in comparison with cowpea intercropped with eucalyptus. However the plant height and number of leaves per plant both were reported higher under C-83 clone, while least under C-413 amongst the eucalyptus based agri-silvicultural system. Kumar and Nandal (2004) also evaluated that the entire test crop sown in the interspaces of Eucalyptus teretocornis showed reduced plant vigour in terms of plant height, stem diameter, number of branches, number of leaves and yield attributes as compared to sole cropping.\r\nFodder yield of cowpea. The green and dry fodder yields of cowpea differ significantly under eucalyptus based agroforestry system. Both green and dry fodder yield were reported highest in sole cropping while under the eucalyptus based agri-silvicultural system, maximum fodder yield was found under C-83 clone and it was followed by C-7, C288 and C-413 clones. These results are in conformity with the findings of Rana et al. (2007) and Verma and Rana (2014) who witnessed a yield reduction in paddy and wheat (14.9 and 29.7 percent, respectively) under agroforestry system as compared to the sole cropping. Kaushal and Verma (2003) also reported the negative effect of tree were more on growth and yield of the crop which were grown in its close vicinity. Rahangdale et al. (2014) recorded that the soyabean (67.88 %) and moong (61.30 %) showed relatively higher reduction in grain and straw yield as compared to sesame (49.25 %) and paddy (34.00 per cent) under old bamboo based agri-silviculture system over the sole crops and this reduction in grain yield may be due to less PAR (Photosynthesis active radiation) interception and available energy below the canopy of bamboo species in comparison to sole crop (open condition).\r\nCrude protein content and yield. The crude protein content and crude protein yield of cowpea showed a significant variation as shown in Fig. 2. The maximum crude protein content was found under C-413 clone followed by C-288, C-83 and C-7 clones. The minimum crude protein content was however minimum in sole cropping. However, the crude protein yield was found maximum under sole cropping (crop devoid of trees) followed by C-83 clone and minimum under the interspaces of C-413 clone.\r\nB. Growth performance of Barley\r\nPlant population of barley. Plant population of barley varies significantly among different clones of eucalyptus. Amongst different eucalyptus clones, maximum number of plants was recorded under the interspaces of C- 83 clone and least under C-413 clone (Fig. 3). However, highest number of plant population was still under sole cropping (crop without trees).These results follow the pattern as same given by Khan et al. (2008) who found that aqueous extract of Eucalyptus camaldulensis inhibit the germination of wheat as compared to control treatment.\r\nPlant height. Plant height of barley crop differed significantly under eucalyptus based agri-silvicultural system. Sole cropping (crop devoid of trees) exhibited maximum plant height at each observation followed by C-83 clone and least under C-413 clone (Fig. 3). Kumar et al. (2013) also found that less height of wheat under Eucalyptus plantation due to reduced light intensity under Eucalyptus.\r\nNumber of tillers and spikes. The number of tillers (/m2) showed a significant variation under different eucalyptus clones at each observation (Fig. 4). The maximum number of tillers were recorded under C-83 clone and followed by C-288, C-7 and least under C-413. However, the maximum number of tillers was higher under sole cropping devoid of trees. The maximum number of spikes per plant was also highest under sole cropping and least under C-413 clone. Similarly Khan et al. (2008); Kumar et al. (2013) also observed lesser number of tillers under agroforestry system than sole cropping.\r\nGrains per spike and test weight. Grains per spike and test weight both show a significant variation of similar trend under the interspaces of eucalyptus clones. Both were recorded higher under sole cropping as compared to the interspaces of different eucalyptus clones (Fig. 5). Amongst the clones, C-83 exhibited maximum numbers of grains as well as test weight and least were recorded under C-413 clone. In the same pattern Daniel and Larkin (2017) also reported that grain per spike was more in control than agroforestry system.\r\nGrain yield and straw yield of barley. The grains and straw yield of barley differed significantly under interspaces of eucalyptus clones. Both grain yield as well as straw yield was higher in sole cropping as compared to under eucalyptus clones (Fig. 5). C-83 clone showed maximum grain and straw yield closely followed by C-288 clone. The yield of barley was highly affected under the interspaces of C-413 and C-7 clones. As per the above finding Kumar et al. (2013) conducted a field experiment on wheat and mustard under Eucalyptus teriticornis and found that grain yield of both crops is decreased significantly as compared to sole cropping. The reduction (63.2%) was less in wheat. Sarvade et al. (2014) found that highest grain yield (36.0q ha) was under open farming system. The reduction in grain yield was 16-62% under agroforestry system as compared to sole crop.', 'Ashish Kumar, Manish Kumar, Pawan Kumar Poonia, R.S. Dhillon, Vijay Daneva and Harender Dagar (2022). Performance of Field Crops and Growth of Eucalyptus Clones under Eucalyptus based Agri-silvicultural System in Semi-arid Regions of Western Haryana. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1030-1035.'),
(5413, '136', 'System Productivity and Nutrient Recoveries as Influenced by Nine Years of Long-term INM Practices under Acidic Inceptisols of India', 'S.K. Sahoo, K.N. Mishra, N. Panda, R.K. Panda, K. Padhan, S. Mohanty, K. Kumar and D. Sethi', '175 System Productivity and Nutrient Recoveries as Influenced by Nine Years of Long-term INM Practices under Acidic Inceptisols of India S.K. SAHOO.pdf', '', 1, 'The long term intensive cropping system in acid soil without proper soil management leads to unsustainable crop productivity. Therefore, integrated nutrient management with various combinations of inorganics, organics, bioinoculants, and amendments in acidic soils can be the most effective way to sustain soil health and increase in crop productivity. A long-term field experiment was conductedin an acid Inceptisols of Odisha, India since 2010 to assess the effect ofintegrated nutrient management practices on system productivity and nutrient recoveriesin a sweetcorn-knolkhol-blackgram cropping system at the end of 9th cropping cycle (2018-19). The highest yield was recorded in T8 (STD + VC + Lime + BF) followed by T7, T6, T5, T3, T4, T9, T2, and T1 in sweetcorn but in knolkhol and blackgram the yield sequence was T8>T7>T6>T5>T4>T3>T9>T1>T2. The total dry matter production of the cropping system was highest (13.44 t ha-1) in T8 followed by T7 (13.28 t ha-1), T6 (11.28 t ha-1), T5 (11.07 t ha-1), T4 (10.33 t ha-1), T3 (10.19 t ha-1), T9 (4.97 t ha-1), T2 (4.64 t ha-1) and lowest was in T1 (4.00 t ha-1). The system N, P and K uptake was highest (195 kg ha-1, 47 kg ha-1 and 196 kg ha-1) and lowest was in T1 (38 kg ha-1, 12 kg ha-1 and 36 kg ha-1). The recovery of nutrients in only inorganic package was lowest (6 % N, 7% P, and 8% K) while the highest was in T8 (44 % N, 30 % P, and 86 % K). ', 'Sweetcorn-knolkhol-blackgram cropping system, productivity, nutrient uptake, nutrient recoveries, INM.', 'The long-term integrated nutrient management practices after nine years of field experimentation resulted in higher economic yield, system total dry matter production, nutrient uptake, and recoveries. The soil management through liming of problematic soil like acid soil improved the economic yield, dry matter production, nutrient uptake, and recovery in comparison to the non-application of lime package. The efficiency of biofertilizer with liming was more in comparison to non-liming packages. The study showed that integrated nutrient management with various combinations of inorganics, organics, amendments, and microbial inoculants in problematic acid soils resulted in the most effective way of increasing system productivity under a cereal-vegetable-pulse cropping system.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nAchieving food security for a burgeoning population ina country like India, higher food production on existing croplands through enhanced nutrient input and recycling is essential (Jena & Pattanayak 2021). Intensive and continuous cropping without proper soil management may lead to a threat to the sustainability of agriculture. In problematic soils like acidic conditions, sustainable production has become a major concern in India. The adoption of integrated nutrient management practices involving organic and inorganic fertilizers is the best approach to make the production system more sustainable and profitable (Sarkar et al., 2020). Crop production in acidic soil is mainly inhibited due to aluminium and iron toxicity, P deficiency, declined microbial activity, low base saturation, and other acidity-induced nutritional and fertility problems (Kumar et al., 2012; Pattanayak & Sarkar 2016).\r\nThe biofertilizer application with soil amelioration enhances the productivity of cropsby maintaining soil fertility (Khuntia et al., 2022; Sethi et al., 2021). The application of native strains also improves the bioavailability of essential nutrients in the soil. The inoculation of native rhizobium strain enhances the nodular properties, and N- availability and enhances the biological activity at the pulse rhizosphere (Sethi et al., 2019b). The stress-tolerant native strains provide the ambient condition at the rhizosphere by producing exopolysaccharides to make the rhizosphere un-hydrated and produce phytohormones (Sethi et al., 2019a; Subudhi et al., 2020) and nutrient availability (Pattanayak & Sethi 2022). Nutrient management through agro-waste management is an eco-friendly approach (Pandit et al., 2020). The application of in-situ crop residue management enhances the soil\'s physical, biological and chemical properties (Pattanayak & Sethi 2022). The application of organic inputs like farm yard manure and vermicompost increases soil quality. Application of vermicompost having a C:N ratio below 15 is desirable for agronomic use (Pandit et al., 2020).\r\nLong-term integrated nutrient management practices increase soil quality (Garnaik et al., 2022; Swain et al., 2021) and INM practice is a potential tool for knowing the crop yields and yield trends. They are used to assess the sustainability of the system, the potential carrying capacity of the soil, and to predict soil productivity (Reddy et al., 2006). Inadequate and imbalanced fertilizer use and the emergence of multiple nutrient deficiencies are the major factors responsible for the low productivity of the crops (Tiwari, 2002). Therefore, to maintain crop productivity balanced use of nutrients is important. Under these circumstances, the integration of chemical and organic sources and their management have shown promising results not only in sustaining productivity but have also proved to be effective in maintaining soil health and enhancing nutrient use efficiency (Thakur et al., 2011). When integrated nutrient management through chemical fertilizers and different organic sources are applied on a long-term basis, they show a beneficial impact on crop productivity (Swarup, 2010). Therefore, the present study was undertaken to study the long-term effect of integrated nutrient management practices on nutrient uptake, nutrient recovery, and system productivity of sweetcorn, knolkhol, and blackgram in an acid Inceptisols.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe present field experiment was performed on the farmland of “AINP on Soil Biodiversity - Biofertilizers” inthe College of Agriculture, Odisha University of Agriculture and Technology, Bhubaneswar (20.26°N latitude, 85.81°E longitude and 25.9 m above mean sea level) since 2010. However, observations were taken during 2018-19 (after nine years of experimentation) to study the effect of long-term integrated nutrient management on system productivity and nutrient recoveries of sweetcorn, knolkhol, and blackgram in a cereal-vegetable-pulse cropping system. The experimental area falls under a subhumid tropical climate. The mean annual rainfall was 1577 mm, and the mean maximum and minimum temperatures were 33.2 and 21.4°C, respectively.\r\nThe soils of the site belong to Inceptisols order with acidic soil reaction.The experiment was laid out in a randomized block design (RBD) having three replications with treatments consisting of T1 (control), T2 Soil Test Dose of fertilizer (STD), T3 (STD + FYM), T4 (STD + VC), T5 (STD + FYM + BF), T6 (STD + VC + BF), T7 (STD + FYM + Lime + BF), T8 (STD + VC + Lime + BF), and T9 (1/2 STD + BF). The soil test dose of fertilizer was given to the cropsviz; 150:20:48 for sweetcorn, 125:38:63 for knolkhol, and 25:30:25 for blackgram in the form of N:P2O5:K2O kg ha-1. Lime was applied @ 0.1 LR to sweetcorn and @0.2 LR to knolkhol and blackgram crop. Standard methods were adopted for the analysis of soil and organic inputs to fix the soil test dose of fertilizers (Page et al., 1982; Panda, 2019). Organic sources applied were farm yard manure (FYM) @ 5t ha-1 and vermicompost (VC) @ 2.5 t ha-1to each crop. Biofertilizers (BF) like Rhizobium to Blackgram and Azotobacter, Azospirillum, and PSB (@1:1:1) to Knolkhol and Sweetcorn. The crop residues were incorporated into the soil after harvesting the economic yield potion of each crop. The total nutrients added to the cropping system in that cropping year are presented in Table 1.\r\nThe economic yield was recorded by taking the fresh weight of sweetcorn, knolkhol, and sundry weight of blackgram (moisture 12%) and expressed in t ha-1. The dry matter production was calculated by taking 100 g of each treatment on respective crops kept in an oven at 65oC till constant weight was recorded. The dry matter production was expressed in t ha-1. The system uptake was calculated by adding each crop uptake and recovery was also calculated by taking each crop recovery. In each crop, uptake and recovery of each nutrient were calculated by using the formulae given below.\r\nThe data were analyzed by using OPSTAT software developed by O.P. Sheoran, Chaudhary Charan Singh, Haryana Agricultural University, Hisar, Haryana, India (Sheoran et al., 1998).\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nInfluence of long-term INM practice on economic yield\r\nThe data relating to economic yield has been presented in Table 2. The sweetcorn yield varied between 2.93 t ha-1 to 8.93 t ha-1. The lowest yield (2.93 t ha-1) was estimated in control and the highest (8.93 t ha-1) was estimated in the package where soil test-based fertilizer was applied with vermicompost, lime, and biofertilizers. The sequence of yield followed as T8>T7>T6>T5>T3>T4>T2>T9>T1. The knolkhol yield varied between 1.64 t ha-1 and 24.21 t ha-1. The highest yield (24.21 t ha-1) was recorded in T8 (STD + VC + Lime + BF) followed by T7 (23.64 t ha-1), T6 (18.71 t ha-1), T5 (18.35 t ha-1), T4 (13.78 t ha-1), T3 (13.24 t ha 1), T9 (4.2 t ha-1), T1 (1.89 t ha-1) and T2 (1.64 t ha-1). \r\nThe blackgram yield ranged from 0.20 t ha-1 to 0.89 t ha-1. The highest yield (0.89 t ha-1) of blackgram was estimated in the package where the soil test dose of fertilizers was added with 2.5 t ha-1 vermicompost, lime, and biofertilizers (T8) followed by T7, T6, T5, T4, T3, T9, T1 and lowest was recorded in the package where only chemical fertilizers were added (T2). The yield reduction in the treatment (T2) may be due to the long-term addition of only chemical fertilizers to the acid soil creating further acidification to such a range where sensitive crops like blackgram and knolkhol didn’t sustain their yield. The sweetcorn equivalent yield was highest (14.78) in T8 followed by T7, T6, T5, T4, T3, T9, T2, and the lowest was in T1 treatment. The yield of all three crops was higher in the vermicompost applied packages than in FYM applied packages. \r\nThe lime application enhances 23-25 per cent, 29 per cent, and 33per cent higher yield in sweetcorn, knolkhol,and blackgram, respectively, with integrated packages than without lime integrated packages. This positive response in the limed package was due to neutralizing soil acidity (Pattanayak & Sarkar 2016) and enhancing the bioavailability of plant nutrients (Priyadarshini et al., 2017; Sethi et al., 2017). The biofertilizer application with lime in acid soil also enhanced the yield it was due to the creation of a congenial rhizospheric environment for the growth of inoculated microbes (Sethi et al., 2017, 2021). Integrated nutrient management enhanced the yield of all three crops. The similar findings of INM enhanced the yield of coriander(Priyadarshini et al., 2017), sweetcorn (Prusty, Dash et al., 2022; Prusty Swain, et al., 2022), finger millet (Swain et al., 2021), Fenugreek (Husain et al., 2022), Papaya (Reena et al., 2022) and cereal -vegetable-pulse cropping system (Jena & Pattanayak 2021).\r\nInfluence of INM practice on dry matter production. The dry matter production of crops in cropping sequence has been presented in Table 3. The dry matter production of sweetcorn was more than knolkhol and blackgram. In sweetcorn, the highest dry matter (6.74 t ha-1) was recorded in an integrated nutrient management practice where a soil test dose of fertilizerwas applied with vermicompost, lime, and biofertilizer followed by STD + FYM + Lime + BF (6.68 t ha-1), STD + VC + BF (5.41 t ha-1), STD + FYM + BF (5.33 t ha-1), STD + VC (5.24t ha-1), STD + FYM (5.14 t ha-1), STD (2.67 t ha-1), 1/2 STD + BF (2.54 t ha-1), and lowest was recorded in control (1.91 t ha-1). The dry-matter production in knolkhol was lesser in comparison to sweetcorn and blackgram. The dry matter of knolkhol was highest in T8 (3.17 t ha-1) followed by T7 (3.11 t ha-1), T6 (2.64 t ha-1), T5 (2.49 t ha-1), T4 (2.22 t ha-1), T3 (2.19 t ha-1), T9 (0.61 t ha-1), T1 (0.52 t ha-1) and lowest was in T2 (0.37 t ha-1). The blackgram drymatter varied between 1.57 t ha-1 and 3.53 t ha-1.\r\nThe highest dry matter production was recorded in integrated packages with soil management package followed by without management package, without biofertilizer inoculation, sub-optimal dose of NPK with biofertilizer, control, and only soil test dose of fertilizer. The total dry matter production of the cropping system was highest (13.44 t ha-1) in T8 followed by T7 (13.28 t ha-1), T6 (11.28 t ha-1), T5 (11.07 t ha-1), T4 (10.33 t ha-1), T3 (10.19 t ha-1), T9 (4.97 t ha-1), T2 (4.64 t ha-1) and lowest was in T1 (4.00 t ha-1). The dry matter production in the integrated package was due to the application of adequate nutrients during the crop growth period. Similar findings have been reported by(Jena & Pattanayak, 2021; Khadadiya et al., 2020).\r\nInfluence of long-term INM practices on system nutrient uptake (kg ha-1) and recoveries (%). The data relating to system nutrient uptake has been presented in Table 4. The system N uptake was highest (195 kg ha-1) in the package where STD + VC + Lime + BF (T8) followed by STD + FYM + Lime + BF(194 kg ha-1), STD + VC + BF (140 kg ha-1), STD + FYM + BF (154 kg ha-1), STD + VC (116 kg ha-1), STD + FYM (123 kg ha-1), 1/2 STD + BF (64 kg ha-1), STD (58 kg ha-1), and lowest was in control (38 kg ha-1). The phosphorus uptake by the cropping system varied between 12 kg ha-1 and 47 kg ha-1.The highest (47 kg ha-1) phosphorus uptake was estimated in T8 followed by T7 ( 42 kg ha-1), T6 and T5 (39 kg ha-1), T4 (35 kg ha-1), T3 (32 kg ha-1), T2 and T9 (18 kg ha-1) and lowest (12 kg ha-1) was estimated in control. The potassium uptake ranged from 36 kg ha-1 to 196 kg ha-1. The highest was in T8 (196 kg ha-1) followed by T7 (183 kg ha-1), T6 (159 kg ha-1), T5 (154 kg ha-1), T4 (139 kg ha-1), T3 (138 kg ha-1), T9 (64 kg ha-1), T2 (46 kg ha-1) and lowest (36 kg ha-1) was in control.\r\nThe application of organic manures along with inorganic fertilizers significantly (p=0.05) increased the NPK uptake in the system. The application of biofertilizers with organics and inorganics influenced the uptake of N, P, and K significantly (p=0.05). Likewise, the amelioration of acid soil with the integration of all the components increased the nutrient uptake in the system. A similar finding was reported by (Swain et al., 2021) in finger milletand (Prusty, Swain, et al., 2022) in sweetcorn. The influence of long-term INM practice on N, P, and K recovery has been presented in Fig 1. The recovery of nutrients in the only inorganic package was lowest (6 % N, 7% P, and 8% K) and the highest was in T8 (44 % N, 30 % P, and 86 % K). The recovery of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium was more in ameliorated package followed by inorganics + organics + biofertilizers package, inorganics + organics, ½ inorganics + biofertilizers and the lowest was in only inorganic added package.\r\n', 'S.K. Sahoo, K.N. Mishra, N. Panda, R.K. Panda, K. Padhan, S. Mohanty, K. Kumar and D. Sethi (2022). System Productivity and Nutrient Recoveries as Influenced by Nine Years of Long-term INM Practices under Acidic Inceptisols of India. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1036-1040.'),
(5414, '136', 'Influence of Integrated use of Organic and Inorganic Sources of Nutrients on Biological Properties of Soil in Sweet Corn', 'G. Siva Nagaraju, P. Madhu Vani, P. Prasuna Rani and B. Venkateswarlu', '176 Influence of Integrated use of Organic and Inorganic Sources of Nutrients on Biological Properties of Soil in Sweet Corn G. Siva Nagaraju.pdf', '', 1, 'Soil being the source of various nutrients, supports various life forms. As world population and food production demands rise, intense cropping systems and indiscriminate use of chemical fertilizers creates the imbalance in soil eco system. Healthy soil is the foundation for profitable, productive, and environmentally sound agricultural systems. By understanding how the soil processes that support plant growth and regulate environmental quality and keeping this in view a field experiment entitled “Sustaining soil health and productivity of sweet corn through nutrient management” was carried out under field conditions during kharif season of 2017 at Agricultural College Farm, Bapatla. The biological properties of soil in respect of dehydrogenase activity and microbial population of bacteria, fungi and actinomycetes were significantly influenced by integration of organic and inorganic sources of nutrients over sole application of inorganic sources of nutrients. The biological properties of soil viz., dehydrogenase activity and microbial populations were recorded in T10 which received integration of 25 per cent RDF, liquid N, P and K LBF each @ 1.5 L ha-1 and cow based liquid organic manures (beejamrutham and jeevamrutham) and it was on par with the integrated treatments receiving (T7, T8 & T9) cow based liquid organic manures along with inorganic fertilizers.', 'Microbial population, Liquid biofertilizers, Dehydrogenase activity, Sweet corn soil health', 'Application of organic sources of nutrients like farm yard manure, liquid biofertilizers and cow based liquid organic sources of nutrients viz., beejamrutham and jeevamrutham not only supplied adequate amount of macro and micronutrients but also might have played a major role in improving biological properties of soil which might have resulted in the improvement of crop growth and finally enhancing the yield and yield attributes of sweet corn.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSweet corn is a special type of corn becoming popular in India and is being cultivated in maize growing areas. The urban people have great interest in consuming green ears and it is found that sweet corn is more delicious when it is steam boiled and consumed. Due to its extra sweetness and short duration, sweet corn is gaining popularity and already awareness has been created among the farming community. As the product is freshly consumed, the quality of corn is considered to be the most important.\r\nSweet corn is an exhaustive crop and it is harvested at milky stage requires more nutrients for optimum production. So integrated nutrient management involving particularly FYM, liquid N, P and K biofertlizers and cow based liquid formulations viz., Beejamrutham and Jeevamrutham not only acts as a source of multiple nutrients, helps in improving the microbial population there by they will have ability to improve soil characteristics (Ashmeet Kaur, 2020). In this context, it is worthy to study the nutrient management options in conjunction with inorganic fertilizers play an important role in sustaining productivity of sweet corn.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nA field experiment entitled “Sustaining soil health and productivity of sweet corn through nutrient management” was conducted at Agricultural College Farm, Bapatla using sweet corn hybrid maize Mahy-301 as a test crop. The experiment comprising of 10 treatments viz., T1: Absolute Control, T2: 100% RDF, T3: FYM @ 5 t ha-1 + LBF @ 1.5 L ha-1, T4: Beejamrutham + Jeevamrutham, T5: 50% RDF + FYM @ 5 t ha-1, T6: 50% RDF + LBF @ 1.5 L ha-1, T7: 50 % RDF + T4, T8: 25% RDF + T4, T9: 25% RDF + FYM @ 5 t ha-1 + T4, T10: 25% RDF +LBF @ 1.5 L ha-1 + T4 laid out in randomized complete block design with three replications. The initial Dehydrogenase activity was 20.12 µg TPF g-1 day-1 and microbial population viz., bacteria, fungi and actinomycetes was 17× 105, 6× 103 and 38×104 respectively.\r\nDehydrogenase enzyme activity in the soil sample was determined by following the procedure as described by Klein et al. (1971). Enumeration of microbial population viz., bacteria, fungi and actinomycetes were estimated as per the procedures outlined by Paroda (2007).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nBacteria. The bacterial population in soil at tasseling and at harvest (Table 1) was markedly influenced by the treatments. It was observed that higher count of bacterial population was observed at harvest when compared to tasseling in treatments which received seed treatment with beejamrutham followed by fortnight interval application of liquid jeevamrutham while in other treatments was at tasseling. The treatment T2 which received inorganic fertilizers recorded significantly lesser population than the treatments (T3 and T4) received organic sources of nutrients at both the stages of crop growth. \r\nThe maximum colony forming units were observed in the treatment T10 (25% RDF + LBF @ 1.5L ha-1 + beejamrutham + jeevamrutham) while the minimum were observed in absolute control (T1). According to Sreenivasa et al. (2010); Latkovic et al. (2020); Neelima and Sreenivasa (2011) maximum number of beneficial microorganisms observed in treatments received liquid formulations was mainly due to their constituents such as cow dung, cow urine, legume flour and jaggery containing both macro and essential micro nutrients, many vitamins, essential amino acids, growth promoting substances like indole acetic acid (IAA), gibberllic acid (GA) and beneficial microorganisms. \r\nAmong the treatments, the treatments (T5 to T10) which received integration of inorganic and organic sources of nutrients showed superiority over the sole application of inorganic sources of nutrients. Applied organic sources of nutrients viz., FYM and liquid jeevamrutham served as a source of nutrients and also as a substrate for decomposition and mineralization of nutrients there by creating favourable conditions for proliferation of microbes. Integration of FYM, liquid N, P and K biofertilizers and inorganic fertilizers might have exerted stimulating influence on the preponderance of bacteria which was earlier reported by Selvi et al., (2005); Gunjal and Chitodkar (2017).\r\nFungi. The results revealed that fungal population was higher at tasseling and subsequently decreased with advancement of crop growth in all the treatments and the decrease was releatively low in treatments which received seed treatment with beejamrutham followed by liquid jeevamrutham application at fortnight interval.\r\nThe highest fungal population was observed in treatment T10 (25% RDF + LBF @1.5L ha-1 + beejamrutham + jeevamrutham) whereas the lowest fungal population was observed in absolute control. Increase in microbial population with the application of organic manure might be due to stimulated growth and activities of soil microorganisms, nutrient cycling and availability and assisting in root growth. Similarly Krishnan (2014) reported enormous amount of microbial load in Jeevamrutham treated soils.\r\nAmong the integrated treatments T5 to T10, the treatments which received seed treatment with beejamrutham followed by application of liquid jeevarutham (T7 to T10) for every fortnight interval showed higher beneficial microorganisms than the treatments which received FYM and liquid biofertilizers (T5 and T6). This might be due to during the formulation of jeevamrutham and beejamrutham a handful of soil was collected from the field was used. This would serve as a initial inoculum of bacteria, fungi and actinomycetes. The results are in confirmity with Papen et al. (2002); Sreenivasa et al. (2010) who have also reported the presence of naturally occurring beneficial microorganisms predominantly bacteria, yeast, actinomycetes and certain fungi in organic liquid manures\r\nActinomycetes. The maximum number of colony forming units (Table 1) with respect to actinomycetes were recorded in treatment T10 (25% RDF + LBF @1.5L ha-1 + beejamrutham + jeevamrutham) whereas the minimum number of colony forming units were observed in absolute control. Somasundaram et al. (2003) reported that liquid organic sources of nutrients not only enhance the microbes in the environment but also act as catalysts with a synergistic effect to promote all the useful microbes of the environment by secreting proteins, organic acids and antioxidants in the presence of organic matter and convert them into energy thereby improving actinomycetes population in soil.\r\nCompared to the treatment which received only RDF (T2), the other treatments which received either organic sources of nutrients alone or combination of both recorded higher number of actinomycetes population at both the stages of crop growth. \r\nDehydrogenase Activity. Dehydrogenase activity in soil is an index of microbial population and it was (Table 1) significantly influenced by the imposed treatments. All the treatments had shown significant improvement in enzyme activity at tasseling and at harvest of the crop over the initial.\r\nAt both the stages of crop growth significantly highest dehydrogenase activity was observed in the treatment T10 which received combination of organic source of nutrients viz., liquid N, P and K biofertilizers, seed treatment with beejamrutham followed by liquid jeevamrutham application at fortnight interval along with inorganic source of nutrients (25% RDF). The highest activity might be due to enhanced microbial activity. Singaram and Kamalakumari (1995) supported that, increase in dehydrogenase activity on microbial consortium addition could be probably due to the increase in the microbial activity.\r\nAmong the different treatments, the treatments which received integrated source of nutrients recorded higher values of dehydrogenase activity than the treatment received inorganic source of nutrients only. Supplementation of balanced nutrition to crop was responsible for better proliferation of root (rhizosphere) and resulted maximum activity of enzymes. These findings are corroborate with the findings of Sireesha et al. (2017) who reported maximum activity of dehydrogenase in the rhizosphere of maize – onion cropping system on integration of 50 per cent RDF with 50 per cent N through FYM. Similar results were also reported by Pawar et al. (2013).\r\nThe unmanured and unfertilized control treatment T1 registered the lowest activity than all other treatments indicating the beneficial effect of fertilizers and manures on enzymatic activity in soil.\r\n', 'G. Siva Nagaraju, P. Madhu Vani, P. Prasuna Rani and B. Venkateswarlu (2022). Influence of Integrated use of Organic and Inorganic Sources of Nutrients on Biological Properties of Soil in Sweet Corn. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1041-1044.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5415, '136', 'Effect of Auxins and Bioagents on Concurrent ex vitro Rooting and Hardening (CEVRH) of Micro-shoots in Chrysanthemum (Chrysanthemum morifolium)', 'Sree Kavya K., Ravindra Kumar K., A.V.D. Dorajee Rao and Narasimha Rao S.', '177 Effect of Auxins and Bioagents on Concurrent ex vitro Rooting and Hardening (CEVRH) of Micro-shoots in Chrysanthemum (Chrysanthemum morifolium) Sree Kavya K.pdf', '', 1, 'The experiment was carried out at Dr. YSRHU- Horticultural Research Station, Kovvur during 2021-2022 in factorial completely randomized design with 18 treatment combinations replicated twice. After in vitro shoot multiplication, micro-shoots of cv. New Man and Urban Red were treated with 3 auxins (Distilled water, NAA 100 ppm and IBA (100 ppm) and 3 bioagents (Arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi (AMF) 2g/micro-shoot, Phosphate-solubilizing bacteria (PSB) 2g/micro-shoot and Pseudomonas fluorescens 2 ml/micro-shoot) for simultaneous rooting and hardening shade net. Per cent survival, shoot and root characters were recorded after hardening and subjected to data analysis. Among the different treatment combinations evaluated, Urban Red micro-shoots treated with IBA and AMF recorded maximum per cent survival, shoot thickness, number of leaves, leaf area, number of roots per shoot and root thickness. However, micro-shoots of cv. New Man treated with IBA and AMF recorded highest shoot height and lengthiest roots over other treatments. From the present experimentation it can be concluded that, among two cultivars, response of Urban Red is high for CEVRH when compared to New Man. Among auxins, IBA @ 100 ppm had shown significant difference with respect to shoot and root characters. Among bioagents, Arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi (AMF) had shown significant difference with respect to shoot and root characters.', 'Micro-propagation, mycorrhiza, auxins, survival, growth, rooting', 'Among different treatment combinations evaluated, in vitro originated Urban Red micro-shoots treated with IBA 100 ppm and Arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi (2 g/shoot) recorded highest per cent survival, shoot thickness, number of leaves, leaf area, number of roots per shoot and root thickness. However, maximum shoot height and lengthiest roots were found in New Man cultivar treated with IBA 100 ppm and Arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi. It can be concluded from the present study that, micro-shoots treated with IBA and biohardened with AMF is proved to be highly suitable for CEVRH of chrysanthemum. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nChrysanthemum is an important ornamental crop mainly grown for production of cut flowers, loose flowers and pot plants. The word chrysanthemum comes from two Greek words ‘Chrysos’ meaning golden and ‘anthemon’ meaning flower. Chrysanthemum (Chrysanthemum morifolium) is commonly called as autumn queen, Queen of the East. It belongs to family Asteraceae (Sharma, 2015) and native to China. It is a herbaceous perennial plant extensively grown all over the world for its beautiful charming flowers with varied uses like cut flower, loose flower, exhibition type, pot mums (Sheela, 2008). It is highly popular in flower industry owing to diversity in flower shape, size, colour, form, growth habit, foliage and excellent vase life to fulfil the diverse requirements of flower users (Mao et al., 2012). Each and every year several chrysanthemum varieties are being released by several private and public institutes but the availability of quality, disease free planting material is a major hindrance for its commercial cultivation. \r\nMicro-propagation is order of the day for the large-scale production of several clonally propagated plants. Micro-propagated chrysanthemum plantlets are highly desirable for commercial cultivation as they can be produced throughout the year, uniform in size, pest & disease free and best owed with high productivity. A robust in vitro protocol for different chrysanthemum genotypes was standardized at Dr. YSRHU- Horticultural Research Station, Kovvur by using ray florets, leaves, axillary buds and shoot tips as explants. However, higher production cost of tissue culture micro-propagated plants was the major impediment for its commercial production. The production cost of tissue culture plants can be reduced by eliminating one of the most expensive step i.e in vitro rooting. Hence to reduce the expenditure and speed up the production process of tissue culture plants, an experiment was performed on the effect of auxins and bioagents on concurrent ex vitro rooting and hardening (CEVRH) of two chrysanthemum cultivars. \r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe research work was carried out at Horticultural Research Station, Kovvur supported by, Dr. YSRHU, College of Horticulture, Venkataramannagudem, West Godavari district, Andhra Pradesh. The design of the experiment is factorial completely randomized design with 3 factors. The first factor is cultivars which has 2 levels, C1: New Man (White) and C2: Urban Red (Red). The second factor is auxins which have 3 levels namely, A0: Distilled water, A1: IBA 100 ppm @ 5 min. and A2: NAA 100 ppm @ 5 min. The third factor is bioagents which has 3 levels namely, B1: Arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi (AMF) 2 g/micro-shoot, B2: Phosphate-solubilizing bacteria (PSB) 2 g/ micro-shoot and B3: Pseudomonas fluorescens 2 ml/ micro-shoot. It has 18 treatment combinations with 2 replications. \r\nFor the present experiment, ray florets were used as explants for in vitro culture establishment. Multiple shoots were produced by using Murashige and Skoog (1962) basal media supplemented with standardized growth regulator combinations. After 8 cycles of shoot proliferation, in vitro grown micro-shoots of chrysanthemum were collected and used as experimental material in the present experiment. The present study was performed using, plant growth hormones (IBA and NAA) which were procured from Hi-Media Laboratories Pvt. Ltd., India. The bio-agents used in present study were Arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi (AMF), Phosphate solubilising bacteria (PSB), Pseudomonas fluorescens which were procured from ANGRAU-Amaravati.\r\nAfter employing the treatment with auxin and bioagent, the micro-shoots were planted in disposable paper cups filled with a mixture of sterilized sand and coco peat (1:1) under polythene sheet covered tunnel presented in 50% shade net house for maintaining optimum humidity. Fifty micro-shoots were tested for each replication. Daily watering with 19:19:19 (0.5 g/l) was applied through spray application. After 20 days after treatment, survived plant lets were transferred to shade net house conditions with natural ventilation and all the recommended cultural practices were followed with weekly spraying of liquid fertilizers ( N: P: K = 19:19:19 and 13:0:45). Data on percent survival root and shoot characters were recorded 30 days after treatment. \r\nFactorial completely randomized design (FCRD) was followed and the data were analysed using analysis of variance (ANOVA) with OPSTAT statistical package. Treatment means were compared using SE, 95% confidence intervals. Significant differences between means were assessed by Least significant difference (LSD) at P = 0.05 for FCRD. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nPer cent survival (%). The success of CEVRH is highly depends on survival of the micro-shoots to the given auxin and bioagent treatment combination. It is clearly evident from data presented in Table 1 that, significant differences were observed among the cultivars (C), auxins (A), bioagents (B), interaction between cultivars and auxins (C × A), cultivars and bioagents (C × B), auxins and bioagents (A × B), and interaction between cultivars, auxins and bioagents (C × A × B). Among the two cultivars tested, Urban Red (C2) was found to exhibit highest survival percentage (36.28 %) as compared to New Man (C1) (27.94 %). Among auxins (A), IBA (A1) was found significantly superior (40.58 %) over NAA (A2) (30.08 %). The lowest survival percentage (25.67 %) was noticed in distilled water (A0). Among bioagents (B), AMF (B1) was found to be statistically significant with respect to per cent survival (41.25 %) whereas the lowest per was noticed in PSB (B2) (25.08 %).\r\nAmong the interactions between cultivars and auxins (C × A), in vitro micro-shoots of Urban Red treated with IBA (C2A1) recorded the highest per cent survival (43.50 %) followed by New Man + IBA (C1A1) (37.67 %). The lowest per cent survival (20 %) was observed in New Man + distilled water (C1A0). Interactions between cultivars and bioagents (C × B) showed that highest survival percentage (49.17 %) was observed in Urban Red + AMF (C2B1) followed by New Man + AMF (C1B1) (33.33 %). Among the interactions between auxins and bioagents (A × B), IBA + AMF (A1B1) recorded the highest survival percentage (49.50 %) followed by IBA + P. fluorescens (A1B3) (41.50 %). However, the lowest survival percentage (19.25 %) was observed in distilled water + P. fluorescens (A0B3).\r\nAmong the three way interactions (C × A × B), Urban Red + IBA + AMF (C2A1B1) recorded highest survival percentage (56.50 %) whereas the lowest survival percentage (15.50 %) was recorded in New Man + distilled water + PSB (C1A0B2).\r\nAMF strains can be used as bio hardening agent for micro-propagated chrysanthemum plants by enhancing survival rate and reducing field mortality (Singh et al., 2008). This report was in close conformity with the result in the present study. IBA is regarded as best rooting hormone and it increases the survival per cent in plants by initiating the roots. Similar findings were reported by Ranpise et al. (2004) in chrysanthemum, Bharmal et al. (2005) in chrysanthemum, Hirapara et al. (2007) in jasmine and Parmar et al. (2010) in bougainvillea. \r\nShoot height (cm). Among the two cultivars tested, New Man (C1) was found to exhibit highest shoot height (5.62 cm) as compared to Urban Red (C2) (4.90 cm) (Table 2). Among auxins (A), NAA (A2) was found to be significantly superior with respect to shoot height (5.60 cm) followed by IBA (A1) (5.39 cm). The lowest shoot height was noticed in distilled water (A0) (4.78 cm). Among bioagents (B), AMF (B1) was found significantly superior with respect to shoot height (5.80 cm) whereas the lowest shoot height was noticed in P. fluorescens (B3) (4.94 cm).\r\nAmong the three way interactions (C × A × B), New Man micro-shoots treated with IBA and AMF (C1A1B1) recorded highest shoot height (6.50 cm) which was statistically at par with NAA and AMF in same genotype (C1A2B1) (6.35 cm). The lowest shoot height (3.85) was recorded in Urban red + distilled water + PSB (C2A0B2).\r\nAMF helps in converting the unavailable form of phosphorus (P) into available form in soil condition hence better nutrient uptake might have taken by plants which in turn stimulate the vegetative growth and yield attributing traits. The mycorrhizal association improves the plant root biomass which in turn increases the absorption capacity of the crops, enables them to utilize ‘P’ fertilizer more efficiently and achieve optimum growth even at curtailed doses of P fertilizer.Our results are in tantamount to Kumar et al. (2015) in chrysanthemum with respect to enhanced macro and micro nutrient uptake of tissue cultured chrysanthemum plants bio hardened with AMF. \r\nShoot thickness (mm). As evident from the Fig. 1 with respect to shoot thickness, Urban Red (C2) was found to exhibit highest shoot thickness (1.68 mm) as compared to New Man (C1) (1.65 mm). Among auxins (A), NAA (A2) was found significantly superior with respect to shoot thickness (1.87 mm) followed by IBA (A1) (1.79 mm). The lowest shoot thickness (1.34 mm) was noticed in distilled water (A0). Among bioagents (B), AMF (B1) was found to be statistically superior with respect to shoot thickness (1.86 mm) whereas the lowest was noticed in PSB (B2) (1.48 mm).\r\nAssociation of tissue culture plants with AMF facilitates the plants to grow more vigorously by mediating a series of complex communication events between each other leading to increased photosynthetic rate and other gas exchange-related traits. The enhanced water uptake and photosynthesis might have assisted for developing strong and thick stems in the present study.\r\nLeaf area (cm2). As evident from the Table 3, the differences were statistically significant with respect to leaf area among the treatments. Among the two cultivars tested, Urban Red (C2) was found to exhibit highest leaf area (3.56 cm2) as compared to New Man (C1) (3.06 cm2).\r\nAmong auxins (A), NAA (A2) was found significantly superior with respect to leaf area (3.73 cm2) followed by IBA (A1) (3.53 cm2). The lowest leaf area (2.67 cm2) was noticed in distilled water (A0). Among bioagents (B), AMF (B1) was found to be statistically superior with respect to leaf area (3.57 cm2) whereas the lowest was noticed in PSB (B2) (3.04 cm2). Among the three way interactions (C × A × B), Urban Red + IBA + AMF (C2A1B1) recorded highest leaf area (4.30 cm2) whereas the lowest (2.35 cm2) was recorded in New Man + distilled water + PSB (C1A0B2).\r\nSuitable type and concentration of auxin (IBA) along with the mycorrhizal association in tissue culture plants might have helped for accelerating the concurrent ex vitro rooting and hardening (CEVRH) in the present study. Improvement in leaf area may be attributed to optimum level of moisture, nutrient availability to plant, increased photosynthetic rate of plants inoculated with AMF. AMF facilitates uptake of P and micro elements present in soil. These findings are in line with Kumar et al. (2014) in chrysanthemum.\r\nNumber of roots per shoot. Among the two cultivars tested, Urban Red (C2) was found to exhibit highest number of roots per shoot (13.84) as compared to New Man (C1) (12.56). Among auxins (A), IBA (A1) was found significantly superior (15.67) over NAA (A2) (14.67). The lowest number of roots per shoot (9.25) was noticed in distilled water (A0). Among bioagents (B), AMF (B1) was found to be statistically superior with respect to number of roots per shoot (15.09) whereas the lowest was noticed in PSB (B2) (11.09) (Table 4).\r\nAmong the interactions between cultivars and auxins (C × A), in vitro micro-shoots of Urban Red treated with IBA (C2A1) recorded the highest number of roots per shoot (17.17) followed by Urban Red + NAA (C2A2) (15.84). However, the lowest number of roots per shoot (8.51) was observed in Urban Red + distilled water (C2A0). Among the interactions between auxins and bioagents (A × B), IBA + AMF (A1B1) recorded the highest number of roots per shoot (17.51) followed by NAA + AMF (A2B1) (16.75). However, the lowest (7.51) was observed in distilled water + PSB (A0B2).\r\nAmong the three way interactions (C × A × B), Urban Red + IBA + AMF (C2A1B1) recorded highest number of roots per shoot (18.51) whereas the lowest (6.51) was recorded in Urban Red + distilled water + PSB (C1A0B2). \r\nGrewal et al. (2005) found that chrysanthemum cuttings treated with IBA @ 400 ppm performed well after transplanting thus resulting in improved root growth and development. This might be due to the fact that auxin group of hormones (IBA and NAA) facilitated the process of adventitious root formation and also control growth and development of roots including lateral root initiation and root gravity response that depends upon auxin transport. Similar findings were reported by Sharma et al. (2014) in marigold and Renuka and Sekhar (2014) in carnation. Further, association of endophytic mycorrhizal fungi with the plant roots facilitates the development of stronger root system (Azcon Aguilar and Barea 1996, Kumar et al., 2014), improved growth (Zandavalli et al. 2004), enhancing nutrient and water uptake (Kim and Kim 1998), increased tolerance of host roots to soil borne pathogens (Nelson and Achar 2001) and drought stress (Ruiz Lozano and Azcon 1995), thereby enhancing plant growth and survival after field transplant.\r\nLength of the longest root (cm). The data pertaining to length of the longest root revealed significant differences (Fig. 2). Among the two cultivars tested, New Man (C1) was found to exhibit highest length of the longest root (4.39 cm) as compared to Urban Red (C2) (3.52 cm). Among auxins (A), IBA (A1) was found significantly superior with respect to length of the longest root (4.36 cm) followed by NAA (A2) (4.14 cm). The lowest (3.37 cm) was noticed in distilled water (A0). Among bioagents (B), AMF (B1) was found to be statistically superior with respect to length of the longest root (4.29 cm) whereas the lowest was noticed in PSB (B2) (3.64 cm).\r\nThe increase in root length after application of IBA and NAA has been reported by Janakiram et al. (2006). The increase in length of the roots might be due to enhanced hydrolysis of carbohydrates, accumulation of metabolites at the site of application of auxins, synthesis of new proteins, cell enlargement and cell division induced by auxins (Strydem and Hartman 1960). These results were in close conformity with the research findings of Parmar et al. (2010) in bougainvillea, Ullah et al. (2013) in marigold, Renuka and Sekhar (2014) in carnation.\r\n', 'Sree Kavya K., Ravindra Kumar K., A.V.D. Dorajee Rao and Narasimha Rao S. (2022). Effect of Auxins and Bioagents on Concurrent ex vitro Rooting and Hardening (CEVRH) of Micro-shoots in Chrysanthemum (Chrysanthemum morifolium). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1045-1051.'),
(5416, '136', 'Effect of Peanut Flour on Proximate Composition of Thabdi Peda', 'V.M. Sejani, N.K. Dhamsaniya and P.J. Rathod', '178 Effect of Peanut Flour on Proximate Composition of Thabdi Peda V.M. SEJANI.pdf', '', 1, 'Peda is a popular sweet in India. The demands for higher valued ceremony food, varieties of Peda, viz. plain, kesar, Thabdi, etc. are available in the market. But higher prices of animal milk-based fat products and the high sugar content of traditional Indian sweets lead to health problems like diabetes. It is imperative to study a solution for best suitable plant-based ingredients with highly valued protein with economically feasible. The incorporation of defatted peanut flour in Thabdi Peda can make it more profitable because of its by-products of oil industries. Response Surface Methodology was undertaken to determine the effect of various proportions of peanut flour and sugar content on composition of Thabdi Peda. For that two-factor five-level Central Composite Rotatable Design (CCRD) was used. The peanut flour with proportion of 17.04% per kg of buffalo milk weight was found to be best suitable for preparing the Thabdi Peda. This optimized treatment showed higher level of true protein content and lower level of sugar as compared to traditional Thabdi Peda. These several health benefits can attract consumers to buy products and overcome the malnutrition problem, too. The cost of peanut flour based Thabdi Peda was found to be 21.27% lesser than the traditional Thabdi Peda.', 'Thabdi Peda, Peanut flour, Sugar, Optimization, Proximate composition', 'It was concluded that the peanut flour could be successfully added at 17.04% of milk weight in preparing the Thabdi Peda for getting the better proximate composition of the Peda. At this level, 10% sugar is to be added in the Peda. At the optimized level of peanut flour, the true protein content of Thabdi Peda was increased by 42.86% as compared to traditional Thabdi Peda.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPeda is one of the popular khoa-based sweetsin India. Nowadays, several varieties of Peda, viz. plain, kesar, Thabdi, etc. are available in the market. Amongst these, ThabdiPeda is more popular because of its characteristic caramel taste, texture and longer shelf life. Thabdi Peda is one such heat-desiccated indigenous milk sweet manufactured and sold in large quantities in Saurashtra region of Gujarat state (Patel et al., 2012). Day by day popularity of Thabdi Peda is increasing in Gujarat as well as other states. The product resembles to Brown or Lal Peda in many aspects.\r\nThabdi Peda isa popular milk-based sweet with light to dark red in colour of the firm body and granular texture. It is prepared from khoa, obtained by scalding fresh milk in an open pan with addition of sugar in the required amount until the moisture content is reduced as well as desired granular, hard texture and flavour develops (Bandyopadhyay et al., 2006; Chauhan and Dodeja 2019). Due to the high temperature, nutritional loss occurs in the Thabdi Peda. Therefore, it is necessary to supplement nutrition as food enrichment in Thabdi Peda. As per changes in demand and dietary patterns of consumers, researchers have been working to reduce calories of sweet products with artificial sweeteners or by any other applications (Rustom et al., 1996; Gawande et al., 2012) but enrichment of sweets with different natural products can serve healthy products to health-conscious people and overcome the malnutrition problem, too. \r\nIn India, peanut flour is used to make a variety of low-cost new food product formulations (Bassey et al., 2013). The pleasant aroma, nutty flavour and smooth texture of roasted nuts have gained popularity. The earlier studies reported many health benefits of peanuts. Peanut is utilised to improve nutrients in traditional food products and to cure severe child malnutrition (Patel, 1996; Briend, 2001). Consumers in India are becoming more health conscious and looking for healthy food due to rising disposable income, education levels and nutritional understanding (Dhamsaniya et al., 2012; Patil et al., 2022). There is an opportunity to add peanut flour to Thabdi Peda to get a delicious and nutritionally enriched product (Bassey et al., 2013). \r\nPeanut flour after oil extraction has a very low market price. Incorporation of defatted peanut flour in Thabdi Peda would be beneficial to oil millers to get its better price which will make peanut processing more profitable. Therefore, it was felt interesting to incorporate peanut flour in making Thabdi Peda which would be better for people\'s health. The current study was undertaken to evaluate the effect of various proportions of peanut flour and sugar content on the proximate composition of Thabdi Peda. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe pasteurised whole buffalo milk (7.5% fat) was obtained from the Cattle Breeding Farm of the Junagadh Agricultural University, Junagadh. Sugar (Madhur brand) was procured from the local market. Partially defatted peanut kernel splits of GG-20 obtained from the local market were used to get defatted peanut flour. As suggested by Dhamsaniya et al. (2012), the peanut kernel splits were roasted in a tray drier at 130˚C for 60 minutes (Macro Scientific Works PVT. LTD., Model: MSW-214). Split roasted peanut kernels were allowed to cool to room temperature before being ground in a mixer grinder (Bajaj Electricals Limited, Model: FX11 600 Watts Food Processor). After grinding the split, sieving was done to get the roasted partially defatted peanut flour using a 22 mesh sieve size (RPDPF).\r\nThe proportion of sugar and peanut flour varied in the range of 6-10 and 5-20% on the weight basis of milk, respectively. To evaluate the effect of varying levels of sugar (X1) and peanut flour (X2) on various proximate constituents of Thabdi Peda; a two-factor, five-level Central Composite Rotatable Design (CCRD) of Response Surface Methodology (RSM) with a quadratic model was employed to design various experiments.\r\nPeda Preparation. Following the conventional process advised by Modha et al. (2015), the Thabdi Peda were prepared with varied proportions of sugar and peanut flour. For Peda making, the milk was brought in a stainless steel open pan. To condense, milk was heated in the pan. After first boiling, sugar (6-10% w/w of milk) was added at the temperature of 97+2˚C and stirring was done by SS palta. The concentration procedure was carried out until the pre-pat forming phase. At this point, the gas flame was set to a low to avoid burning. Until the milk was coagulated and transformed into the granular mass, the whole mass was left undisturbed for a while in the pan. To achieve the ideal texture and development of distinctive colour, the heating process was prolonged with a low flame. It was, then, allowed to cool atroom temperature. To obtain a homogenised product, the concentrate was mixed with the peanut flour (5–20% w/w of milk) at a temperature of around 50+2°C. After thoroughly mixing, it was allowed to cool at room temperature followed by manually forming the Peda. \r\nDetermination of Proximate Composition. The proximate composition viz., moisture content, fat content, true protein content, sucrose, lactose and total carbohydrate of peanut flour based Thabdi Peda were determined using the standard methods and procedures.\r\nThe moisture content (wet basis) of peanut flour based Thabdi Peda was determined by the hot air oven method as described by AOAC (2000). The fat content of prepared Peda was determined by the Soxhlet apparatus method (AOAC, 2000) using SOCS PLUS (Model: SCS 06 AS DLS). True protein and total carbohydrate content were estimated as per the method suggested by Sadasivam and Manickam (1996). Sucrose and lactose were estimated as per the procedure described by Kondiba (2006) with certain modifications.\r\nStatistical Analysis. Response Surface Methodology (RSM) was used to estimate the effect of sugar and peanut flour on various proximate composition of Thabdi Peda. The response surface curves for the individual response parameters were developed through Design Expert (11.1.2.0) (Myers and Montgomery, 2000). The multiple regression analysis of data obtained from various experiments was carried out to evaluate the effect of varying levels of ingredients on the proximate composition of Peda.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe different combinations of peanut flour and sugar content in Thabdi Peda were subjected to evaluate their effect on various proximate composition viz., moisture content, fat content, true protein content, sucrose, lactose and total carbohydrateas shown in Table 1. Analysis of variance (ANOVA) and regression coefficients for response surface quadratic model of different proximate composition of peanut flour based Thabdi Peda is given in Table 2.\r\nEffect on Moisture Content of Peda. The moisture content of peanut flour based Thabdi Peda was obtained in the range of 15.06 to 17.38% depending upon the varying proportion of sugar and peanut flour as given in Table 1. It was found that the increase in the proportion of peanut flour extremely reduced the moisture content of the Peda (p<0.001). The effect of sugar and combined effect of sugar and peanut flour was found non-significant. Also, both quadratic terms were non-significant (Table 2).\r\nThe empirical relationship between the test variables with moisture content of Peda was obtained as under:\r\nMoisture content (%, wb) = 16.39+0.1075 X1–0.8151X2+0.0150X1X2–0.0952X12–0.0752X22\r\nWhere, X1 and X2 are the sugar and peanut flour proportion, respectively.\r\nThe response surface curve for the variation in the moisture content of peanut flour based Thabdi Peda as a function of sugar (X1) and peanut flour (X2) is shown in Fig. 1(a). It shows that the decrease in moisture content was observed as the sugar decreased up to 6% and peanut flour increased up to 20%. The moisture content in this combination was proposed to be decreased up to 14.72%. The addition of peanut flour in the Thabdi Peda led to decrease in the moisture with increasing in the flour level. It might be possible due to the lower initial moisture content of peanut flour. A similar trend was noted by Gavhane et al. (2014) while the manufacturing of ginger based Peda. Labuckas et al. (2016) also observed reduction in moisture content with an increase in peanut flour proportion while improving nutritional value of bakery products. The present findings are, therefore, in agreement with the results of other scientists.\r\nEffect on Fat Content of Peda. The fat content was got in the range of 15.89 to 19.74% depending on varying proportion of sugar and peanut flour as given in Table 1. The lowest fat content was found in the Peda having 5% peanut flour while the highest fat was recorded in the Peda having the highest peanut flour (20%) content. This shows an extremely significant effect of peanut flour (p<0.001) on the fat content of Peda. However, the interaction effect of both the ingredients and sugar alone remained non-significant. The empirical relationship for fat content was obtained as under: \r\nFat content (%) = 18.47–0.0145X1+1.24X2–0.1750X1X2–0.2907X12–0.3357X22\r\nWhere, X1 and X2 are the coded factors of sugar and peanut flour, respectively.\r\nThe increase in fat content was observed as the sugar decreased up to 7.37% and peanut flour increased up to 20% as indicated in Fig. 1(b). The fat content in this combination was proposed to be increased up to 19.62%. Upon further rise in peanut flour, fat content was found to be increased. Shinde et al. (2015) also examined the increase in fat content of Peda blended with wheat bran. Similar findings were also reported by Dharsenda et al. (2015) during their experiment on peanut okara (defatted peanut) flour cookies.\r\nEffect on True Protein Contentof Peda. The true protein content of Peda varied between 17.80 and 21.81% during the different treatment combinations (Table 1). The linear and quadratic effect of peanut flour was found to be extremely significant (p<0.001) and significant (p<0.05), respectively. While the linear and quadratic effect of sugar and the interaction effect of sugar and peanut flour was observed as non-significant (Table 2). The empirical relationship for true protein was obtained as under: \r\nTrue protein (%) = 20.40 – 0.1908 X1 + 1.19 X2 + 0.1975 X1X2 – 0.0602 X12 – 0.3127 X22\r\nWhere, X1 and X2 are the coded factors of sugar and peanut flour, respectively.\r\nFig. 1(c) shows the interactive effect of sugar and peanut flour on the true protein of peanut flour based Thabdi Peda. The increase in true protein was observed as the sugar increased up to 8.82% and peanut flour up to 20%. The true protein in this combination was proposed to be increased up to 21.48%.The value of true protein was increased with increase in the proportion of peanut flour. It might be occurred due to the high value of protein available in the peanut flour. The same trend was also seen by Seth and Kochhar (2018) while developing healthy cakes using partially defatted peanut flour.\r\nEffect on Sucrose of Peda. The experimental values of sucrose were found in the range of 27.37 to 35.12% depending on different treatment combinations (Table 1). The linear effect of sugar and peanut flour indicated a significant positive effect on sucrose at the level of significance p<0.001 and p<0.01, respectively. The empirical relation for the sucrose of peanut flour based Thabdi Peda was obtained as under:\r\nSucrose (%) = 30.62 + 2.91 X1 – 0.6979 X2 – 0.3850 X1X2 + 0.1278 X12 + 0.1178 X22\r\nWhere, X1 and X2 are the coded factors of sugar and peanut flour, respectively.\r\nThe increase in sucrose was observed as the sugar increased up to 10% and peanut flour up to 5% as indicated in the Fig. 1(d). The sucrose at this combination was proposed to be increased up to 36.96%. It was observed that the sucrose was increased with an increase in sugar level. During their investigation into the rate of sugar addition in Thabdi, Hirpara et al. (2015) obtained a similar set of results. At the same time, sucrose decreased as the level of peanut flour increased. It might be possible due to the reduction of weight of sugarin the total weight of peanut flour based Thabdi Peda.\r\nEffect on Lactose of Peda. The lactose of peanut flour based Thabdi Peda was obtained in the range of 8.45 to 11.20% depending upon the varying proportion of sugar and peanut flour as given in Table 1. The linear effect of sugar and peanut flour indicated a negatively significant effect on lactose at the level of significance p<0.01 and p<0.001, respectively. The empirical relation for the lactose of peanut flour based Thabdi Peda was obtained as under:\r\nLactose (%) = 9.64 – 0.2868 X1 – 0.8211 X2 + 0.1600 X1X2 – 0.0455 X12 + 0.0445 X22\r\nWhere, X1 and X2 are the coded factors of sugar and peanut flour, respectively.\r\nThe decrease in lactose was observed as the sugar increased up to 10% and peanut flour up to 20% as indicated in the Fig. 1(e). The lactose at this combination was observed to be decreased up to 8.39%. The lactose was decreased with increase in sugar level and peanut flour level. The effect of sugar on decrease in lactose content was also found by Hirpara et al. (2015) during the optimization of sugar rate in Thabdi. Reduction in lactose with the addition of peanut flour can be concluded as the lower level of lactose in the gross product.\r\nEffect on Total Carbohydrate of Peda. The total carbohydrate of Thabdi Peda was obtained in the range of 41.91 to 50.12% depending upon the level of sugar and peanut flour as given in Table 1. The linear effect of sugar and peanut flour were indicated highly significant on total carbohydrate at the level of significance of 0.1% and 1%, respectively. The empirical relation for the total carbohydrate of peanut flour based Thabdi Peda was obtained as under:\r\nTotal carbohydrate (%) = 45.54 + 2.27 X1 – 1.43 X2 – 0.2475 X1X2 – 0.2484 X12 + 0.3466 X22\r\nWhere, X1 and X2 are the coded factors of sugar and peanut flour, respectively.\r\nThe decrease in total carbohydrate was observed when the sugar decreased up to 6% and peanut flour increased up to 20% as presented in the Fig. 1(f). The total carbohydrate at this combination was decreased up to 41.01%. The decrease in total carbohydrate was observed with the reduction in sugar quantity. Hirpara et al. (2015) have also mentioned similar findings during Thabdi making process. Also, total carbohydrate was decreased with increase in peanut flour proportion. This might be due to the total carbohydrate available in peanut flour, which was used as the raw material of peanut flour based Thabdi Peda. Shinde et al. (2015) have found out decrease in carbohydrate of Peda with increase in wheat bran. A similar result was also mentioned by Dhanesh et al. (2018) while improving nutritional quality of Indian seasonal sweets with partially defatted peanut cake flour and dehydrated spinach leaves powder.\r\nThe proximate composition Thabdi Peda prepared at optimized proportion of peanut flour (17.04%) and sugar content (10%) was compared with the traditional Thabdi Peda as shown in Table 3. It was interesting to note that the addition of peanut flour in the Thabdi Peda significantly increased true protein (42.86%) content of the Peda. Also, the manufacturing cost of peanut flour based Thabdi Peda will be 21.27% lesser than the traditional Thabdi Peda.\r\n', 'V.M. Sejani, N.K. Dhamsaniya and P.J. Rathod (2022). Effect of Peanut Flour on Proximate Composition of Thabdi Peda. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1052-1057.'),
(5417, '136', 'Effect of Nutrient Management on Growth and Quality of Garlic (Allium sativum L.) cv. Yamuna Safed-3', 'Astha Vishwaraj*, Manoj Kumar Singh, Vipin Kumar, S.K. Lodhi, U.P. Shahi and Khursheed Alam', '179 Effect of Nutrient Management on Growth and Quality of Garlic (Allium sativum L.) cv. Yamuna Safed-3 Astha Vishwaraj.pdf', '', 1, 'Alliums are among the oldest cultivated plant species. The most widely cultivated are onion and garlic belongs to genus Allium. Garlic is a common spice and condiment crop. The present experiment was conducted at Horticultural Research Centre of Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel University of Agriculture & Technology, Meerut (U.P.) during Rabi season of 2021-22 for evaluating the effect of nutrient management on growth and quality of garlic (Allium sativum L.) cv. Yamuna Safed-3”. The experiment was carried out in Randomized Block Design (RBD) with three replications in nine treatment combinations. The maximum plant height (27.88 cm, 48.79 cm, 64.23 cm and 81.50 cm at 30, 60, 90 and at harvest, respectively), number of leaves per plant (5.23, 6.83, 7.34 and 8.59 at 30, 60, 90 and at harvest, respectively), length of leaves (23.87 cm, 36.26 cm, 47.74 cm and 48.82 cm at 30, 60, 90 and at harvest, respectively), leaf width (2.20 cm), collar height (6.52 cm), collar width (1.50 cm), fresh weight of plant (49.88 g), earliness in maturity (125.50 days), TSS (40.47°B), ascorbic acid (14.57 mg/l00g), A grade bulb (35.09%), B grade bulb (66.25%) except C grade bulb (18.52%) was recorded under the treatment (T7)- 75% RDF (75:40:40:25 NPKS kg/ha) + FYM (2.5 t/ha) + PM (0.5 t/ha). However, the minimum value for above parameters were absorbed under treatment (T1)- Control.', 'Garlic, Growth, Quality, RDF, Treatments and Yamuna Safed-3', 'On the basis of results obtained in present investigation, it is concluded that treatment 75% RDF + FYM 2.5 t/ha + PM 0.5t/ha and 75% RDF + PM1 t/ha which were significantly at par with each other in mostly all the treatments was found to be the best for enhancement in plant height, number of leaves, length and width of leaves, height and width of collar, fresh weight of plants, TSS, Ascorbic acid, grading of bulbs and reduced days to maturity which eventually increased the growth and quality of garlic.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nGarlic (Allium sativum L.) is an important bulb crop widely grown for as a spice or condiment. It’s one of the major members of Alliaceae family and known by variety of local names in different parts of India. In India, it is commonly known as Lahsun. The primary center of origin of garlic is Central Asia and Southern Europe and secondary center is Mediterranean region (Thompson and Kelly 1957). Wild ancestor of garlic, Allium longicuspis Regel was known in Egypt as early as 3000 B.C. and also to the ancient Greeks and Romans (Som and Hazara 2006).\r\nA colorless, odorless, water-soluble amino compound known as alliin is present in uninjured cloves of garlic. On injury of the cells, an enzyme, alliinase comes in contact with alliin and causes is breakdown into sulphur containing product allicin (diallyl thiosulfate) which gives typical odour of fresh garlic. Diallyl disulfide possess the true garlic odour (Som and Hazara 2006).\r\nGarlic is considered, to possess antibacterial, antibiotic, antitumor, antiviral, antifungal, anticandidal, antimycotic, antithrombotic, fibrinolytic, hypoglycemic, cytotoxic and lipid lowering properties. (Thamburaj and Singh 2005).\r\nChina accounts 75% of the total world output and ranks first in production. In India, garlic is grown in an area of 274 thousand hectares with a production of 1.27 million tonnes. Among different states of India, Madhya Pradesh is the leading state accounting for 190.036 thousand hectares area and 1956.749 thousand tons of production contributing 48.64 % of area and 61.44 % in production of country’s total (Anonymous, 2021).\r\nHigh yield and good quality of garlic can be improved through nitrogen and sulphur application strategies as influenced by the source of N and S, as well as rates and times (Luo et al., 2000). Use of both organic as well as inorganic nutrient sources not only help in increasing the yield of the garlic but also act as a store house of nutrients for successive crop growth period, besides this it is improving the physical condition of soil. Integrated nutrient application is the only liable way for obtaining fairly high productivity with substantial fertilizer leading to sustainable agriculture. Also, it becomes indispensable to find out the optimum dose of organic manures and inorganic fertilizers combination for proper growth and development of crop.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS \r\nThe present study was carried out at Horticultural Research Centre of Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel University of Agriculture and Technology, Meerut (Uttar Pradesh) during Rabi season of 2021-22. The variety of garlic Yamuna Safed-3 was used to carried out in Randomized Block Design with three replications in nine treatments viz., T1- Unfertilized plot (control), T2- 100% RDF, T3- 125% RDF, T4- 150% RDF, T5- 75% RDF + 25% through FYM through (5 t/ha), T6- 75% RDF + 25% through PM (1 t/ha), T7- 75% RDF + FYM (2.5 t/ha) + PM (0.5 t/ha), T8- 100% RDF + FYM (5 t/ha) and T9- 100% RDF + Poultry manure (2 t/ha).The flat beds of 3 × 2.5 m2 size were prepared for planting in spacing of 15 × 10 cm. Five randomly selected plants from each plot were tagged for recording of the various observations on growth and quality characters in garlic. The Plant growth parameters viz., plant height, number of leaves, length of longest leaf, width of leaf height and width of collar region, fresh weight of plant, earliness in maturity were recorded at 30 days, 60 days, 90 days and at harvest. The quality parameters like TSS, ascorbic acid grading of bulb. The data obtained were processed statistically to determine the effect of various treatments.\r\nStandard error of mean\r\nStandard error of mean was calculated as follows: \r\nSEm ± = \r\nWhere, SEm ± = Standard error of mean\r\nEMSS = Error mean sum of square \r\nr = Number of replications on which the observation is based\r\nCritical Difference\r\n \r\nWhere,\r\nCD = Critical difference\r\nEMS = Error mean square\r\nSEm ± = Standard error of mean\r\nt = value from Fisher’s table (1963) for error degree of freedom at 5% level of significant.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS \r\nThe application of different doses of organic manures and fertilizers significantly enhanced the vegetative growth parameters of garlic. The maximum plant height (Table 1) was recorded with the treatment 75% RDF + FYM (2.5 t/ha) + PM (0.5t/ha) with a value of 27.88 cm, 48.79 cm, 64.23 cm and 81.50 cm at 30, 60, 90 and at harvest respectively. In contrast, significantly lowest plant height was observed at all the stages of growth under control i.e., 24.65 cm, 39.49 cm, 53.80 cm and 64.18 cm at 30, 60, 90 and at harvest respectively. The improvement in the nutrient uptake by plants is responsible for good vegetative growth. The similar results were also reported earlier by Talware et al. (2010); Ranjan et al. (2010); Singh et al. (2017).\r\nThe highest number of leaves per plant (Table 2) was obtained when the plants were supplied with 75% RDF + FYM (2.5 t/ha) + PM (0.5t/ha) i.e., 5.23, 6.83, 7.34 and 8.59 at 30, 60, 90 and at harvest respectively. While, the control shows the minimum number of leaves per plant at all the successive stage of growth 4.22, 5.00, 5.56 and 6.28 at 30, 60, 90 and at harvest respectively. Similar findings were also reported earlier by Jayathilake et al. (2002); Yadav, (2015). \r\nThe highest length of leaves (Table 3) was recorded at all the successive stage of growth i.e., 30, 60, 90 and harvesting is (23.87 cm, 36.26 cm, 47.74 cm and 48.82 cm) cm recorded in the plot which was treated with 75% RDF + FYM (2.5 t/ha) + PM (0.5t/ha). However, lowest length was recorded in control (T1) i.e., 18.86 cm, 28.66 cm, 35.62 cm and 36.47 cm at 30, 60, 90 and at harvest. Results of experiment can be explained by correlating the observations with the work done by Patil et al. (2007); Islah (2010); Sachin et al. (2017) in garlic.\r\nThe uppermost value of leaf width (Table 4) 2.20 cm recorded in the plot which was treated with 75% RDF + FYM (2.5 t/ha) + PM (0.5t/ha). However, lowest leaf width was recorded in control (T1) i.e., 1.66 cm. The increased length and width of leaves may be due to the production of promoting substances that might have result in cell elongation and multiplication and rate of photosynthesis. The maximum collar height and collar width (Table 4) was observed with the treatment T7 75% RDF + FYM (2.5 t/ha) + PM (0.5t/ha) i.e., 6.52 cm and 1.50 cm, respectively. However, the minimum value was observed with the treatment T1 (control) 4.49 cm and 1.07 cm respectively. Maximum collar height and thickness in this treatment may be the result of high nitrogen supply resulting in increased growth and succulency. These results are in close agreement with those of Singh et al. (2002); Patil et al. (2007); Islah (2010); Priyanshu et al. (2020). \r\nFresh weight result shows (Table 4) that 75% RDF in treatment T7 and using of 25 % FYM and PM gave significant results as compare to control and higher dose of RDF 100-150% with or without combination of organic manure. Treatment T7- 75% RDF + FYM (2.5 t/ha) +PM(0.5t/ha) shows profound increase in the fresh weight of plant, highest value recorded is 49.88 g. While, the lowest value is observed in control 37.50g. The results supported by the finding reported by Singh (2002); Shashidhar et al. (2005); Islam et al. (2007).\r\nThe treatment 75% RDF + FYM (2.5 t/ha) + PM (0.5t/ha) recorded the earliness in maturity (Table-4) 125.50 days under study. However, the treatment control (T1) took maximum days for maturity (136.86 days). The early maturity of bulb might be due to the hormones and organic acid secreted by organic manures during decomposition might have led to early maturity. The maximum number of days to be taken for maturity under control may be due to inadequate availability of nutrients resulting into more time to complete the vegetative growth (Sachin et al., 2017).\r\nThe quality parameters (Table 5) like TSS (°Brix), ascorbic acid (mg/100g) and grading of bulbs were significantly affected by various doses of nutrients during the trialing. The quality parameters improve with using RDF to 75% of RDF doses with combinations of NPK, FYM and Poultry Manure then declined the quality parameters when sole application of NPK. The lowest moisture content, TSS and ascorbic acid were found under the control.\r\nThe Maximum value of TSS (40.47°B) was observed in the treatment receiving 75% RDF + FYM(2.5 t/ha) + PM(0.5t/ha). However, minimum T.S.S. (37.67°B) was recorded in control (T1). The results supported by the finding reported by Waghachavare (2004); Sevak et al. (2012); Patidar et al. (2017). The maximum ascorbic acid content in garlic bulbs (14.57 mg/l00g) was recorded in the treatment 75% RDF + FYM (2.5 t/ha) + PM(0.5t/ha) and minimum ascorbic acid content observed in control (T1). This might be due to physiological influence of FYM and vermicompost in combination with inorganic sources of nutrient and biofertilizers on activity of number of enzymes and due to more energy and food material available to the bulb due to strong vegetative growth Choudhary et al. (2013); Priyanshu (2020).\r\nThe effect of nutrient management was found significant in the different grades of garlic bulbs. The treatment 75% RDF + FYM (2.5 t/ha) + PM (0.5t/ha) recorded A grade bulb (35.09%), B grade bulb (66.25%) and C grade bulb (18.52%). However, treatment T4 shows maximum C grade bulb percentage (32.24%) as compared to C grade (18.52%) of 75 % RDF + FYM(2.5 t/ha) + PM(0.5t/ha). The least bulb percentage value of A, B and C grade bulb were recorded with the control (T1) i.e., 3.42%, 50.32% and 12.25% respectively. It is observed from the results that the treatment applied with combination of one or more organic manure with inorganic fertilizers shows more B and A grade large bulbs. This may be due to the reduction of inorganic nitrogen doses and better nutrient uptake, improved photosynthesis, besides excellent physiological and biochemical activities. Similar, results were reported earlier by Gowda et al. (2007); Banjare et al. (2015).\r\n', 'Astha Vishwaraj, Manoj Kumar Singh, Vipin Kumar, S.K. Lodhi, U.P. Shahi and Khursheed Alam (2022). Effect of Nutrient Management on Growth and Quality of Garlic (Allium sativum L.) cv.Yamuna Safed-3. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1058-1062.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5418, '136', 'Effect of Elevated CO2 on the abundance of Soil Arthropods in Rice Ecosystem', 'Munmun Mohapatra, S. D. Mohapatra and G. S. Giri', '180 Effect of Elevated CO2 on the abundance of Soil Arthropods in Rice Ecosystem S D Mohapatra.pdf', '', 1, 'Soil arthropods which are well known as scavenger, play a crucial role in enhancing system production and productivity. An experiment was conducted under Open Top Chambers at National Rice Research Institute, Cuttack to know the effect of elevated CO2 on the abundance and diversity of soil arthropods in rice ecosystem. The experimental unit consists of three concentrations of CO2 i.e. one ambient (410 ppm) and two elevated (550 and 700 ppm). Soil samples were collected at monthly interval to assess the effect of elevated CO2 on abundance and diversity of soil arthropods. Observation regarding soil temperature and moisture content was also recorded during the period of study. It was observed that elevated CO2 influenced both soil temperature and moisture in the rice ecosystem. The ecosystem was observed to be inhabited by various group of soil arthropod such as collembolan, acari, coleopteran, dipteran, hymenopteran, millipeds, orthopteran and dermapteran. Among them, collembolan was found to be the major followed by acari and other groups such as Coleoptera, Diptera, Hymenoptera, Millipede, Orthoptera, Dermaptera. A significant effect of elevated CO2 was observed between all the soil arthropods except acari.', 'Rice, Soil arthropod, Collembola, Acari, Elevated CO2, Soil moisture, Soil temperature', 'The above results concluded that elevated CO2 also affected soil arthropod population other than acari in the rice field by influencing the soil edaphic factors such as temperature and moisture. Higher temperature and lower moisture content of soil resulted in lower density and abundance of soil arthropod population under elevated CO2.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSoil arthropods play a significant role in organic matter processing and soil structure augmentation processes. They are also involved in soil formation and aeration, increasing the porosity and fertility of the soil by breaking down organic matters. The fertility of soil is an important factor for cultivation of different crops. Because it accommodates multiple functions such as soil formation, litter decomposition, nutrient cycling, assimilation of organic and inorganic elements, mineralization of organic matters of biological origin and also act as reservoir of organic matter (Devi et al., 2011); also perform key functions essential to plants such as disease regulation, agrochemical degradation (Sheikh et al., 2016). The interactions between soil fauna and flora and their activities help in improving the productivity of soil (Abbas and Parwez 2019). The abundance of soil fauna community is very much influenced under changing scenario of climate directly by altering soil microclimate and indirectly by altering resource availability and the composition of the soil food web (Kardol et al., 2011). Hence, a better understanding regarding climate change on abundance of soil arthropods can aid predictions of how soil ecosystems may function under future climatic conditions.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe experiment was conducted inside Open Top Chamber (OTC) at ICAR-National Rice Research Institute, Cuttack, Odisha in randomized block design (RBD) with three treatments i.e. one ambient CO2 (410 ppm) and two elevated CO2 (550 and 700 ppm) and ten replications during 2018. Ten soil samples (30×10×15 cm3) from each treatment were randomly collected during February to July from the rice field inside OTC by two sampling methods such as soil sampler and mouth aspirator. The collected soil samples were stored in transparent polythene bags and treatment wise labeled. The soil temperature (°C) was recorded by the help of soil thermometer and soil moisture (%) was recorded manually by taking the weight of samples before and after extraction. Then the soil arthropods were extracted by Berelese-Tull green funnel extraction method inside the laboratory. The preserved soil arthropods were identified by the stereoscopic binocular microscope and classified order/group wise and then population of each individual were counted. \r\n \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe soil arthropod population collected from each treatment were belong to Collembola, Acari, Coleoptera, Diptera, Hymenoptera, Millipede, Orthoptera, Dermaptera orders. The highly dominant group was found to be Collembola followed by Acari under both ambient and elevated CO2 conditions. The high temperature and low moisture content of soil samples were recorded from February to July in the rice field under elevated CO2 as compared to ambient condition.\r\nA. Soil Climate\r\nSoil temperature (°C). The minimum soil temperatures i.e. 26.5, 27.1 and 27.4°C were recorded in the month of February under ambient (410 ppm CO2) and elevated condition (550 and 700 ppm CO2), respectively (Fig. 1). Afterwards, the soil temperature was increased to 29.2, 29.7 and 29.9°C in the month of March followed by 30.4, 31.2 and 31.5°C in the month of April under 410, 550 and 700 ppm CO2, respectively. The soil temperature was recorded maximum in the month of May i.e. 32.1, 32.5 and 32.7°C under 410, 550 and 700 ppm CO2 respectively. Again, the soil temperature was dropped to 28.7, 29.4 and 29.7°C in the month of June followed by 28.2, 29.2 and 29.5°C in the month of July under 410, 550 and 700 ppm CO2, respectively.\r\nSoil moisture (%). The soil moisture contents were fluctuated according to soil temperatures under ambient condition whereas constantly decreased under elevated condition. The maximum soil moisture per cent was recorded i.e. 27.2, 26.8 and 26.5% in the month of February during 2018 under 410, 550 and 700 ppm CO2, respectively. Then the soil moisture per cent was decreased to 26.8, 25.6 and 25.3% in the month of March followed by 25.0, 24.5 and 24.3% in the month of April and 24.6, 24.3 and 24.1% in the month of May under 410, 550 and 700 ppm CO2, respectively (Fig. 2). Again, the soil moisture per cent was slightly increased in the month of June i.e. 25.2% followed by 25.5% in the month of July under ambient condition whereas the constantly decreased soil moisture percent were recorded 23.7 and 23.5% in June followed by 23.5% and 23.2% in July under 550 and 700ppm CO2, respectively.\r\nB. Population dynamics\r\nIn the rice ecosystem, the population of Collembola significantly differed from each other under ambient and elevated condition of carbon dioxide. During the month of February, the population density of Collembola found to be higher under ambient condition (5.40) as compared to elevated conditions i.e., 550 ppm (4.40) and 700 ppm (3.70) CO2 (5.40) (Table 1). Adjacently, in the month of March, the density was increased to 6.30 under 410 ppm CO2, but decreased to 3.80 and 3.20 under 550 and 700 ppm CO2, respectively. After that, during the cropping period i.e. in the month of April and May (hottest season) the density was decreased to 4.50 and 4.10, respectively but again increased to 5.00 in the month of June under 410 ppm CO2 whereas the decreasing population were recorded to be 3.40, 3.10 and 2.60 respectively under 550 ppm CO2 followed by 2.80, 2.60 and 2.20 respectively under 700 ppm CO2. Then in the month of July, the density 5.70 was increased under410 ppm CO2 but decreased to 2.20 and 1.90 under 550 and 700 ppm CO2, respectively. The total population was 5.17, 3.25 and 2.73 under 410, 550 and 700 ppm CO2, respectively.\r\nAcari. The acari population in the rice field was influenced by soil temperature and moisture and also increased but not significantly under elevated CO2 condition. In the month of February, the higher population density was observed under elevated condition i.e. 1.70 and 1.80 at 550 and 700 ppm CO2 respectively than ambient condition i.e. 1.50 at 410 ppm CO2 (Table 2). Then in the month of March, April, May, June and July the population densities 1.20, 1.60, 1.80, 1.90 and 1.40 respectively fluctuated under 410 ppm CO2 whereas the increasing population were recorded to be 1.80, 1.80, 2.00, 2.20 and 2.30 respectively under 550 ppm CO2 followed by 2.10, 2.30, 2.40, 2.40 and 2.50 respectively under 700 ppm CO2. The average population densities were recorded as 1.47, 1.97 and 2.25 under 410, 550 and 700 ppm CO2, respectively.\r\nOther groups. The other groups of soil arthropods found in the rice field also influenced by soil climatic conditions such as temperature and moisture under ambient and elevated CO2 conditions and significantly differed from each other. The population density of other groups was found to be 8.40 in the month of February and was higher under ambient condition (410 ppm CO2) than elevated condition i.e. 7.40 and 6.50 at 550 and 700 ppm CO2 respectively (Table 3). In the month of March, the population was increased to 9.30 under 410 ppm CO2 but decreased to 6.20 and 4.80 under 550 and 700 ppm CO2, respectively. Then in the month of April and May, the population were decreased to 7.50 and 7.10, respectively but again increased to 8.70 in the month of June under 410 ppm CO2 whereas the decreasing population were recorded to be 5.30, 4.90 and 3.80 respectively under 550 ppm CO2 followed by 3.70, 3.50 and 2.60 respectively under 700 ppm CO2. In the month of July, the population was increased (8.00) under 410 ppm CO2, but decreased to 3.50 and 2.30 under 550 and 700 ppm CO2, respectively. The total population densities were 8.17, 5.18 and 3.90 under 410, 550 and 700 ppm CO2, respectively. \r\nRelative abundance of soil arthropod\r\nThe percent relative abundance of Collembola, Acari and other groups were 34.9, 9.9 and 55.2% respectively under 410ppm CO2 (Fig. 3) followed by 31.3, 18.9 and 49.8% respectively under 550ppm CO2 and 30.7, 25.3 and 43.9% respectively under 700ppm CO2.\r\nEffects of soil moisture and temperature on soil arthropod under elevated CO2\r\nIn the present study, we observed that soil temperature had negative and non-significant interaction with collembolan and other group of population whereas had a positive and non-significant interaction with acari population under all the concentration of CO2. Significant role of soil moisture was observed on the abundance of soil arthropod under elevated conditions of CO2. The population of collembola and other groups were observed to be increase with increase in soil moisture whereas that of acari was observed to be decreased with decrease in soil moisture content.\r\nIn the present study, the low moisture content in soil during March to May under elevated CO2may be due to high water use efficiency of the crops because of dry season (Uddin et al., 2018). In contrast, the soil moisture increased under elevated CO2 (Nelson et al., 2004; Leipprand and Gerten 2006; Carrillo et al., 2010). \r\nThe collembola was found to be the major constitute of soil arthropod in the rice field followed by Acari and other groups such as coleoptera, Diptera, Hymenoptera, Millipede, Orthoptera, Dermaptera Since, no published work on effect of elevated CO2 on soil arthropod population was found, hence the data observed were not compared with other published scientific reports. However, similar observations were reported by (Fonseca and Sarkar 1998; Roy and Roy 2006; Ramezani et al., 2018; Sitlhou and Singh 2019). Florian et al. (2019) observed low and high population density of collembolan and acari respectively under low moisture (drought) condition. Roy and Roy (2006) and Sarkar et al. (2014) and Sarkar et al. (2016) found lowest faunal population of collembolan and mites during the summer month and highest during post monsoon period. The highest Acari population was found in the month of June and July under ambient and elevated CO2, respectively (Mohapatra et al., 2021). \r\n', 'Munmun Mohapatra, S. D. Mohapatra and G. S. Giri (2022). Effect of Elevated CO2 on the abundance of Soil Arthropods in Rice Ecosystem. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1063-1067.'),
(5419, '136', 'Genetic divergence studies in clusterbean [Cyamopsis tetragonoloba (L.) Taub.]', 'K. B. Mehta, P. J. Patel, P. C. Patel and Manish Sharma', '181 Genetic divergence studies in clusterbean [Cyamopsis tetragonoloba (L.) Taub.] K. B. Mehta.pdf', '', 1, 'The present investigation was carried out in Randomized Block Design with four replications on thirty genotypes of cluster bean to assess genetic divergence using the Mahalanobis D2 technique. Gum content in seed contributed the maximum to the total divergence followed by days to flowering, number of pods per plant, days to maturity and protein content. Genotypes were grouped into 5 clusters using Tocher\'s method. Cluster II was the largest group (11 genotypes) followed by cluster I (10 genotypes) and seven genotypes in cluster III. The remaining solitary clusters (IV and V) contained only one genotype each. Based on inter-cluster distance and performance observed in the present study intercross between the genotype of clusters II (GG 1908, GG 1911, GG 2102, GG 2104, GG 1906, GG 1912, GG 1907, GG 1909, GG 1904, GG 2103) and cluster IV (GG 2111) would be effective for improving seed yield in clusterbean. ', 'Genotypes, Genetic divergence, inter-cluster distance, Cluster bean', 'In the present investigation, the 30 genotypes were grouped into 5 clusters. Cluster II had the maximum intra-cluster distance, while the minimum intra-cluster distance was observed for cluster IV. The maximum inter-cluster distance was recorded between cluster II and cluster IV, while the minimum inter-cluster distance was observed between clusters I and IV. The intercluster distance was higher than intra cluster distance indicating the presence of substantial genetic diversity. Whereas, intercross of the genotype clusters II (GG 1908, GG 1911, GG 2102, GG 2104, GG 1906, GG 1912, GG 1907, GG 1909, GG 1904, GG 2105, GG 2103) and cluster IV (GG 2111) would be effective for creating a wide spectrum of variability and improving seed yield in clusterbean. Cluster III had the highest mean values for the number of days to flowering, plant height and maturity. Cluster IV had a desirable high rating for the number of branches per plant, gum content and protein content. Cluster V had a desirable high rating for the number of pods per plant, pod length, test weight and seed yield per plant. The data clearly show that character-wise contribution varies throughout clusters, thus if a single character needs to be improved, it can be done by using genotypes from the cluster that has the highest mean values for that character. The cross combinations that may produce the maximum variability for certain qualities are thus determined by the clustering pattern. Cluster means and inter-cluster distance can also be used to choose the best genotypes for the breeding program. Gum content, days to blooming, and the number of pods per plant were the factors that most significantly contributed to the overall divergence. Because of this, choosing superior genotypes based on these features may be crucial in breeding programs.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nClusterbean [Cyamopsis tetragonoloba (L.) Taub.] (2n=2x=14) is an underexploited legume belonging to the family Fabaceae. It is a short-day self-pollinated crop (Undersander et al., 1991), commonly known as guar, chavlikayi, guari and khutti etc. The word “guar” represents a derivation from the Sanskrit word “Gaaahar” which means cow food or fodder of livestock (Bhosle and Kothekar 2010). It is a versatile legume crop cultivated mostly as animal feed, green manure (Chudzikowski, 1971 and Siddaraju et al., 2010), green leaves as fodder, vegetable and cover crop (Arora and Pahuja, 2008). Clusterbean is grown mainly in the Kharif season. It is a photosensitive crop and requires a specific climatic condition to grow for proper germination. Due to high drought and salinity tolerance (Francois et al., 1990) and (Ashraf et al., 2005), guar could be a valuable alternative crop for the exploitation of semi-arid environments. It grows best in sandy soils, with a rainfall range of 250 to 450 mm and a temperature range of 25°C to 40°C. The optimum pH value is between 7 to 8, guar enhances soil productiveness by fixing atmospheric nitrogen for its necessity and also for the succeeding crop (Bewal et al., 2009).\r\n \r\n\r\nGillette (1958) divided the genus Cyamopsis into three races, viz., Cyamopsis tetragonoloba (L.) Taub, Cyamopsis senegalensis Guill. and Perr. and Cyamopsis serrata Schinz. The haploid and diploid chromosome numbers of all three genus species of Cyamopsis were reported to be n = 7 and 2n = 14. Gillete (1958) suggested that the most probable origin of clusterbean in Africa is due to the presence of many wild relatives in Africa. C. tetragonoloba seeds are almost round. At maturity, C. senegalensis and C. serrata also exhibit pod shattering, although C. tetragonoloba does not (Menon, 1973). From the outside to the inside of the dicotyledonous seed of the clusterbean, three primary portions are present: the husk or hull (14–17%), the endosperm (35–42%), and the germ or embryo (43–47 percent). In contrast to most other legumes, the clusterbean seed has a very big endosperm. When processing clusterbean seeds for gum, dull-white, wrinkle-free seeds are desirable; black seeds are said to provide inferior gum (Bhatia et al., 1979; Hymowitz and Matlock 1963).\r\nIn India, guar is being grown mainly in arid and semi-arid regions of North-Western states of Rajasthan, Gujarat, Haryana, Punjab, parts of Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh and Tamil Nadu. \r\n\r\n\r\nRajasthan occupies the largest area under guar cultivation (82.1%), followed by Haryana (8.6%), Gujarat (8.3%) and Punjab (1%) which in turn produced 64, 22, 12 and 2 percent guar seeds, respectively (Pathak et al., 2010). In, Gujarat is mainly grown in Banashkantha, Mahesana, Ahmedabad, Anand, Kheda, Gandhinagar, and Kutch districts. The cultivated area under guar in Gujarat was 1.23 lakh ha with a production of 0.86 lakh tonnes and productivity of 699.4 kg/ha (Anonymous, 2021).\r\nThe genetic resources of guar have been employed to raise agricultural yield potential, broaden adaption, develop tolerance to disease, and pest stress, and improve quality and stature. The main genetic support for the crops comes from their wild relatives, who also assist in preserving their prized status. Superior genotypes of clusterbean have been released as a result of the choices made through local landraces (Henry et al., 1992; Bharodia et al., 1993; Mishra et al., 2009). Branched or unbranched plant types, hairy or smooth stems, straight or sickle-shaped pods, pubescent or glabrous leaves, determinate or indeterminate development, and regular or irregular pod-bearing behaviors are only a few of the many variations in the known clusterbean germplasm (Saini et al., 1981). According to Ogwu et al. (2014), one of the most sustainable ways to preserve priceless genetic resources while simultaneously increasing agricultural output and food security are to use a variety of germplasms to improve crops. For this reason, the present study was carried out to evaluate genetic diversity in this priceless legume crop.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHOD\r\nThe present investigation was carried out with thirty diverse clusterbean genotypes (Table 1) received from Pulses Research Station, Sardarkrushinagarand evaluated with four replications in Randomized Block Design (RBD) during Kharif 2020-21 at Agronomy Instructional Farm, S. D. Agricultural University, Sardarkrushinagar, Gujrat. The center is situated 24˚-19\'North latitude and 72˚-19’ East latitude with an elevation of 154.52 meters above mean sea level and represents the North Gujarat Agro-climatic region. The general view of the experimental site is depicted in (Fig. 1). Climatic conditions during the experimental period at present in Table 2 and Fig. 2. Observations from five randomly selected plants of each genotype in each replication were recorded on nine quantitative [days to flowering, plant height (cm), number of branches per plant, number of pod per plant, pod length (cm), days to maturity, number of seed per pod, test weight (g) and seed yield per plant (g)] and two biochemical characters [gum content (%) and protein content (%)]. Each genotype was represented by a single row of 4.0 m in length. The inter and intra-row distances were 45 cm and 15 cm, respectively. The mean performance of each genotype for all traits was subjected to statistical analysis. The analysis was carried out by the Mahalanobis D2 technique (Mahalanobis, 1936). The genotypes were grouped into different clusters following Tocher’s method as described by Rao (1952).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe foundational element for a successful breeding program is genetic diversity. Any program must include the collection and evaluation of germplasm lines and genotypes of every crop, which increases the potential for utilizing genetic diversity. The Mahalanobis D2 method (Mahalanobis, 1936) is a potent instrument for calculating the genetic divergence among a group of genotypes.\r\nA. Distribution of genotypes evaluated for seed yield into different clusters\r\nTocher\'s approach (Rao, 1952) was used to group the genotypes, with the underlying premise that genotypes within a cluster had lower D2 values among themselves than those from groups belonging to other clusters. From 30 genotypes, five clusters all emerged. Table 3, displays the genotype distributions into five groupings. With eleven genotypes, Cluster II was the largest cluster, followed by Cluster I, which had ten genotypes. Clusters IV and V each have one genotype, while Cluster III has seven genotypes. Remzeena et al. (2018) noted a comparable genotype distribution.\r\nB. Average Intra and inter-cluster D2 value\r\nIntra cluster average D2 values ranged from 0.00 to 113.21. (Table 4) Among the clusters, cluster II had the maximum intra-cluster distance (D2 = 113.21), followed by cluster III (D2 = 109.96) and cluster I (D2 = 109.49). The zero intra-clusters distance was observed for clusters IV and V (D2 = 0.00).\r\nThe maximum inter-cluster distance was recorded between cluster II and cluster IV (D2 = 558.37) followed by that between III and IV (D2 = 494.20), while the minimum inter-cluster distance was observed between clusters I and IV (D2 = 209.26). Inter-cluster distances were higher than intra-cluster distances which indicated the existence of substantial diversity among the genotypes. The selection of parents for crossing from divergent clusters may result in heterotic expression for yield and quality traits. Similar observations were recorded by Kumar et al. (2014).\r\nC. Cluster means seed yield and its components traits\r\nThe mean performance of clusters for eleven characters is presented in (Table 5). Cluster III had the highest cluster mean for days to flowering (46.79), days to maturity (101.04) and plant height (40.83). Cluster IV had the highest cluster mean for the number of branches per plant (5.10), gum content (28.23) and protein content (26.68). Cluster V had the highest cluster mean for the number of pods per plant (39.50), pod length (5.20), test weight (2.99) and seed yield per plant (7.43). Similar observations were recorded by Kumar et al. (2014).\r\nD. The relative contribution of different characters toward genetic diversity\r\nThe components of D2 due to each character variable were ranked ascending to the highest value. The total of these ranks over all possible [n (n − 1)/2] = 435 combinations would provide indirect information about the order of priority in terms of the percentage contribution of the character to the total divergence. These percentages are presented in (Table 6).\r\nAmong all the characters, gum content (42.30 %) contributed the maximum to the diversity by taking the first rank 184 times out of 435 combinations, followed by days to flowering (28.28 %) with 123 times, the number of pods per plant (13.33 %) with 58 times, days to maturity (7.82 %) with 34 times. While, protein content (4.14 %) with 18-time, number of branches per plant (3.45) 15 times, number of seeds per pod (0.23 %) with one time, test weight (0.23 %) with one time and plant height (0.23 %) with one time. While characters like the pod length and seed yield per plant contributed null towards the total genetic divergence.\r\nIn the present study, gum content (42.30 %), days to flowering (28.28 %) and the number of pods per plant (13.33 %) were the main contributors to the total divergence. These traits may play important role in germplasm collection and evaluation. Remzeena et al. (2018) also observed high diversity for days to flowering and moderate to low contribution towards the total divergence, for days to maturity, protein content, number of branches per plant, plant height, number of seeds per pod and test weight; Shekhawat and Choudhary (2004) for days to flowering and Wankhade et al. (2017) for gum content.\r\n', 'K. B. Mehta, P. J. Patel, P. C. Patel and Manish Sharma (2022). Genetic divergence studies in clusterbean [Cyamopsis tetragonoloba (L.) Taub.]. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1068-1073.'),
(5420, '136', 'Effect of Micro-wave Radiation on in vitro Plant Regeneration in Chrysanthemum (Chrysanthemum morifolium)', 'M. Kiranmayi, K. Ravindra Kumar, G. Ramanandam and M. Paratpara Rao', '182 Effect of Micro-wave Radiation on in vitro Plant Regeneration in Chrysanthemum _Chrysanthemum morifolium_ Kiranmayi M.pdf', '', 1, 'The present investigation on effect of micro-wave irradiation on chrysanthemum in vitro regeneration was conducted at Horticultural Research station, Kovvur, Andhra Pradesh during the year 2021-22. The mutagenic capacity of this electromagnetic radiation still in ambiguous but usage of this micro-wave radiation for crop improvement could be highly useful. The present experiment was conducted in Factorial completely randomized design (CRD). In vitro leaves of chrysanthemum cultivars viz. Marigold (Yellow), New Man (White) and Journey Dark (Purple) were used as explants for micro-wave irradiation and culture initiation. Leaf explants were subjected to different micro wave irradiation periods (0 seconds, 8s, 16s, 32s and 48s). The treated in vitro leaf of all cultivars was cultured on MS medium supplemented with BAP 4.0 mg L-l + NAA 1.0 mgL–l for shoot bud morphogenesis. Observations revealed that, percent explant survival was gradually decreased with the increase of irradiation time from zero to 48 seconds in different cycles. Similar trend was found in parameters like per cent callus induction, number of regenerated shoots per explant, culture establishment index.', 'in vitro, leaf, micro-wave, electromagnetic, physical mutagen, radiation, mutation', 'Prolonged exposure of irradiation to explants resulted in gradual reduction of survival rate (%), callus induction (%), regeneration (%), number of regenerated shoots per explant and culture establishment index compared to lesser irradiation time (8 s irradiation up to 2 cycles). These experimental results confirmed the effect of micro-wave irradiation on damaging of plant tissues to a certain extent. Field evaluation of the regenerants which are exposed to micro-wave radiation will be helpful to confirmation of changes in genetic level. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nChrysanthemum (Chrysanthemum morifolium) is one of the important cut flower and pot plants and are commonly known as ‘Autumn Queen’ or ‘Queen of East’. It is a member of the Asteraceae family and native to Northern hemisphere, chiefly Europe and Asia Anderson (1987). It is one of the important cut flower crops in the international market and ranks 3rd in the global cut flower trade after rose and carnation Datta and Gupta (2012).\r\nMutation breeding is one of the most important and relatively easy breeding methods for creating genetic variability in vegetatively propagated crops especially in ornamentals. Floriculture industry constantly required variability in flower form, shape, size, colour etc. for constant demand in the flower market or nursery. Chrysanthemum is one of the most popular flower crops in Andhra Pradesh and other states of India. Several studies were conducted on chrysanthemum mutation breeding with physical and chemical mutagenic agents (Teixeira da Silva and Kulus 2014; Oladosu et al., 2016) for crop improvement. However, on the other hand, very little information is available on the use of micro-wave irradiation in crop improvement of horticultural crops especially ornamental plants. Micro-waves are part of electromagnetic radiation and widely used in industrial and commercial applications. These are also useful in sterilization (Tisserat et al., 1992), rapid drying Diprose (2001), rewarming of cryopreserved explants (Halmagyi et al., 2017) and mutagenic studies (Miler and Kulus 2018). This radiation is mainly used in the laboratory for dielectric heating Diprose (2001). Micro-wave ovens used as home appliances 2.45 GHz frequency are common for heating. This low cost and easy accessible radiation could be an alternate source for changing genetic variability in plants to the harmful chemical mutagens or less available physical mutagens in crop improvement programmes. \r\nRobust in vitro protocols were standardized at Dr. YSRHU-HRS, Kovvur for chrysanthemum plant regeneration in different genotypes by employing different explants like nodal segments, shoot tips, leaves and ray florets. Chrysanthemum was selected for micro-wave induced mutation breeding, owing to ease in inducing variation and amenability to in vitro experiments. Different cultivars may act differently in terms of mutation response. Due to presence of a high portion of dominant alleles for flower colour, pink or purple genotypes undergo mutations more frequently, while yellow-coloured genotypes were most stable and mutate the less frequently (Kulus, 2017). To clarify the ability of micro-wave radiation for inducing the mutants, the present experiment is conducted on three chrysanthemum cultivars viz. yellow flowered ‘Marigold’, white flowered ‘New Man’ and pink flowered ‘Journey Dark’.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nThe experiment was conducted at Dr. YSRHU, Horticultural Research Station, Kovvur during the year 2021-22. The experiment was conducted in factorial completely randomized block design (FCRD). In vitro leaves of chrysanthemum cultivars ‘Marigold’, ‘New Man’ and ‘Journey Dark’ were used as explants. The uniform size explants were collected from in vitro grown cultures from the healthy shoots. Micro-wave radiation was carried out at the IFB microwave oven with the power of 800 Wcm−2 and the frequency of 2.45 GHz. Explants were irradiated with Micro-wave radiation for eight seconds in repeated cycles, as following: 1 × 8s, 2 × 8s (16s), 3 × 8s (24s) and 4 × 8s (32s). The excised leaves were cultured on MS media supplemented with BAP 4.0 mg L-l + NAA 1.0mg L–l for regeneration. Culture bottle containing leaves were treated with the different cycles of irradiation times. In between successive irradiations, the bottle with explants were cooled in ice water for 5minutes to maintain constant room temperature. Data recorded 30 days after culture initiation of percent ex plant survival, callus induction, regeneration and culture establishment index. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS\r\nEffect of microwave irradiation on different cultivars\r\nA. Explant survival (%)\r\nThe data depicted in Table 1. revealed that, the explant survival exhibited significant differences among the cultivar, irradiation time and their interactions. Among the three cultivars, the maximum explant survival (75.00 %) was noticed in cv. Marigold (C1) which was significantly superior to cv. Journey Dark (C3) (69.40%) and the lowest survival was recorded in cv. New Man (C2) (60.68%). The maximum explant survival (92.56%) was obtained in without irradiation (E1) followed by 8s irradiation (one cycles) (E2) (81.00%). The minimum explant survival was noticed in 8s irradiation (4 cycles) (E5) (41.33%).\r\nCultivars × micro-wave irradiation interaction results revealed that, the maximum explant survival (93.33%) was observed in cv. New Man exposed to no irradiation (C2E1) which was on par with cv. Journey Dark + without irradiation (C3E1) (92.67%) and cv. Marigold + without irradiation (C1E1) (91.67%). The minimum explant survival was recorded in cv. New Man + (4 cycles) (C2E5) (31.1%) which was on par with cv. Journey Dark + 8s irradiation (1 cycle) (C3E2) (36.33%).\r\nMicro-waves are also part of electromagnetic radiation with a range of 300 MHz to 300 GHz and the wavelengths of 1 m - 1mm (Halmagyi et al., 2017). When the electromagnetic microwave radiation from oscillating electric fields is absorbed in tissues, it provokes a rotation of water molecules, which leads to heating Khalafallah and Sallam (2009). It is known that this increase in temperature may lead to reduction of explant survival, regeneration and proliferation Diprose (2001). There are very few research findings on the change of gene expression and mutations induction after the microwave irradiation in Vigna aconitifolia (Jacq.), Marechal (Jangid et al., 2010) and chrysanthemum Miler and Kulus (2018).\r\nB. Callus induction (%)\r\nThe data presented in Table 2 revealed that, among the cultivars, Marigold (C1) recorded maximum per cent callus induction (71.20%) which was significantly superior to cv. Journey dark(C3) (60.07) and minimum callus induction was recorded in cv.New Man (C2) (55.13%). An irradiation of 0 s (E1) recorded maximum percent of callus induction (86.67%) followed by 8 s irradiation (1 cycle) (E2) (76.78). However, minimum per cent callus induction was recorded in 8 s irradiation (4 cycles) (E5)(33.89%). \r\nC. Regeneration (%)\r\nThe percent regeneration varied significantly with different cultivars and irradiation frequencies. Maximum per cent regeneration was recorded in cv. Marigold (66.80%) which was statistically superior with cv. Journey Dark (C3) (52.27%). However, minimum per cent regeneration was observed in New Man (C2) (46.33%) (Table 3). Among the irradiation cycles, maximum per cent regeneration (82.44%) was noticed in 0s (without irradiation) (E1) followed by (70.89%) in 8s irradiation (1 cycle) (E2) and lowest percent regeneration was observed in 8 s irradiation + 4 cycles (E5) (27.33%).\r\nAmong the interaction effects, Marigold + without irradiation (C1E1) recorded maximum per cent regeneration (85.67%) which was on par with cv. New Man + without irradiation (C2E1) (81.33%) followed by cv. Journey Dark + without irradiation (C3E1) (80.33%) and minimum per cent regeneration (15.00 %) was observed in cv. New Man + 8s irradiation (4 cycles) (C2E5) and it was statistically on par with cv. Journey Dark + 8s irradiation (4 cycles) (C3E5) (22.00%).\r\nD. Number of regenerated shoots \r\nNumber of regenerated shoots was decreased significantly with increasing irradiation exposure. Significant differences were observed among the cultivars (C) and irradiation time (E) with respect to number of regenerated shoots per explant in in vitro conditions (Table 4). Among the cultivars tested, maximum number of regenerated shoots per explant were observed in cv. Marigold (C1) (5.69) and statistically superior over cv. Journey Dark (C3) (5.26) and minimum number of regenerated shoots in cv. New Man (C2) (4.34). Number of regenerated shoots were maximum in 8s irradiation + 1 cycle (E2) (6.01) followed by in 8s irradiation + 2 cycles (E3) (2.88). The minimum number of shoots multiplied per explant was noticed in 8 s irradiation + 4 cycles (E5) (0.56). \r\nThe effect of physical mutagens on different chrysanthemum explant types and their in vitro morphogenetic response was also reported by (Zalewska et al., 2010). They had reported the reduction of adventitious shoots on nodal explants of ‘Satinbleu’ and completely inhibited the morphogenesis in leaf explants of ‘Albugo’ and ‘Satinbleu’. On the other hand, (Miler and Kulus 2018) observed very less influence of the microwave irradiation on the explant survival, callus formation and further regeneration of shoots which is in contrast to the present experimental results. This variation might be occurred due to the genotype variation, physiological status of mother plants and other external factors.\r\n \r\nE. Culture establishment index\r\nThe data revealed in Table 5 indicated that, there were significant differences for culture establishment index among the cultivar (C), irradiation time (E) and interaction between cultivars and irradiation time (C × E). The maximum culture establishment index was observed in cv. Marigold (C1) (448.64) followed by cv. Journey Dark (C3) (367.00) which was statistically significant with each other and minimum culture establishment index was recorded in cv. New Man (C2) (313.70). An irradiation of 0 s (E1) observed the maximum culture establishment index (1179.51) followed by 8 s irradiation + 1 cycle (E2) (435.00). The minimum culture establishment index was recorded in 8 s irradiation + 4 cycles (E5) (22.78).Among the interactions between cultivar and irradiation time (C × E), cv. Marigold + 0 s irradiation (C1E1) (1339.02) was found to be significantly superior over cv. New Man + without irradiation (C2E1) (1153.8) and cv. Journey Dark + without irradiation (C3E1) (1045.6). In all three cultivars, increasing the exposure of micro - wave irradiation significantly decreased the culture establishment index. No cultures were established when the explants of New Man exposed to 4 cycles of irradiation 8 seconds each (C2E5).\r\n', 'M. Kiranmayi K., Ravindra Kumar, G. Ramanandam and M. Paratpara Rao (2022). Effect of Micro-wave Radiation on in vitro Plant Regeneration in Chrysanthemum (Chrysanthemum morifolium). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1074-1078.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5421, '136', 'Influence of GA3, Zinc and Boron on Fruit drop, Yield and Quality of Litchi (Litchi chinensis Sonn.)', 'Ajeet Gupta, V.K. Tripathi and J.K. Shukla', '183 Influence of GA3, Zinc and Boron on Fruit drop, Yield and Quality of Litchi Litchi chinensis Sonn. V.K. Tripathi.pdf', '', 1, 'An experiment was conducted during the year 2022 to study the influence of GA3, zinc and boron on fruit drop, fruit cracking, yield and quality of litchi. For this ten treatments viz., three level each of GA3 (25, 50 and 75 ppm), ZnSO4 (0.2, 0.4 and 0.6 %) and borax (0.2, 0.4 and 0.6 %) along with one control, replicated thrice in RBD were used for the experimental work. The recommended dose of fertilizers along with other horticultural and agronomic operations was applied in all treatments including control. The plant bio-regulator and mineral nutrients were sprayed twice on the tree, once before flowering on 05/02/2022 and secondly again at pea stage offruits on 15/03/2022 with a sprayer having a very fine nozzle. The foliar application of micronutrients along with plant bio-regulators plays an important role in manipulating many physiological phenomena, improving the yield and quality and enhanced the productivity of plants by fulfilling the nutritional needs of fruit crops. The utilization of boron helps in the movement of sugar and advances fruit bud formation. From the experiment, it is reported that the spraying of borax at 0.4 % resulted minimum fruit drop (69.45%), fruit cracking (4.63 %), reduced weight of seed (2.30 g) and gave maximum fruit retention (30.55%), fruit sets (62.50 %), fruit length (4.50 cm) and width (3.96 cm), weight (24.85 g), weight of pulp (20.73 g), fruit pulp: seed ratio (5.50 %), fruit yield (120.85 kg/plant), total soluble solids (22.55ºBrix) and total sugars (18.42 %) with minimum percentage of titratable acidity (0.41%) under plains of central Uttar Pradesh.', 'Litchi, GA3, ZnSO4, Borax, Fruit drop, Yield and Quality', 'From this experiment,it is securely concluded that the use of GA3, ZnSO4 and borax significantly reduced fruit drop, fruit cracking and increased fruit retention, fruit size, yield and quality attributes in litchi. Spraying of borax at 0.4 % results in minimum fruit drop (69.45%), fruit cracking (2.63 %), reduced weight of seed (2.30 g) along with maximum fruit retention (30.55%), fruits set (62.50 %), fruit length (4.50 cm) and width (3.96 cm), weight (24.85 g), weight of pulp (20.73 g), fruit pulp: seed ratio (5.50 %), fruit yield (120.85 kg/plant), total soluble solids (22.55ºBrix) and total sugars (18.42 %) with minimum percentage of titratable acidity (0.41 %) under plains of central Uttar Pradesh.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nLitchi (Litchi chinensis Sonn.) is a tasty and juicy fruit of exceptional quality. Botanically it belongs to the family Sapindaceae and sub-family Nepheleae, containing around 150 genera and 2000 species, having chromosome number 2n=30. It is native of South China and widely cultivated for its valued fruit even before 1766 B.C. in China. Because of explicit climatic prerequisites, the successful cultivation of litchi is limited to very few nations of the world. India is the second-biggest producer of litchi next to China. Besides China and India, other significant litchi-growing nations are West Indies, Brazil, Hawaii, Madagascar, Southern Japanand Spain, etc. The litchi is one of the most environmentally sensitive fruit trees. Fruit cracking is a widespread issue for several fruits such as litchi, citrus, grapes, date palm, pomegranate and cherry etc., and losses due to this problem are sometimes as high as 75%. The cracked fruits decay rapidly and are not valued for selling. \r\nGibberellin is principally utilized for controlling numerous physiological events and is commercially used to improve the quality of fruits, whereas, zinc activated numerous enzymes in metabolism. Zinc is additionally a fundamental part of the proteinases and peptidases enzymes system. Zinc is used to induce early blossoming, improving size, growth and quality in many fruits. Boron, on the other hand, is considered fundamental for hormone metabolism, photosynthetic activities, cellular differentiation and water absorption in plant parts. It is also involved in reproduction, germination of pollen tubes and fertilization, therefore, keeping in view, the importance of these plant bio-regulator and micronutrients the present experiment was planned to infer concrete information on the effect of these in respect of fruit drop, fruit cracking, yield and quality in litchi.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nForty-two years old but properly maintainedplants of the litchi cv. Rose Scented were selected for the purpose of the experimentationin the garden, Department of Fruit Science, C.S. Azad University of Agriculture and Technology, Kanpur-208002 (U.P.), India, during the year 2022. There were ten treatments viz.,three level each of GA3 (25, 50 and 75 ppm), ZnSO4 (0.2, 0.4 and 0.6 %) and borax (0.2, 0.4 and 0.6 %) along withone control, replicated thrice in RBD were used for the experimentation work. The recommended dose of fertilizers was applied in all treatments including control. The plant bio-regulator and mineral nutrients were sprayed on the treetwice, once before flowering on 05/02/2022 and secondly again at the pea stage offruit on 15/03/2022 with a sprayer having a very fine nozzle. The detergent powder was well mixed in the spray solution which act as a sticker before spraying. The information recorded on different parameters during experimental period was statistically analyzed.\r\nObservations on fruit drop, fruit retention, fruit set and fruit cracking percentages were recorded during the fruiting season. At each picking, data on fruit weight and yield per plant were recorded. The length and width of ten randomly selected fruits were measured with the help ofvernier calliper and expressed in cm. Data on weight of pulp, weight of seed andpulp/seed ratio were also recorded.The TSS of fruitswas recorded with the assistance of Erma hand refractometer. The titratable acidity and total sugars contents were determined by the techniques suggested in AOAC (1980). \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nFruit drop and retention. With the foliar application of plant bio-regulator and micro-nutrients significantly reduced fruit drop with increased fruit retention were observed during the experimentation period. The minimum fruit drop (69.45%) and maximum fruit retention (30.55%) was noted under borax 0.4 % followed by borax 0.6 % (71.54 and 28.46%, respectively), GA3 75 ppm (72.19 and 27.81%, respectively) and ZnSO4 0.6 % (73.78 and 26.22%, respectively) treated plants, whereas, maximum fruit drop (78.96%) and minimum fruit retention (21.04 %) was recorded in plants kept under control (Table 1). The spraying of plants with Borax was found more effective than GA3 and ZnSO4 in controlling fruit drops and increasing fruit retention.\r\nThis increase in fruit retention and reduction in fruit drop of litchi fruits might be due to the reason that borax and zinc sulphate isalso an important part of the cell wall (middle lamella) of plant cells along with calcium pectate which plays an important role in the strengthening of pedicel attached to the proximal end of fruit which resulted in less fruit drop. Similarly,the reduction in fruit drop by the spray of borax may also be due to the indirect action of boron in auxin synthesis that delayed the formation of the abscission layer during the early stages of fruit development, which ultimately increases fruit retention percentage. These findings align with the result of Saraswat et al. (2006); Chauhan et al. (2019) in litchiand Tripathi et al. (2018) in aonla.\r\nFruits Set. From the present investigation (Table 1), it is observed that the number of fruit sets per plant increased significantly with the use of plant bio-regulator and micronutrients. The maximum number of fruits set was obtained in plants treated with borax 0.4 % (62.50 %) followed by borax 0.6 % (61.80 %), GA3 75 ppm (60.35 %) and ZnSO4 0.6 % (58.45 %), whereas, the minimum fruit set (46.85 %) was recorded in the plant which was kept under control. \r\nThis increase in fruit set with borax and zinc application might be due to its effect on the process of fertilization and hormonal (GA3) metabolism, which proved helpful in maintaining the better nutritional status of the tree and ultimately proved beneficial in improving the fruit set. These findings agree with the result of Chauhan et al., (2019); Das et al., (2020) in litchi.\r\nFruit Cracking. The data presented in Table 1, clearly revealed that the minimum fruit cracking (4.63 %) was observed in fruits which were produced from the plants treated with borax at 0.4 %concentration which was followed by borax 0.6 % (4.90 %), GA3 75 ppm (11.62 %) and ZnSO4 0.6 % (10.46 %), whereas, the maximum fruit cracking (16.41 %)was recorded in plants which were produced from the plant kept under control. The spraying of borax was found more effective than GA3 and ZnSO4. It is well known that borax and zinc spray regulate auxin in the plants which might have increased the synthesis of tryptophan and indirectly also regulated water relations in plants. The application of auxin might have increased the osmotic pressure of the cell sap, which will induce water uptake and reduce the cracking percentage in fruits. The findings are following the reports of Kaur (2017); Chauhan et al. (2018) in litchi.\r\nPhysical Parameters\r\nFruit Size. The size of fruits were recorded by measuring of fruits with vernier callipers and average value was obtained. The application of borax significantly influenced the size of litchi fruits and maximum length (4.50 cm) and width (3.96 cm) were observed with borax 0.4 % followed by borax 0.6 % (3.97 and 3.74 cm, respectively), GA3 75 ppm (3.74 and 3.59 cm, respectively) and ZnSO4 0.4 % (3.62 and 3.64 cm, respectively), whereas, the minimum fruit length (3.10 cm) and width (2.85 cm) was recorded in fruits which were produced from the plants which were kept under control i.e., without application of non-amount of plant bio-regulator and micronutrients (Table 1). \r\nThis improvement in fruit size can thus be attributed due tothe greater mobilization of food materials fromthe site of their production to the storage organsunder the influence of applied micronutrients. Since boron plays an important role in nitrogen metabolism and other changes in fruits, thus it might have increased the fruit size. The results are in agreement with the findings of Singh et al. (2009) in aonla and Shukla et al. (2011) in aonla cv. NA-7.\r\nFruit Weight. Fruit weight was significantly influenced by the foliar application of plant bio-regulators and micro-nutrients. The significantly maximum weight of fruit was recorded which were produced from the plants treated with the application of borax 0.4 % (24.85 g) followed by GA3 50 ppm (23.36 g) and ZnSO4 0.4 % (22.39 g) which are significantly higher than all other treatments, whereas, the fruits of minimum weight (18.50 g) was produced from the plants which were kept untreated as control (Table 1). \r\nLitchi is indehiscent nut fruit, in which the tubercles develop from the wall of the ovary from which hair had fallen off after fertilization. Fruits generally develop from one locule of the ovary due to enlargement of the cells of the mesocarp. In the present investigation fresh weight of fruits was promoted significantly with the application of GA3, zinc sulphate and borax as compared to their control. As regards borax and zinc are concerned, these play a positive role in nucleoprotein, amino acids, amino sugars and many other compound formation in plant system. This would allow stretching of the cell wall along with greater water uptake and increased cell size which ultimately increase the size of fruits being directly responsible for the increase in weight of fruit also. These investigations get support from the findings of Mishra et al. (2012) in mango and Kaur (2017) in litchi.\r\nFruitpulp and Seed Weight. Significantly improved fruit pulp and reduced seed weight were recorded with the foliar application of plant bio-regulator and micro-nutrients. Significantly more weight of pulp (20.73 g) and reduced weight of seed (2.30 g) in fruits were recorded, which were harvested from the plants treatedwith borax 0.4 % closely followed by GA3 50 ppm (18.14 and 3.13 g, respectively) and ZnSO4 @ 0.4 % (17.14 and 3.11 g, respectively), whereas, the fruits with minimum pulp weight (11.36 g)and maximum weight of seed (3.96 g) were produced from the untreated control plant (Table 2). The remaining other treatments also significantly increase pulp content and reduced seed weight in the fruits as compared to the control.\r\nThis increase in fruit pulp content and reduced seed weight with the application of boron might be due to the reason that borax plays an important role in overcoming the boron deficiency in fruits and hence the application of borax might have overcome the boron deficiency, which in turn caused maximum pulp content. Boron is an essential nutrient that is involved in several physiological processes in fruit, involving in the maintenance of cell wall integrity and upto some extent found inhibiting the senescence of litchi fruits. These results are in concurrence with Saraswat et al. (2006) in litchi, Singh et al. (2017) in mango and Kaur (2017) in litchi.\r\nPulp: Seed Ratio. Fruit pulp: seed ratio was significantly higher in fruits which were produced from the plants which were sprayed with borax 0.4% (5.50 %) followed by borax 0.6 % (4.67 %), GA3 75 ppm (4.48 %) and ZnSO4 @ 0.6 % (4.42 %). The minimum pulp: seed ratio (3.18 %) was obtained in fruits which were produced from the control plants (Table 2). This improvement in pulp: seed ratio may be due to more accumulation of food substances in elongated cells and intercellular space of mesocarp.\r\nThe scenario of the above findings on pulp: seed ratio showed the prominent influence of borax rather than GA3 and zinc sulphate in promoting pulp: seed ratio. It might be due to the faster-leading mobilization of sugars into the fruit and increasing intercellular space in the pulp.\r\nBorax also plays important role in hormonal metabolism and photosynthesis and cellular differentiation and water absorption in plant parts and this in the present study would have manipulated pulp and seed weight and ultimately their ratio. The findings are following the reports of Saraswat et al. (2006) in litchi; Singh et al. (2017) in mango and Kaur (2017) in litchi. \r\nFruit Yield. In litchi, the period of fruiting is characterized by high temperature, strong winds and extremes of soil moisture and humidity, but the effects of the environment have been examined superficially. Fruit yield (kg/plant) was significantly influenced by the foliar application of plant bio-regulator and micronutrients as compared to control. The plants sprayed with borax 0.4 % produced highest fruit yield (120.85 kg/plant) followed by borax 0.6 % (118.65 kg/plant), GA3 50 ppm (107.50 kg/plant) and ZnSO4 0.4 % (112.56 kg/plant). The minimum yield (77.30 kg/plant) was obtained in control plants (Fig. 1).\r\nThis increase in yield with bio-regulator and micronutrients application proved highly helpful in increasing photosynthesis, mobilization of food material and accumulations of quality constituents promoting the physical attribute like fruit weight and size which ultimately increase the fruit yield. These findings are similar to the reports of Singh et al., (2017) in mango and Chauhan et al. (2019) in litchi, Chaturvedi, et al. (2005) in strawberry, Badal and Tripathi (2021) in guava.\r\nChemical Parameters\r\nTSS, Total Sugars and Titratable Acidity. Data presented in Table 2 revealed that the maximum total soluble solids (22.55ºBrix) and total sugars (18.42 %) contents were recorded in the fruits which were produced from the plants treated with borax 0.4 % followed by ZnSO4 0.2 % (20.34°Brix and 16.59 %, respectively). This increase in TSS and total sugars content with borax and zinc application might be due to their increased active role in the mobilization of food material leading to the accumulation of quality constituents like carbohydrates which ultimately promoted the quality attributes. These findings are align with the results of Kaur (2017) in litchi, Singh et al. (2017) in mango and Chaturvedi et al. (2005) in strawberry.\r\nTitratable acidity content in fresh fruits was decreased by the application of plant bio-regulator and micronutrients. The minimum percentage of titratable acidity was found in the fruits which were produced from the plants treated with borax @ 0.4 % (0.41 %) closely followed by borax @ 0.6 % (0.42 %), whereas, the maximum titratable acidity contents (0.50 %) were recorded in fruits which were produced from untreated (control) plants. These findings are in accordance with the results of Kaur (2017) and Singh et al., (2018) in litchiand Singh et al. (2017) in mango.\r\n', 'Ajeet Gupta, V.K. Tripathi and J.K. Shukla (2022). Influence of GA3, Zinc and Boron on Fruit drop, Yield and Quality of Litchi (Litchi chinensis Sonn.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1079-1083.'),
(5422, '136', 'Effect of different Concentrations of PGRs on Shooting and Survival of Stem Cuttings in Lemon (Citrus limon Burm.) cv. Pant lemon-1, under Western U.P. conditions', 'Prashant Gautam, S.K. Tripathi, Arvind Kumar, Satya Prakash, R.S. Sengar, Manuj Awasthi, Upendra Maurya and Amit Kumar', '184 Effect of different Concentrations of PGRs on Shooting and Survival of Stem Cuttings in Lemon _Citrus limon Burm._ cv. Pant lemon-1, under Western U.P. conditions Prashant Gautam.pdf', '', 1, 'An experiment was conducted to study the Effect of different concentrations of PGRs on shooting and survival of stem cuttings in Lemon (Citrus limon Burm.) cv. Pant lemon-1, under western UP conditions at the Horticultural Research Centre, College of Horticulture, Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel University of Agriculture and Technology, Meerut, Uttar Pradesh during the year 2021-22. The treatments included T0 (Control), T1 (1000 ppm IBA), T2 (2000 ppm IBA), T3 (3000 ppm IBA), T4 (500 ppm NAA), T5 (750 ppm NAA), T6 (1000 ppm NAA), T7 (1000 ppm IBA + 500 ppm NAA), T8 (1000 ppm IBA + 750 ppm NAA), T9 (1000 ppm IBA + 1000 ppm NAA), T10 (2000 ppm IBA + 500 ppm NAA), T11 (2000 ppm IBA + 750 ppm NAA), T12 (2000 ppm IBA + 1000 ppm NAA), T13 (3000 ppm IBA + 500 ppm NAA), T14 (3000 ppm IBA + 750 ppm NAA) and T15 (3000 ppm IBA + 1000 ppm NAA) were laid out in Randomized Block Design with three replications. It was further noted that days taken to first bud sprout (8.53 days), sprouting (83.33%), plant height (15.55cm), number of shoots per cutting at 30, 60 and 90 days after planting (2.98, 3.88 and 4.88 respectively), number of leaves per cutting (14.28), shoot diameter (3.41mm) and final survival (83.33%) of cuttings were significantly higher in cuttings dipped in(2000 ppm IBA + 1000 ppm NAA) concentration than other treatments the data also showed that growth parameters were gradually increased with increase in the combination of IBA and NAA i.e. T12 (2000 ppm IBA + 1000 ppm NAA). The exogenous supply of IBA and NAA has a positive effect on the establishment of stem cuttings of lemon and application of 2000 ppm IBA + 1000 ppm NAA proves to be the best treatment for better root and shoot formations.', 'IBA, Lemon, NAA, Pant Lemon-1, Cuttings', 'Based on the results, different IBA and NAA concentrations and their combinations were applied for shooting and survival of stem cutting of lemon cv. Pant Lemon-1. Out of these, the treatment; T12 i.e. IBA 2000 ppm + NAA 1000 ppm was found most significant treatment for the shooting and survival percentage of stem cuttings in lemon (Citrus limon Burm.) cv. Pant lemon-1 as compared to control ones under Western U.P. conditions.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe genus Citrus which includes more than 162 species belongs to the Order Geraniales, Family Rutaceae, subfamily Aurantioideae, tribes Citreae, sub-tribe Citrinae having chromosome number 2n=18. Most of the Citrus species are native to tropical and sub-tropical regions of South-East Asia, particularly India and China and the regions between these two countries. Citrus limon Burm. F. is native to East Asia (Salaria, 2004).\r\nLemons are one of the important citrus species. It possesses greater adaptability to different climatic conditions, so is grown with equal success in tropical, subtropical and even some favorable parts of the temperate regions of the world. It is a part of a healthy diet and is the best source of vitamin C, sugars, amino acids and other nutrients (Sharma et al., 2012).\r\nIn India, citrus is the third largest component of the fruit industry next to banana and mango. Citrus ranks are second in area and third in production among all fruits in the Indian scenario. At present, in India total area under citrus cultivation is 1097 thousand hectares with a production of 14245 thousand MT. Whereas, the total area under lemon cultivation is 327 thousand hectares with a production of 3548 thousand metric tonnes. The major citrus-growing states in India are Andhra Pradesh, Maharashtra, Punjab, Madhya Pradesh, Gujarat, Karnataka, Rajasthan, Assam, Orissa, Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh and Tamil Nadu. Uttar Pradesh grows citrus in the 490-thousand-hectare area with a production of 1941 metric tonnes (Anonymous, 2020).\r\nLemons are generally not propagated from seeds used for commercial cultivation, as these seeds can produce variable seedling populations or longer juvenile stages (Satpal et al., 2014). A cultivar of lemon i.e., Pant Lemon-1 was a selection from Kagzi Kalan. It is a high-yielding, medium-sized fruit (80-100 g), round and smooth, with a thin, juicy skin, resistant to canker, clover and blight. Due to these improved characteristics, the demand for this breed at the national level is very high. High-quality planting material is always the most important requirement for fruit growers. Therefore, the main goal is to produce high-quality planting material for distribution to growers. For the above purposes, there is a need for a method of rapidly multiplying plant matter to obtain high-quality plants. Obtaining ideal planting materials through vegetative propagation such as cuttings. Cuttings are the cheapest, fastest and easiest way to propagate lemon plants. The type of plants developed by cuttings is real, with uniform growth and uniform crown. This plant blooms and bears fruit earlier than seedlings. The success of cuttings depends on a number of factors related to the plant, such as mother plant, tumefaciens age, tree part used, time of planting, rainfall, moisture, temperature, rooting medium, and post-care (Frey et al., 2006).\r\nAsexual reproduction is preferred as it ensures the true-to-plant type with uniform quality and proper bearing. The purpose of treating cuttings with auxin growth regulators is to increase the rooting rate, accelerate rooting, increase the number and quantity of rooting percent of cuttings, and make rooting uniform. Trees on these rootstocks are vigorous, early-maturing, thorn-less, very drought-tolerant and load-bearing (Singh and Singh, 2016).\r\nPlant growth regulators are artificially generated chemicals that operate in extremely low levels at places other than the site of synthesis to influence various physiological processes that modulate plant growth and development. Plant growth and development are ultimately the functions of all essential elements and five important hormones; Auxin, Gibberellins, Cytokinin, Abscisic Acid and Ethylene (Hajam et al., 2017). These growth regulators develop a higher number of branches, higher leaf area and a better ratio between tiny roots and skeletal ones (Avdiu et al., 2015). In auxins; indole-3-butyric acid (IBA), naphthalene acetic acid (NAA) and 6-Benzylaminopurine (BAP) are used to promote rooting and shooting in cuttings (Hartmann et al., 2002).\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThis study was conducted during 2021-22 at the Horticultural Research Centre, Faculty of Horticulture, Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel University of Agriculture and Technology, Meerut, Uttar Pradesh. Geographically, Meerut is located at latitude 290 40\' N, longitude 770 42\' E, and 237 meters above sea level (MSL). Meerut\'s average annual rainfall is about 840 mm, of which nearly 85% is absorbed by the monsoon season from June to September and the rest from October to May. The experiment consisted of 16 treatments and was performed in a randomized block design (RBD) with 3 replicates. Each replicate consisted of 10 cuttings for a total of 30 cuttings per treatment. A total of 480 cuttings were included in the entire experiment. The treatments were T0 (Control), T1 (1000 ppm IBA), T2 (2000 ppm IBA), T3 (3000 ppm IBA), T4 (500 ppm NAA), T5 (750 ppm NAA), T6 (1000 ppm NAA), T7 (1000 ppm IBA + 500 ppm NAA), T8 (1000 ppm IBA + 750 ppm NAA), T9 (1000 ppm IBA + 1000 ppm NAA), T10 (2000 ppm IBA + 500 ppm NAA), T11 (2000 ppm IBA + 750 ppm NAA), T12 (2000 ppm IBA + 1000 ppm NAA), T13 (3000 ppm IBA + 500 ppm NAA), T14 (3000 ppm IBA + 750 ppm NAA)andT15 (3000 ppm IBA + 1000 ppm NAA).To obtain stem cuttings, one-year-old shoots of the lemon variety Pant Lemon-1 were selected for stem cuttings. The lemon cuttings were immersed in IBA and NAA concentrations, and the control cuttings were directly planted without any treatment. These cuttings are then planted in polyethylene bags (12 cm long, 6.5 cm wide) containing soil, Farm Yard Manure (FYM) and sand in a 2:1:1 ratio. Cuttings treated with IBA and NAA performed better on all growth parameters compared to controls. The various shooting parameters i.e., days taken to first bud sprout, sprouting (%), plant height (cm), number of shoots per cutting, number of leaves per cutting, shoot diameter (mm) and final survival (%) of cutting were recorded. The data recorded were statistically analyzed by using RBD as suggested by Gomez and Gomez (1996).\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe effect of different treatments on shoot growth parameters significantly affects the days taken to bud sprout, sprouting (%), plant height (cm), number of shoots at 30, 60 and 90 DAP, number of leaves per cutting, shoot diameter (mm) and final survival (%) of stem cutting in Lemon. In the present investigation, a significant difference has been observed among all the treatments (Table 1).\r\nDays taken to first bud sprout: The different concentrations of PGRs showed a significant effect on days taken to first bud sprout in stem cutting of Lemon. The combined application of T12 (IBA 2000 ppm + NAA 1000 ppm) induced early sprouting (8.53 days) followed by T2 (IBA 2000 ppm) and T6 (NAA 1000 ppm) treatment. Whereas, the maximum days taken (17.74 days) to first bud sprout were recorded under T0 (Control) treatment. The earliest number of days taken to first bud sprouting may be caused by the downward transfer of carbohydrates and auxin build-up inside of cuttings for the completion of physiological processes. Similar findings were also reported by Awasthi et al. (2008); Patel et al. (2018); Kumar and Singh (2020); Patel et al. (2021).\r\nSprouting (%): In the present study, the application of different plant growth regulators has significantly influenced sprouting (%) in stem cutting of Lemon. Among all the treatments, the combined application of T12 (IBA 2000 ppm + NAA 1000 ppm) treatment gave maximum sprouting (83.33%) followed by T2 (IBA 2000 ppm) and T6 (NAA 1000 ppm) treatment. However, the minimum sprouting (36.66%) was recorded under the T0 (Control) treatment. It might be due toa high accumulation of callus formation in cuttings with an optimum dose of auxin resulting highest percentage of sprouted cuttings. The present findings collaborated with earlier findings of Bhatt and Tomar (2010); Kumar et al. (2015); Fadli et al. (2017); Malakar et al. (2019).\r\n\r\nPlant height (cm): The favorable and significant influence of plant growth regulators was found on plant height (cm) in stem cutting of Lemon. Among all the treatments, the combined application of T12 (IBA 2000 ppm + NAA 1000 ppm) gave maximum plant height (15.55 cm) followed by T2 (IBA 2000 ppm) and T6 (NAA 1000 ppm) treatment. Moreover, the minimum plant height (6.31 cm) was recorded under the T0 (Control) treatment. It might be due to auxin inhibiting axillary bud break on developing shoots and it stimulates the shoot initiation. Auxin treatment enhanced rooting, plant growth and produced taller and healthy plants. Similar results were also observed by Patel et al. (2018).\r\nNumber of shoots per cutting: In the present investigation, the application of different plant growth regulators significantly influenced the number of shoots per cutting in stem cutting of Lemon. Among all the treatments, the combined application of T12 (IBA 2000 ppm + NAA 1000 ppm) treatment gave the better number of shoots (2.98, 3.88 and 4.88 respectively) followed by T2 (IBA 2000 ppm) and T6 (NAA 1000 ppm) treatment. Whereas, the minimum number of shoots (1.62, 1.92 and 2.58 respectively) per cutting was recorded under T0 (Control) treatment at 30, 60 and 90 days after planting of lemon cutting. Such types of observation might be due to activation of auxin in vegetative parts by using auxin like IBA and NAA. Similar results were earlier reported by Kumar et al. (2004); Murkute et al. (2009); Singh et al. (2015); Kumar et al. (2015) and Kumar and Singh (2020).\r\nNumber of leaves per cutting: In the current investigation, the application of different plant growth regulators significantly influenced the number of leaves per cutting in stem cutting of lemon. Among all the treatments, the combined application of T12 (IBA 2000 ppm + NAA 1000 ppm) treatment gave the better number of leaves (14.28) followed by T2 (IBA 2000 ppm) and T6 (NAA 1000 ppm) treatment. However, the minimum number of leaves (4.82) per cutting was recorded under the T0 (Control) treatment. This may be attributed to its effect of shifting of assimilate partitioning from roots to leaves and increased levels of chlorophyll and carbohydrates in leaves, stems and roots besides increased mineral content, hormonal balance and soluble protein in leaves. This result was in agreement with the findings of Seran and Umadevi (2011); Satpal et al. (2014); Ahmad et al. (2018); Malakar et al. (2019); Patel et al. (2021).\r\nShoot diameter (mm): The shoot diameter is significantly influenced by the application of different plant growth regulators in the stem cutting of Lemon. Among all the treatments, the combined application of T12 (IBA 2000 ppm + NAA 1000 ppm) treatment gave a better shoot diameter (3.41 mm) followed by T2 (IBA 2000 ppm) and T6 (NAA 1000 ppm) treatment. Whereas, the minimum shoot diameter (1.35 mm) was recorded under the T0 (Control) treatment. It might be due to the activation of auxin content in the vegetative part as acon sequence of better carbohydrate production and assimilation.Similar findings are close in conformity with the earlier results given by Al-Zebari and Al-Brifkany (2015); Satpal et al. (2014); Singh et al. (2016); Fadli et al. (2017) and Patel et al.(2021).\r\nFinal Survival (%): In the present investigation, the application of different plant growth regulators significantly influenced on final survival (%) of stem cutting of lemon. Among all the treatments, the combined application of T12 (IBA 2000 ppm + NAA 1000 ppm) treatment gave better survival (83.33 %) followed by T2 (IBA 2000 ppm) and T6 (NAA 1000 ppm) treatment. Moreover, the minimum survival (36.66 %) of stem cutting of lemon was recorded under the T0 (Control) treatment. The survival percentage is directly associated with the use of root-promoting auxin like IBA and NAA for rooting stem cuttings. Similarly, optimum temperature and high humidity percent also play a vital role in the high accumulation of auxin content in cuttings. These favorable conditions may lead to good photosynthesis to accumulate photosynthates and carbohydrates, resulting significant rate of survival of rooted stem cuttings. Similar results were earlier reported by Saini et al. (2010); Chayanika et al. (2011); Singh et al. (2016); Patel et al. (2018); Ahmad et al. (2018) and Kumar and Singh (2020).\r\n', 'Prashant Gautam, S.K. Tripathi, Arvind Kumar, Satya Prakash, R.S. Sengar, Manuj Awasthi, Upendra Maurya and Amit Kumar (2022). Effect of different Concentrations of PGRs on Shooting and Survival of Stem Cuttings in Lemon (Citrus limon Burm.) cv. Pant lemon-1, under Western U.P. conditions. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1084-1088.'),
(5423, '', '', '', '', '', 1, '', '', '', '', ''),
(5424, '', '', '', '', '', 1, '', '', '', '', ''),
(5425, '', '', '', '', '', 1, '', '', '', '', ''),
(5426, '', '', '', '', '', 1, '', '', '', '', ''),
(5427, '', '', '', '', '', 1, '', '', '', '', ''),
(5428, '', '', '', '', '', 1, '', '', '', '', '');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5429, '136', 'Effect of Integrated Nutrient Management Practices on Quality, Soil Fertility after Harvest, Nutrient content and their uptake of Maize (Zea mays L.) in Maize-clusterbean Cropping Sequence', 'Desai N.B., Mevada K.D. and Ganvit K.J.', '185 Effect of Integrated Nutrient Management Practices on Quality, Soil Fertility after Harvest, Nutrient content and their uptake of Maize _Zea mays L._ in Maize-clusterbean Cropping Sequence Desai NB.pdf', '', 1, 'A field experiment entitled “Effect of integrated nutrient management practices on quality, soil fertility after harvest, nutrient content and their uptake of maize (Zea mays L.) in maize-clusterbean cropping sequence” was conducted at College Agronomy Farm, B. A. College of Agriculture, Anand Agricultural University, Anand, Gujarat during the years 2019-20 and 2020-21. The field experiment consisted of integrated nutrient management treatments viz., 100% RDF, 75% RDF + 25% RDN through FYM, 50% RDF + 50% RDN through FYM, 75% RDF + 25% RDN through vermicompost, 50% RDF + 50% RDN through vermicompost, 100% RDF + NPK Consortium, 75% RDF + 25% RDN through FYM + NPK Consortium, 50% RDF + 50% RDN through FYM + NPK Consortium, 75% RDF + 25% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium, 50% RDF + 50% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium, 50% RDF + 25% RDN through FYM + 25% RDN through vermicompost and 50% RDN through FYM + 50% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium to maize in rabi season and replicated four times in randomized block design. Based on two years of pooled results, the protein content, protein yield, oil content, N content as well as N, P and K uptake by grain and stover of maize was recorded significantly higher values with respect to the treatment T9 (75% RDF + 25% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium) while, P and K content in both grain and stover was found to be non significant. However, the treatment T12 (50% RDN through FYM + 50% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium) recorded lower values with respect to N, P and K content and uptake by both grain and stover. Significantly higher available N and microbial count in the soil after harvest of maize was recorded in the treatment consisting of 50% RDN through FYM + 50% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium (T12) during both the years whereas, INM treatments failed to exert their significant influence on available P2O5 and K2O in the soil after harvest of maize.', 'Maize, RDF, RDN, FYM, vermicompost, NPK Consortium, content, uptake', 'Based on two years of pooled results, it can be concluded that maize should be fertilized with 75% RDF + 25% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium for getting higher nutrient uptake, quality of crop and to maintain the chemical and microbial properties of soil in maize-clusterbean cropping sequence.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nMaize (Zea mays L.) is one of the most versatile emerging crops having wider adaptability under varied agro-climatic conditions. Globally, maize is known as the “queen of cereals” because it has the highest genetic yield potential among cereals. Maize or corn is the third most important cereal crop after rice and wheat in India. Globally it is highly valued for its multifarious use as food, feed, fodder and raw material for the large number of industrial products. Worldwide it occupies an area of about 184 million ha covering 160 countries providing around 36 percent of the global food grain production. In India maize has emerged as the third most important cereal crop, after rice and wheat, occupying an area of 9.60 million ha with the production of 27.15 million tones, having average productivity of about 2.8 tones/ha whereas, in Gujarat, 0.44 million ha area is covered with a production of 0.68 million tones having productivity of 1659 kg/ha (Anonymous, 2020), which is quite below the national and world average.\r\nNutrient management is an important factor in achieving the potential yield in maize production systems (Singh et al., 2021). Integrated nutrient management includes the intelligent use of organic, inorganic and biological resources to sustain optimum yields, improve or maintain the soil’s physical and chemical properties as well as microbial properties and provide crop nutrition packages that are technically sound, economically attractive, practically feasible and environmentally safe (Tandon, 1995). As a result, the current trend is to investigate the option of supplementing fertilizers with organic manures and biofertilizers. Many nutrients are supplied to plants by vermicompost and FYM like carbon containing-compounds provide food for soil flora and fauna (Mohammadi et al., 2017; Rao et al., 2020). It also increases aeration and promotes healthy root development by providing sufficient pores in the rhizosphere. Biofertilizers are a relatively inexpensive source of nitrogen for crop production and they help to improve soil fertility by accelerating biological nitrogen fixation from the atmosphere, solubilizing insoluble nutrients in the soil, stimulating plant growth and development, maintaining soil reaction and improving the physico chemical properties of the soil and thereby making nutrients easily available to the plants.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nA field experiment was carried out on “Effect of integrated nutrient management practices on quality, soil fertility after harvest, nutrient content and their uptake of maize (Zea mays L.) in maize-clusterbean cropping sequence” at College Agronomy Farm, B. A. College of Agriculture, Anand Agricultural University, Anand, Gujarat during the year 2019-20 and 2020-21. The soil of the experimental field was loamy sand in texture, alkaline in nature (8.19 pH) with low soluble salts (0.17 dS/m) and available nitrogen (177.25 kg/ha), medium in organic carbon (0.29%) and available phosphorus (43.53 kg/ha) and high in available potassium (284.81 kg/ha). Twelve integrated nutrient management treatments comprising of 100% RDF, 75% RDF + 25% RDN through FYM, 50% RDF + 50% RDN through FYM, 75% RDF + 25% RDN through vermicompost, 50% RDF + 50% RDN through vermicompost, 100% RDF + NPK Consortium, 75% RDF + 25% RDN through FYM + NPK Consortium, 50% RDF + 50% RDN through FYM + NPK Consortium, 75% RDF + 25% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium, 50% RDF + 50% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium, 50% RDF + 25% RDN through FYM + 25% RDN through vermicompost and 50% RDN through FYM + 50% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium were studied under Randomized Block Design (RBD). The maize variety GAYMH 3 (Gujarat Anand Yellow Maize Hybrid 3) was taken for the experiment. The recommended dose of nutrients i.e., 150: 60: 00 NPK kg/ha were applied through fertilizers uniformly in the furrows as per the treatments, wherein, 50% of the recommended dose of nitrogen (RDN) and 100% recommended dose of phosphorus were applied as basal, whereas remaining 50% RDN was applied in two equal splits at 30 and 60 DAS. The nitrogen was applied through urea and phosphorus was applied through single super phosphate. Bio-fertilizers (NPK Consortium) treatment was given to the seeds before sowing as per treatment. The maize crop was sown at 60 cm x 20 cm spacing in the experimental plot. The observations on protein content, protein yield, oil content, N, P and K content (%), N, P and K uptake (kg/ha), Available N, P2O5 and K2O (kg/ha), soil microbial count after harvest of maize was recorded. The protein content in the seed was calculated by multiplying the nitrogen content of the seed (%) with the conversion factor of 6.25. The protein yield (kg/ha) was computed from the data of percent protein and seed yield (kg/ha) using following the formula:\r\n The oil content of maize seed was determined by Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) technique suggested by Tiwari et al. (1974). Plant samples of grains and stover of maize were collected at harvest form each net plot during both the years and were ground in a willey mill to pass through 40 mesh sieve. The ground material was collected in butter paper bags and later used for chemical analysis. Nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium content from grain and stover were estimated using standard procedures given by Jackson (1973). The nutrient uptake kg/ha of the grain and stover of the maize crop was calculated by the following formula:\r\nThe composite soil samples were drawn from 0-22.5 cm depth before starting experimentation while after harvest soil samples were taken separately from each net plot for each crop during both years. The soil samples were dried under shade, ground and then sieved through a 2 mm size sieve. The initial soil samples were analyzed for different physicochemical properties. The soil samples collected after the harvest of maize were used to determine available nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium and microbial count. Available nitrogen was determined by the Alkaline Potassium Permagnate method described by Subbiah and Asija (1956). Available phosphorus is determined by Olsen’s method using 0.5 M NaHCO3 (Olsen et al., 1954). Available potassium is determined by using Neutral Normal Ammonium Acetate (pH 7.0) method described by Jackson (1973) by using Flame Photometer. For microbial count soil samples were analyzed for counting microbial colony forming units by serial dilution techniques.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe data pertaining to protein content, protein yield and oil content as influenced by different treatments are presented in Table 1. Significantly higher protein content and protein yield were recorded under the treatment T9 (75% RDF + 25% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium) which were comparable with all the treatments, barring treatments T1, T4, T6 and T7. An increase in protein content in seed might be due to the fact that higher nitrogen content in the seed is directly associated with higher availability of nitrogen to plants. Higher nitrogen in seeds is directly responsible for higher protein content because it is a primary component of amino acids which constitute the basis of protein content. The results are in close conformity with those of Mohammadi et al. (2015); Verma and Bindra (2019); Kadhavane et al. (2021). Similarly, significantly higher oil content in the seed of maize was recorded under the same treatment of 75% RDF + 25% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium (T9).\r\nThe data pertaining to content and uptake by grain and stover of maize are presented in Tables 2 and 3. The results revealed that the N content in grain and stover of maize was found to be significant. While, P and K content was found to be nonsignificant during both the years and in pooled analysis but the higher values of N, P and K content were observed in treatment T9 (75% RDF + 25% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium). Similarly, uptake of N, P and K by grain and stover were significantly influenced by various INM treatments and the higher values of all nutrients were found with treatment T9 (75% RDF + 25% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium). Lower values of N, P and K content and uptake of N, P and K by grain and stover were found under the treatment T12 (50% RDN through FYM + 50% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium).\r\nThe results presented in (Tables 2 and 3) were observed that the nutrient content and uptake improved through the integration of biofertilizer, organic and inorganic sources. Among the various INM treatments investigated, treatment T9 (75% RDF + 25% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium) was found to be effective in improving the nutrient content. The higher N, P and K content in grain and stover may be due to the addition of both organic and inorganic sources, which resulted in the formation of clay-humus complexes in the soil, which promotes lower and prolonged availability to the crop. However, common phosphorous application and from organic sources such as vermicompost improved the available N, P2O5 and K2O of the soil and thus, higher availability of nutrients to the plant and enhanced root and early vegetative growth which increases photosynthetic activity in the plant as evident from the improvement of growth attributes recorded higher availability of metabolites from root to shoot and especially in the reproductive structure of maize resulting in higher N, P and K content by crop.\r\nSimilarly, treatment T9 was found to be effective in nutrient uptake as compared to other INM treatments. The uptake of nutrients by the crop is a function of nutrient content and yield/biomass produced. When organic manures are combined with chemical fertilizers, the pattern of nutrient release changes. Normally, they release nutrients at a slower rate at first, but when fertilizers like urea are applied, the C:N ratio decreases resulting in faster mineralization of nutrients from organic manures. Hence, the greater amount of nutrients are available for uptake by the crop. Probably, due better nourishment of crops resulted in higher crop biomass production leading to higher uptake of N, P and K. The results are in close conformity with the findings of Mohammadi et al. (2015); Bharath et al. (2017); Rathod et al. (2019); Subbaiah and Ram (2019); Verma and Bindra (2019); Srinivasulu et al. (2020).\r\nThe data on available soil nutrient status after the harvest of maize as influenced by different INM treatments are presented in Table 4 and revealed that different INM treatments have a significant influence on available soil nutrient status after the harvest of maize in both years. The available nitrogen in soil was significantly influenced by different INM treatments applied to maize and revealed that the application of 50% RDN through FYM + 50% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium (T12) recorded significantly higher values with respect to available nitrogen in soil but it remained statistically at par with treatments T2, T3, T8 and T11 during the year 2019-20 and T2, T3, T7, T8 and T11 during the year 2020-21. The available phosphorous and potassium in the soil after harvest of maize found nonsignificant but numerically higher values of available phosphorous and potassium found with the application of 50% RDN through FYM + 50% RDN through vermicompost + NPK Consortium. Although, lower values were obtained under the treatment T6 (100% RDF + NPK Consortium) during both the years in case of available nitrogen while, in the case of available phosphorous and potassium lower values were obtained with application treatment T1 (100% RDF). From the above results (Table 4), it indicates that the different INM treatments marked their significant influence on available N, P2O5 and K2O status in the soil after the harvest of maize during both the years of experimentation. All treatments of INM were found comparatively good and appreciably improved soil available N, P2O5 and K2O status over its initial status. This might be possible due to the slow release of nutrients through organic sources which could not match the pace of nutrient uptake by the plants so they remained in the soil. Whereas, with the integration of organic sources with inorganic sources along with the NPK consortium would have synchronized demand and supply mechanism which was reflected in higher content and uptake of nutrients from treatments with integrated nutrient management. Use of FYM and vermicompost might have attributed to the mineralization of nitrogen in the soil and high enzyme activities in the soil amended with organic manures might have increased the transformation of nutrients to available form. Role of FYM and vermicompost in releasing nitrogen and improving nitrogen availability in soil. These results are similar to those obtained by Tetarwal et al. (2011); Kalhapure et al. (2013); Rathod et al. (2019).\r\nThe mean data on the microbial count in the soil during the years 2019-20, 2020-21 and on pooled basis as influenced by integrated nutrient management treatments are furnished in Table 5. The result indicated that application of 50% RDN through FYM + 50% RDN through Vermicompost + NPK Consortium (T12) had higher microbial count (93.40 × 107 CFU/g, 94.50 × 107 CFU/g and 93.95 × 107 CFU/g during the years 2019-20, 2020-21 and Pooled analysis, respectively). However, it remained statistically at par with all the treatments except treatments T7, T8 and T10 during both years. While in the case of pooled analysis it remained statistically at par with treatments T10. There might be balanced soil air and moisture conditions (Vapsa conditions) with lowered bulk density enhanced microbial activities were only organic manure (FYM & vermicompost) where added along with NPK consortium forming humus; a basic food material for microbes. In contrast to it, significantly lower microbial count in soil was recorded with the application of 100% RDF (T1). In absence of organic manure, the bulk density of the soil might be increased and there might be a lower pores for favorable microbial activities. This might be the reason for lower microbial content under 100% RDF (T1).\r\n \r\n', 'Desai N.B., Mevada K.D. and Ganvit K.J. (2022). Effect of Integrated Nutrient Management Practices on Quality, Soil Fertility after Harvest, Nutrient content and their uptake of Maize (Zea mays L.) in Maize-clusterbean Cropping Sequence. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1089-1095.'),
(5430, '136', 'Study on Physical and Functional Characteristics of Amaranth Fortified Pasta', 'Priyanka Patel, Deepali Bajpai, Archana Maravi and S.S. Shukla', '186 Study on Physical and Functional Characteristics of Amaranth Fortified Pasta Priyanka Patel.pdf', '', 1, 'Amaranth (Family-Amaranthaceae) grain is a highly nutritive and low- gluten pseudo-cereal with a high content of proteins, vitamins and minerals compared to true cereals. Pasta is a cereal-based food product popular in India, due to its ease of cooking and high palatability but low in nutrient content. Amaranth fortified pasta could be a good way for combating nutrient deficient diet and malnutrition. Therefore, the present investigation was carried out to make pasta with the incorporation of amaranth flour (20%, 40%, 60%, 80% and 100%), semolina (10% and 20%) with the replacement of refined wheat flour. In all treatment 1% guar gum powder were added. Bulk density, oil and water absorption capacity of uncooked pasta differed significantly (p<0.05) from 0.73 to 0.83 g/ml, 181.00 to 200.91% and 204.98 to 279.71% respectively. The cooking parameters varied significantly (p<0.05) and therefore the cooking time ranged from 4.07 to 6.73 min. Cooked-weight, rehydration percentage, swelling index and total gruel loss values of pasta varied from 18.70 to 21.05 g, 85.53 to 107.88%, 1.98 to 2.90 and 0.91 to 2.11 respectively.', 'Amaranth flour, Pasta, Physical properties, Pseudo-cereals, Extruded food', 'In the present study, popular extruded food pasta was selected and fortified by amaranth flour and semolina. On the basis of obtained results, physical and functional properties of pasta showed significantly decreases with the increasing percentage of amaranth flour. L*value of pasta were found to decreases with the increase in the incorporation of amaranth flour. Overall results suggested that the dark colour intensity increased with the increasing amaranth flour level.Cooking qualities i.e. cooking time, cooked weight and rehydration percentage significantly (p<0.05) decrease with the increasing of amaranth flour while, swelling index and total gruel loss significantly (p<0.05) increased in the pasta sample containing higher concentration of amaranth flour in the formulations. Addition of guar gum powder (1%) to 100 g blends other than control had remarkable effect on pasta quality with regard to cooking properties. The steaming before dehydration revealed observable effect on all cooking quality parameters after rehydration. Ahead steaming treatment improved cooking quality and texture with respect to surface appeal. Therefore, incorporation of amaranth flour, guar gum powder and steaming treatment results enhanced physical, functional and cooling quality characteristics of pasta.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nAmaranth (Amaranth cruentus) (Family-Amaranthaceae) is a pseudo-cereal having dual characteristics of a cereal and leguminous seed (Amaya-Furfan et al., 2005; Caselato-sousa and Amaya-Farfan 2012) and generally called as ‘pigweed’ which is small seeded ancient crop that is grown for some 8 thousand years with encouraging economic and nutritional value. Amaranth is known as ‘Ramdana’ or ‘Rajgeera’ which meaning God’s grain and King’s grain respectively. The names indicate the enormous importance and immense value of this grain. It has a high protein (12.5-19%) content with a rich amount of nutritionally critical amino acids such as methionine and lysine (0.73-0.84%) and high vitamin and mineral contents, such as riboflavin, niacin, ascorbic acid, calcium, and magnesium compared to other grains (Becker et al., 1981; Bressani, 1989). Low gluten and high nutrient rich pasta could be a good for combating nutrient deficient diet and useful for malnourished people and also good for celiac disease patient. In health aspects it is useful for the health benefits decreasing plasma cholesterol levels protecting the heart, immunity booster, exerting an anti-cancer activity, reducing blood glucose levels and combat to hypertension and anemia (Verginia et al., 2014). Celiac disease is manifested as an enteropathy of sensitivity to gluten in genetically predisposed individuals. It\'s characterized by constant injuries of intestinal mucosa caused by gluten ingestion and also the mucosa can completely recover thanks to the whole elimination of gluten from the diet (Molberg et al., 2000).\r\nAccording to Mudgil et al. (2014) Guar gum (GG) is obtained from the ground endosperm of seeds from an annual plant commonly called cluster bean (Cyamopsis tetragonolobus L.). It is largely used in the form of guar gum powder as additive in food for food stabilization and as fiber source. It is a natural, water swelling, nontoxic and nonionic polysaccharide. The beneficial effects of guar gum are in the control of many health problems i.e. diabetes, bowel movements health disease and colon cancer.\r\nPasta products that are largely consumed everywhere were traditionally manufactured from Triticum turgidum semolina, known to be the most effective material sui for pasta production (Feillet and Dexter 1996). Utilization of Triticum durum for snack and extruded foods has been well identified by Toepfer et al., (1972). As wheat derived staple food, pasta is second to bread in world consumption. Its worldwide acceptance is attributed thanks to its low cost, easy preparation, versatility, sensory attributes and long time period were studied by Mariani-Constantini (1988).\r\nKays et al. (2006) reported guar seed endosperm could be a source of water-soluble gum which is employed as stabilizer, emulsifier and thickener in various food products and contributes to soluble dietary fiber (SDF) portion of seed total dietary fiber (TDF). TDF and SDF, respectively, made up 52–58% and 26–32% of seed dry weight.\r\nGatade and Sahoo (2015) reported steaming is a key process in the manufacture of instant noodles. For the production of instant noodles, a high degree of starch gelatinization is required. Steaming time is longer for hot-air dried noodles than for deep-fried noodles. Steam induces gelatinization of starch prior to drying which improves the water uptake capacity of noodles.\r\nMakdoud and Rosentrater (2017) studied make gluten free pasta using amaranth, quinoa and rice flours, water and egg. Color analysis, water activity, cooking loss, texture, etc. were determined, the best pasta formulation was 10% amaranth flour, 40% quinoa flour, and 50% rice flour, with 18% eggs whites and 39% water. 80% of consumer acceptability was deducted. \r\nMohammed et al. (2018) developed instant noodles with incorporation of fenugreek leaves puree they find out that when the percentage of fenugreek leaves puree increases the cooking time, cooking losses, bulk density, water absorption capacity and solubility index decreases whereas cooked weight, water uptake and swelling capacity increases. \r\nThe functional properties of raw amaranth flour suggest its feasibility that it can be used as an alternative to other flour-based foods frequently consumed by Indians, which in turn opens up a wide range of opportunities for its usage in the food industry. Instant noodles are one of breakfast and staple cuisine of East Asian countries, whose consumption is steadily increasing day by day throughout the world. Noodles, being a poor source of proteins due to use of refined flour in its development. Therefore, now it is required to fortify noodles with protein and fiber rich substances which may improve not only nutritional value but also functional characteristics (Pakhare et al., 2018). So, by keeping these points in view a study was carried out with an objective to optimize the process for development of amaranth flour fortified pasta and to assess the physical and functional characteristics. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nThe present study was carried out in the Department of Food Science and Technology, College of Agriculture, Jawaharlal Nehru Krishi Vishwa Vidyalaya, Jabalpur, during the year 2020-2021. The numerous experimental approaches, materials, and methodologies utilized in the production of pasta by incorporating of amaranth flour, as well as the quality assessment of the finished product.\r\nA. Procurement and preparation of raw materials\r\nAmaranth grains, refined wheat flour, semolina, edible oil and salt were procured from local market, Jabalpur, Madhya Pradesh (482004). Guar gum powder was purchased from online shopping app. Amaranth grains were cleaned and milled into flour using a flour machine for preparation of Amaranth flour.\r\nB. Formulation of composite flour\r\nTotal 12 types of flour were prepared by incorporating refined wheat flour (RWF), amaranth flour (AF) and semolina (S). Refined wheat flour and amaranth flour were blended in various proportions; semolina was used to replace 10% and 20% of the amaranth flour and refined wheat flour mixtures (blends). These formulations are as RWF:AF:S-100:0:0(Control), RWF:AF:S-80:20:10(T1), RWF:AF:S-80:20:20(T2), RWF:AF:S-60:40:10(T3), RWF:AF:S-60:40:20(T4), RWF:AF:S-40:60:10(T5), RWF:AF:S-40:60:20(T6), RWF:AF:S-20:80:10(T7), RWF:AF:S-20:80:20(T8), RWF:AF:S-0:100:10(T9), RWF:AF:S-0:100:20(T10), RWF:AF:S-0:100:0(T11).Other ingredients were used in treatments- Guar gum (1%), Salt (1.5%), Oil (2%), Water as required.\r\nC. Development of product\r\nThe flour was placed into the pasta making machine\'s (model No. KK-P-15) feeder and mixed for around 5-10 minutes. After that, the appropriate amount of water was added to the pasta extruder\'s mixing chamber, and the mixture were kneaded for around 10-15 minutes to evenly distribute water throughout the composite flour particles. The amount of water utilized in the formulations ranged from 28 to 30%. The moist flour aggregate was extruded at room temperature using round die no. 37 by a power operated single screw cold extruder (pasta making machine) and cut into short pasta lengths. Freshly extruded pasta was steamed for 10 minutes in boiling water (102-105°C). The steaming process was done with a household steamer. The steamed pasta was allowed to cool to room temperature (25 + 30°C) before being dried for 3 h in a dryer at 65-70°C. The similar procedure was followed by Shobha et al. (2015) who prepared maize based composite flour noodles. The process of amaranth flour fortified pasta preparation is shown in the flow chart given in Fig. 1 and ready to cook pasta is shown in Fig. 2.\r\nD. Physical and functional properties\r\n(i) Bulk density of raw materials and products: The bulk density of samples was calculated by the method of Okaka and Potter, (1977). 50 g sample was weighed accurately and transferred to 100 ml graduated measuring cylinders. Sample was tapped 20 to 30 times, until no noticeable change in volume. The bulk density was determined as weight per unit bulk volume of the sample (g/ml). It was calculated by using equation mentioned. \r\nBulk Density (g/ml) = [Weight of sample (g) / Volume of sample (ml)]\r\n(ii) Oil absorption capacity of raw materials and products: The oil absorption capacity was determined by following method of Sosulski et al. (1976). (1.0g) sample was directly weighed into 15 ml graduated centrifuge tube and 10ml refined soybean oil was added to it and kept at ambient temperature for 30 min and centrifuged for 25 min at 3200 rpm. Excess oil was decanted and each sample was allowed to drain by inverting the tube over absorbent paper. Oil absorption capacity was expressed as percent oil bound per gram of the sample. \r\n(iii) Water absorption capacity of raw materials and products: The water absorption capacity was determined by the centrifugation method of Sosulski et al. (1976). 1.0g sample was weighed and then, taken to it in 15ml centrifuge tube and 10 ml distilled water was added to it. The sample was shaken for 60 min. and centrifuged at 5000rpm for 30 min. Excess water was decanted and each sample was allowed to drain by inverting the tube over absorbent paper. Water absorption capacity was expressed as percent water bound per gram of the sample. This process was done in triplicate. \r\n(iv) Hunter colour measurement of products: The colour scanning machine (Model: Colour Flex EZ)) was used for measurement of colour of pasta samples. The colour was measured by using CIELAB (1976/D65) scale at 10 observers at D65 illuminate. The instrument was calibrated before placing black tile and white tile provided with the instrument. Once the instrument was standardized. It was ready to measure the colour of pasta. It can also be crosschecked by placing the white tile, which were provide for the L, a, b, C and H Values. The pasta sample was placed in sample cup. The deviation of the colour of the sample to standard was also observed and recorded in the computer interface. It provides readings in terms of lightness (L*-value), redness (a*-value) and yellowness (b*-value) of sample. L* is a measure of the brightness from black (0) to white (100). Parameter a* describes red green colour with positive a* values indicating redness and negative a* values indicating greenness. Parameter b* describes yellow-blue colour with positive b* values indicating yellowness and negative b*- values indicating blueness. \r\nE. Cooking characteristics of cooked pasta\r\n(i) Optimum cooking time: Cooking time was determined by the method of AACC, (2000). 10 g pasta sample was weighed accurately and cooked into boiling distilled water (250ml) without addition of salt, which was kept at a rolling boil. Starting at 4 min mark, a sample was removed in every 30 sec intervals. It was placed between two glass plates and the cooking time of pasta was assessed as the time required for disappearance of the dry central core when gently squeezed between two glass plates, indicating penetration of water in the core of pasta.\r\n(ii) Cooking loss or total solid/gruel loss: 250 ml water was taken in the beaker and heated over hot -plate or any sui burner till water boils. 25 g dry pasta was added and stirring thoroughly with glass rod. Cook for 10 min with occasional stirring. After cooking, allow the sample to drain for 5 min. The volume of total gruel was measured in which 20 ml of the gruel was pipette out, after stirring well to given an even distribution of the solid content and put into tared petri-dish. Petri-dish was transferred to a hot air oven to maintain at 105 + 2°C and dried to constant mass. Cooking loss was expressed as g/100 g. Cooking loss was carried out in triplicates. Total gruel loss was calculated by following formula as per the method of (ISI 1993):\r\n \r\nWhere,\r\nM1 = mass of empty petri dish (g)\r\nM2 = mass of petri dish with total solids (g)\r\nV = vol of gruel (ml)\r\n(iii) Percent rehydration: Percent rehydration was calculated by the method Hormdok and Noomhorm (2007). For determination of percent rehydration, pasta sample were cooked 1 min more than their respective cooking time. The cooked pasta was then washed with water and drained for 2 min. Weight was taken to calculate percent rehydration. Percent rehydration was calculated by the following formula:\r\n(iv) Cooked weight: Cooked weight was defined as the weight gain of the pasta during cooking and indicated the amount of water that was absorbed and was therefore an index for the swelling ability of the pasta. Instant pasta 10 g was cooked in 300 ml of distilled water in a beaker till completion of rehydration duration procedure as described by the Kamble et al. (2018). The pasta was taken out and left to cool for 5 min at room temperature. The cooled cooked pasta was then reweighed. The cooked weighed was expressed in grams.\r\n(v) Swelling index: The swelling index (SI) of cooked pasta was determined according to the procedure described by Cleary and Brennan (2006). 10 g of raw pasta was cooked in a glass beaker with 20 times its quantity of boiling distilled water for 10 min over a water bath maintained at 100°C. After cooking process, the water was strained out and the cooked pasta was dried to remove surface moisture by filter paper. The SI was expressed as follows: \r\nF. Statistical analysis\r\nThe independent observations of each sample for various analysis were taken and mean of these observations was used for statistically analysis. The data obtained was subjected to analysis of variance (ANOVA) using complete randomized design. Statistical analysis was performed with the help of OPSTAT software version OPSTAT 1.exe (Hisar, India). The critical difference at p<0.05 was estimated. The skeleton of analysis of variance (ANOVA) for completely randomized design is indicated in Table 1. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nA. Physical and functional properties of raw materials and pasta products\r\n(i) Bulk density: The data presented in Table 2 and 3 showed that bulk density of amaranth flour, refined wheat flour and semolina was 0.61 g/ml, 0.64 g/ml and 0.79 g/ml respectively. Similarly, the bulk density for pasta was highest in control (0.83g/ml) and lowest in T11 (0.73g/ml). Bulk density is a good attribute for determining the mixing quality of particulate matter and helps in indicating the relative amount of material handling attributes (Dhankhar et al., 2019). The present study was observed that bulk density showed significantly decrease from control to T11 with an increase in amaranth flour. A similar result has been reported by Mohammed et al. (2018); Singh et al., (2018); in their studies on studies on functional and textural quality of noodles incorporated with fenugreek leaves and optimization of a process for cocoa-based vermicelli, respectively. \r\n(ii) Oil absorption capacity: Oil absorption capacity (OAC) is influenced by the interactions between the non-polar amino acids side chains and hydrocarbon chains of lipid that also determine mouth feel and flavor retention of products. OAC of raw materials and pasta were observed and the values as depicted in Table 2 and 3. Flour of amaranth showed lesser oil absorption capacity (201.57%) as compared to refined wheat flour (205.83%) whereas in treatment combination the highest values obtained were of control (200.92%) and lowest value of T11 (181.00%). which contained 100% AF. Oil Absorption Capacity (OAC) increases the palatability of foods and critical assessment of flavor retention (Kinsella, 1976). The OAC is the ability of the product mix protein to absorb and retain oil, which in terms influence the texture and mouth feel of food products. Similar trend was observed on oil absorption capacity. OAC decreased significantly from control to T11with the increase of amaranth flour and semolina (Table 2 and 3). The increase in amaranth flour were statistically significant (p<0.05). The results could be supported by various workers for different food other than amaranth flour (Siddiq et al., 2010). \r\n(iii) Water absorption capacity: Studies on water absorption capacity of protein aceous material over a range of conditions are useful in assessing potential food application of new proteins. The water absorption capacity of different proteins may be determined to facilitate adjustments in food formulations in interchanging protein sources. The water absorption capacity was determined in flour and treatment combinations and the mean values are reported in Table 2 and 3. The water absorption capacity was found to be minimum in semolina (211.53%) whereas, the Amaranth flour was 215.44 and 238.92 in refined wheat flour. The Table 3 clearly indicates that only refined wheat flour pasta showed the highest (279.71%) and over other. Water absorption capacity of refined wheat flour is greater than amaranth flour and semolina (Table 2). Water absorption capacity is the ability of the product to associate with water under a condition where water is limiting, which is mainly dependent on proteins at room temperature (Otegbayo et al., 2013). Gradual and progressive decrease in water absorption capacity was observed under all the treatments as compare to control (Table 3). It may be due to increase in amaranth flour percentage. Low water absorption capacity influenced the properties of extruded food. Table 2 and 3 reveled 215.44% water absorption capacity in amaranth flour and ranges from 268.35 to 204.98 in treatments which is quite close to value quoted by Agrawal et al. (2013) in unmalted millets 135 to 210 ml/100g, Shevkani et al. (2014) i.e. 209-243 % whereas Tripathi et al. (2019) found 134 percent water absorption capacity.\r\n(iv) Hunter Colour analysis of uncooked pasta: As shown (Table 4), colour values of amaranth flour fortified pasta were varied. The range of L* values in which Control (56.39) showed maximum lightness and T11 (44.43) showed lowest lightness on the basis of different percentage of amaranth flour. In the case that a* values, highest value was obtained by Control (7.91) and lowest value was found by T11 (3.52). The b* values of various treatments control (23.48) had the highest values and T11 showed lowest value (11.50). Data depicted in Table 4 the hunter colour L*(Lightness), a*(Redness), b*(Yellowness) values of pasta samples varied from 44.43-56.39, 3.52-7.91, 11.50-23.48 respectively. Increase in amaranth flour level from 20 to 100 % led to decrease the lightness as well as increase the darkness of the product but L* values imultaneously little bit increases between treatments from T1 to T10 because of replacement of 10 and 20 % semolina. Pasta made from amaranth flour was darker than those made from durum wheat semolina. Overall results suggested that the dark colour intensity increased with the increasing amaranth flour level. The results were supported by Martinez et al. (2014), they reported that effect of amaranth flour on the L*, a* and b* value and sensory quality of bread wheat pasta whereas Bobade and Sharma (2017) found less b*value in honey-brown rice extrudate. The results are in accordance with Kaur et al. (2012). They reported that increase in bran level from 5 to 25 per cent led to a significant increase in the darkness of the product. Overall results indicated that the red colour intensity significantly increased with increasing bran level in flour. Gajula et al. (2008) reported that the barley bran had a reddish brown colour, thus higher levels of barley bran substitution led to darker products followed by products prepared with wheat, rice and oat bran.\r\nB. Cooking quality of cooked pasta\r\nThe data related to cooking quality parameters in term of cooking time, cooked weight, total solid loss, rehydration % and swelling index for the samples analyzed are shown in Table 5. \r\n(i) Cooking time: This is the optimum time which is taken by the pasta to cook and to become completely soft. The optimum cooking time of different blends was ranged from 6.73 to 4.07 min, showing significantly (p<0.05) high cooking time was noticed control (6.73 min) and lowest cooking time in T11 (4.07 min). This shows that the cooking is decreasing with increase by the incorporation of amaranth flour. This difference was observed due to varying combinations as shown in Table 5. The time needed to boil the pasta to the just fully cooked state is also known as cooking time. The differences in cooking time could be attributed to the difference in the gelatinization temperature of respective blend of starches (Benhur et al., 2015). Addition of guar gum powder reduced cooking time. The Cooking time of pasta was ranged from 6.73 to 4.07 min. The control pasta was taken maximum time (6.73 min.). This could be due to the high starch content and lower gelatinization thus achieved. The similar results were found in close agreement of Gatade and Sahoo (2015).\r\n(ii) Total gruel loss: cooking loss indicates the ability of the pasta to maintain structural integrity during the cooking process. The minimum cooking loss were recorded in control (0.91%) followed by T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7, T8, T9, T10, T11 and they were on par with each other as shown in Table 5. Cooking loss values increased significantly as the amount of amaranth flour increased in the combinations. The total gruel loss or cooking loss is the amount of solid loss in the cooking water, it is due to high solubility of starch. it shows the ability of pasta to resist structural breakdown during cooking. Higher cooking loss (2.11%) in blended pasta as compare to control (0.91%) this is 41%, has been due to structural discontinuity of the protein network as with the addition of other flour (Ahmed et al., 2015). The gruel loss of pasta was increased due to addition of amaranth flour. Additions of high-fiber materials with WF affect negatively the quality of pasta products, including higher cooking loss (Martinez et al., 2009). Slightly higher values were found and these findings were coincided by the findings of Ahmed et al. (2015). who were assessed for suitability in noodles blending wheat flour and broken rice flour at various levels.\r\n(iii) Cooked weight: As per Table 5, maximum cooked weight of pasta was observed in control (21.05g) and lowest value was recorded in T11 (18.70g). The Cooked weight is the amount of weight it has after it has been cooked. The increased water absorption capacity is also an indicator for the increased cooked weight of the food samples (Ahmed et al., 2015). According to Yadav et al. (2014); Manthey et al. (2004), the higher the concentration of protein content in the product, the lower the starch would be able to absorb water, thus the cooked weight of the product decreases. The cooked weight of pasta decreased significantly with an increase in the amaranth flour incorporation (21.05 to 18.70), which has low water absorption capacity. The similar results were reported in close agreement of Kamble et al. (2018).\r\n(iv) Rehydration percentage: This shows the ratio of weight of cooked pasta to the weight of uncooked pasta and may affect the eating quality of pasta. The maximum rehydration percentage was found in control (107.88%) and minimum value of this was recorded in T11 (85.53%) as shown in Table 5. This is the ratio of weight of cooked pasta to the weight of uncooked pasta. This ratio affects the cooking qualities and texture of noodles. Present results are amaranth base pasta with the result 107.88 to 85.53% are similar to Yadav et al. (2014).\r\n(v) Swelling index: It is indicated the ability to absorb water by the starch and protein during cooking that is utilized for the starch gelatinization and protein hydration. The maximum and minimum value of swelling index was recorded in T11(2.90) and control (1.98), respectively and they were on a par with each other as shown in Table 5. It is indicated the ability to absorb water by the pasta during cooking and increase in size. The results were coincided by the findings of Kamble et al., 2018 where they prepared instant noodles incorporating moringa leaf powder with defatted soybean flour. Little higher values were found due to addition of guar-gum powder in which developed pasta had higher values of swelling index in comparison to control. ', 'Priyanka Patel, Deepali Bajpai, Archana Maravi and S.S. Shukla (2022). Study on Physical and Functional Characteristics of Amaranth Fortified Pasta. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1096-1104.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5431, '136', 'Growth and Yield of Paddy (Oryza sativa L.) in Coastal Acid Soil of Karnataka as Influenced by Integrated Nutrient Management Practices', 'Dileep R., Jayaprakash R., Dhananjaya B.C., Chethan Babu R.T., Vinay Kumar M. and Akshay Kumar Kurdekar', '187 Growth and Yield of Paddy _Oryza sativa L._ in Coastal Acid Soil of Karnataka as Influenced by Integrated Nutrient Management Practices DILEEP R.pdf', '', 1, 'A field experiment was conducted during Kharif 2019 at ZAHRS, Brahmavar, Udupi to know the effect of integrated nutrient management practices on growth and yield of paddy. The experiment was laid out in RCBD design with 11 treatments and was replicated thrice. The treatment comprised of RDF and absolute control for comparison along with supplemental addition of 50 and 25 per cent of recommended dose of nitrogen (RDN) through poultry manure, vermicompost, FYM, gliricidia and eupatorium. Application of 50 per cent RDN through fertilizer and 50 per cent RDN through poultry manure recorded significantly higher plant height (104.27 cm), number of tillers per hill(23.73),total dry matter (77.18 g plant-1), productive tillers (19.58), number of panicles per hill (21.59), panicle weight (4.16 g), panicle length (23.35 cm), number of grains per panicle (123), grain (5006 kg ha-1) and straw (6534 kg ha-1) yield of paddy as compared to RDF.', 'Acid soil, nutrient management, paddy, poultry manure and vermicompost', 'For successful adoption of any technology or invention in agriculture, it should be economically feasible, technically utilizable and socially acceptable. More supply of nutrients through chemical fertilizers as a results reduction in total factor productivity or only supply of organic manures cannot meet the nutrient requirement and causes sudden yield loss. So, an integrated approach that recognizes soil as the storehouse of most of the plant nutrients essential for plant growth and that how nutrients are managed will have a major impact on plant growth, soil fertility, and agriculture sustainability. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nPaddy (Oryza sativa L.) being the principal food crop to the billions of people around the World and India, occupies a pride place among the food crops cultivated in the World. Paddy plays a key role in food security and it is means of livelihood for millions of people making a slogan “Rice is life” most appropriate.In India, it is grown in an area of 43.78 million hectare with a production and productivity of 225.51 million tonnes 5150 kg ha-1, respectively (Anon., 2019). In Karnataka, rice is cultivated in an area about 10.34 lakh hectare with a production of 28.74 lakh tonnes and productivity of 2924 kg ha-1 (Anon., 2017). Paddy is the prime crop in the coastal zone of Karnataka during Kharif. \r\nFertilizers play vital role in crop production and productivity but continuous indiscriminate use of chemical fertilizers, which badly influences on production potential and soil health. The negligence shown towards the conservation and use of organic sources of nutrients has not only caused the exhaustion of soil nutrient reserves but also resulted in an imbalance among the available nutrients leading to soil problems. Integrated nutrient management (INM) with FYM, vermicompost, poultry manure, green manures and biofertilizers along with chemical fertilizers are the alternative to restore the soil health and productivity. Integrated nutrient management is a flexible approach to reduce the use of chemical sources of nutrients along with maximization of their use efficiency and farmer’s profit. INM is a strategy for judicious and balanced use of plant nutrients for sustainable crop production under varied agroclimatic conditions. Results from on farm and farmer’s fields of India reveal the imperative need to use organic manures, biofertilizers and lime in acid soils in conjunction with chemical fertilizers for better soil health and higher crop production as against the use of chemical fertilizers alone (Sarkar et al., 2020). In acidic soils, lower availability of nutrients (N, P, K, Ca, Mg and S), higher nutrient losses due to leaching, volatilization and runoff has further aggravated the problem of nutrient management in rainfed paddy.\r\nKeeping in view the situation of the coastal zone of Karnataka, it is necessary to make use of the balanced supply of plant nutrients as a pre-requisite for successful agriculture. This can be achieved through integrated nutrient management for achieving sustainable yields and to maintain good soil physical environment to provide the required quantity of nutrients. Based on the availability of organic and green manures at the farmer’s level, an experiment entitled growth and yield of paddy (Oryza sativa L.) in coastal acid soil of Karnataka as influenced by integrated nutrient management practices was conducted at ZAHRS, Brahmavar, Udupi.\r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nA field experiment was conducted at Zonal Agricultural and Horticultural Research Station (ZAHRS), Brahmavar, Udupi district, Karnataka. The experimental site is situated between 13°25N latitude and 74°45E longitude with an altitude of 10 meters above mean sea level. It comes under the coastal zone (agro-climatic zone 10) of Karnataka. The soil of the experimental site belongs to the sandy loam texture. \r\nField experiment was laid out in Randomized Complete Block Design (RCBD) with 11 treatments and three replications. Treatments consisting of different combinations of organic and inorganic nutrient sources viz., T1- Absolute control, T2–Recommended dose of fertilizer (60:30:45 kg N:P2O5:K2O ha-1), T3 - 50 per cent recommended dose of nitrogen(RDN) through fertilizer + 50 per cent RDN through FYM, T4- 50 per cent RDN through fertilizer + 25 per cent RDN through FYM + 25 per cent RDN through poultry manure, T5- 50 per cent RDN through fertilizer + 25 per cent RDN through FYM + 25 per cent RDN through vermicompost, T6- 50 per cent RDN through fertilizer + 25 per cent RDN through FYM + 25 per cent RDN through gliricidia, T7- 50 per cent RDN through fertilizer + 25 per cent RDN through FYM + 25 per cent RDN through eupatorium, T8- 50 per cent RDN through fertilizer + 50 per cent RDN through poultry manure, T9- 50 per cent RDN through fertilizer + 50 per cent RDN through vermicompost, T10- 50 per cent RDN through fertilizer + 50 per cent RDN through gliricidia, T11- 50 per cent RDN through fertilizer + 50 per cent RDN through eupatorium.\r\nThe land was prepared by disc ploughing once followed by passing cultivator twice and harrowing to bring the soil to a fine tilth. The land was puddled twice then demarked with bunds to prepare the required plot size and laid out as per the plan. Full dose of farmyard manure, vermicompost, poultry manure, gliricidia, eupatorium applied and incorporated into fields two weeks before planting of paddy. Rock phosphate was applied as basal dressing.19days old seedlings were planted @ 2-3 seedlings hill-1 with a spacing of 20 cm × 10 cm. Nitrogen and muriate of potash were given in three split doses-first dose was given at the time of field preparation, second after one month of transplanting and third during the panicle initiation stage. Liquid plant growth promoting rhizomicrobial consortia is common for all treatment. Five hills were selected randomly from the net plot and labelled for recording the observations in each treatment. The growth and yield parameters were recorded at 30, 60 and 90 days after planting and at harvest. All the biometric observations are recorded were subjected to analysis. \r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nGrowth parameters: Crop growth is dependent not only on the amount of nutrients present in the soil but also on their availability in accordance with the pattern of crop growth. The sunlight, nutrients and moisture influence growth parameters such as plant height, number of tillers and dry matter production. \r\nSignificantly higher plant height was observed at 30, 60, 90 DAT and harvest with a combined application of 50 per cent RDN through fertilizer + 50 per cent RDN through poultry manure (33.72, 78.16, 103.42 and 104.27 cm, respectively) are described in Table 1. However, remaining treatments were recorded higher plant height as compared to the absolute control treatment. Poultry manure contains higher amounts of nitrogen and phosphorus compared to other organic manures. Phosphorus is a constituent of nucleic acid, phytin and phospholipids. The beneficial influence of phosphorus in early stages of crop growth may be explained by early stimulation of root system through efficient translocation to the root of certain growth stimulation compounds formed on account of protoplasmic activity in phosphorus fed plants (Sago and Kobayashi 2007).\r\nSignificantly number of tillers per hill was observed at 60, 90 DAT and harvest with treatment with the use of 50 per cent RDN through fertilizer + 50 per cent RDN through vermicompost (20.07, 23.73 and 21.19, respectively). The combined effect of the recommended dose of fertilizer and vermicompost has resulted in increased absorption of nutrients resulting in the rapid conversion of synthesized photosynthetic products into protein to form more protoplasm, thereby increasing the number and size of the cell and thus contribute to better growth of plants. It also contains significant amounts of micronutrients and regulates the accessibility of metallic micronutrients to plants and enhances plant growth by providing nutrients in an accessible and crop-based form (Ananda et al., 2006; Siddaram, 2009; Nagaraj et al., 2018).\r\nAt 30DAT the combined application of 50 per cent RDN through fertilizer + 50 per cent RDN through vermicompost reported significantly higher total dry matter production (3.41 g hill-1) are described in Table 1. Combined application of 50 per cent RDN through fertilizer + 50 per cent RDN through poultry manure treatment produced largely higher total dry matter during 60 DAT, 90 DAT and at harvest (26.50, 58.29 and 77.18 g hill-1, respectively). The higher dry matter observed when applying poultry manure might be ascribed partly to its ability to release N synchronously with the demand for rice (Arunkumar et al., 2017; Ofori et al., 2005).\r\nYield parameters: Yield was governed by number of factors which had direct or indirect impacts. The improvement in yield was achieved through improvement in yield parameters characters viz., numbers of panicles per hill, number of productive tillers per hill, panicle length, panicle weight, total number of grains per panicle and test weight are described in Table 2.\r\nIn the present investigation, application of 50 per cent RDN through fertilizer + 50 per cent RDN through poultry manure treatment increased the yield attributing characters. Significantly higher numbers of panicles per hill (21.59), number of productive tillers per hill (19.58), panicle length (23.35 cm), panicle weight (4.16 g), total number of grains per panicle (123), were recorded in 50 per cent RDN through fertilizer + 50 per cent RDN through poultry manure treatment. Better nitrogen status of the plant at the panicle growth period consequent to increasing availability of nitrogen to rice crop maintained a complimentary source-sink relationship. Because increasing nitrogen fertilization improved growth, photosynthesis and other plant growth and yield components. The results are supported by the findings of Rajendran and Veeraputhiran (1999). Combined application of organic manure with recommended nutrient dosage showed significant improvement in various yield attributes resulting in better yield. Improvement in soil microbial activity leads to sympathetic physico-chemical properties that enhance the availability and absorption of nitrogen, resulting in a positive conversion of the source to sink accompanied by higher panicle length, panicle weight and test weight of rice (Mamta et al., 2013). The increase in components of grain yield could be since more nutrient availability would have improved the absorption of nitrogen and other macro and micro-elements as well as increased the production and translocation of the dry matter content from source to sink. Arunkumar et al. (2019); Ebaid and EL-Refaee (2007) also reported similar results. Better nutrition at the grain filling period due to integrated fertilizer management led to higher filled grains per panicle. The test weight was not affected significantly by the various INM practices. Yet it ranged from 20.51 g in control to 25.23 g in 50 per cent RDN through fertilizer + 50 per cent RDN through poultry manure treatments applied. \r\nDue to increase in yield attributing characters, which finally increased the grain yield (5006 kg ha-1) and straw yield (6534 kg ha-1). The higher per cent increase in grain yield (10.48 %) was noticed in T8 when compared to T2 (RDF) (Fig. 1). The increase in biomass yield reflects the better growth and development of the plants due to balanced and more availability of nutrients which was associated with increased root growth due to which the plants explore more soil nutrients and moisture throughout the growing period. The increased yield was due to the uptake of nutrients in paddy and the application of poultry manure reduced the dosage of NPK (Manivannan and Sriramachandrasekharan 2016). This may indicate that organic manures reduces the loss of nutrients through leaching from the soil. The increase in growth and yield due to the application of fertilizer with organic manures (Jeyabal and Kuppuswamy 2001).\r\n', 'Dileep R., Jayaprakash R., Dhananjaya B.C., Chethan Babu R.T., Vinay Kumar M., Akshay Kumar Kurdekar (2022). Growth and Yield of Paddy (Oryza sativa L.) in Coastal Acid Soil of Karnataka as Influenced by Integrated Nutrient Management Practices. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1105-1109.'),
(5432, '136', 'Awareness of the Vegetable Growers on Market-led Extension System in Odisha', 'Jeebanjyoti Behera, Sarbani Das, Bibhuti Prasad Mohapatra, Abhiram Dash and Ashish Anand', '188 Awareness of the Vegetable Growers on Market-led Extension System in Odisha Jeebanjyoti Behera.pdf', '', 1, 'Vegetable marketing is crucial, especially in light of the new liberalisation process and the agricultural sector\'s value-adding requirements. The existing marketing system must be updated by improving skills, knowledge, attitude, and so on. Most farmers are not aware of the new marketing system, i.e., the market-led extension system. So, the present study was conducted to analyze the awareness level of vegetable growers on market-led extension practices. An ex-post-facto research design was used for the study. The present study was conducted in Cuttack and Puri districts of Odisha state. A total of 240 respondents (15 vegetable growers from each village) were sampled for the completion of this study via a personal interview method at the vegetable growers\' doorstep using a pre-list structured interview schedule. The results show that the majority of the respondents (69.17 %) had a medium level of awareness, followed by a high (16.67%) and a lower (14.16%) level of awareness of the market-led Extension System. There is a need to provide information and education related to different aspects of the marketing of vegetables through different extension functionaries at different market channels. Action could be taken by government authorities to develop awareness of the respondents to make the market-led extension system effective.', 'Awareness, Diversification, Information, Market-led, Vegetable Growers', 'Present study focused on assessing the awareness level of vegetable growers on market-led Extension System. It was found that the majority of the sampled vegetable growers had a medium level of awareness as most of the respondents had partial awareness towards components of the market-led Extension System. So, there is a need to provide information and education related to different aspects of the marketing of vegetables through different extension functionaries at different market channels. Action could be taken by government authorities to develop awareness of the respondents to make the market-led extension system effective.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nOdisha is well-known for its vegetable production. The state provides a favourable environment for the production of vegetables under both rainfed and irrigated conditions (Das, 2006). Vegetables are perishable commodities with a limited shelf life, necessitating specialised marketing because they are a time-sensitive activity. Thus, the marketing of vegetables is subject to price fluctuations, which the middleman takes advantage of. Aside from that, there has always been a debate about paying farmers a fair wage while keeping prices low for consumers. This focuses on marketing with the goal of reducing price strategies between primary producers and ultimate consumers (Dastagiri et al., 2013).\r\nVegetable marketing is crucial, especially in light of the new liberalisation process and the agricultural sector\'s value addition requirements. The existing marketing system must be updated by improving skills, knowledge, attitude, and so on (Gayathri et al., 2020). One of the reasons for low agricultural returns is the traditional method of marketing through middlemen, as well as a lack of awareness about new developments in vegetable marketing. Other reasons include unscientific and insufficient crop planning, crop husbandry, post-harvest management, and a lack of alternative marketing channels (Roy et al., 2013). Adequate knowledge of production and marketing aspects is critical for vegetable growers to improve their competitiveness. Vegetable growers must be empowered in order to respond positively to changes in the food market in terms of production system diversification, increased farm productivity, improved product quality and standards, and the realisation of value-added opportunities. Agricultural marketing reforms are underway. With the globalisation of the market, farmers need to transform themselves from mere producers-sellers in the domestic market to producers cum sellers in a wider market sense to best realise the returns on their investments, risks, and efforts (Kumar et al., 2011). The focus of the extension functionaries needs to be extended beyond production. Farmers should be sensitised to various aspects of quality, consumer preference, market intelligence, processing, value addition, and other marketing information (Singh, 2012; Thakur, 2017). This will help the farming community realise high returns for the produce, minimise the production costs, and improve the product\'s value and marketability. Direct marketing, contract farming, the establishment of farmer/consumer markets, private markets, futures and forward trade, and other provisions are included in agricultural marketing reforms. In this context, a new concept has emerged considering the above reforms. i.e., market-led extension (Nedumaran et al., 2020). Market-led extension can be defined as a tool for the effective delivery of adequate and quality information to farmers for an effective decision on production and marketing issues so as to realise an optimum return for their investment without jeopardising the needs of the future generation (Shitu et al., 2013).\r\nVegetable growers are not benefiting from the changing scenario due to a lack of awareness about the developments and the means to benefit from them. Knowledge of market-led extension is essential for vegetable growers to make informed decisions about what to grow, when to harvest, which markets to send produce to, and whether or not to store it (Ferris et al., 2014). Thus, the need of the hour is to address the aforementioned issues in the vegetable marketing sector in order to increase competitiveness and raise awareness among farmers in order to make them more responsive to market demands. Proper planning for capacity building of farmers on various aspects of vegetable marketing requires knowing the farmers\' current level of awareness and assessing their need for training programmes. Against this backdrop, the current study aims to investigate the level of awareness of the vegetable growers on market-led extension system in Odisha. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHOD\r\nThe current study was conducted purposively in the state of Odisha. An ex-post-facto research design was used for the study. Following the Cumulative Square Root Frequency Method, all 30 districts in Odisha with vegetable production data were classified as Higher Production Potential Districts (HPPD) and Lower Production Potential Districts (LPPD). Cuttack was chosen at random from the Higher Production Potential Districts (HPPD) and Puri from the Lower Production Potential Districts (LPPD), and two blocks from each district were chosen at random for the study. Furthermore, two Gram Panchayats were chosen at random from each block. Two villages from each Gram Panchayat were considered the basic unit of this study, making a total village into 16. For the current study, respondents with at least 5 years of experience growing vegetables on a land of 2 acres or more in a year were chosen. A total of 240 respondents (15 vegetable growers from each village) were sampled for the completion of this study via a personal interview method at the vegetable growers\' doorstep using a pre-list structured interview schedule. Twelve parameters have been taken to measure the awareness level of the respondents by following the methodology of Thakur (2019) with modification. Respondents were asked to give their response to each of the 12 parameters on a three-point continuum scale, viz., fully aware, partially aware, and not aware, with a scale value of 2, 1, and 0 respectively.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nResults portrayed in Table 1 show the awareness of respondents regarding different components of the market-led extension system. The results clearly showed that the majority of Cuttack district respondents (53.33%) were fully aware of \"Effective Farm Operation Decisions,\" whereas the majority of Puri district respondents (64.67%) were only partially aware of the same component. These findings shed light on the primary decision-making factors influencing food loss in the field, such as whether growers have a buyer in mind, the quality of the produce, the available price, the financial risk of product rejection, and the priority of another field maturing and ready to harvest. The findings are similar to the findings reported by Johnson et al. (2019). The majority of the vegetable growers (46.67%) of Cuttack District have partial awareness regarding \"Optimum return for Farm Investment\", but in Puri District, the majority of the respondents, i.e., 50 per cent, did not have any awareness about the same. This reveals that the majority of farmers were unaware of the return on vegetable sales. This could be due to low producer prices, a lack of markets, or a lack of patronage. The results are in line with the findings given by Matsane and Oyekale (2014). The majority of the respondents of Cuttack and Puri districts (46.67% and 50.83%, respectively) did not have any awareness about the \"transformation of farmers from being mere producers-sellers\". This shows that the farmers are lagging behind in making their produce profitable. It is expected that if market-led extension on farmers and vegetable production actors is properly implemented, there will be intermediate outcomes like greater market awareness, access to global markets, reliable market data, and enhanced market participation. The intermediate result will lead to the final result, which will be demand-driven production, simple and quick disposal, market access, expanded market, farmer integration, increased income, and greater food security. The above findings are supported by Nwafor et al. (2022). In the Cuttack District, the majority of the respondents (36.67%) are fully aware of \"Acceptance to latest production technologies\", but 37.50 per cent of respondents in the Puri district have partial awareness regarding the same component. These findings are in line with the findings of Singh et al. (2016).\r\nA majority of the respondents of both Cuttack and Puri districts (55.00 % and 50.00 %, respectively) have partial awareness regarding \"market information and market intelligence\". Similar results were found by Phukan et al. (2018). Similarly, a majority of the respondents of both Cuttack (47.50%) and Puri (41.67%) districts have partial awareness of the \"productivity to profitability\" component. This shows that most of the respondents are yet to be concerned about the profitability part of the production system. Possible reasons may be the practise of traditional methods along with the unavailability of suitable marketing information. \"Subsistence to commercial agriculture\" component was partially aware by majority of the respondents (45.00 %) of Cuttack district followed by Puri district (41.67%). This implies that many farmers are still unaware of taking vegetable production as a commercial venture and are only growing vegetables for subsistence purposes. They cannot make this farm profitable unless they include vegetable production commercially. The \"Commodity-oriented to farming systems orientation\" component was partially aware by the respondents (60.00 %) of Cuttack district, followed by Puri district (56.67 %). Respondents of Cuttack District (74.17%) and respondents of Puri District (67.50 %) were fully aware of the component \"Local market to export markets\". This means that respondents are aware of marketing their produce not only in their local market but also to distant places to get a good price. It was seen that around 34.17 per cent of respondents from Cuttack district and 30.00 per cent of respondents from Puri district were fully aware of the \"Mono-cropping to crop diversity\" component. This shows that respondents have to educate themselves about how to use vegetables along with other crops in a crop diversification system and the benefits from them to make a profitable business. Similar results were also found by Kumar et al. (2012). Cuttack district respondents were more aware of the component \"Sensitized towards produce quality,\" with 72.50 percent, followed by Puri district (67.50%). A majority of the respondents in both Cuttack and Puri districts have partial awareness of \"Prospects of Contract Farming\".\r\nThe same table also shows the awareness of the respondents on an overall basis. Results in the table show that respondents on an overall basis were fully aware of the components like \"Local market to export markets\" and \"Sensitized towards produce quality\". Similarly, Results states that Majority of the respondents in overall basis have partial awareness on components like \"Effective Farm Operation Decisions\", \"Acceptance to latest production technologies\", \"Market information & market intelligence\", \"Productivity to profitability\", \"Subsistence to commercial agriculture\", \"Commodity-oriented to farming systems orientation\", \"Mono-cropping to crop diversity\", and \"Prospects of Contract Farming\". Likewise, the components like \"Optimum return for farm investment\" and \"Transformation of farmers from being mere producers-sellers\" were not at all aware by majority of the respondents on an overall basis. The details are shown in Table 1.\r\nCategorization of Vegetable Growers on the basis of awareness on Market-led Extension System. All the respondents of the Cuttack, Puri, and overall were categorised into three differential levels of awareness of the market-led extension system, i.e., low, medium, and high on the basis of the obtained scores by the respective farmers in Fig. 1. According to Fig. 1, 71.67 percent of respondents in the Cuttack District had a medium level of awareness, followed by 20.83 percent and 7.50 percent who had a high and low level of awareness, respectively. Similarly, in Puri District, 66.67 per cent of the respondents are in the medium level category, followed by 20.83 per cent in the low-level category, and 12.50 per cent in the high-level category on awareness of market-led Extension System. Likewise, on an overall basis, the majority of the respondents (69.17 %) had a medium level of awareness followed by a high (16.67%) and a lower (14.16%) level of awareness of the market-led Extension System.', 'Jeebanjyoti Behera, Sarbani Das, Bibhuti Prasad Mohapatra, Abhiram Dash and Ashish Anand (2022). Awareness of the Vegetable Growers on Market-led Extension System in Odisha. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1110-1114.'),
(5433, '114', 'Citriculture in the Face of Climate Change', 'Rosangpuii Pachuau, R. Lalmuanpuii and Aditya Pratap Singh', '12 Citriculture in the Face of Climate Change Aditya Pratap Singh.pdf', '', 1, 'Climate change is a threat to citriculture and the need to analyze the potential effects of further change in the climate by studying the current state cannot be overemphasized. It is necessary in order to ensure continued successful production of citrus and other horticultural crops in the predictable scenario. The continuously rising temperature and other adverse climate phenomena are altering the environmental conditions in the regions where citrus varieties are currently being cultivated. These fluctuations in the environment that can arise because of rising temperature like water stress in terms of drought and flood or salinity jeopardize the citrus physiology, growth and production and in extreme cases, even plant survival. Studying the plant responses to climate change may hold the key to minimizing the changes while maintaining the production and productivity.', 'Citrus, citriculture, climate change, effects', '-', '-', '-'),
(5434, '102', 'Genetic variability and Selection Parameters for Yield and its Contributing characters in Bread Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.)', 'Harshit Tripathi, Bhupendra Kumar, R.K. Yadav, H.C. Singh and Geeta Rai', '122 Genetic variability and Selection Parameters for Yield and its Contributing characters in Bread Wheat _Triticum aestivum L._ HARSHIT TRIPATHI.pdf', '', 1, 'Eight parents and their all possible cross combinations excluding their reciprocals were evaluated in a Randomized Block Design (RBD) at C.S.A. University of Agriculture and Technology, Kanpur, U.P., India to find out the extent of variability and related parameters for effective selections for yield and its contributing traits. However, the productivity of wheat has been increasing on a definite rate since recent years. So the material was evaluated to examine the extent of genetic variability which can be used further for the improvement of wheat crop. The results showed higher estimates of Phenotypic Coefficient of Variability (PCV) for all the studied characters as compared with corresponding Genotypic Coefficient of Variability (GCV). Differences between PCV and GCV for grain weight per spike and spike length were higher indicated that these two characters were more influenced by environment, while lower the difference between remaining characters showed stability of the characters. High heritability in narrow sense was observed almost for all the characters except 1000 grain weight and number of grains per spike. Moderate genetic advance was noted for days to heading, biological yield per plant, days to maturity and harvest index per cycle of selection at K=2.06. An advancement of 35.69% in grain yield and 32.26% in harvest index was expected per selection cycle at base population.\r\nBoth additive genes and non-additive genes were found effective for all the characters whereas 1000 grain weight and weight of grains per spike were under the control of non-additive genes. Simple selection based on progeny performance may be helpful for improving grain yield per plant.\r\n', 'Triticum aestivum, bread wheat, selection parameter, coefficient of variability, genetic advance and heritability.', 'From this study it can be generally indicated that there was plenty of genetic variability among the genotypes. Thus, there is vast opportunity in the improvement these bread wheat genotypes. Therefore, the results and information generated from current study need to be used by interested plant breeders.\r\nStudies revealed that the grain yield/plant, harvest index and number of tillers/plant with high heritability and high genetic advance followed by days to 50% heading, plant height, number of spikelets per spike, spike length, grain weight/spike and biological yield were the major yield attributing characters coupled with moderate genetic advance, so emphasis should be given for these characters at the time of simple selection. \r\n', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nSince the dawn of the civilization, wheat became major field crop to feed the human society in every part of the world. It is the crop cultivated under wide area throughout the globe. Wheat is a major staple food crop of the world after rice in the context to its use as a source of human food and energy. It forms the major share of intake of nutrients for the people. Besides staple food for human beings; its straw is used for large population of cattle in India and some other developing countries. Wheat is being grown in more than 120 countries and takes an area of 215.29 million hectares with the production of nearly 736.04 million tonnes and with the productivity of about 3425 kg per hectare (FAO, 2020). Rank of India is second both in area and production next to China. In India area under wheat is 29.58 million hectare with the production of 107.86 million tonnes, productivity of 3568 kg per hectare (DAC&FW, 2020). The present study is based on twelve quantitative characters measured on eight germplasm lines with one check. Information on the variability was measured by estimating the genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV), phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV), heritability and genetic advance for individual quantitative character and through equilibrium distance over the characters. In addition the present study will also helpful in identification of high yielding genotypes with better quality. In crop improvement only the genetic components of variation is important because this is the only component which transmit to the next generation (Mohammadi and Parasana 2003). Heritability is the ratio of genotypic variance (Vg) to the phenotypic variance (Vp). Heritability is an important parameter in the selection process as it determines the response to selection. Heritability is used by plant breeders to enhance the precision of single field trial and/or of series of trials (Allard, 1962). Study of the estimates of heritability with genetic advance is more meaningful and reliable than considering the parameters individually. \r\nMATERIAL AND METHODS\r\nFor present investigation the field experiments were conducted in two cropping season, first in Rabi season 2017-18 and second in Rabi season 2018-19 at Crop Research Farm, Nawabganj of C. S. A. University of Agriculture and Technology, Kanpur, U.P. India. The material of experiment comprised of 8 diverse lines of bread wheat namely, K 424, K 7903, WR 544, DBW 14, DBW 71, PBW 343, K 307 and K 9162. The salient features of these parental lines are given in Table-A.\r\nThe lines were sown following a randomized complete block design (RCBD) with three replications where each entry sown in one row of 3 meter length per replication. The entries were sown with inter and intra-row spacing of 25 cm and 10 cm, respectively. All the recommended agronomical practices were adopted to raise the crop. For twelve characters viz. (1) Days to 50% heading, (2) Number of tillers per plant, (3) Plant height(cm), (4) Days to maturity, (5) Number of spikelets/ spike, (6) Spike length (cm), (7) Number of grains/spike, (8) Grain weight/spike (g), (9) Biological yield per plant (g), (10) Grain yield per plant (g), (11) One thousand grain weight (g) and (12) Harvest index (%) observations were recorded from the five randomly selected plants from each genotype.\r\n“K-7903”a popular wheat variety of this region was also used as ‘check variety’ in this experiment.\r\nEstimation of coefficient of variability: The computation of genotypic coefficient of variability (GCV) and phenotypic coefficient of variability (PCV) was done by the formula given by Burton and de Vane (1953).\r\n\r\n \r\n Or \r\n\r\n \r\nOr \r\nHeritability: Heritability (h2) in broad sense was computed following the formula given by Johnson et al. (1955). \r\nh2bs (%) = Vg/Vp ×100\r\nWhere, \r\nh2 = Heritability in broad sense \r\nVg = Genotypic variance \r\nVp = Phenotypic variance \r\nGenetic advance: The calculation of the estimates of genetic advance was done according to the formula given by Robinson et al. (1949). \r\nGenetic Advance = (ph)  (K)  (h2bs) \r\nGenetic advance in per cent of mean of the character G.A. (%) = \r\nWhere, \r\nG.A. = Genetic advance estimate \r\nK = Selection differential at 5% selection intensity (K = 2.06)\r\nh2 = Coefficient of heritability in broad sense. \r\nPh = Phenotypic standard deviation. \r\n = Mean value of the concerned character\r\nRESULT AND DISCUSSION\r\nAnalysis of Variance (ANOVA). The analysis of variance (ANOVA) for all the twelve characters was given in Table 1. Treatments and parents showed highly significant differences for all the characters. The comparison of parent’s vs Fl generation indicated highly significant differences for number of tillers per plant, number of spikelets per spike, spike length, number of grains per spike, biological yield per plant, grain yield per plant and 1000 grain weight while significant differences for plant height and harvest index. These results indicated the plenty of variability among the genotypes studied and this would respond positively to selection.\r\nSeveral researchers like Kalimullah et al. (2012) reported that the characters viz. number of grains per/spike, number of tillers/plant, 1000 grain weight and grain yield per plant showed highly significant differences among 41 bread wheat genotypes. Similarly work of Mecha et al. (2016) showed the significant differences among 64 genotypes of bread wheat for thirteen characters and Kumar et al. (2020) showed the significant differences among 81 genotypes of bread wheat for 14 quantitative characters.\r\nRange and Mean Values. In Table 2 range and mean values for the 12 characters is presented. Mean value for days to heading reported 74.12 ranged from 65.33 (K-7903) to 82.67(DBW-71). Number of productive tillers per plant is an important character in wheat that ultimately affects the overall grain yield. It showed a wide variation which ranged from 6.70 (K-7903) to 18.17 (K-307) with the mean value of 11.87. Plant height ranged from 82.60 (K-424) to 92.70 (K-307) with the mean value of 87.77. The average of days to maturity was 121 days and it ranged from 111 days (K-424) to 129.67 days (PBW-343). The character number of spikelets per spike ranged from 16.83 (K-7903) to 20.43 (DBW-14) with the mean value of 18.60. \r\nAverage spike length was 8.69cm with the minimum and maximum values of 7.80cm (PBW-343) and 10cm (K-307) respectively. Number of grains per spike ranged from 43.70 (K-7903) to 49.57 (PBW-343) with the mean value of 46.98. The character weight of grain per spike with mean value of 1.61g ranged from 1.40g (K-424) to 2g (K-7903). The biological yield per plant varied from 39.13g for PBW-343 to 48.10g for K-307 with the average of 42.62g. Grain yield per plant ranged from 12.47g (K-7903) to 18.70g (K-307) with the mean value of 14.31g. The mean value for 1000 grain weight was 47.46g and ranged from 41.07g (DBW-71) to 54.60g (WR-544). \r\nThe range observed for harvest index was wide with the minimum value of 29.27% and the highest 41.83% in respect of parents WR-544 and PBW-343, respectively. The observed mean harvest index was 33.71%. Similarly, Maqbool et al. (2010) also reported a wide range of variation for the characters namely plant height, number of spikelets/ spike, biological yield per plant, grain yield per plant and 1000-grain weight.\r\nCoefficients of variation. In Table 3 the estimates of genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV) and phenotypic coefficient of variation (PCV) is presented. It is apparent from the table that phenotypic coefficient of variation was invariably greater than the corresponding genotypic coefficient of variation revealed the influence of environment on the expression of all the traits.\r\nClassification of PCV and GCV values as low (0-10%), moderate (10-20%) and high (20% and above) values by Deshmukh et al. (1986). Considering this delineation, GCV found high for number of tillers per plant (21.03), medium GCV was observed for grain yield per plant (17.93), harvest index (15.83), grain weight per spike (15.65) biological yield per plant (12.31), spike length (9.45), and low GCV was observed for 1000 grain weight (9.06), days to heading (7.42), plant height (6.04), number of spikelets per spike (5.67), number of grain per spike (5.06) and days to maturity (3.88) (Table 3).\r\nThe PCV found high for the character number of tiller per plant(21.68) and medium PCV was observed for grain yield per plant (18.56), grain weight per spike(18.05), harvest index (16.00), biological yield per plant (12.98), spike length (11.10) and low PCV was observed for 1000 grain weight (9.17), days to heading (7.51), plant height (6.41), number of spikelets per spike (6.39) number of grain per spike (5.55) and days to maturity (3.94) (Table 3).\r\nThe result observed were in accordance with the findings of Kumar et al. (2020) reported for 1000 grain weight and grain yield per plant, Wani et al. (2011); Kalimmulah et al. (2012) for grain yield per plant, 1000 grains weight, number of grains/spike in wheat. Saini et al. (2019) reported low GCV and PCV values for days to heading and plant height.\r\nHeritability and genetic advance. Heritability (h2bs), genetic advance (GA) and genetic advance as percent of mean (GAM) estimates for characters under study are indicated in Table 4. The genotypic coefficient of variation (GCV) along with estimates of heritability provides reliable estimates of genetic advance to be expected through phenotypic selection (Burton, 1952). Classification of heritability values as high (>60%), moderate (30-60%) and values less than 30% low was done by Robinson et al. (1949).\r\nFrom the present investigation results indicated that high heritability values were observed for all the studied characters. Estimates of heritability high for these characters indicated that the variation observed was under genetic control and have less effects of the environment and this gives possibility of progress from selection. Prasad et al. (2020) observed higher heritability value for the characters namely plant height, days to flowering, number of tillers per plant, grain yield/plant and number of grains/spike. Further, Kumar et al. (2013); Kumar et al. (2020) observed high estimates of heritability for grain yield per plant, number of spikelets/spike, plant height and 1000 grain weight and number of tillers/plant.\r\nThe expression of expected genetic advance as a percentage of the mean by selecting the top 5% of the bread wheat advanced genotypes ranged from 7.89% for days to maturity to 42.04% for number of tillers per plant (Table 4). It indicated that selecting the top 5% of the base population could have the advancement of 7.89 to 42.04 percent over the respective population mean. Genetic advance as percentage of mean was maximum for number of tillers per plant (42.04%) followed by grain yield per plant (35.69%) and harvest index (32.26%).\r\nHigh heritability associated with high genetic advance were observed for number of tillers per plant (94.10%, 42.04%), grain yield per plant (93.30%, 35.69%), harvest index (97.90%, 32.26%) and biological yield per plant (90.0%, 24.07%), respectively. The results were reported in the earlier work done by Kalimullah et al. (2012); Kumar et al. (2020).\r\n', 'Harshit Tripathi, Bhupendra Kumar, R.K. Yadav, H.C. Singh and Geeta Rai (2021). Genetic variability and Selection Parameters for Yield and its Contributing characters in Bread Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 13(3): 706-711.');
UPDATE `pdf_upload` (`id`, `vol_issue_id`, `title`, `auther_name`, `pdf_file`, `xml_file`, `status`, `abstract`, `keywords`, `conclusion`, `referencess`, `howtocite`) VALUES
(5435, '105', 'Combining Ability and Gene Action for Grain Yield in Bread Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.)', 'Harshit Tripathi, Bhupendra Kumar, R.K. Yadav, H.C. Singh and R.P. Vyas', '146 Combining Ability and Gene Action for Grain Yield in Bread Wheat Triticum aestivum L. HARSHIT TRIPATHI.pdf', '', 1, 'The selection of suitable genotypes/parents and their crosses is a prerequisite in order to formulate a systematic breeding programme for the improvement of crops. Combining ability analysis was studied in a half diallel set of 8 × 8 in bread wheat (Triticum aestivum L.). Variances for both general and specific combining abilities were found highly significant for all the characters which are indicative of the importance of both additive and non-additive gene effects. The ratios (σ2GCA/σ2SCA) of σ2gca and σ2sca estimates were observed less than unity for all the characters indicated that non-additive genetic components play relatively greater role in the inheritance of all the characters. The genotypes viz. PBW-343, K-307 and DBW-71 showed significant and positive gca effects for grain yield per plant which indicate their ability as good general combiners for the character. Ten cross combinations exhibited significant and positive SCA effects for the character grain yield per plant. The highest SCA effect for the character was exhibited by the cross combinations DBW71×PBW343, DBW14×K307 and K424×DBW71. The cross combination DBW-71×PBW-343 was found most promising as it showed high SCA effect together with per se performance for the characters viz., grain yield per plant, number of tillers per plant, weight of grain per spike and 1000-grain weight which could be further exploited in plant breeding programmes.', 'Combining ability, gene action, grain yield, bread wheat', 'Form present investigation highly significant variances for both general and specific combining abilities were found for all the characters which indicated that both additive and non-additive gene effects are important. The values of GCA and SCA ratio estimates were observed less than unity for all the studied characters. The conclusion can be framed as information on GCA effects should be supplemented by SCA effects and performance of crosses to predict the transgressive segregants in segregating generations. Seed yield is polygenically controlled quantitative, complex character and due to predominance of non-additive gene action, it would be appreciable to resort to breeding methodologies, such as recurrent selection, biparental mating, and diallel selective mating than to use of backcross techniques or conventional pedigree method.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nWheat occupies first position among cereal crops both in context of its antiquity and use as a major source of human food. It is considered as a major staple food crop of the world after rice. Extensive references are available for wheat in ancient Indian scriptures. There in Atharva-Veda which supposed to have been written between 1500 B.C. and 500 B.C. refers to the wheat grain. India takes second rank both in area and production after China in the world. The share of India in world’s wheat area and production is near to 13%. Thus, India has considered not only being self sufficient in wheat food grains but also in export to needy and friendly countries on a limited scale. Area under wheat crop at national level is 30.78 million hectare with the production of 107.86 million tonnes having a productivity of 3.5 metric tonnes per hectare (DACFW 2020). Contribution of wheat is about 34% of total food grain production of country. The plant breeders always have concern of the choice for suitable parents to evolve better varieties/hybrids. To discriminate good as well as poor combiners to choose appropriate parental materials for a particular character in the plant breeding programme the combining ability plays an important role. At the same time, the analysis of combining ability provides information about the nature of gene action involved in the inheritance of grain yield and its component characters. In a systematic breeding programme, selection of parents having good general combining ability effects for grain yield and its components and the estimates which are higher for specific combining ability effects are essential. With the help of these estimates formulation of sound, efficient and effective breeding procedure to bring about rapid and purposeful improvement is possible in the crop. The present investigation was, therefore, planned to study combining ability and genetic architecture of grain yield and its component characters in bread wheat crosses obtained from 8 × 8 half diallel mating design.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nFor present investigation the experimental material comprised of 28 F1s developed by crossing eight diverse lines viz., K 424, K 7903, WR 544, DBW 14, DBW 71, PBW 343, K 307 and K 9162 following half diallel mating design was carried out at Crop Research Farm, Nawabganj, Chandra Shekhar Azad University of Agriculture and Technology, Kanpur- 208 002 (U.P.) during Rabi season, 2017-19.\r\nThe experimental material consisted of 36 genotypes (28 F1s + 8 parents) were sown in Randomized Block Design with three replications after randomization in late sown (LS) condition. The lines/entries were sown in a 3 meter long single row plot with inter and intra-row spacing of 23 cm and 10 cm, respectively. For twelve characters viz. days to 50% heading, number of tillers per plant, plant height (cm), days to maturity, length of spike (cm), number of spikelet per spike, number of grains per spike, grain yield per plant (g), weight of grain per spike (g), 1000 grain weight (g), biological yield per plant (g) and harvest index %., observations were recorded from the five randomly selected plants in parents and their F1s. Than the analysis of variance for GCA and SCA were carried out according to Griffing’s (1956) model-1, method 2.\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nThe analysis of variance (ANOVA) for combining ability showed that variances for both general combining ability (GCA) and specific combining ability (SCA) were highly significant for all the characters which indicated that both additive and non-additive gene effects are important. The values of gca and sca ratio estimates were observed less than unity for all the characters indicated non-additive component played relatively greater role in the inheritance of the characters studied (Table 1). The magnitude of SCA variances was higher than their respective GCA variances for all the characters revealed preponderance of non additive gene action. Similar findings were also reported by Singh et al. (2014); Zahid et al. (2011); Ayoob (2020).\r\nOn the basis of per se performance and gca effects (Table 2) good general combiners were K424, K7903 and WR544 for days to heading , K424, K7903 and PBW343 for plant height, K424, K7903 and DBW71 for days to maturity, K 307, PBW343 and K9162 for number of tillers per plant, DBW14, K9162 and PBW343 for number of spikelets per spike, K9162 and K307 for spike length, PBW343, WR544 and K9162 for number of grain per spike, WR544 and PBW343 for 1000 grain weight, K7903 for weight of grain per spike, K307 and WR544 for biological yield per plant, PBW343, K307 and DBW71 for grain yield per plant PBW343 and DBW71 for harvest index. Genotype PBW343 was found good general combiner for the characters viz. plant height, number of tillers per plant, number of grains per spike, number of spikelets per spike, 1000 grain weight, and grain yield per plant and harvest index. In this study almost all the good general combiners showed the similar trend on the basis of gca effects and per se performance. Similar results were reported by Parveen et al. (2021).\r\nAs regards the specific combining ability effects, ten cross combinations which exhibited significant and positive SCA effects for grain yield per plant. The cross combination DBW71×PBW343 (good × good) recorded the highest SCA effect (3.84) followed by DBW14×K307 (3.61, poor × good), K424×DBW71 (3.20, poor x good),K-7903×PBW-343 (3.19, average × good) and K-7903×K-307 (2.73, average × good) were rated as good specific cross combinations for this character (Table 3). Similar results were reported by Desale et al. (2014); Sharma et al. (2019).\r\nThe specific combining ability effect for days to 50% heading varied from DBW14×K307 (-6.79) to DBW14× PBW343 (9.24) in F1 generation. Out of twenty eight crosses nine crosses have negative and highly significant sca effect. Top five crosses DBW14×K307, K7903×K307, PBW343×K9162, WR544×K9162, K424×PBW343 and DBW71×K307 in Fl generation showed highly significant value of sca effect. \r\nThe sca effect values for number of tillers per plants varied from PBW343×K307 (-3.31) to K7903×K9162 (4.524). Out of twenty eight crosses twelve cross combination showed highly positive and significant sca effect. The top three crosses in order of merit were K7903×K9162, DBW71×PBW343 and K424×DBW14 as good specific combiners.\r\nIn Fl generation, the range of sca effect were found between K7903×K307 (-7.27) to K7903×PBW343 (14.14). The ten cross combinations showed negative and significant values of sca effect for desirable dwarfness. The first three crosses in order of merit were K7903×K307, K7903×WR544 and WR544×DBW14 with good specific combiners.\r\nThe value of sca effect for days to maturity ranged from DBW-71×K-307 (-4.81) to K-424×DBW-71 (7.16) in Fl generation. Twelve cross combinations showed negative and highly significant sca effect, good specific combiners were viz. DBW71×K307, K7903×K9162, WR544×K307, PBW343×K307 and WR544×PBW343 showed highly significant negative value of sca effect.\r\nThe cross combinations for number of spikelets per spike have sca effect ranged from DBW14×K307 (-1.47) to K7903×DBW71 (1.130). Eight cross combinations exhibited positive and significant sca effect. The top three cross combinations were K7903×DBW71, K7903×K307 and K7903×K9162.\r\nThe values of sca effect varied from DBW71×K9162 (-1.09) to K424×DBW71 (1.42) in Fl progeny for spike length. Eight cross combination out of twenty eight crosses showed positive and highly significant sca effect. The top three good cross combinations were K424×DBW71, K7903×K307 and DBW71×PBW343.\r\nThe values of sca effect for number of grains per main spike ranged from K424×DBW71 (-3.10) to DBW14×K9162 (3.01). Ten cross combinations showed positive and highly significant sca effect. The top three cross combinations were found good specific combiners DBW14×K9162, K424×K307 and K7903×PBW343.\r\nThe range of sca effect varied from PBW343×K9162 (-0.32) to DBW14×PBW343 (0.78) for grain yield per plant. Seven cross combinations were positive and highly significant for desirable sca effect in which top three are DBW14×PBW343, DBW71×PBW343 and K424×WR544.\r\nThe range of sca effect varied from K424×K307 (-7.96) to DBW71×K9162 (14.15) for biological yield per plant. Ten cross crosses showed positive and significant sca effect. The three best cross combinations were DBW71×K9162, DBW14×K307 and K424×PBW343 found good specific combiners.\r\nThe range of sca effect for 1000 grain weight varied from K7903×DBW71 (-6.56) to K424×K9162 (8.55). Only ten cross combinations out of twenty eight crosses indicated positive and significant sca effect. Top three cross combinations were K424×K9162, K7903×K307 and DBW71×K9162.\r\nThe range of sca effect varied from DBW71×K9162 (-7.60) to WR544×PBW343 (9.08) for harvest index per plant. Twelve crosses showed positive and highly significant value for desirable sca effect. Fourteen cross combinations showed negative and significant for sca effect. The top three cross combinations were WR544×PBW343, DBW14×DBW71 and WR544×DBW1 as good specific combiners (Table 4).\r\nA comparison between mean performance of hybrids and their SCA effects revealed that high per se performance of cross combinations was related with their significant SCA effects in majority of characters studied. Top five common cross combinations on the basis of per se performance and SCA effects were DBW71×PBW343, DBW14×K307, K424×DBW71, K-7903×PBW-343, and K-7903 × K-307 for grain yield per plant (Table 3). Best cross combiners for different characters were K-7903×WR-544 for plant height, DBW-71×PBW-343 for number of tillers per plant, K-7903×K-307 for spike length, DBW-71×K-9162 and K-424×K 9162 for 1000 grain weight. DBW-14×PBW-343 and DBW-71×PBW-343 for weight of grains per spike, DBW-71×K-9162 and DBW-14×K-307 for biological yield per plant and WR-544×PBW-343 for harvest index. Similar findings were also reported by Seboka et al. (2009); Tayade et al. (2020); Ayoob (2020).\r\n', 'Harshit Tripathi, Bhupendra Kumar, R.K. Yadav, H.C. Singh and R.P. Vyas (2021). Combining Ability and Gene Action for Grain Yield in Bread Wheat (Triticum aestivum L.). Biological Forum – An International Journal, 13(3a): 830-834.'),
(5436, '136', 'Cercospora Leaf Spot (CLS) Disease Resistance Screening of Mung bean [Vigna radiata (L.) Wilczek] Germplasms', 'J.P. Sahoo, K.C. Samal, D. Lenka, S.K. Beura, L. Behera and S.B. Sawant', '189 Cercospora Leaf Spot _CLS_ Disease Resistance Screening of Mung bean [Vigna radiata _L._ Wilczek] Germplasms Jyoti Prakash Sahoo.pdf', '', 1, 'Mung bean productivity is very sensitive to CLS disease, which needs to be addressed by developing resistance genotypes. During the pre rabi seasons of the year 2018 and 2019, a total of ninety different mung bean germplasm accessions were tested in the field condition to determine their level of resistance to the leaf spot disease caused by the fungus Cercospora canescens. For the purpose of determining the level of resistance exhibited by the mung bean accessions, a disease rating scale ranging from 1 to 5 was used. In terms of disease reaction, a significant variation among the genotypes was observed. It was found that thirty-two accessions had resistance reaction, and thirty-five accessions had moderately resistance reactions to the CLS disease. According to the findings of the current research, resistant and moderately resistant genotypes that have been identified against the CLS disease, could have the potential to be utilised in the breeding programme, that is being conducted in order to develop mung bean varieties resistant to Cercospora leaf spot.', 'Cercospora leaf spot, Cercospora canescens, Mung bean, Screening', 'Based on the current findings, the thirty-two resistance accessions and thirty-five moderately resistant accessions for CLS disease may be used in a breeding programme aimed at developing a high-level resistant mung bean variety against CLS. The findings of this study could also serve as a prerequisite and starting point for launching a crop improvement programme aimed at introducing CLS resistant genes or QTLs into elite mung bean cultivars. The resistance and moderately resistant varieties identified in this study may also be validated by further field screening and then could be used as resistant sources for the introgression of CLS resistant genes into elite mung bean cultivars through advanced molecular breeding approaches.', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nThe mung bean [Vigna radiata L. Wilczek], is a grain legume crop of the genus Vigna that is widely cultivated for commercial purposes. The quantity of mung bean production in South and Southeast Asia is rising steadily (Priyadarshini et al., 2020). It has a relatively short life cycle and rapid growth when it is being cultivated, both of which contribute to its widespread use (Jat et al., 2012). In addition, if it has a symbiotic interaction with Rhizobium, it can fix nitrogen from the atmosphere. This enhances the health of the soil and results in increased agricultural production (Sahoo & Sharma 2018). In comparison to other cereals and legumes, the mung bean does not present the same level of risk to one\'s health due to its good digestibility, high Vitamin B content, and high protein content. The genome of the mung bean is small, measuring 494-579 mega base pairs (Chand et al., 2015). \r\nHistorically speaking, the majority of its cultivation takes place in the Asian region; but, in more recent times, its cultivation has spread to both Africa and the America. However, the yield of mung beans is extremely vulnerable to biotic stresses such as Cercospora leaf spot (Sahoo et al., 2021a). Mung bean is prone to the spread of Cercospora canescens, the fungus that is responsible for the Cercospora leaf spot (CLS) disease (Sahoo et al., 2020a; Sandhu et al., 2022). This necessitates special attention, because the disease can inhibit plant growth and lead to a decrease in seed production. The genetic diversity of Cercospora spp. makes it possible for CLS to manifest as a severe disease in a variety of hosts and geographic locations (Joshi, 2006; Das et al., 2020). The Cercospora fungus requires infected seed and waste plant material in order to thrive.\r\nCLS is common in Asia, and it causes the most damage in regions that have high relative humidity (79–85%) and daily temperatures that average 22.5–23.5°C (Batzer et al., 2022). The humidity plays a significant role in the germination of conidia (Kumar et al., 2011). The symptoms of the disease often manifest one to two weeks after the plant is inoculated with the pathogen. The pathogens can infect plants at any stage of growth (Samal et al., 2021). The disease becomes more severe as the plant ages, and it is also possible for the diseases to infect the pods during maturity (Bhat et al., 2014; Sahoo et al., 2018; Sahoo et al., 2019). As a result, it is essential to identify CLS disease-resistant cultivars in mung bean and to create a management package that will both minimise the cost of production and protect the environment, during the mung bean cultivation.\r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nPlant Materials. Ninety mung bean genotypes, including four check varieties, are collected from the Department of Agricultural Biotechnology, College of Agriculture, Odisha University of Agriculture and Technology (OUAT), Bhubaneswar, India and included for screening against CLS resistance in the present study.\r\nFungal isolation, culture and preparation of inoculums. Cercospora infected diseased leaf samples were collected from the Centre for Pulses Research (CPR), Berhampur, India, from the infected cultivar, IPM-02-14 with GPS information NL 190 21’ 38’’ and EL 840 45’ 54’’, that displayed the typical CLS symptoms to isolate the pathogen Cercospora canescens (Chupp, 1953). After spreading the pathogen spores over a 2% water-agar plate and placing the plates in an incubator at 25°C, the pathogen spores were collected from the ash grey centre of the lesions at the tip of the inoculation needle. Under a microscope (100x), sporulation were observed and marked after an incubation period of six hours. Individual germinated spores were collected using a cork borer that had been cleaned with water agar. \r\nThese spores were then deposited on tilted potato dextrose agar in culture tubes. The recognisable characteristics of Cercospora canescens included its typical growth, the generation of cercosporin (Daub, 1982), and typical conidia and conidiophores (Ellis and Martin, 1882). A pure culture of the isolate was kept at a temperature of 25°C on a medium consisting of potato dextrose agar (PDA). After that, Sorghum grains were boiled until soft without breaking the seed coat in order to facilitate the growth of inoculum. After boiling, the grains were spread out in the shade in order to reduce the amount of excess moisture. Sorghum grains weighing 200 g were placed in a polypropylene bag with dimensions of 30 centimetres by 20 centimetres before being sterilised in an autoclave for 45 minutes at a temperature of 121.6°C and a pressure of 15 pounds per square inch. \r\nAfter being injected with 10 pieces of fungal mycelia with a diameter of 7 mm collected from a culture that was 15 days old, these bags were kept in an incubator at a temperature of 25°C for 20 days. Mycelia from the fungus Cercospora canescens invaded all of the grains. After the bags had been completely colonised, they were aggressively shaken to break up the network of mycelia, and then they were re-incubated at 25 ºC. After incubation for 25 days, spore formation was detected (Chand et al., 2013). The inoculum was made by taking grains that had already been colonised and dispersing them in one litre of sterile water. After the sporulated grains were mixed, they were vigorously agitated for 15 minutes in order to detach the spores, and then they were filtered through muslin cloth. In order to get an acceptable level of spore load for inoculation, further dilution of the spore suspension was performed.\r\nExperimental details and screening methodology. CLS disease reaction of a set of ninety genotypes along with suitable susceptible checks such as HUM-8 (Singh et al., 2017), PM-1522 (Singh et al., 2021) and KAMDEV (local check), were evaluated under natural field conditions in the experimental field of Experimental Field station, EB-2 at College of Agriculture, OUAT, Bhubaneswar, during pre rabi 2018 and pre rabi 2019. Each plot contains three rows of one-meter length and the seeds are sown in a spacing of 30 × 10 cm. As the initial or basal dose of fertilizer, all of the FYM, phosphorous, and potash as well as half of the nitrogen fertilizers were applied. The remaining half of the nitrogen fertilizer was applied 21 days after the seeds were sown. During the process of top dressing, hoeing and hand weeding were also performed. It was ensured that maximum CLS disease pressure would occur by taking all of the essential precautions, such as preserving the ideal level of humidity and planting susceptible checks all along the borders and after every twenty test genotypes. The prepared spore suspension was artificially inoculated to all of the genotypes at 20, 25, and 30 days after planting (DAP), by using a sprayer. \r\nAfter the crop was inoculated, it underwent consistent checking to determine whether or not the CLS pathogen was present and whether or not the disease was progressing in natural field condition (Ahmad et al., 2013), by monitoring the symptoms including the individual, circular spots that are tan to light brown with reddish purple borders (Fig. 1). After that, a conidium sample was collected from a infected plant, and it was analysed under a light microscope to determine whether or not the symptoms of the disease were caused by an infection with Cercospora canescens. Infection on the leaves of each plant was then scored for CLS reaction at 40 DAP on a rating scale of 1–5 (Chankaew et al., 2011), where, 1: resistance (R); 2: moderately resistance (MR); 3: moderately susceptible (MS); 4: susceptible (S), and 5: highly susceptible (HS).\r\nRESULTS\r\nThe overall CLS reaction under field during the year pre rabi 2018 and pre rabi 2019 showed occurrence of 35% resistance accessions, 39% moderately resistance accessions, 9% moderately susceptible accessions, 10% susceptible accessions and 7% highly susceptible accessions respectively (Fig. 2). Thirty-two accessions were found resistant, and thirty-five accessions were found moderately resistant reaction against the CLS disease (Table 1). Rest of the accessions were showing either susceptible or moderately susceptible or highly susceptible CLS reaction.\r\nDISCUSSION\r\nMung bean is a popular pulse crop grown in Pakistan, India, and many other countries. Cercospora leaf spot is a major mung bean fungal disease that causes significant yield loss due to poor cultural practises and the incorrect crop rotation system (Marappa, 2008). Fungicides and botanicals can be used to manage the disease, but the most appropriate recommendation is to use resistant mung bean varieties (Marappa, 2008). As a result, the current study\'s goal was to screen mung bean genotypes for resistance to CLS. The current study\'s screening results using 90 genotypes revealed a wide variation towards CLS reaction, with scores ranging from 1 to 5. For CLS stress resistance in the studied population, five phenotypic groups were identified: R (resistance), MR (moderately resistance), MS (moderately susceptible), S (susceptible), and HS (highly susceptible). The current study observed thirty-two resistance and thirty-five moderately resistance genotypes. \r\nPreviously, researchers confirmed the presence of genetic variation for CLS resistance in mung bean. Different genotypes of CLS disease resistance have been reported from various locations in India. CLS resistance has been discovered in ML-5, ML-15, and ML-3 (Mew et al., 1975). Following that, four genotypes, ML-231, ML-5, ML-267, and ML-337, were resistant to CLS and had high seed yield (Marappa, 2008). In another study, five varieties, CO-4, CO-5, ML-515, BM-4, and TM-98-50, were found to be resistant to CLS, while nine genotypes, LM-1, LM-319, LNM-729, HUM-6, SG-1, AAU-34, TM-98-37, V-461, and VC-3944, were found to be moderately resistant (IIPR Annual report, 2017-18). Similarly, in previous studies, resistant, moderately resistant, and highly resistant mung bean varieties were screened for CLS resistance. Resistance to CLS was found in 4 genotypes (Gupta et al., 2007), 15 genotypes (Kaur et al., 2011), 10 genotypes (Singh et al., 2004), 4 genotypes (Marappa, 2008), 4 genotypes (Yadav et al., 2014), 8 genotypes (Singh and Singh 2014), and 5 genotypes (Zhimo et al., 2013) of mung bean studied in India. Similarly, according to a previous study, 7 CLS resistance genotypes were obtained in Taiwan (Hartman et al., 1993).\r\nThe majority of the mung bean varieties in the present study were found to be resistant or moderately resistant to CLS stress in the current study. It can be concluded that the panel population studied possesses significant genetic variation for CLS resistance (Sahoo et al., 2022). However, agronomically significant variations in crop plants, such as resistance to biotic stresses in mung bean, are controlled by polygenic inheritance of complex traits known as QTLs (Quantitative Trait Loci), which are dependent on the interaction of genetic and environmental factors (Sohail and Fakharuddin, 2021; Nagalla et al., 2022). Mapping and characterising these genomic regions in the mung bean genome using resistance varieties can facilitate marker-assisted breeding for crop improvement towards CLS resistance in mung bean.\r\n', 'J.P. Sahoo, K.C. Samal, D. Lenka, S.K. Beura, L. Behera and S.B. Sawant (2022). Cercospora Leaf Spot (CLS) Disease Resistance Screening of Mung bean [Vigna radiata (L.) Wilczek] Germplasms. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1115-1119.'),
(5437, '136', 'Anti-bacterial Potential of Carbon Dots derived from Coconut Waste', 'K.P. Devadharshini, S.K. Rajkishore, M. Maheswari, Pon. Sathya Moorthy, M. Prasanthrajan, R. Sunitha, R. Abhinayaa and V.S. Reddy Kiran Kalyan', '190 Anti-bacterial Potential of Carbon Dots derived from Coconut Waste S.K. Rajkishore.pdf', '', 1, 'Carbon dots (CDs) are emerging zero-dimensional carbon nanomaterials (<10 nm) with wide spectrum of applications. One of the best advantages of utilizing carbon dots in developing fields is its large scope to synthesize from various synthetic and agro-wastes like coconut wastes for its cost-effective production. The disposal issue of this waste shell has been solved by its use as a precursor for the synthesis of CDs with antimicrobial property. This study was attempted to synthesize valuable carbon dots from coconut waste (shell) and assess its antibacterial activity of CDs. CDs were synthesized by pyrolysis method followed by sonication and characterized through High resolution transmission electron microscope (HR-TEM) to confirm its average size as 7 nm. The synthesized CDs were subjected to multi-assay approaches to assess its toxicity potential against E scherichia coli (E. coli), a common indicator of water contamination. Resazurin test showed CDs @ 500 ppm as Minimum Inhibitory Concentration (MIC) against E. coli. Furthermore, MTT assay demonstrated dose dependent toxicity of CDs wherein the lowest dose (0.48 ppm) exhibited highest cell viability (97.9 %) and the highest dose (1000 ppm) recorded lowest cell viability (48.3%). Overall, the coconut shell derived CDs were found to be a potential anti-bacterial agent which has a great scope for wide range of environmental applications. Cytotoxic effect of CDs was assessed using MTT assay founds to observe reduction in cell viability to 48.34 % at 1000 ppm. Minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) and cell viability assay (MTT) revealed that CDs showed toxicity against E. coli and it can be used in various disinfection systems. ', 'Antibacterial activity, Carbon dots, Coconut shell, Cytotoxicity, E. coli, MTT, Resazurin', 'Overall, the results revealed that carbon dots synthesized from coconut waste (shell) with an average size of 7 nm showed antibacterial activity against E. coli culture. Moreover, dose dependent cytotoxicity potential of CDs was also demonstrated in this study with MIC of 500 ppm against E. coli. In this study, the lowest dose (0.48 ppm) of CDs exhibited highest cell viability of 97.9 % and the highest dose (1000 ppm) of CDs recorded lowest cell viability of 48.3 %. ', 'INTRODUCTION\r\nNanotechnology has immense potential to contribute for the development of various fields of sciences including medical, pharmaceutical and environmental clean-up (Kaur et al., 2021; Garg, 2021). Metal and metal oxide nanoparticles have been extensively used in all these scientific fields, but they have a number of disadvantages, including toxicity and non-biodegradability (Khayal et al., 2021). Carbon dots (CDs), the youngest member in carbon nanomaterial family were discovered by Xu et al. (2004) during the electrophoretic purification of single walled carbon nanotubes. These novel nanomaterials are considered as a viable substitute for metal-based nanoparticles due to their biocompatibility and feasibility (Wang et al., 2020). The synthesis methods of carbon dots can be divided into two main categories, top-down and bottom-up approaches (Wang and Hu 2014). Despite the fact that carbon dots can be synthesized from diverse biomasses, crop residues are considered as potential sources (Kang et al., 2020; Kurian and Paul 2021). Among the various crop residues, coconut wastes have been exploited for synthesis of carbon dots (Chunduri et al., 2016; Chauhan et al., 2020; Abinaya et al., 2021). Additionally, the use of coconut shell as a beginning precursor for the synthesis of CDs has been signified by the presence of cellulose, hemicelluloses, and lignin (Abinaya et al., 2021). The disposal issue of this coconut waste has been solved by converting bulk carbonaceous materials into effective CDs, which has antibacterial properties (Chauhan et al., 2020). These CDs are widely exploited for bioimaging and biosensing applications (Su et al., 2020) and research is being focussed to explore the possibilities of applying CDs as antibacterial agents (Yang et al., 2016; Lin et al., 2019). Therefore, the development of more potent antibacterial drugs for long-term usage is widely used to combat bacterial contamination. Earlier reports showed that the CDs has the ability to inhibit and suppress various microorganisms (Jijie et al., 2018). With this background, this study was designed to evolve a win-win strategy for effectively transforming coconut wastes into CDs and understand its potential as anti-bacterial agent. In this study, the antibacterial performance of CDs has been analysed using multi-assay approaches via Escherichia coli (E. coli), the most common indicator for faecal contamination in drinking water (Ishii and Sadowsky 2008). Hence, this current work has proposed a novel and green synthetic methodology for synthesising carbon dots using coconut waste.\r\n With more studies using in-vitro approaches for toxicological assessments, a clearer understanding of the toxicological behaviour of nanomaterials is essential. Among the different assays, the resazurin assay is simple, quick, versatile, economical (Pereira et al., 2020), and has a strong correlation with other methods used to measure cytotoxicity (Riss and Moravec 2004; Breznan et al., 2015). Other commonly used assays like agar dilution is a labor-intensive and time-consuming quantitative procedure that is frequently employed to determine MIC values (Elshikh et al., 2016). Additionally, other tests, such as disc diffusion method, which is a qualitative measure of antimicrobial activity for test materials, can only produce only zone of inhibition indicative results. Resazurin assay is therefore viewed as a direct indicator of bacterial metabolic activity that may be used to ascertain the minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) of substances (Sarker et al., 2007). Secondly, in vitro cytotoxicity can be done by assessing the cell viability and among the several assays, the MTT assay is mostly recognised as a rapid, quantitative and colorimetric assay (Bahuguna et al., 2017). Accordingly, in this study, CDs were subjected to two assays namely, resazurin and MTT to observe its minimum inhibitory concentration and cytotoxicity on E. coli. \r\nMATERIALS AND METHODS\r\nSynthesis of carbon dots. The carbon dots were synthesized from coconut shell through muffle furnace mediated synthesis as outlined by Chauhan et al. 2020 and further subjected to sonication process. The obtained sediment after centrifugation was oven dried at 80C for 12 hours. The dried powder was ground using pestle and mortar and the resultant carbon dots were subjected for further characterization. The carbon dot suspension was homogenized by sonication prior to use in the following experiments.\r\nCharacterization. High resolution transmission electron microscope (HR-TEM) is an imaging mode of the Transmission Electron Microscope used for higher magnification studies of nano-materials at the atomic scale. The size, morphology and uniformity of CDs were measured with the help of HR-TEM (JEOL, Japan) with 200 kV and the image was further developed by using “Image J” programme (Das et al., 2019)\r\nMicrobial culture. Escherichia coli (E. coli) bacterial strain (MTCC 1652) was procured from Microbial Type Culture Collection, Chandigarh, India.\r\nDetermination of Minimum Inhibitory Concentration (MIC) of CDs by Resazurin test\r\nMedium used for assay. Throughout the experiment, Muller Hinton medium (Himedia, India) was used as per the recommendation of NCCLS (National committee for clinical laboratory standard) for susceptibility testing.\r\nPreparation of resazurin solution. The resazurin solution was prepared by dissolving 0.4 % resazurin sodium (Himedia, India) in sterile distilled water. Further, the prepared dye solution was mixed well using a vortex mixer to ensure the dye was well-dissolved.\r\nMIC assessment. The minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) assay was performed in a 96 well microplate using resazurin dye (Sarker et al., 2007). Initially, 100 μL of Mueller-Hinton broth was added to each well of a 96 well microplate. Subsequently, 100 μL of carbon dots was added by two-fold serial dilution 1000 ppm to 0.48 ppm concentration. Later, 10 μL of E. coli cell suspension was added to each well and then finally 10 μL of resazurin solution was added. The inoculated 96 well microplate was incubated at 37°C for 24h. Antibiotic ciproflaxin was used as positive control and was added to the Mueller-Hinton broth in serial dilution. Each test included a positive control (PC) antibiotic ciproflaxin and sterile control (BLK) (media alone). All tests were performed in triplicate and a negative control (NC) (without CDs) was added as an indicator to determine MIC (Chakansin et al., 2022).\r\nAssessing the cell viability through MTT assay. EZcountTM MTT cell assay kit was used to evaluate the cytotoxicity of CDs. The assay was carried out as per the manufacturer’s instructions with slight modifications. Briefly, E. coli cells at its early log phase (OD600 0.07) was seeded in 96-well plate, then exposed to different concentrations of CDs (1000, 500, 250, 125, 62.5, 31.2, 15.6, 7.8, 3.9, 1.95, 0.97, 0.48 ppm) for 6 hours. The control group was kept as culture medium alone.10μl of MTT reagent (5 mg/ml concentration) was added and incubated for 3 hours and then 100μl of solubilizing agent was added. After 30 minutes, the optical density was measured at 570 nm by a spectrophotometer plate reader (BioTek, USA)\r\nRESULTS AND DISCUSSION\r\nHRTEM Characterization. In the present study, the coconut shell derived carbon dots were characterized using HR-TEM technique at 20 nm and 5nm scale magnification. At lower magnification scale (Fig. 1 a), HRTEM images of carbon dots derived from coconut shell were homogenous and spherical in shape, which is visible as dark spots. Surprisingly, the black dark spots were spotted as slanting lines at higher magnification scale, confirming the presence of carbon dots, and the average size of the carbon dots was observed as 7 nm (Fig. 1 b). The recorded size (less than 10 nm) of synthesized CDs in this study is similar to the reported size (3-5 nm) of carbon dots obtained from coconut shell (Chunduri et al., 2017). \r\nDetermination of MIC of CDs by resazurin test. Carbon dots derived from coconut shell were tested for its cytotoxicity potential against E. coli. Although several cytotoxicity assays have been used to determine the cytotoxicity of nanoparticles, the resazurin dye-based method is one of the most effective and quick methods for visually determining the minimum inhibitory concentration of nanoparticles or any drugs of interest (Chakansin et al., 2022). Resazurin is a redox sensitive, non-fluorescent dye that is used to determine the cell viability. The non-fluorescent blue resazurin dye can be converted to the fluorescent pink resorufin by metabolically active cells. Non-living cells, on the other hand, do not reduce the resazurin, so the dye remains blue. As a result, the visible change in resazurin dye colour can indicate both viable and dead cells (Schmitt et al., 2013). In this work, the carbon dot at varying concentrations ranging from 1000 ppm to 0.48 ppm were tested against the E. coli (MTCC 1652) culture. The E. coli cell suspensions were seeded into the 96 well plate to carry out the MIC assay. After, 24 hours of the carbon dot and bacterial interaction, concentration dependent reduction in the dye intensity was observed. The carbon dots concentration, from 250 ppm to 0.48 ppm, did not significantly inhibit the E. coli cell growth and the resazurin blue dye was changed into pink color, indicating live cells (He et al., 2016), whereas at the higher concentrations of carbon dots at 1000 and 500 ppm, inhibition in the growth of E. coli cells was observed and that the dye retained its color. At end of 24 hours, the MIC of CDs against E. coli was observed as 500 ppm (Fig. 2). The positive control (Ciproflaxin) and negative control (E. coli culture + medium) were used as a reference point to measure the intensity of the dye\'s blue and pink colours. \r\nOur results corroborate with the previous studies which has reported that CDs are potent antibacterial agent. The MIC of CDs synthesized from glucose and polyethyleneimine (PEI) against E. coli was observed as 64 ppm (Dou et al., 2015). Recently, MIC of CDs synthesized from oyster mushroom through hydrothermal carbonization and tested with resazurin assay against pathogenic bacteria viz., S. aureus, K. pneumoniae, and P. aeruginosa was found to be 30 ppm for these three bacterial strains (Boobalanet al., 2020). In contradictory, Chauhan et al. (2020) reported that CDs derived from coconut waste (shell) through hydrothermal method and antibacterial test conducted through agar well diffusion method against E. coli showed no inhibition zone formation for any kind of bacterial species that were studied. \r\nThus, this present study demonstrated that the coconut shell derived CDs had antibacterial property with MIC as 500 ppm against E. coli. The antibacterial effect of CDs might be due to the interaction of its surface functional groups with the cell membrane of the bacteria causing cell lysis. Dou et al. (2015) had reported that CDs were able to absorb onto the cytoplasmic membrane causing cell disruption of E. coli. Furthermore, Boobalan et al. (2021) had explained that antibacterial nature of CDs was due to its interaction with the cytoplasmic fluids inside the bacterial cell resulting in cell lysis including apoptosis. \r\nAssessing the cell viability through MTT assay. To evaluate the effect of synthesized CDs on the viability of E. coli, cell cultures were exposed to CDs at its exponential growth phase and the results of MTT assay showed a significant reduction in cell culture. Being one of the simplest cytotoxicity measurements, this assay utilizes 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyl tetrazolium bromide (MTT), a water-soluble yellow dye (Grela et al., 2018) that can be reduced to water-insoluble purple formazan crystals by the dehydrogenase enzyme of metabolicallyactive cells. The formazan crystals thus formed can be spectrophotometrically quantified by dissolution in a solvent, and the intensity is directly proportional to the number of metabolically active cells (Tunney et al., 2004). Cell cultures were exposed to CDs at its exponential growth phase and the results of MTT assay showed a significant reduction in cell viability. Looking closely at Fig. 3b, at the concentration of 1000 ppm, the cell viability was found to be 48.34 % and at 0.48 ppm it was 97.90 %.\r\nOur results demonstrated dose-dependent cytotoxicity of CDs with significant decrease in cell viability at higher concentration. These results are comparable with the findings of Alsadooni and Obada (2020) who performed MTT assay and found that graphene quantum dots derived from coconut husk had cytotoxicity effects against MCF 7 cell line recording lower cell viability (20 %) at 1000 ppm in comparison with higher cell viability (70 %) at 7.8 ppm. Recently, Chauhan et al. (2022) conducted MTT assay for coconut husk derived CDs against macrophage cell lines and established that 1 ppm of CDs was able to reduce the growth of tested cells by 32 %. \r\n', 'K.P. Devadharshini, S.K. Rajkishore, M. Maheswari, Pon. Sathya Moorthy, M. Prasanthrajan, R. Sunitha, R. Abhinayaa and V.S. Reddy Kiran Kalyan (2022). Anti-bacterial Potential of Carbon Dots derived from Coconut Waste. Biological Forum – An International Journal, 14(3): 1120-1124.');

--
-- Indexes for dumped tables
--

--
-- Indexes for table `pdf_upload`
--
ALTER TABLE `pdf_upload`
ADD PRIMARY KEY (`id`);

--
-- AUTO_INCREMENT for dumped tables
--

--
-- AUTO_INCREMENT for table `pdf_upload`
--
ALTER TABLE `pdf_upload`
MODIFY `id` int(12) NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT, AUTO_INCREMENT=5438;
COMMIT;

/*!40101 SET CHARACTER_SET_CLIENT=@OLD_CHARACTER_SET_CLIENT */;
/*!40101 SET CHARACTER_SET_RESULTS=@OLD_CHARACTER_SET_RESULTS */;
/*!40101 SET COLLATION_CONNECTION=@OLD_COLLATION_CONNECTION */;